From 060ae29eafbca089824cfbcedc9bc36b7fda5d5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Kahrl <kahrl@gmx.net>
Date: Sun, 4 Jan 2015 05:10:07 +0100
Subject: [PATCH] Update bundled SQLite to 3.8.7.4
---
src/sqlite/sqlite3.c | 212880 ++++++++++++++++++++++------------------
src/sqlite/sqlite3.h | 1440 +-
2 files changed, 119211 insertions(+), 95109 deletions(-)
diff --git a/src/sqlite/sqlite3.c b/src/sqlite/sqlite3.c
index 2c426c21e..81e9c733c 100644
--- a/src/sqlite/sqlite3.c
+++ b/src/sqlite/sqlite3.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.7.7.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this
+** version 3.8.7.4. By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements
@@ -60,6 +60,11 @@
** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
+** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written
+** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
+** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might
+** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
+**
** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
@@ -70,475 +75,51 @@
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif
-/*
-** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
-** autoconf-based build
-*/
-#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
-/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 May 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also
-** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
-**
-** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
-** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This is the maximum number of
-**
-** * Columns in a table
-** * Columns in an index
-** * Columns in a view
-** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
-** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
-** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
-** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
-**
-** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will
-** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
-** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if
-** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
-** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
-**
-** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
-** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible
-** to turn this limit off.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
-** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
-** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
-** expression.
-**
-** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
-** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced
-** at all times.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
-** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
-** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result
-** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL
-** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable
-** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
-** Not currently enforced.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
-# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
-** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
-** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0
-** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
-** is used internally to track attached databases.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
-# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
-#endif
-
-/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit
-** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
-**
-** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
-** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
-** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
-** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
-** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
-** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
-** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
-
-
-/*
-** The default size of a database page.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
-** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
-** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
-** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
-** SQLite will choose on its own.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
-**
-** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
-** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
-** max_page_count macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
-** operator.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
-**
-** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
-** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all
-** may be executed.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
-#endif
-
-/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
-#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
-#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
-#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
-#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
-#endif
-
/* Needed for various definitions... */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
# define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
-/*
-** Include standard header files as necessary
-*/
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-#include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The number of samples of an index that SQLite takes in order to
-** construct a histogram of the table content when running ANALYZE
-** and with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES 10
-
-/*
-** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
-** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler
-** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
-** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
-**
-** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type.
-** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
-** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
-** that vary from one machine to the next.
-**
-** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
-** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
-** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
-** compiler.
-*/
-#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
-#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
-#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
-#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
-** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
-** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
-** level of threadsafety. 2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple
-** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
-** database connection at the same time.
-**
-** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
-** We support that for legacy.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
-#if defined(THREADSAFE)
-# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
-#else
-# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
-** It determines whether or not the features related to
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can
-** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
-** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
-**
-** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc()
-** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc()
-**
-** (Historical note: There used to be several other options, but we've
-** pared it down to just these two.)
-**
-** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
-** the default.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
-# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\
- is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG"
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
-# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
-** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
-# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
-#endif
-
-/*
-** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
-** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different.
-** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told,
-** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673.
-**
-** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly
-** implemented on some systems. So we avoid defining it at all
-** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are
-** not doing a threadsafe build. Ticket #2681.
-**
-** See also ticket #2741.
-*/
-#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH)
-# include <tcl.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite.
-** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster. So the following
-** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
-** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
-** feature.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When
-** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
-** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
-** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted
-** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
-** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase()
-** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For
-** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
-** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements
-** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
-** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
-**
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int);
-# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
-#else
-# define testcase(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
-** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
-** within testcase() and assert() macros.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define TESTONLY(X) X
-#else
-# define TESTONLY(X)
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
+# define _BSD_SOURCE
#endif
/*
-** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
-** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to
-** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore
-** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for
-** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the
-** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
+** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
+** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW
+** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
+** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
+** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
+** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block
+** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting
+** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define
+** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the
+** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be
+** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be
+** disabled.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-# define VVA_ONLY(X) X
-#else
-# define VVA_ONLY(X)
+#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H)
+# include "mingw.h"
+#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H)
+# include "_mingw.h"
#endif
/*
-** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which
-** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such
-** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they
-** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
-** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
-** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
-** hint of unplanned behavior.
-**
-** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
-**
-** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
-** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will
-** not be counted as untested code.
+** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime
+** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP).
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define ALWAYS(X) (1)
-# define NEVER(X) (0)
-#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
-# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
-# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
-#else
-# define ALWAYS(X) (X)
-# define NEVER(X) (X)
+#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \
+ defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \
+ defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \
+ defined(__MSVCRT__)
+# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
#endif
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large
-** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase()
-** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
-*/
-#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
-
-/*
-** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
-** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds
-** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to
-** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes.
+/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear
+** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for
+** MinGW.
*/
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0
-# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1)
-# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0)
-#else
-# define likely(X) !!(X)
-# define unlikely(X) !!(X)
-#endif
-
/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
/*
@@ -650,9 +231,9 @@ extern "C" {
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.7.1"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007007
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2011-06-28 17:39:05 af0d91adf497f5f36ec3813f04235a6e195a605f"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.7.4"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008007
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-12-09 01:34:36 f66f7a17b78ba617acde90fc810107f34f1a1f2e"
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
@@ -720,7 +301,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
**
** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
-** SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to the
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
**
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When
@@ -762,7 +343,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3
** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
** sqlite3 object.
@@ -809,28 +391,46 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
**
-** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is
-** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated.
-**
-** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
-** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with
-** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
-** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns
-** SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
+** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
**
-** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a
-** harmless no-op.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
/*
** The type for a callback function.
@@ -894,7 +494,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
** <ul>
** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
** is a valid and open [database connection].
-** <li> The application must not close [database connection] specified by
+** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
@@ -910,16 +510,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
**
** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicates success or failure.
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
**
** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
**
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
+** See also: [extended result code definitions]
*/
#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
@@ -949,32 +547,27 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */
#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
/* end-of-error-codes */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
+** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of
** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as
** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to
** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
-**
-** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
-** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
-** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect
-** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always
-** be exactly zero.
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for
+** the most recent error can be obtained using
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
@@ -998,12 +591,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))
/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
@@ -1019,6 +637,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */
@@ -1038,7 +657,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
**
** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** refers to.
@@ -1052,7 +671,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
+** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The
+** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
+** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
+** elevated privileges.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002
@@ -1066,6 +693,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000
/*
** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
@@ -1172,7 +801,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file {
** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite
** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should
** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
@@ -1237,11 +866,15 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
/* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+ int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
+ int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
+ /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
/* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
};
/*
** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
**
** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
@@ -1254,7 +887,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
** is defined.
-**
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
@@ -1262,6 +896,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
** file run faster.
**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
@@ -1270,30 +905,195 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
** improve performance on some systems.
**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
** additional information.
**
-** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by
-** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method
-** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
-** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
-** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most
-** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
-** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
-** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
-** that do require it.
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** No longer in use.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
+** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
+** because the user has configured SQLite with
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
+** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
+** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
+** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
+** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
+** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
+** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
+** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
+** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
+** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
+** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
+** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
+** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
+** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
+** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
+** current operation.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
+** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
+** to have SQLite generate a
+** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
+** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The
+** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
+** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should
+** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
+** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
+** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
+** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The
+** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
+** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This
+** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
+** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
+** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
+** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the
+** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
+** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
+** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
+** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
+** was first opened.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
+** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing
+** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** </ul>
*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1
-#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2
-#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3
-#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8
-
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23
/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
@@ -1348,7 +1148,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
-** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
** ^SQLite further guarantees that
** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
** called. Because of the previous sentence,
@@ -1721,16 +1521,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
-** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the
-** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
-** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library
-** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero,
-** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or
-** deallocation. ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
-** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number,
-** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and
-** still be in compliance with this specification.
**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size
@@ -1744,7 +1538,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example,
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example,
** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
@@ -1885,7 +1679,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.
** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
-** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option.
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
@@ -1916,8 +1710,8 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
-** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2^12. Reasonable values
-** for the minimum allocation size are 2^5 through 2^8.</dd>
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
@@ -1954,19 +1748,21 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
-** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface
** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the
** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current
** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
+** global [error log].
+** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the
@@ -1984,17 +1780,73 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
-** <dd> This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
+** <dd>^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
-** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
+** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
-** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
-** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
+** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+** <dd>^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
+** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
+** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined
+** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
+** if that compile-time option is omitted.
+** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
+** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
+** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to
+** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
+** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
+** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
+** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
+** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
+** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
+** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
+** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
+** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
+** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
+** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
+** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
+** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this
+** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
+** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
+** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
+** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
+** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
+** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
+** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
+** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
+** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
+** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
+** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
+** changed to its compile-time default.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
+** <dd>^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows
+** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined.
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
+** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */
@@ -2010,10 +1862,16 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
@@ -2090,19 +1948,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
**
-** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
+** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
+** has a unique 64-bit signed
** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
** is another alias for the rowid.
**
-** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
-** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
-** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines
-** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables].
-** ^If no successful [INSERT]s
-** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
+** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the
+** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
+** on database connection D.
+** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
+** have ever occurred on the database connection D,
+** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
**
** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
@@ -2294,27 +2154,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
**
-** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
-** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
-** or process has locked.
+** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
+** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
+** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
+** [database connection] D when another thread
+** or process has the table locked.
+** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
**
-** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback
** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to
** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the
+** been invoked for the same locking event. ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
+** to the application.
** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** to the application instead of invoking the
+** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
@@ -2328,28 +2194,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
**
** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
**
-** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
-** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will
-** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
-** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
-** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
-** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
-** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion
-** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the
-** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
-** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
-** this is important.
-**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any
** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
+** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words,
+** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
**
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
@@ -2365,15 +2218,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].
**
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler
+** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler
** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+**
+** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
@@ -2498,7 +2353,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
**
-** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
@@ -2573,6 +2428,10 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
** a NULL pointer.
**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
+** of a signed 32-bit integer.
+**
** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
@@ -2584,24 +2443,38 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
**
-** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
+** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** sqlite3_malloc(N).
+** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** sqlite3_free(X).
+** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
-**
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
+** prior allocation is not freed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
+** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
+** of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
+** of bytes requested when X was allocated. ^If X is a NULL pointer then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero. If X points to something that is not
+** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
+** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
+** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
** option is used.
@@ -2611,12 +2484,12 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability
** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
**
-** The Windows OS interface layer calls
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but
-** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
**
** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
@@ -2629,8 +2502,11 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
@@ -2668,11 +2544,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
**
** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer.
**
-** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
-** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
-** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness
+** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then
+** the pseudo-randomness is generated
** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
** method.
*/
@@ -2773,8 +2651,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
** information.
**
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
-** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
+** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
@@ -2832,6 +2710,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */
#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */
#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
@@ -2847,6 +2726,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers
** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
**
+** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
+** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
+**
** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains
** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
@@ -2872,9 +2754,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
-** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of
+** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
-** invocations of the callback X.
+** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress
+** handler is disabled.
**
** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
@@ -2910,9 +2793,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
**
-** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ^The default encoding for databases
+** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
**
** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
@@ -3000,13 +2883,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
-** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
**
** [[core URI query parameters]]
** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
+** following query parameters:
**
** <ul>
** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
@@ -3017,18 +2901,20 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
**
-** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or
-** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^.
+** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+** an error)^.
** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
-** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
-** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is
-** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is
-** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third
-** parameter.
+** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is
+** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
**
** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
@@ -3036,8 +2922,30 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
-** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting
+** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+** <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
+** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+** storage media on which the database file resides.
+**
+** <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This
+** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two
+** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+** processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+** <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable
+** property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**
** </ul>
**
** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
@@ -3067,8 +2975,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
** default, use a private cache.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td>
-** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
+** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
** </table>
@@ -3087,6 +2996,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international
** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
@@ -3106,21 +3021,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
**
-** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
-** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the
-** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam
-** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** If the zFilename argument to this function is not a pointer that SQLite
-** passed into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine
-** is undefined and probably undesirable.
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
+** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+**
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
/*
@@ -3142,6 +3081,11 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *
** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
**
+** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
+** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
+** and must not be freed by the application)^.
+**
** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
@@ -3160,6 +3104,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
@@ -3278,6 +3223,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
+** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0
@@ -3291,6 +3240,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11
/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
@@ -3316,7 +3266,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator bytes.
+** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
+** make a copy of the input string.
**
** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only
@@ -3346,7 +3297,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
** <li>
** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again.
+** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
+** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
** </li>
**
** <li>
@@ -3367,8 +3319,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
-** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2] compile-time option is enabled.
-** the
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** </li>
** </ol>
*/
@@ -3441,6 +3392,25 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
+** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
@@ -3531,18 +3501,31 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
**
** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
+** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
**
** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the
** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
-** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
-** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
+** that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces
+** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called
-** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
-** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails.
** ^If the fifth argument is
** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
@@ -3550,6 +3533,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
**
+** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
+** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
+** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If
+** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the
+** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
+** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
+** is undefined.
+**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
@@ -3570,6 +3561,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
+** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
+** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
**
@@ -3577,12 +3571,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
@@ -3870,6 +3868,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
*/
@@ -3969,7 +3973,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
**
** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return
** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
@@ -3992,19 +3996,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
**
** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0
** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is a NULL pointer
** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float
** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> Convert from float to integer
+** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
-** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> Use atoi()
-** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> Use atof()
+** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> [CAST] to BLOB
+** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL
** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change
-** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
-** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL
** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
** </table>
** </blockquote>)^
@@ -4060,7 +4064,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings
** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
-** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
** [sqlite3_free()].
**
** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
@@ -4169,15 +4173,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
**
** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work
-** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be
-** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may
-** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
-** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
+** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
+** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
+** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
+** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
+** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
+** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
+** each encoding.
** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
-** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
+** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
+** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are
+** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
+** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to
+** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
+** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
**
** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the
** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
@@ -4263,9 +4276,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2
#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3
#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */
#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
+**
+** These constants may be ORed together with the
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
** DEPRECATED
@@ -4282,7 +4305,8 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
+ void*,sqlite3_int64);
#endif
/*
@@ -4305,7 +4329,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6
** object results in undefined behavior.
**
** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
@@ -4362,14 +4386,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
** first time from within xFinal().)^
**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is
-** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs.
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
+** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
+** allocate error occurs.
**
** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the
** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
-** allocation.)^
+** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
+** pointless memory allocations occur.
**
** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
@@ -4412,41 +4439,49 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
**
-** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
+** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
-** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
-** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
-** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
-** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example
+** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.
+** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
+** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function.
**
** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever
-** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
-** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
-** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
-** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
-** not been destroyed.
-** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
-** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
-** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
-** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
-**
-** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
-** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that
-** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
+** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
+** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
+** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
+** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
+** once, when the metadata is discarded.
+** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
+** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
+** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
+** SQL statement, or
+** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
+** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
+** allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
+**
+** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
+** function implementation should not make any use of P after
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
**
** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
-** values and [parameters].)^
+** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
+** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
**
** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
** the SQL function is running.
@@ -4467,7 +4502,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(voi
** the content before returning.
**
** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191.
+** C++ compilers.
*/
typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
@@ -4520,11 +4555,11 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
@@ -4541,6 +4576,10 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an
+** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding
+** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one
+** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE].
** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
@@ -4549,7 +4588,12 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.
+** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
@@ -4579,6 +4623,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
@@ -4589,6 +4634,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
@@ -4746,6 +4793,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
+ const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
+ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
+);
/*
** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not
@@ -4759,6 +4811,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
+ const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
+ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
+);
/*
** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless
@@ -4808,6 +4865,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.
**
+** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable.
+** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT).
+** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications
+** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic
+** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should
+** be avoided in new projects.
+**
** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable
** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
@@ -4826,9 +4890,66 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite
+** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If
+** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do
+** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection]
+** objects have been destroyed.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
@@ -4864,6 +4985,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file
+** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
**
@@ -4899,13 +5045,15 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
** the first call for each function on D.
**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions
** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
@@ -4931,12 +5079,13 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
**
** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
+** a rowid table.
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
** for the same database connection is overridden.
**
** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
** to sqlite3_update_hook().
** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
@@ -4949,6 +5098,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
**
** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
**
** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
@@ -4980,7 +5130,6 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
-** KEYWORDS: {shared cache}
**
** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
@@ -5003,6 +5152,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
+** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
+** 32-bit integer is atomic.
+**
** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
@@ -5018,9 +5170,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
+** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
**
@@ -5035,7 +5202,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
** is advisory only.
**
** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
-** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error. ^If the argument N is negative
** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current
** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
@@ -5051,7 +5219,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
-** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE],...).
+** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
** from the heap.
@@ -5164,11 +5332,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
**
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
+** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If
+** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
+** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
+** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
+** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
+** be tried also.
**
** ^The entry point is zProc.
-** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
-** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
+** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
+** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
+** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
+** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
@@ -5194,11 +5371,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
**
** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
-** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
+** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
**
-** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
+** ^Extension loading is off by default.
** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
** it back off again.
@@ -5210,7 +5387,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
**
** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that
-** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
**
** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
@@ -5238,10 +5415,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
**
-** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()].
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
+** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
+** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
+** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
**
@@ -5366,10 +5556,22 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
-** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have
-** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
-** cost of approximately log(N).
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
+** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002.
*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
/* Inputs */
@@ -5394,7 +5596,9 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */
- double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+ double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+ /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+ sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */
};
/*
@@ -5598,6 +5802,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
** blob.
**
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID]
+** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables.
+**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
@@ -5792,17 +5999,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
-** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
+** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
**
** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
@@ -5823,10 +6029,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
@@ -5991,7 +6199,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
**
-** ^The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
+** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
@@ -6030,6 +6238,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
@@ -6119,10 +6330,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 19
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 24
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
@@ -6313,12 +6529,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
@@ -6327,11 +6543,40 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
** the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
+** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
+** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0.
+** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0
@@ -6341,7 +6586,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 6 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
/*
@@ -6396,11 +6645,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
+** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
+** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
+** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
+** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
+** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
+** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4
/*
** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
@@ -6411,17 +6669,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
** to the object.
**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information.
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+ void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */
+ void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
**
-** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
-** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
** SQLite is used for the page cache.
** By implementing a
@@ -6435,7 +6709,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
**
-** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence
** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
@@ -6444,7 +6718,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
-** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
** required by the custom page cache implementation.
** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
@@ -6471,17 +6745,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
-** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage
-** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an
-** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the
-** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
-** database page on disk. The value of R depends
+** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
+** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends
** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
-** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two
-** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary
-** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to
-** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
-** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
@@ -6505,11 +6777,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
**
** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
-** the page, or a NULL pointer.
-** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
-** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The
-** minimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page
-** is considered to be "pinned".
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
+** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
**
** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
@@ -6518,7 +6795,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
**
** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
-** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL.
** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
** Otherwise return NULL.
@@ -6562,8 +6839,37 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
-** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+ int iVersion;
+ void *pArg;
+ int (*xInit)(void*);
+ void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+ sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+ void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+ int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+ void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+ void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
+ unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+ void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+ void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+ void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
@@ -6580,6 +6886,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
};
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
**
@@ -6909,17 +7216,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
/*
** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to
-** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
-** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence
-** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
+** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
+** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
+** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
+** sensitive.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
@@ -6999,6 +7322,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.
**
+** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE].
+**
** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
** pages. The use of this interface
@@ -7015,6 +7341,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in
** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface initiates a
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE] checkpoint.
+** Use the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface to get a FULL
+** or RESET checkpoint.
**
** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
@@ -7037,10 +7367,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling
-** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
+** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]
+** is never invoked.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
-** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
+** This mode blocks (it invokes the
+** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no
** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
@@ -7048,7 +7380,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after
-** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
+** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
+** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback])
** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures
** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file
** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
@@ -7186,6 +7519,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
**
** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
@@ -7214,7 +7548,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
#if 0
} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
-#endif
+#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
/*
** 2010 August 30
@@ -7238,6 +7572,16 @@ extern "C" {
#endif
typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
+
+/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
+** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#else
+ typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#endif
/*
** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
@@ -7248,7 +7592,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
sqlite3 *db,
const char *zGeom,
- int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes),
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
void *pContext
);
@@ -7260,11 +7604,60 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */
- double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */
void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
};
+/*
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
+** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zQueryFunc,
+ int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
+ void *pContext,
+ void (*xDestructor)(void*)
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
+** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+**
+** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
+ void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */
+ int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */
+ void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */
+ void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
+ unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
+ int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */
+ int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */
+ int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
+ sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */
+ int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */
+ int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
+*/
+#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */
+#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */
+#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */
+
#if 0
} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
@@ -7275,10 +7668,19 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
+
/*
-** 2001 September 22
+** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
+** autoconf-based build
+*/
+#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
+/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -7288,847 +7690,474 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct Hash Hash;
-typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-**
-** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
-** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
-**
-** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in
-** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the
-** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
-**
-** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done
-** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the
-** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
-** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
-** the hash table.
+**
+** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
*/
-struct Hash {
- unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
- unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
- HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
- struct _ht { /* the hash table */
- int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
- HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
- } *ht;
-};
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
-** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+/*
+** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also
+** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
+** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
*/
-struct HashElem {
- HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
- void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
- const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
-};
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
/*
-** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+** This is the maximum number of
+**
+** * Columns in a table
+** * Columns in an index
+** * Columns in a view
+** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
+** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
+** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
+** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
+**
+** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will
+** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
+** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if
+** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
+** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
+#endif
/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
-** like this:
+** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
**
-** Hash h;
-** HashElem *p;
-** ...
-** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
-** // do something with pData
-** }
+** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
+** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible
+** to turn this limit off.
*/
-#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
-#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next)
-#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data)
-/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
-/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
+** expression.
+**
+** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
+** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced
+** at all times.
*/
-/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
-
-/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
-#define TK_SEMI 1
-#define TK_EXPLAIN 2
-#define TK_QUERY 3
-#define TK_PLAN 4
-#define TK_BEGIN 5
-#define TK_TRANSACTION 6
-#define TK_DEFERRED 7
-#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8
-#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9
-#define TK_COMMIT 10
-#define TK_END 11
-#define TK_ROLLBACK 12
-#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13
-#define TK_RELEASE 14
-#define TK_TO 15
-#define TK_TABLE 16
-#define TK_CREATE 17
-#define TK_IF 18
-#define TK_NOT 19
-#define TK_EXISTS 20
-#define TK_TEMP 21
-#define TK_LP 22
-#define TK_RP 23
-#define TK_AS 24
-#define TK_COMMA 25
-#define TK_ID 26
-#define TK_INDEXED 27
-#define TK_ABORT 28
-#define TK_ACTION 29
-#define TK_AFTER 30
-#define TK_ANALYZE 31
-#define TK_ASC 32
-#define TK_ATTACH 33
-#define TK_BEFORE 34
-#define TK_BY 35
-#define TK_CASCADE 36
-#define TK_CAST 37
-#define TK_COLUMNKW 38
-#define TK_CONFLICT 39
-#define TK_DATABASE 40
-#define TK_DESC 41
-#define TK_DETACH 42
-#define TK_EACH 43
-#define TK_FAIL 44
-#define TK_FOR 45
-#define TK_IGNORE 46
-#define TK_INITIALLY 47
-#define TK_INSTEAD 48
-#define TK_LIKE_KW 49
-#define TK_MATCH 50
-#define TK_NO 51
-#define TK_KEY 52
-#define TK_OF 53
-#define TK_OFFSET 54
-#define TK_PRAGMA 55
-#define TK_RAISE 56
-#define TK_REPLACE 57
-#define TK_RESTRICT 58
-#define TK_ROW 59
-#define TK_TRIGGER 60
-#define TK_VACUUM 61
-#define TK_VIEW 62
-#define TK_VIRTUAL 63
-#define TK_REINDEX 64
-#define TK_RENAME 65
-#define TK_CTIME_KW 66
-#define TK_ANY 67
-#define TK_OR 68
-#define TK_AND 69
-#define TK_IS 70
-#define TK_BETWEEN 71
-#define TK_IN 72
-#define TK_ISNULL 73
-#define TK_NOTNULL 74
-#define TK_NE 75
-#define TK_EQ 76
-#define TK_GT 77
-#define TK_LE 78
-#define TK_LT 79
-#define TK_GE 80
-#define TK_ESCAPE 81
-#define TK_BITAND 82
-#define TK_BITOR 83
-#define TK_LSHIFT 84
-#define TK_RSHIFT 85
-#define TK_PLUS 86
-#define TK_MINUS 87
-#define TK_STAR 88
-#define TK_SLASH 89
-#define TK_REM 90
-#define TK_CONCAT 91
-#define TK_COLLATE 92
-#define TK_BITNOT 93
-#define TK_STRING 94
-#define TK_JOIN_KW 95
-#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96
-#define TK_DEFAULT 97
-#define TK_NULL 98
-#define TK_PRIMARY 99
-#define TK_UNIQUE 100
-#define TK_CHECK 101
-#define TK_REFERENCES 102
-#define TK_AUTOINCR 103
-#define TK_ON 104
-#define TK_INSERT 105
-#define TK_DELETE 106
-#define TK_UPDATE 107
-#define TK_SET 108
-#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109
-#define TK_FOREIGN 110
-#define TK_DROP 111
-#define TK_UNION 112
-#define TK_ALL 113
-#define TK_EXCEPT 114
-#define TK_INTERSECT 115
-#define TK_SELECT 116
-#define TK_DISTINCT 117
-#define TK_DOT 118
-#define TK_FROM 119
-#define TK_JOIN 120
-#define TK_USING 121
-#define TK_ORDER 122
-#define TK_GROUP 123
-#define TK_HAVING 124
-#define TK_LIMIT 125
-#define TK_WHERE 126
-#define TK_INTO 127
-#define TK_VALUES 128
-#define TK_INTEGER 129
-#define TK_FLOAT 130
-#define TK_BLOB 131
-#define TK_REGISTER 132
-#define TK_VARIABLE 133
-#define TK_CASE 134
-#define TK_WHEN 135
-#define TK_THEN 136
-#define TK_ELSE 137
-#define TK_INDEX 138
-#define TK_ALTER 139
-#define TK_ADD 140
-#define TK_TO_TEXT 141
-#define TK_TO_BLOB 142
-#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143
-#define TK_TO_INT 144
-#define TK_TO_REAL 145
-#define TK_ISNOT 146
-#define TK_END_OF_FILE 147
-#define TK_ILLEGAL 148
-#define TK_SPACE 149
-#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150
-#define TK_FUNCTION 151
-#define TK_COLUMN 152
-#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153
-#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154
-#define TK_CONST_FUNC 155
-#define TK_UMINUS 156
-#define TK_UPLUS 157
-
-/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point
+** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
+** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
+** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result
+** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL
+** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable
+** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite_int64
-# define float sqlite_int64
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
-# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
-# endif
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
-# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
#endif
/*
-** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
-** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler
-** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
+** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
+** Not currently enforced.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
-#else
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
#endif
/*
-** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
-** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the
-** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
-** that the library can read.
+** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
+# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
#endif
/*
-** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be
-** changed at run-time using a pragma.
+** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
+** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500
#endif
/*
-** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
-** on the command-line
+** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
+** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000
#endif
/*
-** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
-** ourselves.
+** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0
+** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
+** is used internally to track attached databases.
*/
-#ifndef offsetof
-#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
+# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
#endif
+
/*
-** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or
-** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
*/
-#if 'A' == '\301'
-# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
#endif
-/*
-** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures
-** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the
-** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this:
+/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit
+** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
**
-** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
+** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
+** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
*/
-#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
-# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
-# else
-# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
-# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
-# else
-# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
-# define INT16_TYPE int16_t
-# else
-# define INT16_TYPE short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
-# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
-# else
-# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
-# define INT8_TYPE int8_t
-# else
-# define INT8_TYPE signed char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */
-typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */
-typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
-/*
-** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
-** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value
-** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we
-** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
/*
-** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
-** evaluated at runtime.
+** The default size of a database page.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
#endif
-#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\
- || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__)
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE
-#else
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
/*
-** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
-** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
-** compilers.
+** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
+** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
+** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
+** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
+** SQLite will choose on its own.
*/
-#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
-#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
-/*
-** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used
-** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
-*/
-#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7)
/*
-** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
+** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
+**
+** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
+** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
+** max_page_count macro.
*/
-#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
+#endif
/*
-** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This
-** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
-** all alignment restrictions correct.
-**
-** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
-** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned
-** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
-# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
-#else
-# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
#endif
-
/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
-** callback for a given sqlite handle.
+** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
**
-** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
-** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
-** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
-** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
-*/
-typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
-struct BusyHandler {
- int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */
- void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */
- int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */
-};
-
-/*
-** Name of the master database table. The master database table
-** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
-** user tables and indices.
+** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
+** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all
+** may be executed.
*/
-#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master"
-#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master"
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
-/*
-** The root-page of the master database table.
-*/
-#define MASTER_ROOT 1
+/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/*
-** The name of the schema table.
-*/
-#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
+#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
+#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
+#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
+#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
+#endif
/*
-** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
-** an array.
+** Include standard header files as necessary
*/
-#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
/*
-** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
-** This is an internal extension to SQLITE_STATIC and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
+** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
+** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler
+** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
+** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
+**
+** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type.
+** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
+** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
+** that vary from one machine to the next.
+**
+** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
+** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
+** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
+** compiler.
*/
-#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree)
+#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
+#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
+#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X))
+#endif
/*
-** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
-** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
-** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
-** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
-** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD
-** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable
-** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
-** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer
-** for the run-time allocated buffer.
-**
-** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
-** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
+** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be
+** inlined.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
- #define SQLITE_WSD const
- #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
- #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310
+# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline)
#else
- #define SQLITE_WSD
- #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
- #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
+# define SQLITE_NOINLINE
#endif
/*
-** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
-** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately
-** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
-** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the
-** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
-** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
-** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
+** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
+** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
+** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
+** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
+** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
+** database connection at the same time.
**
-** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
-** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
-** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
-** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
-** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
-** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
+** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
+** We support that for legacy.
*/
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+# if defined(THREADSAFE)
+# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
+# else
+# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
+# endif
+#endif
/*
-** Forward references to structures
+** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using
+** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
*/
-typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
-typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
-typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
-typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
-typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
-typedef struct Column Column;
-typedef struct Db Db;
-typedef struct Schema Schema;
-typedef struct Expr Expr;
-typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
-typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
-typedef struct FKey FKey;
-typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
-typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
-typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
-typedef struct IdList IdList;
-typedef struct Index Index;
-typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
-typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
-typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
-typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
-typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
-typedef struct Module Module;
-typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
-typedef struct Parse Parse;
-typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
-typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
-typedef struct Select Select;
-typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
-typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
-typedef struct Table Table;
-typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
-typedef struct Token Token;
-typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
-typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
-typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
-typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
-typedef struct VTable VTable;
-typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
-typedef struct Walker Walker;
-typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan;
-typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
-typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
+# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
+#endif
/*
-** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and
-** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
-** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
+** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
+** It determines whether or not the features related to
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can
+** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
*/
-/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
+#endif
+
/*
-** 2001 September 15
+** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
+** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc()
+** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API
+** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc()
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
+** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
+** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an
+** assertion will be triggered.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
-** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description
-** of what each interface routine does.
-*/
-#ifndef _BTREE_H_
-#define _BTREE_H_
-
-/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
-** needs to be revisited.
+** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
+** the default.
*/
-#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+ + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+ + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+ + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
+# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
+ are defined but at most one is allowed:\
+ SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
+ SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+ + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+ + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+ + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
+# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
+#endif
/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
+** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
- #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
+#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
#endif
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */
-
/*
-** Forward declarations of structure
-*/
-typedef struct Btree Btree;
-typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
-typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */
- sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */
- Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */
- int flags, /* Flags */
- int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
-);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
-** following values.
-**
-** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
-** pager.h.
-*/
-#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
-#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
-#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* This is an in-memory DB */
-#define BTREE_SINGLE 8 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
-#define BTREE_UNORDERED 16 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
-** of the flags shown below.
-**
-** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
-** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
-** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With
-** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
-** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
-** indices.)
+** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
+** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD.
+** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit
+** it.
*/
-#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
-#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
+# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
+#endif
/*
-** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
-** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned
-** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
-** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
-**
-** offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
+** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that
+** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true,
+** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
**
-** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
-** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
-** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
+** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the
+** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action
+** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
+** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
+** feature.
*/
-#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0
-#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1
-#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2
-#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3
-#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4
-#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5
-#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6
-#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
- Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */
- int iTable, /* Index of root page */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */
- struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */
- BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
- BtCursor*,
- UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
- i64 intKey,
- int bias,
- int *pRes
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
- const void *pData, int nData,
- int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# undef NDEBUG
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+/*
+** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When
+** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
+** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
+** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted
+** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
+** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase()
+** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For
+** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
+** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements
+** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
+** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int);
+# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
+#else
+# define testcase(X)
#endif
/*
-** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
-** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the
-** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X) X
#else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
+# define TESTONLY(X)
#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
+/*
+** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
+** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to
+** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore
+** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for
+** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the
+** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
+*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
-#endif
+# define VVA_ONLY(X) X
#else
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)
+#endif
-# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
-
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
-# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
+/*
+** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which
+** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such
+** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they
+** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
+** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
+** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
+** hint of unplanned behavior.
+**
+** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
+**
+** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
+** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will
+** not be counted as untested code.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define ALWAYS(X) (1)
+# define NEVER(X) (0)
+#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
+# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
+# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(X) (X)
+# define NEVER(X) (X)
#endif
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large
+** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase()
+** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
+*/
+#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
-#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
+/*
+** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
+** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds
+** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could,
+** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but
+** currently they are just comments for human readers.
+*/
+#define likely(X) (X)
+#define unlikely(X) (X)
-/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
+/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
+** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -8138,605 +8167,769 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
-**
-** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
-** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
-** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-
-/*
-** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines
-** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
-** of this structure.
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
+** used in SQLite.
*/
-typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-/*
-** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
-** for the VdbeOp definition.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
-typedef struct Mem Mem;
-typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
-/*
-** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
-** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded
-** as an instance of the following structure:
-*/
-struct VdbeOp {
- u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */
- signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
- u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
- u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
- int p1; /* First operand */
- int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
- int p3; /* The third parameter */
- union { /* fourth parameter */
- int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
- void *p; /* Generic pointer */
- char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
- i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
- double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
- FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
- Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
- VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
- int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
- SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
- } p4;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
- u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
-#endif
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+**
+** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
+** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
+**
+** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in
+** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the
+** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
+**
+** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done
+** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the
+** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
+** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
+** the hash table.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+ unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+ unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
+ HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
+ struct _ht { /* the hash table */
+ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
+ HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+ } *ht;
};
-typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
-
-/*
-** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
-struct SubProgram {
- VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
- int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */
- int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */
- int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */
- void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
- SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */
+struct HashElem {
+ HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
+ const char *pKey; /* Key associated with this element */
};
/*
-** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
-** it takes up less space.
+** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
-struct VdbeOpList {
- u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */
- signed char p1; /* First operand */
- signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
- signed char p3; /* Third parameter */
-};
-typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
/*
-** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+** Hash h;
+** HashElem *p;
+** ...
+** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+** // do something with pData
+** }
*/
-#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */
-#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
-#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */
-#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
-#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
-#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
-#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
-#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */
-#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
-#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
-#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
-#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
-#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data)
+/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
+/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */
-/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
-** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the
-** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still
-** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
-** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling
-** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
-#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16)
-#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17)
+/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
+#define TK_SEMI 1
+#define TK_EXPLAIN 2
+#define TK_QUERY 3
+#define TK_PLAN 4
+#define TK_BEGIN 5
+#define TK_TRANSACTION 6
+#define TK_DEFERRED 7
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9
+#define TK_COMMIT 10
+#define TK_END 11
+#define TK_ROLLBACK 12
+#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13
+#define TK_RELEASE 14
+#define TK_TO 15
+#define TK_TABLE 16
+#define TK_CREATE 17
+#define TK_IF 18
+#define TK_NOT 19
+#define TK_EXISTS 20
+#define TK_TEMP 21
+#define TK_LP 22
+#define TK_RP 23
+#define TK_AS 24
+#define TK_WITHOUT 25
+#define TK_COMMA 26
+#define TK_ID 27
+#define TK_INDEXED 28
+#define TK_ABORT 29
+#define TK_ACTION 30
+#define TK_AFTER 31
+#define TK_ANALYZE 32
+#define TK_ASC 33
+#define TK_ATTACH 34
+#define TK_BEFORE 35
+#define TK_BY 36
+#define TK_CASCADE 37
+#define TK_CAST 38
+#define TK_COLUMNKW 39
+#define TK_CONFLICT 40
+#define TK_DATABASE 41
+#define TK_DESC 42
+#define TK_DETACH 43
+#define TK_EACH 44
+#define TK_FAIL 45
+#define TK_FOR 46
+#define TK_IGNORE 47
+#define TK_INITIALLY 48
+#define TK_INSTEAD 49
+#define TK_LIKE_KW 50
+#define TK_MATCH 51
+#define TK_NO 52
+#define TK_KEY 53
+#define TK_OF 54
+#define TK_OFFSET 55
+#define TK_PRAGMA 56
+#define TK_RAISE 57
+#define TK_RECURSIVE 58
+#define TK_REPLACE 59
+#define TK_RESTRICT 60
+#define TK_ROW 61
+#define TK_TRIGGER 62
+#define TK_VACUUM 63
+#define TK_VIEW 64
+#define TK_VIRTUAL 65
+#define TK_WITH 66
+#define TK_REINDEX 67
+#define TK_RENAME 68
+#define TK_CTIME_KW 69
+#define TK_ANY 70
+#define TK_OR 71
+#define TK_AND 72
+#define TK_IS 73
+#define TK_BETWEEN 74
+#define TK_IN 75
+#define TK_ISNULL 76
+#define TK_NOTNULL 77
+#define TK_NE 78
+#define TK_EQ 79
+#define TK_GT 80
+#define TK_LE 81
+#define TK_LT 82
+#define TK_GE 83
+#define TK_ESCAPE 84
+#define TK_BITAND 85
+#define TK_BITOR 86
+#define TK_LSHIFT 87
+#define TK_RSHIFT 88
+#define TK_PLUS 89
+#define TK_MINUS 90
+#define TK_STAR 91
+#define TK_SLASH 92
+#define TK_REM 93
+#define TK_CONCAT 94
+#define TK_COLLATE 95
+#define TK_BITNOT 96
+#define TK_STRING 97
+#define TK_JOIN_KW 98
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT 99
+#define TK_DEFAULT 100
+#define TK_NULL 101
+#define TK_PRIMARY 102
+#define TK_UNIQUE 103
+#define TK_CHECK 104
+#define TK_REFERENCES 105
+#define TK_AUTOINCR 106
+#define TK_ON 107
+#define TK_INSERT 108
+#define TK_DELETE 109
+#define TK_UPDATE 110
+#define TK_SET 111
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE 112
+#define TK_FOREIGN 113
+#define TK_DROP 114
+#define TK_UNION 115
+#define TK_ALL 116
+#define TK_EXCEPT 117
+#define TK_INTERSECT 118
+#define TK_SELECT 119
+#define TK_VALUES 120
+#define TK_DISTINCT 121
+#define TK_DOT 122
+#define TK_FROM 123
+#define TK_JOIN 124
+#define TK_USING 125
+#define TK_ORDER 126
+#define TK_GROUP 127
+#define TK_HAVING 128
+#define TK_LIMIT 129
+#define TK_WHERE 130
+#define TK_INTO 131
+#define TK_INTEGER 132
+#define TK_FLOAT 133
+#define TK_BLOB 134
+#define TK_VARIABLE 135
+#define TK_CASE 136
+#define TK_WHEN 137
+#define TK_THEN 138
+#define TK_ELSE 139
+#define TK_INDEX 140
+#define TK_ALTER 141
+#define TK_ADD 142
+#define TK_TO_TEXT 143
+#define TK_TO_BLOB 144
+#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 145
+#define TK_TO_INT 146
+#define TK_TO_REAL 147
+#define TK_ISNOT 148
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE 149
+#define TK_ILLEGAL 150
+#define TK_SPACE 151
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 152
+#define TK_FUNCTION 153
+#define TK_COLUMN 154
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 155
+#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 156
+#define TK_UMINUS 157
+#define TK_UPLUS 158
+#define TK_REGISTER 159
+
+/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
/*
-** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
-** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
-#define COLNAME_NAME 0
-#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
-#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
-#define COLNAME_TABLE 3
-#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
-#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */
-# else
-# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite_int64
+# define float sqlite_int64
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
# endif
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
+# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
#endif
/*
-** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
-** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling
-** the macro again restores the address.
+** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
+** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler
+** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
*/
-#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X))
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
+#else
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
+#endif
/*
-** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
-** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
+** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the
+** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
+** that the library can read.
*/
-/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
-/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
-/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
-/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
-#define OP_Goto 1
-#define OP_Gosub 2
-#define OP_Return 3
-#define OP_Yield 4
-#define OP_HaltIfNull 5
-#define OP_Halt 6
-#define OP_Integer 7
-#define OP_Int64 8
-#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */
-#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */
-#define OP_String 9
-#define OP_Null 10
-#define OP_Blob 11
-#define OP_Variable 12
-#define OP_Move 13
-#define OP_Copy 14
-#define OP_SCopy 15
-#define OP_ResultRow 16
-#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */
-#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */
-#define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */
-#define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */
-#define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */
-#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */
-#define OP_CollSeq 17
-#define OP_Function 18
-#define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */
-#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */
-#define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
-#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
-#define OP_AddImm 20
-#define OP_MustBeInt 21
-#define OP_RealAffinity 22
-#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */
-#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */
-#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
-#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */
-#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */
-#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */
-#define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */
-#define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */
-#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */
-#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */
-#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */
-#define OP_Permutation 23
-#define OP_Compare 24
-#define OP_Jump 25
-#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */
-#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */
-#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */
-#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */
-#define OP_If 26
-#define OP_IfNot 27
-#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */
-#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
-#define OP_Column 28
-#define OP_Affinity 29
-#define OP_MakeRecord 30
-#define OP_Count 31
-#define OP_Savepoint 32
-#define OP_AutoCommit 33
-#define OP_Transaction 34
-#define OP_ReadCookie 35
-#define OP_SetCookie 36
-#define OP_VerifyCookie 37
-#define OP_OpenRead 38
-#define OP_OpenWrite 39
-#define OP_OpenAutoindex 40
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral 41
-#define OP_OpenPseudo 42
-#define OP_Close 43
-#define OP_SeekLt 44
-#define OP_SeekLe 45
-#define OP_SeekGe 46
-#define OP_SeekGt 47
-#define OP_Seek 48
-#define OP_NotFound 49
-#define OP_Found 50
-#define OP_IsUnique 51
-#define OP_NotExists 52
-#define OP_Sequence 53
-#define OP_NewRowid 54
-#define OP_Insert 55
-#define OP_InsertInt 56
-#define OP_Delete 57
-#define OP_ResetCount 58
-#define OP_RowKey 59
-#define OP_RowData 60
-#define OP_Rowid 61
-#define OP_NullRow 62
-#define OP_Last 63
-#define OP_Sort 64
-#define OP_Rewind 65
-#define OP_Prev 66
-#define OP_Next 67
-#define OP_IdxInsert 70
-#define OP_IdxDelete 71
-#define OP_IdxRowid 72
-#define OP_IdxLT 81
-#define OP_IdxGE 92
-#define OP_Destroy 95
-#define OP_Clear 96
-#define OP_CreateIndex 97
-#define OP_CreateTable 98
-#define OP_ParseSchema 99
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis 100
-#define OP_DropTable 101
-#define OP_DropIndex 102
-#define OP_DropTrigger 103
-#define OP_IntegrityCk 104
-#define OP_RowSetAdd 105
-#define OP_RowSetRead 106
-#define OP_RowSetTest 107
-#define OP_Program 108
-#define OP_Param 109
-#define OP_FkCounter 110
-#define OP_FkIfZero 111
-#define OP_MemMax 112
-#define OP_IfPos 113
-#define OP_IfNeg 114
-#define OP_IfZero 115
-#define OP_AggStep 116
-#define OP_AggFinal 117
-#define OP_Checkpoint 118
-#define OP_JournalMode 119
-#define OP_Vacuum 120
-#define OP_IncrVacuum 121
-#define OP_Expire 122
-#define OP_TableLock 123
-#define OP_VBegin 124
-#define OP_VCreate 125
-#define OP_VDestroy 126
-#define OP_VOpen 127
-#define OP_VFilter 128
-#define OP_VColumn 129
-#define OP_VNext 131
-#define OP_VRename 132
-#define OP_VUpdate 133
-#define OP_Pagecount 134
-#define OP_MaxPgcnt 135
-#define OP_Trace 136
-#define OP_Noop 137
-#define OP_Explain 138
-
-/* The following opcode values are never used */
-#define OP_NotUsed_139 139
-#define OP_NotUsed_140 140
-
+#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#endif
-/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
-** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
-** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
+/*
+** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be
+** changed at run-time using a pragma.
*/
-#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */
-#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */
-#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */
-#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */
-#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
-/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\
-/* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\
-/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\
-/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
-/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\
-/* 48 */ 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\
-/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
-/* 64 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x08, 0x00,\
-/* 72 */ 0x02, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
-/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
-/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x02,\
-/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
-/* 112 */ 0x08, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
-/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
-/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
-/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,}
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
+#endif
-/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
+/*
+** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
+** on the command-line
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
/*
-** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation
-** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if
+** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it
+** to zero.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif
+/*
+** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers.
+*/
+#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B))
+#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B))
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+/*
+** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or
+** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
+*/
+#if 'A' == '\301'
+# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
#else
-# define VdbeComment(X)
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
+# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this:
+**
+** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
+# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
+# else
+# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
+# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
+# else
+# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
+# define INT16_TYPE int16_t
+# else
+# define INT16_TYPE short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
+# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
+# else
+# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
+# define INT8_TYPE int8_t
+# else
+# define INT8_TYPE signed char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
+** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value
+** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we
+** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
+/*
+** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
+** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of
+** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer
+** can be used at compile-time if desired.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
+ typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
+#else
+ typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */
#endif
-/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
+** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit
+** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This
+** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986.
+** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable.
+** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst
+** of 40. However, since LogEst quantaties are suppose to be estimates,
+** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate".
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Examples:
+** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132
+** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146
+** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199
+** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200
+** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
-** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values.
+** Examples:
+**
+** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40
*/
+typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
-#ifndef _PAGER_H_
-#define _PAGER_H_
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
+**
+** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
+** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if
+** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined
+** at run-time.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+#endif
+#if (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \
+ defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \
+ defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \
+ defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE
+#endif
+#if (defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__)) \
+ && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+#endif
/*
-** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
-** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
-** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
- #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+
+/*
+** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used
+** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
+*/
+#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
+*/
+#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This
+** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
+** all alignment restrictions correct.
+**
+** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
+** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned
+** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
+#else
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
#endif
/*
-** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file
-** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page".
+** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work
*/
-typedef u32 Pgno;
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+#endif
/*
-** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS
*/
-typedef struct Pager Pager;
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+# include <TargetConditionals.h>
+# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# if defined(__linux__) \
+ || defined(_WIN32) \
+ || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \
+ || defined(__sun)
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */
+# else
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
/*
-** Handle type for pages.
+** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger
+** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does
+** not exceed the maximum mmap size.
*/
-typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+#endif
/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c
-** for details.
+** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined.
+** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also
+** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
*/
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
+#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
+#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+#endif
/*
-** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
+** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not
+** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
+#else
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle.
**
-** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
*/
-#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */
-#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
-#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0004 /* In-memory database */
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+ int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */
+ void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */
+ int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */
+};
/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
+** Name of the master database table. The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
*/
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1
+#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master"
/*
-** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
+** The root-page of the master database table.
*/
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */
+#define MASTER_ROOT 1
/*
-** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
-** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
-** a detailed description of each routine.
+** The name of the schema table.
*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
-/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs*,
- Pager **ppPager,
- const char*,
- int,
- int,
- int,
- void(*)(DbPage*)
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
-/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+/*
+** Determine if the argument is a power of two
+*/
+#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0)
-/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
-#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
-
-/* Operations on page references. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
-
-/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
-
-/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-
-/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
-#endif
+/*
+** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
+** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the
+** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce
+** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any
+** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
+** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
-/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
- void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
- void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+/*
+** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
+** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
+** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
+** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
+** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD
+** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable
+** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
+** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer
+** for the run-time allocated buffer.
+**
+** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
+** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ #define SQLITE_WSD const
+ #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
+ #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+ #define SQLITE_WSD
+ #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
+ #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
#endif
-#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
+/*
+** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
+** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately
+** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
+** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the
+** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
+** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
+** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
+**
+** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
+** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
+** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
+** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
+** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
+** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
-/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 August 05
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
+typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct Schema Schema;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
+typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
+typedef struct Module Module;
+typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments;
+typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
+typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread;
+typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct TreeView TreeView;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct VTable VTable;
+typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
+typedef struct Walker Walker;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct With With;
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and
+** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
+** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
+*/
+/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -8746,158 +8939,258 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem.
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
-#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
-
-typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
-typedef struct PCache PCache;
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
/*
-** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
-** structure.
+** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
+** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
*/
-struct PgHdr {
- void *pData; /* Content of this page */
- void *pExtra; /* Extra content */
- PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */
- Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
- Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
+ #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
#endif
- u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */
- /**********************************************************************
- ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c
- ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
- */
- i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */
- PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */
- PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
- PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
-};
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
-/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
-#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before
- ** writing this page to the database */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */
-#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
-#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */
-/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */
+ Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */
+ int flags, /* Flags */
+ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
+);
-/* Page cache buffer management:
-** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+**
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
+** pager.h.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */
+#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
+#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
-/* Create a new pager cache.
-** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
-** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
- int szPage, /* Size of every page */
- int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
- int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
- int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
- void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
- PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
-/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
-/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate
-** storage space.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
-/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released.
-** Reference counted.
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the flags shown below.
+**
+** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
+** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
+** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With
+** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
+** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
+** indices.)
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int);
-/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
-/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
-/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+/*
+** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned
+** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
+** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
+**
+** offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
+**
+** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
+** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
+** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
+*/
+#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0
+#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1
+#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2
+#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3
+#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4
+#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5
+#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6
+#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7
+#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8
-/* Reset and close the cache object */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+/*
+** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
+** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
+*/
+#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001
-/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+ Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */
+ int iTable, /* Index of root page */
+ int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */
+ struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */
+ BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
-/* Discard the contents of the cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+ BtCursor*,
+ UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
+ i64 intKey,
+ int bias,
+ int *pRes
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+ const void *pData, int nData,
+ int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
-/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
+#endif
-/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
-** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
-** library is built.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
#endif
-/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
-**
-** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
-** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
-** of the suggested cache-sizes.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
+** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the
+** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
#endif
+#else
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
+# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
-#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
-/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
-/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
+/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 16
+** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -8906,282 +9199,483 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
-** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
-** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
**
-** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
-** being included by every source file.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
-#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
-
-/*
-** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
-** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros,
-** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER
-** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other
-** three will be 0.
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
-# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-# undef SQLITE_OS_OS2
-# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-# else
-# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
-# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
-# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1
-# else
-# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
-# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-# endif
-# else
-# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-# endif
-#endif
+#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
-** reduced API.
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
*/
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
-#endif
-
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
/*
-** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# include <windows.h>
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
-#elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
-# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY)
-# include <os2safe.h> /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */
-# endif
-# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
-# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
-# define INCL_DOSERRORS
-# define INCL_DOSMISC
-# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
-# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR
-# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES
-# include <os2.h>
-# include <uconv.h>
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
-#endif
-
-/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
-** a no-op
+** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
+** for the VdbeOp definition.
*/
-#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
-# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
-#endif
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
/*
-** The default size of a disk sector
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512
+struct VdbeOp {
+ u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */
+ signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
+ u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
+ u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
+ int p1; /* First operand */
+ int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+ int p3; /* The third parameter */
+ union { /* fourth parameter */
+ int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
+ void *p; /* Generic pointer */
+ char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
+ i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
+ double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
+ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
+ VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
+ int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
+ int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
+ } p4;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ u32 cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+ u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+ int iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
/*
-** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
-** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
-** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
-** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
-** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
-** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
-** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
-**
-** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then
-** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
-** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
-** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
-** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
-** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but
-** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
-** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
-** of the file.
+** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
-#endif
+struct SubProgram {
+ VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
+ int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */
+ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */
+ int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */
+ int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
+ void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
+ SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */
+};
/*
-** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
-** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
-**
-** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
-** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
-** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
-** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
-** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
-** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
-** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
-**
-** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
-** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
-** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
-** sqlite3OsLock().
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
*/
-#define NO_LOCK 0
-#define SHARED_LOCK 1
-#define RESERVED_LOCK 2
-#define PENDING_LOCK 3
-#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4
+struct VdbeOpList {
+ u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */
+ signed char p1; /* First operand */
+ signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+ signed char p3; /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
/*
-** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
-**
-** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
-** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and
-** UnlockFile().
-**
-** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
-** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
-** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
-** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
-** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
-** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
-** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
-**
-** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
-** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks
-** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
-** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme
-** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
-** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
-** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
-**
-** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
-** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
-** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
-**
-** The same locking strategy and
-** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having
-** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
-** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever
-** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
-** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
-** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
-**
-** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store
-** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates
-** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so
-** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
-** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE
-** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
-** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
-**
-** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
-** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
-** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
-** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
-** 1GB boundary.
-**
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000)
+#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */
+#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */
+#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
+#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
+#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
+#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
+#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
+#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */
+
+/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
+#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
+#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2
+#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3
+#define P5_ConstraintFK 4
+
+/*
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
+** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
+*/
+#define COLNAME_NAME 0
+#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
+#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
+#define COLNAME_TABLE 3
+#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
#else
-# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte
+# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */
+# else
+# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */
+# endif
#endif
-#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1)
-#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2)
-#define SHARED_SIZE 510
/*
-** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
+#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X))
-/*
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
+/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
+#define OP_Function 1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */
+#define OP_Savepoint 2
+#define OP_AutoCommit 3
+#define OP_Transaction 4
+#define OP_SorterNext 5
+#define OP_PrevIfOpen 6
+#define OP_NextIfOpen 7
+#define OP_Prev 8
+#define OP_Next 9
+#define OP_AggStep 10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */
+#define OP_Checkpoint 11
+#define OP_JournalMode 12
+#define OP_Vacuum 13
+#define OP_VFilter 14 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */
+#define OP_VUpdate 15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */
+#define OP_Goto 16
+#define OP_Gosub 17
+#define OP_Return 18
+#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */
+#define OP_InitCoroutine 20
+#define OP_EndCoroutine 21
+#define OP_Yield 22
+#define OP_HaltIfNull 23 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */
+#define OP_Halt 24
+#define OP_Integer 25 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */
+#define OP_Int64 26 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */
+#define OP_String 27 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */
+#define OP_Null 28 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */
+#define OP_SoftNull 29 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */
+#define OP_Blob 30 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */
+#define OP_Variable 31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */
+#define OP_Move 32 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */
+#define OP_Copy 33 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */
+#define OP_SCopy 34 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */
+#define OP_ResultRow 35 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */
+#define OP_CollSeq 36
+#define OP_AddImm 37 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */
+#define OP_MustBeInt 38
+#define OP_RealAffinity 39
+#define OP_Cast 40 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) */
+#define OP_Permutation 41
+#define OP_Compare 42 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */
+#define OP_Jump 43
+#define OP_Once 44
+#define OP_If 45
+#define OP_IfNot 46
+#define OP_Column 47 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */
+#define OP_Affinity 48 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */
+#define OP_MakeRecord 49 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */
+#define OP_Count 50 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */
+#define OP_ReadCookie 51
+#define OP_SetCookie 52
+#define OP_ReopenIdx 53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
+#define OP_OpenRead 54 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
+#define OP_OpenWrite 55 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
+#define OP_OpenAutoindex 56 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral 57 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
+#define OP_SorterOpen 58
+#define OP_SequenceTest 59 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */
+#define OP_OpenPseudo 60 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */
+#define OP_Close 61
+#define OP_SeekLT 62 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_SeekLE 63 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_SeekGE 64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_SeekGT 65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_Seek 66 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2] */
+#define OP_NoConflict 67 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_NotFound 68 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_Found 69 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_NotExists 70 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */
+#define OP_Or 71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
+#define OP_And 72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */
+#define OP_Sequence 73 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */
+#define OP_NewRowid 74 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
+#define OP_Insert 75 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */
+#define OP_IsNull 76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
+#define OP_NotNull 77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
+#define OP_Ne 78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Eq 79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Gt 80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Le 81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Lt 82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Ge 83 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_InsertInt 84 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */
+#define OP_BitAnd 85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
+#define OP_BitOr 86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
+#define OP_ShiftLeft 87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
+#define OP_ShiftRight 88 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
+#define OP_Add 89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
+#define OP_Subtract 90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
+#define OP_Multiply 91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
+#define OP_Divide 92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
+#define OP_Remainder 93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
+#define OP_Concat 94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
+#define OP_Delete 95
+#define OP_BitNot 96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
+#define OP_String8 97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */
+#define OP_ResetCount 98
+#define OP_SorterCompare 99 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
+#define OP_SorterData 100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
+#define OP_RowKey 101 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key */
+#define OP_RowData 102 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
+#define OP_Rowid 103 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
+#define OP_NullRow 104
+#define OP_Last 105
+#define OP_SorterSort 106
+#define OP_Sort 107
+#define OP_Rewind 108
+#define OP_SorterInsert 109
+#define OP_IdxInsert 110 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
+#define OP_IdxDelete 111 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */
+#define OP_IdxRowid 112 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
+#define OP_IdxLE 113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_IdxGT 114 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_IdxLT 115 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_IdxGE 116 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */
+#define OP_Destroy 117
+#define OP_Clear 118
+#define OP_ResetSorter 119
+#define OP_CreateIndex 120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */
+#define OP_CreateTable 121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */
+#define OP_ParseSchema 122
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis 123
+#define OP_DropTable 124
+#define OP_DropIndex 125
+#define OP_DropTrigger 126
+#define OP_IntegrityCk 127
+#define OP_RowSetAdd 128 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */
+#define OP_RowSetRead 129 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */
+#define OP_RowSetTest 130 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */
+#define OP_Program 131
+#define OP_Param 132
+#define OP_Real 133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */
+#define OP_FkCounter 134 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */
+#define OP_FkIfZero 135 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */
+#define OP_MemMax 136 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */
+#define OP_IfPos 137 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 */
+#define OP_IfNeg 138 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2 */
+#define OP_IfZero 139 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 */
+#define OP_AggFinal 140 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */
+#define OP_IncrVacuum 141
+#define OP_Expire 142
+#define OP_TableLock 143 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */
+#define OP_VBegin 144
+#define OP_VCreate 145
+#define OP_VDestroy 146
+#define OP_VOpen 147
+#define OP_VColumn 148 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */
+#define OP_VNext 149
+#define OP_VRename 150
+#define OP_Pagecount 151
+#define OP_MaxPgcnt 152
+#define OP_Init 153 /* synopsis: Start at P2 */
+#define OP_Noop 154
+#define OP_Explain 155
-/*
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
+
+/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
+** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
+** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
+#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */
+#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
+/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/* 8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
+/* 16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\
+/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
+/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\
+/* 40 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00,\
+/* 48 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11,\
+/* 64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x4c,\
+/* 72 */ 0x4c, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\
+/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
+/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\
+/* 96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00,\
+/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 120 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 128 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
+/* 136 */ 0x08, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 144 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 152 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,}
+
+/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
/*
-** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
-** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);
-/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
+typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
+#endif
+
+/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
+** each VDBE opcode.
+**
+** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op
+** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code
+** generator.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS
+# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+# else
+# define VdbeModuleComment(X)
+# endif
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
+# define VdbeModuleComment(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point
+** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line
+** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing
+** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch
+** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application
+** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on.
+**
+** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction
+** // as a branch
+**
+** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true
+**
+** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken
+**
+** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken
+**
+** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above.
+** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and
+** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch()
+** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int);
+# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
+# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
+# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2);
+# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1);
+# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x)
+#else
+# define VdbeCoverage(v)
+# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x)
+# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)
+# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)
+# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
+/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
/*
-** 2007 August 28
+** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -9191,3282 +9685,3662 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
-** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
-** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code
-** better organized.
-**
-** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
-** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
-** include this one indirectly.
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
*/
+#ifndef _PAGER_H_
+#define _PAGER_H_
/*
-** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are
-**
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The
-** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
-** at start-time.
-**
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No
-** mutual exclusion is provided. But this
-** implementation can be overridden at
-** start-time.
-**
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
-**
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
-**
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2.
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
*/
-#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
-# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-# elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-# else
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+ #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
-** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
+** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file
+** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page".
*/
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
-
-/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
+typedef u32 Pgno;
/*
-** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
-** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures
-** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and
-** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional
-** databases may be attached.
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
*/
-struct Db {
- char *zName; /* Name of this database */
- Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
- u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */
- u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
- Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
-};
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
/*
-** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
-**
-** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is
-** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
-** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
-** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
-**
-** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
-** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
-** sqlite3_close().
-*
-** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
-** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be
-** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
-** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
+** Handle type for pages.
*/
-struct Schema {
- int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */
- int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */
- Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */
- Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
- Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */
- Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
- Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
- u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */
- u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */
- u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */
- int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
-};
+typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
-** Db.pSchema->flags field.
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c
+** for details.
*/
-#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
-#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
-#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
-#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
/*
-** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
-**
-** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
-** read into internal hash tables.
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
-** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
-** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might
-** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
-#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */
-#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */
-#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */
/*
-** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
-** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
*/
-#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1)
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1
/*
-** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
-** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
-** associated with a particular database connection. The use of
-** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
-** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
-** SQL statements.
-**
-** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
-** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in
-** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
-** objects.
-**
-** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
-** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot
-** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
-** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing
-** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
-** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
+** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
*/
-struct Lookaside {
- u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
- u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
- u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
- int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
- int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */
- int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */
- LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */
- void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */
- void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */
-};
-struct LookasideSlot {
- LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
-};
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */
/*
-** A hash table for function definitions.
-**
-** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
-** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
+** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire().
*/
-struct FuncDefHash {
- FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */
-};
+#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */
+#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */
/*
-** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
-** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each
-** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
-** triggers as usual. The previous value will be restored once the trigger
-** exits. Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
-** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
-**
-** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
-** context. It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec.
-** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
-** insert, update, or delete statement. It remains constant throughout the
-** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts. It keeps a
-** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
-** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger. Changes to views do not
-** affect the value of lsChange.
-** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
-** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange.
-**
-** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16
-** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
-** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
-** consistently.
+** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
*/
-struct sqlite3 {
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */
- int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */
- Db *aDb; /* All backends */
- int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
- unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
- int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
- int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */
- u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */
- u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
- u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
- u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
- signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
- u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */
- u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
- int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
- int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */
- CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
- i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
- u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
- int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
- int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */
- int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */
- struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */
- int iDb; /* When back is being initialized */
- int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
- u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */
- u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
- } init;
- int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */
- void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */
- struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */
- int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */
- int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */
- int vdbeExecCnt; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
- void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */
- void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */
- void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */
- void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */
- void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */
- int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
- void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */
- void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
- void *pUpdateArg;
- void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */
+#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
+#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
+
+/*
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
+** a detailed description of each routine.
+*/
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs*,
+ Pager **ppPager,
+ const char*,
+ int,
+ int,
+ int,
+ void(*)(DbPage*)
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
+#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
- void *pWalArg;
-#endif
- void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
- void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
- void *pCollNeededArg;
- sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */
- char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
- char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
- union {
- volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
- double notUsed1; /* Spacer */
- } u1;
- Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
- /* Access authorization function */
- void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */
- void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */
- int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
- VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
- VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
- int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
- VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
+
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
#endif
- FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */
- Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */
- BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */
- int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
- Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
- Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */
- int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
- int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */
- u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
- i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
- int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
- /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER
- ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c.
- **
- ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
- ** unlock so that it can proceed.
- **
- ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
- ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
- ** held by Y.
- */
- sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
- sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */
- void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
- void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */
- sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
+ void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
#endif
-};
-/*
-** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
-*/
-#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
+#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
+/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.
*/
-#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000100 /* True to trace VDBE execution */
-#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000200 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
-#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000400 /* Show full column names on SELECT */
-#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000800 /* Show short columns names */
-#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00001000 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
- /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
- /* the count using a callback. */
-#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00002000 /* Invoke the callback once if the */
- /* result set is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00004000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00008000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
-#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00010000 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
-#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00020000 /* Readlocks are omitted when
- ** accessing read-only databases */
-#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00040000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */
-#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000 /* For shared-cache mode */
-#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00100000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */
-#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00200000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */
-#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00400000 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
-#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00800000 /* Ignore schema errors */
-#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x01000000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
-#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x02000000 /* Enable recursive triggers */
-#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x04000000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */
-#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x08000000 /* Enable automatic indexes */
-#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x10000000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */
-#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x20000000 /* Enable load_extension */
-#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x40000000 /* True to enable triggers */
-
-/*
-** Bits of the sqlite3.flags field that are used by the
-** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface.
-** These must be the low-order bits of the flags field.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x01 /* Disable query flattening */
-#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x02 /* Disable the column cache */
-#define SQLITE_IndexSort 0x04 /* Disable indexes for sorting */
-#define SQLITE_IndexSearch 0x08 /* Disable indexes for searching */
-#define SQLITE_IndexCover 0x10 /* Disable index covering table */
-#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x20 /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
-#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40 /* Disable factoring out constants */
-#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x80 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */
-#define SQLITE_OptMask 0xff /* Mask of all disablable opts */
-/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
-** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
-** than being distinct from one another.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
-/*
-** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
-** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
-** points to a linked list of these structures.
-*/
-struct FuncDef {
- i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */
- u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
- u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
- void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */
- FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
- void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */
- char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */
- FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
- FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */
-};
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+typedef struct PCache PCache;
/*
-** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
-** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
-** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
-** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to
-** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
-** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
-** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
-** FuncDestructor.
-**
-** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
-** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
-** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
+** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
*/
-struct FuncDestructor {
- int nRef;
- void (*xDestroy)(void *);
- void *pUserData;
+struct PgHdr {
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */
+ void *pData; /* Page data */
+ void *pExtra; /* Extra content */
+ PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */
+ Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */
+ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */
+#endif
+ u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c
+ ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
+ */
+ i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */
+ PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */
+
+ PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
+ PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
};
-/*
-** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
+/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
+#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before
+ ** writing this page to the database */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */
+#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
+#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */
+
+#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */
+
+/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+
+/* Page cache buffer management:
+** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
*/
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_PRIVATE 0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x20 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x40 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
-/*
-** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
-** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
-**
-** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
-** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
-** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
-** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
-** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If
-** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
-**
-** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
-** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
-** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
-** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
-** FUNCTION().
-**
-** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
-** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
-** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C
-** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
-** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
-** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
-** parameter.
+/* Create a new pager cache.
+** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
+** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
*/
-#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
- {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
- {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
- pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
- {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
- {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+ int szPage, /* Size of every page */
+ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
+ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
+ int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
+ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
+ PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+);
-/*
-** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
-** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
-** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
-** OP_Savepoint instruction.
+/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate
+** storage space.
*/
-struct Savepoint {
- char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
- i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */
- Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
-/*
-** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
-** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
+/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released.
+** Reference counted.
*/
-#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0
-#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1
-#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
-/*
-** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
-** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
-** hash table.
+/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+
+/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+
+/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+
+/* Reset and close the cache object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+
+/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
+
+/* Discard the contents of the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+
+/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+
+/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
+
+/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
+** library is built.
*/
-struct Module {
- const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */
- const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */
- void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */
- void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+#endif
-/*
-** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
-** of this structure.
+/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
+** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
+** of the suggested cache-sizes.
*/
-struct Column {
- char *zName; /* Name of this column */
- Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */
- char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */
- char *zType; /* Data type for this column */
- char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */
- u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
- u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
- char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
#endif
-};
+/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
+
+#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
/*
-** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
-** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one
-** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
-** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
-** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
-** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
-** translations, if any.
+******************************************************************************
**
-** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
-** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
-** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
-** xCmp16.
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
**
-** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
-** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined
-** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
+** being included by every source file.
*/
-struct CollSeq {
- char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
- u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
- u8 type; /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */
- void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */
- int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
- void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */
-};
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
/*
-** Allowed values of CollSeq.type:
+** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the
+** necessary pre-processor macros for it.
*/
-#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY 1 /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */
-#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE 2 /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */
-#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3 /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */
-#define SQLITE_COLL_USER 0 /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */
-
+/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/
+/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/
/*
-** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+** 2013 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system
+** detection and/or setup.
*/
-#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */
-#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */
+#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_
+#define _OS_SETUP_H_
/*
-** Column affinity types.
-**
-** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
-** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve
-** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.
-**
-** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way,
-** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
-** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating
+** system.
**
-** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
-** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
+** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX,
+** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of
+** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0.
*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e'
+#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
+# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+# else
+# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \
+ defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
+# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+# else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
+# endif
+# else
+# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+# endif
+#endif
-#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
+#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */
-/*
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
-** affinity value.
+/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/
+
+/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
+** a no-op
*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67
+#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
+# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
+#endif
/*
-** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
-** changing the affinity.
+** The default size of a disk sector
*/
-#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
-#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
-#define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096
+#endif
/*
-** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
-** the database schema.
-**
-** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
-** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
-** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
-** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table
-** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between
-** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database
-** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
-** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
-** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
-** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables
-** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers
-** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database
-** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
**
-** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
-** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
-** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
-** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
-** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
-** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
-** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
+** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then
+** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
+** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
+** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
+** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
+** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
+** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but
+** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
+** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
+** of the file.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
**
-** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
-** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not
-** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed
-** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
-** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
-** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected
-** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
-** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
-** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
-** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
-** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
+** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
**
-** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by
-** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as
-** the first argument.
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
*/
-struct VTable {
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */
- Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
- u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */
- int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
- VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */
-};
+#define NO_LOCK 0
+#define SHARED_LOCK 1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK 2
+#define PENDING_LOCK 3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4
/*
-** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
-** following structure.
+** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
**
-** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original
-** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
-** comparisons.
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
**
-** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a
-** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
**
-** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
-** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note
-** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
-** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
-** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
-** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
-** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
+**
+** The same locking strategy and
+** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
**
-** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
-** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
-** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
-** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set
-** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
-** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum
-** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
-** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
-** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause
-** of a SELECT statement.
*/
-struct Table {
- char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */
- int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
- int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */
- Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */
- Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
- int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
- unsigned nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
- Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */
- u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */
- u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */
- u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
- FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
- char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */
- int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */
- char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000)
+#else
+# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte
#endif
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
- Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */
- Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
-};
+#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE 510
/*
-** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags.
+** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
*/
-#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */
-#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */
-#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */
-#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
-#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */
-#define TF_NeedMetadata 0x20 /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
+
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
/*
-** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is
-** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
-** table support is omitted from the build.
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
+** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
-# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden)
-#else
-# define IsVirtual(X) 0
-# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
+/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
/*
-** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+** 2007 August 28
**
-** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is
-** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
-** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
-** Consider this example:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** CREATE TABLE ex1(
-** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
-** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
-** );
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+*************************************************************************
**
-** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
-** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when
-** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked.
+** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
+** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
+** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code
+** better organized.
+**
+** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
+** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
+** include this one indirectly.
*/
-struct FKey {
- Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
- FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
- char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
- FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */
- FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */
- int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */
- /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
- u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
- u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
- Trigger *apTrigger[2]; /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
- struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
- int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */
- char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
- } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
-};
+
/*
-** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
-** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
-** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
-** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process
-** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
-** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that
-** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior
-** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
-** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
-** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error
-** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
-** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
-** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported.
+** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are
**
-** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
-** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
-** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign
-** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
-** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
-** foreign key.
-**
-** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
-** of action to take.
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The
+** mutexes implementation cannot be overridden
+** at start-time.
+**
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No
+** mutual exclusion is provided. But this
+** implementation can be overridden at
+** start-time.
+**
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
+**
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
*/
-#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */
-#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
-#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
-#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
-#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
-#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
+# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+# else
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+# endif
+#endif
-#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
-#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
-#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
-#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
+*/
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)
+#else
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
-#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */
+/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/*
-** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
-** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the
-** comparison of the two index keys.
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional
+** databases may be attached.
*/
-struct KeyInfo {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
- u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
- u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. May be NULL */
- CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+struct Db {
+ char *zName; /* Name of this database */
+ Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+ u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
+ Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
};
/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
-** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
-** values.
-**
-** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
-** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
-** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by
-** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
-** OP_Column opcode.
+** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
**
-** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
-** into its constituent fields.
+** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is
+** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
+** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
+** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
+**
+** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
+** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
+** sqlite3_close().
+*
+** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
+** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be
+** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
+** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
*/
-struct UnpackedRecord {
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */
- u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
- u16 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */
- i64 rowid; /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */
- Mem *aMem; /* Values */
+struct Schema {
+ int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */
+ int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */
+ Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */
+ Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+ Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */
+ Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
+ Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
+ u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */
+ u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */
+ u16 schemaFlags; /* Flags associated with this schema */
+ int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
};
/*
-** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
+** Db.pSchema->flags field.
*/
-#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE 0x0001 /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */
-#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY 0x0002 /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */
-#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID 0x0004 /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */
-#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x0008 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
-#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x0010 /* A prefix match is considered OK */
-#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x0020 /* A prefix match is considered OK */
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P)
/*
-** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
-** instance of the following structure.
+** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
**
-** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
-** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose
-** we have the following table and index:
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
**
-** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
-** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */
+#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
+
+/*
+** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
+** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1)
+
+/*
+** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
+** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
+** associated with a particular database connection. The use of
+** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
+** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
+** SQL statements.
**
-** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
-** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing
-** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
-** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the
-** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
-** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
-** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
+** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in
+** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
+** objects.
**
-** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
-** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None,
-** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index
-** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution
-** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
-** element.
+** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
+** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot
+** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
+** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing
+** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
+** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
*/
-struct Index {
- char *zName; /* Name of this index */
- int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
- int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */
- unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
- Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */
- int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
- u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
- u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
- u8 bUnordered; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
- char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
- Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */
- Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
- u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
- char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
- IndexSample *aSample; /* Array of SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES samples */
+struct Lookaside {
+ u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
+ u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
+ u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
+ int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
+ int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */
+ int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */
+ LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */
+ void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */
+ void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */
+};
+struct LookasideSlot {
+ LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
};
/*
-** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat2 table is represented in memory
-** using a structure of this type.
+** A hash table for function definitions.
+**
+** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
+** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
*/
-struct IndexSample {
- union {
- char *z; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */
- double r; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT or SQLITE_INTEGER */
- } u;
- u8 eType; /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */
- u8 nByte; /* Size in byte of text or blob. */
+struct FuncDefHash {
+ FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */
};
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
/*
-** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
-** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
-**
-** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
-** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
-** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used
+** to manage user authentication.
*/
-struct Token {
- const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */
- unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */
+typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth;
+struct sqlite3_userauth {
+ u8 authLevel; /* Current authentication level */
+ int nAuthPW; /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */
+ char *zAuthPW; /* Password used to authenticate */
+ char *zAuthUser; /* User name used to authenticate */
};
-/*
-** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
-** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
-**
-** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
-** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
-** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
-** code for that node.
-**
-** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
-** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These
-** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
-*/
-struct AggInfo {
- u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
- ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
- u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
- ** than the source table */
- int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
- ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */
- int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
- struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */
- Table *pTab; /* Source table */
- int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */
- int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */
- int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */
- int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
- Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */
- } *aCol;
- int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
- int nColumnAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */
- int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
- ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
- ** aggregate functions */
- struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */
- Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */
- FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */
- int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
- int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
- } *aFunc;
- int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
- int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */
-};
+/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */
+#define UAUTH_Unknown 0 /* Authentication not yet checked */
+#define UAUTH_Fail 1 /* User authentication failed */
+#define UAUTH_User 2 /* Authenticated as a normal user */
+#define UAUTH_Admin 3 /* Authenticated as an administrator */
+
+/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
/*
-** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
-** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
-** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because
-** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
-** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications
-** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want
-** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
-** the option is available (at compile-time).
+** typedef for the authorization callback function.
*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
-typedef i16 ynVar;
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+ const char*, const char*);
#else
-typedef int ynVar;
+ typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+ const char*);
#endif
+
/*
-** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
-** of this structure.
-**
-** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
-** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
-** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
-** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
-** tree.
-**
-** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB,
-** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
-** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the
-** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
-** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
-**
-** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
-** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
-**
-** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
-** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
-** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
-** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
-** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is
-** valid.
-**
-** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
-** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
-** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
-** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the
-** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
-** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
-** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
-**
-** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark
-** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index
-** number for that variable.
-**
-** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
-** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the
-** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery
-** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
-** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
-**
-** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
-** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
-** corresponding table definition.
-**
-** ALLOCATION NOTES:
-**
-** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To
-** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
-** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
-** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
-** together with Expr.zToken strings.
-**
-** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
-** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all
-** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
-** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that
-** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
-** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
+** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
*/
-struct Expr {
- u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */
- char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
- u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */
- union {
- char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
- int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
- } u;
-
- /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
- ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
- ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
- *********************************************************************/
-
- Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */
- Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */
+struct sqlite3 {
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */
+ struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */
+ CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */
+ Db *aDb; /* All backends */
+ int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */
+ int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
+ i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+ i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */
+ unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+ int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+ int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */
+ u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
+ u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */
+ u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+ u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
+ u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
+ signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
+ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */
+ u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
+ u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
+ int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
+ u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+ int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+ int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+ int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */
+ int nMaxSorterMmap; /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
+ struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */
+ int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+ u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */
+ u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+ u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
+ } init;
+ int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
+ int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
+ int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
+ int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
+ int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */
+ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */
+ void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */
+ void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */
+ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */
+ void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */
+ void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */
+ int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
+ void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */
+ void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
+ void *pUpdateArg;
+ void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
+ void *pWalArg;
+#endif
+ void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+ void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+ void *pCollNeededArg;
+ sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */
union {
- ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
- Select *pSelect; /* Used for sub-selects and "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
- } x;
- CollSeq *pColl; /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
-
- /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
- ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
- ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
- *********************************************************************/
-
- int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
- ** TK_REGISTER: register number
- ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old */
- ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid.
- ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
- i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
- i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
- u8 flags2; /* Second set of flags. EP2_... */
- u8 op2; /* If a TK_REGISTER, the original value of Expr.op */
- AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
- Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
- int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
+ volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
+ double notUsed1; /* Spacer */
+ } u1;
+ Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Access authorization function */
+ void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */
+ void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */
+ unsigned nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
+ Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
+ VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
+ VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
+ VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
+#endif
+ FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */
+ Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */
+ BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */
+ Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+ Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */
+ int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
+ int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
+ int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */
+ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
+ i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
+ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+ /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER
+ ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c.
+ **
+ ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
+ ** unlock so that it can proceed.
+ **
+ ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
+ ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
+ ** held by Y.
+ */
+ sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
+ sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */
+ void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
+ void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */
+ sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ sqlite3_userauth auth; /* User authentication information */
#endif
};
/*
-** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
*/
-#define EP_FromJoin 0x0001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
-#define EP_Agg 0x0002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
-#define EP_Resolved 0x0004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
-#define EP_Error 0x0008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */
-#define EP_Distinct 0x0010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
-#define EP_VarSelect 0x0020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
-#define EP_DblQuoted 0x0040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
-#define EP_InfixFunc 0x0080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
-#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100 /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
-#define EP_FixedDest 0x0200 /* Result needed in a specific register */
-#define EP_IntValue 0x0400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
-#define EP_xIsSelect 0x0800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
-
-#define EP_Reduced 0x1000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_TokenOnly 0x2000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_Static 0x4000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
+#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
/*
-** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags2 field.
+** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
*/
-#define EP2_MallocedToken 0x0001 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
-#define EP2_Irreducible 0x0002 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
-
-/*
-** The pseudo-routine sqlite3ExprSetIrreducible sets the EP2_Irreducible
-** flag on an expression structure. This flag is used for VV&A only. The
-** routine is implemented as a macro that only works when in debugging mode,
-** so as not to burden production code.
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000004 /* Use full fsync on the backend */
+#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
+#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000010 /* OK to spill pager cache */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+ /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+ /* the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+ /* result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
+#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */
+#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
+#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */
+#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */
+#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00020000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
+#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00040000 /* Enable recursive triggers */
+#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00080000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */
+#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */
+#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */
+#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */
+#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00800000 /* True to enable triggers */
+#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x01000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */
+#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x02000000 /* Disable database changes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x04000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+
+
+/*
+** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
+** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
+** selectively disable various optimizations.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */
+#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */
+#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
+#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */
+/* not used 0x0010 // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */
+#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */
+#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */
+#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
+#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
+#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */
+#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */
+#define SQLITE_Stat3 0x0800 /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */
+#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */
+
+/*
+** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define ExprSetIrreducible(X) (X)->flags2 |= EP2_Irreducible
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
+#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
#else
-# define ExprSetIrreducible(X)
+#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0
+#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1
#endif
/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
-** Expr.flags field.
+** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization
+** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator.
*/
-#define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
-#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
-#define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P)
-#define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P)
+#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor)
/*
-** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr
-** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags
-** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
*/
-#define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */
-#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */
-#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */
/*
-** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment
-** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
+** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
+** points to a linked list of these structures.
*/
-#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
+struct FuncDef {
+ i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */
+ u16 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
+ void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */
+ FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
+ void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */
+ char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */
+ FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */
+};
/*
-** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a
-** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
-** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
-** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can
-** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
-** field is not used.
+** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
+** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
+** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
+** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to
+** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
+** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
+** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
+** FuncDestructor.
+**
+** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
+** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
+** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
*/
-struct ExprList {
- int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */
- int nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated below */
- int iECursor; /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */
- struct ExprList_item {
- Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */
- char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */
- char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */
- u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
- u8 done; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
- u16 iCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
- u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
- } *a; /* One entry for each expression */
+struct FuncDestructor {
+ int nRef;
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *);
+ void *pUserData;
};
/*
-** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
-** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
-** expression.
+** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
+** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There
+** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
*/
-struct ExprSpan {
- Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */
- const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */
- const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */
-};
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x040 /* Built-in length() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX 0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */
/*
-** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
-** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
+** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
**
-** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
-** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
-** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
+** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
+** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
+** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If
+** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
**
-** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
-** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement
+** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
**
-** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
+** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
+** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
+** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
+** FUNCTION().
**
-** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
+** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
+** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C
+** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
+** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
+** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
+** parameter.
*/
-struct IdList {
- struct IdList_item {
- char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */
- int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
- } *a;
- int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */
- int nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
-};
+#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
+ {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+ pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
+ (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
+#define AGGREGATE2(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, extraFlags) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
/*
-** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
-**
-** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
-** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size
-** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
+** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
+** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
+** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
+** OP_Savepoint instruction.
*/
-typedef u64 Bitmask;
+struct Savepoint {
+ char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
+ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */
+ i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Number of deferred imm fk. */
+ Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
+};
/*
-** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
+** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
+** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
*/
-#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
+#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0
+#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1
+#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2
+
/*
-** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
-** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
-** the SrcList.a[] array.
-**
-** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
-** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
-** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL,
-** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can
-** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
-**
-** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
-** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way.
-** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
-** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
-**
-** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
-** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
+** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
+** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
+** hash table.
*/
-struct SrcList {
- i16 nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
- i16 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
- struct SrcList_item {
- char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */
- char *zName; /* Name of the table */
- char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */
- Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
- Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
- u8 isPopulated; /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
- u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
- u8 notIndexed; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
-#endif
- int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
- Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */
- IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */
- Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
- char *zIndex; /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
- Index *pIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
- } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+struct Module {
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */
+ const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */
+ void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */
};
/*
-** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
*/
-#define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
-#define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
-#define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */
-#define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */
-#define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */
-#define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
-#define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+struct Column {
+ char *zName; /* Name of this column */
+ Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */
+ char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */
+ char *zType; /* Data type for this column */
+ char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */
+ u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
+ char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+ u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of this column. INT==1 */
+ u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */
+};
+/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
+*/
+#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */
+#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
/*
-** A WherePlan object holds information that describes a lookup
-** strategy.
-**
-** This object is intended to be opaque outside of the where.c module.
-** It is included here only so that that compiler will know how big it
-** is. None of the fields in this object should be used outside of
-** the where.c module.
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
-** Within the union, pIdx is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_INDEXED is true.
-** pTerm is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR is true. And pVtabIdx
-** is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE is true. It is never the
-** case that more than one of these conditions is true.
+** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
*/
-struct WherePlan {
- u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags that describe the strategy */
- u32 nEq; /* Number of == constraints */
- double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows (for EQP) */
- union {
- Index *pIdx; /* Index when WHERE_INDEXED is true */
- struct WhereTerm *pTerm; /* WHERE clause term for OR-search */
- sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx; /* Virtual table index to use */
- } u;
+struct CollSeq {
+ char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+ u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+ void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */
+ int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+ void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */
};
/*
-** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
-** structure contains a single instance of this structure. This structure
-** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
-** access or modified by other modules.
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+**
+** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
+** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve
+** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.
+**
+** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'. That way,
+** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
+** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
**
-** The pIdxInfo field is used to help pick the best index on a
-** virtual table. The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
-** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
-** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
-** All other information in the i-th WhereLevel object for the i-th table
-** after FROM clause ordering.
+** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
+** for a numeric type is a single comparison. And the NONE type is first.
*/
-struct WhereLevel {
- WherePlan plan; /* query plan for this element of the FROM clause */
- int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
- int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
- int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
- int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
- int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
- int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
- int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
- u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
- u8 op, p5; /* Opcode and P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
- int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
- union { /* Information that depends on plan.wsFlags */
- struct {
- int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
- struct InLoop {
- int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
- int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */
- } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */
- } in; /* Used when plan.wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
- } u;
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'A'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'B'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'C'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'D'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'E'
- /* The following field is really not part of the current level. But
- ** we need a place to cache virtual table index information for each
- ** virtual table in the FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is
- ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
- ** element.
- */
- sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; /* Index info for n-th source table */
-};
+#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
/*
-** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
-** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
+** affinity value.
*/
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
-#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
-#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
-#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
-#define WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE 0x0020 /* Omit close of table & index cursors */
-#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0040 /* Do not use an index-only search */
-#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0080 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
+#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x47
/*
-** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The
-** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
-** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of
-** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
-** into the second half to give some continuity.
+** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
+** changing the affinity.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
+** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
+** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to
+** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
*/
-struct WhereInfo {
- Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */
- u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
- u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
- u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
- SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */
- int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
- int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */
- int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
- int nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */
- struct WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
- double savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
- double nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */
- WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
-};
+#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x10 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
+#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x20 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
+#define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */
+#define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x90 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */
/*
-** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
-** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
-** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may
-** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
-** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The
-** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
-** other statements.
+** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
+** the database schema.
**
-** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most
-** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer
-** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context
-** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found
-** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of
-** the context containing the match is incremented.
+** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
+** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
+** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
+** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table
+** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between
+** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database
+** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
+** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
+** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
+** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables
+** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers
+** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database
+** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
**
-** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the
-** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the
-** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
-** subqueries looking for a match.
+** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
+** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
+** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
+** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
+** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
+** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
+** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
+**
+** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
+** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not
+** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed
+** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
+** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
+** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected
+** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
+** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
+** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
+** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
+** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
+**
+** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as
+** the first argument.
*/
-struct NameContext {
- Parse *pParse; /* The parser */
- SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
- ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of named expressions */
- int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */
- int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
- u8 allowAgg; /* Aggregate functions allowed here */
- u8 hasAgg; /* True if aggregates are seen */
- u8 isCheck; /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
- int nDepth; /* Depth of subquery recursion. 1 for no recursion */
- AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */
- NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */
+struct VTable {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */
+ Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */
+ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+ u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */
+ int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
+ VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */
};
/*
-** An instance of the following structure contains all information
-** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
+** following structure.
**
-** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause. nOffset is set to 0.
-** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
-** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
-** offset). But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
-** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original
+** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
+** comparisons.
**
-** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
-** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
-** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor
-** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
-** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
-** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
-** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
-** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[2] contains collating
-** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
+** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a
+** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+**
+** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
+** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note
+** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
+** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
+** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
+** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
+** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+**
+** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
+** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
+** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
+** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set
+** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum
+** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
+** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
+** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause
+** of a SELECT statement.
*/
-struct Select {
- ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */
- u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
- char affinity; /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
- u16 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */
- SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */
- Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
- ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
- Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */
- ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
- Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
- Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */
- Select *pRightmost; /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */
- Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
- Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
- int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
- int addrOpenEphm[3]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
- double nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */
+struct Table {
+ char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */
+ Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */
+ Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+ Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */
+ FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */
+#endif
+ LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
+ int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+ i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+ i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */
+ u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */
+ LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+ LogEst costMult; /* Cost multiplier for using this table */
+#endif
+ u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */
+ u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+ int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */
+ char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
+ VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */
+#endif
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
+ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */
+ Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
};
/*
-** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for
-** "Select Flag".
+** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
*/
-#define SF_Distinct 0x0001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */
-#define SF_Resolved 0x0002 /* Identifiers have been resolved */
-#define SF_Aggregate 0x0004 /* Contains aggregate functions */
-#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0008 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
-#define SF_Expanded 0x0010 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
-#define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x0020 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */
+#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */
+#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */
+#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
+#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */
+#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x20 /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */
/*
-** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways. The
-** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
+** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is
+** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
+** table support is omitted from the build.
*/
-#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */
-#define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
-#define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */
-
-/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
-#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard)
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
+# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
+#else
+# define IsVirtual(X) 0
+# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
+#endif
-#define SRT_Output 5 /* Output each row of result */
-#define SRT_Mem 6 /* Store result in a memory cell */
-#define SRT_Set 7 /* Store results as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_Table 8 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
-#define SRT_EphemTab 9 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
-#define SRT_Coroutine 10 /* Generate a single row of result */
+/* Does the table have a rowid */
+#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
/*
-** A structure used to customize the behavior of sqlite3Select(). See
-** comments above sqlite3Select() for details.
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE ex1(
+** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+** );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+** Equivalent names:
+**
+** from-table == child-table
+** to-table == parent-table
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked.
+**
+** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey.
+**
+** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist)
+** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z.
*/
-typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
-struct SelectDest {
- u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results */
- u8 affinity; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
- int iParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
- int iMem; /* Base register where results are written */
- int nMem; /* Number of registers allocated */
+struct FKey {
+ Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
+ FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */
+ char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
+ FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */
+ FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */
+ /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+ u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+ u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
+ Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
+ struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+ int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */
+ char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */
+ } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */
};
/*
-** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT
-** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
-** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
-** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement
-** information in case inserts are down within triggers. Triggers do not
-** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
-** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
+** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error
+** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+**
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
*/
-struct AutoincInfo {
- AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */
- Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */
- int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
- int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
-};
+#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default 10 /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
/*
-** Size of the column cache
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+**
+** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There
+** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
+** for the rowid at the end.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
-# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
-#endif
+struct KeyInfo {
+ u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
+ u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
+ u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */
+ u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */
+ CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
/*
-** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each
-** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
-** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
-** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
-** completed.
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
+** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
+** values.
**
-** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
-** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
-** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
-** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
-** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
+** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
+** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
+** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by
+** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
+** OP_Column opcode.
**
-** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
-** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT
-** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
-** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
+** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
+** into its constituent fields.
+**
+** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison
+** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString().
*/
-struct TriggerPrg {
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */
- int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
- SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
- u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
- TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
+struct UnpackedRecord {
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */
+ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
+ i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
+ u8 errCode; /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */
+ Mem *aMem; /* Values */
+ int r1; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
+ int r2; /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
};
-/*
-** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
- typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask;
-#else
- typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
-#endif
/*
-** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through
-** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
-** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
**
-** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code
-** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
-** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
-** each recursion.
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
**
-** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache
-** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
-** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
-** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
-** list.
+** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
*/
-struct Parse {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */
- int rc; /* Return code from execution */
- char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */
- Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
- u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
- u8 nameClash; /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
- u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
- u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
- u8 parseError; /* True after a parsing error. Ticket #1794 */
- u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
- u8 nTempInUse; /* Number of aTempReg[] currently checked out */
- int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */
- int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */
- int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */
- int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */
- int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
- int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */
- int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */
- int ckBase; /* Base register of data during check constraints */
- int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
- int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
- u8 nColCache; /* Number of entries in the column cache */
- u8 iColCache; /* Next entry of the cache to replace */
- struct yColCache {
- int iTable; /* Table cursor number */
- int iColumn; /* Table column number */
- u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
- int iLevel; /* Nesting level */
- int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
- int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
- } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */
- yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
- yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
- u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may affect/insert multiple rows */
- u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
- int cookieGoto; /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
- int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
- TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
+struct Index {
+ char *zName; /* Name of this index */
+ i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */
+ LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
+ Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */
+ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+ Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */
+ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
+ u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */
+ char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
+ Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */
+ int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */
+ LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
+ u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */
+ u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */
+ u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+ unsigned idxType:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */
+ unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
+ unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */
+ unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */
+ unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
+ int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
+ tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */
+ IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */
+ tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this table */
#endif
- int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
- int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
- AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
- int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
+};
- /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
- Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
- Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */
- u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
- u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
- u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
- u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
- u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */
- double nQueryLoop; /* Estimated number of iterations of a query */
-
- /* Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after
- ** each recursion */
-
- int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
- int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
- char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */
- Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
- int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */
- int nAliasAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots for aAlias[] */
- int *aAlias; /* Register used to hold aliased result */
- u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
- Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
- Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */
- const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
- Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
- Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
- const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */
- u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
- int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
- Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
-#endif
- int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
- Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
- TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */
+/*
+** Allowed values for Index.idxType
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- int iSelectId;
- int iNextSelectId;
-#endif
-};
+/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
+#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
-#else
- #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
-#endif
+/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */
+#define IsUniqueIndex(X) ((X)->onError!=OE_None)
/*
-** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
-** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory
+** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the
+** analyze.c source file for additional information.
*/
-struct AuthContext {
- const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
- Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */
+struct IndexSample {
+ void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */
+ int n; /* Size of record in bytes */
+ tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
+ tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
+ tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
};
/*
-** Bitfield flags for P5 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
*/
-#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* Set to update db->nChange */
-#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x02 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
-#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
-#define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */
-#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
-#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE 0x20 /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
-
-/*
- * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
- * struct Trigger.
- *
- * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
- * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the
- * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
- * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
- * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
- * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
- * struct Table.
- *
- * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
- * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
- */
-struct Trigger {
- char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */
- char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
- u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */
- u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
- Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
- IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
- the <column-list> is stored here */
- Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */
- Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */
- TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */
- Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+struct Token {
+ const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */
+ unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */
};
/*
-** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants
-** determine which.
+** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
+** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
**
-** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
-** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
+** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
+** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
+** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
+** code for that node.
+**
+** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
+** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These
+** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
*/
-#define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1
-#define TRIGGER_AFTER 2
+struct AggInfo {
+ u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
+ ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
+ u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
+ ** than the source table */
+ int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
+ int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
+ int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
+ int mnReg, mxReg; /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */
+ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */
+ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */
+ Table *pTab; /* Source table */
+ int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */
+ int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */
+ int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */
+ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */
+ } *aCol;
+ int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
+ int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
+ ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
+ ** aggregate functions */
+ struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */
+ FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */
+ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+ int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
+ } *aFunc;
+ int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
+};
/*
- * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
- * that is a part of a trigger-program.
- *
- * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
- * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the
- * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
- * the first step of the trigger-program.
- *
- * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
- * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the
- * value of "op" as follows:
- *
- * (op == TK_INSERT)
- * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
- * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
- * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
- * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into.
- * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
- * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
- * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ...
- * statement, then this stores the column-names to be
- * inserted into.
- *
- * (op == TK_DELETE)
- * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from.
- * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
- * Otherwise NULL.
- *
- * (op == TK_UPDATE)
- * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of.
- * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
- * Otherwise NULL.
- * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
- * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
- * argument.
- *
- */
-struct TriggerStep {
- u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
- u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */
- Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
- Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */
- Token target; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
- Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
- ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. VALUES clause for INSERT */
- IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */
- TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */
- TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
-};
+** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
+** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
+** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because
+** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
+** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications
+** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want
+** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
+** the option is available (at compile-time).
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
+typedef i16 ynVar;
+#else
+typedef int ynVar;
+#endif
/*
-** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
-** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
-** explicit.
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB,
+** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
+** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the
+** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
+** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
+** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
+**
+** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
+** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
+** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
+** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
+** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is
+** valid.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark
+** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index
+** number for that variable.
+**
+** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
+** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the
+** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery
+** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
+** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
+**
+** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
+** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
+** corresponding table definition.
+**
+** ALLOCATION NOTES:
+**
+** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To
+** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
+** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
+** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
+** together with Expr.zToken strings.
+**
+** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
+** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all
+** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
+** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that
+** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
+** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
*/
-typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
-struct DbFixer {
- Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */
- const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
- const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
- const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+struct Expr {
+ u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */
+ char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+ u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */
+ union {
+ char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
+ int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
+ } u;
+
+ /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+ ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+ ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
+ *********************************************************************/
+
+ Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */
+ Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */
+ union {
+ ExprList *pList; /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */
+ Select *pSelect; /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */
+ } x;
+
+ /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+ ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+ ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
+ *********************************************************************/
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
+#endif
+ int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
+ ** TK_REGISTER: register number
+ ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
+ ** EP_Unlikely: 1000 times likelihood */
+ ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid.
+ ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
+ i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
+ i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
+ u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
+ ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
+ ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
+ AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
};
/*
-** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
-** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
*/
-struct StrAccum {
- sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */
- char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */
- char *zText; /* The string collected so far */
- int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */
- int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
- int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */
- u8 mallocFailed; /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */
- u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */
- u8 tooBig; /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */
-};
+#define EP_FromJoin 0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */
+#define EP_Agg 0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
+#define EP_Resolved 0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
+#define EP_Error 0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */
+#define EP_Distinct 0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
+#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
+#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
+#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
+#define EP_Collate 0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */
+#define EP_Generic 0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */
+#define EP_IntValue 0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
+#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
+#define EP_Skip 0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
+#define EP_Reduced 0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_Static 0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
+#define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
+#define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
+#define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
+#define EP_Constant 0x080000 /* Node is a constant */
+#define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */
/*
-** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
-** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
+** Expr.flags field.
*/
-typedef struct {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */
- int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
- char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */
- int rc; /* Result code stored here */
-} InitData;
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
+** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
+** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P)
+#else
+# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
+#endif
/*
-** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
+** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr
+** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags
+** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
+*/
+#define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */
+#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */
+#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */
+
+/*
+** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment
+** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
+*/
+#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a
+** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
**
-** This structure also contains some state information.
+** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of
+** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and
+** column labels. In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a
+** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement. However, if
+** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name
+** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN. This later
+** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses.
*/
-struct Sqlite3Config {
- int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */
- int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */
- int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */
- int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
- int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */
- int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */
- int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */
- sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
- sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */
- sqlite3_pcache_methods pcache; /* Low-level page-cache interface */
- void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */
- int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */
- int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
- void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */
- int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */
- int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */
- void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */
- int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
- int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
- int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
- int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
- /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always
- ** initially be zero, however. */
- int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */
- int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */
- int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */
- int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */
- int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */
- sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
- int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
- void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
- void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */
- int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */
+struct ExprList {
+ int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */
+ struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */
+ char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */
+ char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */
+ u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+ unsigned done :1; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+ unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */
+ unsigned reusable :1; /* Constant expression is reusable */
+ union {
+ struct {
+ u16 iOrderByCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
+ u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
+ } x;
+ int iConstExprReg; /* Register in which Expr value is cached */
+ } u;
+ } *a; /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */
};
/*
-** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
+** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
+** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
+** expression.
*/
-struct Walker {
- int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */
- int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */
- Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */
- union { /* Extra data for callback */
- NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */
- int i; /* Integer value */
- } u;
+struct ExprSpan {
+ Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */
+ const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */
+ const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */
};
-/* Forward declarations */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
-
/*
-** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
-** callbacks.
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement
+**
+** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
*/
-#define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */
-#define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
-#define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */
+struct IdList {
+ struct IdList_item {
+ char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */
+ int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+ } *a;
+ int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+};
/*
-** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
-** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
+** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
+**
+** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
+** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size
+** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
*/
-#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \
- if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \
- while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \
- } \
-}
+typedef u64 Bitmask;
/*
-** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
-** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke
-** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
-** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place
-** to set a debugger breakpoint.
+** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
-
+#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
/*
-** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all
-** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+** A bit in a Bitmask
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-#endif
+#define MASKBIT(n) (((Bitmask)1)<<(n))
+#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n))
/*
-** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also
-** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+**
+** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
+** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way.
+** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
+** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
+**
+** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
+** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
- (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
-# include <ctype.h>
+struct SrcList {
+ int nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+ u32 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+ struct SrcList_item {
+ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema to which this item is fixed */
+ char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */
+ char *zName; /* Name of the table */
+ char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */
+ Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+ Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+ int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
+ int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
+ int regResult; /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */
+ u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
+ unsigned notIndexed :1; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
+ unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */
+ unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */
+ unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
#endif
+ int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+ Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */
+ IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */
+ Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
+ char *zIndex; /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
+ Index *pIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
+ } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
/*
-** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
-** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
-** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
-# define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
-# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
-# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
-# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
-# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
-# define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
-#else
-# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x))
-#endif
+#define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
+#define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
/*
-** Internal function prototypes
+** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
+** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
-#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
+#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
+#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
+ /* 0x0080 // not currently used */
+#define WHERE_GROUPBY 0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY 0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
+#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT 0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */
+#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP 0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
+#define WHERE_REOPEN_IDX 0x1000 /* Try to use OP_ReopenIdx */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
+/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
+*/
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP 0 /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 /* No duplicates */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 /* All duplicates are adjacent */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3 /* Duplicates are scattered */
/*
-** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
-** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default,
-** obtain space from malloc().
+** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
+** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
+** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may
+** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
+** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The
+** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
+** other statements.
**
-** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths
-** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
+** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most
+** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer
+** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context
+** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found
+** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of
+** the context containing the match is incremented.
+**
+** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the
+** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the
+** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
+** subqueries looking for a match.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
-# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N)
-# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
-# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)
-#else
-# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
-# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
-# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
-#endif
+struct NameContext {
+ Parse *pParse; /* The parser */
+ SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of result-set columns */
+ AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */
+ NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */
+ int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */
+ int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
+ u16 ncFlags; /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
+};
+/*
+** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
+**
+** Note: NC_MinMaxAgg must have the same value as SF_MinMaxAgg and
+** SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX.
+**
+*/
+#define NC_AllowAgg 0x0001 /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
+#define NC_HasAgg 0x0002 /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
+#define NC_IsCheck 0x0004 /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
+#define NC_InAggFunc 0x0008 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
+#define NC_PartIdx 0x0010 /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */
+#define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x1000 /* min/max aggregates seen. See note above */
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause. nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset). But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+**
+** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
+** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
+** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor
+** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
+** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
+** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
+** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
+** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating
+** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+struct Select {
+ ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */
+ u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+ u16 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */
+ int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ char zSelName[12]; /* Symbolic name of this SELECT use for debugging */
#endif
+ int addrOpenEphm[2]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
+ u64 nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */
+ SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */
+ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
+ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
+ Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
+ Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+ Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */
+ Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
+ Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
+ With *pWith; /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */
+};
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
-#else
-# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
- sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, u8 iBatch, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
+/*
+** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for
+** "Select Flag".
+*/
+#define SF_Distinct 0x0001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */
+#define SF_Resolved 0x0002 /* Identifiers have been resolved */
+#define SF_Aggregate 0x0004 /* Contains aggregate functions */
+#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0008 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
+#define SF_Expanded 0x0010 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
+#define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x0020 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+#define SF_Compound 0x0040 /* Part of a compound query */
+#define SF_Values 0x0080 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
+ /* 0x0100 NOT USED */
+#define SF_NestedFrom 0x0200 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
+#define SF_MaybeConvert 0x0400 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
+#define SF_Recursive 0x0800 /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
+#define SF_MinMaxAgg 0x1000 /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
-#endif
+/*
+** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
+** by one of the following macros. The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
+** Type".
+**
+** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary index
+** identified by pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result
+** set is not empty.
+**
+** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT
+** statements within triggers whose only purpose is
+** the side-effects of functions.
+**
+** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that
+** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
+** opcode) for each row in the result set.
+**
+** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column.
+** Store the first column of the first result row
+** in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
+** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
+**
+** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each
+** row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm.
+** Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
+** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
+**
+** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
+** the result there. The cursor is left open after
+** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that
+** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
+** the table first.
+**
+** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
+** results each time it is invoked. The entry point
+** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm
+** and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers
+** starting with pDest->iSdst.
+**
+** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+** SRT_Fifo This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
+** is assumed to already be open. SRT_Fifo has
+** the additional property of being able to ignore
+** the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** SRT_DistFifo Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+** But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as
+** a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate
+** rows. Name means: "Distinct Fifo".
+**
+** SRT_Queue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really
+** an index). Append a sequence number so that all entries
+** are distinct.
+**
+** SRT_DistQueue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
+** the same record has never been stored before. The
+** index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
+*/
+#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */
+#define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
+#define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+#define SRT_Fifo 5 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+#define SRT_DistFifo 6 /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */
+#define SRT_Queue 7 /* Store result in an queue */
+#define SRT_DistQueue 8 /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
-#else
-# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
-# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
- Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
- Token*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
- Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u16);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(Vdbe*, const Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, Trigger *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
- int*,int,int,int,int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
+/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
+#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
-#endif
+#define SRT_Output 9 /* Output each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem 10 /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set 11 /* Store results as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_EphemTab 12 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
+#define SRT_Coroutine 13 /* Generate a single row of result */
+#define SRT_Table 14 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
- Expr*,int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
- int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
- void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
- ExprList*,Select*,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
-# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
-#else
-# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
-# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
-# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
-# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
-# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
-# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
-# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
-#endif
+/*
+** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
+** a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct SelectDest {
+ u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */
+ char affSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
+ int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+ int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */
+ int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */
+};
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
-#else
-# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
-# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a))
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**);
+/*
+** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT
+** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
+** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
+** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement
+** information in case inserts are down within triggers. Triggers do not
+** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
+** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
+*/
+struct AutoincInfo {
+ AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */
+ int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
+ int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
+};
/*
-** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to
-** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
-** file. Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
-** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which
-** the MACRO form does).
+** Size of the column cache
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
+# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
+#endif
/*
-** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
-** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
-** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
-** and decode of the integers in a record header. It is faster for the common
-** case where the integer is a single byte. It is a little slower when the
-** integer is two or more bytes. But overall it is faster.
-**
-** The following expressions are equivalent:
-**
-** x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
-** x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
+** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each
+** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
+** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
+** completed.
**
-** x = getVarint32( A, B );
-** x = putVarint32( A, B );
+** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
+** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
+** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
+** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
+** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
**
+** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
+** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT
+** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
+** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
*/
-#define getVarint32(A,B) (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), (u32 *)&(B)))
-#define putVarint32(A,B) (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
-#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint
-#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint
-
+struct TriggerPrg {
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */
+ TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
+ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
+ int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
+ u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
+};
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr*, CollSeq*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
+/*
+** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+ typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8];
+# define DbMaskTest(M,I) (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0)
+# define DbMaskZero(M) memset((M),0,sizeof(M))
+# define DbMaskSet(M,I) (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7))
+# define DbMaskAllZero(M) sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)
+# define DbMaskNonZero(M) (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0)
#else
-# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
+ typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
+# define DbMaskTest(M,I) (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0)
+# define DbMaskZero(M) (M)=0
+# define DbMaskSet(M,I) (M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I))
+# define DbMaskAllZero(M) (M)==0
+# define DbMaskNonZero(M) (M)!=0
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8,
- void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *, u8, char *, int, int *);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
+/*
+** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+**
+** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code
+** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
+** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
+** each recursion.
+**
+** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache
+** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
+** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
+** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
+** list.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */
+ char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */
+ Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+ int rc; /* Return code from execution */
+ u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+ u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+ u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
+ u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
+ u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
+ u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
+ u8 hasCompound; /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
+ u8 okConstFactor; /* OK to factor out constants */
+ int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */
+ int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */
+ int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */
+ int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */
+ int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+ int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */
+ int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */
+ int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
+ int iFixedOp; /* Never back out opcodes iFixedOp-1 or earlier */
+ int ckBase; /* Base register of data during check constraints */
+ int iPartIdxTab; /* Table corresponding to a partial index */
+ int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
+ int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
+ int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */
+ int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */
+ struct yColCache {
+ int iTable; /* Table cursor number */
+ i16 iColumn; /* Table column number */
+ u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
+ int iLevel; /* Nesting level */
+ int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
+ int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
+ } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */
+ ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
+ Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
+ yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+ yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+ int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */
+ int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
+ int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
+ int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ int nSelect; /* Number of SELECT statements seen */
+ int nSelectIndent; /* How far to indent SELECTTRACE() output */
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
+ TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
- void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
- FuncDestructor *pDestructor
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
+ AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
+ /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
+ Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
+ Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */
+ int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */
+ int addrSkipPK; /* Address of instruction to skip PRIMARY KEY index */
+ u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
+ u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
+ u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
+ u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
+ u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+ u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */
-/*
-** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
+ /************************************************************************
+ ** Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after
+ ** each recursion. The boundary between these two regions is determined
+ ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field
+ ** in the recursive region.
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+ int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+ int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
+ u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+ u8 bFreeWith; /* True if pWith should be freed with parser */
+ u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
+ int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
+ int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */
+ int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iSelectId; /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */
+ int iNextSelectId; /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */
+#endif
+ char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */
+ Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
+ const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+ Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+ Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+ const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+ Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+ Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */
+ Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
#endif
+ Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
+ TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */
+ With *pWith; /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+/*
+** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
#else
- #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
+ #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
-# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
-# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
-# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
-# define sqlite3VtabLock(X)
-# define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
-# define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
-# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
-# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
-
-/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
-** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
-** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
-** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
-** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is
-** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
-#else
- #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d)
- #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d)
- #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
- #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0
- #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
-#else
- #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
-#endif
-
-
/*
-** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0.
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
*/
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1
+struct AuthContext {
+ const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+ Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */
+};
/*
-** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
-** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-** is not defined.
+** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
-#else
- #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
- #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-#endif
-
-#define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1
-#define IN_INDEX_EPH 2
-#define IN_INDEX_INDEX 3
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
-#else
- #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
-#else
- #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
- #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
- #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
-#endif
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_EPHEM 0x01 /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x02 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
+#define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */
+#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
+#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG 0x40 /* OP_Column only used for length() */
+#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG 0x80 /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
+#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR 0x01 /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
+#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG 0x02 /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
+#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger.
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the
+ * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ * struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+ char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */
+ char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+ u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */
+ u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+ Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
+ IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+ the <column-list> is stored here */
+ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */
+ Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */
+ TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */
+ Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
-#else
- #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
- #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
- #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
-#endif
+/*
+** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants
+** determine which.
+**
+** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
+** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
+*/
+#define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1
+#define TRIGGER_AFTER 2
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
-#endif
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program.
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ *
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ...
+ * statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ * inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ * Otherwise NULL.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of.
+ * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ * Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ * argument.
+ *
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+ u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+ u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+ Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+ Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */
+ Token target; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
+ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
+ ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */
+ IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */
+ TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */
+ TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
+};
/*
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
-** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
-** print I/O tracing messages.
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
-# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
-#else
-# define IOTRACE(A)
-# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
-#endif
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+ Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */
+ Schema *pSchema; /* Fix items to this schema */
+ int bVarOnly; /* Check for variable references only */
+ const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+ const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+ const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
/*
-** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
-** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
-** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
-** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with
-** a single bit set.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
-** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
-** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
-** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
-**
-** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
-** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
-** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
-** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify
-** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
-** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the
-** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
-** this constraint.
-**
-** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into
-** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
+** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
+** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
-#else
-# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */
-# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1
-# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1
-#endif
-#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Might have been lookaside memory */
-#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_DB 0x10 /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */
-
-#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */
+struct StrAccum {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */
+ char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */
+ char *zText; /* The string collected so far */
+ int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */
+ int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+ int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */
+ u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */
+ u8 accError; /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */
+};
+#define STRACCUM_NOMEM 1
+#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG 2
-/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 June 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
*/
+typedef struct {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */
+ char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */
+ int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
+ int rc; /* Result code stored here */
+} InitData;
-/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character.
+/*
+** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
**
-** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not
-** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
-** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
+** This structure also contains some state information.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
- 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
- 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
- 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
- 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
- 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
- 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
- 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
- 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
- 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
- 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
- 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
- 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
- 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
- 252,253,254,255
+struct Sqlite3Config {
+ int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */
+ int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */
+ int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */
+ int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
+ int bUseCis; /* Use covering indices for full-scans */
+ int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */
+ int neverCorrupt; /* Database is always well-formed */
+ int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */
+ int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */
+ sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
+ sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */
+ sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */
+ void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */
+ int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */
+ int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
+ sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* mmap() space per open file */
+ sqlite3_int64 mxMmap; /* Maximum value for szMmap */
+ void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */
+ int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */
+ int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */
+ void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */
+ int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
+ int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
+ int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+ int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
+ /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always
+ ** initially be zero, however. */
+ int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */
+ int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */
+ int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */
+ int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */
+ int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */
+ int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+ sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
+ void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
+ void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+ void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
+ void *pSqllogArg;
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
- 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
- 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
- 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
- 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
- 96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
- 112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
- 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
- 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
- 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
- 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
- 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
- 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
- 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
- 239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+ /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch
+ ** operation. Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE.
+ */
+ void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx); /* Callback */
+ void *pVdbeBranchArg; /* 1st argument */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ int (*xTestCallback)(int); /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */
#endif
+ int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */
};
/*
-** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
-** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
-**
-** isspace() 0x01
-** isalpha() 0x02
-** isdigit() 0x04
-** isalnum() 0x06
-** isxdigit() 0x08
-** toupper() 0x20
-** SQLite identifier character 0x40
-**
-** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
-** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
-** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
-** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
+** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that
+** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database. Instead of:
**
-** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
+** assert( X );
**
-** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
-** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
+** One writes:
**
-** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
-** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
-** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
-** part of an identifier is 0x46.
+** assert( X || CORRUPT_DB );
**
-** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
-** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
+** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation. CORRUPT_DB does not indicate
+** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt.
+** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special
+** sqlite3_test_control(). This enables assert() statements to prove
+** things that are always true for well-formed databases.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */
- 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */
- 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */
- 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */
-
- 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */
- 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */
- 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */
- 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */
- 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */
- 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */
- 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */
- 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */
-
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */
-
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */
- 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */
-};
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
-# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0
-#endif
+#define CORRUPT_DB (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0)
/*
-** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
-** the SQLite library.
+** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */
- 1, /* bCoreMutex */
- SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */
- SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */
- 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */
- 100, /* szLookaside */
- 500, /* nLookaside */
- {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */
- {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */
- {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* pcache */
- (void*)0, /* pHeap */
- 0, /* nHeap */
- 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
- (void*)0, /* pScratch */
- 0, /* szScratch */
- 0, /* nScratch */
- (void*)0, /* pPage */
- 0, /* szPage */
- 0, /* nPage */
- 0, /* mxParserStack */
- 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */
- /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
- 0, /* isInit */
- 0, /* inProgress */
- 0, /* isMutexInit */
- 0, /* isMallocInit */
- 0, /* isPCacheInit */
- 0, /* pInitMutex */
- 0, /* nRefInitMutex */
- 0, /* xLog */
- 0, /* pLogArg */
- 0, /* bLocaltimeFault */
+struct Walker {
+ int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */
+ int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */
+ void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */
+ int walkerDepth; /* Number of subqueries */
+ union { /* Extra data for callback */
+ NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */
+ int i; /* Integer value */
+ SrcList *pSrcList; /* FROM clause */
+ struct SrcCount *pSrcCount; /* Counting column references */
+ } u;
};
+/* Forward declarations */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
/*
-** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
-** database connections. After initialization, this table is
-** read-only.
+** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
+** callbacks.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+#define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */
+#define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
+#define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */
/*
-** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
+** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs
+** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
- { "0", 1 },
- { "1", 1 }
+struct With {
+ int nCte; /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */
+ With *pOuter; /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */
+ struct Cte { /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */
+ char *zName; /* Name of this CTE */
+ ExprList *pCols; /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */
+ Select *pSelect; /* The definition of this CTE */
+ const char *zErr; /* Error message for circular references */
+ } a[1];
};
-
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
-** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses
-** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts
-** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign
-** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
-**
-** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
-** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to
-** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
-** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
-** move the pending byte.
-**
-** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than
-** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
-** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
-** and dileterious behavior.
+** An instance of the TreeView object is used for printing the content of
+** data structures on sqlite3DebugPrintf() using a tree-like view.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
+struct TreeView {
+ int iLevel; /* Which level of the tree we are on */
+ u8 bLine[100]; /* Draw vertical in column i if bLine[i] is true */
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
-** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
-** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** the vdbe.c file.
+** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
+** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
+#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \
+ if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \
+ while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \
+ } \
+}
-/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
/*
-** 2010 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
-** SQLite was built with.
+** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
+** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke
+** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
+** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place
+** to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
/*
-** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should
-** be sorted A-Z.
-**
-** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
-** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
-** rather short and uses little memory space.
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also call
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
-static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
-
-/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
-** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
-#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
-#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
- "32BIT_ROWID",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
- "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
- "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- "CHECK_PAGES",
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
- "COVERAGE_TEST",
+
+/*
+** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also
+** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
+ (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
+# include <ctype.h>
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- "DEBUG",
+
+/*
+** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
+** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
+** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
+#else
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x))
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
- "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8);
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
+#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
+
+/*
+** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
+** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default,
+** obtain space from malloc().
+**
+** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths
+** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)
+#else
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
- "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
- "DISABLE_LFS",
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
- "ENABLE_CEROD",
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
+#else
+# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
- "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL
+** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function.
+*/
+struct PrintfArguments {
+ int nArg; /* Total number of arguments */
+ int nUsed; /* Number of arguments used so far */
+ sqlite3_value **apArg; /* The argument values */
+};
+
+#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01
+#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC 0x02
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
- "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
- "ENABLE_FTS1",
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TreeView *sqlite3TreeViewPush(TreeView*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewPop(TreeView*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewLine(TreeView*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView*, const char*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
- "ENABLE_FTS2",
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
+ sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
- "ENABLE_FTS3",
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
- "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
- "ENABLE_FTS4",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
- "ENABLE_ICU",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
+ Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+ Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+ Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
- "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, u8);
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP 0x01 /* Deep, not shallow copies */
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR 0x02 /* Factor out constant terms */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
+ u8,u8,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select*,const char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3SelectSetName(A,B)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
- "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+ Expr*,int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
+ int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
+ void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
+ Select*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
+#else
+# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
+# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
+# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
+# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
+# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a))
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
- "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
- "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+
+/*
+** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte. They following
+** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call
+** the procedure for larger varints.
+*/
+#define getVarint32(A,B) \
+ (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
+#define putVarint32(A,B) \
+ (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
+ sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B)))
+#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint
+#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
- "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
- "ENABLE_RTREE",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8,
+ void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- "ENABLE_STAT2",
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
- "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
- "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- "HAS_CODEC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
- "HAVE_ISNAN",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
- "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
- "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
- "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
- "INT64_TYPE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
- "LOCK_TRACE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
- "MEMDEBUG",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
- "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- "NO_SYNC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
- "OMIT_ANALYZE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
- "OMIT_ATTACH",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
- "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
- "OMIT_AUTORESET",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
- "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
- "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
- "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
- "OMIT_CAST",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- "OMIT_CHECK",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
+ void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum*,int,char);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(Parse*, Expr*, u8, sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**);
#endif
-/* // redundant
-** #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-** "OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS",
-** #endif
+
+/*
+** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
- "OMIT_COMPLETE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
- "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
- "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
- "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
- "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
- "OMIT_DISKIO",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
- "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
- "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
- "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
- "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
- "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
- "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
- "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
- "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
- "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
- "OMIT_PRAGMA",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
- "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
- "OMIT_REINDEX",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
- "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
- "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
- "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
- "OMIT_TEMPDB",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- "OMIT_TRACE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- "OMIT_TRIGGER",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
- "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- "OMIT_UTF16",
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
- "OMIT_VACUUM",
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- "OMIT_VIEW",
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
#endif
+
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- "OMIT_WAL",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
- "OMIT_WSD",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
- "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
- "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
+# define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
+# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
+# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
+# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
+# define sqlite3VtabLock(X)
+# define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
+# define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
+# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y) ((VTable*)0)
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
- "PROXY_DEBUG",
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- "SECURE_DELETE",
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8);
+#else
+#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z)
+#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
- "SMALL_STACK",
+
+/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
+** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
+** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
+** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
+** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is
+** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+ #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+ #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
+ #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0
+ #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
- "SOUNDEX",
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
+ #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TCL
- "TCL",
+
+
+/*
+** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1
+
+/*
+** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
+** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+** is not defined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
+ #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
- "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
+
+/*
+** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex()
+*/
+#define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1 /* Search the rowid of the table */
+#define IN_INDEX_EPH 2 /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC 3 /* Existing index ASCENDING */
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC 4 /* Existing index DESCENDING */
+#define IN_INDEX_NOOP 5 /* No table available. Use comparisons */
+/*
+** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex().
+*/
+#define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK 0x0001 /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */
+#define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP 0x0002 /* IN operator used for membership test */
+#define IN_INDEX_LOOP 0x0004 /* IN operator used as a loop */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
+ #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- "TEST",
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
+ #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
+ #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
+ #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
+ #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
- "USE_ALLOCA",
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
- "ZERO_MALLOC"
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
+** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
+** print I/O tracing messages.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
+#else
+# define IOTRACE(A)
+# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
#endif
-};
/*
-** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
-** was used and false if not.
+** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
+** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
+** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
**
-** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
-** is not required for a match.
+** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
+** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with
+** a single bit set.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+**
+** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
+** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
+** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
+** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify
+** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
+** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the
+** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
+** this constraint.
+**
+** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into
+** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
- int i, n;
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
-
- /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
- ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
- if( (sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0)
- && ( (azCompileOpt[i][n]==0) || (azCompileOpt[i][n]=='=') ) ) return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
+#else
+# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */
+# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1
+# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1
+#endif
+#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Heap that might have been lookaside */
+#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */
/*
-** Return the N-th compile-time option string. If N is out of range,
-** return a NULL pointer.
+** Threading interface
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
- if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
- return azCompileOpt[N];
- }
- return 0;
-}
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**);
+#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */
-/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
+/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 June 18
+** 2008 June 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -12477,651 +13351,662 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
-** functionality.
+** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants.
*/
-/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for information that is private to the
-** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single
-** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over
-** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
-** this header information was factored out.
+** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not
+** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
+** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
*/
-#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
-#define _VDBEINT_H_
-
-/*
-** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
-** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance
-** of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
-
-/*
-** Boolean values
-*/
-typedef unsigned char Bool;
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
-** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
-** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree
-** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
-**
-** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct VdbeCursor {
- BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */
- Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
- int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
- int pseudoTableReg; /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
- int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */
- Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
- Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */
- Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */
- Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
- Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
- Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
- Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
- Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
- Bool isOrdered; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */
- const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
- i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
- i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
- i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
-
- /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or
- ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
- int seekResult;
-
- /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
- ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches
- ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
- ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
- ** the cache is out of date.
- **
- ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
- ** be NULL.
- */
- u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
- int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */
- u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */
- u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
- u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+ 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+ 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+ 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+ 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+ 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+ 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+ 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+ 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+ 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+ 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+ 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+ 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+ 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+ 252,253,254,255
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
+ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
+ 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
+ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
+ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
+ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
+ 96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
+ 112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
+ 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
+ 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
+ 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
+ 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
+ 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
+ 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
+ 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
+ 239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
+#endif
};
-typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
/*
-** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
-** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
-** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
-** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
-** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
-** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
-** began executing.
+** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
+** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
**
-** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
-** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
-** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
-** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
-** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
-** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
-** child frame are released.
+** isspace() 0x01
+** isalpha() 0x02
+** isdigit() 0x04
+** isalnum() 0x06
+** isxdigit() 0x08
+** toupper() 0x20
+** SQLite identifier character 0x40
**
-** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
-** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
+** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
+** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
+** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
+** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
+**
+** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
+**
+** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
+** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
+**
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
+** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
+** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
+** part of an identifier is 0x46.
+**
+** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
+** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
*/
-typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
-struct VdbeFrame {
- Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */
- int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
- Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */
- int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */
- Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
- int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */
- VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
- u16 nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */
- void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
- int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
- int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */
- i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
- int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */
- VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
-};
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */
+ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */
+ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */
+ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */
-#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
+ 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */
+ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */
+ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */
+ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */
+ 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */
+ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */
+ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */
+ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */
-/*
-** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
-*/
-#define CACHE_STALE 0
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */
-/*
-** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
-** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
-** integer etc.) of the same value.
-*/
-struct Mem {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */
- char *z; /* String or BLOB value */
- double r; /* Real value */
- union {
- i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
- int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
- FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
- RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
- } u;
- int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
- u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
- u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
- u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
- void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
-#endif
- void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
- char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */
};
+#endif
-/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
-** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
-**
-** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
-** No other flags may be set in this case.
+/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02982-34736 In order to maintain full backwards
+** compatibility for legacy applications, the URI filename capability is
+** disabled by default.
**
-** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
-** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
-** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
-** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-38799-08373 URI filenames can be enabled or disabled
+** using the SQLITE_USE_URI=1 or SQLITE_USE_URI=0 compile-time options.
*/
-#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */
-#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */
-#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */
-#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */
-#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */
-#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */
-#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
-#define MEM_Invalid 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */
-#define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */
+#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
+# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0
+#endif
-/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
-** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
-** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
-** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
-*/
-#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */
-#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
-#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */
-#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
-#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
-#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- #undef MEM_Zero
- #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
+#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
#endif
/*
-** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
+** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
+** the SQLite library.
*/
-#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
- ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */
+ 1, /* bCoreMutex */
+ SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */
+ SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */
+ SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, /* bUseCis */
+ 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */
+ 0, /* neverCorrupt */
+ 128, /* szLookaside */
+ 500, /* nLookaside */
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
+ (void*)0, /* pHeap */
+ 0, /* nHeap */
+ 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE, /* szMmap */
+ SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE, /* mxMmap */
+ (void*)0, /* pScratch */
+ 0, /* szScratch */
+ 0, /* nScratch */
+ (void*)0, /* pPage */
+ 0, /* szPage */
+ 0, /* nPage */
+ 0, /* mxParserStack */
+ 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */
+ /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
+ 0, /* isInit */
+ 0, /* inProgress */
+ 0, /* isMutexInit */
+ 0, /* isMallocInit */
+ 0, /* isPCacheInit */
+ 0, /* nRefInitMutex */
+ 0, /* pInitMutex */
+ 0, /* xLog */
+ 0, /* pLogArg */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+ 0, /* xSqllog */
+ 0, /* pSqllogArg */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+ 0, /* xVdbeBranch */
+ 0, /* pVbeBranchArg */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ 0, /* xTestCallback */
+#endif
+ 0 /* bLocaltimeFault */
+};
/*
-** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro
-** is for use inside assert() statements only.
+** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
+** database connections. After initialization, this table is
+** read-only.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Invalid)==0
-#endif
-
-
-/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
-** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
-** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
-** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
-** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This
-** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
-** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
-** invocations.
-*/
-struct VdbeFunc {
- FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */
- int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
- struct AuxData {
- void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
- void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */
- } apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
/*
-** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an
-** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
-** implement the SQL functions.
-**
-** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines,
-** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
-** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
-** structure are known.
-**
-** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
-** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
*/
-struct sqlite3_context {
- FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */
- Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */
- Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
- int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
+ { "0", 1 },
+ { "1", 1 }
};
+
/*
-** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete
-** state of the virtual machine.
+** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
+** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses
+** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts
+** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign
+** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
**
-** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
-** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
+** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to
+** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
+** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
+** move the pending byte.
**
-** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
-** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
-** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
-** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
-** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
-** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table
-** method function.
+** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than
+** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
+** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
+** and dileterious behavior.
*/
-struct Vdbe {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */
- Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
- Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */
- Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
- Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */
- Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */
- int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
- int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */
- int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
- int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */
- int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
- int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */
- u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
- u16 nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
- u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */
- char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */
- Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
- VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
- Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
- char **azVar; /* Name of variables */
- ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
- ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
- u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
- int pc; /* The program counter */
- int rc; /* Value to return */
- u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
- u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
- u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */
- u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
- u8 runOnlyOnce; /* Automatically expire on reset */
- u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
- u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */
- u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */
- u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */
- u8 isPrepareV2; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
- int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
- yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
- yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
- int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
- int aCounter[3]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
-#endif
- i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
- i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
- char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
- void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
#endif
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */
- VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
- int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
- u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
- SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
-};
/*
-** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
+** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
+** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
+** the vdbe.c file.
*/
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
+/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
/*
-** Function prototypes
+** 2010 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
+** SQLite was built with.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
-void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
-
-int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
-# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
-#else
- #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/
/*
-** Variables in which to record status information.
+** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should
+** be sorted A-Z.
+**
+** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
+** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
+** rather short and uses little memory space.
*/
-typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
- int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */
- int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */
-} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
+static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
+/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
+** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
-/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
-** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
-# define wsdStat x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdStatInit
-# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+ "32BIT_ROWID",
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+ "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+ "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ "CHECK_PAGES",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+ "COVERAGE_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ "DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+ "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
+ "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+ "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+ "DISABLE_LFS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+ "ENABLE_CEROD",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+ "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+ "ENABLE_FTS1",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+ "ENABLE_FTS2",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+ "ENABLE_FTS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+ "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
+ "ENABLE_FTS4",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ "ENABLE_ICU",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+ "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+ "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+ "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+ "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
+ "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+ "ENABLE_RTREE",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+ "ENABLE_STAT4",
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+ "ENABLE_STAT3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+ "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+ "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ "HAS_CODEC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+ "HAVE_ISNAN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+ "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+ "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+ "INT64_TYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+ "LOCK_TRACE",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
+ "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+ "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+ "MEMDEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+ "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ "NO_SYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+ "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+ "OMIT_ANALYZE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+ "OMIT_ATTACH",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+ "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+ "OMIT_AUTORESET",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+ "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+ "OMIT_CAST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ "OMIT_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+ "OMIT_COMPLETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+ "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+ "OMIT_CTE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+ "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+ "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+ "OMIT_DISKIO",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+ "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+ "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+ "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+ "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+ "OMIT_PRAGMA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+ "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+ "OMIT_REINDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+ "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+ "OMIT_TEMPDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ "OMIT_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ "OMIT_TRIGGER",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ "OMIT_UTF16",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+ "OMIT_VACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ "OMIT_VIEW",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ "OMIT_WAL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ "OMIT_WSD",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+ "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+ "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+ "PROXY_DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ "RTREE_INT_ONLY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+ "SECURE_DELETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
+ "SMALL_STACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+ "SOUNDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+ "SYSTEM_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TCL
+ "TCL",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc)
+ "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ "TEST",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+ "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+ "USE_ALLOCA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ "USER_AUTHENTICATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+ "WIN32_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+ "ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+};
/*
-** Return the current value of a status parameter.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
- wsdStatInit;
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
- return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-}
-
-/*
-** Add N to the value of a status record. It is assumed that the
-** caller holds appropriate locks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
- wsdStatInit;
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
- wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
- if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
- wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of a status to X.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
- wsdStatInit;
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
- wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
- if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
- wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Query status information.
+** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
+** was used and false if not.
**
-** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
-** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true,
-** then this routine is not threadsafe.
+** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
+** is not required for a match.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
- wsdStatInit;
- if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
- *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
- if( resetFlag ){
- wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
+ int i, n;
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
+
+ /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
+ ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
+ && sqlite3IsIdChar((unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n])==0
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Query status information for a single database connection
+** Return the N-th compile-time option string. If N is out of range,
+** return a NULL pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */
- int op, /* Status verb */
- int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */
- int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */
- int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
- *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
- *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
- if( resetFlag ){
- db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
- testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
- testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
- testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
- assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
- assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
- *pCurrent = 0;
- *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
- if( resetFlag ){
- db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
- ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The
- ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
- */
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
- int totalUsed = 0;
- int i;
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
- totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
- }
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- *pCurrent = totalUsed;
- *pHighwater = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
- ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
- ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero.
- */
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
- int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */
- int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
- if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
- HashElem *p;
-
- nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
- pSchema->tblHash.count
- + pSchema->trigHash.count
- + pSchema->idxHash.count
- + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
- );
- nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
- nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
- nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
- nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
-
- for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
- }
- for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
- }
- }
- }
- db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
- *pHighwater = 0;
- *pCurrent = nByte;
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
- ** to store all prepared statements.
- ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
- */
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
- struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */
- int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */
-
- db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
- for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, pVdbe);
- }
- db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
-
- *pHighwater = 0;
- *pCurrent = nByte;
-
- break;
- }
-
- default: {
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
+ if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
+ return azCompileOpt[N];
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ return 0;
}
-/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2003 October 31
+** 2008 June 18
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -13131,861 +14016,1634 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The
-** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
-** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system.
-**
-** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
-** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
-** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
-** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
-** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
-** range of dates.
+** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
+** functionality.
+*/
+/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
**
-** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
-** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually
-** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
-** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
-** in the following text:
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** Jean Meeus
-** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
-** ISBM 0-943396-61-1
-** Willmann-Bell, Inc
-** Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
*/
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-
+#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
+#define _VDBEINT_H_
/*
-** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
+** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
*/
-typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
-struct DateTime {
- sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
- int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */
- int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */
- int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */
- double s; /* Seconds */
- char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
- char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
- char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
- char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */
-};
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50
+#endif
/*
-** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments
-** come in groups of 5 as follows:
-**
-** N number of digits in the integer
-** min minimum allowed value of the integer
-** max maximum allowed value of the integer
-** nextC first character after the integer
-** pVal where to write the integers value.
-**
-** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
-** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
*/
-static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
- va_list ap;
- int val;
- int N;
- int min;
- int max;
- int nextC;
- int *pVal;
- int cnt = 0;
- va_start(ap, zDate);
- do{
- N = va_arg(ap, int);
- min = va_arg(ap, int);
- max = va_arg(ap, int);
- nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
- pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
- val = 0;
- while( N-- ){
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
- goto end_getDigits;
- }
- val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
- zDate++;
- }
- if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
- goto end_getDigits;
- }
- *pVal = val;
- zDate++;
- cnt++;
- }while( nextC );
-end_getDigits:
- va_end(ap);
- return cnt;
-}
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
/*
-** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
-** The extension is of the form:
-**
-** (+/-)HH:MM
-**
-** Or the "zulu" notation:
-**
-** Z
-**
-** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
-** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs,
-** return non-zero.
-**
-** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+** Boolean values
*/
-static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int sgn = 0;
- int nHr, nMn;
- int c;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
- p->tz = 0;
- c = *zDate;
- if( c=='-' ){
- sgn = -1;
- }else if( c=='+' ){
- sgn = +1;
- }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
- zDate++;
- goto zulu_time;
- }else{
- return c!=0;
- }
- zDate++;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 5;
- p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
-zulu_time:
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
- return *zDate!=0;
-}
+typedef unsigned Bool;
-/*
-** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
-** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The
-** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
-**
-** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
-*/
-static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int h, m, s;
- double ms = 0.0;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 5;
- if( *zDate==':' ){
- zDate++;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 2;
- if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
- double rScale = 1.0;
- zDate++;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
- ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
- rScale *= 10.0;
- zDate++;
- }
- ms /= rScale;
- }
- }else{
- s = 0;
- }
- p->validJD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 1;
- p->h = h;
- p->m = m;
- p->s = s + ms;
- if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
- p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
- return 0;
-}
+/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
+typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;
+
+/* Opaque type used by the explainer */
+typedef struct Explain Explain;
+
+/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */
+typedef struct AuxData AuxData;
/*
-** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume
-** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
**
-** Reference: Meeus page 61
+** Cursors can also point to virtual tables, sorters, or "pseudo-tables".
+** A pseudo-table is a single-row table implemented by registers.
+**
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
*/
-static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
- int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+struct VdbeCursor {
+ BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+ Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+ int seekResult; /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+ int pseudoTableReg; /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
+ i16 nField; /* Number of fields in the header */
+ u16 nHdrParsed; /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 seekOp; /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */
+#endif
+ i8 iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
+ u8 nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+ u8 deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+ Bool isEphemeral:1; /* True for an ephemeral table */
+ Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+ Bool isTable:1; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
+ Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
+ Pgno pgnoRoot; /* Root page of the open btree cursor */
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */
+ i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
+ i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */
- if( p->validJD ) return;
- if( p->validYMD ){
- Y = p->Y;
- M = p->M;
- D = p->D;
- }else{
- Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
- M = 1;
- D = 1;
- }
- if( M<=2 ){
- Y--;
- M += 12;
- }
- A = Y/100;
- B = 2 - A + (A/4);
- X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
- X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
- p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
- p->validJD = 1;
- if( p->validHMS ){
- p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
- if( p->validTZ ){
- p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
- p->validYMD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
- }
- }
-}
+ /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+ ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches
+ ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
+ ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
+ ** the cache is out of date.
+ **
+ ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+ ** be NULL.
+ */
+ u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
+ u32 payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+ u32 szRow; /* Byte available in aRow */
+ u32 iHdrOffset; /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
+ const u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+ u32 *aOffset; /* Pointer to aType[nField] */
+ u32 aType[1]; /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+ /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one
+ ** static element declared in the structure. nField total array slots for
+ ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
/*
-** Parse dates of the form
+** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
+** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
+** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
+** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
+** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
+** began executing.
**
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
-** YYYY-MM-DD
+** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
+** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
+** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
+** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
+** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
+** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
+** child frame are released.
**
-** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
-** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
-** date.
+** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
+** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
*/
-static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int Y, M, D, neg;
+typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
+struct VdbeFrame {
+ Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */
+ VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
+ Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */
+ Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
+ u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */
+ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
+ void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
+ i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+ int nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */
+ int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
+ int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */
+ int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */
+ int nOnceFlag; /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */
+ int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
+ int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */
+ int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */
+};
- if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
- zDate++;
- neg = 1;
- }else{
- neg = 0;
- }
- if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 10;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
- if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
- /* We got the time */
- }else if( *zDate==0 ){
- p->validHMS = 0;
- }else{
- return 1;
- }
- p->validJD = 0;
- p->validYMD = 1;
- p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
- p->M = M;
- p->D = D;
- if( p->validTZ ){
- computeJD(p);
- }
- return 0;
-}
+#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
/*
-** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS
+** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
-static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->iJD);
- p->validJD = 1;
-}
+#define CACHE_STALE 0
/*
-** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return
-** the number of errors.
-**
-** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+ union MemValue {
+ double r; /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */
+ i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
+ int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
+ FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+ RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
+ } u;
+ u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+ u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
+ int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
+ char *z; /* String or BLOB value */
+ /* ShallowCopy only needs to copy the information above */
+ char *zMalloc; /* Space to hold MEM_Str or MEM_Blob if szMalloc>0 */
+ int szMalloc; /* Size of the zMalloc allocation */
+ u32 uTemp; /* Transient storage for serial_type in OP_MakeRecord */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */
+ void (*xDel)(void*);/* Destructor for Mem.z - only valid if MEM_Dyn */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
+ void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
+#endif
+};
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM
-** DDDD.DD
-** now
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
**
-** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional
-** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion
-** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long
-** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long
-** as there is a year and date.
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
-static int parseDateOrTime(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- const char *zDate,
- DateTime *p
-){
- double r;
- if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
- setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
- return 0;
- }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
- p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
- p->validJD = 1;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
+#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */
+#define MEM_AffMask 0x001f /* Mask of affinity bits */
+#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */
+#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
+#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */
+#define MEM_Cleared 0x0100 /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */
+#define MEM_TypeMask 0x01ff /* Mask of type bits */
-/*
-** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
-static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
- int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
- if( p->validYMD ) return;
- if( !p->validJD ){
- p->Y = 2000;
- p->M = 1;
- p->D = 1;
- }else{
- Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
- A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
- A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
- B = A + 1524;
- C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
- D = (36525*C)/100;
- E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
- X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
- p->D = B - D - X1;
- p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
- p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
- }
- p->validYMD = 1;
-}
+#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ #undef MEM_Zero
+ #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
+#endif
/*
-** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
*/
-static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
- int s;
- if( p->validHMS ) return;
- computeJD(p);
- s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
- p->s = s/1000.0;
- s = (int)p->s;
- p->s -= s;
- p->h = s/3600;
- s -= p->h*3600;
- p->m = s/60;
- p->s += s - p->m*60;
- p->validHMS = 1;
-}
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+ ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
/*
-** Compute both YMD and HMS
+** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro
+** is for use inside assert() statements only.
*/
-static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
- computeYMD(p);
- computeHMS(p);
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0
+#endif
/*
-** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function
+** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
+** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
+** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
+** when the VM is halted (if not before).
*/
-static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
- p->validYMD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
-}
+struct AuxData {
+ int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
+ int iArg; /* Index of function argument. */
+ void *pAux; /* Aux data pointer */
+ void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */
+ AuxData *pNext; /* Next element in list */
+};
/*
-** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
-** order of the parameters is reversed.
+** The "context" argument for an installable function. A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
**
-** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
**
-** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
-** localtime_s().
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
-#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
- defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
-#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
-#endif
+struct sqlite3_context {
+ Mem *pOut; /* The return value is stored here */
+ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
+ Vdbe *pVdbe; /* The VM that owns this context */
+ int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
+ int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */
+ u8 skipFlag; /* Skip accumulator loading if true */
+ u8 fErrorOrAux; /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
-** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
-** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
-** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and
-** non-zero on any kind of error.
+** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
+** in describing recursive data structures.
+*/
+struct Explain {
+ Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */
+ StrAccum str; /* The string being accumulated */
+ int nIndent; /* Number of elements in aIndent */
+ u16 aIndent[100]; /* Levels of indentation */
+ char zBase[100]; /* Initial space */
+};
+
+/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures. Always follow with :N where
+** N is the number of bits.
+*/
+typedef unsigned bft; /* Bit Field Type */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
**
-** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
-** routine will always fail.
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+**
+** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
+** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
+** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
+** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
+** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
+** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table
+** method function.
*/
-static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
- int rc;
-#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
- && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
- struct tm *pX;
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- pX = localtime(t);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
+struct Vdbe {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */
+ Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+ Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */
+ Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+ Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */
+ Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */
+ int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+ int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */
+ int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+ u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */
+ Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+ Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+ char **azVar; /* Name of variables */
+ ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+ ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
+ u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
+ int pc; /* The program counter */
+ int rc; /* Value to return */
+ u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+ u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+ u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
+ bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+ bft inVtabMethod:2; /* See comments above */
+ bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */
+ bft expired:1; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
+ bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */
+ bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */
+ bft readOnly:1; /* True for statements that do not write */
+ bft bIsReader:1; /* True for statements that read */
+ bft isPrepareV2:1; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
+ bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
+ int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+ yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
+ yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
+ int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
+ u32 aCounter[5]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
#endif
- if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- rc = pX==0;
+ i64 iCurrentTime; /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */
+ i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
+ i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
+ i64 nStmtDefImmCons; /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */
+ char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+ void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */
+ VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
+ int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
+ u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
+ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
+ int nOnceFlag; /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */
+ u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Flags for OP_Once */
+ AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
#else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif
-#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
- rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem*,sqlite3*,u16);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+#define VdbeMemDynamic(X) \
+ (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, int, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
#else
- rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
-#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
-#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
- return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
+ #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+#else
+ #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
+ #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
+
+/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
-** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
-** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
-** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
-** is undefined in this case.
+** Variables in which to record status information.
*/
-static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
- DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */
- sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */
- int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
-){
- DateTime x, y;
- time_t t;
- struct tm sLocal;
+typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
+ int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */
+ int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */
+} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
- /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
- memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
- x = *p;
- computeYMD_HMS(&x);
- if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
- x.Y = 2000;
- x.M = 1;
- x.D = 1;
- x.h = 0;
- x.m = 0;
- x.s = 0.0;
- } else {
- int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
- x.s = s;
+/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
+** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
+# define wsdStat x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdStatInit
+# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the current value of a status parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+}
+
+/*
+** Add N to the value of a status record. It is assumed that the
+** caller holds appropriate locks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
+ if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
- x.tz = 0;
- x.validJD = 0;
- computeJD(&x);
- t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
- if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
- *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a status to X.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
+ if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
- y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
- y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
- y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
- y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
- y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
- y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
- y.validYMD = 1;
- y.validHMS = 1;
- y.validJD = 0;
- y.validTZ = 0;
- computeJD(&y);
- *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
- return y.iJD - x.iJD;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
/*
-** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are
-** as follows:
-**
-** NNN days
-** NNN hours
-** NNN minutes
-** NNN.NNNN seconds
-** NNN months
-** NNN years
-** start of month
-** start of year
-** start of week
-** start of day
-** weekday N
-** unixepoch
-** localtime
-** utc
+** Query status information.
**
-** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
-** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
-** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
-** written to pCtx.
+** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
+** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true,
+** then this routine is not threadsafe.
*/
-static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
- int rc = 1;
- int n;
- double r;
- char *z, zBuf[30];
- z = zBuf;
- for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
- z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
- z[n] = 0;
- switch( z[0] ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
- case 'l': {
- /* localtime
- **
- ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
- ** show local time.
- */
- if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
- computeJD(p);
- p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+ *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
+ if( resetFlag ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information for a single database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */
+ int op, /* Status verb */
+ int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */
+ int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */
+ int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
+ *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
+ *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
+ if( resetFlag ){
+ db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
}
break;
}
-#endif
- case 'u': {
- /*
- ** unixepoch
- **
- ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
- ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number.
- */
- if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
- p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
+
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
+ testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
+ testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
+ testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
+ assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
+ assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
+ *pCurrent = 0;
+ *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
+ if( resetFlag ){
+ db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
- else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
- sqlite3_int64 c1;
- computeJD(p);
- c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->iJD -= c1;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
+ ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The
+ ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
+ int totalUsed = 0;
+ int i;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+ totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
}
}
-#endif
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ *pCurrent = totalUsed;
+ *pHighwater = 0;
break;
}
- case 'w': {
- /*
- ** weekday N
- **
- ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
- ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the
- ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
- */
- if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
- && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
- && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
- sqlite3_int64 Z;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->validTZ = 0;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
- if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
- p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
+
+ /*
+ ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+ ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
+ ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */
+ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+ if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
+ HashElem *p;
+
+ nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
+ pSchema->tblHash.count
+ + pSchema->trigHash.count
+ + pSchema->idxHash.count
+ + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
+ );
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
+
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
+ }
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
+ }
+ }
}
+ db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+ *pHighwater = 0;
+ *pCurrent = nByte;
break;
}
- case 's': {
- /*
- ** start of TTTTT
- **
- ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
- ** or month or year.
- */
- if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
- z += 9;
- computeYMD(p);
- p->validHMS = 1;
- p->h = p->m = 0;
- p->s = 0.0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
- p->validJD = 0;
- if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
- p->D = 1;
- rc = 0;
- }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
- computeYMD(p);
- p->M = 1;
- p->D = 1;
- rc = 0;
- }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
- rc = 0;
+
+ /*
+ ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+ ** to store all prepared statements.
+ ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
+ struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */
+ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+ db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+ for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
+ sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe);
}
+ db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+
+ *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-64479-57858 */
+ *pCurrent = nByte;
+
break;
}
- case '+':
- case '-':
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9': {
- double rRounder;
- for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
- if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
- rc = 1;
- break;
- }
- if( z[n]==':' ){
- /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
- ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
- ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be
- ** omitted.
- */
- const char *z2 = z;
- DateTime tx;
- sqlite3_int64 day;
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
- memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
- if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
- computeJD(&tx);
- tx.iJD -= 43200000;
- day = tx.iJD/86400000;
- tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
- if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
- computeJD(p);
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- p->iJD += tx.iJD;
- rc = 0;
- break;
- }
- z += n;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
- if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
- if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
- computeJD(p);
- rc = 0;
- rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
- if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
- }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
- }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
- }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
- }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
- int x, y;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->M += (int)r;
- x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
- p->Y += x;
- p->M -= x*12;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- y = (int)r;
- if( y!=r ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
- }
- }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
- int y = (int)r;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->Y += y;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- if( y!=r ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+
+ /*
+ ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
+ ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set
+ ** to zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
+ int i;
+ int nRet = 0;
+ assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
+ assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
+
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+ sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet);
}
- }else{
- rc = 1;
}
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-42420-56072 */
+ /* IMP: R-54100-20147 */
+ /* IMP: R-29431-39229 */
+ *pCurrent = nRet;
break;
}
- default: {
+
+ /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign
+ ** key constraints. Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints
+ ** have been satisfied. The *pHighwater is always set to zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: {
+ *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-11967-56545 */
+ *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0;
break;
}
+
+ default: {
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
+/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
/*
-** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
-** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write
-** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0
-** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+** 2003 October 31
**
-** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
-** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system.
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implementation requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+** Jean Meeus
+** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+** ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+** Willmann-Bell, Inc
+** Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
-static int isDate(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv,
- DateTime *p
-){
- int i;
- const unsigned char *z;
- int eType;
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
- if( argc==0 ){
- setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
- }else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
- || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
- p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
- p->validJD = 1;
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+ sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
+ int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */
+ int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */
+ int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+ double s; /* Seconds */
+ char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
+ char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
+ char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
+ char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+**
+** N number of digits in the integer
+** min minimum allowed value of the integer
+** max maximum allowed value of the integer
+** nextC first character after the integer
+** pVal where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int val;
+ int N;
+ int min;
+ int max;
+ int nextC;
+ int *pVal;
+ int cnt = 0;
+ va_start(ap, zDate);
+ do{
+ N = va_arg(ap, int);
+ min = va_arg(ap, int);
+ max = va_arg(ap, int);
+ nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+ pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+ val = 0;
+ while( N-- ){
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+ goto end_getDigits;
+ }
+ val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+ zDate++;
+ }
+ if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+ goto end_getDigits;
+ }
+ *pVal = val;
+ zDate++;
+ cnt++;
+ }while( nextC );
+end_getDigits:
+ va_end(ap);
+ return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+** (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** Or the "zulu" notation:
+**
+** Z
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs,
+** return non-zero.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+ int sgn = 0;
+ int nHr, nMn;
+ int c;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+ p->tz = 0;
+ c = *zDate;
+ if( c=='-' ){
+ sgn = -1;
+ }else if( c=='+' ){
+ sgn = +1;
+ }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
+ zDate++;
+ goto zulu_time;
}else{
- z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+ return c!=0;
+ }
+ zDate++;
+ if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ zDate += 5;
+ p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+zulu_time:
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+ return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+ int h, m, s;
+ double ms = 0.0;
+ if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ zDate += 5;
+ if( *zDate==':' ){
+ zDate++;
+ if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
return 1;
}
+ zDate += 2;
+ if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
+ double rScale = 1.0;
+ zDate++;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+ ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+ rScale *= 10.0;
+ zDate++;
+ }
+ ms /= rScale;
+ }
+ }else{
+ s = 0;
}
- for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
- z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
- if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
- }
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ p->validHMS = 1;
+ p->h = h;
+ p->m = m;
+ p->s = s + ms;
+ if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+ p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
return 0;
}
-
/*
-** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
-** of SQLite.
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference: Meeus page 61
*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+ int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+ if( p->validJD ) return;
+ if( p->validYMD ){
+ Y = p->Y;
+ M = p->M;
+ D = p->D;
+ }else{
+ Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+ M = 1;
+ D = 1;
+ }
+ if( M<=2 ){
+ Y--;
+ M += 12;
+ }
+ A = Y/100;
+ B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+ X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
+ X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
+ p->validJD = 1;
+ if( p->validHMS ){
+ p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
+ if( p->validTZ ){
+ p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
+ p->validYMD = 0;
+ p->validHMS = 0;
+ p->validTZ = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
/*
-** julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+** Parse dates of the form
**
-** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+** YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
*/
-static void juliandayFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- computeJD(&x);
- sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+ int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+ if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+ zDate++;
+ neg = 1;
+ }else{
+ neg = 0;
+ }
+ if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ zDate += 10;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+ if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+ /* We got the time */
+ }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+ p->validHMS = 0;
+ }else{
+ return 1;
+ }
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ p->validYMD = 1;
+ p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+ p->M = M;
+ p->D = D;
+ if( p->validTZ ){
+ computeJD(p);
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS.
**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+** Return the number of errors.
*/
-static void datetimeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- char zBuf[100];
- computeYMD_HMS(&x);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
- x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
+ p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
+ if( p->iJD>0 ){
+ p->validJD = 1;
+ return 0;
+ }else{
+ return 1;
}
}
/*
-** time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return
+** the number of errors.
**
-** Return HH:MM:SS
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM
+** DDDD.DD
+** now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
*/
-static void timeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int parseDateOrTime(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ const char *zDate,
+ DateTime *p
){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- char zBuf[100];
- computeHMS(&x);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ double r;
+ if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+ return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+ }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+ p->validJD = 1;
+ return 0;
}
+ return 1;
}
/*
-** date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
*/
-static void dateFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- char zBuf[100];
- computeYMD(&x);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+ int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+ if( p->validYMD ) return;
+ if( !p->validJD ){
+ p->Y = 2000;
+ p->M = 1;
+ p->D = 1;
+ }else{
+ Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
+ A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
+ A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+ B = A + 1524;
+ C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
+ D = (36525*C)/100;
+ E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
+ X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
+ p->D = B - D - X1;
+ p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+ p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
}
+ p->validYMD = 1;
}
/*
-** strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return a string described by FORMAT. Conversions as follows:
-**
-** %d day of month
-** %f ** fractional seconds SS.SSS
-** %H hour 00-24
-** %j day of year 000-366
-** %J ** Julian day number
-** %m month 01-12
-** %M minute 00-59
-** %s seconds since 1970-01-01
-** %S seconds 00-59
-** %w day of week 0-6 sunday==0
-** %W week of year 00-53
-** %Y year 0000-9999
-** %% %
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+ int s;
+ if( p->validHMS ) return;
+ computeJD(p);
+ s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
+ p->s = s/1000.0;
+ s = (int)p->s;
+ p->s -= s;
+ p->h = s/3600;
+ s -= p->h*3600;
+ p->m = s/60;
+ p->s += s - p->m*60;
+ p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+ computeYMD(p);
+ computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+ p->validYMD = 0;
+ p->validHMS = 0;
+ p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
+** order of the parameters is reversed.
+**
+** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
+**
+** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
+** localtime_s().
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
+ defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
+#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
+** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
+** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and
+** non-zero on any kind of error.
+**
+** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
+** routine will always fail.
+**
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C
+** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of
+** local time.
+*/
+static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
+ int rc;
+#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
+ && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
+ struct tm *pX;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ pX = localtime(t);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
+#endif
+ if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ rc = pX==0;
+#else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+ rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
+#else
+ rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
+** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
+** is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
+ DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */
+ int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
+){
+ DateTime x, y;
+ time_t t;
+ struct tm sLocal;
+
+ /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
+ memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
+
+ x = *p;
+ computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+ if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only
+ ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range,
+ ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this
+ ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back.
+ */
+ x.Y = 2000;
+ x.M = 1;
+ x.D = 1;
+ x.h = 0;
+ x.m = 0;
+ x.s = 0.0;
+ } else {
+ int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
+ x.s = s;
+ }
+ x.tz = 0;
+ x.validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(&x);
+ t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
+ if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
+ *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+ y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+ y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+ y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+ y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+ y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+ y.validYMD = 1;
+ y.validHMS = 1;
+ y.validJD = 0;
+ y.validTZ = 0;
+ computeJD(&y);
+ *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
+ return y.iJD - x.iJD;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+** NNN days
+** NNN hours
+** NNN minutes
+** NNN.NNNN seconds
+** NNN months
+** NNN years
+** start of month
+** start of year
+** start of week
+** start of day
+** weekday N
+** unixepoch
+** localtime
+** utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
+** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
+** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
+** written to pCtx.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+ int rc = 1;
+ int n;
+ double r;
+ char *z, zBuf[30];
+ z = zBuf;
+ for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+ z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
+ }
+ z[n] = 0;
+ switch( z[0] ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+ case 'l': {
+ /* localtime
+ **
+ ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+ ** show local time.
+ */
+ if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+ computeJD(p);
+ p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case 'u': {
+ /*
+ ** unixepoch
+ **
+ ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
+ ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number.
+ */
+ if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+ p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+ else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 c1;
+ computeJD(p);
+ c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->iJD -= c1;
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'w': {
+ /*
+ ** weekday N
+ **
+ ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+ ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the
+ ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+ */
+ if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
+ && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
+ && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 Z;
+ computeYMD_HMS(p);
+ p->validTZ = 0;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(p);
+ Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
+ if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+ p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 's': {
+ /*
+ ** start of TTTTT
+ **
+ ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+ ** or month or year.
+ */
+ if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+ z += 9;
+ computeYMD(p);
+ p->validHMS = 1;
+ p->h = p->m = 0;
+ p->s = 0.0;
+ p->validTZ = 0;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+ p->D = 1;
+ rc = 0;
+ }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+ computeYMD(p);
+ p->M = 1;
+ p->D = 1;
+ rc = 0;
+ }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case '+':
+ case '-':
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9': {
+ double rRounder;
+ for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
+ if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+ rc = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( z[n]==':' ){
+ /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+ ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+ ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be
+ ** omitted.
+ */
+ const char *z2 = z;
+ DateTime tx;
+ sqlite3_int64 day;
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
+ memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+ if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+ computeJD(&tx);
+ tx.iJD -= 43200000;
+ day = tx.iJD/86400000;
+ tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
+ if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
+ computeJD(p);
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ p->iJD += tx.iJD;
+ rc = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ z += n;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+ if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+ computeJD(p);
+ rc = 0;
+ rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
+ if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+ int x, y;
+ computeYMD_HMS(p);
+ p->M += (int)r;
+ x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+ p->Y += x;
+ p->M -= x*12;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(p);
+ y = (int)r;
+ if( y!=r ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+ }
+ }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+ int y = (int)r;
+ computeYMD_HMS(p);
+ p->Y += y;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(p);
+ if( y!=r ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = 1;
+ }
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+**
+** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
+** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+*/
+static int isDate(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv,
+ DateTime *p
+){
+ int i;
+ const unsigned char *z;
+ int eType;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ if( argc==0 ){
+ return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+ }
+ if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
+ || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+ p->validJD = 1;
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+ if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ computeJD(&x);
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ char zBuf[100];
+ computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
+ x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ char zBuf[100];
+ computeHMS(&x);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ char zBuf[100];
+ computeYMD(&x);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT. Conversions as follows:
+**
+** %d day of month
+** %f ** fractional seconds SS.SSS
+** %H hour 00-24
+** %j day of year 000-366
+** %J ** Julian day number
+** %m month 01-12
+** %M minute 00-59
+** %s seconds since 1970-01-01
+** %S seconds 00-59
+** %w day of week 0-6 sunday==0
+** %W week of year 00-53
+** %Y year 0000-9999
+** %% %
*/
static void strftimeFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
@@ -14182,31 +15840,28 @@ static void currentTimeFunc(
char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
sqlite3 *db;
sqlite3_int64 iT;
+ struct tm *pTm;
+ struct tm sNow;
char zBuf[20];
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
- db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iT);
+ iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
+ if( iT<=0 ) return;
t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
- {
- struct tm sNow;
- gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
- strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
- }
+ pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
#else
- {
- struct tm *pTm;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
- pTm = gmtime(&t);
- strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
- }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ pTm = gmtime(&t);
+ if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
#endif
-
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ if( pTm ){
+ strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
}
#endif
@@ -14271,11 +15926,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure
** testing:
**
-** sqlite3OsOpen()
** sqlite3OsRead()
** sqlite3OsWrite()
** sqlite3OsSync()
+** sqlite3OsFileSize()
** sqlite3OsLock()
+** sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock()
+** sqlite3OsFileControl()
+** sqlite3OsShmMap()
+** sqlite3OsOpen()
+** sqlite3OsDelete()
+** sqlite3OsAccess()
+** sqlite3OsFullPathname()
**
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
@@ -14334,9 +15996,37 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
}
+
+/*
+** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail
+** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
+** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
+** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){
+ /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite
+ ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding
+ ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point
+ ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** but the transaction is committed anyway.
+ **
+ ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(),
+ ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably
+ ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned
+ ** to the user. */
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ }
+#endif
return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
@@ -14360,9 +16050,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(
int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */
void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
}
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
+ return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p);
+}
+#else
+/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
+ *pp = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
/*
** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
** VFS methods.
@@ -14376,15 +16087,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
){
int rc;
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
- /* 0x87f3f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
+ /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
** reaching the VFS. */
- rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f3f, pFlagsOut);
+ rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+ assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 );
return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
@@ -14402,6 +16115,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
int nPathOut,
char *zPathOut
){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
zPathOut[0] = 0;
return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
}
@@ -14452,7 +16166,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
){
int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
sqlite3_file *pFile;
- pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
+ pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile);
if( pFile ){
rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -14541,12 +16255,12 @@ static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
** true.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
+ MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
- mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
vfsUnlink(pVfs);
if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
@@ -14743,7 +16457,31 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
** to obtain the memory it needs.
**
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. The content of
+** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined. The
+** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined. The
+** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this
+** file.
+**
+** C-preprocessor macro summary:
+**
+** HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE The configure script sets this symbol if
+** the malloc_usable_size() interface exists
+** on the target platform. Or, this symbol
+** can be set manually, if desired.
+** If an equivalent interface exists by
+** a different name, using a separate -D
+** option to rename it.
+**
+** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC Some older macs lack support for the zone
+** memory allocator. Set this symbol to enable
+** building on older macs.
+**
+** SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE Set this symbol to disable the use of
+** _msize() on windows systems. This might
+** be necessary when compiling for Delphi,
+** for example.
*/
/*
@@ -14752,6 +16490,71 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
** macros.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+
+/*
+** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the
+** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined.
+*/
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <malloc/malloc.h>
+#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
+static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x))
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x));
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y))
+#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \
+ (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x))
+
+#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
+
+/*
+** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.
+** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x)
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x)
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y))
+
+/*
+** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function
+** on some systems (e.g. Linux).
+*/
+#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
+# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
+# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
+/*
+** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize(). The
+** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with
+** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE. Using the _msize() function also requires
+** the malloc.h header file.
+*/
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)
+# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
+# define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary. Also set define macro
+** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize()
+** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux).
+** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining
+** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H)
+# include <malloc.h>
+# if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
+# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x)
+# endif
+# elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE)
+# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */
+
+#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */
/*
** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
@@ -14762,10 +16565,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
** routines.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+ void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
+ if( p==0 ){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+ }
+ return p;
+#else
sqlite3_int64 *p;
assert( nByte>0 );
nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
- p = malloc( nByte+8 );
+ p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
if( p ){
p[0] = nByte;
p++;
@@ -14774,6 +16585,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
}
return (void *)p;
+#endif
}
/*
@@ -14785,10 +16597,14 @@ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
** by higher-level routines.
*/
static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+ SQLITE_FREE(pPrior);
+#else
sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
assert( pPrior!=0 );
p--;
- free(p);
+ SQLITE_FREE(p);
+#endif
}
/*
@@ -14796,11 +16612,15 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
** or xRealloc().
*/
static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+ return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0;
+#else
sqlite3_int64 *p;
if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
p--;
return (int)p[0];
+#endif
}
/*
@@ -14809,16 +16629,26 @@ static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
**
** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where
** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
-** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
+** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 because
** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
** routines and redirected to xFree.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+ void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
+ if( p==0 ){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+ "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+ SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte);
+ }
+ return p;
+#else
sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
p--;
- p = realloc(p, nByte+8 );
+ p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 );
if( p ){
p[0] = nByte;
p++;
@@ -14829,6 +16659,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
}
return (void*)p;
+#endif
}
/*
@@ -14842,6 +16673,34 @@ static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+ int cpuCount;
+ size_t len;
+ if( _sqliteZone_ ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ len = sizeof(cpuCount);
+ /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */
+ sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0);
+ if( cpuCount>1 ){
+ /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
+ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
+ }else{
+ /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks,
+ ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
+ bool success;
+ malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
+ malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap");
+ do{
+ success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone,
+ (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_);
+ }while(!_sqliteZone_);
+ if( !success ){
+ /* somebody registered a zone first */
+ malloc_destroy_zone(newzone);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -14916,6 +16775,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
# define backtrace(A,B) 1
# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
#endif
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
/*
** Each memory allocation looks like this:
@@ -15057,7 +16917,7 @@ static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
return 0;
}
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
- return pHdr->iSize;
+ return (int)pHdr->iSize;
}
/*
@@ -15099,7 +16959,7 @@ static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
y = nByte | 1;
while( nByte >= 4 ){
- x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
r = x ^ y;
*(int*)pBuf = r;
@@ -15107,7 +16967,7 @@ static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
nByte -= 4;
}
while( nByte-- > 0 ){
- x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
r = x ^ y;
*(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
@@ -15202,9 +17062,9 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
}
z = (char*)pBt;
z -= pHdr->nTitle;
- adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1);
+ adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1);
randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
- pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
+ (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
free(z);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
}
@@ -15226,9 +17086,9 @@ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
if( pNew ){
- memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize);
+ memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize));
if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
- randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
+ randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize);
}
sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
}
@@ -15272,7 +17132,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
** verify the type of an allocation. For example:
**
-** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
int rc = 1;
@@ -15294,7 +17154,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
** verify the type of an allocation. For example:
**
-** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
int rc = 1;
@@ -15343,7 +17203,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
- mem.xBacktrace(pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
+ mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
}
}
@@ -15841,7 +17701,7 @@ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
*/
-void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
int i;
u32 size, x;
@@ -15916,7 +17776,7 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
/*
** Free memory.
*/
-void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
+static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
assert( pPrior );
memsys3Enter();
memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
@@ -15926,7 +17786,7 @@ void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
-void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
int nOld;
void *p;
if( pPrior==0 ){
@@ -16126,7 +17986,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
** 1. All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
**
** 2. If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
-** then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
+** then the two blocks are coalesced into the single larger block.
**
** 3. New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
**
@@ -16227,13 +18087,13 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
} mem5;
/*
-** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD.
*/
#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
/*
** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
-** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such lik.
+** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such link.
*/
#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))
@@ -16299,37 +18159,18 @@ static void memsys5Leave(void){
static int memsys5Size(void *p){
int iSize = 0;
if( p ){
- int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom;
+ int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
}
return iSize;
}
-/*
-** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize. Unlink that
-** entry and return its index.
-*/
-static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){
- int i;
- int iFirst;
-
- assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
- i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
- assert( iFirst>=0 );
- while( i>0 ){
- if( i<iFirst ) iFirst = i;
- i = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
- }
- memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
- return iFirst;
-}
-
/*
** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
** Return NULL if unable. Return NULL if nBytes==0.
**
-** The caller guarantees that nByte positive.
+** The caller guarantees that nByte is positive.
**
** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
@@ -16364,13 +18205,14 @@ static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
** block. If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
*/
- for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
+ for(iBin=iLogsize; iBin<=LOGMAX && mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0; iBin++){}
if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
return 0;
}
- i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin);
+ i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin];
+ memsys5Unlink(i, iBin);
while( iBin>iLogsize ){
int newSize;
@@ -16390,6 +18232,12 @@ static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Make sure the allocated memory does not assume that it is set to zero
+ ** or retains a value from a previous allocation */
+ memset(&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom], 0xAA, iFullSz);
+#endif
+
/* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
}
@@ -16404,7 +18252,7 @@ static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
/* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
*/
- iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom;
+ iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
/* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
@@ -16447,11 +18295,18 @@ static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
}
size *= 2;
}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Overwrite freed memory with the 0x55 bit pattern to verify that it is
+ ** not used after being freed */
+ memset(&mem5.zPool[iBlock*mem5.szAtom], 0x55, size);
+#endif
+
memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
}
/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
@@ -16761,7 +18616,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+ if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}
@@ -16830,7 +18685,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
}
#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
@@ -16942,7 +18797,7 @@ static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
- static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
+ static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 - 1];
sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
switch( id ){
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
@@ -17037,286 +18892,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
return sqlite3NoopMutex();
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP */
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT */
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 is defined.
-** See the mutex.h file for details.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-
-/********************** OS/2 Mutex Implementation **********************
-**
-** This implementation of mutexes is built using the OS/2 API.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The mutex object
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
- HMTX mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */
- int id; /* Mutex type */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- int trace; /* True to trace changes */
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0, 0 }
-#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0 }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int os2MutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
-** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){
- sqlite3_mutex *p = NULL;
- switch( iType ){
- case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
- case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
- p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
- if( p ){
- p->id = iType;
- if( DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &p->mutex, 0, FALSE ) != NO_ERROR ){
- sqlite3_free( p );
- p = NULL;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- default: {
- static volatile int isInit = 0;
- static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6] = {
- SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
- SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
- SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
- SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
- SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
- SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
- };
- if ( !isInit ){
- APIRET rc;
- PTIB ptib;
- PPIB ppib;
- HMTX mutex;
- char name[32];
- DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, &ppib );
- sqlite3_snprintf( sizeof(name), name, "\\SEM32\\SQLITE%04x",
- ppib->pib_ulpid );
- while( !isInit ){
- mutex = 0;
- rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
- if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
- unsigned int i;
- if( !isInit ){
- for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){
- DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE );
- }
- isInit = 1;
- }
- DosCloseMutexSem( mutex );
- }else if( rc == ERROR_DUPLICATE_NAME ){
- DosSleep( 1 );
- }else{
- return p;
- }
- }
- }
- assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
- assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
- p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
- p->id = iType;
- break;
- }
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
-** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- TID tid;
- PID pid;
- ULONG ulCount;
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
- assert( ulCount==0 );
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-#endif
- DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex );
- sqlite3_free( p );
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- TID tid;
- PID pid;
- ULONG ulCount;
- PTIB ptib;
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
- if( ulCount==0 || ( ulCount>1 && p->id!=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ) )
- return 0;
- DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
- return tid==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
-}
-static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- TID tid;
- PID pid;
- ULONG ulCount;
- PTIB ptib;
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
- if( ulCount==0 )
- return 1;
- DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
- return tid!=ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
-}
-static void os2MutexTrace(sqlite3_mutex *p, char *pAction){
- TID tid;
- PID pid;
- ULONG ulCount;
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
- printf("%s mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%ld\n", pAction, (void*)p, p->trace, ulCount);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
- DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "enter");
-#endif
-}
-static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
- if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR ) {
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "try");
-#endif
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( os2MutexHeld(p) );
- DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "leave");
-#endif
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
- static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
- os2MutexInit,
- os2MutexEnd,
- os2MutexAlloc,
- os2MutexFree,
- os2MutexEnter,
- os2MutexTry,
- os2MutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- os2MutexHeld,
- os2MutexNotheld
-#else
- 0,
- 0
-#endif
- };
-
- return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */
-
-/************** End of mutex_os2.c *******************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 28
@@ -17415,10 +18994,13 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
@@ -17452,6 +19034,9 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};
sqlite3_mutex *p;
@@ -17667,7 +19252,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
return &sMutex;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */
/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
@@ -17682,12 +19267,313 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32.
*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c *************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+ int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define OSTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+ #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned int lo, hi;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+ return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+ }
+
+ #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+ __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ __asm {
+ rdtsc
+ ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
+ }
+ }
+
+ #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long val;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+ return val;
+ }
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long long retval;
+ unsigned long junk;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+ 1: mftbu %1\n\
+ mftb %L0\n\
+ mftbu %0\n\
+ cmpw %0,%1\n\
+ bne 1b"
+ : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+#else
+
+ #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+ /*
+ ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+ ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+ ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
+ ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+ ** least compile and run.
+ */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
+ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \
+ { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+ sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+ if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+ local_ioerr(); \
+ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+ CODE; \
+ }else{ \
+ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+ } \
+ }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
+
+/*
+** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
+*/
+/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2013 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_
+#define _OS_WIN_H_
+
+/*
+** Include the primary Windows SDK header file.
+*/
+#include "windows.h"
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+# include <errno.h> /* amalgamator: dontcache */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT.
+**
+** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or
+** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows:
+**
+** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+** #else
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0
+** #endif
+**
+** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as
+** it ought to, so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that
+** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise
+** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced
+** API.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
+** the full Win32 API.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as
+** volatile.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE
+#else
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */
+
+/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
+#endif
+
/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
-** on a win32 system.
+** on a Win32 system.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
@@ -17700,48 +19586,22 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */
volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */
- int trace; /* True to trace changes */
+ volatile int trace; /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
-#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
-#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
-#endif
/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-**
-** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
-** which is only available if your application was compiled with
-** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only
-** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef
-** this out as well.
+** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex
+** on Win32. It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization
+** on the Win32 platform.
*/
-#if 0
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-# define mutexIsNT() (1)
+#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \
+ 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
#else
- static int mutexIsNT(void){
- static int osType = 0;
- if( osType==0 ){
- OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
- sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
- GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
- osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
- }
- return osType==2;
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -17752,20 +19612,24 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}
+
static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
}
+
static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
}
#endif
-
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
-static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {
+static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = {
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
@@ -17773,33 +19637,43 @@ static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};
+
static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
-/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
-** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
-** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
-** strictly necessary.
+static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */
+
+/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
+** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
+** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary.
*/
-static long winMutex_lock = 0;
+static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0;
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */
-static int winMutexInit(void){
+static int winMutexInit(void){
/* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+#endif
}
winMutex_isInit = 1;
}else{
- /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
+ /* Another thread is (in the process of) initializing the static
+ ** mutexes */
while( !winMutex_isInit ){
- Sleep(1);
+ sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static int winMutexEnd(void){
- /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown
+static int winMutexEnd(void){
+ /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown
** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
@@ -17810,7 +19684,7 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){
winMutex_isInit = 0;
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
@@ -17825,10 +19699,13 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
@@ -17851,7 +19728,7 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
+** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
@@ -17862,21 +19739,31 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
- if( p ){
+ if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
p->id = iType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC
+ p->trace = 1;
+#endif
#endif
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#endif
}
break;
}
default: {
- assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
+ assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
p->id = iType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
+ p->trace = 1;
+#endif
#endif
break;
}
@@ -17892,8 +19779,11 @@ static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+#endif
+ assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
@@ -17910,30 +19800,39 @@ static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ assert( p );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+#else
+ assert( p );
#endif
+ assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
- p->owner = tid;
+ p->owner = tid;
p->nRef++;
if( p->trace ){
- printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+ OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
+ tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
}
#endif
}
+
static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ assert( p );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always
- ** fail.
+ ** fail.
**
** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
@@ -17941,18 +19840,27 @@ static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See
** ticket #2685.
*/
-#if 0
- if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
+#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400
+ assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
+ assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 );
+ if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){
+ winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt();
+ }
+ assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 );
+ if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
p->owner = tid;
p->nRef++;
+#endif
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
- printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+ if( p->trace ){
+ OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ tid, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
}
#endif
return rc;
@@ -17965,18 +19873,23 @@ static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#endif
+ assert( p );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
assert( p->nRef>0 );
assert( p->owner==tid );
p->nRef--;
if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif
+ assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( p->trace ){
- printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+ OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
+ tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
}
#endif
}
@@ -17998,9 +19911,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
0
#endif
};
-
return &sMutex;
}
+
#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
@@ -18019,6 +19932,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
*/
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
/*
** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
@@ -18135,7 +20049,8 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
sqlite3_int64 excess;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- sqlite3_initialize();
+ int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return -1;
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
@@ -18298,11 +20213,9 @@ static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){
void *p;
- if( n<=0 /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */
- || n>=0x7fffff00
- ){
+ if( n==0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){
/* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
@@ -18311,12 +20224,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
p = 0;
}else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
- mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+ mallocWithAlarm((int)n, &p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc((int)n);
}
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
return p;
}
@@ -18326,6 +20239,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
** allocation.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+ return n<=0 ? 0 : sqlite3Malloc(n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
@@ -18356,22 +20275,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
assert( n>0 );
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
p = mem0.pScratchFree;
mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
mem0.nScratchFree--;
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
- n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
- if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
- }else{
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+ p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
- p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
}
@@ -18437,7 +20354,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
- return p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
+ return p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
}
#else
#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
@@ -18449,28 +20366,37 @@ static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
- assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( db && isLookaside(db, p) ){
- return db->lookaside.sz;
+ if( db==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ return sqlite3MallocSize(p);
}else{
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
- assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
- return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+ return db->lookaside.sz;
+ }else{
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+ }
}
}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void *p){
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ return (sqlite3_uint64)sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+}
/*
** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
@@ -18482,27 +20408,40 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
}
}
+/*
+** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in
+** *db->pnBytesFreed.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+ *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db,p);
+}
+
/*
** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
** connection.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( p==0 ) return;
if( db ){
if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
- *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
+ measureAllocationSize(db, p);
return;
}
if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
+ memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
+#endif
pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
db->lookaside.nOut--;
return;
}
}
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
sqlite3_free(p);
@@ -18511,14 +20450,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){
int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
void *pNew;
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
if( pOld==0 ){
- return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
+ return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-04300-56712 */
}
- if( nBytes<=0 ){
- sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
+ if( nBytes==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
return 0;
}
if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
@@ -18529,22 +20470,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
** xRoundup. */
- nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
+ nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup((int)nBytes);
if( nOld==nNew ){
pNew = pOld;
}else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes);
nDiff = nNew - nOld;
if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >=
mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
}
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
- sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
+ sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes);
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
}
if( pNew ){
@@ -18555,7 +20494,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
}else{
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
}
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
return pNew;
}
@@ -18564,6 +20503,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+ if( n<0 ) n = 0; /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
+ return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
@@ -18574,10 +20520,10 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
/*
** Allocate and zero memory.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){
void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( p ){
- memset(p, 0, n);
+ memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
}
return p;
}
@@ -18586,10 +20532,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
if( p ){
- memset(p, 0, n);
+ memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
}
return p;
}
@@ -18612,7 +20558,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
void *p;
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
@@ -18647,8 +20593,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
if( !p && db ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB |
- ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p,
+ (db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP);
return p;
}
@@ -18656,7 +20602,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
void *pNew = 0;
assert( db!=0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
@@ -18674,15 +20620,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
}else{
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
- pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
+ pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n);
if( !pNew ){
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB |
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew,
(db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
}
}
@@ -18693,7 +20638,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p
** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
void *pNew;
pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
if( !pNew ){
@@ -18723,7 +20668,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
}
return zNew;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
char *zNew;
if( z==0 ){
return 0;
@@ -18731,7 +20676,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
if( zNew ){
- memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+ memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n);
zNew[n] = 0;
}
return zNew;
@@ -18753,6 +20698,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat
*pz = z;
}
+/*
+** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e.
@@ -18773,12 +20726,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
*/
assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( db==0 ) return rc & 0xff;
+ if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ return apiOomError(db);
}
- return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
+ return rc & db->errMask;
}
/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
@@ -18792,49 +20744,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
**
**************************************************************************
**
-** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
-** found in the standard C library. The following enhancements are
-** supported:
-**
-** + Additional functions. The standard set of "printf" functions
-** includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
-** vsprintf. This module adds the following:
-**
-** * snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
-** which is the size of the buffer written to.
-**
-** * mprintf -- Similar to sprintf. Writes output to memory
-** obtained from malloc.
-**
-** * xprintf -- Calls a function to dispose of output.
-**
-** * nprintf -- No output, but returns the number of characters
-** that would have been output by printf.
-**
-** * A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
-** supplied.
-**
-** + A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
-**
-** * The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
-** be centered in the appropriately sized field.
-**
-** * The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
-**
-** * The %c field now accepts a precision. The character output
-** is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
-**
-** * The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
-** next character of the format string, instead of the next
-** argument. For example, printf("%.78'-") prints 78 minus
-** signs, the same as printf("%.78c",'-').
-**
-** + When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
-** faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
-**
-** + All functions are fully reentrant.
-**
+** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These
+** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
+** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
+** SQLlite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** If the strchrnul() library function is available, then set
+** HAVE_STRCHRNUL. If that routine is not available, this module
+** will supply its own. The built-in version is slower than
+** the glibc version so the glibc version is definitely preferred.
*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_STRCHRNUL)
+# define HAVE_STRCHRNUL 0
+#endif
+
/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
@@ -18946,7 +20871,8 @@ static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
int digit;
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
- if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
+ if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0';
+ (*cnt)--;
digit = (int)*val;
d = digit;
digit += '0';
@@ -18956,64 +20882,47 @@ static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
/*
-** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
+** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode.
*/
-static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
- static const char zSpaces[] = " ";
- while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
- N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
- }
- if( N>0 ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N);
- }
+static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){
+ p->accError = eError;
+ p->nAlloc = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+ if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
+ return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+ if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0;
+ return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
}
+static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+ if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
+ return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+
/*
** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
-** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.
+** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
-# if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
-# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 50
-# else
-# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
-# endif
+# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70
#endif
#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */
/*
-** The root program. All variations call this core.
-**
-** INPUTS:
-** func This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
-** 1. A pointer to anything. Same as the "arg" parameter.
-** 2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
-** (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
-** 3. An integer number of characters to be output.
-** (Note: This number might be zero.)
-**
-** arg This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
-** first argument to "func". Use it for whatever you like.
-**
-** fmt This is the format string, as in the usual print.
-**
-** ap This is a pointer to a list of arguments. Same as in
-** vfprint.
-**
-** OUTPUTS:
-** The return value is the total number of characters sent to
-** the function "func". Returns -1 on a error.
-**
-** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
-** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
-** will run.
+** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
- StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */
- int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */
- const char *fmt, /* Format string */
- va_list ap /* arguments */
+ StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */
+ u32 bFlags, /* SQLITE_PRINTF_* flags */
+ const char *fmt, /* Format string */
+ va_list ap /* arguments */
){
int c; /* Next character in the format string */
char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
@@ -19030,32 +20939,45 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */
etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */
+ etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */
+ u8 bArgList; /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
+ u8 useIntern; /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */
+ char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
- char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */
- char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
- etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */
- char *zExtra; /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
+ char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */
+ int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */
+ char *zExtra = 0; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */
+ int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */
double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */
etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */
etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
- etByte flag_exp; /* True to force display of the exponent */
- int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */
#endif
+ PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
+ char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */
- length = 0;
bufpt = 0;
+ if( bFlags ){
+ if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){
+ pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
+ }
+ useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
+ }else{
+ bArgList = useIntern = 0;
+ }
for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
if( c!='%' ){
- int amt;
bufpt = (char *)fmt;
- amt = 1;
- while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt);
- if( c==0 ) break;
+#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL
+ fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%');
+#else
+ do{ fmt++; }while( *fmt && *fmt != '%' );
+#endif
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt));
+ if( *fmt==0 ) break;
}
if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
@@ -19079,7 +21001,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
/* Get the field width */
width = 0;
if( c=='*' ){
- width = va_arg(ap,int);
+ if( bArgList ){
+ width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
+ }else{
+ width = va_arg(ap,int);
+ }
if( width<0 ){
flag_leftjustify = 1;
width = -width;
@@ -19091,15 +21017,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
c = *++fmt;
}
}
- if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
- width = etBUFSIZE-10;
- }
/* Get the precision */
if( c=='.' ){
precision = 0;
c = *++fmt;
if( c=='*' ){
- precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+ if( bArgList ){
+ precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
+ }else{
+ precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+ }
if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
c = *++fmt;
}else{
@@ -19130,7 +21057,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
- if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+ if( useIntern || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
xtype = infop->type;
}else{
return;
@@ -19138,13 +21065,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
break;
}
}
- zExtra = 0;
-
-
- /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
- if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
- precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
- }
/*
** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
@@ -19176,7 +21096,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
case etRADIX:
if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
i64 v;
- if( flag_longlong ){
+ if( bArgList ){
+ v = getIntArg(pArgList);
+ }else if( flag_longlong ){
v = va_arg(ap,i64);
}else if( flag_long ){
v = va_arg(ap,long int);
@@ -19197,7 +21119,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
else prefix = 0;
}
}else{
- if( flag_longlong ){
+ if( bArgList ){
+ longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList);
+ }else if( flag_longlong ){
longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
}else if( flag_long ){
longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
@@ -19210,28 +21134,36 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
precision = width-(prefix!=0);
}
- bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
+ if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+ nOut = etBUFSIZE;
+ zOut = buf;
+ }else{
+ nOut = precision + 10;
+ zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut );
+ if( zOut==0 ){
+ setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1];
if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
x = 0;
}
- buf[etBUFSIZE-3] = zOrd[x*2];
- buf[etBUFSIZE-2] = zOrd[x*2+1];
- bufpt -= 2;
+ *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1];
+ *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2];
}
{
- register const char *cset; /* Use registers for speed */
- register int base;
- cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
- base = infop->base;
+ const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+ u8 base = infop->base;
do{ /* Convert to ascii */
*(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
longvalue = longvalue/base;
}while( longvalue>0 );
}
- length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
+ length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
*(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */
}
@@ -19242,17 +21174,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
}
- length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
+ length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
break;
case etFLOAT:
case etEXP:
case etGENERIC:
- realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+ if( bArgList ){
+ realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList);
+ }else{
+ realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+ }
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
length = 0;
#else
if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */
- if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
if( realvalue<0.0 ){
realvalue = -realvalue;
prefix = '-';
@@ -19262,13 +21197,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
else prefix = 0;
}
if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
-#if 0
- /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used. Wierd! */
- for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
-#else
- /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
-#endif
if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
/* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
exp = 0;
@@ -19278,9 +21207,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
break;
}
if( realvalue>0.0 ){
- while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
- while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
- while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+ while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;}
+ while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; }
+ while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; }
+ while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; }
+ realvalue /= scale;
while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
if( exp>350 ){
@@ -19300,7 +21232,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
*/
- flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
realvalue += rounder;
if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
@@ -19314,14 +21245,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
xtype = etFLOAT;
}
}else{
- flag_rtz = 0;
+ flag_rtz = flag_altform2;
}
if( xtype==etEXP ){
e2 = 0;
}else{
e2 = exp;
}
- nsd = 0;
+ if( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
+ bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width+15 );
+ if( bufpt==0 ){
+ setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ zOut = bufpt;
+ nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10;
flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
/* The sign in front of the number */
if( prefix ){
@@ -19352,7 +21291,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
/* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
- assert( bufpt>buf );
+ assert( bufpt>zOut );
if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
if( flag_altform2 ){
*(bufpt++) = '0';
@@ -19362,7 +21301,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
}
}
/* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
- if( flag_exp || xtype==etEXP ){
+ if( xtype==etEXP ){
*(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
if( exp<0 ){
*(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
@@ -19381,8 +21320,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
/* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
** integer conversions. */
- length = (int)(bufpt-buf);
- bufpt = buf;
+ length = (int)(bufpt-zOut);
+ bufpt = zOut;
/* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
** set and we are not left justified */
@@ -19399,7 +21338,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
break;
case etSIZE:
- *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
+ if( !bArgList ){
+ *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
+ }
length = width = 0;
break;
case etPERCENT:
@@ -19408,22 +21349,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
length = 1;
break;
case etCHARX:
- c = va_arg(ap,int);
- buf[0] = (char)c;
- if( precision>=0 ){
- for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
- length = precision;
+ if( bArgList ){
+ bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
+ c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0;
}else{
- length =1;
+ c = va_arg(ap,int);
+ }
+ if( precision>1 ){
+ width -= precision-1;
+ if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){
+ sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width-1, ' ');
+ width = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, precision-1, c);
}
+ length = 1;
+ buf[0] = c;
bufpt = buf;
break;
case etSTRING:
case etDYNSTRING:
- bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+ if( bArgList ){
+ bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
+ }else{
+ bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+ }
if( bufpt==0 ){
bufpt = "";
- }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+ }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING && !bArgList ){
zExtra = bufpt;
}
if( precision>=0 ){
@@ -19439,7 +21392,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
int needQuote;
char ch;
char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\''); /* Quote character */
- char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+ char *escarg;
+
+ if( bArgList ){
+ escarg = getTextArg(pArgList);
+ }else{
+ escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+ }
isnull = escarg==0;
if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
k = precision;
@@ -19451,7 +21410,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
if( bufpt==0 ){
- pAccum->mallocFailed = 1;
+ setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
return;
}
}else{
@@ -19474,7 +21433,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
}
case etTOKEN: {
Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
- if( pToken ){
+ assert( bArgList==0 );
+ if( pToken && pToken->n ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
}
length = width = 0;
@@ -19484,12 +21444,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
int k = va_arg(ap, int);
struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+ assert( bArgList==0 );
assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
if( pItem->zDatabase ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase);
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
}
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName);
length = width = 0;
break;
}
@@ -19503,83 +21464,116 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do
** the output.
*/
- if( !flag_leftjustify ){
- register int nspace;
- nspace = width-length;
- if( nspace>0 ){
- appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
- }
- }
- if( length>0 ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
- }
- if( flag_leftjustify ){
- register int nspace;
- nspace = width-length;
- if( nspace>0 ){
- appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
- }
- }
+ width -= length;
+ if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
+ if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
+
if( zExtra ){
sqlite3_free(zExtra);
+ zExtra = 0;
}
}/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */
/*
-** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
+** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is
+** able to accept at least N more bytes of text.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept
+** after the attempted enlargement. The value returned might be zero.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
- assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
- if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){
- testcase(p->tooBig);
- testcase(p->mallocFailed);
- return;
+static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){
+ char *zNew;
+ assert( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */
+ if( p->accError ){
+ testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+ testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+ return 0;
}
- if( N<0 ){
- N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ if( !p->useMalloc ){
+ N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
+ setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+ return N;
+ }else{
+ char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
+ i64 szNew = p->nChar;
+ szNew += N + 1;
+ if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+ setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+ return 0;
+ }else{
+ p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
+ }
+ if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+ zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
+ }else{
+ zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
+ }
+ if( zNew ){
+ assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
+ if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
+ p->zText = zNew;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+ setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+ return 0;
+ }
}
- if( N==0 || NEVER(z==0) ){
- return;
+ return N;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append N copies of character c to the given string buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum *p, int N, char c){
+ if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ) return;
+ while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = c;
+}
+
+/*
+** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
+** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
+**
+** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
+** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
+** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+ N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
+ if( N>0 ){
+ memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
+ p->nChar += N;
}
+}
+
+/*
+** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. Increase the
+** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+ assert( z!=0 );
+ assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
+ assert( N>=0 );
+ assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
- char *zNew;
- if( !p->useMalloc ){
- p->tooBig = 1;
- N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
- if( N<=0 ){
- return;
- }
- }else{
- char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
- i64 szNew = p->nChar;
- szNew += N + 1;
- if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
- sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
- p->tooBig = 1;
- return;
- }else{
- p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
- }
- if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
- zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
- }else{
- zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
- }
- if( zNew ){
- if( zOld==0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
- p->zText = zNew;
- }else{
- p->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
- return;
- }
- }
+ enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
+ }else{
+ assert( p->zText );
+ p->nChar += N;
+ memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N);
}
- memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
- p->nChar += N;
}
+/*
+** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));
+}
+
+
/*
** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL
@@ -19597,7 +21591,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
if( p->zText ){
memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
}else{
- p->mallocFailed = 1;
+ setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
}
}
}
@@ -19628,8 +21622,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx)
p->nAlloc = n;
p->mxAlloc = mx;
p->useMalloc = 1;
- p->tooBig = 0;
- p->mallocFailed = 0;
+ p->accError = 0;
}
/*
@@ -19644,9 +21637,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list a
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
acc.db = db;
- sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
+ sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap);
z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
- if( acc.mallocFailed ){
+ if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
return z;
@@ -19667,7 +21660,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
/*
** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
-** the string and before returnning. This routine is intended to be used
+** the string and before returning. This routine is intended to be used
** to modify an existing string. For example:
**
** x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
@@ -19800,17 +21793,78 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
}
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*************************************************************************
+** Routines for implementing the "TreeView" display of hierarchical
+** data structures for debugging.
+**
+** The main entry points (coded elsewhere) are:
+** sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pExpr, 0);
+** sqlite3TreeViewExprList(0, pList, 0, 0);
+** sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, pSelect, 0);
+** Insert calls to those routines while debugging in order to display
+** a diagram of Expr, ExprList, and Select objects.
+**
+*/
+/* Add a new subitem to the tree. The moreToFollow flag indicates that this
+** is not the last item in the tree. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TreeView *sqlite3TreeViewPush(TreeView *p, u8 moreToFollow){
+ if( p==0 ){
+ p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ }else{
+ p->iLevel++;
+ }
+ assert( moreToFollow==0 || moreToFollow==1 );
+ if( p->iLevel<sizeof(p->bLine) ) p->bLine[p->iLevel] = moreToFollow;
+ return p;
+}
+/* Finished with one layer of the tree */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewPop(TreeView *p){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ p->iLevel--;
+ if( p->iLevel<0 ) sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+/* Generate a single line of output for the tree, with a prefix that contains
+** all the appropriate tree lines */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewLine(TreeView *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int i;
+ StrAccum acc;
+ char zBuf[500];
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+ acc.useMalloc = 0;
+ if( p ){
+ for(i=0; i<p->iLevel && i<sizeof(p->bLine)-1; i++){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "| " : " ", 4);
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "|-- " : "'-- ", 4);
+ }
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if( zBuf[acc.nChar-1]!='\n' ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, "\n", 1);
+ sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+ fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
+ fflush(stdout);
+}
+/* Shorthand for starting a new tree item that consists of a single label */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView *p, const char *zLabel, u8 moreToFollow){
+ p = sqlite3TreeViewPush(p, moreToFollow);
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(p, "%s", zLabel);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
/*
** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, u32 bFlags, const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
va_start(ap,zFormat);
- sqlite3VXPrintf(p, 1, zFormat, ap);
+ sqlite3VXPrintf(p, bFlags, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
}
-#endif
/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
@@ -19843,24 +21897,11 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
} sqlite3Prng;
/*
-** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG. The Mutex
-** must be held while executing this routine.
-**
-** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
-** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
-** good source of random numbers. The lrand48() library function may
-** well be good enough. But maybe not. Or maybe lrand48() has some
-** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems. It is hard
-** to know. To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
-** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
-** on RC4, which we know works very well.
-**
-** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
-** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same.
+** Return N random bytes.
*/
-static u8 randomByte(void){
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
unsigned char t;
-
+ unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
/* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
@@ -19875,6 +21916,16 @@ static u8 randomByte(void){
# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+#endif
+
+ if( N<=0 ){
+ wsdPrng.isInit = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return;
+ }
/* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does
@@ -19903,29 +21954,16 @@ static u8 randomByte(void){
wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
}
- /* Generate and return single random byte
- */
- wsdPrng.i++;
- t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
- wsdPrng.j += t;
- wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
- wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
- t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
- return wsdPrng.s[t];
-}
-
-/*
-** Return N random bytes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
- unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- while( N-- ){
- *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
- }
+ assert( N>0 );
+ do{
+ wsdPrng.i++;
+ t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+ wsdPrng.j += t;
+ wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+ wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
+ t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+ *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t];
+ }while( --N );
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}
@@ -19954,12 +21992,273 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
);
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
- GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0;
-}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file threads.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2012 July 21
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file presents a simple cross-platform threading interface for
+** use internally by SQLite.
+**
+** A "thread" can be created using sqlite3ThreadCreate(). This thread
+** runs independently of its creator until it is joined using
+** sqlite3ThreadJoin(), at which point it terminates.
+**
+** Threads do not have to be real. It could be that the work of the
+** "thread" is done by the main thread at either the sqlite3ThreadCreate()
+** or sqlite3ThreadJoin() call. This is, in fact, what happens in
+** single threaded systems. Nothing in SQLite requires multiple threads.
+** This interface exists so that applications that want to take advantage
+** of multiple cores can do so, while also allowing applications to stay
+** single-threaded if desired.
+*/
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+
+/********************************* Unix Pthreads ****************************/
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+
+#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1 /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
+/* #include <pthread.h> */
+
+/* A running thread */
+struct SQLiteThread {
+ pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID */
+ int done; /* Set to true when thread finishes */
+ void *pOut; /* Result returned by the thread */
+ void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The thread routine */
+ void *pIn; /* Argument to the thread */
+};
+
+/* Create a new thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
+ SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
+ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+ SQLiteThread *p;
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( ppThread!=0 );
+ assert( xTask!=0 );
+ /* This routine is never used in single-threaded mode */
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex!=0 );
+
+ *ppThread = 0;
+ p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ p->xTask = xTask;
+ p->pIn = pIn;
+ if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
+ rc = 1;
+ }else{
+ rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn);
+ }
+ if( rc ){
+ p->done = 1;
+ p->pOut = xTask(pIn);
+ }
+ *ppThread = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Get the results of the thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( ppOut!=0 );
+ if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( p->done ){
+ *ppOut = p->pOut;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ rc = pthread_join(p->tid, ppOut) ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) */
+/******************************** End Unix Pthreads *************************/
+
+
+/********************************* Win32 Threads ****************************/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+
+#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1 /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
+#include <process.h>
+
+/* A running thread */
+struct SQLiteThread {
+ void *tid; /* The thread handle */
+ unsigned id; /* The thread identifier */
+ void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The routine to run as a thread */
+ void *pIn; /* Argument to xTask */
+ void *pResult; /* Result of xTask */
+};
+
+/* Thread procedure Win32 compatibility shim */
+static unsigned __stdcall sqlite3ThreadProc(
+ void *pArg /* IN: Pointer to the SQLiteThread structure */
+){
+ SQLiteThread *p = (SQLiteThread *)pArg;
+
+ assert( p!=0 );
+#if 0
+ /*
+ ** This assert appears to trigger spuriously on certain
+ ** versions of Windows, possibly due to _beginthreadex()
+ ** and/or CreateThread() not fully setting their thread
+ ** ID parameter before starting the thread.
+ */
+ assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() );
+#endif
+ assert( p->xTask!=0 );
+ p->pResult = p->xTask(p->pIn);
+
+ _endthreadex(0);
+ return 0; /* NOT REACHED */
+}
+
+/* Create a new thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
+ SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
+ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+ SQLiteThread *p;
+
+ assert( ppThread!=0 );
+ assert( xTask!=0 );
+ *ppThread = 0;
+ p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ }else{
+ p->xTask = xTask;
+ p->pIn = pIn;
+ p->tid = (void*)_beginthreadex(0, 0, sqlite3ThreadProc, p, 0, &p->id);
+ if( p->tid==0 ){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ }
+ }
+ if( p->xTask==0 ){
+ p->id = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ p->pResult = xTask(pIn);
+ }
+ *ppThread = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject); /* os_win.c */
+
+/* Get the results of the thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
+ DWORD rc;
+ BOOL bRc;
+
+ assert( ppOut!=0 );
+ if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( p->xTask==0 ){
+ assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() );
+ rc = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+ assert( p->tid==0 );
+ }else{
+ assert( p->id!=0 && p->id!=GetCurrentThreadId() );
+ rc = sqlite3Win32Wait((HANDLE)p->tid);
+ assert( rc!=WAIT_IO_COMPLETION );
+ bRc = CloseHandle((HANDLE)p->tid);
+ assert( bRc );
+ }
+ if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return (rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
+/******************************** End Win32 Threads *************************/
+
+
+/********************************* Single-Threaded **************************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED
+/*
+** This implementation does not actually create a new thread. It does the
+** work of the thread in the main thread, when either the thread is created
+** or when it is joined
+*/
+
+/* A running thread */
+struct SQLiteThread {
+ void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The routine to run as a thread */
+ void *pIn; /* Argument to xTask */
+ void *pResult; /* Result of xTask */
+};
+
+/* Create a new thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
+ SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
+ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+ SQLiteThread *p;
+
+ assert( ppThread!=0 );
+ assert( xTask!=0 );
+ *ppThread = 0;
+ p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p)/17)&1 ){
+ p->xTask = xTask;
+ p->pIn = pIn;
+ }else{
+ p->xTask = 0;
+ p->pResult = xTask(pIn);
+ }
+ *ppThread = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Get the results of the thread */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
+
+ assert( ppOut!=0 );
+ if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( p->xTask ){
+ *ppOut = p->xTask(p->pIn);
+ }else{
+ *ppOut = p->pResult;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ {
+ void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);
+ if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED) */
+/****************************** End Single-Threaded *************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
+
+/************** End of threads.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 13
@@ -19996,6 +22295,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows
**
*/
+/* #include <assert.h> */
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
@@ -20108,8 +22408,8 @@ static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
** invalid characters.
**
-** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
-** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length
+** * This routine accepts over-length UTF8 encodings
+** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It does not change over-length
** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
*/
#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \
@@ -20124,25 +22424,23 @@ static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
|| (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
- const unsigned char *zIn, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
- const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
+ const unsigned char **pz /* Pointer to string from which to read char */
){
unsigned int c;
/* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
*/
- c = *(zIn++);
+ c = *((*pz)++);
if( c>=0xc0 ){
c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
- while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
- c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));
+ while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
+ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++));
}
if( c<0x80
|| (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
|| (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; }
}
- *pzNext = zIn;
return c;
}
@@ -20161,7 +22459,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */
unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */
@@ -20243,7 +22541,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
/* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
}
@@ -20251,7 +22548,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
/* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
}
@@ -20278,12 +22574,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
*z = 0;
assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+ c = pMem->flags;
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&MEM_AffMask);
pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
- pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
+ pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
translate_out:
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -20379,7 +22676,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
u32 c;
while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
- c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, (const u8**)&zIn);
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&zIn);
if( c!=0xfffd ){
WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
}
@@ -20409,37 +22706,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 e
}
assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
- assert( (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
return m.z;
}
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to the UTF-16 encoding specified by parameter
-** enc. A pointer to the new string is returned, and the value of *pnOut
-** is set to the length of the returned string in bytes. The call should
-** arrange to call sqlite3DbFree() on the returned pointer when it is
-** no longer required.
-**
-** If a malloc failure occurs, NULL is returned and the db.mallocFailed
-** flag set.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc, char *z, int n, int *pnOut){
- Mem m;
- memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
- m.db = db;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(&m, enc) ){
- assert( db->mallocFailed );
- return 0;
- }
- assert( m.z==m.zMalloc );
- *pnOut = m.n;
- return m.z;
-}
-#endif
-
/*
** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
@@ -20484,7 +22754,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
- c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, (const u8**)&z);
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z);
t = i;
if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
@@ -20538,6 +22808,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
*/
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
# include <math.h>
#endif
@@ -20552,6 +22823,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
}
#endif
+/*
+** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults
+** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means
+** of inputs.
+**
+** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know
+** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit.
+**
+** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return
+** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){
+ int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback;
+ return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
@@ -20614,6 +22903,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}
+/*
+** Set the current error code to err_code and clear any prior error message.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ db->errCode = err_code;
+ if( db->pErr ) sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
+}
+
/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
@@ -20635,19 +22933,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
- if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
- db->errCode = err_code;
- if( zFormat ){
- char *z;
- va_list ap;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
- }else{
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ db->errCode = err_code;
+ if( zFormat==0 ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, err_code);
+ }else if( db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0 ){
+ char *z;
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
}
@@ -20661,12 +22958,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat,
** %T Insert a token
** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
-** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs while
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
-** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
-** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+** Functions sqlite3Error() or sqlite3ErrorWithMsg() should be used
+** during statement execution (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
char *zMsg;
@@ -20699,7 +22996,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
** occur.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
-** brackets from around identifers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** brackets from around identifiers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
@@ -20714,7 +23011,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
default: return -1;
}
- for(i=1, j=0; ALWAYS(z[i]); i++){
+ for(i=1, j=0;; i++){
+ assert( z[i] );
if( z[i]==quote ){
if( z[i+1]==quote ){
z[j++] = quote;
@@ -20737,13 +23035,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because
** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20522-24639 The sqlite3_strnicmp() API allows
-** applications and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers
-** containing UTF-8 strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same
-** definition of case independence that SQLite uses internally when
-** comparing identifiers.
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and
+** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare
+** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
+** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
register unsigned char *a, *b;
a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
@@ -20782,7 +23080,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+ int incr;
const char *zEnd = z + length;
/* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */
@@ -20793,10 +23091,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 en
int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
double result;
int nDigits = 0;
+ int nonNum = 0;
+ assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
*pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ incr = 1;
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ incr = 2;
+ assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+ for(i=3-enc; i<length && z[i]==0; i+=2){}
+ nonNum = i<length;
+ zEnd = z+i+enc-3;
+ z += (enc&1);
+ }
/* skip leading spaces */
while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
@@ -20852,7 +23162,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 en
}
/* copy digits to exponent */
while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
- e = e*10 + (*z - '0');
+ e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000;
z+=incr;
eValid = 1;
}
@@ -20892,7 +23202,7 @@ do_atof_calc:
/* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
** and store in result. */
if( e ){
- double scale = 1.0;
+ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
/* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
if( e>307 && e<342 ){
while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
@@ -20903,6 +23213,12 @@ do_atof_calc:
result = s * scale;
result *= 1.0e+308;
}
+ }else if( e>=342 ){
+ if( esign<0 ){
+ result = 0.0*s;
+ }else{
+ result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */
+ }
}else{
/* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be
** represented exactly. */
@@ -20923,7 +23239,7 @@ do_atof_calc:
*pResult = result;
/* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
- return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid;
+ return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0;
#else
return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
@@ -20960,33 +23276,45 @@ static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
return c;
}
-
/*
-** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.
+** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. zNum must be decimal. This
+** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation.
**
** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement
** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
**
-** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854665808, return 2. This special
-** case is broken out because while 9223372036854665808 cannot be a
-** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854665808 can be.
+** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2. This special
+** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a
+** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
**
** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
-** 9223372036854665808 then return 1.
+** 9223372036854775808 or if zNum contains any non-numeric text,
+** then return 1.
**
** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is
** given by enc.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
- int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+ int incr;
u64 u = 0;
int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
int i;
int c = 0;
+ int nonNum = 0;
const char *zStart;
const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) zNum++;
+ assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ incr = 1;
+ }else{
+ incr = 2;
+ assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+ for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){}
+ nonNum = i<length;
+ zEnd = zNum+i+enc-3;
+ zNum += (enc&1);
+ }
while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
if( zNum<zEnd ){
if( *zNum=='-' ){
@@ -21002,7 +23330,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc
u = u*10 + c - '0';
}
if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
- *pNum = SMALLEST_INT64;
+ *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
}else if( neg ){
*pNum = -(i64)u;
}else{
@@ -21011,7 +23339,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc
testcase( i==18 );
testcase( i==19 );
testcase( i==20 );
- if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr ){
+ if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr || nonNum ){
/* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
return 1;
@@ -21033,16 +23361,49 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc
/* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The
** special case 2 overflow if positive */
assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
- assert( (*pNum)==SMALLEST_INT64 );
return neg ? 0 : 2;
}
}
}
+/*
+** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal,
+** into a 64-bit signed integer. This routine accepts hexadecimal literals,
+** whereas sqlite3Atoi64() does not.
+**
+** Returns:
+**
+** 0 Successful transformation. Fits in a 64-bit signed integer.
+** 1 Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed
+** 2 Special case of 9223372036854775808
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char *z, i64 *pOut){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+ if( z[0]=='0'
+ && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X')
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2])
+ ){
+ u64 u = 0;
+ int i, k;
+ for(i=2; z[i]=='0'; i++){}
+ for(k=i; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[k]); k++){
+ u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(z[k]);
+ }
+ memcpy(pOut, &u, 8);
+ return (z[k]==0 && k-i<=16) ? 0 : 1;
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER */
+ {
+ return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pOut, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+ }
+}
+
/*
** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false.
**
+** This routine accepts both decimal and hexadecimal notation for integers.
+**
** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
** input number to be zero-terminated.
@@ -21057,7 +23418,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
}else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
zNum++;
}
- while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+ else if( zNum[0]=='0'
+ && (zNum[1]=='x' || zNum[1]=='X')
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[2])
+ ){
+ u32 u = 0;
+ zNum += 2;
+ while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i]) && i<8; i++){
+ u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(zNum[i]);
+ }
+ if( (u&0x80000000)==0 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i])==0 ){
+ memcpy(pValue, &u, 4);
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
v = v*10 + c;
}
@@ -21121,7 +23500,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
int i, j, n;
u8 buf[10];
if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
@@ -21145,28 +23524,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
}
return n;
}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
-** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
-** the common case of small integers. A MACRO version, putVarint32,
-** is provided which inlines the single-byte case. All code should use
-** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
-** already been handled.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
-#ifndef putVarint32
- if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
- p[0] = v;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+ if( v<=0x7f ){
+ p[0] = v&0x7f;
return 1;
}
-#endif
- if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
- p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
- p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
+ if( v<=0x3fff ){
+ p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80;
+ p[1] = v&0x7f;
return 2;
}
- return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
+ return putVarint64(p,v);
}
/*
@@ -21493,7 +23861,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
- return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+ testcase( p[0]&0x80 );
+ return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
@@ -21614,13 +23983,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
- *pA += iB;
}else{
testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
- *pA += iB;
}
+ *pA += iB;
return 0;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
@@ -21644,9 +24012,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32;
iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32;
iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32;
- if( iA1*iB1 != 0 ) return 1;
- assert( iA1*iB0==0 || iA0*iB1==0 );
- r = iA1*iB0 + iA0*iB1;
+ if( iA1==0 ){
+ if( iB1==0 ){
+ *pA *= iB;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ r = iA0*iB1;
+ }else if( iB1==0 ){
+ r = iA1*iB0;
+ }else{
+ /* If both iA1 and iB1 are non-zero, overflow will result */
+ return 1;
+ }
testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 );
testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) );
testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 );
@@ -21670,30 +24047,114 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
/*
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAME is set at compile-time and if the database
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
** characters of the original suffix.
**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
+** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
+**
** Examples:
**
** test.db-journal => test.nal
** test.db-wal => test.wal
** test.db-shm => test.shm
+** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
- const char *zOk;
- zOk = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names");
- if( zOk && sqlite3GetBoolean(zOk) ){
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
+ if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) )
+#endif
+ {
int i, sz;
sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
- if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memcpy(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
+ if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
}
}
#endif
+/*
+** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is
+** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
+** value.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
+ static const unsigned char x[] = {
+ 10, 10, /* 0,1 */
+ 9, 9, /* 2,3 */
+ 8, 8, /* 4,5 */
+ 7, 7, 7, /* 6,7,8 */
+ 6, 6, 6, /* 9,10,11 */
+ 5, 5, 5, /* 12-14 */
+ 4, 4, 4, 4, /* 15-18 */
+ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, /* 19-24 */
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* 25-31 */
+ };
+ if( a>=b ){
+ if( a>b+49 ) return a;
+ if( a>b+31 ) return a+1;
+ return a+x[a-b];
+ }else{
+ if( b>a+49 ) return b;
+ if( b>a+31 ) return b+1;
+ return b+x[b-a];
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an integer into a LogEst. In other words, compute an
+** approximation for 10*log2(x).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){
+ static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
+ LogEst y = 40;
+ if( x<8 ){
+ if( x<2 ) return 0;
+ while( x<8 ){ y -= 10; x <<= 1; }
+ }else{
+ while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; }
+ while( x>15 ){ y += 10; x >>= 1; }
+ }
+ return a[x&7] + y - 10;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Convert a double into a LogEst
+** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){
+ u64 a;
+ LogEst e;
+ assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 );
+ if( x<=1 ) return 0;
+ if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x);
+ memcpy(&a, &x, 8);
+ e = (a>>52) - 1022;
+ return e*10;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** Convert a LogEst into an integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
+ u64 n;
+ if( x<10 ) return 1;
+ n = x%10;
+ x /= 10;
+ if( n>=5 ) n -= 2;
+ else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1;
+ if( x>=3 ){
+ return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3);
+ }
+ return (n+8)>>(3-x);
+}
+
/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
/*
@@ -21710,6 +24171,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
*/
+/* #include <assert.h> */
/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
@@ -21748,12 +24210,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
/*
** The hashing function.
*/
-static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){
- int h = 0;
- assert( nKey>=0 );
- while( nKey > 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
- nKey--;
+static unsigned int strHash(const char *z){
+ unsigned int h = 0;
+ unsigned char c;
+ while( (c = (unsigned char)*z++)!=0 ){
+ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
}
return h;
}
@@ -21809,7 +24270,11 @@ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
/* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the
- ** allocation as a benign.
+ ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of
+ ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
+ ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
+ ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
+ ** may be larger than the requested amount).
*/
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
@@ -21821,7 +24286,7 @@ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
- unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
+ unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey) % new_size;
next_elem = elem->next;
insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
}
@@ -21829,28 +24294,33 @@ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
}
/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key is
+** also computed and returned in the *pH parameter.
*/
-static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+static HashElem *findElementWithHash(
const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
const char *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
- int nKey, /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
- unsigned int h /* The hash for this key. */
+ unsigned int *pHash /* Write the hash value here */
){
HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
+ unsigned int h; /* The computed hash */
if( pH->ht ){
- struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+ struct _ht *pEntry;
+ h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
+ pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
elem = pEntry->chain;
count = pEntry->count;
}else{
+ h = 0;
elem = pH->first;
count = pH->count;
}
- while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){
- if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
+ *pHash = h;
+ while( count-- ){
+ assert( elem!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
@@ -21885,7 +24355,7 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash(
}
sqlite3_free( elem );
pH->count--;
- if( pH->count<=0 ){
+ if( pH->count==0 ){
assert( pH->first==0 );
assert( pH->count==0 );
sqlite3HashClear(pH);
@@ -21893,26 +24363,20 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash(
}
/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
+** that matches pKey. Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey){
HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
unsigned int h; /* A hash on key */
assert( pH!=0 );
assert( pKey!=0 );
- assert( nKey>=0 );
- if( pH->ht ){
- h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
- }else{
- h = 0;
- }
- elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
+ elem = findElementWithHash(pH, pKey, &h);
return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
@@ -21926,20 +24390,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey)
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, void *data){
unsigned int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
assert( pH!=0 );
assert( pKey!=0 );
- assert( nKey>=0 );
- if( pH->htsize ){
- h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
- }else{
- h = 0;
- }
- elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+ elem = findElementWithHash(pH,pKey,&h);
if( elem ){
void *old_data = elem->data;
if( data==0 ){
@@ -21947,7 +24405,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, voi
}else{
elem->data = data;
elem->pKey = pKey;
- assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
}
return old_data;
}
@@ -21955,20 +24412,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, voi
new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
new_elem->pKey = pKey;
- new_elem->nKey = nKey;
new_elem->data = data;
pH->count++;
if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
assert( pH->htsize>0 );
- h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+ h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
}
}
- if( pH->ht ){
- insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
- }else{
- insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
- }
+ insertElement(pH, pH->ht ? &pH->ht[h] : 0, new_elem);
return 0;
}
@@ -21976,163 +24428,178 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, voi
/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X
+#else
+# define OpHelp(X)
+#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
- /* 1 */ "Goto",
- /* 2 */ "Gosub",
- /* 3 */ "Return",
- /* 4 */ "Yield",
- /* 5 */ "HaltIfNull",
- /* 6 */ "Halt",
- /* 7 */ "Integer",
- /* 8 */ "Int64",
- /* 9 */ "String",
- /* 10 */ "Null",
- /* 11 */ "Blob",
- /* 12 */ "Variable",
- /* 13 */ "Move",
- /* 14 */ "Copy",
- /* 15 */ "SCopy",
- /* 16 */ "ResultRow",
- /* 17 */ "CollSeq",
- /* 18 */ "Function",
- /* 19 */ "Not",
- /* 20 */ "AddImm",
- /* 21 */ "MustBeInt",
- /* 22 */ "RealAffinity",
- /* 23 */ "Permutation",
- /* 24 */ "Compare",
- /* 25 */ "Jump",
- /* 26 */ "If",
- /* 27 */ "IfNot",
- /* 28 */ "Column",
- /* 29 */ "Affinity",
- /* 30 */ "MakeRecord",
- /* 31 */ "Count",
- /* 32 */ "Savepoint",
- /* 33 */ "AutoCommit",
- /* 34 */ "Transaction",
- /* 35 */ "ReadCookie",
- /* 36 */ "SetCookie",
- /* 37 */ "VerifyCookie",
- /* 38 */ "OpenRead",
- /* 39 */ "OpenWrite",
- /* 40 */ "OpenAutoindex",
- /* 41 */ "OpenEphemeral",
- /* 42 */ "OpenPseudo",
- /* 43 */ "Close",
- /* 44 */ "SeekLt",
- /* 45 */ "SeekLe",
- /* 46 */ "SeekGe",
- /* 47 */ "SeekGt",
- /* 48 */ "Seek",
- /* 49 */ "NotFound",
- /* 50 */ "Found",
- /* 51 */ "IsUnique",
- /* 52 */ "NotExists",
- /* 53 */ "Sequence",
- /* 54 */ "NewRowid",
- /* 55 */ "Insert",
- /* 56 */ "InsertInt",
- /* 57 */ "Delete",
- /* 58 */ "ResetCount",
- /* 59 */ "RowKey",
- /* 60 */ "RowData",
- /* 61 */ "Rowid",
- /* 62 */ "NullRow",
- /* 63 */ "Last",
- /* 64 */ "Sort",
- /* 65 */ "Rewind",
- /* 66 */ "Prev",
- /* 67 */ "Next",
- /* 68 */ "Or",
- /* 69 */ "And",
- /* 70 */ "IdxInsert",
- /* 71 */ "IdxDelete",
- /* 72 */ "IdxRowid",
- /* 73 */ "IsNull",
- /* 74 */ "NotNull",
- /* 75 */ "Ne",
- /* 76 */ "Eq",
- /* 77 */ "Gt",
- /* 78 */ "Le",
- /* 79 */ "Lt",
- /* 80 */ "Ge",
- /* 81 */ "IdxLT",
- /* 82 */ "BitAnd",
- /* 83 */ "BitOr",
- /* 84 */ "ShiftLeft",
- /* 85 */ "ShiftRight",
- /* 86 */ "Add",
- /* 87 */ "Subtract",
- /* 88 */ "Multiply",
- /* 89 */ "Divide",
- /* 90 */ "Remainder",
- /* 91 */ "Concat",
- /* 92 */ "IdxGE",
- /* 93 */ "BitNot",
- /* 94 */ "String8",
- /* 95 */ "Destroy",
- /* 96 */ "Clear",
- /* 97 */ "CreateIndex",
- /* 98 */ "CreateTable",
- /* 99 */ "ParseSchema",
- /* 100 */ "LoadAnalysis",
- /* 101 */ "DropTable",
- /* 102 */ "DropIndex",
- /* 103 */ "DropTrigger",
- /* 104 */ "IntegrityCk",
- /* 105 */ "RowSetAdd",
- /* 106 */ "RowSetRead",
- /* 107 */ "RowSetTest",
- /* 108 */ "Program",
- /* 109 */ "Param",
- /* 110 */ "FkCounter",
- /* 111 */ "FkIfZero",
- /* 112 */ "MemMax",
- /* 113 */ "IfPos",
- /* 114 */ "IfNeg",
- /* 115 */ "IfZero",
- /* 116 */ "AggStep",
- /* 117 */ "AggFinal",
- /* 118 */ "Checkpoint",
- /* 119 */ "JournalMode",
- /* 120 */ "Vacuum",
- /* 121 */ "IncrVacuum",
- /* 122 */ "Expire",
- /* 123 */ "TableLock",
- /* 124 */ "VBegin",
- /* 125 */ "VCreate",
- /* 126 */ "VDestroy",
- /* 127 */ "VOpen",
- /* 128 */ "VFilter",
- /* 129 */ "VColumn",
- /* 130 */ "Real",
- /* 131 */ "VNext",
- /* 132 */ "VRename",
- /* 133 */ "VUpdate",
- /* 134 */ "Pagecount",
- /* 135 */ "MaxPgcnt",
- /* 136 */ "Trace",
- /* 137 */ "Noop",
- /* 138 */ "Explain",
- /* 139 */ "NotUsed_139",
- /* 140 */ "NotUsed_140",
- /* 141 */ "ToText",
- /* 142 */ "ToBlob",
- /* 143 */ "ToNumeric",
- /* 144 */ "ToInt",
- /* 145 */ "ToReal",
+ /* 1 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
+ /* 2 */ "Savepoint" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 3 */ "AutoCommit" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 4 */ "Transaction" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 5 */ "SorterNext" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 6 */ "PrevIfOpen" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 7 */ "NextIfOpen" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 8 */ "Prev" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 9 */ "Next" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 10 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
+ /* 11 */ "Checkpoint" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 12 */ "JournalMode" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 13 */ "Vacuum" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 14 */ "VFilter" OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"),
+ /* 15 */ "VUpdate" OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"),
+ /* 16 */ "Goto" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 17 */ "Gosub" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 18 */ "Return" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 19 */ "Not" OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"),
+ /* 20 */ "InitCoroutine" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 21 */ "EndCoroutine" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 22 */ "Yield" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 23 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"),
+ /* 24 */ "Halt" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 25 */ "Integer" OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"),
+ /* 26 */ "Int64" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
+ /* 27 */ "String" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"),
+ /* 28 */ "Null" OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"),
+ /* 29 */ "SoftNull" OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"),
+ /* 30 */ "Blob" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"),
+ /* 31 */ "Variable" OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"),
+ /* 32 */ "Move" OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"),
+ /* 33 */ "Copy" OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"),
+ /* 34 */ "SCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
+ /* 35 */ "ResultRow" OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"),
+ /* 36 */ "CollSeq" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 37 */ "AddImm" OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"),
+ /* 38 */ "MustBeInt" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 39 */ "RealAffinity" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 40 */ "Cast" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1])"),
+ /* 41 */ "Permutation" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 42 */ "Compare" OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
+ /* 43 */ "Jump" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 44 */ "Once" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 45 */ "If" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 46 */ "IfNot" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 47 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
+ /* 48 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
+ /* 49 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
+ /* 50 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
+ /* 51 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 52 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 53 */ "ReopenIdx" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+ /* 54 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+ /* 55 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+ /* 56 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+ /* 57 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+ /* 58 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 59 */ "SequenceTest" OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
+ /* 60 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
+ /* 61 */ "Close" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 62 */ "SeekLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 63 */ "SeekLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 64 */ "SeekGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 65 */ "SeekGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 66 */ "Seek" OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"),
+ /* 67 */ "NoConflict" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 68 */ "NotFound" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 69 */ "Found" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 70 */ "NotExists" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
+ /* 71 */ "Or" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
+ /* 72 */ "And" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),
+ /* 73 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
+ /* 74 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+ /* 75 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
+ /* 76 */ "IsNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
+ /* 77 */ "NotNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
+ /* 78 */ "Ne" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"),
+ /* 79 */ "Eq" OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"),
+ /* 80 */ "Gt" OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"),
+ /* 81 */ "Le" OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"),
+ /* 82 */ "Lt" OpHelp("if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2"),
+ /* 83 */ "Ge" OpHelp("if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2"),
+ /* 84 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
+ /* 85 */ "BitAnd" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
+ /* 86 */ "BitOr" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
+ /* 87 */ "ShiftLeft" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
+ /* 88 */ "ShiftRight" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
+ /* 89 */ "Add" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
+ /* 90 */ "Subtract" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
+ /* 91 */ "Multiply" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
+ /* 92 */ "Divide" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
+ /* 93 */ "Remainder" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
+ /* 94 */ "Concat" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
+ /* 95 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 96 */ "BitNot" OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
+ /* 97 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
+ /* 98 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 99 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
+ /* 100 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+ /* 101 */ "RowKey" OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
+ /* 102 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+ /* 103 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+ /* 104 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 105 */ "Last" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 106 */ "SorterSort" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 107 */ "Sort" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 108 */ "Rewind" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 109 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 110 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+ /* 111 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
+ /* 112 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+ /* 113 */ "IdxLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 114 */ "IdxGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 115 */ "IdxLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 116 */ "IdxGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+ /* 117 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 118 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 119 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 120 */ "CreateIndex" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
+ /* 121 */ "CreateTable" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
+ /* 122 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 123 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 124 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 125 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 126 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 127 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 128 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
+ /* 129 */ "RowSetRead" OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),
+ /* 130 */ "RowSetTest" OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
+ /* 131 */ "Program" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 132 */ "Param" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 133 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
+ /* 134 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
+ /* 135 */ "FkIfZero" OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),
+ /* 136 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
+ /* 137 */ "IfPos" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"),
+ /* 138 */ "IfNeg" OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2"),
+ /* 139 */ "IfZero" OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"),
+ /* 140 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
+ /* 141 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 142 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 143 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
+ /* 144 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 145 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 146 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 147 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 148 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
+ /* 149 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 150 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 151 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 152 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 153 */ "Init" OpHelp("Start at P2"),
+ /* 154 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""),
+ /* 155 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""),
};
return azName[i];
}
#endif
/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_os2.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2006 Feb 14
+** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -22143,49 +24610,255 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
+** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
+** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
+**
+** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
+** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default
+** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations
+** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
+** skip locking all together.
+**
+** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
+** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE
+** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed
+** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
+**
+** The layout of divisions is as follows:
+**
+** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
+** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
+** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
+** + for Posix Advisory Locks
+** + for no-op locks
+** + for dot-file locks
+** + for flock() locking
+** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
+** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
+** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
+** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
+** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
+** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
+** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
+** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
+** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
*/
-
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_OS2
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */
/*
-** A Note About Memory Allocation:
-**
-** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
-** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers
-** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
-** malloc failures happen frequently. OS/2 does not typically run on
-** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
-** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not
-** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
+** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
+** control:
**
-** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the
-** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
-** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We
-** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
-** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
-** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
-** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
-** code. Better to leave the code out, we think.
+** 1. POSIX locking (the default),
+** 2. No locking,
+** 3. Dot-file locking,
+** 4. flock() locking,
+** 5. AFP locking (OSX only),
+** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
+** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
**
-** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new
-** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
-** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on OS/2
-** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
+** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
+** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
+** where the database is located.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+# if defined(__APPLE__)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+# else
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on
+** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
+*/
+#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
+# if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+# define OS_VXWORKS 1
+# else
+# define OS_VXWORKS 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+/* #include <time.h> */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || OS_VXWORKS
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# if OS_VXWORKS
+# include <semaphore.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# else
+# include <sys/file.h>
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+# include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1
+
+/*
+** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
+** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+/* # include <pthread.h> */
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating a new file
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum supported path-length.
+*/
+#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
+
+/*
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
+** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
+*/
+#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */
+typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */
+typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */
+typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */
+
+/*
+** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
+** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
+** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
+** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
+*/
+struct UnixUnusedFd {
+ int fd; /* File descriptor to close */
+ int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
+ UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
+};
+
+/*
+** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
+** VFS implementations.
+*/
+typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
+struct unixFile {
+ sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */
+ int h; /* The file descriptor */
+ unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+ unsigned short int ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */
+ int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
+ void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
+ const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */
+ unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */
+ int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */
+ sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */
+ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */
+ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
+ void *pMapRegion; /* Memory mapped region */
+#endif
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+ int sectorSize; /* Device sector size */
+ int deviceCharacteristics; /* Precomputed device characteristics */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
+ unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
+ ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
+ ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will
+ ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
+ ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
+ ** one described by ticket #3584.
+ */
+ unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */
+ unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */
+ unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
+ ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
+ */
+ char aPadding[32];
+#endif
+};
+
+/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness()
+** method was called. If xOpen() is called from a different process id,
+** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset.
*/
+static int randomnessPid = 0;
/*
-** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1
+#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */
+#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */
+#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */
+#else
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00
#endif
+#define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
+#define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */
+#define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */
+#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */
+#define UNIXFILE_WARNED 0x0100 /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */
/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_os2.c ****************/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
@@ -22218,11 +24891,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+ int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
-#define OSTRACE(X)
+# define OSTRACE(X)
#endif
/*
@@ -22390,3364 +25066,2484 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/
-
-/* Forward references */
-typedef struct os2File os2File; /* The file structure */
-typedef struct os2ShmNode os2ShmNode; /* A shared descritive memory node */
-typedef struct os2ShmLink os2ShmLink; /* A connection to shared-memory */
-
-/*
-** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2
-** protability layer.
-*/
-struct os2File {
- const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */
- HFILE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
- int flags; /* Flags provided to os2Open() */
- int locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
- int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
- char *zFullPathCp; /* Full path name of this file */
- os2ShmLink *pShmLink; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
-};
-
-#define LOCK_TIMEOUT 10L /* the default locking timeout */
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
/*
-** Missing from some versions of the OS/2 toolkit -
-** used to allocate from high memory if possible
+** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
*/
-#ifndef OBJ_ANY
-# define OBJ_ANY 0x00000400
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
#endif
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
/*
-** Close a file.
+** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for
+** testing and debugging only.
*/
-static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){
- APIRET rc;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-
- assert( id!=0 );
- OSTRACE(( "CLOSE %d (%s)\n", pFile->h, pFile->zFullPathCp ));
-
- rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
-
- if( pFile->flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE )
- DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->zFullPathCp );
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#define threadid pthread_self()
+#else
+#define threadid 0
+#endif
- free( pFile->zFullPathCp );
- pFile->zFullPathCp = NULL;
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
- pFile->h = (HFILE)-1;
- pFile->flags = 0;
+/*
+** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else.
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP)
+# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define HAVE_MREMAP 1
+# else
+# define HAVE_MREMAP 0
+# endif
+#endif
- OpenCounter( -1 );
- return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
+/*
+** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek()
+** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef __ANDROID__
+# define lseek lseek64
+#endif
/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
+** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use
+** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...).
+** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
+**
+** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
+** which always has the same well-defined interface.
*/
-static int os2Read(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */
- void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */
- sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
- ULONG fileLocation = 0L;
- ULONG got;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ );
- OSTRACE(( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
- if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
- }
- if( DosRead( pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got ) != NO_ERROR ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- }
- if( got == (ULONG)amt )
- return SQLITE_OK;
- else {
- /* Unread portions of the input buffer must be zero-filled */
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
- }
+static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
+ return open(zFile, flags, mode);
}
/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
+** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
+** log if they come from non-root processes. So avoid calling fchown() if
+** we are not running as root.
*/
-static int os2Write(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */
- const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */
- sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
- ULONG fileLocation = 0L;
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
- ULONG wrote;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE );
- SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
- OSTRACE(( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
- if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
- }
- assert( amt>0 );
- while( amt > 0 &&
- ( rc = DosWrite( pFile->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote ) ) == NO_ERROR &&
- wrote > 0
- ){
- amt -= wrote;
- pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
- }
-
- return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK;
+static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ return 0;
+#else
+ return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);
+#endif
}
+/* Forward reference */
+static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
+static int unixGetpagesize(void);
+
/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
*/
-static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){
- APIRET rc;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- assert( id!=0 );
- OSTRACE(( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte ));
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+static struct unix_syscall {
+ const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+ { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 },
+#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
- /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
- ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
- ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
- ** size).
- */
- if( pFile->szChunk ){
- nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
- }
-
- rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte );
- return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
-}
+ { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 },
+#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+ { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 },
+#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+ { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 },
+#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+ { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 },
+#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect?
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+ { "fstat", 0, 0 },
+#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0
+#else
+ { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 },
+#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
#endif
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-*/
-static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- OSTRACE(( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){
- sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
- }
- sqlite3_sync_count++;
+ { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 },
+#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+ { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 },
+#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+ { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 },
+#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
+ { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 },
+#else
+ { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
#endif
- /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
- ** no-op
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 },
#else
- return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+ { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
#endif
-}
+#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
- FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
- memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT );
- rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
- if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
- *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
- }
-}
+ { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 },
+#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
-/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-*/
-static int getReadLock( os2File *pFile ){
- FILELOCK LockArea,
- UnlockArea;
- APIRET res;
- memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
- memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
- LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
- LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
- res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
- OSTRACE(( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- return res;
-}
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
+ { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 },
+#else
+ { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+ aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
-/*
-** Undo a readlock
-*/
-static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){
- FILELOCK LockArea,
- UnlockArea;
- APIRET res;
- memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
- memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
- LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- LockArea.lRange = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
- UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
- res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res ));
- return res;
-}
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 },
+#else
+ { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+ aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. The os2Unlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
-*/
-static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */
- APIRET res = NO_ERROR; /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */
- int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
- int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
- FILELOCK LockArea,
- UnlockArea;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
- memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ));
+ { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 },
+#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
- ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype ));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+ { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 },
+#else
+ { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- */
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 },
+#define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
- /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
- ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
- ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
- */
- newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
- if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
- || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
- ){
- LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
- LockArea.lRange = 1L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+ { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 },
+#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
- /* wait longer than LOCK_TIMEOUT here not to have to try multiple times */
- res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 100L, 0L );
- if( res == NO_ERROR ){
- gotPendingLock = 1;
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- }
- }
+ { "mkdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir, 0 },
+#define osMkdir ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
- /* Acquire a shared lock
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
- res = getReadLock(pFile);
- if( res == NO_ERROR ){
- newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- }
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- }
+ { "rmdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir, 0 },
+#define osRmdir ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
- /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
- */
- if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
- LockArea.lRange = 1L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
- res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- if( res == NO_ERROR ){
- newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
- }
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- }
+ { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown, 0 },
+#define osFchown ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
- /* Acquire a PENDING lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
- newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- gotPendingLock = 0;
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n",
- pFile->h ));
- }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap, 0 },
+#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
- /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
- assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
- res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- OSTRACE(( "unreadlock = %d\n", res ));
- LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
- LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
- res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- if( res == NO_ERROR ){
- newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
- }else{
- OSTRACE(( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res ));
- getReadLock(pFile);
- }
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- }
+ { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap, 0 },
+#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
- /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
- ** release it now.
- */
- if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- int r;
- LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- LockArea.lRange = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
- r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r ));
- }
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+ { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap, 0 },
+#else
+ { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+ { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 },
+#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
- /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
- ** return the appropriate result code.
- */
- if( res == NO_ERROR ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
- locktype, newLocktype ));
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
- OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
- return rc;
-}
+#endif
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
-*/
-static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){
- int r = 0;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- r = 1;
- OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r ));
- }else{
- FILELOCK LockArea,
- UnlockArea;
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
- memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
- memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
- LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
- LockArea.lRange = 1L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
- rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc ));
- if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
- APIRET rcu = NO_ERROR; /* return code for unlocking */
- LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- LockArea.lRange = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
- rcu = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu ));
- }
- r = !(rc == NO_ERROR);
- OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r ));
- }
- *pOut = r;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
*/
-static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
- int type;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;
- APIRET res = NO_ERROR;
- FILELOCK LockArea,
- UnlockArea;
- memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
- memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ));
- type = pFile->locktype;
- if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- LockArea.lRange = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
- UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
- res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){
- /* This should never happen. We should always be able to
- ** reacquire the read lock */
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype ));
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- }
- }
- if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- LockArea.lRange = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
- res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- }
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
- res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n",
- pFile->h, type, locktype, res ));
- }
- if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
- LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
- LockArea.lRange = 0L;
- UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
- UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
- res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
- }
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
- return rc;
-}
+static int unixSetSystemCall(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+ unsigned int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
-*/
-static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
- *(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype;
- OSTRACE(( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n",
- ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
- ((os2File*)id)->szChunk = *(int*)pArg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
- sqlite3_int64 sz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- os2Truncate(id, sz);
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+ if( zName==0 ){
+ /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+ ** settings and return NULL
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+ }
}
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+ ** specified.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+ aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+ break;
+ }
}
}
- return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
+** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
*/
-static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
- return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+ const char *zName
+){
+ unsigned int i;
-/*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
-*/
-static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
- return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-
-/*
-** Character set conversion objects used by conversion routines.
-*/
-static UconvObject ucUtf8 = NULL; /* convert between UTF-8 and UCS-2 */
-static UconvObject uclCp = NULL; /* convert between local codepage and UCS-2 */
-
/*
-** Helper function to initialize the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
*/
-static void initUconvObjects( void ){
- if( UniCreateUconvObject( UTF_8, &ucUtf8 ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
- ucUtf8 = NULL;
- if ( UniCreateUconvObject( (UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uclCp ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
- uclCp = NULL;
-}
+static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+ int i = -1;
-/*
-** Helper function to free the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
-*/
-static void freeUconvObjects( void ){
- if ( ucUtf8 )
- UniFreeUconvObject( ucUtf8 );
- if ( uclCp )
- UniFreeUconvObject( uclCp );
- ucUtf8 = NULL;
- uclCp = NULL;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+ if( zName ){
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Helper function to convert UTF-8 filenames to local OS/2 codepage.
-** The two-step process: first convert the incoming UTF-8 string
-** into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the current codepage.
-** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
+** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
+** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for
+** standard input, output, and error.
*/
-static char *convertUtf8PathToCp( const char *in ){
- UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
- char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
-
- if( !out )
- return NULL;
-
- if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
- initUconvObjects();
-
- /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
- if( UniStrToUcs( ucUtf8, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
- return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
-
- /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
- UniStrFromUcs( uclCp, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
-
- return out;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
+# define SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR 3
+#endif
/*
-** Helper function to convert filenames from local codepage to UTF-8.
-** The two-step process: first convert the incoming codepage-specific
-** string into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the codepage of UTF-8.
-** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
+** Invoke open(). Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or
+** fails for some reason other than EINTR.
**
-** This function is non-static to be able to use this in shell.c and
-** similar applications that take command line arguments.
-*/
-char *convertCpPathToUtf8( const char *in ){
- UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
- char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
-
- if( !out )
- return NULL;
-
- if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
- initUconvObjects();
-
- /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
- if( UniStrToUcs( uclCp, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
- return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
-
- /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
- UniStrFromUcs( ucUtf8, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
-
- return out;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-/*
-** Use main database file for interprocess locking. If un-defined
-** a separate file is created for this purpose. The file will be
-** used only to set file locks. There will be no data written to it.
+** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for
+** SQLite. The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally
+** 0644) as modified by the system umask. If m is not 0, then
+** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask.
+**
+** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal,
+** and -shm files. We want those files to have *exactly* the same
+** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask.
+** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a
+** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any
+** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to
+** recover the hot journals.
*/
-#define SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
-
-#if 0
-static void _ERR_TRACE( const char *fmt, ... ) {
- va_list ap;
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
- fflush(stderr);
-}
-#define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg) \
- if( (rc) != SQLITE_OK ) _ERR_TRACE msg;
+static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
+ int fd;
+ mode_t m2 = m ? m : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
+ while(1){
+#if defined(O_CLOEXEC)
+ fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2);
#else
-#define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg)
+ fd = osOpen(z,f,m2);
+#endif
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ if( errno==EINTR ) continue;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
+ osClose(fd);
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,
+ "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
+ fd = -1;
+ if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ if( m!=0 ){
+ struct stat statbuf;
+ if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0
+ && statbuf.st_size==0
+ && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m
+ ){
+ osFchmod(fd, m);
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0)
+ osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
+ }
+ return fd;
+}
/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect os2ShmNodeList.
+** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
+** shared by multiple threads.
**
-** Function os2ShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
** statements. e.g.
**
-** os2ShmEnterMutex()
-** assert( os2ShmMutexHeld() );
-** os2ShmLeaveMutex()
+** unixEnterMutex()
+** assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+** unixEnterLeave()
*/
-static void os2ShmEnterMutex(void){
+static void unixEnterMutex(void){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
-static void os2ShmLeaveMutex(void){
+static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int os2ShmMutexHeld(void) {
+static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
-int GetCurrentProcessId(void) {
- PPIB pib;
- DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &pib);
- return (int)pib->pib_ulpid;
-}
#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Object used to represent a the shared memory area for a single log file.
-** When multiple threads all reference the same log-summary, each thread has
-** its own os2File object, but they all point to a single instance of this
-** object. In other words, each log-summary is opened only once per process.
-**
-** os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
-** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
-**
-** nRef
-** pNext
-**
-** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-**
-** szRegion
-** hLockFile
-** shmBaseName
-**
-** Either os2ShmNode.mutex must be held or os2ShmNode.nRef==0 and
-** os2ShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
-** in this structure.
-**
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string representation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
*/
-struct os2ShmNode {
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
- os2ShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all os2ShmNode objects */
-
- int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
-
- int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
- void **apRegion; /* Array of pointers to shared-memory regions */
-
- int nRef; /* Number of os2ShmLink objects pointing to this */
- os2ShmLink *pFirst; /* First os2ShmLink object pointing to this */
-
- HFILE hLockFile; /* File used for inter-process memory locking */
- char shmBaseName[1]; /* Name of the memory object !!! must last !!! */
-};
-
+static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
+ switch( eFileLock ){
+ case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+ case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+ case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+ case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+ case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+ }
+ return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
/*
-** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
-** open shared memory connection.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
-** are read-only thereafter:
-**
-** os2Shm.pShmNode
-** os2Shm.id
+** Print out information about all locking operations.
**
-** All other fields are read/write. The os2Shm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
-** while accessing any read/write fields.
+** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
+** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally
+** turned off.
*/
-struct os2ShmLink {
- os2ShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying os2ShmNode object */
- os2ShmLink *pNext; /* Next os2Shm with the same os2ShmNode */
- u32 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
- u32 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its os2ShmNode */
-#endif
-};
-
+static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
+ char *zOpName, *zType;
+ int s;
+ int savedErrno;
+ if( op==F_GETLK ){
+ zOpName = "GETLK";
+ }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
+ zOpName = "SETLK";
+ }else{
+ s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
+ return s;
+ }
+ if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+ zType = "RDLCK";
+ }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+ zType = "WRLCK";
+ }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+ zType = "UNLCK";
+ }else{
+ assert( 0 );
+ }
+ assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
+ s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+ savedErrno = errno;
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
+ threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
+ (int)p->l_pid, s);
+ if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
+ struct flock l2;
+ l2 = *p;
+ osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
+ if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+ zType = "RDLCK";
+ }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+ zType = "WRLCK";
+ }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+ zType = "UNLCK";
+ }else{
+ assert( 0 );
+ }
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
+ zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
+ }
+ errno = savedErrno;
+ return s;
+}
+#undef osFcntl
+#define osFcntl lockTrace
+#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
/*
-** A global list of all os2ShmNode objects.
+** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
**
-** The os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
-*/
-static os2ShmNode *os2ShmNodeList = NULL;
-
-/*
-** Constants used for locking
+** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through this wrapper.
+** On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below could lead to a corrupt
+** database.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
-#define OS2_SHM_BASE (PENDING_BYTE + 0x10000) /* first lock byte */
-#else
-#define OS2_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
+static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
+ int rc;
+#ifdef __ANDROID__
+ /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if
+ ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
+ ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
+ ** such attempts. */
+ if( sz>(sqlite3_int64)0x7FFFFFFF ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else
#endif
-
-#define OS2_SHM_DMS (OS2_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
-
-/*
-** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
-*/
-#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 /* no lock */
-#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 /* shared lock, no wait */
-#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 /* exlusive lock, no wait */
-#define _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT 4 /* exclusive lock, wait */
-static int os2ShmSystemLock(
- os2ShmNode *pNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
- int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, _SHM_WRLCK or _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT */
- int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
- int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
-){
- APIRET rc;
- FILELOCK area;
- ULONG mode, timeout;
-
- /* Access to the os2ShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pNode->mutex) || pNode->nRef==0 );
-
- mode = 1; /* shared lock */
- timeout = 0; /* no wait */
- area.lOffset = ofst;
- area.lRange = nByte;
-
- switch( lockType ) {
- case _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT:
- timeout = (ULONG)-1; /* wait forever */
- case _SHM_WRLCK:
- mode = 0; /* exclusive lock */
- case _SHM_RDLCK:
- rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile,
- NULL, &area, timeout, mode);
- break;
- /* case _SHM_UNLCK: */
- default:
- rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile,
- &area, NULL, 0, 0);
- break;
- }
-
- OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n",
- pNode->hLockFile,
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed",
- lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "Unlock" : "Lock",
- rc));
-
- ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmSystemLock: %d %s\n", rc, pNode->shmBaseName))
-
- return ( rc == 0 ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
+ do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Find an os2ShmNode in global list or allocate a new one, if not found.
-**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
+** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is
+** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
+** SQLITE_IOERR
+**
+** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
+** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
*/
-static int os2OpenSharedMemory( os2File *fd, int szRegion ) {
- os2ShmLink *pLink;
- os2ShmNode *pNode;
- int cbShmName, rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char shmName[CCHMAXPATH + 30];
-#ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
- ULONG action;
+static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
+ switch (posixError) {
+#if 0
+ /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
+ ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
+ ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
+ ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
+ ** errno should be non-zero.
+ **
+ ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
+ ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
+ ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
+ ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
+ */
+ case 0:
+ return SQLITE_OK;
#endif
-
- /* We need some additional space at the end to append the region number */
- cbShmName = sprintf(shmName, "\\SHAREMEM\\%s", fd->zFullPathCp );
- if( cbShmName >= CCHMAXPATH-8 )
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN;
-
- /* Replace colon in file name to form a valid shared memory name */
- shmName[10+1] = '!';
-
- /* Allocate link object (we free it later in case of failure) */
- pLink = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLink) );
- if( !pLink )
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- /* Access node list */
- os2ShmEnterMutex();
-
- /* Find node by it's shared memory base name */
- for( pNode = os2ShmNodeList;
- pNode && stricmp(shmName, pNode->shmBaseName) != 0;
- pNode = pNode->pNext ) ;
-
- /* Not found: allocate a new node */
- if( !pNode ) {
- pNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNode) + cbShmName );
- if( pNode ) {
- memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(*pNode) );
- pNode->szRegion = szRegion;
- pNode->hLockFile = (HFILE)-1;
- strcpy(pNode->shmBaseName, shmName);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
- if( DosDupHandle(fd->h, &pNode->hLockFile) != 0 ) {
-#else
- sprintf(shmName, "%s-lck", fd->zFullPathCp);
- if( DosOpen((PSZ)shmName, &pNode->hLockFile, &action, 0, FILE_NORMAL,
- OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW,
- OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE |
- OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR,
- NULL) != 0 ) {
-#endif
- sqlite3_free(pNode);
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
- } else {
- pNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
- if( !pNode->mutex ) {
- sqlite3_free(pNode);
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- } else {
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+ case EAGAIN:
+ case ETIMEDOUT:
+ case EBUSY:
+ case EINTR:
+ case ENOLCK:
+ /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
+ * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
- if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) {
- pNode->pNext = os2ShmNodeList;
- os2ShmNodeList = pNode;
- } else {
- pNode = NULL;
+ case EACCES:
+ /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
+ if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
- } else if( pNode->szRegion != szRegion ) {
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
- pNode = NULL;
- }
-
- if( pNode ) {
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex);
-
- memset(pLink, 0, sizeof(*pLink));
-
- pLink->pShmNode = pNode;
- pLink->pNext = pNode->pFirst;
- pNode->pFirst = pLink;
- pNode->nRef++;
-
- fd->pShmLink = pLink;
-
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex);
+ /* else fall through */
+ case EPERM:
+ return SQLITE_PERM;
- } else {
- /* Error occured. Free our link object. */
- sqlite3_free(pLink);
+#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
+ case EOPNOTSUPP:
+ /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support
+ * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+#ifdef ENOTSUP
+ case ENOTSUP:
+ /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which
+ * it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+ case EIO:
+ case EBADF:
+ case EINVAL:
+ case ENOTCONN:
+ case ENODEV:
+ case ENXIO:
+ case ENOENT:
+#ifdef ESTALE /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */
+ case ESTALE:
+#endif
+ case ENOSYS:
+ /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
+
+ default:
+ return sqliteIOErr;
}
-
- os2ShmLeaveMutex();
-
- ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2OpenSharedMemory: %d %s\n", rc, fd->zFullPathCp))
-
- return rc;
}
-/*
-** Purge the os2ShmNodeList list of all entries with nRef==0.
-**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
-*/
-static void os2PurgeShmNodes( int deleteFlag ) {
- os2ShmNode *pNode;
- os2ShmNode **ppNode;
-
- os2ShmEnterMutex();
-
- ppNode = &os2ShmNodeList;
-
- while( *ppNode ) {
- pNode = *ppNode;
-
- if( pNode->nRef == 0 ) {
- *ppNode = pNode->pNext;
-
- if( pNode->apRegion ) {
- /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */
- os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
-
- while( pNode->nRegion-- ) {
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- int rc =
-#endif
- DosFreeMem(pNode->apRegion[pNode->nRegion]);
-
- OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n",
- (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pNode->nRegion,
- rc == 0 ? "ok" : "failed"));
- }
-
- /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */
- os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
-
- sqlite3_free(pNode->apRegion);
- }
-
- DosClose(pNode->hLockFile);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
- if( deleteFlag ) {
- char fileName[CCHMAXPATH];
- /* Skip "\\SHAREMEM\\" */
- sprintf(fileName, "%s-lck", pNode->shmBaseName + 10);
- /* restore colon */
- fileName[1] = ':';
-
- DosForceDelete(fileName);
- }
-#endif
-
- sqlite3_mutex_free(pNode->mutex);
-
- sqlite3_free(pNode);
-
- } else {
- ppNode = &pNode->pNext;
- }
- }
-
- os2ShmLeaveMutex();
-}
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
-** shared-memory associated with the database file id. Shared-memory regions
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
-** bytes in size.
+/******************************************************************************
+****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
+** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks.
+** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
**
-** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
-** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
-** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
-** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
+** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains
+** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count.
+** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
+** zero.
**
-** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
-** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
+** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
+** structures on a linked list.
*/
-static int os2ShmMap(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* Handle open on database file */
- int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
- int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
- int bExtend, /* True to extend block if necessary */
- void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
- PVOID pvTemp;
- void **apRegion;
- os2ShmNode *pNode;
- int n, rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char shmName[CCHMAXPATH];
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-
- *pp = NULL;
-
- if( !pFile->pShmLink )
- rc = os2OpenSharedMemory( pFile, szRegion );
-
- if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) {
- pNode = pFile->pShmLink->pShmNode ;
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex);
-
- assert( szRegion==pNode->szRegion );
-
- /* Unmapped region ? */
- if( iRegion >= pNode->nRegion ) {
- /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */
- os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
-
- apRegion = sqlite3_realloc(
- pNode->apRegion, (iRegion + 1) * sizeof(apRegion[0]));
-
- if( apRegion ) {
- pNode->apRegion = apRegion;
-
- while( pNode->nRegion <= iRegion ) {
- sprintf(shmName, "%s-%u",
- pNode->shmBaseName, pNode->nRegion);
-
- if( DosGetNamedSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName,
- PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE) != NO_ERROR ) {
- if( !bExtend )
- break;
-
- if( DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion,
- PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT | OBJ_ANY) != NO_ERROR &&
- DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion,
- PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT) != NO_ERROR ) {
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- apRegion[pNode->nRegion++] = pvTemp;
- }
-
- /* zero out remaining entries */
- for( n = pNode->nRegion; n <= iRegion; n++ )
- pNode->apRegion[n] = NULL;
-
- /* Return this region (maybe zero) */
- *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion];
- } else {
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */
- os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
-
- } else {
- /* Region has been mapped previously */
- *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion];
- }
-
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex);
- }
+struct vxworksFileId {
+ struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */
+ int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */
+ int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
+ char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */
+};
- ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmMap: %s iRgn = %d, szRgn = %d, bExt = %d : %d\n",
- pFile->zFullPathCp, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend, rc))
-
- return rc;
-}
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/*
+** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
+** variable:
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
-** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
+** by making the following changes:
**
-** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
-** routine is a harmless no-op.
+** * removing any trailing and duplicate /
+** * convert /./ into just /
+** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
+**
+** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length.
+**
+** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of
+** characters in the simplified name.
*/
-static int os2ShmUnmap(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* The underlying database file */
- int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */
-){
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- os2ShmLink *pLink = pFile->pShmLink;
-
- if( pLink ) {
- int nRef = -1;
- os2ShmLink **ppLink;
- os2ShmNode *pNode = pLink->pShmNode;
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex);
-
- for( ppLink = &pNode->pFirst;
- *ppLink && *ppLink != pLink;
- ppLink = &(*ppLink)->pNext ) ;
-
- assert(*ppLink);
-
- if( *ppLink ) {
- *ppLink = pLink->pNext;
- nRef = --pNode->nRef;
- } else {
- ERR_TRACE(1, ("os2ShmUnmap: link not found ! %s\n",
- pNode->shmBaseName))
+static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
+ int i, j;
+ while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
+ for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+ if( z[i]=='/' ){
+ if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
+ if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
+ i += 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
+ while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
+ if( j>0 ){ j--; }
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
}
-
- pFile->pShmLink = NULL;
- sqlite3_free(pLink);
-
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex);
-
- if( nRef == 0 )
- os2PurgeShmNodes( deleteFlag );
+ z[j++] = z[i];
}
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ z[j] = 0;
+ return j;
}
/*
-** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return
+** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique
+** file ID.
**
-** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
-** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
-** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may
-** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
+** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
+** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created
+** and added to the global list if necessary.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
*/
-static int os2ShmLock(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
- int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
- int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
- int flags /* What to do with the lock */
-){
- u32 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- os2ShmLink *p = pFile->pShmLink; /* The shared memory being locked */
- os2ShmLink *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
- os2ShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* Our node */
-
- assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
- assert( n>=1 );
- assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
- assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
-
- mask = (u32)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
- assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
-
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-
- if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
- u32 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
-
- /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( pX==p ) continue;
- assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
- allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
- }
-
- /* Unlock the system-level locks */
- if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
- rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Undo the local locks */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->exclMask &= ~mask;
- p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
- }
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
- u32 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
-
- /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
- ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
- ** SQLITE_BUSY.
- */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- break;
- }
- allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
- }
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
+ struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */
+ struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */
+ int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
- /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
- rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
+ assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
+ n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
+ pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+ memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
+ n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
- /* Get the local shared locks */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->sharedMask |= mask;
- }
- }else{
- /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
- ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
- */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
- ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
- p->exclMask |= mask;
- }
+ /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
+ ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
+ ** the existing file ID.
+ */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
+ if( pCandidate->nName==n
+ && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
+ ){
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ pCandidate->nRef++;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ return pCandidate;
}
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-
- OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n",
- p->id, (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
- rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-
- ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmLock: ofst = %d, n = %d, flags = 0x%x -> %d \n",
- ofst, n, flags, rc))
-
- return rc;
+ /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */
+ pNew->nRef = 1;
+ pNew->nName = n;
+ pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
+ vxworksFileList = pNew;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ return pNew;
}
/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
-**
-** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
-** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free
+** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
*/
-static void os2ShmBarrier(
- sqlite3_file *id /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
- os2ShmEnterMutex();
- os2ShmLeaveMutex();
+static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ assert( pId->nRef>0 );
+ pId->nRef--;
+ if( pId->nRef==0 ){
+ struct vxworksFileId **pp;
+ for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
+ assert( *pp==pId );
+ *pp = pId->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(pId);
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
-
-#else
-# define os2ShmMap 0
-# define os2ShmLock 0
-# define os2ShmBarrier 0
-# define os2ShmUnmap 0
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for os2.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = {
- 2, /* iVersion */
- os2Close, /* xClose */
- os2Read, /* xRead */
- os2Write, /* xWrite */
- os2Truncate, /* xTruncate */
- os2Sync, /* xSync */
- os2FileSize, /* xFileSize */
- os2Lock, /* xLock */
- os2Unlock, /* xUnlock */
- os2CheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */
- os2FileControl, /* xFileControl */
- os2SectorSize, /* xSectorSize */
- os2DeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
- os2ShmMap, /* xShmMap */
- os2ShmLock, /* xShmLock */
- os2ShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */
- os2ShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */
-};
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
+******************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************
-** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
**
-** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
-*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
- static const char zChars[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789";
- int i, j;
- PSZ zTempPathCp;
- char zTempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
- ULONG ulDriveNum, ulDriveMap;
-
- /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
- ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing.
- */
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
- if( sqlite3_temp_directory ) {
- sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
- } else if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ||
- DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ||
- DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ) {
- char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( (char *)zTempPathCp );
- sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zTempPathUTF);
- free( zTempPathUTF );
- } else if( DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ) == NO_ERROR ) {
- zTempPath[0] = (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1);
- zTempPath[1] = ':';
- zTempPath[2] = '\0';
- } else {
- zTempPath[0] = '\0';
- }
-
- /* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get *
- * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail. *
- * Trailing spaces are not allowed, either. */
- j = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath);
- while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' ||
- zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){
- j--;
- }
- zTempPath[j] = '\0';
-
- /* We use 20 bytes to randomize the name */
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-22, zBuf,
- "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
- j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
- sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] );
- for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){
- zBuf[j] = zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
- }
- zBuf[j] = 0;
-
- OSTRACE(( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf ));
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
+** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor. Consider this test case:
+**
+** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
+** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
+** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
+** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
+**
+** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
+** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
+** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
+**
+** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
+** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
+** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
+** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct
+** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
+** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
+** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which
+** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at
+** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
+** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
+** current process.
+**
+** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads
+** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
+** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
+** do not move across threads.
+*/
/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full
-** pathname into zFull[]. zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
*/
-static int os2FullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
- const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */
- int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
- char *zFull /* Output buffer */
-){
- char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative );
- char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0";
- char *zFullUTF;
- APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME,
- zFullCp, CCHMAXPATH );
- free( zRelativeCp );
- zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp );
- sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF );
- free( zFullUTF );
- return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
+struct unixFileId {
+ dev_t dev; /* Device number */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
+#else
+ ino_t ino; /* Inode number */
+#endif
+};
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
+** each inode opened by each thread.
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
+*/
+struct unixInodeInfo {
+ struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */
+ int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+ unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+ unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */
+ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
+ int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */
+ unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
+ unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */
+ char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */
+#endif
+};
/*
-** Open a file.
+** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
*/
-static int os2Open(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
- sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
- int flags, /* Open mode flags */
- int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */
-){
- HFILE h;
- ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0;
- ULONG ulOpenMode = 0;
- ULONG ulAction = 0;
- ULONG rc;
- os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- const char *zUtf8Name = zName;
- char *zNameCp;
- char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH];
+static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
- int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
- int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
- int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
- int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
- int eType = (flags & 0xFFFFFF00);
- int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
- eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
- ));
-#endif
+/*
+**
+** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
+** unixLogError().
+**
+** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
+** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
+** strerror_r().
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
+** if any.
+*/
+#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
+static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
+ int errcode, /* SQLite error code */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */
+ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */
+ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+ char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
+ int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- assert( id!=0 );
+ /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
+ ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
+ ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
+ */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
+ char aErr[80];
+ memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
+ zErr = aErr;
- /* Check the following statements are true:
+ /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
+ ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
+ ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
+ ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
+ ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
+ ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
**
- ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
- ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
- ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
- ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
+ ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
+ ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
+ ** could lead to a segfault though.
*/
- assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
- assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
- assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
- assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
+ zErr =
+# endif
+ strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
- /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
- ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
+ zErr = "";
+#else
+ /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
+ zErr = strerror(iErrno);
+#endif
- /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+ sqlite3_log(errcode,
+ "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
+ iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
);
- memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) );
- pFile->h = (HFILE)-1;
-
- /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
- ** temporary file name to use
- */
- if( !zUtf8Name ){
- assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal);
- rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH, zTmpname);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
- }
-
- if( isReadWrite ){
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE;
- }else{
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY;
- }
-
- /* Open in random access mode for possibly better speed. Allow full
- ** sharing because file locks will provide exclusive access when needed.
- ** The handle should not be inherited by child processes and we don't
- ** want popups from the critical error handler.
- */
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE |
- OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR;
-
- /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
- ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
- ** as it is usually understood.
- */
- if( isExclusive ){
- /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
- /* If the file exists, it fails. */
- ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_EXISTS;
- }else if( isCreate ){
- /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
- ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS;
- }else{
- /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
- ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS;
- }
-
- zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zUtf8Name );
- rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp,
- &h,
- &ulAction,
- 0L,
- FILE_NORMAL,
- ulOpenFlags,
- ulOpenMode,
- (PEAOP2)NULL );
- free( zNameCp );
-
- if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
- OSTRACE(( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n",
- rc, zUtf8Name, ulAction, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode ));
+ return errcode;
+}
- if( isReadWrite ){
- return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id,
- ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
- pOutFlags );
- }else{
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
+/*
+** Close a file descriptor.
+**
+** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
+** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
+** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
+** error.
+**
+** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
+** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
+** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error
+** and move on.
+*/
+static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
+ if( osClose(h) ){
+ unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
+ pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
}
+}
- if( pOutFlags ){
- *pOutFlags = isReadWrite ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+/*
+** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
+*/
+static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ UnixUnusedFd *p;
+ UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
+ for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->pNext;
+ robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
-
- os2FullPathname( pVfs, zUtf8Name, sizeof( zTmpname ), zTmpname );
- pFile->zFullPathCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zTmpname );
- pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod;
- pFile->flags = flags;
- pFile->h = h;
-
- OpenCounter(+1);
- OSTRACE(( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags ));
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ pInode->pUnused = 0;
}
/*
-** Delete the named file.
+** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
*/
-static int os2Delete(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */
- int syncDir /* Not used on os2 */
-){
- APIRET rc;
- char *zFilenameCp;
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE );
- zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
- rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp );
- free( zFilenameCp );
- OSTRACE(( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename ));
- return (rc == NO_ERROR ||
- rc == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND ||
- rc == ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
+static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+ if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
+ pInode->nRef--;
+ if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
+ assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
+ closePendingFds(pFile);
+ if( pInode->pPrev ){
+ assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
+ pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
+ }else{
+ assert( inodeList==pInode );
+ inodeList = pInode->pNext;
+ }
+ if( pInode->pNext ){
+ assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
+ pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pInode);
+ }
+ }
}
/*
-** Check the existance and status of a file.
+** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
+** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The
+** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+**
+** Return an appropriate error code.
*/
-static int os2Access(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */
- int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */
- int *pOut /* Write results here */
+static int findInodeInfo(
+ unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
+ unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
){
- APIRET rc;
- FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
- char *zFilenameCp;
+ int rc; /* System call return code */
+ int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */
+ struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
+ struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
-
- zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
- rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD,
- &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
- free( zFilenameCp );
- OSTRACE(( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n",
- fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc ));
+ assert( unixMutexHeld() );
- switch( flags ){
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
- /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
- ** as if it does not exist.
- */
- if( fsts3ConfigInfo.cbFile == 0 )
- rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
- if( fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY )
- rc = ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED;
- break;
- default:
- rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
- assert( !"Invalid flags argument" );
+ /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
+ ** create a unique name for the file.
+ */
+ fd = pFile->h;
+ rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+#ifdef EOVERFLOW
+ if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
- *pOut = (rc == NO_ERROR);
- OSTRACE(( "ACCESS %s flags %d: rc=%d\n", zFilename, flags, *pOut ));
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
- HMODULE hmod;
- APIRET rc;
- char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp(zFilename);
- rc = DosLoadModule(NULL, 0, (PSZ)zFilenameCp, &hmod);
- free(zFilenameCp);
- return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod;
-}
-/*
-** A no-op since the error code is returned on the DosLoadModule call.
-** os2Dlopen returns zero if DosLoadModule is not successful.
-*/
-static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-/* no-op */
-}
-static void (*os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){
- PFN pfn;
- APIRET rc;
- rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)zSymbol, &pfn);
- if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
- /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same
- * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending
- * on the calling convention */
- char _zSymbol[256] = "_";
- strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 254);
- rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)_zSymbol, &pfn);
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
+ ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work
+ ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
+ ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
+ ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is
+ ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
+ ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there
+ ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
+ ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
+ */
+ if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
+ do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ if( rc!=1 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ }
+ rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ }
}
- return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void(*)(void))pfn;
-}
-static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
- DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
- #define os2DlOpen 0
- #define os2DlError 0
- #define os2DlSym 0
- #define os2DlClose 0
#endif
+ memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
+ fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
+#else
+ fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#endif
+ pInode = inodeList;
+ while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
+ pInode = pInode->pNext;
+ }
+ if( pInode==0 ){
+ pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) );
+ if( pInode==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
+ memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
+ pInode->nRef = 1;
+ pInode->pNext = inodeList;
+ pInode->pPrev = 0;
+ if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
+ inodeList = pInode;
+ }else{
+ pInode->nRef++;
+ }
+ *ppInode = pInode;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened.
*/
-static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
- int n = 0;
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
- n = nBuf;
- memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ return pFile->pInode!=0 && pFile->pId!=pFile->pInode->fileId.pId;
#else
- int i;
- PPIB ppib;
- PTIB ptib;
- DATETIME dt;
- static unsigned c = 0;
- /* Ordered by variation probability */
- static ULONG svIdx[6] = { QSV_MS_COUNT, QSV_TIME_LOW,
- QSV_MAXPRMEM, QSV_MAXSHMEM,
- QSV_TOTAVAILMEM, QSV_TOTRESMEM };
-
- /* 8 bytes; timezone and weekday don't increase the randomness much */
- if( (int)sizeof(dt)-3 <= nBuf - n ){
- c += 0x0100;
- DosGetDateTime(&dt);
- dt.year = (USHORT)((dt.year - 1900) | c);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &dt, sizeof(dt)-3);
- n += sizeof(dt)-3;
- }
-
- /* 4 bytes; PIDs and TIDs are 16 bit internally, so combine them */
- if( (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n ){
- DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, &ppib);
- *(PULONG)&zBuf[n] = MAKELONG(ppib->pib_ulpid,
- ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid);
- n += sizeof(ULONG);
- }
-
- /* Up to 6 * 4 bytes; variables depend on the system state */
- for( i = 0; i < 6 && (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n; i++ ){
- DosQuerySysInfo(svIdx[i], svIdx[i],
- (PULONG)&zBuf[n], sizeof(ULONG));
- n += sizeof(ULONG);
- }
+ struct stat buf;
+ return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
+ (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
#endif
-
- return n;
}
+
/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
+** Check a unixFile that is a database. Verify the following:
+**
+** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
+** (2) The file is not a symbolic link
+** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked
+**
+** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right.
*/
-static int os2Sleep( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec ){
- DosSleep( (microsec/1000) );
- return microsec;
+static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){
+ struct stat buf;
+ int rc;
+ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){
+ /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued. Do not
+ ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */
+ return;
+ }
+ rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath);
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+ return;
+ }
+ if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+ return;
+ }
+ if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath);
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+ return;
+ }
+ if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+ return;
+ }
}
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
-#endif
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
-** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
-** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
-** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
-** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-static int os2CurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-#endif
- int year, month, datepart, timepart;
-
- DATETIME dt;
- DosGetDateTime( &dt );
+static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- year = dt.year;
- month = dt.month;
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
- /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html
- ** http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c
- ** Calculate the Julian days
- */
- datepart = (int)dt.day - 32076 +
- 1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 +
- 367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 -
- 3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4;
+ assert( pFile );
+ unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
- /* Time in milliseconds, hours to noon added */
- timepart = 12*3600*1000 + dt.hundredths*10 + dt.seconds*1000 +
- ((int)dt.minutes + dt.timezone)*60*1000 + dt.hours*3600*1000;
+ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
+ }
- *piNow = (sqlite3_int64)datepart*86400*1000 + timepart;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+ /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+ */
+#ifndef __DJGPP__
+ if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
+ struct flock lock;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+ lock.l_len = 1;
+ lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+ if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
+ }
}
#endif
+
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- return 0;
+ *pResOut = reserved;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is
+** described by pLock.
+**
+** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
+** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
+** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking
+** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally,
+** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
+** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
+** operating system does not participate.
+**
+** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
+** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
+** and is read-only.
+**
+** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
+** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
*/
-static int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){
+static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
int rc;
- sqlite3_int64 i;
- rc = os2CurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
- if( !rc ){
- *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+ assert( pInode!=0 );
+ if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
+ && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
+ ){
+ if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+ struct flock lock;
+ assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+ rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+ if( rc<0 ) return rc;
+ pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ }else{
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
-** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
-** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
-** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
-** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
-** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
-** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
-** thread.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
**
-** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
-** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
-** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
-** in the output buffer.
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
-** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
-** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
-** returns an error message:
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
-** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
-** return 0;
-** }
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
-** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
-** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
-** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
- return 0;
-}
+static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+ /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+ ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+ ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+ ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+ ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
+ ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+ **
+ ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+ ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+ ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+ **
+ ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+ ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
+ ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
+ **
+ ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+ ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+ ** 'reserved byte'.
+ **
+ ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+ ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+ ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+ ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+ ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+ ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+ ** after a crash.
+ **
+ ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+ ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+ ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+ ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+ ** database.
+ **
+ ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
+ ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
+ ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
+ ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
+ */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+ struct flock lock;
+ int tErrno = 0;
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
- static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = {
- 3, /* iVersion */
- sizeof(os2File), /* szOsFile */
- CCHMAXPATH, /* mxPathname */
- 0, /* pNext */
- "os2", /* zName */
- 0, /* pAppData */
-
- os2Open, /* xOpen */
- os2Delete, /* xDelete */
- os2Access, /* xAccess */
- os2FullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
- os2DlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
- os2DlError, /* xDlError */
- os2DlSym, /* xDlSym */
- os2DlClose, /* xDlClose */
- os2Randomness, /* xRandomness */
- os2Sleep, /* xSleep */
- os2CurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
- os2GetLastError, /* xGetLastError */
- os2CurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
- 0, /* xSetSystemCall */
- 0, /* xGetSystemCall */
- 0 /* xNextSystemCall */
- };
- sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1);
- initUconvObjects();
-/* sqlite3OSTrace = 1; */
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
- freeUconvObjects();
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+ azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid()));
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_OS2 */
+ /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+ ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+ ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+ */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
-/************** End of os_os2.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
-** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
-**
-** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
-** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default
-** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations
-** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
-** skip locking all together.
-**
-** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
-** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE
-** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed
-** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
-**
-** The layout of divisions is as follows:
-**
-** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
-** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
-** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
-** + for Posix Advisory Locks
-** + for no-op locks
-** + for dot-file locks
-** + for flock() locking
-** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
-** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
-** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
-** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
-** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
-** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
-** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
-** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
-** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */
+ /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
+ ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+ ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+ ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
+ */
+ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+ assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-/*
-** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
-** control:
-**
-** 1. POSIX locking (the default),
-** 2. No locking,
-** 3. Dot-file locking,
-** 4. flock() locking,
-** 5. AFP locking (OSX only),
-** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
-** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
-**
-** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
-** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
-** where the database is located.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-# if defined(__APPLE__)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-# else
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-# endif
-#endif
+ /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
+ */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ pInode = pFile->pInode;
-/*
-** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on
-** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
-*/
-#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
-# if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
-# define OS_VXWORKS 1
-# else
-# define OS_VXWORKS 0
-# endif
-#endif
+ /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+ ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+ */
+ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
+ (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto end_lock;
+ }
-/*
-** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
-** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks
-** large file support, these should be no-ops.
-**
-** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
-** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling
-** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
-** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2
-** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel
-** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary
-** portability you should omit LFS.
-**
-** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written
-** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
-** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might
-** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# define _LARGE_FILE 1
-# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-# endif
-# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
-#endif
+ /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+ ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+ ** return SQLITE_OK.
+ */
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
+ (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+ assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pInode->nShared++;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ goto end_lock;
+ }
-/*
-** standard include files.
-*/
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-# include <sys/ioctl.h>
-# if OS_VXWORKS
-# include <semaphore.h>
-# include <limits.h>
-# else
-# include <sys/file.h>
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+ /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+ ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+ ** be released.
+ */
+ lock.l_len = 1L;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
+ || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
+ ){
+ lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+ lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_lock;
+ }
+ }
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
-# include <sys/mount.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
-# include <utime.h>
-#endif
+ /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+ ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+ */
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+ assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-/*
-** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1
+ /* Now get the read-lock */
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ }
-/*
-** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
-** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
-#endif
+ /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+ lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+ lock.l_len = 1L;
+ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* This could happen with a network mount */
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ }
-/*
-** Default permissions when creating a new file
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
-#endif
+ if( rc ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_lock;
+ }else{
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ pInode->nShared = 1;
+ }
+ }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+ ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
+ ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+ ** already.
+ */
+ assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+ lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-/*
- ** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
+ assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+ lock.l_len = 1L;
+ }else{
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
+ ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change
+ ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
+ ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
+ && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
+ ){
+ pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
+ pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
+ pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
+ }
#endif
-/*
-** Maximum supported path-length.
-*/
-#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
-/*
-** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
-** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
-*/
-#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+ pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+ }
-/* Forward references */
-typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */
-typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */
-typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */
-typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */
+end_lock:
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
-** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
-** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
-** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
+** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
+** pUnused list.
*/
-struct UnixUnusedFd {
- int fd; /* File descriptor to close */
- int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
- UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
-};
+static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
+ p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
+ pInode->pUnused = p;
+ pFile->h = -1;
+ pFile->pUnused = 0;
+}
/*
-** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
-** VFS implementations.
-*/
-typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
-struct unixFile {
- sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */
- unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */
- int h; /* The file descriptor */
- int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */
- unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */
- unsigned char ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */
- int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
- void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */
- UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
- const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */
- unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */
- int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
- unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
+** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
+** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
+*/
+static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+ struct flock lock;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+ getpid()));
+
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+ ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+ ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+ ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated,
+ ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+ ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+ ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+ */
+ pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- int isDelete; /* Delete on close if true */
- struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */
+
+ /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
+ ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
+ ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
+ ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
+ ** 1: [WWWWW]
+ ** 2: [....W]
+ ** 3: [RRRRW]
+ ** 4: [RRRR.]
+ */
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+
+#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ (void)handleNFSUnlock;
+ assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
- ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
- ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will
- ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
- ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
- ** one described by ticket #3584.
- */
- unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */
- unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */
- unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ if( handleNFSUnlock ){
+ int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */
+ off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
+
+ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = divSize;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = divSize;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ }else
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+ {
+ lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+ /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
+ ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
+ ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
+ ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
+ ** an assert to fail). */
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+ lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+ pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ }
+ if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an
+ ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+ ** the lock.
+ */
+ pInode->nShared--;
+ if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the
+ ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+ ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+ */
+ pInode->nLock--;
+ assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+ if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+ closePendingFds(pFile);
+ }
+ }
+
+end_unlock:
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 );
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
- ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
- */
- char aPadding[32];
+ return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte);
+static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd);
#endif
-};
/*
-** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
+** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
+** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
+** structure to 0.
+**
+** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
+** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
+** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
*/
-#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */
-#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */
+static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ unixUnmapfile(pFile);
+#endif
+ if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+ pFile->h = -1;
+ }
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( pFile->pId ){
+ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
+ osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
+ }
+ vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
+ pFile->pId = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE
+ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
+ osUnlink(pFile->zPath);
+ sqlite3_free(*(char**)&pFile->zPath);
+ pFile->zPath = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+ OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+ OpenCounter(-1);
+ sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
+ memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+** Close a file.
*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+ verifyDbFile(pFile);
+ unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+
+ /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
+ ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
+ */
+ assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+ if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+ ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
+ ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
+ ** when the last lock is cleared.
+ */
+ setPendingFd(pFile);
+ }
+ releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
+**
+** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
+** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database
+** file for reading or writing.
+**
+** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
+** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can
+** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
+** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
+** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database
+** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
+** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
+** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
+*/
+
+static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ *pResOut = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
/*
-** 2004 May 22
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock
+** files (really a directory) to control access to the database. This works
+** on just about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides:
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other
+** connections from reading or writing the database.
**
-******************************************************************************
+** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
+** sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
+** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
+** other locking strategy is available.
**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
+** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
+** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
+** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other
+** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
+** lock directory.
*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-#define OSTRACE(X)
-#endif
+#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
/*
-** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+**
+** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this
+** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
+** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+ assert( pFile );
+
+ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
+ ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */
+ reserved = 1;
+ }else{
+ /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
+ const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+ *pResOut = reserved;
+ return rc;
+}
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 May 27
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
-******************************************************************************
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+**
+** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
+** But we track the other locking levels internally.
*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
- (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- #if defined(__GNUC__)
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned int lo, hi;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
- return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+ /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have
+ ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
+ */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+ utime(zLockFile, NULL);
+#else
+ utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+ /* grab an exclusive lock */
+ rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
+ if( rc<0 ){
+ /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ } else {
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ return rc;
+}
- #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
+*/
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ int rc;
- __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- __asm {
- rdtsc
- ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
- }
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ /* no-op if possible */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long val;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
- return val;
+ /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
+ ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk.
+ */
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long long retval;
- unsigned long junk;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
- 1: mftbu %1\n\
- mftb %L0\n\
- mftbu %0\n\
- cmpw %0,%1\n\
- bne 1b"
- : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
- return retval;
+
+ /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
+ assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
+ rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
+ if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile);
+ if( rc<0 ){
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ rc = 0;
+ if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ }
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-
-#else
-
- #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
- /*
- ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
- ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
- ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
- ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
- ** least compile and run.
- */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
-
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
- if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
- || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \
- { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
- IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
- sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
- if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
- local_ioerr(); \
- sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
- sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
- CODE; \
- }else{ \
- sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
- } \
- }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
-
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
-
-/*
-** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
-*/
-#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# undef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
-# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
/*
-** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-#define threadid pthread_self()
-#else
-#define threadid 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use
-** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...).
-** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
-**
-** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
-** which always has the same well-defined interface.
+** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
*/
-static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
- return open(zFile, flags, mode);
+static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( id ){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
+/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
+******************************************************************************/
-/*
-** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
-** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
-** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers
-** to all overrideable system calls.
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
+**
+** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
+**
+** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
+** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
+** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
+** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite
+** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
+** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
+**
+** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
+** compiling for VXWORKS.
*/
-static struct unix_syscall {
- const char *zName; /* Name of the sytem call */
- sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
- sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
-} aSyscall[] = {
- { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 },
-#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
-
- { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 },
-#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
-
- { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 },
-#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
-
- { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 },
-#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
-
- { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 },
-#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
/*
-** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
-** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something
-** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under
-** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect?
+** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
*/
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
- { "fstat", 0, 0 },
-#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0
-#else
- { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 },
-#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
- { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 },
-#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
-
- { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 },
-#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
-
- { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 },
-#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 },
-#else
- { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
-#endif
-#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
- { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 },
-#else
- { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
-#endif
-#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
-
- { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 },
-#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 },
-#else
- { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
-#endif
-#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
- aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
- { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 },
-#else
- { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
-#endif
-#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
- aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 },
-#else
- { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
-#endif
-#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
- { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 },
+#ifdef EINTR
+static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
+ int rc;
+ do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ return rc;
+}
#else
- { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
#endif
-#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
-
-}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
/*
-** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
-** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
-** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
-** system call named zName.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-static int unixSetSystemCall(
- sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */
- const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */
- sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */
-){
- unsigned int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
- if( zName==0 ){
- /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
- ** settings and return NULL
- */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
- if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
- aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
- }
- }
- }else{
- /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
- ** specified.
- */
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
- if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
- if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
- aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+ assert( pFile );
+
+ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+ if( !reserved ){
+ /* attempt to get the lock */
+ int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+ if( !lrc ){
+ /* got the lock, unlock it */
+ lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+ if ( lrc ) {
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ /* unlock failed with an error */
+ lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ rc = lrc;
}
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
- aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
- break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ reserved = 1;
+ /* someone else might have it reserved */
+ lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ rc = lrc;
}
}
}
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ reserved=1;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+ *pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a
-** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call
-** is currently undefined.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
- sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
- const char *zName
-){
- unsigned int i;
+static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
- if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+ assert( pFile );
+
+ /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
+ ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- return 0;
+
+ /* grab an exclusive lock */
+
+ if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ /* didn't get, must be busy */
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL
-** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName
-** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
-** system call.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
- int i = -1;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
- if( zName ){
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
- if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
- }
+static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ /* no-op if possible */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
- if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+
+ /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* no, really, unlock. */
+ if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ }else{
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- return 0;
}
/*
-** Retry open() calls that fail due to EINTR
+** Close a file.
*/
-static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, int m){
- int rc;
- do{ rc = osOpen(z,f,m); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( id ){
+ flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+ }
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
-** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
-** shared by multiple threads.
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
+
+/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
**
-** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
-** statements. e.g.
+** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
**
-** unixEnterMutex()
-** assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-** unixEnterLeave()
+** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
+** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write
+** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but
+** makes the lock implementation much easier.
*/
-static void unixEnterMutex(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
- return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-#endif
-
+#if OS_VXWORKS
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
-** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
-** integer lock-type.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
- switch( eFileLock ){
- case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
- case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
- case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
- case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
- case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
- }
- return "ERROR";
-}
-#endif
+static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-/*
-** Print out information about all locking operations.
-**
-** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
-** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally
-** turned off.
-*/
-static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
- char *zOpName, *zType;
- int s;
- int savedErrno;
- if( op==F_GETLK ){
- zOpName = "GETLK";
- }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
- zOpName = "SETLK";
- }else{
- s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
- return s;
- }
- if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
- zType = "RDLCK";
- }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
- zType = "WRLCK";
- }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
- zType = "UNLCK";
- }else{
- assert( 0 );
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+ assert( pFile );
+
+ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
}
- assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
- s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
- savedErrno = errno;
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
- threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
- (int)p->l_pid, s);
- if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
- struct flock l2;
- l2 = *p;
- osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
- if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
- zType = "RDLCK";
- }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
- zType = "WRLCK";
- }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
- zType = "UNLCK";
+
+ /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+ if( !reserved ){
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+
+ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ } else {
+ /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
+ reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
}else{
- assert( 0 );
+ /* we could have it if we want it */
+ sem_post(pSem);
}
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
- zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
}
- errno = savedErrno;
- return s;
-}
-#undef osFcntl
-#define osFcntl lockTrace
-#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-/*
-** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
-*/
-static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
- int rc;
- do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ *pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
/*
-** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
-** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is
-** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
-** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
-** SQLITE_IOERR
-**
-** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
-** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
-*/
-static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
- switch (posixError) {
-#if 0
- /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
- ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
- ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
- ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
- ** errno should be non-zero.
- **
- ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
- ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
- ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
- ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
- */
- case 0:
- return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
- case EAGAIN:
- case ETIMEDOUT:
- case EBUSY:
- case EINTR:
- case ENOLCK:
- /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
- * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
-
- case EACCES:
- /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
- if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
- (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
- (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
- (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- /* else fall through */
- case EPERM:
- return SQLITE_PERM;
-
- /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And
- ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself
- ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons
- ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK,
- ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */
-#if 0
- case EDEADLK:
- return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
-#endif
-
-#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
- case EOPNOTSUPP:
- /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support
- * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
-#endif
-#ifdef ENOTSUP
- case ENOTSUP:
- /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which
- * it actually means what it says */
-#endif
- case EIO:
- case EBADF:
- case EINVAL:
- case ENOTCONN:
- case ENODEV:
- case ENXIO:
- case ENOENT:
- case ESTALE:
- case ENOSYS:
- /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
-
- default:
- return sqliteIOErr;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
-****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
-**
-** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
-** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks.
-** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
**
-** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
-** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains
-** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count.
-** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
-** zero.
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
-** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
-** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
-** structures on a linked list.
-*/
-struct vxworksFileId {
- struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */
- int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */
- int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
- char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */
-};
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-/*
-** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
-** variable:
-*/
-static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
-
-/*
-** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
-** by making the following changes:
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
-** * removing any trailing and duplicate /
-** * convert /./ into just /
-** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
-** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length.
+** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
**
-** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of
-** characters in the simplified name.
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
- int i, j;
- while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
- for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
- if( z[i]=='/' ){
- if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
- if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
- i += 1;
- continue;
- }
- if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
- while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
- if( j>0 ){ j--; }
- i += 2;
- continue;
- }
- }
- z[j++] = z[i];
+static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
+ ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto sem_end_lock;
}
- z[j] = 0;
- return j;
+
+ /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
+ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto sem_end_lock;
+ }
+
+ /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+
+ sem_end_lock:
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return
-** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique
-** file ID.
-**
-** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
-** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created
-** and added to the global list if necessary.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
- struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */
- struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */
- int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
-
- assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
- n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
- pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
- memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
- n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
+static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
- /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
- ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
- ** the existing file ID.
- */
- unixEnterMutex();
- for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
- if( pCandidate->nName==n
- && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
- ){
- sqlite3_free(pNew);
- pCandidate->nRef++;
- unixLeaveMutex();
- return pCandidate;
+ assert( pFile );
+ assert( pSem );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ /* no-op if possible */
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* no, really unlock. */
+ if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
+ int rc, tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
+ return rc;
}
-
- /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */
- pNew->nRef = 1;
- pNew->nName = n;
- pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
- vxworksFileList = pNew;
- unixLeaveMutex();
- return pNew;
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free
-** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
-*/
-static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
- unixEnterMutex();
- assert( pId->nRef>0 );
- pId->nRef--;
- if( pId->nRef==0 ){
- struct vxworksFileId **pp;
- for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
- assert( *pp==pId );
- *pp = pId->pNext;
- sqlite3_free(pId);
+ ** Close a file.
+ */
+static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ if( id ){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ assert( pFile );
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ closeUnixFile(id);
}
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
+/*
+** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
+**
+*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
******************************************************************************/
/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
-**
-** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
-** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
-** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
-** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
-** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
-** file descriptor. Consider this test case:
-**
-** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**
-** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
-** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
-** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
-** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to
-** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
-** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the
-** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
-** file descriptors opened on different file names.
-**
-** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
-** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine
-** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
-** threads within the same process.
-**
-** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
-** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
-** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
-** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
-** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are
-** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
-** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
-** inode.
-**
-** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
-** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
-** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
-**
-** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
-** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file
-** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
-** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure
-** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
-** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps
-** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
-** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the
-** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
-** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
-**
-** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
-** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
-** a locked and an unlocked state.
-**
-** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
-**
-** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
-** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
-** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
-** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
-** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
-** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
-** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
-** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
-** clears.
-**
-** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
+*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
**
-** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
-** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
-** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
-** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct
-** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
-** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
-** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which
-** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at
-** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
-** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
-** current process.
+** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found
+** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
**
-** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads
-** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with
-** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
-** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
-** do not move across threads.
+** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here
+** only works on OSX.
*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
+** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
*/
-struct unixFileId {
- dev_t dev; /* Device number */
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
-#else
- ino_t ino; /* Inode number */
-#endif
+typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
+struct afpLockingContext {
+ int reserved;
+ const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
};
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
-** each inode opened by each thread.
-**
-** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
-** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
-** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
-*/
-struct unixInodeInfo {
- struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */
- int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */
- unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
- unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
- unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
- int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */
- UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */
- unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
- unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
-#endif
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */
- char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */
-#endif
+struct ByteRangeLockPB2
+{
+ unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */
+ unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */
+ unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
+ unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
+ unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
+ int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
};
-/*
-** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
-*/
-static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
-
-/*
-**
-** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
-** unixLogError().
-**
-** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
-** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
-** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
-** strerror_r().
-**
-** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
-** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
-** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the the associated file-system path,
-** if any.
-*/
-#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
-static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
- int errcode, /* SQLite error code */
- const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */
- const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */
- int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */
-){
- char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
- int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */
-
- /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
- ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
- ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
- */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
- char aErr[80];
- memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
- zErr = aErr;
-
- /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
- ** assume that the system provides the the GNU version of strerror_r() that
- ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
- ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
- ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
- ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
- **
- ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
- ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
- ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
- ** could lead to a segfault though.
- */
-#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
- zErr =
-# endif
- strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
-
-#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
- zErr = "";
-#else
- /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
- zErr = strerror(iErrno);
-#endif
-
- assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
- if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
- sqlite3_log(errcode,
- "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
- iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
- );
-
- return errcode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file descriptor.
-**
-** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
-** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
-** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
-** error.
-**
-** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
-** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
-** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error
-** and move on.
-*/
-static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
- if( osClose(h) ){
- unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
- pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
-*/
-static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
- unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
- UnixUnusedFd *p;
- UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
- for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
- pNext = p->pNext;
- robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- }
- pInode->pUnused = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
-**
-** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
-** when this function is called.
-*/
-static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
- unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
- assert( unixMutexHeld() );
- if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
- pInode->nRef--;
- if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
- assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
- closePendingFds(pFile);
- if( pInode->pPrev ){
- assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
- pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
- }else{
- assert( inodeList==pInode );
- inodeList = pInode->pNext;
- }
- if( pInode->pNext ){
- assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
- pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
- }
- sqlite3_free(pInode);
- }
- }
-}
+#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
/*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
-** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The
-** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
-**
-** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
-** when this function is called.
-**
-** Return an appropriate error code.
+** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
+** AFP filesystem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
*/
-static int findInodeInfo(
- unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
- unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
+static int afpSetLock(
+ const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
+ unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */
+ unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */
+ unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */
+ int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */
){
- int rc; /* System call return code */
- int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */
- struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
- struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */
- unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
-
- assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-
- /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
- ** create a unique name for the file.
- */
- fd = pFile->h;
- rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-#ifdef EOVERFLOW
- if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
-#endif
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
- }
-
-#ifdef __APPLE__
- /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
- ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work
- ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
- ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
- ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is
- ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
- ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there
- ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
- ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
- */
- if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
- do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
- if( rc!=1 ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
- }
- rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
- fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
+ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
+ int err;
+
+ pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
+ pb.startEndFlag = 0;
+ pb.offset = offset;
+ pb.length = length;
+ pb.fd = pFile->h;
+
+ OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
+ (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
+ offset, length));
+ err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
+ if ( err==-1 ) {
+ int rc;
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
+ path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
#else
- fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-#endif
- pInode = inodeList;
- while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
- pInode = pInode->pNext;
- }
- if( pInode==0 ){
- pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) );
- if( pInode==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
+ setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
- memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
- memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
- pInode->nRef = 1;
- pInode->pNext = inodeList;
- pInode->pPrev = 0;
- if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
- inodeList = pInode;
- }else{
- pInode->nRef++;
+ return rc;
+ } else {
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- *ppInode = pInode;
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
+ afpLockingContext *context;
+
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
+ context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+ if( context->reserved ){
+ *pResOut = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
-
+
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
- */
-#ifndef __DJGPP__
- if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
- struct flock lock;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
- lock.l_len = 1;
- lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+ */
+ if( !reserved ){
+ /* lock the RESERVED byte */
+ int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
+ /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
+ ** the original state */
+ lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ } else {
+ /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
reserved = 1;
}
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+ rc=lrc;
+ }
}
-#endif
unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
*pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is
-** described by pLock.
-**
-** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
-** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
-** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking
-** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally,
-** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
-** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
-** operating system does not participate.
-**
-** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
-** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
-** and is read-only.
-**
-** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
-** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
-*/
-static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
- int rc;
- unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
- assert( unixMutexHeld() );
- assert( pInode!=0 );
- if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
- && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
- ){
- if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
- struct flock lock;
- assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- if( rc<0 ) return rc;
- pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
- pInode->nLock++;
- }else{
- rc = 0;
- }
- }else{
- rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
@@ -25772,67 +27568,28 @@ static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
- /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
- ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
- ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
- ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
- ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
- ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
- **
- ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
- ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
- ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
- **
- ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
- ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
- ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
- **
- ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
- ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
- ** 'reserved byte'.
- **
- ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
- ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
- ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
- ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
- ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
- ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
- ** after a crash.
- **
- ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
- ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
- ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
- ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
- ** database.
- **
- ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
- ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
- ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
- ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
- */
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
- struct flock lock;
- int tErrno = 0;
-
+ afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
- azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
- azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+ azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
/* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+ ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
*/
if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
- azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock)));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
+ /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
@@ -25840,7 +27597,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
*/
unixEnterMutex();
@@ -25850,134 +27607,127 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
*/
if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
- (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
- ){
+ (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+ ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto end_lock;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
}
-
+
/* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
** return SQLITE_OK.
*/
if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
- (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+ (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
pInode->nShared++;
pInode->nLock++;
- goto end_lock;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
}
-
-
+
/* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
** be released.
*/
- lock.l_len = 1L;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
|| (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
){
- lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
- lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- goto end_lock;
+ int failed;
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
+ if (failed) {
+ rc = failed;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
}
}
-
-
+
/* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
** operating system calls for the specified lock.
*/
if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
+ long lk, mask;
+
assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
- /* Now get the read-lock */
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+
+ mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
+ /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
+ /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
+ lk = random();
+ pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+ lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
+ lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
}
-
/* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
- lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
- lock.l_len = 1L;
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This could happen with a network mount */
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- }
-
- if( rc ){
- if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- goto end_lock;
- }else{
- pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
- pInode->nLock++;
- pInode->nShared = 1;
- }
- }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
- /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
- ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+ lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
+ pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
+ rc = lrc1;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
+ rc = lrc2;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
+ rc = lrc1;
+ } else {
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ pInode->nShared = 1;
+ }
+ }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+ ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
/* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
** already.
*/
+ int failed = 0;
assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
- lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-
- assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
- lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
- lock.l_len = 1L;
- }else{
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+ /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+ if( !failed ){
+ context->reserved = 1;
+ }
}
-
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+ /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
+
+ /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
+ ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock
+ */
+ if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
+ pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
+ int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
+ SHARED_SIZE, 1);
+ if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
+ /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is
+ ** a critical I/O error
+ */
+ rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
+ SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = failed;
}
}
+ if( failed ){
+ rc = failed;
+ }
}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
- ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change
- ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
- ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
- && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
- ){
- pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
- pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
- pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
-
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
@@ -25985,58 +27735,41 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
}
-
-end_lock:
+
+afp_end_lock:
unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
-** pUnused list.
-*/
-static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
- unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
- UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
- p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
- pInode->pUnused = p;
- pFile->h = -1;
- pFile->pUnused = 0;
-}
-
/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
-** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
-** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works
-** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
-** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
*/
-static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
unixInodeInfo *pInode;
- struct flock lock;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int h;
+ afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+ int skipShared = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ int h = pFile->h;
+#endif
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
- pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
- getpid()));
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+ getpid()));
assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
unixEnterMutex();
- h = pFile->h;
pInode = pFile->pInode;
assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
@@ -26044,8 +27777,8 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
** reading the database file again, make sure that the
** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
@@ -26054,10195 +27787,10319 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
*/
-#if 0
assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
- || pFile->dbUpdate==0
- || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
-#endif
+ || pFile->dbUpdate==0
+ || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif
-
- /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
- ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
- ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
- ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
- ** 1: [WWWWW]
- ** 2: [....W]
- ** 3: [RRRRW]
- ** 4: [RRRR.]
- */
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-
-#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- (void)handleNFSUnlock;
- assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
-#endif
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- if( handleNFSUnlock ){
- int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */
- off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
-
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = divSize;
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- goto end_unlock;
- }
- lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = divSize;
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- goto end_unlock;
- }
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- goto end_unlock;
- }
- }else
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
- {
- lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
- /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
- ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
- ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
- ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
- ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
- ** an assert to fail). */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- goto end_unlock;
- }
+
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
+ /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
+ int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+ } else {
+ skipShared = 1;
}
}
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
- lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ if( !rc ){
+ context->reserved = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- goto end_unlock;
}
}
- if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+
/* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an
** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
** the lock.
*/
+ unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
pInode->nShared--;
if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
- pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ if( !skipShared ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+ }
+ if( !rc ){
pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
}
}
-
- /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the
- ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
- ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
- */
- pInode->nLock--;
- assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
- if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
- closePendingFds(pFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pInode->nLock--;
+ assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+ if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+ closePendingFds(pFile);
+ }
}
}
-
-end_unlock:
+
unixLeaveMutex();
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
- return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
-** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
-** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
-** structure to 0.
-**
-** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
-** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
-** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
-*/
-static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
- robust_close(pFile, pFile->dirfd, __LINE__);
- pFile->dirfd=-1;
- }
- if( pFile->h>=0 ){
- robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
- pFile->h = -1;
- }
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- if( pFile->pId ){
- if( pFile->isDelete ){
- unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
- }
- vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
- pFile->pId = 0;
- }
-#endif
- OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h));
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
- memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
*/
-static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
- unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
- unixEnterMutex();
-
- /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
- ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
- */
- assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
- if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
- /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
- ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
- ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
- ** when the last lock is cleared.
- */
- setPendingFd(pFile);
+ if( id ){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+ ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
+ ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when
+ ** the last lock is cleared.
+ */
+ setPendingFd(pFile);
+ }
+ releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+ sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
- releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
- rc = closeUnixFile(id);
- unixLeaveMutex();
return rc;
}
-/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
+** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
+** VFS is not available.
+**
+********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
/******************************************************************************
-****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
-**
-** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
-** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database
-** file for reading or writing.
-**
-** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
-** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can
-** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
-** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
-** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database
-** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
-** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
-** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
-*/
-
-static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- *pResOut = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
- return closeUnixFile(id);
+ ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+ ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+ **
+ ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+ ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+ */
+static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+ return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
}
-/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
+** is available.
+**
+********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
/******************************************************************************
-************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
-**
-** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existance of separate lock
-** files in order to control access to the database. This works on just
-** about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides:
-**
-** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other
-** connections from reading or writing the database.
-**
-** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
-** sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
-**
-** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
-** other locking strategy is available.
+**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
**
-** Dotfile locking works by creating a file in the same directory as the
-** database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
-** The existance of a lock file implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other lock
-** types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
+** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking
+** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
+** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes
+** are gather together into this division.
*/
/*
-** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
-** lock file.
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
+** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
+**
+** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
+** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from
+** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
+** in any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
+** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
*/
-#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
+static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
+ int got;
+ int prior = 0;
+#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
+ i64 newOffset;
+#endif
+ TIMER_START;
+ assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) );
+ assert( id->h>2 );
+ cnt &= 0x1ffff;
+ do{
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+ got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#else
+ newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+ SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
+ if( newOffset!=offset ){
+ if( newOffset == -1 ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ }else{
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+ got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+ if( got==cnt ) break;
+ if( got<0 ){
+ if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
+ prior = 0;
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ break;
+ }else if( got>0 ){
+ cnt -= got;
+ offset += got;
+ prior += got;
+ pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
+ }
+ }while( got>0 );
+ TIMER_END;
+ OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n",
+ id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+ return got+prior;
+}
/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-**
-** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this
-** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
-** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
+** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
*/
-static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int reserved = 0;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+static int unixRead(
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ void *pBuf,
+ int amt,
+ sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+ int got;
+ assert( id );
+ assert( offset>=0 );
+ assert( amt>0 );
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
- assert( pFile );
+ /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+ ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+ assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+ || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
+ );
+#endif
- /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
- /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
- ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */
- reserved = 1;
- }else{
- /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
- const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
- reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
+ ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */
+ if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+ memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
+ memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
+ pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+ amt -= nCopy;
+ offset += nCopy;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
+ if( got==amt ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( got<0 ){
+ /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ }else{
+ pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
}
- OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
- *pResOut = reserved;
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-**
-** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
-** But we track the other locking levels internally.
+** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
+** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
+** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise,
+** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
+** nBuf).
*/
-static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- int fd;
- char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int seekAndWriteFd(
+ int fd, /* File descriptor to write to */
+ i64 iOff, /* File offset to begin writing at */
+ const void *pBuf, /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */
+ int nBuf, /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */
+ int *piErrno /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */
+){
+ int rc = 0; /* Value returned by system call */
+ assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
+ assert( fd>2 );
+ nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
+ TIMER_START;
- /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have
- ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
- */
- if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
-#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
- utime(zLockFile, NULL);
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+ do{ rc = osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ do{ rc = osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
#else
- utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* grab an exclusive lock */
- fd = robust_open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
- if( fd<0 ){
- /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
- int tErrno = errno;
- if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- } else {
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
+ do{
+ i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
+ SimulateIOError( iSeek-- );
+
+ if( iSeek!=iOff ){
+ if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0);
+ return -1;
}
- return rc;
- }
- robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
-
- /* got it, set the type and return ok */
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf);
+ }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#endif
+
+ TIMER_END;
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+
+ if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno;
return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
+** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset.
**
-** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
*/
-static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
+ return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int unixWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ const void *pBuf,
+ int amt,
+ sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ int wrote = 0;
+ assert( id );
+ assert( amt>0 );
- assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
- pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
- assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* no-op if possible */
- if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+ ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+ assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+ || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
+ );
+#endif
- /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
- ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk.
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+ ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+ ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
+ ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that
+ ** fact too.
*/
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
- pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
+ pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */
+ if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
+ int rc;
+ char oldCntr[4];
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
+ pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */
+ }
+ }
}
-
- /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
- assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
- if( unlink(zLockFile) ){
- int rc = 0;
- int tErrno = errno;
- if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
+ ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */
+ if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+ memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
+ memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
+ pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+ amt -= nCopy;
+ offset += nCopy;
}
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+ amt -= wrote;
+ offset += wrote;
+ pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+ }
+ SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
+ SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+
+ if( amt>0 ){
+ if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
+ /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ }else{
+ pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
}
- return rc;
}
- pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
*/
-static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
- int rc;
- if( id ){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
- sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
- }
- rc = closeUnixFile(id);
- return rc;
-}
-/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
-******************************************************************************/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
-/******************************************************************************
-************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
-**
-** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
-**
-** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
-** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
-** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
-** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite
-** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
-** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
-**
-** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
-** compiling for VXWORKS.
+/*
+** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do.
+** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
+** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
+** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
*/
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
+#if !defined(fdatasync)
+# define fdatasync fsync
+#endif
/*
-** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
+** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
+** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently
+** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change.
*/
-#ifdef EINTR
-static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
- int rc;
- do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
- return rc;
-}
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
#else
-# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
#endif
-
+
/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful
+** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
+** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
+** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+**
+** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
+** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
+** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However,
+** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
+** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync()
+** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
+** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
+** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
+** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
+** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
+** the value of the dataOnly flag.
*/
-static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int reserved = 0;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
- assert( pFile );
-
- /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
- reserved = 1;
+static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+ int rc;
+
+ /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
+ ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
+ ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#endif
+
+ /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
+ ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
+ ** gets called with the correct arguments.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+ sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+ /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+ ** no-op
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+ if( fullSync ){
+ rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+ }else{
+ rc = 1;
}
-
- /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
- if( !reserved ){
- /* attempt to get the lock */
- int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
- if( !lrc ){
- /* got the lock, unlock it */
- lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
- if ( lrc ) {
- int tErrno = errno;
- /* unlock failed with an error */
- lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- rc = lrc;
- }
- }
- } else {
- int tErrno = errno;
- reserved = 1;
- /* someone else might have it reserved */
- lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- rc = lrc;
- }
- }
+ /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
+ ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
+ ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
+ ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
+ ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
+ ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
+ ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
+ */
+ if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+ /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
+ ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
+ */
+ rc = fsync(fd);
+#else
+ rc = fdatasync(fd);
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
+ rc = fsync(fd);
}
- OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
- if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- reserved=1;
+ if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
+ rc = 0;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
- *pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
+** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
+** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
+** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
+** value.
**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
+** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
+** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
+** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
+** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
+** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
+** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
+** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine
+** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
+** *pFd set to a negative number.
**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
+** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
+*/
+static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
+ int ii;
+ int fd = -1;
+ char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
+ for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
+ if( ii>0 ){
+ zDirname[ii] = '\0';
+ fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
+ }
+ }
+ *pFd = fd;
+ return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
**
-** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate
-** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
-** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
-** access the file.
+** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
+** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the
+** file data is synced.
**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
*/
-static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+ int rc;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- assert( pFile );
+ int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
+ int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
- /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
- ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
- if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+ || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+ );
+
+ /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+ ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+ */
+ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+ rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
+ SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+ if( rc ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
}
-
- /* grab an exclusive lock */
-
- if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
- int tErrno = errno;
- /* didn't get, must be busy */
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+
+ /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
+ ** is set. This is a one-time occurrence. Many systems (examples: AIX)
+ ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
+ */
+ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
+ int dirfd;
+ OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
+ HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
+ rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){
+ full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
+ robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- } else {
- /* got it, set the type and return ok */
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- }
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
- if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
-static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
+static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+ int rc;
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
- pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
- assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* no-op if possible */
- if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
- if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+
+ /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+ ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+ ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+ ** size).
+ */
+ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
}
-
- /* no, really, unlock. */
- if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
- return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
- return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+
+ rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte);
+ if( rc ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
}else{
- pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+ ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+ ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
+ ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen
+ ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
+ ** source.
+ */
+ if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
+ pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
+ ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
+ ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
+ */
+ if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
+ pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
+ }
+#endif
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
/*
-** Close a file.
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
-static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
- if( id ){
- flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+ int rc;
+ struct stat buf;
+ assert( id );
+ rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+ SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
}
- return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
+ *pSize = buf.st_size;
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
+ /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
+ ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
+ ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper
+ ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
+ ** really 1. Ticket #3260.
+ */
+ if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
-/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
-******************************************************************************/
-/******************************************************************************
-************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
-**
-** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
-**
-** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
-** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write
-** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but
-** makes the lock implementation much easier.
-*/
-#if OS_VXWORKS
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the
+** proxying locking division.
*/
-static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int reserved = 0;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#endif
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
- assert( pFile );
+/*
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
+** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
+** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already
+** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
+ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+ i64 nSize; /* Required file size */
+ struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
+
+ if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
- /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
- reserved = 1;
+ nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+ if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+ /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
+ ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
+ ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */
+ int err;
+ do{
+ err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
+ }while( err==EINTR );
+ if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+#else
+ /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use
+ ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to
+ ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This
+ ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate()
+ ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call.
+ */
+ int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */
+ i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */
+
+ if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+ }
+ iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
+ while( iWrite<nSize ){
+ int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
+ if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ iWrite += nBlk;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
}
-
- /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
- if( !reserved ){
- sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
- struct stat statBuf;
- if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
- int tErrno = errno;
- if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- } else {
- /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
- reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
+ int rc;
+ if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
+ if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
}
- }else{
- /* we could have it if we want it */
- sem_post(pSem);
}
+
+ rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
+ return rc;
}
- OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+#endif
- *pResOut = reserved;
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate
-** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
-** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
-** access the file.
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
-static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- int fd;
- sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
- ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
- if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- goto sem_end_lock;
- }
-
- /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
- if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto sem_end_lock;
+static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+ if( *pArg<0 ){
+ *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+ }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+ pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+ }else{
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
}
+}
- /* got it, set the type and return ok */
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);
- sem_end_lock:
- return rc;
+/*
+** Information and control of an open file handle.
+*/
+static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+ *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+ *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+ pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+ int rc;
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+ unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+ unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+ *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
+ char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
+ if( zTFile ){
+ unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
+ *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: {
+ *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
+ i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
+ newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
+ }
+ *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
+ if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
+ pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
+ if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
+ unixUnmapfile(pFile);
+ rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
+ ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
+ ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
+ ** unchanged.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
+ ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+ case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
+ case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+ return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
+ }
+ return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
*/
-static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+#ifndef __QNXNTO__
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+#endif
- assert( pFile );
- assert( pSem );
- OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
- pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
- assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* no-op if possible */
- if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
- if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* no, really unlock. */
- if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
- int rc, tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+/*
+** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
+*/
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
+ struct statvfs fsInfo;
+
+ /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
+ pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
+ if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
+ return pFile->sectorSize;
+ }
+
+ if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
+ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K | /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until
+ ** the write succeeds */
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+ ** so it is ordered */
+ 0;
+ }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){
+ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+ /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */
+ (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) |
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until
+ ** the write succeeds */
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+ ** so it is ordered */
+ 0;
+ }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){
+ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | /* All filesystem writes are atomic */
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until
+ ** the write succeeds */
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+ ** so it is ordered */
+ 0;
+ }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){
+ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+ /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
+ ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+ ** so it is ordered */
+ 0;
+ }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){
+ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+ /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
+ ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+ ** so it is ordered */
+ 0;
+ }else{
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 | /* blocks are atomic */
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until
+ ** the write succeeds */
+ 0;
}
- return rc;
}
- pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Last chance verification. If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
+ ** then it isn't valid.*/
+ if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
+ pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
+ pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+ }
+ return pFile->sectorSize;
}
+#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */
/*
- ** Close a file.
- */
-static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
- if( id ){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
- assert( pFile );
- unixEnterMutex();
- releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
- unixLeaveMutex();
- closeUnixFile(id);
+** Return the device characteristics for the file.
+**
+** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
+** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying
+** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites. (In other
+** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
+** written might end up being altered.) However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
+** very rare. And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
+** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
+** Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
+** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
+*/
+static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+ unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = 0;
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+ if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
+ rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
+#endif
+ if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
+ rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+
/*
-** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
+** Return the system page size.
**
-*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
-******************************************************************************/
+** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file.
+** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
+*/
+static int unixGetpagesize(void){
+#if defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
+ return getpagesize();
+#else
+ return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
**
-** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found
-** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
+** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
+** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
+** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened
+** only once per process.
**
-** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here
-** only works on OSX.
+** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
+** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
+** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
+** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So
+** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
+** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
+**
+** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+** nRef
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+**
+** fid
+** zFilename
+**
+** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
*/
+struct unixShmNode {
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
+ char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */
+ int h; /* Open file descriptor */
+ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+ u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
+ u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */
+ char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
+ int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
+ unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+ u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
+ u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
-** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+** unixShm.pFile
+** unixShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
*/
-typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
-struct afpLockingContext {
- int reserved;
- const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
-};
-
-struct ByteRangeLockPB2
-{
- unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */
- unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */
- unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
- unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
- unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
- int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
+struct unixShm {
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
+ unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
+ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
+ u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
+ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
+ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
};
-#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
+#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
/*
-** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
-** AFP filesystem.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
+** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
+**
+** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
+** otherwise.
*/
-static int afpSetLock(
- const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
- unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */
- unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */
- unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */
- int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */
+static int unixShmSystemLock(
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+ int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
+ int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */
+ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */
){
- struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
- int err;
-
- pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
- pb.startEndFlag = 0;
- pb.offset = offset;
- pb.length = length;
- pb.fd = pFile->h;
-
- OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
- (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
- offset, length));
- err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
- if ( err==-1 ) {
- int rc;
- int tErrno = errno;
- OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
- path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-#else
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
- setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- return rc;
- } else {
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */
+
+ /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
+
+ /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
+ assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
+
+ /* Locks are within range */
+ assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+
+ if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+ /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+ memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
+ f.l_type = lockType;
+ f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ f.l_start = ofst;
+ f.l_len = n;
+
+ rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
+ rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
}
-}
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int reserved = 0;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
- assert( pFile );
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
- if( context->reserved ){
- *pResOut = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
-
- /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
- reserved = 1;
- }
-
- /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
- */
- if( !reserved ){
- /* lock the RESERVED byte */
- int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
- if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
- /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
- ** the original state */
- lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
- } else {
- /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
- reserved = 1;
+ /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { u16 mask;
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
+ mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
+ pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
+ pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
+ }else{
+ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+ OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
+ pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
+ pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
}
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
- rc=lrc;
+ }else{
+ if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
+ }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
+ }else{
+ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+ OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
}
}
-
- unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
- *pResOut = reserved;
- return rc;
+ OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
+ pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at
+** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the
+** current system page-size.
**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
+** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured
+** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two
+** shm regions.
*/
-static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
- assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
- azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
- azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
-
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
- ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
- azFileLock(eFileLock)));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
- ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
- ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
- */
- assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
- */
- unixEnterMutex();
- pInode = pFile->pInode;
+static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){
+ int shmsz = 32*1024; /* SHM region size */
+ int pgsz = osGetpagesize(); /* System page size */
+ assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 ); /* Page size must be a power of 2 */
+ if( pgsz<shmsz ) return 1;
+ return pgsz/shmsz;
+}
- /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
- ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
- */
- if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
- (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
-
- /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
- ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
- ** return SQLITE_OK.
- */
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
- (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
- assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
- assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
- pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
- pInode->nShared++;
- pInode->nLock++;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
-
- /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
- ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
- ** be released.
- */
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
- || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
- ){
- int failed;
- failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
- if (failed) {
- rc = failed;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
- }
-
- /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
- ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
- */
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
- int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
- long lk, mask;
-
- assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
- assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-
- mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
- /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
- /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
- lk = random();
- pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
- lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
- SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
- lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
- }
- /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
- lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
- pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
- rc = lrc1;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
- rc = lrc2;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
- rc = lrc1;
- } else {
- pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
- pInode->nLock++;
- pInode->nShared = 1;
- }
- }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
- /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
- ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
- ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
- ** already.
- */
- int failed = 0;
- assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
- if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
- /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
- failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
- if( !failed ){
- context->reserved = 1;
- }
- }
- if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
- /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-
- /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
- ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock
- */
- if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
- pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
- int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
- /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
- failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
- SHARED_SIZE, 1);
- if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
- SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
- /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is
- ** a critical I/O error
- */
- rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
- SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
+/*
+** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
+ unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
+ assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+ if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
+ int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
+ int i;
+ assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){
+ if( p->h>=0 ){
+ osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
}else{
- rc = failed;
+ sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
}
}
- if( failed ){
- rc = failed;
+ sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
+ if( p->h>=0 ){
+ robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
+ p->h = -1;
}
+ p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
- }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
- pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
- }
-
-afp_end_lock:
- unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
+** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
+** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
+** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file
+** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
+**
+** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
+** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
+** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
+** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
+** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
+** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
+** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
+** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
+** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite
+** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
+** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
+** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
+** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+**
+** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
+** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
+** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In
+** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory
+** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
*/
-static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- unixInodeInfo *pInode;
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
- int skipShared = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- int h = pFile->h;
-#endif
+static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
+ struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */
+ struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */
+ char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */
+ int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
- assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
- pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
- getpid()));
+ /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
+ p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
- assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
- if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
+ ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
+ */
unixEnterMutex();
- pInode = pFile->pInode;
- assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
- if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
- assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
- ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
- ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
- ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated,
- ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
- ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
- ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+ pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+ pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
+ if( pShmNode==0 ){
+ struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */
+
+ /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
+ ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
+ ** with the same permissions.
*/
- assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
- || pFile->dbUpdate==0
- || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
- pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
-#endif
-
- if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
- /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
- int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
- rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
- } else {
- skipShared = 1;
- }
+ if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ goto shm_open_err;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
- rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
- rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
- if( !rc ){
- context->reserved = 0;
- }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+ nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
+#else
+ nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
+#endif
+ pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
+ if( pShmNode==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto shm_open_err;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
- pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
+ zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename,
+ SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
+ (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
+#else
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
+#endif
+ pShmNode->h = -1;
+ pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+ pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+ pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto shm_open_err;
}
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
- /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an
- ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
- ** the lock.
- */
- unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
- pInode->nShared--;
- if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- if( !skipShared ){
- rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+ if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+ int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+ if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
+ openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+ pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
}
- if( !rc ){
- pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
- pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
+ if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
+ goto shm_open_err;
}
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pInode->nLock--;
- assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
- if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
- closePendingFds(pFile);
+
+ /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
+ ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database. Otherwise,
+ ** the original owner will not be able to connect.
+ */
+ osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
+
+ /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+ ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
}
+ if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
}
}
-
+
+ /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
+ p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+ pShmNode->nRef++;
+ pDbFd->pShm = p;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+
+ /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+ ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+ ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+ ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+ ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
+ ** mutex.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+ pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+ unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
unixLeaveMutex();
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
-*/
-static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( id ){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
- unixEnterMutex();
- if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
- /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
- ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
- ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when
- ** the last lock is cleared.
- */
- setPendingFd(pFile);
- }
- releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
- sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
- rc = closeUnixFile(id);
- unixLeaveMutex();
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int unixShmMap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */
+ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
+ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
+ int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */
+ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+ unixShm *p;
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
+ int nReqRegion;
+
+ /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
+ if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
+ rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+ assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+ assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+ assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+ /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */
+ nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap;
+
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
+ char **apNew; /* New apRegion[] array */
+ int nByte = nReqRegion*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */
+ struct stat sStat; /* Used by fstat() */
+
+ pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+ if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+ /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+ ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+ ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+ */
+ if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+
+ if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
+ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
+ ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+ */
+ if( !bExtend ){
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Alternatively, if bExtend is true, extend the file. Do this by
+ ** writing a single byte to the end of each (OS) page being
+ ** allocated or extended. Technically, we need only write to the
+ ** last page in order to extend the file. But writing to all new
+ ** pages forces the OS to allocate them immediately, which reduces
+ ** the chances of SIGBUS while accessing the mapped region later on.
+ */
+ else{
+ static const int pgsz = 4096;
+ int iPg;
+
+ /* Write to the last byte of each newly allocated or extended page */
+ assert( (nByte % pgsz)==0 );
+ for(iPg=(sStat.st_size/pgsz); iPg<(nByte/pgsz); iPg++){
+ if( seekAndWriteFd(pShmNode->h, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){
+ const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename;
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+ apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
+ pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *)
+ );
+ if( !apNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
+ while( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
+ int nMap = szRegion*nShmPerMap;
+ int i;
+ void *pMem;
+ if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+ pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
+ pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+ MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
+ );
+ if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion);
+ if( pMem==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
+ }
+
+ for(i=0; i<nShmPerMap; i++){
+ pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i];
+ }
+ pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap;
+ }
+ }
+
+shmpage_out:
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+ *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
+ }else{
+ *pp = 0;
}
+ if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
return rc;
}
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific
-** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
-** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
-** VFS is not available.
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
**
-********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
+** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
+** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
+** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may
+** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
+*/
+static int unixShmLock(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
+ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+ int flags /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */
+ unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */
+ unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
+ assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+ assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+ assert( n>=1 );
+ assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+ assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+ assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+ assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
- ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
- ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
- **
- ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
- ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
- */
-static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
- return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
+ mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+ assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( pX==p ) continue;
+ assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+ allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Undo the local locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+ ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the local shared locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->sharedMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+ ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
+ ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+ p->exclMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
+ p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific
-** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
-** is available.
-**
-********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
**
-** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
-** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking
-** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
-** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes
-** are gather together into this division.
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
*/
+static void unixShmBarrier(
+ sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+}
/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
-** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
-**
-** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
-** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from
-** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
-** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
-** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
+** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
**
-** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
-** is set before returning.
+** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
+** routine is a harmless no-op.
*/
-static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
- int got;
-#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
- i64 newOffset;
-#endif
- TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
- do{ got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
- SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
- do{ got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR);
- SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#else
- newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
- SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
- if( newOffset!=offset ){
- if( newOffset == -1 ){
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
- }else{
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
- }
- return -1;
- }
- do{ got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
-#endif
- TIMER_END;
- if( got<0 ){
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+static int unixShmUnmap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */
+ int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */
+){
+ unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+ unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */
+ unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */
+
+ pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+ assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+ assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+
+ /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+ ** with pShmNode */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+
+ /* Free the connection p */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+ /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+ ** shared-memory file, too */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+ pShmNode->nRef--;
+ if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+ if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
+ unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
}
- OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED));
- return got;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int unixRead(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- void *pBuf,
- int amt,
- sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
- int got;
- assert( id );
- /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
- ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
-#if 0
- assert( pFile->pUnused==0
- || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
- || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
- );
-#endif
+#else
+# define unixShmMap 0
+# define unixShmLock 0
+# define unixShmBarrier 0
+# define unixShmUnmap 0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
- got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
- if( got==amt ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( got<0 ){
- /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
- return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- }else{
- pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
- /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/*
+** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd.
+*/
+static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){
+ assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+ if( pFd->pMapRegion ){
+ osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual);
+ pFd->pMapRegion = 0;
+ pFd->mmapSize = 0;
+ pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0;
}
}
/*
-** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset.
+** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file
+** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
**
-** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
-** is set before returning.
+** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
+**
+** unixFile.pMapRegion
+** unixFile.mmapSize
+** unixFile.mmapSizeActual
+**
+** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and
+** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should
+** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite()
+** methods.
*/
-static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
- int got;
-#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
- i64 newOffset;
+static void unixRemapfile(
+ unixFile *pFd, /* File descriptor object */
+ i64 nNew /* Required mapping size */
+){
+ const char *zErr = "mmap";
+ int h = pFd->h; /* File descriptor open on db file */
+ u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion; /* Pointer to current file mapping */
+ i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual; /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */
+ u8 *pNew = 0; /* Location of new mapping */
+ int flags = PROT_READ; /* Flags to pass to mmap() */
+
+ assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+ assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
+ assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
+ assert( nNew>0 );
+ assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
+ assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );
+
+ if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;
+
+ if( pOrig ){
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+ i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize;
+#else
+ const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize();
+ i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
#endif
- TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
- do{ got = osPwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
- do{ got = osPwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);}while( got<0 && errno==EINTR);
+ u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse];
+
+ /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */
+ if( nReuse!=nOrig ){
+ osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse);
+ }
+
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+ pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE);
+ zErr = "mremap";
#else
- newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
- SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
- if( newOffset!=offset ){
- if( newOffset == -1 ){
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
- }else{
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
+ pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse);
+ if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){
+ if( pNew!=pReq ){
+ osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse);
+ pNew = 0;
+ }else{
+ pNew = pOrig;
+ }
}
- return -1;
- }
- do{ got = osWrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
#endif
- TIMER_END;
- if( got<0 ){
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+
+ /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */
+ if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){
+ osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse);
+ }
}
- OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED));
- return got;
-}
+ /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0);
+ }
+
+ if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){
+ pNew = 0;
+ nNew = 0;
+ unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath);
+ /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls
+ ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively
+ ** in this case. */
+ pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0;
+ }
+ pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew;
+ pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew;
+}
/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
+** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
+** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
+** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
+** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
+** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
*/
-static int unixWrite(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- const void *pBuf,
- int amt,
- sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- int wrote = 0;
- assert( id );
- assert( amt>0 );
+static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){
+ i64 nMap = nByte;
+ int rc;
- /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
- ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
-#if 0
- assert( pFile->pUnused==0
- || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
- || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
- );
-#endif
+ assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+ if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
- ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
- ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
- ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that
- ** fact too.
- */
- if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
- pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */
- if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
- int rc;
- char oldCntr[4];
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
- pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */
- }
+ if( nMap<0 ){
+ struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */
+ rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
}
+ nMap = statbuf.st_size;
}
-#endif
-
- while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
- amt -= wrote;
- offset += wrote;
- pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+ if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
+ nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
}
- SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
- SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
- if( amt>0 ){
- if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
- /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
- return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
+ if( nMap>0 ){
+ unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap);
}else{
- pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
- return SQLITE_FULL;
+ unixUnmapfile(pFd);
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
+** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
+** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
+**
+** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
+** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
+**
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
+** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */
#endif
+ *pp = 0;
-/*
-** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do.
-** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slower) fsync().
-** If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
-** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
-*/
-#if !defined(fdatasync) && !defined(__linux__)
-# define fdatasync fsync
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
+ if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
+ int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
+ *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
+ pFd->nFetchOut++;
+ }
+ }
#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
-** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently
-** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change.
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
+** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
+** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
+** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation.
+**
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
+** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
-#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
+static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
+
+ /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
+ ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
+ ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */
+ assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
+
+ /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
+ assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
+
+ if( p ){
+ pFd->nFetchOut--;
+ }else{
+ unixUnmapfile(pFd);
+ }
+
+ assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
#else
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
#endif
-
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
-** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make
-** it work better.
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
**
-** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful
-** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
-** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
-** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
+** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions
+** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
+** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData
+** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
+** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
**
-** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
-** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
-** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is
-** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However,
-** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
-** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync()
-** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
-** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
-** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
-** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
-** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
-** the value of the dataOnly flag.
+** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
+** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
+** strategy from that.
+**
+** For finder-function F, two objects are created:
+**
+** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
+**
+** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
+**
+**
+** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
+** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
+** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
+** from be cast into a function pointer.
+**
+**
+** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
+**
+** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
+** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
+**
+** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
+** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
*/
-static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
- int rc;
+#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK, SHMMAP) \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \
+ VERSION, /* iVersion */ \
+ CLOSE, /* xClose */ \
+ unixRead, /* xRead */ \
+ unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \
+ unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \
+ unixSync, /* xSync */ \
+ unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \
+ LOCK, /* xLock */ \
+ UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \
+ CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \
+ unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \
+ unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \
+ unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \
+ SHMMAP, /* xShmMap */ \
+ unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \
+ unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \
+ unixShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ \
+ unixFetch, /* xFetch */ \
+ unixUnfetch, /* xUnfetch */ \
+}; \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \
+ return &METHOD; \
+} \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \
+ = FINDER##Impl;
- /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
- ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
- ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#else
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#endif
+/*
+** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
+** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods
+** are also created.
+*/
+IOMETHODS(
+ posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 3, /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */
+ unixClose, /* xClose method */
+ unixLock, /* xLock method */
+ unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ unixShmMap /* xShmMap method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+ nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 3, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ nolockClose, /* xClose method */
+ nolockLock, /* xLock method */
+ nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ nolockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ 0 /* xShmMap method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+ dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ dotlockClose, /* xClose method */
+ dotlockLock, /* xLock method */
+ dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ dotlockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ 0 /* xShmMap method */
+)
- /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
- ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
- ** gets called with the correct arguments.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
- sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+ flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ flockClose, /* xClose method */
+ flockLock, /* xLock method */
+ flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ flockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ 0 /* xShmMap method */
+)
#endif
- /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
- ** no-op
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
- if( fullSync ){
- rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
- }else{
- rc = 1;
- }
- /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
- ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
- ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
- ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
- ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
- ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
- ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
- */
- if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
-
-#elif defined(__APPLE__)
- /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
- ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
- */
- rc = fsync(fd);
-#else
- rc = fdatasync(fd);
#if OS_VXWORKS
- if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
- rc = fsync(fd);
- }
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
+IOMETHODS(
+ semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ semClose, /* xClose method */
+ semLock, /* xLock method */
+ semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ semCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ 0 /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
- if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
- rc = 0;
- }
- return rc;
-}
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+ afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ afpClose, /* xClose method */
+ afpLock, /* xLock method */
+ afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ afpCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ 0 /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-**
-** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
-** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the
-** file data is synced.
-**
-** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
-** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
-** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
-** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next
-** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
-** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
-** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
+** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
+** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
+** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements
+** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need
+** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
+** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods.
*/
-static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
- int rc;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
- int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
+IOMETHODS(
+ proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ proxyClose, /* xClose method */
+ proxyLock, /* xLock method */
+ proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ proxyCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ 0 /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
- /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
- assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
- || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
- );
+/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+ nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ unixClose, /* xClose method */
+ unixLock, /* xLock method */
+ nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+ 0 /* xShmMap method */
+)
+#endif
- /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
- ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
- */
- SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
+** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for MacOSX only.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+ const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */
+ unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */
+){
+ static const struct Mapping {
+ const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */
+ } aMap[] = {
+ { "hfs", &posixIoMethods },
+ { "ufs", &posixIoMethods },
+ { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods },
+ { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods },
+ { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
+ { 0, 0 }
+ };
+ int i;
+ struct statfs fsInfo;
+ struct flock lockInfo;
- assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h));
- rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
- SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
- if( rc ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
+ if( !filePath ){
+ /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+ ** that does not need to be locked. */
+ return &nolockIoMethods;
}
- if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
- OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
- HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
- /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
- ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above,
- ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
- */
- if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
- /*
- ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
- ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
- ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems
- ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657
- */
- /* pFile->lastErrno = errno; */
- /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
+ if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
+ if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
+ return &nolockIoMethods;
+ }
+ for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
+ if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
+ return aMap[i].pMethods;
+ }
}
-#endif
- /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory when we are done */
- robust_close(pFile, pFile->dirfd, __LINE__);
- pFile->dirfd = -1;
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
- int rc;
- assert( pFile );
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
- /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
- ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
- ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
- ** size).
+ /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
+ ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
+ ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
*/
- if( pFile->szChunk ){
- nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
- }
-
- rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte);
- if( rc ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
- }else{
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
- ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
- ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
- ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen
- ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
- ** source.
- */
- if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
- pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
+ lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+ lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+ lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+ if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
+ return &nfsIoMethods;
+ } else {
+ return &posixIoMethods;
}
-#endif
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ return &dotlockIoMethods;
}
}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
+ *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
+** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for VXWorks only.
*/
-static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
- int rc;
- struct stat buf;
- assert( id );
- rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
- SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
- if( rc!=0 ){
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+ const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */
+ unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */
+){
+ struct flock lockInfo;
+
+ if( !filePath ){
+ /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+ ** that does not need to be locked. */
+ return &nolockIoMethods;
}
- *pSize = buf.st_size;
- /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
- ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
- ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper
- ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
- ** really 1. Ticket #3260.
+ /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
+ ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
*/
- if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
-
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+ lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+ lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+ return &posixIoMethods;
+ }else{
+ return &semIoMethods;
+ }
}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
+ *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
/*
-** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the
-** proxying locking division.
+** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function:
*/
-static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-#endif
+typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
-/*
-** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
-** file-control operation.
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
-** If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, it could be
-** that the file needs to be extended at this point. Otherwise, the
-** SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT operation is a no-op for Unix.
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
*/
-static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
- if( pFile->szChunk ){
- i64 nSize; /* Required file size */
- struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
-
- if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
- nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
- if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
+/*
+** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
+*/
+static int fillInUnixFile(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
+ int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
+ sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
+ int ctrlFlags /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */
+){
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
+ unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
- /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
- ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
- ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */
- int err;
- do{
- err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
- }while( err==EINTR );
- if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
+
+ /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
+ ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
+ ** include the special Apple locking styles.
+ */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/'
+ || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
#else
- /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use
- ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to
- ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This
- ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate()
- ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call.
- */
- int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */
- i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */
+ assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
+#endif
- if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
- }
- iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
- while( iWrite<nSize ){
- int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
- if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
- iWrite += nBlk;
- }
+ /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
+ assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );
+
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
+ pNew->h = h;
+ pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
+ pNew->zPath = zFilename;
+ pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
#endif
- }
+ if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0),
+ "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW;
+ }
+ if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){
+ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
+ if( pNew->pId==0 ){
+ ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+#endif
-/*
-** Information and control of an open file handle.
-*/
-static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
- *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->eFileLock;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
- *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
- ((unixFile*)id)->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
- return fcntlSizeHint((unixFile *)id, *(i64 *)pArg);
- }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
- ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
- ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
- ** unchanged.
- */
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
- ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){
+ pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
+ }else{
+ pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
+ ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
+ ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
+ pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
#endif
+ ){
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
+ ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
+ ** in two scenarios:
+ **
+ ** (a) A call to fstat() failed.
+ ** (b) A malloc failed.
+ **
+ ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
+ ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
+ ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
+ ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
+ ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
+ ** by doing so.
+ **
+ ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
+ ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
+ ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
+ */
+ robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+ h = -1;
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ }
+
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
- case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
- case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
- return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+ else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
+ /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+ ** the afpLockingContext.
+ */
+ afpLockingContext *pCtx;
+ pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+ if( pCtx==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
+ ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a
+ ** copy of the filename. */
+ pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
+ pCtx->reserved = 0;
+ srandomdev();
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
+ robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+ h = -1;
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
- return SQLITE_OK; /* A no-op */
+ }
+#endif
+
+ else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+ /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+ ** the dotlockLockingContext
+ */
+ char *zLockFile;
+ int nFilename;
+ assert( zFilename!=0 );
+ nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
+ zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
+ if( zLockFile==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
}
+ pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
}
- return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
+ /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
+ ** included in the semLockingContext
+ */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+ if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
+ char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
+ int n;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
+ pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
+ for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
+ if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
+ pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
+ if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pNew->lastErrno = 0;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+ h = -1;
+ osUnlink(zFilename);
+ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+ }
+#endif
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+ }else{
+ pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+ OpenCounter(+1);
+ verifyDbFile(pNew);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
+** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
+** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
*/
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
+ static const char *azDirs[] = {
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ "/var/tmp",
+ "/usr/tmp",
+ "/tmp",
+ 0 /* List terminator */
+ };
+ unsigned int i;
+ struct stat buf;
+ const char *zDir = 0;
+
+ azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+ if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
+ if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
+ if( zDir==0 ) continue;
+ if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
+ if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+ if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
+ break;
+ }
+ return zDir;
}
/*
-** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0 for unix.
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
*/
-static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return 0;
-}
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+ "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+ "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+ "0123456789";
+ unsigned int i, j;
+ const char *zDir;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+ zDir = unixTempFileDir();
+ if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";
-/*
-** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
-**
-** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
-** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
-** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened
-** only once per process.
-**
-** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
-** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
-** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
-** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So
-** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
-** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
-**
-** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
-** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
-**
-** nRef
-**
-** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-**
-** fid
-** zFilename
-**
-** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
-** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
-** in this structure.
-*/
-struct unixShmNode {
- unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
- char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */
- int h; /* Open file descriptor */
- int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
- u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
- u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */
- char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
- int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
- unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
- u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
- u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */
-#endif
-};
+ /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
+ ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
+ */
+ if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
-/*
-** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
-** open shared memory connection.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
-** are read-only thereafter:
-**
-** unixShm.pFile
-** unixShm.id
-**
-** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
-** while accessing any read/write fields.
-*/
-struct unixShm {
- unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
- unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
- u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
- u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
- u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
-#endif
-};
+ do{
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+ j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
+ sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+ for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+ }
+ zBuf[j] = 0;
+ zBuf[j+1] = 0;
+ }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
/*
-** Constants used for locking
+** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
+** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
+** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
*/
-#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
-#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
+#endif
/*
-** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database
+** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
+** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
+** argument to this function.
**
-** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
-** otherwise.
+** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
+** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
+** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
+** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for
+** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
+**
+** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
+** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
*/
-static int unixShmSystemLock(
- unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
- int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
- int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */
- int n /* Number of bytes to lock */
-){
- struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */
-
- /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
-
- /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
- assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
-
- /* Locks are within range */
- assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
- if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
- /* Initialize the locking parameters */
- memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
- f.l_type = lockType;
- f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- f.l_start = ofst;
- f.l_len = n;
+ /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
+ ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
+ ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better
+ ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure
+ ** feature. */
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+ struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */
- rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
- rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
+ /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
+ ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
+ ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
+ ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
+ ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
+ **
+ ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
+ ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire. */
+ if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode;
- /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- { u16 mask;
- OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
- mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
- OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
- pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
- pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
- }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
- OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
- pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
- pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
- }else{
- assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
- OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
- pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
- pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ pInode = inodeList;
+ while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
+ || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
+ pInode = pInode->pNext;
}
- }else{
- if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
- OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
- }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
- OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
- }else{
- assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
- OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
+ if( pInode ){
+ UnixUnusedFd **pp;
+ for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+ pUnused = *pp;
+ if( pUnused ){
+ *pp = pUnused->pNext;
+ }
}
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
- OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
- pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
- }
-#endif
-
- return rc;
+#endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
+ return pUnused;
}
-
/*
-** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
+** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
+** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
+** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
+** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
+** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
+** as the associated database file.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
+** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
+** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
+** the default permissions.
*/
-static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
- unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
- assert( unixMutexHeld() );
- if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
- int i;
- assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
- if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
- for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
- if( p->h>=0 ){
- munmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
- }else{
- sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
- }
+static int findCreateFileMode(
+ const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
+ int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
+ mode_t *pMode, /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
+ uid_t *pUid, /* OUT: uid to set on the file */
+ gid_t *pGid /* OUT: gid to set on the file */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ *pMode = 0;
+ *pUid = 0;
+ *pGid = 0;
+ if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+ char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */
+ int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
+ struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */
+
+ /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
+ ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
+ ** the following naming conventions:
+ **
+ ** "<path to db>-journal"
+ ** "<path to db>-wal"
+ ** "<path to db>-journalNN"
+ ** "<path to db>-walNN"
+ **
+ ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
+ ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
+ */
+ nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+ while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--;
+ if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+ while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
+ assert( nDb>0 );
+ assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' );
+ nDb--;
}
- sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
- if( p->h>=0 ){
- robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
- p->h = -1;
+#endif
+ memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
+ zDb[nDb] = '\0';
+
+ if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){
+ *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
+ *pUid = sStat.st_uid;
+ *pGid = sStat.st_gid;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
}
- p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
- sqlite3_free(p);
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+ *pMode = 0600;
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
-** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
+** Open the file zPath.
+**
+** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
+** one:
**
-** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
-** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
-** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file
-** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
-** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
+** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
+** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
+** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
**
-** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
-** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
-** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
-** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
-** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
-** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
-** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
-** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
-** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
-** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite
-** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
-** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
-** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
-** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
+** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
**
-** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
-** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
-** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE)
+** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
+** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
**
-** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
-** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
-** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In
-** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory
-** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
+** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
+** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
+** OpenExclusive().
*/
-static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
- struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */
- struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */
- int rc; /* Result code */
- unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */
- char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */
- int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
-
- /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
- p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
- assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
-
- /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
- ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
- */
- unixEnterMutex();
- pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
- pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
- if( pShmNode==0 ){
- struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */
-
- /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
- ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
- ** with the same permissions. The actual permissions the file is created
- ** with are subject to the current umask setting.
- */
- if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
- goto shm_open_err;
- }
+static int unixOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
+ const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */
+ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
+ int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */
+ int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
+){
+ unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
+ int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */
+ int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */
+ int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */
+ int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */
+ int ctrlFlags = 0; /* UNIXFILE_* flags */
-#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
- nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 30;
-#else
- nShmFilename = 5 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
+ int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+ int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+ int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+ int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+ int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
#endif
- pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
- if( pShmNode==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto shm_open_err;
- }
- memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode));
- zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
-#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
- sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename,
- SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
- (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
-#else
- sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
- sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ struct statfs fsInfo;
#endif
- pShmNode->h = -1;
- pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
- pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
- pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
- if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto shm_open_err;
- }
- if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
- pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT,
- (sStat.st_mode & 0777));
- if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
- const char *zRO;
- zRO = sqlite3_uri_parameter(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm");
- if( zRO && sqlite3GetBoolean(zRO) ){
- pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, O_RDONLY,
- (sStat.st_mode & 0777));
- pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
- }
- if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
- goto shm_open_err;
- }
- }
-
- /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
- ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
- }
- if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
- }
- }
+ /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+ ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
+ ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
+ */
+ int syncDir = (isCreate && (
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ ));
- /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
- p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
-#endif
- pShmNode->nRef++;
- pDbFd->pShm = p;
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+ ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+ */
+ char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
+ const char *zName = zPath;
- /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
- ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
- ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
- ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
- ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
- ** mutex.
+ /* Check the following statements are true:
+ **
+ ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+ ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+ ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
*/
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
- pShmNode->pFirst = p;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+ assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+ assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+ assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
- /* Jump here on any error */
-shm_open_err:
- unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
- sqlite3_free(p);
- unixLeaveMutex();
- return rc;
-}
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
-** bytes in size.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
-** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
-** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
-** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
-**
-** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
-** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int unixShmMap(
- sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */
- int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
- int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
- int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */
- void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
- unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
- unixShm *p;
- unixShmNode *pShmNode;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ );
- /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
- if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
- rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG. There is a race condition
+ ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at
+ ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG. But multiple resets
+ ** are harmless.
+ */
+ if( randomnessPid!=getpid() ){
+ randomnessPid = getpid();
+ sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
}
- p = pDbFd->pShm;
- pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
- assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
- assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
- assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-
- if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
- char **apNew; /* New apRegion[] array */
- int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */
- struct stat sStat; /* Used by fstat() */
-
- pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
- if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
- /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
- ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
- ** large enough to contain the requested region).
- */
- if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
-
- if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
- /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
- ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
- **
- ** Alternatively, if bExtend is true, use ftruncate() to allocate
- ** the requested memory region.
- */
- if( !bExtend ) goto shmpage_out;
- if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, nByte) ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "ftruncate",
- pShmNode->zFilename);
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
+ if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
+ pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
+ if( pUnused ){
+ fd = pUnused->fd;
+ }else{
+ pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+ if( !pUnused ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
+ p->pUnused = pUnused;
- /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
- apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
- pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *)
- );
- if( !apNew ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
- pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
- while(pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion){
- void *pMem;
- if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
- pMem = mmap(0, szRegion,
- pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
- MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion
- );
- if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
- }else{
- pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion);
- if( pMem==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
- memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
- }
- pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion] = pMem;
- pShmNode->nRegion++;
+ /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+ ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into
+ ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+ assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
+
+ }else if( !zName ){
+ /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
+ assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
+ rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- }
+ zName = zTmpname;
-shmpage_out:
- if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
- *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
- }else{
- *pp = 0;
+ /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated
+ ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+ assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
}
- if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
-**
-** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
-** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
-** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may
-** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
-*/
-static int unixShmLock(
- sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
- int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
- int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
- int flags /* What to do with the lock */
-){
- unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */
- unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */
- unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
- unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
- u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-
- assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
- assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
- assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
- assert( n>=1 );
- assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
- assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
- assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
- assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
- mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
- assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
- u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+ /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
+ ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
+ ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the
+ ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */
+ if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+ if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
+ if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT;
+ if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
+ openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
- /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( pX==p ) continue;
- assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
- allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */
+ uid_t uid; /* Userid for the file */
+ gid_t gid; /* Groupid for the file */
+ rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( !p->pUnused );
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+ return rc;
}
-
- /* Unlock the system-level locks */
- if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
- rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+ OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
+ if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+ /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+ flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+ openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+ openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+ isReadonly = 1;
+ fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+ }
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
+ goto open_finished;
}
- /* Undo the local locks */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->exclMask &= ~mask;
- p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
- }
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
- u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
-
- /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
- ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
- ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+ /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback
+ ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be
+ ** the same as the original database.
*/
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- break;
- }
- allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+ if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+ osFchown(fd, uid, gid);
}
+ }
+ assert( fd>=0 );
+ if( pOutFlags ){
+ *pOutFlags = flags;
+ }
- /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
- rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
+ if( p->pUnused ){
+ p->pUnused->fd = fd;
+ p->pUnused->flags = flags;
+ }
- /* Get the local shared locks */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->sharedMask |= mask;
+ if( isDelete ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ zPath = zName;
+#elif defined(SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE)
+ zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName);
+ if( zPath==0 ){
+ robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- }else{
- /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
- ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
- */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- break;
+#else
+ osUnlink(zName);
+#endif
+ }
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ else{
+ p->openFlags = openFlags;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+ ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
+ robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+ }
+ if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
+ ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
+ if( isDelete ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+ if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
+ if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+ if( syncDir ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+ isAutoProxy = 1;
+#endif
+ if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
+ char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
+ int useProxy = 0;
+
+ /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means
+ ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */
+ if( envforce!=NULL ){
+ useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
+ }else{
+ if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+ /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
+ ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
+ ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
+ ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
+ ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
+ ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
+ ** the same file are working. */
+ p->lastErrno = errno;
+ robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+ goto open_finished;
}
+ useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
}
-
- /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
- ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+ if( useProxy ){
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
- p->exclMask |= mask;
+ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
+ ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically,
+ ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
+ */
+ unixClose(pFile);
+ return rc;
+ }
}
+ goto open_finished;
}
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
- p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
+#endif
+
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
+
+open_finished:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
+ }
return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
-**
-** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
-** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
+** the directory after deleting the file.
*/
-static void unixShmBarrier(
- sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+static int unixDelete(
+ sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
+ const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */
+ int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
- unixEnterMutex();
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+ if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
+ if( errno==ENOENT
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ || osAccess(zPath,0)!=0
+#endif
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
+ }else{
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+ if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
+ int fd;
+ rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
+#else
+ if( fsync(fd) )
+#endif
+ {
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
+ }
+ robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
-** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The
+** test performed depends on the value of flags:
**
-** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
-** routine is a harmless no-op.
+** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
+** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
+** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+**
+** Otherwise return 0.
*/
-static int unixShmUnmap(
- sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */
- int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */
+static int unixAccess(
+ sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
+ const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */
+ int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
+ int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */
){
- unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */
- unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
- unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */
- unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */
+ int amode = 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+ switch( flags ){
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+ amode = F_OK;
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+ amode = W_OK|R_OK;
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+ amode = R_OK;
+ break;
- pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
- p = pDbFd->pShm;
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+ default:
+ assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+ }
+ *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
+ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
+ struct stat buf;
+ if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
+ *pResOut = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
- assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
- /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
- ** with pShmNode */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
- *pp = p->pNext;
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
+** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+** zPath.
+**
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
+** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
+** this buffer before returning.
+*/
+static int unixFullPathname(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
+ const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */
+ int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+ char *zOut /* Output buffer */
+){
- /* Free the connection p */
- sqlite3_free(p);
- pDbFd->pShm = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+ ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
- /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
- ** shared-memory file, too */
- unixEnterMutex();
- assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
- pShmNode->nRef--;
- if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
- if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) unlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
- unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
- }
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
+ if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
+ }else{
+ int nCwd;
+ if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
+ }
+ nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
+ }
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#else
-# define unixShmMap 0
-# define unixShmLock 0
-# define unixShmBarrier 0
-# define unixShmUnmap 0
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
-** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
-**
-********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
-******************************************************************************/
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+}
/*
-** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
-** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions
-** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
-** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData
-** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
-** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
-**
-** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
-** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
-** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
-** strategy from that.
-**
-** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
-**
-** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
-**
-** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
-**
-**
-** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
-** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
-** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
-** from be cast into a function pointer.
-**
-**
-** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
-**
-** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
-** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
-**
-** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
-** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
+** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
+** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
+** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
+** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
+** error message.
*/
-#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \
- VERSION, /* iVersion */ \
- CLOSE, /* xClose */ \
- unixRead, /* xRead */ \
- unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \
- unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \
- unixSync, /* xSync */ \
- unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \
- LOCK, /* xLock */ \
- UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \
- CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \
- unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \
- unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \
- unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \
- unixShmMap, /* xShmMap */ \
- unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \
- unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \
- unixShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ \
-}; \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \
- return &METHOD; \
-} \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \
- = FINDER##Impl;
+static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+ const char *zErr;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ zErr = dlerror();
+ if( zErr ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
+ /*
+ ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
+ ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine
+ ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we
+ ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
+ **
+ ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
+ ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
+ ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
+ ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that
+ ** x points to.
+ **
+ ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
+ ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the
+ ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
+ ** not really lost anything.
+ */
+ void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
+ return (*x)(p, zSym);
+}
+static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ dlclose(pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+ #define unixDlOpen 0
+ #define unixDlError 0
+ #define unixDlSym 0
+ #define unixDlClose 0
+#endif
/*
-** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
-** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods
-** are also created.
+** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
*/
-IOMETHODS(
- posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 2, /* shared memory is enabled */
- unixClose, /* xClose method */
- unixLock, /* xLock method */
- unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-IOMETHODS(
- nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
- nolockClose, /* xClose method */
- nolockLock, /* xLock method */
- nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- nolockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-IOMETHODS(
- dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
- dotlockClose, /* xClose method */
- dotlockLock, /* xLock method */
- dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- dotlockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
+static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
-IOMETHODS(
- flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
- flockClose, /* xClose method */
- flockLock, /* xLock method */
- flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- flockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
+ /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+ ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+ ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+ ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+ ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+ ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+ ** in the random seed.
+ **
+ ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means
+ ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
+ ** tests repeatable.
+ */
+ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+ randomnessPid = getpid();
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ {
+ int fd, got;
+ fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ time_t t;
+ time(&t);
+ memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
+ memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid));
+ assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
+ nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid);
+ }else{
+ do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+ }
+ }
#endif
+ return nBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
+*/
+static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
#if OS_VXWORKS
-IOMETHODS(
- semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
- semClose, /* xClose method */
- semLock, /* xLock method */
- semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- semCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-#endif
+ struct timespec sp;
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-IOMETHODS(
- afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
- afpClose, /* xClose method */
- afpLock, /* xLock method */
- afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- afpCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
+ sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
+ sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
+ nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return microseconds;
+#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+ usleep(microseconds);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return microseconds;
+#else
+ int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
+ sleep(seconds);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return seconds*1000000;
#endif
+}
/*
-** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
-** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
-** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
-** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements
-** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need
-** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
-** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods.
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
*/
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
-IOMETHODS(
- proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
- proxyClose, /* xClose method */
- proxyLock, /* xLock method */
- proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- proxyCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-#endif
-
-/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-IOMETHODS(
- nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
- nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
- 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
- unixClose, /* xClose method */
- unixLock, /* xLock method */
- nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
- unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
#endif
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
-** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
-** object that implements that strategy.
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
**
-** This is for MacOSX only.
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
+** cannot be found.
*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
- const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */
- unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */
-){
- static const struct Mapping {
- const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */
- const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */
- } aMap[] = {
- { "hfs", &posixIoMethods },
- { "ufs", &posixIoMethods },
- { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods },
- { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods },
- { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
- { 0, 0 }
- };
- int i;
- struct statfs fsInfo;
- struct flock lockInfo;
-
- if( !filePath ){
- /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
- ** that does not need to be locked. */
- return &nolockIoMethods;
- }
- if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
- if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
- return &nolockIoMethods;
- }
- for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
- if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
- return aMap[i].pMethods;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
- ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
- ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
- */
- lockInfo.l_len = 1;
- lockInfo.l_start = 0;
- lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
- if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
- return &nfsIoMethods;
- } else {
- return &posixIoMethods;
- }
+static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+ static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
+ time_t t;
+ time(&t);
+ *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
+#elif OS_VXWORKS
+ struct timespec sNow;
+ clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
+ *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
+#else
+ struct timeval sNow;
+ if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){
+ *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
}else{
- return &dotlockIoMethods;
- }
-}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods
- *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
-** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
-** object that implements that strategy.
-**
-** This is for VXWorks only.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
- const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */
- unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */
-){
- struct flock lockInfo;
-
- if( !filePath ){
- /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
- ** that does not need to be locked. */
- return &nolockIoMethods;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+#endif
- /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
- ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
- */
- lockInfo.l_len = 1;
- lockInfo.l_start = 0;
- lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
- return &posixIoMethods;
- }else{
- return &semIoMethods;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
}
+#endif
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return rc;
}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods
- *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
-
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
-*/
-typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
-
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
-**
-** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
-** sqlite3_vfs object.
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
+ sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
+ int rc;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
+ *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
+** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
+** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
+** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented
+** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely
+** a place-holder.
*/
-static int fillInUnixFile(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
- int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
- int dirfd, /* Directory file descriptor */
- sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
- int noLock, /* Omit locking if true */
- int isDelete, /* Delete on close if true */
- int isReadOnly /* True if the file is opened read-only */
-){
- const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
- unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
+ return 0;
+}
- assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
- /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks. Express this explicitly
- ** here to prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters.
- */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete);
+/*
+************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
+******************************************************************************/
- /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
- ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
- ** include the special Apple locking styles.
- */
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
+**
+** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the
+** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a
+** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For
+** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
+** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
+** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
+** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
+**
+****
+**
+** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
+** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
+** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking
+** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
+** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
+** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
+** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
+** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
+** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
+** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
+**
+** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000
+** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001
+** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
+**
+** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
+** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
+** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read
+** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
+** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the
+** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
+** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
+** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
+** readers and writers
+** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
+**
+** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
+** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
+** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
+**
+**
+** Using proxy locks
+** -----------------
+**
+** C APIs
+**
+** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+** <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
+** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);
+**
+**
+** SQL pragmas
+**
+** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
+** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+**
+** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
+** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
+** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
+** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
+** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
+** database file. For example:
+**
+** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
+** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
+**
+** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
+** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
+** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
+** connection or process).
+**
+**
+** How proxy locking works
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
+**
+** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
+** at a time
+**
+** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
+** taken on the database
+**
+** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
+** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
+** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
+** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is
+** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
+** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
+** If the conch file does not exist, or its contents do not match the
+** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
+** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
+** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch
+** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
+** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+**
+** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
+** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing
+** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
+** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
+**
+** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
+** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
+** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
+** the connection to the database is closed.
+**
+** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
+** to be created the first time they are used.
+**
+** Configuration options
+** ---------------------
+**
+** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+**
+** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
+** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
+** named automatically using the same logic as
+** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
+**
+** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+**
+** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
+** retrieval and creation
+**
+** LOCKPROXYDIR
+**
+** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
+** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
+**
+** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+**
+** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
+** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
+**
+**
+** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
+** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
+** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
+** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
+** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
+** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
+*/
+
+/*
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
+*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/'
- || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
-#else
- assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
-#endif
- OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
- pNew->h = h;
- pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
- pNew->zPath = zFilename;
- if( memcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl",10)==0 ){
- pNew->ctrlFlags = UNIXFILE_EXCL;
- }else{
- pNew->ctrlFlags = 0;
- }
- if( isReadOnly ){
- pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
- }
+/*
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
+** and local proxy files in it
+*/
+typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
+struct proxyLockingContext {
+ unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */
+ char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */
+ unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */
+ char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */
+ char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
+ int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
+ void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
+ sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */
+};
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
- if( pNew->pId==0 ){
- noLock = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+/*
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
+** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
+** file path.
+*/
+static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
+ int len;
+ int dbLen;
+ int i;
+
+#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
+ len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
+#else
+# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
+ {
+ if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
+ OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
+ lPath, errno, getpid()));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ }
+ len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
}
+# else
+ len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
+# endif
#endif
- if( noLock ){
- pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
- }else{
- pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
- ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
- ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
- pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
-#endif
+ if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
+ len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
}
-
- if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
-#endif
- ){
- unixEnterMutex();
- rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If an error occured in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
- ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
- ** in two scenarios:
- **
- ** (a) A call to fstat() failed.
- ** (b) A malloc failed.
- **
- ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
- ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
- ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
- ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
- ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
- ** by doing so.
- **
- ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
- ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
- ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
- */
- robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
- h = -1;
- }
- unixLeaveMutex();
+
+ /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
+ dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
+ for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
+ char c = dbPath[i];
+ lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
}
+ lPath[i+len]='\0';
+ strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
+ OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid()));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
- else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
- /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the afpLockingContext.
- */
- afpLockingContext *pCtx;
- pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
- if( pCtx==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
- ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a
- ** copy of the filename. */
- pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
- pCtx->reserved = 0;
- srandomdev();
- unixEnterMutex();
- rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
- robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
- h = -1;
+/*
+ ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
+ */
+static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
+ int i, len;
+ char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+ int start = 0;
+
+ assert(lockPath!=NULL);
+ /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
+ len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
+ buf[0] = lockPath[0];
+ for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
+ if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
+ /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
+ if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
+ || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
+ buf[i]='\0';
+ if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
+ int err=errno;
+ if( err!=EEXIST ) {
+ OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, "
+ "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
+ buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()));
+ return err;
+ }
+ }
}
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ start=i+1;
}
+ buf[i] = lockPath[i];
}
-#endif
+ OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()));
+ return 0;
+}
- else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
- /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the dotlockLockingContext
- */
- char *zLockFile;
- int nFilename;
- nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
- zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
- if( zLockFile==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
+/*
+** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
+**
+** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
+** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
+ const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */
+ unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
+ int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
+) {
+ int fd = -1;
+ unixFile *pNew;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+ sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
+ int terrno = 0;
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
+
+ /* 1. first try to open/create the file
+ ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
+ ** the parent directories and then try again.
+ ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
+ ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
+ */
+ pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
+ if( pUnused ){
+ fd = pUnused->fd;
+ }else{
+ pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+ if( !pUnused ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
}
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
- /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
- ** included in the semLockingContext
- */
- unixEnterMutex();
- rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
- if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
- char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
- int n;
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
- pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
- for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
- if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
- pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
- if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+ terrno = errno;
+ if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
+ if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
+ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
}
}
- unixLeaveMutex();
}
-#endif
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+ terrno = errno;
+ }
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ if( islockfile ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ switch (terrno) {
+ case EACCES:
+ return SQLITE_PERM;
+ case EIO:
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
+ default:
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ }
+ }
- pNew->lastErrno = 0;
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
- h = -1;
- unlink(zFilename);
- isDelete = 0;
+ pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+ if( pNew==NULL ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto end_create_proxy;
}
- pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
-#endif
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( dirfd>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, dirfd, __LINE__);
- if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
- }else{
- pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
- OpenCounter(+1);
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+ pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
+ memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
+ dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
+ dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
+ pUnused->fd = fd;
+ pUnused->flags = openFlags;
+ pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
+
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *ppFile = pNew;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+end_create_proxy:
+ robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ sqlite3_free(pUnused);
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
-** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
-** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
-** value.
-**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
-** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
-*/
-static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
- int ii;
- int fd = -1;
- char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
-
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
- for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
- if( ii>0 ){
- zDirname[ii] = '\0';
- fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
- if( fd>=0 ){
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
- osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
#endif
- OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
- }
- }
- *pFd = fd;
- return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
-}
-/*
-** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
-** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
-*/
-static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
- static const char *azDirs[] = {
- 0,
- 0,
- "/var/tmp",
- "/usr/tmp",
- "/tmp",
- 0 /* List terminator */
- };
- unsigned int i;
- struct stat buf;
- const char *zDir = 0;
+#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */
- azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
- if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
- if( zDir==0 ) continue;
- if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
- if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
- if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
- break;
- }
- return zDir;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated
-** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
-** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
-*/
-static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- static const unsigned char zChars[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789";
- unsigned int i, j;
- const char *zDir;
-
- /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
- ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing.
- */
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
- zDir = unixTempFileDir();
- if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";
-
- /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
- ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
- */
- if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- do{
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
- j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
- sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
- for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
- zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
- }
- zBuf[j] = 0;
- }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-/*
-** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
-** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
-** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
-*/
-static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
-#endif
+/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
+extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
-/*
-** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database
-** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
-** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
-** argument to this function.
-**
-** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
-** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
-** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
-** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
-** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for
-** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
-**
-** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
-** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
+** bytes of writable memory.
*/
-static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
- UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
-
- /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
- ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
- ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better
- ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure
- ** feature. */
-#if !OS_VXWORKS
- struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */
-
- /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
- ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
- ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
- ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
- ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
- **
- ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
- ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire. */
- if( 0==stat(zPath, &sStat) ){
- unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-
- unixEnterMutex();
- pInode = inodeList;
- while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
- || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
- pInode = pInode->pNext;
- }
- if( pInode ){
- UnixUnusedFd **pp;
- for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
- pUnused = *pp;
- if( pUnused ){
- *pp = pUnused->pNext;
+static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
+ assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
+ memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
+ && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
+ {
+ static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
+ if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
+ int err = errno;
+ if( pError ){
+ *pError = err;
}
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
- unixLeaveMutex();
}
-#endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
- return pUnused;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
-** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
-** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
-** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
-** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
-**
-** If the file being opened is a temporary file, it is always created with
-** the octal permissions 0600 (read/writable by owner only). If the file
-** is a database or master journal file, it is created with the permissions
-** mask SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS.
-**
-** Finally, if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
-** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
-** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
-** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
-** as the associated database file.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
-** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
-** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
-** the default permissions.
-*/
-static int findCreateFileMode(
- const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
- int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
- mode_t *pMode /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
- *pMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
- if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
- char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */
- int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
- struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */
-
- /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
- ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
- ** the following naming conventions:
- **
- ** "<path to db>-journal"
- ** "<path to db>-wal"
- ** "<path to db>-journalNN"
- ** "<path to db>-walNN"
- **
- ** where NN is a 4 digit decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
- ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
- */
- nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
- while( nDb>0 && zPath[nDb]!='-' ) nDb--;
- if( nDb==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
- zDb[nDb] = '\0';
-
- if( 0==stat(zDb, &sStat) ){
- *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
- }
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
- *pMode = 0600;
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+ if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
+ pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the file zPath.
-**
-** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
-** one:
-**
-** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
-** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
-** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
-**
-** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
-**
-** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE)
-** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
-** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
-**
-** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
-** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
-** OpenExclusive().
-*/
-static int unixOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
- const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */
- sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
- int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */
- int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
-){
- unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
- int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */
- int dirfd = -1; /* Directory file descriptor */
- int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */
- int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */
- int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */
-
- int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
- int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
- int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
- int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
- int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
#endif
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
- ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
- ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
- */
- int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && (
- eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
- ));
-
- /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
- ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
- */
- char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
- const char *zName = zPath;
-
- /* Check the following statements are true:
- **
- ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
- ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
- ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
- ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
- */
- assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
- assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
- assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
- assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
- /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
- ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
-
- /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
- );
-
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-
- if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
- UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
- pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
- if( pUnused ){
- fd = pUnused->fd;
- }else{
- pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
- if( !pUnused ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- p->pUnused = pUnused;
- }else if( !zName ){
- /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
- assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
- rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- zName = zTmpname;
- }
+/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
+ */
+#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
+#define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */
+#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
+#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
- /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
- ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
- ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the
- ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */
- if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
- if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
- if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT;
- if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
- openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+/*
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
+** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
+** closed. Returns zero if successful.
+*/
+static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+ char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+ char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
+ size_t readLen = 0;
+ size_t pathLen = 0;
+ char errmsg[64] = "";
+ int fd = -1;
+ int rc = -1;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
- if( fd<0 ){
- mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */
- rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( !p->pUnused );
- assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
- return rc;
- }
- fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
- OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
- if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
- /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
- flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
- openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
- flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
- openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
- isReadonly = 1;
- fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
- }
- if( fd<0 ){
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
- goto open_finished;
- }
+ /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
+ pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
+ (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
+ goto end_breaklock;
}
- assert( fd>=0 );
- if( pOutFlags ){
- *pOutFlags = flags;
+ /* read the conch content */
+ readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+ if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
+ goto end_breaklock;
}
-
- if( p->pUnused ){
- p->pUnused->fd = fd;
- p->pUnused->flags = flags;
+ /* write it out to the temporary break file */
+ fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
+ goto end_breaklock;
}
-
- if( isDelete ){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- zPath = zName;
-#else
- unlink(zName);
-#endif
+ if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
+ goto end_breaklock;
}
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- else{
- p->openFlags = openFlags;
+ if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
+ goto end_breaklock;
}
-#endif
+ rc = 0;
+ fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
+ robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
+ conchFile->h = fd;
+ conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
- if( isOpenDirectory ){
- rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* It is safe to close fd at this point, because it is guaranteed not
- ** to be open on a database file. If it were open on a database file,
- ** it would not be safe to close as this would release any locks held
- ** on the file by this process. */
- assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
- robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
- goto open_finished;
+end_breaklock:
+ if( rc ){
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ osUnlink(tPath);
+ robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
}
+ fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
}
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
- osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-
- noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
-
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- struct statfs fsInfo;
- if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
- ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
- if( dirfd>=0 ) robust_close(p, dirfd, __LINE__);
- robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
- }
- if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
- ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
- }
-#endif
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
+** host id matches.
+*/
+static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nTries = 0;
+ struct timespec conchModTime;
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
- isAutoProxy = 1;
-#endif
- if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
- char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
- int useProxy = 0;
+ memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
+ do {
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+ nTries ++;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ /* If the lock failed (busy):
+ * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
+ * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
+ * 10 sec and try again
+ * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
+ */
+ struct stat buf;
+ if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ }
+
+ if( nTries==1 ){
+ conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
+ usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
+ continue;
+ }
- /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means
- ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */
- if( envforce!=NULL ){
- useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
- }else{
- struct statfs fsInfo;
- if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
- /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
- ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
- ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
- ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
- ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
- ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
- ** the same file are working. */
- p->lastErrno = errno;
- if( dirfd>=0 ){
- robust_close(p, dirfd, __LINE__);
+ assert( nTries>1 );
+ if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
+ conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ if( nTries==2 ){
+ char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+ int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+ if( len<0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
}
- robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
- goto open_finished;
+ if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
+ /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
+ if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
+ continue;
}
- useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
- }
- if( useProxy ){
- rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock,
- isDelete, isReadonly);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
- ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically,
- ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
- */
- unixClose(pFile);
- return rc;
+
+ assert( nTries==3 );
+ if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+ if( !rc ){
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
}
}
- goto open_finished;
}
- }
-#endif
+ } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
- rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock,
- isDelete, isReadonly);
-open_finished:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
- }
return rc;
}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
-** the directory after deleting the file.
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
+** and written to the conch file.
*/
-static int unixDelete(
- sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
- const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */
- int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
- if( unlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){
- return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
- if( dirSync ){
- int fd;
- rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
+static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ uuid_t myHostID;
+ int pError = 0;
+ char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+ char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+ char *tempLockPath = NULL;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int createConch = 0;
+ int hostIdMatch = 0;
+ int readLen = 0;
+ int tryOldLockPath = 0;
+ int forceNewLockPath = 0;
+
+ OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+ (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
+
+ rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
+ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = pError;
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ /* read the existing conch file */
+ readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
+ if( readLen<0 ){
+ /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+ pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
+ readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
+ /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
+ ** conch file.
+ */
+ createConch = 1;
+ }
+ /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
+ ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
+ ** retry with a new auto-generated path
+ */
+ do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
+
+ if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
+ hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
+ PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+ /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
+ ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
+ */
+ if( hostIdMatch ){
+ size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
+
+ if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
+ pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
+ }
+ memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
+ lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
+ tempLockPath = lockPath;
+ tryOldLockPath = 1;
+ /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ }else if( hostIdMatch
+ && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
+ readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
+ ){
+ /* conch host and lock path match */
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
+ if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+
+ /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
+ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ tempLockPath = lockPath;
+ /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
+ }
+
+ /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
+ ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
+ ** stick.
+ */
+ futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
+ if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
+ if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
+ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+ ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ } else {
+ rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+ int writeSize = 0;
+
+ writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
+ memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+ if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
+ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ }else{
+ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ }
+ writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
+ robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
+ rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
+ fsync(conchFile->h);
+ /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
+ ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
+ struct stat buf;
+ int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+ if( err==0 ){
+ mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
+ S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
+ /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
+#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+ osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
#else
- if( fsync(fd) )
+ do{
+ rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+ }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ int code = errno;
+ fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
+ cmode, code, strerror(code));
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
+ }
+ }else{
+ int code = errno;
+ fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
+ err, code, strerror(code));
#endif
- {
- rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
+ }
+ }
}
- robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
- }
+ conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+
+ end_takeconch:
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
+ int fd;
+ if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+ }
+ pFile->h = -1;
+ fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0);
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd));
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ pFile->h = fd;
+ }else{
+ rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
+ during locking */
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
+ char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
+ /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
+ ** so try again via auto-naming
+ */
+ forceNewLockPath = 1;
+ tryOldLockPath = 0;
+ continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
+ ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
+ */
+ if( tempLockPath ){
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
+ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
+
+ if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+ afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
+ afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
+ afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ }
+ } else {
+ conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+ rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
+ return rc;
+ } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
+ ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
}
-#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
+*/
+static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
+ unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */
+
+ pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+ (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
+ getpid()));
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+ }
+ pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+ OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+ (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
return rc;
}
/*
-** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
-** test performed depends on the value of flags:
+** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
+** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
**
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
+** space is eventually freed.
**
-** Otherwise return 0.
+** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
*/
-static int unixAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
- const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */
- int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
- int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */
-){
- int amode = 0;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
- switch( flags ){
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
- amode = F_OK;
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
- amode = W_OK|R_OK;
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
- amode = R_OK;
- break;
+static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
+ char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
- default:
- assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+ /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
+ ** the name of the original database file. */
+ *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
+ if( conchPath==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
- if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
- struct stat buf;
- if( 0==stat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
- *pResOut = 0;
+ memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
+
+ /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
+ for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
+ if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
+ i++;
+ break;
}
}
+ conchPath[i]='.';
+ while ( i<len ){
+ conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
+ memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
+ assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
-** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath.
-**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
-** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
-** this buffer before returning.
+/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
+** the local lock file path
*/
-static int unixFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
- const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */
- int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
- char *zOut /* Output buffer */
-){
-
- /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
- ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
- ** current working directory has been unlinked.
- */
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
- zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
- if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
+ /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
+ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
+ (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- int nCwd;
- if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
- return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
+ unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
+ pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+ if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
+ rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
}
- nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
- sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
+ sqlite3_free(oldPath);
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ return rc;
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath
+** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
+**
+** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
+** int dbPath.
*/
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+ if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+ /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
+ ** of the struct */
+ assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+ strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ } else
+#endif
+ if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+ /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
+ ** file path */
+ int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
+ memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
+ }else{
+ /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
+ assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+ strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
-** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
-** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
-** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
-** error message.
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
+** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
+** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
+** ->lockingContext
+** ->pMethod
*/
-static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
- const char *zErr;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- unixEnterMutex();
- zErr = dlerror();
- if( zErr ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
+ char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */
+ char *lockPath=NULL;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
- unixLeaveMutex();
-}
-static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
- /*
- ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
- ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine
- ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we
- ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
- **
- ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
- ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
- ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
- ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that
- ** x points to.
- **
- ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
- ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the
- ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
- ** not really lost anything.
- */
- void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
- return (*x)(p, zSym);
-}
-static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- dlclose(pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
- #define unixDlOpen 0
- #define unixDlError 0
- #define unixDlSym 0
- #define unixDlClose 0
-#endif
+ proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
+ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
+ lockPath=NULL;
+ }else{
+ lockPath=(char *)path;
+ }
+
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+ (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
-/*
-** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
-*/
-static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
+ pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+ if( pCtx==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
- /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
- ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
- ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
- ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
- ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
- ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
- ** in the random seed.
- **
- ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means
- ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
- ** tests repeatable.
- */
- memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
- {
- int pid, fd;
- fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
- if( fd<0 ){
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
- pid = getpid();
- memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
- assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
- nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid);
- }else{
- do{ nBuf = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( nBuf<0 && errno==EINTR );
- robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+ rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
+ /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
+ ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
+ ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
+ ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
+ */
+ struct statfs fsInfo;
+ struct stat conchInfo;
+ int goLockless = 0;
+
+ if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
+ int err = errno;
+ if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
+ goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
+ }
+ }
+ if( goLockless ){
+ pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
+ if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
-#endif
- return nBuf;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
+ ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
+ */
+ pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
+ pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
+ pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
+ pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
+ }else{
+ if( pCtx->conchFile ){
+ pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h,
+ (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
+** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
+** to proxy locking.
*/
-static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- struct timespec sp;
-
- sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
- sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
- nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return microseconds;
-#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
- usleep(microseconds);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return microseconds;
-#else
- int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
- sleep(seconds);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return seconds*1000000;
-#endif
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ }else{
+ *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
+ }
+ } else {
+ *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
+ if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
+ if( isProxyStyle ){
+ /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
+ }else{
+ /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }else{
+ const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
+ if( isProxyStyle ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
+ (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
+ || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
+ !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* turn on proxy file locking */
+ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+ default: {
+ assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
+ }
+ }
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
-** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
-** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
+** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the
+** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
-#endif
+
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
-** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
-** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
-** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
-** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
- static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
-#elif OS_VXWORKS
- struct timespec sNow;
- clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
- *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
-#else
- struct timeval sNow;
- gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
- *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
-#endif
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
+ }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+ pResOut=0;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+ pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+ }else{
+ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+ }
}
-#endif
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return 0;
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
- sqlite3_int64 i;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
- *prNow = i/86400000.0;
- return 0;
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+ pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+ }else{
+ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
-** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
-** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented
-** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely
-** a place-holder.
+** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
*/
-static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
- return 0;
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ if( id ){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( lockProxy ){
+ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+ pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
+ }
+ if( conchFile ){
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
+ rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(conchFile);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
+ /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
+ pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
+ pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+ return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
+** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
+** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
+** restricted to MacOSX.
+**
+**
+******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
-/******************************************************************************
-************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
-**
-** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the
-** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a
-** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For
-** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
-** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
-** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
-** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
-**
-****
-**
-** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
-** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
-** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking
-** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
-** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
-** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
-** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
-** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
-** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
-** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
+/*
+** Initialize the operating system interface.
**
-** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000
-** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001
-** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
+** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
+** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
+** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
+** files.
**
-** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
-** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
-** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read
-** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
-** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the
-** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
-** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
-** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
-** readers and writers
-** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
+** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
+** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
+** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
+** should not be used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+ /*
+ ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
+ ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
+ ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
+ ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
+ ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
+ ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
+ **
+ ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
+ ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the
+ ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
+ ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
+ ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
+ **
+ ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+ ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
+ ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
+ ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
+ ** that filesystem time.
+ */
+ #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \
+ 3, /* iVersion */ \
+ sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \
+ MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \
+ 0, /* pNext */ \
+ VFSNAME, /* zName */ \
+ (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \
+ unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \
+ unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \
+ unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \
+ unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \
+ unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \
+ unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \
+ unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \
+ unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \
+ unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \
+ unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \
+ unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \
+ unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \
+ unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \
+ unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \
+ unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \
+ unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
+ **
+ ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
+ ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following
+ ** array cannot be const.
+ */
+ static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
+ UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ),
+#else
+ UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ),
+#endif
+ UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ),
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ),
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+ UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+ UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ),
+#endif
+ };
+ unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */
+
+ /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+ ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+ assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 );
+
+ /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
+ for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
+ sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the operating system interface.
**
-** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
-** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
-** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
-** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
+** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
+** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix.
+** This routine is a no-op for unix.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
+
+/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Using proxy locks
-** -----------------
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** C APIs
+******************************************************************************
**
-** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
-** <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
-** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);
+** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for Windows only */
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** SQL pragmas
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
-** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+******************************************************************************
**
-** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
-** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
-** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
-** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
-** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
-** database file. For example:
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
**
-** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
-** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
-**
-** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
-** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
-** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
-** connection or process).
-**
-**
-** How proxy locking works
-** -----------------------
-**
-** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
-**
-** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
-** at a time
-**
-** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
-** taken on the database
-**
-** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
-** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
-** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
-** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is
-** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
-** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
-** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
-** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
-** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
-** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch
-** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
-** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
-**
-** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
-** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing
-** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
-** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
-**
-** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
-** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
-** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
-** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
-** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
-** the connection to the database is closed.
-**
-** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
-** to be created the first time they are used.
-**
-** Configuration options
-** ---------------------
-**
-** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
-**
-** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
-** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
-** named automatically using the same logic as
-** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
-**
-** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
-**
-** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
-** retrieval and creation
-**
-** LOCKPROXYDIR
-**
-** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
-** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
-**
-** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
-**
-** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
-** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
-**
-**
-** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
-** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
-** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
-** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
-** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
-** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
/*
-** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+ int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define OSTRACE(X)
+#endif
/*
-** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
-** and local proxy files in it
+** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
*/
-typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
-struct proxyLockingContext {
- unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */
- char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */
- unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */
- char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */
- char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
- int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
- void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
- sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */
-};
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
/*
-** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
-** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
-** file path.
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
*/
-static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
- int len;
- int dbLen;
- int i;
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
-#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
- len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
-#else
-# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
- {
- if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
- OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
- lPath, errno, getpid()));
- return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
- }
- len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+ #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned int lo, hi;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+ return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
}
-# else
- len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
-# endif
-#endif
- if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
- len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
+ #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+ __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ __asm {
+ rdtsc
+ ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
+ }
}
-
- /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
- dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
- for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
- char c = dbPath[i];
- lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
+
+ #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long val;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+ return val;
}
- lPath[i+len]='\0';
- strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
- OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid()));
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-/*
- ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
- */
-static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
- int i, len;
- char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
- int start = 0;
-
- assert(lockPath!=NULL);
- /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
- len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
- buf[0] = lockPath[0];
- for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
- if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
- /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
- if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
- || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
- buf[i]='\0';
- if( mkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
- int err=errno;
- if( err!=EEXIST ) {
- OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, "
- "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
- buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()));
- return err;
- }
- }
- }
- start=i+1;
- }
- buf[i] = lockPath[i];
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long long retval;
+ unsigned long junk;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+ 1: mftbu %1\n\
+ mftb %L0\n\
+ mftbu %0\n\
+ cmpw %0,%1\n\
+ bne 1b"
+ : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+ return retval;
}
- OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()));
- return 0;
-}
-/*
-** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
-**
-** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
-** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
-*/
-static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
- const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */
- unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
- int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
-) {
- int fd = -1;
- int dirfd = -1;
- unixFile *pNew;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
- sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
- int terrno = 0;
- UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
+#else
- /* 1. first try to open/create the file
- ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
- ** the parent directories and then try again.
- ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
- ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
+ #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+ /*
+ ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+ ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+ ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
+ ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+ ** least compile and run.
*/
- pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
- if( pUnused ){
- fd = pUnused->fd;
- }else{
- pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
- if( !pUnused ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- if( fd<0 ){
- fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- terrno = errno;
- if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
- if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
- fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- }
- }
- }
- if( fd<0 ){
- openFlags = O_RDONLY;
- fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- terrno = errno;
- }
- if( fd<0 ){
- if( islockfile ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- switch (terrno) {
- case EACCES:
- return SQLITE_PERM;
- case EIO:
- return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
- default:
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
- }
- }
-
- pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
- if( pNew==NULL ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto end_create_proxy;
- }
- memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
- pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
- memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
- dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
- dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
- pUnused->fd = fd;
- pUnused->flags = openFlags;
- pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
-
- rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, dirfd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *ppFile = pNew;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-end_create_proxy:
- robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
- sqlite3_free(pNew);
- sqlite3_free(pUnused);
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
+ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \
+ { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+ sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+ if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+ local_ioerr(); \
+ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+ CODE; \
+ }else{ \
+ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+ } \
+ }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif
-#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
-/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
-extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
-/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
-** bytes of writable memory.
+/*
+** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
*/
-static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
- assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
- memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
-#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
- && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
- {
- static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
- if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
- int err = errno;
- if( pError ){
- *pError = err;
- }
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
- }
- }
+
+/*
+** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only
+** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel.
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+# error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\
+ with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL."
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
- if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
- pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
- }
+
+/*
+** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
+** based on the sub-platform)?
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI)
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
#endif
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
- */
-#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
-#define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */
-#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
-#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
+/*
+** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
+** based on the sub-platform)?
+*/
+#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \
+ !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE)
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE
+#endif
-/*
-** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
-** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
-** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
-** closed. Returns zero if successful.
+/*
+** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available.
*/
-static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
- char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
- char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
- char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
- size_t readLen = 0;
- size_t pathLen = 0;
- char errmsg[64] = "";
- int fd = -1;
- int rc = -1;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+# error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\
+ must be defined."
+#endif
- /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
- pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
- (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
- goto end_breaklock;
- }
- /* read the conch content */
- readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
- if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
- goto end_breaklock;
- }
- /* write it out to the temporary break file */
- fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL),
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- if( fd<0 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
- goto end_breaklock;
- }
- if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
- goto end_breaklock;
- }
- if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
- goto end_breaklock;
- }
- rc = 0;
- fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
- robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
- conchFile->h = fd;
- conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+/*
+** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not
+** already available.
+*/
+#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8
+# define NTDDI_WIN8 0x06020000
+#endif
-end_breaklock:
- if( rc ){
- if( fd>=0 ){
- unlink(tPath);
- robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
- }
- fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
+# define NTDDI_WINBLUE 0x06030000
+#endif
-/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
-** host id matches.
+/*
+** Check to see if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are deprecated on the
+** target system. GetVersionEx was first deprecated in Win8.1.
*/
-static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int nTries = 0;
- struct timespec conchModTime;
-
- do {
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
- nTries ++;
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- /* If the lock failed (busy):
- * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
- * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
- * 10 sec and try again
- * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
- */
- struct stat buf;
- if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
- }
-
- if( nTries==1 ){
- conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
- usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
- continue;
- }
-
- assert( nTries>1 );
- if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
- conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
-
- if( nTries==2 ){
- char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
- int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
- if( len<0 ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
- }
- if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
- /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
- if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- }else{
- /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
- continue;
- }
-
- assert( nTries==3 );
- if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
- }
- if( !rc ){
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
- }
- }
- }
- } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
-
- return rc;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+# if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 0 /* GetVersionEx() is deprecated */
+# else
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 1 /* GetVersionEx() is current */
+# endif
+#endif
-/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
-** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
-** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
-** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
-** and written to the conch file.
+/*
+** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
*/
-static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-
- if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
- uuid_t myHostID;
- int pError = 0;
- char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
- char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
- char *tempLockPath = NULL;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int createConch = 0;
- int hostIdMatch = 0;
- int readLen = 0;
- int tryOldLockPath = 0;
- int forceNewLockPath = 0;
-
- OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
- (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
+#ifndef MAX_PATH
+# define MAX_PATH (260)
+#endif
- rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
- if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
- pFile->lastErrno = pError;
- goto end_takeconch;
- }
- rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_takeconch;
- }
- /* read the existing conch file */
- readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
- if( readLen<0 ){
- /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
- pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- goto end_takeconch;
- }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
- readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
- /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
- ** conch file.
- */
- createConch = 1;
- }
- /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
- ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
- ** retry with a new auto-generated path
- */
- do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32. This should normally be
+** MAX_PATH.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS (MAX_PATH)
+#endif
- if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
- hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
- PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
- /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
- if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
- /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
- ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
- */
- if( hostIdMatch ){
- size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
-
- if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
- pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
- }
- memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
- lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
- tempLockPath = lockPath;
- tryOldLockPath = 1;
- /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
- goto end_takeconch;
- }
- }else if( hostIdMatch
- && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
- readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
- ){
- /* conch host and lock path match */
- goto end_takeconch;
- }
- }
-
- /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
- if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto end_takeconch;
- }
-
- /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
- if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
- proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- tempLockPath = lockPath;
- /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
- }
-
- /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
- ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
- ** stick.
- */
- futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
- if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
- if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
- /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
- ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- } else {
- rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- }
- }else{
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
- int writeSize = 0;
-
- writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
- memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
- if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
- strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- }else{
- strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- }
- writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
- robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
- rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
- fsync(conchFile->h);
- /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
- ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
- struct stat buf;
- int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
- if( err==0 ){
- mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
- S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
- /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
-#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
- osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
-#else
- do{
- rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
- }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
- if( rc!=0 ){
- int code = errno;
- fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
- cmode, code, strerror(code));
- } else {
- fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
- }
- }else{
- int code = errno;
- fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
- err, code, strerror(code));
+/*
+** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file).
+*/
+#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS
+# define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS (32767)
#endif
- }
- }
- }
- conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-
- end_takeconch:
- OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
- if( pFile->h>=0 ){
- robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
- }
- pFile->h = -1;
- int fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags,
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd));
- if( fd>=0 ){
- pFile->h = fd;
- }else{
- rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
- during locking */
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
- char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
- rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
- /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
- ** so try again via auto-naming
- */
- forceNewLockPath = 1;
- tryOldLockPath = 0;
- continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
- ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
- */
- if( tempLockPath ){
- pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
- if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
-
- if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
- afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
- afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
- afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
- }
- } else {
- conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
- }
- OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
- rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
- return rc;
- } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
- ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
- }
-}
/*
-** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
+** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT. This should normally be
+** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS.
*/
-static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
- unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS
+# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS)
+#endif
- pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
- OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
- (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
- getpid()));
- if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
- }
- pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
- OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
- (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
- return rc;
-}
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32. The MAX_PATH macro is in
+** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of
+** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4)
+#endif
/*
-** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
-** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
-**
-** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
-** space is eventually freed.
-**
-** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
+** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT. This should normally be
+** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR).
*/
-static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
- char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES
+# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES \
+ (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS)
+#endif
- /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
- ** the name of the original database file. */
- *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
- if( conchPath==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
-
- /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
- for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
- if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
- i++;
- break;
- }
- }
- conchPath[i]='.';
- while ( i<len ){
- conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
- i++;
- }
+/*
+** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024)
+#endif
- /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
- memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
- assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory
+** separator.
+*/
+#ifndef winIsDirSep
+# define winIsDirSep(a) (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\'))
+#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/*
+** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
+** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
+*/
+#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
+# define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x)
+#endif
+/*
+** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
+*/
+#ifndef winGetDirSep
+# define winGetDirSep() '\\'
+#endif
-/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
-** the local lock file path
+/*
+** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL
+** mode (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows CE SDK; however, they
+** are not present in the header file)?
*/
-static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
- char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+/*
+** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT. Figure out which
+** set we need.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \
+ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR);
- if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
+WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T);
+#else
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+ DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */
- /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
- if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
- (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
- pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
- if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
- rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
- }
- sqlite3_free(oldPath);
- pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
- }
-
- return rc;
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+ DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */
+
+WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
/*
-** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath
-** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
-**
-** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
-** int dbPath.
+** This file mapping API is common to both Win32 and WinRT.
*/
-static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
- if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
- /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
- ** of the struct */
- assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
- strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- } else
-#endif
- if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
- /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
- ** file path */
- int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
- memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
- }else{
- /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
- assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
- strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */
/*
-** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
-** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields
-** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
-** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
-** ->lockingContext
-** ->pMethod
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
-static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
- char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */
- char *lockPath=NULL;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
- if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
- lockPath=NULL;
- }else{
- lockPath=(char *)path;
- }
-
- OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
- (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
+#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
+# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
- pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
- if( pCtx==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
+#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
+# define FILE_FLAG_MASK (0xFF3C0000)
+#endif
- rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
- /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
- ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
- ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
- ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
- */
- struct statfs fsInfo;
- struct stat conchInfo;
- int goLockless = 0;
-
- if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
- int err = errno;
- if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
- goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
- }
- }
- if( goLockless ){
- pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
- pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
- if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
- ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
- */
- pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
- pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
- pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
- pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
- }else{
- if( pCtx->conchFile ){
- pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
- sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
- sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
- sqlite3_free(pCtx);
- }
- OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h,
- (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
- return rc;
-}
+#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
+# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (0x0003FFF7)
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */
+typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */
+typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */
+#endif
/*
-** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
-** to proxy locking.
+** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
+** with some code of our own.
*/
-static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
- proxyTakeConch(pFile);
- if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
- *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
- }else{
- *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
- }
- } else {
- *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
- if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
- if( isProxyStyle ){
- /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
- }else{
- /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }else{
- const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
- if( isProxyStyle ){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
- (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
- if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
- || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
- !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
- }
- }else{
- /* turn on proxy file locking */
- rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
- }
- }
- return rc;
- }
- default: {
- assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
- }
- }
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+typedef struct winceLock {
+ int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */
+ BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
+ BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
+ BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
+} winceLock;
+#endif
/*
-** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
-** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the
-** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
+** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
+** portability layer.
*/
-
+typedef struct winFile winFile;
+struct winFile {
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */
+ HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
+ u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+ short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+ u8 ctrlFlags; /* Flags. See WINFILE_* below */
+ DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
+#endif
+ const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */
+ int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */
+ HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
+ HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
+ winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
+ winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
+ HANDLE hMap; /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
+ void *pMapRegion; /* Area memory mapped */
+ sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapped region */
+ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */
+ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
+#endif
+};
/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags
*/
-static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
- unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
- }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
- pResOut=0;
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
+#define WINFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */
+#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#define WINFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
- unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
- pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
- }else{
- /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug().
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD)))
+#endif
+/*
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the data directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1)
+#endif
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
- unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
- pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
- }else{
- /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the temporary directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2)
+#endif
/*
-** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
-*/
-static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
- if( id ){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- if( lockProxy ){
- rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
- pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
- }
- if( conchFile ){
- if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
- rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- sqlite3_free(conchFile);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
- sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
- sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
- /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
- pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
- pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
- sqlite3_free(pCtx);
- return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
+ * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+/*
+ * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32
+ * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used. This
+ * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT. By default, this is enabled
+ * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the
+ * winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown
+ * function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will
+ * be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed
+ * data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE (TRUE)
+#endif
+/*
+ * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \
+ (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304)
+#endif
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
-** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
-** restricted to MacOSX.
-**
-**
-******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
+ * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0)
+#endif
/*
-** Initialize the operating system interface.
-**
-** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
-** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
-** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
-** files.
-**
-** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
-** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
-** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
-** should not be used.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
- /*
- ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
- ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
- ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
- ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
- ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
- ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
- **
- ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
- ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the
- ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
- ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
- ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
- **
- ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
- ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
- ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
- ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
- ** that filesystem time.
- */
- #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \
- 3, /* iVersion */ \
- sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \
- MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \
- 0, /* pNext */ \
- VFSNAME, /* zName */ \
- (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \
- unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \
- unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \
- unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \
- unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \
- unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \
- unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \
- unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \
- unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \
- unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \
- unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \
- unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \
- unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \
- unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \
- unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \
- unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \
- unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \
- }
+ * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be
+ * zero for the default behavior.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0)
+#endif
- /*
- ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
- **
- ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
- ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following
- ** array cannot be const.
- */
- static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
- UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ),
-#else
- UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ),
+
+/*
+** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
+** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
+*/
+typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
+struct winMemData {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ u32 magic1; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
#endif
- UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ),
- UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ),
- UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ),
-#if OS_VXWORKS
- UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
+ HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
+ BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ u32 magic2; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ),
-#if !OS_VXWORKS
- UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ),
+};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define WINMEM_MAGIC1 0x42b2830b
+#define WINMEM_MAGIC2 0xbd4d7cf4
#endif
+
+static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ WINMEM_MAGIC1,
#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
- UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ),
- UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ),
- UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ),
+ NULL, FALSE
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ ,WINMEM_MAGIC2
#endif
- };
- unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */
+};
- /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
- ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
- assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==16 );
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 )
+#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 )
+#define winMemAssertMagic() winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2();
+#else
+#define winMemAssertMagic()
+#endif
- /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
- for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
- sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#define winMemGetDataPtr() &win_mem_data
+#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap
+#define winMemGetOwned() win_mem_data.bOwned
-/*
-** Shutdown the operating system interface.
-**
-** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
-** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix.
-** This routine is a no-op for unix.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
+static int winMemSize(void *p);
+static int winMemRoundup(int n);
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
+** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win9x
+** or WinNT.
**
-******************************************************************************
+** 0: Operating system unknown.
+** 1: Operating system is Win9x.
+** 2: Operating system is WinNT.
**
-** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
+** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
+** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#else
+static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef SYSCALL
+# define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
+#endif
/*
-** A Note About Memory Allocation:
-**
-** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
-** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers
-** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
-** malloc failures happen frequently. Win32 does not typically run on
-** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
-** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not
-** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
-**
-** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the
-** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
-** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We
-** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
-** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
-** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
-** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
-** code. Better to leave the code out, we think.
-**
-** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new
-** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
-** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on windows
-** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
-*/
-
-#include <winbase.h>
+** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT.
+ */
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+# define osAreFileApisANSI() 1
#endif
/*
-** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
*/
-#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
+static struct win_syscall {
+ const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI, 0 },
+#else
+ { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI
+#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+#endif
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)CharLowerW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)CharUpperW, 0 },
#else
-#define OSTRACE(X)
+ { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
+ { "CloseHandle", (SYSCALL)CloseHandle, 0 },
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
- (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
- #if defined(__GNUC__)
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned int lo, hi;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
- return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
- }
+#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
- #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- __asm {
- rdtsc
- ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
- }
- }
+#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
- #endif
+#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \
+ !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+ { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+ DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long val;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
- return val;
- }
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+ !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+ { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long long retval;
- unsigned long junk;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
- 1: mftbu %1\n\
- mftb %L0\n\
- mftbu %0\n\
- cmpw %0,%1\n\
- bne 1b"
- : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
- return retval;
- }
+#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+ DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW, 0 },
#else
+ { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \
+ LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
- /*
- ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
- ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
- ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
- ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
- ** least compile and run.
- */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+ { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed
+#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime, 0 },
#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+ { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
- if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
- || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \
- { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
- IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
- sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
- if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
- local_ioerr(); \
- sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
- sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
- CODE; \
- }else{ \
- sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
- } \
- }
+#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+ LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+ { "FlushFileBuffers", (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers, 0 },
+
+#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA, 0 },
#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+ { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+ DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW, 0 },
#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
+ { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+ DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+ { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary, 0 },
+#else
+ { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
+#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
+
+ { "GetCurrentProcessId", (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId, 0 },
+
+#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
-** reduced API.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
-# define FormatMessageW(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) 0
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+ LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/* Forward references */
-typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */
-typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+ LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
-/*
-** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
-** with some code of our own.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-typedef struct winceLock {
- int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */
- BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
- BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
- BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
-} winceLock;
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/*
-** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
-** portability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct winFile winFile;
-struct winFile {
- const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */
- HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
- unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
- short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
- DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
- DWORD sectorSize; /* Sector size of the device file is on */
- winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
- const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */
- int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */
- HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
- HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
- winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
- winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */
+#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-};
+#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
-/*
-** Forward prototypes.
-*/
-static int getSectorSize(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zRelative /* UTF-8 file name */
-);
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
-** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95
-** or WinNT.
-**
-** 0: Operating system unknown.
-** 1: Operating system is Win95.
-** 2: Operating system is WinNT.
-**
-** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
-** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \
+ LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)GetFileSize, 0 },
#else
-static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+ { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-# define isNT() (1)
+#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA, 0 },
#else
- static int isNT(void){
- if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
- OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
- sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
- GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
- sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
- }
- return sqlite3_os_type==2;
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+ { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?).
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
-*/
-static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
- int nChar;
- WCHAR *zWideFilename;
+#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+ LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
- nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
- zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
- if( zWideFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
- if( nChar==0 ){
- free(zWideFilename);
- zWideFilename = 0;
- }
- return zWideFilename;
-}
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is
-** obtained from malloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
- int nByte;
- char *zFilename;
+#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+ LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- zFilename = malloc( nByte );
- if( zFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
- 0, 0);
- if( nByte == 0 ){
- free(zFilename);
- zFilename = 0;
- }
- return zFilename;
-}
+ { "GetLastError", (SYSCALL)GetLastError, 0 },
-/*
-** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
-** current codepage settings for file apis.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
-** from malloc.
-*/
-static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
- int nByte;
- WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
- int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)
- nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
- zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
- if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
- if( nByte==0 ){
- free(zMbcsFilename);
- zMbcsFilename = 0;
- }
- return zMbcsFilename;
-}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */
+ { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA, 0 },
+#else
+ /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
+ ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
+ { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress, 0 },
+#endif
+#else
+ { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
-** user's Ansi codepage.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
-** malloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
- int nByte;
- char *zFilename;
- int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \
+ LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- zFilename = malloc( nByte );
- if( zFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
- 0, 0);
- if( nByte == 0 ){
- free(zFilename);
- zFilename = 0;
- }
- return zFilename;
-}
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
- char *zFilenameUtf8;
- WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)
- zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
- if( zTmpWide==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
- free(zTmpWide);
- return zFilenameUtf8;
-}
+ { "GetSystemTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime, 0 },
-/*
-** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
- char *zFilenameMbcs;
- WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent)
- zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- if( zTmpWide==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
- free(zTmpWide);
- return zFilenameMbcs;
-}
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent)
-/*
-** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
-*/
-static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it
- ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
- ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
- */
- DWORD error = GetLastError();
- DWORD dwLen = 0;
- char *zOut = 0;
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- if( isNT() ){
- WCHAR *zTempWide = NULL;
- dwLen = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
- NULL,
- error,
- 0,
- (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
- 0,
- 0);
- if( dwLen > 0 ){
- /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
- zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
- /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
- LocalFree(zTempWide);
- }
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
-** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- char *zTemp = NULL;
- dwLen = FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
- NULL,
- error,
- 0,
- (LPSTR) &zTemp,
- 0,
- 0);
- if( dwLen > 0 ){
- /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
- zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
- /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
- LocalFree(zTemp);
- }
+#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
- }
- if( 0 == dwLen ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
- }else{
- /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
- /* free the UTF8 buffer */
- free(zOut);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-/*
-**
-** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
-** winLogError().
-**
-** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
-** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
-** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from
-** FormatMessage.
-**
-** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
-** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
-** failed and the the associated file-system path, if any.
-*/
-#define winLogError(a,b,c) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
-static int winLogErrorAtLine(
- int errcode, /* SQLite error code */
- const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */
- const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */
- int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */
-){
- char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- DWORD iErrno = GetLastError(); /* Error code */
+#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent)
- zMsg[0] = 0;
- getLastErrorMsg(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
- assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
- if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
- for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
- zMsg[i] = 0;
- sqlite3_log(errcode,
- "os_win.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
- iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
- );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- return errcode;
-}
+#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent)
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-/*************************************************************************
-** This section contains code for WinCE only.
-*/
-/*
-** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a
-** substitute.
-*/
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
-{
- static struct tm y;
- FILETIME uTm, lTm;
- SYSTEMTIME pTm;
- sqlite3_int64 t64;
- t64 = *t;
- t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
- uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
- uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
- FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
- FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
- y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
- y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
- y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
- y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
- y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
- y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
- y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
- return &y;
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \
+ SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+ { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
-#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
+#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+ LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent)
-#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+ defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+ { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
+#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+ LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent)
-/*
-** Acquire a lock on the handle h
-*/
-static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
- DWORD dwErr;
- do {
- dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
- } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
-}
-/*
-** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
-*/
-#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
+ { "HeapAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc, 0 },
-/*
-** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
-** descriptor pFile
-*/
-static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
- WCHAR *zTok;
- WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+ SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent)
- /* Initialize the local lockdata */
- ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)HeapCreate, 0 },
+#else
+ { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
- ** to derive a mutex name. */
- zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
- for (;*zTok;zTok++){
- if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
- }
+#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \
+ SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent)
- /* Create/open the named mutex */
- pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
- if (!pFile->hMutex){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
- free(zName);
- return FALSE;
- }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy, 0 },
+#else
+ { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
- /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
- ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
- ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
- */
- CharUpperW(zName);
- pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
- PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
- zName);
+#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent)
- /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
- ** must be zero-initialized */
- if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
- bInit = FALSE;
- }
+ { "HeapFree", (SYSCALL)HeapFree, 0 },
- free(zName);
+#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent)
- /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
- if (pFile->hShared){
- pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
- FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
- /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
- if (!pFile->shared){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
- pFile->hShared = NULL;
- }
- }
+ { "HeapReAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc, 0 },
- /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
- if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
- pFile->hMutex = NULL;
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
- if (bInit) {
- ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
- }
+#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \
+ SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent)
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return TRUE;
-}
+ { "HeapSize", (SYSCALL)HeapSize, 0 },
-/*
-** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
-*/
-static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
- if (pFile->hMutex){
- /* Acquire the mutex */
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+ LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent)
- /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
- are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
- if (pFile->local.nReaders){
- pFile->shared->nReaders --;
- }
- if (pFile->local.bReserved){
- pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
- }
- if (pFile->local.bPending){
- pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
- }
- if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
- }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)HeapValidate, 0 },
+#else
+ { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
- UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+ LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent)
- /* Done with the mutex */
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
- pFile->hMutex = NULL;
- }
-}
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)HeapCompact, 0 },
+#else
+ { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFile(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
-){
- winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
- BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent)
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+ { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent)
- /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
- if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
- && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
- if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+ !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+ { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- /* Want a read-only lock? */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
- nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
- pFile->local.nReaders ++;
- if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
- pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
- }
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
+#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent)
- /* Want a pending lock? */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
- if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
- pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)LocalFree, 0 },
+#else
+ { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- /* Want a reserved lock? */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
- pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
+#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent)
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return bReturn;
-}
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)LockFile, 0 },
+#else
+ { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
-/*
-** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
-){
- winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
- BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+#ifndef osLockFile
+#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent)
+#endif
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)LockFileEx, 0 },
+#else
+ { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+#ifndef osLockFileEx
+#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent)
+#endif
- /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
- if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
- /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
- if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
- assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
- pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+ { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile, 0 },
+#else
+ { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
- /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
- else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
- assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
- pFile->local.nReaders --;
- if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
- {
- pFile->shared->nReaders --;
- }
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
+#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent)
- /* Releasing a pending lock */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->local.bPending){
- pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
- /* Releasing a reserved lock */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
- pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
+ { "MultiByteToWideChar", (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar, 0 },
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return bReturn;
-}
+#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \
+ int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent)
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFlags,
- DWORD dwReserved,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
- LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwReserved);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
+ { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 },
- /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
- ** to winceLockFile */
- if (lpOverlapped->Offset == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
- dwFlags == 1 &&
- nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
- return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-/*
-** End of the special code for wince
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+ LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent)
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
+ { "ReadFile", (SYSCALL)ReadFile, 0 },
-/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent)
+
+ { "SetEndOfFile", (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile, 0 },
+
+#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer, 0 },
+#else
+ { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \
+ DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)Sleep, 0 },
+#else
+ { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent)
+
+ { "SystemTimeToFileTime", (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime, 0 },
+
+#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \
+ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)UnlockFile, 0 },
+#else
+ { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osUnlockFile
+#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx, 0 },
+#else
+ { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+ { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile, 0 },
+#else
+ { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent)
+
+ { "WideCharToMultiByte", (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte, 0 },
+
+#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \
+ LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent)
+
+ { "WriteFile", (SYSCALL)WriteFile, 0 },
+
+#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \
+ DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject, 0 },
+#else
+ { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+ DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx, 0 },
+#else
+ { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+ BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx, 0 },
+#else
+ { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \
+ PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+ FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+ { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp, 0 },
+#else
+ { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \
+ SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)CreateFile2, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+ LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+ { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary, 0 },
+#else
+ { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \
+ DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo, 0 },
+#else
+ { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+ LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA, 0 },
+#else
+ { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW, 0 },
+#else
+ { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent)
+
+ { "GetProcessHeap", (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap, 0 },
+
+#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+ { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
+#else
+ { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
#endif
+#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)
+
/*
-** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first
-** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0.
-** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
+** NOTE: On some sub-platforms, the InterlockedCompareExchange "function"
+** is really just a macro that uses a compiler intrinsic (e.g. x64).
+** So do not try to make this is into a redefinable interface.
*/
-static int seekWinFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
- LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
- LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
- DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
+#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange)
+ { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0, 0 },
- upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
- lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
+#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
+#else
+ { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },
- /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword
- ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
- ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN,
- ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine
- ** whether an error has actually occured, it is also necessary to call
- ** GetLastError().
- */
- dwRet = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, "seekWinFile", pFile->zPath);
- return 1;
- }
+#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \
+ SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
+#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */
- return 0;
-}
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
/*
-** Close a file.
-**
-** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
-** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
-** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If
-** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As
-** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
-** giving up and returning an error.
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "win32" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
*/
-#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
-static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
- int rc, cnt = 0;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+static int winSetSystemCall(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+ unsigned int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
- assert( id!=0 );
- assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
- OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
- do{
- rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
- /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
- }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
- winceDestroyLock(pFile);
- if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
- int cnt = 0;
- while(
- DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
- && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff
- && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
- ){
- Sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+ if( zName==0 ){
+ /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+ ** settings and return NULL
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+ ** specified.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+ aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+ break;
+ }
}
- free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
}
-#endif
- OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d %s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
- OpenCounter(-1);
- return rc ? SQLITE_OK
- : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "winClose", pFile->zPath);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
+** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
*/
-static int winRead(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */
- void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */
- sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+ const char *zName
){
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */
- DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
-
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
- OSTRACE(("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+ unsigned int i;
- if( seekWinFile(pFile, offset) ){
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, "winRead", pFile->zPath);
- }
- if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
- /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
}
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
*/
-static int winWrite(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */
- const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */
- sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
- int rc; /* True if error has occured, else false */
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */
-
- assert( amt>0 );
- assert( pFile );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
- SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
-
- OSTRACE(("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
-
- rc = seekWinFile(pFile, offset);
- if( rc==0 ){
- u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */
- int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
- DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
+static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+ int i = -1;
- while( nRem>0 && WriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) && nWrite>0 ){
- aRem += nWrite;
- nRem -= nWrite;
- }
- if( nRem>0 ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- rc = 1;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+ if( zName ){
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
}
}
-
- if( rc ){
- if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
- || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, "winWrite", pFile->zPath);
+ for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 0;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
+** compact it. Upon success, SQLITE_OK will be returned. Upon failure, one
+** of SQLITE_NOMEM, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND will be returned. The
+** "pnLargest" argument, if non-zero, will be used to return the size of the
+** largest committed free block in the heap, in bytes.
*/
-static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */
-
- assert( pFile );
-
- OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte));
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
-
- /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
- ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
- ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
- ** size).
- */
- if( pFile->szChunk ){
- nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ UINT nLargest = 0;
+ HANDLE hHeap;
+
+ winMemAssertMagic();
+ hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+ assert( hHeap!=0 );
+ assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+ assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ if( (nLargest=osHeapCompact(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS))==0 ){
+ DWORD lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ if( lastErrno==NO_ERROR ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCompact (no space), heap=%p",
+ (void*)hHeap);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "failed to HeapCompact (%lu), heap=%p",
+ osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
}
+#else
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTFOUND, "failed to HeapCompact, heap=%p",
+ (void*)hHeap);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+#endif
+ if( pnLargest ) *pnLargest = nLargest;
+ return rc;
+}
- /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
- if( seekWinFile(pFile, nByte) ){
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
- }else if( 0==SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
+/*
+** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
+** destroy and recreate it. If the Win32 native heap is not isolated and/or
+** the sqlite3_memory_used() function does not return zero, SQLITE_BUSY will
+** be returned and no changes will be made to the Win32 native heap.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
+ int rc;
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; ) /* The memsys static mutex */
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
+ winMemAssertMagic();
+ if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
+ /*
+ ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
+ ** the heap. Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
+ ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
+ ** be able to even access the heap. Attempt to destroy and recreate our
+ ** isolated Win32 native heap now.
+ */
+ assert( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
+ assert( winMemGetOwned() );
+ assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+ winMemShutdown(winMemGetDataPtr());
+ assert( winMemGetHeap()==NULL );
+ assert( !winMemGetOwned() );
+ assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+ rc = winMemInit(winMemGetDataPtr());
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetOwned() );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+ }else{
+ /*
+ ** The Win32 native heap cannot be modified because it may be in use.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
-
- OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld %s\n", pFile->h, nByte, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger
+** (if available).
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_write_debug(const char *zBuf, int nBuf){
+ char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE];
+ int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */
+ if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */
+ assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE );
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ if( nMin>0 ){
+ memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+ memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+ osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf);
+ }else{
+ osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf);
+ }
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+ if ( osMultiByteToWideChar(
+ osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf,
+ nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){
+ return;
+ }
+ osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf);
+#else
+ if( nMin>0 ){
+ memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+ memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf);
+ }else{
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf);
+ }
#endif
+}
/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms
+** milliseconds. This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface.
*/
-static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- BOOL rc;
-#else
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL;
#endif
- assert( pFile );
- /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
- assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
- || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
- );
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ if ( sleepObj==NULL ){
+ sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET,
+ SYNCHRONIZE);
+ }
+ assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
+ osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
+#else
+ osSleep(milliseconds);
+#endif
+}
- OSTRACE(("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
+ SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){
+ DWORD rc;
+ while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE,
+ TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){}
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif
- /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
- ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
- */
- SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+# define osIsNT() (1)
+#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+# define osIsNT() (1)
+#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+# define osIsNT() (0)
#else
- if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
- sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
- }
- sqlite3_sync_count++;
+# define osIsNT() ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt())
#endif
- /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
- ** no-op
+/*
+** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows
+** based on the NT kernel.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: The WinRT sub-platform is always assumed to be based on the NT
+ ** kernel.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 1;
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+ if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
+ sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+ osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
+ osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
+ (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
+ sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+ osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
+ osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
+ (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
+#endif
+ }
+ return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
+#elif SQLITE_TEST
+ return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
#else
- rc = FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
- SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "winSync", pFile->zPath);
- }
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: All sub-platforms where the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are
+ ** deprecated are always assumed to be based on the NT kernel.
+ */
+ return 1;
#endif
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
-static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
- DWORD upperBits;
- DWORD lowerBits;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- DWORD error;
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
+ HANDLE hHeap;
+ void *p;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
- lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
- if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
- && ((error = GetLastError()) != NO_ERROR) )
- {
- pFile->lastErrno = error;
- return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
+ winMemAssertMagic();
+ hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+ assert( hHeap!=0 );
+ assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+ assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+ assert( nBytes>=0 );
+ p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+ if( !p ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
+ nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
}
- *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return p;
}
/*
-** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
+** Free memory.
*/
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
-# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
+ HANDLE hHeap;
+
+ winMemAssertMagic();
+ hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+ assert( hHeap!=0 );
+ assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+ assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
#endif
+ if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
+ if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
+ pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
-** is Win95 or WinNT.
-*/
-static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
- int res;
- if( isNT() ){
- OVERLAPPED ovlp;
- ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
- ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
- ovlp.hEvent = 0;
- res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY,
- 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp);
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- int lk;
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
- pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+ HANDLE hHeap;
+ void *p;
+
+ winMemAssertMagic();
+ hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+ assert( hHeap!=0 );
+ assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+ assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
#endif
+ assert( nBytes>=0 );
+ if( !pPrior ){
+ p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+ }else{
+ p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
}
- if( res == 0 ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- /* No need to log a failure to lock */
+ if( !p ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
+ pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(),
+ (void*)hHeap);
}
- return res;
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Undo a readlock
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
*/
-static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
- int res;
- if( isNT() ){
- res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+static int winMemSize(void *p){
+ HANDLE hHeap;
+ SIZE_T n;
+
+ winMemAssertMagic();
+ hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+ assert( hHeap!=0 );
+ assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+ assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) );
#endif
+ if( !p ) return 0;
+ n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
+ if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
+ p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return (int)n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int winMemRoundup(int n){
+ return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
+ winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
+
+ if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
+ assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+ if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+ DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE;
+ DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
+ if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){
+ dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE;
+ }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){
+ dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize;
+ }
+ pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
+ dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize);
+ if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+ "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu",
+ osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize,
+ dwMaximumSize);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
+ assert( pWinMemData->bOwned );
}
- if( res==0 && GetLastError()!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, "unlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
+#else
+ pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap();
+ if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+ "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError());
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- return res;
+ pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+ assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned );
+#endif
+ assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
+ assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+ assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
+** Deinitialize this module.
*/
-static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */
- int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */
- int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
- int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- DWORD error = NO_ERROR;
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
+ winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
- assert( id!=0 );
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
- pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte));
+ if( !pWinMemData ) return;
+ assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
+ assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
- ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+ assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+ assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+ if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
+ if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p",
+ osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
+ }
+ pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+ }
+ pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
}
+}
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- */
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
+ winMemMalloc,
+ winMemFree,
+ winMemRealloc,
+ winMemSize,
+ winMemRoundup,
+ winMemInit,
+ winMemShutdown,
+ &win_mem_data
+ };
+ return &winMemMethods;
+}
- /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
- ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
- ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
- */
- newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
- if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
- || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
- && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
- ){
- int cnt = 3;
- while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
- /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be
- ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
- */
- OSTRACE(("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt));
- Sleep(1);
- }
- gotPendingLock = res;
- if( !res ){
- error = GetLastError();
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
- /* Acquire a shared lock
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
- res = getReadLock(pFile);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- }else{
- error = GetLastError();
- }
- }
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?).
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
+*/
+static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+ int nChar;
+ LPWSTR zWideFilename;
- /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
- */
- if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
- }else{
- error = GetLastError();
- }
+ nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
+ if( nChar==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- /* Acquire a PENDING lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
- newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- gotPendingLock = 0;
+ zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
+ if( zWideFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
- res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- OSTRACE(("unreadlock = %d\n", res));
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
- }else{
- error = GetLastError();
- OSTRACE(("error-code = %d\n", error));
- getReadLock(pFile);
- }
+ nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename,
+ nChar);
+ if( nChar==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zWideFilename);
+ zWideFilename = 0;
}
+ return zWideFilename;
+}
- /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
- ** release it now.
- */
- if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
+/*
+** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is
+** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
+ int nByte;
+ char *zFilename;
- /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
- ** return the appropriate result code.
- */
- if( res ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- OSTRACE(("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
- locktype, newLocktype));
- pFile->lastErrno = error;
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( nByte == 0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
- return rc;
+ zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
+ if( zFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+ 0, 0);
+ if( nByte == 0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zFilename);
+ zFilename = 0;
+ }
+ return zFilename;
}
/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
+** current codepage settings for file apis.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
+** from sqlite3_malloc.
*/
-static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- int rc;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+ int nByte;
+ LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
+ int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
- assert( id!=0 );
- if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- rc = 1;
- OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc));
- }else{
- rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- if( rc ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- rc = !rc;
- OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc));
+ nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,
+ 0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- *pResOut = rc;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
+ if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename,
+ nByte);
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename);
+ zMbcsFilename = 0;
+ }
+ return zMbcsFilename;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the
+** user's ANSI codepage.
**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc().
*/
-static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
- int type;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte));
- type = pFile->locktype;
- if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
- /* This should never happen. We should always be able to
- ** reacquire the read lock */
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
- }
- }
- if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
+ int nByte;
+ char *zFilename;
+ int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+ nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( nByte == 0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
- unlockReadLock(pFile);
+ zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
+ if( zFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename,
+ nByte, 0, 0);
+ if( nByte == 0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zFilename);
+ zFilename = 0;
}
- pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
- return rc;
+ return zFilename;
}
/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
+** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
-static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
- *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
- *(int*)pArg = (int)((winFile*)id)->lastErrno;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
- ((winFile*)id)->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
- sqlite3_int64 sz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- winTruncate(id, sz);
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
+ char *zFilenameUtf8;
+ LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+ zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
+ if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+ zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
+ sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+ return zFilenameUtf8;
}
/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
+** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
-static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
- assert( id!=0 );
- return (int)(((winFile*)id)->sectorSize);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
+ char *zFilenameMbcs;
+ LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+ zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+ if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
+ sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+ return zFilenameMbcs;
}
/*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on
+** the provided arguments. The type argument must be 1 in order to set the
+** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory. The zValue
+** argument is the name of the directory to use. The return value will be
+** SQLITE_OK if successful.
*/
-static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
- return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){
+ char **ppDirectory = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+ if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+ ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory;
+ }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+ ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory;
+ }
+ assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+ || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+ );
+ assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ if( ppDirectory ){
+ char *zValueUtf8 = 0;
+ if( zValue && zValue[0] ){
+ zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue);
+ if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory);
+ *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-/*
-** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
-** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
-** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
-** to get the granularity size.
+/*
+** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
*/
-SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
+static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it
+ ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+ ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
+ */
+ DWORD dwLen = 0;
+ char *zOut = 0;
+
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1];
+ dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+ FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+ NULL,
+ lastErrno,
+ 0,
+ zTempWide,
+ SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS,
+ 0);
+#else
+ LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL;
+ dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+ FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+ FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+ NULL,
+ lastErrno,
+ 0,
+ (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
+ 0,
+ 0);
+#endif
+ if( dwLen > 0 ){
+ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+ osLocalFree(zTempWide);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ char *zTemp = NULL;
+ dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+ FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+ FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+ NULL,
+ lastErrno,
+ 0,
+ (LPSTR) &zTemp,
+ 0,
+ 0);
+ if( dwLen > 0 ){
+ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+ osLocalFree(zTemp);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ if( 0 == dwLen ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno);
+ }else{
+ /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
+ /* free the UTF8 buffer */
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by
-** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
**
-** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
-** statements. e.g.
+** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
+** winLogError().
**
-** winShmEnterMutex()
-** assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
-** winShmLeaveMutex()
+** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
+** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from
+** FormatMessage.
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
*/
-static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
- return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+#define winLogError(a,b,c,d) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
+static int winLogErrorAtLine(
+ int errcode, /* SQLite error code */
+ DWORD lastErrno, /* Win32 last error */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */
+ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */
+ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+ char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+
+ zMsg[0] = 0;
+ winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
+ assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+ for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
+ zMsg[i] = 0;
+ sqlite3_log(errcode,
+ "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s",
+ iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
+ );
+
+ return errcode;
}
+
+/*
+** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
+** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by
+** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry.
+** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
+#endif
+static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
+static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;
/*
-** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
-** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same
-** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
-** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each
-** log-summary is opened only once per process.
-**
-** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
-** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
-**
-** nRef
-** pNext
-**
-** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-**
-** fid
-** zFilename
-**
-** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
-** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
-** in this structure.
+** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O
+** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried. It
+** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return
+** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation
+** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being
+** retried. The argument to this macro should be a variable.
**
+** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined. If it
+** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1"
+** returns zero. The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and
+** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should
+** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller. If
+** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics
+** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro.
*/
-struct winShmNode {
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
- char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */
- winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */
-
- int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
- int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
- struct ShmRegion {
- HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
- void *pMap;
- } *aRegion;
- DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1)
+#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED) || \
+ ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION) || \
+ ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION) || \
+ ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST) || \
+ ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED) || \
+ ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT) || \
+ ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE))
+#endif
- int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
- winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
- winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */
+/*
+** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
+** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE
+** to give up with an error.
+*/
+static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){
+ DWORD e = osGetLastError();
+ if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){
+ if( pError ){
+ *pError = e;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){
+ sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
+ ++*pnRetry;
+ return 1;
+ }
+#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2)
+ else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){
+ sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
+ ++*pnRetry;
+ return 1;
+ }
#endif
-};
+ if( pError ){
+ *pError = e;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
/*
-** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
-**
-** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
+** Log a I/O error retry episode.
*/
-static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
+static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){
+ if( nRetry ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR,
+ "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
+ winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
+ );
+ }
+}
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+/*************************************************************************
+** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API
/*
-** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
-** open shared memory connection.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
-** are read-only thereafter:
-**
-** winShm.pShmNode
-** winShm.id
-**
-** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
-** while accessing any read/write fields.
+** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. So
+** create a substitute.
*/
-struct winShm {
- winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */
- winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
- u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
- u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
- u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
+/* #include <time.h> */
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+{
+ static struct tm y;
+ FILETIME uTm, lTm;
+ SYSTEMTIME pTm;
+ sqlite3_int64 t64;
+ t64 = *t;
+ t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
+ uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
+ osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
+ osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
+ y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
+ y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
+ y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
+ y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
+ y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
+ y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
+ y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
+ return &y;
+}
#endif
-};
+
+#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
/*
-** Constants used for locking
+** Acquire a lock on the handle h
*/
-#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
-#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
+static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
+ DWORD dwErr;
+ do {
+ dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
+ } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+}
+/*
+** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+*/
+#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
/*
-** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
+** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
+** descriptor pFile
*/
-#define _SHM_UNLCK 1
-#define _SHM_RDLCK 2
-#define _SHM_WRLCK 3
-static int winShmSystemLock(
- winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
- int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
- int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
- int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
-){
- OVERLAPPED ovlp;
- DWORD dwFlags;
- int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
+static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
+ LPWSTR zTok;
+ LPWSTR zName;
+ DWORD lastErrno;
+ BOOL bLogged = FALSE;
+ BOOL bInit = TRUE;
- /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
+ zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+ if( zName==0 ){
+ /* out of memory */
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
- /* Initialize the locking parameters */
- dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
- if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+ /* Initialize the local lockdata */
+ memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local));
- memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
- ovlp.Offset = ofst;
+ /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
+ ** to derive a mutex name. */
+ zTok = osCharLowerW(zName);
+ for (;*zTok;zTok++){
+ if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
+ }
- /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
- if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
- rc = UnlockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp);
- }else{
- rc = LockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp);
+ /* Create/open the named mutex */
+ pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
+ if (!pFile->hMutex){
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ sqlite3_free(zName);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
}
-
- if( rc!= 0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+ /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
+ ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
+ ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
+ */
+ osCharUpperW(zName);
+ pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
+ PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
+ zName);
+
+ /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
+ ** must be zero-initialized */
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
+ bInit = FALSE;
}
- OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n",
- pFile->hFile.h,
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed",
- lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "UnlockFileEx" : "LockFileEx",
- pFile->lastErrno));
+ sqlite3_free(zName);
- return rc;
-}
+ /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
+ if( pFile->hShared ){
+ pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
+ FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+ /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
+ if( !pFile->shared ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
+ bLogged = TRUE;
+ osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+ pFile->hShared = NULL;
+ }
+ }
-/* Forward references to VFS methods */
-static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
-static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
+ /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
+ if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){
+ if( !bLogged ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winceCreateLock3", zFilename);
+ bLogged = TRUE;
+ }
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+ pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
+ if( bInit ){
+ memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+ }
+
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
-**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
*/
-static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
- winShmNode **pp;
- winShmNode *p;
- BOOL bRc;
- assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
- pp = &winShmNodeList;
- while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
- if( p->nRef==0 ){
- int i;
- if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
- for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
- bRc = UnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
- OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n",
- (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), i,
- bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
- bRc = CloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
- OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d close region=%d %s\n",
- (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), i,
- bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
- }
- if( p->hFile.h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- }
- if( deleteFlag ){
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- }
- *pp = p->pNext;
- sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- }else{
- pp = &p->pNext;
+static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
+ if (pFile->hMutex){
+ /* Acquire the mutex */
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+ /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
+ are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
+ if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+ pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+ }
+ if (pFile->local.bReserved){
+ pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (pFile->local.bPending){
+ pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
}
+ if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+ pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
+ osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
+ osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+
+ /* Done with the mutex */
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+ pFile->hMutex = NULL;
}
}
/*
-** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
-**
-** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
-** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
-** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
*/
-static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
- struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */
- struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */
- int rc; /* Result code */
- struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
- int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */
+static BOOL winceLockFile(
+ LPHANDLE phFile,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
+){
+ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+ BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
- assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
- /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively
- ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
- */
- p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
- nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
- pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 15 );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
- pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
- sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
- sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename);
+ if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
- /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
- ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
- */
- winShmEnterMutex();
- for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
- /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps
- ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
+ /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
+ if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
+ && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
+ if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+ pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
+ pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
}
- if( pShmNode ){
- sqlite3_free(pNew);
- }else{
- pShmNode = pNew;
- pNew = 0;
- ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
- pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
- winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
- pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
- if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto shm_open_err;
+ /* Want a read-only lock? */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
+ nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+ pFile->local.nReaders ++;
+ if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
+ pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+ }
+ bReturn = TRUE;
}
+ }
- rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
- pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
- (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */
- SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, /* Mode flags */
- 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
- goto shm_open_err;
+ /* Want a pending lock? */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
+ && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+ /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
+ if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
+ pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
+ pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
}
+ }
- /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
- ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
- */
- if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
- rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ /* Want a reserved lock? */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
+ && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
+ pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
+ pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
}
- if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
}
- /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
- p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
-#endif
- pShmNode->nRef++;
- pDbFd->pShm = p;
- winShmLeaveMutex();
-
- /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
- ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
- ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
- ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
- ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
- ** mutex.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
- pShmNode->pFirst = p;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-
- /* Jump here on any error */
-shm_open_err:
- winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
- winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
- sqlite3_free(p);
- sqlite3_free(pNew);
- winShmLeaveMutex();
- return rc;
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ return bReturn;
}
/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
-** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE
*/
-static int winShmUnmap(
- sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */
- int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */
+static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
+ LPHANDLE phFile,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
){
- winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */
- winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */
- winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
- winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */
+ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+ BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
- pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
- p = pDbFd->pShm;
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
- /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
- ** with pShmNode */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
- *pp = p->pNext;
+ if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
- /* Free the connection p */
- sqlite3_free(p);
- pDbFd->pShm = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
+ if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
+ /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
+ if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+ assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
+ pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
+ pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
- /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
- ** shared-memory file, too */
- winShmEnterMutex();
- assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
- pShmNode->nRef--;
- if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
- winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
+ /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
+ else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+ assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE
+ || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
+ pFile->local.nReaders --;
+ if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+ {
+ pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+ }
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
}
- winShmLeaveMutex();
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Releasing a pending lock */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
+ && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->local.bPending){
+ pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
+ pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Releasing a reserved lock */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
+ && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
+ pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
+ pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ return bReturn;
}
+/*
+** End of the special code for wince
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
/*
-** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+** Lock a file region.
*/
-static int winShmLock(
- sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
- int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
- int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
- int flags /* What to do with the lock */
+static BOOL winLockFile(
+ LPHANDLE phFile,
+ DWORD flags,
+ DWORD offsetLow,
+ DWORD offsetHigh,
+ DWORD numBytesLow,
+ DWORD numBytesHigh
){
- winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */
- winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */
- winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
- winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
- u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-
- assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
- assert( n>=1 );
- assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
- || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
- assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
-
- mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
- assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
- u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
-
- /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( pX==p ) continue;
- assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
- allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
- }
-
- /* Unlock the system-level locks */
- if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
- rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Undo the local locks */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->exclMask &= ~mask;
- p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
- }
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
- u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
-
- /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
- ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
- ** SQLITE_BUSY.
- */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- break;
- }
- allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
- }
-
- /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
- rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
-
- /* Get the local shared locks */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->sharedMask |= mask;
- }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+ ** API LockFile.
+ */
+ return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+ numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+ memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+ ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+ ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+ return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
}else{
- /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
- ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
- */
- for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
- ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
- p->exclMask |= mask;
- }
- }
+ return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+ numBytesHigh);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n",
- p->id, (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
- rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- return rc;
+#endif
}
/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
-**
-** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
-** any load or store begun after the barrier.
-*/
-static void winShmBarrier(
- sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */
+** Unlock a file region.
+ */
+static BOOL winUnlockFile(
+ LPHANDLE phFile,
+ DWORD offsetLow,
+ DWORD offsetHigh,
+ DWORD numBytesLow,
+ DWORD numBytesHigh
){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
- /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
- winShmEnterMutex();
- winShmLeaveMutex();
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+ ** API UnlockFile.
+ */
+ return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+ numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+ memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+ ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+ ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+ return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
+ }else{
+ return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+ numBytesHigh);
+ }
+#endif
}
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
+
/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
-** bytes in size.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
-** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
-** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
-** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
-**
-** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
-** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
-static int winShmMap(
- sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */
- int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
- int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
- int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */
- void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
- winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
- winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
- winShmNode *pShmNode;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
- if( !p ){
- rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- p = pDbFd->pShm;
- }
- pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+/*
+** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first
+** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0.
+** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+ LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+ DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
+ DWORD lastErrno; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
- assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+ OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));
- if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
- struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */
- int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */
- sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */
+ upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+ lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
- pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+ /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword
+ ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
+ ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN,
+ ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine
+ ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call
+ ** GetLastError().
+ */
+ dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
- ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
- ** large enough to contain the requested region).
- */
- rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
+ if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+ && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
+ OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
+ return 1;
+ }
- if( sz<nByte ){
- /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
- ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
- **
- ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
- ** the requested memory region.
- */
- if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
- rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
- }
+ OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return 0;
+#else
+ /*
+ ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT.
+ */
- /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
- apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc(
- pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
- );
- if( !apNew ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
- pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
+ LARGE_INTEGER x; /* The new offset */
+ BOOL bRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */
- while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
- HANDLE hMap; /* file-mapping handle */
- void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */
-
- hMap = CreateFileMapping(pShmNode->hFile.h,
- NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
- );
- OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d create region=%d nbyte=%d %s\n",
- (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
- hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
- if( hMap ){
- int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
- int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
- pMap = MapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
- 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
- );
- OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d map region=%d offset=%d size=%d %s\n",
- (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, szRegion,
- pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
- }
- if( !pMap ){
- pShmNode->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
- if( hMap ) CloseHandle(hMap);
- goto shmpage_out;
- }
+ x.QuadPart = iOffset;
+ bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN);
- pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
- pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
- pShmNode->nRegion++;
- }
+ if(!bRet){
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
+ OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
+ return 1;
}
-shmpage_out:
- if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
- int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
- int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
- char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
- *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
- }else{
- *pp = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
- return rc;
+ OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return 0;
+#endif
}
-#else
-# define winShmMap 0
-# define winShmLock 0
-# define winShmBarrier 0
-# define winShmUnmap 0
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */
+static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64);
+static int winUnmapfile(winFile*);
+#endif
/*
-** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+** Close a file.
**
-********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for win32.
+** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
+** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious
+** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If
+** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As
+** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
+** giving up and returning an error.
*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
- 2, /* iVersion */
- winClose, /* xClose */
- winRead, /* xRead */
- winWrite, /* xWrite */
- winTruncate, /* xTruncate */
- winSync, /* xSync */
- winFileSize, /* xFileSize */
- winLock, /* xLock */
- winUnlock, /* xUnlock */
- winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */
- winFileControl, /* xFileControl */
- winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */
- winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
- winShmMap, /* xShmMap */
- winShmLock, /* xShmLock */
- winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */
- winShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */
-};
+#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
+static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+ int rc, cnt = 0;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-/****************************************************************************
-**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
-**
-** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
-** sqlite3_vfs object.
-*/
+ assert( id!=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
+#endif
+ assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+ OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p\n", pFile->h));
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
-** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result
-** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-*/
-static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
- void *zConverted = 0;
- if( isNT() ){
- zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ winUnmapfile(pFile);
+#endif
+
+ do{
+ rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h);
+ /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
+ }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
+ winceDestroyLock(pFile);
+ if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
+ int cnt = 0;
+ while(
+ osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
+ && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff
+ && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
+ ){
+ sqlite3_win32_sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
+ }
#endif
+ if( rc ){
+ pFile->h = NULL;
}
- /* caller will handle out of memory */
- return zConverted;
+ OpenCounter(-1);
+ OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ return rc ? SQLITE_OK
+ : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(),
+ "winClose", pFile->zPath);
}
/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- static char zChars[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789";
- size_t i, j;
- char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
-
- /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
- ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing.
- */
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+static int winRead(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */
+ void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */
+ int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for ReadFile. */
+#endif
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */
+ DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
+ int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */
- if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
- }else if( isNT() ){
- char *zMulti;
- WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
- GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
- zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
- if( zMulti ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
- free(zMulti);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
-** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- char *zUtf8;
- char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
- GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
- zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
- if( zUtf8 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
- free(zUtf8);
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ assert( amt>0 );
+ assert( offset>=0 );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
+ OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
+ ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */
+ if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+ memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
+ OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
+ memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
+ pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+ amt -= nCopy;
+ offset += nCopy;
}
-#endif
}
+#endif
- /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
- ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
- */
- if( (sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath) + sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= nBuf ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){
+ OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
}
-
- for(i=sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
- zTempPath[i] = 0;
-
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf,
- "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
- j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
- sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
- for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
- zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+ while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
+#else
+ memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+ overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+ overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+ while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) &&
+ osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){
+#endif
+ DWORD lastErrno;
+ if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", pFile->h));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winRead", pFile->zPath);
+ }
+ winLogIoerr(nRetry);
+ if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
+ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
+ OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
}
- zBuf[j] = 0;
- OSTRACE(("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf));
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Open a file.
+** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
*/
-static int winOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
- sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
- int flags, /* Open mode flags */
- int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */
+static int winWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */
+ const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */
+ int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
){
- HANDLE h;
- DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
- DWORD dwShareMode;
- DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
- DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- int isTemp = 0;
-#endif
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */
- const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+ int rc = 0; /* True if error has occurred, else false */
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */
+ int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */
- /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
- ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
- */
- char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
+ assert( amt>0 );
+ assert( pFile );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
+ SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */
-#endif
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
- int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
- int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
- int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
+ ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */
+ if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+ memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
+ memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
+ pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+ amt -= nCopy;
+ offset += nCopy;
+ }
+ }
#endif
- int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
- eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
- ));
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+#else
+ {
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for WriteFile. */
#endif
+ u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */
+ int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
+ DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
+ DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
- /* Check the following statements are true:
- **
- ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
- ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
- ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
- ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
- */
- assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
- assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
- assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
- assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+ overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+ overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
- /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
- ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+ while( nRem>0 ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
+#else
+ if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
+#endif
+ if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+ break;
+ }
+ assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem );
+ if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ break;
+ }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ offset += nWrite;
+ overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+ overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
+ aRem += nWrite;
+ nRem -= nWrite;
+ }
+ if( nRem>0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ rc = 1;
+ }
+ }
- /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
- );
+ if( rc ){
+ if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
+ || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winWrite1", pFile->zPath);
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", pFile->h));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winWrite2", pFile->zPath);
+ }else{
+ winLogIoerr(nRetry);
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- assert( id!=0 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */
+ DWORD lastErrno;
- pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ assert( pFile );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
+ OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype));
- /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
- ** temporary file name to use
+ /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+ ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+ ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+ ** size).
*/
- if( !zUtf8Name ){
- assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal);
- rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
+ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
}
- /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
+ if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
+ }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) &&
+ ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
}
- if( isReadWrite ){
- dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
- }else{
- dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently
+ ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
+ ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
+ */
+ if( pFile->pMapRegion && nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
+ pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
}
+#endif
- /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
- ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
- ** as it is usually understood.
+ OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ /*
+ ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined.
+ */
+ BOOL rc;
+#endif
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \
+ (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG))
+ /*
+ ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or
+ ** OSTRACE() macros.
+ */
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+#endif
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+ || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+ );
+
+ /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+ ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
*/
- if( isExclusive ){
- /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
- /* If the file exists, it fails. */
- dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
- }else if( isCreate ){
- /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
- dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
- }else{
- /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
- dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
- }
+ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
- dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+ OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, flags, pFile->locktype));
- if( isDelete ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
- isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
#else
- dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
- | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
- | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+ if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+ sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+ }
+ sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif
+
+ /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+ ** no-op
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+ rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
+ SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
+ if( rc ){
+ OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", pFile->h));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winSync", pFile->zPath);
}
- /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
- ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
#endif
+}
- if( isNT() ){
- h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- dwDesiredAccess,
- dwShareMode,
- NULL,
- dwCreationDisposition,
- dwFlagsAndAttributes,
- NULL
- );
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
-** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
- dwDesiredAccess,
- dwShareMode,
- NULL,
- dwCreationDisposition,
- dwFlagsAndAttributes,
- NULL
- );
-#endif
- }
+static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- OSTRACE(("OPEN %d %s 0x%lx %s\n",
- h, zName, dwDesiredAccess,
- h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ assert( pSize!=0 );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
+ OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize));
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
- free(zConverted);
- if( isReadWrite ){
- return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id,
- ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ {
+ FILE_STANDARD_INFO info;
+ if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo,
+ &info, sizeof(info)) ){
+ *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart;
}else{
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
}
}
+#else
+ {
+ DWORD upperBits;
+ DWORD lowerBits;
+ DWORD lastErrno;
- if( pOutFlags ){
- if( isReadWrite ){
- *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
- }else{
- *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+ lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
+ *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+ if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
+ && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
}
}
-
- memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
- pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
- pFile->h = h;
- pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
- pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
- pFile->pShm = 0;
- pFile->zPath = zName;
- pFile->sectorSize = getSectorSize(pVfs, zUtf8Name);
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
- && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
- ){
- CloseHandle(h);
- free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
- }
- if( isTemp ){
- pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
- }else
#endif
- {
- free(zConverted);
- }
-
- OpenCounter(+1);
+ OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n",
+ pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
return rc;
}
/*
-** Delete the named file.
-**
-** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
-** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
-** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
-** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the
-** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this
-** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up
-** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
-** up and returning an error.
+** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
*/
-#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
-static int winDelete(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */
- int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */
-){
- int cnt = 0;
- DWORD rc;
- DWORD error = 0;
- void *zConverted;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
+# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+#endif
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- do{
- DeleteFileW(zConverted);
- }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
- || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
- && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
- && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
-** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions.
+** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail
+** immediately if the lock could not be obtained. Also, it always expected to
+** obtain an exclusive lock. These flags are used with the LockFileEx function
+** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed.
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- do{
- DeleteFileA(zConverted);
- }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
- || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
- && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
- && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \
+ LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
#endif
- }
- free(zConverted);
- OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename,
- ( (rc==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (error==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ?
- "ok" : "failed" ));
-
- return ( (rc == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
- && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK :
- winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "winDelete", zFilename);
-}
/*
-** Check the existance and status of a file.
+** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the
+** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
-static int winAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */
- int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */
- int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */
-){
- DWORD attr;
- int rc = 0;
- void *zConverted;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY)
+#endif
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
- memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
- if( GetFileAttributesExW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- GetFileExInfoStandard,
- &sAttrData) ){
- /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
- ** as if it does not exist.
- */
- if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
- && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0
- && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
- attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
- }else{
- attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
- }
- }else{
- if( GetLastError()!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND ){
- winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, "winAccess", zFilename);
- free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
- }else{
- attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
- }
- }
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
-** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win9x or WinNT.
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+ int res;
+ OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+ ** API LockFileEx.
+ */
+ res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
+#else
+ res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+ SHARED_SIZE, 0);
#endif
}
- free(zConverted);
- switch( flags ){
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
- rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
- rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ int lk;
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+ pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
+ res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+ SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
}
- *pResOut = rc;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+ if( res == 0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ /* No need to log a failure to lock */
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
+ return res;
}
-
/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full
-** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
+** Undo a readlock
*/
-static int winFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
- const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */
- int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
- char *zFull /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
- cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+ int res;
+ DWORD lastErrno;
+ OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+ }
#endif
+ if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
+ return res;
+}
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
- /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
- sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */
+ int res = 1; /* Result of a Windows lock call */
+ int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+ int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
- int nByte;
- void *zConverted;
- char *zOut;
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
- /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
- ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
+ /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+ ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+ ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
*/
- if( zRelative[0]=='/' && sqlite3Isalpha(zRelative[1]) && zRelative[2]==':' ){
- zRelative++;
+ if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
- ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
- ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+ /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
*/
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
- if( isNT() ){
- WCHAR *zTemp;
- nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
- zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
- if( zTemp==0 ){
- free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+ assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+ ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+ ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+ */
+ newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+ if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
+ || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+ && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
+ ){
+ int cnt = 3;
+ while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+ PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+ /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. This is needed to work
+ ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on
+ ** Windows systems.
+ ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not
+ ** copy this retry logic. It is a hack intended for Windows only.
+ */
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, cnt, res));
+ if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
}
- GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
- free(zConverted);
- zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
- free(zTemp);
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
-** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
- }else{
- char *zTemp;
- nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
- zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
- if( zTemp==0 ){
- free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ gotPendingLock = res;
+ if( !res ){
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
}
- GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
- free(zConverted);
- zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
- free(zTemp);
-#endif
- }
- if( zOut ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut);
- free(zOut);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-#endif
-}
-/*
-** Get the sector size of the device used to store
-** file.
-*/
-static int getSectorSize(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zRelative /* UTF-8 file name */
-){
- DWORD bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
- /* GetDiskFreeSpace is not supported under WINCE */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(zRelative);
-#else
- char zFullpath[MAX_PATH+1];
- int rc;
- DWORD dwRet = 0;
- DWORD dwDummy;
+ /* Acquire a shared lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+ assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+ res = winGetReadLock(pFile);
+ if( res ){
+ newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ }
+ }
- /*
- ** We need to get the full path name of the file
- ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector
- ** size.
- */
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
- rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath);
- SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- if( rc == SQLITE_OK )
- {
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFullpath);
- if( zConverted ){
- if( isNT() ){
- /* trim path to just drive reference */
- WCHAR *p = zConverted;
- for(;*p;p++){
- if( *p == '\\' ){
- *p = '\0';
- break;
- }
- }
- dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- &dwDummy,
- &bytesPerSector,
- &dwDummy,
- &dwDummy);
- }else{
- /* trim path to just drive reference */
- char *p = (char *)zConverted;
- for(;*p;p++){
- if( *p == '\\' ){
- *p = '\0';
- break;
- }
- }
- dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((char*)zConverted,
- &dwDummy,
- &bytesPerSector,
- &dwDummy,
- &dwDummy);
- }
- free(zConverted);
+ /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+ assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ if( res ){
+ newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
}
- if( !dwRet ){
- bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+ newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+ gotPendingLock = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+ assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+ res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
+ res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+ SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ if( res ){
+ newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ winGetReadLock(pFile);
}
}
-#endif
- return (int) bytesPerSector;
+
+ /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+ ** release it now.
+ */
+ if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+ ** return the appropriate result code.
+ */
+ if( res ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype));
+ }
+ pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
- HANDLE h;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
-/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
-** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
-** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+ int res;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+ OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut));
+
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ res = 1;
+ OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res));
}else{
- h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
-#endif
+ res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ if( res ){
+ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ }
+ res = !res;
+ OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res));
}
- free(zConverted);
- return (void*)h;
-}
-static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBufOut);
-}
-void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
- return (void(*)(void))GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#else
- /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
- ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
- return (void(*)(void))GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#endif
-}
-void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
+ *pResOut = res;
+ OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+ pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
- #define winDlOpen 0
- #define winDlError 0
- #define winDlSym 0
- #define winDlClose 0
-#endif
-
/*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
*/
-static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- int n = 0;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
- n = nBuf;
- memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-#else
- if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
- SYSTEMTIME x;
- GetSystemTime(&x);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
- n += sizeof(x);
+static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+ int type;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pFile!=0 );
+ assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
+ type = pFile->locktype;
+ if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){
+ /* This should never happen. We should always be able to
+ ** reacquire the read lock */
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(),
+ "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
+ }
}
- if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
- DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
- n += sizeof(pid);
+ if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
}
- if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
- DWORD cnt = GetTickCount();
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
- n += sizeof(cnt);
+ if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+ winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
}
- if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
- LARGE_INTEGER i;
- QueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
- n += sizeof(i);
+ if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
}
-#endif
- return n;
+ pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
+** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
+**
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
-static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
- Sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
+static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+ if( *pArg<0 ){
+ *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+ }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+ pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+ }else{
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
+ }
}
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
-** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
-** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
-#endif
+/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */
+static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **);
+static int winIsDir(const void *);
+static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *);
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
-** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
-** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
-** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
-** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
*/
-static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
- /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
- 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
- */
- FILETIME ft;
- static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg));
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+ *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype;
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+ *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno;
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+ pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
+ int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
+ if( newSz>oldSz ){
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ }
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+ winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+ winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+ *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
+ int *a = (int*)pArg;
+ if( a[0]>0 ){
+ winIoerrRetry = a[0];
+ }else{
+ a[0] = winIoerrRetry;
+ }
+ if( a[1]>0 ){
+ winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
+ }else{
+ a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: {
+ LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
+ HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h;
+ pFile->h = *phFile;
+ *phFile = hOldFile;
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+ hOldFile, pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
#endif
- /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
- static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue =
- (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- SYSTEMTIME time;
- GetSystemTime(&time);
- /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
- if (!SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
- return 1;
- }
-#else
- GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
+ char *zTFile = 0;
+ int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
+ }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
+ i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
+ newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
+ }
+ *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
+ if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
+ pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
+ if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
+ winUnmapfile(pFile);
+ rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1);
+ }
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
+ }
#endif
-
- *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
- ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) +
- (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
}
-#endif
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- return 0;
+ OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h));
+ return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
*/
-int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_int64 i;
- rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
- if( !rc ){
- *prNow = i/86400000.0;
- }
- return rc;
+static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+ (void)id;
+ return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
/*
-** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
-** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
-** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
-** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
-** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
-** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
-** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
-** thread.
-**
-** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
-** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
-** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
-** in the output buffer.
-**
-** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
-** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
-** returns an error message:
-**
-** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
-** return 0;
-** }
-**
-** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
-** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
-** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
*/
-static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf);
+static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+ winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
+ return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
+ ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
}
-
-
/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
+** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
+** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
+** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
+** to get the granularity size.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
- static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
- 3, /* iVersion */
- sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */
- MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */
- 0, /* pNext */
- "win32", /* zName */
- 0, /* pAppData */
- winOpen, /* xOpen */
- winDelete, /* xDelete */
- winAccess, /* xAccess */
- winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
- winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
- winDlError, /* xDlError */
- winDlSym, /* xDlSym */
- winDlClose, /* xDlClose */
- winRandomness, /* xRandomness */
- winSleep, /* xSleep */
- winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
- winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */
- winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
- 0, /* xSetSystemCall */
- 0, /* xGetSystemCall */
- 0, /* xNextSystemCall */
- };
+static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- /* get memory map allocation granularity */
- memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
- GetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
- assert(winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity > 0);
-#endif
- sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by
+** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+** winShmEnterMutex()
+** assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+** winShmLeaveMutex()
+*/
+static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
+ return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
-
-/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 February 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
+** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same
+** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
+** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each
+** log-summary is opened only once per process.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
-** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1.
+** nRef
+** pNext
**
-** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
-** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
-** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
-** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
-** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
-** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
-** to handle both cases well.
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
**
-** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
+** fid
+** zFilename
**
-** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits
-** may be set or cleared one at a time.
+** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
**
-** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
-** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between
-** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
-** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the
-** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
-** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
-** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
*/
+struct winShmNode {
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
+ char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */
+ winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */
-/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
-#define BITVEC_SZ 512
-
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
-** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
-#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-
-/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
-** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
-** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
-** performance. */
-#define BITVEC_TELEM u8
-/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
-#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8
-/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
-#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
-/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
-#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
-
-/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
-#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
-/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
-** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
-#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2)
-/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
-** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
-** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
-** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
-#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
-
-#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
+ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+ int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
+ struct ShmRegion {
+ HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
+ void *pMap;
+ } *aRegion;
+ DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+ int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
+ winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
+ winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
/*
-** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
**
-** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
-** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
+*/
+static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
**
-** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
-** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
-** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1.
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
**
-** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
-** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+** winShm.pShmNode
+** winShm.id
**
-** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
-** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap
-** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds
-** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between
-** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between
-** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized
-** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
*/
-struct Bitvec {
- u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
- u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
- ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
- ** this would be 125. */
- u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
- /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
- /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */
- /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
- union {
- BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */
- u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */
- Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */
- } u;
+struct winShm {
+ winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */
+ winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
+ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
+ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
+ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
+#endif
};
/*
-** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
-** malloc fails.
+** Constants used for locking
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
- Bitvec *p;
- assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
- p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
- if( p ){
- p->iSize = iSize;
- }
- return p;
-}
+#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
+#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
/*
-** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false.
-** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
-** i is out of range, then return false.
+** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
- i--;
- while( p->iDivisor ){
- u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
- i = i%p->iDivisor;
- p = p->u.apSub[bin];
- if (!p) {
- return 0;
- }
+#define _SHM_UNLCK 1
+#define _SHM_RDLCK 2
+#define _SHM_WRLCK 3
+static int winShmSystemLock(
+ winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+ int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
+ int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
+ int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
+){
+ int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
+
+ /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
+
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n",
+ pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte));
+
+ /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
+ if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
+ rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
+ }else{
+ /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+ DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
+ if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+ rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
}
- if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
- return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
- } else{
- u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
- while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
- if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
- h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
- }
- return 0;
+
+ if( rc!= 0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
+
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n",
+ pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" :
+ "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+
+ return rc;
}
+/* Forward references to VFS methods */
+static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
+static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
+
/*
-** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
-**
-** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing
-** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
-** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
+** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
**
-** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
-** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
-** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
- u32 h;
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- assert( i>0 );
- assert( i<=p->iSize );
- i--;
- while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
- u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
- i = i%p->iDivisor;
- if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
- p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
- if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- p = p->u.apSub[bin];
- }
- if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
- p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
- /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
- /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
- /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
- if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
- if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
- goto bitvec_set_end;
- } else {
- goto bitvec_set_rehash;
- }
- }
- /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
- /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
- do {
- if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
- h++;
- if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
- } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
- /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */
- /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
- /* make our hash too "full". */
-bitvec_set_rehash:
- if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
- unsigned int j;
- int rc;
- u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
- if( aiValues==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
- memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
- p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
- rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
- for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
- if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
+ winShmNode **pp;
+ winShmNode *p;
+ assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag));
+ pp = &winShmNodeList;
+ while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
+ if( p->nRef==0 ){
+ int i;
+ if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); }
+ for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
+ BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
+ bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
+ }
+ if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
}
- sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
- return rc;
+ if( deleteFlag ){
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ }
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }else{
+ pp = &p->pNext;
}
}
-bitvec_set_end:
- p->nSet++;
- p->u.aHash[h] = i;
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Clear the i-th bit.
+** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
**
-** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
-** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- assert( i>0 );
- i--;
- while( p->iDivisor ){
- u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
- i = i%p->iDivisor;
- p = p->u.apSub[bin];
- if (!p) {
- return;
- }
+static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
+ struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */
+ struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+ struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
+ int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */
+
+ assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */
+
+ /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively
+ ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
+ */
+ p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
+ pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
- if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
- p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
+ pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename);
+
+ /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
+ ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
+ */
+ winShmEnterMutex();
+ for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
+ /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps
+ ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( pShmNode ){
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
}else{
- unsigned int j;
- u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
- memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
- memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
- p->nSet = 0;
- for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
- if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
- u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
- p->nSet++;
- while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
- h++;
- if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
- }
- p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
- }
+ pShmNode = pNew;
+ pNew = 0;
+ ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
+ winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
+
+ pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ goto shm_open_err;
}
- }
-}
-/*
-** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- if( p->iDivisor ){
- unsigned int i;
- for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+ rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
+ pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+ (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */
+ SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
+ 0);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ goto shm_open_err;
}
+
+ /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+ ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
+ */
+ if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
+ "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ }
+ if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
}
+
+ /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
+ p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+ pShmNode->nRef++;
+ pDbFd->pShm = p;
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+ /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+ ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+ ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+ ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+ ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
+ ** mutex.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+ pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
sqlite3_free(p);
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
-** was created.
+** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
- return p->iSize;
+static int winShmUnmap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */
+ int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */
+){
+ winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */
+ winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */
+ winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+ winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */
+
+ pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+ /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+ ** with pShmNode */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+
+ /* Free the connection p */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+ /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+ ** shared-memory file, too */
+ winShmEnterMutex();
+ assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+ pShmNode->nRef--;
+ if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+ winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
+ }
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
-** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
-** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I<N.
-** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
-** individual bits within V.
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
*/
-#define SETBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
-#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
-#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
+static int winShmLock(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
+ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+ int flags /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */
+ winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */
+ winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
+ winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-/*
-** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
-**
-** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
-** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed
-** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another
-** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
-**
-** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the
-** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
-**
-** 0 Halt and return the number of errors
-** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits
-** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits
-** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
-**
-** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
-** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
-** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
-** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
-** confirm that error detection works.
-**
-** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
-** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences,
-** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
- Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
- unsigned char *pV = 0;
- int rc = -1;
- int i, nx, pc, op;
- void *pTmpSpace;
+ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+ assert( n>=1 );
+ assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+ assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
- /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
- ** bits to act as the reference */
- pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
- pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
- pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ);
- if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
- memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
+ mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
+ assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
- /* NULL pBitvec tests */
- sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
- sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
+ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( pX==p ) continue;
+ assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+ allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
- /* Run the program */
- pc = 0;
- while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
- switch( op ){
- case 1:
- case 2:
- case 5: {
- nx = 4;
- i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
- aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+ /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Undo the local locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+ ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
break;
}
- case 3:
- case 4:
- default: {
- nx = 2;
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
- break;
+ allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
- pc += nx;
- i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
- if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
- SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
- if( op!=5 ){
- if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+
+ /* Get the local shared locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->sharedMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+ ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
}
- }else{
- CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
- sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
}
- }
- /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
- ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do
- ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
- ** is found.
- */
- rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
- + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
- + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
- for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
- if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
- rc = i;
- break;
+ /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
+ ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+ p->exclMask |= mask;
+ }
}
}
-
- /* Free allocated structure */
-bitvec_end:
- sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
- sqlite3_free(pV);
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
+ sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 August 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements that page cache.
-*/
-
-/*
-** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
-*/
-struct PCache {
- PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
- PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
- int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */
- int nMax; /* Configured cache size */
- int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */
- int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */
- int bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */
- int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */
- void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */
- sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */
- PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */
-};
-
-/*
-** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
-** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running
-** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the
-** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-# define expensive_assert(X) assert(X)
-#else
-# define expensive_assert(X)
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
+static void winShmBarrier(
+ sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+ /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
+ winShmEnterMutex();
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+}
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
/*
-** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
-** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
-** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
**
-** expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
-static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
- PgHdr *p;
- for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
- assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
+static int winShmMap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */
+ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
+ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
+ int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */
+ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+ winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ winShmNode *pShmNode;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( !p ){
+ rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
}
- return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
-}
-#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-/*
-** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
-*/
-static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
- PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
- assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
- assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+ struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */
+ int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */
+ sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */
- /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
- if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
- PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
- while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
- pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
- }
- p->pSynced = pSynced;
- }
+ pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
- if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
- pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
- }else{
- assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
- p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
- }
- if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
- pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
- }else{
- assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
- p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
- }
- pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
- pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
+ /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+ ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+ ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+ */
+ rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+ "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
- expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
-}
+ if( sz<nByte ){
+ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
+ ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+ **
+ ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
+ ** the requested memory region.
+ */
+ if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
+ rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+ "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
-** pPage).
-*/
-static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
- PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+ /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+ apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc(
+ pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
+ );
+ if( !apNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
- assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
+ while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+ HANDLE hMap = NULL; /* file-mapping handle */
+ void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */
- pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
- if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
- assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
- pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
- }
- p->pDirty = pPage;
- if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
- p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
- }
- if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
- p->pSynced = pPage;
- }
- expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
-}
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+ NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
+ );
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+ NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+ );
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+ NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+ );
+#endif
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
+ hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ if( hMap ){
+ int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
+ int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+ iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+ );
+#else
+ pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+ 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+ );
+#endif
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset,
+ szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ }
+ if( !pMap ){
+ pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno,
+ "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
+ if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
-/*
-** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
-** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
- PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
- if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
- if( p->pgno==1 ){
- pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+ pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
+ pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
+ pShmNode->nRegion++;
}
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 0);
}
-}
-/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
-**
-** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
-** functions are threadsafe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
- /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
- ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
- ** page cache. */
- sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
- }
- return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown ){
- /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
+shmpage_out:
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+ int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
+ int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+ char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
+ *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
+ }else{
+ *pp = 0;
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
+#else
+# define winShmMap 0
+# define winShmLock 0
+# define winShmBarrier 0
+# define winShmUnmap 0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
/*
-** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
-** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
-** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
-** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
+** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
- int szPage, /* Size of every page */
- int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
- int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
- int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
- void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
- PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-){
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
- p->szPage = szPage;
- p->szExtra = szExtra;
- p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
- p->xStress = xStress;
- p->pStress = pStress;
- p->nMax = 100;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){
+ assert( pFile!=0 );
+ OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+ "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion,
+ pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax));
+ if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
+ if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+ "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
+ pFile->pMapRegion));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath);
+ }
+ pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
+ pFile->mmapSize = 0;
+ pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+ }
+ if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){
+ if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
+ "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath);
+ }
+ pFile->hMap = NULL;
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
-** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
+** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
+** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
+** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
+** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
+** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
- assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
- if( pCache->pCache ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
- pCache->pCache = 0;
- pCache->pPage1 = 0;
- }
- pCache->szPage = szPage;
-}
+static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+ sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte;
+ int rc;
-/*
-** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
- PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */
- int createFlag, /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
- PgHdr **ppPage /* Write the page here */
-){
- PgHdr *pPage = 0;
- int eCreate;
+ assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte));
- assert( pCache!=0 );
- assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 );
- assert( pgno>0 );
+ if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
- ** allocate it now.
- */
- if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){
- sqlite3_pcache *p;
- int nByte;
- nByte = pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr);
- p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCreate(nByte, pCache->bPurgeable);
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( nMap<0 ){
+ rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap);
+ if( rc ){
+ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ }
+ }
+ if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
+ nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
+ }
+ nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);
+
+ if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
+ winUnmapfile(pFd);
+ }
+ if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
+ void *pNew = 0;
+ DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
+ DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
+
+ winUnmapfile(pFd);
+ if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
+ protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
+ flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
+ }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
+ (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
+ (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+ pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
+ (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
+ (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
+#endif
+ if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){
+ pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
+ "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath);
+ /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
+ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(p, pCache->nMax);
- pCache->pCache = p;
+ assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 );
+ assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
+#else
+ pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
+#endif
+ if( pNew==NULL ){
+ osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap);
+ pFd->hMap = NULL;
+ pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
+ "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath);
+ /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
+ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pFd->pMapRegion = pNew;
+ pFd->mmapSize = nMap;
+ pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap;
}
- eCreate = createFlag * (1 + (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty));
- if( pCache->pCache ){
- pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
- }
+ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/*
+** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
+** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
+**
+** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
+** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
+**
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
+** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
+*/
+static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */
+#endif
+ *pp = 0;
- if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
- PgHdr *pPg;
+ OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp));
- /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
- ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
- ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
- ** unreferenced dirty page.
- */
- expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
- for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
- pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
- pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
- );
- pCache->pSynced = pPg;
- if( !pPg ){
- for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
- }
- if( pPg ){
- int rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
- "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
- pPg->pgno, pgno,
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
- pCache->nMax);
-#endif
- rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
+ if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
+ int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
return rc;
}
}
-
- pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
- }
-
- if( pPage ){
- if( !pPage->pData ){
- memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
- pPage->pData = (void *)&pPage[1];
- pPage->pExtra = (void*)&((char *)pPage->pData)[pCache->szPage];
- memset(pPage->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
- pPage->pCache = pCache;
- pPage->pgno = pgno;
- }
- assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
- assert( pPage->pgno==pgno );
- assert( pPage->pData==(void *)&pPage[1] );
- assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&((char *)&pPage[1])[pCache->szPage] );
-
- if( 0==pPage->nRef ){
- pCache->nRef++;
- }
- pPage->nRef++;
- if( pgno==1 ){
- pCache->pPage1 = pPage;
+ if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
+ *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
+ pFd->nFetchOut++;
}
}
- *ppPage = pPage;
- return (pPage==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+ OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
-** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
+** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
+** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
+** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation.
+**
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
+** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
- assert( p->nRef>0 );
- p->nRef--;
- if( p->nRef==0 ){
- PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
- pCache->nRef--;
- if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
- pcacheUnpin(p);
- }else{
- /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
- pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
- pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
- }
+static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */
+
+ /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
+ ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
+ ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */
+ assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
+
+ /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
+ assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
+
+ OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));
+
+ if( p ){
+ pFd->nFetchOut--;
+ }else{
+ /* FIXME: If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
+ ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
+ ** is unnecessary can be omitted - potentially improving
+ ** performance. */
+ winUnmapfile(pFd);
}
+
+ assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
+#endif
+
+ OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+ osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
+ 3, /* iVersion */
+ winClose, /* xClose */
+ winRead, /* xRead */
+ winWrite, /* xWrite */
+ winTruncate, /* xTruncate */
+ winSync, /* xSync */
+ winFileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ winLock, /* xLock */
+ winUnlock, /* xUnlock */
+ winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ winFileControl, /* xFileControl */
+ winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */
+ winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ winShmMap, /* xShmMap */
+ winShmLock, /* xShmLock */
+ winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */
+ winShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */
+ winFetch, /* xFetch */
+ winUnfetch /* xUnfetch */
+};
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
- assert(p->nRef>0);
- p->nRef++;
-}
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
/*
-** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
-** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
-** page pointed to by p is invalid.
+** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system
+** supports for filenames into UTF-8. Space to hold the result is
+** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
- PCache *pCache;
- assert( p->nRef==1 );
- if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
- pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){
+ char *zConverted = 0;
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename);
}
- pCache = p->pCache;
- pCache->nRef--;
- if( p->pgno==1 ){
- pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename);
}
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 1);
+#endif
+ /* caller will handle out of memory */
+ return zConverted;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
-** make it so.
+** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
+** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result
+** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
- p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
- assert( p->nRef>0 );
- if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
- p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
- pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
+static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
+ void *zConverted = 0;
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
}
+#endif
+ /* caller will handle out of memory */
+ return zConverted;
}
/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
-** make it so.
+** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer
+** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully
+** added to it.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
- if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
- pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
- p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
- if( p->nRef==0 ){
- pcacheUnpin(p);
+static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ if( zBuf ){
+ int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+ if( nLen>0 ){
+ if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){
+ return 1;
+ }else if( nLen+1<nBuf ){
+ zBuf[nLen] = winGetDirSep();
+ zBuf[nLen+1] = '\0';
+ return 1;
+ }
}
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Make every page in the cache clean.
+** Create a temporary file name and store the resulting pointer into pzBuf.
+** The pointer returned in pzBuf must be freed via sqlite3_free().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
- PgHdr *p;
- while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
- sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
- }
-}
+static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, char **pzBuf){
+ static char zChars[] =
+ "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+ "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+ "0123456789";
+ size_t i, j;
+ int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
+ int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
+ char *zBuf;
-/*
-** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
- PgHdr *p;
- for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
- p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+ /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
+ ** name for the temporary file. If this fails, we cannot continue.
+ */
+ nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
+ zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf );
+ if( !zBuf ){
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
- pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
-}
-/*
-** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
- PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
- assert( p->nRef>0 );
- assert( newPgno>0 );
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p, p->pgno, newPgno);
- p->pgno = newPgno;
- if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
- pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
- pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+ /* Figure out the effective temporary directory. First, check if one
+ ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one
+ ** configured by the operating system.
+ */
+ nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15);
+ assert( nDir>0 );
+ if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+ int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+ if( nDirLen>0 ){
+ if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){
+ nDirLen++;
+ }
+ if( nDirLen>nDir ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+ }
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
-** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
-** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
-**
-** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
-** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
-** the page object is not dropped.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
- if( pCache->pCache ){
- PgHdr *p;
- PgHdr *pNext;
- for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
- pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
- /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
- ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages,
- ** it must be that pgno==0.
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ else{
+ static const char *azDirs[] = {
+ 0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */
+ 0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */
+ 0, /* getenv("TMP") */
+ 0, /* getenv("TEMP") */
+ 0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */
+ "/var/tmp",
+ "/usr/tmp",
+ "/tmp",
+ ".",
+ 0 /* List terminator */
+ };
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *zDir = 0;
+
+ if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
+ if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+ if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP");
+ if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP");
+ if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE");
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
+ void *zConverted;
+ if( zDir==0 ) continue;
+ /* If the path starts with a drive letter followed by the colon
+ ** character, assume it is already a native Win32 path; otherwise,
+ ** it must be converted to a native Win32 path via the Cygwin API
+ ** prior to using it.
*/
- assert( p->pgno>0 );
- if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
- assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
- sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+ if( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zDir) ){
+ zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zDir);
+ if( !zConverted ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zDir);
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ break;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ }else{
+ zConverted = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax+1 );
+ if( !zConverted ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( cygwin_conv_path(
+ osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, zDir,
+ zConverted, nMax+1)<0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH\n"));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+ "winGetTempname2", zDir);
+ }
+ if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+ /* At this point, we know the candidate directory exists and should
+ ** be used. However, we may need to convert the string containing
+ ** its name into UTF-8 (i.e. if it is UTF-16 right now).
+ */
+ char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zConverted);
+ if( !zUtf8 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
+ sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ break;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
}
}
- if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
- memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
- pgno = 1;
- }
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
- if( pCache->pCache ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Discard the contents of the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
- sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
-** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
- PgHdr result, *pTail;
- pTail = &result;
- while( pA && pB ){
- if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
- pTail->pDirty = pA;
- pTail = pA;
- pA = pA->pDirty;
+#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ else if( osIsNT() ){
+ char *zMulti;
+ LPWSTR zWidePath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax*sizeof(WCHAR) );
+ if( !zWidePath ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( osGetTempPathW(nMax, zWidePath)==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
+ "winGetTempname2", 0);
+ }
+ zMulti = winUnicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
+ if( zMulti ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zMulti);
+ sqlite3_free(zMulti);
+ sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
}else{
- pTail->pDirty = pB;
- pTail = pB;
- pB = pB->pDirty;
+ sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
}
- if( pA ){
- pTail->pDirty = pA;
- }else if( pB ){
- pTail->pDirty = pB;
- }else{
- pTail->pDirty = 0;
- }
- return result.pDirty;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are
-** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are
-** corrupted by this sort.
-**
-** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
-** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
-** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
-** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
-*/
-#define N_SORT_BUCKET 32
-static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
- PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
- int i;
- memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
- while( pIn ){
- p = pIn;
- pIn = p->pDirty;
- p->pDirty = 0;
- for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
- if( a[i]==0 ){
- a[i] = p;
- break;
- }else{
- p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
- a[i] = 0;
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ char *zUtf8;
+ char *zMbcsPath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax );
+ if( !zMbcsPath ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( osGetTempPathA(nMax, zMbcsPath)==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
+ "winGetTempname3", 0);
}
- if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
- /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
- ** the input list. But that is impossible.
- */
- a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+ zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
+ if( zUtf8 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
+ sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
}
- p = a[0];
- for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
- p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
- }
- return p;
-}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI */
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
-/*
-** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
- PgHdr *p;
- for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
- p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
+ /*
+ ** Check to make sure the temporary directory ends with an appropriate
+ ** separator. If it does not and there is not enough space left to add
+ ** one, fail.
+ */
+ if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
}
- return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
-}
-/*
-** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
- return pCache->nRef;
-}
+ /*
+ ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
+ ** name in the following format:
+ **
+ ** "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
+ **
+ ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR. The number 17 is used here in order to
+ ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
+ ** two trailing NUL characters. The final directory separator character
+ ** has already added if it was not already present.
+ */
+ nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+ if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0);
+ }
-/*
-** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
- return p->nRef;
-}
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
-/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
- int nPage = 0;
- if( pCache->pCache ){
- nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
+ j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+ sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+ for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
}
- return nPage;
-}
+ zBuf[j] = 0;
+ zBuf[j+1] = 0;
+ *pzBuf = zBuf;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Get the suggested cache-size value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
- return pCache->nMax;
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Set the suggested cache-size value.
+** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory. Return false if
+** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory
+** allocation failure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
- pCache->nMax = mxPage;
- if( pCache->pCache ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, mxPage);
+static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){
+ DWORD attr;
+ int rc = 0;
+ DWORD lastErrno;
+
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ int cnt = 0;
+ WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+ memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+ while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+ GetFileExInfoStandard,
+ &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+ if( !rc ){
+ return 0; /* Invalid name? */
+ }
+ attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+#endif
}
+ return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
}
-#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
-** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
-** defined.
+** Open a file.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
- PgHdr *pDirty;
- for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
- xIter(pDirty);
- }
-}
+static int winOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Used to get maximum path name length */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+ int flags, /* Open mode flags */
+ int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */
+){
+ HANDLE h;
+ DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+ DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
+ DWORD dwShareMode;
+ DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
+ DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ int isTemp = 0;
#endif
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */
+ const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+ int cnt = 0;
-/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 November 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
-** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
-** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
-** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
-** these two features are available.
-*/
+ /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+ ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+ */
+ char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */
+
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */
+#endif
+ int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+ int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+ int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+ int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+ int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
-typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
-typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
-typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ ));
+#endif
-/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set
-** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
-** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of
-** the following object.
-**
-** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
-**
-** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is
-** one PGroup per PCache.
-**
-** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
-** of.
-**
-** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
-** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
-** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
-** threadsafe, but is able recycle pages more efficient.
-**
-** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single
-** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
-*/
-struct PGroup {
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
- int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
- int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
- int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
- int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
- PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
-};
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
+ zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));
-/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every
-** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
-** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
-** is an instance of this object.
-**
-** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
-** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
-*/
-struct PCache1 {
- /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
- ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be
- ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1CacheSize() method.
- ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
+ /* Check the following statements are true:
+ **
+ ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+ ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+ ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
*/
- PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
- int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
- int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */
- unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
- unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */
- unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */
+ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+ assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+ assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+ assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
- /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
- ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
- */
- unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
- unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */
- unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
- PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
- unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
-};
+ /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ );
-/*
-** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
-** structure. A buffer of PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated
-** directly before this structure in memory (see the PGHDR1_TO_PAGE()
-** macro below).
-*/
-struct PgHdr1 {
- unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */
- PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */
- PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */
- PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
- PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
-};
+ assert( pFile!=0 );
+ memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
+ pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-/*
-** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
-** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
-*/
-struct PgFreeslot {
- PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */
-};
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
+ "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
+ }
+#endif
-/*
-** Global data used by this cache.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
- PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
+ /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
+ ** temporary file name to use
+ */
+ if( !zUtf8Name ){
+ assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
+ rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
+ }
+ zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
+ }
- /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The
- ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
- ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
- ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
+ /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+ ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into
+ ** sqlite3_uri_parameter().
*/
- int isInit; /* True if initialized */
- int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
- int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */
- int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
- void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
- /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
- int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */
- PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */
- /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on
- ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
- ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
- ** is really just an optimization. */
- int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
-} pcache1_g;
+ assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ||
+ zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 );
-/*
-** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
-** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
-** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
-*/
-#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
+ /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
+ zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
-/*
-** When a PgHdr1 structure is allocated, the associated PCache1.szPage
-** bytes of data are located directly before it in memory (i.e. the total
-** size of the allocation is sizeof(PgHdr1)+PCache1.szPage byte). The
-** PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() macro takes a pointer to a PgHdr1 structure as
-** an argument and returns a pointer to the associated block of szPage
-** bytes. The PAGE_TO_PGHDR1() macro does the opposite: its argument is
-** a pointer to a block of szPage bytes of data and the return value is
-** a pointer to the associated PgHdr1 structure.
-**
-** assert( PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, X))==X );
-*/
-#define PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p) (void*)(((char*)p) - p->pCache->szPage)
-#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(c, p) (PgHdr1*)(((char*)p) + c->szPage)
+ if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name));
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR;
+ }
-/*
-** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
-*/
-#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
-#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
+ if( isReadWrite ){
+ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
+ }else{
+ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
+ }
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
+ /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
+ ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
+ ** as it is usually understood.
+ */
+ if( isExclusive ){
+ /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
+ /* If the file exists, it fails. */
+ dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
+ }else if( isCreate ){
+ /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
+ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
+ }else{
+ /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
+ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
+ }
-/*
-** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
-** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
-** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
-** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
-**
-** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
-** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
- if( pcache1.isInit ){
- PgFreeslot *p;
- sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
- pcache1.szSlot = sz;
- pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
- pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
- pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
- pcache1.pFree = 0;
- pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
- while( n-- ){
- p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
- p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
- pcache1.pFree = p;
- pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
- }
- pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
+ dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+
+ if( isDelete ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+ isTemp = 1;
+#else
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+ | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+ | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
}
-}
+ /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
+ ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+#endif
-/*
-** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
-** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
-** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
-** back to sqlite3Malloc().
-**
-** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables
-** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
-*/
-static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
- void *p = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
- if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
- p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
- if( p ){
- pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
- pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
- pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
- assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
- sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters;
+ extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
+ extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
+ extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
+ extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
+ extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
+ extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;
+ while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+ dwDesiredAccess,
+ dwShareMode,
+ dwCreationDisposition,
+ &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+ winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+ /* Noop */
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
- }
- if( p==0 ){
- /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get
- ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
- */
- p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
- if( p ){
- int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
- sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+#else
+ while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+ dwDesiredAccess,
+ dwShareMode, NULL,
+ dwCreationDisposition,
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+ NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+ winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+ /* Noop */
}
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+#endif
}
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
-*/
-static void pcache1Free(void *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
- PgFreeslot *pSlot;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
- sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
- pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
- pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
- pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
- pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
- pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
- assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
- }else{
- int iSize;
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
- iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
- sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
- sqlite3_free(p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
+ dwDesiredAccess,
+ dwShareMode, NULL,
+ dwCreationDisposition,
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+ NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+ winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+ /* Noop */
+ }
}
-}
+#endif
+ winLogIoerr(cnt);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** Return the size of a pcache allocation
-*/
-static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
- if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
- return pcache1.szSlot;
- }else{
- int iSize;
- assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
- iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
- return iSize;
- }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name,
+ dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
-/*
-** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
-*/
-static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
- int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage;
- void *pPg = pcache1Alloc(nByte);
- PgHdr1 *p;
- if( pPg ){
- p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
- if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
- pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
+ if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+ winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+ if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+ return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id,
+ ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
+ ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
+ pOutFlags);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
- }else{
- p = 0;
}
- return p;
-}
-/*
-** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
-**
-** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent. But it turns out
-** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
-** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
-*/
-static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
- if( ALWAYS(p) ){
- PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
- if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
- pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
+ if( pOutFlags ){
+ if( isReadWrite ){
+ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+ }else{
+ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
}
- pcache1Free(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
}
-}
-/*
-** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
-** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
-** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
- return pcache1Alloc(sz);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
- pcache1Free(p);
-}
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, "
+ "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ?
+ *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
+ && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK
+ ){
+ osCloseHandle(h);
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( isTemp ){
+ pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ }
-/*
-** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
-** entry.
-**
-** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
-** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
-** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
-** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
-** allocation onto the heap.
-**
-** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory put the heap is
-** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
-** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
-** the heap even further.
-*/
-static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
- if( pcache1.nSlot && pCache->szPage<=pcache1.szSlot ){
- return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
- }else{
- return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
+ sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+ pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
+ pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
+ pFile->h = h;
+ if( isReadonly ){
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
}
-}
+ if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
+ }
+ pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+ pFile->zPath = zName;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ pFile->hMap = NULL;
+ pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
+ pFile->mmapSize = 0;
+ pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+ pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+#endif
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
+ OpenCounter(+1);
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
-** as the first argument.
+** Delete the named file.
**
-** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
+** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
+** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
+** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the
+** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this
+** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up
+** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
+** up and returning an error.
*/
-static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
- PgHdr1 **apNew;
- unsigned int nNew;
- unsigned int i;
+static int winDelete(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */
+ int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */
+){
+ int cnt = 0;
+ int rc;
+ DWORD attr;
+ DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+ void *zConverted;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+ OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir));
- nNew = p->nHash*2;
- if( nNew<256 ){
- nNew = 256;
+ zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
-
- pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
- if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
- apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
- if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
- pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
- if( apNew ){
- memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
- for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
- PgHdr1 *pPage;
- PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
- while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
- unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
- pNext = pPage->pNext;
- pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
- apNew[h] = pPage;
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ do {
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+ memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+ if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
+ &sAttrData) ){
+ attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+ }else{
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+ || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
}
- }
- sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
- p->apHash = apNew;
- p->nHash = nNew;
+#else
+ attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
+#endif
+ if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+ || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+ break;
+ }
+ } while(1);
}
-
- return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ do {
+ attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
+ if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+ lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+ if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+ || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+ break;
+ }
+ } while(1);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename);
+ }else{
+ winLogIoerr(cnt);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
-** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
-** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
-**
-** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
-**
-** If pPage is NULL then this routine is a no-op.
+** Check the existence and status of a file.
*/
-static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
- PCache1 *pCache;
- PGroup *pGroup;
+static int winAccess(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */
+ int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */
+ int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */
+){
+ DWORD attr;
+ int rc = 0;
+ DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+ void *zConverted;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- if( pPage==0 ) return;
- pCache = pPage->pCache;
- pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
- if( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ){
- if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
- pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
- }
- if( pPage->pLruNext ){
- pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
- }
- if( pGroup->pLruHead==pPage ){
- pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
- }
- if( pGroup->pLruTail==pPage ){
- pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+ OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n",
+ zFilename, flags, pResOut));
+
+ zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ int cnt = 0;
+ WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+ memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+ while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+ GetFileExInfoStandard,
+ &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+ if( rc ){
+ /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
+ ** as if it does not exist.
+ */
+ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
+ && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0
+ && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
+ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+ }else{
+ attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+ }
+ }else{
+ winLogIoerr(cnt);
+ if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess",
+ zFilename);
+ }else{
+ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+ }
}
- pPage->pLruNext = 0;
- pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
- pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+ }
+#endif
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ switch( flags ){
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+ rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+ rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
+ (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+ }
+ *pResOut = rc;
+ OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+ zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
/*
-** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
-** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
-**
-** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter
+** followed by a colon character.
*/
-static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
- unsigned int h;
- PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
- PgHdr1 **pp;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
- h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
- for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
- *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
-
- pCache->nPage--;
+static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(
+ const char *zPathname
+){
+ return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' );
}
/*
-** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
-** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim. If
+** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply
+** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name
+** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available).
*/
-static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
- while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){
- PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail;
- assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
- pcache1PinPage(p);
- pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
- pcache1FreePage(p);
+static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname(
+ const char *zPathname
+){
+ /*
+ ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either
+ ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the
+ ** "Unix" format on Windows. There is no easy way to differentiate between
+ ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE
+ ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim.
+ */
+ if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume
+ ** relative path or an absolute path. Callers of this function must not
+ ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use
+ ** it verbatim).
+ */
+ if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){
+ return TRUE;
}
+
+ /*
+ ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely
+ ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative).
+ */
+ return FALSE;
}
/*
-** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
-** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
-** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
-**
-** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full
+** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
*/
-static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
- PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */
- unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
+static int winFullPathname(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
+ const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */
+ int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+ char *zFull /* Output buffer */
){
- TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
- unsigned int h;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
- for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
- PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
- PgHdr1 *pPage;
- while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
- if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
- pCache->nPage--;
- *pp = pPage->pNext;
- pcache1PinPage(pPage);
- pcache1FreePage(pPage);
- }else{
- pp = &pPage->pNext;
- TESTONLY( nPage++; )
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+ assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
+ if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+ ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis
+ ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+ ** one by prepending the data directory and a slash.
+ */
+ char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
+ if( !zOut ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( cygwin_conv_path(
+ (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) |
+ CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+ "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
+ }else{
+ char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
+ if( !zUtf8 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+ sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8);
+ sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ }
+ }else{
+ char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
+ if( !zOut ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( cygwin_conv_path(
+ (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A),
+ zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+ "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
+ }else{
+ char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
+ if( !zUtf8 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8);
+ sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
}
}
- assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
-*/
-static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
- memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
- pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
- pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
+#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+ /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
+ /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */
+ if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+ ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis
+ ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+ ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+ */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+ sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative);
}
- pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
- pcache1.isInit = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
-** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does
-** not need to be freed.
-*/
-static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
- memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
-}
+#endif
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
-**
-** Allocate a new cache.
-*/
-static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int bPurgeable){
- PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */
- PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
- int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ DWORD nByte;
+ void *zConverted;
+ char *zOut;
- /*
- ** The seperateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private
- ** PGroup. In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no
- ** mutexing is required.
- **
- ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- **
- ** * Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications
- **
- ** * Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off)
- ** use separate caches (mode-1)
+ /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
+ ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
- const int separateCache = 0;
-#else
- int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
-#endif
+ if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){
+ zRelative++;
+ }
- sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache;
- pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sz);
- if( pCache ){
- memset(pCache, 0, sz);
- if( separateCache ){
- pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
- pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
- }else{
- pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+ ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+ if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+ ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis
+ ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+ ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+ */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+ sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+ LPWSTR zTemp;
+ nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+ "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
+ }
+ nByte += 3;
+ zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+ if( zTemp==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+ "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ char *zTemp;
+ nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+ "winFullPathname3", zRelative);
+ }
+ nByte += 3;
+ zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+ if( zTemp==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
- pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
- pCache->szPage = szPage;
- pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
- if( bPurgeable ){
- pCache->nMin = 10;
- pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
- pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
- pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+ nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+ "winFullPathname4", zRelative);
}
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
}
- return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
-**
-** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
-*/
-static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
- PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
- PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
- pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
- pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
- pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
- pCache->nMax = nMax;
- pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
- pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+#endif
+ if( zOut ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut);
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
+#endif
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
-static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
- int n;
- PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
- pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
- n = pCache->nPage;
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
- return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
-**
-** Fetch a page by key value.
-**
-** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
-** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new
-** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2
-** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
-**
-** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
-** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So
-** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
-** a non-purgable cache.
-**
-** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
-** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
-**
-** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
-** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
-**
-** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
-** returned.
-**
-** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
-** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
-** conditions are true:
-**
-** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-** PCache1.nMax, or
-**
-** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
-** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
-**
-** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
-** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
-**
-** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
-** PCache1.nMax, or
-**
-** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
-** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
-** purgeable caches,
-**
-** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
-** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
-**
-** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
-** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
-** proceed to step 5.
-**
-** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
-*/
-static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){
- int nPinned;
- PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- PGroup *pGroup;
- PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
-
- assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
- assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
- assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
- assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
- pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);
-
- /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
- if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
- unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
- for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
+static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+ HANDLE h;
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull );
+ void *zConverted = 0;
+ if( zFull==0 ){
+ OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+ return 0;
}
-
- /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
- if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){
- pcache1PinPage(pPage);
- goto fetch_out;
+ if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(zFull);
+ OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+ return 0;
}
-
- /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
- ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above. But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
- ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
- ** local variable here. Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
- ** optimization: The common case is to exit the module before reaching
- ** this point.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
- pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull);
+ sqlite3_free(zFull);
+#else
+ void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
#endif
-
-
- /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
- nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
- assert( nPinned>=0 );
- assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
- assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
- if( createFlag==1 && (
- nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
- || nPinned>=(int)pCache->n90pct
- || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
- )){
- goto fetch_out;
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+ return 0;
}
-
- if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
- goto fetch_out;
+ if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0);
+#else
+ h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted);
+#endif
}
-
- /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
- if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
- (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
- || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
- || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
- )){
- PCache1 *pOtherCache;
- pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
- pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
- pcache1PinPage(pPage);
- if( (pOtherCache = pPage->pCache)->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
- pcache1FreePage(pPage);
- pPage = 0;
- }else{
- pGroup->nCurrentPage -=
- (pOtherCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+ else{
+ h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
}
+#endif
+ OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h));
+ sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+ return (void*)h;
+}
+static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut);
+}
+static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){
+ FARPROC proc;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym);
+ OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n",
+ (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc));
+ return (void(*)(void))proc;
+}
+static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
+ OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle));
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+ #define winDlOpen 0
+ #define winDlError 0
+ #define winDlSym 0
+ #define winDlClose 0
+#endif
- /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
- ** attempt to allocate a new one.
- */
- if( !pPage ){
- if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
- pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
- pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
- if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }
- if( pPage ){
- unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
- pCache->nPage++;
- pPage->iKey = iKey;
- pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
- pPage->pCache = pCache;
- pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
- pPage->pLruNext = 0;
- *(void **)(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage)) = 0;
- pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+/*
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+*/
+static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ int n = 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ n = nBuf;
+ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#else
+ if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
+ SYSTEMTIME x;
+ osGetSystemTime(&x);
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
+ n += sizeof(x);
}
-
-fetch_out:
- if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
- pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
+ if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+ DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId();
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+ n += sizeof(pid);
}
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
- return (pPage ? PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage) : 0);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){
+ ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64();
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+ n += sizeof(cnt);
+ }
+#else
+ if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+ DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount();
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+ n += sizeof(cnt);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
+ LARGE_INTEGER i;
+ osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
+ n += sizeof(i);
+ }
+#endif
+ return n;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
-**
-** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
+** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
*/
-static void pcache1Unpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, void *pPg, int reuseUnlikely){
- PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
- PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-
- assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
- pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-
- /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
- ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
- */
- assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
- assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage );
-
- if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
- pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
- pcache1FreePage(pPage);
- }else{
- /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
- if( pGroup->pLruHead ){
- pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
- pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead;
- pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
- }else{
- pGroup->pLruTail = pPage;
- pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
- }
- pCache->nRecyclable++;
- }
-
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
+ sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
*/
-static void pcache1Rekey(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- void *pPg,
- unsigned int iOld,
- unsigned int iNew
-){
- PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
- PgHdr1 **pp;
- unsigned int h;
- assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
- assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
- pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
+** cannot be found.
+*/
+static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+ /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
+ 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
+ */
+ FILETIME ft;
+ static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#endif
+ /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
+ static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue =
+ (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
+ (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
- h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
- pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
- while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
- pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ SYSTEMTIME time;
+ osGetSystemTime(&time);
+ /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
+ if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- *pp = pPage->pNext;
+#else
+ osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+#endif
- h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
- pPage->iKey = iNew;
- pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
- pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
- if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
- pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
- }
+ *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
+ ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) +
+ (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+ }
+#endif
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
-**
-** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
-** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
-** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
-static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
- PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
- if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
- pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
- pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
+static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_int64 i;
+ rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
+ if( !rc ){
+ *prNow = i/86400000.0;
}
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
+** thread.
**
-** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
+**
+** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+** return 0;
+** }
+**
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
*/
-static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
- PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
- assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
- pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
- pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
- pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
- pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
- pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
- pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
- pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
- sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
- sqlite3_free(pCache);
+static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf);
}
/*
-** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
-** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
-** already provided an alternative.
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
- static const sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = {
- 0, /* pArg */
- pcache1Init, /* xInit */
- pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */
- pcache1Create, /* xCreate */
- pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */
- pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */
- pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */
- pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */
- pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */
- pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */
- pcache1Destroy /* xDestroy */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+ static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
+ 3, /* iVersion */
+ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */
+ SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ "win32", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pAppData */
+ winOpen, /* xOpen */
+ winDelete, /* xDelete */
+ winAccess, /* xAccess */
+ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
+ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
+ winDlError, /* xDlError */
+ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */
+ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */
+ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */
+ winSleep, /* xSleep */
+ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
+ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */
+ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+ winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */
+ winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */
+ winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */
};
- sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE, &defaultMethods);
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = {
+ 3, /* iVersion */
+ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */
+ SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ "win32-longpath", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pAppData */
+ winOpen, /* xOpen */
+ winDelete, /* xDelete */
+ winAccess, /* xAccess */
+ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
+ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
+ winDlError, /* xDlError */
+ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */
+ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */
+ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */
+ winSleep, /* xSleep */
+ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
+ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */
+ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+ winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */
+ winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */
+ winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */
+ };
+#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
-** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
-** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
-**
-** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
-** of bytes of memory released.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
- int nFree = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
- if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
- PgHdr1 *p;
- pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
- while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
- nFree += pcache1MemSize(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
- pcache1PinPage(p);
- pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
- pcache1FreePage(p);
- }
- pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
- }
- return nFree;
+ /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+ ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+ assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==77 );
+
+ /* get memory map allocation granularity */
+ memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#else
+ osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#endif
+ assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 );
+ assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 );
+
+ sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+ sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
+#endif
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
-** of the global cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
- int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
- int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
- int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
- int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
-){
- PgHdr1 *p;
- int nRecyclable = 0;
- for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
- nRecyclable++;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+ if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
+ osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
+ sleepObj = NULL;
}
- *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
- *pnMax = pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
- *pnMin = pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
- *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
-}
#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+
+/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 December 3
+** 2008 February 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -36252,444 +38109,406 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
+** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1.
**
-** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
-**
-** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids. Rowids
-** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order. Inserts
-** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
-** previously inserted into the RowSet.
-**
-** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
-** elements of the RowSet in sorted order. Once this extraction
-** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
-**
-** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
-**
-** CREATE
-** INSERT
-** TEST
-** SMALLEST
-** DESTROY
-**
-** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
-** obviously. The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
-** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet. SMALLEST
-** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
-**
-** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is
-** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an
-** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed
-** until DESTROY.
+** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
+** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
+** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
+** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
+** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
+** to handle both cases well.
**
-** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number. The TEST primitive
-** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
-** in the batch number. In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
-** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
-** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
-** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
-** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
+** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
**
-** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST. An assertion will fail if
-** that is attempted.
+** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits
+** may be set or cleared one at a time.
**
-** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant. (Sometime new memory
-** has to be allocated on an INSERT.) The cost of a TEST with a new
-** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
-** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN). The cost
-** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN). Second and subsequent SMALLEST
-** primitives are constant time. The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
-**
-** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
-** SMALLEST primitives.
+** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
+** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between
+** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
+** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the
+** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
+** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
+** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
*/
+/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
+#define BITVEC_SZ 512
-/*
-** Target size for allocation chunks.
-*/
-#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
+** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
+#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-/*
-** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
-*/
-#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK \
- ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
+** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
+** performance. */
+#define BITVEC_TELEM u8
+/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
+#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8
+/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
+/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
-/*
-** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
-*/
-struct RowSetEntry {
- i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */
- struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
- struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
-};
+/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
+#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
+** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2)
+/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
+** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
+#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
-/*
-** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
-** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The
-** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
-** when the RowSet is destroyed.
-*/
-struct RowSetChunk {
- struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk; /* Next chunk on list of them all */
- struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
-};
+#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
-/*
-** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
-*/
-struct RowSet {
- struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries using pRight */
- struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
- struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */
- struct RowSetEntry *pTree; /* Binary tree of entries */
- u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */
- u8 isSorted; /* True if pEntry is sorted */
- u8 iBatch; /* Current insert batch */
-};
/*
-** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory
-** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context
-** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
-** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
+** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
**
-** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not
-** an assertion fault occurs.
-**
-** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
-** allocation of entries available to be filled.
+** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits
+** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+**
+** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
+** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
+** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1.
+**
+** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
+** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+**
+** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
+** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap
+** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds
+** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between
+** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between
+** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized
+** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
- RowSet *p;
- assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
- p = pSpace;
- p->pChunk = 0;
- p->db = db;
- p->pEntry = 0;
- p->pLast = 0;
- p->pTree = 0;
- p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
- p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
- p->isSorted = 1;
- p->iBatch = 0;
- return p;
-}
+struct Bitvec {
+ u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
+ u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
+ ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
+ ** this would be 125. */
+ u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
+ /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
+ /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */
+ /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
+ union {
+ BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */
+ u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */
+ Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */
+ } u;
+};
/*
-** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that
-** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is
-** the destructor for the RowSet.
+** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
+** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
+** malloc fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
- struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
- for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
- pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
+ Bitvec *p;
+ assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
+ p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+ if( p ){
+ p->iSize = iSize;
}
- p->pChunk = 0;
- p->nFresh = 0;
- p->pEntry = 0;
- p->pLast = 0;
- p->pTree = 0;
- p->isSorted = 1;
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
-**
-** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
-** memory allocation fails.
+** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false.
+** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
+** i is out of range, then return false.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
- struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* The new entry */
- struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* The last prior entry */
- assert( p!=0 );
- if( p->nFresh==0 ){
- struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
- if( pNew==0 ){
- return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
+ i--;
+ while( p->iDivisor ){
+ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+ i = i%p->iDivisor;
+ p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+ if (!p) {
+ return 0;
}
- pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
- p->pChunk = pNew;
- p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
- p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
}
- pEntry = p->pFresh++;
- p->nFresh--;
- pEntry->v = rowid;
- pEntry->pRight = 0;
- pLast = p->pLast;
- if( pLast ){
- if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){
- p->isSorted = 0;
+ if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+ return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
+ } else{
+ u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+ while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+ if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
+ h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
}
- pLast->pRight = pEntry;
- }else{
- assert( p->pEntry==0 ); /* Fires if INSERT after SMALLEST */
- p->pEntry = pEntry;
+ return 0;
}
- p->pLast = pEntry;
}
/*
-** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates.
+** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
**
-** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are
-** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
+** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing
+** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
+** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
+**
+** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
+** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
+** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetMerge(
- struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */
- struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */
-){
- struct RowSetEntry head;
- struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
-
- pTail = &head;
- while( pA && pB ){
- assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
- assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
- if( pA->v<pB->v ){
- pTail->pRight = pA;
- pA = pA->pRight;
- pTail = pTail->pRight;
- }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
- pTail->pRight = pB;
- pB = pB->pRight;
- pTail = pTail->pRight;
- }else{
- pA = pA->pRight;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+ u32 h;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( i>0 );
+ assert( i<=p->iSize );
+ i--;
+ while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
+ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+ i = i%p->iDivisor;
+ if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
+ p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
+ if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ p = p->u.apSub[bin];
}
- if( pA ){
- assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
- pTail->pRight = pA;
- }else{
- assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
- pTail->pRight = pB;
+ if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- return head.pRight;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort all elements on the pEntry list of the RowSet into ascending order.
-*/
-static void rowSetSort(RowSet *p){
- unsigned int i;
- struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
- struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40];
-
- assert( p->isSorted==0 );
- memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
- while( p->pEntry ){
- pEntry = p->pEntry;
- p->pEntry = pEntry->pRight;
- pEntry->pRight = 0;
- for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
- pEntry = rowSetMerge(aBucket[i], pEntry);
- aBucket[i] = 0;
+ h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+ /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
+ /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
+ /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+ if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
+ if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
+ goto bitvec_set_end;
+ } else {
+ goto bitvec_set_rehash;
}
- aBucket[i] = pEntry;
}
- pEntry = 0;
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
- pEntry = rowSetMerge(pEntry, aBucket[i]);
+ /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
+ /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
+ do {
+ if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ h++;
+ if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+ } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
+ /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */
+ /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
+ /* make our hash too "full". */
+bitvec_set_rehash:
+ if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
+ unsigned int j;
+ int rc;
+ u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+ if( aiValues==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+ memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
+ p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
+ for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+ if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+ }
+ sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
+ return rc;
+ }
}
- p->pEntry = pEntry;
- p->pLast = 0;
- p->isSorted = 1;
+bitvec_set_end:
+ p->nSet++;
+ p->u.aHash[h] = i;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
/*
-** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
-** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
-** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
+** Clear the i-th bit.
+**
+** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
+** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
*/
-static void rowSetTreeToList(
- struct RowSetEntry *pIn, /* Root of the input tree */
- struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst, /* Write head of the output list here */
- struct RowSetEntry **ppLast /* Write tail of the output list here */
-){
- assert( pIn!=0 );
- if( pIn->pLeft ){
- struct RowSetEntry *p;
- rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
- p->pRight = pIn;
- }else{
- *ppFirst = pIn;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ assert( i>0 );
+ i--;
+ while( p->iDivisor ){
+ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+ i = i%p->iDivisor;
+ p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+ if (!p) {
+ return;
+ }
}
- if( pIn->pRight ){
- rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
+ if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
}else{
- *ppLast = pIn;
+ unsigned int j;
+ u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
+ memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+ memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+ p->nSet = 0;
+ for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+ if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
+ u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
+ p->nSet++;
+ while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+ h++;
+ if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+ }
+ p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
+ }
+ }
}
- assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
}
-
/*
-** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
-** tree with depth of iDepth. A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
-** node taken from the head of *ppList. A depth of 2 means a tree with
-** three nodes. And so forth.
-**
-** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
-** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list. If the input
-** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
-** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
-**
-** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
+** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used.
*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
- struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
- int iDepth
-){
- struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Root of the new tree */
- struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */
- if( *ppList==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( iDepth==1 ){
- p = *ppList;
- *ppList = p->pRight;
- p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
- return p;
- }
- pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
- p = *ppList;
- if( p==0 ){
- return pLeft;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ if( p->iDivisor ){
+ unsigned int i;
+ for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+ }
}
- p->pLeft = pLeft;
- *ppList = p->pRight;
- p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
- return p;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
/*
-** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
-** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
+** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
+** was created.
*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
- int iDepth; /* Depth of the tree so far */
- struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Current tree root */
- struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */
-
- assert( pList!=0 );
- p = pList;
- pList = p->pRight;
- p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
- for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
- pLeft = p;
- p = pList;
- pList = p->pRight;
- p->pLeft = pLeft;
- p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
- }
- return p;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
+ return p->iSize;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
-** Convert the list in p->pEntry into a sorted list if it is not
-** sorted already. If there is a binary tree on p->pTree, then
-** convert it into a list too and merge it into the p->pEntry list.
+** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
+** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I<N.
+** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
+** individual bits within V.
*/
-static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
- if( !p->isSorted ){
- rowSetSort(p);
- }
- if( p->pTree ){
- struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
- rowSetTreeToList(p->pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
- p->pTree = 0;
- p->pEntry = rowSetMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
- }
-}
+#define SETBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
+#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
+#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
/*
-** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
-** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return
-** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
+** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
**
-** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
-** routine may not be called again.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
- rowSetToList(p);
- if( p->pEntry ){
- *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
- p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
- if( p->pEntry==0 ){
- sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
- }
- return 1;
- }else{
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the the rowset as
-** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch. Return 1 or 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
- struct RowSetEntry *p;
- if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
- if( pRowSet->pEntry ){
- rowSetToList(pRowSet);
- pRowSet->pTree = rowSetListToTree(pRowSet->pEntry);
- pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
- pRowSet->pLast = 0;
- }
- pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
- }
- p = pRowSet->pTree;
- while( p ){
- if( p->v<iRowid ){
- p = p->pRight;
- }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
- p = p->pLeft;
- }else{
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
+** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
+** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed
+** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another
+** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the
+** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** 0 Halt and return the number of errors
+** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits
+** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits
+** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-**
-** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
-** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
-** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
-** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
-** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
-** another is writing.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
-/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
+** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
+** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
+** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
+** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
+** confirm that error detection works.
+**
+** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
+** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences,
+** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
+ Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
+ unsigned char *pV = 0;
+ int rc = -1;
+ int i, nx, pc, op;
+ void *pTmpSpace;
+
+ /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
+ ** bits to act as the reference */
+ pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
+ pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
+ pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ);
+ if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
+
+ /* NULL pBitvec tests */
+ sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
+ sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
+
+ /* Run the program */
+ pc = 0;
+ while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
+ switch( op ){
+ case 1:
+ case 2:
+ case 5: {
+ nx = 4;
+ i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
+ aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ case 4:
+ default: {
+ nx = 2;
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
+ pc += nx;
+ i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
+ if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
+ SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
+ if( op!=5 ){
+ if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+ }
+ }else{
+ CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
+ sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
+ ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do
+ ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
+ ** is found.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+ + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
+ + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
+ for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
+ if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
+ rc = i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Free allocated structure */
+bitvec_end:
+ sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
+ sqlite3_free(pV);
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2010 February 1
+** 2008 August 05
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -36699,25406 +38518,37013 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 i
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
-** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
-** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
+** This file implements that page cache.
*/
-#ifndef _WAL_H_
-#define _WAL_H_
-
+/*
+** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct PCache {
+ PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
+ PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
+ int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */
+ int szCache; /* Configured cache size */
+ int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */
+ int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */
+ u8 bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */
+ u8 eCreate; /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */
+ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */
+ void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */
+ sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */
+ PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */
+};
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
-# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
-# define sqlite3WalRead(v,w,x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0
-# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0
-# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0
-# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
-# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0
+/*
+** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
+** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running
+** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the
+** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+# define expensive_assert(X) assert(X)
#else
+# define expensive_assert(X)
+#endif
-#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
+/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
-/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
-** There is one object of this type for each pager.
+/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */
+#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE 1 /* Remove pPage from dirty list */
+#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD 2 /* Add pPage to the dirty list */
+#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT 3 /* Move pPage to the front of the list */
+
+/*
+** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list. Bits of the addRemove
+** argument determines what operation to do. The 0x01 bit means first
+** remove pPage from the dirty list. The 0x02 means add pPage back to
+** the dirty list. Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list.
*/
-typedef struct Wal Wal;
+static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
+ PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
-/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
+ if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
+
+ /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
+ if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
+ PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+ while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+ pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
+ }
+ p->pSynced = pSynced;
+ }
+
+ if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+ p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+ }
+ if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
+ pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
+ p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+ if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
+ assert( p->eCreate==1 );
+ p->eCreate = 2;
+ }
+ }
+ pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
+ pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
+ }
+ if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
+
+ pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
+ if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
+ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
+ }else{
+ p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
+ if( p->bPurgeable ){
+ assert( p->eCreate==2 );
+ p->eCreate = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ p->pDirty = pPage;
+ if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+ p->pSynced = pPage;
+ }
+ }
+}
-/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
+/*
+** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
+** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
+ if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ if( p->pgno==1 ){
+ p->pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
+ }
+}
-/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A
-** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database
-** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
-** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
-** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
-** transaction and releases the lock.
+/*
+** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
+ if( p->szCache>=0 ){
+ return p->szCache;
+ }else{
+ return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
+ }
+}
-/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(Wal *pWal, Pgno pgno, int *pInWal, int nOut, u8 *pOut);
+/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
+**
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
+** functions are threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+ ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+ ** page cache. */
+ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+ }
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+ }
+}
-/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
+/*
+** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
-/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+/*
+** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
+** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+ int szPage, /* Size of every page */
+ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
+ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
+ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
+ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
+ PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
+ p->szPage = 1;
+ p->szExtra = szExtra;
+ p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
+ p->eCreate = 2;
+ p->xStress = xStress;
+ p->pStress = pStress;
+ p->szCache = 100;
+ return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage);
+}
-/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
+/*
+** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
+** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
+ assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
+ if( pCache->szPage ){
+ sqlite3_pcache *pNew;
+ pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
+ szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable
+ );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pNew, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+ }
+ pCache->pCache = pNew;
+ pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+ pCache->szPage = szPage;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
-** position in the WAL */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+/*
+** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
+**
+** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if
+** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created.
+** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache
+** and could not be created.
+**
+** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should
+** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page.
+**
+** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page
+** is not already in the cache. If createFlag is 1, then a new page
+** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages
+** and without exceeding the cache size limit.
+**
+** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly
+** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a
+** PgHdr object. The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
+** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated
+** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to
+** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a
+** lot of pushing and popping.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(
+ PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */
+ int createFlag /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
+){
+ int eCreate;
-/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in
-** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+ assert( pCache!=0 );
+ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+ assert( createFlag==3 || createFlag==0 );
+ assert( pgno>0 );
-/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
+ /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
+ ** 0 Do not allocate a new page. (createFlag==0)
+ ** 1 Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
+ ** (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
+ ** 2 Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
+ ** (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
+ */
+ eCreate = createFlag & pCache->eCreate;
+ assert( eCreate==0 || eCreate==1 || eCreate==2 );
+ assert( createFlag==0 || pCache->eCreate==eCreate );
+ assert( createFlag==0 || eCreate==1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty) );
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
+}
-/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
- Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */
- int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
- int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
- void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
- int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
- int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */
- u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */
- int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
- int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
-);
+/*
+** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
+** page because new clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
+** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to
+** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress
+** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to
+** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
+** an OOM error.
+**
+** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(
+ PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */
+ sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage /* Write result here */
+){
+ PgHdr *pPg;
+ if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;
-/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
-** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
-** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since
-** the last call, then return 0.
+
+ /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
+ ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+ ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
+ ** unreferenced dirty page.
+ */
+ for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
+ pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+ pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
+ );
+ pCache->pSynced = pPg;
+ if( !pPg ){
+ for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
+ }
+ if( pPg ){
+ int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
+ "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
+ pPg->pgno, pgno,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
+ numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+#endif
+ rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
+ return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a helper routine for sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
+**
+** In the uncommon case where the page being fetched has not been
+** initialized, this routine is invoked to do the initialization.
+** This routine is broken out into a separate function since it
+** requires extra stack manipulation that can be avoided in the common
+** case.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr *pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(
+ PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
+){
+ PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+ assert( pPage!=0 );
+ pPgHdr = (PgHdr*)pPage->pExtra;
+ assert( pPgHdr->pPage==0 );
+ memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
+ pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
+ pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
+ pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
+ memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
+ pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
+ pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
+ return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pCache,pgno,pPage);
+}
-/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
-** by the pager layer on the database file.
+/*
+** This routine converts the sqlite3_pcache_page object returned by
+** sqlite3PcacheFetch() into an initialized PgHdr object. This routine
+** must be called after sqlite3PcacheFetch() in order to get a usable
+** result.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(
+ PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
+){
+ PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
-** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+ if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
+ pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;
+
+ if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
+ return pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(pCache, pgno, pPage);
+ }
+ if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){
+ pCache->nRef++;
+ }
+ pPgHdr->nRef++;
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
+ }
+ return pPgHdr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
+** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ p->nRef--;
+ if( p->nRef==0 ){
+ p->pCache->nRef--;
+ if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
+ pcacheUnpin(p);
+ }else if( p->pDirtyPrev!=0 ){
+ /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
+ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
+ }
+ }
+}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-#endif /* _WAL_H_ */
+/*
+** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
+ assert(p->nRef>0);
+ p->nRef++;
+}
-/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/
+/*
+** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
+** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
+** page pointed to by p is invalid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
+ assert( p->nRef==1 );
+ if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
+ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
+ }
+ p->pCache->nRef--;
+ if( p->pgno==1 ){
+ p->pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
+}
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
+ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+ p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
+ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD);
+ }
+}
-/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
-**
-** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
-** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
-** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
-**
-** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
-** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
-** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
-** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
-**
-** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
-** one or more of the following are true about the page:
-**
-** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
-** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
-** synced.
-**
-** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
-**
-** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
-** the database file at the start of the transaction.
-**
-** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
-** following are true:
-**
-** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
-**
-** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
-** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
-** number consists of a single page change.
-**
-** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
-** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
-** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
-** transaction.
-**
-** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
-** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
-**
-** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
-** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
-** first 100 bytes of the database file.
-**
-** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
-** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
-**
-** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
-** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
-**
-** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
-** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
-** all queries. Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf
-** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
-** of the database.
-**
-** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
-** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
-** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
-** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
-**
-** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
-** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
-** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
-** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
-** invoke it.)
-**
-** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
-** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
-** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
-** database to flush their caches.
-**
-** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
-** than one billion transactions.
-**
-** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
-** of every transaction.
-**
-** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
-** the database file.
-**
-** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
-** content out of the database file.
-**
-******************************************************************************/
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+ if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
+ p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+ if( p->nRef==0 ){
+ pcacheUnpin(p);
+ }
+ }
+}
/*
-** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
+** Make every page in the cache clean.
*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
-#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
-#define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
-#else
-#define PAGERTRACE(X)
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+ }
+}
/*
-** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors.
-**
-** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
-** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
-** struct as its argument.
+** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
*/
-#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
-#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ }
+ pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
+}
/*
-** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
-** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
-** state diagram.
-**
-** OPEN <------+------+
-** | | |
-** V | |
-** +---------> READER-------+ |
-** | | |
-** | V |
-** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
-** | | ^
-** | V |
-** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
-** | | |
-** | V |
-** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
-** | | |
-** | V |
-** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
-**
-**
-** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
-**
-** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
-** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
-**
-** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
-** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
-** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
-** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
-** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
-**
-** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
-** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
-**
-**
-** OPEN:
-**
-** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
-** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
-** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
-**
-** * No read or write transaction is active.
-** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
-** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
-**
-** READER:
-**
-** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
-** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
-** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
-** open. The database size is known in this state.
-**
-** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
-** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
-** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
-** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
-** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
-** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
-** is via the ERROR state (see below).
-**
-** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
-** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
-** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
-** may not be trusted at this point.
-** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
-** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
-** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
-**
-** WRITER_LOCKED:
-**
-** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
-** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
-** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
-** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
-**
-** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
-** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
-** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
-** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
-** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
-** file.
-**
-** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
-** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
-** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
-**
-** * A write transaction is active.
-** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
-** lock is held on the database file.
-** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
-** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
-** called).
-** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
-** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
-** * The journal file may or may not be open.
-** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
-**
-** WRITER_CACHEMOD:
-**
-** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
-** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
-** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
-** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
-**
-** * A write transaction is active.
-** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
-** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
-** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
-**
-** WRITER_DBMOD:
-**
-** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
-** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
-** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
-** just the log file).
-**
-** * A write transaction is active.
-** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
-** and synced to disk.
-** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
-** written to disk).
-**
-** WRITER_FINISHED:
-**
-** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
-**
-** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
-** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
-** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
-** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
-** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
-** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
-**
-** * A write transaction is active.
-** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
-** If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
-** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
-** to rollback the transaction.
-**
-** ERROR:
-**
-** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
-** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
-** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
-** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
-**
-** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
-** cannot.
-**
-** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
-** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
-** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
-** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
-** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
-** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
-** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
-** instead of READER following such an error.
-**
-** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
-** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
-** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
-** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
-** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
-** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
-** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
-** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
-** from the error.
-**
-** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
-**
-** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
-** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
-**
-** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
-** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
-**
-** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
-** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
-** memory.
-**
-** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
-** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
-** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
-**
-** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
-** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
-** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
-** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
-** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
-** state.
-**
-** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
-** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
-** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
-** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
-**
-**
-** Notes:
-**
-** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
-** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
-** of the first four states.
-**
-** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
-** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
-** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
-** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
-**
-** * See also: assert_pager_state().
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
*/
-#define PAGER_OPEN 0
-#define PAGER_READER 1
-#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
-#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
-#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
-#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
-#define PAGER_ERROR 6
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
+ PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ assert( newPgno>0 );
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
+ p->pgno = newPgno;
+ if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
+ }
+}
/*
-** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
-** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
-** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
-** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
-**
-** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
-** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
-** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
-** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
-** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
-** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
-** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
-** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
-**
-** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
-** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
-** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
-**
-** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
-** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
-** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
-** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
-** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
-** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
-** of hot-journal detection.
-**
-** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
-** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
-** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
-** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
-** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
-** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
-** without rolling it back.
+** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
+** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
+** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
**
-** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
-** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
-** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
-** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
-** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
-** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
-** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
-** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
+** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
+** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
+** the page object is not dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ PgHdr *pNext;
+ for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
+ /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
+ ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages,
+ ** it must be that pgno==0.
+ */
+ assert( p->pgno>0 );
+ if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
+ assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+ }
+ }
+ if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
+ memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
+ pgno = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
+ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the contents of the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
+ sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
+** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
+ PgHdr result, *pTail;
+ pTail = &result;
+ while( pA && pB ){
+ if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
+ pTail->pDirty = pA;
+ pTail = pA;
+ pA = pA->pDirty;
+ }else{
+ pTail->pDirty = pB;
+ pTail = pB;
+ pB = pB->pDirty;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pA ){
+ pTail->pDirty = pA;
+ }else if( pB ){
+ pTail->pDirty = pB;
+ }else{
+ pTail->pDirty = 0;
+ }
+ return result.pDirty;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are
+** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are
+** corrupted by this sort.
**
-** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
-** PAGER_OPEN state.
+** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
+** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
+** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
+** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
*/
-#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
+#define N_SORT_BUCKET 32
+static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
+ PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
+ int i;
+ memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
+ while( pIn ){
+ p = pIn;
+ pIn = p->pDirty;
+ p->pDirty = 0;
+ for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
+ if( a[i]==0 ){
+ a[i] = p;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+ a[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
+ /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
+ ** the input list. But that is impossible.
+ */
+ a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+ }
+ }
+ p = a[0];
+ for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
+ p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
+ }
+ return p;
+}
/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
- if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
- if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
- if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
-#else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+ p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
+ }
+ return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
+ return pCache->nRef;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
+ return p->nRef;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
+ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Get the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
+ return numberOfCachePages(pCache);
+}
#endif
/*
-** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
-** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
-** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
-** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
+** Set the suggested cache-size value.
*/
-#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
+ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+ pCache->szCache = mxPage;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
+ numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+}
/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
-** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
-** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
-** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
-**
-** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
-** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
-** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
-** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
-** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
-** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
+** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
*/
-typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
-struct PagerSavepoint {
- i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */
- i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */
- Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
- Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */
- Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
+ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
+** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
+** defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
+ PgHdr *pDirty;
+ for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
+ xIter(pDirty);
+ }
+}
#endif
-};
+/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
/*
-** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
-** some of the more important member variables follows:
+** 2008 November 05
**
-** eState
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
-** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** eLock
+*************************************************************************
**
-** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
-** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
+** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
+** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
+** If the default page cache implementation is overridden, then neither of
+** these two features are available.
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
+typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
+typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
+
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set
+** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
+** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of
+** the following object.
**
-** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
-** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
-** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
-** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
-** need (and no reason to release them).
+** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
**
-** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
-** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
-** details.
+** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is
+** one PGroup per PCache.
**
-** changeCountDone
+** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
+** of.
**
-** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
-** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
-** not updated more often than necessary.
+** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
+** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
+** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
+** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently.
**
-** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
-** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
-** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
-** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
-** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
-** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
-**
-** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
-** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
-** committed.
-**
-** setMaster
-**
-** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
-** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
-** journal file before it is synced to disk.
-**
-** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
-** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
-** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
-** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
-** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
-** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
-** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
-** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
-**
-** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
-** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
-** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
-** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
-**
-** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
-** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
-** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
-** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
-**
-** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
-**
-** These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills
-** (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
-** write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
-**
-** When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
-** is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
-** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
-** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
-** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
-**
-** If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
-** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
-** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
-** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
-** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
-**
-** subjInMemory
-**
-** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
-** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
-** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
-**
-** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
-** write-transaction is opened.
-**
-** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
-**
-** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
-** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
-** OPEN and ERROR).
-**
-** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
-** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
-** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
-** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
-** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
-** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
-** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
-** to dbSize==1).
-**
-** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
-** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
-** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
-** dbSize is updated.
-**
-** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
-** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
-** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
-** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
-** being modified.
-**
-** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
-** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
-** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
-** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
-**
-** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
-** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
-** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
-** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
-** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
-** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
-** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
-** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
-** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
-** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
-**
-** dbHintSize
-**
-** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
-** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
-**
-** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
-** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
-** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
-** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
-** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
-** details.
-**
-** errCode
+** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single
+** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
+*/
+struct PGroup {
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
+ unsigned int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
+ unsigned int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
+ unsigned int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
+ unsigned int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+ PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every
+** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
+** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
+** is an instance of this object.
**
-** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
-** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
-** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
-** sub-codes.
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
+** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
*/
-struct Pager {
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
- u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
- u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
- u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
- u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
- u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
- u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
- u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
- u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
- u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */
- u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
- u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+struct PCache1 {
+ /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
+ ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be
+ ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
+ ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
+ */
+ PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
+ int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
+ int szExtra; /* Size of extra space in bytes */
+ int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */
+ unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
+ unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */
+ unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */
+ unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
- /**************************************************************************
- ** The following block contains those class members that change during
- ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed
- ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
- ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
- ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
- ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
- ** "configuration" of the pager.
+ /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
+ ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
*/
- u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
- u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */
- u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
- u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
- u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
- u8 doNotSyncSpill; /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
- u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
- Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */
- Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
- Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */
- Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
- int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
- int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
- u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
- u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
- Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
- sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */
- sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */
- sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
- i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
- i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
- sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
- PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
- int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
- char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
- /*
- ** End of the routinely-changing class members
- ***************************************************************************/
+ unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
+ unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */
+ unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
+ PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
+};
- u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
- i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
- u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
- u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
- int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
- Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
- i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
- char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
- char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
- int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
- void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */
- int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */
-#endif
- void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
- void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
- void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */
- void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
-#endif
- char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
- PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
- char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */
-#endif
+/*
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
+** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
+** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure
+** in memory.
+*/
+struct PgHdr1 {
+ sqlite3_pcache_page page;
+ unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */
+ u8 isPinned; /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */
+ PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */
+ PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */
+ PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+ PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
};
/*
-** The following global variables hold counters used for
-** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
-** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
+** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
+** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
-# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
-#else
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)
-#endif
+struct PgFreeslot {
+ PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */
+};
+/*
+** Global data used by this cache.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
+ PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
+ /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The
+ ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
+ ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
+ ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
+ */
+ int isInit; /* True if initialized */
+ int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
+ int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */
+ int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
+ void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
+ /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
+ PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */
+ int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */
+ /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on
+ ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
+ ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
+ ** is really just an optimization. */
+ int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
+} pcache1_g;
/*
-** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
-** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
-**
-** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
-** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
-** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
-** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
-** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
-** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
-** journal and ignore it.
-**
-** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
-** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
-** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
-** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
-** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
-** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
-** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
-** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
-** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
-** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
+** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
+** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
*/
-static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
- 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
-};
+#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
/*
-** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
-** the following macro.
+** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
*/
-#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
+#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
-** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
+** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
+** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
+**
+** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
+** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing.
*/
-#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
+ if( pcache1.isInit ){
+ PgFreeslot *p;
+ sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
+ pcache1.szSlot = sz;
+ pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
+ pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
+ pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
+ pcache1.pFree = 0;
+ pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
+ while( n-- ){
+ p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
+ p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+ pcache1.pFree = p;
+ pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
+ }
+ pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
+ }
+}
/*
-** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
-** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
-** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
-** out code that would never execute.
+** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
+** back to sqlite3Malloc().
+**
+** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables
+** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-# define MEMDB 0
-#else
-# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
+ void *p = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+ if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+ p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
+ if( p ){
+ pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
+ pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
+ pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+ assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+ }
+ if( p==0 ){
+ /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get
+ ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
+ */
+ p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+ if( p ){
+ int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+ }
#endif
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+ }
+ return p;
+}
/*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
+static int pcache1Free(void *p){
+ int nFreed = 0;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+ PgFreeslot *pSlot;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
+ pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
+ pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+ pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
+ pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
+ pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+ assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+ }else{
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+ nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -nFreed);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+#endif
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+ return nFreed;
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/*
-** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
-** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
-**
-** This is so that expressions can be written as:
-**
-** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
-**
-** instead of
-**
-** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
+** Return the size of a pcache allocation
*/
-#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
+static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
+ if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+ return pcache1.szSlot;
+ }else{
+ int iSize;
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+ iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+ return iSize;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
/*
-** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
-** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
+** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
- return (pPager->pWal!=0);
-}
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
+ PgHdr1 *p = 0;
+ void *pPg;
+
+ /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
+ ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that
+ ** this mutex is not held. */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+ pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage);
+ p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra);
+ if( !pPg || !p ){
+ pcache1Free(pPg);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ pPg = 0;
+ }
#else
-# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
-# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
-# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y,z) 0
-# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
-# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
+ pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra);
+ p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage];
#endif
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+
+ if( pPg ){
+ p->page.pBuf = pPg;
+ p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
+ }
+ return p;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Usage:
-**
-** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
**
-** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
-** the internal state of the Pager object.
+** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent. But it turns out
+** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
+** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
*/
-static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
- Pager *pPager = p;
+static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
+ if( ALWAYS(p) ){
+ PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+ pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+#endif
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
+ }
+ }
+}
- /* State must be valid. */
- assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
- || p->eState==PAGER_READER
- || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
- || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
- );
+/*
+** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
+** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
+** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
+ return pcache1Alloc(sz);
+}
- /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
- ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
- ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
- */
- assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+ pcache1Free(p);
+}
- /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
- ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
- */
- assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
- assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
- /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
- ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
- ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
- ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
- ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
- ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
- ** state.
- */
- if( MEMDB ){
- assert( p->noSync );
- assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
- );
- assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
- assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
+/*
+** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
+** entry.
+**
+** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
+** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
+** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
+** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
+** allocation onto the heap.
+**
+** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is
+** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
+** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
+** the heap even further.
+*/
+static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
+ if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+ return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
}
+}
- /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
- ** on the file.
- */
- assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
- assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
- switch( p->eState ){
- case PAGER_OPEN:
- assert( !MEMDB );
- assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
- break;
+/*
+** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
+** as the first argument.
+**
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
+ PgHdr1 **apNew;
+ unsigned int nNew;
+ unsigned int i;
- case PAGER_READER:
- assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
- assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || p->noReadlock );
- break;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
- case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
- assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
- assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
- if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
- }
- assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
- assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
- assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
- assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
- break;
+ nNew = p->nHash*2;
+ if( nNew<256 ){
+ nNew = 256;
+ }
- case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
- assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
- assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
- if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
- ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
- ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
- ** to journal_mode=wal.
- */
- assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- );
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
+ if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
+ apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+ if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
+ pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
+ if( apNew ){
+ for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
+ PgHdr1 *pPage;
+ PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
+ while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
+ unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
+ pNext = pPage->pNext;
+ pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
+ apNew[h] = pPage;
}
- assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
- assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
- break;
-
- case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
- assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- );
- assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
- break;
-
- case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
- assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- );
- break;
-
- case PAGER_ERROR:
- /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
- ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
- ** back to OPEN state.
- */
- assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
- assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
- break;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
+ p->apHash = apNew;
+ p->nHash = nNew;
}
-
- return 1;
}
-#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
-** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
-** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
-** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
+** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
+** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
-** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
-static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
- static char zRet[1024];
-
- sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
- "Filename: %s\n"
- "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
- "Lock: %s\n"
- "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
- "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
- "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
- "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
- "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
- , p->zFilename
- , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" :
- p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" :
- p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
- p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
- p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
- p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
- p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
- , (int)p->errCode
- , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" :
- p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" :
- p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
- p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" :
- p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
- , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
- , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" :
- p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" :
- p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" :
- p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" :
- p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
- p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?"
- , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
- , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
- , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
- );
+static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+ PCache1 *pCache;
+ PGroup *pGroup;
- return zRet;
+ assert( pPage!=0 );
+ assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
+ pCache = pPage->pCache;
+ pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ assert( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail );
+ assert( pPage->pLruPrev || pPage==pGroup->pLruHead );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+ if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
+ pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
+ }else{
+ pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
+ }
+ if( pPage->pLruNext ){
+ pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
+ }else{
+ pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
+ }
+ pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+ pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+ pPage->isPinned = 1;
+ pCache->nRecyclable--;
}
-#endif
+
/*
-** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
-** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
-** or more open savepoints for which:
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
+** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
**
-** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
-** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
-** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
-static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
- PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
- if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
+static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+ unsigned int h;
+ PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+ PgHdr1 **pp;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+ h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
+ for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
+ *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+
+ pCache->nPage--;
}
/*
-** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
+** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
+** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
*/
-static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
- return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+ while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){
+ PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail;
+ assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
+ assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+ pcache1PinPage(p);
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+ pcache1FreePage(p);
+ }
}
/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
-** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
-** error code is something goes wrong.
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
+** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
**
-** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
-static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
- unsigned char ac[4];
- int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
+static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
+ PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */
+ unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
+){
+ TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
+ unsigned int h;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+ for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
+ PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+ PgHdr1 *pPage;
+ while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
+ if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
+ pCache->nPage--;
+ *pp = pPage->pNext;
+ if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+ pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+ }else{
+ pp = &pPage->pNext;
+ TESTONLY( nPage++; )
+ }
+ }
}
- return rc;
+ assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
}
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
-*/
-#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
-
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
*/
-static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
- char ac[4];
- put32bits(ac, val);
- return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
+static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
+ memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+ pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
+ }
+ pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
+ pcache1.isInit = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
-** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
-** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
-**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
-** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does
+** not need to be freed.
*/
-static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
- assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
- assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
- rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
- if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
- pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
- }
- IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
- }
- return rc;
+static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
+ memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}
+/* forward declaration */
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p);
+
/*
-** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
-** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
-** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
-** of this.
+** Allocate a new cache.
*/
-static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
+ PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */
+ PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
+ int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
- assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
- pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
- IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+ /*
+ ** The separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private
+ ** PGroup. In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no
+ ** mutexing is required.
+ **
+ ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+ **
+ ** * Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications
+ **
+ ** * Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off)
+ ** use separate caches (mode-1)
+ */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
+ const int separateCache = 0;
+#else
+ int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
+#endif
+
+ assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 );
+ assert( szExtra < 300 );
+
+ sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache;
+ pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz);
+ if( pCache ){
+ if( separateCache ){
+ pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
+ pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
+ }else{
+ pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
+ }
+ pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
+ pCache->szPage = szPage;
+ pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
+ pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+ pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
+ if( bPurgeable ){
+ pCache->nMin = 10;
+ pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
+ pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+ }
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+ if( pCache->nHash==0 ){
+ pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache);
+ pCache = 0;
}
}
- return rc;
+ return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
}
/*
-** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
-** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
-**
-** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
-** a database page may be written atomically, and
-** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
-** to the page size.
-**
-** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
-** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
-** database.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
**
-** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
-** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
-** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
+** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
- assert( !MEMDB );
- if( !pPager->tempFile ){
- int dc; /* Device characteristics */
- int nSector; /* Sector size */
- int szPage; /* Page size */
-
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
- dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
- nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
- szPage = pPager->pageSize;
-
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
- if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
- return 0;
- }
+static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+ pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+ pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+ pCache->nMax = nMax;
+ pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
+ pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
}
-
- return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
}
-#endif
/*
-** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
-** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
-** and debugging only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method.
+**
+** Free up as much memory as possible.
*/
-static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
- u32 hash = 0;
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
- hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
+static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ int savedMaxPage;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+ savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage;
+ pGroup->nMaxPage = 0;
+ pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+ pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
}
- return hash;
-}
-static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
- return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
-}
-static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
- pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
}
/*
-** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
-** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
*/
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
-static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
+static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+ int n;
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+ n = pCache->nPage;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+ return n;
}
-#else
-#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
-#define pager_pagehash(X) 0
-#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
-#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
/*
-** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
-** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
-** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
-** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
-**
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
-** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
-** were present in the journal.
-**
-** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
-** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
-** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
-** journal file name.
-**
-** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
-** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described
+** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure.
**
-** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
-** error code is returned.
+** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are
+** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required
+** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
*/
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
- i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
- u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
- u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
- unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
- zMaster[0] = '\0';
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
+ PCache1 *pCache,
+ unsigned int iKey,
+ int createFlag
+){
+ unsigned int nPinned;
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
- || szJ<16
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
- || len>=nMaster
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
- || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
- ){
- return rc;
+ /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
+ assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
+ nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
+ assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
+ assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
+ if( createFlag==1 && (
+ nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
+ || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
+ || (pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) && pCache->nRecyclable<nPinned)
+ )){
+ return 0;
}
- /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
- for(u=0; u<len; u++){
- cksum -= zMaster[u];
+ if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
+ assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );
+
+ /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
+ (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
+ || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
+ || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
+ )){
+ PCache1 *pOther;
+ pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
+ assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+ pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+ pOther = pPage->pCache;
+
+ /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
+ ** and pCache. Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
+ assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
+ assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
+ assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
+ assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );
+
+ if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
+ pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+ pPage = 0;
+ }else{
+ pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
+ }
}
- if( cksum ){
- /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
- ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
- ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
- ** master-journal filename.
- */
- len = 0;
+
+ /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
+ ** attempt to allocate a new one.
+ */
+ if( !pPage ){
+ if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
+ if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
}
- zMaster[len] = '\0';
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
-** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
-** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
-**
-** i.e for a sector size of 512:
-**
-** Pager.journalOff Return value
-** ---------------------------------------
-** 0 0
-** 512 512
-** 100 512
-** 2000 2048
-**
-*/
-static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
- i64 offset = 0;
- i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
- if( c ){
- offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+ if( pPage ){
+ unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+ pCache->nPage++;
+ pPage->iKey = iKey;
+ pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+ pPage->pCache = pCache;
+ pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+ pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+ pPage->isPinned = 1;
+ *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
+ pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+ if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+ pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
+ }
}
- assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
- assert( offset>=c );
- assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
- return offset;
+ return pPage;
}
/*
-** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
**
-** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
-** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
+** Fetch a page by key value.
**
-** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
-** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
-** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
-** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
-** after writing or truncating it.
+** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
+** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new
+** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2
+** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
**
-** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
-** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
-** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
-** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
-** not need to be synced following this operation.
+** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
+** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So
+** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
+** a non-purgeable cache.
**
-** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
-** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
+** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
+** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
+**
+** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
+** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
+**
+** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
+** returned.
+**
+** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
+** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
+** conditions are true:
+**
+** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+** PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
+** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
+**
+** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
+** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
+**
+** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
+** PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
+** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
+** purgeable caches,
+**
+** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
+** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
+**
+** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
+** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
+** proceed to step 5.
+**
+** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
-static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- if( pPager->journalOff ){
- const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */
+static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ unsigned int iKey,
+ int createFlag
+){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
- IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
- if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
- }else{
- static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
- }
+ assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
+ assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
+ assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
+ assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
+ assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
+ assert( pCache->nHash>0 );
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
- /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
- ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
- ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
- ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
- ** to sync the file following this operation.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
- i64 sz;
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
- }
- }
+ /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
+ pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash];
+ while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; }
+
+ /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
+ if( pPage ){
+ if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+ }else if( createFlag ){
+ /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */
+ pPage = pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag);
}
- return rc;
+ assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey );
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+ return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage;
}
+
/*
-** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
-** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
-** current location.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**
-** The format for the journal header is as follows:
-** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
-** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
-** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
-** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
-** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
-** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-**
-** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
*/
-static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */
- u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
- u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */
- int ii; /* Loop counter */
-
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
-
- if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
- nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
- }
+static void pcache1Unpin(
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
+ int reuseUnlikely
+){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+
+ assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
- /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
- ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
- ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
+ /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
+ ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
*/
- for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
- if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
- pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
- }
- }
-
- pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
+ assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage );
+ assert( pPage->isPinned==1 );
- /*
- ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
- ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
- ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
- ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
- ** of records (see syncJournal()).
- **
- ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
- ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
- ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
- ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
- ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
- ** where this risk can be ignored:
- **
- ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
- ** power failure in this case anyway.
- **
- ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
- ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
- */
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
- if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
- || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
- ){
- memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
+ if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+ pcache1FreePage(pPage);
}else{
- memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
- }
-
- /* The random check-hash initialiser */
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
- /* The initial database size */
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
- /* The assumed sector size for this process */
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
-
- /* The page size */
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
-
- /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
- ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
- ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
- ** take the performance hit.
- */
- memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
- nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
-
- /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
- ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
- ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
- ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
- ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
- **
- ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
- ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
- ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
- ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
- ** is done.
- **
- ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
- ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
- ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
- ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
- */
- for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
- IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
- assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
- pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+ /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
+ if( pGroup->pLruHead ){
+ pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
+ pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead;
+ pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
+ }else{
+ pGroup->pLruTail = pPage;
+ pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
+ }
+ pCache->nRecyclable++;
+ pPage->isPinned = 0;
}
- return rc;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}
/*
-** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
-** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
-** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
-** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
-** a description of the journal header format.
-**
-** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
-** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
-** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
-** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** in this case.
-**
-** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
-** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
-** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
*/
-static int readJournalHdr(
- Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
- int isHot,
- i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
- u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
- u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
+static void pcache1Rekey(
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
+ unsigned int iOld,
+ unsigned int iNew
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
- i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */
-
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+ PgHdr1 **pp;
+ unsigned int h;
+ assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
+ assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
- /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
- ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
- ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
- */
- pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
- if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
- iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
- /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
- ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
- ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
- ** proceed.
- */
- if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
+ h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
+ pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+ while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
+ pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
}
+ *pp = pPage->pNext;
- /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
- ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
- ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
- ){
- return rc;
+ h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
+ pPage->iKey = iNew;
+ pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+ pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+ if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+ pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
}
- if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
- u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */
- u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
-
- /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
- ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
- ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
- ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
- */
- if( iPageSize==0 ){
- iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
- }
-
- /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
- ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
- ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
- ** respective compile time maximum limits.
- */
- if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
- || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
- || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
- ){
- /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
- ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
- ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
- ** the journal file here.
- */
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
-
- /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
- ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
- ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
- /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
- ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
- ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
- ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
- ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
- */
- pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
+**
+** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
+** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
+** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
+*/
+static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+ if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
+ pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
+ pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
}
-
- pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
- return rc;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}
-
/*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
-** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
-** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
-** anything is written. The format is:
-**
-** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
-** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
-** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
-** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
-**
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
-** this call is a no-op.
+** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
*/
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */
- i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */
- i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
- u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
-
- assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
- if( !zMaster
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pPager->setMaster = 1;
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
-
- /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
- for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
- cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
- }
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+ pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
+ assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax );
+ pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
+ assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin );
+ pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
+ pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+ pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+ sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pCache);
+}
- /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
- ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
- ** the journal has already been synced.
- */
- if( pPager->fullSync ){
- pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
- }
- iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
+** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
+** already provided an alternative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
+ static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ 0, /* pArg */
+ pcache1Init, /* xInit */
+ pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */
+ pcache1Create, /* xCreate */
+ pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */
+ pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */
+ pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */
+ pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */
+ pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */
+ pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */
+ pcache1Destroy, /* xDestroy */
+ pcache1Shrink /* xShrink */
+ };
+ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods);
+}
- /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
- ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
- */
- if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
- || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
- || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
- || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
- || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
- ){
- return rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
+** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
+** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
+**
+** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
+** of bytes of memory released.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
+ int nFree = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
+ if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
+ PgHdr1 *p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+ while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
+ nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+ nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
+#endif
+ assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+ pcache1PinPage(p);
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+ pcache1FreePage(p);
+ }
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
}
- pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+ return nFree;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
- /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
- ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
- ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
- ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
- ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
- ** whether or not the journal is hot.
- **
- ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
- ** file to the required size.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
- && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
- ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
+** of the global cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
+ int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
+ int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
+ int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
+ int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
+){
+ PgHdr1 *p;
+ int nRecyclable = 0;
+ for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
+ assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+ nRecyclable++;
}
- return rc;
+ *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
+ *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
+ *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
+ *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 December 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
+**
+** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids. Rowids
+** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order. Inserts
+** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
+** previously inserted into the RowSet.
+**
+** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
+** elements of the RowSet in sorted order. Once this extraction
+** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
+**
+** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
+**
+** CREATE
+** INSERT
+** TEST
+** SMALLEST
+** DESTROY
+**
+** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
+** obviously. The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
+** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet. SMALLEST
+** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
+**
+** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an
+** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed
+** until DESTROY.
+**
+** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number. The TEST primitive
+** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
+** in the batch number. In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
+** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
+** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
+** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
+** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
+**
+** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST. An assertion will fail if
+** that is attempted.
+**
+** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant. (Sometimes new memory
+** has to be allocated on an INSERT.) The cost of a TEST with a new
+** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
+** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN). The cost
+** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN). Second and subsequent SMALLEST
+** primitives are constant time. The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
+**
+** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
+** SMALLEST primitives.
+*/
+
/*
-** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
-** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
-** already in memory.
+** Target size for allocation chunks.
*/
-static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
- PgHdr *p; /* Return value */
+#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
- /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
- ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
- */
- (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
- return p;
-}
+/*
+** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK \
+ ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
/*
-** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
+** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
+**
+** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry
+** objects. In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry
+** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The
+** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
*/
-static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
- sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
- sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
+struct RowSetEntry {
+ i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
+};
+
+/*
+** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
+** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The
+** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
+** when the RowSet is destroyed.
+*/
+struct RowSetChunk {
+ struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk; /* Next chunk on list of them all */
+ struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
+};
+
+/*
+** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+struct RowSet {
+ struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries using pRight */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pForest; /* List of binary trees of entries */
+ u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */
+ u16 rsFlags; /* Various flags */
+ int iBatch; /* Current insert batch */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags
+*/
+#define ROWSET_SORTED 0x01 /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */
+#define ROWSET_NEXT 0x02 /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */
+
+/*
+** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory
+** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context
+** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
+** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
+**
+** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not
+** an assertion fault occurs.
+**
+** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
+** allocation of entries available to be filled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
+ RowSet *p;
+ assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
+ p = pSpace;
+ p->pChunk = 0;
+ p->db = db;
+ p->pEntry = 0;
+ p->pLast = 0;
+ p->pForest = 0;
+ p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
+ p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
+ p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
+ p->iBatch = 0;
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
-** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
-** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
+** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that
+** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is
+** the destructor for the RowSet.
*/
-static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
- int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
- for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
- }
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
+ struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
+ for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
+ pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
}
- sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
- pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
- pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
- pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+ p->pChunk = 0;
+ p->nFresh = 0;
+ p->pEntry = 0;
+ p->pLast = 0;
+ p->pForest = 0;
+ p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
}
/*
-** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
-** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
-** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
+** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
+** given RowSet. Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
+** objected.
+**
+** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
+** routine returns NULL.
*/
-static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
- int ii; /* Loop counter */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
-
- for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
- PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
- if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
- rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( p->nFresh==0 ){
+ struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
+ pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
+ p->pChunk = pNew;
+ p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
+ p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
}
- return rc;
+ p->nFresh--;
+ return p->pFresh++;
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
-** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
-** state.
-**
-** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
-** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
-** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
-** closed (if it is open).
+** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
**
-** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
-** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
-** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
-** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
-** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
-** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
+** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
+** memory allocation fails.
*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
+ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* The new entry */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* The last prior entry */
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
- );
+ /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+ assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+ pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p);
+ if( pEntry==0 ) return;
+ pEntry->v = rowid;
+ pEntry->pRight = 0;
+ pLast = p->pLast;
+ if( pLast ){
+ if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){
+ p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED;
+ }
+ pLast->pRight = pEntry;
+ }else{
+ p->pEntry = pEntry;
+ }
+ p->pLast = pEntry;
+}
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
- pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
- }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
- int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
+/*
+** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates.
+**
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are
+** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
+ struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */
+){
+ struct RowSetEntry head;
+ struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
- /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
- ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
- ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
- ** out from under us.
- */
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
- if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
- || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
- ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ pTail = &head;
+ while( pA && pB ){
+ assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+ assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+ if( pA->v<pB->v ){
+ pTail->pRight = pA;
+ pA = pA->pRight;
+ pTail = pTail->pRight;
+ }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
+ pTail->pRight = pB;
+ pB = pB->pRight;
+ pTail = pTail->pRight;
+ }else{
+ pA = pA->pRight;
}
+ }
+ if( pA ){
+ assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+ pTail->pRight = pA;
+ }else{
+ assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+ pTail->pRight = pB;
+ }
+ return head.pRight;
+}
- /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
- ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
- ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
- ** is necessary.
- */
- rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
- pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
- }
+/*
+** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
+** increasing v.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
+ unsigned int i;
+ struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
- /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
- ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
- ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
- */
- assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
- pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
+ while( pIn ){
+ pNext = pIn->pRight;
+ pIn->pRight = 0;
+ for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
+ pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn);
+ aBucket[i] = 0;
+ }
+ aBucket[i] = pIn;
+ pIn = pNext;
}
-
- /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
- ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
- ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
- ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
- */
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- assert( !MEMDB );
- pager_reset(pPager);
- pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
- pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
- pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+ pIn = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
+ pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]);
}
-
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->journalHdr = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ return pIn;
}
+
/*
-** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
-** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
-** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
-** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
-** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
-**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
-** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
-** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
-** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
-**
-** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
-** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
-** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
-** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
-** it were a hot-journal).
+** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
+** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
+** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
*/
-static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
- int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
- assert(
- pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
- pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
- (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
- );
- if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
- pPager->errCode = rc;
- pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+static void rowSetTreeToList(
+ struct RowSetEntry *pIn, /* Root of the input tree */
+ struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst, /* Write head of the output list here */
+ struct RowSetEntry **ppLast /* Write tail of the output list here */
+){
+ assert( pIn!=0 );
+ if( pIn->pLeft ){
+ struct RowSetEntry *p;
+ rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
+ p->pRight = pIn;
+ }else{
+ *ppFirst = pIn;
}
- return rc;
+ if( pIn->pRight ){
+ rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
+ }else{
+ *ppLast = pIn;
+ }
+ assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
}
+
/*
-** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
-** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
-** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
-** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
-** database transaction.
-**
-** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
-** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
-** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
-**
-** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
-**
-** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
-** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
-** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
-** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
-** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
-** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
-**
-** journalMode==MEMORY
-** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
-** in-memory journal.
-**
-** journalMode==TRUNCATE
-** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
-**
-** journalMode==PERSIST
-** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
-** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
-** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
-**
-** journalMode==DELETE
-** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
-**
-** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
-** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
-** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
-** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
+** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
+** tree with depth of iDepth. A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
+** node taken from the head of *ppList. A depth of 2 means a tree with
+** three nodes. And so forth.
**
-** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
-** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
-** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
+** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
+** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list. If the input
+** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
+** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
-** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
-** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
-** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
-** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
-** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
-** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
-** returned.
+** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
*/
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
- int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
-
- /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
- ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
- ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
- ** held under two circumstances:
- **
- ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
- ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
- **
- ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
- ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
- ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
- ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
- */
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
+ struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
+ int iDepth
+){
+ struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Root of the new tree */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */
+ if( *ppList==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
- /* Finalize the journal file. */
- if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
- assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
- if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
- }
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
- ){
- rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- }else{
- /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
- ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
- ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
- ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
- */
- assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- );
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- if( !pPager->tempFile ){
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- }
- }
+ if( iDepth==1 ){
+ p = *ppList;
+ *ppList = p->pRight;
+ p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+ return p;
}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
- if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
- PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
- if( p ){
- p->pageHash = 0;
- sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
- }
+ pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+ p = *ppList;
+ if( p==0 ){
+ return pLeft;
}
-#endif
+ p->pLeft = pLeft;
+ *ppList = p->pRight;
+ p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+ return p;
+}
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
- sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
+** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
+ int iDepth; /* Depth of the tree so far */
+ struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Current tree root */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
- ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
- ** lock held on the database file.
- */
- rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
- assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
- }
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
- && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
- ){
- rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
- pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+ assert( pList!=0 );
+ p = pList;
+ pList = p->pRight;
+ p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+ for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
+ pLeft = p;
+ p = pList;
+ pList = p->pRight;
+ p->pLeft = pLeft;
+ p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
}
- pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
-
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
-** database file.
-**
-** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
-** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
-** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
-** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
-** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
-** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
-** will roll it back.
+** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and
+** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry.
**
-** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
-** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
-** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
-** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet.
*/
-static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
- if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
- pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
+static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
+
+ /* This routine is called only once */
+ assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+ if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
+ p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry);
+ }
+
+ /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext()
+ ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet. So
+ ** there is never a forest to deal with. Should this change, simply
+ ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */
+ assert( p->pForest==0 );
+#if 0
+ while( p->pForest ){
+ struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft;
+ if( pTree ){
+ struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
+ rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
+ p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
}
+ p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight;
}
- pager_unlock(pPager);
+#endif
+ p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT; /* Verify this routine is never called again */
}
/*
-** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
-** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
-** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
-**
-** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
-** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
-** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
-** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
-**
-** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
-** incompatible journal file format.
+** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
+** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return
+** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
**
-** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
-** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
-** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
-** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
-** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
+** routine may not be called again.
*/
-static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
- u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */
- int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */
- while( i>0 ){
- cksum += aData[i];
- i -= 200;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+
+ /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
+ if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p);
+
+ /* Return the next entry on the list */
+ if( p->pEntry ){
+ *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
+ p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
+ if( p->pEntry==0 ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
}
- return cksum;
}
/*
-** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
-** to the codec.
+** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
+** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch. Return 1 or 0.
+**
+** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entries
+** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entries into the forest at
+** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
- if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
- pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
- (int)pPager->nReserve);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+ struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;
+
+ /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+ assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+ /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch
+ */
+ if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
+ p = pRowSet->pEntry;
+ if( p ){
+ struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
+ if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
+ p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
+ }
+ for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+ ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight;
+ if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){
+ pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+ break;
+ }else{
+ struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail;
+ rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail);
+ pTree->pLeft = 0;
+ p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p);
+ }
+ }
+ if( pTree==0 ){
+ *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet);
+ if( pTree ){
+ pTree->v = 0;
+ pTree->pRight = 0;
+ pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+ }
+ }
+ pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
+ pRowSet->pLast = 0;
+ pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED;
+ }
+ pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
+ }
+
+ /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
+ ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+ */
+ for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+ p = pTree->pLeft;
+ while( p ){
+ if( p->v<iRowid ){
+ p = p->pRight;
+ }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
+ p = p->pLeft;
+ }else{
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
}
+ return 0;
}
-#else
-# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
-#endif
+/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
-** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
-** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
-** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
-** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
-**
-** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
-** not.
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
-** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
-** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
-** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
-** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
-** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
-** prior to returning.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
-** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
-** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
-** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
-** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
-** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
-** two circumstances:
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
**
-** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
-** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
-** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
**
-** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
-** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
-** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
+** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
*/
-static int pager_playback_one_page(
- Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */
- i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */
- Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
- int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
- int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */
-){
- int rc;
- PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
- Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
- u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
- char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
- sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
- int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */
- assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
- assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
- assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
- assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
+#ifndef _WAL_H_
+#define _WAL_H_
- aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
- assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
- /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
- ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
- ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
- ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
- ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
- */
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
- );
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
+/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
+** sqlite3WalFrames():
+*/
+#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS 0x20 /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK 0x13 /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */
- /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
- ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
- */
- jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
- rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
+# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
+# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0
+# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0
+# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
+# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z) 0
+#else
- /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
- ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
- ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
- ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
- */
- if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
- assert( !isSavepnt );
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
- if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( isMainJrnl ){
- rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
- }
+#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
- /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
- ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
- */
- if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
+** There is one object of this type for each pager.
+*/
+typedef struct Wal Wal;
- /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
- */
- if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
- pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
- pagerReportSize(pPager);
- }
+/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
- /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
- ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
- ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
- **
- ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
- ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
- ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
- ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
- ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
- ** assert()able.
- **
- ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
- ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
- ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
- ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
- ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
- **
- ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
- ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
- ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
- ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
- ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
- ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
- ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
- ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
- ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
- ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
- ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
- ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
- ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
- **
- ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
- ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
- ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
- */
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- pPg = 0;
- }else{
- pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
- }
- assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
- PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
- (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
- ));
- if( isMainJrnl ){
- isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
- }else{
- isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
- }
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
- && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
- && isSynced
- ){
- i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
- testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
- if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
- pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
- }
- if( pPager->pBackup ){
- CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
- sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
- CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
- }
- }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
- /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
- ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
- ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
- ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
- ** current.
- **
- ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
- ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
- ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
- ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
- **
- ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
- ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
- ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
- ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
- */
- assert( isSavepnt );
- assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
- pPager->doNotSpill++;
- rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
- assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
- pPager->doNotSpill--;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
- sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
- }
- if( pPg ){
- /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
- ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
- ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
- ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
- ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
- */
- void *pData;
- pData = pPg->pData;
- memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
- pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
- if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
- /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
- ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
- ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
- ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
- ** database.
- **
- ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
- ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
- ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
- ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
- ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
- ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
- ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
- ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
- ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
- ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
- ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
- ** database corruption may ensue.
- */
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
- }
- pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
- /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
- ** Do this before any decoding. */
- if( pgno==1 ){
- memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
- }
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A
+** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database
+** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
+** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
+** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
+** transaction and releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
- /* Decode the page just read from disk */
- CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
- sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *);
-/*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
-** and does so if it is.
-**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
-** available for use within this function.
-**
-** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
-** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
-** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
-** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
-** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
-**
-** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
-**
-** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
-** journals have been rolled back.
-**
-** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
-** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
-** each child journal, it checks if:
-**
-** * if the child journal exists, and if so
-** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
-** file zMaster
-**
-** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
-** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
-** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
-** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
-**
-** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
-** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
-** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
-** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
-** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
-** size.
-*/
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int rc; /* Return code */
- sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
- sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
- char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
- i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
- char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
- char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
- int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
+/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
- /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
- ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
- */
- pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
- pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
- if( !pMaster ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
- /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
- ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain
- ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
- ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
- */
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
- nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
- zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
- if( !zMasterJournal ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
- zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
- zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
+/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
- zJournal = zMasterJournal;
- while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
- int exists;
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
- if( exists ){
- /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
- ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
- ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
- */
- int c;
- int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
+/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
+** position in the WAL */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
- rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
- sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
+/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in
+** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
- c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
- if( c ){
- /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
- }
- zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
- }
-
- sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
-delmaster_out:
- sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
- if( pMaster ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
- assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
- sqlite3_free(pMaster);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */
+ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+ int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */
+ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */
+ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+);
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
-/*
-** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
-** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
-** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
+/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
+** by the pager layer on the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
+
+/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content
+** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+#endif /* _WAL_H_ */
+
+/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/
+
+
+/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
**
-** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
-** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
-** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
-** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
-** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
+** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
+** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
+** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
**
-** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
-** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
-** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
-** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
-** the end of the new file instead.
+** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
+** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
+** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
+** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
**
-** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
-** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
+** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
+** one or more of the following are true about the page:
+**
+** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
+** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
+** synced.
+**
+** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
+**
+** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
+** the database file at the start of the transaction.
+**
+** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
+** following are true:
+**
+** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
+**
+** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
+** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
+** number consists of a single page change.
+**
+** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
+** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
+** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
+** transaction.
+**
+** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
+** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
+**
+** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
+** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
+** first 100 bytes of the database file.
+**
+** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
+** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
+**
+** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
+**
+** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
+** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
+** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
+** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
+** of the database.
+**
+** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
+** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
+** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
+** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
+**
+** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
+** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
+** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
+** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
+** invoke it.)
+**
+** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
+** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
+** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
+** database to flush their caches.
+**
+** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
+** than one billion transactions.
+**
+** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
+** of every transaction.
+**
+** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
+** the database file.
+**
+** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
+** content out of the database file.
+**
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
*/
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
-
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
- && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
- ){
- i64 currentSize, newSize;
- int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
- assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
- newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
- if( currentSize>newSize ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
- }else{
- char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
- testcase( (newSize-szPage) < currentSize );
- testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
- testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize );
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
- }
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
+#if 0
+int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
+#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
+#define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
+#else
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)
+#endif
/*
-** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
-** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
-** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
-** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
-** master journal pointers within created journal files.
-**
-** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
+** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
+** to print out file-descriptors.
**
-** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
-** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
-** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
-** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
+** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
+** struct as its argument.
*/
-static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
-
- if( !pPager->tempFile ){
- /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
- ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
- ** call will segfault.
- */
- pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
- }
- if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){
- pPager->sectorSize = 512;
- }
- if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
- assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
- pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
- }
-}
+#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
+#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
/*
-** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.
+** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
+** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
+** state diagram.
**
-** The journal file format is as follows:
+** OPEN <------+------+
+** | | |
+** V | |
+** +---------> READER-------+ |
+** | | |
+** | V |
+** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
+** | | ^
+** | V |
+** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
+** | | |
+** | V |
+** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
+** | | |
+** | V |
+** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
**
-** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
-** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
-** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
-** number of page records from the journal size.
-** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
-** sanity checksum.
-** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
-** database to during a rollback.
-** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
-** is this many bytes in size.
-** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
-** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
-** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
-** + 4 byte page number.
-** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
-** + 4 byte checksum
**
-** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
-** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
+** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
+**
+** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
+** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
**
-** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
-** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
-** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
-** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
-** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
-** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
-** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
-** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
+** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
+** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
+** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
+** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
**
-** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
-** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
-** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
-** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
+** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
+** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
+**
**
-** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
-** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
-** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
-** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
-** been encountered.
+** OPEN:
**
-** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
-** and an error code is returned.
+** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
+** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
+** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
**
-** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
-** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
-** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
-** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
-** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
-** needed.
-*/
-static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
- u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */
- u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
- Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
- int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
- int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
+** * No read or write transaction is active.
+** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
+** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
+**
+** READER:
+**
+** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
+** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
+** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
+** open. The database size is known in this state.
+**
+** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
+** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
+** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
+** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
+** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
+** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
+** is via the ERROR state (see below).
+**
+** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
+** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
+** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
+** may not be trusted at this point.
+** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
+** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
+** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
+**
+** WRITER_LOCKED:
+**
+** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
+** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
+** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
+** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
+**
+** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
+** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
+** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
+** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
+** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
+** file.
+**
+** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
+** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
+** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
+** lock is held on the database file.
+** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
+** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
+** called).
+** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
+** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
+** * The journal file may or may not be open.
+** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
+**
+** WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+**
+** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
+** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
+** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
+** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
+** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
+**
+** WRITER_DBMOD:
+**
+** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
+** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
+** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
+** just the log file).
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** and synced to disk.
+** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
+** written to disk).
+**
+** WRITER_FINISHED:
+**
+** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
+**
+** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
+** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
+** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
+** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
+** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
+** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
+** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
+** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
+** to rollback the transaction.
+**
+** ERROR:
+**
+** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
+** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
+** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
+** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
+**
+** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
+** cannot.
+**
+** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
+** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
+** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
+** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
+** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
+** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
+** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
+** instead of READER following such an error.
+**
+** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
+** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
+** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
+** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
+** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
+** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
+** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
+** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
+** from the error.
+**
+** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
+**
+** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
+** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
+**
+** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
+** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
+**
+** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
+** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
+** memory.
+**
+** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
+** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
+** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
+**
+** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
+** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
+** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
+** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
+** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
+** state.
+**
+** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
+** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
+** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
+** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
+**
+**
+** Notes:
+**
+** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
+** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
+** of the first four states.
+**
+** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
+** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
+** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
+** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
+**
+** * See also: assert_pager_state().
+*/
+#define PAGER_OPEN 0
+#define PAGER_READER 1
+#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
+#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
+#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
+#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
+#define PAGER_ERROR 6
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
+** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
+** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
+** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
+**
+** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
+** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
+** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
+** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
+** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
+** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
+** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
+** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
+**
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
+** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
+** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
+**
+** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
+** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
+** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
+** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
+** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
+** of hot-journal detection.
+**
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
+** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
+** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
+** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
+** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
+** without rolling it back.
+**
+** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
+** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
+** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
+** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
+** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
+** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
+**
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
+** PAGER_OPEN state.
+*/
+#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
+
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
+ if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
+ if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
+ if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
+#else
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
+** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
+** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
+** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
+*/
+#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
+** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
+** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
+** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
+**
+** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
+** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
+** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
+** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
+** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
+*/
+typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
+struct PagerSavepoint {
+ i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */
+ i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */
+ Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
+ Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */
+ Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below.
+*/
+#define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */
+#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
+#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
+
+/*
+** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
+** some of the more important member variables follows:
+**
+** eState
+**
+** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
+** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
+**
+** eLock
+**
+** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
+** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+**
+** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
+** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
+** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
+** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
+** need (and no reason to release them).
+**
+** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
+** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
+** details.
+**
+** changeCountDone
+**
+** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
+** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
+** not updated more often than necessary.
+**
+** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
+** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
+** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
+** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
+** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
+** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
+**
+** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
+** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
+** committed.
+**
+** setMaster
+**
+** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
+** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
+** journal file before it is synced to disk.
+**
+** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
+** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
+** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
+** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
+** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
+** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
+** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
+** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
+**
+** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
+** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
+** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
+** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
+**
+** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
+** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
+** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
+** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
+**
+** doNotSpill
+**
+** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by
+** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
+** to the file-system in order to free up memory).
+**
+** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
+** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
+** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
+** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
+** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
+** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
+** case is a user preference.
+**
+** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress()
+** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
+** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
+** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
+** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
+**
+** subjInMemory
+**
+** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
+** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
+** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
+**
+** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
+** write-transaction is opened.
+**
+** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
+**
+** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
+** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
+** OPEN and ERROR).
+**
+** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
+** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
+** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
+** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
+** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
+** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
+** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
+** to dbSize==1).
+**
+** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
+** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
+** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
+** dbSize is updated.
+**
+** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
+** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
+** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
+** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
+** being modified.
+**
+** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
+** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
+** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
+** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
+**
+** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
+** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
+** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
+** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
+** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
+** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
+** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
+** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
+** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
+** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
+**
+** dbHintSize
+**
+** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
+** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
+**
+** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
+** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
+** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
+** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
+** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
+** details.
+**
+** errCode
+**
+** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
+** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
+** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
+** sub-codes.
+*/
+struct Pager {
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
+ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
+ u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
+ u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+ u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+ u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+ u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
+ u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
+ u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
+ u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
+ u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
+ u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
+ u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ ** The following block contains those class members that change during
+ ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed
+ ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
+ ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
+ ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
+ ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
+ ** "configuration" of the pager.
+ */
+ u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
+ u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */
+ u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
+ u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+ u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
+ u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
+ Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
+ Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */
+ Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
+ int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
+ int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
+ u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+ u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
+ Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+ sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */
+ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */
+ sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
+ i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
+ i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+ sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
+ PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
+ int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
+ char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
+
+ u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */
+ int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
+ sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */
+ PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
+ /*
+ ** End of the routinely-changing class members
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+ u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+ i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
+ u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+ u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+ int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
+ Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
+ i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
+ char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
+ char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
+ int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ int nRead; /* Database pages read */
+#endif
+ void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+ void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
+ void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */
+ void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
+#endif
+ char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+ PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
+ char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
+** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
+** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
+*/
+#define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
+#define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1
+#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** The following global variables hold counters used for
+** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
+** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
+# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
+#else
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
+**
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+*/
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+ 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
+
+/*
+** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
+** the following macro.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
+** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+
+/*
+** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
+** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
+** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
+** out code that would never execute.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+# define MEMDB 0
+#else
+# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
+** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
+#else
+# define USEFETCH(x) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
+*/
+#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
+** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+**
+** This is so that expressions can be written as:
+**
+** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
+**
+** instead of
+**
+** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
+*/
+#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
+
+/*
+** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
+** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
+ return (pPager->pWal!=0);
+}
+#else
+# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
+# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
+# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
+# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
+# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Usage:
+**
+** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+**
+** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
+** the internal state of the Pager object.
+*/
+static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
+ Pager *pPager = p;
+
+ /* State must be valid. */
+ assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+ || p->eState==PAGER_READER
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+ || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ );
+
+ /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
+ ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
+ ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
+ */
+ assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+
+ /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
+ ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
+ */
+ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
+ assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
+
+ /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
+ ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
+ ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
+ ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
+ ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
+ ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
+ ** state.
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ assert( p->noSync );
+ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ );
+ assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
+ }
+
+ /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
+ ** on the file.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+ assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+
+ switch( p->eState ){
+ case PAGER_OPEN:
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_READER:
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
+ assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+ }
+ assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+ assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+ assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
+ ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
+ ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
+ ** to journal_mode=wal.
+ */
+ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ }
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
+ assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
+ assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_ERROR:
+ /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
+ ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
+ ** back to OPEN state.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
+** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
+** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
+** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
+**
+** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
+*/
+static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
+ static char zRet[1024];
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
+ "Filename: %s\n"
+ "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
+ "Lock: %s\n"
+ "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
+ "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
+ "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
+ "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
+ "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
+ , p->zFilename
+ , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
+ , (int)p->errCode
+ , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" :
+ p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" :
+ p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
+ p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" :
+ p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
+ , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
+ , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?"
+ , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
+ , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
+ , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
+ );
+
+ return zRet;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
+** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
+** or more open savepoints for which:
+**
+** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
+** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
+** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
+*/
+static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ PagerSavepoint *p;
+ Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
+ p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
+ if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
+*/
+static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
+ return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+*/
+static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
+ unsigned char ac[4];
+ int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
+*/
+#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
+
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
+ char ac[4];
+ put32bits(ac, val);
+ return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
+** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
+** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
+** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
+*/
+static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
+ assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
+ rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+ if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+ }
+ IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
+** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
+** of this.
+*/
+static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+ rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
+ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+ IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
+** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
+**
+** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
+** a database page may be written atomically, and
+** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
+** to the page size.
+**
+** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
+** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
+** database.
+**
+** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
+** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
+** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+ int dc; /* Device characteristics */
+ int nSector; /* Sector size */
+ int szPage; /* Page size */
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+ dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+ nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
+ szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+ if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
+** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
+** and debugging only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+*/
+static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
+ u32 hash = 0;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
+ hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
+ }
+ return hash;
+}
+static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+ return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
+}
+static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+ pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
+** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
+*/
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
+static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
+}
+
+#else
+#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
+#define pager_pagehash(X) 0
+#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
+#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
+
+/*
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
+** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
+** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
+**
+** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
+** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** were present in the journal.
+**
+** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
+** journal file name.
+**
+** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
+** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+ i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
+ u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
+ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
+ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+ zMaster[0] = '\0';
+
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
+ || szJ<16
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
+ || len>=nMaster
+ || len==0
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
+ || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+ for(u=0; u<len; u++){
+ cksum -= zMaster[u];
+ }
+ if( cksum ){
+ /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+ ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+ ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+ ** master-journal filename.
+ */
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ zMaster[len] = '\0';
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
+** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
+**
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+** Pager.journalOff Return value
+** ---------------------------------------
+** 0 0
+** 512 512
+** 100 512
+** 2000 2048
+**
+*/
+static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
+ i64 offset = 0;
+ i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+ if( c ){
+ offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+ }
+ assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+ assert( offset>=c );
+ assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+ return offset;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
+**
+** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
+** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
+**
+** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
+** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
+** after writing or truncating it.
+**
+** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
+** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
+** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
+** not need to be synced following this operation.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
+** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ if( pPager->journalOff ){
+ const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */
+
+ IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
+ if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+ }else{
+ static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
+ }
+
+ /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
+ ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
+ ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
+ ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
+ ** to sync the file following this operation.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
+ i64 sz;
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
+**
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */
+ u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
+ u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+ if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+ nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+ }
+
+ /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
+ ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
+ ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
+ */
+ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
+ pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+
+ /*
+ ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
+ ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
+ ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
+ ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
+ ** of records (see syncJournal()).
+ **
+ ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
+ ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
+ ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
+ ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
+ ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
+ ** where this risk can be ignored:
+ **
+ ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
+ ** power failure in this case anyway.
+ **
+ ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
+ ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
+ */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
+ if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
+ || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
+ ){
+ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
+ }else{
+ memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
+ }
+
+ /* The random check-hash initializer */
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
+ /* The initial database size */
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
+ /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
+
+ /* The page size */
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+
+ /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
+ ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
+ ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
+ ** take the performance hit.
+ */
+ memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
+ nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
+
+ /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
+ ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
+ ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
+ ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
+ ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
+ **
+ ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
+ ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
+ ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
+ ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
+ ** is done.
+ **
+ ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
+ ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
+ ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
+ ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
+ */
+ for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
+ IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
+ assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+ pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
+** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
+** a description of the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ int isHot,
+ i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
+ u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
+ u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+ /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
+ ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
+ ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
+ */
+ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+ /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
+ ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
+ ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
+ ** proceed.
+ */
+ if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
+ ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
+ ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+ u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */
+ u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
+
+ /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
+ ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
+ ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
+ */
+ if( iPageSize==0 ){
+ iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
+ ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
+ ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
+ ** respective compile time maximum limits.
+ */
+ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
+ || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
+ || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
+ ){
+ /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
+ ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
+ ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
+ ** the journal file here.
+ */
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
+ ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
+ ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+
+ /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
+ ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+ ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+ ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+ ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+ */
+ pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
+ }
+
+ pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
+** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+**
+** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
+** this call is a no-op.
+*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */
+ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */
+ i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
+ u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+
+ assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+ if( !zMaster
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pPager->setMaster = 1;
+ assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+
+ /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
+ for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
+ cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+ }
+
+ /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+ ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+ ** the journal has already been synced.
+ */
+ if( pPager->fullSync ){
+ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ }
+ iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+ /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+ ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
+ */
+ if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
+ || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
+ || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
+ || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+ || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+
+ /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
+ ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
+ ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
+ ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
+ ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
+ ** whether or not the journal is hot.
+ **
+ ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
+ ** file to the required size.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
+ && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
+*/
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+ sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
+** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
+** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
+*/
+static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
+ int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
+ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
+ pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
+ pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
+ pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
+** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
+*/
+static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+
+ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
+ if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
+ rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
+** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
+** state.
+**
+** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
+** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
+** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
+** closed (if it is open).
+**
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
+** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
+** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
+** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
+** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
+*/
+static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ );
+
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
+ int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
+
+ /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
+ ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
+ ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
+ ** out from under us.
+ */
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
+ if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
+ || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
+ ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ }
+
+ /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
+ ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
+ ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
+ ** is necessary.
+ */
+ rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
+ pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
+ }
+
+ /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
+ ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
+ ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ }
+
+ /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
+ ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
+ ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
+ ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
+ */
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+ }
+
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
+** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
+**
+** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
+** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
+** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
+** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
+**
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
+** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
+** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
+** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
+** it were a hot-journal).
+*/
+static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
+ int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
+ assert(
+ pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
+ pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
+ (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
+ );
+ if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ pPager->errCode = rc;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
+
+/*
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
+** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
+** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
+** database transaction.
+**
+** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
+** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
+** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
+**
+** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
+**
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
+** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
+** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
+** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
+** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
+**
+** journalMode==MEMORY
+** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
+** in-memory journal.
+**
+** journalMode==TRUNCATE
+** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
+**
+** journalMode==PERSIST
+** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
+** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
+** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
+**
+** journalMode==DELETE
+** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
+** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
+** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
+** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
+**
+** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
+** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
+** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
+** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
+** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
+** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
+** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
+
+ /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
+ ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
+ ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
+ ** held under two circumstances:
+ **
+ ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
+ ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+ **
+ ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
+ ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
+ ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
+ ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
+ */
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+ /* Finalize the journal file. */
+ if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
+ if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
+ /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
+ ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
+ ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See
+ ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
+ }
+ }
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+ ){
+ rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
+ ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
+ ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
+ ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
+ */
+ int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ if( bDelete ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
+ if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+ PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
+ if( p ){
+ p->pageHash = 0;
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+ sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
+ ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
+ ** lock held on the database file.
+ */
+ rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+ assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
+ /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
+ ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
+ ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
+ ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
+ ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
+ ** required size. */
+ assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
+ && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
+ ){
+ rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+ }
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
+
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
+** database file.
+**
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
+** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
+** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
+** will roll it back.
+**
+** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
+** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
+** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
+ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+ pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
+** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
+**
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
+** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
+** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
+** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
+**
+** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
+** incompatible journal file format.
+**
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
+** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
+ u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */
+ int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */
+ while( i>0 ){
+ cksum += aData[i];
+ i -= 200;
+ }
+ return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
+** to the codec.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
+ if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
+ pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
+ (int)pPager->nReserve);
+ }
+}
+#else
+# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
+** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
+** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
+** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
+**
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
+** not.
+**
+** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
+** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
+** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
+** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
+** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
+** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
+** prior to returning.
+**
+** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
+** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
+** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
+** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
+** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
+** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
+** two circumstances:
+**
+** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
+** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
+** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
+**
+** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
+**
+** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
+** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */
+ i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */
+ Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+ int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
+ int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */
+){
+ int rc;
+ PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
+ Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
+ u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+ char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
+ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
+ int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */
+
+ assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
+ assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
+ assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
+ assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
+
+ aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
+
+ /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
+ ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
+ ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
+ ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
+ ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+ );
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
+
+ /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
+ ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
+ */
+ jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
+ rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
+
+ /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
+ ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+ ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
+ ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+ */
+ if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+ assert( !isSavepnt );
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( isMainJrnl ){
+ rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
+ ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
+ */
+ if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
+ */
+ if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
+ pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
+ pagerReportSize(pPager);
+ }
+
+ /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
+ ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+ ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+ **
+ ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
+ ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
+ ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
+ ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
+ ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
+ ** assert()able.
+ **
+ ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
+ ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
+ ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
+ ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
+ ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
+ **
+ ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
+ ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
+ ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
+ ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
+ ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
+ ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
+ ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
+ ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
+ ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
+ ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
+ ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
+ ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
+ ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
+ **
+ ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
+ ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
+ ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+ */
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ pPg = 0;
+ }else{
+ pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
+ }
+ assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
+ PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
+ (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
+ ));
+ if( isMainJrnl ){
+ isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
+ }else{
+ isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+ }
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+ && isSynced
+ ){
+ i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+ testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
+ if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+ }
+ if( pPager->pBackup ){
+ CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
+ CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
+ }
+ }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
+ /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
+ ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
+ ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
+ ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
+ ** current.
+ **
+ ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
+ ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
+ ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
+ ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
+ **
+ ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
+ ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
+ ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
+ ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
+ */
+ assert( isSavepnt );
+ assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
+ pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
+ assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
+ pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+ }
+ if( pPg ){
+ /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
+ ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
+ ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
+ ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
+ ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
+ */
+ void *pData;
+ pData = pPg->pData;
+ memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
+ pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+ if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
+ /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
+ ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
+ ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
+ ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
+ ** database.
+ **
+ ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
+ ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
+ ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
+ ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
+ ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
+ ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
+ ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
+ ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
+ ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
+ ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
+ ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
+ ** database corruption may ensue.
+ */
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+ }
+ pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+
+ /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
+ ** Do this before any decoding. */
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }
+
+ /* Decode the page just read from disk */
+ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
+**
+** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
+** available for use within this function.
+**
+** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
+**
+** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
+**
+** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
+** journals have been rolled back.
+**
+** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
+** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
+** each child journal, it checks if:
+**
+** * if the child journal exists, and if so
+** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
+** file zMaster
+**
+** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
+** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
+** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
+** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
+** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
+** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
+** size.
+*/
+static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+ sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
+ char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+ i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
+ char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
+ char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
+ int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
+
+ /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
+ ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
+ */
+ pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+ pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+ if( !pMaster ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+ /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+ ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain
+ ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
+ ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+ nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
+ if( !zMasterJournal ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+ zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+ zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
+
+ zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+ while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+ int exists;
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+ if( exists ){
+ /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+ ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+ ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+ */
+ int c;
+ int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+
+ rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+
+ c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+ if( c ){
+ /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+ }
+ zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+
+delmaster_out:
+ sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
+ if( pMaster ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+ assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
+ sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
+** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
+** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
+**
+** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
+** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
+** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
+**
+** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
+** the end of the new file instead.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
+** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
+
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+ ){
+ i64 currentSize, newSize;
+ int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+ assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
+ newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
+ if( currentSize>newSize ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
+ }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
+ char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
+ testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
+ testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize );
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
+** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+ int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
+ if( iRet<32 ){
+ iRet = 512;
+ }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
+ assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
+ iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+ }
+ return iRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
+** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
+** master journal pointers within created journal files.
+**
+** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
+**
+** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
+** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
+** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
+** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+**
+** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
+** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of
+** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
+** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
+** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
+** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
+** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
+** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
+*/
+static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+ if( pPager->tempFile
+ || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
+ ){
+ /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
+ ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
+ ** call will segfault. */
+ pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+ }else{
+ pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.
+**
+** The journal file format is as follows:
+**
+** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+** number of page records from the journal size.
+** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
+** sanity checksum.
+** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+** database to during a rollback.
+** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
+** is this many bytes in size.
+** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
+** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
+** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+** + 4 byte page number.
+** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+** + 4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+**
+** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
+** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
+** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
+** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
+** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
+** needed.
+*/
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+ u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */
+ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
+ Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
+ int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
+ int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */
int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
+ int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
+
+ /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
+ ** the journal is empty.
+ */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+
+ /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+ ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+ ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+ ** played back.
+ **
+ ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
+ ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
+ ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
+ ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
+ ** for pageSize.
+ */
+ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ }
+ zMaster = 0;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ needPagerReset = isHot;
+
+ /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
+ ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
+ ** occurs.
+ */
+ while( 1 ){
+ /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
+ ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+ ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
+ ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+ */
+ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+
+ /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+ ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+ ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+ ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+ */
+ if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+ nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+ }
+
+ /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
+ ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
+ ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
+ ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
+ ** size of the file.
+ **
+ ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
+ ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
+ ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
+ ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
+ ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
+ ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
+ ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
+ */
+ if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
+ pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
+ nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+ }
+
+ /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+ ** database file back to its original size.
+ */
+ if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+ pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
+ ** database file and/or page cache.
+ */
+ for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
+ if( needPagerReset ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ needPagerReset = 0;
+ }
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nPlayback++;
+ }else{
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+ break;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
+ ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
+ ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
+ ** case, the database should have never been written in the
+ ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto end_playback;
+ }else{
+ /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
+ ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
+ ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
+ ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
+ */
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ assert( 0 );
+
+end_playback:
+ /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
+ ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
+ ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
+ ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
+ ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
+ ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
+ ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
+ ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
+ ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
+ ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
+ ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
+ */
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
+ /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
+ ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+ */
+ rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ if( isHot && nPlayback ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
+ nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
+ }
+
+ /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+ ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
+ ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+ */
+ setSectorSize(pPager);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
+** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
+** file before this function is called.
+**
+** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
+** the value read from the database file.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
+ Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ if( iFrame ){
+ /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
+ rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ if( rc ){
+ /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
+ ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
+ ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
+ ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
+ ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
+ ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
+ **
+ ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
+ ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
+ ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
+ ** we should still be ok.
+ */
+ memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }else{
+ u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }
+ }
+ CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
+
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
+ PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
+ IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+ PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
+** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
+** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
+** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
+*/
+static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
+ u32 change_counter;
+
+ /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+ change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
+ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
+
+ /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
+ ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
+ ** is valid. */
+ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
+ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
+** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
+** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
+**
+** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
+** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
+** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
+** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
+ PgHdr *pPg;
+
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
+ if( pPg ){
+ if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
+ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+ }else{
+ u32 iFrame = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
+ ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
+ ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
+ ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
+ ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
+ ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
+ ** the backups must be restarted.
+ */
+ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
+*/
+static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
+
+ /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
+ ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
+ ** following:
+ **
+ ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
+ ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
+ */
+ pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+ rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
+ pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+ while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
+ rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
+ pList = pNext;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
+** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
+** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
+** changed.
+**
+** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
+** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
+*/
+static int pagerWalFrames(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
+ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
+ int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
+ PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */
+#endif
+
+ assert( pPager->pWal );
+ assert( pList );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
+ for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
+ assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
+ }
+#endif
+
+ assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
+ if( isCommit ){
+ /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
+ ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
+ ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
+ ** list here. */
+ PgHdr *p;
+ PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
+ nList = 0;
+ for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
+ if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
+ ppNext = &p->pDirty;
+ nList++;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pList );
+ }else{
+ nList = 1;
+ }
+ pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
+
+ if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+ rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
+ pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+ pager_set_pagehash(p);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
+** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
+** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
+** other writers or checkpointers.
+*/
+static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
+
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+
+ /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
+ ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
+ ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
+ ** the duplicate call is harmless.
+ */
+ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+
+ rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
+** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
+** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
+** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
+** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
+*/
+static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
+ Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
+
+ /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
+ ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
+ ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
+ ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
+ ** contains no valid committed transactions.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+ nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
+
+ /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
+ ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
+ ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
+ ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
+ ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
+ */
+ if( nPage==0 ){
+ i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
+ }
+
+ /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
+ ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
+ ** that the file can be read.
+ */
+ if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
+ pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
+ }
+
+ *pnPage = nPage;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
+** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
+** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
+**
+** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
+** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
+** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
+**
+** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
+** other connection.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+ int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */
+ Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */
+
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( nPage==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ isWal = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+ pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( isWal ){
+ testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
+ }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
+** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
+** savepoint.
+**
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
+** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
+** performed in the order specified:
+**
+** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
+** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
+** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
+** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
+**
+** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
+** back starting from the journal header immediately following
+** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
+**
+** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
+** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
+** the journal file.
+**
+** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
+** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
+** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
+** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
+**
+** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
+** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
+**
+** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
+** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
+** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
+*/
+static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
+ i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */
+ i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+
+ /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
+ if( pSavepoint ){
+ pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
+ if( !pDone ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
+ ** being reverted was opened.
+ */
+ pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+ if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
+ }
+
+ /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
+ ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
+ ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
+ ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
+ */
+ szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
+
+ /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
+ ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
+ ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
+ ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
+ ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
+ ** are played back.
+ */
+ if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
+ pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ }else{
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
+ ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
+ ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
+ ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
+ */
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
+ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
+ u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
+ u32 dummy;
+ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+ /*
+ ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
+ ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
+ ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
+ */
+ if( nJRec==0
+ && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
+ ){
+ nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+ }
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
+
+ /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
+ ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
+ ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
+ */
+ if( pSavepoint ){
+ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
+ i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
+ }
+ for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
+ assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ }
+
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+ sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
+*/
+static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
+ if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 sz;
+ sz = pPager->szMmap;
+ pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
+ pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
+ pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
+ sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
+**
+** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
+** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
+** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
+** There are three levels:
+**
+** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
+** for temporary and transient files.
+**
+** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
+** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+** in a state which would cause damage to the database
+** when it is rolled back.
+**
+** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+** of the journal header - being written in between the two
+** syncs). If we assume that writing a
+** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
+** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
+** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
+** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
+** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
+** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
+** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
+** syncs associated with NORMAL.
+**
+** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
+** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
+** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
+** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
+** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
+** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */
+ unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */
+){
+ unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
+ assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
+ pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+ pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+ if( pPager->noSync ){
+ pPager->syncFlags = 0;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
+ }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
+ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+ }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
+ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+ }else{
+ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ }
+ pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
+ if( pPager->fullSync ){
+ pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+ }
+ if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
+ pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
+ }else{
+ pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
+** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
+** testing and analysis only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.
+**
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
+** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
+**
+** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
+** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
+**
+** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
+*/
+static int pagerOpentemp(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */
+ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */
+ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
+#endif
+
+ vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+**
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
+** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
+** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
+**
+** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
+** --------------------------------------------------------
+** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
+** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
+** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
+** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
+**
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
+** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
+** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
+ void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
+){
+ pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
+ pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
+
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
+ assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
+ assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
+** is passed in *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
+** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
+**
+** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
+**
+** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
+** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
+**
+** * there are no outstanding page references, and
+**
+** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
+** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
+**
+** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
+** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
+** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
+** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
+ ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
+ ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
+ **
+ ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
+ ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
+ ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
+ ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
+ */
+
+ u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
+ assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
+ if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
+ && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
+ && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
+ ){
+ char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
+ i64 nByte = 0;
+
+ if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
+ if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
+ pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
+ pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
+ assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
+ pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
+ pagerReportSize(pPager);
+ pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
+** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
+** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
+** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
+** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
+** no rollbacks are happening.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->pTmpSpace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
+** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
+** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
+**
+** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+ if( mxPage>0 ){
+ pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
+ }
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
+ assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
+ return pPager->mxPgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
+** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
+** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
+**
+** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
+** and generate no code.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+static int saved_cnt;
+void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+ saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+ sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
+}
+void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+ sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
+}
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to.
+**
+** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
+** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
+** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
+** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
+**
+** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
+** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
+** output buffer undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ memset(pDest, 0, N);
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+ /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
+ ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
+ ** to WAL mode yet.
+ */
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
+** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
+**
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
+** this is considered a 1 page file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
+ *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
+** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
+** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
+**
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
+** obtain the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
+** variable to locktype before returning.
+*/
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
+ ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
+ ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
+ ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
+ */
+ assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
+ || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
+ || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+ );
+
+ do {
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
+** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
+**
+** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
+** current database image, in pages, OR
+**
+** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
+** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
+** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
+**
+** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
+** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
+** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
+** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
+** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
+** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
+** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
+** this circumstance cannot arise.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
+ assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+ assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
+}
+static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
+ sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
+}
+#else
+# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
+** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
+**
+** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
+** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
+** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
+** then continue writing to the database.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+ assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+ pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+
+ /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
+ ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
+ ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
+ ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
+ ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
+ ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
+ ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
+ ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
+ ** is no longer correct. */
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
+** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
+** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
+** that the entire journal file has been synced.
+**
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
+** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
+** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
+** content as this process.
+**
+** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
+** an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !pPager->noSync ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
+** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
+** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
+** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
+** *ppPage to zero.
+**
+** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
+** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
+*/
+static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number */
+ void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
+ PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */
+){
+ PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */
+
+ if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
+ *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
+ pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
+ p->pDirty = 0;
+ memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
+ }else{
+ *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
+ if( p==0 ){
+ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
+ p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
+ p->nRef = 1;
+ p->pPager = pPager;
+ }
+
+ assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
+ assert( p->pPage==0 );
+ assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
+ assert( p->pPager==pPager );
+ assert( p->nRef==1 );
+
+ p->pgno = pgno;
+ p->pData = pData;
+ pPager->nMmapOut++;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
+** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
+*/
+static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ pPager->nMmapOut--;
+ pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
+ pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
+
+ assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
+ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
+*/
+static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ PgHdr *pNext;
+ for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->pDirty;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+**
+** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
+** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
+** to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
+ u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ disable_simulated_io_errors();
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
+ /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
+ pPager->pWal = 0;
+#endif
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+ }else{
+ /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
+ ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
+ ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
+ ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
+ **
+ ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
+ ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
+ ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
+ ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
+ ** rollback before accessing the database file.
+ */
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
+ }
+ pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ enable_simulated_io_errors();
+ PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+ sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
+ sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+#endif
+
+ assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
+ assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
+
+ sqlite3_free(pPager);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return the page number for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
+ return pPg->pgno;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
+ sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
+**
+** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
+** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
+**
+** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
+** be taken.
+**
+** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
+** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
+** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
+** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
+** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
+**
+** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
+** journal file is synced.
+**
+** Or, in pseudo-code:
+**
+** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
+** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
+** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
+** <update nRec field>
+** }
+** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
+** }
+**
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
+** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
+** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+ rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ if( !pPager->noSync ){
+ assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+
+ if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+ /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
+ ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
+ ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
+ ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
+ ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
+ ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
+ ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
+ ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
+ ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
+ ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
+ ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
+ ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
+ **
+ ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
+ ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
+ ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
+ **
+ ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
+ ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
+ ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
+ ** the potential journal header.
+ */
+ i64 iNextHdrOffset;
+ u8 aMagic[8];
+ u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
+
+ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
+
+ iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
+ static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+ ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+ ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+ ** it as a candidate for rollback.
+ **
+ ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
+ ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
+ ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
+ ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
+ ** and never needs to be updated.
+ */
+ if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
+ pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
+ (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+
+ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+ if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
+ ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
+ ** all pages.
+ */
+ sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
+** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
+** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
+** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
+** a no-op.
+**
+** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
+** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
+** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
+**
+** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
+** written out.
+**
+** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
+** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
+** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
+**
+** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
+** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
+**
+** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
+** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
+** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
+** the database file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
+** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+ assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+ /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
+ ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
+ ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
+ */
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
+ }
+
+ /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
+ ** file size will be.
+ */
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
+ && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
+ ){
+ sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
+ pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ }
+
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
+ Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
+
+ /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
+ ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
+ ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
+ ** any such pages to the file.
+ **
+ ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
+ ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
+ */
+ if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
+ i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
+ char *pData; /* Data to write */
+
+ assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+ if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+
+ /* Encode the database */
+ CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
+
+ /* Write out the page data. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
+
+ /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
+ ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
+ ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
+ */
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }
+ if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+ }
+ pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+
+ /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
+ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
+ IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
+ }else{
+ PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
+ }
+ pager_set_pagehash(pList);
+ pList = pList->pDirty;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
+** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
+** fails.
+*/
+static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
+ }else{
+ rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
+** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
+** that it is really required before calling this function.
+**
+** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
+** for all open savepoints before returning.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
+** bitvec.
+*/
+static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+
+ /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
+ assert( pPager->useJournal );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
+ || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
+ || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
+ );
+ rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+
+ /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
+ ** write the journal record into the file. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ void *pData = pPg->pData;
+ i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+ char *pData2;
+
+ CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+ PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->nSubRec++;
+ assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
+ rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
+** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
+** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
+** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
+** argument.
+**
+** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
+** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
+** journal file.
+**
+** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
+** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
+** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
+** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
+*/
+static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+ assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+
+ /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
+ ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
+ ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
+ ** pages belonging to the same sector.
+ **
+ ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
+ ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during
+ ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
+ **
+ ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
+ ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
+ ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
+ ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
+ ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
+ ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
+ testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
+ testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
+ if( pPager->doNotSpill
+ && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
+ || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ pPg->pDirty = 0;
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
+ if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+ rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }else{
+
+ /* Sync the journal file if required. */
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ ){
+ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
+ ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
+ ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
+ ** actually write data to the file in this case.
+ **
+ ** Consider the following sequence of events:
+ **
+ ** BEGIN;
+ ** <journal page X>
+ ** <modify page X>
+ ** SAVEPOINT sp;
+ ** <shrink database file to Y pages>
+ ** pagerStress(page X)
+ ** ROLLBACK TO sp;
+ **
+ ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
+ ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
+ ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
+ ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
+ ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
+ ** was executed.
+ **
+ ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
+ ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
+ ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
+ ** executed.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+ ) ){
+ rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+ rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Mark the page as clean. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+ }
+
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
+** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
+** to sqlite3PagerClose().
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
+** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
+**
+** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
+** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
+** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
+**
+** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
+** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
+** of the PAGER_* flags.
+**
+** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
+**
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
+** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
+** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
+** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
+** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */
+ Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */
+ int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+ int flags, /* flags controlling this file */
+ int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+ void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
+){
+ u8 *pPtr;
+ Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
+ int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
+ int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
+ int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
+ char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */
+ int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
+ int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
+ int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
+ u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
+ const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */
+ int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
+
+ /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
+ ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
+ ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
+ ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
+ ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
+ ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
+ ** source file journal.c).
+ */
+ if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
+ journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+ }else{
+ journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+ }
+
+ /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
+ *ppPager = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
+ memDb = 1;
+ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+ zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
+ if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+ zFilename = 0;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
+ ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
+ ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
+ */
+ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+ const char *z;
+ nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
+ if( zPathname==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
+ rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
+ nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+ z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
+ while( *z ){
+ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+ }
+ nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
+ assert( nUri>=0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
+ /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
+ ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
+ ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
+ ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
+ ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
+ ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
+ ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
+ **
+ ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
+ ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
+ ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
+ ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
+ ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
+ ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
+ ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
+ */
+ pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
+ ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */
+ ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
+ ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
+ journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
+ nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */
+ nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */
+#endif
+ );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
+ if( !pPtr ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr);
+ pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
+ pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
+ pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
+ pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+ pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
+
+ /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
+ if( zPathname ){
+ assert( nPathname>0 );
+ pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
+ memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
+ if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
+ memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
+ memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
+ memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
+ memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
+#endif
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+ }
+ pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
+ pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
+
+ /* Open the pager file.
+ */
+ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+ int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
+ assert( !memDb );
+ readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+
+ /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
+ ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
+ ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
+ **
+ ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
+ ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
+ ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+ if( !readOnly ){
+ setSectorSize(pPager);
+ assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
+ if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
+ if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
+ szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+ }else{
+ szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ {
+ int ii;
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+ assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
+ for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
+ if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
+ szPageDflt = ii;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
+ if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
+ || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
+ vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+ goto act_like_temp_file;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
+ ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
+ ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
+ **
+ ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
+ ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
+ ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
+ **
+ ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
+ */
+act_like_temp_file:
+ tempFile = 1;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
+ pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */
+ pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */
+ readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+ }
+
+ /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
+ ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the PCache object. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( nExtra<1000 );
+ nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
+ rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
+ !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
+ }
+
+ /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file.
+ */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+ sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ sqlite3_free(pPager);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
+ IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
+
+ pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
+ /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
+ /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
+ /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
+ /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
+ /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
+ /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
+ pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
+ /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
+ /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
+ pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
+ assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+ || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+ assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+ pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
+ pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
+ assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
+ pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+ if( pPager->noSync ){
+ assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
+ assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
+ assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
+ assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
+ }else{
+ pPager->fullSync = 1;
+ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ }
+ /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
+ /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
+ /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
+ pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
+ pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
+ setSectorSize(pPager);
+ if( !useJournal ){
+ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
+ }else if( memDb ){
+ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
+ }
+ /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
+ /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
+ pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+ /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
+ /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
+
+ *ppPager = pPager;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
+** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
+** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
+** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
+*/
+static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
+ int bHasMoved = 0;
+ int rc;
+
+ if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+ /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
+ ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
+ ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
+** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
+** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
+** file exists if the following criteria are met:
+**
+** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
+** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
+** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
+** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
+**
+** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
+** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
+** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
+** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+**
+** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
+** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
+** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
+** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
+** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
+** will not roll it back.
+**
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
+** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
+** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
+** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
+*/
+static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
+ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
+ int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
+
+ assert( pPager->useJournal );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+
+ assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+ ));
+
+ *pExists = 0;
+ if( !jrnlOpen ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
+ int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
+
+ /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
+ ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
+ ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
+ ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
+ ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
+ ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
+ ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
+ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */
+
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
+ ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
+ ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
+ ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
+ ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care
+ ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
+ ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
+ */
+ if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }else{
+ /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
+ ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
+ ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
+ ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
+ ** it can be ignored.
+ */
+ if( !jrnlOpen ){
+ int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 first = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( !jrnlOpen ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ }
+ *pExists = (first!=0);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+ /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
+ ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
+ ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
+ ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
+ ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
+ ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
+ ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
+ ** worry so much with race conditions.
+ */
+ *pExists = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
+** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
+** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
+** this function is called, it is a no-op.
+**
+** The following operations are also performed by this function.
+**
+** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
+** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
+** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
+** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
+** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
+** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
+** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
+** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
+**
+** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
+** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
+** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
+** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
+** file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
+** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
+ ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
+ ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
+ ** exclusive access mode.
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+ if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
+
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
+ int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
+
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+
+ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+ /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+ ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+ */
+ if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
+ rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ if( bHotJournal ){
+ if( pPager->readOnly ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+ /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+ ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+ ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+ ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+ ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
+ ** hot-journal back.
+ **
+ ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
+ ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
+ ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
+ ** on the database file.
+ **
+ ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
+ ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
+ */
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+ /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
+ ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
+ ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
+ ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
+ ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
+ ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
+ **
+ ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
+ ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
+ ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
+ ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
+ ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
+ */
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+ pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
+ int fout = 0;
+ int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+ assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
+ ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
+ ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
+ ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
+ ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
+ ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
+ ** the journal before playing it back.
+ */
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ }
+ }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
+ ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+ ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
+ ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
+ ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
+ ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
+ **
+ ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
+ ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
+ ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
+ ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
+ ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
+ ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
+ ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
+ ** references.
+ */
+ pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
+ || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
+ );
+ }
+
+ if( !pPager->tempFile && (
+ pPager->pBackup
+ || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0
+ || USEFETCH(pPager)
+ )){
+ /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
+ ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
+ ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database
+ ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the
+ ** cache.
+ **
+ ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
+ ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
+ ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
+ ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
+ ** a codec is in use.
+ **
+ ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
+ ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
+ ** it can be neglected.
+ */
+ Pgno nPage = 0;
+ char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
+
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc ) goto failed;
+
+ if( nPage>0 ){
+ IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ }else{
+ memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
+ }
+
+ if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+
+ /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
+ ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
+ ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
+ ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
+ ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
+ ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
+ if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
+ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
+ ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
+ */
+ rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
+ }
+
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
+ }
+
+ failed:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ }else{
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
+** transaction and unlock the pager.
+**
+** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
+** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
+** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
+ if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
+ pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
+** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
+** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
+** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
+** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
+** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
+** object with no outstanding references.
+**
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
+** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
+** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
+**
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
+** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
+** page is initialized to all zeros.
+**
+** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
+** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
+**
+** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
+**
+** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
+** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
+** from the savepoint journal.
+**
+** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
+** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
+** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
+** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
+** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
+** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
+** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
+** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
+ DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+ int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+ u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */
+ const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
+
+ /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
+ ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
+ ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
+ ** temporary or in-memory database. */
+ const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
+ && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ && pPager->xCodec==0
+#endif
+ );
+
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
+
+ if( pgno==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
+ ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
+ if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pPager->errCode;
+ }else{
+ if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+
+ if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
+ void *pData = 0;
+
+ rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
+ (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
+ );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
+ if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
+ pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
+ }
+ if( pPg==0 ){
+ rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
+ }
+ if( pPg ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ *ppPage = pPg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ {
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
+ pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
+ if( pBase==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+ pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
+ if( pPg==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
+ ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
+ ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */
+ pPg = 0;
+ goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+ assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
+ assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
+
+ if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
+ /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
+ ** the page. Return without further ado. */
+ assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+ pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ }else{
+ /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
+ ** be initialized. */
+
+ pPg = *ppPage;
+ pPg->pPager = pPager;
+
+ /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
+ ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
+ if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+
+ if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+ goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+ if( noContent ){
+ /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
+ ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
+ ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
+ ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
+ ** a bit in a bit vector.
+ */
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+ TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ }
+ TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }
+ memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+ IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+ }else{
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+ pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
+ rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto pager_acquire_err;
+ }
+ }
+ pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+pager_acquire_err:
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( pPg ){
+ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+ }
+ pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+
+ *ppPage = 0;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
+** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
+** has ever happened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
+ assert( pPager!=0 );
+ assert( pgno!=0 );
+ assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
+ pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
+ return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a page reference.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager;
+ assert( pPg!=0 );
+ pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
+ pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+ }
+ pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
+ if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
+** file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
+** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
+** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
+**
+** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
+** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
+** already open file.
+**
+** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
+** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
+*/
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+
+ /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
+ ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
+ ** an error state. */
+ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+ pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+ if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
+ }else{
+ const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+ (pPager->tempFile ?
+ (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
+ (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+ );
+
+ /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
+ ** it was originally opened. */
+ rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
+ pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+ );
+#else
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ }
+
+
+ /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
+ ** the sub-journal if necessary.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+ rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
+** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
+** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
+** functions need be called.
+**
+** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
+** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
+** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
+** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
+** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
+** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
+** or using a temporary file otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
+ pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
+
+ if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
+ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
+ ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
+ */
+ if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
+ ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
+ ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
+ ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+ }else{
+ /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
+ ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+ ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
+ ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
+ */
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
+ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
+ **
+ ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
+ ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
+ ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
+ ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
+ ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
+ ** WAL mode.
+ */
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
+ pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ }
+
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ }
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
+** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
+** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
+*/
+static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int inJournal;
+
+ /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
+ ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
+ ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
+ assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
+
+ CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+
+ /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
+ ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
+ ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
+ **
+ ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
+ ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
+ ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
+ ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
+ */
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+ /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written
+ ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+ */
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+ inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg);
+ if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ }else{
+
+ /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+ ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to
+ ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+ */
+ if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+ if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ u32 cksum;
+ char *pData2;
+ i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+ /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
+ ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
+ ** that we do not. */
+ assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+
+ assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
+ CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+ cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
+
+ /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
+ ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
+ ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
+ ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
+ ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
+ ** then corruption may follow.
+ */
+ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
+ pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
+ PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+ ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+ pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
+ pPager->nRec++;
+ assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
+ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ }
+ PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+ ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+ ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that
+ ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+ ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+ */
+ if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+ rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the database size and return.
+ */
+ if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
+ pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
+** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
+** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of
+** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
+** a write.
+**
+** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
+** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the exceptional
+** case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
+ Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
+ int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+ int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
+ Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
+
+ /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
+ ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
+ ** this function.
+ */
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
+ pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
+
+ /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
+ ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
+ ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
+ */
+ pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
+
+ nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
+ if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
+ nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
+ }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
+ nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
+ }else{
+ nPage = nPagePerSector;
+ }
+ assert(nPage>0);
+ assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
+ assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
+
+ for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+ Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
+ PgHdr *pPage;
+ if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
+ if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_write(pPage);
+ if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+ needSync = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+ }
+ }
+ }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
+ if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+ needSync = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
+ ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
+ ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
+ ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
+ ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
+ PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
+ if( pPage ){
+ pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
+ pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
+** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
+** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
+** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
+** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
+** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+ assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
+ assert( pPg->pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( pPg->pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPg->pPager) );
+ if( pPg->pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPg->pPager->pageSize ){
+ return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
+ }else{
+ return pager_write(pPg);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
+ return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
+** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
+** content no longer matters.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
+** DELETE operations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
+ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+ pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
+** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
+** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
+** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
+** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
+** unconditional update of the change counters.
+**
+** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
+** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
+** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
+** transaction is committed.
+**
+** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
+** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
+** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
+** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
+*/
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+ /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
+ ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
+ ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
+ ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
+ **
+ ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
+ ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
+ ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
+ ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+# define DIRECT_MODE 0
+ assert( isDirectMode==0 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
+#else
+# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
+#endif
+
+ if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
+ PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */
+
+ assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+ /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
+ assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+ /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
+ ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
+ ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
+ ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
+ */
+ if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
+ pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
+
+ /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
+ if( DIRECT_MODE ){
+ const void *zBuf;
+ assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
+ CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+ pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
+ ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
+ ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */
+ const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Release the page reference. */
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
+** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
+**
+** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
+** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
+** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
+**
+** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
+** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
+** returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
+**
+** This routine ensures that:
+**
+** * The database file change-counter is updated,
+** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
+** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
+** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
+** * the database file synced.
+**
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
+** delete the master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+**
+** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
+** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
+** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
+** journal file in this case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
+ int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+ /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
+ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
+ pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
+
+ /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
+ if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+ ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
+ ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
+ */
+ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+ }else{
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+ PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
+ ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
+ pList = pPageOne;
+ pList->pDirty = 0;
+ }
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
+ ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
+ ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
+ ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
+ **
+ ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
+ ** blocks of size page-size, and
+ ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
+ ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
+ **
+ ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
+ ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
+ ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
+ ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
+ ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
+ ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
+ ** mode.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
+ ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
+ ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
+ ** created for this transaction.
+ */
+ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ PgHdr *pPg;
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+ && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
+ && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
+ ){
+ /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
+ ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
+ ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
+ ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
+ ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
+ */
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ #else
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+ #endif
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
+ ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
+ ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+ */
+ rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
+ ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
+ ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
+ **
+ ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
+ ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
+ ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
+ ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
+ ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
+ ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
+ */
+ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
+ goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ }
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+
+ /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
+ ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
+ ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
+ ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
+ ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
+ ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */
+ if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+ Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ }
+
+ /* Finally, sync the database file. */
+ if( !noSync ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
+ }
+ IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+ }
+ }
+
+commit_phase_one_exit:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
+** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
+** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
+** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
+**
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
+** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
+** irrevocably committed.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
+** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
+ ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
+ ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
+ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+ || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+ /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
+ ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
+ ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
+ **
+ ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
+ ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
+ ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
+ ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
+ ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
+ ** to drop any locks either.
+ */
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ && pPager->exclusiveMode
+ && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ ){
+ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
+** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
+** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
+** state if an error occurs.
+**
+** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
+** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
+**
+** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
+** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
+** was opened, and
+**
+** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
+** rollback at any point in the future.
+**
+** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
+** rollback is successful.
+**
+** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
+** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
+** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
+** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+
+ /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
+ ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
+ ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
+ */
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
+ if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ int rc2;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
+ rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+ }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ int eState = pPager->eState;
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
+ if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
+ ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
+ ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
+ */
+ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+ }
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
+ || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
+ || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
+ );
+
+ /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
+ ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
+ */
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->readOnly;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
+ return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
+** used by the pager and its associated cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
+ int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
+ + 5*sizeof(void*);
+ return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
+ + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
+ + pPager->pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
+ return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
+ static int a[11];
+ a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+ a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
+ a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
+ a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
+ a[4] = pPager->eState;
+ a[5] = pPager->errCode;
+ a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
+ a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
+ a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
+ a[9] = pPager->nRead;
+ a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
+ return a;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
+** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
+** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
+** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
+** returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
+
+ assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+ || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+ || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+ );
+
+ assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
+ assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
+ assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
+
+ *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
+ if( reset ){
+ pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
+ return MEMDB;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
+** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
+** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
+** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
+** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+ if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable */
+ PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
+
+ /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
+ ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
+ */
+ aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
+ pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
+ );
+ if( !aNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
+ pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
+
+ /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
+ for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
+ aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
+ aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+ }else{
+ aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+ }
+ aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
+ aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+ if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
+ }
+ pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
+ }
+ assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
+ assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
+** created savepoint.
+**
+** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
+** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
+** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
+** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
+**
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
+** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
+** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
+** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
+** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
+** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
+** contents of the database to its original state.
+**
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
+** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
+** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
+** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
+ int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+ assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable */
+ int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
+
+ /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
+ ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
+ ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
+ */
+ nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
+ for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+ }
+ pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
+
+ /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
+ ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
+ if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+ if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
+ if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
+ ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
+ ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
+ ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
+ */
+ else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
+ rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
+ assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+**
+** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
+** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
+** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
+** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
+** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
+** participate in shared-cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
+ return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the file handle for the database file associated
+** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
+** not yet been opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->fd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->zJournal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE
+** if fsync()s are executed normally.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->noSync;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
+ Pager *pPager,
+ void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+ void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
+ void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
+ void *pCodec
+){
+ if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+ pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
+ pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
+ pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
+ pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
+ pagerReportSize(pPager);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->pCodec;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
+** into the log file.
+**
+** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
+** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
+ void *aData = 0;
+ CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
+ return aData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current pager state
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->eState;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
+**
+** There must be no references to the page previously located at
+** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
+** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
+** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+**
+** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
+** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
+** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+**
+** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
+** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
+** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
+** transaction is active).
+**
+** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
+** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
+** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
+ PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */
+ Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */
+
+ assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+ /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
+ ** the page we are moving from.
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
+ ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
+ ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
+ **
+ ** BEGIN;
+ ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
+ ** SAVEPOINT one;
+ ** <Move page X to location Y>
+ ** ROLLBACK TO one;
+ **
+ ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
+ ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
+ ** statement were is processed.
+ **
+ ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
+ ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
+ ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+ */
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
+ && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+ && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
+ IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
+
+ /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
+ ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
+ **
+ ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
+ ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
+ ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
+ */
+ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
+ needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
+ pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+ assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+ }
+
+ /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
+ ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
+ ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
+ ** for the page moved there.
+ */
+ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
+ assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
+ if( pPgOld ){
+ pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
+ ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
+ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+ }
+ }
+
+ origPgno = pPg->pgno;
+ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+
+ /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
+ ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
+ ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ assert( pPgOld );
+ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
+ }
+
+ if( needSyncPgno ){
+ /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
+ ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
+ ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
+ ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
+ ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+ ** flag.
+ **
+ ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
+ ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
+ ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
+ ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
+ ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
+ ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
+ */
+ PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+ assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
+ sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
+ assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
+ return pPg->pData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
+** allocated along with the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
+ return pPg->pExtra;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
+** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+**
+** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
+** locking-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+ assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
+ || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+ || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+ assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
+ assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
+ assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
+ if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
+ }
+ return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
+**
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+**
+** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
+** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
+**
+** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
+** or _MEMORY.
+**
+** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
+**
+** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+ u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
+ ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
+ print_pager_state(pPager);
+#endif
+
+
+ /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
+ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+
+ /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
+ ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
+ ** to WAL mode.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+ /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
+ ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+ if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+ eMode = eOld;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( eMode!=eOld ){
+
+ /* Change the journal mode. */
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
+
+ /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
+ ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
+ ** delete the journal file.
+ */
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
+
+ /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
+ ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
+ ** here is an optimization only.
+ **
+ ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
+ ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
+ ** while it is in use by some other client.
+ */
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }else{
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int state = pPager->eState;
+ assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
+ if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
+ }
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
+ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+ }
+ assert( state==pPager->eState );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return the new journal mode */
+ return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current journal mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+ return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
+** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
+** is unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
+ if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
+**
+** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
+** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
+ if( iLimit>=-1 ){
+ pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
+ sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
+ }
+ return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
+** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
+** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
+** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
+ return &pPager->pBackup;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
+ if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
+** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
+** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pPager->pWal ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
+ pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
+ pnLog, pnCkpt
+ );
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
+ return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
+** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
+ return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
+** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
+*/
+static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
+ ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
+ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
+** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
+** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
+ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+ /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
+ ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
+ ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
+ ** file, to make sure this is safe.
+ */
+ if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+ }
+
+ /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
+ ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
+ pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
+ pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
+ );
+ }
+ pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
+** this function.
+**
+** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
+** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
+** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
+** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
+** not modified in either case.
+**
+** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
+** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
+** without doing anything.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
+ assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
+ assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
+
+ if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
+ if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+
+ /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+
+ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ }
+ }else{
+ *pbOpen = 1;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
+** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
+**
+** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
+** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
+** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
+** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+ /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
+ ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
+ ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
+ */
+ if( !pPager->pWal ){
+ int logexists = 0;
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+ pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
+ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
+ ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
+ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
+ pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ pPager->pWal = 0;
+ pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/*
+** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
+** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
+** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
+** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
+** is empty, return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+ return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in
+** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
+**
+** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
+**
+** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
+** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
+** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing
+** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that
+** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record
+** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is
+** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
+** "checkpoint".
+**
+** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the
+** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
+** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning
+** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
+** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
+** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
+**
+** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
+** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
+**
+** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
+** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000
+** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024
+** 12: Checkpoint sequence number
+** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
+** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
+** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**
+** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
+** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
+** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned
+** integer values, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Page number.
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
+** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
+** 16: Checksum-1.
+** 20: Checksum-2.
+**
+** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
+** true:
+**
+** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
+** salt values in the wal-header
+**
+** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
+** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
+** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
+** up to and including the current frame.
+**
+** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
+** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
+** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
+** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
+** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
+** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
+** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The
+** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
+**
+** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
+** s0 += x[i] + s1;
+** s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
+** endfor
+**
+** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
+** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
+** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit
+** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
+**
+** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
+** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
+** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
+** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
+** xSync begins.
+**
+** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
+** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
+** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
+** following a crash.
+**
+** READER ALGORITHM
+**
+** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
+** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the
+** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
+** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL
+** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
+** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
+** the database file.
+**
+** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
+** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
+** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended
+** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
+** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
+** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows
+** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
+** content simultaneously.
+**
+** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but
+** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
+** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the
+** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
+** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate
+** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
+** search for frames of a particular page.
+**
+** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
+**
+** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
+** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because
+** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL
+** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to
+** share memory.
+**
+** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
+** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required
+** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
+** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can
+** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
+** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
+** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
+** byte order of the host computer.
+**
+** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given
+** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the
+** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
+** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
+**
+** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
+** more index blocks.
+**
+** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
+** in the mxFrame field.
+**
+** Each index block except for the first contains information on
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
+** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
+** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table
+** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
+** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
+** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the
+** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
+** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
+** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
+** the log, and so on.
+**
+** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
+** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
+** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
+** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
+** contains unused entries.
+**
+** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
+** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
+** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
+** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
+** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
+** holding the content for that page.
+**
+** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
+** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
+** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash
+** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions
+** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an
+** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
+** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
+** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will
+** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
+** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table
+** contain a value of 0.
+**
+** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
+** P as follows:
+**
+** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
+**
+** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
+** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
+** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
+** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
+** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
+** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let
+** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
+** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
+** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
+** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
+** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references
+** page P.
+**
+** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
+** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On
+** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
+** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
+** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block
+** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient
+** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10
+** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
+** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This
+** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
+**
+** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one
+** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
+** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
+** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
+** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
+** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with
+** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
+** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
+** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
+** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the
+** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
+** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.
+**
+** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
+** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
+** from the hash table at this point.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
+# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define WALTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
+** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
+**
+** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
+** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
+** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+**
+** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the
+** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
+** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
+** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+
+/*
+** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number
+** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.
+*/
+#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0
+#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1
+#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1
+#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2
+#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I))
+#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
+
+
+/* Object declarations */
+typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
+typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
+typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
+**
+** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
+** object.
+**
+** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
+** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was
+** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.
+*/
+struct WalIndexHdr {
+ u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */
+ u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */
+ u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */
+ u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */
+ u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
+ u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
+ u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
+ u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */
+ u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */
+ u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
+ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
+** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores
+** information used by checkpoint.
+**
+** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
+** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
+** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than
+** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads
+** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
+** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
+** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
+**
+** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader
+** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
+** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
+** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is
+** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
+** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
+** directly from the database.
+**
+** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
+** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of
+** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
+** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
+**
+** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
+** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
+** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
+** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
+** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the
+** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
+** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
+** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
+** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore
+** the WAL.
+**
+** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However,
+** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
+** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
+** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
+** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
+** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
+**
+** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
+** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
+*/
+struct WalCkptInfo {
+ u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
+ u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */
+};
+#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff
+
+
+/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
+** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
+** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
+** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
+*/
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16
+#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED)
+
+/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
+#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
+
+/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
+/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
+#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
+
+/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
+** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
+** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
+**
+** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
+** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit
+** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting
+** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file,
+** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
+** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
+*/
+#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \
+ WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \
+)
+
+/*
+** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
+** following object.
+*/
+struct Wal {
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
+ sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */
+ sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */
+ u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
+ i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
+ int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */
+ int szFirstBlock; /* Size of first block written to WAL file */
+ volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
+ u32 szPage; /* Database page size */
+ i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */
+ u8 syncFlags; /* Flags to use to sync header writes */
+ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
+ u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */
+ u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
+ u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
+ u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */
+ u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */
+ u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */
+ WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
+ const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */
+ u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
+*/
+#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0
+#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1
+#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
+
+/*
+** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
+*/
+#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */
+#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */
+#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */
+
+/*
+** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
+** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
+*/
+typedef u16 ht_slot;
- /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
- ** the journal is empty.
+/*
+** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
+** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
+** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the
+** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
+** the largest index).
+**
+** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
+**
+** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
+** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
+** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
+**
+** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
+*/
+struct WalIterator {
+ int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */
+ int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
+ struct WalSegment {
+ int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
+ ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
+ u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */
+ int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
+ int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
+ } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
+};
+
+/*
+** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
+** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
+** create incompatibilities.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */
+#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */
+#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */
+
+/*
+** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
+** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
+** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
+
+/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
+#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \
+ sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
+** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
+** numbered from zero.
+**
+** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
+** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
+*/
+static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
+ if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
+ volatile u32 **apNew;
+ apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
+ if( !apNew ){
+ *ppPage = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
+ sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
+ pWal->apWiData = apNew;
+ pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
+ }
+
+ /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
+ if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+ pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
+ if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ,
+ pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+ pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
+ assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+ return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+ return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
+** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
+** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
+** returns the value that would be produced by interpreting the 4 bytes
+** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
+*/
+#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
+ (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \
+ + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in
+** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
+** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
+**
+** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
+**
+** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
+*/
+static void walChecksumBytes(
+ int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
+ u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */
+ int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */
+ const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */
+ u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
+){
+ u32 s1, s2;
+ u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
+ u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
+
+ if( aIn ){
+ s1 = aIn[0];
+ s2 = aIn[1];
+ }else{
+ s1 = s2 = 0;
+ }
+
+ assert( nByte>=8 );
+ assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
+
+ if( nativeCksum ){
+ do {
+ s1 += *aData++ + s2;
+ s2 += *aData++ + s1;
+ }while( aData<aEnd );
+ }else{
+ do {
+ s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
+ s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
+ aData += 2;
+ }while( aData<aEnd );
+ }
+
+ aOut[0] = s1;
+ aOut[1] = s2;
+}
+
+static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+ sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
+**
+** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
+*/
+static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
+ volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+ const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
+
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
+ pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
+ walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
+ memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+}
+
+/*
+** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
+** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of
+** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Page number.
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
+** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
+** 16: Checksum-1.
+** 20: Checksum-2.
+*/
+static void walEncodeFrame(
+ Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */
+ u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */
+ u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
+ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */
+ u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
+){
+ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+ assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
+ memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+
+ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
+** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
+** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid.
+*/
+static int walDecodeFrame(
+ Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */
+ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
+ u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
+ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
+ u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */
+){
+ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+ u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */
+ assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+
+ /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
+ ** match the salt values in the wal-header.
*/
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_playback;
+ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
- ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
- ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
- ** played back.
- **
- ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
- ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
- ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
- ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
- ** for pageSize.
+ /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
*/
- zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
+ if( pgno==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- zMaster = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
- goto end_playback;
+
+ /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
+ ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header,
+ ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8
+ ** bytes of this frame-header.
+ */
+ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+ if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16])
+ || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20])
+ ){
+ /* Checksum failed. */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number
+ ** and the new database size.
+ */
+ *piPage = pgno;
+ *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
+** a part of an ordinary build.
+*/
+static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
+ if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
+ return "WRITE-LOCK";
+ }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
+ return "CKPT-LOCK";
+ }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
+ return "RECOVER-LOCK";
+ }else{
+ static char zName[15];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
+ lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ return zName;
+ }
+}
+#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+
+/*
+** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive.
+** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
+** through the unlocked state first.
+**
+** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
+*/
+static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+ int rc;
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+ SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
+ walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+ return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+ (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+ SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
+}
+static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+ int rc;
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+ SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
+ walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+ return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+ (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+ SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
+ walLockName(lockIdx), n));
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land
+** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances
+** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
+*/
+static int walHash(u32 iPage){
+ assert( iPage>0 );
+ assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
+ return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
+ return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
+** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
+** numbered starting from 0.
+**
+** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
+** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame
+** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
+** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
+** (*piZero+N) in the log.
+**
+** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
+** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
+*/
+static int walHashGet(
+ Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */
+ int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */
+ volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
+ volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
+ u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+ rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u32 iZero;
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+
+ aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+ if( iHash==0 ){
+ aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
+ iZero = 0;
+ }else{
+ iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+ }
+
+ *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
+ *paHash = aHash;
+ *piZero = iZero;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
+** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
+** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
+** are numbered starting from 0.
+*/
+static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
+ int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+ assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+ && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+ && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+ && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
+ && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+ );
+ return iHash;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
+*/
+static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
+ int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
+ if( iHash==0 ){
+ return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
+ }
+ return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
+** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+**
+** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
+** to a rollback or savepoint.
+**
+** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
+** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
+** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
+** actually needed.
+*/
+static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */
+ u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
+ int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */
+ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
+
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
+ testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
+ testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
+
+ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
+
+ /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing
+ ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
+ ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
+ */
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
+ assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
+ walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+ /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
+ ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+ */
+ iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
+ assert( iLimit>0 );
+ for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
+ if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
+ aHash[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
+ ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+ */
+ nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
+ memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
+ ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
+ */
+ if( iLimit ){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int iKey; /* Hash key */
+ for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){
+ for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+ }
+ assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+ }
}
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- needPagerReset = isHot;
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+}
- /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
- ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
- ** occurs.
+
+/*
+** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
+** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
+*/
+static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */
+
+ rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+ /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
+ ** page number array and hash table entry.
*/
- while( 1 ){
- /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
- ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
- ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
- ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iKey; /* Hash table key */
+ int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
+ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */
+
+ idx = iFrame - iZero;
+ assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
+
+ /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
+ ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding.
*/
- rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- goto end_playback;
+ if( idx==1 ){
+ int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
+ memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
}
- /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
- ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
- ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
- ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+ /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
+ ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
+ ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory).
+ ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from
+ ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
*/
- if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
- assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
- nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+ if( aPgno[idx] ){
+ walCleanupHash(pWal);
+ assert( !aPgno[idx] );
}
- /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
- ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
- ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
- ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
- ** size of the file.
- **
- ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
- ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
- ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
- ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
- ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
- ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
- ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
- */
- if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
- pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
- nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+ /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
+ nCollide = idx;
+ for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ aPgno[idx] = iPage;
+ aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
- /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
- ** database file back to its original size.
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
+ ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
*/
- if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
- rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_playback;
- }
- pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+ {
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */
+ for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
+ assert( nEntry==idx );
}
- /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
- ** database file and/or page cache.
+ /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
+ ** via the hash table. This turns out to be a really, really expensive
+ ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
+ ** iteration.
*/
- for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
- if( needPagerReset ){
- pager_reset(pPager);
- needPagerReset = 0;
- }
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- pPager->journalOff = szJ;
- break;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
- ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
- ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
- ** case, the database should have never been written in the
- ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- goto end_playback;
- }else{
- /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
- ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
- ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
- ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
- */
- goto end_playback;
+ if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
+ for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
}
+ assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
}
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
}
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- assert( 0 );
-
-end_playback:
- /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
- ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
- ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
- ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
- */
- assert(
- pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ||
- sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK
- );
-
- /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
- ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
- ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
- ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
- ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
- ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
- ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
- ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
- */
- pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
- ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
- /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
- ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
- */
- rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- }
- /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
- ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
- ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
- */
- setSectorSize(pPager);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
-** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
-** file before this function is called.
-**
-** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
-** the value read from the database file.
+** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file.
**
-** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
-** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
+** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
+** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running. The
+** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
+** that this thread is running recovery. If unable to establish
+** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
*/
-static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
- Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int isInWal = 0; /* True if page is in log file */
- int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
-
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */
+ u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
+ int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
+ int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */
- if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
- assert( pPager->tempFile );
- memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
+ ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
+ ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
+ ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
+ ** this function returns.
+ */
+ assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+ assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
+ assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
+ nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
- rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){
- i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto recovery_error;
}
- if( pgno==1 ){
- if( rc ){
- /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
- ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
- ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
- ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
- ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
- ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
- **
- ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
- ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
- ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
- ** we should still be ok.
- */
- memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
- }else{
- u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
- memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
+ u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
+ u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
+ int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
+ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
+ int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */
+ i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */
+ int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */
+ u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+ u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+ int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */
+
+ /* Read in the WAL header. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto recovery_error;
}
- }
- CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
- IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
- PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+ /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
+ ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid
+ ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
+ ** WAL file.
+ */
+ magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
+ szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
+ if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC
+ || szPage&(szPage-1)
+ || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || szPage<512
+ ){
+ goto finished;
+ }
+ pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
+ pWal->szPage = szPage;
+ pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
- return rc;
-}
+ /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
+ walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN,
+ aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
+ );
+ if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
+ || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
+ ){
+ goto finished;
+ }
-/*
-** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
-** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
-**
-** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
-** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
-** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
-*/
-static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
- u32 change_counter;
+ /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
+ ** are able to understand */
+ version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
+ if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ goto finished;
+ }
- /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
- change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
- put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
+ /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
+ szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame);
+ if( !aFrame ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto recovery_error;
+ }
+ aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
- /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
- ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
- ** is valid. */
- put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
- put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
-}
+ /* Read all frames from the log file. */
+ iFrame = 0;
+ for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
+ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */
+ u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
-** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
-** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
-** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
-**
-** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
-** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
-** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
-** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
-** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
- PgHdr *pPg;
+ /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
+ iFrame++;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
+ if( !isValid ) break;
+ rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
- if( pPg ){
- if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
- sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
- }else{
- rc = readDbPage(pPg);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+ /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
+ if( nTruncate ){
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+ pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+ pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+ testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+ aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+ aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
}
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
}
- }
- /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
- ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
- ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
- ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
- ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
- ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
- ** the backups must be restarted.
- */
- sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+ sqlite3_free(aFrame);
+ }
- return rc;
-}
+finished:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
+ int i;
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
+ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-/*
-** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
-*/
-static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
+ /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is
+ ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
+ ** checkpointers.
+ */
+ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+ pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
- ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
- ** following:
- **
- ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
- ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
- */
- pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
- rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
- pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
- while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
- rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
- pList = pNext;
+ /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
+ ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
+ ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
+ ** checkpointing the log file.
+ */
+ if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL,
+ "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName
+ );
+ }
}
+recovery_error:
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
-** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
-** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
-** changed.
-**
-** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
-** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
-*/
-static int pagerWalFrames(
- Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
- PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
- Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
- int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */
- int syncFlags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
-){
- int rc; /* Return code */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
- PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */
-#endif
-
- assert( pPager->pWal );
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
- for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
- assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
- }
-#endif
-
- if( isCommit ){
- /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
- ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
- ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
- ** list here. */
- PgHdr *p;
- PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
- for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p); p=p->pDirty){
- if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ) ppNext = &p->pDirty;
- }
- assert( pList );
- }
-
- if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
- rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
- pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, syncFlags
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
- PgHdr *p;
- for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
- sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
+** Close an open wal-index.
+*/
+static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
+ pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
}
+ }else{
+ sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
- for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
- pager_set_pagehash(p);
- }
-#endif
-
- return rc;
}
-/*
-** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
+/*
+** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
+** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
+** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
**
-** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
-** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
-** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
-** other writers or checkpointers.
+** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
+** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
+** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
+** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
+** system would be badly broken.
+**
+** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
+** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
+** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
*/
-static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
+ sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */
+ const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */
+ int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
+ i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
+ Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */
+ int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
- assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+ assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
+ assert( pDbFd );
- /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
- ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
- ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
- ** the duplicate call is harmless.
+ /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
+ ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
+ ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
*/
- sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
+ assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
+#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
+ assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
- rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
- pager_reset(pPager);
+
+ /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
+ *ppWal = 0;
+ pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
+ pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
+ pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
+ pRet->readLock = -1;
+ pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
+ pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
+ pRet->syncHeader = 1;
+ pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1;
+ pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
+
+ /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
+ flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+ pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
}
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
+ sqlite3_free(pRet);
+ }else{
+ int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd);
+ if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; }
+ if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){
+ pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0;
+ }
+ *ppWal = pRet;
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
+ }
return rc;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
-** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
-** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
-**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
-** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
-** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
+** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
*/
-static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
- Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
+ if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
+}
- /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
- ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
- ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
- ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
- ** contains no valid committed transactions.
- */
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
- assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
- nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
+/*
+** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
+** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
+** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where
+** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page
+** number.
+**
+** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
+** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
+*/
+static int walIteratorNext(
+ WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */
+ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
+ u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
+){
+ u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
+ u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
+ int i; /* For looping through segments */
- /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
- ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
- ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
- ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
- ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
- */
- if( nPage==0 ){
- i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
- int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ iMin = p->iPrior;
+ assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
+ for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
+ struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
+ while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
+ u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
+ if( iPg>iMin ){
+ if( iPg<iRet ){
+ iRet = iPg;
+ *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
+ }
+ break;
}
+ pSegment->iNext++;
}
- nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
- if( nPage==0 && n>0 ){
- nPage = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
- ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
- ** that the file can be read.
- */
- if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
- pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
}
- *pnPage = nPage;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
+ return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
-** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
-** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
-** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
+** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
**
-** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
-** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
-** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
+** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is
+** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following
+** is guaranteed for all J<K:
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
+** aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
+** aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
**
-** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
-** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
-** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
-** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
-** other connection.
+** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
+** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
+** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
+** above is still met.
+**
+** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X. And the
+** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too. But there might be
+** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
+**
+** aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y] && aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
+**
+** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
*/
-static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
- assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
+static void walMerge(
+ const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
+ ht_slot *aLeft, /* IN: Left hand input list */
+ int nLeft, /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
+ ht_slot **paRight, /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
+ int *pnRight, /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
+ ht_slot *aTmp /* Temporary buffer */
+){
+ int iLeft = 0; /* Current index in aLeft */
+ int iRight = 0; /* Current index in aRight */
+ int iOut = 0; /* Current index in output buffer */
+ int nRight = *pnRight;
+ ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
- if( !pPager->tempFile ){
- int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */
- Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */
+ assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
+ while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
+ ht_slot logpage;
+ Pgno dbpage;
- rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( nPage==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
- isWal = 0;
+ if( (iLeft<nLeft)
+ && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
+ ){
+ logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
}else{
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
- pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
- );
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( isWal ){
- testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
- }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
- pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
- }
+ logpage = aRight[iRight++];
}
+ dbpage = aContent[logpage];
+
+ aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
+ if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
+
+ assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
+ assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
}
- return rc;
+
+ *paRight = aLeft;
+ *pnRight = iOut;
+ memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
}
-#endif
/*
-** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
-** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
-** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
-** savepoint.
-**
-** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
-** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
-** performed in the order specified:
-**
-** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
-** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
-** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
-** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
+** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
+** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
+** larger aList[] values.
**
-** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
-** back starting from the journal header immediately following
-** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
+** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in
+** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
**
-** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
-** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
-** the journal file.
+** aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
**
-** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
-** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
-** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
-** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
+** For any X and Y such that
**
-** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
-** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
+** aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
**
-** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
-** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
-** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
-** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
+** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
+** the smaller.
*/
-static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
- i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */
- i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
+static void walMergesort(
+ const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal */
+ ht_slot *aBuffer, /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
+ ht_slot *aList, /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
+ int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
+){
+ struct Sublist {
+ int nList; /* Number of elements in aList */
+ ht_slot *aList; /* Pointer to sub-list content */
+ };
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ const int nList = *pnList; /* Size of input list */
+ int nMerge = 0; /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
+ ht_slot *aMerge = 0; /* List to be merged */
+ int iList; /* Index into input list */
+ int iSub = 0; /* Index into aSub array */
+ struct Sublist aSub[13]; /* Array of sub-lists */
- /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
- if( pSavepoint ){
- pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
- if( !pDone ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
+ assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
+ assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
+
+ for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
+ nMerge = 1;
+ aMerge = &aList[iList];
+ for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
+ struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+ assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+ assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+ walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
}
+ aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
+ aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
}
- /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
- ** being reverted was opened.
- */
- pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
- pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-
- if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
+ for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
+ if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
+ struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+ assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+ assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+ walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+ }
}
+ assert( aMerge==aList );
+ *pnList = nMerge;
- /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
- ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
- ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
- ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
- */
- szJ = pPager->journalOff;
- assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
-
- /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
- ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
- ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
- ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
- ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
- ** are played back.
- */
- if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
- pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ {
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
+ assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- }else{
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
}
+#endif
+}
- /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
- ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
- ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
- ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
- */
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
- u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
- u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
- u32 dummy;
- rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+/*
+** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
+*/
+static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(p);
+}
- /*
- ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
- ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
- ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
- */
- if( nJRec==0
- && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
- ){
- nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
- }
- for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
- }
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- }
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
+/*
+** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all
+** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
+** lock.
+**
+** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
+** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
+** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
+**
+** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
+** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
+*/
+static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
+ WalIterator *p; /* Return value */
+ int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */
+ u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */
+ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
- /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
- ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
- ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
+ /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
+ ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
*/
- if( pSavepoint ){
- u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
- i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+ assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
+ iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
- }
- for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
- assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
- }
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
+ nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
+ nByte = sizeof(WalIterator)
+ + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
+ + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
+ p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ memset(p, 0, nByte);
+ p->nSegment = nSegment;
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+ /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
+ ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
+ */
+ aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(
+ sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
+ );
+ if( !aTmp ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- return rc;
-}
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+ u32 iZero;
+ volatile u32 *aPgno;
-/*
-** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
- sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
-}
+ rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int j; /* Counter variable */
+ int nEntry; /* Number of entries in this segment */
+ ht_slot *aIndex; /* Sorted index for this segment */
+
+ aPgno++;
+ if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
+ nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
+ }else{
+ nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
+ }
+ aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
+ iZero++;
+
+ for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
+ aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
+ }
+ walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
+ p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
+ p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
+ p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
+ p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp);
-/*
-** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
-** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
-** the rollback journal. There are three levels:
-**
-** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
-** for temporary and transient files.
-**
-** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
-** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
-** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
-** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
-** in a state which would cause damage to the database
-** when it is rolled back.
-**
-** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
-** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
-** of the journal header - being written in between the two
-** syncs). If we assume that writing a
-** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
-** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
-** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
-**
-** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
-** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
-** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
-** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
-** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
-** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
-** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
-** syncs associated with NORMAL.
-**
-** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
-** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
-** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
-** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
-** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
-** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
-**
-** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
-** and FULL=3.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
- Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */
- int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
- int bFullFsync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
- int bCkptFullFsync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
-){
- assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
- pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
- pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
- if( pPager->noSync ){
- pPager->syncFlags = 0;
- pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
- }else if( bFullFsync ){
- pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
- pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
- }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
- pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
- pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
- }else{
- pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
- pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ walIteratorFree(p);
}
+ *pp = p;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
-** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
-#endif
/*
-** Open a temporary file.
-**
-** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
-** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
-**
-** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
-** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
-**
-** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
-** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
-** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
-** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
+** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
+** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
+** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
+** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
*/
-static int pagerOpentemp(
- Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */
- sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */
- int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+static int walBusyLock(
+ Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */
+ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
-#endif
-
- vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
+ int rc;
+ do {
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
+ }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
return rc;
}
/*
-** Set the busy handler function.
-**
-** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
-** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
-** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
-** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
-** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
-** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
-**
-** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
-** --------------------------------------------------------
-** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
-** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
-** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
-** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
-**
-** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
-** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
-** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
+** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
+** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
- Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
- int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
- void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
-){
- pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
- pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
+static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
+ return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
}
/*
-** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
-** is passed in *pPageSize.
-**
-** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
-** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
-** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
-**
-** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
+** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
+** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
**
-** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
-** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
+** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
+** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page
+** that a concurrent reader might be using.
**
-** * there are no outstanding page references, and
+** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
+** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if
+** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
+** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
**
-** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
-** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
+** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
+** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent
+** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
**
-** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
+** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
+** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes
+** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
+** database file.
**
-** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
-** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
-** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
+** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.
+** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
+** its value.)
**
-** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
-** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
-** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
-** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
+** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
+** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
+** time.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int walCheckpoint(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */
+ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+ int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
+ u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int szPage; /* Database page-size */
+ WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */
+ u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */
+ u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
+ u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
+ u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */
- /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
- ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
- ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
- **
- ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
- ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
- ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
- ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
+ szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
+ testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Allocate the iterator */
+ rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pIter );
+
+ if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall;
+
+ /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
+ ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
+ ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
+ ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
*/
+ mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+ u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+ if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
+ assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ mxSafeFrame = y;
+ xBusy = 0;
+ }else{
+ goto walcheckpoint_out;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
- assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
- if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
- && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
- && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
+ && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1))==SQLITE_OK
){
- char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
- i64 nByte = 0;
+ i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */
+ u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
- if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
+ /* Sync the WAL to disk */
+ if( sync_flags ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
}
+
+ /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
+ ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
+ */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
- if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
+ i64 iOffset;
+ assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
+ if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue;
+ iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
+ testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
}
+ /* If work was actually accomplished... */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pager_reset(pPager);
- pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)(nByte/pageSize);
- pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
- sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
- pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
- sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
+ if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
+ i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
+ testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
+ }
}
+
+ /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
}
- *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
- assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
- pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
- pagerReportSize(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
+ ** just because there are active readers. */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal
+ ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all
+ ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next
+ ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+ assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ }
+ }
}
+
+ walcheckpoint_out:
+ walIteratorFree(pIter);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
-** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
-** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
-** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
-** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
-** no rollbacks are happening.
+** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate
+** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->pTmpSpace;
+static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){
+ i64 sz;
+ int rx;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
+ if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){
+ rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax);
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ if( rx ){
+ sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
+ }
}
/*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
-** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
-** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
-**
-** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+** Close a connection to a log file.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
- if( mxPage>0 ){
- pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+ int nBuf,
+ u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pWal ){
+ int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
+
+ /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
+ ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
+ ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
+ ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
+ ** the wal and wal-index files.
+ **
+ ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+ pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int bPersist = -1;
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
+ pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
+ );
+ if( bPersist!=1 ){
+ /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and
+ ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal
+ ** mode (!bPersist) */
+ isDelete = 1;
+ }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+ /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint
+ ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent
+ ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a
+ ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0). Note that we truncate
+ ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might
+ ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */
+ walLimitSize(pWal, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
+ if( isDelete ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
+ sqlite3_free(pWal);
}
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
- assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
- return pPager->mxPgno;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
-** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
-** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
+** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if
+** there is a problem.
**
-** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
-** and generate no code.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-static int saved_cnt;
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
- saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
- sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
-}
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
- sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
-}
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to.
+** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might
+** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
+** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected
+** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
+** a checksum on the header.
**
-** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
-** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
-** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
-** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
-** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
+** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
+** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
+** and *pChanged is set to 1.
**
-** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
-** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
-** output buffer undefined.
+** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
+** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- memset(pDest, 0, N);
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */
+ WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */
+ WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */
- /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
- ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
- ** to WAL mode yet.
+ /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+
+ /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
+ ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
+ ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
+ ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
+ **
+ ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
+ ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order.
+ ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
+ ** reordering the reads and writes.
*/
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+ memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
- IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
+ return 1; /* Dirty read */
+ }
+ if( h1.isInit==0 ){
+ return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
}
- return rc;
+ walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
+ if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
+ return 1; /* Checksum does not match */
+ }
+
+ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+ *pChanged = 1;
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+ testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
+ }
+
+ /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
-** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
+** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
+** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
+** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
**
-** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
-** this is considered a 1 page file.
+** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
+** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
+** to 0.
+**
+** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
- *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
-}
+static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */
+ volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
+ /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
+ ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
+ */
+ assert( pChanged );
+ rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ };
+ assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
-/*
-** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
-** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
-** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
-**
-** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
-** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
-** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
-** obtain the lock succeeds.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
-** variable to locktype before returning.
-*/
-static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
- int rc; /* Return code */
+ /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
+ ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
+ ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
+ ** being modified by another thread or process.
+ */
+ badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
- /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
- ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
- ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
- ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
+ /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
+ ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again.
*/
- assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
- || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
- || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
- );
+ assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+ if( badHdr ){
+ if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
+ }
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
+ badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+ if( badHdr ){
+ /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
+ ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
+ ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that.
+ */
+ rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
+ *pChanged = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ }
+ }
- do {
- rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
- }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
- return rc;
-}
+ /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
+ ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
+ ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
+ */
+ if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ }
-/*
-** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
-** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
-**
-** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
-** current database image, in pages, OR
-**
-** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
-** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
-** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
-**
-** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
-** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
-** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
-** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
-** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current
-** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
-** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
-** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
-** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
-** this circumstance cannot arise.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
- assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
- assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
-}
-static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
- sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
+ return rc;
}
-#else
-# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
-#endif
/*
-** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
-** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
-** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
-** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
+** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
+** be retried.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
- assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
- pPager->dbSize = nPage;
- assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
-}
-
+#define WAL_RETRY (-1)
/*
-** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
-** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
-** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
-** that the entire journal file has been synced.
+** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or
+** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
+** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
**
-** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
-** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
-** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
-** content as this process.
+** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an
+** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
+** recovery) return a positive error code.
**
-** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
-** an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !pPager->noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
+** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
+** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
+** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
+** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the
+** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
+** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be
+** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
+** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
**
-** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
-** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
-** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
-** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
-** result in a coredump.
+** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
+** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
+** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
+** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
+** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The
+** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
+** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small
+** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
+** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
+** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
**
-** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
-** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
-** to the caller.
+** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is
+** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1)
+** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not
+** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
+** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will
+** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
+** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
+** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
+** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
+** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
+** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
+** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
+**
+** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
+** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
+** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might
+** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
+** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
- u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
+ u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
+ int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- disable_simulated_io_errors();
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
- pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
- pPager->pWal = 0;
-#endif
- pager_reset(pPager);
- if( MEMDB ){
- pager_unlock(pPager);
- }else{
- /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
- ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
- ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
- ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
- **
- ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
- ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
- ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
- ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
- ** rollback before accessing the database file.
- */
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
+ assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */
+
+ /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
+ **
+ ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
+ ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the
+ ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
+ ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
+ ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
+ ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case,
+ ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
+ **
+ ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few
+ ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this
+ ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th
+ ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
+ ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds.
+ ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds.
+ */
+ if( cnt>5 ){
+ int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */
+ if( cnt>100 ){
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
+ return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
}
- pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+ if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*(cnt-9)*39;
+ sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
}
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- enable_simulated_io_errors();
- PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
- sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
- sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
-#endif
- assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
- assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
+ if( !useWal ){
+ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
+ ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to
+ ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here
+ ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
+ ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with
+ ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
+ ** right on the second iteration.
+ */
+ if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
+ /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+ ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
+ ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
+ ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
+ ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
+ ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
+ */
+ rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
+ rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
- sqlite3_free(pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
+ ** and can be safely ignored.
+ */
+ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+ /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
+ ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
+ ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
+ ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
+ ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
+ ** happening, this is usually correct.
+ **
+ ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
+ ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
+ ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
+ ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
+ ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
+ */
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ return WAL_RETRY;
+ }
+ pWal->readLock = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** Return the page number for page pPg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
- return pPg->pgno;
-}
-#endif
+ /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
+ ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is
+ ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
+ ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
+ */
+ mxReadMark = 0;
+ mxI = 0;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+ u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+ if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
+ mxReadMark = thisMark;
+ mxI = i;
+ }
+ }
+ /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */
+ {
+ if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
+ && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0)
+ ){
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ mxI = i;
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ break;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( mxI==0 ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
+ return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
+ }
-/*
-** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
- sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
+ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
+ }
+ /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
+ ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
+ ** header have changed.
+ **
+ ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
+ ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
+ ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
+ ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
+ ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
+ ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
+ ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
+ ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
+ ** instead.
+ **
+ ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to
+ ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow
+ ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or
+ ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on
+ ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid.
+ */
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
+ || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
+ ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+ return WAL_RETRY;
+ }else{
+ assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
-** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
-** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
-**
-** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
-** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
-**
-** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
-** be taken.
-**
-** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
-** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
-** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
-** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
-** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
-**
-** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
-** journal file is synced.
-**
-** Or, in pseudo-code:
+** Begin a read transaction on the database.
**
-** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
-** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
-** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
-** <update nRec field>
-** }
-** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
-** }
+** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
+** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
+** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
+** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
+** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
**
-** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
-** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
-** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
+** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
+** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The
+** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
+** needs to be flushed.
*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
int rc; /* Return code */
+ int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ do{
+ rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
+ }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
+ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ return rc;
+}
- if( !pPager->noSync ){
- assert( !pPager->tempFile );
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
- const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+/*
+** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the
+** read-lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+ if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+ pWal->readLock = -1;
+ }
+}
- if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
- /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
- ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
- ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
- ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
- ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
- ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
- ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
- ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
- ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
- ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
- ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
- ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
- **
- ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
- ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
- ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
- **
- ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
- ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
- ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
- ** the potential journal header.
- */
- i64 iNextHdrOffset;
- u8 aMagic[8];
- u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
+/*
+** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that
+** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead
+** to zero.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an
+** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(
+ Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */
+ u32 *piRead /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */
+){
+ u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
+ u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
+ int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
- memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
+ /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
- iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
- static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- return rc;
- }
+ /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
+ ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
+ ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
+ ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
+ ** WAL were empty.
+ */
+ if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
+ *piRead = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
- /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
- ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
- ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
- ** it as a candidate for rollback.
- **
- ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
- ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
- ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
- ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
- ** and never needs to be updated.
- */
- if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
- PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
- pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
+ ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
+ ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
+ **
+ ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
+ ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
+ ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
+ ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
+ ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
+ ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
+ ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
+ ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
+ ** opened remain unmodified.
+ **
+ ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
+ ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
+ ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
+ **
+ ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
+ ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
+ **
+ ** (iFrame<=iLast):
+ ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
+ ** table after the current read-transaction had started.
+ */
+ for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
+ u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
+ int iKey; /* Hash slot index */
+ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
+ int rc; /* Error code */
+
+ rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
+ for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
+ if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
+ /* assert( iFrame>iRead ); -- not true if there is corruption */
+ iRead = iFrame;
}
- if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
- PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
- (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ }
+ }
- pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
- if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
+ ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
+ ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */
+ {
+ u32 iRead2 = 0;
+ u32 iTest;
+ for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){
+ if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
+ iRead2 = iTest;
+ break;
}
- }else{
- pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
}
+ assert( iRead==iRead2 );
}
+#endif
- /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
- ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
- ** all pages.
- */
- sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
- pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ *piRead = iRead;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
-** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
-** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
-** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
-** a no-op.
-**
-** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
-** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
-** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
-**
-** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
-** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
-** written out.
-**
-** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
-** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
-** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
+** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut
+** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
+** error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(
+ Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */
+ u32 iRead, /* Frame to read */
+ int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
+ u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */
+){
+ int sz;
+ i64 iOffset;
+ sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
+ sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16);
+ testcase( sz<=32768 );
+ testcase( sz>=65536 );
+ iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
+ return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
+ if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
+ return pWal->hdr.nPage;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
**
-** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
-** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
+** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
+** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
**
-** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
-** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
-** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
-** the database file.
+** If another thread or process has written into the database since
+** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
+** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine
+** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
-** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
-** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
*/
-static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+ int rc;
- /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
- assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
+ ** transaction. */
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
- /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
- ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
- ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
- */
- if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
- assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
+ if( pWal->readOnly ){
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
- /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
- ** file size will be.
+ /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
*/
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){
- sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
- sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
- pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
- Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
-
- /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
- ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
- ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
- ** any such pages to the file.
- **
- ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
- ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
- */
- if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
- i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
- char *pData; /* Data to write */
-
- assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
- if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
-
- /* Encode the database */
- CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
-
- /* Write out the page data. */
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
-
- /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
- ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
- ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
- */
- if( pgno==1 ){
- memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
- }
- if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
- pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
- }
-
- /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
- sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
-
- PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
- IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
- }else{
- PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
- }
- pager_set_pagehash(pList);
- pList = pList->pDirty;
+ /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
+ ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
+ ** the write is disallowed.
+ */
+ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT;
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
-** function is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
-** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
-** fails.
+** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This
+** routine merely releases the lock.
*/
-static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
- if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
- sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
- }else{
- rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+ if( pWal->writeLock ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
}
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
-** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
-** that it is really required before calling this function.
+** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
+** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
**
-** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
-** for all open savepoints before returning.
+** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
+** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
+** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
+** returned to the caller.
**
-** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
-** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
-** bitvec.
+** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-
- /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
- assert( pPager->useJournal );
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
- assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
- || pageInJournal(pPg)
- || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
- );
- rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
-
- /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
- ** write the journal record into the file. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- void *pData = pPg->pData;
- i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
- char *pData2;
+ if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
+ Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ Pgno iFrame;
- CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
- PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
- rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
- }
+ /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
+ ** was in before the client began writing to the database.
+ */
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+ for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1;
+ ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax;
+ iFrame++
+ ){
+ /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
+ ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and
+ ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
+ ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
+ ** is false).
+ **
+ ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
+ ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
+ ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
+ ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
+ */
+ assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
+ rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
}
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->nSubRec++;
- assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
- rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+ if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal);
}
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
-** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
-** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
-** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
-** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
-** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
-** argument.
-**
-** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
-** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
-** journal file.
-**
-** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
-** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
-** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
-** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
-** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
+/*
+** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32
+** values. This function populates the array with values required to
+** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current
+** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
*/
-static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+ aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+ aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+}
- assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
- assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+/*
+** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
+** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
+** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
+** by a call to WalSavepoint().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
- ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
- ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
- ** pages belonging to the same sector.
- **
- ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
- ** or not a sync is required. This is set during a rollback.
- **
- ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
- ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it
- ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
- ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
- ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
- ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
- */
- if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
- pPg->pDirty = 0;
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
- if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
- rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0, 0);
- }
- }else{
-
- /* Sync the journal file if required. */
- if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- ){
- rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
- }
-
- /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
- ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
- ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
- ** actually write data to the file in this case.
- **
- ** Consider the following sequence of events:
- **
- ** BEGIN;
- ** <journal page X>
- ** <modify page X>
- ** SAVEPOINT sp;
- ** <shrink database file to Y pages>
- ** pagerStress(page X)
- ** ROLLBACK TO sp;
- **
- ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
- ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
- ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
- ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
- ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
- ** was executed.
- **
- ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
- ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
- ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
- ** executed.
+ if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
+ /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
+ ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
+ ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
*/
- if( NEVER(
- rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
- ) ){
- rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
- }
-
- /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
- rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
- }
+ aWalData[0] = 0;
+ aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
}
- /* Mark the page as clean. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
- sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+ if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
+ walCleanupHash(pWal);
}
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
-** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
-** to sqlite3PagerClose().
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
-** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
-** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
-** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
-** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
-** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
-**
-** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
-** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
-** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
-**
-** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
-** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
-** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags.
+** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
+** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
+** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
+** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
+** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
+** unchanged.
**
-** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
-** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
+** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
+** if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int cnt;
+
+ if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
+ u32 salt1;
+ sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
+ ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
+ ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
+ ** wal-index header to reflect this.
+ **
+ ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
+ ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
+ ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
+ ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.
+ */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */
+
+ pWal->nCkpt++;
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
+ sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
+ aSalt[1] = salt1;
+ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+ pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+ pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0;
+ for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+ assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ pWal->readLock = -1;
+ cnt = 0;
+ do{
+ int notUsed;
+ rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt);
+ }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+ assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
+ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where
+** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into
+** walWriteToLog().
+*/
+typedef struct WalWriter {
+ Wal *pWal; /* The complete WAL information */
+ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* The WAL file to which we write */
+ sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint; /* Fsync at this offset */
+ int syncFlags; /* Flags for the fsync */
+ int szPage; /* Size of one page */
+} WalWriter;
+
+/*
+** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset.
+** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary.
**
-** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
-** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
-** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
-** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
-** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
+** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt,
+** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the
+** rest.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */
- Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */
- int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
- int flags, /* flags controlling this file */
- int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
- void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
+static int walWriteToLog(
+ WalWriter *p, /* WAL to write to */
+ void *pContent, /* Content to be written */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Start writing at this offset */
){
- u8 *pPtr;
- Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
- int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
- int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
- int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
- char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */
- int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
- int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
- int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; /* True to omit read-lock */
- int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
- u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
- const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */
- int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
+ int rc;
+ if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){
+ int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ iOffset += iFirstAmt;
+ iAmt -= iFirstAmt;
+ pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent);
+ assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+ if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset);
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
- ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
- ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
- ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
- ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
- ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
- ** source file journal.c).
- */
- if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
- journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
- }else{
- journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
- }
+/*
+** Write out a single frame of the WAL
+*/
+static int walWriteOneFrame(
+ WalWriter *p, /* Where to write the frame */
+ PgHdr *pPage, /* The page of the frame to be written */
+ int nTruncate, /* The commit flag. Usually 0. >0 for commit */
+ sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Byte offset at which to write */
+){
+ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
+ void *pData; /* Data actually written */
+ u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#else
+ pData = pPage->pData;
+#endif
+ walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
+ rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ /* Write the page data */
+ rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
- *ppPager = 0;
+/*
+** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
+** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */
+ int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */
+ PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */
+ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
+ int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */
+ int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+){
+ int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */
+ u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */
+ PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
+ PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */
+ int nExtra = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */
+ int szFrame; /* The size of a single frame */
+ i64 iOffset; /* Next byte to write in WAL file */
+ WalWriter w; /* The writer */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
- memDb = 1;
- zFilename = 0;
+ assert( pList );
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+
+ /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0. If
+ ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */
+ assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) );
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
+ pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
}
#endif
- /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
- ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
- ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
+ /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
+ ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
*/
- if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
- const char *z;
- nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
- zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
- if( zPathname==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
- rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
- nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
- z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
- while( *z ){
- z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
- z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
- }
- nUri = &z[1] - zUri;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
- /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
- ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
- ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
- ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
- ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(zPathname);
- return rc;
- }
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
+ return rc;
}
- /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
- ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
- ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
- **
- ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
- ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
- ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
- ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
- ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
- ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
- ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
+ /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
+ ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
+ ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
*/
- pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
- ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */
- ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
- ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
- journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
- nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */
- nPathname + 8 + 1 /* zJournal */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- + nPathname + 4 + 1 /* zWal */
-#endif
- );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
- if( !pPtr ){
- sqlite3_free(zPathname);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr);
- pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
- pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
- pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
- pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
- pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
+ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ if( iFrame==0 ){
+ u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
+ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */
- /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
- if( zPathname ){
- assert( nPathname>0 );
- pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
- memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
- memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
- memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
- memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
- sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
- memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
- memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4);
- sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
-#endif
- sqlite3_free(zPathname);
- }
- pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
- pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
+ if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
+ memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+ walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
+
+ pWal->szPage = szPage;
+ pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
+ pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1;
- /* Open the pager file.
- */
- if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
- int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
- assert( !memDb );
- readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
- /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
- ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
- ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
+ /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless
+ ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF). Otherwise
+ ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in
+ ** database corruption. See the ticket:
**
- ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
- ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
- ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
+ ** http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee
*/
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
- setSectorSize(pPager);
- assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
- if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
- if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
- szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
- }else{
- szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
- }
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- {
- int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
- int ii;
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
- assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
- for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
- if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
- szPageDflt = ii;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
+ if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
}
- }else{
- /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
- ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
- ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
- **
- ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
- ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
- ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
- */
- tempFile = 1;
- pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
- pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
- readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
}
+ assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
- /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
- ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- }
+ /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */
+ w.pWal = pWal;
+ w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd;
+ w.iSyncPoint = 0;
+ w.syncFlags = sync_flags;
+ w.szPage = szPage;
+ iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
+ szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
- /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the
- ** Pager structure and close the file.
- */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
- sqlite3_free(pPager);
- return rc;
+ /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */
+ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+ int nDbSize; /* 0 normally. Positive == commit flag */
+ iFrame++;
+ assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) );
+ nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
+ rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pLast = p;
+ iOffset += szFrame;
}
- /* Initialize the PCache object. */
- assert( nExtra<1000 );
- nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
- sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
- !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
-
- PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
- IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
-
- pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
- pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0;
- /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
- /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
- /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
- /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
- /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
- /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
- pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
- /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
-#if 0
- assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
-#endif
- /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
- pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
- assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
- || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
- assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
- pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
- pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
- pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
- pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
- assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
- pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
- pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1;
- pPager->syncFlags = pPager->noSync ? 0 : SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
- pPager->ckptSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
- /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
- /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
- /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
- pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
- pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
- setSectorSize(pPager);
- if( !useJournal ){
- pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
- }else if( memDb ){
- pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
+ /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
+ ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
+ **
+ ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
+ ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL. If synchronous==NORMAL
+ ** or synchronous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
+ **
+ ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
+ ** needed and only the sync is done. If padding is needed, then the
+ ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
+ ** boundary is crossed. Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
+ ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
+ ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.
+ */
+ if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){
+ if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){
+ int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
+ w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize;
+ while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){
+ rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ iOffset += szFrame;
+ nExtra++;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+ }
}
- /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
- /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
- pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
- /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
-
- *ppPager = pPager;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
-** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
-** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
-** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
-** file exists if the following criteria are met:
-**
-** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
-** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
-** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
-** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
-**
-** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
-** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
-** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
-** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
-** is returned.
-**
-** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
-** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
-** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
-** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
-** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
-** will not roll it back.
-**
-** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
-** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
-** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
-** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
-** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
-*/
-static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
- sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
- int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
-
- assert( pPager->useJournal );
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-
- assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
- SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
- ));
- *pExists = 0;
- if( !jrnlOpen ){
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and
+ ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the
+ ** journal size limit, if possible.
+ */
+ if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+ i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize;
+ if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){
+ sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage);
+ }
+ walLimitSize(pWal, sz);
+ pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
- int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
-
- /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
- ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
- ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
- ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
- ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
- ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
- ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
- */
- rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
- Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */
- /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
- ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for
- ** the reasoning here. Delete the obsolete journal file under
- ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
- ** [H33020].
- */
- rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( nPage==0 ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
- }
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }else{
- /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
- ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
- ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
- ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
- ** it can be ignored.
- */
- if( !jrnlOpen ){
- int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u8 first = 0;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( !jrnlOpen ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- }
- *pExists = (first!=0);
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
- /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
- ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
- ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
- ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
- ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
- ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
- ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
- ** worry so much with race conditions.
- */
- *pExists = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- }
+ /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the
+ ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
+ ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
+ ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
+ */
+ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
+ iFrame++;
+ rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
+ }
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){
+ iFrame++;
+ nExtra--;
+ rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Update the private copy of the header. */
+ pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+ testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+ if( isCommit ){
+ pWal->hdr.iChange++;
+ pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+ }
+ /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
+ if( isCommit ){
+ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+ pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
}
}
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
-** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
-** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
-** this function is called, it is a no-op.
-**
-** The following operations are also performed by this function.
-**
-** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
-** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
-** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
-** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
-** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
-** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
-** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
-** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
+/*
+** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
+** related interfaces.
**
-** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
-** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
-** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
-** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
-** file.
+** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
+** we can from WAL into the database.
**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
-** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
-** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
+** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
+** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-
- /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
- ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
- ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
- ** exclusive access mode.
- */
- assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
- if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */
+ int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+ int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */
+ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */
+ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
+ int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
- if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
- int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
+ assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+ assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
- assert( !MEMDB );
- assert( pPager->noReadlock==0 || pPager->readOnly );
+ if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc ){
+ /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process
+ ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might
+ ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pWal->ckptLock = 1;
- if( pPager->noReadlock==0 ){
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
- goto failed;
- }
+ /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well
+ ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway.
+ ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below.
+ **
+ ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is
+ ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock,
+ ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no
+ ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller.
+ */
+ if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
+ }
- /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
- ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
- */
- if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
- rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto failed;
+ /* Read the wal-index header. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
+ if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0);
}
- if( bHotJournal ){
- /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
- ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
- ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
- ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
- ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
- ** hot-journal back.
- **
- ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
- ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
- ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
- ** on the database file.
- **
- ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
- ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
- */
- rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto failed;
- }
-
- /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
- ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
- ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
- ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
- ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
- ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
- **
- ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
- ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
- ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
- ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
- ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
- */
- if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
- pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
- int fout = 0;
- int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
- assert( !pPager->tempFile );
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
- ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
- ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
- ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
- ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
- ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
- ** the journal before playing it back.
- */
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
- pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
- }
- }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
- }
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
- ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
- ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
- ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
- ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
- ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
- **
- ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
- ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
- ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
- ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
- ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
- ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
- ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
- ** references.
- */
- pager_error(pPager, rc);
- goto failed;
- }
+ }
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
- assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
- || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
- );
+ /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
}
- if( !pPager->tempFile
- && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0)
- ){
- /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
- ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
- ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database
- ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the
- ** cache.
- **
- ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
- ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
- ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
- ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
- ** a codec is in use.
- **
- ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
- ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
- ** it can be neglected.
- */
- Pgno nPage = 0;
- char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
-
- rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
- if( rc ) goto failed;
-
- if( nPage>0 ){
- IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto failed;
- }
- }else{
- memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
- }
-
- if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
- pager_reset(pPager);
- }
+ /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
}
+ }
- /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
- ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
+ if( isChanged ){
+ /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was
+ ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
+ ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
+ ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
+ ** the cache needs to be reset.
*/
- rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-#endif
+ memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
}
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
- }
+ /* Release the locks. */
+ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
+}
- if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
+ u32 ret = 0;
+ if( pWal ){
+ ret = pWal->iCallback;
+ pWal->iCallback = 0;
}
+ return (int)ret;
+}
- failed:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( !MEMDB );
- pager_unlock(pPager);
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+/*
+** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
+** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
+**
+** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
+** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock
+** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
+** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the
+** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This
+** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
+** lock on the main database file.
+**
+** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
+** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must
+** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
+** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
+** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
+** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
+**
+** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
+** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
+** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
+** the op==1 case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
+ int rc;
+ assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+ assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
+
+ /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
+ ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
+ ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
+ ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
+ ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
+ */
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
+
+ if( op==0 ){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
+ if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+ }
+ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+ }else{
+ /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ }else if( op>0 ){
+ assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+ rc = 1;
}else{
- pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
}
return rc;
}
+/*
+** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
+ return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
/*
-** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
-** transaction and unlock the pager.
+** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a
+** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known,
+** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){
+ assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 );
+ return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
+** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too
+** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like
+** a good breakout.
+*/
+/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+** ----------------------------------------------------------------
+** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
+** ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
+** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
+** page, or a pointer-map page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+** 16 2 Page size in bytes. (1 means 65536)
+** 18 1 File format write version
+** 19 1 File format read version
+** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64)
+** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32)
+** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32)
+** 24 4 File change counter
+** 28 4 Reserved for future use
+** 32 4 First freelist page
+** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
+** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+** 40 4 Schema cookie
+** 44 4 File format of schema layer
+** 48 4 Size of page cache
+** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
+** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
+** 60 4 User version
+** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode
+** 68 4 Application-ID
+** 72 20 unused
+** 92 4 The version-valid-for number
+** 96 4 SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
+** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
+** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+** |----------------|
+** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
+** |----------------|
+** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
+** |----------------|
+** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
+** | array | | Grows downward
+** | | v
+** |----------------|
+** | unallocated |
+** | space |
+** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
+** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+** | area | | and free space fragments.
+** |----------------|
**
-** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
-** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
-** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
- if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
- pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
-** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
-** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** The page headers looks like this:
**
-** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
-** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
-** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
-** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
-** object with no outstanding references.
+** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
+** 3 2 number of cells on this page
+** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
+** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
+** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves.
**
-** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
-** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
-** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
-** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
+** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is an integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
**
-** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
-** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
-** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
-** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
-** page is initialized to all zeros.
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
**
-** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
-** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
**
-** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
**
-** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
-** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
-** from the savepoint journal.
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
+** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
**
-** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
-** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
-** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
-** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
-** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
-** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
-** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
+** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
**
-** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
-** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
+** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
**
-** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
-** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
-** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
-** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
-** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
-** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
-** or journal files.
+** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
+** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
+** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
+** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
+** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
+** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
+** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+** * Payload
+** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of next overflow page
+** * Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
+** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of next trunk page
+** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
+** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
- Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
- DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
- int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
-){
- int rc;
- PgHdr *pPg;
-
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
- if( pgno==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
- ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
- if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pPager->errCode;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
- ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
- ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */
- pPg = 0;
- goto pager_acquire_err;
- }
- assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
- assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
- if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
- /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
- ** the page. Return without further ado. */
- assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself
+** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such
+** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
- }else{
- /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
- ** be initialized. */
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
- pPg = *ppPage;
- pPg->pPager = pPager;
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**
+** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
+** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
+** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
+** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
+** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
+** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
+# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
+#endif
- /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
- ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
- if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto pager_acquire_err;
- }
+/*
+** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
- if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
- if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL;
- goto pager_acquire_err;
- }
- if( noContent ){
- /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
- ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
- ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
- ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
- ** a bit in a bit vector.
- */
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
- TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- }
- TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }
- memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
- IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
- }else{
- assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
- rc = readDbPage(pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto pager_acquire_err;
- }
- }
- pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
- }
+/*
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+**
+** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
+** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+ u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+ u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+ u8 intKey; /* True if table b-trees. False for index b-trees */
+ u8 intKeyLeaf; /* True if the leaf of an intKey table */
+ u8 noPayload; /* True if internal intKey page (thus w/o data) */
+ u8 leaf; /* True if a leaf page */
+ u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
+ u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
+ u8 max1bytePayload; /* min(maxLocal,127) */
+ u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
+ u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
+ u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+ u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+ u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+ u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */
+ u16 aiOvfl[5]; /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th
+ ** non-overflow cell */
+ u8 *apOvfl[5]; /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
+ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
+ u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */
+ u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
+ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
+};
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
-pager_acquire_err:
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- if( pPg ){
- sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
- }
- pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+/*
+** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
+** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
+** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
+** a btree handle is closed.
+*/
+struct BtLock {
+ Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
+ Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
+ u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
+ BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
+};
- *ppPage = 0;
- return rc;
-}
+/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
+#define READ_LOCK 1
+#define WRITE_LOCK 2
-/*
-** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
-** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+/* A Btree handle
**
-** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
-** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
-** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
-** has ever happened.
+** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
+** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure
+** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot
+** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
+** this structure.
+**
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
+** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection
+** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object
+** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
+** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
+** the BtShared object.
+**
+** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
+** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
+** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
+** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
- PgHdr *pPg = 0;
- assert( pPager!=0 );
- assert( pgno!=0 );
- assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
- return pPg;
-}
+struct Btree {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
+ u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
+ u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
+ u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
+ int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
+ int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
+ Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
+ Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */
+#endif
+};
/*
-** Release a page reference.
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
**
-** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
-** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages
-** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
-** removed.
+** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
+** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
+** but any number may have active read transactions.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
- if( pPg ){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
- pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
- }
-}
+#define TRANS_NONE 0
+#define TRANS_READ 1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
/*
-** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
-** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
-** file when this routine is called.
+** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+**
+** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
+** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
+** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
+** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
+** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of
+** connections currently sharing this database file.
**
-** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
-** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
-** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
-** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
-** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
+** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
+** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
+** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
**
-** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
-** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
-** already open file.
+** isPending:
**
-** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
-** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
+** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
+** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
+** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
+** set to true.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
-** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
+** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
+** the following occur:
+**
+** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
+** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
+**
+** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
+** transaction.
+**
+** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
*/
-static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
-
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-
- /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
- ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
- ** an error state. */
- if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+struct BtShared {
+ Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
+ BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
+ MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
+ u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
+ u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+ u8 bDoTruncate; /* True to truncate db on commit */
+#endif
+ u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
+ u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
+ u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */
+ u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+ u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+ u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+ u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+ u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+ u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+ int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
+ u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
+ void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
+ Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
+ BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
+ BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
+ Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
+#endif
+ u8 *pTmpSpace; /* Temp space sufficient to hold a single cell */
+};
- if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
- pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
- if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
- if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
- sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
- }else{
- const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
- (pPager->tempFile ?
- (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
- (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
- );
- #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
- pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
- );
- #else
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
- #endif
- }
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- }
-
-
- /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
- ** the sub-journal if necessary.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
- pPager->journalHdr = 0;
- rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
- }
- }
+/*
+** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
+*/
+#define BTS_READ_ONLY 0x0001 /* Underlying file is readonly */
+#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED 0x0002 /* Page size can no longer be changed */
+#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE 0x0004 /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */
+#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY 0x0008 /* Database was empty at trans start */
+#define BTS_NO_WAL 0x0010 /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */
+#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE 0x0020 /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */
+#define BTS_PENDING 0x0040 /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- }else{
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
- pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
- }
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+ i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or nPayload otherwise */
+ u8 *pPayload; /* Pointer to the start of payload */
+ u32 nPayload; /* Bytes of payload */
+ u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally, not on overflow */
+ u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
+ u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
- return rc;
-}
+/*
+** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
+** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
+** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
+** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
+**
+** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
+** assumed that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
/*
-** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
-** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
+** b-tree within a database file.
**
-** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
-** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
-** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
-** functions need be called.
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
**
-** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
-** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
-** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
-** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
-** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
-** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
-** or using a temporary file otherwise.
+** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
+** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
+** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** found at self->pBt->mutex.
+**
+** skipNext meaning:
+** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0: Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op.
+** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0: Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op.
+** eState==FAULT: Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
- pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
-
- if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
- assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
- ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
- */
- if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
- rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
- }
-
- /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
- ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
- ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
- ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
- */
- rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
- }else{
- /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
- ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
- ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
- ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
- */
- rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- }
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
- **
- ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
- ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
- ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
- ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
- ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
- ** WAL mode.
- */
- pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
- pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
- pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
- pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- }
-
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- }
-
- PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- return rc;
-}
+struct BtCursor {
+ Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
+ BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
+ Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
+ CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+ i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
+ void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
+ Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
+ int nOvflAlloc; /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
+ int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
+ ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
+ u8 curFlags; /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
+ u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
+ u8 hints; /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
+ i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */
+ u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */
+ MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */
+};
/*
-** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
-** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
-** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
-** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
-** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
+** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags
*/
-static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
- void *pData = pPg->pData;
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
- ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
- ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
- */
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
- /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
- ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
- if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
- /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
- ** writable. But check anyway, just for robustness. */
- if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
-
- CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
-
- /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
- ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
- ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
- **
- ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
- ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
- ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
- ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
- */
- if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
- rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
- /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written
- ** to the journal then we can return right away.
- */
- sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
- if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
- assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- }else{
-
- /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
- ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to
- ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
- */
- if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
- if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- u32 cksum;
- char *pData2;
- i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
- /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
- ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
- ** that we do not. */
- assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
-
- assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
- CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
- cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
-
- /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
- ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
- ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
- ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
- ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
- ** then corruption may follow.
- */
- pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
- pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
- PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
- ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+#define BTCF_WriteFlag 0x01 /* True if a write cursor */
+#define BTCF_ValidNKey 0x02 /* True if info.nKey is valid */
+#define BTCF_ValidOvfl 0x04 /* True if aOverflow is valid */
+#define BTCF_AtLast 0x08 /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */
+#define BTCF_Incrblob 0x10 /* True if an incremental I/O handle */
- pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
- pPager->nRec++;
- assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
- pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
- }
- PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
- ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
- }
- }
-
- /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
- ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that
- ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
- ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
- */
- if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
- rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
- }
- }
+/*
+** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+**
+** CURSOR_INVALID:
+** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
+** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
+** called.
+**
+** CURSOR_VALID:
+** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+**
+** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT:
+** Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero
+** indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious()
+** operation should be a no-op.
+**
+** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
+** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
+** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
+** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
+** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
+** seek the cursor to the saved position.
+**
+** CURSOR_FAULT:
+** An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
+** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
+** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
+** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
+** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext
+*/
+#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
+#define CURSOR_VALID 1
+#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT 2
+#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3
+#define CURSOR_FAULT 4
- /* Update the database size and return.
- */
- if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
- pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
- }
- return rc;
-}
+/*
+** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
+*/
+# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
/*
-** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
-** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
-** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
-** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
+** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
+** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
+** page number to look up in the pointer map.
**
-** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
-** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
-** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
-** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
+** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
+** the offset of the requested map entry.
**
-** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
-** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
+** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
+** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
+** this test.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
+#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
+#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
- PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
+/*
+** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
+** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
+** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
+** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
+** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
+** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
+** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
+**
+** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
+** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
+** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
+** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+**
+** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
+** used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
+** is not used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
+** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
+** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
+** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
+** page in the overflow page list.
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
+** identifies the parent page in the btree.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
+#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
+#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
+** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+*/
+#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
- if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
- Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
- Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
- int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
- int ii; /* Loop counter */
- int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
- /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
- ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
- ** this function.
- */
- assert( !MEMDB );
- assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
- pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
+/*
+** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
+** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
+** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
+** So, this macro is defined instead.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
+#else
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
- /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
- ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
- ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
- */
- pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
- nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
- if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
- nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
- }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
- nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
- }else{
- nPage = nPagePerSector;
- }
- assert(nPage>0);
- assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
- assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
-
- for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
- Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
- PgHdr *pPage;
- if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
- if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_write(pPage);
- if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
- needSync = 1;
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
- }
- }
- }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
- if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
- needSync = 1;
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
- }
- }
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+**
+** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
+** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
+** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to
+** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which
+** indicate corruption).
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
+ Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+ u8 *aPgRef; /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
+ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
+ int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
+ int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+ const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */
+ int v1, v2; /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */
+ StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
+};
- /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
- ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
- ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
- ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
- ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
- assert( !MEMDB );
- for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
- PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
- if( pPage ){
- pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
+#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
+#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
- assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
- pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
- }else{
- rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
/*
-** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
-** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
-** to change the content of the page.
+** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
+** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
+** p->locked boolean to true.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
- return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
+static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->locked==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
+ p->locked = 1;
}
-#endif
/*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
-** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
-** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
-** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
-** content no longer matters.
-**
-** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
-** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
-** that it does not get written to disk.
-**
-** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
-** DELETE operations.
+** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
+** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
- PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
- IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
- pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
- pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
- }
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( p->locked==1 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ assert( p->db==pBt->db );
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked = 0;
}
+/* Forward reference */
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p);
+
/*
-** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
-** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
-** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
-** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
-**
-** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
-** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
-** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
-** unconditional update of the change counters.
+** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
-** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
-** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
-** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
-** transaction is committed.
+** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
+** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
+** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
+** of this interface is recursive.
**
-** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
-** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
-** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
-** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
-** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
+** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
+** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other
+** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
+** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on
+** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
+** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
+** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
-static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
- /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
- ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
- ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
- ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
- **
- ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
- ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
- ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
- ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-# define DIRECT_MODE 0
- assert( isDirectMode==0 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
-#else
-# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
-#endif
-
- if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
- PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+ /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees
+ ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
+ ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
+ ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
+ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
+ assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
+ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
+ assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
+ assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
- assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+ /* Check for locking consistency */
+ assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+ assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
- /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
- assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
- ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
- ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
- ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
- */
- if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
- }
+ /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
+ ** should already be set correctly. */
+ assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
- pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
+ if( !p->sharable ) return;
+ p->wantToLock++;
+ if( p->locked ) return;
+ btreeLockCarefully(p);
+}
- /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
- if( DIRECT_MODE ){
- const void *zBuf;
- assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
- CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
- }
- }else{
- pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
- }
- }
+/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving
+** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and
+** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes
+** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
+** in the common case.
+*/
+static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
+ Btree *pLater;
- /* Release the page reference. */
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+ /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
+ ** want without having to go through the ascending lock
+ ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
+ p->locked = 1;
+ return;
}
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
-** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
-**
-** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
-** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !pPager->noSync ){
- assert( !MEMDB );
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
- }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
- assert( !MEMDB );
- sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, (void *)&rc);
+ /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
+ ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire
+ ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
+ ** order.
+ */
+ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+ assert( pLater->sharable );
+ assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
+ assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
+ if( pLater->locked ){
+ unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+ }
+ }
+ lockBtreeMutex(p);
+ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+ if( pLater->wantToLock ){
+ lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+ }
}
- return rc;
}
+
/*
-** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
-** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
-** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
-**
-** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
-** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
-** returned.
+** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+ p->wantToLock--;
+ if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+ unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+ }
}
- return rc;
}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
-** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
-** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
-** journal (a single database transaction).
-**
-** This routine ensures that:
-**
-** * The database file change-counter is updated,
-** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
-** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
-** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
-** * the database file synced.
-**
-** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
-** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
-** delete the master journal file if specified).
-**
-** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
-** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
+** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
**
-** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
-** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
-** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
-** journal file in this case.
+** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
- Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
- const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
- int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
- );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
+}
+#endif
- /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
- if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
- PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
- pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
+** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
+** omitted if that module is not used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
- /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
- if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( MEMDB ){
- /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
- ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
- ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
- */
- sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
- }else{
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
- PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
- if( pList==0 ){
- /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
- ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
- pList = pPageOne;
- pList->pDirty = 0;
- }
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
- rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1,
- (pPager->fullSync ? pPager->syncFlags : 0)
- );
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
- }
- }else{
- /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
- ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
- ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
- ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
- **
- ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
- ** blocks of size page-size, and
- ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
- ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
- **
- ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
- ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
- ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
- ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
- ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
- ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
- ** mode.
- **
- ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
- ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
- ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
- ** created for this transaction.
- */
- #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- PgHdr *pPg;
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- );
- if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
- && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
- && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
- && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
- ){
- /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
- ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
- ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
- ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
- ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
- */
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
- }
- }
- #else
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
- #endif
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
- ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
- ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
- **
- ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
- ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
- ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
- ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
- ** reading data from the database file.
- */
- #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
- && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- ){
- Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */
- const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
- const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */
- pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
- for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
- if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
- PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
- }
- }
- pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
- ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
- ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
- */
- rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
- ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
- ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
- **
- ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
- ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
- ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
- ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
- ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
- ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
- */
- rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
- goto commit_phase_one_exit;
- }
- sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-
- /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
- ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
- */
- if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
- Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
- rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
- }
-
- /* Finally, sync the database file. */
- if( !noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
- }
- IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- }
+/*
+** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
+** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
+** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
+** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
+** reset out from under us.
+**
+** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+**
+** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
+** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
+** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
+** at the same instant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ Btree *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
}
-
-commit_phase_one_exit:
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ Btree *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
- return rc;
}
+/*
+** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if
+** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
+ return p->sharable;
+}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
-** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
-** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
-** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
-** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
-**
-** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
-** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
-** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
-** irrevocably committed.
+** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
+** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
**
-** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
-** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-
- /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
- ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
- ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
- if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
- || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
- );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
- /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
- ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
- ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
- **
- ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
- ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
- ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
- ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
- ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
- ** to drop any locks either.
- */
- if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- && pPager->exclusiveMode
- && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- ){
- assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
- pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p;
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p && p->sharable &&
+ (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
-** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
-** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
-** state if an error occurs.
-**
-** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
-** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
-**
-** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
-**
-** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
-** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
-** was opened, and
-**
-** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
-** rollback at any point in the future.
+** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
+** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema
+** access are:
**
-** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
-** rollback is successful.
+** (1) The mutex on db
+** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
**
-** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
-** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
-** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
-** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
+** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
+** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
+ Btree *p;
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
+ if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
+ p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
- /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
- ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
- ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
- */
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
- if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
+#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
+/*
+** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
+** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for
+** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
+** are null #defines in btree.h.
+**
+** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
+** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
+*/
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- int rc2;
- rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
- rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
- }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
- int eState = pPager->eState;
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
- if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
- /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
- ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
- ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
- */
- pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
- pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p ){
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
}
- }else{
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
}
-
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
-
- /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
- ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
- */
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
+#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
+** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+*/
/*
-** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
-** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->readOnly;
-}
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
/*
-** Return the number of references to the pager.
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
+** macro.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
- return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
-}
+#if 0
+int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
+# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
/*
-** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
-** used by the pager and its associated cache.
+** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
+** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
+**
+** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
+** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page
+** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
+** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
- int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
- + 5*sizeof(void*);
- return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
- + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
- + pPager->pageSize;
-}
+#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
/*
-** Return the number of references to the specified page.
+** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage()
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
- return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
-}
+#define BTALLOC_ANY 0 /* Allocate any page */
+#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1 /* Allocate exact page if possible */
+#define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not
+** defined, or 0 if it is. For example:
+**
+** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum);
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
- static int a[11];
- a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
- a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
- a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
- a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
- a[4] = pPager->eState;
- a[5] = pPager->errCode;
- a[6] = pPager->nHit;
- a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
- a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
- a[9] = pPager->nRead;
- a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
- return a;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr)
+#else
+#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
+** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
+** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds,
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
+** test builds.
+**
+** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
- return MEMDB;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#else
+static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
-** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
-** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
-** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
+** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
**
-** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
-** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
-** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
+** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
+** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */
-
- assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
- if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
- int ii; /* Iterator variable */
- PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
- /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
- ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
- */
- aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
- pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
- );
- if( !aNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
- pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
- /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
- for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
- aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
- aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
- }else{
- aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
- }
- aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
- aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
- if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
- }
- pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
- }
- assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
- assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ /*
+ ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
+ ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
+ ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
+ ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
+ ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
+ ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
+ ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
+ */
+ #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+ #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+ #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+ #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+ #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
+ #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
+#endif
- return rc;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
-** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
-** created savepoint.
+**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
**
-** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
-** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
-** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
-** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
+** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the
+** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
**
-** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
-** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
-** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
-** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
-** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
+** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via
+** Btree connection pBtree:
**
-** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
-** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
-** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
-** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
-** contents of the database to its original state.
+** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
**
-** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
-** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
-** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
+** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the
+** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
+** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
+** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
+** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
+** function has to search through the database schema.
**
-** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
-** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
-** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
- int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */
-
- assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
- assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
+** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
+** acceptable.
+*/
+static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
+ Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */
+ Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */
+ int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
+ int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
+){
+ Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
+ Pgno iTab = 0;
+ BtLock *pLock;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
- int ii; /* Iterator variable */
- int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
+ /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
+ ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
+ ** Return true immediately.
+ */
+ if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
+ || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
- /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
- ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
- ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
- */
- nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
- for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
- }
- pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
+ /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is
+ ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
+ ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true.
+ ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
+ */
+ if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
- /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
- ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
- if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
- if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
- /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
- if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- }
- pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+ /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
+ ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
+ ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
+ ** table. */
+ if( isIndex ){
+ HashElem *p;
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
+ if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
+ iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
}
}
- /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
- ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
- ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
- ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
- */
- else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
- rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
- assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
- }
+ }else{
+ iTab = iRoot;
}
- return rc;
-}
+ /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
+ ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
+ ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */
+ for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+ if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
+ && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
+ && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the database file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->zFilename;
+ /* Failed to find the required lock. */
+ return 0;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
+**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
+**
+** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
+** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
+** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
+**
+** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
+** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
+** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the
+** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
+** have a read cursor.
+**
+** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
+** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
+**
+** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->pVfs;
+static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
+ && p->pBtree!=pBtree
+ && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
+#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** Return the file handle for the database file associated
-** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
-** not yet been opened.
+** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
+** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
+** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->fd;
-}
+static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock *pIter;
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->zJournal;
-}
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
+ assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
+
+ /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
+ ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
+ ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
+ */
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+ /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+ if( !p->sharable ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
-/*
-** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE
-** if fsync()s are executed normally.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->noSync;
-}
+ /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
+ ** requested lock may not be obtained.
+ */
+ if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
- Pager *pPager,
- void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
- void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
- void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
- void *pCodec
-){
- if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
- pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
- pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
- pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
- pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
- pagerReportSize(pPager);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->pCodec;
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
+ ** statement is a simplification of:
+ **
+ ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
+ **
+ ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
+ ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
+ ** only be a single writer).
+ */
+ assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
+ if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
+ if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
+ assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
+ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
-**
-** There must be no references to the page previously located at
-** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
-** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
-** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
+** WRITE_LOCK.
**
-** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
-** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
-** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+** This function assumes the following:
**
-** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
-** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
-** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
-** transaction is active).
+** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
+** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
**
-** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
-** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
-** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
-** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
+** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
+** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
**
-** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
-** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
- PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */
- Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */
-
- assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- );
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock *pLock = 0;
+ BtLock *pIter;
- /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
- ** the page we are moving from.
- */
- if( MEMDB ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
- /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
- ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
- ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
- **
- ** BEGIN;
- ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
- ** SAVEPOINT one;
- ** <Move page X to location Y>
- ** ROLLBACK TO one;
- **
- ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
- ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
- ** statement were is processed.
- **
- ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
- ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
- ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
- */
- if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
- && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
- && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
- ){
- return rc;
- }
+ /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
+ ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
+ ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master
+ ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */
+ assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
- IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
+ /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
+ ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */
+ assert( p->sharable );
+ assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
- /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
- ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
- **
- ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
- ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
- ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
- */
- if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
- needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
- assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
- assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+ /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
+ pLock = pIter;
+ break;
+ }
}
- /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
- ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
- ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
- ** for the page moved there.
+ /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
+ ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
*/
- pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
- pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
- assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
- if( pPgOld ){
- pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
- if( MEMDB ){
- /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
- ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
- sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
- }else{
- sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+ if( !pLock ){
+ pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
+ if( !pLock ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ pLock->iTable = iTable;
+ pLock->pBtree = p;
+ pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
+ pBt->pLock = pLock;
}
- origPgno = pPg->pgno;
- sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
- sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-
- /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
- ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
- ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
+ /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
+ ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
+ ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
*/
- if( MEMDB ){
- assert( pPgOld );
- sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
+ assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
+ if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
+ pLock->eLock = eLock;
}
- if( needSyncPgno ){
- /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
- ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
- ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
- ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
- ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
- ** flag.
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
+** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
+**
+** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write
+** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
+** may be incorrectly cleared.
+*/
+static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+ assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+
+ while( *ppIter ){
+ BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
+ assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
+ assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
+ if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
+ *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
+ assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
+ if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
+ sqlite3_free(pLock);
+ }
+ }else{
+ ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter );
+ if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+ pBt->pWriter = 0;
+ pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+ }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
+ /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its
+ ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
+ ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
+ ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
+ ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0.
**
- ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
- ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
- ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
- ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
- ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
- ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
+ ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must
+ ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
*/
- PgHdr *pPgHdr;
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
- assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
- sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
- }
- return rc;
+ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
+*/
+static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+ BtLock *pLock;
+ pBt->pWriter = 0;
+ pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+ for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+ assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
+ pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
}
- pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
- sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
}
+}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
+
+/*
+***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
+**
+** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
+ return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
}
#endif
/*
-** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
+** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument.
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
- assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
- return pPg->pData;
-}
+#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl)
/*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
-** allocated along with the specified page.
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
- return pPg->pExtra;
+static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+ }
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
+** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
+** row or one of the rows being modified.
**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** locking-mode.
+** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
+** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
+** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
+**
+** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
+** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
+** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
- assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
- || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
- || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
- assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
- assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
- assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
- if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
- pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
+static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
+ Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */
+ i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */
+ int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */
+){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0
+ && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow)
+ ){
+ p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ }
}
- return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
}
+#else
+ /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */
+ #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
/*
-** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
+** page.
**
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
+** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
+** free-list leaf pages:
**
-** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
-** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
+** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
+** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
+** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
+** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
+** why bother journalling it?).
**
-** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
-** or _MEMORY.
+** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
+** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
+** be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
**
-** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
+** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
+** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
+** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
+** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
+** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
+** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
+** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
+** to restore the database to its original configuration.
**
-** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
+** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
+** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
+** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
+** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
+** at the end of every transaction.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
- u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
- ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
- print_pager_state(pPager);
-#endif
-
-
- /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
- assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
-
- /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
- ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
- ** to WAL mode.
- */
- assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
-
- /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
- ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
- */
- if( MEMDB ){
- assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
- if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
- eMode = eOld;
+static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+ assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
+ pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
+ if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
-
- if( eMode!=eOld ){
-
- /* Change the journal mode. */
- assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
- pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
-
- /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
- ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
- ** delete the journal file.
- */
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
- assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
-
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
-
- /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
- ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
- ** here is an optimization only.
- **
- ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
- ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
- ** while it is in use by some other client.
- */
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- }else{
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int state = pPager->eState;
- assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
- if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
- }
- if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
- pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
- }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
- pager_unlock(pPager);
- }
- assert( state==pPager->eState );
- }
- }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
}
-
- /* Return the new journal mode */
- return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the current journal mode.
+** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+**
+** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
+** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
+** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
- return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
+ return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
-** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
-** is unmodified.
+** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
+** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
- if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
- return 1;
+static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
+ pBt->pHasContent = 0;
}
/*
-** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
-**
-** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
-** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
+** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
- if( iLimit>=-1 ){
- pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
- sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
+static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
}
- return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
+ pCur->iPage = -1;
}
+
/*
-** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
-** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
-** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
-** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
+** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+**
+** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
+** prior to calling this routine.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
- return &pPager->pBackup;
+static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
+ assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */
+
+ /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
+ ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
+ ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
+ ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key
+ ** data.
+ */
+ if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+ void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey );
+ if( pKey ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->pKey = pKey;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(pKey);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur);
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+ }
+
+ invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Forward reference */
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
+
/*
-** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
-** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
-** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
+** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
+** the table with root-page iRoot. "Saving the cursor position" means that
+** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be
+** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified. This
+** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
+** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+** Implementation note: This routine merely checks to see if any cursors
+** need to be saved. It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual)
+** event that cursors are in need to being saved.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPager->pWal ){
- rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
- pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
- pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
- pnLog, pnCkpt
- );
+static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break;
}
- return rc;
+ return p ? saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept) : SQLITE_OK;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
- return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
+/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
+** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
+** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
+** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(
+ BtCursor *p, /* The first cursor that needs saving */
+ Pgno iRoot, /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */
+ BtCursor *pExcept /* Do not save this cursor */
+){
+ do{
+ if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
+ if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+ int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ testcase( p->iPage>0 );
+ btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
+ }
+ }
+ p = p->pNext;
+ }while( p );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
-** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
+** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
- const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
- return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+ pCur->pKey = 0;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
}
/*
-** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
-** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
+** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
+** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the
+** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
*/
-static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
- int rc; /* Return code */
+static int btreeMoveto(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
+ const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
+ i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */
+ int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */
+ int *pRes /* Write search results here */
+){
+ int rc; /* Status code */
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */
+ char aSpace[200]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
+ char *pFree = 0;
- assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
- ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
- pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( pKey ){
+ assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
+ pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+ pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree
+ );
+ if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey);
+ if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pIdxKey = 0;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
+ if( pFree ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
}
-
return rc;
}
/*
-** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
-** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
-** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
-** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
+** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
+** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
+** saveCursorPosition().
*/
-static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
- assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock);
-
- /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
- ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
- ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
- ** file, to make sure this is safe.
- */
- if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int rc;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+ return pCur->skipNext;
}
-
- /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
- ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
- */
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
- pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
- pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
- );
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+ pCur->pKey = 0;
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+ if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
+ }
}
-
return rc;
}
+#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
+ (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
+ btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
+ SQLITE_OK)
/*
-** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
-** this function.
+** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
+** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
+** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out
+** from under them, for example. Cursor might also move if a btree
+** is rebalanced.
**
-** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
-** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
-** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
-** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
-** not modified in either case.
+** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
**
-** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
-** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
-** without doing anything.
+** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
+** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
- Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
- int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-
- assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen );
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
- assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
- assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
-
- if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
- if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-
- /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-
- rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
- pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
- }
- }else{
- *pbOpen = 1;
- }
-
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
+ return pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID;
}
/*
-** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
-** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
+** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
+** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
+** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).
**
-** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
-** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
-** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
-** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
+** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
+** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
+** nearby row.
+**
+** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
+** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){
+ int rc;
- /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
- ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
- ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
- */
- if( !pPager->pWal ){
- int logexists = 0;
- rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
- pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
- );
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
- rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
- }
+ assert( pCur!=0 );
+ assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc ){
+ *pDifferentRow = 1;
+ return rc;
}
-
- /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
- ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
- rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
- pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
- pPager->pWal = 0;
- }
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
+ *pDifferentRow = 1;
+ }else{
+ *pDifferentRow = 0;
}
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
-** into the log file.
+** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
+** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
+** input page number.
**
-** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
-** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
+** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
+** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic
+** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
- void *aData = 0;
- CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
- return aData;
+static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ int nPagesPerMapPage;
+ Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
+ nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
+ iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
+ ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
+ if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ ret++;
+ }
+ return ret;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
-/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/
/*
-** 2010 February 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in
-** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
-**
-** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
-**
-** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
-** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
-** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing
-** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that
-** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record
-** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is
-** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
-** "checkpoint".
-**
-** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the
-** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
-** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning
-** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
-** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
-** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
-**
-** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
-** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
-**
-** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
-** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000
-** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024
-** 12: Checkpoint sequence number
-** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
-** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
-** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
-** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
-**
-** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
-** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
-** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned
-** integer values, as follows:
-**
-** 0: Page number.
-** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
-** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
-** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
-** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
-** 16: Checksum-1.
-** 20: Checksum-2.
-**
-** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
-** true:
-**
-** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
-** salt values in the wal-header
-**
-** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
-** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
-** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
-** up to and including the current frame.
-**
-** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
-** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
-** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
-** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
-** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
-** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
-** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The
-** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
-**
-** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
-** s0 += x[i] + s1;
-** s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
-** endfor
-**
-** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
-** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
-** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit
-** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
-**
-** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
-** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
-** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
-** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
-** xSync begins.
-**
-** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
-** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
-** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
-** following a crash.
-**
-** READER ALGORITHM
-**
-** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
-** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the
-** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
-** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL
-** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
-** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
-** the database file.
-**
-** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
-** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
-** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended
-** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
-** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
-** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows
-** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
-** content simultaneously.
-**
-** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but
-** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
-** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the
-** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
-** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate
-** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
-** search for frames of a particular page.
-**
-** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
-**
-** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
-** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because
-** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL
-** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to
-** share memory.
-**
-** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
-** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required
-** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
-** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can
-** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
-** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
-** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
-** byte order of the host computer.
-**
-** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given
-** a page number P, return the index of the last frame for page P in the WAL,
-** or return NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL.
-**
-** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
-** more index blocks.
-**
-** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
-** in the the mxFrame field.
-**
-** Each index block except for the first contains information on
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
-** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
-** wal-index.
-**
-** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
-** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table
-** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
-** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
-** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the
-** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
-** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
-** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
-** the log, and so on.
-**
-** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
-** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
-** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
-** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
-** contains unused entries.
-**
-** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
-** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
-** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
-** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
-** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
-** holding the content for that page.
-**
-** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
-** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
-** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash
-** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions
-** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an
-** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
-** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
-** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will
-** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
-** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table
-** contain a value of 0.
-**
-** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
-** P as follows:
-**
-** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
-**
-** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
-** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
-** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
-** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
-** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
-** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let
-** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
-** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
-** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
-** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
-** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references
-** page P.
-**
-** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
-** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On
-** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
-** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
-** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block
-** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient
-** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10
-** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
-** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This
-** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
+** Write an entry into the pointer map.
**
-** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one
-** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
-** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
-** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
-** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
-** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with
-** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
-** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
-** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
-** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the
-** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
-** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.
+** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
+** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
**
-** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
-** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
-** from the hash table at this point.
+** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
+** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
+** into *pRC.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
+ u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */
+ Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */
+ int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */
+ int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */
+ if( *pRC ) return;
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
-# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define WALTRACE(X)
-#endif
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+ assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+ if( key==0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return;
+ }
+ iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+ if( offset<0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto ptrmap_exit;
+ }
+ assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+ pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+ if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
+ TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
+ *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
+ put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+ }
+ }
+
+ptrmap_exit:
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+}
/*
-** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
-** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
-**
-** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
-** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
-** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+** Read an entry from the pointer map.
**
-** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the
-** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
-** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
-** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
+** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
-#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000
-#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
+ int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */
+ u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */
+ int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
+ int rc;
-/*
-** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number
-** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.
-*/
-#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0
-#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1
-#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1
-#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2
-#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I))
-#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+ offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+ if( offset<0 ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+ assert( pEType!=0 );
+ *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
+ if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
-/* Object declarations */
-typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
-typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
-typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+ #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
+ #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+ #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
+#endif
/*
-** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
-**
-** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
-** object.
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
**
-** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
-** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was
-** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
*/
-struct WalIndexHdr {
- u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */
- u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */
- u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */
- u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */
- u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
- u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
- u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
- u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */
- u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */
- u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
- u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */
-};
+#define findCell(P,I) \
+ ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
+#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I)))))
+
/*
-** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
-** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores
-** information used by checkpoint.
-**
-** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
-** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
-** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than
-** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads
-** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
-** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
-** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
-**
-** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader
-** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
-** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
-** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is
-** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
-** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
-** directly from the database.
-**
-** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
-** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of
-** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
-** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
-**
-** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
-** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
-** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
-** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
-** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the
-** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
-** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
-** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
-** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore
-** the WAL.
-**
-** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However,
-** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
-** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
-** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
-** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
-** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
-**
-** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
-** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.
*/
-struct WalCkptInfo {
- u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
- u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */
-};
-#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff
-
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+ int i;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+ int k;
+ k = pPage->aiOvfl[i];
+ if( k<=iCell ){
+ if( k==iCell ){
+ return pPage->apOvfl[i];
+ }
+ iCell--;
+ }
+ }
+ return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
-/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
-** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
-** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
-** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There
+** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a
+** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr()
+** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
*/
-#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
-#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16
-#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED)
-
-/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
-#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
+static void btreeParseCellPtr(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
+ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+ u8 *pIter; /* For scanning through pCell */
+ u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
-/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
-#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+ if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
+ assert( pPage->childPtrSize==0 );
+ pIter = pCell + getVarint32(pCell, nPayload);
+ pIter += getVarint(pIter, (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+ }else if( pPage->noPayload ){
+ assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
+ pInfo->nSize = 4 + getVarint(&pCell[4], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+ pInfo->nPayload = 0;
+ pInfo->nLocal = 0;
+ pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+ pInfo->pPayload = 0;
+ return;
+ }else{
+ pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize;
+ pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload);
+ pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+ }
+ pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+ pInfo->pPayload = pIter;
+ testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
+ testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+ if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+ /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+ ** on the local page. No overflow is required.
+ */
+ pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
+ if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+ pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+ ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+ ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+ ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+ ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+ **
+ ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+ ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+ */
+ int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+ int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+ int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
-/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
-** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
-** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
-**
-** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
-** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit
-** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting
-** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
-*/
-#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
+ minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+ maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+ surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+ testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
+ testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
+ if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
+ }
+ pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(&pInfo->pPayload[pInfo->nLocal] - pCell);
+ pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+ }
+}
+static void btreeParseCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
+ int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */
+ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
+}
/*
-** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file,
-** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
-** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
*/
-#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \
- WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \
-)
+static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+ u8 *pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */
+ u8 *pEnd; /* End mark for a varint */
+ u32 nSize; /* Size value to return */
-/*
-** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
-** following object.
-*/
-struct Wal {
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
- sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */
- sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */
- u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
- i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
- int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */
- volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
- u32 szPage; /* Database page size */
- i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */
- u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
- u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */
- u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
- u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
- WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
- const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */
- u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */
+ /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
+ ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
+ ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
+ ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
+ CellInfo debuginfo;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
#endif
-};
-/*
-** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
-*/
-#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0
-#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1
-#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
+ if( pPage->noPayload ){
+ pEnd = &pIter[9];
+ while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+ assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
+ return (u16)(pIter - pCell);
+ }
+ nSize = *pIter;
+ if( nSize>=0x80 ){
+ pEnd = &pIter[9];
+ nSize &= 0x7f;
+ do{
+ nSize = (nSize<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
+ }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+ }
+ pIter++;
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
+ ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
+ ** past the end of the key value. */
+ pEnd = &pIter[9];
+ while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+ }
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+ if( nSize<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+ nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
+ if( nSize<4 ) nSize = 4;
+ }else{
+ int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+ nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+ if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+ nSize = minLocal;
+ }
+ nSize += 4 + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
+ }
+ assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize || CORRUPT_DB );
+ return (u16)nSize;
+}
-/*
-** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
-*/
-#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */
-#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */
-#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
+** only. */
+static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+ return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
+}
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
-** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
+** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
*/
-typedef u16 ht_slot;
+static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
+ CellInfo info;
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ assert( pCell!=0 );
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ if( info.iOverflow ){
+ Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+ ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
+ }
+}
+#endif
-/*
-** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
-** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
-** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the
-** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
-** the largest index).
-**
-** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
-**
-** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
-** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
-** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
-**
-** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
-*/
-struct WalIterator {
- int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */
- int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
- struct WalSegment {
- int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
- ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
- u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */
- int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
- int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
- } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
-};
/*
-** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
-** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
-** wal-index.
-**
-** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
-** create incompatibilities.
+** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the
+** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
+** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
+** pointer array and the cell content area.
*/
-#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */
-#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */
-#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int pc; /* Address of the i-th cell */
+ int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */
+ int size; /* Size of a cell */
+ int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+ int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+ int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */
+ int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */
+ unsigned char *data; /* The page data */
+ unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */
+ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */
+ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */
-/*
-** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
-** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
-** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
-*/
-#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
-/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
-#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \
- sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
-)
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
+ assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+ usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+ cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
+ cbrk = usableSize;
+ iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
+ iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */
+ pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+ pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+ testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+ testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+ /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
+ ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined
+ */
+ if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+#endif
+ assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
+ size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+ cbrk -= size;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+ if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+#else
+ if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+#endif
+ assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+ testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
+ testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
+ memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
+ put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
+ }
+ assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
+ data[hdr+1] = 0;
+ data[hdr+2] = 0;
+ data[hdr+7] = 0;
+ memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
-** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
-** numbered from zero.
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
+** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
+** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
+** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
**
-** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
-** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
-** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
+** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
+** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
+** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using
+** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
+** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
+** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
-static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
+ const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
+ u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
+ int top; /* First byte of cell content area */
+ int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
+ int rc; /* Integer return code */
+ int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
+
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->pBt );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+ assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+ usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+ assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );
- /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
- if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
- int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
- volatile u32 **apNew;
- apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
- if( !apNew ){
- *ppPage = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
+ gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+ assert( gap<=65536 );
+ top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ if( gap>top ){
+ if( top==0 ){
+ top = 65536;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
- sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
- pWal->apWiData = apNew;
- pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
}
- /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
- if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
- pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
- if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ,
- pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
- pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer
+ ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the
+ ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request.
+ */
+ testcase( gap+2==top );
+ testcase( gap+1==top );
+ testcase( gap==top );
+ if( gap+2<=top && (data[hdr+1] || data[hdr+2]) ){
+ int pc, addr;
+ for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
+ int size; /* Size of the free slot */
+ if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+ if( size>=nByte ){
+ int x = size - nByte;
+ testcase( x==4 );
+ testcase( x==3 );
+ if( x<4 ){
+ if( data[hdr+7]>=60 ) goto defragment_page;
+ /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
+ ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
+ memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+ data[hdr+7] += (u8)x;
+ }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
+ ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
+ put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
+ }
+ *pIdx = pc + x;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
}
- *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
- assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- return rc;
-}
+ /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot. Check
+ ** to see if defragmentation is necessary.
+ */
+ testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
+ if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
+defragment_page:
+ testcase( pPage->nCell==0 );
+ rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ assert( gap+nByte<=top );
+ }
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
-*/
-static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
- assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
- return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
-}
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
-*/
-static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
- assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
- return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
+ /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+ ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already
+ ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there
+ ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
+ ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
+ */
+ top -= nByte;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+ assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ *pIdx = top;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
-** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
-** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
-** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes
-** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
-*/
-#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
- (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \
- + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
-)
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart]
+** and the size of the block is iSize bytes.
+**
+** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced.
+**
+** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
+** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks. Nor
+** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes
+** at the end of the page. So do additional corruption checks inside this
+** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found.
+*/
+static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){
+ u16 iPtr; /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */
+ u16 iFreeBlk; /* Address of the next freeblock */
+ u8 hdr; /* Page header size. 0 or 100 */
+ u8 nFrag = 0; /* Reduction in fragmentation */
+ u16 iOrigSize = iSize; /* Original value of iSize */
+ u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
+ u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize; /* First byte past the iStart buffer */
+ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; /* Page content */
-/*
-** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in
-** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
-** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
-**
-** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
-**
-** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
-*/
-static void walChecksumBytes(
- int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
- u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */
- int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */
- const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */
- u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
-){
- u32 s1, s2;
- u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
- u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
+ assert( iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+ assert( iStart<=iLast );
- if( aIn ){
- s1 = aIn[0];
- s2 = aIn[1];
- }else{
- s1 = s2 = 0;
+ /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
+ ** option is enabled */
+ if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+ memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize);
}
- assert( nByte>=8 );
- assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
-
- if( nativeCksum ){
- do {
- s1 += *aData++ + s2;
- s2 += *aData++ + s1;
- }while( aData<aEnd );
+ /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the
+ ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
+ */
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ iPtr = hdr + 1;
+ if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){
+ iFreeBlk = 0; /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */
}else{
- do {
- s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
- s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
- aData += 2;
- }while( aData<aEnd );
- }
-
- aOut[0] = s1;
- aOut[1] = s2;
-}
-
-static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
- sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
+ while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))>0 && iFreeBlk<iStart ){
+ if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ iPtr = iFreeBlk;
+ }
+ if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
+
+ /* At this point:
+ ** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
+ ** iPtr: The address of a pointer iFreeBlk
+ **
+ ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart.
+ */
+ if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){
+ nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
+ if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
+ iSize = iEnd - iStart;
+ iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
+ }
+
+ /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist
+ ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be
+ ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr.
+ */
+ if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){
+ int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]);
+ if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){
+ if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd;
+ iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
+ iStart = iPtr;
+ }
+ }
+ if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
+ }
+ if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){
+ /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
+ ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
+ ** freelist entry */
+ if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
+ }else{
+ /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */
+ put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart);
+ put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk);
+ put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize);
}
+ pPage->nFree += iOrigSize;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**
-** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
+** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different
+** indicates a corrupt database files:
+**
+** PTF_ZERODATA
+** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
+** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
+** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
*/
-static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
- volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
- const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
+static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+ BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
- assert( pWal->writeLock );
- pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
- pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
- walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
- memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
- walShmBarrier(pWal);
- memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
+ flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
+ pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
+ pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
+ pPage->intKey = 1;
+ pPage->intKeyLeaf = pPage->leaf;
+ pPage->noPayload = !pPage->leaf;
+ pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+ pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+ }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
+ pPage->intKey = 0;
+ pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0;
+ pPage->noPayload = 0;
+ pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+ pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
-** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of
-** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
**
-** 0: Page number.
-** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
-** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
-** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
-** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
-** 16: Checksum-1.
-** 20: Checksum-2.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
*/
-static void walEncodeFrame(
- Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */
- u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */
- u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
- u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */
- u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
-){
- int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */
- u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
- assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
- memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
- nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
- walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
- walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
-}
+ if( !pPage->isInit ){
+ u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+ u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+ u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */
+ int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+ u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+ int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+ int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */
+ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
+ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
-/*
-** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
-** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
-** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid.
-*/
-static int walDecodeFrame(
- Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */
- u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
- u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
- u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
- u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */
-){
- int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */
- u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
- u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */
- assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+ pBt = pPage->pBt;
- /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
- ** match the salt values in the wal-header.
- */
- if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
- return 0;
- }
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+ pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+ pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+ pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
+ pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];
+ top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+ if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+ /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
- /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
- */
- pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
- if( pgno==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
+ /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
+ ** of page when parsing a cell.
+ **
+ ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
+ ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be
+ ** returned if it does.
+ */
+ iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+ iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+ {
+ int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */
+ int sz; /* Size of a cell */
- /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
- ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header,
- ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8
- ** bytes of this frame-header.
- */
- nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
- walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
- walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
- if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16])
- || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20])
- ){
- /* Checksum failed. */
- return 0;
+ if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
+ for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+ pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
+ testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+ testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+ if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+ testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
+ if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ }
+ if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+ pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+ nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
+ while( pc>0 ){
+ u16 next, size;
+ if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+ /* Start of free block is off the page */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+ size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+ if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
+ /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
+ ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ nFree = nFree + size;
+ pc = next;
+ }
+
+ /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
+ ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
+ ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
+ ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
+ ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
+ ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
+ */
+ if( nFree>usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
+ pPage->isInit = 1;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number
- ** and the new database size.
- */
- *piPage = pgno;
- *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
- return 1;
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ u16 first;
+
+ assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+ memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+ }
+ data[hdr] = (char)flags;
+ first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8);
+ memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+ data[hdr+7] = 0;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+ pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
+ decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+ pPage->cellOffset = first;
+ pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize];
+ pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first];
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+ pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+ pPage->nCell = 0;
+ pPage->isInit = 1;
}
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
-** a part of an ordinary build.
+** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
+** the btree layer.
*/
-static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
- if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
- return "WRITE-LOCK";
- }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
- return "CKPT-LOCK";
- }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
- return "RECOVER-LOCK";
- }else{
- static char zName[15];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
- lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
- return zName;
- }
+static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
+ MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+ pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+ pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
+ pPage->pBt = pBt;
+ pPage->pgno = pgno;
+ pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+ return pPage;
}
-#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-
/*
-** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive.
-** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
-** through the unlocked state first.
+** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
**
-** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
+** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
+** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk
+** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
+** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
+** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
+** read should occur at that point.
*/
-static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
- int rc;
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
- rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
- SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
- walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
- return rc;
-}
-static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
- (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
- SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
-}
-static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+static int btreeGetPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */
+ int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
+){
int rc;
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
- rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
- SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
- walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
- return rc;
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
+
+ assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
- (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
- SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
- walLockName(lockIdx), n));
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
+** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+ if( pDbPage ){
+ return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land
-** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances
-** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
+** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
+** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
*/
-static int walHash(u32 iPage){
- assert( iPage>0 );
- assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
- return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
+ return pBt->nPage;
}
-static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
- return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
+ return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}
-/*
-** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
-** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
-** numbered starting from 0.
-**
-** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
-** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame
-** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
-** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
-** (*piZero+N) in the log.
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a
+** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and
+** btreeInitPage().
**
-** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
-** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
+** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
+** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
*/
-static int walHashGet(
- Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */
- int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */
- volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
- volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
- u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
+static int getAndInitPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */
+ int bReadonly /* PAGER_GET_READONLY or 0 */
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- volatile u32 *aPgno;
-
- rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u32 iZero;
- volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+ int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( bReadonly==PAGER_GET_READONLY || bReadonly==0 );
- aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
- if( iHash==0 ){
- aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
- iZero = 0;
- }else{
- iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
- }
-
- *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
- *paHash = aHash;
- *piZero = iZero;
+ if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, bReadonly);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
+ rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
+ }
+ }
}
+
+ testcase( pgno==0 );
+ assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
-** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
-** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
-** are numbered starting from 0.
+** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior
+** call to btreeGetPage.
*/
-static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
- int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
- assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
- && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
- && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
- && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
- && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
- );
- return iHash;
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+ if( pPage ){
+ assert( pPage->aData );
+ assert( pPage->pBt );
+ assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }
}
/*
-** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
*/
-static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
- int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
- if( iHash==0 ){
- return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
+static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
+ if( pPage->isInit ){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
+ /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page
+ ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following
+ ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
+ ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that
+ ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
+ ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
+ btreeInitPage(pPage);
+ }
}
- return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
}
/*
-** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
-** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+*/
+static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
+ BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
+ assert( pBt->db );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
+ return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+**
+** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
+** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might
+** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
+** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted
+** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
**
-** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
-** to a rollback or savepoint.
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
+** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
**
-** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
-** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
-** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
-** actually needed.
+** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like
+** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY.
+**
+** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
+** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared
+** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
+** to problems with locking.
*/
-static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
- volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
- volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */
- u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
- int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */
- int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
- int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
-
- assert( pWal->writeLock );
- testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
- testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
- testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */
+ Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+ int flags, /* Options */
+ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+){
+ BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */
+ Btree *p; /* Handle to return */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */
+ u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */
+ unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */
- if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
+ /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
+ const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
- /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing
- ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
- ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
+ /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
+ ** false for a file-based database.
*/
- assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
- assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
- walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ const int isMemdb = 0;
+#else
+ const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
+ || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db))
+ || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
+#endif
- /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
- ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
- */
- iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
- assert( iLimit>0 );
- for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
- if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
- aHash[i] = 0;
- }
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ assert( pVfs!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */
+
+ /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
+ assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
+
+ /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
+ assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
+
+ if( isMemdb ){
+ flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
}
-
- /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
- ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
- */
- nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
- memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
+ if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
+ vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+ }
+ p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ p->db = db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ p->lock.pBtree = p;
+ p->lock.iTable = 1;
+#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
- /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
- ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /*
+ ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
+ ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
*/
- if( iLimit ){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int iKey; /* Hash key */
- for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){
- for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
- if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+ if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){
+ if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
+ int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+ p->sharable = 1;
+ if( !zFullPathname ){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+ if( isMemdb ){
+ memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename,
+ nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
+ mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+#endif
+ for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
+ assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
+ if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0))
+ && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
+ int iDb;
+ for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
+ Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+ if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ }
+ }
+ p->pBt = pBt;
+ pBt->nRef++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ else{
+ /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
+ ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and
+ ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
+ ** statements to find locking problems.
+ */
+ p->sharable = 1;
+ }
+#endif
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
-** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
-*/
-static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
- volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */
- volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */
-
- rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-
- /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
- ** page number array and hash table entry.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int iKey; /* Hash table key */
- int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
- int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */
-
- idx = iFrame - iZero;
- assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
-
- /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
- ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding.
+#endif
+ if( pBt==0 ){
+ /*
+ ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+ ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result
+ ** when compiling on a different architecture.
*/
- if( idx==1 ){
- int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
- memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
+ assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+ assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+
+ pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
+ if( pBt==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto btree_open_out;
}
-
- /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
- ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
- ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory).
- ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from
- ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
- */
- if( aPgno[idx] ){
- walCleanupHash(pWal);
- assert( !aPgno[idx] );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
+ EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
}
-
- /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
- nCollide = idx;
- for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
- if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto btree_open_out;
}
- aPgno[idx] = iPage;
- aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
- /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
- ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
- */
- {
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */
- for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
- assert( nEntry==idx );
+ pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
+ pBt->db = db;
+ sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
+ p->pBt = pBt;
+
+ pBt->pCursor = 0;
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+#endif
+ pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
+ if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
+ pBt->pageSize = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
+ ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
+ ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
+ ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
+ ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
+ */
+ if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+#endif
+ nReserve = 0;
+ }else{
+ nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
}
-
- /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
- ** via the hash table. This turns out to be a really, really expensive
- ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
- ** iteration.
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+ if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
+ pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+ assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
*/
- if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
- for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
- if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+ pBt->nRef = 1;
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);)
+ if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
+ goto btree_open_out;
}
- assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+ pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+#endif
}
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file.
-**
-** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
-** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
-** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running. The
-** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
-** that this thread is running recovery. If unable to establish
-** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
-*/
-static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */
- u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
- int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
- int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */
-
- /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
- ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
- ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
- ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
- ** this function returns.
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
+ ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
+ ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
*/
- assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
- assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
- assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
- assert( pWal->writeLock );
- iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
- nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ int i;
+ Btree *pSib;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
+ while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
+ if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
+ p->pNext = pSib;
+ p->pPrev = 0;
+ pSib->pPrev = p;
+ }else{
+ while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
+ pSib = pSib->pNext;
+ }
+ p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
+ p->pPrev = pSib;
+ if( p->pNext ){
+ p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+ }
+ pSib->pNext = p;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
-
- memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+#endif
+ *ppBtree = p;
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
+btree_open_out:
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto recovery_error;
- }
-
- if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
- u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
- u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
- int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
- u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
- int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */
- i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */
- int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */
- u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
- u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
-
- /* Read in the WAL header. */
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto recovery_error;
- }
-
- /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
- ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid
- ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
- ** WAL file.
- */
- magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
- szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
- if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC
- || szPage&(szPage-1)
- || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || szPage<512
- ){
- goto finished;
- }
- pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
- pWal->szPage = szPage;
- pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
- memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
-
- /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
- walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN,
- aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
- );
- if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
- || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
- ){
- goto finished;
- }
-
- /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
- ** are able to understand */
- version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
- if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
- goto finished;
- }
-
- /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
- szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
- aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame);
- if( !aFrame ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto recovery_error;
+ if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
+ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
}
- aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
-
- /* Read all frames from the log file. */
- iFrame = 0;
- for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
- u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */
- u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */
- int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */
+ sqlite3_free(pBt);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ *ppBtree = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
+ ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
+ ** do not change the pager-cache size.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
+ sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ if( mutexOpen ){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
- if( !isValid ) break;
- rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, ++iFrame, pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+/*
+** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero,
+** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return
+** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
+** false if it is still positive.
+*/
+static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )
+ BtShared *pList;
+ int removed = 0;
- /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
- if( nTruncate ){
- pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
- pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
- pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
- testcase( szPage<=32768 );
- testcase( szPage>=65536 );
- aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
- aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ pBt->nRef--;
+ if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
+ if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
+ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+ }else{
+ pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+ while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
+ pList=pList->pNext;
+ }
+ if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+ pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
}
}
-
- sqlite3_free(aFrame);
+ if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+ }
+ removed = 1;
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ return removed;
+#else
+ return 1;
+#endif
+}
-finished:
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
- int i;
- pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
- pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
- walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-
- /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is
- ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
- ** checkpointers.
- */
- pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
- pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
- pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
- for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+/*
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
+** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child
+** pointer.
+*/
+static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+ if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+ pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
- /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
- ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
- ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
- ** checkpointing the log file.
+ /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before
+ ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If
+ ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes
+ ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which
+ ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
+ ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
+ ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
+ ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized
+ ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
+ ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.
+ **
+ ** Also: Provide four bytes of initialized space before the
+ ** beginning of pTmpSpace as an area available to prepend the
+ ** left-child pointer to the beginning of a cell.
*/
- if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "Recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
- pWal->hdr.nPage, pWal->zWalName
- );
+ if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+ memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 8);
+ pBt->pTmpSpace += 4;
}
}
-
-recovery_error:
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Close an open wal-index.
+** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
*/
-static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
- sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
- pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
+static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+ if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+ pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4;
+ sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace);
+ pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
}
}
-/*
-** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
-** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
-** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
-**
-** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
-** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
-** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
-** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
-** system would be badly broken.
-**
-** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
-** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
-** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
- sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */
- const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */
- int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
- i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
- Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
-){
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */
- int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtCursor *pCur;
- assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
- assert( pDbFd );
+ /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pCur = pBt->pCursor;
+ while( pCur ){
+ BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
+ pCur = pCur->pNext;
+ if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+ }
+ }
- /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
- ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
- ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
+ /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
+ ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
+ ** this handle.
*/
-#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
- assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
-#endif
-#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
- assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
-#endif
-
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
- *ppWal = 0;
- pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
- if( !pRet ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
+ ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
+ ** up the shared-btree.
+ */
+ assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
+ if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
+ /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
+ ** it without having to hold the mutex.
+ **
+ ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+ */
+ assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+ if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
+ pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ sqlite3_free(pBt);
}
- pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
- pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
- pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
- pRet->readLock = -1;
- pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
- pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
- pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
+ assert( p->locked==0 );
+ if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+ if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+#endif
- /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
- flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
- pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
- }
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
- sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
- sqlite3_free(pRet);
- }else{
- *ppWal = pRet;
- WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
- }
- return rc;
+/*
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/*
-** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
+** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be
+** memory mapped.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
- if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
/*
-** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
-** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
-** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where
-** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page
-** number.
-**
-** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
-** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
*/
-static int walIteratorNext(
- WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */
- u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
- u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */
+ unsigned pgFlags /* Various PAGER_* flags */
){
- u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
- u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
- int i; /* For looping through segments */
-
- iMin = p->iPrior;
- assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
- for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
- struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
- while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
- u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
- if( iPg>iMin ){
- if( iPg<iRet ){
- iRet = iPg;
- *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
- }
- break;
- }
- pSegment->iNext++;
- }
- }
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
- *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
- return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other
+** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
-**
-** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is
-** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following
-** is guaranteed for all J<K:
-**
-** aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
-** aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
+** without changing anything.
**
-** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
-** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
-** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
-** above is still met.
+** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
+** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
+** changed.
**
-** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X. And the
-** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too. But there might be
-** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
+** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
+** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
+** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
+** at the beginning of a page.
**
-** aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y] && aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
+** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
+** bytes per page is left unchanged.
**
-** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
+** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size
+** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
*/
-static void walMerge(
- const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
- ht_slot *aLeft, /* IN: Left hand input list */
- int nLeft, /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
- ht_slot **paRight, /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
- int *pnRight, /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
- ht_slot *aTmp /* Temporary buffer */
-){
- int iLeft = 0; /* Current index in aLeft */
- int iRight = 0; /* Current index in aRight */
- int iOut = 0; /* Current index in output buffer */
- int nRight = *pnRight;
- ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
-
- assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
- while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
- ht_slot logpage;
- Pgno dbpage;
-
- if( (iLeft<nLeft)
- && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
- ){
- logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
- }else{
- logpage = aRight[iRight++];
- }
- dbpage = aContent[logpage];
-
- aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
- if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
-
- assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
- assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+ if( nReserve<0 ){
+ nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
}
+ assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
+ if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
+ ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
+ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+ assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
+ pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+ pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
+ if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
- *paRight = aLeft;
- *pnRight = iOut;
- memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
+ return p->pBt->pageSize;
}
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
-** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
-** larger aList[] values.
-**
-** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in
-** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
-**
-** aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
-**
-** For any X and Y such that
-**
-** aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
+** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
+** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
+** held.
**
-** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
-** the smaller.
+** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
+** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the
+** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
+** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
+** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
*/
-static void walMergesort(
- const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal */
- ht_slot *aBuffer, /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
- ht_slot *aList, /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
- int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
-){
- struct Sublist {
- int nList; /* Number of elements in aList */
- ht_slot *aList; /* Pointer to sub-list content */
- };
-
- const int nList = *pnList; /* Size of input list */
- int nMerge = 0; /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
- ht_slot *aMerge = 0; /* List to be merged */
- int iList; /* Index into input list */
- int iSub = 0; /* Index into aSub array */
- struct Sublist aSub[13]; /* Array of sub-lists */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+ return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_DEBUG */
- memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
- assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
- assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
+** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is
+** sometimes used by extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
+ int n;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return n;
+}
- for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
- nMerge = 1;
- aMerge = &aList[iList];
- for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
- struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
- assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
- assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
- walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
- }
- aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
- aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
- }
+/*
+** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
+** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
+** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+ int n;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return n;
+}
- for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
- if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
- struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
- assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
- assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
- walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
- }
- }
- assert( aMerge==aList );
- *pnList = nMerge;
+/*
+** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1,
+** then make no changes. Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE
+** setting after the change.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
+ int b;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( newFlag>=0 ){
+ p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+ if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+ }
+ b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return b;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- {
- int i;
- for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
- assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
- }
+/*
+** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
+** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
+** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
+#else
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }else{
+ pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
+ pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
#endif
}
-/*
-** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
+/*
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
+** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
*/
-static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
- sqlite3ScratchFree(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+#else
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = (
+ (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
+ (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
+ BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
+ );
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+#endif
}
+
/*
-** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all
-** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
-** lock.
-**
-** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
-** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
-** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
**
-** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
-** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory.
*/
-static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
- WalIterator *p; /* Return value */
- int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */
- u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */
- int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
-
- /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
- ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
- */
- assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
- iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
+ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
+ MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */
+ int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */
+ int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
- /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
- nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
- nByte = sizeof(WalIterator)
- + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
- + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
- p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte);
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memset(p, 0, nByte);
- p->nSegment = nSegment;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
- ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
+ /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+ ** a valid database file.
*/
- aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(
- sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
- );
- if( !aTmp ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
+ if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
+ nPage = nPageFile;
}
+ if( nPage>0 ){
+ u32 pageSize;
+ u32 usableSize;
+ u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+ if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
- volatile ht_slot *aHash;
- u32 iZero;
- volatile u32 *aPgno;
-
- rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int j; /* Counter variable */
- int nEntry; /* Number of entries in this segment */
- ht_slot *aIndex; /* Sorted index for this segment */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ if( page1[18]>1 ){
+ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+ }
+ if( page1[19]>1 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+#else
+ if( page1[18]>2 ){
+ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+ }
+ if( page1[19]>2 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
- aPgno++;
- if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
- nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
- }else{
- nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
- }
- aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
- iZero++;
-
- for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
- aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
+ /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
+ ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then
+ ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
+ ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
+ ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
+ ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
+ ** file.
+ */
+ if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){
+ int isOpen = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }else if( isOpen==0 ){
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
- p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
- p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
- p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
- p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum
+ ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
+ ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
+ ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+ */
+ if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
+ if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
+ || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || pageSize<=256
+ ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+ usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
+ if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
+ /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
+ ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
+ ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
+ ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
+ ** again with the correct page-size.
+ */
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+ pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
+ pageSize-usableSize);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ if( usableSize<480 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
}
+ pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+ pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
}
- sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- walIteratorFree(p);
+ /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+ ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+ ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header.
+ ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+ ** 2-byte pointer to the cell
+ ** 4-byte child pointer
+ ** 9-byte nKey value
+ ** 4-byte nData value
+ ** 4-byte overflow page pointer
+ ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
+ ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+ ** page pointer.
+ */
+ pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
+ pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+ pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
+ pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+ if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){
+ pBt->max1bytePayload = 127;
+ }else{
+ pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal;
}
- *pp = p;
+ assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+ pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+ pBt->nPage = nPage;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
return rc;
}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
-** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
-** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
-** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
+** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+**
+** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true. If wrOnly is
+** false then all cursors are counted.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
+** is capable of reading or writing to the database. Cursors that
+** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
*/
-static int walBusyLock(
- Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */
- int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
- void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
- int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */
- int n /* Number of bytes to lock */
-){
+static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
+ BtCursor *pCur;
+ int r = 0;
+ for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+ if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
+ && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+ if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+ assert( pPage1->aData );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
+** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
+** the database.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
+ MemPage *pP1;
+ unsigned char *data;
int rc;
- do {
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
- }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
- return rc;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+ assert( pP1!=0 );
+ data = pP1->aData;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+ assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+ data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
+ data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
+ data[18] = 1;
+ data[19] = 1;
+ assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
+ data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
+ data[21] = 64;
+ data[22] = 32;
+ data[23] = 32;
+ memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+ zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
+ assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
+ put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
+ put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
+#endif
+ pBt->nPage = 1;
+ data[31] = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
-** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
+** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database
+** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
- return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ p->pBt->nPage = 0;
+ rc = newDatabase(p->pBt);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
-** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
-**
-** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
-** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page
-** that a concurrent reader might be using.
-**
-** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
-** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if
-** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
-** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
**
-** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
-** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent
-** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
+** changes to the database. None of the following routines
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
**
-** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
-** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes
-** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
-** database file.
+** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+** sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+** sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
**
-** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
-** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill.
-** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
-** its value.)
+** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
+** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
+** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
+** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
**
-** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
-** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
-** time.
+** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
+** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
+** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
+** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
+** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
+** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
+** proceed.
*/
-static int walCheckpoint(
- Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */
- int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
- int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
- void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
- int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
- u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */
-){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int szPage; /* Database page-size */
- WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */
- u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */
- u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
- u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
- u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */
- int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
+ sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
- testcase( szPage<=32768 );
- testcase( szPage>=65536 );
- pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
- if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
- /* Allocate the iterator */
- rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+ ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+ ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+ */
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+ goto trans_begun;
}
- assert( pIter );
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 );
- if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall;
+ /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
+ if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
- /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
- ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
- ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
- ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
+ ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
+ ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
- mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
- for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
- u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
- if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
- assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
- rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- mxSafeFrame = y;
- xBusy = 0;
- }else{
- goto walcheckpoint_out;
+ if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE)
+ || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0
+ ){
+ pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
+ }else if( wrflag>1 ){
+ BtLock *pIter;
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
+ pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
+ break;
}
}
}
+ if( pBlock ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
+#endif
- if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
- && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1))==SQLITE_OK
- ){
- i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */
- u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
+ /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
+ ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
+ ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
- /* Sync the WAL to disk */
- if( sync_flags ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
+ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+ if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+ do {
+ /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
+ ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
+ ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
+ ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
+ ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
+ ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
+ */
+ while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+ if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
}
+ }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
+ btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
- /* If the database file may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
- ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
- sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+ pBt->nTransaction++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
+ p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
+ p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
+ pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
}
+#endif
}
-
- /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
- i64 iOffset;
- assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
- if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue;
- iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
- /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
- testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+ if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
+ pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
}
+ if( wrflag ){
+ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ assert( !pBt->pWriter );
+ pBt->pWriter = p;
+ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+ if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+#endif
- /* If work was actually accomplished... */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
- i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
- testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
+ /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
+ ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
+ ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
+ ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
+ ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
+ */
+ if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
}
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
- }
}
-
- /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
- ** just because there are active readers. */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal
- ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all
- ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next
- ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
- assert( pWal->writeLock );
- if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
- assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
- rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
- }
- }
+trans_begun:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+ /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
+ ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
+ ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
}
- walcheckpoint_out:
- walIteratorFree(pIter);
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+
/*
-** Close a connection to a log file.
+** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
+** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
+** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
- Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */
- int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
- int nBuf,
- u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pWal ){
- int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
-
- /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
- ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
- ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
- ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
- ** the wal and wal-index files.
- **
- ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
- */
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
- pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
- }
- rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
- pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- isDelete = 1;
- }
- }
+static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
+ int i; /* Counter variable */
+ int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+ Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
- walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
- sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
- if( isDelete ){
- sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
- }
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
- sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
- sqlite3_free(pWal);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if
-** there is a problem.
-**
-** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might
-** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
-** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected
-** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
-** a checksum on the header.
-**
-** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
-** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
-** and *pChanged is set to 1.
-**
-** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
-** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
-*/
-static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
- u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */
- WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */
- WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
- /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
- assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
- ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
- ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
- ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
- **
- ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
- ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order.
- ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
- ** reordering the reads and writes.
- */
- aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
- memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
- walShmBarrier(pWal);
- memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
- if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
- return 1; /* Dirty read */
- }
- if( h1.isInit==0 ){
- return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
- }
- walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
- if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
- return 1; /* Checksum does not match */
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+ }
}
- if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
- *pChanged = 1;
- memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
- pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
- testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
- testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
}
- /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
- return 0;
+set_child_ptrmaps_out:
+ pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
-** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
-** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
+** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so
+** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
+** be modified, as follows:
**
-** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
-** changed by this opertion. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
-** to 0.
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
+** page of pPage.
**
-** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
+** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
+** overflow page in the list.
*/
-static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */
- volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
-
- /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
- ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
- */
- assert( pChanged );
- rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- };
- assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
+ /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
+ if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
+ }else{
+ u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+ int i;
+ int nCell;
- /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
- ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
- ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
- ** being modified by another thread or process.
- */
- badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
+ btreeInitPage(pPage);
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
- /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
- ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again.
- */
- assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
- if( badHdr ){
- if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
- }
- }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
- pWal->writeLock = 1;
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
- badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
- if( badHdr ){
- /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
- ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
- ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that.
- */
- rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
- *pChanged = 1;
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
+ CellInfo info;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ if( info.iOverflow
+ && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage
+ && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow])
+ ){
+ put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
+ break;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
+ put4byte(pCell, iTo);
+ break;
}
}
- pWal->writeLock = 0;
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
}
- }
+
+ if( i==nCell ){
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
+ get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+ }
- /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
- ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
- ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
- */
- if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
}
-
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
-** be retried.
-*/
-#define WAL_RETRY (-1)
/*
-** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or
-** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
-** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
-**
-** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an
-** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
-** recovery) return a positive error code.
-**
-** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
-** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
-** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
-** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the
-** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
-** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be
-** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
-** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
-**
-** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
-** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
-** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
-** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
-** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The
-** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
-** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small
-** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
-** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
-** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
-**
-** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is
-** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1)
-** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not
-** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
-** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will
-** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
-** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
-** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
-** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
-** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
-** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
-** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
+** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
**
-** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
-** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
-** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might
-** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
-** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
+** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
+** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
+** page.
*/
-static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
- volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
- u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
- int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-
- assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */
+static int relocatePage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */
+ MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */
+ u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
+ Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
+ Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */
+ int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
+){
+ MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
+ Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
+ Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+ int rc;
- /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
- **
- ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
- ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the
- ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
- ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
- ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
- ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case,
- ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
- **
- ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few
- ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this
- ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th
- ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
- ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds.
- ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second.
- */
- if( cnt>5 ){
- int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */
- if( cnt>100 ){
- VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
- return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
- }
- if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238; /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */
- sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
- }
+ assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
+ eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
- if( !useWal ){
- rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
- ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to
- ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here
- ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
- ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with
- ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
- ** right on the second iteration.
- */
- if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
- /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
- ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
- ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
- ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
- ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
- ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
- */
- rc = WAL_RETRY;
- }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
- rc = WAL_RETRY;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
- }
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
+ TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
+ iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
+ rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
+ pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
- pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
- if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
- /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
- ** and can be safely ignored.
- */
- rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
- walShmBarrier(pWal);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
- /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
- ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
- ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
- ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
- ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
- ** happening, this is usually correct.
- **
- ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
- ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
- ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
- ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
- ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
- */
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
- return WAL_RETRY;
- }
- pWal->readLock = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
+ ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
+ ** pages need to be changed.
+ **
+ ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
+ ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
+ ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
+ */
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
+ }else{
+ Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
+ if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
}
- /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
- ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is
- ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
- ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
+ /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
+ ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
+ ** iPtrPage.
*/
- mxReadMark = 0;
- mxI = 0;
- for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
- u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
- if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
- assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
- mxReadMark = thisMark;
- mxI = i;
- }
- }
- /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */
- {
- if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
- && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0)
- ){
- for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- mxI = i;
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
- break;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
- if( mxI==0 ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
- return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
-
- rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
- if( rc ){
- return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pPtrPage);
+ return rc;
}
- /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
- ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
- ** header have changed.
- **
- ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
- ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
- ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
- ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
- ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
- ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
- ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
- ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
- ** instead.
- **
- ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to
- ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow
- ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or
- ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on
- ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid.
- */
- walShmBarrier(pWal);
- if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
- || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
- ){
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
- return WAL_RETRY;
- }else{
- assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
- pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
+ rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
+ releasePage(pPtrPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
}
}
return rc;
}
+/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
+static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+
/*
-** Begin a read transaction on the database.
+** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
+** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in
+** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error
+** occurs, return some other error code.
**
-** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
-** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
-** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
-** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
-** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
+** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so
+** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
**
-** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
-** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The
-** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
-** needs to be flushed.
+** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
+** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the
+** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE
+** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit
+** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
+static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
+ Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+ int rc;
- do{
- rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
- }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
- testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
- testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- return rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( iLastPg>nFin );
+
+ if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ u8 eType;
+ Pgno iPtrPage;
+
+ nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+ if( nFreeList==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ if( bCommit==0 ){
+ /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
+ ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
+ ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
+ ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
+ */
+ Pgno iFreePg;
+ MemPage *pFreePg;
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
+ releasePage(pFreePg);
+ }
+ } else {
+ Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
+ MemPage *pLastPg;
+ u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY; /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
+ Pgno iNear = 0; /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
+
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
+ ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
+ **
+ ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep
+ ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
+ ** of the file is found.
+ */
+ if( bCommit==0 ){
+ eMode = BTALLOC_LE;
+ iNear = nFin;
+ }
+ do {
+ MemPage *pFreePg;
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pLastPg);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ releasePage(pFreePg);
+ }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin );
+ assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
+
+ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit);
+ releasePage(pLastPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( bCommit==0 ){
+ do {
+ iLastPg--;
+ }while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) );
+ pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
+ pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the
-** read-lock.
+** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
+** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected
+** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
- sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
- if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
- pWal->readLock = -1;
+static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){
+ int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
+ Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
+ Pgno nFin; /* Return value */
+
+ nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
+ nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
+ nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
+ if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ nFin--;
+ }
+ while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ nFin--;
}
+
+ return nFin;
}
/*
-** Read a page from the WAL, if it is present in the WAL and if the
-** current read transaction is configured to use the WAL.
+** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
+** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
**
-** The *pInWal is set to 1 if the requested page is in the WAL and
-** has been loaded. Or *pInWal is set to 0 if the page was not in
-** the WAL and needs to be read out of the database.
+** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(
- Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */
- Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */
- int *pInWal, /* OUT: True if data is read from WAL */
- int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
- u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */
-){
- u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
- u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
- int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
- assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else{
+ Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+ Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+ Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
- /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
- ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
- ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
- ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
- ** WAL were empty.
- */
- if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
- *pInWal = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( nOrig<nFin ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else if( nFree>0 ){
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
- ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
- ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
- **
- ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
- ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
- ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
- ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
- ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
- ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
- ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
- ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
- ** opened remain unmodified.
- **
- ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
- ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
- ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
- **
- ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
- ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
- **
- ** (iFrame<=iLast):
- ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
- ** table after the current read-transaction had started.
- */
- for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){
- volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */
- volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
- u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
- int iKey; /* Hash slot index */
- int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
- int rc; /* Error code */
+/*
+** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
+** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
+** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
+** pages are in use.
+*/
+static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+ VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
- rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+ assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
+ if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
+ Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
+ Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
+ Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */
+ Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */
+
+ nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+ if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
+ ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
+ ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
+ */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+ nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
+ if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ if( nFin<nOrig ){
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+ }
+ for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
+ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1);
+ }
+ if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
+ pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
+ pBt->nPage = nFin;
+ }
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
}
- nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
- for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
- u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
- if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
- assert( iFrame>iRead );
- iRead = iFrame;
- }
- if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine
+** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
+** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
+** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
+** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
+** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
+** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
+** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
+** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
+** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
+** commit process.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
}
+ if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage);
+ }
+#endif
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
- /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
- ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
- ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */
- {
- u32 iRead2 = 0;
- u32 iTest;
- for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){
- if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
- iRead2 = iTest;
- break;
+/*
+** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
+** at the conclusion of a transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ pBt->bDoTruncate = 0;
+#endif
+ if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
+ /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
+ ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
+ ** may still be reading from the database. */
+ downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
+ }else{
+ /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
+ ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
+ ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
+ ** call below will unlock the pager. */
+ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+ clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+ pBt->nTransaction--;
+ if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
}
}
- assert( iRead==iRead2 );
+
+ /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
+ ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
}
-#endif
- /* If iRead is non-zero, then it is the log frame number that contains the
- ** required page. Read and return data from the log file.
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The
+** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
+** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
+** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
+** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this
+** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
+** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
+** drop locks.
+**
+** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
+** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
+** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
+** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
+** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
+** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this
+** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
+** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
+** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
+** transitioned to the error state.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
+
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+ /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
+ ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
*/
- if( iRead ){
- int sz;
- i64 iOffset;
- sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
- sz = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
- testcase( sz<=32768 );
- testcase( sz>=65536 );
- iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
- *pInWal = 1;
- /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
- return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, nOut, iOffset);
- }
-
- *pInWal = 0;
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+ btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+ }
+
+ btreeEndTransaction(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
+/*
+** Do both phases of a commit.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
- if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
- return pWal->hdr.nPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
}
- return 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
+** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree
+** references. Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only
+** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged.
+**
+** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors
+** that belong to other database connections that happen to be
+** sharing the cache with pBtree.
+**
+** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly
+** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
+** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue
+** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are
+** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
+** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
+** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
+** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
+**
+** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while
+** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors,
+** including all read-cursors are tripped.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
+** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 );
+ if( pBtree ){
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ int i;
+ if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
+ if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+ rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ (void)sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(pBtree, rc, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
+ p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
+ p->skipNext = errCode;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
+ p->apPage[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-
-/*
-** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
-**
-** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
-** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.
**
-** If another thread or process has written into the database since
-** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
-** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine
-** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
+** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped).
+** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are
+** tripped if writeOnly is false. Any attempt to use
+** a tripped cursor will result in an error.
**
-** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
+** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){
int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ MemPage *pPage1;
- /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
- ** transaction. */
- assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
-
- if( pWal->readOnly ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 );
+ assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+ if( rc ) writeOnly = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
-
- /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return
- ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
- */
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+ if( tripCode ){
+ int rc2 = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode, writeOnly);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (writeOnly==0 && rc2==SQLITE_OK) );
+ if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
- pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
- /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
- ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
- ** the write is disallowed.
- */
- if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
- pWal->writeLock = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ int rc2;
+
+ assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
+ rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
+ }
+
+ /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So
+ ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
+ ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
+ if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+ testcase( nPage==0 );
+ if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+ testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
+ pBt->nPage = nPage;
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ }
+ assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 );
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+ btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
}
+ btreeEndTransaction(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This
-** routine merely releases the lock.
+** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
+** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+**
+** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
+** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
+** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
+** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
+** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
+** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
- if( pWal->writeLock ){
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
- pWal->writeLock = 0;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+ assert( iStatement>0 );
+ assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
+ ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
+ ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
+ ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
-** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
-**
-** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
-** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
-** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
-** returned to the caller.
+** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
+** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
+** of op.
**
-** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
-** function returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
+** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
+** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
+** transaction remains open.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
- Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- Pgno iFrame;
-
- /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
- ** was in before the client began writing to the database.
- */
- memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+ assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){
+ pBt->nPage = 0;
+ }
+ rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
- for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1;
- ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax;
- iFrame++
- ){
- /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
- ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and
- ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
- ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
- ** is false).
- **
- ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
- ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
- ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
- ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
- */
- assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
- rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
+ /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
+ ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
+ ** 28 is nonzero. */
+ assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
}
- walCleanupHash(pWal);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32
-** values. This function populates the array with values required to
-** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current
-** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
+** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
+** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
+** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache
+** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
+** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise
+** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
+** the read cursors in the other database connection.
+**
+** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4: There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
+** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
- assert( pWal->writeLock );
- aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
- aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
- aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
-}
+static int btreeCursor(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree */
+ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
+ BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
+){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */
-/*
-** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
-** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
-** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
-** by a call to WalSavepoint().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
- assert( pWal->writeLock );
- assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
+ ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
+ ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
+ ** this lock. */
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
- if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
- /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
- ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
- ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
- */
- aWalData[0] = 0;
- aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
- }
+ /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
+ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
- if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
- pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
- pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
- pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
- walCleanupHash(pWal);
+ if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+ if( wrFlag ){
+ allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+ if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
+ assert( wrFlag==0 );
+ iTable = 0;
}
+ /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
+ ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */
+ pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+ pCur->iPage = -1;
+ pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ pCur->pBtree = p;
+ pCur->pBt = pBt;
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTCF_WriteFlag );
+ pCur->curFlags = wrFlag;
+ pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+ if( pCur->pNext ){
+ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+ }
+ pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree */
+ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
+ BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
-** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
-** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
-** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
-** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
-** unchanged.
+** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
-** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
-** if an error occurs.
+** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
+** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque
+** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
+** this routine.
*/
-static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int cnt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
+ return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
+}
- if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
- volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
- assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
- if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
- u32 salt1;
- sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
- ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
- ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
- ** wal-index header to reflect this.
- **
- ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
- ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
- ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
- ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.
- */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */
+/*
+** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
+**
+** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
+** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
+** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
+** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
+ memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
+}
- /* Limit the size of WAL file if the journal_size_limit PRAGMA is
- ** set to a non-negative value. Log errors encountered
- ** during the truncation attempt. */
- if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
- i64 sz;
- int rx;
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
- if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > pWal->mxWalSize) ){
- rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, pWal->mxWalSize);
- }
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- if( rx ){
- sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
- }
- }
+/*
+** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
+ if( pBtree ){
+ int i;
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+ if( pCur->pPrev ){
+ pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+ }else{
+ pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+ }
+ if( pCur->pNext ){
+ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ }
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow);
+ /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- pWal->nCkpt++;
- pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
- sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
- aSalt[1] = salt1;
- walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
- pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
- for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
- assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
- return rc;
- }
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
+** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call
+** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
+**
+** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
+** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
+** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
+** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
+** compiler is not doing aggressive inlining.) So we use a real function
+** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+ CellInfo info;
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
+ assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+ }
+#else
+ #define assertCellInfo(x)
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
+ static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
+ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
+ }else{
+ assertCellInfo(pCur);
}
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
- pWal->readLock = -1;
- cnt = 0;
- do{
- int notUsed;
- rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt);
- }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
- assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
- testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
}
- return rc;
+#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
+ /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
+#define getCellInfo(pCur) \
+ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage; \
+ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \
+ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; \
+ }else{ \
+ assertCellInfo(pCur); \
+ }
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
+/*
+** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one
+** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
+** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
+ return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
-/*
-** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
-** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0.
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+**
+** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
+**
+** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(
- Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */
- int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */
- PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */
- Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
- int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */
- int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.
+**
+** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
+** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
+** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
+** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
+** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->intKeyLeaf==1 );
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ *pSize = pCur->info.nPayload;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
+** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
+**
+** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+**
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+**
+** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
+** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
+** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
+** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
+** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
+** *ppPage is set to zero.
+*/
+static int getOverflowPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
+ Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
+ Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
){
- int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */
- u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */
- u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
- PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
- PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */
- int nLast = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */
+ Pgno next = 0;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pList );
- assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert(pPgnoNext);
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
- { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
- pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
+ ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
+ ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
+ ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
+ ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+ */
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno pgno;
+ Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
+ u8 eType;
+
+ while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ iGuess++;
+ }
+
+ if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
+ next = iGuess;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
}
#endif
- /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
- ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
- return rc;
+ assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+ }
}
- /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
- ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
- ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
- */
- iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- if( iFrame==0 ){
- u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
- u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */
-
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
- sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
- memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
- walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
- sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
-
- pWal->szPage = szPage;
- pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
- pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
- pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
+ *pPgnoNext = next;
+ if( ppPage ){
+ *ppPage = pPage;
+ }else{
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ }
+ return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+/*
+** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
+**
+** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
+** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
+** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
+** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
+** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+*/
+static int copyPayload(
+ void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */
+ void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */
+ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */
+ int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
+ DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */
+){
+ if( eOp ){
+ /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
+ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
+ memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
+ }else{
+ /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
+ memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
}
- assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Write the log file. */
- for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
- u32 nDbsize; /* Db-size field for frame header */
- i64 iOffset; /* Write offset in log file */
- void *pData;
-
- iOffset = walFrameOffset(++iFrame, szPage);
- /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
-
- /* Populate and write the frame header */
- nDbsize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
- pData = p->pData;
+/*
+** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
+** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp
+** argument is interpreted as follows:
+**
+** 0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache.
+** 1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache.
+** 2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache.
+**
+** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
+** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
+**
+** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
+** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+**
+** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
+** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily
+** populates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow).
+** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset
+** more efficient.
+**
+** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
+** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
+** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
+** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+**
+** * An incremental vacuum,
+** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
+** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
+*/
+static int accessPayload(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+ u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+ u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
+ unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
+ int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
+){
+ unsigned char *aPayload;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iIdx = 0;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+ unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf;
+ int bEnd; /* True if reading to end of data */
#endif
- walEncodeFrame(pWal, p->pgno, nDbsize, pData, aFrame);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- /* Write the page data */
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ assert( pPage );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 ); /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */
+
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+ bEnd = offset+amt==pCur->info.nPayload;
+#endif
+ assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload );
+
+ if( &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] ){
+ /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
+ if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+ int a = amt;
+ if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+ a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
}
- pLast = p;
+ rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage);
+ offset = 0;
+ pBuf += a;
+ amt -= a;
+ }else{
+ offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
}
- /* Sync the log file if the 'isSync' flag was specified. */
- if( sync_flags ){
- i64 iSegment = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
- i64 iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+ const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
+ Pgno nextPage;
- assert( isCommit );
- assert( iSegment>0 );
+ nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
- iSegment = (((iOffset+iSegment-1)/iSegment) * iSegment);
- while( iOffset<iSegment ){
- void *pData;
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pLast))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
- pData = pLast->pData;
-#endif
- walEncodeFrame(pWal, pLast->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
- /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now.
+ ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2.
+ **
+ ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
+ ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
+ ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
+ ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
+ */
+ if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
+ int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
+ if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
+ Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3DbRealloc(
+ pCur->pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
+ );
+ if( aNew==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
+ pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
+ }
}
- iOffset += WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
+ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
}
- nLast++;
- iOffset += szPage;
}
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
+ /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
+ ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
+ ** directly to it.
+ */
+ if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0
+ && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize]
+ ){
+ iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
+ nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
+ offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+ }
+
+ for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
+
+ /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
+ if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){
+ assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
+ pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
+ }
+
+ if( offset>=ovflSize ){
+ /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
+ ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
+ ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
+ ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
+ ** function.
+ **
+ ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2
+ ** here. If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken.
+ */
+ assert( eOp!=2 );
+ assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
+ if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
+ nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
+ }else{
+ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
+ }
+ offset -= ovflSize;
+ }else{
+ /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
+ ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+ sqlite3_file *fd;
+#endif
+ int a = amt;
+ if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+ a = ovflSize - offset;
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+ /* If all the following are true:
+ **
+ ** 1) this is a read operation, and
+ ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
+ ** 3) the database is file-backed, and
+ ** 4) there is no open write-transaction, and
+ ** 5) the database is not a WAL database,
+ ** 6) all data from the page is being read.
+ ** 7) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer
+ **
+ ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
+ ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
+ ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
+ */
+ if( (eOp&0x01)==0 /* (1) */
+ && offset==0 /* (2) */
+ && (bEnd || a==ovflSize) /* (6) */
+ && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (4) */
+ && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (3) */
+ && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01 /* (5) */
+ && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart /* (7) */
+ ){
+ u8 aSave[4];
+ u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
+ assert( aWrite>=pBufStart ); /* hence (7) */
+ memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
+ nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
+ memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
+ }else
+#endif
+
+ {
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
+ ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+ nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+ rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ offset = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ amt -= a;
+ pBuf += a;
+ }
+ }
}
- /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the
- ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
- ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
- ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
- */
- iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
- iFrame++;
- rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- while( nLast>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- iFrame++;
- nLast--;
- rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[]. The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
+** in the table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+ int rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ return SQLITE_ABORT;
}
+#endif
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Update the private copy of the header. */
- pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
- testcase( szPage<=32768 );
- testcase( szPage>=65536 );
- pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
- if( isCommit ){
- pWal->hdr.iChange++;
- pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
- }
- /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
- if( isCommit ){
- walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
- pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
- }
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
}
-
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
-** related interfaces.
+/*
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
+** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
+** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
+** key/data is written into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value
+** returned will not be a valid pointer.
**
-** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
-** we can from WAL into the database.
+** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
**
-** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
-** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
- Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */
- int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
- int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
- void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
- int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
- int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */
- u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */
- int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
- int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+static const void *fetchPayload(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+ u32 *pAmt /* Write the number of available bytes here */
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
- int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
+ assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
+ *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal;
+ return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload;
+}
- assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
- assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
- if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
- if( rc ){
- /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process
- ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might
- ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */
- return rc;
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
+** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
+** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
+** this routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
+ return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
+ return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
+** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
+** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
+** vice-versa).
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+ int rc;
+ int i = pCur->iPage;
+ MemPage *pNewPage;
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
+ if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- pWal->ckptLock = 1;
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage,
+ (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
+ pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
+ pCur->iPage++;
- /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well
- ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway.
- ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below.
- **
- ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is
- ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock,
- ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no
- ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller.
- */
- if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
- rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pWal->writeLock = 1;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+ if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Read the wal-index header. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
+#if 0
+/*
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
+** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
+** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
+** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
+** the page.
+*/
+static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
+ assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
+ if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
+ assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+ }else{
+ assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
}
+}
+#else
+# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
+#endif
- /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }else{
- rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+
+ /* UPDATE: It is actually possible for the condition tested by the assert
+ ** below to be untrue if the database file is corrupt. This can occur if
+ ** one cursor has modified page pParent while a reference to it is held
+ ** by a second cursor. Which can only happen if a single page is linked
+ ** into more than one b-tree structure in a corrupt database. */
+#if 0
+ assertParentIndex(
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
+ );
+#endif
+ testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
+
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+ pCur->iPage--;
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
+**
+** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
+** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
+** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+**
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
+** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
+** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
+** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
+** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
+** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
+** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
+** b-tree).
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+ MemPage *pRoot;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+ return pCur->skipNext;
}
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+ }
- /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
- if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
+ if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
+ while( pCur->iPage ) releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+ }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0],
+ (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ return rc;
}
+ pCur->iPage = 0;
}
+ pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+ assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
- if( isChanged ){
- /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was
- ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
- ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
- ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
- ** the cache needs to be reset.
- */
- memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
+ ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
+ ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
+ ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
+ **
+ ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
+ ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
+ ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted
+ ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table
+ ** (or the freelist). */
+ assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
+ if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- /* Release the locks. */
- sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
- pWal->ckptLock = 0;
- WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
+ pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+
+ if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+ }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){
+ Pgno subpage;
+ if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+ }else{
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
-** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
-** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since
-** the last call, then return 0.
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+**
+** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
+** in ascending order.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
- u32 ret = 0;
- if( pWal ){
- ret = pWal->iCallback;
- pWal->iCallback = 0;
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Pgno pgno;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+ pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
}
- return (int)ret;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
-** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
-**
-** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
-** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock
-** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
-** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the
-** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This
-** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
-** lock on the main database file.
-**
-** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
-** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must
-** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
-** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
-** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
-** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
**
-** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
-** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
-** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
-** the op==1 case.
+** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
+** key in ascending order.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
- int rc;
- assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
- assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Pgno pgno;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
- /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
- ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
- ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
- ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
- ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
- */
- assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
- assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ while( !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+ pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
+ assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
+ assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- if( op==0 ){
- if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
- pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
- if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
- pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
- }
- rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+ *pRes = 1;
}else{
- /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
- rc = 0;
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+ *pRes = 0;
+ rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
}
- }else if( op>0 ){
- assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
- assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
- pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
- rc = 1;
- }else{
- rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
}
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
-** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
- return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+ /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
+ if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
+ ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
+ }
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
-/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/
-/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
-** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too
-** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like
-** a good breakout.
-*/
-/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
-**
-** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
-**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
-**
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
-** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
-** so forth.
-**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
-**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
-** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
-**
-** FORMAT DETAILS
-**
-** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
-** page, or a pointer-map page.
-**
-** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
-**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-** 16 2 Page size in bytes.
-** 18 1 File format write version
-** 19 1 File format read version
-** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction
-** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction
-** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction
-** 24 4 File change counter
-** 28 4 Reserved for future use
-** 32 4 First freelist page
-** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
-** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
-**
-** 40 4 Schema cookie
-** 44 4 File format of schema layer
-** 48 4 Size of page cache
-** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
-** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
-** 60 4 User version
-** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode
-** 68 4 unused
-** 72 4 unused
-** 76 4 unused
-**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
-**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
-** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
-** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
-**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
-**
-** |----------------|
-** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
-** |----------------|
-** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
-** |----------------|
-** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
-** | array | | Grows downward
-** | | v
-** |----------------|
-** | unallocated |
-** | space |
-** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
-** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-** | area | | and free space fragments.
-** |----------------|
-**
-** The page headers looks like this:
-**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
-** 3 2 number of cells on this page
-** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
-** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
-** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves.
-**
-** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
-**
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
-**
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
-**
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
-** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
-**
-** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
-**
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
-** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
-**
-** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
-** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
-** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
-** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
-** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+ *pRes = 1;
+ }else{
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ *pRes = 0;
+ rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast;
+ }else{
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast;
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
+** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
**
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
+** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
+** is ignored.
**
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-** * Payload
-** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
+** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
+** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
+** *pRes is as follows:
**
-** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
+** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
+** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next overflow page
-** * Data
+** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
**
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
-** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
+** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next trunk page
-** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
-** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
+ i64 intKey, /* The table key */
+ int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
+ int *pRes /* Write search results here */
+){
+ int rc;
+ RecordCompare xRecordCompare;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pRes );
+ assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
+ /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
+ ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0
+ && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey
+ ){
+ if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
+ *pRes = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
+ *pRes = -1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pIdxKey ){
+ xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
+ pIdxKey->errCode = 0;
+ assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1
+ || pIdxKey->default_rc==0
+ || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
+ );
+ }else{
+ xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */
+ }
+
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ *pRes = -1;
+ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
+ for(;;){
+ int lwr, upr, idx, c;
+ Pgno chldPg;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
+
+ /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
+ ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
+ ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
+ ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
+ ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
+ ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */
+ assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
+ assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
+ lwr = 0;
+ upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+ assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
+ idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+ if( xRecordCompare==0 ){
+ for(;;){
+ i64 nCellKey;
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
+ if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
+ while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
+ if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ }
+ getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
+ if( nCellKey<intKey ){
+ lwr = idx+1;
+ if( lwr>upr ){ c = -1; break; }
+ }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){
+ upr = idx-1;
+ if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; }
+ }else{
+ assert( nCellKey==intKey );
+ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
+ pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ lwr = idx;
+ goto moveto_next_layer;
+ }else{
+ *pRes = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
+ idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */
+ }
+ }else{
+ for(;;){
+ int nCell;
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself
-** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such
-** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+ /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
+ ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
+ ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
+ ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
+ ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
+ ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
+ ** 2 bytes of the cell.
+ */
+ nCell = pCell[0];
+ if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
+ /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
+ ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
+ ** b-tree page. */
+ testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
+ c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
+ }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
+ && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
+ ){
+ /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
+ ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */
+ testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
+ c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
+ }else{
+ /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
+ ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
+ ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
+ ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
+ void *pCellKey;
+ u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
+ nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
+ pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
+ if( pCellKey==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+ rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
+ sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+ }
+ assert(
+ (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
+ && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
+ );
+ if( c<0 ){
+ lwr = idx+1;
+ }else if( c>0 ){
+ upr = idx-1;
+ }else{
+ assert( c==0 );
+ *pRes = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+ if( pIdxKey->errCode ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ if( lwr>upr ) break;
+ assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
+ idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */
+ }
+ }
+ assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) );
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
+ if( pPage->leaf ){
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+ *pRes = c;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+moveto_next_layer:
+ if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+ chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ }else{
+ chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+ }
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+ if( rc ) break;
+ }
+moveto_finish:
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+ return rc;
+}
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
/*
-** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
**
-** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
-** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
-** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
-** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
-** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
-** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
-# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
-** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
*/
-#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
-#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
-#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
-#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+ /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
+ ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
+ ** as well as the boolean result value.
+ */
+ return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+}
/*
-** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
-** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
-** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
-**
-** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
-** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
-** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
-** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If
+** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
**
-** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
-** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
-*/
-struct MemPage {
- u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
- u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
- u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */
- u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */
- u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */
- u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
- u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
- u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
- u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
- u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
- u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
- u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
- u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */
- struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
- u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
- } aOvfl[5];
- BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
- u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
- Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
-};
+** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext(). That routine is optimized
+** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
+** to the next cell on the current page. The (slower) btreeNext() helper
+** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or
+** to restore the cursor.
+**
+** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value
+** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
+** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
+** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
+** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
+** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
+** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
+** implementation does use this hint, however.)
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ int rc;
+ int idx;
+ MemPage *pPage;
-/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
-*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( *pRes==0 );
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+ assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 );
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+ *pRes = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( pCur->skipNext ){
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+ if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
-*/
-struct BtLock {
- Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
- Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
- u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
- BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK 1
-#define WRITE_LOCK 2
+ /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx
+ ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
+ ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
+ ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
+ ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
+ testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );
-/* A Btree handle
-**
-** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
-** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure
-** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot
-** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
-** this structure.
-**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
-** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection
-** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object
-** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
-** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
-** the BtShared object.
-**
-** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
-** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
-** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
-** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
-*/
-struct Btree {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
- BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
- u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
- u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
- u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
- int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
- int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
- Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
- Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */
-#endif
-};
+ if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+ }
+ do{
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+ *pRes = 1;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ moveToParent(pCur);
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ return sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pPage->leaf ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pRes!=0 );
+ assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
+ assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+ *pRes = 0;
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ if( (++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])>=pPage->nCell ){
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+ return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+ }
+ if( pPage->leaf ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If
+** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
**
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions.
-*/
-#define TRANS_NONE 0
-#define TRANS_READ 1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious(). That routine is optimized
+** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
+** to the previous cell on the current page. The (slower) btreePrevious()
+** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page
+** or to restore the cursor.
+**
+** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value
+** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
+** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
+** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
+** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
+** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
+** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
+** implementation does use this hint, however.)
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ int rc;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pRes!=0 );
+ assert( *pRes==0 );
+ assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 );
+ assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+ *pRes = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( pCur->skipNext ){
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+ if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+ }else{
+ while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ *pRes = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ moveToParent(pCur);
+ }
+ assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
+ assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl))==0 );
+
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pRes!=0 );
+ assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
+ assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+ *pRes = 0;
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey);
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID
+ || pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0
+ || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf==0
+ ){
+ return btreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+ }
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-**
-** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
-** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
-** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
-** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
-** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of
-** connections currently sharing this database file.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
-** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
-** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
-** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
-**
-** isPending:
-**
-** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
-** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
-** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
-** set to true.
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
**
-** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
-** the following occur:
+** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
+** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
**
-** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
-** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates
+** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
**
-** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
-** transaction.
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
**
-** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
+** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists
+** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned. If
+** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal
+** to nearby if any such page exists. If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there
+** are no restrictions on which page is returned.
*/
-struct BtShared {
- Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
- BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
- MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
- u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
- u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
- u8 secureDelete; /* True if secure_delete is enabled */
- u8 initiallyEmpty; /* Database is empty at start of transaction */
- u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+static int allocateBtreePage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */
+ Pgno *pPgno, /* Store the page number here */
+ Pgno nearby, /* Search for a page near this one */
+ u8 eMode /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */
+){
+ MemPage *pPage1;
+ int rc;
+ u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+ u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+ MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
+ MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
+ Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) );
+ pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+ mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
+ n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+ testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
+ if( n>=mxPage ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( n>0 ){
+ /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */
+ Pgno iTrunk;
+ u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
+
+ /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map
+ ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
+ ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
+ */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
- u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+ if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){
+ if( nearby<=mxPage ){
+ u8 eType;
+ assert( nearby>0 );
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ searchList = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
+ searchList = 1;
+ }
#endif
- u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
- u8 doNotUseWAL; /* If true, do not open write-ahead-log file */
- u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
- u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
- int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
- u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
- void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
- void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
- Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
- BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
- BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
- Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
- u8 isExclusive; /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */
- u8 isPending; /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */
+
+ /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
+ ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
+
+ /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
+ ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
+ ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT)
+ ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT)
+ */
+ do {
+ pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
+ if( pPrevTrunk ){
+ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
+ }else{
+ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+ }
+ testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
+ if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc ){
+ pTrunk = 0;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ assert( pTrunk!=0 );
+ assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );
+
+ k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */
+ if( k==0 && !searchList ){
+ /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
+ ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
+ ** allocated page */
+ assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ *pPgno = iTrunk;
+ memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ *ppPage = pTrunk;
+ pTrunk = 0;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+ }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
+ /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ }else if( searchList
+ && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
+ ){
+ /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
+ ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
+ */
+ *pPgno = iTrunk;
+ *ppPage = pTrunk;
+ searchList = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ if( k==0 ){
+ if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+ memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
+ ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
+ ** page in this case.
+ */
+ MemPage *pNewTrunk;
+ Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
+ if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
+ memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
+ releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+ if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
+ }
+ }
+ pTrunk = 0;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
#endif
- u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-};
+ }else if( k>0 ){
+ /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+ u32 closest;
+ Pgno iPage;
+ unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+ if( nearby>0 ){
+ u32 i;
+ closest = 0;
+ if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
+ for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+ iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]);
+ if( iPage<=nearby ){
+ closest = i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ int dist;
+ dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
+ for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+ int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
+ if( d2<dist ){
+ closest = i;
+ dist = d2;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ closest = 0;
+ }
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
-*/
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-struct CellInfo {
- i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
- u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */
- u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */
- u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
- u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */
- u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
- u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
+ iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+ testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+ if( iPage>mxPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+ if( !searchList
+ || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
+ ){
+ int noContent;
+ *pPgno = iPage;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
+ ": %d more free pages\n",
+ *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
+ if( closest<k-1 ){
+ memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+ }
+ put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+ noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno)? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
+ }
+ }
+ searchList = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+ pPrevTrunk = 0;
+ }while( searchList );
+ }else{
+ /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the
+ ** database image.
+ **
+ ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the
+ ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager
+ ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the
+ ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum
+ ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content
+ ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do
+ ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal
+ ** the current page content before overwriting it.
+ **
+ ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal
+ ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
+ ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
+ ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
+ ** database image and the end of the database file.
+ */
+ int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate))? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT:0;
-/*
-** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
-** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
-** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
-** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
-**
-** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
-** assumed that the database is corrupt.
-*/
-#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pBt->nPage++;
+ if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
-** b-tree within a database file.
-**
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
-**
-** A single database file can shared by two more database connections,
-** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
-** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex.
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
- Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
- BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
- Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
- sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */
- CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
- i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
- void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
- int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */
- u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */
- u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
- u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */
- u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
- u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
+ /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
+ ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
+ ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
+ */
+ MemPage *pPg = 0;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
+ assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+ releasePage(pPg);
+ }
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pBt->nPage++;
+ if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
+ }
#endif
- i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */
- u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */
- MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */
-};
+ put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
+ *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
-**
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
-**
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
-** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-** called.
-**
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
-** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
-** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-** seek the cursor to the saved position.
-**
-** CURSOR_FAULT:
-** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
-** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
-** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
-** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
-** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
-*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
-#define CURSOR_VALID 1
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2
-#define CURSOR_FAULT 3
+ assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
+ }
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+ }
-/*
-** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-*/
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
+ assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
-**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
-**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+end_allocate_page:
+ releasePage(pTrunk);
+ releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
+ *ppPage = 0;
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
+ }else{
+ *ppPage = 0;
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) );
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
-**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
-**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-** used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
-** is not used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
+** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-** page in the overflow page list.
+** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
+** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-** identifies the parent page in the btree.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
-
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
+** its reference count is not altered by this function.
*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
+static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
+ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */
+ Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
+ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( iPage>1 );
+ assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
+ if( pMemPage ){
+ pPage = pMemPage;
+ sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }else{
+ pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
+ }
+ /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+ nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
-/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
-*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
- BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
- Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
- Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
- int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */
- int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
- int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
- int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
- StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
-};
+ if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+ /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
+ ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
+ */
+ if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
+ || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
+ ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
+ }
-/*
-** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
-*/
-#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
-#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
-#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+ /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
+ ** to indicate that the page is free.
+ */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
+ if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+ }
-/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
+ ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
+ ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
+ ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
+ ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
+ ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
+ */
+ if( nFree!=0 ){
+ u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
-/*
-** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
-** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
-** p->locked boolean to true.
-*/
-static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
- assert( p->locked==0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
- p->locked = 1;
-}
+ nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+ assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
+ if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+ /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
+ ** being freed as a new leaf.
+ **
+ ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
+ ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
+ ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
+ ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
+ ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order
+ ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
+ ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
+ ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
+ ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
+ ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
+ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
+ if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
+ sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }
+ rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
+ }
+ TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
-** clear the p->locked boolean.
-*/
-static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( p->locked==1 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- assert( p->db==pBt->db );
+ /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
+ ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
+ ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
+ ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
+ ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
+ */
+ if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
+ put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
+ TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
- p->locked = 0;
+freepage_out:
+ if( pPage ){
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ }
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ releasePage(pTrunk);
+ return rc;
+}
+static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
+ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+ }
}
/*
-** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
-**
-** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
-** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
-** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
-** of this interface is recursive.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
-** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other
-** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
-** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on
-** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
-** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
-** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. Write the
+** local Cell size (the number of bytes on the original page, omitting
+** overflow) into *pnSize.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
- Btree *pLater;
-
- /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees
- ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
- ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
- ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
- assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
- assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
- assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
- assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
- assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
-
- /* Check for locking consistency */
- assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
- assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
-
- /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
- /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
- ** should already be set correctly. */
- assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
-
- if( !p->sharable ) return;
- p->wantToLock++;
- if( p->locked ) return;
+static int clearCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the Cell */
+ unsigned char *pCell, /* First byte of the Cell */
+ u16 *pnSize /* Write the size of the Cell here */
+){
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ CellInfo info;
+ Pgno ovflPgno;
+ int rc;
+ int nOvfl;
+ u32 ovflPageSize;
- /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
- ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
- ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block.
- */
- if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
- p->locked = 1;
- return;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ *pnSize = info.nSize;
+ if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+ }
+ if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */
}
+ ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+ assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
+ ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+ nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
+ assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
+ while( nOvfl-- ){
+ Pgno iNext = 0;
+ MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+ if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
+ ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
+ ** file the database must be corrupt. */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( nOvfl ){
+ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
- /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
- ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire
- ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
- ** order.
- */
- for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- assert( pLater->sharable );
- assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
- assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
- if( pLater->locked ){
- unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+ if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
+ && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
+ ){
+ /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
+ ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
+ ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
+ ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
+ ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
+ ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
+ ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
+ ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
+ ** can be problematic.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
}
- }
- lockBtreeMutex(p);
- for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- if( pLater->wantToLock ){
- lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+
+ if( pOvfl ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
}
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ ovflPgno = iNext;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
- if( p->sharable ){
- assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
- p->wantToLock--;
- if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
- unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+static int fillInCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */
+ unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */
+ const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */
+ const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */
+ int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
+ int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */
+){
+ int nPayload;
+ const u8 *pSrc;
+ int nSrc, n, rc;
+ int spaceLeft;
+ MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+ MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+ unsigned char *pPrior;
+ unsigned char *pPayload;
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+ int nHeader;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+ /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
+ ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
+ assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+ /* Fill in the header. */
+ nHeader = pPage->childPtrSize;
+ nPayload = nData + nZero;
+ if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
+ nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload);
+ }else{
+ assert( nData==0 );
+ assert( nZero==0 );
+ }
+ nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+
+ /* Fill in the payload size */
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ pSrc = pData;
+ nSrc = nData;
+ nData = 0;
+ }else{
+ if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ nPayload = (int)nKey;
+ pSrc = pKey;
+ nSrc = (int)nKey;
}
-}
+ if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+ n = nHeader + nPayload;
+ testcase( n==3 );
+ testcase( n==4 );
+ if( n<4 ) n = 4;
+ *pnSize = n;
+ spaceLeft = nPayload;
+ pPrior = pCell;
+ }else{
+ int mn = pPage->minLocal;
+ n = mn + (nPayload - mn) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+ testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal );
+ testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+ if( n > pPage->maxLocal ) n = mn;
+ spaceLeft = n;
+ *pnSize = n + nHeader + 4;
+ pPrior = &pCell[nHeader+n];
+ }
+ pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
-** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
-**
-** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ /* At this point variables should be set as follows:
+ **
+ ** nPayload Total payload size in bytes
+ ** pPayload Begin writing payload here
+ ** spaceLeft Space available at pPayload. If nPayload>spaceLeft,
+ ** that means content must spill into overflow pages.
+ ** *pnSize Size of the local cell (not counting overflow pages)
+ ** pPrior Where to write the pgno of the first overflow page
+ **
+ ** Use a call to btreeParseCellPtr() to verify that the values above
+ ** were computed correctly.
+ */
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+ {
+ CellInfo info;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ assert( nHeader=(int)(info.pPayload - pCell) );
+ assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+ assert( *pnSize == info.nSize );
+ assert( spaceLeft == info.nLocal );
+ assert( pPrior == &pCell[info.iOverflow] );
+ }
+#endif
- return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
-}
+ /* Write the payload into the local Cell and any extra into overflow pages */
+ while( nPayload>0 ){
+ if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ do{
+ pgnoOvfl++;
+ } while(
+ PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+ );
+ }
+#endif
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
+ ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
+ ** for that page now.
+ **
+ ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
+ ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
+ ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
+ ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the
+ ** wrong pages from the database.
+ */
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pOvfl);
+ }
+ }
#endif
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pToRelease);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
+ ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
-** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
-** omitted if that module is not used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+ /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+ ** is still writeable */
+ assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+ releasePage(pToRelease);
+ pToRelease = pOvfl;
+ pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+ put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+ pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+ spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+ }
+ n = nPayload;
+ if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
-/*
-** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
-** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
-** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
-** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
-** reset out from under us.
-**
-** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
-**
-** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
-** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
-** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
-** at the same instant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- Btree *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- Btree *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- }
-}
+ /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
+ ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-/*
-** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if
-** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
- return p->sharable;
-}
+ /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+ ** is still writeable */
+ assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
-** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
-**
-** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
- return 0;
- }
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p;
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && p->sharable &&
- (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
- return 0;
+ if( nSrc>0 ){
+ if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+ assert( pSrc );
+ memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+ }else{
+ memset(pPayload, 0, n);
+ }
+ nPayload -= n;
+ pPayload += n;
+ pSrc += n;
+ nSrc -= n;
+ spaceLeft -= n;
+ if( nSrc==0 ){
+ nSrc = nData;
+ pSrc = pData;
}
}
- return 1;
+ releasePage(pToRelease);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
-** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema
-** access are:
-**
-** (1) The mutex on db
-** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
**
-** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
-** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
- Btree *p;
- assert( db!=0 );
- if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
- if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
- p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
- assert( p!=0 );
- return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
+ u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+ u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */
+ u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+ int rc; /* The return code */
+ int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */
-#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
-/*
-** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
-** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for
-** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
-** are null #defines in btree.h.
-**
-** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
-** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
-*/
+ if( *pRC ) return;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p ){
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
- }
+ assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+ assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx];
+ pc = get2byte(ptr);
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+ testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return;
}
+ rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+ if( rc ){
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ pPage->nCell--;
+ memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx));
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+ pPage->nFree += 2;
}
-#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
-** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
*/
+static void insertCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */
+ int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+ u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */
+ int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+ u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+ Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
+ int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */
+){
+ int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+ int j; /* Loop counter */
+ int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+ int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+ int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+ u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */
-/*
-** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database.
-*/
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+ if( *pRC ) return;
-/*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
-** macro.
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
-# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
+ assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+ assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
+ assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
+ assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a
+ ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
+ ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
+ ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence
+ ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
+ assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
+ if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+ if( pTemp ){
+ memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz);
+ pCell = pTemp;
+ }
+ if( iChild ){
+ put4byte(pCell, iChild);
+ }
+ j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+ assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) );
+ pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell;
+ pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i;
+ }else{
+ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+ end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+ ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+ rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
+ if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
+ /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
+ ** if it returns success */
+ assert( idx >= end+2 );
+ assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ pPage->nCell++;
+ pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
+ memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz);
+ if( iChild ){
+ put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
+ }
+ memmove(&data[ins+2], &data[ins], end-ins);
+ put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+ put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
+ ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
+ */
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
+ }
#endif
+ }
+}
/*
-** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
-** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
-**
-** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
-** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page
-** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
-** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
+** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
*/
-#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
+static void assemblePage(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assembled */
+ int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+ u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+ u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */
+ int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */
+ u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */
+ const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */
+ const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
-** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
-** test builds.
-**
-** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#else
-static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)
+ && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
-**
-** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
-** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
-** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
+ assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+ assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
+
+ pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
+ cellbody = nUsable;
+ for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
+ u16 sz = aSize[i];
+ pCellptr -= 2;
+ cellbody -= sz;
+ put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
+ memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz);
+ }
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
+ pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
+ pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
}
-#endif
-
+/*
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- /*
- ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
- ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
- ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
- ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
- ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
- ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
- ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
- */
- #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
- #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
- #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
- #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
/*
-**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
-**
-** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the
-** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
-**
-** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via
-** Btree connection pBtree:
+** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
+** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
+** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
+** entry in the tree.
**
-** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
+** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
+** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
+** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
+** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
+** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
+** fill up. On average.
**
-** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the
-** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
-** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
-** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
-** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
-** function has to search through the database schema.
+** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
+** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry
+** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
**
-** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
-** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
-** acceptable.
+** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
+** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
+** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
+** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
+** least 13 bytes in size.
*/
-static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
- Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */
- Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */
- int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
- int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
-){
- Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
- Pgno iTab = 0;
- BtLock *pLock;
+static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
+ BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */
+ MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */
- /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
- ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
- ** Return true immediately.
- */
- if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
- || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
- ){
- return 1;
- }
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
- /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is
- ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
- ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true.
- ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
+ /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
+ if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+ /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
+ ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
+ ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
*/
- if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
- return 1;
- }
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
- /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
- ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
- ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
- ** table. */
- if( isIndex ){
- HashElem *p;
- for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
- Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
- if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
- iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+ u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
+ u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
+ u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
+ u8 *pStop;
+
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
+ zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
+ assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+
+ /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
+ ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
+ ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
+ ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
+ ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
+ ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
+ ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
+ ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
+ */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+ if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
}
}
- }else{
- iTab = iRoot;
- }
+
+ /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
+ ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
+ ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
+ ** largest key on pPage).
+ **
+ ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
+ ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
+ ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
+ ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
+ ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
+ ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
+ ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
+ */
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
+ pStop = &pCell[9];
+ while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+ pStop = &pCell[9];
+ while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
- /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
- ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
- ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */
- for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
- if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
- && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
- && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
- ){
- return 1;
- }
+ /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
+ insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
+ 0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
+
+ /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
+ put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+
+ /* Release the reference to the new page. */
+ releasePage(pNew);
}
- /* Failed to find the required lock. */
- return 0;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#if 0
/*
-**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
-**
-** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
-** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
-** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
-**
-** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
-** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
-** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the
-** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
-** have a read cursor.
-**
-** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
-** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
-**
-** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
+** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
+** for setting pointer-map entries.
*/
-static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
- BtCursor *p;
- for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
- && p->pBtree!=pBtree
- && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
- ){
- return 1;
+static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
+ int i, j;
+ for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
+ Pgno n;
+ u8 e;
+ MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+ for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
+ CellInfo info;
+ u8 *z;
+
+ z = findCell(pPage, j);
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
+ if( info.iOverflow ){
+ Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
+ ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
+ assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
+ }
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno child = get4byte(z);
+ ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+ assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+ }
+ }
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+ assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
}
}
- return 0;
+ return 1;
}
-#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif
/*
-** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
-** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
+** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
+** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
+** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
+** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
+** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
+**
+** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
+** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
+**
+** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
+**
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
+** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
+** which are called often under normal circumstances.
*/
-static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pIter;
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( p->db!=0 );
- assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
+static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
+ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
+ u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
+ u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
+ int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
+ int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
+ int rc;
+ int iData;
- /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
- ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
- ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
- */
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
- if( !p->sharable ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
- ** requested lock may not be obtained.
- */
- if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
- return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
- }
-
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
- ** statement is a simplification of:
- **
- ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
- **
- ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
- ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
- ** only be a single writer).
+ assert( pFrom->isInit );
+ assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
+ assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
+
+ /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
+ iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
+ memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
+ memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
+
+ /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
+ ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
+ ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized
+ ** page pFrom.
*/
- assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
- if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
- if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
- assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
- pBt->isPending = 1;
- }
- return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ pTo->isInit = 0;
+ rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
+ ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
+ */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
-** WRITE_LOCK.
+** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
+** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
+** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
+** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
+** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
+** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
+** participate in the balancing.
**
-** This function assumes the following:
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
**
-** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
-** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
+** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
+** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
+** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
**
-** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
-** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
-** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
+** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
+** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
+** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
+** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
+** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
+** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
+** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
+** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
+** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
+** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
+** enough for all overflow cells.
+**
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
+** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
-static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pLock = 0;
- BtLock *pIter;
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
+#pragma optimize("", off)
+#endif
+static int balance_nonroot(
+ MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
+ int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
+ u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
+ int isRoot, /* True if pParent is a root-page */
+ int bBulk /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
+){
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */
+ int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
+ int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
+ int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+ int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+ int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */
+ int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */
+ u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */
+ int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+ int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+ int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+ int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+ int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
+ int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
+ int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */
+ MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+ MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+ MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+ u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
+ u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */
+ int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+ int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+ u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */
+ u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+ u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
+ Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( p->db!=0 );
+ pBt = pParent->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
- ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
- ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master
- ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */
- assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+#if 0
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+#endif
- /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
- ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */
- assert( p->sharable );
- assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+ /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
+ ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
+ ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
+ ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
+ */
+ assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
+ assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx );
+
+ if( !aOvflSpace ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
+ ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
+ ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
+ ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
+ ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
+ **
+ ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
+ ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
+ ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
+ ** have already been removed.
+ */
+ i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
+ if( i<2 ){
+ nxDiv = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
+ if( iParentIdx==0 ){
+ nxDiv = 0;
+ }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
+ nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
+ }else{
+ assert( bBulk==0 );
+ nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
+ }
+ i = 2-bBulk;
+ }
+ nOld = i+1;
+ if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
+ pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
+ }else{
+ pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+ }
+ pgno = get4byte(pRight);
+ while( 1 ){
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+ goto balance_cleanup;
+ }
+ nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
+ if( (i--)==0 ) break;
+
+ if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){
+ apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0];
+ pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+ szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+ pParent->nOverflow = 0;
+ }else{
+ apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+ pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+ szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+
+ /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
+ ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
+ ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
+ ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
+ ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
+ ** later on.
+ **
+ ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
+ ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
+ ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
+ ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
+ ** is allocated. */
+ if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+ int iOff;
- /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
- pLock = pIter;
- break;
+ iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
+ if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+ goto balance_cleanup;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
+ apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
+ }
+ }
+ dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
}
}
- /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
- ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
- */
- if( !pLock ){
- pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
- if( !pLock ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pLock->iTable = iTable;
- pLock->pBtree = p;
- pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
- pBt->pLock = pLock;
- }
+ /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
+ ** alignment */
+ nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
- /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
- ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
- ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
+ /*
+ ** Allocate space for memory structures
*/
- assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
- if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
- pLock->eLock = eLock;
+ k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
+ szScratch =
+ nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */
+ + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */
+ + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */
+ + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */
+ apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch );
+ if( apCell==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto balance_cleanup;
}
+ szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
+ aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
-** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
-**
-** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write
-** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable
-** may be incorrectly cleared.
-*/
-static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
- assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+ /*
+ ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+ ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells
+ ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the divider cells
+ ** from pParent.
+ **
+ ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+ ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+ ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+ ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+ ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+ ** are alike.
+ **
+ ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+ ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+ */
+ leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
+ leafData = apOld[0]->intKeyLeaf;
+ for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+ int limit;
+
+ /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
+ ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
+ ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
+ ** process of being overwritten. */
+ MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
+ memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
+ pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
+ memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
- while( *ppIter ){
- BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
- assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
- assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
- if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
- *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
- assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
- if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
- sqlite3_free(pLock);
+ limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+ if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
+ for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+ assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+ apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
+ szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+ nCell++;
}
}else{
- ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+ u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
+ u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
+ u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset;
+ for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+ assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+ apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
+ szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+ nCell++;
+ }
+ }
+ if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
+ u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
+ u8 *pTemp;
+ assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+ szCell[nCell] = sz;
+ pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
+ iSpace1 += sz;
+ assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+ assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+ memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+ apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+ assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
+ szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
+ if( !pOld->leaf ){
+ assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+ assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
+ /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+ ** pointer of the divider cell */
+ memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
+ }else{
+ assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+ if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
+ /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
+ szCell[nCell] = 4;
+ }
+ }
+ nCell++;
}
}
- assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter );
- if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
- pBt->pWriter = 0;
- pBt->isExclusive = 0;
- pBt->isPending = 0;
- }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
- /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its
- ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
- ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
- ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
- ** set the isPending flag to 0.
- **
- ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must
- ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
- */
- pBt->isPending = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
-*/
-static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
- BtLock *pLock;
- pBt->pWriter = 0;
- pBt->isExclusive = 0;
- pBt->isPending = 0;
- for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
- assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
- pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
+ /*
+ ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+ ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+ ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+ ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
+ ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+ **
+ ** Values computed by this block:
+ **
+ ** k: The total number of sibling pages
+ ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+ ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+ ** the right of the i-th sibling page.
+ ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+ **
+ */
+ usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+ for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ assert( i<nMaxCells );
+ subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
+ if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
+ szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+ cntNew[k] = i;
+ if( leafData ){ i--; }
+ subtotal = 0;
+ k++;
+ if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
}
}
-}
+ szNew[k] = subtotal;
+ cntNew[k] = nCell;
+ k++;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+ /*
+ ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+ ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+ ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts
+ ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+ **
+ ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might
+ ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most
+ ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional.
+ */
+ for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+ int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */
+ int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+ int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+ int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
+ r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+ d = r + 1 - leafData;
+ assert( d<nMaxCells );
+ assert( r<nMaxCells );
+ while( szRight==0
+ || (!bBulk && szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2))
+ ){
+ szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
+ szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
+ cntNew[i-1]--;
+ r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+ d = r + 1 - leafData;
+ }
+ szNew[i] = szRight;
+ szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+ }
-/*
-***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
-**
-** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
- return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
-}
+ /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
+ ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root
+ ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
+ **
+ ** UPDATE: The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database
+ ** file is corrupt. The corruption will be detected and reported later
+ ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now.
+ */
+#if 0
+ assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
#endif
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ",
+ apOld[0]->pgno,
+ nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
+ nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
+ ));
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
-*/
-static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
- pCur->aOverflow = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
- BtCursor *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+ /*
+ ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible.
+ */
+ if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto balance_cleanup;
}
-}
+ pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
+ for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+ MemPage *pNew;
+ if( i<nOld ){
+ pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+ apOld[i] = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
+ nNew++;
+ if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ }else{
+ assert( i>0 );
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
+ if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ apNew[i] = pNew;
+ nNew++;
-/*
-** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
-** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
-** row or one of the rows being modified.
-**
-** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
-** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
-** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
-**
-** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
-** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
-** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
-*/
-static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
- Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */
- i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */
- int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */
-){
- BtCursor *p;
- BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){
- p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto balance_cleanup;
+ }
+ }
}
}
-}
-#else
- /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */
- #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
- #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
- #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+ /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+ */
+ while( i<nOld ){
+ freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
+ if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ releasePage(apOld[i]);
+ apOld[i] = 0;
+ i++;
+ }
-/*
-** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
-** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
-** page.
-**
-** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
-** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
-** free-list leaf pages:
-**
-** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
-** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
-** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
-** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
-** why bother journalling it?).
-**
-** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
-** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
-** be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
-**
-** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
-** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
-** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
-** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
-** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
-** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
-** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
-** to restore the database to its original configuration.
-**
-** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
-** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
-** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
-** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
-** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
-** at the end of every transaction.
-*/
-static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
- assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
- pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
- if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /*
+ ** Put the new pages in ascending order. This helps to
+ ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+ ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That
+ ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
+ ** from the disk more rapidly.
+ **
+ ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
+ ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
+ ** not be a problem.
+ **
+ ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
+ ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
+ int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
+ int minI = i;
+ for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
+ if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){
+ minI = j;
+ minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
+ }
+ }
+ if( minI>i ){
+ MemPage *pT;
+ pT = apNew[i];
+ apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+ apNew[minI] = pT;
}
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
- rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+ apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
+ nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+ nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+ nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+ nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
-/*
-** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
-**
-** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
-** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
-** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
-*/
-static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
- return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
-}
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+ put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
-/*
-** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
-** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
-*/
-static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
- pBt->pHasContent = 0;
-}
+ /*
+ ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+ ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+ */
+ j = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+ /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
+ MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+ assert( j<nMaxCells );
+ zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+ assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
+ assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
+ assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+
+ j = cntNew[i];
+
+ /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
+ ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
+ */
+ assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
+ if( j<nCell ){
+ u8 *pCell;
+ u8 *pTemp;
+ int sz;
+
+ assert( j<nMaxCells );
+ pCell = apCell[j];
+ sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+ pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
+ if( !pNew->leaf ){
+ memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+ }else if( leafData ){
+ /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
+ ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider
+ ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
+ ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
+ */
+ CellInfo info;
+ j--;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+ pCell = pTemp;
+ sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
+ pTemp = 0;
+ }else{
+ pCell -= 4;
+ /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
+ ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
+ ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
+ ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
+ ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
+ ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
+ **
+ ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
+ ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
+ ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
+ */
+ if( szCell[j]==4 ){
+ assert(leafCorrection==4);
+ sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
+ }
+ }
+ iOvflSpace += sz;
+ assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+ assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+ insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
-**
-** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
-** prior to calling this routine.
-*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc;
+ j++;
+ nxDiv++;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( j==nCell );
+ assert( nOld>0 );
+ assert( nNew>0 );
+ if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+ u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
+ memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
+ }
- assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
- assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
+ /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
+ ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
+ ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
+ ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
+ ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
+ **
+ ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
+ ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
+ ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
+ **
+ ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
+ ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
+ ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
+ ** image. */
+ assert( nNew==1 );
+ assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
+ (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
+ );
+ copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
+ freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
+ }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around.
+ ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
+ ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
+ ** many have not. The following is a summary:
+ **
+ ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
+ ** siblings when this function was called. These have already
+ ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
+ ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
+ ** of those.
+ **
+ ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
+ ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These
+ ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
+ **
+ ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
+ ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
+ **
+ ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
+ ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
+ ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
+ **
+ ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
+ ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
+ ** to be updated.
+ **
+ ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
+ ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
+ ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
+ ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
+ ** actually moved between pages. */
+ MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
+ MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
+ int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+ int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
+ int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aiOvfl[0] : -1);
+ j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */
+ k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ int isDivider = 0;
+ while( i==iNextOld ){
+ /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
+ ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+ ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
+ assert( j+1 < ArraySize(apCopy) );
+ assert( j+1 < nOld );
+ pOld = apCopy[++j];
+ iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
+ if( pOld->nOverflow ){
+ nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+ iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aiOvfl[0];
+ }
+ isDivider = !leafData;
+ }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */
+ assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
+ assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aiOvfl[0]==pOld->aiOvfl[1]-1);
+ assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aiOvfl[1]==pOld->aiOvfl[2]-1);
+ if( i==iOverflow ){
+ isDivider = 1;
+ if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
+ iOverflow++;
+ }
+ }
- /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
- ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
- ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
- ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key
- ** data.
- */
- if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
- void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
- if( pKey ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->pKey = pKey;
- }else{
- sqlite3_free(pKey);
+ if( i==cntNew[k] ){
+ /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
+ ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+ ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */
+ pNew = apNew[++k];
+ if( !leafData ) continue;
}
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
+ assert( j<nOld );
+ assert( k<nNew );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
- pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
+ /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
+ ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
+ ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
+ ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated. */
+ if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
+ if( !leafCorrection ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+ }
+ if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
+ }
+ }
}
- pCur->iPage = -1;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
- }
-
- invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
-** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
-** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
-*/
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
- BtCursor *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) &&
- p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
- int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- return rc;
+ if( !leafCorrection ){
+ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+ u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
}
}
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Clear the current cursor position.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
- pCur->pKey = 0;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-}
+#if 0
+ /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
+ ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
+ ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
+ ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */
+ ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
+ ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
+#endif
+ }
-/*
-** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
-** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the
-** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
-*/
-static int btreeMoveto(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
- const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
- i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */
- int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */
- int *pRes /* Write search results here */
-){
- int rc; /* Status code */
- UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */
- char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
+ assert( pParent->isInit );
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+ nOld, nNew, nCell));
- if( pKey ){
- assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
- pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey,
- aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
- if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pIdxKey = 0;
+ /*
+ ** Cleanup before returning.
+ */
+balance_cleanup:
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
+ for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+ releasePage(apOld[i]);
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
- if( pKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
+ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+ releasePage(apNew[i]);
}
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
-** saveCursorPosition().
-*/
-static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
- return pCur->skipNext;
- }
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
- pCur->pKey = 0;
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
- }
return rc;
}
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
+#pragma optimize("", on)
+#endif
-#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
- (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
- btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
- SQLITE_OK)
/*
-** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
-** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
-** at is deleted out from under them.
+** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
+** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
+**
+** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
+** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
+** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
+** pointer pointing to the new page.
+**
+** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
+** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
+** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
+** page is also updated.
**
-** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The
-** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
+** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
+** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
+** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
- int rc;
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
+ int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */
+ MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */
+ Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */
+ BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+ /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
+ ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
+ ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
+ copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
+ }
+ }
if( rc ){
- *pHasMoved = 1;
+ *ppChild = 0;
+ releasePage(pChild);
return rc;
}
- if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){
- *pHasMoved = 1;
- }else{
- *pHasMoved = 0;
- }
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
+
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+
+ /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
+ memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl,
+ pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0]));
+ memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl,
+ pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0]));
+ pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
+
+ /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
+ zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+ put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+
+ *ppChild = pChild;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
-** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
-** input page number.
+** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
+** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
+** routine. Balancing routines are:
**
-** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
-** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic
-** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
+** balance_quick()
+** balance_deeper()
+** balance_nonroot()
*/
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- int nPagesPerMapPage;
- Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
- nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
- iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
- ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
- if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- ret++;
- }
- return ret;
-}
+static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
+ u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
+ u8 *pFree = 0;
-/*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
-**
-** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
-** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
-** into *pRC.
-*/
-static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */
- Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */
- int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */
- int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */
+ TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
+ TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
- if( *pRC ) return;
+ do {
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
- assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+ if( iPage==0 ){
+ if( pPage->nOverflow ){
+ /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
+ ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
+ ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
+ ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
+ */
+ assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
+ rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->iPage = 1;
+ pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+ pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
+ assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
+ }
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
+ break;
+ }else{
+ MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
+ int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- if( key==0 ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return;
- }
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
- if( offset<0 ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto ptrmap_exit;
- }
- assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
- pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+ if( pPage->intKeyLeaf
+ && pPage->nOverflow==1
+ && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
+ && pParent->pgno!=1
+ && pParent->nCell==iIdx
+ ){
+ /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
+ ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
+ ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
+ ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent
+ ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
+ ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
+ ** buffer.
+ **
+ ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
+ ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
+ ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
+ ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
+ */
+ assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
+ rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
+ ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
+ ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
+ ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
+ ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
+ **
+ ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
+ ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
+ ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
+ ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
+ ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
+ ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
+ ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
+ ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
+ ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
+ ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
+ */
+ u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
+ rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints);
+ if( pFree ){
+ /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
+ ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
+ ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
+ ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
+ sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+ }
- if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
- TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
- *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
- put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+ /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
+ ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
+ ** comes first. */
+ pFree = pSpace;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+
+ /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ pCur->iPage--;
}
- }
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-ptrmap_exit:
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ if( pFree ){
+ sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
+** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is
+** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
+** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
+** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
+** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
+** a positive value if pCur points at an entry that is larger than
+** (pKey, nKey)).
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
+** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
+** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
+** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
+** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
- int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */
- int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+ const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */
+ const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */
+ int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
+ int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */
+ int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
+){
int rc;
+ int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */
+ int szNew = 0;
+ int idx;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ unsigned char *oldCell;
+ unsigned char *newCell = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return rc;
- }
- pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
- if( offset<0 ){
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+ return pCur->skipNext;
}
- assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
- assert( pEType!=0 );
- *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
- if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0
+ && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
+ && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
-#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
- #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
- #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
- #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
-#endif
+ /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
+ ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
+ ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
+ ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
+ ** blob of associated data. */
+ assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
-**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
-*/
-#define findCell(P,I) \
- ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)])))
-#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I)))))
+ /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
+ **
+ ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
+ ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
+ ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
+ ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
+ ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
+ ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
+ ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
+ ** not to clear the cursor here.
+ */
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+ /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
+ ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
+ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
-/*
-** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
-** pages that do contain overflow cells.
-*/
-static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- int i;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
- int k;
- struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
- pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
- k = pOvfl->idx;
- if( k<=iCell ){
- if( k==iCell ){
- return pOvfl->pCell;
- }
- iCell--;
+ /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
+ ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary btreeMoveto()
+ ** call */
+ if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0
+ && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){
+ loc = -1;
}
}
- return findCell(pPage, iCell);
-}
-/*
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There
-** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a
-** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr()
-** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
-**
-** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
-** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
-*/
-static void btreeParseCellPtr(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */
- u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+ if( !loc ){
+ rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+ assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
- pInfo->pCell = pCell;
- assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
- n = pPage->childPtrSize;
- assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
- }else{
- nPayload = 0;
+ TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+ pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+ loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
+ newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+ assert( newCell!=0 );
+ rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
+ if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+ assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+ assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+ idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ if( loc==0 ){
+ u16 szOld;
+ assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_insert;
+ }
+ oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
}
- n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
- pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+ rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &szOld);
+ dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
+ if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+ }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+ assert( pPage->leaf );
+ idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
}else{
- pInfo->nData = 0;
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
- pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+ assert( pPage->leaf );
}
- pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
- pInfo->nHeader = n;
- testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
- testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
- if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
- /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
- ** on the local page. No overflow is required.
- */
- if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
- pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
- pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
- }else{
- /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
- ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
- ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
- ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
- ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
- **
- ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
- ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
- */
- int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
- int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
- int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+ insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
- minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
- maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
- surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
- testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
- testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
- if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
- pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
- }else{
- pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
- }
- pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
- pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+ /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
+ ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
+ ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
+ ** variables.
+ **
+ ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
+ ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
+ ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
+ ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
+ ** slightly faster.
+ **
+ ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
+ ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
+ ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
+ ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
+ ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
+ ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
+ ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
+ ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
+ */
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
+ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey);
+ rc = balance(pCur);
+
+ /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
+ ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
+ ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
+ ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
}
-}
-#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
- btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
-static void btreeParseCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
+
+end_insert:
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor
+** is left pointing at an arbitrary location.
*/
-static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
- u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
- u32 nSize;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */
+ unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */
+ int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */
+ int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
+ u16 szCell; /* Size of the cell being deleted */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
- ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
- ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
- ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
- CellInfo debuginfo;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
-#endif
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+ assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+ assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- u8 *pEnd;
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
- }else{
- nSize = 0;
- }
+ if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell)
+ || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */
+ }
- /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
- ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
- ** past the end of the key value. */
- pEnd = &pIter[9];
- while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
- }else{
- pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+ iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
+ iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
+
+ /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
+ ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
+ ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
+ ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
+ ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
+ ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
+ ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ int notUsed = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
}
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
- if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
- int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
- nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
- if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
- nSize = minLocal;
- }
- nSize += 4;
+ /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
+ ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be
+ ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the
+ ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.
+ */
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+
+ /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
+ ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */
+ if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
}
- nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
- /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
- if( nSize<4 ){
- nSize = 4;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell);
+ dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, szCell, &rc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+
+ /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
+ ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
+ ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
+ ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
+ ** node to replace the deleted cell. */
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ int nCell;
+ Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
+ unsigned char *pTmp;
+
+ pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
+ nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
+ assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
+ pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+ assert( pTmp!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
+ insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
+ dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
}
- assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
- return (u16)nSize;
-}
+ /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
+ ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
+ ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
+ ** never true.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
+ ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
+ ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
+ ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
+ ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
+ ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
+ ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
+ ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
+ ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
+ ** well. */
+ rc = balance(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+ while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+ }
+ rc = balance(pCur);
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
-** only. */
-static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ moveToRoot(pCur);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
+** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices
*/
-static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
- CellInfo info;
- if( *pRC ) return;
- assert( pCell!=0 );
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
- if( info.iOverflow ){
- Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
+static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ MemPage *pRoot;
+ Pgno pgnoRoot;
+ int rc;
+ int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
-}
-#endif
+#else
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
+ MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
+ /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
+ ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
+ ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
+ ** held by open cursors.
+ */
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-/*
-** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
-*/
-static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */
- int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */
- int size; /* Size of a cell */
- int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
- int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
- int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */
- unsigned char *data; /* The page data */
- unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */
- int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */
- int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */
+ /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
+ ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
+ ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
+ pgnoRoot++;
+ /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
+ ** PENDING_BYTE page.
+ */
+ while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
+ pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ pgnoRoot++;
+ }
+ assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
- assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
- usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
- cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
- cbrk = usableSize;
- iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
- iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */
- pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
- pc = get2byte(pAddr);
- testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
- testcase( pc==iCellLast );
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
- /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
- ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined
+ /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
+ ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
+ ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
*/
- if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
- assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
- size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
- cbrk -= size;
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
- if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+ if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
+ /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
+ ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
+ ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
+ ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
+ ** is already journaled.
+ */
+ u8 eType = 0;
+ Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
+
+ /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in
+ ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference
+ ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot. */
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+ releasePage(pPageMove);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+ assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
+ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+
+ /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pRoot = pPageMove;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
}
-#else
- if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+ /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
+ ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
+ ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
+ if( NEVER(rc) ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
- assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
- testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
- testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
- memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
- put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
+
+ }else{
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
}
- assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
- data[hdr+1] = 0;
- data[hdr+2] = 0;
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+#endif
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+ if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+ ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
+ }else{
+ ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
}
+ zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
+ assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
+ *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
-** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
-** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
-** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
-**
-** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
-** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
-** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using
-** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
-** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
-** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
+** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return
+** the page to the freelist.
*/
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
- const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
- u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
- int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
- int top; /* First byte of cell content area */
- int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
- int rc; /* Integer return code */
- int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
-
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
- assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
- assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */
+ int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */
+ int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
+){
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ int rc;
+ unsigned char *pCell;
+ int i;
+ int hdr;
+ u16 szCell;
- nFrag = data[hdr+7];
- assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
- gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
- top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
- if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- testcase( gap+2==top );
- testcase( gap+1==top );
- testcase( gap==top );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
- if( nFrag>=60 ){
- /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
- rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
- }else if( gap+2<=top ){
- /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy
- ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in
- ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it.
- */
- int pc, addr;
- for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
- int size; /* Size of the free slot */
- if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
- if( size>=nByte ){
- int x = size - nByte;
- testcase( x==4 );
- testcase( x==3 );
- if( x<4 ){
- /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
- ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
- memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
- data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
- }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }else{
- /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
- ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
- put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
- }
- *pIdx = pc + x;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
+ if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
}
+ rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell);
+ if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
}
-
- /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
- ** the allocation. If not, defragment.
- */
- testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
- if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
- rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
- assert( gap+nByte<=top );
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange);
+ if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+ }else if( pnChange ){
+ assert( pPage->intKey );
+ *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
+ }
+ if( freePageFlag ){
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
+ zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF);
}
-
- /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
- ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already
- ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there
- ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
- ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
- */
- top -= nByte;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
- assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- *pIdx = top;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+cleardatabasepage_out:
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
-** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
**
-** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
-** free blocks into a single big free block.
+** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
+** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
+** entries in the table.
*/
-static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
- int addr, pbegin, hdr;
- int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
- assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
- if( pPage->pBt->secureDelete ){
- /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
- ** option is enabled */
- memset(&data[start], 0, size);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
+ ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
+ ** a no-op). */
+ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on.
+**
+** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page
+** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
+** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
+** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
+** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
+** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
+** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
+** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
+** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
+*/
+static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
+ int rc;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that
- ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
- ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
- ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the
- ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these
- ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
- ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
- ** the freelist.
+ /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
+ ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
+ ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
+ ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would
+ ** occur.
+ **
+ ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
*/
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- addr = hdr + 1;
- iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
- assert( start<=iLast );
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
- if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- addr = pbegin;
+ if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
}
- if( pbegin>iLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ return rc;
}
- assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
- put2byte(&data[addr], start);
- put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
- put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
- pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;
-
- /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
- addr = hdr + 1;
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
- int pnext, psize, x;
- assert( pbegin>addr );
- assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
- psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
- if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
- int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
- if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+ *piMoved = 0;
+
+ if( iTable>1 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+#else
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno maxRootPgno;
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
+
+ if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
+ /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
+ ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
+ */
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
+ ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
+ ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
+ */
+ MemPage *pMove;
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
+ releasePage(pMove);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pMove = 0;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+ freePage(pMove, &rc);
+ releasePage(pMove);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
+ ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
+ ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
+ ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
+ */
+ maxRootPgno--;
+ while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+ || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
+ maxRootPgno--;
}
- data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
- x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
- put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
- x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
- put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
+ assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
}else{
- addr = pbegin;
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
}
+#endif
+ }else{
+ /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
+ ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
+ ** database.
+ */
+ zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+ releasePage(pPage);
}
-
- /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
- if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
- int top;
- pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
- }
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
-**
-** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different
-** indicates a corrupt database files:
+** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
+** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
**
-** PTF_ZERODATA
-** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
-** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
-** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+**
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
*/
-static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
- BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
- flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
- pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
- pPage->intKey = 1;
- pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
- }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
- pPage->intKey = 0;
- pPage->hasData = 0;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+ assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+ assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+
+ *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+
+ /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
+ ** database, mark the database as read-only. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
+ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
/*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
+** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
*/
-static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ unsigned char *pP1;
+ int rc;
+ assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+ pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
+ assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+/*
+** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
+** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
+** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
+** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
+ i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- if( !pPage->isInit ){
- u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
- u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */
- u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */
- int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */
- u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
- int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
- int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */
- int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
- int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
+ if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+ *pnEntry = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
+ ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
+ */
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- data = pPage->aData;
- if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
- pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
- top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
- pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
- /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
+ ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
+ ** accordingly.
+ */
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
+ nEntry += pPage->nCell;
}
- testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
- /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
- ** of page when parsing a cell.
+ /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
+ ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
+ ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
+ ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
+ ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
+ ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
**
- ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
- ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be
- ** returned if it does.
- */
- iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
- iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
- {
- int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */
- int sz; /* Size of a cell */
-
- if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
- pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
- testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
- testcase( pc==iCellLast );
- if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
- testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
- if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
+ ** caller.
+ */
+ if( pPage->leaf ){
+ do {
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+ /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
+ *pnEntry = nEntry;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
- }
-#endif
+ moveToParent(pCur);
+ }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
- /* Compute the total free space on the page */
- pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
- while( pc>0 ){
- u16 next, size;
- if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- /* Start of free block is off the page */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
- size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
- if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
- /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
- ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- nFree = nFree + size;
- pc = next;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
}
- /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
- ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
- ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
- ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
- ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
- ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
+ /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
+ ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
*/
- if( nFree>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+ }else{
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
}
- pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
- pPage->isInit = 1;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
+ return rc;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
*/
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- u16 first;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
+ return p->pBt->pPager;
+}
- assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pBt->secureDelete ){
- memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+ const char *zFormat,
+ ...
+){
+ va_list ap;
+ char zBuf[200];
+ if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
+ pCheck->mxErr--;
+ pCheck->nErr++;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
+ }
+ if( pCheck->zPfx ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, pCheck->zPfx, pCheck->v1, pCheck->v2);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&pCheck->errMsg, zBuf);
+ }
+ sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+ pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
}
- data[hdr] = (char)flags;
- first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0);
- memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
- pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
- decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
- pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
- pPage->cellOffset = first;
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
- pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
- pPage->nCell = 0;
- pPage->isInit = 1;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
-** the btree layer.
+** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that
+** corresponds to page iPg is already set.
*/
-static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
- MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
- pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
- pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
- pPage->pBt = pBt;
- pPage->pgno = pgno;
- pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
- return pPage;
+static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+ assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+ return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07)));
}
/*
-** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
-**
-** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
-** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk
-** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
-** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
-** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
-** read should occur at that point.
+** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg.
*/
-static int btreeGetPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */
- Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */
- int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */
-){
- int rc;
- DbPage *pDbPage;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+ assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+ pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
}
+
/*
-** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
-** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
-static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- DbPage *pDbPage;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
- if( pDbPage ){
- return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){
+ if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+ if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+ return 1;
}
+ if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
return 0;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
-** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
-*/
-static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
- return pBt->nPage;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
- return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a
-** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and
-** btreeInitPage().
-**
-** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
-** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
+** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
+** to pCheck.
*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
- Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
- MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */
+static void checkPtrmap(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */
+ Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */
+ u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */
+ Pgno iParent /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
){
int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ u8 ePtrmapType;
+ Pgno iPtrmapParent;
- if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }else{
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- }
- }
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
+ return;
}
- testcase( pgno==0 );
- assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior
-** call to btreeGetPage.
-*/
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
- if( pPage ){
- assert( pPage->aData );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
+ iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
}
}
+#endif
/*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
*/
-static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
- MemPage *pPage;
- pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
- assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
- if( pPage->isInit ){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
- /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page
- ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following
- ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
- ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that
- ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
- ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
- btreeInitPage(pPage);
+static void checkList(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */
+ int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */
+ int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */
+ int N /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+){
+ int i;
+ int expected = N;
+ int iFirst = iPage;
+ while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
+ DbPage *pOvflPage;
+ unsigned char *pOvflData;
+ if( iPage<1 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+ N+1, expected, iFirst);
+ break;
+ }
+ if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break;
+ if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+ break;
+ }
+ pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
+ if( isFreeList ){
+ int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+ N--;
+ }else{
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
+ }
+#endif
+ checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage);
+ }
+ N -= n;
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ else{
+ /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
+ ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
+ ** the following page matches iPage.
+ */
+ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
+ i = get4byte(pOvflData);
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage);
+ }
}
+#endif
+ iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
}
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
-*/
-static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
- BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
- assert( pBt->db );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
- return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a database file.
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return
+** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
**
-** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
-** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might
-** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
-** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted
-** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-**
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
-** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
-**
-** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits
-** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_NO_READLOCK. The BTREE_NO_READLOCK
-** bit is also set if the SQLITE_NoReadlock flags is set in db->flags.
-** These flags are passed through into sqlite3PagerOpen() and must
-** be the same values as PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK.
+** These checks are done:
**
-** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
-** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared
-** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
-** to problems with locking.
+** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+** but combine to completely cover the page.
+** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order.
+** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+** the root of the tree.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
- sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */
- Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
- int flags, /* Options */
- int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+static int checkTreePage(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */
+ int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
+ i64 *pnParentMinKey,
+ i64 *pnParentMaxKey
){
- BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */
- Btree *p; /* Handle to return */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */
- u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */
- unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */
-
- /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
- const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+ int hdr, cellStart;
+ int nCell;
+ u8 *data;
+ BtShared *pBt;
+ int usableSize;
+ char *hit = 0;
+ i64 nMinKey = 0;
+ i64 nMaxKey = 0;
+ const char *saved_zPfx = pCheck->zPfx;
+ int saved_v1 = pCheck->v1;
+ int saved_v2 = pCheck->v2;
- /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
- ** false for a file-based database.
+ /* Check that the page exists
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- const int isMemdb = 0;
-#else
- const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
- || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db));
-#endif
-
- assert( db!=0 );
- assert( pVfs!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */
-
- /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
- assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
-
- /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
- assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
-
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
- flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
- }
- if( isMemdb ){
- flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
- }
- if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
- vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+ pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+ usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+ if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+ if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0;
+ pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: ";
+ pCheck->v1 = iPage;
+ if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+ depth = -1;
+ goto end_of_check;
}
- p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
+ ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ depth = -1;
+ goto end_of_check;
}
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- p->db = db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- p->lock.pBtree = p;
- p->lock.iTable = 1;
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /*
- ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
- ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
+ /* Check out all the cells.
*/
- if( isMemdb==0 && isTempDb==0 ){
- if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
- int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
- char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
- p->sharable = 1;
- if( !zFullPathname ){
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
- mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
- mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
- for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
- assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
- if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
- && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
- int iDb;
- for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
- Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
- if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
- sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
- }
- }
- p->pBt = pBt;
- pBt->nRef++;
- break;
- }
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
- sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- else{
- /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
- ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and
- ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
- ** statements to find locking problems.
- */
- p->sharable = 1;
- }
-#endif
- }
-#endif
- if( pBt==0 ){
- /*
- ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
- ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result
- ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+ depth = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
+ u8 *pCell;
+ u32 sz;
+ CellInfo info;
+
+ /* Check payload overflow pages
*/
- assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
- assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-
- pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
- if( pBt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
- EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
- pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
- pBt->db = db;
- sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
- p->pBt = pBt;
-
- pBt->pCursor = 0;
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- pBt->secureDelete = 1;
-#endif
- pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
- if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
- pBt->pageSize = 0;
+ pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: ";
+ pCheck->v1 = iPage;
+ pCheck->v2 = i;
+ pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ sz = info.nPayload;
+ /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
+ */
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ if( i==0 ){
+ nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+ }else if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
+ }
+ nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+ }
+ if( (sz>info.nLocal)
+ && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
+ ){
+ int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+ Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
- ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
- ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
- ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
- ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
- */
- if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
- pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage);
}
#endif
- nReserve = 0;
- }else{
- nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+ checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage);
+ }
+
+ /* Check sanity of left child page.
+ */
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ pgno = get4byte(pCell);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
+ }
#endif
+ d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &nMinKey, i==0?NULL:&nMaxKey);
+ if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Child page depth differs");
+ }
+ depth = d2;
}
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
- if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
- assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
- */
- if( p->sharable ){
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
- pBt->nRef = 1;
- mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
- pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
- if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- goto btree_open_out;
+ }
+
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: ";
+ pCheck->v1 = iPage;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
+ }
+#endif
+ checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, NULL, !pPage->nCell?NULL:&nMaxKey);
+ }
+
+ /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
+ ** with any left/parent/right pages.
+ */
+ pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: ";
+ pCheck->v1 = iPage;
+ if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
+ /* if we are a left child page */
+ if( pnParentMinKey ){
+ /* if we are the left most child page */
+ if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
+ if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
+ nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
+ nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+ }
+ if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
+ nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
}
+ *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
+ }
+ /* else if we're a right child page */
+ } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
+ if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
+ nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
- pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
- GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
}
-#endif
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
- ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
- ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
+ /* Check for complete coverage of the page
*/
- if( p->sharable ){
- int i;
- Btree *pSib;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
- while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
- if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
- p->pNext = pSib;
- p->pPrev = 0;
- pSib->pPrev = p;
- }else{
- while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
- pSib = pSib->pNext;
- }
- p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
- p->pPrev = pSib;
- if( p->pNext ){
- p->pNext->pPrev = p;
- }
- pSib->pNext = p;
- }
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+ pCheck->zPfx = 0;
+ if( hit==0 ){
+ pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }else{
+ int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
+ memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
+ nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+ cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+ u32 size = 65536;
+ int j;
+ if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
+ size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+ }
+ if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
+ pCheck->zPfx = 0;
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
+ }else{
+ for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+ }
+ }
+ i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+ while( i>0 ){
+ int size, j;
+ assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+ assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+ j = get2byte(&data[i]);
+ assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ i = j;
+ }
+ for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+ if( hit[i]==0 ){
+ cnt++;
+ }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
break;
}
}
+ if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
+ cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3PageFree(hit);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+
+end_of_check:
+ pCheck->zPfx = saved_zPfx;
+ pCheck->v1 = saved_v1;
+ pCheck->v2 = saved_v2;
+ return depth+1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
+** this function.
+**
+** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory
+** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from
+** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
+** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */
+ int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
+ int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
+ int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
+ int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
+){
+ Pgno i;
+ int nRef;
+ IntegrityCk sCheck;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ char zErr[100];
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+ nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
+ sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+ sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+ sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
+ sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
+ sCheck.nErr = 0;
+ sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
+ sCheck.zPfx = 0;
+ sCheck.v1 = 0;
+ sCheck.v2 = 0;
+ *pnErr = 0;
+ if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
+ if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
+ *pnErr = 1;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return 0;
}
+ i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
+ if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+ sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;
+
+ /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+ */
+ sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: ";
+ checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+ get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]));
+ sCheck.zPfx = 0;
+
+ /* Check all the tables.
+ */
+ for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+ if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
+ checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
+ }
#endif
- *ppBtree = p;
+ sCheck.zPfx = "List of tree roots: ";
+ checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], NULL, NULL);
+ sCheck.zPfx = 0;
+ }
-btree_open_out:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
- sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+ /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+ */
+ for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
}
- sqlite3_free(pBt);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- *ppBtree = 0;
- }else{
- /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
- ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
- ** do not change the pager-cache size.
+#else
+ /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
+ ** references to pointer-map pages.
*/
- if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
- sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 &&
+ (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
}
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 &&
+ (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+ }
+#endif
}
- if( mutexOpen ){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+
+ /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
+ ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
+ ** of the integrity check.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck,
+ "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+ nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
+ );
}
- return rc;
+
+ /* Clean up and report errors.
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef);
+ if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+ *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
+ if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
/*
-** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero,
-** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return
-** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
-** false if it is still positive.
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. Return
+** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database.
+**
+** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
*/
-static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
- BtShared *pList;
- int removed = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+ return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1);
+}
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
- pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- pBt->nRef--;
- if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
- if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
- GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+**
+** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+ return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
+ assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
+** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
}else{
- pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
- while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
- pList=pList->pNext;
- }
- if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
- pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
- }
- }
- if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
- sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
}
- removed = 1;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
- return removed;
-#else
- return 1;
+ return rc;
+}
#endif
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
+ assert( p );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
+ assert( p );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ return p->nBackup!=0;
}
/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
-** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
+** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
+** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
+** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
+**
+** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
+** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
+** of memory returned.
+**
+** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
+** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
+** allocated, it is returned as normal.
+**
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
+** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
+** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
*/
-static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
- if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
- pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
+ pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
+ pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return pBt->pSchema;
}
/*
-** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
+** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
- sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
- pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The
+** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
+** if it is false.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtCursor *pCur;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
+ assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
- /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pCur = pBt->pCursor;
- while( pCur ){
- BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
- pCur = pCur->pNext;
- if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
- sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif
- /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
- ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
- ** this handle.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
+** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
+**
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
+** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
+** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
+** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
+ int rc;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob );
+
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+ return SQLITE_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
+ ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
+ ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
+ **
+ ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
+ ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
+ ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
*/
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
- ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
- ** up the shared-btree.
+ /* Check some assumptions:
+ ** (a) the cursor is open for writing,
+ ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
+ ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
+ ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
+ ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
*/
- assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
- if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
- /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
- ** it without having to hold the mutex.
- **
- ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
- */
- assert( !pBt->pCursor );
- sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
- if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
- pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- sqlite3_free(pBt);
+ if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
+ assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0
+ && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
+ assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
+ assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
- assert( p->locked==0 );
- if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
- if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-#endif
+ return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
+}
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
+** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
+** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
+** header to iVersion.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
+ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
+
+ /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
+ ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
+ */
+ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+ if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL;
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+ if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
+ aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr. Currently the only valid
+** values are 0 and BTREE_BULKLOAD.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(
- Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */
- int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
- int fullSync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync. */
- int ckptFullSync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfync */
-){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync, ckptFullSync);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
+ assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==0 );
+ pCsr->hints = mask;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
- rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
+ return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
}
+/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
/*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
-** without changing anything.
-**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
+** 2009 January 28
**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size
-** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
+** API functions and the related features.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- if( nReserve<0 ){
- nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
- }
- assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
- if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
- ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
- pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
- if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
/*
-** Return the currently defined page size
+** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
+struct sqlite3_backup {
+ sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */
+ Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */
+ u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */
+ int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
-** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is
-** sometimes used by extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
- int n;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return n;
-}
+ Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
+ sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */
+ Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */
-/*
-** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
-** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
-** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- int n;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return n;
-}
+ int rc; /* Backup process error code */
+
+ /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
+ ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
+ */
+ Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */
+ Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */
+
+ int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
+ sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */
+};
/*
-** Set the secureDelete flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1,
-** then make no changes. Always return the value of the secureDelete
-** setting after the change.
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
+**
+** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
+** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
+**
+** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
+** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
+** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
+** structure, in that order.
+**
+** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
+** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
+** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
+** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
+** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
+**
+** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
+** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
+** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
+** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
+** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
+** or backup_pagecount().
+**
+** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
+** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
+** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
+** associated mutexes.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
- int b;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( newFlag>=0 ){
- p->pBt->secureDelete = (newFlag!=0) ? 1 : 0;
- }
- b = p->pBt->secureDelete;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return b;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
/*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
+** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
+** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
+**
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
+** error message to pErrorDb.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
+static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
+ int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }else{
- pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
- pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
+ if( i==1 ){
+ Parse *pParse;
+ int rc = 0;
+ pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
+ if( pParse==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pParse->db = pDb;
+ if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+ sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
+ }
+ if( rc ){
+ return 0;
+ }
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-#endif
+
+ if( i<0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}
/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
+** of the source.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-#else
+static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = (
- (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
- (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
- BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
- );
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
return rc;
-#endif
}
-
/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
+** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
+** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory.
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
+** stored in database handle pDestDb.
*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
- int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
- MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */
- int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
- int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */
- int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+ sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */
+ const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */
+ sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */
+ const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
+){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */
- /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
- ** a valid database file.
+ /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
+ ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
+ ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
+ ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination
+ ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
+ ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
*/
- nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
- if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
- nPage = nPageFile;
- }
- if( nPage>0 ){
- u32 pageSize;
- u32 usableSize;
- u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
- rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
- if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- if( page1[18]>1 ){
- pBt->readOnly = 1;
- }
- if( page1[19]>1 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
-#else
- if( page1[18]>2 ){
- pBt->readOnly = 1;
- }
- if( page1[19]>2 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
+ if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(
+ pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
+ );
+ p = 0;
+ }else {
+ /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+ ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+ ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+ p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+ if( !p ){
+ sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
+ }
- /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
- ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then
- ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
- ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
- ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
- ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
- ** file.
- */
- if( page1[19]==2 && pBt->doNotUseWAL==0 ){
- int isOpen = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }else if( isOpen==0 ){
- releasePage(pPage1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
- }
-#endif
+ /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
+ if( p ){
+ p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
+ p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
+ p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
+ p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
+ p->iNext = 1;
+ p->isAttached = 0;
- /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum
- ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
- ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
- ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
- */
- if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
- if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
- || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || pageSize<=256
- ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
- if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
- /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
- ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
- ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
- ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
- ** again with the correct page-size.
+ if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
+ ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the
+ ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the
+ ** sqlite3_backup structure.
*/
- releasePage(pPage1);
- pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
- pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
- pageSize-usableSize);
- return rc;
- }
- if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- if( usableSize<480 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ p = 0;
}
- pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
- pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+ }
+ if( p ){
+ p->pSrc->nBackup++;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
+ return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
+** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
+** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+static int isFatalError(int rc){
+ return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
+** destination database.
+*/
+static int backupOnePage(
+ sqlite3_backup *p, /* Backup handle */
+ Pgno iSrcPg, /* Source database page to backup */
+ const u8 *zSrcData, /* Source database page data */
+ int bUpdate /* True for an update, false otherwise */
+){
+ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
+ const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+ int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+ const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
+ const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
+ ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
+ ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */
+ int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
+ int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest);
#endif
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ i64 iOff;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 );
+ assert( p->bDestLocked );
+ assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
+ assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
+ assert( zSrcData );
+
+ /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
+ ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
+ */
+ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
+ ** and a codec is in use.
+ */
+ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+
+ /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
+ ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to
+ ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible,
+ ** then the backup cannot proceed.
+ */
+ if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
+ u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}
+#endif
- /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
- ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
- ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header.
- ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
- ** 2-byte pointer to the cell
- ** 4-byte child pointer
- ** 9-byte nKey value
- ** 4-byte nData value
- ** 4-byte overflow page pointer
- ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
- ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
- ** page pointer.
+ /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
+ ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
+ ** of the destination page.
*/
- pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
- pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
- pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
- pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
- assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
- pBt->nPage = nPage;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
+ DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
+ Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
+ if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
+ ){
+ const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
+ u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
+ u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+
+ /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
+ ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
+ ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
+ ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
+ ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
+ ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
+ */
+ memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
+ ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
+ if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc));
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
+ }
-page1_init_failed:
- releasePage(pPage1);
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
return rc;
}
/*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
+** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
+** this function is a no-op.
**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
+** code if an error occurs.
*/
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
- if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
- assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
- assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
- assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
- releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
+ i64 iCurrent;
+ int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
-** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
-** the database.
+** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
+** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
*/
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
- MemPage *pP1;
- unsigned char *data;
- int rc;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
- assert( pP1!=0 );
- data = pP1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
- assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
- data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
- data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
- data[18] = 1;
- data[19] = 1;
- assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
- data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
- data[21] = 64;
- data[22] = 32;
- data[23] = 32;
- memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
- zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
- assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
- put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
- put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
-#endif
- pBt->nPage = 1;
- data[31] = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ sqlite3_backup **pp;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
+ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+ p->pNext = *pp;
+ *pp = p;
+ p->isAttached = 1;
}
/*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
-**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
-** changes to the database. None of the following routines
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
-**
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-** sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-** sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
-**
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
-**
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
+** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
- sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- btreeIntegrity(p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+ int rc;
+ int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */
+ int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */
+ int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */
- /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
- ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
- ** is requested, this is a no-op.
- */
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
- goto trans_begun;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
- /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
- if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- goto trans_begun;
- }
+ rc = p->rc;
+ if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
+ Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */
+ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable */
+ int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */
+ int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
- ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
- ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
- */
- if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){
- pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
- }else if( wrflag>1 ){
- BtLock *pIter;
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
- pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
- break;
- }
+ /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
+ */
+ if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- }
- if( pBlock ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
- rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
- goto trans_begun;
- }
-#endif
- /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
- ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
- ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
+ /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
+ ){
+ p->bDestLocked = 1;
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
+ }
- pBt->initiallyEmpty = (u8)(pBt->nPage==0);
- do {
- /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
- ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
- ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
- ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
- ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
- ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
+ /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
+ ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
+ ** before this function exits.
*/
- while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
+ bCloseTrans = 1;
+ }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
- if( pBt->readOnly ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+ /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
+ ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
+ pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+ pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+ destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+
+ /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
+ ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
+ */
+ nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
+ assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
+ for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
+ const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */
+ if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
+ DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,
+ PAGER_GET_READONLY);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
}
}
+ p->iNext++;
}
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- }
- }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
- btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
- pBt->nTransaction++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( p->sharable ){
- assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
- p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
- p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
- pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
+ p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
+ if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else if( !p->isAttached ){
+ attachBackupObject(p);
}
-#endif
- }
- p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
- if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
}
- if( wrflag ){
- MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- assert( !pBt->pWriter );
- pBt->pWriter = p;
- pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1);
-#endif
+
+ /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
+ ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
+ ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
+ ** same schema version.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ if( nSrcPage==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest);
+ nSrcPage = 1;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb);
+ }
+ if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nDestTruncate;
+ /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
+ ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
+ ** size may be different to the source page size.
+ **
+ ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
+ ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
+ ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
+ ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
+ ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
+ ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
+ ** by the file truncation.
+ */
+ assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
+ assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
+ if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+ int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
+ nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
+ if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+ nDestTruncate--;
+ }
+ }else{
+ nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
+ }
+ assert( nDestTruncate>0 );
- /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
- ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
- ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
- ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
- ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
- */
- if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+ if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+ /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
+ ** two extra things may need to happen:
+ **
+ ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
+ **
+ ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
+ ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
+ ** copied into the destination database.
+ */
+ const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
+ sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
+ Pgno iPg;
+ int nDstPage;
+ i64 iOff;
+ i64 iEnd;
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ assert( nDestTruncate==0
+ || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
+ nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
+ && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
+ ));
+
+ /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original
+ ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
+ ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
+ ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
+ ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
+ ** journal file. */
+ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
+ for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
+ if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+ DbPage *pPg;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
+ iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
+ for(
+ iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc;
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
+ iOff+=pgszSrc
+ ){
+ PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
+ const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
+ }
+
+ /* Sync the database file to disk. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager, 0);
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}
}
}
+
+ /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
+ ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
+ ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
+ ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
+ */
+ if( bCloseTrans ){
+ TESTONLY( int rc2 );
+ TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
+ TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
+ assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->rc = rc;
}
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+/*
+** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
+ sqlite3 *pSrcDb; /* Source database connection */
+ int rc; /* Value to return */
-trans_begun:
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
- /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
- ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
- ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
+ /* Enter the mutexes */
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+ }
+ if( p->isAttached ){
+ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+ while( *pp!=p ){
+ pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+ }
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+ }
+
+ /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+
+ /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
+ rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc);
+
+ /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
+ sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+ ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+ ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+ sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb);
return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
+** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ return p->nRemaining;
+}
/*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
+** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Counter variable */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ return p->nPagecount;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
+** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
+** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
+** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
+** complete.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+ if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
+ /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
+ ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
+ ** the new data into the backup.
+ */
+ int rc;
+ assert( p->pDestDb );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
+** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
+** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
+** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+ p->iNext = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
+** transaction is committed before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File descriptor for database pTo */
+ sqlite3_backup b;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) );
+ pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo));
+ if( pFd->pMethods ){
+ i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom);
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc ) goto copy_finished;
}
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
-
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
- }
- }
+ /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
+ ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
+ ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
+ ** from this function, not directly by the user.
+ */
+ memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
+ b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
+ b.pSrc = pFrom;
+ b.pDest = pTo;
+ b.iNext = 1;
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+ /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
+ ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
+ ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
+ ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
+ ** or an error code.
+ */
+ sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest));
}
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 );
+copy_finished:
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
+/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so
-** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
-** be modified, as follows:
+** 2004 May 26
**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
-** page of pPage.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-** overflow page in the list.
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
*/
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
- /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
- if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
- }else{
- u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- int i;
- int nCell;
- btreeInitPage(pPage);
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Check invariants on a Mem object.
+**
+** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like
+** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
+ /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.
+ ** Mem.xDel is might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear.
+ */
+ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
- CellInfo info;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow ){
- if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
- put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
- break;
- }
- }
- }else{
- if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
- put4byte(pCell, iTo);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if( i==nCell ){
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
- get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
- }
+ /* MEM_Dyn may only be set if Mem.szMalloc==0. In this way we
+ ** ensure that if Mem.szMalloc>0 then it is safe to do
+ ** Mem.z = Mem.zMalloc without having to check Mem.flags&MEM_Dyn.
+ ** That saves a few cycles in inner loops. */
+ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->szMalloc==0 );
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+ /* Cannot be both MEM_Int and MEM_Real at the same time */
+ assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+
+ /* The szMalloc field holds the correct memory allocation size */
+ assert( p->szMalloc==0
+ || p->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db,p->zMalloc) );
+
+ /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly
+ ** one of the following:
+ **
+ ** (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object
+ ** (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel
+ ** (3) An ephemeral string or blob
+ ** (4) A static string or blob
+ */
+ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){
+ assert(
+ ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
+ ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
+ ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
+ ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
+ );
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 1;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
**
-** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
-** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
-** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
-** page.
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
*/
-static int relocatePage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */
- MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */
- u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */
- int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
-){
- MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
- Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
int rc;
-
- assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
- eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
-
- /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
- TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
- iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
- rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
-
- /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
- ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
- ** pages need to be changed.
- **
- ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
- ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
- ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
- */
- if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
- if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
+#endif
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
+ || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#else
- /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
- ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
- ** iPtrPage.
+ /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
+ ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
*/
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- return rc;
- }
- rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
- }
- }
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
+ assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
+ assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
return rc;
+#endif
}
-/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
-static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
-
/*
-** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
-** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
-**
-** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the
-** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
-** is no longer in use.
+** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least
+** min(n,32) bytes.
**
-** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes
-** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
-** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
-** number of pages the database file will contain after this
-** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that
-** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times
-** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum
-** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0.
+** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
+** pMem->z into the new allocation. pMem must be either a string or
+** blob if bPreserve is true. If bPreserve is false, any prior content
+** in pMem->z is discarded.
*/
-static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
- Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
- int rc;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( iLastPg>nFin );
-
- if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- u8 eType;
- Pgno iPtrPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
- if( nFreeList==0 ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
+ /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
+ ** contain a valid string or blob value. */
+ assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+ testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 );
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( pMem->szMalloc==0
+ || pMem->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc) );
+ if( pMem->szMalloc<n ){
+ if( n<32 ) n = 32;
+ if( bPreserve && pMem->szMalloc>0 && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
+ pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
+ bPreserve = 0;
+ }else{
+ if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+ pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
}
-
- if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- if( nFin==0 ){
- /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
- ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
- ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
- ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
- */
- Pgno iFreePg;
- MemPage *pFreePg;
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
- releasePage(pFreePg);
- }
- } else {
- Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
- MemPage *pLastPg;
-
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
- ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
- **
- ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
- ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
- ** of the file is found.
- */
- do {
- MemPage *pFreePg;
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pLastPg);
- return rc;
- }
- releasePage(pFreePg);
- }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
- assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
- }
- releasePage(pLastPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+ pMem->z = 0;
+ pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
}
}
- if( nFin==0 ){
- iLastPg--;
- while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
- if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
- MemPage *pPg;
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
- releasePage(pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- iLastPg--;
- }
- sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg);
- pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
+ if( bPreserve && pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+ memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+ }
+ if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
+ assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
}
+
+ pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
-** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
+** Change the pMem->zMalloc allocation to be at least szNew bytes.
+** If pMem->zMalloc already meets or exceeds the requested size, this
+** routine is a no-op.
**
-** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
-** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** Any prior string or blob content in the pMem object may be discarded.
+** The pMem->xDel destructor is called, if it exists. Though MEM_Str
+** and MEM_Blob values may be discarded, MEM_Int, MEM_Real, and MEM_Null
+** values are preserved.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code (probably SQLITE_NOMEM)
+** if unable to complete the resizing.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else{
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
- rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, btreePagecount(pBt));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int szNew){
+ assert( szNew>0 );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->szMalloc==0 );
+ if( pMem->szMalloc<szNew ){
+ return sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, szNew, 0);
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+ pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+ pMem->flags &= (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
-** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
+** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in
+** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written.
**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
-** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
-** pages are in use.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
*/
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
- VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+ int f;
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ ExpandBlob(pMem);
+ f = pMem->flags;
+ if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && (pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc) ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+ pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+ pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+#endif
+ }
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
- assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
- if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
- Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
- Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
- Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
- Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */
- int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
- Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
- if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
- ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
- ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
- */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
+/*
+** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
+** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ int nByte;
+ assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
- nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
- nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
- nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
- if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- nFin--;
+ /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
+ nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
+ if( nByte<=0 ){
+ nByte = 1;
}
- while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- nFin--;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
- rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree);
- }
- if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
- sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin);
- pBt->nPage = nFin;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
- }
+ memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
+ pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
- assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
- return rc;
+/*
+** It is already known that pMem contains an unterminated string.
+** Add the zero terminator.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemAddTerminator(Mem *pMem){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+ pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+ pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
+/*
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Str) );
+ testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==0 );
+ if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))!=MEM_Str ){
+ return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */
+ }else{
+ return vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem);
+ }
+}
/*
-** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine
-** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
-** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
-** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
-** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
-** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
-** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
-** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
-** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
-** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
-** commit process.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
-**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
-** (single database transaction).
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if
+** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
**
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the latter is an internal programming error.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
- }
- }
-#endif
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){
+ int fg = pMem->flags;
+ const int nByte = 32;
+
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
+ assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+ assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+ ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+ ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+ **
+ ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+ */
+ if( fg & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+ }else{
+ assert( fg & MEM_Real );
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->u.r);
+ }
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
+** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The
+** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK
+** otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ Mem t;
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+ memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
+ t.flags = MEM_Null;
+ t.db = pMem->db;
+ ctx.pOut = &t;
+ ctx.pMem = pMem;
+ ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+ pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+ if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+ memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
+ rc = ctx.isError;
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
-** at the conclusion of a transaction.
+** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by
+** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine
+** will free that value. It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null.
+**
+** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and
+** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(). Use those other routines as the
+** entry point for releasing Mem resources.
*/
-static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-
- btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
- if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
- /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
- ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
- ** may still be reading from the database. */
- downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
- p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
- }else{
- /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
- ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
- ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
- ** call below will unlock the pager. */
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
- clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
- pBt->nTransaction--;
- if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
- ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(Mem *p){
+ assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ assert( VdbeMemDynamic(p) );
+ if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
+ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+ }
+ if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
+ assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 );
+ p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+ }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
+ }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->u.pFrame;
+ pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
+ pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
}
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
+ p->flags = MEM_Null;
}
/*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
+** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
**
-** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The
-** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
-** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
-** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
-** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this
-** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
-** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
-** drop locks.
+** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
+** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs
+** to be freed.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClear(Mem *p){
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){
+ vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(p);
+ }
+ if( p->szMalloc ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
+ p->szMalloc = 0;
+ }
+ p->z = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release any memory resources held by the Mem. Both the memory that is
+** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed.
**
-** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
-** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
-** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
-** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
-** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
-** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this
-** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
-** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
-** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
-** transitioned to the error state.
+** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to
+** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization.
**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space
+** prior to inserting new content into the Mem.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
-
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- btreeIntegrity(p);
-
- /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
- ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
- */
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
- }
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->szMalloc ){
+ vdbeMemClear(p);
}
-
- btreeEndTransaction(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Do both phases of a commit.
+** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
+** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
+** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
+static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
+ return r;
+#else
+ /*
+ ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
+ ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
+ ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
+ ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
+ ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
+ */
+ static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
+ static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+
+ if( r<=(double)minInt ){
+ return minInt;
+ }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){
+ return maxInt;
+ }else{
+ return (i64)r;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+#endif
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into an integer and return that. If pMem represents an
+** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
**
-** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
-** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was
-** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
-** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
*/
-static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
- BtCursor *pCur;
- int r = 0;
- for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
- if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+ int flags;
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ flags = pMem->flags;
+ if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+ return pMem->u.i;
+ }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+ return doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);
+ }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ i64 value = 0;
+ assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
+ sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+ return value;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
}
- return r;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
-** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
-** references.
-**
-** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
-** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
-** the cache with pBtree.
-**
-** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
-** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
-** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
-** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables
-** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
-** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be
-** invalidated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
- BtCursor *p;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- int i;
- sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
- p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
- p->skipNext = errCode;
- for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
- p->apPage[i] = 0;
- }
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ return pMem->u.r;
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ return (double)pMem->u.i;
+ }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ double val = (double)0;
+ sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+ return val;
+ }else{
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ return (double)0;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}
/*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be
-** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor
-** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
-** in an error.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a
+** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- MemPage *pPage1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
+ i64 ix;
+ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst
- ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
- ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then
- ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
- ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort
- ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
- */
- sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
+ ix = doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);
+
+ /* Only mark the value as an integer if
+ **
+ ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
+ ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
+ ** possible integer (ticket #3922)
+ **
+ ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
+ ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
+ ** values to wrap around.
+ */
+ if( pMem->u.r==ix && ix>SMALLEST_INT64 && ix<LARGEST_INT64 ){
+ pMem->u.i = ix;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
}
-#endif
- btreeIntegrity(p);
+}
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc2;
+/*
+** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
- rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
+ pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So
- ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
- ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
- if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
- int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
- testcase( nPage==0 );
- if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
- testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
- pBt->nPage = nPage;
- releasePage(pPage1);
- }
- assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
- }
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- btreeEndTransaction(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
-** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
-** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
-** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
-**
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
**
-** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
-** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
-** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
-** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
-** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
-** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
+** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
+** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert
+** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
- assert( iStatement>0 );
- assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
- ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
- ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
- ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
+ if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
+ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+ }else{
+ pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
+ }
+ }
+ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
-** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
-** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
-** of op.
-**
-** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
-** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
-** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
-** transaction remains open.
+** Cast the datatype of the value in pMem according to the affinity
+** "aff". Casting is different from applying affinity in that a cast
+** is forced. In other words, the value is converted into the desired
+** affinity even if that results in loss of data. This routine is
+** used (for example) to implement the SQL "cast()" operator.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
- assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( iSavepoint<0 && pBt->initiallyEmpty ) pBt->nPage = 0;
- rc = newDatabase(pBt);
- pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
-
- /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
- ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
- ** 28 is nonzero. */
- assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return;
+ switch( aff ){
+ case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: { /* Really a cast to BLOB */
+ if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
+ }else{
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: {
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: {
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: {
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ assert( aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+ assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
+ pMem->flags |= (pMem->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
+ break;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
-** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
-** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
-** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
-** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
-**
-** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
-** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
-** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These
-** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
-** be allowed:
-**
-** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
-**
-** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache
-** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
-** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise
-** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
-** the read cursors in the other database connection.
+** Initialize bulk memory to be a consistent Mem object.
**
-** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+** The minimum amount of initialization feasible is performed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem *pMem, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){
+ assert( (flags & ~MEM_TypeMask)==0 );
+ pMem->flags = flags;
+ pMem->db = db;
+ pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
**
-** 4: There must be an active transaction.
+** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that
+** require the destructor. But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation.
+** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this
+** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc.
**
-** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
-** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired
-** will not work correctly.
+** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value.
**
-** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
-** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
+** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it.
*/
-static int btreeCursor(
- Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
- BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
-){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
+ vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pMem);
+ }else{
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p);
+}
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
+** n containing all zeros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
+ pMem->n = 0;
+ if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+ pMem->u.nZero = n;
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem->z = 0;
+}
- /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
- ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
- ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
- ** this lock. */
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
- assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
+/*
+** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior
+** to a value change. So invoke the destructor, then set the value to
+** a 64-bit integer.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+ pMem->u.i = val;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+}
- /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
- assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
- assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
+ vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(pMem, val);
+ }else{
+ pMem->u.i = val;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ }
+}
- if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+ if( !sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
+ pMem->u.r = val;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
}
- if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
- return SQLITE_EMPTY;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
+** empty boolean index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
+ sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->zMalloc );
+ pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc);
+ pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, pMem->szMalloc);
+ assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
+ pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
}
+}
- /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
- ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */
- pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
- pCur->iPage = -1;
- pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- pCur->pBtree = p;
- pCur->pBt = pBt;
- pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag;
- pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+/*
+** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
+** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
+ if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ int n = p->n;
+ if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ n += p->u.nZero;
+ }
+ return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}
- pBt->pCursor = pCur;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- pCur->cachedRowid = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 0;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
- Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
- BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This routine prepares a memory cell for modification by breaking
+** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
+** copies of this cell as invalid.
+**
+** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
+** copies are not misused.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
+ int i;
+ Mem *pX;
+ for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
+ if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
+ pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined;
+ pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
-**
-** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
-** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque
-** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
-** this routine.
+** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
- return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
-}
+#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc)
/*
-** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
-**
-** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
-** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
-** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
-** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of
+** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
- memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+ assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+ if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
+ pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
+ assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+ pTo->flags |= srcType;
+ }
}
/*
-** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file
-** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is
-** set to iRowid.
-**
-** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache.
-** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache.
-** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot
-** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or
-** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero
-** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem.
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
- BtCursor *p;
- for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+ assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+ pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+ if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
+ pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+ }
}
- assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid );
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero
-** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be
-** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a
-** zero is returned.
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+**
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){
- return pCur->cachedRowid;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+ assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
+
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+ pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pFrom->szMalloc = 0;
}
/*
-** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+**
+** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
+** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
+** pointer copied.
+**
+** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be
+** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation
+** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In
+** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
- if( pBtree ){
- int i;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
- if( pCur->pPrev ){
- pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+ Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+ const char *z, /* String pointer */
+ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+ int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */
+ int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
+ u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */
+
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+ /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
+ if( !z ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ if( pMem->db ){
+ iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+ }else{
+ iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
+ }
+ flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
+ if( nByte<0 ){
+ assert( enc!=0 );
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ nByte = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ if( nByte>iLimit ) nByte = iLimit+1;
}else{
- pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+ for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
}
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+ flags |= MEM_Term;
+ }
+
+ /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
+ ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
+ ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
+ */
+ if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+ int nAlloc = nByte;
+ if( flags&MEM_Term ){
+ nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
}
- for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ if( nByte>iLimit ){
+ return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
- /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+ testcase( nAlloc==0 );
+ testcase( nAlloc==31 );
+ testcase( nAlloc==32 );
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, MAX(nAlloc,32)) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
+ }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
+ pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->z = (char *)z;
+ pMem->xDel = xDel;
+ flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
+ }
+
+ pMem->n = nByte;
+ pMem->flags = flags;
+ pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+#endif
+
+ if( nByte>iLimit ){
+ return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ }
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
-** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call
-** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
**
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
+** The pMem object must have been initialized. This routine will use
+** pMem->zMalloc to hold the content from the btree, if possible. New
+** pMem->zMalloc space will be allocated if necessary. The calling routine
+** is responsible for making sure that the pMem object is eventually
+** destroyed.
**
-** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
-** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
-** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
-** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
-** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function
-** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457.
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
- CellInfo info;
- int iPage = pCur->iPage;
- memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
- assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+ u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+ u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */
+ int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+ Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+ char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */
+ u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+ assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) );
+
+ /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
+ ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ if( key ){
+ zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+ }else{
+ zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
}
-#else
- #define assertCellInfo(x)
-#endif
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
- /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
- static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
- if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
- int iPage = pCur->iPage;
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
- pCur->validNKey = 1;
- }else{
- assertCellInfo(pCur);
+ assert( zData!=0 );
+
+ if( offset+amt<=available ){
+ pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+ pMem->n = (int)amt;
+ }else{
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, amt+2)) ){
+ if( key ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pMem->z[amt] = 0;
+ pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->n = (int)amt;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ }
}
}
-#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
- /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
-#define getCellInfo(pCur) \
- if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \
- int iPage = pCur->iPage; \
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \
- pCur->validNKey = 1; \
- }else{ \
- assertCellInfo(pCur); \
- }
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
+ return rc;
+}
+
/*
-** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one
-** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
-** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
+** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL.
+** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer
+** to a zero-terminated version of that string.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
- return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE const void *valueToText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+ assert( pVal!=0 );
+ assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+ assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Null))==0 );
+ if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+ pVal->flags |= MEM_Str;
+ if( pVal->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pVal);
+ }
+ if( pVal->enc != (enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
+ }
+ if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
+ assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0);
+ assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
+ }
+ assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
+ || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+ return pVal->z;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
+ }
}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0.
-**
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
**
-** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
-**
-** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK.
+** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
+** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
+** boundary.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
- *pSize = 0;
- }else{
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+ if( !pVal ) return 0;
+ assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+ assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){
+ return pVal->z;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return valueToText(pVal, enc);
}
/*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to.
-**
-** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
-** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
-** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
-**
-** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
-** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
-** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
+ Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
+ if( p ){
+ p->flags = MEM_Null;
+ p->db = db;
+ }
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
-** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
-**
-** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to
+** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details.
+*/
+struct ValueNewStat4Ctx {
+ Parse *pParse;
+ Index *pIdx;
+ UnpackedRecord **ppRec;
+ int iVal;
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If
+** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
+** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
**
-** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
-** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
-** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is
+** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
+** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that
+** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer
+** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
+*/
+static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( p ){
+ UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0];
+
+ if( pRec==0 ){
+ Index *pIdx = p->pIdx; /* Index being probed */
+ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+ int i; /* Counter variable */
+ int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */
+
+ nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord));
+ pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ if( pRec ){
+ pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx);
+ if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){
+ assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol );
+ assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+ pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)));
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ pRec->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+ pRec->aMem[i].db = db;
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
+ pRec = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pRec==0 ) return 0;
+ p->ppRec[0] = pRec;
+ }
+
+ pRec->nField = p->iVal+1;
+ return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal];
+ }
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */
+ return sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described
+** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object
+** using valueNew().
**
-** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
-** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
-** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
-** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
-** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
-** *ppPage is set to zero.
+** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object
+** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not
+** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object
+** in all cases.
*/
-static int getOverflowPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
- Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
- Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
+static int valueFromExpr(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
+ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
+ sqlite3_value **ppVal, /* Write the new value here */
+ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx /* Second argument for valueNew() */
){
- Pgno next = 0;
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
+ int op;
+ char *zVal = 0;
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ int negInt = 1;
+ const char *zNeg = "";
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert(pPgnoNext);
+ if( !pExpr ){
+ *ppVal = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ while( (op = pExpr->op)==TK_UPLUS ) pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+ if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
- ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
- ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
- ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
- ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+ if( op==TK_CAST ){
+ u8 aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken,0);
+ rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, enc, aff, ppVal, pCtx);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( *ppVal ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCast(*ppVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(*ppVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the
+ ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
*/
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno pgno;
- Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
- u8 eType;
+ if( op==TK_UMINUS
+ && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
+ pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+ op = pExpr->op;
+ negInt = -1;
+ zNeg = "-";
+ }
- while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- iGuess++;
+ if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
+ pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+ if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
+ }else{
+ zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
+ if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
-
- if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
- next = iGuess;
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ }
+ if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+ if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+ }
+ }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
+ /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal)
+ && pVal!=0
+ ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
+ if( pVal->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ pVal->u.r = -pVal->u.r;
+ }else if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+ pVal->u.r = -(double)SMALLEST_INT64;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pVal, MEM_Real);
+ }else{
+ pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
}
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
}
+ }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
+ pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+ if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
+ int nVal;
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+ pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+ if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
+ zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+ nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
+ assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
+ 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
#endif
- assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
- }
- }
+ *ppVal = pVal;
+ return rc;
- *pPgnoNext = next;
- if( ppPage ){
- *ppPage = pPage;
+no_mem:
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
+ assert( *ppVal==0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+#else
+ assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
+**
+** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
+** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
+** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
+** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
+** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
+** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
+ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
+ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */
+){
+ return valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts
+** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database
+** record (a blob) containing the argument value.
+**
+** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the
+** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally.
+*/
+static void recordFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ const int file_format = 1;
+ int iSerial; /* Serial type */
+ int nSerial; /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */
+ int nVal; /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */
+ int nRet;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ u8 *aRet;
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+ iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format);
+ nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial);
+ nVal = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(iSerial);
+ db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+ nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
+ aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
+ if( aRet==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
}else{
- releasePage(pPage);
+ aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
+ putVarint32(&aRet[1], iSerial);
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
}
- return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
}
/*
-** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
-**
-** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
-** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
-** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
-** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
-** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data.
*/
-static int copyPayload(
- void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */
- void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */
- int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */
- int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
- DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */
-){
- if( eOp ){
- /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
- int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
- }else{
- /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
- memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){
+ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = {
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_record, 1, 0, 0, recordFunc),
+ };
+ int i;
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAnalyzeTableFuncs);
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAnalyzeTableFuncs); i++){
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
-** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
-** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
-** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
-** buffer pBuf).
+** Attempt to extract a value from pExpr and use it to construct *ppVal.
**
-** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
-** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
+** If pAlloc is not NULL, then an UnpackedRecord object is created for
+** pAlloc if one does not exist and the new value is added to the
+** UnpackedRecord object.
**
-** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
-** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+** A value is extracted in the following cases:
**
-** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
-** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
-** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list
-** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
-** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
+** * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
**
-** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
-** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
-** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
-** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
**
-** * An incremental vacuum,
-** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
-** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
+** * The expression is a literal value.
+**
+** On success, *ppVal is made to point to the extracted value. The caller
+** is responsible for ensuring that the value is eventually freed.
*/
-static int accessPayload(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
- u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
- u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
- unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
- int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
+static int stat4ValueFromExpr(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */
+ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
+ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pAlloc,/* How to allocate space. Or NULL */
+ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */
){
- unsigned char *aPayload;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u32 nKey;
- int iIdx = 0;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
-
- assert( pPage );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
- nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
-
- if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData)
- || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
- ){
- /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-
- /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
- if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
- int a = amt;
- if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
- a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
- }
- rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
- offset = 0;
- pBuf += a;
- amt -= a;
- }else{
- offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
- const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
- Pgno nextPage;
-
- nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
- ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
- ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
- ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
- ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
- ** (the cache is lazily populated).
- */
- if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
- int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
- pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
- /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have
- ** been used instead of this routine. */
- if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
+ /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
- /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
- ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
- ** directly to it.
- */
- if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
- iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
- nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
- offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+ if( !pExpr ){
+ pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc);
+ if( pVal ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal);
}
-#endif
-
- for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
- if( pCur->aOverflow ){
- assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
- pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
- }
-#endif
-
- if( offset>=ovflSize ){
- /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
- ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
- ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
- ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
- ** function.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
- nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
- } else
-#endif
- rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
- offset -= ovflSize;
- }else{
- /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
- ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
- */
- DbPage *pDbPage;
- int a = amt;
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
+ }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
+ || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
+ ){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar);
+ if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){
+ pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc);
+ if( pVal ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
- nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
- if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
- a = ovflSize - offset;
- }
- rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- offset = 0;
- amt -= a;
- pBuf += a;
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db));
}
+ pVal->db = pParse->db;
}
}
+ }else{
+ rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, pAlloc);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
+ assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db );
+ *ppVal = pVal;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
+** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord
+** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored
+** in the sqlite_stat4 table.
**
-** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
-** in the table.
+** A single call to this function attempts to populates field iVal (leftmost
+** is 0 etc.) of the unpacked record with a value extracted from expression
+** pExpr. Extraction of values is possible if:
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
- return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
+** * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
+** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
+**
+** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value
+** from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value).
+**
+** If a value can be extracted, the affinity passed as the 5th argument
+** is applied to it before it is copied into the UnpackedRecord. Output
+** parameter *pbOk is set to true if a value is extracted, or false
+** otherwise.
+**
+** When this function is called, *ppRec must either point to an object
+** allocated by an earlier call to this function, or must be NULL. If it
+** is NULL and a value can be successfully extracted, a new UnpackedRecord
+** is allocated (and *ppRec set to point to it) before returning.
+**
+** Unless an error is encountered, SQLITE_OK is returned. It is not an
+** error if a value cannot be extracted from pExpr. If an error does
+** occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Index *pIdx, /* Index being probed */
+ UnpackedRecord **ppRec, /* IN/OUT: Probe record */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */
+ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
+ int iVal, /* Array element to populate */
+ int *pbOk /* OUT: True if value was extracted */
+){
int rc;
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- return SQLITE_ABORT;
- }
-#endif
+ alloc.pParse = pParse;
+ alloc.pIdx = pIdx;
+ alloc.ppRec = ppRec;
+ alloc.iVal = iVal;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
- rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
- }
+ rc = stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, &alloc, &pVal);
+ assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==pParse->db );
+ *pbOk = (pVal!=0);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
-** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
-** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
-** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written
-** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
-** a valid pointer.
-**
-** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key
-** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
-** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
-** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills
-** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
-** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods
+** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above.
**
-** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
-** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time
-** any btree routine is called.
+** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return
+** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs
+** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error
+** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal
+** is undefined in this case.
*/
-static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
- int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */
- int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */
+ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
+ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */
){
- unsigned char *aPayload;
- MemPage *pPage;
- u32 nKey;
- u32 nLocal;
+ return stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, 0, ppVal);
+}
- assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
- if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage],
- &pCur->info);
- }
- aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
- aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- nKey = 0;
- }else{
- nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
- }
- if( skipKey ){
- aPayload += nKey;
- nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
- }else{
- nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
- assert( nLocal<=nKey );
+/*
+** Extract the iCol-th column from the nRec-byte record in pRec. Write
+** the column value into *ppVal. If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new
+** sqlite3_value object is allocated.
+**
+** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for
+** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
+ const void *pRec, /* Pointer to buffer containing record */
+ int nRec, /* Size of buffer pRec in bytes */
+ int iCol, /* Column to extract */
+ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: Extracted value */
+){
+ u32 t; /* a column type code */
+ int nHdr; /* Size of the header in the record */
+ int iHdr; /* Next unread header byte */
+ int iField; /* Next unread data byte */
+ int szField; /* Size of the current data field */
+ int i; /* Column index */
+ u8 *a = (u8*)pRec; /* Typecast byte array */
+ Mem *pMem = *ppVal; /* Write result into this Mem object */
+
+ assert( iCol>0 );
+ iHdr = getVarint32(a, nHdr);
+ if( nHdr>nRec || iHdr>=nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ iField = nHdr;
+ for(i=0; i<=iCol; i++){
+ iHdr += getVarint32(&a[iHdr], t);
+ testcase( iHdr==nHdr );
+ testcase( iHdr==nHdr+1 );
+ if( iHdr>nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
+ iField += szField;
+ }
+ testcase( iField==nRec );
+ testcase( iField==nRec+1 );
+ if( iField>nRec ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ if( pMem==0 ){
+ pMem = *ppVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+ if( pMem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&a[iField-szField], t, pMem);
+ pMem->enc = ENC(db);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned
+** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes
+** the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){
+ if( pRec ){
+ int i;
+ int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField;
+ Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem;
+ sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db;
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ if( aMem[i].szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, aMem[i].zMalloc);
+ }
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
}
- *pAmt = nLocal;
- return aPayload;
}
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
+/*
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+ sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */
+ int n, /* Length of string z */
+ const void *z, /* Text of the new string */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */
+){
+ if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+}
/*
-** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
-** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
-** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
-**
-** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move
-** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
-** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
-** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
-** this routine.
-**
-** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
-** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
- const void *p = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
- p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
- }
- return p;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+ if( !v ) return;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
+ sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
- const void *p = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
- p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+ if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+ if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ return p->n + p->u.nZero;
+ }else{
+ return p->n;
+ }
}
- return p;
+ return 0;
}
-
+/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the
-** page number of the child page to move to.
+** 2003 September 6
**
-** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
-** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
-** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
-** vice-versa).
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)
*/
-static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
- int rc;
- int i = pCur->iPage;
- MemPage *pNewPage;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
- if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Vdbe *p;
+ p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ p->db = db;
+ if( db->pVdbe ){
+ db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
}
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
- pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
- pCur->iPage++;
+ p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+ p->pPrev = 0;
+ db->pVdbe = p;
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+ p->pParse = pParse;
+ assert( pParse->aLabel==0 );
+ assert( pParse->nLabel==0 );
+ assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 );
+ return p;
+}
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
+ assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG)
+ if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
+#endif
+ assert( p->zSql==0 );
+ p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
+ p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
-** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
-** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
-** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
-** the page.
+** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
*/
-static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
- assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
- if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
- assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
- }else{
- assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
- }
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0;
}
-#else
-# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
-#endif
/*
-** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
+ Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
+ char *zTmp;
+ tmp = *pA;
+ *pA = *pB;
+ *pB = tmp;
+ pTmp = pA->pNext;
+ pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
+ pB->pNext = pTmp;
+ pTmp = pA->pPrev;
+ pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
+ pB->pPrev = pTmp;
+ zTmp = pA->zSql;
+ pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
+ pB->zSql = zTmp;
+ pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger
+** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal
+** to 1024/sizeof(Op).
**
-** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
-** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the
-** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
-** the largest cell index.
+** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
+** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
-static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assertParentIndex(
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
- );
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
- pCur->iPage--;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
+static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){
+ VdbeOp *pNew;
+ Parse *p = v->pParse;
+
+ /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force
+ ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for
+ ** simulated OOM faults. SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used
+ ** during testing only. With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array
+ ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512. Normal
+ ** operation (without SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) is to double the current
+ ** size of the op array or add 1KB of space, whichever is smaller. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS
+ int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc>=512 ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : p->nOpAlloc+nOp);
+#else
+ int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nOp);
+#endif
+
+ assert( nOp<=(1024/sizeof(Op)) );
+ assert( nNew>=(p->nOpAlloc+nOp) );
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
+ if( pNew ){
+ p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
+ v->aOp = pNew;
+ }
+ return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will
+** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using
+** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on".
+*/
+static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){
+ static int n = 0;
+ n++;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction.
**
-** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
-** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
-** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
-** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+** Parameters:
**
-** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
-** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
-** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
-** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
+** p Pointer to the VDBE
**
-** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
-** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
-** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
-** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
-** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
-** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
-** b-tree).
+** op The opcode for this instruction
+**
+** p1, p2, p3 Operands
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
+** operand.
*/
-static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
- MemPage *pRoot;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
+ int i;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
- assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
- return pCur->skipNext;
+ i = p->nOp;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+ if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
+ if( growOpArray(p, 1) ){
+ return 1;
}
- sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
}
-
- if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
- int i;
- for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
- }
- pCur->iPage = 0;
- }else{
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- return rc;
- }
- pCur->iPage = 0;
-
- /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
- ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
- ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
- ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */
- assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 );
- if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ p->nOp++;
+ pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+ pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
+ pOp->p5 = 0;
+ pOp->p1 = p1;
+ pOp->p2 = p2;
+ pOp->p3 = p3;
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ pOp->zComment = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+ int jj, kk;
+ Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
+ for(jj=kk=0; jj<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; jj++){
+ struct yColCache *x = pParse->aColCache + jj;
+ if( x->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel || x->iReg==0 ) continue;
+ printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn);
+ kk++;
}
+ if( kk ) printf("\n");
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+ test_addop_breakpoint();
}
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ pOp->cycles = 0;
+ pOp->cnt = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+ pOp->iSrcLine = 0;
+#endif
+ return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
+ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
+ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
+}
- /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the
- ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either
- ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption
- ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags
- ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference
- ** to the page. */
- pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
- assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
- assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey );
-
- pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->atLast = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
- Pgno subpage;
- if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
- }else{
- pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
- }
- return rc;
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+ Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+ int op, /* The new opcode */
+ int p1, /* The P1 operand */
+ int p2, /* The P2 operand */
+ int p3, /* The P3 operand */
+ const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */
+ int p4type /* P4 operand type */
+){
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
+ return addr;
}
/*
-** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
-** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees
+** as having been used.
**
-** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
-** in ascending order.
+** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
*/
-static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
- Pgno pgno;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- MemPage *pPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
+ int j;
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
+}
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
- pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
- }
- return rc;
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
+ Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+ int op, /* The new opcode */
+ int p1, /* The P1 operand */
+ int p2, /* The P2 operand */
+ int p3, /* The P3 operand */
+ int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */
+){
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32);
+ return addr;
}
/*
-** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
-** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference
-** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost()
-** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
-** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
**
-** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
-** key in ascending order.
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
*/
-static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
- Pgno pgno;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){
+ Parse *p = v->pParse;
+ int i = p->nLabel++;
+ assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){
+ p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
+ (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
+ if( p->aLabel ){
+ p->aLabel[i] = -1;
}
- return rc;
+ return -1-i;
}
-/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+/*
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
- *pRes = 1;
- }else{
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){
+ Parse *p = v->pParse;
+ int j = -1-x;
+ assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ assert( j<p->nLabel );
+ if( ALWAYS(j>=0) && p->aLabel ){
+ p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp;
}
- return rc;
+ p->iFixedOp = v->nOp - 1;
}
-/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+/*
+** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
+ p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
+}
- /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
- if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
- ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
- int ii;
- for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
- }
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
- *pRes = 1;
+/*
+** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
+** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
+**
+** Op *pOp;
+** VdbeOpIter sIter;
+**
+** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
+** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
+** // Do something with pOp
+** }
+** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+**
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
+struct VdbeOpIter {
+ Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
+ SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */
+ int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */
+ int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */
+ int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
+};
+static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
+ Vdbe *v = p->v;
+ Op *pRet = 0;
+ Op *aOp;
+ int nOp;
+
+ if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
+
+ if( p->iSub==0 ){
+ aOp = v->aOp;
+ nOp = v->nOp;
}else{
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
- pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
+ aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
+ nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
+ }
+ assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
+
+ pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
+ p->iAddr++;
+ if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
+ p->iSub++;
+ p->iAddr = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+ int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
+ if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
+ }
+ if( j==p->nSub ){
+ p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
+ if( !p->apSub ){
+ pRet = 0;
+ }else{
+ p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
+ }
+ }
}
}
- return rc;
+
+ return pRet;
}
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
-** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
-**
-** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
-** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
-** is ignored.
-**
-** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
-** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
-** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes
-** before or after the key.
-**
-** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
-** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
-** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
-** *pRes is as follows:
-**
-** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
-** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+/*
+** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
+** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
+** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
+** sub-programs contains any of the following:
**
-** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
+** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+** * OP_Destroy
+** * OP_VUpdate
+** * OP_VRename
+** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
**
-** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
+** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
+** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
+** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
+** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
**
+** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
- UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
- i64 intKey, /* The table key */
- int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
- int *pRes /* Write search results here */
-){
- int rc;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( pRes );
- assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
+ int hasAbort = 0;
+ Op *pOp;
+ VdbeOpIter sIter;
+ memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+ sIter.v = v;
- /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
- ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey
- && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey
- ){
- if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
- *pRes = -1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
+ int opcode = pOp->opcode;
+ if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1)
+#endif
+ || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
+ && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
+ ){
+ hasAbort = 1;
+ break;
}
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- *pRes = -1;
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
- for(;;){
- int lwr, upr, idx;
- Pgno chldPg;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- int c;
+ /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred.
+ ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
+ ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
+ ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
+ ** from failing. */
+ return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
- /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
- ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
- ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
- ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
- ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
- ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */
- assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
- assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
- lwr = 0;
- upr = pPage->nCell-1;
- if( biasRight ){
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = upr);
- }else{
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (upr+lwr)/2);
- }
- for(;;){
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
+/*
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
+** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the
+** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
+**
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+**
+** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument
+** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
+**
+** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes.
+*/
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
+ int i;
+ int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
+ Op *pOp;
+ Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
+ int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel;
+ p->readOnly = 1;
+ p->bIsReader = 0;
+ for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+ u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
- assert( idx==pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] );
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- i64 nCellKey;
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- u32 dummy;
- pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
- }
- getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
- if( nCellKey==intKey ){
- c = 0;
- }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
- c = -1;
- }else{
- assert( nCellKey>intKey );
- c = +1;
- }
- pCur->validNKey = 1;
- pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
- }else{
- /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
- ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
- ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
- ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
- ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
- ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
- ** 2 bytes of the cell.
- */
- int nCell = pCell[0];
- if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){
- /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
- ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
- ** b-tree page. */
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
- }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
- && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
- ){
- /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
- ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
- }else{
- /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
- ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
- ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
- ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
- void *pCellKey;
- u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
- nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
- pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
- if( pCellKey==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto moveto_finish;
- }
- rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
- goto moveto_finish;
- }
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
- sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
- }
+ /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.awk when adding or removing
+ ** cases from this switch! */
+ switch( opcode ){
+ case OP_Function:
+ case OP_AggStep: {
+ if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
+ break;
}
- if( c==0 ){
- if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
- lwr = idx;
- upr = lwr - 1;
- break;
- }else{
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- goto moveto_finish;
- }
+ case OP_Transaction: {
+ if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0;
+ /* fall thru */
}
- if( c<0 ){
- lwr = idx+1;
- }else{
- upr = idx-1;
+ case OP_AutoCommit:
+ case OP_Savepoint: {
+ p->bIsReader = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ case OP_Checkpoint:
+#endif
+ case OP_Vacuum:
+ case OP_JournalMode: {
+ p->readOnly = 0;
+ p->bIsReader = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ case OP_VUpdate: {
+ if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
+ break;
+ }
+ case OP_VFilter: {
+ int n;
+ assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
+ assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
+ n = pOp[-1].p1;
+ if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case OP_Next:
+ case OP_NextIfOpen:
+ case OP_SorterNext: {
+ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
+ break;
}
- if( lwr>upr ){
+ case OP_Prev:
+ case OP_PrevIfOpen: {
+ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
break;
}
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (lwr+upr)/2);
}
- assert( lwr==upr+1 );
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- chldPg = 0;
- }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
- chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- }else{
- chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+
+ pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode];
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
+ assert( -1-pOp->p2<pParse->nLabel );
+ pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
}
- if( chldPg==0 ){
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
- *pRes = c;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel);
+ pParse->aLabel = 0;
+ pParse->nLabel = 0;
+ *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+ assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
+** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
+** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
+**
+** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
+** returned program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
+ VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
+ assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
+
+ /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
+ assert( DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );
+
+ resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
+ *pnOp = p->nOp;
+ p->aOp = 0;
+ return aOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){
+ int addr;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p, nOp) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ addr = p->nOp;
+ if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
+ int i;
+ VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+ for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+ int p2 = pIn->p2;
+ VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+ pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+ pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+ if( p2<0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP );
+ pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
+ }else{
+ pOut->p2 = p2;
+ }
+ pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+ pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ pOut->p4.p = 0;
+ pOut->p5 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ pOut->zComment = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+ pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i;
+#else
+ (void)iLineno;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+ }
+#endif
}
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
- if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
+ p->nOp += nOp;
+ }
+ return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
}
-moveto_finish:
- return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
-**
-** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
-** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
-** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
- /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
- ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
- ** as well as the boolean result value.
- */
- return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+ }
}
/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If
-** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
- int idx;
- MemPage *pPage;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
}
- assert( pRes!=0 );
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
+** added operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( p->aOp ){
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
}
- if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
+** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+ p->pParse->iFixedOp = p->nOp - 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If
+** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+*/
+static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
+ if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
}
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
+}
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- assert( idx<=pPage->nCell );
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- *pRes = 0;
- return rc;
- }
- do{
- if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
- *pRes = 1;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+*/
+static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
+ if( p4 ){
+ assert( db );
+ switch( p4type ){
+ case P4_REAL:
+ case P4_INT64:
+ case P4_DYNAMIC:
+ case P4_INTARRAY: {
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_KEYINFO: {
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MPRINTF: {
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+ freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MEM: {
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+ sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
+ }else{
+ Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
+ if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_VTAB : {
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
+ break;
}
- moveToParent(pCur);
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
- *pRes = 0;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- return rc;
}
- *pRes = 0;
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- return rc;
}
+/*
+** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
+** nOp entries.
+*/
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
+ if( aOp ){
+ Op *pOp;
+ for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
+}
/*
-** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If
-** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
+** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
+** objects when the VM is no longer required.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
+ p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
+ pVdbe->pProgram = p;
+}
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pCur->atLast = 0;
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ if( addr<p->nOp ){
+ VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+ memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
+ pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+ if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--;
}
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
+}
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+/*
+** If the last opcode is "op" and it is not a jump destination,
+** then remove it. Return true if and only if an opcode was removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){
+ if( (p->nOp-1)>(p->pParse->iFixedOp) && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1);
+ return 1;
}else{
- while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
- if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- moveToParent(pCur);
- }
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
-
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ return 0;
}
- *pRes = 0;
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Allocate a new page from the database file.
-**
-** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also
-** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates
-** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
-** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to
-** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an
-** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
-** which in turn can make database access faster.
+** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
+** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+**
+** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
+** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
+** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
**
-** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists
-** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
-** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
+** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
*/
-static int allocateBtreePage(
- BtShared *pBt,
- MemPage **ppPage,
- Pgno *pPgno,
- Pgno nearby,
- u8 exact
-){
- MemPage *pPage1;
- int rc;
- u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */
- u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
- MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
- MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
- Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
- mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
- n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
- testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
- if( n>=mxPage ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( n>0 ){
- /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */
- Pgno iTrunk;
- u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
-
- /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
- ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
- ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){
- u8 eType;
- assert( nearby>0 );
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- searchList = 1;
- }
- *pPgno = nearby;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
+ Op *pOp;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ db = p->db;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
+ if( n!=P4_VTAB ){
+ freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
}
-#endif
-
- /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
- ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
-
- /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
- ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
- ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
- */
- do {
- pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
- if( pPrevTrunk ){
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
- }else{
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
- }
- testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
- if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }else{
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
- }
- if( rc ){
- pTrunk = 0;
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
-
- k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */
- if( k==0 && !searchList ){
- /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
- ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
- ** allocated page */
- assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- *pPgno = iTrunk;
- memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- *ppPage = pTrunk;
- pTrunk = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
- }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
- /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto end_allocate_page;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
- /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
- ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
- */
- assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
- *ppPage = pTrunk;
- searchList = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- if( k==0 ){
- if( !pPrevTrunk ){
- memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- }
- }else{
- /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
- ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
- ** page in this case.
- */
- MemPage *pNewTrunk;
- Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
- if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pNewTrunk);
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
- memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
- releasePage(pNewTrunk);
- if( !pPrevTrunk ){
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
- }
- }
- pTrunk = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-#endif
- }else if( k>0 ){
- /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
- u32 closest;
- Pgno iPage;
- unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
- if( nearby>0 ){
- u32 i;
- int dist;
- closest = 0;
- dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
- for(i=1; i<k; i++){
- int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
- if( d2<dist ){
- closest = i;
- dist = d2;
- }
- }
- }else{
- closest = 0;
- }
-
- iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
- testcase( iPage==mxPage );
- if( iPage>mxPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- testcase( iPage==mxPage );
- if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
- int noContent;
- *pPgno = iPage;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
- ": %d more free pages\n",
- *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
- if( closest<k-1 ){
- memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
- }
- put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
- noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno);
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- }
- }
- searchList = 0;
- }
- }
- releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
- pPrevTrunk = 0;
- }while( searchList );
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ assert( addr<p->nOp );
+ if( addr<0 ){
+ addr = p->nOp - 1;
+ }
+ pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED
+ || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32
+ || pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ if( n==P4_INT32 ){
+ /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
+ ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
+ pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
+ pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+ }else if( zP4==0 ){
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+ }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
+ sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
+ assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
+ }else if( n<0 ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
}else{
- /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
- ** end of the file */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pBt->nPage++;
- if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
+ if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
+ pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
+ pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+ }
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
- /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
- ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
- ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
- */
- MemPage *pPg = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
- assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
- releasePage(pPg);
- }
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pBt->nPage++;
- if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
- }
-#endif
- put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
- *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
+/*
+** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the
+** index given.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ assert( pIdx!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx),
+ P4_KEYINFO);
+}
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- }
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+/*
+** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction. Or
+** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This
+** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens
+** in a production build.
+*/
+static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+ assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( p->nOp ){
+ assert( p->aOp );
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment);
+ p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ if( p ){
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ if( p ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
}
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+/*
+** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){
+ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */
-end_allocate_page:
- releasePage(pTrunk);
- releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then
+** return the most recently inserted opcode.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
+** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode
+** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
+** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
+** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from
+** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
+** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and
+** by running with Valgrind.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
+ ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
+ static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( addr<0 ){
+ addr = p->nOp - 1;
+ }
+ assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
}else{
- *ppPage = 0;
+ return &p->aOp[addr];
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) );
- return rc;
}
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS)
/*
-** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
-** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp
+** determined by character c.
+*/
+static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){
+ if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1;
+ if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2;
+ if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3;
+ if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i;
+ return pOp->p5;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing.
**
-** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
-** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
-** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
-** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
+** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted
+** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName(). In the
+** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode.
+** Some translation occurs:
**
-** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
-** its reference count is not altered by this function.
+** "PX" -> "r[X]"
+** "PX@PY" -> "r[X..X+Y-1]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1
+** "PX@PY+1" -> "r[X..X+Y]" or "r[x]" if y is 0
+** "PY..PY" -> "r[X..Y]" or "r[x]" if y<=x
*/
-static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
- MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */
- Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
- MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( iPage>1 );
- assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
-
- if( pMemPage ){
- pPage = pMemPage;
- sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
+static int displayComment(
+ const Op *pOp, /* The opcode to be commented */
+ const char *zP4, /* Previously obtained value for P4 */
+ char *zTemp, /* Write result here */
+ int nTemp /* Space available in zTemp[] */
+){
+ const char *zOpName;
+ const char *zSynopsis;
+ int nOpName;
+ int ii, jj;
+ zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);
+ nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName);
+ if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){
+ int seenCom = 0;
+ char c;
+ zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1;
+ for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){
+ if( c=='P' ){
+ c = zSynopsis[++ii];
+ if( c=='4' ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4);
+ }else if( c=='X' ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment);
+ seenCom = 1;
+ }else{
+ int v1 = translateP(c, pOp);
+ int v2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1);
+ if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){
+ ii += 3;
+ jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+ v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp);
+ if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){
+ ii += 2;
+ v2++;
+ }
+ if( v2>1 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1);
+ }
+ }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){
+ ii += 4;
+ }
+ }
+ jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+ }else{
+ zTemp[jj++] = c;
+ }
+ }
+ if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment);
+ jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+ }
+ if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0;
+ }else if( pOp->zComment ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment);
+ jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
}else{
- pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
+ zTemp[0] = 0;
+ jj = 0;
}
+ return jj;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
- /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
- nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
- if( pBt->secureDelete ){
- /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
- ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
- */
- if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
- || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
- ){
- goto freepage_out;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
+ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+ char *zP4 = zTemp;
+ assert( nTemp>=20 );
+ switch( pOp->p4type ){
+ case P4_KEYINFO: {
+ int i, j;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+ i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+ for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+ CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+ const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "nil";
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl);
+ if( n==6 && memcmp(zColl,"BINARY",6)==0 ){
+ zColl = "B";
+ n = 1;
+ }
+ if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
+ break;
+ }
+ zTemp[i++] = ',';
+ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+ zTemp[i++] = '-';
+ }
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i], zColl, n+1);
+ i += n;
+ }
+ zTemp[i++] = ')';
+ zTemp[i] = 0;
+ assert( i<nTemp );
+ break;
}
- memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
- }
-
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
- ** to indicate that the page is free.
- */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
- if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
- }
-
- /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
- ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
- ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
- ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
- ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
- ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
- */
- if( nFree!=0 ){
- u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
-
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto freepage_out;
+ case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+ CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+ break;
}
-
- nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
- assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
- if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto freepage_out;
+ case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+ FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+ break;
}
- if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
- /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
- ** being freed as a new leaf.
- **
- ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
- ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
- ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
- ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
- ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order
- ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
- ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
- ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
- ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
- ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
- if( pPage && !pBt->secureDelete ){
- sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- }
- rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
+ case P4_INT64: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_INT32: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_REAL: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MEM: {
+ Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
+ zP4 = pMem->z;
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->u.r);
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL");
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ zP4 = "(blob)";
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ case P4_VTAB: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case P4_INTARRAY: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_ADVANCE: {
+ zTemp[0] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
+ if( zP4==0 ){
+ zP4 = zTemp;
+ zTemp[0] = 0;
}
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
- goto freepage_out;
}
}
+ assert( zP4!=0 );
+ return zP4;
+}
+#endif
- /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
- ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
- ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
- ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
- ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
- */
- if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
- goto freepage_out;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto freepage_out;
+/*
+** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+**
+** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
+** attached databases that will be use. A mask of these databases
+** is maintained in p->btreeMask. The p->lockMask value is the subset of
+** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
+ assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
+ DbMaskSet(p->btreeMask, i);
+ if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
+ DbMaskSet(p->lockMask, i);
}
- put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
+}
-freepage_out:
- if( pPage ){
- pPage->isInit = 0;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+/*
+** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
+** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
+** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
+** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
+** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
+** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
+** associated with the VM.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared
+** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
+** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of
+** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
+** be a problem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ Db *aDb;
+ int nDb;
+ if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return; /* The common case */
+ db = p->db;
+ aDb = db->aDb;
+ nDb = db->nDb;
+ for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
+ if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
+ }
}
- releasePage(pPage);
- releasePage(pTrunk);
- return rc;
}
-static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
- if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+/*
+** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ Db *aDb;
+ int nDb;
+ if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return; /* The common case */
+ db = p->db;
+ aDb = db->aDb;
+ nDb = db->nDb;
+ for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
+ if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
+ }
}
}
+#endif
+#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only.
*/
-static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- CellInfo info;
- Pgno ovflPgno;
- int rc;
- int nOvfl;
- u32 ovflPageSize;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+ char *zP4;
+ char zPtr[50];
+ char zCom[100];
+ static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n";
+ if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+ zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom));
+#else
+ zCom[0] = 0;
+#endif
+ /* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created
+ ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the
+ ** information from the vdbe.c source text */
+ fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
+ sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
+ zCom
+ );
+ fflush(pOut);
+}
+#endif
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
- }
- ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
- ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
- nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
- assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
- while( nOvfl-- ){
- Pgno iNext = 0;
- MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
- if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
- /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
- ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
- ** file the database must be corrupt. */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( nOvfl ){
- rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+/*
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
+*/
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+ if( p && N ){
+ Mem *pEnd = &p[N];
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+ do{
+ if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+ }while( (++p)<pEnd );
+ return;
}
+ do{
+ assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
- if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
- && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
- ){
- /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
- ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
- ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
- ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
- ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
- ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
- ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
- ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
- ** can be problematic.
+ /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
+ ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
+ ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
+ **
+ ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
+ ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
+ ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
+ ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
+ ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
+ ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
+ ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
*/
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }else{
- rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
- }
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
+ if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+ }else if( p->szMalloc ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+ p->szMalloc = 0;
+ }
- if( pOvfl ){
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
- }
- if( rc ) return rc;
- ovflPgno = iNext;
+ p->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+ }while( (++p)<pEnd );
+ db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
-** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are
-** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure
-** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
-** for pCell[].
+** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
+** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
+ int i;
+ Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
+ VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
+ for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+ }
+ releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
**
-** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
-** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will
-** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
-** later.
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+**
+** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When
+** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
+** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement
+** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+**
+** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
+** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
*/
-static int fillInCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */
- unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */
- const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */
- const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */
- int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
- int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
+ Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
){
- int nPayload;
- const u8 *pSrc;
- int nSrc, n, rc;
- int spaceLeft;
- MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
- MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
- unsigned char *pPrior;
- unsigned char *pPayload;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
- int nHeader;
- CellInfo info;
+ int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */
+ int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
+ SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */
+ Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( p->explain );
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
+ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
- ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
- assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
- || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
+ ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+ */
+ releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
+ p->pResultSet = 0;
- /* Fill in the header. */
- nHeader = 0;
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- nHeader += 4;
- }
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
- }else{
- nData = nZero = 0;
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
- assert( info.nKey==nKey );
- assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
-
- /* Fill in the payload */
- nPayload = nData + nZero;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- pSrc = pData;
- nSrc = nData;
- nData = 0;
- }else{
- if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+ /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
+ ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
+ ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
+ ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
+ ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
+ ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
+ */
+ nRow = p->nOp;
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will
+ ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
+ ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
+ ** cells. */
+ assert( p->nMem>9 );
+ pSub = &p->aMem[9];
+ if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
+ /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is
+ ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
+ nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
+ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
+ nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
}
- nPayload += (int)nKey;
- pSrc = pKey;
- nSrc = (int)nKey;
}
- *pnSize = info.nSize;
- spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
- pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
- pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
- while( nPayload>0 ){
- if( spaceLeft==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- do{
- pgnoOvfl++;
- } while(
- PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
- );
+ do{
+ i = p->pc++;
+ }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
+ if( i>=nRow ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+ }else{
+ char *zP4;
+ Op *pOp;
+ if( i<p->nOp ){
+ /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
+ ** main program. */
+ pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+ }else{
+ /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and
+ ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
+ int j;
+ i -= p->nOp;
+ for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
+ i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
}
-#endif
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
- ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
- ** for that page now.
- **
- ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
- ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
- ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
- ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
- ** wrong pages from the database.
+ pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
+ }
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
+ pMem++;
+
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
+
+ /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
+ ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
+ ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
+ ** has not already been seen.
*/
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pOvfl);
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+ int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
+ if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
+ }
+ if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){
+ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+ apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+ pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+ pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
}
}
-#endif
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
- ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
- assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-
- /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
- ** is still writeable */
- assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
- || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
- put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- pToRelease = pOvfl;
- pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
- put4byte(pPrior, 0);
- pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
- spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
}
- n = nPayload;
- if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
- /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
- ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
- assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
+ pMem++;
- /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
- ** is still writeable */
- assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
- || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
+ pMem++;
- if( nSrc>0 ){
- if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
- assert( pSrc );
- memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
+ pMem++;
+
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 32) ){ /* P4 */
+ assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
+ if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
}else{
- memset(pPayload, 0, n);
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
}
- nPayload -= n;
- pPayload += n;
- pSrc += n;
- nSrc -= n;
- spaceLeft -= n;
- if( nSrc==0 ){
- nSrc = nData;
- pSrc = pData;
+ pMem++;
+
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){
+ assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->n = 2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){
+ assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#else
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
+#endif
}
+
+ p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
+ p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
}
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only.
-** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that
-** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just
-** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
-**
-** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
*/
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
- u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
- u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */
- u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
- u8 *endPtr; /* End of loop */
- int rc; /* The return code */
- int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */
-
- if( *pRC ) return;
-
- assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
- assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- data = pPage->aData;
- ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
- pc = get2byte(ptr);
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
- testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return;
- }
- rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
- if( rc ){
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+ const char *z = 0;
+ if( p->zSql ){
+ z = p->zSql;
+ }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){
+ const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+ z = pOp->p4.z;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+ }
}
- endPtr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell - 2];
- assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */
- while( ptr<endPtr ){
- *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[2];
- ptr += 2;
+ if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
+ int nOp = p->nOp;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
+ if( nOp<1 ) return;
+ pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+ int i, j;
+ char z[1000];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+ for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
+ if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
+ if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
+ z[j++] = ' ';
+ }
+ }else{
+ z[j++] = z[i];
+ }
+ }
+ z[j] = 0;
+ sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
}
- pPage->nCell--;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
- pPage->nFree += 2;
}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
/*
-** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the
-** content of the cell.
+** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
+** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
**
-** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it
-** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
-** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
-** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
-** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
+** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not
+** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
+** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not
+** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
+** is NULL.
+**
+** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
+**
+** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
+** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past
+** the end of the allocated space.
**
-** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
-** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
-** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location
-** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
+** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
+** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
+** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
*/
-static void insertCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */
- int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
- u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */
- int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */
- u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
- Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
- int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */
+static void *allocSpace(
+ void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */
+ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+ u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
+ u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
+ int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
){
- int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
- int j; /* Loop counter */
- int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
- int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
- int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
- u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */
- u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
- u8 *endPtr; /* End of the loop */
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
+ if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
+ nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+ if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
+ pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
+ *ppFrom += nByte;
+ }else{
+ *pnByte += nByte;
+ }
+ return pBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
+** running it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+ int i;
+#endif
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);
+ /* There should be at least one opcode.
+ */
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
- if( *pRC ) return;
+ /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
- assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
- assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a
- ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
- ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
- ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence
- ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
- assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
- if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
- if( pTemp ){
- memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
- pCell = pTemp;
- }
- if( iChild ){
- put4byte(pCell, iChild);
- }
- j = pPage->nOverflow++;
- assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) );
- pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
- pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i;
- }else{
- int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- data = pPage->aData;
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
- ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
- rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
- if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
- /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
- ** if it returns success */
- assert( idx >= end+2 );
- assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- pPage->nCell++;
- pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
- memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
- if( iChild ){
- put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
- }
- ptr = &data[end];
- endPtr = &data[ins];
- assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */
- while( ptr>endPtr ){
- *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[-2];
- ptr -= 2;
- }
- put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
- put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
- ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
- */
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){
+ assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
+ }
#endif
+ p->pc = -1;
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+ p->nChange = 0;
+ p->cacheCtr = 1;
+ p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
+ p->iStatement = 0;
+ p->nFkConstraint = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+ p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
}
+#endif
}
/*
-** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty.
-** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
+** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such
+** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
+**
+** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine.
+** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
+** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects
+** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
+** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
+** destroyed.
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
+** to its initial state after it has been run.
*/
-static void assemblePage(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */
- int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */
- u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */
- u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */
+ Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */
){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */
- int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */
- u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */
- const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */
- const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ int nVar; /* Number of parameters */
+ int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */
+ int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */
+ int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
+ int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
+ int n; /* Loop counter */
+ u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */
+ u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */
+ int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)
- && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921);
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ assert( pParse!=0 );
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ assert( pParse==p->pParse );
+ db = p->db;
+ assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+ nVar = pParse->nVar;
+ nMem = pParse->nMem;
+ nCursor = pParse->nTab;
+ nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
+ nOnce = pParse->nOnce;
+ if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */
+
+ /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
+ ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
+ ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
+ ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with
+ ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
+ ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
+ **
+ ** See also: allocateCursor().
+ */
+ nMem += nCursor;
- /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
- assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
- assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
+ /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and
+ ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in.
+ */
+ zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */
+ zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[pParse->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */
- pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2];
- cellbody = nUsable;
- for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
- u16 sz = aSize[i];
- pCellptr -= 2;
- cellbody -= sz;
- put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
- memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz);
+ resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
+ p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
+ if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
+ nMem = 10;
+ }
+ memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
+ zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
+ p->expired = 0;
+
+ /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
+ ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the
+ ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory
+ ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
+ ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.
+ **
+ ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
+ ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly
+ ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
+ */
+ do {
+ nByte = 0;
+ p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
+ &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ if( nByte ){
+ p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ }
+ zCsr = p->pFree;
+ zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
+ }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
+
+ p->nCursor = nCursor;
+ p->nOnceFlag = nOnce;
+ if( p->aVar ){
+ p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
+ for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+ p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+ p->aVar[n].db = db;
+ }
}
- put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
- pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
- pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
+ if( p->azVar ){
+ p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar;
+ memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0]));
+ memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0]));
+ }
+ if( p->aMem ){
+ p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
+ p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */
+ for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
+ p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Undefined;
+ p->aMem[n].db = db;
+ }
+ }
+ p->explain = pParse->explain;
+ sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
}
/*
-** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
-** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side
-** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the
-** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
-** NN neighbors on either side.
-**
-** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1
-** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
-** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
-** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
+** happens to hold.
*/
-#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
-#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
+ if( pCx==0 ){
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
+ if( pCx->pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+ /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
+ ** the call above. */
+ }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ else if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
+ p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+ pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+/*
+** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
+** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
+** control to the main program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
+ Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
+ v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag;
+ v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag;
+ v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
+ v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
+ v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
+ v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
+ v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
+ v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
+ v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
+ v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
+ return pFrame->pc;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
/*
-** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
-** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
-** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
-** entry in the tree.
-**
-** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
-** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
-** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
-** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
-** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
-** fill up. On average.
-**
-** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
-** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry
-** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+** Close all cursors.
**
-** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
-** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
-** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
-** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
-** least 13 bytes in size.
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
+** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
+** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
+** open cursors.
*/
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
- BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */
- MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
-
- /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
- if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-
- /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
- ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
- ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
- */
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
- u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
- u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
- u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
- u8 *pStop;
-
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
- zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
- assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+ if( p->pFrame ){
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+ for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+ sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+ p->pFrame = 0;
+ p->nFrame = 0;
+ }
+ assert( p->nFrame==0 );
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
- ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
- ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
- ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
- ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
- ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
- ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
- ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
- */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
- if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+ if( p->apCsr ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+ VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ if( pC ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
+ p->apCsr[i] = 0;
}
}
-
- /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
- ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
- ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
- ** largest key on pPage).
- **
- ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
- ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
- ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
- ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
- ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
- ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
- ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
- */
- pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
- pStop = &pCell[9];
- while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
- pStop = &pCell[9];
- while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
-
- /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
- insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
- 0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
-
- /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
- put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-
- /* Release the reference to the new page. */
- releasePage(pNew);
+ }
+ if( p->aMem ){
+ releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
+ }
+ while( p->pDelFrame ){
+ VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
+ p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
+ sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
}
- return rc;
+ /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */
+ if( p->pAuxData ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0);
+ assert( p->pAuxData==0 );
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-#if 0
/*
-** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
-** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
-** for setting pointer-map entries.
+** Clean up the VM after a single run.
*/
-static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
- int i, j;
- for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
- Pgno n;
- u8 e;
- MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- assert( pPage->isInit );
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
- CellInfo info;
- u8 *z;
-
- z = findCell(pPage, j);
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow ){
- Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
- ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
- assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno child = get4byte(z);
- ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
- assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
- }
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
- assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
+ ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */
+ int i;
+ if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
+ if( p->aMem ){
+ for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined );
}
- return 1;
-}
#endif
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ p->pResultSet = 0;
+}
+
/*
-** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
-** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
-** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
-** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
-** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
-** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
-**
-** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
-** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
-**
-** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
-**
-** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
-** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
-** which are called often under normal circumstances.
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
*/
-static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
- if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
- BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
- u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
- u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
- int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
- int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
- int rc;
- int iData;
-
-
- assert( pFrom->isInit );
- assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
- assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
-
- /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
- iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
- memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
- memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
-
- /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
- ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
- ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized
- ** page pFrom.
- */
- pTo->isInit = 0;
- rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
-
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
- ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
- */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+ Mem *pColName;
+ int n;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+ n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
+ p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
+ p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
+ if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+ while( n-- > 0 ){
+ pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pColName->db = p->db;
+ pColName++;
}
}
/*
-** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
-** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
-** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
-** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
-** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
-** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
-** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
-** participate in the balancing.
-**
-** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
-** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
-**
-** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
-** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
-** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
-** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
-**
-** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
-** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
-** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
-** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
-** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
-** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
-** be rolled back.
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
**
-** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
-** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
-** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
-** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
-** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
-** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
-** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
-** enough for all overflow cells.
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
**
-** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
-** SQLITE_NOMEM.
+** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
+** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
+** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
*/
-static int balance_nonroot(
- MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
- int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
- u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
- int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
+ Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */
+ int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */
+ int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
+ const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */
){
- BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */
- int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
- int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
- int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
- int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
- int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */
- int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */
- u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */
- int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
- int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
- int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
- int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
- int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
- int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
- int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */
- MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */
- MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
- MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
- u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
- u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */
- int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
- int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
- u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */
- u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
- u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
- Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */
+ int rc;
+ Mem *pColName;
+ assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
+ assert( var<COLNAME_N );
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+ pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+ assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
+ return rc;
+}
- pBt = pParent->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+*/
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int needXcommit = 0;
-#if 0
- TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
+ ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
+ */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
- /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
- ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
- ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
- ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
+ /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
+ ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
+ ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
+ ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
+ ** to the transaction.
*/
- assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
- assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx );
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p);
- if( !aOvflSpace ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
- ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
- ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
- ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
- ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
- **
- ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
- ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
- ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
- ** have already been removed.
- */
- i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
- if( i<2 ){
- nxDiv = 0;
- nOld = i+1;
- }else{
- nOld = 3;
- if( iParentIdx==0 ){
- nxDiv = 0;
- }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
- nxDiv = i-2;
- }else{
- nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
+ /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
+ ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
+ ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
+ ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+ ** file is required for an atomic commit.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+ needXcommit = 1;
+ if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
}
- i = 2;
- }
- if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
- pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
- }else{
- pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
}
- pgno = get4byte(pRight);
- while( 1 ){
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]);
- if( rc ){
- memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
- if( (i--)==0 ) break;
-
- if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){
- apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell;
- pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
- szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
- pParent->nOverflow = 0;
- }else{
- apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
- pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
- szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
-
- /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
- ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
- ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
- ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
- ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
- ** later on.
- **
- ** Unless SQLite is compiled in secure-delete mode. In this case,
- ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
- ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
- ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
- ** is allocated. */
- if( pBt->secureDelete ){
- int iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
- if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }else{
- memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
- apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
- }
- }
- dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
- }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
- ** alignment */
- nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
-
- /*
- ** Allocate space for memory structures
- */
- k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
- szScratch =
- nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */
- + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */
- + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */
- + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */
- apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch );
- if( apCell==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto balance_cleanup;
+ /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+ if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+ rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+ if( rc ){
+ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK;
+ }
}
- szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
- aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
- /*
- ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
- ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells
- ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells
- ** from pParent.
- **
- ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
- ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
- ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
- ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
- ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[]
- ** are alike.
+ /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+ ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the
+ ** master-journal.
**
- ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf.
- ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+ ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+ ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
+ ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
+ ** simple case then too.
*/
- leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
- leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
- for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
- int limit;
-
- /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
- ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
- ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
- ** process of being overwritten. */
- MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
- memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
- pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
- memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
+ if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
+ || nTrans<=1
+ ){
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
+ }
+ }
- limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
- if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
- for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
- assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
- apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
- szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
- nCell++;
+ /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
+ ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
+ ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
+ ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
}
- }else{
- u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
- u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
- u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset;
- for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
- assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
- apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
- szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
- nCell++;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+ ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+ ** committed atomically.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+ else{
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+ int needSync = 0;
+ char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */
+ char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+ i64 offset = 0;
+ int res;
+ int retryCount = 0;
+ int nMainFile;
+
+ /* Select a master journal file name */
+ nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile);
+ zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile);
+ if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ do {
+ u32 iRandom;
+ if( retryCount ){
+ if( retryCount>100 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ break;
+ }else if( retryCount==1 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster);
+ }
}
- }
- if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
- u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
- u8 *pTemp;
- assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
- szCell[nCell] = sz;
- pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
- iSpace1 += sz;
- assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
- assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
- memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
- apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
- assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
- szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
- if( !pOld->leaf ){
- assert( leafCorrection==0 );
- assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
- /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
- ** pointer of the divider cell */
- memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
- }else{
- assert( leafCorrection==4 );
- if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
- /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
- szCell[nCell] = 4;
+ retryCount++;
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
+ (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff);
+ /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must
+ ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */
+ assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' );
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Open the master journal. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+ ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+ ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+ ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+ ** back independently if a failure occurs.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+ char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+ if( zFile==0 ){
+ continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
+ }
+ assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
+ if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
+ needSync = 1;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+ offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
}
}
- nCell++;
}
- }
- /*
- ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
- ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total
- ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
- ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
- ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
- **
- ** Values computed by this block:
- **
- ** k: The total number of sibling pages
- ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
- ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
- ** the right of the i-th sibling page.
- ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
- **
- */
- usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
- for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- assert( i<nMaxCells );
- subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
- if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
- szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
- cntNew[k] = i;
- if( leafData ){ i--; }
- subtotal = 0;
- k++;
- if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
+ /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+ ** flag is set this is not required.
+ */
+ if( needSync
+ && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+ && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+ ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
}
- }
- szNew[k] = subtotal;
- cntNew[k] = nCell;
- k++;
- /*
- ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
- ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
- ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts
- ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
- **
- ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might
- ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most
- ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional.
- */
- for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
- int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */
- int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
- int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
- int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+ /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+ ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+ ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+ **
+ ** If the error occurs during the first call to
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
+ ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+ ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+ ** file before the failure occurred.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
- r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
- d = r + 1 - leafData;
- assert( d<nMaxCells );
- assert( r<nMaxCells );
- while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
- szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
- szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
- cntNew[i-1]--;
- r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
- d = r + 1 - leafData;
+ /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+ ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+ ** transaction files are deleted.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ zMaster = 0;
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
- szNew[i] = szRight;
- szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+
+ /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+ ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
+ ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
+ ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
+ ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
+ ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+ */
+ disable_simulated_io_errors();
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ enable_simulated_io_errors();
+
+ sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
}
+#endif
- /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
- ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root
- ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
- */
- assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
+ return rc;
+}
- TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ",
- apOld[0]->pgno,
- nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
- nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
- ));
+/*
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ int cnt = 0;
+ int nWrite = 0;
+ int nRead = 0;
+ p = db->pVdbe;
+ while( p ){
+ if( sqlite3_stmt_busy((sqlite3_stmt*)p) ){
+ cnt++;
+ if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
+ if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++;
+ }
+ p = p->pNext;
+ }
+ assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive );
+ assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite );
+ assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead );
+}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
- /*
- ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible.
+/*
+** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
+** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
+** statement transaction is committed.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
+** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
+ sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a
+ ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
+ ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback.
+ ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
*/
- if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
- for(i=0; i<k; i++){
- MemPage *pNew;
- if( i<nOld ){
- pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
- apOld[i] = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
- nNew++;
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- }else{
- assert( i>0 );
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0);
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- apNew[i] = pNew;
- nNew++;
+ if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
+ int i;
+ const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
- /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto balance_cleanup;
+ assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+ assert( db->nStatement>0 );
+ assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
+
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
}
}
}
- }
-
- /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
- */
- while( i<nOld ){
- freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- releasePage(apOld[i]);
- apOld[i] = 0;
- i++;
- }
+ db->nStatement--;
+ p->iStatement = 0;
- /*
- ** Put the new pages in accending order. This helps to
- ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
- ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That
- ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
- ** from the disk more rapidly.
- **
- ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
- ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
- ** not be a problem.
- **
- ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
- ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
- */
- for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
- int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
- int minI = i;
- for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
- if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){
- minI = j;
- minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
}
}
- if( minI>i ){
- MemPage *pT;
- pT = apNew[i];
- apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
- apNew[minI] = pT;
+
+ /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
+ ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
+ ** the statement transaction was opened. */
+ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+ db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons;
}
}
- TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
- apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
- nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
- nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
- nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
- nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+ return rc;
+}
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
+/*
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
+** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
+** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
+** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
+** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0)
+ || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0)
+ ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
+ p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
- /*
- ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
- ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+/*
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+**
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to
+** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+**
+** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+ int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
+ ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
+ ** execution of this virtual machine.
+ **
+ ** If any of the following errors occur:
+ **
+ ** SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** SQLITE_IOERR
+ ** SQLITE_FULL
+ ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT
+ **
+ ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
+ ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
+ ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
*/
- j = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
- /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
- MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
- assert( j<nMaxCells );
- zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
- assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
- assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
- assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
- j = cntNew[i];
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
+ closeAllCursors(p);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
- /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
- ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
- */
- assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
- if( j<nCell ){
- u8 *pCell;
- u8 *pTemp;
- int sz;
+ /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the
+ ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file. */
+ if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){
+ int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+ int eStatementOp = 0;
+ int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
- assert( j<nMaxCells );
- pCell = apCell[j];
- sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
- pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
- if( !pNew->leaf ){
- memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
- }else if( leafData ){
- /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
- ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider
- ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
- ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
- */
- CellInfo info;
- j--;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
- pCell = pTemp;
- sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
- pTemp = 0;
- }else{
- pCell -= 4;
- /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
- ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
- ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
- ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
- ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
- ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
- **
- ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
- ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
- ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
- */
- if( szCell[j]==4 ){
- assert(leafCorrection==4);
- sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
+ /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
+ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+
+ /* Check for one of the special errors */
+ mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
+ isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
+ || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
+ if( isSpecialError ){
+ /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
+ ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
+ ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
+ ** consistent state.
+ **
+ ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
+ ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
+ ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
+ ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
+ ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
+ ** the pager to a consistent state.
+ */
+ if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+ if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+ }else{
+ /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
+ ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
+ */
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
}
}
- iOvflSpace += sz;
- assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
- assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
- insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-
- j++;
- nxDiv++;
}
- }
- assert( j==nCell );
- assert( nOld>0 );
- assert( nNew>0 );
- if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
- u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
- memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
- }
- if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
- /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
- ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
- ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
- ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
- ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
- **
- ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
- ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
- ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
- **
- ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
- ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
- ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
- ** image. */
- assert( nNew==1 );
- assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
- (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
- );
- copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
- freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
- }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around.
- ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
- ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
- ** many have not. The following is a summary:
- **
- ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
- ** siblings when this function was called. These have already
- ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
- ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
- ** of those.
- **
- ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
- ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These
- ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
- **
- ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
- ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
- **
- ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
- ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
- ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
- **
- ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
- ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
- ** to be updated.
+ /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
+ ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
**
- ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
- ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
- ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
- ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
- ** actually moved between pages. */
- MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
- MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
- int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
- int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
- int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1);
- j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */
- k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- int isDivider = 0;
- while( i==iNextOld ){
- /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
- ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
- ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
- pOld = apCopy[++j];
- iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
- if( pOld->nOverflow ){
- nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
- iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx;
+ ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
+ ** above has occurred.
+ */
+ if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
+ && db->autoCommit
+ && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0)
+ ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
+ }else{
+ /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
+ ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
+ ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
+ ** is required. */
+ rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
}
- isDivider = !leafData;
- }
-
- assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
- assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1);
- assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1);
- if( i==iOverflow ){
- isDivider = 1;
- if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
- iOverflow++;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+ }else{
+ db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+ db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
+ sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
}
+ }else{
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
}
-
- if( i==cntNew[k] ){
- /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
- ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
- ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */
- pNew = apNew[++k];
- if( !leafData ) continue;
+ db->nStatement = 0;
+ }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
+ }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
}
- assert( j<nOld );
- assert( k<nNew );
-
- /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
- ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
- ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
- ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated. */
- if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
- if( !leafCorrection ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
- }
- if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
+ }
+
+ /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
+ ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
+ ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
+ ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
+ ** current statement error code.
+ */
+ if( eStatementOp ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
+ if( rc ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
}
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
}
}
-
- if( !leafCorrection ){
- for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
- u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
+
+ /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
+ ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
+ */
+ if( p->changeCntOn ){
+ if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
}
+ p->nChange = 0;
}
-#if 0
- /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
- ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
- ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
- ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */
- ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
- ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
-#endif
+ /* Release the locks */
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
}
- assert( pParent->isInit );
- TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
- nOld, nNew, nCell));
+ /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ db->nVdbeActive--;
+ if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--;
+ if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--;
+ assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead );
+ assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite );
+ assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 );
+ }
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+ checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
- /*
- ** Cleanup before returning.
+ /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
+ ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+ ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
*/
-balance_cleanup:
- sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
- for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
- releasePage(apOld[i]);
- }
- for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
- releasePage(apNew[i]);
+ if( db->autoCommit ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
}
- return rc;
+ assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
+ return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
}
/*
-** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
-** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
-**
-** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
-** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
-** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
-** pointer pointing to the new page.
-**
-** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
-** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
-** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
-** page is also updated.
-**
-** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
-** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
-** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
-** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
+** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
+** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
- int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */
- MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */
- Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */
- BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+}
- assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+/*
+** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
+** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be
+** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
+**
+** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
+** copies them to the database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ int rc = p->rc;
+ if( p->zErrMsg ){
+ u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
+ db->errCode = rc;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
- ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
- ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
- copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+/*
+** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run,
+** invoke it.
+*/
+static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){
+ char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql);
+ assert( v->db->init.busy==0 );
+ if( zExpanded ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1
+ );
+ sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded);
}
}
- if( rc ){
- *ppChild = 0;
- releasePage(pChild);
- return rc;
- }
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
- assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
-
- TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
-
- /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
- memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0]));
- pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
-
- /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
- zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
- put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
-
- *ppChild = pChild;
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#else
+# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x)
+#endif
/*
-** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
-** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
-** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
-** routine. Balancing routines are:
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
**
-** balance_quick()
-** balance_deeper()
-** balance_nonroot()
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
*/
-static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
- u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
- u8 *pFree = 0;
-
- TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
- TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
-
- do {
- int iPage = pCur->iPage;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ db = p->db;
- if( iPage==0 ){
- if( pPage->nOverflow ){
- /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
- ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
- ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
- ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
- */
- assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
- rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->iPage = 1;
- pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
- pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
- assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
- }
- }else{
- break;
- }
- }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
- break;
- }else{
- MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
- int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
+ /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+ ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt
+ ** it now.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
- if( pPage->hasData
- && pPage->nOverflow==1
- && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell
- && pParent->pgno!=1
- && pParent->nCell==iIdx
- ){
- /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
- ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
- ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
- ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent
- ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
- ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
- ** buffer.
- **
- ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
- ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
- ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
- ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
- */
- assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
- rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
- ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
- ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
- ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
- ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
- **
- ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
- ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
- ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
- ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
- ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
- ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
- ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
- ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
- ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
- ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
- */
- u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
- rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1);
- if( pFree ){
- /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
- ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
- ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
- ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
- sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
- }
+ /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
+ ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But
+ ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
+ ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
+ */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ vdbeInvokeSqllog(p);
+ sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
+ }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
+ /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
+ ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
+ ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+ */
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }
- /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
- ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
- ** comes first. */
- pFree = pSpace;
+ /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+ */
+ Cleanup(p);
+
+ /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+ */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ {
+ FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+ if( out ){
+ int i;
+ fprintf(out, "---- ");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+ }
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
+ if( p->zSql ){
+ char c, pc = 0;
+ fprintf(out, "-- ");
+ for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){
+ if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- ");
+ putc(c, out);
+ pc = c;
}
+ if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n");
}
-
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-
- /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
- releasePage(pPage);
- pCur->iPage--;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ char zHdr[100];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ",
+ p->aOp[i].cnt,
+ p->aOp[i].cycles,
+ p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+ );
+ fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr);
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+ }
+ fclose(out);
}
- }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
- if( pFree ){
- sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
}
+#endif
+ p->iCurrentTime = 0;
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+ return p->rc & db->errMask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
+** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+ assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
-** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to
-** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
+** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for
+** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as
+** the first argument.
**
-** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is
-** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
+** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user
+** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of
+** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
-** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
-** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
-** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
-** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than
-** (pKey, nKey)).
+** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
+** from left to right), or
**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
-** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
-** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
-** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
-** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
+** * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
+** function parameter corresponds to bit 0 etc.).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
- const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */
- const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */
- int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
- int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */
- int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
-){
- int rc;
- int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */
- int szNew = 0;
- int idx;
- MemPage *pPage;
- Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- unsigned char *oldCell;
- unsigned char *newCell = 0;
-
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
- assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
- return pCur->skipNext;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){
+ AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData;
+ while( *pp ){
+ AuxData *pAux = *pp;
+ if( (iOp<0)
+ || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg))))
+ ){
+ testcase( pAux->iArg==31 );
+ if( pAux->xDelete ){
+ pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+ }
+ *pp = pAux->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(pVdbe->db, pAux);
+ }else{
+ pp= &pAux->pNext;
+ }
}
+}
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly );
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument,
+** except for object itself, which is preserved.
+**
+** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
+** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
+** the database connection and frees the object itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+ SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
+ int i;
+ assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
+ releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+ releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+ for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
+ pNext = pSub->pNext;
+ vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
+ }
+ for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
+ vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
+}
- /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
- ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
- ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
- ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
- ** blob of associated data. */
- assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db;
- /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
- ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace
- ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */
- if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
- invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
+ if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+ db = p->db;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p);
+ if( p->pPrev ){
+ p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+ }else{
+ assert( db->pVdbe==p );
+ db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
}
+ if( p->pNext ){
+ p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+ }
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+ p->db = 0;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
- /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
- **
- ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
- ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
- ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
- ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
- ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
- ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
- ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
- ** not to clear the cursor here.
- */
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+/*
+** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been
+** carried out. Seek the cursor now. If an error occurs, return
+** the appropriate error code.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+ int res, rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+#endif
+ assert( p->deferredMoveto );
+ assert( p->isTable );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
if( rc ) return rc;
- if( !loc ){
- rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
+ if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+ p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
- assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
+/*
+** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place. Maybe the row it was
+** pointed to was deleted out from under it. Or maybe the btree was
+** rebalanced. Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
+** is supposed to be pointing. If the row was deleted out from under the
+** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
+*/
+static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
+ int isDifferentRow, rc;
+ assert( p->pCursor!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
+ p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1;
+ return rc;
+}
- TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
- pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
- loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- allocateTempSpace(pBt);
- newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
- if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
- if( rc ) goto end_insert;
- assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
- assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- if( loc==0 ){
- u16 szOld;
- assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_insert;
- }
- oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
- }
- szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
- rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
- dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
- if( rc ) goto end_insert;
- }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
- assert( pPage->leaf );
- idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- }else{
- assert( pPage->leaf );
+/*
+** Check to ensure that the cursor is valid. Restore the cursor
+** if need be. Return any I/O error from the restore operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor *p){
+ if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) ){
+ return handleMovedCursor(p);
}
- insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
-
- /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
- ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
- ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey
- ** variables.
- **
- ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
- ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
- ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
- ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
- ** slightly faster.
- **
- ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
- ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
- ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
- ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
- ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
- ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
- ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
- ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
- */
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
- rc = balance(pCur);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
- ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
- ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
- ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+/*
+** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
+** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
+** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
+**
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
+** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
+** a NULL row.
+**
+** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
+** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+ if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+ return handleDeferredMoveto(p);
}
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
-
-end_insert:
- return rc;
+ if( p->pCursor && sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) ){
+ return handleMovedCursor(p);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor
-** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
+** The following functions:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob separately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+** serial type bytes of data type
+** -------------- --------------- ---------------
+** 0 0 NULL
+** 1 1 signed integer
+** 2 2 signed integer
+** 3 3 signed integer
+** 4 4 signed integer
+** 5 6 signed integer
+** 6 8 signed integer
+** 7 8 IEEE float
+** 8 0 Integer constant 0
+** 9 0 Integer constant 1
+** 10,11 reserved for expansion
+** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB
+** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text
+**
+** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions
+** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
- Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc; /* Return code */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */
- unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */
- int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */
- int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( !pBt->readOnly );
- assert( pCur->wrFlag );
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
- assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+ int flags = pMem->flags;
+ u32 n;
- if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell)
- || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
- ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */
+ if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
- ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */
- if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
- invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
+ if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+ /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
+# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
+ i64 i = pMem->u.i;
+ u64 u;
+ if( i<0 ){
+ if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6;
+ /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */
+ u = -i;
+ }else{
+ u = i;
+ }
+ if( u<=127 ){
+ return ((i&1)==i && file_format>=4) ? 8+(u32)u : 1;
+ }
+ if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
+ if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
+ if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+ if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
+ return 6;
}
-
- iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
- iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
- pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
- pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
-
- /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
- ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
- ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
- ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
- ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
- ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
- ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- int notUsed;
- rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+ return 7;
}
+ assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+ assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+ n = (u32)pMem->n;
+ if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ n += pMem->u.nZero;
+ }
+ return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+}
- /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
- ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be
- ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the
- ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.
- */
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
- dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
- if( rc ) return rc;
-
- /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
- ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
- ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
- ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
- ** node to replace the deleted cell. */
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- int nCell;
- Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
- unsigned char *pTmp;
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ return (serial_type-12)/2;
+ }else{
+ static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+ return aSize[serial_type];
+ }
+}
- pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
- nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
- assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
+/*
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
+** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
+**
+** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
+**
+** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
+** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems
+** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
+** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated
+** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
+** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
+** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
+** ABI get the byte order right.
+**
+** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
+** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG
+** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
+** floating point values is correct.
+**
+** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
+** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
+** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
+** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
+** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
+** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
+** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
+** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here
+** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently
+** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
+** so we trust him.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
+ union {
+ u64 r;
+ u32 i[2];
+ } u;
+ u32 t;
- allocateTempSpace(pBt);
- pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+ u.r = in;
+ t = u.i[0];
+ u.i[0] = u.i[1];
+ u.i[1] = t;
+ return u.r;
+}
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X)
+#else
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
+#endif
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
- insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
- dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+**
+** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. The caller is responsible
+** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive
+** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
+** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
+** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){
+ u32 len;
- /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
- ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
- ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
- ** never true.
- **
- ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
- ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
- ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
- ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
- ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
- ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
- ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
- ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
- ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
- ** well. */
- rc = balance(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
- while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+ /* Integer and Real */
+ if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
+ u64 v;
+ u32 i;
+ if( serial_type==7 ){
+ assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->u.r) );
+ memcpy(&v, &pMem->u.r, sizeof(v));
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+ }else{
+ v = pMem->u.i;
}
- rc = balance(pCur);
+ len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+ assert( i>0 );
+ do{
+ buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
+ v >>= 8;
+ }while( i );
+ return len;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- moveToRoot(pCur);
+ /* String or blob */
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
+ == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
+ len = pMem->n;
+ memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+ return len;
}
- return rc;
+
+ /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
+ return 0;
}
-/*
-** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page
-** number for the root page of the new table.
-**
-** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the
-** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for
-** flags might not work:
-**
-** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
-** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices
+/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
+** big-endian integer. Return the equivalent native integer
*/
-static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- MemPage *pRoot;
- Pgno pgnoRoot;
- int rc;
- int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
-#else
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
- MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
-
- /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
- ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
- ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
- ** held by open cursors.
- */
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-
- /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
- ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
- ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
- */
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
- pgnoRoot++;
+#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x) ((i8)(x)[0])
+#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x) (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
+#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x) (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
+#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
+#define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
- /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
- ** PENDING_BYTE page.
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read.
+**
+** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance.
+** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate
+** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer
+** is avoided.
+*/
+static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet(
+ const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
+ Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+ u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
+ u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
+ x = (x<<32) + y;
+ if( serial_type==6 ){
+ pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+ }else{
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+ /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
+ ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
+ ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
+ ** endian.
*/
- while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
- pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- pgnoRoot++;
+ static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
+ static const double r1 = 1.0;
+ u64 t2 = t1;
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
+ assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+#endif
+ assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->u.r)==8 );
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
+ memcpy(&pMem->u.r, &x, sizeof(x));
+ pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->u.r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
+ }
+ return 8;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+ const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
+ Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+ switch( serial_type ){
+ case 10: /* Reserved for future use */
+ case 11: /* Reserved for future use */
+ case 0: { /* NULL */
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ break;
}
- assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
-
- /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
- ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
- ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
- */
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+ return 1;
}
-
- if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
- /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
- ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
- ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
- ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
- ** is already journaled.
- */
- u8 eType = 0;
- Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
-
- releasePage(pPageMove);
-
- /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
- if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
- assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
- assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
- releasePage(pRoot);
-
- /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- pRoot = pPageMove;
- }
-
- /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
+ case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+ return 2;
}
-
- /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
- ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
- ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
- */
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
- if( NEVER(rc) ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
+ case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+ return 3;
+ }
+ case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+ return 4;
+ }
+ case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+ return 6;
+ }
+ case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */
+ case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
+ /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine
+ ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */
+ return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem);
+ }
+ case 8: /* Integer 0 */
+ case 9: { /* Integer 1 */
+ pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ default: {
+ static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
+ pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+ pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2;
+ pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
+ return pMem->n;
}
-
- }else{
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
-#endif
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
- if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
- ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
- }else{
- ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
}
- zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
- assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
- *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ return 0;
}
-
/*
-** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return
-** the page to the freelist.
+** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
+** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
+** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
+**
+** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
+** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
+** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
+** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the
+** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
+** before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
*/
-static int clearDatabasePage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */
- int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */
- int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */
+ char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */
+ int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
+ char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */
){
- MemPage *pPage;
- int rc;
- unsigned char *pCell;
- int i;
+ UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */
+ int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */
+ int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
- pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- }
- rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- }else if( pnChange ){
- assert( pPage->intKey );
- *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
- }
- if( freePageFlag ){
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
- zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+ /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
+ ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift
+ ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
+ */
+ nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
+ nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
+ if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){
+ p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
+ *ppFree = (char *)p;
+ if( !p ) return 0;
+ }else{
+ p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff];
+ *ppFree = 0;
}
-cleardatabasepage_out:
- releasePage(pPage);
- return rc;
+ p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
+ assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+ p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is
-** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns,
-** the root page is empty, but still exists.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the
-** root of the table.
-**
-** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
-** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
-** entries in the table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the
+** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
+** contents of the decoded record.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
+ int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
+ const void *pKey, /* The binary record */
+ UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */
+){
+ const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
+ int d;
+ u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
+ u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
+ u32 szHdr;
+ Mem *pMem = p->aMem;
- /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
- ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
- ** a no-op). */
- invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+ p->default_rc = 0;
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+ d = szHdr;
+ u = 0;
+ while( idx<szHdr && d<=nKey ){
+ u32 serial_type;
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
+ idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
+ pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+ pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
+ /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
+ pMem->szMalloc = 0;
+ d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
+ pMem++;
+ if( (++u)>=p->nField ) break;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
+ p->nField = u;
}
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
-** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
-** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** cursors on the table.
+** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way
+** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(),
+** this function deserializes and compares values using the
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used
+** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in
+** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives.
**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page
-** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
-** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
-** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
-** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
-** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
-** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
-** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
-** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
+** Return true if the result of comparison is equivalent to desiredResult.
+** Return false if there is a disagreement.
*/
-static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug(
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+ const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */
+ int desiredResult /* Correct answer */
+){
+ u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+ u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+ u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */
+ int i = 0;
+ int rc = 0;
+ const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ Mem mem1;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+ if( pKeyInfo->db==0 ) return 1;
+ mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+ mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+ /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
+ VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
- /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
- ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
- ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
- ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would
- ** occur.
- **
- ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
+ /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
+ ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
+ ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing
+ ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
+ ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose
+ ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
*/
- if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
- return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
- }
+ /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
+
+ idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+ d1 = szHdr1;
+ assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB );
+ assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+ assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
+ assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
+ do{
+ u32 serial_type1;
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pPage);
- return rc;
- }
+ /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+ idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
- *piMoved = 0;
+ /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid
+ ** a buffer overread. The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will
+ ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space.
+ ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to
+ ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case.
+ */
+ if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1
+ && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
- if( iTable>1 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
-#else
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno maxRootPgno;
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
+ /* Extract the values to be compared.
+ */
+ d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
- if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
- /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
- ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
- */
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
- ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
- ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
- */
- MemPage *pMove;
- releasePage(pPage);
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
- releasePage(pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pMove = 0;
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
- freePage(pMove, &rc);
- releasePage(pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
+ /* Do the comparison
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */
+ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+ rc = -rc; /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */
}
+ goto debugCompareEnd;
+ }
+ i++;
+ }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField );
- /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
- ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
- ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
- ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
- */
- maxRootPgno--;
- while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
- || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
- maxRootPgno--;
- }
- assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+ /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using
+ ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+ ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
+ */
+ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
- }else{
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
- }
+ /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
+ ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
+ ** value. */
+ rc = pPKey2->default_rc;
+
+debugCompareEnd:
+ if( desiredResult==0 && rc==0 ) return 1;
+ if( desiredResult<0 && rc<0 ) return 1;
+ if( desiredResult>0 && rc>0 ) return 1;
+ if( CORRUPT_DB ) return 1;
+ if( pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
#endif
+
+/*
+** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values
+** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero
+** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than
+** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);".
+*/
+static int vdbeCompareMemString(
+ const Mem *pMem1,
+ const Mem *pMem2,
+ const CollSeq *pColl,
+ u8 *prcErr /* If an OOM occurs, set to SQLITE_NOMEM */
+){
+ if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+ /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the
+ ** comparison function directly */
+ return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
}else{
- /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
- ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
- ** database.
- */
- zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
- releasePage(pPage);
+ int rc;
+ const void *v1, *v2;
+ int n1, n2;
+ Mem c1;
+ Mem c2;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c1, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c2, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
+ v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
+ n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
+ v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
+ n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
+ rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
+ if( (v1==0 || v2==0) && prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return rc;
}
- return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+
+/*
+** Compare two blobs. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
+** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, respectively.
+** If one blob is a prefix of the other, then the shorter is the lessor.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem *pB2){
+ int c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, pB1->n>pB2->n ? pB2->n : pB1->n);
+ if( c ) return c;
+ return pB1->n - pB2->n;
}
/*
-** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
-** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
**
-** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0]
-** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1]
-** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0]
-** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-**
-** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema
-** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
-** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+ int f1, f2;
+ int combined_flags;
+
+ f1 = pMem1->flags;
+ f2 = pMem2->flags;
+ combined_flags = f1|f2;
+ assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+ /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+ ** are NULL, return 0.
+ */
+ if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+ return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+ }
+
+ /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+ ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+ ** if both values are integers.
+ */
+ if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+ double r1, r2;
+ if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+ if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
+ if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
+ r1 = pMem1->u.r;
+ }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+ r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
+ }else{
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
+ r2 = pMem2->u.r;
+ }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+ r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
+ }else{
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
+ if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
- assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
- assert( pBt->pPage1 );
- assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+ /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+ ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
+ */
+ if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+ if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+ return -1;
+ }
- *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+ assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+ assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
+ pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
- ** database, mark the database as read-only. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
-#endif
+ /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
+ ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
+ ** compiled (this was not always the case).
+ */
+ assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ if( pColl ){
+ return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl, 0);
+ }
+ /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+ ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */
+ }
+
+ /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */
+ return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2);
}
+
/*
-** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is
-** read-only and may not be written.
+** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
+** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive
+** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
+** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
+** and returns the value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- unsigned char *pP1;
- int rc;
- assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
- assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
- pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
+static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){
+ u32 y;
+ assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) );
+ switch( serial_type ){
+ case 0:
+ case 1:
+ testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+ return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ case 2:
+ testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+ return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ case 3:
+ testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+ return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ case 4: {
+ testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+ y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+ return (i64)*(int*)&y;
+ }
+ case 5: {
+ testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+ return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ }
+ case 6: {
+ u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+ testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+ x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
+ return (i64)*(i64*)&x;
}
-#endif
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+
+ return (serial_type - 8);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
/*
-** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
-** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records
+** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
+** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
+** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
+** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
+** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
-** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
-** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
- i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
+** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
+**
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all
+** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is
+** returned.
+**
+** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered,
+** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
+** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
+*/
+static int vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */
+ int bSkip /* If true, skip the first field */
+){
+ u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+ int i; /* Index of next field to compare */
+ u32 szHdr1; /* Size of record header in bytes */
+ u32 idx1; /* Offset of first type in header */
+ int rc = 0; /* Return value */
+ Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem; /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+ const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+ Mem mem1;
- /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
- ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
- */
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */
+ /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first
+ ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so
+ ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */
+ if( bSkip ){
+ u32 s1;
+ idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1);
+ szHdr1 = aKey1[0];
+ d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1);
+ i = 1;
+ pRhs++;
+ }else{
+ idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+ d1 = szHdr1;
+ if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){
+ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return 0; /* Corruption */
+ }
+ i = 0;
+ }
- /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
- ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
- ** accordingly.
- */
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
- nEntry += pPage->nCell;
+ VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+ assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField
+ || CORRUPT_DB );
+ assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+ assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
+ assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
+ do{
+ u32 serial_type;
+
+ /* RHS is an integer */
+ if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+ testcase( serial_type==12 );
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ rc = +1;
+ }else if( serial_type==0 ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else if( serial_type==7 ){
+ double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i;
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
+ if( mem1.u.r<rhs ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else if( mem1.u.r>rhs ){
+ rc = +1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
+ i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
+ if( lhs<rhs ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else if( lhs>rhs ){
+ rc = +1;
+ }
+ }
}
- /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
- ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
- ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
- ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
- ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
- ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
- **
- ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
- ** caller.
- */
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- do {
- if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
- /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
- *pnEntry = nEntry;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* RHS is real */
+ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ rc = +1;
+ }else if( serial_type==0 ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else{
+ double rhs = pRhs->u.r;
+ double lhs;
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
+ if( serial_type==7 ){
+ lhs = mem1.u.r;
+ }else{
+ lhs = (double)mem1.u.i;
}
- moveToParent(pCur);
- }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ if( lhs<rhs ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else if( lhs>rhs ){
+ rc = +1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ /* RHS is a string */
+ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
+ getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+ testcase( serial_type==12 );
+ if( serial_type<12 ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
+ rc = +1;
+ }else{
+ mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
+ testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+ testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+ if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
+ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return 0; /* Corruption */
+ }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+ mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+ mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+ mem1.flags = MEM_Str;
+ mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1];
+ rc = vdbeCompareMemString(
+ &mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i], &pPKey2->errCode
+ );
+ }else{
+ int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n);
+ rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
+ if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n;
+ }
+ }
}
- /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
- ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
- */
- iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
- }else{
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
+ /* RHS is a blob */
+ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){
+ getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+ testcase( serial_type==12 );
+ if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else{
+ int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
+ testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+ testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+ if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
+ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return 0; /* Corruption */
+ }else{
+ int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n);
+ rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
+ if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n;
+ }
+ }
}
- }
- /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
- return rc;
-}
-#endif
+ /* RHS is null */
+ else{
+ serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+ rc = (serial_type!=0);
+ }
-/*
-** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pPager;
-}
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+ rc = -rc;
+ }
+ assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) );
+ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */
+ return rc;
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Append a message to the error message string.
-*/
-static void checkAppendMsg(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck,
- char *zMsg1,
- const char *zFormat,
- ...
+ i++;
+ pRhs++;
+ d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+ idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+ }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 );
+
+ /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using
+ ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+ ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */
+ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );
+
+ /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
+ ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
+ ** value. */
+ assert( CORRUPT_DB
+ || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc)
+ || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
+ );
+ return pPKey2->default_rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */
){
- va_list ap;
- if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
- pCheck->mxErr--;
- pCheck->nErr++;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
- }
- if( zMsg1 ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1);
- }
- sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){
- pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
- }
+ return vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+
/*
-** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second
-** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
-** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
-** if this is the first reference to the page.
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the
+** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
+** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
**
-** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
+** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
*/
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
- if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
- if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
- return 1;
+static int vdbeRecordCompareInt(
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */
+){
+ const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F];
+ int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1];
+ int res;
+ u32 y;
+ u64 x;
+ i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i;
+ i64 lhs;
+
+ assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB );
+ switch( serial_type ){
+ case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+ lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ testcase( lhs<0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+ lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ testcase( lhs<0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+ lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ testcase( lhs<0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+ y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+ lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y;
+ testcase( lhs<0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+ lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+ testcase( lhs<0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */
+ x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+ x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
+ lhs = *(i64*)&x;
+ testcase( lhs<0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case 8:
+ lhs = 0;
+ break;
+ case 9:
+ lhs = 1;
+ break;
+
+ /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
+ ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch
+ ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
+ ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
+ ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other
+ ** compilers might be similar. */
+ case 0: case 7:
+ return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
+
+ default:
+ return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
}
- if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
- return 1;
+
+ if( v>lhs ){
+ res = pPKey2->r1;
+ }else if( v<lhs ){
+ res = pPKey2->r2;
+ }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
+ /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing
+ ** fields. */
+ res = vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
+ }else{
+ /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
+ ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
+ res = pPKey2->default_rc;
}
- return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
+
+ assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
+ return res;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
-** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
-** to pCheck.
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
+** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint
+** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
*/
-static void checkPtrmap(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */
- Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */
- u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */
- Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
- char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */
+static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */
){
- int rc;
- u8 ePtrmapType;
- Pgno iPtrmapParent;
+ const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
+ int serial_type;
+ int res;
- rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
- return;
- }
+ getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
+ if( serial_type<12 ){
+ res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
+ }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
+ res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
+ }else{
+ int nCmp;
+ int nStr;
+ int szHdr = aKey1[0];
- if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
- iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
+ nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2;
+ if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){
+ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return 0; /* Corruption */
+ }
+ nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
+ res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);
+
+ if( res==0 ){
+ res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
+ if( res==0 ){
+ if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
+ res = vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
+ }else{
+ res = pPKey2->default_rc;
+ }
+ }else if( res>0 ){
+ res = pPKey2->r2;
+ }else{
+ res = pPKey2->r1;
+ }
+ }else if( res>0 ){
+ res = pPKey2->r2;
+ }else{
+ res = pPKey2->r1;
+ }
}
+
+ assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res)
+ || CORRUPT_DB
+ || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
+ );
+ return res;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
-** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function
+** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed
+** as the only argument.
*/
-static void checkList(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */
- int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */
- int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */
- int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */
- char *zContext /* Context for error messages */
-){
- int i;
- int expected = N;
- int iFirst = iPage;
- while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
- DbPage *pOvflPage;
- unsigned char *pOvflData;
- if( iPage<1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
- N+1, expected, iFirst);
- break;
- }
- if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
- if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){
+ /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
+ ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
+ ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
+ ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the
+ ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
+ ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
+ ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
+ ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field
+ ** is an integer.
+ **
+ ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with
+ ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal
+ ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes. */
+ if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){
+ int flags = p->aMem[0].flags;
+ if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
+ p->r1 = 1;
+ p->r2 = -1;
+ }else{
+ p->r1 = -1;
+ p->r2 = 1;
}
- pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
- if( isFreeList ){
- int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
- N--;
- }else{
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
- }
- N -= n;
- }
+ if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){
+ return vdbeRecordCompareInt;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- else{
- /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
- ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
- ** the following page matches iPage.
- */
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
- i = get4byte(pOvflData);
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
- }
+ testcase( flags & MEM_Real );
+ testcase( flags & MEM_Null );
+ testcase( flags & MEM_Blob );
+ if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){
+ assert( flags & MEM_Str );
+ return vdbeRecordCompareString;
}
-#endif
- iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
}
+
+ return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return
-** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages
-** return 1, and so forth.
-**
-** These checks are done:
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
**
-** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
-** but combine to completely cover the page.
-** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order.
-** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
-** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
-** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages.
-** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
-** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
-** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
-** the root of the tree.
+** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
+** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content.
*/
-static int checkTreePage(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */
- int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
- char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
- i64 *pnParentMinKey,
- i64 *pnParentMaxKey
-){
- MemPage *pPage;
- int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
- int hdr, cellStart;
- int nCell;
- u8 *data;
- BtShared *pBt;
- int usableSize;
- char zContext[100];
- char *hit = 0;
- i64 nMinKey = 0;
- i64 nMaxKey = 0;
-
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+ i64 nCellKey = 0;
+ int rc;
+ u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */
+ u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */
+ u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */
+ Mem m, v;
- /* Check that the page exists
+ /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less
+ ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
+ ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
+ ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
*/
- pBt = pCheck->pBt;
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
- if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
- if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
- return 0;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+ VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+ assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
+
+ /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
- /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
- ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
- return 0;
+ /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
+ (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+ testcase( szHdr==3 );
+ testcase( szHdr==m.n );
+ if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
}
- /* Check out all the cells.
- */
- depth = 0;
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
- u8 *pCell;
- u32 sz;
- CellInfo info;
+ /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
+ ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
+ (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+ testcase( typeRowid==1 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==2 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==3 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==4 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==5 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==6 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==8 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==9 );
+ if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
+ lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+ testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
+ if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
- /* Check payload overflow pages
- */
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
- "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
- pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- sz = info.nData;
- if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
- /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
- */
- else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;
- else{
- if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
- }
- nMaxKey = info.nKey;
- }
- assert( sz==info.nPayload );
- if( (sz>info.nLocal)
- && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
- ){
- int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
- Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
- }
+ /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+ *rowid = v.u.i;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
- /* Check sanity of left child page.
- */
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(pCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
- if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
- }
- depth = d2;
- }
+ /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
+ ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
+idx_rowid_corruption:
+ testcase( m.szMalloc!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
+** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
+** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */
+ UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key */
+ int *res /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+ i64 nCellKey = 0;
+ int rc;
+ BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+ Mem m;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+ VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+ /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
+ ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
+ if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
+ *res = 0;
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
+ *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
- "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ db->nChange = nChange;
+ db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
+ v->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
+** as expired.
+**
+** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
+** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their
+** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating
+** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
+** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
+ p->expired = 1;
}
-
- /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
- ** with any left/parent/right pages.
- */
- if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
- /* if we are a left child page */
- if( pnParentMinKey ){
- /* if we are the left most child page */
- if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
- if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
- nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
- }
- }else{
- if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
- nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
- }
- if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
- nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
- }
- *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
- }
- /* else if we're a right child page */
- } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
- if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
- nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
+ return v->db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
+** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
+** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
+** constants) to the value before returning it.
+**
+** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
+ assert( iVar>0 );
+ if( v ){
+ Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
+ if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
+ sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
+ if( pRet ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
}
+ return pRet;
}
}
+ return 0;
+}
- /* Check for complete coverage of the page
- */
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
- if( hit==0 ){
- pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+/*
+** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
+** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
+** in a better query plan.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
+ assert( iVar>0 );
+ if( iVar>32 ){
+ v->expmask = 0xffffffff;
}else{
- int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
- assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
- memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
- nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
- u32 size = 65536;
- int j;
- if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
- size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
- }
- if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
- }else{
- for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
- }
- }
- i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- while( i>0 ){
- int size, j;
- assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
- assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
- j = get2byte(&data[i]);
- assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- i = j;
- }
- for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
- if( hit[i]==0 ){
- cnt++;
- }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
- break;
- }
- }
- if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
- cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
- }
+ v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
}
- sqlite3PageFree(hit);
- releasePage(pPage);
- return depth+1;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is
-** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
-** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
**
-** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
-** this function.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory
-** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from
-** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
-** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
- Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */
- int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
- int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
- int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
- int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
-){
- Pgno i;
- int nRef;
- IntegrityCk sCheck;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- char zErr[100];
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
- nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
- sCheck.pBt = pBt;
- sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
- sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
- sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
- sCheck.nErr = 0;
- sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
- *pnErr = 0;
- if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return 0;
- }
- sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
- if( !sCheck.anRef ){
- *pnErr = 1;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
+** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
+** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
+** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or
+** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
+** added or changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ return p==0 || p->expired;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log
+** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
+** invalid). Return false if it is ok.
+*/
+static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
+ if( p->db==0 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
+ return 1;
+ }else{
return 0;
}
- for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
- i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
- if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
- sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
+}
+static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
+ if( p==0 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ return vdbeSafety(p);
}
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000);
- sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;
-
- /* Check the integrity of the freelist
- */
- checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
- get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+}
- /* Check all the tables.
- */
- for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
- if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
- checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
- }
-#endif
- checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL);
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc;
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
+ ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+ if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
}
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
- */
- for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
-#else
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
- ** references to pointer-map pages.
- */
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
- }
-#endif
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc;
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
+ assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
}
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
- ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
- ** of the integrity check.
- */
- if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0,
- "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
- nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
- );
+/*
+** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
+ p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
}
-
- /* Clean up and report errors.
- */
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef);
- if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
- *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
- return 0;
+ if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){
+ p->expired = 1;
}
- *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
- if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
- return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
-**
-** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_ *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+ if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
+ p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+ return p->n ? p->z : 0;
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+ static const u8 aType[] = {
+ SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x00 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x01 */
+ SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x02 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x03 */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x04 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x05 */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x06 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x07 */
+ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x08 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x09 */
+ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x0a */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0b */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0c */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0d */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0e */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0f */
+ SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x10 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x11 */
+ SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x12 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x13 */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x14 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x15 */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x16 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x17 */
+ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x18 */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x19 */
+ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x1a */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1b */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1c */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1d */
+ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1e */
+ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1f */
+ };
+ return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
}
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
-** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
-** has been created or not.
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
**
-** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+** The setStrOrError() function calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
+** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
+** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
+**
+** The invokeValueDestructor(P,X) routine invokes destructor function X()
+** on value P is not going to be used and need to be destroyed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
+static void setResultStrOrError(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */
+ const char *z, /* String pointer */
+ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+ }
+}
+static int invokeValueDestructor(
+ const void *p, /* Value to destroy */
+ void (*xDel)(void*), /* The destructor */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx /* Set a SQLITE_TOOBIG error if no NULL */
+){
+ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ if( xDel==0 ){
+ /* noop */
+ }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+ /* noop */
+ }else{
+ xDel((void*)p);
+ }
+ if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+ return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( n>=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ sqlite3_uint64 n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ if( n>0x7fffffff ){
+ (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
+ }else{
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, 0, xDel);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
+ sqlite3_uint64 n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *),
+ unsigned char enc
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ if( n>0x7fffffff ){
+ (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
+ }else{
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, enc, xDel);
+ }
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
- assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
-** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
-**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p ){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- }
- return rc;
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
- assert( p );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pCtx->pOut, pValue);
}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
- assert( p );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- return p->nBackup!=0;
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n);
}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
-** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
-** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
-**
-** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
-** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned.
-**
-** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
-** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
-** allocated, it is returned as normal.
-**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
-** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
-** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
- pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
- pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
+ pCtx->isError = errCode;
+ pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+ if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
+ SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return pBt->pSchema;
}
-/*
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
-** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
-** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1,
+ SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
+/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+ pCtx->pOut->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The
-** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
-** if it is false.
+** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It
+** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
+static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
- if( p->sharable ){
- u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
- assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+ if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry);
+ }
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
+#endif
return rc;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
-** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
**
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
-** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
-** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
-** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
+** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
+** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
+** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
+static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db;
int rc;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ assert(p);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+ /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
+ ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning
+ ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
+ ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+ ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
+ ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
+ ** definition.
+ **
+ ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
+ ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
+ ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a
+ ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
+ ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
+ ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
+ ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+ sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+#else
+ sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+#endif
}
- assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
- return SQLITE_ABORT;
+
+ /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
+ db = p->db;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- /* Check some assumptions:
- ** (a) the cursor is open for writing,
- ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
- ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
- ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
- ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
- */
- if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto end_of_step;
}
- assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
- assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
- assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
+ if( p->pc<0 ){
+ /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
+ ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
+ ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
+ */
+ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
+ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ }
- return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
-}
+ assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0
+ || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0)
+ );
-/*
-** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the
-** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
-** for incremental blob IO only.
-**
-** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
-** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
-** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and
-** sqlite3BtreePutData()).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
- pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
+ }
#endif
-/*
-** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
-** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
-** header to iVersion.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
- BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
- int rc; /* Return code */
-
- assert( pBtree->inTrans==TRANS_NONE );
- assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
+ db->nVdbeActive++;
+ if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++;
+ if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++;
+ p->pc = 0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( p->explain ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+ {
+ db->nVdbeExec++;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+ db->nVdbeExec--;
+ }
- /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
- ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
*/
- pBt->doNotUseWAL = (u8)(iVersion==1);
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
- if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
- aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
- }
- }
- }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iNow;
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
+ db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000);
}
-
- pBt->doNotUseWAL = 0;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 January 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
-** API functions and the related features.
-*/
-
-/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
-*/
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
#endif
-/*
-** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_backup {
- sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */
- Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */
- u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */
- int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
-
- Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
- sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */
- Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */
-
- int rc; /* Backup process error code */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
+ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
- /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
- ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
+ db->errCode = rc;
+ if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+end_of_step:
+ /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
+ ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
+ ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
+ ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc
+ ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
+ ** were called on statement p.
*/
- Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */
- Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */
-
- int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
- sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */
-};
-
-/*
-** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
-**
-** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
-** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
-**
-** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
-** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
-** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
-** structure, in that order.
-**
-** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
-** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
-** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
-** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
-** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
-**
-** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
-** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
-** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
-** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
-** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
-** or backup_pagecount().
-**
-** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
-** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
-** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
-** associated mutexes.
-*/
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
+ || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
+ );
+ assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+ /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
+ ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+ ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+ }
+ return (rc&db->errMask);
+}
/*
-** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
-** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
-** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
-**
-** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
-** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
-** error message to pErrorDb.
+** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call
+** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs,
+** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
*/
-static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
- int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */
+ int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- if( i==1 ){
- Parse *pParse;
- int rc = 0;
- pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
- if( pParse==0 ){
- sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pParse->db = pDb;
- if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
- sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
- sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
- }
- if( rc ){
- return 0;
- }
+ if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
-
- if( i<0 ){
- sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
- return 0;
+ db = v->db;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ v->doingRerun = 0;
+ while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
+ && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY ){
+ int savedPc = v->pc;
+ rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK) break;
+ sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( savedPc>=0 ) v->doingRerun = 1;
+ assert( v->expired==0 );
}
-
- return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
+ ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
+ ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
+ ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
+ ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
+ ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
+ ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+ */
+ const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+ assert( zErr!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+ v->rc = rc2;
+ } else {
+ v->zErrMsg = 0;
+ v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
-** of the source.
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
*/
-static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
- return rc;
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc );
+ return p->pFunc->pUserData;
}
/*
-** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
-** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
-** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
**
-** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
-** stored in database handle pDestDb.
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
+** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
+** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
+** application defined function.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
- sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */
- const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */
- sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */
- const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
-){
- sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */
-
- /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
- ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
- ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
- ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
- ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination
- ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
- ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc );
+ return p->pOut->db;
+}
- if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
- sqlite3Error(
- pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
- );
- p = 0;
- }else {
- /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
- ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
- ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
- ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
- p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
- if( !p ){
- sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
- }
+/*
+** Return the current time for a statement
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){
+ Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe;
+ int rc;
+ if( v->iCurrentTime==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->pOut->db->pVfs, &v->iCurrentTime);
+ if( rc ) v->iCurrentTime = 0;
}
+ return v->iCurrentTime;
+}
- /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
- if( p ){
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
- p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
- p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
- p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
- p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
- p->iNext = 1;
- p->isAttached = 0;
+/*
+** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
+** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
+** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
+** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
+** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
+** method of virtual tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
+ sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */
+ int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */
+){
+ const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
+ char *zErr;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+}
- if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
- ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the
- ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the
- ** sqlite3_backup structure.
- */
- sqlite3_free(p);
- p = 0;
+/*
+** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to
+** its pMem->z element.
+*/
+static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+ Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+ if( nByte<=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+ pMem->z = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
+ pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
+ if( pMem->z ){
+ memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
}
}
- if( p ){
- p->pSrc->nBackup++;
- }
-
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
- return p;
+ return (void*)pMem->z;
}
/*
-** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
-** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
-** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new
+** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
*/
-static int isFatalError(int rc){
- return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ testcase( nByte<0 );
+ if( (p->pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
+ return createAggContext(p, nByte);
+ }else{
+ return (void*)p->pMem->z;
+ }
}
/*
-** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
-** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
-** destination database.
+** Return the auxiliary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
-static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){
- Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
- const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
- int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
- const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
- const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pSrc);
- int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest);
-#endif
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+ AuxData *pAuxData;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- i64 iOff;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
+ if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
+ }
- assert( p->bDestLocked );
- assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
- assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
- assert( zSrcData );
+ return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
+}
- /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
- ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
- */
- if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
+/*
+** Set the auxiliary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ int iArg,
+ void *pAux,
+ void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+ AuxData *pAuxData;
+ Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
- ** and a codec is in use.
- */
- if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
+ if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
- /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
- ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to
- ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible,
- ** then the backup cannot proceed.
- */
- if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
- u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
+ if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
+ }
+ if( pAuxData==0 ){
+ pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
+ if( !pAuxData ) goto failed;
+ pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp;
+ pAuxData->iArg = iArg;
+ pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData;
+ pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData;
+ if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){
+ pCtx->isError = 0;
+ pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+ }
+ }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){
+ pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
}
-#endif
- /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
- ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
- ** of the destination page.
- */
- for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
- DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
- Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
- if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
- ){
- const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
- u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
- u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+ pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+ pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+ return;
- /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
- ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
- ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
- ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
- ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
- ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
- */
- memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
- ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
+failed:
+ if( xDelete ){
+ xDelete(pAux);
}
-
- return rc;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
-** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
-** this function is a no-op.
+** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been
+** called.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
-** code if an error occurs.
+** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
+** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function
+** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
+** context.
*/
-static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
- i64 iCurrent;
- int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
- }
- return rc;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+ return p->pMem->n;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
-** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
*/
-static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
- sqlite3_backup **pp;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
- pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
- p->pNext = *pp;
- *pp = p;
- p->isAttached = 1;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
}
/*
-** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
- int rc;
- int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */
- int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */
- int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
- }
-
- rc = p->rc;
- if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
- Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */
- Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */
- int ii; /* Iterator variable */
- int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */
- int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */
-
- /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
- ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
- */
- if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
- ){
- p->bDestLocked = 1;
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
- }
-
- /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
- ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
- ** before this function exits.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
- bCloseTrans = 1;
- }
-
- /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
- ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
- pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
- pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
- destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
-
- /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
- ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
- */
- nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
- assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
- for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
- const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */
- if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
- DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg));
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
- }
- }
- p->iNext++;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
- p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
- if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else if( !p->isAttached ){
- attachBackupObject(p);
- }
- }
-
- /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
- ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
- ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
- ** same schema version.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE
- && (rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1))==SQLITE_OK
- ){
- int nDestTruncate;
-
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, -1);
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
+ return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
- /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
- ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
- ** size may be different to the source page size.
- **
- ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
- ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
- ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
- ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
- ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
- ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
- ** by the file truncation.
- */
- assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
- assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
- if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
- int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
- nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
- if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
- nDestTruncate--;
- }
- }else{
- nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
- }
- sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+/*
+** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value.
+*/
+static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){
+ /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element
+ ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler
+ ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
+ ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
+ ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
+ ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
+ ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
+ ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
+ ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */
+ static const Mem nullMem
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
+ __attribute__((aligned(8)))
+#endif
+ = {
+ /* .u = */ {0},
+ /* .flags = */ MEM_Null,
+ /* .enc = */ 0,
+ /* .n = */ 0,
+ /* .z = */ 0,
+ /* .zMalloc = */ 0,
+ /* .szMalloc = */ 0,
+ /* .iPadding1 = */ 0,
+ /* .db = */ 0,
+ /* .xDel = */ 0,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* .pScopyFrom = */ 0,
+ /* .pFiller = */ 0,
+#endif
+ };
+ return &nullMem;
+}
- if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
- /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
- ** two extra things may need to happen:
- **
- ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
- **
- ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
- ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
- ** copied into the destination database.
- */
- const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
- sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
- i64 iOff;
- i64 iEnd;
-
- assert( pFile );
- assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
- nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
- && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
- ));
-
- /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original
- ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
- ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
- ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
- ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
- ** journal file. */
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
-
- /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required. */
- iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
- for(
- iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc;
- rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
- iOff+=pgszSrc
- ){
- PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
- const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
- }
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Vdbe *pVm;
+ Mem *pOut;
- /* Sync the database file to disk. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager);
- }
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
- }
-
- /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }
- }
-
- /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
- ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
- ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
- ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
- */
- if( bCloseTrans ){
- TESTONLY( int rc2 );
- TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
- TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
- assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+ pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
+ }else{
+ if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+ sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
}
- p->rc = rc;
+ pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
}
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
- return rc;
+ return pOut;
}
/*
-** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
+** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
+** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
+** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+**
+** Specifically, this is called from within:
+**
+** sqlite3_column_int()
+** sqlite3_column_int64()
+** sqlite3_column_text()
+** sqlite3_column_text16()
+** sqlite3_column_real()
+** sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** sqiite3_column_blob()
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
- sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect source database */
- int rc; /* Value to return */
-
- /* Enter the mutexes */
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
- mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex;
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
+{
+ /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
+ ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
+ ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
+ ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
+ */
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( p ){
+ p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
}
+}
- /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_ *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const void *val;
+ val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
+ ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
+ ** expression.
+ */
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
+ if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
+ pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
}
- if( p->isAttached ){
- pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
- while( *pp!=p ){
- pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return iType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0.
+**
+** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which
+** name is returned. Here are the names:
+**
+** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output
+** 1 The datatype name for the column
+** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from
+** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from
+** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+**
+** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
+** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int N,
+ const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+ int useType
+){
+ const void *ret = 0;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ int n;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+ if( N<n && N>=0 ){
+ N += useType*n;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+ ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+ /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
+ ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
+ */
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
+ ret = 0;
}
- *pp = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
+ return ret;
+}
- /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest);
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#endif
- /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
- rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
- sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
+/*
+** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
+** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
+ and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+#endif
- /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
- ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
- ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
- sqlite3_free(p);
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return rc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
/*
-** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
-** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
- return p->nRemaining;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
-** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
- return p->nPagecount;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
-** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
-** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
-** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
-** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
-** complete.
-**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
+** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
- sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
- for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
- if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
- /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
- ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
- ** the new data into the backup.
- */
- int rc;
- assert( p->pDestDb );
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
- rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = rc;
- }
- }
- }
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
+**
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
/*
-** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
-** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
-** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
-** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
-** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
+** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
+** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
- sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
- for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
- p->iNext = 1;
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+ Mem *pVar;
+ if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_RANGE;
+ }
+ i--;
+ pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+ pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK);
+
+ /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then
+ ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
+ **
+ ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
+ ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
+ ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
+ ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
+ ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
+ */
+ if( p->isPrepareV2 &&
+ ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff)
+ ){
+ p->expired = 1;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
/*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
-** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
-** transaction is committed before returning.
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+static int bindText(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */
+ int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */
+ const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
+ int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
+ void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */
+ u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */
+){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ Mem *pVar;
int rc;
- sqlite3_backup b;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
-
- /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
- ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
- ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
- ** from this function, not directly by the user.
- */
- memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
- b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
- b.pSrc = pFrom;
- b.pDest = pTo;
- b.iNext = 1;
- /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
- ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
- ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
- ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
- ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
- ** or an error code.
- */
- sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
- assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0;
+ if( zData!=0 ){
+ pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+ }
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, rc);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+ xDel((void*)zData);
}
-
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
-/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
+
/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem"
-** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible
-** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
-** name sqlite_value
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ sqlite3_uint64 nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
+ return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
+ }else{
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, 0);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+ return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ sqlite3_uint64 nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*),
+ unsigned char enc
+){
+ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
+ return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
+ }else{
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, enc);
+ }
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
+ int rc;
+ switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->u.r);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+ if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+ rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+ pValue->enc);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
*/
-#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
/*
-** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
-** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
-** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
-**
-** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
-** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
-** between formats.
+** The result is always UTF-8.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
- int rc;
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
- || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){
+ return 0;
}
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
-#else
-
- /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
- ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
- */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
- return rc;
-#endif
+ return p->azVar[i-1];
}
/*
-** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least
-** n bytes.
-**
-** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data
-** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the
-** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may
-** be discarded.
-**
-** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback.
-** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is
-** not set, Mem.n is zeroed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){
- assert( 1 >=
- ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) +
- (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) +
- ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) +
- ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
- );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
- if( n<32 ) n = 32;
- if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
- if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
- pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
- preserve = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
- pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
- }
- }
-
- if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
- memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
+ int i;
+ if( p==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){
- pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
+ if( zName ){
+ for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){
+ const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+ if( z && strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){
+ return i+1;
+ }
+ }
}
+ return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+ return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
+}
- pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
- if( pMem->z==0 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- }else{
- pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+/*
+** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+ Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+ int i;
+ assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+ assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
}
- pMem->xDel = 0;
- return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so
-** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
-** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
-** overwritten or altered.
+** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+** It is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
+** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we
+** will not bother to check for that condition.
+**
+** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
+** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
- int f;
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- expandBlob(pMem);
- f = pMem->flags;
- if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
- pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
-#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+ Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+ if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){
+ pTo->expired = 1;
+ }
+ if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){
+ pFrom->expired = 1;
}
+ return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
+}
+#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
+** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was
+** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
+** the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
}
/*
-** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
-** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
+** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
+** database.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- int nByte;
- assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
+}
- /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
- nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
- if( nByte<=0 ){
- nByte = 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ return v!=0 && v->pc>=0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+}
- memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
- pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
- pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
+** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first
+** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there
+** are no more.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
+ }else{
+ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
+ return pNext;
}
-#endif
-
/*
-** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */
- }
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
- pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
+ Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ u32 v = pVdbe->aCounter[op];
+ if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0;
+ return (int)v;
}
+/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
/*
-** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers
-** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string
-** is a no-op.
+** 2009 November 25
**
-** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
-** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
-** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
-** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
-** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
+** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int fg = pMem->flags;
- const int nByte = 32;
-
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
- assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
- assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+/*
+** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of
+** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
+** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return
+** the total number of bytes in the text.
+*/
+static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
+ int tokenType;
+ int nTotal = 0;
+ int n;
- /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
- ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
- ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
- **
- ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
- */
- if( fg & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
- }else{
- assert( fg & MEM_Real );
- sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
+ *pnToken = 0;
+ while( zSql[0] ){
+ n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
+ assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
+ if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
+ *pnToken = n;
+ break;
+ }
+ nTotal += n;
+ zSql += n;
}
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
- return rc;
+ return nTotal;
}
/*
-** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
-** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The
-** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the
+** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to
+** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1,
+** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
+** to each line of text.
**
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK
-** otherwise.
+** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then
+** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes. This
+** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing
+** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs.
+**
+** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
+** is eventually freed.
+**
+** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
+** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within
+** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms,
+** the host parameter index is found by scanning the prepared
+** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host
+** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render
+** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
- ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
- ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
- ctx.pMem = pMem;
- ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
- pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
- assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
- sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
- memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
- rc = ctx.isError;
- }
- return rc;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
+ const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */
+ int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */
+ int n; /* Length of a token prefix */
+ int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */
+ StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */
+ char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */
-/*
-** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
-** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
-** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
- assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
- if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame) ){
- if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
- assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
- }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
- assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- p->xDel((void *)p->z);
- p->xDel = 0;
- }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
- sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
- }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
+ db = p->db;
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+ db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+ out.db = db;
+ if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
+ while( *zRawSql ){
+ const char *zStart = zRawSql;
+ while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
+ assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 );
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
+ }
+ }else{
+ while( zRawSql[0] ){
+ n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
+ assert( n>0 );
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
+ zRawSql += n;
+ assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
+ if( nToken==0 ) break;
+ if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
+ if( nToken>1 ){
+ assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
+ sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
+ }else{
+ idx = nextIndex;
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+ testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
+ testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
+ testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+ idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
+ assert( idx>0 );
+ }
+ zRawSql += nToken;
+ nextIndex = idx + 1;
+ assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
+ pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
+ if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->u.r);
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
+ int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ u8 enc = ENC(db);
+ Mem utf8;
+ if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
+ utf8.db = db;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ pVar = &utf8;
+ }
+#endif
+ nOut = pVar->n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+ if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){
+ nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
+ while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; }
+ }
+#endif
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+ if( nOut<pVar->n ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
+#endif
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
+ }else{
+ int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */
+ assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
+ nOut = pVar->n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+ if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
+#endif
+ for(i=0; i<nOut; i++){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+ if( nOut<pVar->n ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
}
}
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
}
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
/*
-** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
-** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
-** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements the function that runs the
+** bytecode of a prepared statement.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments
+** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
- p->z = 0;
- p->zMalloc = 0;
- p->xDel = 0;
-}
/*
-** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
-** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000.
-**
-** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning
-** variables and without the extra range tests. But
-** there are reports that windows throws an expection
-** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.)
-** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will
-** take the conservative approach and always do range tests
-** before attempting the conversion.
+** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
+** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are
+** not misused. A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a
+** pointer to the string or blob, not the content. If the original
+** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might
+** be changed out from under the copy. This macro verifies that nothing
+** like that ever happens.
*/
-static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
- return r;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M)
#else
- /*
- ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
- ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
- ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
- ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
- ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
- */
- static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
- static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
+#endif
- if( r<(double)minInt ){
- return minInt;
- }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){
- /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt. It turns out that assigning
- ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large
- ** negative integer. This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware
- ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */
- return minInt;
- }else{
- return (i64)r;
- }
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
#endif
-}
/*
-** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
-** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
-** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is
-** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
-** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
-** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an
-** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE. When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
+** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt.
**
-** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
- int flags;
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- flags = pMem->flags;
- if( flags & MEM_Int ){
- return pMem->u.i;
- }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
- return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
- }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- i64 value = 0;
- assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
- testcase( pMem->z==0 );
- sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
- return value;
- }else{
- return 0;
- }
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+#endif
/*
-** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
-** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
-** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
-** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
+** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that
+** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
- return pMem->r;
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
- return (double)pMem->u.i;
- }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- double val = (double)0;
- sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
- return val;
- }else{
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- return (double)0;
- }
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#endif
/*
-** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a
-** MEM_Int if we can.
+** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
+** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures
+** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
+** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
- pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
-
- /* Only mark the value as an integer if
- **
- ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
- ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
- ** possible integer (ticket #3922)
- **
- ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
- ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
- ** values to wrap around. On x86 hardware, the third term is always
- ** true and could be omitted. But we leave it in because other
- ** architectures might behave differently.
- */
- if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
- && ALWAYS(pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64) ){
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
+static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
+ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
+ sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
}
}
+#endif
/*
-** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations.
+** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode
+** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
+** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
- pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
+#endif
/*
-** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
+** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
+** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
- pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P)
+#else
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
+#endif
/*
-** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
+** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined. This
+** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an
+** production builds.
**
-** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
-** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert
-** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
+** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the
+** branch can go. It is usually 2. "I" is the direction the branch
+** goes. 0 means falls through. 1 means branch is taken. 2 means the
+** second alternative branch is taken.
+**
+** iSrcLine is the source code line (from the __LINE__ macro) that
+** generated the VDBE instruction. This instrumentation assumes that all
+** source code is in a single file (the amalgamation). Special values 1
+** and 2 for the iSrcLine parameter mean that this particular branch is
+** always taken or never taken, respectively.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
- if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
- assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE)
+# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M)
+#else
+# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M)
+ static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
+ if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
+ M = iSrcLine;
+ /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and
+ ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */
+ assert( (M & I)==I );
}else{
- pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
- sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return; /*NO_TEST*/
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg,
+ iSrcLine,I,M);
}
}
- assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
- pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#endif
/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
- VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
- pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
- pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
- }
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
- sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
- }
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-}
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+ if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc,0)) \
+ { goto no_mem; }
/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
-** n containing all zeros.
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
+** knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
- pMem->n = 0;
- if( n<0 ) n = 0;
- pMem->u.nZero = n;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+ if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+ && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
- if( pMem->z ){
- pMem->n = n;
- memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
- }
-#endif
-}
+/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
+#define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0)
/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type INTEGER.
+** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->u.i = val;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-}
+static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */
+ int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
+ int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */
+ int iDb, /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
+ int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */
+){
+ /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
+ ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
+ ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
+ ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
+ **
+ ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
+ ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
+ ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
+ ** allocations.
+ **
+ ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
+ ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
+ ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
+ **
+ ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
+ ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
+ ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
+ */
+ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type REAL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
- if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->r = val;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+ int nByte;
+ VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
+ nByte =
+ ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField +
+ (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
+
+ assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+ if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
+ p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
+ p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
+ memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
+ pCx->iDb = iDb;
+ pCx->nField = nField;
+ pCx->aOffset = &pCx->aType[nField];
+ if( isBtreeCursor ){
+ pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
+ &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField];
+ sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor);
+ }
}
+ return pCx;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
-** empty boolean index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
- sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
- assert( db!=0 );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
+** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string
+** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not
+** look like a number, leave it alone.
+**
+** If the bTryForInt flag is true, then extra effort is made to give
+** an integer representation. Strings that look like floating point
+** values but which have no fractional component (example: '48.00')
+** will have a MEM_Int representation when bTryForInt is true.
+**
+** If bTryForInt is false, then if the input string contains a decimal
+** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even
+** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity.
+*/
+static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){
+ double rValue;
+ i64 iValue;
+ u8 enc = pRec->enc;
+ assert( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==MEM_Str );
+ if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
+ if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
+ pRec->u.i = iValue;
+ pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
}else{
- assert( pMem->zMalloc );
- pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc,
- sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
- assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
- pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
+ pRec->u.r = rValue;
+ pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
+ if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
}
}
/*
-** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
-** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
+** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
+** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
+** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
+** floating-point representation if an integer representation
+** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
+** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
+** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+** Convert pRec to a text representation.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+** No-op. pRec is unchanged.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
- assert( p->db!=0 );
- if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- int n = p->n;
- if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- n += p->u.nZero;
+static void applyAffinity(
+ Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */
+ char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */
+ u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */
+){
+ if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+ assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+ || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+ if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+ if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+ if( pRec->flags & MEM_Str ) applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+ }
+ }
+ }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+ /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+ ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+ ** representation.
+ */
+ if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1);
}
- return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}
- return 0;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking
-** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
-** copies of this cell as invalid.
-**
-** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
-** copies are not misused.
+** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
+** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
+** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without
+** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
- int i;
- Mem *pX;
- for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
- if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
- pX->flags |= MEM_Invalid;
- pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+ if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+ Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+ applyNumericAffinity(pMem, 0);
+ eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
}
- pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+ return eType;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
-*/
-#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc))
/*
-** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of
-** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If
-** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
-** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
+** not the internal Mem* type.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
- assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
- memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
- pTo->xDel = 0;
- if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
- pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
- assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
- pTo->flags |= srcType;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
+ sqlite3_value *pVal,
+ u8 affinity,
+ u8 enc
+){
+ applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}
/*
-** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are
-** freed before the copy is made.
+** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
+** interpret as a string if we want to). Compute its corresponding
+** numeric type, if has one. Set the pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i fields
+** accordingly.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
- memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
- pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-
- if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
- pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
- }
+static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- return rc;
+ if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ return MEM_Int;
+ }
+ return MEM_Real;
}
/*
-** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
-** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
+** none.
**
-** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
+** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
+** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
- assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
- assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
- assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
-
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
- memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
- pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
- pFrom->xDel = 0;
- pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
+static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
+ if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+ return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
+ }
+ if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ return computeNumericType(pMem);
+ }
+ return 0;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
-**
-** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
-** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
-** pointer copied.
-**
-** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
-** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be
-** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation
-** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In
-** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
- Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */
- const char *z, /* String pointer */
- int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
-){
- int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */
- int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
- u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */
-
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
+ char *zCsr = zBuf;
+ int f = pMem->flags;
- /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
- if( !z ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
- if( pMem->db ){
- iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
- }else{
- iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
- }
- flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
- if( nByte<0 ){
- assert( enc!=0 );
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
+ if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+ int i;
+ char c;
+ if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+ c = 'z';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+ c = 't';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+ c = 'e';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
}else{
- for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
+ c = 's';
}
- flags |= MEM_Term;
- }
- /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
- ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
- ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
- */
- if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
- int nAlloc = nByte;
- if( flags&MEM_Term ){
- nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
}
- if( nByte>iLimit ){
- return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+ char z = pMem->z[i];
+ if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+ else *zCsr++ = z;
}
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ if( f & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
}
- memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
- }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
- pMem->xDel = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->z = (char *)z;
- pMem->xDel = xDel;
- flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
+ *zCsr = '\0';
+ }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+ int j, k;
+ zBuf[0] = ' ';
+ if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+ zBuf[1] = 'z';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+ zBuf[1] = 't';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+ zBuf[1] = 'e';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+ }else{
+ zBuf[1] = 's';
+ }
+ k = 2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+ zBuf[k++] = '[';
+ for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+ u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+ if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+ zBuf[k++] = c;
+ }else{
+ zBuf[k++] = '.';
+ }
+ }
+ zBuf[k++] = ']';
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+ zBuf[k++] = 0;
}
+}
+#endif
- pMem->n = nByte;
- pMem->flags = flags;
- pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
- pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+*/
+static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){
+ if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){
+ printf(" undefined");
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ printf(" NULL");
+ }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+ printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ printf(" r:%g", p->u.r);
+#endif
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+ printf(" (rowset)");
+ }else{
+ char zBuf[200];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
+ printf(" %s", zBuf);
}
+}
+static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){
+ printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg);
+ memTracePrint(p);
+ printf("\n");
+}
#endif
- if( nByte>iLimit ){
- return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M)
+#else
+# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
/*
-** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
-** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
-** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
-** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
-** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+** 2008 May 27
**
-** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
- int rc;
- int f1, f2;
- int combined_flags;
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
- f1 = pMem1->flags;
- f2 = pMem2->flags;
- combined_flags = f1|f2;
- assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
- /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
- ** are NULL, return 0.
- */
- if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
- return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
- }
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
- /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
- ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
- ** if both values are integers.
- */
- if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
- if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
- return -1;
- }
- if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
- double r1, r2;
- if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
- r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
- }else{
- r1 = pMem1->r;
- }
- if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
- r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
- }else{
- r2 = pMem2->r;
- }
- if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
- if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
- return 0;
- }else{
- assert( f1&MEM_Int );
- assert( f2&MEM_Int );
- if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
- if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
- return 0;
- }
+ #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned int lo, hi;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+ return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
}
- /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
- ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
- */
- if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
- if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
- return -1;
- }
+ #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
- assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
- assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
- pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ __asm {
+ rdtsc
+ ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
+ }
+ }
- /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
- ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
- ** compiled (this was not always the case).
- */
- assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+ #endif
- if( pColl ){
- if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
- /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the
- ** comparison function directly */
- return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
- }else{
- const void *v1, *v2;
- int n1, n2;
- Mem c1;
- Mem c2;
- memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
- memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
- v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
- n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
- v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
- n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
- rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
- return rc;
- }
- }
- /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
- ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long val;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+ return val;
}
- /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */
- rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
- if( rc==0 ){
- rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
- }
- return rc;
-}
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-/*
-** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
-** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
-** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
-** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written
-** into the pMem element.
-**
-** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content
-** is overwritten without being freed.
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
-** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
- int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */
- int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
- Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
-){
- char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */
- int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long long retval;
+ unsigned long junk;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+ 1: mftbu %1\n\
+ mftb %L0\n\
+ mftbu %0\n\
+ cmpw %0,%1\n\
+ bne 1b"
+ : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+ return retval;
+ }
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+#else
- /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
- ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- if( key ){
- zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
- }else{
- zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
- }
- assert( zData!=0 );
+ #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
- if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->z = &zData[offset];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
- }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
- pMem->enc = 0;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
- if( key ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
- }
- pMem->z[amt] = 0;
- pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- }
- }
- pMem->n = amt;
+ /*
+ ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+ ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+ ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
+ ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+ ** least compile and run.
+ */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
- return rc;
-}
+#endif
-/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
-** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
-** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
-** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
-** SQLITE_UTF8.
-**
-** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
-** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
-** boundary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
- if( !pVal ) return 0;
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
- assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
- assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
- assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
- if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
- return 0;
- }
- assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
- pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
- expandBlob(pVal);
- if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
- if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
- assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-59893-45467 */
- }else{
- assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
- assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
- }
- assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
- || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
- if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
- return pVal->z;
- }else{
- return 0;
- }
-}
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
+** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
+** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
+**
+** Usage:
+**
+** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
- Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
- if( p ){
- p->flags = MEM_Null;
- p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
- p->db = db;
- }
- return p;
+static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
+ int n = 0;
+ Savepoint *p;
+ for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
+ assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
+ return 1;
}
+#endif
+
/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
-**
-** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
-** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
-** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
-** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
-** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
-** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
+** This is the core of sqlite3_step().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
- Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
- u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
- sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+ Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
){
- int op;
- char *zVal = 0;
- sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
- int negInt = 1;
- const char *zNeg = "";
-
- if( !pExpr ){
- *ppVal = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- op = pExpr->op;
-
- /* op can only be TK_REGISTER if we have compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2.
- ** The ifdef here is to enable us to achieve 100% branch test coverage even
- ** when SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 is omitted.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2;
-#else
- if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
+ int pc=0; /* The program counter */
+ Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */
+ Op *pOp; /* Current operation */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */
+ u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
+ u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */
+ int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
+ unsigned nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
+#endif
+ Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */
+ Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */
+ Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */
+ Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */
+ Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */
+ int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
+ i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
#endif
+ /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/
- /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the
- ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
- */
- if( op==TK_UMINUS
- && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
- pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
- op = pExpr->op;
- negInt = -1;
- zNeg = "-";
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
+ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
+ goto no_mem;
}
-
- if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
- if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
- }else{
- zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
- if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
- if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
- }
- if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+ assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 );
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ p->iCurrentTime = 0;
+ assert( p->explain==0 );
+ p->pResultSet = 0;
+ db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+ sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ if( db->xProgress ){
+ assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps );
+ nProgressLimit = (unsigned)p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP];
+ if( nProgressLimit==0 ){
+ nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps;
}else{
- sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ nProgressLimit %= (unsigned)db->nProgressOps;
}
- if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
- if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ if( p->pc==0
+ && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0
+ ){
+ int i;
+ int once = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+ if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){
+ printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
+ }
}
- }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
- /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
- if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
- pVal->flags &= MEM_Int;
- pVal->flags |= MEM_Real;
- pVal->r = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
- }else{
- pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
+ if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){
+ if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n");
+ printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z);
+ once = 0;
+ }
}
- pVal->r = -pVal->r;
- sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
}
- }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
- if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
- int nVal;
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
- if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
- zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
- nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
- assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
- 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ) printf("VDBE Trace:\n");
}
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#endif
+ for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+ assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ start = sqlite3Hwtime();
#endif
+ nVmStep++;
+ pOp = &aOp[pc];
- if( pVal ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pVal);
- }
- *ppVal = pVal;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, pc, pOp);
+ }
+#endif
+
-no_mem:
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- *ppVal = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
+ /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens
+ ** if we have a special test build.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+ sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+ if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+ sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
-/*
-** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+ /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelease" tag, free any
+ ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
+ ** an undefined integer. Opcodes will either fill in the integer
+ ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
+ */
+ assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
+ if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ }
+
+ /* Sanity checking on other operands */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
+ }
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+ }
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+ }
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+ }
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
+** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
+** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See
+** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+**
+** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode. However, it
+** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell
+** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down
+** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
- sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */
- int n, /* Length of string z */
- const void *z, /* Text of the new string */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */
-){
- if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+case OP_Goto: { /* jump */
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+
+ /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
+ ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
+ ** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
+ ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked.
+ **
+ ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
+ ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this
+ ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress
+ ** checks on every opcode. This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5%
+ ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */
+check_for_interrupt:
+ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+ ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+ ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+ ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+ ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+ */
+ if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){
+ assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 );
+ nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps);
+ if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Free an sqlite3_value object
+/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current address onto register P1
+** and then jump to address P2.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
- if( !v ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
- sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
+case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
+ memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+ pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pIn1->u.i = pc;
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
-** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * *
+**
+** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1. After
+** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
- Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
- if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
- if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- return p->n + p->u.nZero;
- }else{
- return p->n;
- }
- }
- return 0;
+case OP_Return: { /* in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
+ pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+ pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+ break;
}
-/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
+/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine
+** located at address P3.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** If P2!=0 then the coroutine implementation immediately follows
+** this opcode. So jump over the coroutine implementation to
+** address P2.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
-** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior
-** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
-** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
-*/
-
-
-
-/*
-** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
-** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
-** as they are added to the instruction stream.
+** See also: EndCoroutine
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0;
-#endif
-
+case OP_InitCoroutine: { /* jump */
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+ assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
+ pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
+}
-/*
-** Create a new virtual database engine.
+/* Opcode: EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
+**
+** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield.
+** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield.
+** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
+**
+** See also: InitCoroutine
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- p->db = db;
- if( db->pVdbe ){
- db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
- }
- p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
- p->pPrev = 0;
- db->pVdbe = p;
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
- return p;
+case OP_EndCoroutine: { /* in1 */
+ VdbeOp *pCaller;
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
+ assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
+ pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
+ assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
+ assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
+ pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
+ pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
+/* Opcode: Yield P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1. This
+** has the effect of yielding to a coroutine.
+**
+** If the coroutine that is launched by this instruction ends with
+** Yield or Return then continue to the next instruction. But if
+** the coroutine launched by this instruction ends with
+** EndCoroutine, then jump to P2 rather than continuing with the
+** next instruction.
+**
+** See also: InitCoroutine
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
- assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
- if( p==0 ) return;
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
-#endif
- assert( p->zSql==0 );
- p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
- p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
+case OP_Yield: { /* in1, jump */
+ int pcDest;
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
+ pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+ pIn1->u.i = pc;
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+ pc = pcDest;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
+/* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt
+**
+** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using
+** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the
+** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
+** The P5 parameter should be 1.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0;
+case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
+ /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
}
-/*
-** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
+/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5
+**
+** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
+**
+** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+**
+** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string.
+**
+** 0: (no change)
+** 1: NOT NULL contraint failed: P4
+** 2: UNIQUE constraint failed: P4
+** 3: CHECK constraint failed: P4
+** 4: FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4
+**
+** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is
+** omitted.
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
- Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
- char *zTmp;
- tmp = *pA;
- *pA = *pB;
- *pB = tmp;
- pTmp = pA->pNext;
- pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
- pB->pNext = pTmp;
- pTmp = pA->pPrev;
- pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
- pB->pPrev = pTmp;
- zTmp = pA->zSql;
- pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
- pB->zSql = zTmp;
- pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
+case OP_Halt: {
+ const char *zType;
+ const char *zLogFmt;
+
+ if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
+ /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
+ p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
+ p->nFrame--;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+ pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+ lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+ if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
+ /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program
+ ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
+ ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
+ ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
+ ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */
+ pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
+ }
+ aOp = p->aOp;
+ aMem = p->aMem;
+ break;
+ }
+ p->rc = pOp->p1;
+ p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
+ p->pc = pc;
+ if( p->rc ){
+ if( pOp->p5 ){
+ static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
+ "FOREIGN KEY" };
+ assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 );
+ testcase( pOp->p5==1 );
+ testcase( pOp->p5==2 );
+ testcase( pOp->p5==3 );
+ testcase( pOp->p5==4 );
+ zType = azType[pOp->p5-1];
+ }else{
+ zType = 0;
+ }
+ assert( zType!=0 || pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+ zLogFmt = "abort at %d in [%s]: %s";
+ if( zType && pOp->p4.z ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed: %s",
+ zType, pOp->p4.z);
+ }else if( pOp->p4.z ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed", zType);
+ }
+ sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 );
+ rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ goto vdbe_return;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Turn tracing on or off
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1
+**
+** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
- p->trace = trace;
+case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
+ break;
}
-#endif
-/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than
-** it was.
+/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
**
-** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain
-** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
-** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
*/
-static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){
- VdbeOp *pNew;
- int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
- if( pNew ){
- p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
- p->aOp = pNew;
- }
- return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
+ pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
-** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction.
-**
-** Parameters:
-**
-** p Pointer to the VDBE
-**
-** op The opcode for this instruction
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
**
-** p1, p2, p3 Operands
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
+ assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
+ pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
+ break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
-** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
-** operand.
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
+** into a String before it is executed for the first time. During
+** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
+** as the P1 parameter.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
- int i;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
+case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+ pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+ pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
- i = p->nOp;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
- if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
- if( growOpArray(p) ){
- return 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
+ assert( pOut->szMalloc>0 && pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
+ assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 );
+ pOut->szMalloc = 0;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
}
+ pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+ pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
+ pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
}
- p->nOp++;
- pOp = &p->aOp[i];
- pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
- pOp->p5 = 0;
- pOp->p1 = p1;
- pOp->p2 = p2;
- pOp->p3 = p3;
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOp->zComment = 0;
- if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- pOp->cycles = 0;
- pOp->cnt = 0;
#endif
- return i;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
- return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
- return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
- return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
- Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */
- int op, /* The new opcode */
- int p1, /* The P1 operand */
- int p2, /* The P2 operand */
- int p3, /* The P3 operand */
- const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */
- int p4type /* P4 operand type */
-){
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
- return addr;
+ if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
}
-
-/*
-** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also local all btrees.
+
+/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)
**
-** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
- int j;
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
- for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
+** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
- Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */
- int op, /* The new opcode */
- int p1, /* The P1 operand */
- int p2, /* The P2 operand */
- int p3, /* The P3 operand */
- int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */
-){
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32);
- return addr;
+case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+ pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
+ pOut->n = pOp->p1;
+ pOut->enc = encoding;
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
-** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The
-** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when
-** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
-** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
-** the label into the resolved address.
+/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL
**
-** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
-** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
-** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+** Write a NULL into registers P2. If P3 greater than P2, then also write
+** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3. If P3
+** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
+** set to NULL.
**
-** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that
+** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on
+** OP_Ne or OP_Eq.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- i = p->nLabel++;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
- int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5;
- p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
- n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
- p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]);
- }
- if( p->aLabel ){
- p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int cnt;
+ u16 nullFlag;
+ cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
+ assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
+ while( cnt>0 ){
+ pOut++;
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ pOut->flags = nullFlag;
+ cnt--;
}
- return -1-i;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
-** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
-** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]=NULL
+**
+** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord
+** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with
+** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was
+** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
- int j = -1-x;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
- if( p->aLabel ){
- p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
- }
+case OP_SoftNull: {
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)
+**
+** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this
+** blob in register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
- p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
+case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+ pOut->enc = encoding;
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
-
-/*
-** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
-** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
-** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)
**
-** Op *pOp;
-** VdbeOpIter sIter;
+** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
**
-** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
-** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
-** // Do something with pOp
-** }
-** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-**
+** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4.
+** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
*/
-typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
-struct VdbeOpIter {
- Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
- SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */
- int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */
- int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */
- int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
-};
-static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
- Vdbe *v = p->v;
- Op *pRet = 0;
- Op *aOp;
- int nOp;
-
- if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
-
- if( p->iSub==0 ){
- aOp = v->aOp;
- nOp = v->nOp;
- }else{
- aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
- nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
- }
- assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
+case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */
- pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
- p->iAddr++;
- if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
- p->iSub++;
- p->iAddr = 0;
- }
-
- if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
- int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
- if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
- }
- if( j==p->nSub ){
- p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
- if( !p->apSub ){
- pRet = 0;
- }else{
- p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
- }
- }
- }
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+ assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
+ pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
+ goto too_big;
}
-
- return pRet;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
-** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
-** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
-** sub-programs contains any of the following:
-**
-** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-** * OP_Destroy
-** * OP_VUpdate
-** * OP_VRename
-** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
-**
-** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
-** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
-** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
-** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
+/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]
**
-** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
+** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
+** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are
+** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges
+** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap. It is an error
+** for P3 to be less than 1.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
- int hasAbort = 0;
- Op *pOp;
- VdbeOpIter sIter;
- memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
- sIter.v = v;
+case OP_Move: {
+ int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */
+ int p1; /* Register to copy from */
+ int p2; /* Register to copy to */
- while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
- int opcode = pOp->opcode;
- if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1)
-#endif
- || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
- && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
- ){
- hasAbort = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+ n = pOp->p3;
+ p1 = pOp->p1;
+ p2 = pOp->p2;
+ assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 );
+ assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
- /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured.
- ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
- ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
- ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
- ** from failing. */
- return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
+ pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[p2];
+ do{
+ assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
+ assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
+ assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){
+ pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2;
+ }
+#endif
+ REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
+ pIn1++;
+ pOut++;
+ }while( --n );
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
-/*
-** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
-** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the
-** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
-**
-** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]
**
-** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument
-** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
+** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3.
**
-** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes.
+** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate
+** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy.
*/
-static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
- int i;
- int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
- Op *pOp;
- int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
- p->readOnly = 1;
- for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
- u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
+case OP_Copy: {
+ int n;
- pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode];
- if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
- if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
- }else if( (opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0) || opcode==OP_Vacuum ){
- p->readOnly = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
- if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
- }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
- int n;
- assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
- assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
- n = pOp[-1].p1;
- if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
+ n = pOp->p3;
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+ while( 1 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+ Deephemeralize(pOut);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pOut->pScopyFrom = 0;
#endif
- }
-
- if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
- assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
- pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
- }
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut);
+ if( (n--)==0 ) break;
+ pOut++;
+ pIn1++;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
- p->aLabel = 0;
-
- *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]
+**
+** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value
+** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
+** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
+** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
+** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
+** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete
+** copy.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- return p->nOp;
+case OP_SCopy: { /* out2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
+#endif
+ break;
}
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
-** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
-** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
-** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
+/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: output=r[P1@P2]
**
-** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
-** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
-** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
-** returned program.
+** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
+** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
+** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as
+** the result row.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
- VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
- assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
-
- /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
- assert( p->btreeMask==0 );
-
- resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
- *pnOp = p->nOp;
- p->aOp = 0;
- return aOp;
-}
+case OP_ResultRow: {
+ Mem *pMem;
+ int i;
+ assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-/*
-** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the
-** address of the first operation added.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
- int addr;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
- return 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ /* Run the progress counter just before returning.
+ */
+ if( db->xProgress!=0
+ && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit
+ && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
}
- addr = p->nOp;
- if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
- int i;
- VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
- for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
- int p2 = pIn->p2;
- VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
- pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
- pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
- if( p2<0 && (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ){
- pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
- }else{
- pOut->p2 = p2;
- }
- pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
- pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
- pOut->p4.p = 0;
- pOut->p5 = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOut->zComment = 0;
- if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
- }
#endif
- }
- p->nOp += nOp;
- }
- return addr;
-}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( addr>=0 );
- if( p->nOp>addr ){
- p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+ /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
+ ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
+ ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
+ assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+ assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
+ break;
}
-}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( addr>=0 );
- if( p->nOp>addr ){
- p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+ /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
+ ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
+ ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
+ ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
+ **
+ ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
+ ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
+ ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
+ ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
+ ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
+ ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
+ **
+ ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence
+ ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
+ */
+ assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+ if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
+ break;
}
-}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( addr>=0 );
- if( p->nOp>addr ){
- p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
- }
-}
+ /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
+ p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
-/*
-** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
-** added operation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- if( p->aOp ){
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
- p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+ /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
+ ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as
+ ** a side effect.
+ */
+ pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
+ assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) );
+ Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]);
+ assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
+ || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
}
-}
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-/*
-** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
-** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
- assert( addr>=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+ /* Return SQLITE_ROW
+ */
+ p->pc = pc + 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ goto vdbe_return;
}
-
-/*
-** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If
-** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]
+**
+** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
+** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
+** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
+**
+** P3 = P2 || P1
+**
+** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
+** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
+** to avoid a memcpy().
*/
-static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
- if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
+ i64 nByte;
+
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( pIn1!=pOut );
+ if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ break;
+ }
+ if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
+ Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
+ Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
+ nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
+ if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
+ if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
+ memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
}
+ memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
+ pOut->z[nByte]=0;
+ pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
+ pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+ pOut->enc = encoding;
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
-
-/*
-** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]
+**
+** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
- if( p4 ){
- assert( db );
- switch( p4type ){
- case P4_REAL:
- case P4_INT64:
- case P4_DYNAMIC:
- case P4_KEYINFO:
- case P4_INTARRAY:
- case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
- break;
- }
- case P4_MPRINTF: {
- if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4);
- break;
- }
- case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
- freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
- if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
+/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]
+**
+**
+** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]
+**
+** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]
+**
+** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in
+** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is
+** NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]
+**
+** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by
+** register P1 and store the result in register P3.
+** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
+ char bIntint; /* Started out as two integer operands */
+ u16 flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+ u16 type1; /* Numeric type of left operand */
+ u16 type2; /* Numeric type of right operand */
+ i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */
+ i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */
+ double rA; /* Real value of left operand */
+ double rB; /* Real value of right operand */
+
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ type1 = numericType(pIn1);
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ type2 = numericType(pIn2);
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
+ if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+ iA = pIn1->u.i;
+ iB = pIn2->u.i;
+ bIntint = 1;
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
+ case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
+ case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
+ case OP_Divide: {
+ if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
+ iB /= iA;
break;
}
- case P4_FUNCDEF: {
- freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+ default: {
+ if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
+ iB %= iA;
break;
}
- case P4_MEM: {
- if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
- sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
- }else{
- Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
- }
+ }
+ pOut->u.i = iB;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ }else{
+ bIntint = 0;
+fp_math:
+ rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
+ rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ case OP_Add: rB += rA; break;
+ case OP_Subtract: rB -= rA; break;
+ case OP_Multiply: rB *= rA; break;
+ case OP_Divide: {
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ rB /= rA;
break;
}
- case P4_VTAB : {
- if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
+ default: {
+ iA = (i64)rA;
+ iB = (i64)rB;
+ if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
+ rB = (double)(iB % iA);
break;
}
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ pOut->u.i = rB;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+#else
+ if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
+ goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ }
+ pOut->u.r = rB;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
+ if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
+ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
+ }
+#endif
}
+ break;
+
+arithmetic_result_is_null:
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
-** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
-** nOp entries.
+/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** functions.
+**
+** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or
+** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or
+** maximum. The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
*/
-static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
- if( aOp ){
- Op *pOp;
- for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif
- }
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+ if( pOp->p1 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
-** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
-** objects when the VM is no longer required.
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
+** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3.
+** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
+**
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
- p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
- pVdbe->pProgram = p;
-}
+case OP_Function: {
+ int i;
+ Mem *pArg;
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ sqlite3_value **apVal;
+ int n;
-/*
-** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
- if( p->aOp ){
- VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- while( N-- ){
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
- memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
- pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
- pOp++;
+ n = pOp->p5;
+ apVal = p->apArg;
+ assert( apVal || n==0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ ctx.pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, ctx.pOut);
+
+ assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) );
+ assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
+ pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
+ assert( memIsValid(pArg) );
+ apVal[i] = pArg;
+ Deephemeralize(pArg);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pArg);
+ }
+
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
+ ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ ctx.iOp = pc;
+ ctx.pVdbe = p;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(ctx.pOut, MEM_Null);
+ ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0;
+ db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+ (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+ lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Remember rowid changes made by xFunc */
+
+ /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+ if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){
+ if( ctx.isError ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(ctx.pOut));
+ rc = ctx.isError;
}
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1);
+ }
+
+ /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(ctx.pOut, encoding);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(ctx.pOut) ){
+ goto too_big;
}
+
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, ctx.pOut);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(ctx.pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
+/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]
**
-** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
-** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
-** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]
**
-** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
-** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
-** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
-** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The
-** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
-** finalized.
-**
-** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
-** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
-** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
+** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]
**
-** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
- Op *pOp;
- sqlite3 *db;
- assert( p!=0 );
- db = p->db;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
- if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) {
- freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
- }
- return;
- }
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
- assert( addr<p->nOp );
- if( addr<0 ){
- addr = p->nOp - 1;
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+ i64 iA;
+ u64 uA;
+ i64 iB;
+ u8 op;
+
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ break;
}
- pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- if( n==P4_INT32 ){
- /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
- ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
- pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
- pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
- }else if( zP4==0 ){
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
- }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int nField, nByte;
-
- nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
- nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
- pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nByte);
- pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- if( pKeyInfo ){
- u8 *aSortOrder;
- memcpy((char*)pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte - nField);
- aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
- if( aSortOrder ){
- pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
- memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
- }
- pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+ iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+ iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+ op = pOp->opcode;
+ if( op==OP_BitAnd ){
+ iA &= iB;
+ }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){
+ iA |= iB;
+ }else if( iB!=0 ){
+ assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft );
+
+ /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
+ if( iB<0 ){
+ assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
+ op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op;
+ iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64;
+ }
+
+ if( iB>=64 ){
+ iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
}else{
- p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA));
+ if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
+ uA <<= iB;
+ }else{
+ uA >>= iB;
+ /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
+ if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB);
+ }
+ memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA));
}
- }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
- }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
- sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
- assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
- }else if( n<0 ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
- }else{
- if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
- pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
- pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
}
+ pOut->u.i = iA;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ break;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or
-** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This
-** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens
-** in a production build.
+/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2
+**
+** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
+** The result is always an integer.
+**
+** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- if( !p ) return;
- assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
- assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->nOp ){
- char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
- *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- }
+case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+ pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
+ break;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- if( !p ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
- assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
- assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->nOp ){
- char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
- *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value
+** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+ applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
+ VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+ if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }else{
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
+ break;
}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-/*
-** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then
-** return the most recently inserted opcode.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
**
-** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
-** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode
-** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
-** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
-** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from
-** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
-** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and
-** by running with Valgrind.
+** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
**
-** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE: Normally, this routine is never called
-** unless p->nOp>0. This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE,
-** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as
-** a new VDBE is created. So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without
-** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But
-** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to
-** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing.
+** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
+** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as
+** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
+** to have only a real value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
- /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
- ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
- static const VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( addr<0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( p->nOp==0 ) return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
-#endif
- addr = p->nOp - 1;
- }
- assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
- }else{
- return &p->aOp[addr];
+case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
}
+ break;
}
+#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
- || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
-** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: Cast P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1])
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2.
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li value="97"> TEXT
+** <li value="98"> BLOB
+** <li value="99"> NUMERIC
+** <li value="100"> INTEGER
+** <li value="101"> REAL
+** </ul>
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Cast: { /* in1 */
+ assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_NONE && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+ testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+ testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
+ testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+ testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+ testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+ rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCast(pIn1, pOp->p2, encoding);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
+** jump to address P2.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
+** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
+** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
+**
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
+** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
+** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
+** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
+** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
+** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
+** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
+** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
+** P4 is used to do the comparison. If P4 is not specified then
+** memcmp() is used to compare text string. If both values are
+** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
+** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
+** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump. Instead,
+** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_NULLEQ bit is set in P5, then NULL values are considered
+** equal to one another, provided that they do not have their MEM_Cleared
+** bit set.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal. See the Lt opcode for
+** additional information.
+**
+** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
+** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result
+** of comparison is false. If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
+** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
+** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+**
+** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
+** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result
+** of comparison is true. If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
+** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
+** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
- char *zP4 = zTemp;
- assert( nTemp>=20 );
- switch( pOp->p4type ){
- case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
- case P4_KEYINFO: {
- int i, j;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
- i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
- for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
- CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
- if( pColl ){
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName);
- if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
- memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
- break;
- }
- zTemp[i++] = ',';
- if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
- zTemp[i++] = '-';
- }
- memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
- i += n;
- }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
- memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
- i += 4;
- }
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
+** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
+** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
+ int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
+ char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+ u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
+ u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
+
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ flags1 = pIn1->flags;
+ flags3 = pIn3->flags;
+ if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){
+ /* One or both operands are NULL */
+ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
+ /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
+ ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
+ ** or not both operands are null.
+ */
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
+ assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 );
+ assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 );
+ if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0
+ && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0
+ && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0
+ ){
+ res = 0; /* Results are equal */
+ }else{
+ res = 1; /* Results are not equal */
}
- zTemp[i++] = ')';
- zTemp[i] = 0;
- assert( i<nTemp );
- break;
- }
- case P4_COLLSEQ: {
- CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
- break;
- }
- case P4_FUNCDEF: {
- FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
- break;
- }
- case P4_INT64: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
- break;
- }
- case P4_INT32: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
- break;
- }
- case P4_REAL: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
- break;
- }
- case P4_MEM: {
- Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
- zP4 = pMem->z;
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
+ }else{
+ /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
+ ** then the result is always NULL.
+ ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
+ */
+ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
}else{
- assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
- zP4 = "(blob)";
+ VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
+ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ }
}
break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- case P4_VTAB: {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
- break;
+ }else{
+ /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */
+ affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
+ if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+ if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
+ applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0);
+ }
+ if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
+ applyNumericAffinity(pIn3,0);
+ }
+ }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Str)==0 && (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
+ testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
+ testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1);
+ }
+ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Str)==0 && (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
+ testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+ testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Real );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn3, encoding, 1);
+ }
}
-#endif
- case P4_INTARRAY: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
- break;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn1);
+ flags1 &= ~MEM_Zero;
}
- case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
- break;
+ if( pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn3);
+ flags3 &= ~MEM_Zero;
}
- default: {
- zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
- if( zP4==0 ){
- zP4 = zTemp;
- zTemp[0] = 0;
- }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+ res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
+ }
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ case OP_Eq: res = res==0; break;
+ case OP_Ne: res = res!=0; break;
+ case OP_Lt: res = res<0; break;
+ case OP_Le: res = res<=0; break;
+ case OP_Gt: res = res>0; break;
+ default: res = res>=0; break;
+ }
+
+ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ pOut->u.i = res;
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+ }else{
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
}
}
- assert( zP4!=0 );
- return zP4;
+ /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
+ pIn1->flags = flags1;
+ pIn3->flags = flags3;
+ break;
}
-#endif
-/*
-** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
-** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
-** attached databases that they will be using. A mask of these databases
-** is maintained in p->btreeMask and is used for locking and other purposes.
+** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
+** of integers in P4.
+**
+** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
+** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should
+** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
- assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
- p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
- if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
- p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
- }
+case OP_Permutation: {
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
+ assert( pOp->p4.ai );
+ aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
+ break;
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-/*
-** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
-** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
-** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
-** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
-** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
+/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]
**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
-** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
-** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
-** associated with the VM.
+** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
+** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of
+** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
-** function is a no-op.
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is
+** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator. If the
+** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential
+** order.
**
-** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared
-** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
-** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of
-** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
-** be a problem.
+** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
+** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers
+** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
+**
+** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
+** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
+** and strings are less than blobs.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
+case OP_Compare: {
+ int n;
int i;
- yDbMask mask;
- sqlite3 *db;
- Db *aDb;
- int nDb;
- if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */
- db = p->db;
- aDb = db->aDb;
- nDb = db->nDb;
- for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
- if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
+ int p1;
+ int p2;
+ const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ int idx;
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+ int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-/*
-** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- yDbMask mask;
- sqlite3 *db;
- Db *aDb;
- int nDb;
- if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */
- db = p->db;
- aDb = db->aDb;
- nDb = db->nDb;
- for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
- if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
- }
+ if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0;
+ n = pOp->p3;
+ pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ assert( n>0 );
+ assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
+ p1 = pOp->p1;
+ p2 = pOp->p2;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( aPermute ){
+ int k, mx = 0;
+ for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
+ assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+ assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+ }else{
+ assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+ assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
}
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
- char *zP4;
- char zPtr[50];
- static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
- if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
- zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
- fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
- sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
-#else
- ""
-#endif
- );
- fflush(pOut);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Release an array of N Mem elements
-*/
-static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
- if( p && N ){
- Mem *pEnd;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
- if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
- for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
- }
- return;
- }
- for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
- assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
-
- /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
- ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
- ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
- **
- ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
- ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
- ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
- ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
- ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
- ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
- ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
- */
- if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
- }else if( p->zMalloc ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
- p->zMalloc = 0;
- }
-
- p->flags = MEM_Null;
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) );
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &aMem[p2+idx]);
+ assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
+ pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
+ bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
+ iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
+ if( iCompare ){
+ if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
+ break;
}
- db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
}
+ aPermute = 0;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
-** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
+/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
+** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
+** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
- int i;
- Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
- VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
- for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+case OP_Jump: { /* jump */
+ if( iCompare<0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p1 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(0,3);
+ }else if( iCompare==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,3);
+ }else{
+ pc = pOp->p3 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
}
- releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
+ break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])
**
-** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of
-** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
-** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
+** write the result into register P3.
**
-** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When
-** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
-** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement
-** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
+** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give
+** a NULL output.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])
**
-** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
-** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
+** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the answer in register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
+** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs
+** give a NULL output.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
- Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
-){
- int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */
- int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
- SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */
- Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
- sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */
-
- assert( p->explain );
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
- assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-
- /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
- ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
- ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
- */
- releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
+case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
+ int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+ int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
- ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ v1 = 2;
+ }else{
+ v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
}
-
- /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
- ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
- ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
- ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
- ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
- ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
- */
- nRow = p->nOp;
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will
- ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
- ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
- ** cells. */
- assert( p->nMem>9 );
- pSub = &p->aMem[9];
- if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
- /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is
- ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
- nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
- apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
- nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
- }
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ v2 = 2;
+ }else{
+ v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
}
-
- do{
- i = p->pc++;
- }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
- if( i>=nRow ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+ static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+ v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
}else{
- char *z;
- Op *pOp;
- if( i<p->nOp ){
- /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
- ** main program. */
- pOp = &p->aOp[i];
- }else{
- /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and
- ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
- int j;
- i -= p->nOp;
- for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
- i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
- }
- pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
- }
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
-
- /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
- ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
- ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
- ** has not already been seen.
- */
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
- int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
- if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
- }
- if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){
- apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
- apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
- pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
- pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- }
- }
- }
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
-
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
- if( z!=pMem->z ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- }else{
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- }
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem++;
-
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->n = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( pOp->zComment ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
- }
- }
-
- p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+ v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
}
- return rc;
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( v1==2 ){
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+ }else{
+ pOut->u.i = v1;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ }
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
+**
+** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the
+** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
+** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
- int nOp = p->nOp;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- if( nOp<1 ) return;
- pOp = &p->aOp[0];
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
- const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
- printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pOut->u.i = !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
}
+ break;
}
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
+**
+** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the
+** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds
+** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
- int nOp = p->nOp;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
- if( nOp<1 ) return;
- pOp = &p->aOp[0];
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
- int i, j;
- char z[1000];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
- for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
- for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
- if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
- if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
- z[j++] = ' ';
- }
- }else{
- z[j++] = z[i];
- }
- }
- z[j] = 0;
- sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
+case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pOut->u.i = ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
}
+ break;
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
-/*
-** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
-** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
-**
-** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
-** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not
-** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
-** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not
-** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
-** is NULL.
-**
-** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
+/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
-** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
-** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past
-** the end of the allocated space.
+** Check the "once" flag number P1. If it is set, jump to instruction P2.
+** Otherwise, set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.
+** In other words, this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2
+** (but not including P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent
+** times through the loop.
**
-** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
-** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
-** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
+** All "once" flags are initially cleared whenever a prepared statement
+** first begins to run.
*/
-static void *allocSpace(
- void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */
- int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */
- u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
- u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
- int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
-){
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
- if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
- nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
- if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
- pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
- *ppFrom += nByte;
+case OP_Once: { /* jump */
+ assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
+ VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
+ if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
}else{
- *pnByte += nByte;
+ p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
}
- return pBuf;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
-** running it.
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value
+** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
- int i;
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value
+** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
+*/
+case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */
+case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */
+ int c;
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ c = pOp->p3;
+ }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+#else
+ c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
#endif
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-
- /* There should be at least one opcode.
- */
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
-
- /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
+ }
+ VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
+ if( c ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ }
+ break;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){
- assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
-#endif
- p->pc = -1;
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
- p->nChange = 0;
- p->cacheCtr = 1;
- p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
- p->iStatement = 0;
- p->nFkConstraint = 0;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
- p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
-#endif
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
-** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such
-** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
-** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX
**
-** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine.
-** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
-** to run. After this routine is called, futher calls to
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects
-** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
-** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
-** destroyed.
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column
+** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
+** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
-** to its initial state after it has been run.
+** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
+**
+** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or,
+** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
+** the result.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
+** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
+** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
+** register has changed should have this bit set.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when
+** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length()
+** or typeof() function, respectively. The loading of large blobs can be
+** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
- Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */
- Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */
-){
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- int nVar; /* Number of parameters */
- int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */
- int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */
- int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
- int n; /* Loop counter */
- u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */
- u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */
- int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */
+case OP_Column: {
+ i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
+ int p2; /* column number to retrieve */
+ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */
+ BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */
+ u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+ int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */
+ Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */
+ const u8 *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */
+ const u8 *zHdr; /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
+ const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+ u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */
+ u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
+ u32 avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */
+ u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */
+ u16 fx; /* pDest->flags value */
+ Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
- assert( pParse!=0 );
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- db = p->db;
- assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
- nVar = pParse->nVar;
- nMem = pParse->nMem;
- nCursor = pParse->nTab;
- nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
-
- /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
- ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
- ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
- ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with
- ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
- ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
- **
- ** See also: allocateCursor().
- */
- nMem += nCursor;
+ p2 = pOp->p2;
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( p2<pC->nField );
+ aOffset = pC->aOffset;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */
+#endif
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow ); /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */
+
+ /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr ){
+ if( pC->nullRow ){
+ if( pCrsr==0 ){
+ assert( pC->pseudoTableReg>0 );
+ pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg];
+ assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
+ pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n;
+ pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+ goto op_column_out;
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( pCrsr );
+ if( pC->isTable==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+ VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+ /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
+ ** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be
+ ** larger than 32 bits. */
+ assert( (payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)payloadSize64 );
+ pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+ pC->payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64;
+ }else{
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+ VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+ pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+ }
+ assert( avail<=65536 ); /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */
+ if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){
+ pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize;
+ }else{
+ pC->szRow = avail;
+ }
+ if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ }
+ pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
+ pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset);
+ pC->nHdrParsed = 0;
+ aOffset[0] = offset;
- /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and
- ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in.
- */
- zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */
- zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */
+ /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
+ ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
+ **
+ ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte
+ ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
+ ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a
+ ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
+ ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
+ */
+ if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto op_column_error;
+ }
- resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
- p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
- if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
- nMem = 10;
+ if( avail<offset ){
+ /* pC->aRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least
+ ** need to cover the header of the record. If pC->aRow does not contain
+ ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be
+ ** dynamically allocated. */
+ pC->aRow = 0;
+ pC->szRow = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* The following goto is an optimization. It can be omitted and
+ ** everything will still work. But OP_Column is measurably faster
+ ** by skipping the subsequent conditional, which is always true.
+ */
+ assert( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ); /* Conditional skipped */
+ goto op_column_read_header;
}
- memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
- zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
- p->expired = 0;
- /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
- ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the
- ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory
- ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
- ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.
- **
- ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
- ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly
- ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
+ /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been
+ ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and pC->aType[].
*/
- do {
- nByte = 0;
- p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
- &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- if( nByte ){
- p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
+ /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
+ ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field
+ */
+ op_column_read_header:
+ if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
+ /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
+ if( pC->aRow==0 ){
+ memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, aOffset[0],
+ !pC->isTable, &sMem);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto op_column_error;
+ }
+ zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
+ }else{
+ zData = pC->aRow;
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
+ i = pC->nHdrParsed;
+ offset = aOffset[i];
+ zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset;
+ zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0];
+ assert( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
+ do{
+ if( zHdr[0]<0x80 ){
+ t = zHdr[0];
+ zHdr++;
+ }else{
+ zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t);
+ }
+ pC->aType[i] = t;
+ szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
+ offset += szField;
+ if( offset<szField ){ /* True if offset overflows */
+ zHdr = &zEndHdr[1]; /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
+ break;
+ }
+ i++;
+ aOffset[i] = offset;
+ }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
+ pC->nHdrParsed = i;
+ pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData);
+ if( pC->aRow==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
+ sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+ }
+
+ /* The record is corrupt if any of the following are true:
+ ** (1) the bytes of the header extend past the declared header size
+ ** (zHdr>zEndHdr)
+ ** (2) the entire header was used but not all data was used
+ ** (zHdr==zEndHdr && offset!=pC->payloadSize)
+ ** (3) the end of the data extends beyond the end of the record.
+ ** (offset > pC->payloadSize)
+ */
+ if( (zHdr>=zEndHdr && (zHdr>zEndHdr || offset!=pC->payloadSize))
+ || (offset > pC->payloadSize)
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto op_column_error;
+ }
}
- zCsr = p->pFree;
- zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
- }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
- p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor;
- if( p->aVar ){
- p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
- for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
- p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
- p->aVar[n].db = db;
- }
- }
- if( p->azVar ){
- p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar;
- memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0]));
- memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0]));
- }
- if( p->aMem ){
- p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
- p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */
- for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
- p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
- p->aMem[n].db = db;
+ /* If after trying to extra new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is
+ ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2
+ ** columns. So the result will be either the default value or a NULL.
+ */
+ if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+ }
+ goto op_column_out;
}
}
- p->explain = pParse->explain;
- sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
-}
-/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
-** happens to hold.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
- if( pCx==0 ){
- return;
- }
- if( pCx->pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
- /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
- ** the call above. */
- }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
- sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
- p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column. Control can only
+ ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and pC->aType[p2] are
+ ** all valid.
+ */
+ assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
+ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+ t = pC->aType[p2];
+ if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
+ /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
+ ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], t, pDest);
+ }else{
+ /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
+ if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
+ && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
+ || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
+ ){
+ /* Content is irrelevant for
+ ** 1. the typeof() function,
+ ** 2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and
+ ** 3. if the content length is zero.
+ ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading
+ ** content from disk. NULL will work for the value for strings
+ ** and blobs and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable
+ ** will work for everything else. */
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0, t, pDest);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable,
+ pDest);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto op_column_error;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((const u8*)pDest->z, t, pDest);
+ pDest->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
+ }
}
-#endif
-}
+ pDest->enc = encoding;
-/*
-** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
-** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
-** control to the main program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
- Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
- v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
- v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
- v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
- v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
- v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
- v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
- v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
- v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
- return pFrame->pc;
+op_column_out:
+ /* If the column value is an ephemeral string, go ahead and persist
+ ** that string in case the cursor moves before the column value is
+ ** used. The following code does the equivalent of Deephemeralize()
+ ** but does it faster. */
+ if( (pDest->flags & MEM_Ephem)!=0 && pDest->z ){
+ fx = pDest->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
+ assert( fx!=0 );
+ zData = (const u8*)pDest->z;
+ len = pDest->n;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pDest, len+2) ) goto no_mem;
+ memcpy(pDest->z, zData, len);
+ pDest->z[len] = 0;
+ pDest->z[len+1] = 0;
+ pDest->flags = fx|MEM_Term;
+ }
+op_column_error:
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Close all cursors.
+/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])
**
-** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
-** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
-** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
-** open cursors.
+** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
+**
+** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** memory cell in the range.
*/
-static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
- if( p->pFrame ){
- VdbeFrame *pFrame;
- for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
- sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
- }
- p->pFrame = 0;
- p->nFrame = 0;
+case OP_Affinity: {
+ const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */
+ char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */
- if( p->apCsr ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
- VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
- if( pC ){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
- p->apCsr[i] = 0;
- }
- }
- }
- if( p->aMem ){
- releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
- }
- while( p->pDelFrame ){
- VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
- p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
- sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
+ zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+ assert( zAffinity!=0 );
+ assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){
+ assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
+ assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+ applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding);
+ pIn1++;
}
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Clean up the VM after execution.
+/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])
+**
+** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
+** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
+**
+** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key.
+**
+** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
+** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
**
-** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
-** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of
-** variables in the aVar[] array.
+** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
*/
-static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+ u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+ Mem *pRec; /* The new record */
+ u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */
+ int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */
+ i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */
+ int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+ int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+ u32 serial_type; /* Type field */
+ Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */
+ Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */
+ int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */
+ char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */
+ int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */
+ int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */
+ int j; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */
+ int len; /* Length of a field */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
- ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 );
- for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null );
-#endif
+ /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+ ** like this:
+ **
+ ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
+ ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ **
+ ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1
+ ** and so forth.
+ **
+ ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
+ ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+ ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+ ** of the record to data0.
+ */
+ nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */
+ nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */
+ nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+ nField = pOp->p1;
+ zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+ assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+ pData0 = &aMem[nField];
+ nField = pOp->p2;
+ pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
+ file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- p->pResultSet = 0;
-}
+ /* Identify the output register */
+ assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-/*
-** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
-** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
-** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
-** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
- Mem *pColName;
- int n;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs
+ */
+ assert( pData0<=pLast );
+ if( zAffinity ){
+ pRec = pData0;
+ do{
+ applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding);
+ assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast );
+ }while( zAffinity[0] );
+ }
- releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
- n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
- p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
- p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
- if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
- while( n-- > 0 ){
- pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
- pColName->db = p->db;
- pColName++;
+ /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+ ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+ */
+ pRec = pLast;
+ do{
+ assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
+ pRec->uTemp = serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
+ len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+ if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ if( nData ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
+ }else{
+ nZero += pRec->u.nZero;
+ len -= pRec->u.nZero;
+ }
+ }
+ nData += len;
+ testcase( serial_type==127 );
+ testcase( serial_type==128 );
+ nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+ }while( (--pRec)>=pData0 );
+
+ /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+ testcase( nHdr==126 );
+ testcase( nHdr==127 );
+ if( nHdr<=126 ){
+ /* The common case */
+ nHdr += 1;
+ }else{
+ /* Rare case of a really large header */
+ nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
+ nHdr += nVarint;
+ if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++;
+ }
+ nByte = nHdr+nData;
+ if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
+ ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
+ ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
+ ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
+ */
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, (int)nByte) ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
+
+ /* Write the record */
+ i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
+ j = nHdr;
+ assert( pData0<=pLast );
+ pRec = pData0;
+ do{
+ serial_type = pRec->uTemp;
+ i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */
+ j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */
+ }while( (++pRec)<=pLast );
+ assert( i==nHdr );
+ assert( j==nByte );
+
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Blob;
+ if( nZero ){
+ pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
}
+ pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
-** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
-**
-** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
**
-** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
-** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
-** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
+** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
+** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
- Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */
- int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */
- int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
- const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */
-){
- int rc;
- Mem *pColName;
- assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
- assert( var<COLNAME_N );
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- assert( p->aColName!=0 );
- pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
- assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
- return rc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+case OP_Count: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ i64 nEntry;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+ pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr );
+ nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);
+ pOut->u.i = nEntry;
+ break;
}
+#endif
-/*
-** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
-** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
-** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
+** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
+** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
*/
-static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int needXcommit = 0;
+case OP_Savepoint: {
+ int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */
+ char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */
+ int nName;
+ Savepoint *pNew;
+ Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+ Savepoint *pTmp;
+ int iSavepoint;
+ int ii;
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
- ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
- */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif
+ p1 = pOp->p1;
+ zName = pOp->p4.z;
- /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
- ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
- ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
- ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
- ** to the transaction.
+ /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
+ ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
*/
- rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
+ assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
+ assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+ assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
+ assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+ assert( p->bIsReader );
- /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
- ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
- ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
- ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
- ** file is required for an atomic commit.
- */
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
- needXcommit = 1;
- if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
- rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
+ if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
+ /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
+ ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
+ */
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
+ "SQL statements in progress");
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
+ ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
+ ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
+ ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */
+ assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
+ db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif
+
+ /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1);
+ if( pNew ){
+ pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+ memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
+
+ /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
+ ** "transaction savepoint". */
+ if( db->autoCommit ){
+ db->autoCommit = 0;
+ db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
+ }else{
+ db->nSavepoint++;
+ }
+
+ /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
+ pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
+ db->pSavepoint = pNew;
+ pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+ pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
+ }
}
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ }else{
+ iSavepoint = 0;
- /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
- if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
- rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
+ ** an error is returned to the user. */
+ for(
+ pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
+ pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
+ pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext
+ ){
+ iSavepoint++;
}
- }
+ if( !pSavepoint ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+ /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
+ ** active write statements.
+ */
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+ "cannot release savepoint - SQL statements in progress"
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
- /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
- ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the
- ** master-journal.
- **
- ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
- ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
- ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
- ** simple case then too.
- */
- if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
- || nTrans<=1
- ){
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
+ /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
+ ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
+ ** is committed.
+ */
+ int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
+ if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+ if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->pc = pc;
+ db->autoCommit = 0;
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }
+ db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+ rc = p->rc;
+ }else{
+ int isSchemaChange;
+ iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1;
+ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ isSchemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0;
+ for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt,
+ SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK,
+ isSchemaChange==0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ }else{
+ isSchemaChange = 0;
+ }
+ for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ }
+ if( isSchemaChange ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+ db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
+ ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
+ while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
+ pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+ db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+ db->nSavepoint--;
+ }
+
+ /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
+ ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
+ ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
+ ** when the savepoint was created. */
+ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+ assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
+ db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint);
+ if( !isTransaction ){
+ db->nSavepoint--;
+ }
+ }else{
+ db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
+ db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons;
+ }
+
+ if( !isTransaction ){
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
}
}
+ }
- /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
- ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
- ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
- ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if
+** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+*/
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+ int desiredAutoCommit;
+ int iRollback;
+ int turnOnAC;
+
+ desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
+ iRollback = pOp->p2;
+ turnOnAC = desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
+ assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 );
+ assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 );
+ assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */
+ assert( p->bIsReader );
+
+#if 0
+ if( turnOnAC && iRollback && db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
+ /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
+ ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+ ** that the other VMs must complete first.
*/
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
+ "SQL statements in progress");
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else
+#endif
+ if( turnOnAC && !iRollback && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
+ /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
+ ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
+ */
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
+ "SQL statements in progress");
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
+ if( iRollback ){
+ assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 );
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }else{
+ db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->pc = pc;
+ db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto vdbe_return;
}
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+ assert( db->nStatement==0 );
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+ (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+ (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+ "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
+
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ break;
+}
- /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
- ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
- ** committed atomicly.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
- else{
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
- int needSync = 0;
- char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */
- char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
- sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
- i64 offset = 0;
- int res;
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already
+** active.
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a
+** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction.
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started.
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for
+** attached databases.
+**
+** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
+** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
+** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
+** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
+** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
+** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this
+** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
+** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3
+** and the schema generation counter against P4.
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. If the schema
+** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or
+** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current
+** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution
+** halts. The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the
+** statement and rerun it from the beginning.
+*/
+case OP_Transaction: {
+ Btree *pBt;
+ int iMeta;
+ int iGen;
- /* Select a master journal file name */
- do {
- u32 iRandom;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
- zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, iRandom&0x7fffffff);
- if( !zMaster ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
- }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Open the master journal. */
- rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
- );
+ assert( p->bIsReader );
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+ if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->pc = pc;
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto vdbe_return;
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
- ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
- ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
- ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
- ** back independently if a failure occurs.
- */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
- char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
- if( zFile==0 ){
- continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
- }
- assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
- if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
- needSync = 1;
- }
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
- offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
- }
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
- ** flag is set this is not required.
- */
- if( needSync
- && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
- && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+ if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal
+ && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1)
){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
+ if( p->iStatement==0 ){
+ assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
+ db->nStatement++;
+ p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
+ }
- /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
- ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
- ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
- **
- ** If the error occurs during the first call to
- ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
- ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
- ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
- ** file before the failure occurred.
- */
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement);
}
- }
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
- /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
- ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
- ** transaction files are deleted.
- */
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- zMaster = 0;
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+ /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
+ ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
+ ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */
+ p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+ p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
}
- /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
- ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
- ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
- ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
- ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
- ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+ /* Gather the schema version number for checking */
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+ iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
+ }else{
+ iGen = iMeta = 0;
+ }
+ assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
+ /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
+ ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
+ ** not reload the schema from the database file.
+ **
+ ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
+ ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
+ ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
+ ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
+ ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
+ ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
+ ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
+ ** a v-table method.
*/
- disable_simulated_io_errors();
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
- }
+ if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
+ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1);
}
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- enable_simulated_io_errors();
-
- sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+ p->expired = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
}
-#endif
+ break;
+}
- return rc;
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
+** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format.
+** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
+*/
+case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int iMeta;
+ int iDb;
+ int iCookie;
+
+ assert( p->bIsReader );
+ iDb = pOp->p1;
+ iCookie = pOp->p3;
+ assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
+
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+ pOut->u.i = iMeta;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
-** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
-** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
-** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
-** step.
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
+** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version.
+** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache
+** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the
+** database file used to store temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- int cnt = 0;
- int nWrite = 0;
- p = db->pVdbe;
- while( p ){
- if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
- cnt++;
- if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
- }
- p = p->pNext;
+case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */
+ Db *pDb;
+ assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+ /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
+ if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
+ /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+ pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+ }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
+ /* Record changes in the file format */
+ pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
+ }
+ if( pOp->p1==1 ){
+ /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
+ ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ p->expired = 0;
}
- assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
- assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt );
+ break;
}
-#else
-#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
-#endif
-/*
-** For every Btree that in database connection db which
-** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
-** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
-** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback
-*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even
-** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
-** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
-** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
-** to the rollback.
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
+** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
+** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1
+** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
+** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
+** the value of P2 itself.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
**
-** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
-** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save
-** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor
-** so that it is never used again.
+** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx
*/
-static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
- sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
-** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
-** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
-** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
-** statement transaction is commtted.
+/* Opcode: ReopenIdx P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
-** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
-** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** The ReopenIdx opcode works exactly like ReadOpen except that it first
+** checks to see if the cursor on P1 is already open with a root page
+** number of P2 and if it is this opcode becomes a no-op. In other words,
+** if the cursor is already open, do not reopen it.
+**
+** The ReopenIdx opcode may only be used with P5==0 and with P4 being
+** a P4_KEYINFO object. Furthermore, the P3 value must be the same as
+** every other ReopenIdx or OpenRead for the same cursor number.
+**
+** See the OpenRead opcode documentation for additional information.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
- sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
+** root page.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
+** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_ReopenIdx: {
+ VdbeCursor *pCur;
- /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a
- ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
- ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback.
- ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
- */
- if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
- int i;
- const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
+ assert( pOp->p5==0 );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+ pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==(u32)pOp->p2 ){
+ assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 ); /* Guaranteed by the code generator */
+ break;
+ }
+ /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different
+ ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */
+}
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+ int nField;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ int p2;
+ int iDb;
+ int wrFlag;
+ Btree *pX;
+ VdbeCursor *pCur;
+ Db *pDb;
- assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
- assert( db->nStatement>0 );
- assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
+ assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 );
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 );
+ assert( p->bIsReader );
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx
+ || p->readOnly==0 );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
- rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
- }
- if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
- }
- }
- db->nStatement--;
- p->iStatement = 0;
+ if( p->expired ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK;
+ break;
+ }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
- rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
- }
+ nField = 0;
+ pKeyInfo = 0;
+ p2 = pOp->p2;
+ iDb = pOp->p3;
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ pX = pDb->pBt;
+ assert( pX!=0 );
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
+ wrFlag = 1;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
+ p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
}
-
- /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
- ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
- ** the statement transaction was opened. */
- if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
- db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+ }else{
+ wrFlag = 0;
+ }
+ if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){
+ assert( p2>0 );
+ assert( p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pIn2 = &aMem[p2];
+ assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
+ assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+ p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
+ /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
+ ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
+ ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
+ ** before reaching this instruction. */
+ if( NEVER(p2<2) ) {
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
}
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
-** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
-** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
-** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
-** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write
-** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
- p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
+ pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+ assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
+ nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField;
+ }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
+ nField = pOp->p4.i;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+ assert( nField>=0 );
+ testcase( nField==0 ); /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */
+ pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1);
+ if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ pCur->nullRow = 1;
+ pCur->isOrdered = 1;
+ pCur->pgnoRoot = p2;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor);
+ pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
+ sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR));
+
+ /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
+ ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
+ ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
+ ** since moved into the btree layer. */
+ pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
+ break;
}
-#endif
-/*
-** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE
-** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
-** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
+** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
**
-** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
-** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to
-** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
+** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral
+** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
-** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of
-** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
-** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
+** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of
+** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
+** added automatically.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
- int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
- /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
- ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
- ** execution of this virtual machine.
- **
- ** If any of the following errors occur:
- **
- ** SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** SQLITE_IOERR
- ** SQLITE_FULL
- ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT
- **
- ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
- ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
- ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
- */
+/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
+**
+** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a
+** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using
+** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
+** indices in joins.
+*/
+case OP_OpenAutoindex:
+case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
+ VdbeCursor *pCx;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- closeAllCursors(p);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ static const int vfsFlags =
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
+ pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
+ if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ pCx->nullRow = 1;
+ pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBt,
+ BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
}
- checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-
- /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */
- int eStatementOp = 0;
- int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
-
- /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
- sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
-
- /* Check for one of the special errors */
- mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
- assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */
- isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
- || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
- if( isSpecialError ){
- /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
- ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
- ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
- ** consistent state.
- **
- ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
- ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
- ** occured while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
- ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
- ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
- ** the pager to a consistent state.
- */
- if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
- if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
- eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
- }else{
- /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
- ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
- */
- invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
- }
-
- /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
- ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
- **
- ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
- ** above has occurred.
- */
- if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
- && db->autoCommit
- && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0)
- ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
- sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
- }else{
- /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
- ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
- ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
- ** is required. */
- rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
- sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- }else{
- db->nDeferredCons = 0;
- sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- }
- db->nStatement = 0;
- }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
- eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
- }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
- eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
- }else{
- invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
- ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
- ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
- ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
- ** current statement error code.
- */
- if( eStatementOp ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
- if( rc ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- }
- invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
- ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
+ ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+ ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
*/
- if( p->changeCntOn ){
- if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+ if( (pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){
+ int pgno;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+ assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
+ assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+ pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, pKeyInfo, pCx->pCursor);
}
- p->nChange = 0;
- }
-
- /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
- if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
- db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
- }
-
- /* Release the locks */
- sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
- }
-
- /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- db->activeVdbeCnt--;
- if( !p->readOnly ){
- db->writeVdbeCnt--;
+ pCx->isTable = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
+ pCx->isTable = 1;
}
- assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt );
- }
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
- checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
+ break;
+}
- /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
- ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
- ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
- */
- if( db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
- }
+/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
+** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
+** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
+**
+** If argument P3 is non-zero, then it indicates that the sorter may
+** assume that a stable sort considering the first P3 fields of each
+** key is sufficient to produce the required results.
+*/
+case OP_SorterOpen: {
+ VdbeCursor *pCx;
- assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
- return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
+ pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
+ if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db );
+ assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pOp->p3, pCx);
+ break;
}
-
-/*
-** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
-** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
+/* Opcode: SequenceTest P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2
+**
+** P1 is a sorter cursor. If the sequence counter is currently zero, jump
+** to P2. Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, increment the
+** the sequence value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+case OP_SequenceTest: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC->pSorter );
+ if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
-** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
**
-** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
-** again.
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory
+** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
+** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
**
-** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
-** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
+** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
+** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode
+** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
+**
+** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
+** the pseudo-table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
- db = p->db;
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+ VdbeCursor *pCx;
- /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
- ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt
- ** it now.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
+ pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
+ if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ pCx->nullRow = 1;
+ pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
+ pCx->isTable = 1;
+ assert( pOp->p5==0 );
+ break;
+}
- /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
- ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But
- ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
- ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
- */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- if( p->zErrMsg ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- db->errCode = p->rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- }else if( p->rc ){
- sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
- }else{
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- }
- if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
- }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
- /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
- ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
- ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
- */
- sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- }
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
+ p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
+** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Next, not Prev.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
+** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Next, not Prev.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
+** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Prev, not Next.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
+** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Prev, not Next.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
+*/
+case OP_SeekLT: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekLE: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGE: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3 */
+ int res;
+ int oc;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
+ int nField;
+ i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */
- /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
- */
- Cleanup(p);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+ assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
+ assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
+ assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
+ assert( pC->isOrdered );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ oc = pOp->opcode;
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
+#endif
+ if( pC->isTable ){
+ /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
+ ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do
+ ** the seek, so convert it. */
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
+ applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
+ }
+ iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
+
+ /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
+ ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
+ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+ /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
+ ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
+ break;
+ }
- /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
- */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- {
- FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
- if( out ){
- int i;
- fprintf(out, "---- ");
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+ /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
+ ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
+ ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
+ **
+ ** (x > 4.9) -> (x >= 5)
+ ** (x <= 4.9) -> (x < 5)
+ */
+ if( pIn3->u.r<(double)iKey ){
+ assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) );
+ assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) );
+ assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) );
+ if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--;
}
- fprintf(out, "\n");
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
- p->aOp[i].cnt,
- p->aOp[i].cycles,
- p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
- );
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+
+ /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search
+ ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=. */
+ else if( pIn3->u.r>(double)iKey ){
+ assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) );
+ assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) );
+ assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
+ if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
}
- fclose(out);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
+ pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- }
+ }else{
+ nField = pOp->p4.i;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ assert( nField>0 );
+ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+ r.nField = (u16)nField;
+
+ /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
+ ** if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){
+ ** r.default_rc = -1;
+ ** }else{
+ ** r.default_rc = +1;
+ ** }
+ */
+ r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1);
+ assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 );
+ assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 );
+ assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 );
+ assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 );
+
+ r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
#endif
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
- return p->rc & db->errMask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
-** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
- assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+ ExpandBlob(r.aMem);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
}
- sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
-** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31
-** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
-** routine with mask==0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
- struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
- if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
- if( pAux->xDelete ){
- pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
- }
- pAux->pAux = 0;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+ if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){ assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT );
+ if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){
+ res = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }else{
+ res = 0;
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE );
+ if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){
+ res = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }else{
+ /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to
+ ** see if this is the case.
+ */
+ res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
}
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument.
-** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
-** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
-** the database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
- SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
- int i;
- assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
- releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
- releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
- for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
- pNext = pSub->pNext;
- vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
- for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
- vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Delete an entire VDBE.
+/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P2]
+**
+** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange
+** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
+**
+** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until
+** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads
+** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
+case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
- if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
- db = p->db;
- if( p->pPrev ){
- p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
- }else{
- assert( db->pVdbe==p );
- db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
- }
- if( p->pNext ){
- p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
- }
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
- p->db = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, p);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+ break;
}
+
-/*
-** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
-** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
-** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
-** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
-** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
-** a NULL row.
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
**
-** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
-** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
+** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
+**
+** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be
+** advanced in the forward direction. The Next instruction will work,
+** but not the Prev instruction.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
- if( p->deferredMoveto ){
- int res, rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-#endif
- assert( p->isTable );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
- if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- p->rowidIsValid = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
- p->deferredMoveto = 0;
- p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){
- int hasMoved;
- int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( hasMoved ){
- p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- p->nullRow = 1;
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following functions:
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+**
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
+** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
+** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
+** matching entry.
**
-** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
-** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
-** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
-** integer, stored as a varint.
+** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
+** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev
+** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
-** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
-** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
-** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
-** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
-** serial-type and data blob seperately.
+** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
+*/
+/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+**
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the
+** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
+** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix. If there are no matches, jump
+** immediately to P2. If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
+** cursor pointing to the matching row.
**
-** serial type bytes of data type
-** -------------- --------------- ---------------
-** 0 0 NULL
-** 1 1 signed integer
-** 2 2 signed integer
-** 3 3 signed integer
-** 4 4 signed integer
-** 5 6 signed integer
-** 6 8 signed integer
-** 7 8 IEEE float
-** 8 0 Integer constant 0
-** 9 0 Integer constant 1
-** 10,11 reserved for expansion
-** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB
-** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text
+** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
+** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
**
-** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions
-** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
+** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
+** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev
+** opcodes do not work after this operation.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
+case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */
+ int alreadyExists;
+ int ii;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ int res;
+ char *pFree;
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
+ char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7];
-/*
-** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
- int flags = pMem->flags;
- int n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
+#endif
- if( flags&MEM_Null ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( flags&MEM_Int ){
- /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
-# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
- i64 i = pMem->u.i;
- u64 u;
- if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
- return 8+(u32)i;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
+#endif
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+ pFree = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
+ if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
+ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+ r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+ r.aMem = pIn3;
+ for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
+ assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) );
+ ExpandBlob(&r.aMem[ii]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( ii ) REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]);
+#endif
}
- if( i<0 ){
- if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6;
- /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */
- u = -i;
- }else{
- u = i;
+ pIdxKey = &r;
+ }else{
+ pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+ pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree
+ );
+ if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */
+ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey);
+ }
+ pIdxKey->default_rc = 0;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){
+ /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the
+ ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not
+ ** conflict */
+ for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
+ if( r.aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
+ break;
+ }
}
- if( u<=127 ) return 1;
- if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
- if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
- if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
- if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
- return 6;
}
- if( flags&MEM_Real ){
- return 7;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
+ if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree);
}
- assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
- n = pMem->n;
- if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
- n += pMem->u.nZero;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ break;
}
- assert( n>=0 );
- return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
- if( serial_type>=12 ){
- return (serial_type-12)/2;
+ pC->seekResult = res;
+ alreadyExists = (res==0);
+ pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+ VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2);
+ if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}else{
- static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- return aSize[serial_type];
+ VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists==0,2);
+ if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
+ break;
}
-/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
-** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
**
-** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
+** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
+** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with
+** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. If P1 does contain a record
+** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall
+** through to the next instruction.
**
-** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
-** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems
-** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
-** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated
-** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
-** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
-** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
-** ABI get the byte order right.
+** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
+** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
**
-** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
-** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG
-** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
-** floating point values is correct.
+** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
+** in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
+** not work following this opcode.
**
-** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
-** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
-** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
-** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
-** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
-** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
-** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
-** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here
-** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently
-** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
-** so we trust him.
+** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
- union {
- u64 r;
- u32 i[2];
- } u;
- u32 t;
+case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int res;
+ u64 iKey;
- u.r = in;
- t = u.i[0];
- u.i[0] = u.i[1];
- u.i[1] = t;
- return u.r;
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pC->seekOp = 0;
+#endif
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+ res = 0;
+ iKey = pIn3->u.i;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
+ pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+ if( res!=0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ pC->seekResult = res;
+ break;
}
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X)
-#else
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
-#endif
-/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
-** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
-** Return the number of bytes written.
+/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
+**
+** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
+** Write the sequence number into register P2.
+** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
+** instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+ pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
+ break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
**
-** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be
-** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is
-** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
-** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[]
-** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
-** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
-** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
-** zeros.
+** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written
+** written to register P2.
**
-** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
-** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
-** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
- u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
- u32 len;
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
+** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
+** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
+** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
+** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
+** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
+*/
+case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ i64 v; /* The new rowid */
+ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
+ int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
+ int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */
- /* Integer and Real */
- if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
- u64 v;
- u32 i;
- if( serial_type==7 ){
- assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
- memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
- swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
- }else{
- v = pMem->u.i;
- }
- len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
- assert( len<=(u32)nBuf );
- while( i-- ){
- buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
- v >>= 8;
- }
- return len;
- }
+ v = 0;
+ res = 0;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){
+ /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
+ }else{
+ /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+ ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+ **
+ ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+ ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+ ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+ ** probabilistic algorithm
+ **
+ ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+ ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have
+ ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+ ** and try again, up to 100 times.
+ */
+ assert( pC->isTable );
- /* String or blob */
- if( serial_type>=12 ){
- assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
- == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
- assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
- len = pMem->n;
- memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- len += pMem->u.nZero;
- assert( nBuf>=0 );
- if( len > (u32)nBuf ){
- len = (u32)nBuf;
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
+#else
+ /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
+ ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems
+ ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
+ */
+# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
+#endif
+
+ if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ if( res ){
+ v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
+ }else{
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->pCursor) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
+ if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){
+ pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+ }else{
+ v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
+ }
}
- memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
}
- return len;
- }
-
- /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
- return 0;
-}
-/*
-** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
-** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
- const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
- u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
- Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
- switch( serial_type ){
- case 10: /* Reserved for future use */
- case 11: /* Reserved for future use */
- case 0: { /* NULL */
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- break;
- }
- case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 1;
- }
- case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 2;
- }
- case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 3;
- }
- case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 4;
- }
- case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
- u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
- u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
- x = (x<<32) | y;
- pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 6;
- }
- case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */
- case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
- u64 x;
- u32 y;
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
- /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
- ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
- ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
- ** endian.
- */
- static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
- static const double r1 = 1.0;
- u64 t2 = t1;
- swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
- assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
-#endif
-
- x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
- y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
- x = (x<<32) | y;
- if( serial_type==6 ){
- pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ if( pOp->p3 ){
+ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ if( p->pFrame ){
+ for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+ assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem );
+ pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
}else{
- assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
- swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
- memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
- pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
+ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+ assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pMem);
}
- return 8;
- }
- case 8: /* Integer 0 */
- case 9: { /* Integer 1 */
- pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 0;
+ assert( memIsValid(pMem) );
+
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
+ if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
+ v = pMem->u.i + 1;
+ }
+ pMem->u.i = v;
}
- default: {
- u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
- pMem->z = (char *)buf;
- pMem->n = len;
- pMem->xDel = 0;
- if( serial_type&0x01 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
- }else{
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+#endif
+ if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
+ ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
+ ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
+ ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
+ assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
+ ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
+ cnt = 0;
+ do{
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
+ v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); v++; /* Ensure that v is greater than zero */
+ }while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)v,
+ 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK)
+ && (res==0)
+ && (++cnt<100));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- return len;
+ assert( v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
}
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
- return 0;
+ pOut->u.i = v;
+ break;
}
-
-/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
-** record into a UnpackedRecord structure. Return a pointer to
-** that structure.
+/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]
**
-** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
-** space at pSpace. This space can be used to hold the returned
-** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough. If it is
-** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
+** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
+** be a MEM_Int.
**
-** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
-** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
- int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
- const void *pKey, /* The binary record */
- char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available to hold the object */
- int szSpace /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
-){
- const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
- UnpackedRecord *p; /* The unpacked record that we will return */
- int nByte; /* Memory space needed to hold p, in bytes */
- int d;
- u32 idx;
- u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
- u32 szHdr;
- Mem *pMem;
- int nOff; /* Increase pSpace by this much to 8-byte align it */
-
- /*
- ** We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
- ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift
- ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
- */
- nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
- pSpace += nOff;
- szSpace -= nOff;
- nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
- if( nByte>szSpace ){
- p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
+** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
+** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
+** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
+** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
+** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization
+** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
+** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
+** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to
+** the update hook.
+**
+** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
+** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook
+** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
+**
+** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
+** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
+** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the
+** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not
+** cause any problems.)
+**
+** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction
+** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
+*/
+/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]
+**
+** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
+** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
+*/
+case OP_Insert:
+case OP_InsertInt: {
+ Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
+ Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */
+ i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
+ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
+ int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
+ int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
+ const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */
+ const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
+ int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
+
+ pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( memIsValid(pData) );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
+
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
+ pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
+ assert( memIsValid(pKey) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
+ iKey = pKey->u.i;
}else{
- p = (UnpackedRecord*)pSpace;
- p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
+ iKey = pOp->p3;
}
- p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
- p->aMem = pMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
- d = szHdr;
- u = 0;
- while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){
- u32 serial_type;
- idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
- pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
- pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
- /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
- pMem->zMalloc = 0;
- d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
- pMem++;
- u++;
+ if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+ if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey;
+ if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ pData->z = 0;
+ pData->n = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
}
- assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
- p->nField = u;
- return (void*)p;
+ seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0);
+ if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ nZero = pData->u.nZero;
+ }else{
+ nZero = 0;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
+ pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
+ (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult
+ );
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+ /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+ zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
+ zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+ op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
+ assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+ }
+ break;
}
-/*
-** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object.
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
+**
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within a Next loop.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with
+** multiple rows.
+**
+** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
+** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
+** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
+** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- int i;
- Mem *pMem;
+case OP_Delete: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY );
- for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; i<p->nField; i++, pMem++){
- /* The unpacked record is always constructed by the
- ** sqlite3VdbeUnpackRecord() function above, which makes all
- ** strings and blobs static. And none of the elements are
- ** ever transformed, so there is never anything to delete.
- */
- if( NEVER(pMem->zMalloc) ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* The seek operation that positioned the cursor prior to OP_Delete will
+ ** have also set the pC->movetoTarget field to the rowid of the row that
+ ** is being deleted */
+ if( pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable ){
+ i64 iKey = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &iKey);
+ assert( pC->movetoTarget==iKey );
}
#endif
- if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_FREE ){
- sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p);
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+ /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable ){
+ db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE,
+ db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName, pOp->p4.z, pC->movetoTarget);
+ assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
}
+ if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+ break;
}
-
-/*
-** This function compares the two table rows or index records
-** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
-** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
-** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
-** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
-** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
+/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
-** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the
-** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set
-** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2.
-** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are
-** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and
-** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored.
-**
-** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of
-** the header of pKey1 is ignored. It is assumed that pKey1 is
-** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value. The last byte
-** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid:
-** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types.
-** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte.
-** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison
-** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1.
+** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
+** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
+** This is used by trigger programs.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
- UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */
-){
- int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
- u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
- u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */
- int i = 0;
- int nField;
- int rc = 0;
- const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- Mem mem1;
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+ p->nChange = 0;
+ break;
+}
- pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
- mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
- mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
- /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
- VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
+** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
+**
+** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
+** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that
+** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields
+** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
+**
+** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
+** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
+** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
+**
+** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
+** each other. Jump to P2 if they are different.
+*/
+case OP_SorterCompare: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ int res;
+ int nKeyCol;
- /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
- ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
- ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing
- ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
- ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose
- ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
- */
- /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
-
- idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
- d1 = szHdr1;
- if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){
- szHdr1--;
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( isSorter(pC) );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i;
+ res = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
}
- nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
- while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){
- u32 serial_type1;
+ break;
+};
- /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
- idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
- if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
+/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
+**
+** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
+** Then clear the column header cache on cursor P3.
+**
+** This opcode is normally use to move a record out of the sorter and into
+** a register that is the source for a pseudo-table cursor created using
+** OpenPseudo. That pseudo-table cursor is the one that is identified by
+** parameter P3. Clearing the P3 column cache as part of this opcode saves
+** us from having to issue a separate NullRow instruction to clear that cache.
+*/
+case OP_SorterData: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
- /* Extract the values to be compared.
- */
- d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( isSorter(pC) );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ p->apCsr[pOp->p3]->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ break;
+}
- /* Do the comparison
- */
- rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
- i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
+**
+** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=key
+**
+** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.
+** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ u32 n;
+ i64 n64;
- /* Invert the result if we are using DESC sort order. */
- if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<nField && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
- rc = -rc;
- }
-
- /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final
- ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set
- ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1).
- ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode.
- */
- if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){
- assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc );
- assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int );
- pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
- pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i;
- }
-
- return rc;
- }
- i++;
- }
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
- /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using
- ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a
- ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
+ /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( isSorter(pC)==0 );
+ assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData );
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
+ assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+
+ /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
+ ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
+ ** the cursor. If this where not the case, on of the following assert()s
+ ** would fail. Should this ever change (because of changes in the code
+ ** generator) then the fix would be to insert a call to
+ ** sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto().
*/
- assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+#if 0 /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif
- /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
- ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
- ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
- ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
- ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the
- ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer
- ** if there is a difference.
- */
- assert( rc==0 );
- if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){
- rc = -1;
- }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){
- /* Leave rc==0 */
- }else if( idx1<szHdr1 ){
- rc = 1;
+ if( pC->isTable==0 ){
+ assert( !pC->isTable );
+ VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+ if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ n = (u32)n64;
+ }else{
+ VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+ if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
}
- return rc;
+ testcase( n==0 );
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, MAX(n,32)) ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ pOut->n = n;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+ if( pC->isTable==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
+ }
+ pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+ break;
}
-
-/*
-** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
**
-** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
-** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content.
+** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
+** P1 is currently point to.
+**
+** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to
+** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
+** one opcode now works for both table types.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
- i64 nCellKey = 0;
- int rc;
- u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */
- u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */
- u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */
- Mem m, v;
+case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ i64 v;
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow );
+ if( pC->nullRow ){
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+ break;
+ }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
+ v = pC->movetoTarget;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){
+ pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( pModule->xRowid );
+ rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v);
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+ }else{
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ if( pC->nullRow ){
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+ break;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorRestore() above */
+ }
+ pOut->u.i = v;
+ break;
+}
- /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less
- ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
- ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
- ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
- */
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
- assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
+** write a NULL.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
- /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
- memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ pC->nullRow = 1;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ if( pC->pCursor ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
}
+ break;
+}
- /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
- testcase( szHdr==3 );
- testcase( szHdr==m.n );
- if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
- goto idx_rowid_corruption;
- }
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
+** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Prev, not Next.
+*/
+case OP_Last: { /* jump */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int res;
- /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
- ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
- testcase( typeRowid==1 );
- testcase( typeRowid==2 );
- testcase( typeRowid==3 );
- testcase( typeRowid==4 );
- testcase( typeRowid==5 );
- testcase( typeRowid==6 );
- testcase( typeRowid==8 );
- testcase( typeRowid==9 );
- if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
- goto idx_rowid_corruption;
- }
- lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
- testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
- if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
- goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ res = 0;
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
+ pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pC->seekOp = OP_Last;
+#endif
+ if( pOp->p2>0 ){
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+ if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
+ break;
+}
- /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
- sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
- *rowid = v.u.i;
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
- ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
-idx_rowid_corruption:
- testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
+** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
+**
+** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
+** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
+** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
+** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
+** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
+** correctly optimizing out sorts.
+*/
+case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */
+case OP_Sort: { /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_sort_count++;
+ sqlite3_search_count--;
+#endif
+ p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++;
+ /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
}
-
-/*
-** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
-** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number
-** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
-** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
-** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
-** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
-** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+**
+** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
+** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is
+** configured to use Next, not Prev.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
- VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */
- UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */
- int *res /* Write the comparison result here */
-){
- i64 nCellKey = 0;
- int rc;
- BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
- Mem m;
+case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int res;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
- /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say
- ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
- if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
- *res = 0;
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
+ res = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind;
+#endif
+ if( isSorter(pC) ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(pC, &res);
+ }else{
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
- memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+ pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
- assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
- *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or
+** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor. Next is not allowed
+** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. P1 must have
+** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
+**
+** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
+** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
+** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is
+** always either 0 or 1.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreeNext().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+**
+** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- db->nChange = nChange;
- db->nTotalChange += nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
-** or reset.
+/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This opcode works just like Next except that if cursor P1 is not
+** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
- v->changeCntOn = 1;
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+**
+** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or
+** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor. Prev is not allowed
+** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. If P1 is
+** not open then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
+** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
+** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is
+** always either 0 or 1.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+*/
+/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This opcode works just like Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
+** open it behaves a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_SorterNext: { /* jump */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ int res;
+
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( isSorter(pC) );
+ res = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res);
+ goto next_tail;
+case OP_PrevIfOpen: /* jump */
+case OP_NextIfOpen: /* jump */
+ if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break;
+ /* Fall through */
+case OP_Prev: /* jump */
+case OP_Next: /* jump */
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p5<ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ res = pOp->p3;
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor );
+ assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
+ testcase( res==1 );
+ assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
+ assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
+ assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
+ assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);
+
+ /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, and Rewind.
+ ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */
+ assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen
+ || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE
+ || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind || pC->seekOp==OP_Found);
+ assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen
+ || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE
+ || pC->seekOp==OP_Last );
+
+ rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
+next_tail:
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
+ if( res==0 ){
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ pC->nullRow = 1;
+ }
+ goto check_for_interrupt;
}
-/*
-** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
-** as expired.
+/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
**
-** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
-** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their
-** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating
-** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
-** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key
+** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
+** insert is likely to be an append.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is
+** incremented by this instruction. If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear,
+** then the change counter is unchanged.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have
+** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted.
+** This flag avoids doing an extra seek.
+**
+** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction
+** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
- p->expired = 1;
+case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */
+case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int nKey;
+ const char *zKey;
+
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) );
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+ rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( isSorter(pC) ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2);
+ }else{
+ nKey = pIn2->n;
+ zKey = pIn2->z;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3,
+ ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
+ );
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ }
}
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
+**
+** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
+** index opened by cursor P1.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
- return v->db;
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int res;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
+
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+ assert( pOp->p5==0 );
+ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+ r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
+ r.default_rc = 0;
+ r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
+ }
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
-** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
-** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
-** constants) to the value before returning it.
+/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
**
-** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
+** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
+** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be
+** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+**
+** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
- assert( iVar>0 );
- if( v ){
- Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
- if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
- sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
- if( pRet ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
- sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType((Mem *)pRet);
- }
- return pRet;
+case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ i64 rowid;
+
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+
+ /* sqlite3VbeCursorRestore() can only fail if the record has been deleted
+ ** out from under the cursor. That will never happend for an IdxRowid
+ ** opcode, hence the NEVER() arround the check of the return value.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC);
+ if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+ if( !pC->nullRow ){
+ rowid = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, &rowid);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
}
+ pOut->u.i = rowid;
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
}
- return 0;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
-** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
-** in a better query plan.
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
+** fields at the end.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
+** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
- assert( iVar>0 );
- if( iVar>32 ){
- v->expmask = 0xffffffff;
- }else{
- v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
- }
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
+/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
+** fields at the end.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value
+** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-*************************************************************************
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against
+** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
+** ROWID on the P1 index.
**
-** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
-** VDBE.
+** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
+** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
-** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
-** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
-** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or
-** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
-** added or changed.
+/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against
+** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
+** ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump
+** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- return p==0 || p->expired;
-}
-#endif
+case OP_IdxLE: /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGT: /* jump */
+case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ int res;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
-/*
-** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log
-** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
-** invalid). Return false if it is ok.
-*/
-static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
- if( p->db==0 ){
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
- return 1;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->isOrdered );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0);
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+ r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+ if( pOp->opcode<OP_IdxLT ){
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+ r.default_rc = -1;
}else{
- return 0;
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
+ r.default_rc = 0;
}
-}
-static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
- if( p==0 ){
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
- return 1;
+ r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+ res = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res);
+ assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) );
+ if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
+ res = -res;
}else{
- return vdbeSafety(p);
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+ res++;
+ }
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2);
+ if( res>0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
}
+ break;
}
-/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If
+** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
+** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
+** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former
+** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
+** is stored in register P2. If no page
+** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already
+** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
+** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+**
+** See also: Clear
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
- ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3 *db = v->db;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int iMoved;
+ int iCnt;
+ Vdbe *pVdbe;
+ int iDb;
+
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ iCnt = 0;
+ for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe = pVdbe->pNext){
+ if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->bIsReader
+ && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0
+ ){
+ iCnt++;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ iCnt = db->nVdbeRead;
#endif
- if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- mutex = v->db->mutex;
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+ if( iCnt>1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+ p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+ }else{
+ iDb = pOp->p3;
+ assert( iCnt==1 );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
+ iMoved = 0; /* Not needed. Only to silence a warning. */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pOut->u.i = iMoved;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
+ sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1);
+ /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
+ assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 );
+ resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1;
+ }
#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}
- return rc;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
+** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
- sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
- assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
+case OP_Clear: {
+ int nChange;
+
+ nChange = 0;
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
+ db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
+ );
+ if( pOp->p3 ){
+ p->nChange += nChange;
+ if( pOp->p3>0 ){
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+ aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange;
+ }
}
- return rc;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
+/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * *
+**
+** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter
+** that is open on cursor P1.
+**
+** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and
+** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
- p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
- }
- if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){
- p->expired = 1;
+case OP_ResetSorter: {
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ if( pC->pSorter ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->pSorter);
+ }else{
+ assert( pC->isEphemeral );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->pCursor);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return rc;
+ break;
}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_value_ *******************************
-** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
-** structure.
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
- if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
- p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
- p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
- return p->n ? p->z : 0;
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */
+case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int pgno;
+ int flags;
+ Db *pDb;
+
+ pgno = 0;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+ /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+ flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
}else{
- return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+ flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
}
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
- return pVal->type;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
+ pOut->u.i = pgno;
+ break;
}
-/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
-** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
-** the function result.
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
**
-** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
-** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
-** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P4.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
*/
-static void setResultStrOrError(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */
- const char *z, /* String pointer */
- int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
-){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+ int iDb;
+ const char *zMaster;
+ char *zSql;
+ InitData initData;
+
+ /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
+ ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking
+ ** sqlite3InitCallback().
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+ assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
}
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( n>=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
#endif
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const char *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
- pCtx->isError = errCode;
- if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+ iDb = pOp->p1;
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
+ /* Used to be a conditional */ {
+ zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+ initData.db = db;
+ initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
+ initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+ db->init.busy = 1;
+ initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ db->init.busy = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ goto no_mem;
}
+ break;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
+/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
+**
+** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
+** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause
+** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
+*/
+case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
+ break;
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
-/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1,
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
+** the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+ sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+ break;
}
-/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode)
+** in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+ sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It
-** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
+** the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
-static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
- if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry);
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- return rc;
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+ sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
-** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
-** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
-** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
-** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in
+** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
+**
+** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
+** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
+** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables
+** total.
+**
+** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
*/
-static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
- int rc;
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+ int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */
+ int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+ int j; /* Loop counter */
+ int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */
+ char *z; /* Text of the error report */
+ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
- assert(p);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
- /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
- ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning
- ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
- ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
- ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
- ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
- ** definition.
- **
- ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
- ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
- ** returns, and the so were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a
- ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
- ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
- ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
- ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
- sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
-#else
- sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-#endif
+ assert( p->bIsReader );
+ nRoot = pOp->p2;
+ assert( nRoot>0 );
+ aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
+ if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+ assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
+ aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
}
-
- /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
- db = p->db;
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ aRoot[j] = 0;
+ assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p5) );
+ z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
+ (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
+ pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+ if( nErr==0 ){
+ assert( z==0 );
+ }else if( z==0 ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
}
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
- if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto end_of_step;
+/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]
+**
+** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
+** held in register P1.
+**
+** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
}
- if( p->pc<0 ){
- /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
- ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
- ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
- */
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
- }
-
- assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 );
+ sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
+ break;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
- sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
- }
-#endif
+/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)
+**
+** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
+** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
+** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */
+ i64 val;
- db->activeVdbeCnt++;
- if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++;
- p->pc = 0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( p->explain ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
- {
- db->vdbeExecCnt++;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
- db->vdbeExecCnt--;
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
+ || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
+ ){
+ /* The boolean index is empty */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
+ }else{
+ /* A value was pulled from the index */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val);
+ VdbeBranchTaken(0,2);
}
+ goto check_for_interrupt;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
+** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2
+**
+** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
+** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
+** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
+** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
+** next opcode.
+**
+** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
+** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
+** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
+** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or
+** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
+** bits are significant.
+**
+** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
+** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
+** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
+** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
+** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
+** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
+** inserted as part of some other set).
+*/
+case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */
+ int iSet;
+ int exists;
+
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ iSet = pOp->p4.i;
+ assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
+
+ /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
+ ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
*/
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
- sqlite3_int64 iNow;
- sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
- db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
}
-#endif
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
- p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
- if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 );
+ if( iSet ){
+ exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i);
+ VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2);
+ if( exists ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
}
}
-
- db->errCode = rc;
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-end_of_step:
- /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
- ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
- ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
- ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc
- ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
- ** were called on statement p.
- */
- assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
- || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
- );
- assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
- /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
- ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the
- ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
- */
- rc = db->errCode = p->rc;
+ if( iSet>=0 ){
+ sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
}
- return (rc&db->errMask);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
-** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
-# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 5
-#endif
-/*
-** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call
-** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs,
-** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM).
+**
+** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory
+** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2
+** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE
+** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address
+** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the
+** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
- int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */
- int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+case OP_Program: { /* jump */
+ int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
+ int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
+ Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
+ Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
+ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */
+ void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */
- if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+ pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( pProgram->nOp>0 );
+
+ /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
+ ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
+ ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
+ ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
+ **
+ ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
+ ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
+ ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
+ ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
+ ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
+ ** variable. */
+ if( pOp->p5 ){
+ t = pProgram->token;
+ for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+ if( pFrame ) break;
}
- db = v->db;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
- && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
- && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- v->expired = 0;
+
+ if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
+ break;
}
- if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
- /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
- ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
- ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
- ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
- ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
- ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
- ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+
+ /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
+ ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
+ ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt
+ ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */
+ if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
+ /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
+ ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
+ ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
+ ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
*/
- const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
- v->rc = rc2;
- } else {
- v->zErrMsg = 0;
- v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr;
+ nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
+ + nMem * sizeof(Mem)
+ + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *)
+ + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8);
+ pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ if( !pFrame ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
+ pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
+ pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame;
+
+ pFrame->v = p;
+ pFrame->nChildMem = nMem;
+ pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr;
+ pFrame->pc = pc;
+ pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
+ pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
+ pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
+ pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
+ pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
+ pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
+ pFrame->token = pProgram->token;
+ pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag;
+ pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag;
+
+ pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem];
+ for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+ pMem->db = db;
}
+ }else{
+ pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
+ assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem );
+ assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
+ assert( pc==pFrame->pc );
}
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+
+ p->nFrame++;
+ pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
+ pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+ pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
+ p->nChange = 0;
+ p->pFrame = pFrame;
+ p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[-1];
+ p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem;
+ p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr;
+ p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
+ p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp;
+ p->nOp = pProgram->nOp;
+ p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor];
+ p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce;
+ pc = -1;
+ memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
+
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
+/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the
+** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory
+** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames
+** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.*
+** and old.* values.
+**
+** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
+** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
+** calling OP_Program instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pFunc );
- return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+ Mem *pIn;
+ pFrame = p->pFrame;
+ pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2
**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
-** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
-** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
-** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
-** application defined function.
+** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
+** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented
+** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the
+** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pFunc );
- return p->s.db;
+case OP_FkCounter: {
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){
+ db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2;
+ }else if( pOp->p1 ){
+ db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
+ }else{
+ p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
+ }
+ break;
}
-/*
-** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
-** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
-** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
-** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
-** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
-** method of virtual tables.
+/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2
+**
+** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
+** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next
+** instruction.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
+** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
+** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
+** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
- sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */
- int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */
-){
- const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
- char *zErr;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
+case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */
+ if( pOp->p1 ){
+ VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
+ if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ }else{
+ VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
+ if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ }
+ break;
}
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
-/*
-** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new
-** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the
-** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])
+**
+** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
+** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
+** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of
+** its current value and the value in register P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
- Mem *pMem;
- assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
- pMem = p->pMem;
- testcase( nByte<0 );
- if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
- if( nByte<=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- pMem->z = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
- pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
- if( pMem->z ){
- memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
- }
- }
+case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+ if( p->pFrame ){
+ for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+ pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ }else{
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ }
+ assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+ if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
+ pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
+ }
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+ VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
+ if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2
+**
+** Register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the value in
+** register P1 then if the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2.
+*/
+case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+ pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
+ VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
+ if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2
+**
+** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the
+** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2.
+*/
+case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+ pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
+ VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
+ if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
- return (void*)pMem->z;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
-** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The
+** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function. Use register
+** P3 as the accumulator.
+**
+** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
+** successors.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+case OP_AggStep: {
+ int n;
+ int i;
+ Mem *pMem;
+ Mem *pRec;
+ Mem t;
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ sqlite3_value **apVal;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
- if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
- return 0;
+ n = pOp->p5;
+ assert( n>=0 );
+ pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ apVal = p->apArg;
+ assert( apVal || n==0 );
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
+ assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
+ apVal[i] = pRec;
+ memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
+ }
+ ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ pMem->n++;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null);
+ ctx.pOut = &t;
+ ctx.isError = 0;
+ ctx.pVdbe = p;
+ ctx.iOp = pc;
+ ctx.skipFlag = 0;
+ (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+ if( ctx.isError ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t));
+ rc = ctx.isError;
}
- return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+ if( ctx.skipFlag ){
+ assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+ i = pOp[-1].p1;
+ if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&t);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
-** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
-** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
+**
+** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is
+** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
+**
+** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
+** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2
+** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate
+** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The
+** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
+** the step function was not previously called.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- int iArg,
- void *pAux,
- void (*xDelete)(void*)
-){
- struct AuxData *pAuxData;
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
- if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
- if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
- int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
- int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
- pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
- if( !pVdbeFunc ){
- goto failed;
- }
- pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
- memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
- pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
- pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
- }
-
- pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
- if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
- pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+case OP_AggFinal: {
+ Mem *pMem;
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
}
- pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
- pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
- return;
-
-failed:
- if( xDelete ){
- xDelete(pAux);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
+ goto too_big;
}
+ break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been
-** called.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
-** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function
-** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
-** context.
+** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
+** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL
+** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the
+** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
+** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
+** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
+** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
- return p->pMem->n;
-}
+case OP_Checkpoint: {
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int aRes[3]; /* Results */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */
+
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ aRes[0] = 0;
+ aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1;
+ assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+ || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+ || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+ );
+ rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ aRes[0] = 1;
+ }
+ for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
+ }
+ break;
+};
#endif
-/*
-** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
+** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
+** operation. No IO is required.
+**
+** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
+**
+** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
-}
+case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */
+ Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */
+ int eNew; /* New journal mode */
+ int eOld; /* The old journal mode */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */
+#endif
-/*
-** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
-** currently executing statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
- return pVm->nResColumn;
-}
+ eNew = pOp->p3;
+ assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+ );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+ eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager);
+ if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld;
+ if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld;
-/*
-** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If
-** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
-** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
-** of NULL.
-*/
-static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Vdbe *pVm;
- Mem *pOut;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1);
- pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
- pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
- }else{
- /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return
- ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the
- ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element
- ** of type i64, on certain architecture (x86) with certain compiler
- ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
- ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
- ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
- ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
- ** this assert() from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
- ** using gcc, force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
- ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */
- static const Mem nullMem
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
- __attribute__((aligned(8)))
-#endif
- = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- 0, 0, /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */
-#endif
- 0, 0 };
+ /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
+ ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
+ */
+ if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */
+ || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */
+ ){
+ eNew = eOld;
+ }
- if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
- sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+ if( (eNew!=eOld)
+ && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+ ){
+ if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+ "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
+ (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
+ );
+ break;
+ }else{
+
+ if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+ /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
+ ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
+ ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
+ ** after a successful return.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
+ }
+ }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF
+ ** as an intermediate */
+ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
+ }
+
+ /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
+ ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
+ }
}
- pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
}
- return pOut;
-}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
-** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
-** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
-** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-**
-** Specifically, this is called from within:
+ if( rc ){
+ eNew = eOld;
+ }
+ eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
+
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+ pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew);
+ pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
+ pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
+ break;
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
**
-** sqlite3_column_int()
-** sqlite3_column_int64()
-** sqlite3_column_text()
-** sqlite3_column_text16()
-** sqlite3_column_real()
-** sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-** sqiite3_column_blob()
+** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
*/
-static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
-{
- /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
- ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
- ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
- ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
- */
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( p ){
- p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+ break;
}
+#endif
-/**************************** sqlite3_column_ *******************************
-** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
-** in the result set.
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
+** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
+** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const void *val;
- val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
- ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
- ** expression.
- */
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
- if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
- pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */
+ Btree *pBt;
+
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
+ VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return iType;
+ break;
}
+#endif
-/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
-** removal */
-/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-**}
+/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
+**
+** Cause precompiled statements to expire. When an expired statement
+** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically
+** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2())
+** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+**
+** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
+** then only the currently executing statement is expired.
*/
+case OP_Expire: {
+ if( !pOp->p1 ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ }else{
+ p->expired = 1;
+ }
+ break;
+}
-/*
-** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
-** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3
**
-** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which
-** name is returned. Here are the names:
+** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
**
-** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output
-** 1 The datatype name for the column
-** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from
-** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from
-** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
+** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
+** a write lock if P3==1.
**
-** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
-** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
+**
+** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
+** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
-static const void *columnName(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int N,
- const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
- int useType
-){
- const void *ret = 0;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- int n;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
- assert( db!=0 );
- n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
- if( N<n && N>=0 ){
- N += useType*n;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
- ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
- /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
- ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
- */
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- ret = 0;
+case OP_TableLock: {
+ u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
+ if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
+ int p1 = pOp->p1;
+ assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) );
+ assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
+ if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+ const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
- return ret;
+ break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-/*
-** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
-** statement pStmt.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
+** xBegin method for that table.
+**
+** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
+** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
+** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+case OP_VBegin: {
+ VTable *pVTab;
+ pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+ rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab);
+ if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab);
+ break;
}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
-** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
-# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
- and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-/*
-** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
-** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
+** for that table.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+case OP_VCreate: {
+ rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-/*
-** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method
+** of that table.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+case OP_VDestroy: {
+ p->inVtabMethod = 2;
+ rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/*
-** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
+** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+case OP_VOpen: {
+ VdbeCursor *pCur;
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ sqlite3_module *pModule;
-/*
-** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
+ assert( p->bIsReader );
+ pCur = 0;
+ pVtabCursor = 0;
+ pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+ assert(pVtab && pModule);
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
+ pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
+ /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */
+ pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
+ if( pCur ){
+ pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
+ }else{
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
-**
-** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
-*/
-/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
-** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
-** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'
**
-** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
-** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if
+** the filtered result set is empty.
**
-** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
-** value in any case.
+** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
+** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left
+** to the module implementation.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
+** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
+** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
+** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
+** additional parameters which are passed to
+** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
+**
+** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
*/
-static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
- Mem *pVar;
- if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
- "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_RANGE;
- }
- i--;
- pVar = &p->aVar[i];
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
- pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */
+ int nArg;
+ int iQuery;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ Mem *pQuery;
+ Mem *pArgc;
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ VdbeCursor *pCur;
+ int res;
+ int i;
+ Mem **apArg;
- /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then
- ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
- **
- ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
- ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
- ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
- ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
- ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
- */
- if( p->isPrepareV2 &&
- ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff)
- ){
- p->expired = 1;
+ pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ pArgc = &pQuery[1];
+ pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( memIsValid(pQuery) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
+ assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor;
+ pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+
+ /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
+ assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
+ nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
+ iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;
+
+ /* Invoke the xFilter method */
+ {
+ res = 0;
+ apArg = p->apArg;
+ for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
+ apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
+ }
+
+ p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+ rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
+ }
+ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ pCur->nullRow = 0;
+
+ break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/*
-** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
+**
+** Store the value of the P2-th column of
+** the row of the virtual-table that the
+** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
*/
-static int bindText(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */
- int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */
- const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
- int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
- void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */
- u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */
-){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- Mem *pVar;
- int rc;
+case OP_VColumn: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ Mem *pDest;
+ sqlite3_context sContext;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( zData!=0 ){
- pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
- }
- sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
- xDel((void*)zData);
+ VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+ pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
+ if( pCur->nullRow ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+ break;
}
- return rc;
+ pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( pModule->xColumn );
+ memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+ sContext.pOut = pDest;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+ rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+ if( sContext.isError ){
+ rc = sContext.isError;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
+** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached
+** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+case OP_VNext: { /* jump */
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ int res;
+ VdbeCursor *pCur;
+
+ res = 0;
+ pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ if( pCur->nullRow ){
+ break;
}
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
- return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( pModule->xNext );
+
+ /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
+ ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
+ ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
+ ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
+ ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
+ */
+ p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
}
- return rc;
+ VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
+ if( !res ){
+ /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ goto check_for_interrupt;
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
+** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
+*/
+case OP_VRename: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ Mem *pName;
+
+ pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
+ assert( memIsValid(pName) );
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
+ assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str );
+ testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+ testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+ p->expired = 0;
}
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const char *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
- int rc;
- switch( pValue->type ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
- break;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
+** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
+** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
+** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
+**
+** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
+** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
+** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
+** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
+** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
+** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
+** the values of columns in the new row.
+**
+** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of
+** a row to delete.
+**
+** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
+** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
+** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
+**
+** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to
+** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update.
+*/
+case OP_VUpdate: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ int nArg;
+ int i;
+ sqlite_int64 rowid;
+ Mem **apArg;
+ Mem *pX;
+
+ assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
+ || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
+ );
+ assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+ pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+ nArg = pOp->p2;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+ if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){
+ u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
+ apArg = p->apArg;
+ pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+ assert( memIsValid(pX) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, pX);
+ apArg[i] = pX;
+ pX++;
}
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
- rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
- break;
+ db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
+ rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
+ db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
+ assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
+ db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid;
}
- case SQLITE_BLOB: {
- if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
+ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
+ if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
}
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_TEXT: {
- rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
- pValue->enc);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
- break;
+ }else{
+ p->nChange++;
}
}
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
+ break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/*
-** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
+ break;
}
+#endif
-/*
-** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index
-** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** The result is always UTF-8.
+** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
+** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
+** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
+**
+** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){
- return 0;
+case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ unsigned int newMax;
+ Btree *pBt;
+
+ pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ newMax = 0;
+ if( pOp->p3 ){
+ newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
+ if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
}
- return p->azVar[i-1];
+ pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
+ break;
}
+#endif
-/*
-** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
-** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name,
-** return 0.
+
+/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: Start at P2
+**
+** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first
+** opcode.
+**
+** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
+** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
+** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql().
+**
+** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
- int i;
- if( p==0 ){
- return 0;
+case OP_Init: { /* jump */
+ char *zTrace;
+ char *z;
+
+ if( pOp->p2 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
- if( zName ){
- for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){
- const char *z = p->azVar[i];
- if( z && memcmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){
- return i+1;
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ if( db->xTrace
+ && !p->doingRerun
+ && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+ ){
+ z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
+ db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
+ zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
+ if( zTrace ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, i)==0 ) continue;
+ sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace);
}
}
- return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
- return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
- Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
- Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
- int i;
- assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
- assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
- for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
+ && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+ ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+ break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code
-** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
-**
-** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
-** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we
-** will not bother to check for that condition.
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
**
-** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
-** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
- Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
- Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
- if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){
- pTo->expired = 1;
- }
- if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){
- pFrom->expired = 1;
- }
- return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
+/*
+** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
+** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
+** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the
+** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
+*/
+default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
+ break;
}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+ }
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ {
+ u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime();
+ if( endTime>start ) pOp->cycles += endTime - start;
+ pOp->cnt++;
+ }
#endif
-/*
-** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
-** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
-** the statement in the first place.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
-}
+ /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+ ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging.
+ ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+ ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+ */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
+ if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc);
+ if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){
+ registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+ }
+ if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
+ registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+ } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+ /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
+ ** an error of some kind.
+ */
+vdbe_error_halt:
+ assert( rc );
+ p->rc = rc;
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
+ pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
+ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
+ }
+
+ /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to
+ ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
+ ** top. */
+vdbe_return:
+ db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+ testcase( nVmStep>0 );
+ p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+
+ /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+ ** is encountered.
+ */
+too_big:
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
+ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
-/*
-** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
-** database.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
-}
+ /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
+ */
+no_mem:
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
-** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first
-** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there
-** are no more.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
- }else{
- pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
+ /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable
+ ** should hold the error number.
+ */
+abort_due_to_error:
+ assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
- return pNext;
-}
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
-/*
-** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
- Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1];
- if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0;
- return v;
+ /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+ ** flag.
+ */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+ assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
+ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
}
-/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
+
+/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2009 November 25
+** 2007 May 1
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -62109,151 +75535,463 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
-** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
+** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of
-** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
-** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return
-** the total number of bytes in the text.
+** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
*/
-static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
- int tokenType;
- int nTotal = 0;
- int n;
+typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
+struct Incrblob {
+ int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
+ int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
+ int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
+ int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */
+ BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */
+};
- *pnToken = 0;
- while( zSql[0] ){
- n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
- assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
- if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
- *pnToken = n;
- break;
+
+/*
+** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
+** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
+** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
+** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
+** sqlite3DbFree().
+**
+** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
+ int rc; /* Error code */
+ char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
+
+ /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow.
+ ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid
+ ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
+ */
+ assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
+ v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
+
+ rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0];
+ u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol];
+ if( type<12 ){
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
+ type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+ p->pStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField];
+ p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
+ p->pCsr = pC->pCursor;
+ sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr);
}
- nTotal += n;
- zSql += n;
}
- return nTotal;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( p->pStmt ){
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+ p->pStmt = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+ *pzErr = zErr;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
-** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is 1, then the
-** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to
-** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is greater than 1,
-** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
-** to each line of text.
-**
-** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
-** is eventually freed.
-**
-** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
-** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within
-** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms,
-** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared
-** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host
-** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render
-** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
+** Open a blob handle.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
- Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
- const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+ sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */
+ const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */
+ const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */
+ const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */
+ sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */
+ int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
+ sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
){
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */
- int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */
- int n; /* Length of a token prefix */
- int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */
- StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */
- char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */
+ int nAttempt = 0;
+ int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
- db = p->db;
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
- db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
- out.db = db;
- if( db->vdbeExecCnt>1 ){
- while( *zRawSql ){
- const char *zStart = zRawSql;
- while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
+ /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
+ ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
+ ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
+ ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
+ ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
+ **
+ ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
+ ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
+ ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
+ ** blob_bytes() functions.
+ **
+ ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
+ ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
+ ** transaction.
+ */
+ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(4);
+ static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
+ /* {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, // 0: Inserted separately */
+ {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Acquire a read or write lock */
+ /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */
+ {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */
+ {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
+ {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */
+ {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 5: Seek the cursor */
+ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 6 */
+ {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 7 */
+ {OP_Goto, 0, 4, 0}, /* 8 */
+ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */
+ {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */
+ };
+
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char *zErr = 0;
+ Table *pTab;
+ Parse *pParse = 0;
+ Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
+
+ flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
+ *ppBlob = 0;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
+ if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
+ pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+ if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
+
+ do {
+ memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
+ pParse->db = db;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ zErr = 0;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
+ if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
}
- }else{
- while( zRawSql[0] ){
- n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
- assert( n>0 );
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
- zRawSql += n;
- assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
- if( nToken==0 ) break;
- if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
- if( nToken>1 ){
- assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
- sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
- }else{
- idx = nextIndex;
+ if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( !pTab ){
+ if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
+ pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+
+ /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
+ ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key.
+ ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
+ ** descriptions applies for writing. */
+ if( flags ){
+ const char *zFault = 0;
+ Index *pIdx;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+ /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
+ ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
+ ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this
+ ** case. */
+ FKey *pFKey;
+ for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){
+ if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
+ zFault = "foreign key";
+ }
+ }
}
- }else{
- assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' );
- testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
- testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
- testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
- idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
- assert( idx>0 );
}
- zRawSql += nToken;
- nextIndex = idx + 1;
- assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
- pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
- if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
- }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
- }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
- sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->r);
- }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- u8 enc = ENC(db);
- if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- Mem utf8;
- memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
- utf8.db = db;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8);
- sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", utf8.n, utf8.z);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
- }else
#endif
- {
- sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", pVar->n, pVar->z);
- }
- }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
- }else{
- assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
- for(i=0; i<pVar->n; i++){
- sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+ if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
+ zFault = "indexed";
+ }
}
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
}
+ if( zFault ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
+ assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pBlob->pStmt ){
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags,
+ pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
+ pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);
+
+ /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+
+ /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 1);
+#else
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->tnum);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, flags);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+#endif
+
+ /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
+ ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 3 - flags);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2 + flags, pTab->tnum);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2 + flags, iDb);
+
+ /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
+ ** think that the table has one more column than it really
+ ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
+ ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
+ ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
+ ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ pParse->nVar = 1;
+ pParse->nMem = 1;
+ pParse->nTab = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+ }
+ }
+
+ pBlob->flags = flags;
+ pBlob->iCol = iCol;
+ pBlob->db = db;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
+ rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
+ } while( (++nAttempt)<SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+
+blob_open_out:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+ *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
+ }else{
+ if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
+ }
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+ sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
+** sqlite3_blob_open().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ if( p ){
+ db = p->db;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+*/
+static int blobReadWrite(
+ sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
+ void *z,
+ int n,
+ int iOffset,
+ int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+){
+ int rc;
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ db = p->db;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
+
+ if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
+ /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR);
+ }else if( v==0 ){
+ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+ ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ }else{
+ /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
+ ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
+ */
+ assert( db == v->db );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+ rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+ p->pStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ db->errCode = rc;
+ v->rc = rc;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
+**
+** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
+** so no mutex is required for access.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
+** database table.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
+** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all
+** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close())
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
+ int rc;
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ db = p->db;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+ ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ }else{
+ char *zErr;
+ rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
}
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
}
- return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
+
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
+/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
+** 2011-07-09
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -62263,22756 +76001,24794 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** The code in this file implements execution method of the
-** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
-** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
-** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing
-** the VDBE program.
-**
-** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
-** to a VDBE.
-**
-** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
-** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are
-** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of
-** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode
-** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4
-** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
-** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
-**
-** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
-** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store
-** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
-** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one
-** type to the other occurs as necessary.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
-** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
-** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
-** a program instruction by instruction.
-**
-** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
-** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting
-** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments
-** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
-** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with
+** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys for CREATE INDEX statements
+** or by SELECT statements with ORDER BY clauses that cannot be satisfied
+** using indexes and without LIMIT clauses.
+**
+** The VdbeSorter object implements a multi-threaded external merge sort
+** algorithm that is efficient even if the number of elements being sorted
+** exceeds the available memory.
+**
+** Here is the (internal, non-API) interface between this module and the
+** rest of the SQLite system:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterInit() Create a new VdbeSorter object.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite() Add a single new row to the VdbeSorter
+** object. The row is a binary blob in the
+** OP_MakeRecord format that contains both
+** the ORDER BY key columns and result columns
+** in the case of a SELECT w/ ORDER BY, or
+** the complete record for an index entry
+** in the case of a CREATE INDEX.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() Sort all content previously added.
+** Position the read cursor on the
+** first sorted element.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext() Advance the read cursor to the next sorted
+** element.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey() Return the complete binary blob for the
+** row currently under the read cursor.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare() Compare the binary blob for the row
+** currently under the read cursor against
+** another binary blob X and report if
+** X is strictly less than the read cursor.
+** Used to enforce uniqueness in a
+** CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterClose() Close the VdbeSorter object and reclaim
+** all resources.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSorterReset() Refurbish the VdbeSorter for reuse. This
+** is like Close() followed by Init() only
+** much faster.
+**
+** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can
+** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind(). Next(), Rowkey(), and
+** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e.
+**
+** Init()
+** for each record: Write()
+** Rewind()
+** Rowkey()/Compare()
+** Next()
+** Close()
+**
+** Algorithm:
+**
+** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held
+** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds
+** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using
+** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required
+** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records
+** directly from main memory.
+**
+** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the
+** threshold, then the set of records currently in memory are sorted and
+** written to a temporary file in "Packed Memory Array" (PMA) format.
+** A PMA created at this point is known as a "level-0 PMA". Higher levels
+** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example
+** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA.
+**
+** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing
+** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the
+** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to
+** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by
+** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes.
+**
+** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated
+** are appended to a single temporary file. Or, if the sorter is running in
+** multi-threaded mode then up to (N+1) temporary files may be opened, where
+** N is the configured number of worker threads. In this case, instead of
+** sorting the records and writing the PMA to a temporary file itself, the
+** calling thread usually launches a worker thread to do so. Except, if
+** there are already N worker threads running, the main thread does the work
+** itself.
+**
+** The sorter is running in multi-threaded mode if (a) the library was built
+** with pre-processor symbol SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS set to a value greater
+** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling
+** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_WORKER_THREADS, ...).
+**
+** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a
+** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted
+** PMAs within temporary files on disk.
+**
+** If there are fewer than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total and the
+** sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then these PMAs are merged
+** incrementally as keys are retreived from the sorter by the VDBE. The
+** MergeEngine object, described in further detail below, performs this
+** merge.
+**
+** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is
+** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has
+** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread
+** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds
+** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on.
+**
+** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used
+** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA.
+**
+** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when
+** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used.
+** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on
+** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and
+** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
+** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality.
+**
+** If running in multi-threaded mode and there are more than
+** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on disk when Rewind() is called, then more
+** than one background thread may be created. Specifically, there may be
+** one background thread for each temporary file on disk, and one background
+** thread to merge the output of each of the others to a single PMA for
+** the main thread to read from.
*/
-/*
-** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
-** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are
-** not misused.
+/*
+** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various
+** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance
+** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(P,M)
-#else
-# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
+#if 0
+# define SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS 1
#endif
/*
-** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
-** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test
-** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
-** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+** Private objects used by the sorter
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
-#endif
+typedef struct MergeEngine MergeEngine; /* Merge PMAs together */
+typedef struct PmaReader PmaReader; /* Incrementally read one PMA */
+typedef struct PmaWriter PmaWriter; /* Incrementally write one PMA */
+typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; /* A record being sorted */
+typedef struct SortSubtask SortSubtask; /* A sub-task in the sort process */
+typedef struct SorterFile SorterFile; /* Temporary file object wrapper */
+typedef struct SorterList SorterList; /* In-memory list of records */
+typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger; /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */
/*
-** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
-** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
-** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
-**
-** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function
-** in an ordinary build.
+** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data
+** stored in the file.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
-#endif
+struct SorterFile {
+ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle */
+ i64 iEof; /* Bytes of data stored in pFd */
+};
/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
-** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that
-** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
+** An in-memory list of objects to be sorted.
+**
+** If aMemory==0 then each object is allocated separately and the objects
+** are connected using SorterRecord.u.pNext. If aMemory!=0 then all objects
+** are stored in the aMemory[] bulk memory, one right after the other, and
+** are connected using SorterRecord.u.iNext.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
-#endif
+struct SorterList {
+ SorterRecord *pList; /* Linked list of records */
+ u8 *aMemory; /* If non-NULL, bulk memory to hold pList */
+ int szPMA; /* Size of pList as PMA in bytes */
+};
/*
-** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
-** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures
-** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
-** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
-static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
- if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
- sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
- }
-}
-#endif
+** The MergeEngine object is used to combine two or more smaller PMAs into
+** one big PMA using a merge operation. Separate PMAs all need to be
+** combined into one big PMA in order to be able to step through the sorted
+** records in order.
+**
+** The aReadr[] array contains a PmaReader object for each of the PMAs being
+** merged. An aReadr[] object either points to a valid key or else is at EOF.
+** ("EOF" means "End Of File". When aReadr[] is at EOF there is no more data.)
+** For the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is
+** actually N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater
+** to or equal to the number of PMAs being merged. The extra aReadr[] elements
+** are treated as if they are empty (always at EOF).
+**
+** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in
+** the MergeEngine.nTree variable.
+**
+** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
+** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of
+** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
+** aTree element is set to the index of it.
+**
+** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
+** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
+** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
+**
+** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described
+** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders
+** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that
+** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
+**
+** Example:
+**
+** aReadr[0] -> Banana
+** aReadr[1] -> Feijoa
+** aReadr[2] -> Elderberry
+** aReadr[3] -> Currant
+** aReadr[4] -> Grapefruit
+** aReadr[5] -> Apple
+** aReadr[6] -> Durian
+** aReadr[7] -> EOF
+**
+** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by
+** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will
+** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
+** "Eggplant":
+**
+** aReadr[5] -> Eggplant
+**
+** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new PmaReader
+** 5 key to the current key of PmaReader 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The PmaReader
+** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree.
+** The value of PmaReader 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of PmaReader
+** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian),
+** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows:
+**
+** aTree[] = { X, 0 0, 6 0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N)
+** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments
+** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2).
+*/
+struct MergeEngine {
+ int nTree; /* Used size of aTree/aReadr (power of 2) */
+ SortSubtask *pTask; /* Used by this thread only */
+ int *aTree; /* Current state of incremental merge */
+ PmaReader *aReadr; /* Array of PmaReaders to merge data from */
+};
/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode
-** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
-** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
-#endif
+** This object represents a single thread of control in a sort operation.
+** Exactly VdbeSorter.nTask instances of this object are allocated
+** as part of each VdbeSorter object. Instances are never allocated any
+** other way. VdbeSorter.nTask is set to the number of worker threads allowed
+** (see SQLITE_CONFIG_WORKER_THREADS) plus one (the main thread). Thus for
+** single-threaded operation, there is exactly one instance of this object
+** and for multi-threaded operation there are two or more instances.
+**
+** Essentially, this structure contains all those fields of the VdbeSorter
+** structure for which each thread requires a separate instance. For example,
+** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in
+** as part of comparison operations.
+**
+** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then,
+** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for
+** two purposes:
+**
+** 1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to
+** attempt to select a SortSubtask for which there is not already an
+** active background thread (since doing so causes the main thread
+** to block until it finishes).
+**
+** 2. If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, to determine if a call
+** to sqlite3ThreadJoin() is likely to block. Cases that are likely to
+** block provoke debugging output.
+**
+** In both cases, the effects of the main thread seeing (bDone==0) even
+** after the thread has finished are not dire. So we don't worry about
+** memory barriers and such here.
+*/
+struct SortSubtask {
+ SQLiteThread *pThread; /* Background thread, if any */
+ int bDone; /* Set if thread is finished but not joined */
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter that owns this sub-task */
+ UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked; /* Space to unpack a record */
+ SorterList list; /* List for thread to write to a PMA */
+ int nPMA; /* Number of PMAs currently in file */
+ SorterFile file; /* Temp file for level-0 PMAs */
+ SorterFile file2; /* Space for other PMAs */
+};
/*
-** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
-** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P)
-#else
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
-#endif
+** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each
+** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
+**
+** mxKeysize:
+** As records are added to the sorter by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(),
+** this variable is updated so as to be set to the size on disk of the
+** largest record in the sorter.
+*/
+struct VdbeSorter {
+ int mnPmaSize; /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */
+ int mxPmaSize; /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes. 0==no limit */
+ int mxKeysize; /* Largest serialized key seen so far */
+ int pgsz; /* Main database page size */
+ PmaReader *pReader; /* Readr data from here after Rewind() */
+ MergeEngine *pMerger; /* Or here, if bUseThreads==0 */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* How to compare records */
+ UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked; /* Used by VdbeSorterCompare() */
+ SorterList list; /* List of in-memory records */
+ int iMemory; /* Offset of free space in list.aMemory */
+ int nMemory; /* Size of list.aMemory allocation in bytes */
+ u8 bUsePMA; /* True if one or more PMAs created */
+ u8 bUseThreads; /* True to use background threads */
+ u8 iPrev; /* Previous thread used to flush PMA */
+ u8 nTask; /* Size of aTask[] array */
+ SortSubtask aTask[1]; /* One or more subtasks */
+};
/*
-** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
-** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-#define Stringify(P, enc) \
- if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
- { goto no_mem; }
+** An instance of the following object is used to read records out of a
+** PMA, in sorted order. The next key to be read is cached in nKey/aKey.
+** aKey might point into aMap or into aBuffer. If neither of those locations
+** contain a contiguous representation of the key, then aAlloc is allocated
+** and the key is copied into aAlloc and aKey is made to poitn to aAlloc.
+**
+** pFd==0 at EOF.
+*/
+struct PmaReader {
+ i64 iReadOff; /* Current read offset */
+ i64 iEof; /* 1 byte past EOF for this PmaReader */
+ int nAlloc; /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */
+ int nKey; /* Number of bytes in key */
+ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle we are reading from */
+ u8 *aAlloc; /* Space for aKey if aBuffer and pMap wont work */
+ u8 *aKey; /* Pointer to current key */
+ u8 *aBuffer; /* Current read buffer */
+ int nBuffer; /* Size of read buffer in bytes */
+ u8 *aMap; /* Pointer to mapping of entire file */
+ IncrMerger *pIncr; /* Incremental merger */
+};
/*
-** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
-** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
-** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register
-** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
-** knowing it.
+** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored
+** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to
+** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through
+** multiple PMAs simultaneously.
+**
+** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and
+** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1).
+**
+** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0]
+** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in
+** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from
+** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the
+** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off
+** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of
+** sorted record data from pMerger.
+**
+** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the
+** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges
+** the contents of the aFile[0] and aFile[1] variables within this structure,
+** sets the PmaReader fields to read from the new aFile[0] and kicks off
+** another background thread to populate the new aFile[1]. And so on, until
+** the contents of pMerger are exhausted.
+**
+** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its
+** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning
+** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a
+** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single
+** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with
+** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out
+** of data.
+*/
+struct IncrMerger {
+ SortSubtask *pTask; /* Task that owns this merger */
+ MergeEngine *pMerger; /* Merge engine thread reads data from */
+ i64 iStartOff; /* Offset to start writing file at */
+ int mxSz; /* Maximum bytes of data to store */
+ int bEof; /* Set to true when merge is finished */
+ int bUseThread; /* True to use a bg thread for this object */
+ SorterFile aFile[2]; /* aFile[0] for reading, [1] for writing */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object is used for writing a PMA.
**
-** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
-** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it
-** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+** The PMA is written one record at a time. Each record is of an arbitrary
+** size. But I/O is more efficient if it occurs in page-sized blocks where
+** each block is aligned on a page boundary. This object caches writes to
+** the PMA so that aligned, page-size blocks are written.
*/
-#define Deephemeralize(P) \
- if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
- && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+struct PmaWriter {
+ int eFWErr; /* Non-zero if in an error state */
+ u8 *aBuffer; /* Pointer to write buffer */
+ int nBuffer; /* Size of write buffer in bytes */
+ int iBufStart; /* First byte of buffer to write */
+ int iBufEnd; /* Last byte of buffer to write */
+ i64 iWriteOff; /* Offset of start of buffer in file */
+ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle to write to */
+};
/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
+** This object is the header on a single record while that record is being
+** held in memory and prior to being written out as part of a PMA.
+**
+** How the linked list is connected depends on how memory is being managed
+** by this module. If using a separate allocation for each in-memory record
+** (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory==0), then the list is always connected using the
+** SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers.
+**
+** Or, if using the single large allocation method (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory!=0),
+** then while records are being accumulated the list is linked using the
+** SorterRecord.u.iNext offset. This is because the aMemory[] array may
+** be sqlite3Realloc()ed while records are being accumulated. Once the VM
+** has finished passing records to the sorter, or when the in-memory buffer
+** is full, the list is sorted. As part of the sorting process, it is
+** converted to use the SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers. See function
+** vdbeSorterSort() for details.
+*/
+struct SorterRecord {
+ int nVal; /* Size of the record in bytes */
+ union {
+ SorterRecord *pNext; /* Pointer to next record in list */
+ int iNext; /* Offset within aMemory of next record */
+ } u;
+ /* The data for the record immediately follows this header */
+};
+
+/* Return a pointer to the buffer containing the record data for SorterRecord
+** object p. Should be used as if:
+**
+** void *SRVAL(SorterRecord *p) { return (void*)&p[1]; }
*/
-#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+#define SRVAL(p) ((void*)((SorterRecord*)(p) + 1))
+
+/* The minimum PMA size is set to this value multiplied by the database
+** page size in bytes. */
+#define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10
+
+/* Maximum number of PMAs that a single MergeEngine can merge */
+#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger*);
+static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *);
/*
-** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
-** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
-** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*()
-** routines.
+** Free all memory belonging to the PmaReader object passed as the
+** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){
- int flags = pMem->flags;
- if( flags & MEM_Null ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- }else{
- pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
- }
+static void vdbePmaReaderClear(PmaReader *pReadr){
+ sqlite3_free(pReadr->aAlloc);
+ sqlite3_free(pReadr->aBuffer);
+ if( pReadr->aMap ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap);
+ vdbeIncrFree(pReadr->pIncr);
+ memset(pReadr, 0, sizeof(PmaReader));
}
/*
-** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL
-** if we run out of memory.
+** Read the next nByte bytes of data from the PMA p.
+** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data
+** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite
+** error code.
+**
+** The buffer returned in *ppOut is only valid until the
+** next call to this function.
*/
-static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
- Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */
- int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
- int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */
- int iDb, /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
- int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */
+static int vdbePmaReadBlob(
+ PmaReader *p, /* PmaReader from which to take the blob */
+ int nByte, /* Bytes of data to read */
+ u8 **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */
){
- /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
- ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
- ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
- ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
- **
- ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
- ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
- ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
- ** allocations.
- **
- ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
- ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
- ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
- **
- ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
- ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
- ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
- */
- Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
-
- int nByte;
- VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
- nByte =
- ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) +
- (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) +
- 2*nField*sizeof(u32);
+ int iBuf; /* Offset within buffer to read from */
+ int nAvail; /* Bytes of data available in buffer */
- assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
- if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
- p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+ if( p->aMap ){
+ *ppOut = &p->aMap[p->iReadOff];
+ p->iReadOff += nByte;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
- p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
- memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
- pCx->iDb = iDb;
- pCx->nField = nField;
- if( nField ){
- pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))];
+
+ assert( p->aBuffer );
+
+ /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next
+ ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
+ ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */
+ iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+ if( iBuf==0 ){
+ int nRead; /* Bytes to read from disk */
+ int rc; /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */
+
+ /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
+ if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){
+ nRead = p->nBuffer;
+ }else{
+ nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
}
- if( isBtreeCursor ){
- pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
- &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
- sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor);
+ assert( nRead>0 );
+
+ /* Readr data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFd, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf;
+
+ if( nByte<=nAvail ){
+ /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
+ ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a
+ ** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */
+ *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
+ p->iReadOff += nByte;
+ }else{
+ /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer.
+ ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested
+ ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller. */
+ int nRem; /* Bytes remaining to copy */
+
+ /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */
+ if( p->nAlloc<nByte ){
+ u8 *aNew;
+ int nNew = MAX(128, p->nAlloc*2);
+ while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2;
+ aNew = sqlite3Realloc(p->aAlloc, nNew);
+ if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ p->nAlloc = nNew;
+ p->aAlloc = aNew;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of
+ ** p->aAlloc[]. */
+ memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail);
+ p->iReadOff += nAvail;
+ nRem = nByte - nAvail;
+
+ /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into
+ ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer. */
+ while( nRem>0 ){
+ int rc; /* vdbePmaReadBlob() return code */
+ int nCopy; /* Number of bytes to copy */
+ u8 *aNext; /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */
+
+ nCopy = nRem;
+ if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer;
+ rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, nCopy, &aNext);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc );
+ memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy);
+ nRem -= nCopy;
}
+
+ *ppOut = p->aAlloc;
}
- return pCx;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
-** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string
-** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not
-** look like a number, leave it alone.
+** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to
+** the value read.
*/
-static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
- if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
- double rValue;
- i64 iValue;
- u8 enc = pRec->enc;
- if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
- if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
- if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
- pRec->u.i = iValue;
- pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+static int vdbePmaReadVarint(PmaReader *p, u64 *pnOut){
+ int iBuf;
+
+ if( p->aMap ){
+ p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aMap[p->iReadOff], pnOut);
+ }else{
+ iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+ if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){
+ p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut);
}else{
- pRec->r = rValue;
- pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
+ u8 aVarint[16], *a;
+ int i = 0, rc;
+ do{
+ rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, 1, &a);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0];
+ }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 );
+ sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut);
}
}
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
-** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
-** floating-point representation if an integer representation
-** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
-** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
-** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the
+** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted
+** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use
+** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL.
**
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-** Convert pRec to a text representation.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-** No-op. pRec is unchanged.
+** Or, if an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
+** *pp is undefined in this case.
*/
-static void applyAffinity(
- Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */
- char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */
- u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */
-){
- if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
- /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
- ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
- ** representation.
- */
- if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
- }
- pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
- }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
- || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
- applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
- if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
- sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pFile->iEof<=(i64)(pTask->pSorter->db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){
+ sqlite3_file *pFd = pFile->pFd;
+ if( pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)pFile->iEof, (void**)pp);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
}
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
-** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
-** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without
-** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
+** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
- if( pMem->type==SQLITE_TEXT ){
- applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pMem);
+static int vdbePmaReaderSeek(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */
+ PmaReader *pReadr, /* Reader whose cursor is to be moved */
+ SorterFile *pFile, /* Sorter file to read from */
+ i64 iOff /* Offset in pFile */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pReadr->pIncr==0 || pReadr->pIncr->bEof==0 );
+
+ if( sqlite3FaultSim(201) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ if( pReadr->aMap ){
+ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap);
+ pReadr->aMap = 0;
+ }
+ pReadr->iReadOff = iOff;
+ pReadr->iEof = pFile->iEof;
+ pReadr->pFd = pFile->pFd;
+
+ rc = vdbeSorterMapFile(pTask, pFile, &pReadr->aMap);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pReadr->aMap==0 ){
+ int pgsz = pTask->pSorter->pgsz;
+ int iBuf = pReadr->iReadOff % pgsz;
+ if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ){
+ pReadr->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
+ if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pReadr->nBuffer = pgsz;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBuf ){
+ int nRead = pgsz - iBuf;
+ if( (pReadr->iReadOff + nRead) > pReadr->iEof ){
+ nRead = (int)(pReadr->iEof - pReadr->iReadOff);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(
+ pReadr->pFd, &pReadr->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, pReadr->iReadOff
+ );
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
}
- return pMem->type;
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
-** not the internal Mem* type.
+** Advance PmaReader pReadr to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
- sqlite3_value *pVal,
- u8 affinity,
- u8 enc
-){
- applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+static int vdbePmaReaderNext(PmaReader *pReadr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ u64 nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */
+
+
+ if( pReadr->iReadOff>=pReadr->iEof ){
+ IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;
+ int bEof = 1;
+ if( pIncr ){
+ rc = vdbeIncrSwap(pIncr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bEof==0 ){
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(
+ pIncr->pTask, pReadr, &pIncr->aFile[0], pIncr->iStartOff
+ );
+ bEof = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( bEof ){
+ /* This is an EOF condition */
+ vdbePmaReaderClear(pReadr);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nRec);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pReadr->nKey = (int)nRec;
+ rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(pReadr, (int)nRec, &pReadr->aKey);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ return rc;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
-** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
+** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function
+** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the
+** PMA is empty).
+**
+** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file
+** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
- char *zCsr = zBuf;
- int f = pMem->flags;
+static int vdbePmaReaderInit(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */
+ SorterFile *pFile, /* Sorter file to read from */
+ i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */
+ PmaReader *pReadr, /* PmaReader to populate */
+ i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */
+){
+ int rc;
- static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+ assert( pFile->iEof>iStart );
+ assert( pReadr->aAlloc==0 && pReadr->nAlloc==0 );
+ assert( pReadr->aBuffer==0 );
+ assert( pReadr->aMap==0 );
- if( f&MEM_Blob ){
- int i;
- char c;
- if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
- c = 'z';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
- c = 't';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
- c = 'e';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
- }else{
- c = 's';
- }
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(pTask, pReadr, pFile, iStart);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u64 nByte; /* Size of PMA in bytes */
+ rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nByte);
+ pReadr->iEof = pReadr->iReadOff + nByte;
+ *pnByte += nByte;
+ }
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- }
- for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
- char z = pMem->z[i];
- if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
- else *zCsr++ = z;
- }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- if( f & MEM_Zero ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- }
- *zCsr = '\0';
- }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
- int j, k;
- zBuf[0] = ' ';
- if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
- zBuf[1] = 'z';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
- zBuf[1] = 't';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
- zBuf[1] = 'e';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
- }else{
- zBuf[1] = 's';
- }
- k = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
- k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
- zBuf[k++] = '[';
- for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
- u8 c = pMem->z[j];
- if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
- zBuf[k++] = c;
- }else{
- zBuf[k++] = '.';
- }
- }
- zBuf[k++] = ']';
- sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
- k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
- zBuf[k++] = 0;
+
+/*
+** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2,
+** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences
+** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison.
+**
+** Before returning, object (pTask->pUnpacked) is populated with the
+** unpacked version of key2. Or, if pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it
+** is assumed that the (pTask->pUnpacked) structure already contains the
+** unpacked key to use as key2.
+**
+** If an OOM error is encountered, (pTask->pUnpacked->error_rc) is set
+** to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterCompare(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
+ const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */
+ const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */
+){
+ UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
+ if( pKey2 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
}
+ return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2);
}
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
+**
+** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField)
+** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
+** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField
+** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField
+** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX
+** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in
+** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part
+** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never
+** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small
+** performance boost.
+**
+** The sorter can guarantee a stable sort when running in single-threaded
+** mode, but not in multi-threaded mode.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
- if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
- fprintf(out, " NULL");
- }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
- fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
- fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
- fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection (for malloc()) */
+ int nField, /* Number of key fields in each record */
+ VdbeCursor *pCsr /* Cursor that holds the new sorter */
+){
+ int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through aTask[] */
+ int mxCache; /* Cache size */
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Copy of pCsr->pKeyInfo with db==0 */
+ int szKeyInfo; /* Size of pCsr->pKeyInfo in bytes */
+ int sz; /* Size of pSorter in bytes */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0
+# define nWorker 0
+#else
+ int nWorker;
#endif
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
- fprintf(out, " (rowset)");
+
+ /* Initialize the upper limit on the number of worker threads */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+ nWorker = 0;
}else{
- char zBuf[200];
- sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
- fprintf(out, " ");
- fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
+ nWorker = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS];
}
-}
-static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
- fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
- memTracePrint(out, p);
- fprintf(out, "\n");
-}
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
-#else
-# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+ /* Do not allow the total number of threads (main thread + all workers)
+ ** to exceed the maximum merge count */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
+ if( nWorker>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+ nWorker = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT-1;
+ }
#endif
+ assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 );
+ szKeyInfo = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*);
+ sz = sizeof(VdbeSorter) + nWorker * sizeof(SortSubtask);
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ pSorter = (VdbeSorter*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sz + szKeyInfo);
+ pCsr->pSorter = pSorter;
+ if( pSorter==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz);
+ memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo);
+ pKeyInfo->db = 0;
+ if( nField && nWorker==0 ) pKeyInfo->nField = nField;
+ pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1;
+ pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1);
+ pSorter->db = db;
+ for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
+ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
+ pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
+ }
+
+ if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+ pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz;
+ mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size;
+ if( mxCache<SORTER_MIN_WORKING ) mxCache = SORTER_MIN_WORKING;
+ pSorter->mxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz;
+
+ /* If the application has not configure scratch memory using
+ ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH then we assume it is OK to do large memory
+ ** allocations. If scratch memory has been configured, then assume
+ ** large memory allocations should be avoided to prevent heap
+ ** fragmentation.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0 ){
+ assert( pSorter->iMemory==0 );
+ pSorter->nMemory = pgsz;
+ pSorter->list.aMemory = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
+ if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+#undef nWorker /* Defined at the top of this function */
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord.
*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
+static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){
+ SorterRecord *p;
+ SorterRecord *pNext;
+ for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->u.pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ }
+}
/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
+** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All
+** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning.
*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
- (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
- #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned int lo, hi;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
- return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTask->pUnpacked);
+ pTask->pUnpacked = 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ /* pTask->list.aMemory can only be non-zero if it was handed memory
+ ** from the main thread. That only occurs SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
+ if( pTask->list.aMemory ){
+ sqlite3_free(pTask->list.aMemory);
+ pTask->list.aMemory = 0;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 );
+ vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pTask->list.pList);
}
+ pTask->list.pList = 0;
+ if( pTask->file.pFd ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file.pFd);
+ pTask->file.pFd = 0;
+ pTask->file.iEof = 0;
+ }
+ if( pTask->file2.pFd ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file2.pFd);
+ pTask->file2.pFd = 0;
+ pTask->file2.iEof = 0;
+ }
+}
- #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
- __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- __asm {
- rdtsc
- ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
+static void vdbeSorterWorkDebug(SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent){
+ i64 t;
+ int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%lld:%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent);
+}
+static void vdbeSorterRewindDebug(const char *zEvent){
+ i64 t;
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), &t);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%lld:X %s\n", t, zEvent);
+}
+static void vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(
+ SortSubtask *pTask,
+ const char *zEvent
+){
+ i64 t;
+ int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%lld:bg%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent);
+}
+static void vdbeSorterBlockDebug(
+ SortSubtask *pTask,
+ int bBlocked,
+ const char *zEvent
+){
+ if( bBlocked ){
+ i64 t;
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%lld:main %s\n", t, zEvent);
}
+}
+#else
+# define vdbeSorterWorkDebug(x,y)
+# define vdbeSorterRewindDebug(y)
+# define vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(x,y)
+# define vdbeSorterBlockDebug(x,y,z)
+#endif
- #endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** Join thread pTask->thread.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterJoinThread(SortSubtask *pTask){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pTask->pThread ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
+ int bDone = pTask->bDone;
+#endif
+ void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(SQLITE_ERROR);
+ vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "enter");
+ (void)sqlite3ThreadJoin(pTask->pThread, &pRet);
+ vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "exit");
+ rc = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pRet);
+ assert( pTask->bDone==1 );
+ pTask->bDone = 0;
+ pTask->pThread = 0;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+/*
+** Launch a background thread to run xTask(pIn).
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterCreateThread(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Thread will use this task object */
+ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
+ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */
+){
+ assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 );
+ return sqlite3ThreadCreate(&pTask->pThread, xTask, pIn);
+}
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long val;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
- return val;
- }
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+/*
+** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create
+** level-0 PMAs.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){
+ int rc = rcin;
+ int i;
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long long retval;
- unsigned long junk;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
- 1: mftbu %1\n\
- mftb %L0\n\
- mftbu %0\n\
- cmpw %0,%1\n\
- bne 1b"
- : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
- return retval;
+ /* This function is always called by the main user thread.
+ **
+ ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called,
+ ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread
+ ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race
+ ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join
+ ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */
+ for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){
+ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
+ int rc2 = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
-
+ return rc;
+}
#else
+# define vdbeSorterJoinAll(x,rcin) (rcin)
+# define vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
- #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+/*
+** Allocate a new MergeEngine object capable of handling up to
+** nReader PmaReader inputs.
+**
+** nReader is automatically rounded up to the next power of two.
+** nReader may not exceed SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT even after rounding up.
+*/
+static MergeEngine *vdbeMergeEngineNew(int nReader){
+ int N = 2; /* Smallest power of two >= nReader */
+ int nByte; /* Total bytes of space to allocate */
+ MergeEngine *pNew; /* Pointer to allocated object to return */
- /*
- ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
- ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
- ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
- ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
- ** least compile and run.
- */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+ assert( nReader<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT );
-#endif
+ while( N<nReader ) N += N;
+ nByte = sizeof(MergeEngine) + N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(PmaReader));
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+ pNew = sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : (MergeEngine*)sqlite3MallocZero(nByte);
+ if( pNew ){
+ pNew->nTree = N;
+ pNew->pTask = 0;
+ pNew->aReadr = (PmaReader*)&pNew[1];
+ pNew->aTree = (int*)&pNew->aReadr[N];
+ }
+ return pNew;
+}
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
+/*
+** Free the MergeEngine object passed as the only argument.
+*/
+static void vdbeMergeEngineFree(MergeEngine *pMerger){
+ int i;
+ if( pMerger ){
+ for(i=0; i<pMerger->nTree; i++){
+ vdbePmaReaderClear(&pMerger->aReadr[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pMerger);
+}
+/*
+** Free all resources associated with the IncrMerger object indicated by
+** the first argument.
+*/
+static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+ if( pIncr ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
+ vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask);
+ if( pIncr->aFile[0].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[0].pFd);
+ if( pIncr->aFile[1].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[1].pFd);
+ }
#endif
+ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pIncr->pMerger);
+ sqlite3_free(pIncr);
+ }
+}
/*
-** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
-** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then
-** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
-**
-** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
-** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction,
-** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the
-** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state.
*/
-#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){
+ int i;
+ (void)vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, SQLITE_OK);
+ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->pReader==0 );
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( pSorter->pReader ){
+ vdbePmaReaderClear(pSorter->pReader);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pReader);
+ pSorter->pReader = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pSorter->pMerger);
+ pSorter->pMerger = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
+ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
+ vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(db, pTask);
+ }
+ if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ){
+ vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pSorter->list.pList);
+ }
+ pSorter->list.pList = 0;
+ pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
+ pSorter->bUsePMA = 0;
+ pSorter->iMemory = 0;
+ pSorter->mxKeysize = 0;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked);
+ pSorter->pUnpacked = 0;
+}
+/*
+** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+ if( pSorter ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter);
+ sqlite3_free(pSorter->list.aMemory);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
+ pCsr->pSorter = 0;
+ }
+}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/*
-** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
-** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
-** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
-** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
-**
-** Usage:
+** The first argument is a file-handle open on a temporary file. The file
+** is guaranteed to be nByte bytes or smaller in size. This function
+** attempts to extend the file to nByte bytes in size and to ensure that
+** the VFS has memory mapped it.
**
-** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+** Whether or not the file does end up memory mapped of course depends on
+** the specific VFS implementation.
*/
-static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
- int n = 0;
- Savepoint *p;
- for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
- assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
- return 1;
+static void vdbeSorterExtendFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file *pFd, i64 nByte){
+ if( nByte<=(i64)(db->nMaxSorterMmap) && pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+ int rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFd, nByte);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ void *p = 0;
+ sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)nByte, &p);
+ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd, 0, p);
+ }
+ }
}
+#else
+# define vdbeSorterExtendFile(x,y,z)
#endif
/*
-** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
-** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
-** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
+** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful,
+** set *ppFd to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, set *ppFd to 0 and return an SQLite error code.
*/
-static void importVtabErrMsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
- sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle doing sort */
+ i64 nExtend, /* Attempt to extend file to this size */
+ sqlite3_file **ppFd
+){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFd,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &rc
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ i64 max = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(*ppFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, (void*)&max);
+ if( nExtend>0 ){
+ vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, *ppFd, nExtend);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord
+** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or
+** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise.
+*/
+static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){
+ if( pTask->pUnpacked==0 ){
+ char *pFree;
+ pTask->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+ pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &pFree
+ );
+ assert( pTask->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord*)pFree );
+ if( pFree==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pTask->pUnpacked->nField = pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField;
+ pTask->pUnpacked->errCode = 0;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
-** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
-** and the error message pointer.
-**
-** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
-** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
-** SQLITE_ROW.
-**
-** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
-** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
-** return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
-** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
-** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
-** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
-** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
-** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list.
+** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
- Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
+static void vdbeSorterMerge(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Calling thread context */
+ SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */
+ SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */
+ SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */
){
- int pc=0; /* The program counter */
- Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */
- Op *pOp; /* Current operation */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */
- sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */
- u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
- u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- int checkProgress; /* True if progress callbacks are enabled */
- int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
-#endif
- Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */
- Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */
- Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */
- Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */
- Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */
- int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
- int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
- i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
- int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */
-#endif
- /********************************************************************
- ** Automatically generated code
- **
- ** The following union is automatically generated by the
- ** vdbe-compress.tcl script. The purpose of this union is to
- ** reduce the amount of stack space required by this function.
- ** See comments in the vdbe-compress.tcl script for details.
- */
- union vdbeExecUnion {
- struct OP_Yield_stack_vars {
- int pcDest;
- } aa;
- struct OP_Variable_stack_vars {
- Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */
- } ab;
- struct OP_Move_stack_vars {
- char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
- int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */
- int p1; /* Register to copy from */
- int p2; /* Register to copy to */
- } ac;
- struct OP_ResultRow_stack_vars {
- Mem *pMem;
- int i;
- } ad;
- struct OP_Concat_stack_vars {
- i64 nByte;
- } ae;
- struct OP_Remainder_stack_vars {
- int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
- i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */
- i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */
- double rA; /* Real value of left operand */
- double rB; /* Real value of right operand */
- } af;
- struct OP_Function_stack_vars {
- int i;
- Mem *pArg;
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- sqlite3_value **apVal;
- int n;
- } ag;
- struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars {
- i64 iA;
- u64 uA;
- i64 iB;
- u8 op;
- } ah;
- struct OP_Ge_stack_vars {
- int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
- char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */
- u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
- u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
- } ai;
- struct OP_Compare_stack_vars {
- int n;
- int i;
- int p1;
- int p2;
- const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int idx;
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
- int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
- } aj;
- struct OP_Or_stack_vars {
- int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
- int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
- } ak;
- struct OP_IfNot_stack_vars {
- int c;
- } al;
- struct OP_Column_stack_vars {
- u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */
- i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
- int p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */
- int p2; /* column number to retrieve */
- VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */
- char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */
- BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */
- u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
- u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
- int nField; /* number of fields in the record */
- int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */
- Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */
- Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */
- u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */
- u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
- u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */
- u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
- int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
- int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */
- Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */
- } am;
- struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
- const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */
- char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */
- } an;
- struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars {
- u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
- Mem *pRec; /* The new record */
- u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */
- int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */
- i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */
- int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
- int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */
- u32 serial_type; /* Type field */
- Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */
- Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */
- int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */
- char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */
- int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */
- int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
- int len; /* Length of a field */
- } ao;
- struct OP_Count_stack_vars {
- i64 nEntry;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- } ap;
- struct OP_Savepoint_stack_vars {
- int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */
- char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */
- int nName;
- Savepoint *pNew;
- Savepoint *pSavepoint;
- Savepoint *pTmp;
- int iSavepoint;
- int ii;
- } aq;
- struct OP_AutoCommit_stack_vars {
- int desiredAutoCommit;
- int iRollback;
- int turnOnAC;
- } ar;
- struct OP_Transaction_stack_vars {
- Btree *pBt;
- } as;
- struct OP_ReadCookie_stack_vars {
- int iMeta;
- int iDb;
- int iCookie;
- } at;
- struct OP_SetCookie_stack_vars {
- Db *pDb;
- } au;
- struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars {
- int iMeta;
- int iGen;
- Btree *pBt;
- } av;
- struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars {
- int nField;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int p2;
- int iDb;
- int wrFlag;
- Btree *pX;
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
- Db *pDb;
- } aw;
- struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pCx;
- } ax;
- struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pCx;
- } ay;
- struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars {
- int res;
- int oc;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- int nField;
- i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */
- } az;
- struct OP_Seek_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- } ba;
- struct OP_Found_stack_vars {
- int alreadyExists;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
- } bb;
- struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars {
- u16 ii;
- VdbeCursor *pCx;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- u16 nField;
- Mem *aMx;
- UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */
- i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
- } bc;
- struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
- u64 iKey;
- } bd;
- struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars {
- i64 v; /* The new rowid */
- VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
- int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
- int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
- Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */
- } be;
- struct OP_InsertInt_stack_vars {
- Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
- Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */
- i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
- VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
- int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
- int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
- const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */
- const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
- int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
- } bf;
- struct OP_Delete_stack_vars {
- i64 iKey;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- } bg;
- struct OP_RowData_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- u32 n;
- i64 n64;
- } bh;
- struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- i64 v;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- } bi;
- struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- } bj;
- struct OP_Last_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
- } bk;
- struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
- } bl;
- struct OP_Next_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
- } bm;
- struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int nKey;
- const char *zKey;
- } bn;
- struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- } bo;
- struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars {
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- i64 rowid;
- } bp;
- struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- } bq;
- struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars {
- int iMoved;
- int iCnt;
- Vdbe *pVdbe;
- int iDb;
- } br;
- struct OP_Clear_stack_vars {
- int nChange;
- } bs;
- struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars {
- int pgno;
- int flags;
- Db *pDb;
- } bt;
- struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars {
- int iDb;
- const char *zMaster;
- char *zSql;
- InitData initData;
- } bu;
- struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars {
- int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */
- int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
- int j; /* Loop counter */
- int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */
- char *z; /* Text of the error report */
- Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
- } bv;
- struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars {
- i64 val;
- } bw;
- struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars {
- int iSet;
- int exists;
- } bx;
- struct OP_Program_stack_vars {
- int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
- int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
- Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */
- Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
- Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
- SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */
- void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */
- } by;
- struct OP_Param_stack_vars {
- VdbeFrame *pFrame;
- Mem *pIn;
- } bz;
- struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars {
- Mem *pIn1;
- VdbeFrame *pFrame;
- } ca;
- struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars {
- int n;
- int i;
- Mem *pMem;
- Mem *pRec;
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- sqlite3_value **apVal;
- } cb;
- struct OP_AggFinal_stack_vars {
- Mem *pMem;
- } cc;
- struct OP_Checkpoint_stack_vars {
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int aRes[3]; /* Results */
- Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */
- } cd;
- struct OP_JournalMode_stack_vars {
- Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */
- Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */
- int eNew; /* New journal mode */
- int eOld; /* The old journal mode */
- const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */
- } ce;
- struct OP_IncrVacuum_stack_vars {
- Btree *pBt;
- } cf;
- struct OP_VBegin_stack_vars {
- VTable *pVTab;
- } cg;
- struct OP_VOpen_stack_vars {
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- sqlite3_module *pModule;
- } ch;
- struct OP_VFilter_stack_vars {
- int nArg;
- int iQuery;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- Mem *pQuery;
- Mem *pArgc;
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
- int res;
- int i;
- Mem **apArg;
- } ci;
- struct OP_VColumn_stack_vars {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- Mem *pDest;
- sqlite3_context sContext;
- } cj;
- struct OP_VNext_stack_vars {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- int res;
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
- } ck;
- struct OP_VRename_stack_vars {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- Mem *pName;
- } cl;
- struct OP_VUpdate_stack_vars {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- sqlite3_module *pModule;
- int nArg;
- int i;
- sqlite_int64 rowid;
- Mem **apArg;
- Mem *pX;
- } cm;
- struct OP_Trace_stack_vars {
- char *zTrace;
- char *z;
- } cn;
- } u;
- /* End automatically generated code
- ********************************************************************/
+ SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
+ SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
+ void *pVal2 = p2 ? SRVAL(p2) : 0;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
- sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
- ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
- goto no_mem;
- }
- assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( p->explain==0 );
- p->pResultSet = 0;
- db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- checkProgress = db->xProgress!=0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( p->pc==0 && (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0 ){
- int i;
- printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
- sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
+ while( p1 && p2 ){
+ int res;
+ res = vdbeSorterCompare(pTask, SRVAL(p1), p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal);
+ if( res<=0 ){
+ *pp = p1;
+ pp = &p1->u.pNext;
+ p1 = p1->u.pNext;
+ pVal2 = 0;
+ }else{
+ *pp = p2;
+ pp = &p2->u.pNext;
+ p2 = p2->u.pNext;
+ if( p2==0 ) break;
+ pVal2 = SRVAL(p2);
}
}
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-#endif
- for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
- assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- origPc = pc;
- start = sqlite3Hwtime();
-#endif
- pOp = &aOp[pc];
+ *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2;
+ *ppOut = pFinal;
+}
- /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( p->trace ){
- if( pc==0 ){
- printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
- sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
- }
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
- }
-#endif
-
+/*
+** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if
+** an error occurs.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
+ int i;
+ SorterRecord **aSlot;
+ SorterRecord *p;
+ int rc;
- /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens
- ** if we have a special test build.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
- sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
- if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
- sqlite3_interrupt(db);
- }
- }
-#endif
+ rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pTask);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
- ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
- ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
- ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
- ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
- */
- if( checkProgress ){
- if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
- int prc;
- prc = db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
- if( prc!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
- }
- nProgressOps = 0;
- }
- nProgressOps++;
- }
-#endif
+ aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
+ if( !aSlot ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
- /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelase" tag, free any
- ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
- ** an undefined integer. Opcodes will either fill in the integer
- ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
- */
- assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
- if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ p = pList->pList;
+ while( p ){
+ SorterRecord *pNext;
+ if( pList->aMemory ){
+ if( (u8*)p==pList->aMemory ){
+ pNext = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( p->u.iNext<sqlite3MallocSize(pList->aMemory) );
+ pNext = (SorterRecord*)&pList->aMemory[p->u.iNext];
+ }
+ }else{
+ pNext = p->u.pNext;
}
- /* Sanity checking on other operands */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
+ p->u.pNext = 0;
+ for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){
+ vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i], &p);
+ aSlot[i] = 0;
}
- if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
- }
- if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
- }
- if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
- }
- if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
- }
-#endif
-
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ aSlot[i] = p;
+ p = pNext;
+ }
-/*****************************************************************************
-** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
-** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual
-** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But
-** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within
-** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
-** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
-** we transition back to normal indentation.
-**
-** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite
-** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
-** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files
-** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
-** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
-** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the
-** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
-** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
-**
-** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
-** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
-** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See
-** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
-**
-** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
-** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent
-** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
-** file.
-**
-** SUMMARY:
-**
-** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
-** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
-**
-*****************************************************************************/
+ p = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<64; i++){
+ vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i], &p);
+ }
+ pList->pList = p;
-/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * *
-**
-** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be
-** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
-** the program.
-*/
-case OP_Goto: { /* jump */
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
+ sqlite3_free(aSlot);
+ assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK
+ || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM
+ );
+ return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
}
-/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current address onto register P1
-** and then jump to address P2.
+/*
+** Initialize a PMA-writer object.
*/
-case OP_Gosub: { /* jump, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
- memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
- pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
- pIn1->u.i = pc;
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
+static void vdbePmaWriterInit(
+ sqlite3_file *pFd, /* File handle to write to */
+ PmaWriter *p, /* Object to populate */
+ int nBuf, /* Buffer size */
+ i64 iStart /* Offset of pFd to begin writing at */
+){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
+ p->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(nBuf);
+ if( !p->aBuffer ){
+ p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf);
+ p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart;
+ p->nBuffer = nBuf;
+ p->pFd = pFd;
+ }
}
-/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * *
-**
-** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
+/*
+** Write nData bytes of data to the PMA. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
-case OP_Return: { /* in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
- pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
- break;
+static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){
+ int nRem = nData;
+ while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){
+ int nCopy = nRem;
+ if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){
+ nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd;
+ }
+
+ memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
+ p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
+ if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
+ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
+ &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
+ p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+ );
+ p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
+ p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer;
+ }
+ assert( p->iBufEnd<p->nBuffer );
+
+ nRem -= nCopy;
+ }
}
-/* Opcode: Yield P1 * * * *
+/*
+** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object.
+** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not
+** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
**
-** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
+** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
+** last byte written to the file.
*/
-case OP_Yield: { /* in1 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aa */
- int pcDest;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.aa */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
- pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
- u.aa.pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
- pIn1->u.i = pc;
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- pc = u.aa.pcDest;
- break;
+static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
+ int rc;
+ if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
+ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
+ &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
+ p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+ );
+ }
+ *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd);
+ sqlite3_free(p->aBuffer);
+ rc = p->eFWErr;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using
-** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the
-** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
+/*
+** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
-case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
- /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
+static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){
+ int nByte;
+ u8 aByte[10];
+ nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
+ vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte);
}
-/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed
-** automatically.
+/*
+** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0
+** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
**
-** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
-** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
-** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
-** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback
-** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort,
-** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
+** The format of a PMA is:
**
-** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
+** in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
**
-** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
-** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program
-** is the same as executing Halt.
+** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys.
+** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the
+** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
*/
-case OP_Halt: {
- if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
- /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
- p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
- p->nFrame--;
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
- pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
- lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
- if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
- /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program
- ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
- ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
- ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
- ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */
- pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
- }
- aOp = p->aOp;
- aMem = p->aMem;
- break;
+static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
+ sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ PmaWriter writer; /* Object used to write to the file */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA.
+ ** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function. */
+ i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof;
+#endif
+
+ vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "enter");
+ memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
+ assert( pList->szPMA>0 );
+
+ /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */
+ if( pTask->file.pFd==0 ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, 0, &pTask->file.pFd);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.pFd );
+ assert( pTask->file.iEof==0 );
+ assert( pTask->nPMA==0 );
}
- p->rc = pOp->p1;
- p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
- p->pc = pc;
- if( pOp->p4.z ){
- assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
- testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pc, p->zSql, pOp->p4.z);
- }else if( p->rc ){
- testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "constraint failed at %d in [%s]", pc, p->zSql);
+ /* Try to get the file to memory map */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, pTask->file.pFd, pTask->file.iEof+pList->szPMA+9);
}
- rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 );
- rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+
+ /* Sort the list */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterSort(pTask, pList);
}
- goto vdbe_return;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ SorterRecord *p;
+ SorterRecord *pNext = 0;
+
+ vdbePmaWriterInit(pTask->file.pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz,
+ pTask->file.iEof);
+ pTask->nPMA++;
+ vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, pList->szPMA);
+ for(p=pList->pList; p; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->u.pNext;
+ vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal);
+ vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, SRVAL(p), p->nVal);
+ if( pList->aMemory==0 ) sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+ pList->pList = p;
+ rc = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pTask->file.iEof);
+ }
+
+ vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "exit");
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pList->pList==0 );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.iEof==iSz );
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Advance the MergeEngine to its next entry.
+** Set *pbEof to true there is no next entry because
+** the MergeEngine has reached the end of all its inputs.
**
-** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an error code if an error occurs.
*/
-case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */
- pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
- break;
+static int vdbeMergeEngineStep(
+ MergeEngine *pMerger, /* The merge engine to advance to the next row */
+ int *pbEof /* Set TRUE at EOF. Set false for more content */
+){
+ int rc;
+ int iPrev = pMerger->aTree[1];/* Index of PmaReader to advance */
+ SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask;
+
+ /* Advance the current PmaReader */
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[iPrev]);
+
+ /* Update contents of aTree[] */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
+ PmaReader *pReadr1; /* First PmaReader to compare */
+ PmaReader *pReadr2; /* Second PmaReader to compare */
+ u8 *pKey2; /* To pReadr2->aKey, or 0 if record cached */
+
+ /* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just
+ ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array. */
+ pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)];
+ pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev | 0x0001)];
+ pKey2 = pReadr2->aKey;
+
+ for(i=(pMerger->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){
+ /* Compare pReadr1 and pReadr2. Store the result in variable iRes. */
+ int iRes;
+ if( pReadr1->pFd==0 ){
+ iRes = +1;
+ }else if( pReadr2->pFd==0 ){
+ iRes = -1;
+ }else{
+ iRes = vdbeSorterCompare(pTask,
+ pReadr1->aKey, pReadr1->nKey, pKey2, pReadr2->nKey
+ );
+ }
+
+ /* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
+ ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this
+ ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set
+ ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2.
+ **
+ ** Alternatively, if pReadr2 contains the smaller of the two values,
+ ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pReadr1. If vdbeSorterCompare()
+ ** was actually called above, then pTask->pUnpacked now contains
+ ** a value equivalent to pReadr2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent
+ ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pReadr2 again.
+ **
+ ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest
+ ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array
+ ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values
+ ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1<pReadr2). */
+ if( iRes<0 || (iRes==0 && pReadr1<pReadr2) ){
+ pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr1 - pMerger->aReadr);
+ pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
+ pKey2 = pReadr2->aKey;
+ }else{
+ if( pReadr1->pFd ) pKey2 = 0;
+ pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr2 - pMerger->aReadr);
+ pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
+ }
+ }
+ *pbEof = (pMerger->aReadr[pMerger->aTree[1]].pFd==0);
+ }
+
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? pTask->pUnpacked->errCode : rc);
}
-/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** The main routine for background threads that write level-0 PMAs.
*/
-case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
- pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
- break;
+static void *vdbeSorterFlushThread(void *pCtx){
+ SortSubtask *pTask = (SortSubtask*)pCtx;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ assert( pTask->bDone==0 );
+ rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(pTask, &pTask->list);
+ pTask->bDone = 1;
+ return SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(rc);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
+/*
+** Flush the current contents of VdbeSorter.list to a new PMA, possibly
+** using a background thread.
*/
-case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
- pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
- assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
- pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
- break;
+static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0
+ pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
+ return vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list);
+#else
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int i;
+ SortSubtask *pTask = 0; /* Thread context used to create new PMA */
+ int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1);
+
+ /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written.
+ ** Or will be, anyhow. */
+ pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
+
+ /* Select a sub-task to sort and flush the current list of in-memory
+ ** records to disk. If the sorter is running in multi-threaded mode,
+ ** round-robin between the first (pSorter->nTask-1) tasks. Except, if
+ ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running,
+ ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy,
+ ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1)
+ ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final
+ ** sub-task uses the main thread. */
+ for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){
+ int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker;
+ pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTest];
+ if( pTask->bDone ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->pThread==0 ) break;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( i==nWorker ){
+ /* Use the foreground thread for this operation */
+ rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[nWorker], &pSorter->list);
+ }else{
+ /* Launch a background thread for this operation */
+ u8 *aMem = pTask->list.aMemory;
+ void *pCtx = (void*)pTask;
+
+ assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 );
+ assert( pTask->list.pList==0 );
+ assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 || pSorter->list.aMemory!=0 );
+
+ pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(pTask - pSorter->aTask);
+ pTask->list = pSorter->list;
+ pSorter->list.pList = 0;
+ pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
+ if( aMem ){
+ pSorter->list.aMemory = aMem;
+ pSorter->nMemory = sqlite3MallocSize(aMem);
+ }else if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
+ pSorter->list.aMemory = sqlite3Malloc(pSorter->nMemory);
+ if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pTask, vdbeSorterFlushThread, pCtx);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS!=0 */
}
-#endif
-/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
-** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
+/*
+** Add a record to the sorter.
*/
-case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
- pOp->opcode = OP_String;
- pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(
+ const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */
+ Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */
+){
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
- assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
- assert( pOut->flags & MEM_Dyn );
- pOut->zMalloc = 0;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
- pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
+ int bFlush; /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */
+ int nReq; /* Bytes of memory required */
+ int nPMA; /* Bytes of PMA space required */
+
+ assert( pSorter );
+
+ /* Figure out whether or not the current contents of memory should be
+ ** flushed to a PMA before continuing. If so, do so.
+ **
+ ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then
+ ** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is
+ ** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory.
+ **
+ ** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents
+ ** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true:
+ **
+ ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
+ ** than (page-size * cache-size), or
+ **
+ ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
+ ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
+ */
+ nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord);
+ nPMA = pVal->n + sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n);
+ if( pSorter->mxPmaSize ){
+ if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
+ bFlush = pSorter->iMemory && (pSorter->iMemory+nReq) > pSorter->mxPmaSize;
+ }else{
+ bFlush = (
+ (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mxPmaSize)
+ || (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull())
+ );
+ }
+ if( bFlush ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter);
+ pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
+ pSorter->iMemory = 0;
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->list.pList==0 );
}
- pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
- pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
- pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
}
-#endif
- if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
+
+ pSorter->list.szPMA += nPMA;
+ if( nPMA>pSorter->mxKeysize ){
+ pSorter->mxKeysize = nPMA;
}
- /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+
+ if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
+ int nMin = pSorter->iMemory + nReq;
+
+ if( nMin>pSorter->nMemory ){
+ u8 *aNew;
+ int nNew = pSorter->nMemory * 2;
+ while( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nNew*2;
+ if( nNew > pSorter->mxPmaSize ) nNew = pSorter->mxPmaSize;
+ if( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nMin;
+
+ aNew = sqlite3Realloc(pSorter->list.aMemory, nNew);
+ if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pSorter->list.pList = (SorterRecord*)(
+ aNew + ((u8*)pSorter->list.pList - pSorter->list.aMemory)
+ );
+ pSorter->list.aMemory = aNew;
+ pSorter->nMemory = nNew;
+ }
+
+ pNew = (SorterRecord*)&pSorter->list.aMemory[pSorter->iMemory];
+ pSorter->iMemory += ROUND8(nReq);
+ pNew->u.iNext = (int)((u8*)(pSorter->list.pList) - pSorter->list.aMemory);
+ }else{
+ pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3Malloc(nReq);
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pNew->u.pNext = pSorter->list.pList;
+ }
+
+ memcpy(SRVAL(pNew), pVal->z, pVal->n);
+ pNew->nVal = pVal->n;
+ pSorter->list.pList = pNew;
+
+ return rc;
}
-
-/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
+
+/*
+** Read keys from pIncr->pMerger and populate pIncr->aFile[1]. The format
+** of the data stored in aFile[1] is the same as that used by regular PMAs,
+** except that the number-of-bytes varint is omitted from the start.
*/
-case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
- pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
- pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
- pOut->n = pOp->p1;
- pOut->enc = encoding;
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
+static int vdbeIncrPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int rc2;
+ i64 iStart = pIncr->iStartOff;
+ SorterFile *pOut = &pIncr->aFile[1];
+ SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask;
+ MergeEngine *pMerger = pIncr->pMerger;
+ PmaWriter writer;
+ assert( pIncr->bEof==0 );
+
+ vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "enter");
+
+ vdbePmaWriterInit(pOut->pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz, iStart);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int dummy;
+ PmaReader *pReader = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[1] ];
+ int nKey = pReader->nKey;
+ i64 iEof = writer.iWriteOff + writer.iBufEnd;
+
+ /* Check if the output file is full or if the input has been exhausted.
+ ** In either case exit the loop. */
+ if( pReader->pFd==0 ) break;
+ if( (iEof + nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(nKey))>(iStart + pIncr->mxSz) ) break;
+
+ /* Write the next key to the output. */
+ vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, nKey);
+ vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, pReader->aKey, nKey);
+ assert( pIncr->pMerger->pTask==pTask );
+ rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pIncr->pMerger, &dummy);
+ }
+
+ rc2 = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pOut->iEof);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+ vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "exit");
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
-**
-** Write a NULL into register P2.
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** The main routine for background threads that populate aFile[1] of
+** multi-threaded IncrMerger objects.
*/
-case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */
- pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
- break;
+static void *vdbeIncrPopulateThread(void *pCtx){
+ IncrMerger *pIncr = (IncrMerger*)pCtx;
+ void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR( vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr) );
+ pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
+ return pRet;
}
-
-/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
-**
-** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this
-** blob in register P2.
+/*
+** Launch a background thread to populate aFile[1] of pIncr.
*/
-case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
- pOut->enc = encoding;
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
+static int vdbeIncrBgPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+ void *p = (void*)pIncr;
+ assert( pIncr->bUseThread );
+ return vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbeIncrPopulateThread, p);
}
+#endif
-/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
+/*
+** This function is called when the PmaReader corresponding to pIncr has
+** finished reading the contents of aFile[0]. Its purpose is to "refill"
+** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the
+** beginning.
**
-** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
+** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading
+** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0].
**
-** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1.
-** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
+** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the
+** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap
+** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not
+** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread
+** to populate the new aFile[1].
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ab */
- Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ab */
+static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
- assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
- u.ab.pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ab.pVar) ){
- goto too_big;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ SorterFile f0 = pIncr->aFile[0];
+ pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1];
+ pIncr->aFile[1] = f0;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){
+ pIncr->bEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ rc = vdbeIncrBgPopulate(pIncr);
+ }
+ }
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr);
+ pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1];
+ if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){
+ pIncr->bEof = 1;
+ }
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ab.pVar, MEM_Static);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
+
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Allocate and return a new IncrMerger object to read data from pMerger.
**
-** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
-** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are
-** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges
-** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.
+** If an OOM condition is encountered, return NULL. In this case free the
+** pMerger argument before returning.
*/
-case OP_Move: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ac */
- char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
- int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */
- int p1; /* Register to copy from */
- int p2; /* Register to copy to */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ac */
-
- u.ac.n = pOp->p3;
- u.ac.p1 = pOp->p1;
- u.ac.p2 = pOp->p2;
- assert( u.ac.n>0 && u.ac.p1>0 && u.ac.p2>0 );
- assert( u.ac.p1+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p2 || u.ac.p2+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p1 );
-
- pIn1 = &aMem[u.ac.p1];
- pOut = &aMem[u.ac.p2];
- while( u.ac.n-- ){
- assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
- assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
- assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
- memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
- u.ac.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
- pOut->zMalloc = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
- pIn1->zMalloc = u.ac.zMalloc;
- REGISTER_TRACE(u.ac.p2++, pOut);
- pIn1++;
- pOut++;
+static int vdbeIncrMergerNew(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* The thread that will be using the new IncrMerger */
+ MergeEngine *pMerger, /* The MergeEngine that the IncrMerger will control */
+ IncrMerger **ppOut /* Write the new IncrMerger here */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ IncrMerger *pIncr = *ppOut = (IncrMerger*)
+ (sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(*pIncr)));
+ if( pIncr ){
+ pIncr->pMerger = pMerger;
+ pIncr->pTask = pTask;
+ pIncr->mxSz = MAX(pTask->pSorter->mxKeysize+9,pTask->pSorter->mxPmaSize/2);
+ pTask->file2.iEof += pIncr->mxSz;
+ }else{
+ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMerger);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
-**
-** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate
-** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy.
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** Set the "use-threads" flag on object pIncr.
*/
-case OP_Copy: { /* in1, out2 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
- Deephemeralize(pOut);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
- break;
+static void vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(IncrMerger *pIncr){
+ pIncr->bUseThread = 1;
+ pIncr->pTask->file2.iEof -= pIncr->mxSz;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
-/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
-**
-** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value
-** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
-** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
-** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
-** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
-** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete
-** copy.
-*/
-case OP_SCopy: { /* in1, out2 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
-#endif
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
-** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
-** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
-** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
-** row.
+
+/*
+** Recompute pMerger->aTree[iOut] by comparing the next keys on the
+** two PmaReaders that feed that entry. Neither of the PmaReaders
+** are advanced. This routine merely does the comparison.
*/
-case OP_ResultRow: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ad */
- Mem *pMem;
- int i;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ad */
- assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem+1 );
+static void vdbeMergeEngineCompare(
+ MergeEngine *pMerger, /* Merge engine containing PmaReaders to compare */
+ int iOut /* Store the result in pMerger->aTree[iOut] */
+){
+ int i1;
+ int i2;
+ int iRes;
+ PmaReader *p1;
+ PmaReader *p2;
- /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
- ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
- ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
- assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
- assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
- break;
- }
+ assert( iOut<pMerger->nTree && iOut>0 );
- /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
- ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
- ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
- ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
- **
- ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
- ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
- ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
- ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
- ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
- ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
- **
- ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence
- ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
- */
- assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
- if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
- break;
+ if( iOut>=(pMerger->nTree/2) ){
+ i1 = (iOut - pMerger->nTree/2) * 2;
+ i2 = i1 + 1;
+ }else{
+ i1 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2];
+ i2 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2+1];
}
- /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
- p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
+ p1 = &pMerger->aReadr[i1];
+ p2 = &pMerger->aReadr[i2];
- /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
- ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as
- ** as side effect.
- */
- u.ad.pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- for(u.ad.i=0; u.ad.i<pOp->p2; u.ad.i++){
- assert( memIsValid(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]) );
- Deephemeralize(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
- assert( (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
- || (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+u.ad.i, &u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
+ if( p1->pFd==0 ){
+ iRes = i2;
+ }else if( p2->pFd==0 ){
+ iRes = i1;
+ }else{
+ int res;
+ assert( pMerger->pTask->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* from vdbeSortSubtaskMain() */
+ res = vdbeSorterCompare(
+ pMerger->pTask, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey
+ );
+ if( res<=0 ){
+ iRes = i1;
+ }else{
+ iRes = i2;
+ }
}
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
- /* Return SQLITE_ROW
- */
- p->pc = pc + 1;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
- goto vdbe_return;
+ pMerger->aTree[iOut] = iRes;
}
-/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Allowed values for the eMode parameter to vdbeMergeEngineInit()
+** and vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit().
**
-** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
-** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
-** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
+** Only INCRINIT_NORMAL is valid in single-threaded builds (when
+** SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0). The other values are only used
+** when there exists one or more separate worker threads.
+*/
+#define INCRINIT_NORMAL 0
+#define INCRINIT_TASK 1
+#define INCRINIT_ROOT 2
+
+/* Forward reference.
+** The vdbeIncrMergeInit() and vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() routines call each
+** other (when building a merge tree).
+*/
+static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode);
+
+/*
+** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this
+** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the
+** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion.
**
-** P3 = P2 || P1
+** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge
+** objects attached to the PmaReader objects that the merger reads from have
+** already been populated, but that they have not yet populated aFile[0] and
+** set the PmaReader objects up to read from it. In this case all that is
+** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at
+** its first key.
**
-** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
-** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
-** to avoid a memcpy().
+** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use
+** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data
+** to pMerger.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ae */
- i64 nByte;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ae */
-
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- assert( pIn1!=pOut );
- if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
- break;
- }
- if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
- Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
- Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
- u.ae.nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
- if( u.ae.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ae.nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
- goto no_mem;
+static int vdbeMergeEngineInit(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Thread that will run pMerger */
+ MergeEngine *pMerger, /* MergeEngine to initialize */
+ int eMode /* One of the INCRINIT_XXX constants */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int i; /* For looping over PmaReader objects */
+ int nTree = pMerger->nTree;
+
+ /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */
+ assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL );
+
+ /* Verify that the MergeEngine is assigned to a single thread */
+ assert( pMerger->pTask==0 );
+ pMerger->pTask = pTask;
+
+ for(i=0; i<nTree; i++){
+ if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT ){
+ /* PmaReaders should be normally initialized in order, as if they are
+ ** reading from the same temp file this makes for more linear file IO.
+ ** However, in the INCRINIT_ROOT case, if PmaReader aReadr[nTask-1] is
+ ** in use it will block the vdbePmaReaderNext() call while it uses
+ ** the main thread to fill its buffer. So calling PmaReaderNext()
+ ** on this PmaReader before any of the multi-threaded PmaReaders takes
+ ** better advantage of multi-processor hardware. */
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[nTree-i-1]);
+ }else{
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(&pMerger->aReadr[i], INCRINIT_NORMAL);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
- memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
+
+ for(i=pMerger->nTree-1; i>0; i--){
+ vdbeMergeEngineCompare(pMerger, i);
}
- memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
- pOut->z[u.ae.nByte] = 0;
- pOut->z[u.ae.nByte+1] = 0;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
- pOut->n = (int)u.ae.nByte;
- pOut->enc = encoding;
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
+ return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
}
-/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Initialize the IncrMerge field of a PmaReader.
**
-** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
+** If the PmaReader passed as the first argument is not an incremental-reader
+** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it serves
+** to open and/or initialize the temp file related fields of the IncrMerge
+** object at (pReadr->pIncr).
**
+** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders
+** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then loaded
+** into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to
+** point to the first key in its range.
**
-** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
+** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed
+** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a
+** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are
+** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to
+** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point
+** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do
+** that.
**
-** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately
+** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has
+** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since
+** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will
+** lead to the current background thread attempting to join itself.
**
-** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in
-** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is
-** NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Finally, if argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_ROOT, it may be assumed
+** that pReadr->pIncr is a multi-threaded IncrMerge objects, and that all
+** child-trees have already been initialized using IncrInit(INCRINIT_TASK).
+** In this case vdbePmaReaderNext() is called on all child PmaReaders and
+** the current PmaReader set to point to the first key in its range.
**
-** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
-** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3.
-** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
-** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.af */
- int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
- i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */
- i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */
- double rA; /* Real value of left operand */
- double rB; /* Real value of right operand */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.af */
+static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.af.flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
- if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
- u.af.iA = pIn1->u.i;
- u.af.iB = pIn2->u.i;
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
- case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
- case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
- case OP_Divide: {
- if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- if( u.af.iA==-1 && u.af.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
- u.af.iB /= u.af.iA;
- break;
- }
- default: {
- if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- if( u.af.iA==-1 ) u.af.iA = 1;
- u.af.iB %= u.af.iA;
- break;
- }
- }
- pOut->u.i = u.af.iB;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- }else{
-fp_math:
- u.af.rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
- u.af.rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_Add: u.af.rB += u.af.rA; break;
- case OP_Subtract: u.af.rB -= u.af.rA; break;
- case OP_Multiply: u.af.rB *= u.af.rA; break;
- case OP_Divide: {
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- if( u.af.rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- u.af.rB /= u.af.rA;
- break;
- }
- default: {
- u.af.iA = (i64)u.af.rA;
- u.af.iB = (i64)u.af.rB;
- if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- if( u.af.iA==-1 ) u.af.iA = 1;
- u.af.rB = (double)(u.af.iB % u.af.iA);
- break;
+ /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */
+ assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL );
+
+ if( pIncr ){
+ SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask;
+ sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db;
+
+ rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask, pIncr->pMerger, eMode);
+
+ /* Set up the required files for pIncr. A multi-theaded IncrMerge object
+ ** requires two temp files to itself, whereas a single-threaded object
+ ** only requires a region of pTask->file2. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int mxSz = pIncr->mxSz;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[0].pFd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[1].pFd);
+ }
+ }else
+#endif
+ /*if( !pIncr->bUseThread )*/{
+ if( pTask->file2.pFd==0 ){
+ assert( pTask->file2.iEof>0 );
+ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, pTask->file2.iEof, &pTask->file2.pFd);
+ pTask->file2.iEof = 0;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pIncr->aFile[1].pFd = pTask->file2.pFd;
+ pIncr->iStartOff = pTask->file2.iEof;
+ pTask->file2.iEof += mxSz;
+ }
}
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- pOut->u.i = u.af.rB;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-#else
- if( sqlite3IsNaN(u.af.rB) ){
- goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- }
- pOut->r = u.af.rB;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
- if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){
+ /* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this
+ ** PmaReader is multi-threaded. The reason being that this function
+ ** is already running in background thread pIncr->pTask->thread. */
+ assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK );
+ rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr);
}
#endif
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || eMode!=INCRINIT_TASK)
+ ){
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
+ }
}
- break;
+ return rc;
+}
-arithmetic_result_is_null:
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
- break;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+/*
+** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in
+** background threads.
+*/
+static void *vdbePmaReaderBgInit(void *pCtx){
+ PmaReader *pReader = (PmaReader*)pCtx;
+ void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(
+ vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReader,INCRINIT_TASK)
+ );
+ pReader->pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
+ return pRet;
}
-/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
-** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
-** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
-** functions.
+/*
+** Use a background thread to invoke vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(INCRINIT_TASK)
+** on the PmaReader object passed as the first argument.
**
-** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
-** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
-** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
+** This call will initialize the various fields of the pReadr->pIncr
+** structure and, if it is a multi-threaded IncrMerger, launch a
+** background thread to populate aFile[1].
*/
-case OP_CollSeq: {
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
- break;
+static int vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr){
+ void *pCtx = (void*)pReadr;
+ return vdbeSorterCreateThread(pReadr->pIncr->pTask, vdbePmaReaderBgInit, pCtx);
}
+#endif
-/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
-** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
-** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3.
-** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
-**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
-** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
-** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
-** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
-** invocation of this opcode.
+/*
+** Allocate a new MergeEngine object to merge the contents of nPMA level-0
+** PMAs from pTask->file. If no error occurs, set *ppOut to point to
+** the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Or, if an error does occur, set *ppOut
+** to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
**
-** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
+** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the
+** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is
+** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last
+** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of
+** *piOffset is undefined.
*/
-case OP_Function: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ag */
+static int vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Sorter task to read from */
+ int nPMA, /* Number of PMAs to read */
+ i64 *piOffset, /* IN/OUT: Readr offset in pTask->file */
+ MergeEngine **ppOut /* OUT: New merge-engine */
+){
+ MergeEngine *pNew; /* Merge engine to return */
+ i64 iOff = *piOffset;
int i;
- Mem *pArg;
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- sqlite3_value **apVal;
- int n;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ag */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u.ag.n = pOp->p5;
- u.ag.apVal = p->apArg;
- assert( u.ag.apVal || u.ag.n==0 );
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+ *ppOut = pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(nPMA);
+ if( pNew==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- assert( u.ag.n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ag.n<=p->nMem+1) );
- assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+u.ag.n );
- u.ag.pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- for(u.ag.i=0; u.ag.i<u.ag.n; u.ag.i++, u.ag.pArg++){
- assert( memIsValid(u.ag.pArg) );
- u.ag.apVal[u.ag.i] = u.ag.pArg;
- Deephemeralize(u.ag.pArg);
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.ag.pArg);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+u.ag.i, u.ag.pArg);
+ for(i=0; i<nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+ i64 nDummy;
+ PmaReader *pReadr = &pNew->aReadr[i];
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderInit(pTask, &pTask->file, iOff, pReadr, &nDummy);
+ iOff = pReadr->iEof;
}
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){
- u.ag.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
- u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
- }else{
- u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc;
- u.ag.ctx.pFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pNew);
+ *ppOut = 0;
}
+ *piOffset = iOff;
+ return rc;
+}
- u.ag.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
- u.ag.ctx.s.db = db;
- u.ag.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
- u.ag.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+/*
+** Return the depth of a tree comprising nPMA PMAs, assuming a fanout of
+** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT. The returned value does not include leaf nodes.
+**
+** i.e.
+**
+** nPMA<=16 -> TreeDepth() == 0
+** nPMA<=256 -> TreeDepth() == 1
+** nPMA<=65536 -> TreeDepth() == 2
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterTreeDepth(int nPMA){
+ int nDepth = 0;
+ i64 nDiv = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+ while( nDiv < (i64)nPMA ){
+ nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+ nDepth++;
+ }
+ return nDepth;
+}
- /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
- ** the pointer to u.ag.ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
- ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.ag.ctx.s, pOut);
- MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ag.ctx.s, MEM_Null);
+/*
+** pRoot is the root of an incremental merge-tree with depth nDepth (according
+** to vdbeSorterTreeDepth()). pLeaf is the iSeq'th leaf to be added to the
+** tree, counting from zero. This function adds pLeaf to the tree.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, an SQLite error
+** code is returned and pLeaf is freed.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterAddToTree(
+ SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */
+ int nDepth, /* Depth of tree according to TreeDepth() */
+ int iSeq, /* Sequence number of leaf within tree */
+ MergeEngine *pRoot, /* Root of tree */
+ MergeEngine *pLeaf /* Leaf to add to tree */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nDiv = 1;
+ int i;
+ MergeEngine *p = pRoot;
+ IncrMerger *pIncr;
- u.ag.ctx.isError = 0;
- if( u.ag.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
- assert( pOp>aOp );
- assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
- assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
- u.ag.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
- }
- db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
- (*u.ag.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ag.ctx, u.ag.n, u.ag.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
- lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+ rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pLeaf, &pIncr);
- /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
- ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
- */
- if( u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
- pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc;
- pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
+ for(i=1; i<nDepth; i++){
+ nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
}
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
- ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
- ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
- ** associated with such a value.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s);
- goto no_mem;
+ for(i=1; i<nDepth && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+ int iIter = (iSeq / nDiv) % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+ PmaReader *pReadr = &p->aReadr[iIter];
+
+ if( pReadr->pIncr==0 ){
+ MergeEngine *pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pNew, &pReadr->pIncr);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p = pReadr->pIncr->pMerger;
+ nDiv = nDiv / SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+ }
}
- /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
- if( u.ag.ctx.isError ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.ag.ctx.s));
- rc = u.ag.ctx.isError;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->aReadr[iSeq % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT].pIncr = pIncr;
+ }else{
+ vdbeIncrFree(pIncr);
}
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.ag.ctx.s, encoding);
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &u.ag.ctx.s);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
- goto too_big;
+/*
+** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter
+** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp
+** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that
+** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the
+** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value
+** of *ppOut is undefined.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* The VDBE cursor that implements the sort */
+ MergeEngine **ppOut /* Write the MergeEngine here */
+){
+ MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iTask;
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level
+ ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly
+ ** one PmaReader per sub-task. */
+ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 );
+ if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){
+ pMain = vdbeMergeEngineNew(pSorter->nTask);
+ if( pMain==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+#endif
-#if 0
- /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this
- ** statement to expire. (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec()
- ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.)
- */
- if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
+ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTask];
+ assert( pTask->nPMA>0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 );
+ if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || pTask->nPMA ){
+ MergeEngine *pRoot = 0; /* Root node of tree for this task */
+ int nDepth = vdbeSorterTreeDepth(pTask->nPMA);
+ i64 iReadOff = 0;
+
+ if( pTask->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+ rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, pTask->nPMA, &iReadOff, &pRoot);
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ int iSeq = 0;
+ pRoot = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
+ if( pRoot==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ for(i=0; i<pTask->nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i += SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT){
+ MergeEngine *pMerger = 0; /* New level-0 PMA merger */
+ int nReader; /* Number of level-0 PMAs to merge */
+
+ nReader = MIN(pTask->nPMA - i, SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
+ rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, nReader, &iReadOff, &pMerger);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterAddToTree(pTask, nDepth, iSeq++, pRoot, pMerger);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( pMain!=0 ){
+ rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pRoot, &pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr);
+ }else
#endif
+ {
+ assert( pMain==0 );
+ pMain = pRoot;
+ }
+ }else{
+ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pRoot);
+ }
+ }
+ }
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain);
+ pMain = 0;
+ }
+ *ppOut = pMain;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** This function is called as part of an sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() operation
+** on a sorter that has written two or more PMAs to temporary files. It sets
+** up either VdbeSorter.pMerger (for single threaded sorters) or pReader
+** (for multi-threaded sorters) so that it can be used to iterate through
+** all records stored in the sorter.
**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ah */
- i64 iA;
- u64 uA;
- i64 iB;
- u8 op;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ah */
+static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ SortSubtask *pTask0 = &pSorter->aTask[0];
+ MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+ sqlite3 *db = pTask0->pSorter->db;
+#endif
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
- break;
+ rc = vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(pSorter, &pMain);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
+ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->nTask>1 );
+ if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
+ int iTask;
+ PmaReader *pReadr = 0;
+ SortSubtask *pLast = &pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1];
+ rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pLast);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pReadr = (PmaReader*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(PmaReader));
+ pSorter->pReader = pReadr;
+ if( pReadr==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pLast, pMain, &pReadr->pIncr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pReadr->pIncr);
+ for(iTask=0; iTask<(pSorter->nTask-1); iTask++){
+ IncrMerger *pIncr;
+ if( (pIncr = pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr) ){
+ vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pIncr);
+ assert( pIncr->pTask!=pLast );
+ }
+ }
+ for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
+ PmaReader *p = &pMain->aReadr[iTask];
+ assert( p->pIncr==0 || p->pIncr->pTask==&pSorter->aTask[iTask] );
+ if( p->pIncr ){
+ if( iTask==pSorter->nTask-1 ){
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(p, INCRINIT_TASK);
+ }else{
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(p);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ pMain = 0;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, INCRINIT_ROOT);
+ }
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask0, pMain, INCRINIT_NORMAL);
+ pSorter->pMerger = pMain;
+ pMain = 0;
+ }
}
- u.ah.iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
- u.ah.iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
- u.ah.op = pOp->opcode;
- if( u.ah.op==OP_BitAnd ){
- u.ah.iA &= u.ah.iB;
- }else if( u.ah.op==OP_BitOr ){
- u.ah.iA |= u.ah.iB;
- }else if( u.ah.iB!=0 ){
- assert( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftRight || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft );
- /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
- if( u.ah.iB<0 ){
- assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
- u.ah.op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - u.ah.op;
- u.ah.iB = u.ah.iB>(-64) ? -u.ah.iB : 64;
- }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Once the sorter has been populated by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite,
+** this function is called to prepare for iterating through the records
+** in sorted order.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pSorter );
- if( u.ah.iB>=64 ){
- u.ah.iA = (u.ah.iA>=0 || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
+ /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead,
+ ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly
+ ** from the in-memory list. */
+ if( pSorter->bUsePMA==0 ){
+ if( pSorter->list.pList ){
+ *pbEof = 0;
+ rc = vdbeSorterSort(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list);
}else{
- memcpy(&u.ah.uA, &u.ah.iA, sizeof(u.ah.uA));
- if( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
- u.ah.uA <<= u.ah.iB;
- }else{
- u.ah.uA >>= u.ah.iB;
- /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
- if( u.ah.iA<0 ) u.ah.uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-u.ah.iB);
- }
- memcpy(&u.ah.iA, &u.ah.uA, sizeof(u.ah.iA));
+ *pbEof = 1;
}
+ return rc;
}
- pOut->u.i = u.ah.iA;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
-** The result is always an integer.
-**
-** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
-*/
-case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
- pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
- break;
+ /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite()
+ ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always
+ ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards.
+ ** So the list is never empty at this point. */
+ assert( pSorter->list.pList );
+ rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter);
+
+ /* Join all threads */
+ rc = vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, rc);
+
+ vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind");
+
+ /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to
+ ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs. */
+ assert( pSorter->pReader==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = vdbeSorterSetupMerge(pSorter);
+ *pbEof = 0;
+ }
+
+ vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewinddone");
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value
-** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
-** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
-** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+/*
+** Advance to the next element in the sorter.
*/
-case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
- if( pOp->p2==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }else{
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pSorter->bUsePMA || (pSorter->pReader==0 && pSorter->pMerger==0) );
+ if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){
+ assert( pSorter->pReader==0 || pSorter->pMerger==0 );
+ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->pReader );
+ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==1 || pSorter->pMerger );
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
+ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pSorter->pReader);
+ *pbEof = (pSorter->pReader->pFd==0);
+ }else
+#endif
+ /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/ {
+ assert( pSorter->pMerger->pTask==(&pSorter->aTask[0]) );
+ rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pSorter->pMerger, pbEof);
}
}else{
- MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
+ SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->list.pList;
+ pSorter->list.pList = pFree->u.pNext;
+ pFree->u.pNext = 0;
+ if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ) vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree);
+ *pbEof = !pSorter->list.pList;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
-**
-** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
-**
-** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
-** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as
-** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
-** to have only a real value.
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the
+** current key.
*/
-case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
+ const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */
+ int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */
+){
+ void *pKey;
+ if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){
+ PmaReader *pReader;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
+ if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
+ pReader = pSorter->pReader;
+ }else
+#endif
+ /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/{
+ pReader = &pSorter->pMerger->aReadr[pSorter->pMerger->aTree[1]];
+ }
+ *pnKey = pReader->nKey;
+ pKey = pReader->aKey;
+ }else{
+ *pnKey = pSorter->list.pList->nVal;
+ pKey = SRVAL(pSorter->list.pList);
}
- break;
+ return pKey;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
-** equivalent of printf(). Blob values are unchanged and
-** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+/*
+** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
*/
-case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
- assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
- pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
- applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
- rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
- assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
- pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
- break;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+ void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */
-/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
-** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
-** to the underlying data.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
- applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
- assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
- MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
- }else{
- pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
+ pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, nKey) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
- break;
-}
+ pOut->n = nKey;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+ memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);
-/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
-** integer or a floating-point number.)
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
-** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion
-** is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
- break;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
+/*
+** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
+** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
+** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If
-** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
+** If the sorter cursor key contains any NULL values, consider it to be
+** less than pVal. Even if pVal also contains NULL values.
**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
+** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
+** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
+** key.
+**
+** This routine forms the core of the OP_SorterCompare opcode, which in
+** turn is used to verify uniqueness when constructing a UNIQUE INDEX.
*/
-case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
+ const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */
+ Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
+ int nKeyCol, /* Compare this many columns */
+ int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */
+){
+ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+ UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
+ int i;
+ void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
+
+ if( r2==0 ){
+ char *p;
+ r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo,0,0,&p);
+ assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord*)p );
+ if( r2==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ r2->nField = nKeyCol;
}
- break;
-}
+ assert( r2->nField==nKeyCol );
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
-** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+ pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, r2);
+ for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){
+ if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
+ *pRes = -1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- break;
+
+ *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pVal->n, pVal->z, r2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
-/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
-** jump to address P2.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
-** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
-** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
-**
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
-** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
-** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
-** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
-** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
-** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
-**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
-** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
-** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
-** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
-** P4 is used to do the comparison. If P4 is not specified then
-** memcmp() is used to compare text string. If both values are
-** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
-** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
-** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump. Instead,
-** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 22
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal. See the Lt opcode for
-** additional information.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
-** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result
-** of comparison is false. If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
-** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
-** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
-** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*************************************************************************
**
-** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
-** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result
-** of comparison is true. If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
-** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
-** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
+** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
+** is enabled.
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
-** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
+** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
+** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
+** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
+** on disk is not created or populated until either:
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
-** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated
+** buffer, or
+** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
*/
-/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
-** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+
+
+/*
+** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
+** as an open file handle for journal files.
*/
-case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ai */
- int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
- char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */
- u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
- u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ai */
+struct JournalFile {
+ sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */
+ int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
+ char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */
+ int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
+ int flags; /* xOpen flags */
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */
+ sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
+ const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
+};
+typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.ai.flags1 = pIn1->flags;
- u.ai.flags3 = pIn3->flags;
- if( (u.ai.flags1 | u.ai.flags3)&MEM_Null ){
- /* One or both operands are NULL */
- if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
- /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
- ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
- ** or not both operands are null.
- */
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
- u.ai.res = (u.ai.flags1 & u.ai.flags3 & MEM_Null)==0;
- }else{
- /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
- ** then the result is always NULL.
- ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
- */
- if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
- }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
- pc = pOp->p2-1;
+/*
+** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file
+** for JournalFile p.
+*/
+static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !p->pReal ){
+ sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->pReal = pReal;
+ if( p->iSize>0 ){
+ assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before
+ ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to
+ ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this
+ ** function was called. */
+ sqlite3OsClose(pReal);
+ p->pReal = 0;
}
- break;
- }
- }else{
- /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */
- u.ai.affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
- if( u.ai.affinity ){
- applyAffinity(pIn1, u.ai.affinity, encoding);
- applyAffinity(pIn3, u.ai.affinity, encoding);
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
}
-
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
- ExpandBlob(pIn1);
- ExpandBlob(pIn3);
- u.ai.res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
- }
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_Eq: u.ai.res = u.ai.res==0; break;
- case OP_Ne: u.ai.res = u.ai.res!=0; break;
- case OP_Lt: u.ai.res = u.ai.res<0; break;
- case OP_Le: u.ai.res = u.ai.res<=0; break;
- case OP_Gt: u.ai.res = u.ai.res>0; break;
- default: u.ai.res = u.ai.res>=0; break;
}
+ return rc;
+}
- if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- pOut->u.i = u.ai.res;
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
- }else if( u.ai.res ){
- pc = pOp->p2-1;
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
}
-
- /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
- pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.ai.flags1&MEM_TypeMask);
- pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.ai.flags3&MEM_TypeMask);
- break;
+ sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
-**
-** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
-** of integers in P4.
-**
-** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
-** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow. Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
-** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
+/*
+** Read data from the file.
*/
-case OP_Permutation: {
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
- assert( pOp->p4.ai );
- aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
- break;
+static int jrnlRead(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
+ void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+ }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
-** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of
-** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
-**
-** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
-** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers
-** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
-**
-** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
-** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
-** and strings are less than blobs.
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
*/
-case OP_Compare: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aj */
- int n;
- int i;
- int p1;
- int p2;
- const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int idx;
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
- int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.aj */
-
- u.aj.n = pOp->p3;
- u.aj.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- assert( u.aj.n>0 );
- assert( u.aj.pKeyInfo!=0 );
- u.aj.p1 = pOp->p1;
- u.aj.p2 = pOp->p2;
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( aPermute ){
- int k, mx = 0;
- for(k=0; k<u.aj.n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
- assert( u.aj.p1>0 && u.aj.p1+mx<=p->nMem+1 );
- assert( u.aj.p2>0 && u.aj.p2+mx<=p->nMem+1 );
- }else{
- assert( u.aj.p1>0 && u.aj.p1+u.aj.n<=p->nMem+1 );
- assert( u.aj.p2>0 && u.aj.p2+u.aj.n<=p->nMem+1 );
+static int jrnlWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
+ const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
+ rc = createFile(p);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
- for(u.aj.i=0; u.aj.i<u.aj.n; u.aj.i++){
- u.aj.idx = aPermute ? aPermute[u.aj.i] : u.aj.i;
- assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx]) );
- assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx]) );
- REGISTER_TRACE(u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx, &aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx]);
- REGISTER_TRACE(u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx, &aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx]);
- assert( u.aj.i<u.aj.pKeyInfo->nField );
- u.aj.pColl = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aColl[u.aj.i];
- u.aj.bRev = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[u.aj.i];
- iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx], &aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx], u.aj.pColl);
- if( iCompare ){
- if( u.aj.bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
- break;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+ }else{
+ memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
+ if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
+ p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
+ }
}
}
- aPermute = 0;
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
-** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
-** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
*/
-case OP_Jump: { /* jump */
- if( iCompare<0 ){
- pc = pOp->p1 - 1;
- }else if( iCompare==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }else{
- pc = pOp->p3 - 1;
+static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
+ }else if( size<p->iSize ){
+ p->iSize = size;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
-** write the result into register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
-** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give
-** a NULL output.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the answer in register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
-** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs
-** give a NULL output.
+/*
+** Sync the file.
*/
-case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ak */
- int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
- int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ak */
-
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
- u.ak.v1 = 2;
- }else{
- u.ak.v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
- }
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
- u.ak.v2 = 2;
- }else{
- u.ak.v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
- }
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
- static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
- u.ak.v1 = and_logic[u.ak.v1*3+u.ak.v2];
- }else{
- static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
- u.ak.v1 = or_logic[u.ak.v1*3+u.ak.v2];
- }
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- if( u.ak.v1==2 ){
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
+ int rc;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
}else{
- pOut->u.i = u.ak.v1;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the
-** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
-** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
*/
-case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+ *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the
-** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds
-** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
+/*
+** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
*/
-case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ jrnlClose, /* xClose */
+ jrnlRead, /* xRead */
+ jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
+ jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
+ jrnlSync, /* xSync */
+ jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ 0, /* xLock */
+ 0, /* xUnlock */
+ 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ 0, /* xFileControl */
+ 0, /* xSectorSize */
+ 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ 0, /* xShmMap */
+ 0, /* xShmLock */
+ 0, /* xShmBarrier */
+ 0 /* xShmUnmap */
+};
+
+/*
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
+ int flags, /* Opening flags */
+ int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
+){
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+ if( nBuf>0 ){
+ p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
+ if( !p->zBuf ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+ return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
}
- break;
+ p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
+ p->nBuf = nBuf;
+ p->flags = flags;
+ p->zJournal = zName;
+ p->pVfs = pVfs;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value
-** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value
-** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
+/*
+** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
+** file has not yet been created, create it now.
*/
-case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */
-case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.al */
- int c;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.al */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
- u.al.c = pOp->p3;
- }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- u.al.c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
-#else
- u.al.c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
-#endif
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) u.al.c = !u.al.c;
- }
- if( u.al.c ){
- pc = pOp->p2-1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
+ if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
+ return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
}
-/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
+/*
+** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open
+** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a
+** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened,
+** return 0. Otherwise, return 1.
*/
-case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){
+ return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0);
}
-/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
-case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+ return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
}
+#endif
-/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 7
**
-** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
-** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
-** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
-** values in the record, extract a NULL.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or,
-** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
-** the result.
+*************************************************************************
**
-** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
-** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
-** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
-** register has changed should have this bit set.
+** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
+** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
+** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
*/
-case OP_Column: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.am */
- u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */
- i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
- int p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */
- int p2; /* column number to retrieve */
- VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */
- char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */
- BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */
- u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
- u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
- int nField; /* number of fields in the record */
- int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */
- Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */
- Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */
- u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */
- u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
- u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */
- u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
- int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
- int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */
- Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */
-
-
- u.am.p1 = pOp->p1;
- u.am.p2 = pOp->p2;
- u.am.pC = 0;
- memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem));
- assert( u.am.p1<p->nCursor );
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.am.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- memAboutToChange(p, u.am.pDest);
- MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null);
- u.am.zRec = 0;
-
- /* This block sets the variable u.am.payloadSize to be the total number of
- ** bytes in the record.
- **
- ** u.am.zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
- ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
- ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
- ** might be available in the u.am.pC->aRow cache. Or it might not be.
- ** If the data is unavailable, u.am.zRec is set to NULL.
- **
- ** We also compute the number of columns in the record. For cursors,
- ** the number of columns is stored in the VdbeCursor.nField element.
- */
- u.am.pC = p->apCsr[u.am.p1];
- assert( u.am.pC!=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- assert( u.am.pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
-#endif
- u.am.pCrsr = u.am.pC->pCursor;
- if( u.am.pCrsr!=0 ){
- /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.am.pC);
- if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- if( u.am.pC->nullRow ){
- u.am.payloadSize = 0;
- }else if( u.am.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
- u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pC->payloadSize;
- u.am.zRec = (char*)u.am.pC->aRow;
- }else if( u.am.pC->isIndex ){
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize64);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
- /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
- ** payload size, so it is impossible for u.am.payloadSize64 to be
- ** larger than 32 bits. */
- assert( (u.am.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.am.payloadSize64 );
- u.am.payloadSize = (u32)u.am.payloadSize64;
- }else{
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */
- }
- }else if( u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ){
- u.am.pReg = &aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg];
- assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
- assert( memIsValid(u.am.pReg) );
- u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n;
- u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z;
- u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
- assert( u.am.payloadSize==0 || u.am.zRec!=0 );
- }else{
- /* Consider the row to be NULL */
- u.am.payloadSize = 0;
- }
-
- /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
- if( u.am.payloadSize==0 ){
- assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
- goto op_column_out;
- }
- assert( db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 );
- if( u.am.payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- u.am.nField = u.am.pC->nField;
- assert( u.am.p2<u.am.nField );
+/* Forward references to internal structures */
+typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
+typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
+typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
- /* Read and parse the table header. Store the results of the parse
- ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
- */
- u.am.aType = u.am.pC->aType;
- if( u.am.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
- u.am.aOffset = u.am.pC->aOffset;
- }else{
- assert(u.am.aType);
- u.am.avail = 0;
- u.am.pC->aOffset = u.am.aOffset = &u.am.aType[u.am.nField];
- u.am.pC->payloadSize = u.am.payloadSize;
- u.am.pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
+/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
+** this many bytes.
+**
+** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way,
+** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
+** a power-of-two allocation. This minimizes wasted space in power-of-two
+** memory allocators.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
- /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
- if( u.am.zRec ){
- u.am.zData = u.am.zRec;
- }else{
- if( u.am.pC->isIndex ){
- u.am.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.avail);
- }else{
- u.am.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.avail);
- }
- /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
- ** save the payload in the u.am.pC->aRow cache. That will save us from
- ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
- ** the record.
- */
- assert( u.am.avail>=0 );
- if( u.am.payloadSize <= (u32)u.am.avail ){
- u.am.zRec = u.am.zData;
- u.am.pC->aRow = (u8*)u.am.zData;
- }else{
- u.am.pC->aRow = 0;
- }
- }
- /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when
- ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
- ** assert( u.am.zRec!=0 || u.am.avail>=u.am.payloadSize || u.am.avail>=9 ); */
- u.am.szHdr = getVarint32((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.offset);
+/*
+** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FileChunk {
+ FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */
+ u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */
+};
- /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
- ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
- **
- ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte
- ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
- ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a
- ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
- ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
- */
- if( u.am.offset > 98307 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto op_column_out;
- }
+/*
+** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
+** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
+*/
+struct FilePoint {
+ sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
+ FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
+};
- /* Compute in u.am.len the number of bytes of data we need to read in order
- ** to get u.am.nField type values. u.am.offset is an upper bound on this. But
- ** u.am.nField might be significantly less than the true number of columns
- ** in the table, and in that case, 5*u.am.nField+3 might be smaller than u.am.offset.
- ** We want to minimize u.am.len in order to limit the size of the memory
- ** allocation, especially if a corrupt database file has caused u.am.offset
- ** to be oversized. Offset is limited to 98307 above. But 98307 might
- ** still exceed Robson memory allocation limits on some configurations.
- ** On systems that cannot tolerate large memory allocations, u.am.nField*5+3
- ** will likely be much smaller since u.am.nField will likely be less than
- ** 20 or so. This insures that Robson memory allocation limits are
- ** not exceeded even for corrupt database files.
- */
- u.am.len = u.am.nField*5 + 3;
- if( u.am.len > (int)u.am.offset ) u.am.len = (int)u.am.offset;
-
- /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
- ** record header in most cases. But they will fail to get the complete
- ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
- ** in the B-Tree. When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
- ** acquire the complete header text.
- */
- if( !u.am.zRec && u.am.avail<u.am.len ){
- u.am.sMem.flags = 0;
- u.am.sMem.db = 0;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.am.pCrsr, 0, u.am.len, u.am.pC->isIndex, &u.am.sMem);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto op_column_out;
- }
- u.am.zData = u.am.sMem.z;
- }
- u.am.zEndHdr = (u8 *)&u.am.zData[u.am.len];
- u.am.zIdx = (u8 *)&u.am.zData[u.am.szHdr];
+/*
+** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal
+** is an instance of this class.
+*/
+struct MemJournal {
+ sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
+ FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
+ FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */
+ FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
+};
- /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the u.am.aType[] and u.am.aOffset[]
- ** arrays. u.am.aType[u.am.i] will contain the type integer for the u.am.i-th
- ** column and u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] will contain the u.am.offset from the beginning
- ** of the record to the start of the data for the u.am.i-th column
- */
- for(u.am.i=0; u.am.i<u.am.nField; u.am.i++){
- if( u.am.zIdx<u.am.zEndHdr ){
- u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] = u.am.offset;
- u.am.zIdx += getVarint32(u.am.zIdx, u.am.aType[u.am.i]);
- u.am.szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.i]);
- u.am.offset += u.am.szField;
- if( u.am.offset<u.am.szField ){ /* True if u.am.offset overflows */
- u.am.zIdx = &u.am.zEndHdr[1]; /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
- break;
- }
- }else{
- /* If u.am.i is less that u.am.nField, then there are less fields in this
- ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
- ** table. Set the u.am.offset for any extra columns not present in
- ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL
- ** instead of deserializing a value from the record.
- */
- u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.am.sMem);
- u.am.sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+/*
+** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation
+** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
+*/
+static int memjrnlRead(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
+ void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ u8 *zOut = zBuf;
+ int nRead = iAmt;
+ int iChunkOffset;
+ FileChunk *pChunk;
- /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
- ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
- ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
- ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing
- ** with a corrupt database.
- */
- if( (u.am.zIdx > u.am.zEndHdr) || (u.am.offset > u.am.payloadSize)
- || (u.am.zIdx==u.am.zEndHdr && u.am.offset!=u.am.payloadSize) ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto op_column_out;
- }
- }
+ /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
+ assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
- /* Get the column information. If u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] is non-zero, then
- ** deserialize the value from the record. If u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] is zero,
- ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
- ** request. In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
- ** a pointer to a Mem object.
- */
- if( u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( u.am.zRec ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(u.am.pDest);
- sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&u.am.zRec[u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2]], u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
- }else{
- u.am.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.p2]);
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.am.sMem, u.am.pDest);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.am.pCrsr, u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2], u.am.len, u.am.pC->isIndex, &u.am.sMem);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto op_column_out;
- }
- u.am.zData = u.am.sMem.z;
- sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
+ if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
+ for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
+ ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
+ pChunk=pChunk->pNext
+ ){
+ iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
}
- u.am.pDest->enc = encoding;
}else{
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.am.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
- }else{
- assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
- }
- }
-
- /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
- ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
- ** dynamically allocated space over to the u.am.pDest structure.
- ** This prevents a memory copy.
- */
- if( u.am.sMem.zMalloc ){
- assert( u.am.sMem.z==u.am.sMem.zMalloc );
- assert( !(u.am.pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) );
- assert( !(u.am.pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || u.am.pDest->z==u.am.sMem.z );
- u.am.pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
- u.am.pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
- u.am.pDest->z = u.am.sMem.z;
- u.am.pDest->zMalloc = u.am.sMem.zMalloc;
+ pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
}
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(u.am.pDest);
-
-op_column_out:
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.am.pDest);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.am.pDest);
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
-**
-** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** memory cell in the range.
-*/
-case OP_Affinity: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.an */
- const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */
- char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.an */
+ iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+ do {
+ int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
+ int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
+ memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
+ zOut += nCopy;
+ nRead -= iSpace;
+ iChunkOffset = 0;
+ } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
+ p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
+ p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
- u.an.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
- assert( u.an.zAffinity!=0 );
- assert( u.an.zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- while( (u.an.cAff = *(u.an.zAffinity++))!=0 ){
- assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[p->nMem] );
- assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
- ExpandBlob(pIn1);
- applyAffinity(pIn1, u.an.cAff, encoding);
- pIn1++;
- }
- break;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
-** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
-** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
-**
-** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** field of the index key.
-**
-** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
-** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
-**
-** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
*/
-case OP_MakeRecord: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ao */
- u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
- Mem *pRec; /* The new record */
- u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */
- int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */
- i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */
- int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
- int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */
- u32 serial_type; /* Type field */
- Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */
- Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */
- int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */
- char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */
- int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */
- int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
- int len; /* Length of a field */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ao */
+static int memjrnlWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
+ const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ int nWrite = iAmt;
+ u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
- /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
- ** like this:
- **
- ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
- ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- **
- ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1
- ** and so froth.
- **
- ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
- ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
- ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
- ** of the record to data0.
+ /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
+ ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
*/
- u.ao.nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */
- u.ao.nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */
- u.ao.nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
- u.ao.nField = pOp->p1;
- u.ao.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
- assert( u.ao.nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ao.nField<=p->nMem+1 );
- u.ao.pData0 = &aMem[u.ao.nField];
- u.ao.nField = pOp->p2;
- u.ao.pLast = &u.ao.pData0[u.ao.nField-1];
- u.ao.file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
+ assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
- /* Identify the output register */
- assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+ while( nWrite>0 ){
+ FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
+ int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+ int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
- /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
- ** out how much space is required for the new record.
- */
- for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){
- assert( memIsValid(u.ao.pRec) );
- if( u.ao.zAffinity ){
- applyAffinity(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.zAffinity[u.ao.pRec-u.ao.pData0], encoding);
- }
- if( u.ao.pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && u.ao.pRec->n>0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(u.ao.pRec);
- }
- u.ao.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.file_format);
- u.ao.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.ao.serial_type);
- u.ao.nData += u.ao.len;
- u.ao.nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(u.ao.serial_type);
- if( u.ao.pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
- ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
- u.ao.nZero += u.ao.pRec->u.nZero;
- }else if( u.ao.len ){
- u.ao.nZero = 0;
+ if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
+ /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
+ FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
+ if( !pNew ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pNew->pNext = 0;
+ if( pChunk ){
+ assert( p->pFirst );
+ pChunk->pNext = pNew;
+ }else{
+ assert( !p->pFirst );
+ p->pFirst = pNew;
+ }
+ p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
}
- }
-
- /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
- u.ao.nHdr += u.ao.nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(u.ao.nHdr);
- if( u.ao.nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(u.ao.nHdr) ){
- u.ao.nHdr++;
- }
- u.ao.nByte = u.ao.nHdr+u.ao.nData-u.ao.nZero;
- if( u.ao.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
- ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
- ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
- ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
- */
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ao.nByte, 0) ){
- goto no_mem;
+ memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
+ zWrite += iSpace;
+ nWrite -= iSpace;
+ p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
}
- u.ao.zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
- /* Write the record */
- u.ao.i = putVarint32(u.ao.zNewRecord, u.ao.nHdr);
- for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){
- u.ao.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.file_format);
- u.ao.i += putVarint32(&u.ao.zNewRecord[u.ao.i], u.ao.serial_type); /* serial type */
- }
- for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){ /* serial data */
- u.ao.i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&u.ao.zNewRecord[u.ao.i], (int)(u.ao.nByte-u.ao.i), u.ao.pRec,u.ao.file_format);
- }
- assert( u.ao.i==u.ao.nByte );
-
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pOut->n = (int)u.ao.nByte;
- pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
- pOut->xDel = 0;
- if( u.ao.nZero ){
- pOut->u.nZero = u.ao.nZero;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
- }
- pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
-** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-case OP_Count: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ap */
- i64 nEntry;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */
-
- u.ap.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
- if( u.ap.pCrsr ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(u.ap.pCrsr, &u.ap.nEntry);
- }else{
- u.ap.nEntry = 0;
+static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ FileChunk *pChunk;
+ assert(size==0);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
+ pChunk = p->pFirst;
+ while( pChunk ){
+ FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
+ pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(pTmp);
}
- pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry;
- break;
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
-/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
-** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
-** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
+/*
+** Close the file.
*/
-case OP_Savepoint: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aq */
- int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */
- char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */
- int nName;
- Savepoint *pNew;
- Savepoint *pSavepoint;
- Savepoint *pTmp;
- int iSavepoint;
- int ii;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.aq */
-
- u.aq.p1 = pOp->p1;
- u.aq.zName = pOp->p4.z;
-
- /* Assert that the u.aq.p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
- ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
- */
- assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
- assert( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
- assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
- assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
-
- if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
- if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
- /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
- ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
- */
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
- "SQL statements in progress");
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- u.aq.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.aq.zName);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
- ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
- ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
- ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */
- assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
- rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
- db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-#endif
-
- /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
- u.aq.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.aq.nName+1);
- if( u.aq.pNew ){
- u.aq.pNew->zName = (char *)&u.aq.pNew[1];
- memcpy(u.aq.pNew->zName, u.aq.zName, u.aq.nName+1);
-
- /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
- ** "transaction savepoint". */
- if( db->autoCommit ){
- db->autoCommit = 0;
- db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
- }else{
- db->nSavepoint++;
- }
+static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
- u.aq.pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
- db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pNew;
- u.aq.pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
- }
- }
- }else{
- u.aq.iSavepoint = 0;
- /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
- ** an error is returned to the user. */
- for(
- u.aq.pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
- u.aq.pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(u.aq.pSavepoint->zName, u.aq.zName);
- u.aq.pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext
- ){
- u.aq.iSavepoint++;
- }
- if( !u.aq.pSavepoint ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", u.aq.zName);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else if(
- db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
- ){
- /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
- ** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint
- ** if there are any active statements at all.
- */
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
- "cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress",
- (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback": "release")
- );
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
+/*
+** Sync the file.
+**
+** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine
+** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation
+** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
+** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
+*/
+static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
- ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
- ** is committed.
- */
- int isTransaction = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
- if( isTransaction && u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
- if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto vdbe_return;
- }
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- p->pc = pc;
- db->autoCommit = 0;
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto vdbe_return;
- }
- db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
- rc = p->rc;
- }else{
- u.aq.iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - u.aq.iSavepoint - 1;
- for(u.aq.ii=0; u.aq.ii<db->nDb; u.aq.ii++){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[u.aq.ii].pBt, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- }
- if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
- db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
- }
- }
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
- ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
- while( db->pSavepoint!=u.aq.pSavepoint ){
- u.aq.pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
- db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pTmp->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, u.aq.pTmp);
- db->nSavepoint--;
- }
+/*
+** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ memjrnlClose, /* xClose */
+ memjrnlRead, /* xRead */
+ memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
+ memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
+ memjrnlSync, /* xSync */
+ memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ 0, /* xLock */
+ 0, /* xUnlock */
+ 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ 0, /* xFileControl */
+ 0, /* xSectorSize */
+ 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ 0, /* xShmMap */
+ 0, /* xShmLock */
+ 0, /* xShmBarrier */
+ 0, /* xShmUnmap */
+ 0, /* xFetch */
+ 0 /* xUnfetch */
+};
- /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
- ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
- ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
- ** when the savepoint was created. */
- if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
- assert( u.aq.pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
- db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, u.aq.pSavepoint);
- if( !isTransaction ){
- db->nSavepoint--;
- }
- }else{
- db->nDeferredCons = u.aq.pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
- }
+/*
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
+ memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+ p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
+}
- if( !isTransaction ){
- rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is
+** an in-memory journal
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
+}
- break;
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
+ return sizeof(MemJournal);
}
-/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
+/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 16
**
-** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
-** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
-** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if
-** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
+** an SQL statement.
*/
-case OP_AutoCommit: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ar */
- int desiredAutoCommit;
- int iRollback;
- int turnOnAC;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ar */
-
- u.ar.desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
- u.ar.iRollback = pOp->p2;
- u.ar.turnOnAC = u.ar.desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
- assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==0 );
- assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.iRollback==0 );
- assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */
-
- if( u.ar.turnOnAC && u.ar.iRollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
- /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
- ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
- ** that the other VMs must complete first.
- */
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
- "SQL statements in progress");
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else if( u.ar.turnOnAC && !u.ar.iRollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
- /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
- ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
- */
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
- "SQL statements in progress");
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else if( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
- if( u.ar.iRollback ){
- assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 );
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto vdbe_return;
- }else{
- db->autoCommit = (u8)u.ar.desiredAutoCommit;
- if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- p->pc = pc;
- db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-u.ar.desiredAutoCommit);
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto vdbe_return;
- }
- }
- assert( db->nStatement==0 );
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- goto vdbe_return;
- }else{
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
- (!u.ar.desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
- (u.ar.iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
- "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node
+** of the expression, while descending. (In other words, the callback
+** is invoked before visiting children.)
**
-** Begin a transaction. The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
-** opcode is encountered. Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
-** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
+** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
+** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
**
-** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
-** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
-** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for
-** attached databases.
+** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree.
**
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started. A RESERVED lock is
-** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started. No
-** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
-** underway. Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
-** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
-** database. If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
-** on the file.
+** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow
+** the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
**
-** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
-** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
-** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
-** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
-** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
-** active statements. A statement transaction allows the affects of this
-** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
-** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
-** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
+** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and
+** return the top-level walk call.
**
-** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
+** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
+** and WRC_Continue to continue.
*/
-case OP_Transaction: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.as */
- Btree *pBt;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.as */
-
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- u.as.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-
- if( u.as.pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.as.pBt, pOp->p2);
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- p->pc = pc;
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto vdbe_return;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ int rc;
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
+ testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
+ rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
+ if( rc==WRC_Continue
+ && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ }else{
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
}
+ }
+ return rc & WRC_Abort;
+}
- if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal
- && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
- ){
- assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.as.pBt) );
- if( p->iStatement==0 ){
- assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
- db->nStatement++;
- p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
- }
-
- rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement);
- }
-
- /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
- ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
- ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */
- p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
+** an abort request is seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
+ int i;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ if( p ){
+ for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
}
}
- break;
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
-/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
-** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format.
-** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
-**
-** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
-** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
-** executing this instruction.
+/*
+** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do
+** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
+** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
+** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
*/
-case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.at */
- int iMeta;
- int iDb;
- int iCookie;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.at */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
- u.at.iDb = pOp->p1;
- u.at.iCookie = pOp->p3;
- assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
- assert( u.at.iDb>=0 && u.at.iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt!=0 );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.at.iDb))!=0 );
+/*
+** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
+** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select
+** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
+** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ SrcList *pSrc;
+ int i;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt, u.at.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.at.iMeta);
- pOut->u.i = u.at.iMeta;
- break;
-}
+ pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
-/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
+** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
**
-** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
-** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version.
-** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache
-** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the
-** database file used to store temporary tables.
+** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before
+** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2()
+** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the
+** expressions and FROM clause.
**
-** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if
+** there is an abort request.
+**
+** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
+** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
*/
-case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.au */
- Db *pDb;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.au */
- assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- u.au.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.au.pDb->pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
- /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.au.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
- if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
- /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
- u.au.pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
- }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
- /* Record changes in the file format */
- u.au.pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ int rc;
+ if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
- if( pOp->p1==1 ){
- /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
- ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- p->expired = 0;
+ rc = WRC_Continue;
+ pWalker->walkerDepth++;
+ while( p ){
+ if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){
+ rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
+ if( rc ) break;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p)
+ || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p)
+ ){
+ pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){
+ pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p);
+ }
+ p = p->pPrior;
}
- break;
+ pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+ return rc & WRC_Abort;
}
-/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 18
**
-** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
-** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2 and that the
-** generation counter on the local schema parse equals P3.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
-** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
-** for auxiliary databases.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
-** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
-** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
+*************************************************************************
**
-** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
-** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
-** invoked.
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
+** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
+** table and column.
*/
-case OP_VerifyCookie: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.av */
- int iMeta;
- int iGen;
- Btree *pBt;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.av */
-
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
- u.av.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
- if( u.av.pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.av.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.av.iMeta);
- u.av.iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
- }else{
- u.av.iGen = u.av.iMeta = 0;
- }
- if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 || u.av.iGen!=pOp->p3 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
- /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
- ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
- ** not reload the schema from the database file.
- **
- ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
- ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
- ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
- ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
- ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
- ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
- ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
- ** a v-table method.
- */
- if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=u.av.iMeta ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
- }
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
- p->expired = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+/*
+** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
+** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
+** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
+** outer query into an inner subquery.
+**
+** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..)
+** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
+*/
+static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.i;
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){
+ if( N>0 ){
+ Walker w;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth;
+ w.u.i = N;
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
}
- break;
}
-/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
-** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
-** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1
-** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
-** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+/*
+** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
+** result set in pEList.
**
-** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
-** the value of P2 itself.
+** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
+** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this
+** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
+** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
+** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
**
-** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
-** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
-** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read
-** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
-** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is
-** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts
-** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
-** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
+** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
+** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic.
**
-** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
-** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
+** The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means
+** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence:
**
-** See also OpenWrite.
-*/
-/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
**
-** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
-** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
-** root page.
+** Is equivalent to:
**
-** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
-** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
-** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
+** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
**
-** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
-** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
-** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
+** from the result in the result-set. On the other hand Standard SQL does
+** not allow the GROUP BY clause to contain references to result-set columns.
+** So this should never come up in well-formed queries.
**
-** See also OpenRead.
-*/
-case OP_OpenRead:
-case OP_OpenWrite: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aw */
- int nField;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int p2;
- int iDb;
- int wrFlag;
- Btree *pX;
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
- Db *pDb;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */
-
- if( p->expired ){
- rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
- break;
- }
-
- u.aw.nField = 0;
- u.aw.pKeyInfo = 0;
- u.aw.p2 = pOp->p2;
- u.aw.iDb = pOp->p3;
- assert( u.aw.iDb>=0 && u.aw.iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.aw.iDb))!=0 );
- u.aw.pDb = &db->aDb[u.aw.iDb];
- u.aw.pX = u.aw.pDb->pBt;
- assert( u.aw.pX!=0 );
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
- u.aw.wrFlag = 1;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, u.aw.iDb, 0) );
- if( u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
- p->minWriteFileFormat = u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format;
- }
- }else{
- u.aw.wrFlag = 0;
- }
- if( pOp->p5 ){
- assert( u.aw.p2>0 );
- assert( u.aw.p2<=p->nMem );
- pIn2 = &aMem[u.aw.p2];
- assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
- assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
- u.aw.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
- /* The u.aw.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
- ** that opcode will always set the u.aw.p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
- ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
- ** before reaching this instruction. */
- if( NEVER(u.aw.p2<2) ) {
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- }
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
- u.aw.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- u.aw.pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
- u.aw.nField = u.aw.pKeyInfo->nField+1;
- }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
- u.aw.nField = pOp->p4.i;
- }
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
- u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1);
- if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
- u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1;
- u.aw.pCur->isOrdered = 1;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor);
- u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo;
-
- /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only values that
- ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return are SQLITE_EMPTY and SQLITE_OK.
- ** SQLITE_EMPTY is only returned when attempting to open the table
- ** rooted at page 1 of a zero-byte database. */
- assert( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
- u.aw.pCur->pCursor = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
- ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
- ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
- ** since moved into the btree layer. */
- u.aw.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
- u.aw.pCur->isIndex = !u.aw.pCur->isTable;
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
+** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure
+** the COLLATE operator is preserved. For example:
**
-** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
-** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral
-** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
+** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase;
**
-** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
-** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
-** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
-** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+** Should be transformed into:
**
-** This opcode was once called OpenTemp. But that created
-** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
-** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
-** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But
-** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
-*/
-/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
+** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase;
**
-** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a
-** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using
-** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
-** indices in joins.
+** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
+** alias is removed from the original expression. The usually value is
+** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
+** of the original expression. The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
+** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
*/
-case OP_OpenAutoindex:
-case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ax */
- VdbeCursor *pCx;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */
- static const int vfsFlags =
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+static void resolveAlias(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */
+ int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
+ const char *zType, /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
+ int nSubquery /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */
+){
+ Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
+ Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
- u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
- if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
- u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ax.pCx->pBt,
- BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
- ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
- ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
- ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
- */
- if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
- int pgno;
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
- (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
- u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
- }
- u.ax.pCx->isTable = 0;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
- u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1;
+ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
+ pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+ assert( pOrig!=0 );
+ assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
+ db = pParse->db;
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+ if( pDup==0 ) return;
+ if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
+ incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
+ pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
+ if( pDup==0 ) return;
+ ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Skip);
+ if( pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias==0 ){
+ pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
}
+ pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias;
+ }
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken);
}
- u.ax.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
- u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable;
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
-** row of data. The content of that one row in the content of memory
-** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
-** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
-**
-** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
-** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
-** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode
-** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
-**
-** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
-** the pseudo-table.
-*/
-case OP_OpenPseudo: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ay */
- VdbeCursor *pCx;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
- u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
- if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
- u.ay.pCx->nullRow = 1;
- u.ay.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
- u.ay.pCx->isTable = 1;
- u.ay.pCx->isIndex = 0;
- break;
+ /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This
+ ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
+ ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
+ ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
+ ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to
+ ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree().
+ */
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+ memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){
+ assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+ pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
+ pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken;
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
}
-/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
**
-** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not
-** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain
+** zCol.
*/
-case OP_Close: {
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
- p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
- break;
+static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){
+ if( pUsing ){
+ int k;
+ for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
-** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+/*
+** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their
+** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN".
+** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab,
+** and zCol. If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will
+** match anything.
*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(
+ const char *zSpan,
+ const char *zCol,
+ const char *zTab,
+ const char *zDb
+){
+ int n;
+ for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
+ if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ zSpan += n+1;
+ for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
+ if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ zSpan += n+1;
+ if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
+** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
+** (even if X is implied).
+** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+** from pSrcList.
+** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
+** X and/or Y are implied.)
+** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table.
+** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN.
+** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted
+** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
-** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database
+** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This
+** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success.
*/
-case OP_SeekLt: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekLe: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekGe: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekGt: { /* jump, in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.az */
- int res;
- int oc;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- int nField;
- i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */
+static int lookupName(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+ const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+ const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */
+ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */
+ Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */
+ int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */
+ int nSubquery = 0; /* How many levels of subquery */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
+ struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */
+ NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */
+ Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */
+ int isTrigger = 0; /* True if resolved to a trigger column */
+ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table hold the row */
+ Column *pCol; /* A column of pTab */
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
- u.az.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.az.pC!=0 );
- assert( u.az.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
- assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 );
- assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 );
- assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 );
- assert( u.az.pC->isOrdered );
- if( u.az.pC->pCursor!=0 ){
- u.az.oc = pOp->opcode;
- u.az.pC->nullRow = 0;
- if( u.az.pC->isTable ){
- /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
- ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do
- ** the seek, so covert it. */
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
- u.az.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
- u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-
- /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
- ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
- if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
- if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
- /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
- ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
+ assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+
+ /* Initialize the node to no-match */
+ pExpr->iTable = -1;
+ pExpr->pTab = 0;
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+
+ /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding
+ ** schema. If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match
+ ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine
+ */
+ if( zDb ){
+ testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx );
+ testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck );
+ if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){
+ /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and partial
+ ** indices. Do not raise errors because that might break legacy and
+ ** because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the database name. */
+ zDb = 0;
+ }else{
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ assert( db->aDb[i].zName );
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){
+ pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
break;
}
- /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating
- ** point number. */
- assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 );
-
- if( u.az.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.az.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){
- /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an
- ** integer. */
- u.az.res = 1;
- if( pIn3->r<0 ){
- if( u.az.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- }else{
- if( u.az.oc<=OP_SeekLe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
+ while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+
+ if( pSrcList ){
+ for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+ pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
+ assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+ if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
+ int hit = 0;
+ pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList;
+ for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+ if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){
+ cnt++;
+ cntTab = 2;
+ pMatch = pItem;
+ pExpr->iColumn = j;
+ hit = 1;
}
}
- if( u.az.res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue;
+ }
+ if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( zTab ){
+ const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName;
+ assert( zTabName!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+ pMatch = pItem;
+ }
+ for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
+ ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a
+ ** USING clause, then skip this match.
+ */
+ if( cnt==1 ){
+ if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue;
+ if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue;
+ }
+ cnt++;
+ pMatch = pItem;
+ /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+ pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
+ break;
}
- break;
- }else if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
- /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */
- if( pIn3->r > (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey++;
- }else{
- /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */
- assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt );
- if( pIn3->r < (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey--;
}
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.az.iKey, 0, &u.az.res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- if( u.az.res==0 ){
- u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
- u.az.pC->lastRowid = u.az.iKey;
+ if( pMatch ){
+ pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor;
+ pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
+ assert( (pMatch->jointype & JT_RIGHT)==0 ); /* RIGHT JOIN not (yet) supported */
+ if( (pMatch->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_CanBeNull);
+ }
+ pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema;
}
- }else{
- u.az.nField = pOp->p4.i;
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- assert( u.az.nField>0 );
- u.az.r.pKeyInfo = u.az.pC->pKeyInfo;
- u.az.r.nField = (u16)u.az.nField;
-
- /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
- ** if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
- ** u.az.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
- ** }else{
- ** u.az.r.flags = 0;
- ** }
- */
- u.az.r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (u.az.oc - OP_SeekLt)));
- assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekGt || u.az.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY );
- assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekLe || u.az.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY );
- assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekGe || u.az.r.flags==0 );
- assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekLt || u.az.r.flags==0 );
+ } /* if( pSrcList ) */
- u.az.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- { int i; for(i=0; i<u.az.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.az.r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
- ExpandBlob(u.az.r.aMem);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.r, 0, 0, &u.az.res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- }
- u.az.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- u.az.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
- if( u.az.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt );
- if( u.az.res<0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
+ ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+ */
+ if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
+ int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
+ assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
+ if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
+ pExpr->iTable = 1;
+ pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+ }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
+ pExpr->iTable = 0;
+ pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
}else{
- u.az.res = 0;
+ pTab = 0;
}
- }else{
- assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe );
- if( u.az.res>0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- }else{
- /* u.az.res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to
- ** see if this is the case.
- */
- u.az.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.az.pC->pCursor);
+
+ if( pTab ){
+ int iCol;
+ pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ cntTab++;
+ for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+ iCol = -1;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ /* IMP: R-51414-32910 */
+ /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
+ iCol = -1;
+ }
+ if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+ cnt++;
+ if( iCol<0 ){
+ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
+ testcase( iCol==31 );
+ testcase( iCol==32 );
+ pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+ }else{
+ testcase( iCol==31 );
+ testcase( iCol==32 );
+ pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+ }
+ pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
+ pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+ isTrigger = 1;
+ }
}
}
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- if( u.az.res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- }else{
- /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
- ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
- ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+ /*
+ ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
*/
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- break;
-}
+ if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && pMatch && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol)
+ && HasRowid(pMatch->pTab) ){
+ cnt = 1;
+ pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
+ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ }
-/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange
-** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
-**
-** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until
-** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads
-** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
-*/
-case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ba */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */
+ /*
+ ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+ ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when
+ ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+ **
+ ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+ **
+ ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+ ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+ ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+ ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+ **
+ ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY,
+ ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDRE BY
+ ** clause is not standard SQL. This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that
+ ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. TO DO: Issue a warning
+ ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used.
+ */
+ if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0
+ && zTab==0
+ && cnt==0
+ ){
+ for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+ char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+ if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+ Expr *pOrig;
+ assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+ assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
+ assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
+ pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
+ if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery);
+ cnt = 1;
+ pMatch = 0;
+ assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+ goto lookupname_end;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.ba.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.ba.pC!=0 );
- if( ALWAYS(u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
- assert( u.ba.pC->isTable );
- u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0;
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- u.ba.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
- u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+ /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either
+ ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
+ */
+ if( cnt==0 ){
+ pNC = pNC->pNext;
+ nSubquery++;
+ }
}
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-**
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
-** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
-*/
-/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-**
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
-** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
-** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
-** matching entry.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
-*/
-case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bb */
- int alreadyExists;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */
+ /*
+ ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+ ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+ ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that
+ ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+ ** pExpr.
+ **
+ ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
+ ** fields are not changed in any context.
+ */
+ if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
+ pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+ pExpr->pTab = 0;
+ return WRC_Prune;
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_found_count++;
-#endif
+ /*
+ ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or
+ ** more matches. Either way, we have an error.
+ */
+ if( cnt!=1 ){
+ const char *zErr;
+ zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
+ if( zDb ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
+ }else if( zTab ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
+ }
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ pTopNC->nErr++;
+ }
- u.bb.alreadyExists = 0;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bb.pC!=0 );
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+ /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
+ ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes
+ ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the
+ ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
+ ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
+ */
+ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
+ int n = pExpr->iColumn;
+ testcase( n==BMS-1 );
+ if( n>=BMS ){
+ n = BMS-1;
+ }
+ assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
+ pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
+ }
- assert( u.bb.pC->isTable==0 );
- if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
- u.bb.r.pKeyInfo = u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo;
- u.bb.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
- u.bb.r.aMem = pIn3;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bb.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bb.r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
- u.bb.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
- u.bb.pIdxKey = &u.bb.r;
- }else{
- assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
- assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */
- u.bb.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
- u.bb.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bb.aTempRec));
- if( u.bb.pIdxKey==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- u.bb.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+ /* Clean up and return
+ */
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
+ pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
+ pExpr->pRight = 0;
+ pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
+lookupname_end:
+ if( cnt==1 ){
+ assert( pNC!=0 );
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_AS ){
+ sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, u.bb.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bb.res);
- if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(u.bb.pIdxKey);
+ /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
+ ** the point where the name matched. */
+ for(;;){
+ assert( pTopNC!=0 );
+ pTopNC->nRef++;
+ if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
+ pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- break;
+ return WRC_Prune;
+ } else {
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
+** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
+ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
+ if( p ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
+ p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+ if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
+ p->iColumn = -1;
+ }else{
+ p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
+ testcase( iCol==BMS );
+ testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+ pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
}
- u.bb.alreadyExists = (u.bb.res==0);
- u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- u.bb.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
}
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
- if( u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }else{
- if( !u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a partial index WHERE
+** clause.
+*/
+static void notValidPartIdxWhere(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */
+ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */
+ const char *zMsg /* Type of error */
+){
+ if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in partial index WHERE clauses",
+ zMsg);
}
- break;
}
-/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Cursor P1 is open on an index b-tree - that is to say, a btree which
-** no data and where the key are records generated by OP_MakeRecord with
-** the list field being the integer ROWID of the entry that the index
-** entry refers to.
-**
-** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record
-** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers
-** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1.
-** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid
-** value appended to the end of the index record. This rowid value may
-** or may not be the same as R.
-**
-** If any of the N registers beginning with register P4 contains a NULL
-** value, jump immediately to P2.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+/*
+** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a CHECK constraint.
+*/
+static void notValidCheckConstraint(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */
+ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */
+ const char *zMsg /* Type of error */
+){
+ if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s prohibited in CHECK constraints", zMsg);
+ }
+}
+#else
+# define notValidCheckConstraint(P,N,M)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0.
+** Return 1024 times this value. Or return -1 if p is not a floating point
+** value between 1.0 and 0.0.
+*/
+static int exprProbability(Expr *p){
+ double r = -1.0;
+ if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1;
+ sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8);
+ assert( r>=0.0 );
+ if( r>1.0 ) return -1;
+ return (int)(r*1000.0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
**
-** Otherwise, this instruction checks if cursor P1 contains an entry
-** where the first (N-1) fields match but the rowid value at the end
-** of the index entry is not R. If there is no such entry, control jumps
-** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index
-** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next
-** instruction.
+** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
+** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down
+** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
**
-** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
+** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
+** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed
+** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
*/
-case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bc */
- u16 ii;
- VdbeCursor *pCx;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- u16 nField;
- Mem *aMx;
- UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */
- i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */
+static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ NameContext *pNC;
+ Parse *pParse;
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.bc.aMx = &aMem[pOp->p4.i];
- /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+ assert( pNC!=0 );
+ pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
- /* Find the index cursor. */
- u.bc.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bc.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
- u.bc.pCx->seekResult = 0;
- u.bc.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- u.bc.pCrsr = u.bc.pCx->pCursor;
-
- /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
- u.bc.nField = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField;
- for(u.bc.ii=0; u.bc.ii<u.bc.nField; u.bc.ii++){
- if( u.bc.aMx[u.bc.ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- u.bc.pCrsr = 0;
- break;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
+ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+ assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
}
}
- assert( (u.bc.aMx[u.bc.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
-
- if( u.bc.pCrsr!=0 ){
- /* Populate the index search key. */
- u.bc.r.pKeyInfo = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo;
- u.bc.r.nField = u.bc.nField + 1;
- u.bc.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
- u.bc.r.aMem = u.bc.aMx;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bc.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bc.r.aMem[i]) ); }
#endif
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
- /* Extract the value of u.bc.R from register P3. */
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
- u.bc.R = pIn3->u.i;
-
- /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump
- ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to
- ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction. */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bc.pCrsr, &u.bc.r, 0, 0, &u.bc.pCx->seekResult);
- if( (u.bc.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.bc.r.rowid==u.bc.R ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }else{
- pIn3->u.i = u.bc.r.rowid;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+ /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
+ ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
+ ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+ */
+ case TK_ROW: {
+ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
+ pItem = pSrcList->a;
+ pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+ pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+ pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ break;
}
- }
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Use the content of register P3 as an integer key. If a record
-** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.
-** If the record does exist, then fall through. The cursor is left
-** pointing to the record if it exists.
-**
-** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
-** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
-** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
-** P1 is an index.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique
-*/
-case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bd */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
- u64 iKey;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bd.pC!=0 );
- assert( u.bd.pC->isTable );
- assert( u.bd.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
- u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pC->pCursor;
- if( u.bd.pCrsr!=0 ){
- u.bd.res = 0;
- u.bd.iKey = pIn3->u.i;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, 0, u.bd.iKey, 0, &u.bd.res);
- u.bd.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
- u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid = u.bd.res==0 ?1:0;
- u.bd.pC->nullRow = 0;
- u.bd.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- u.bd.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- if( u.bd.res!=0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- assert( u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+ /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
+ */
+ case TK_ID: {
+ return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
}
- u.bd.pC->seekResult = u.bd.res;
- }else{
- /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the
- ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
+
+ /* A table name and column name: ID.ID
+ ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID
*/
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- assert( u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
- u.bd.pC->seekResult = 0;
- }
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
-** Write the sequence number into register P2.
-** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.
-*/
-case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
- pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
- break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
-** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
-** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written
-** written to register P2.
-**
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
-** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
-** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
-** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
-** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
-** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
-*/
-case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.be */
- i64 v; /* The new rowid */
- VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
- int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
- int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
- Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.be */
+ case TK_DOT: {
+ const char *zColumn;
+ const char *zTable;
+ const char *zDb;
+ Expr *pRight;
- u.be.v = 0;
- u.be.res = 0;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.be.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.be.pC!=0 );
- if( NEVER(u.be.pC->pCursor==0) ){
- /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
- }else{
- /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
- ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
- **
- ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
- ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
- ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
- ** probabilistic algorithm
- **
- ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
- ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have
- ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
- ** and try again, up to 100 times.
- */
- assert( u.be.pC->isTable );
+ /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
+ pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+ if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+ zDb = 0;
+ zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+ zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
+ }else{
+ assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+ zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+ zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
+ zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
+ }
+ return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
-#else
- /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
- ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems
- ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
+ /* Resolve function names
*/
-# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
-#endif
+ case TK_FUNCTION: {
+ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */
+ int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */
+ int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */
+ int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+ int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */
+ int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */
+ int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */
+ const char *zId; /* The function name. */
+ FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */
+ u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */
- if( !u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){
- u.be.v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.be.pC->pCursor);
- if( u.be.v==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.be.pC->pCursor, &u.be.res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- if( u.be.res ){
- u.be.v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "functions");
+ zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+ nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+ if( pDef==0 ){
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0);
+ if( pDef==0 ){
+ no_such_func = 1;
}else{
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.be.pC->pCursor) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.be.pC->pCursor, &u.be.v);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
- if( u.be.v==MAX_ROWID ){
- u.be.pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+ wrong_num_args = 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip);
+ if( n==2 ){
+ pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr);
+ if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a "
+ "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
+ pNC->nErr++;
+ }
}else{
- u.be.v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to
+ ** likelihood(X, 0.0625).
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for
+ ** likelihood(X,0.0625).
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand for
+ ** likelihood(X,0.9375).
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent to
+ ** likelihood(X,0.9375). */
+ /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */
+ pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 62 : 938;
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
+ if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
+ pDef->zName);
+ pNC->nErr++;
}
+ pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
+#endif
+ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant);
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- if( pOp->p3 ){
- /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- if( p->pFrame ){
- for(u.be.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.be.pFrame->pParent; u.be.pFrame=u.be.pFrame->pParent);
- /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
- assert( pOp->p3<=u.be.pFrame->nMem );
- u.be.pMem = &u.be.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
- }else{
- /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.be.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- memAboutToChange(p, u.be.pMem);
+ if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
+ pNC->nErr++;
+ is_agg = 0;
+ }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+ pNC->nErr++;
+ }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+ nId, zId);
+ pNC->nErr++;
+ }
+ if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+ sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
+ if( is_agg ){
+ NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
+ pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+ pExpr->op2 = 0;
+ while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
+ pExpr->op2++;
+ pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
}
- assert( memIsValid(u.be.pMem) );
+ assert( pDef!=0 );
+ if( pNC2 ){
+ assert( SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX==NC_MinMaxAgg );
+ testcase( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)!=0 );
+ pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg | (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.be.pMem);
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.be.pMem);
- assert( (u.be.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
- if( u.be.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
- goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- if( u.be.v<u.be.pMem->u.i+1 ){
- u.be.v = u.be.pMem->u.i + 1;
- }
- u.be.pMem->u.i = u.be.v;
+ pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
}
-#endif
-
- sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.be.pC->pCursor, u.be.v<MAX_ROWID ? u.be.v+1 : 0);
+ /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+ ** type of the function
+ */
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
- if( u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){
- /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
- ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
- ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
- ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
- assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
- ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
- /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */
- u.be.v = lastRowid;
- u.be.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
- u.be.v++; /* ensure non-zero */
- u.be.cnt = 0;
- while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.be.v,
- 0, &u.be.res))==SQLITE_OK)
- && (u.be.res==0)
- && (++u.be.cnt<100)){
- /* collision - try another random rowid */
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.be.v), &u.be.v);
- if( u.be.cnt<5 ){
- /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */
- u.be.v &= 0xffffff;
- }else{
- u.be.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_SELECT:
+ case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+#endif
+ case TK_IN: {
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ int nRef = pNC->nRef;
+ notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "subqueries");
+ notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "subqueries");
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+ assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
+ if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
}
- u.be.v++; /* ensure non-zero */
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.be.res==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- assert( u.be.v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_VARIABLE: {
+ notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "parameters");
+ notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "parameters");
+ break;
}
- u.be.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- u.be.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- u.be.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
- pOut->u.i = u.be.v;
- break;
+ return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
}
-/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is
-** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
-** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
-** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
-** be a MEM_Int.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
-** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
-** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
-** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
-** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
-** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
-** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
-** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization
-** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
-** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
-** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to
-** the update hook.
-**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
-** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook
-** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
-**
-** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
-** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
-** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the
-** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not
-** cause any problems.)
-**
-** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction
-** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
-*/
-/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+/*
+** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
+** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
+** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
+** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is,
+** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
+** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is
+** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
+** return 0.
**
-** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
-** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
+** pEList has been resolved. pE has not.
*/
-case OP_Insert:
-case OP_InsertInt: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bf */
- Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
- Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */
- i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
- VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
- int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
- int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
- const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */
- const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
- int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */
-
- u.bf.pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- assert( memIsValid(u.bf.pData) );
- u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bf.pC!=0 );
- assert( u.bf.pC->pCursor!=0 );
- assert( u.bf.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
- assert( u.bf.pC->isTable );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bf.pData);
-
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
- u.bf.pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- assert( u.bf.pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
- assert( memIsValid(u.bf.pKey) );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pKey);
- u.bf.iKey = u.bf.pKey->u.i;
- }else{
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
- u.bf.iKey = pOp->p3;
- }
+static int resolveAsName(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */
+ Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */
+){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
- if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
- if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.bf.iKey;
- if( u.bf.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
- u.bf.pData->z = 0;
- u.bf.pData->n = 0;
- }else{
- assert( u.bf.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
- }
- u.bf.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bf.pC->seekResult : 0);
- if( u.bf.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- u.bf.nZero = u.bf.pData->u.nZero;
- }else{
- u.bf.nZero = 0;
- }
- sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bf.iKey,
- u.bf.pData->z, u.bf.pData->n, u.bf.nZero,
- pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bf.seekResult
- );
- u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
- /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
- u.bf.zDb = db->aDb[u.bf.pC->iDb].zName;
- u.bf.zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
- u.bf.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
- assert( u.bf.pC->isTable );
- db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bf.op, u.bf.zDb, u.bf.zTbl, u.bf.iKey);
- assert( u.bf.pC->iDb>=0 );
+ if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
+ char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
+ if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+ return i+1;
+ }
+ }
}
- break;
+ return 0;
}
-/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
-**
-** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
-** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
-** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete
-** a record from within an Next loop.
+/*
+** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
+** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been
+** name resolved.
**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).
+** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
+** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That
+** case is handled by the calling routine.
**
-** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with
-** multiple rows.
+** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
+** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column,
+** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
+** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the
+** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
+** the column.
**
-** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
-** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
-** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
-** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
+** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs.
*/
-case OP_Delete: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bg */
- i64 iKey;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */
+static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
+ Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */
+){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */
+ NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */
+ u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
- u.bg.iKey = 0;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bg.pC!=0 );
- assert( u.bg.pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
+ assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
- /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bg.iKey to the rowid of the
- ** row being deleted.
+ /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
*/
- if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
- assert( u.bg.pC->isTable );
- assert( u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid ); /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
- u.bg.iKey = u.bg.pC->lastRowid;
- }
-
- /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or
- ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that
- ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor u.bg.pC is always pointing
- ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation
- ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail. We will run it anyhow, though,
- ** to guard against future changes to the code generator.
- **/
- assert( u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bg.pC);
- if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-
- sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bg.pC->pCursor);
- u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
+ nc.pParse = pParse;
+ nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+ nc.pEList = pEList;
+ nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+ nc.nErr = 0;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
+ db->suppressErr = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
+ db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
+ if( rc ) return 0;
- /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bg.pC->iDb].zName;
- const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
- db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bg.iKey);
- assert( u.bg.pC->iDb>=0 );
+ /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
+ ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching
+ ** result-set entry.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){
+ return i+1;
+ }
}
- if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
- break;
+
+ /* If no match, return 0. */
+ return 0;
}
-/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
-**
-** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
-** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
-** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
-** This is used by trigger programs.
+
+/*
+** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
*/
-case OP_ResetCount: {
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
- p->nChange = 0;
- break;
+static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */
+ const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+ int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
+ int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */
+){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
+ "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
}
-/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
-** it is found in the database file.
-**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify
+** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
+** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.
-** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as
-** it is found in the database file.
+** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
+** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
+** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions
+** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
+** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
+** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
+** the integer column number.
**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+** Return the number of errors seen.
*/
-case OP_RowKey:
-case OP_RowData: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bh */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- u32 n;
- i64 n64;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */
-
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-
- /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bh.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
- assert( u.bh.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
- assert( u.bh.pC!=0 );
- assert( u.bh.pC->nullRow==0 );
- assert( u.bh.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
- assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 );
- u.bh.pCrsr = u.bh.pC->pCursor;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bh.pCrsr) );
-
- /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
- ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
- ** the cursor. Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
- ** a no-op and can never fail. But we leave it in place as a safety.
- */
- assert( u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bh.pC);
- if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
+ Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
+){
+ int i;
+ ExprList *pOrderBy;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ int moreToDo = 1;
- if( u.bh.pC->isIndex ){
- assert( !u.bh.pC->isTable );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bh.pCrsr, &u.bh.n64);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
- if( u.bh.n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- u.bh.n = (u32)u.bh.n64;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.bh.pCrsr, &u.bh.n);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */
- if( u.bh.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
+ pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+ if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+ db = pParse->db;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+ if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
+ return 1;
}
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bh.n, 0) ){
- goto no_mem;
+#endif
+ for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
}
- pOut->n = u.bh.n;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
- if( u.bh.pC->isIndex ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(u.bh.pCrsr, 0, u.bh.n, pOut->z);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeData(u.bh.pCrsr, 0, u.bh.n, pOut->z);
+ pSelect->pNext = 0;
+ while( pSelect->pPrior ){
+ pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
+ pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
}
- pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
-** P1 is currently point to.
-**
-** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to
-** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
-** one opcode now works for both table types.
-*/
-case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bi */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- i64 v;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */
-
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bi.pC!=0 );
- assert( u.bi.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
- if( u.bi.pC->nullRow ){
- pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
- break;
- }else if( u.bi.pC->deferredMoveto ){
- u.bi.v = u.bi.pC->movetoTarget;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- }else if( u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor ){
- u.bi.pVtab = u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- u.bi.pModule = u.bi.pVtab->pModule;
- assert( u.bi.pModule->xRowid );
- rc = u.bi.pModule->xRowid(u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bi.v);
- importVtabErrMsg(p, u.bi.pVtab);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
- }else{
- assert( u.bi.pC->pCursor!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bi.pC);
- if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- if( u.bi.pC->rowidIsValid ){
- u.bi.v = u.bi.pC->lastRowid;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bi.pC->pCursor, &u.bi.v);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */
+ while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ moreToDo = 0;
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ int iCol = -1;
+ Expr *pE, *pDup;
+ if( pItem->done ) continue;
+ pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr);
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+ if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
+ if( iCol==0 ){
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ assert(pDup);
+ iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+ }
+ }
+ if( iCol>0 ){
+ /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol,
+ ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */
+ Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 1;
+ pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+ pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
+ if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
+ pItem->pExpr = pNew;
+ }else{
+ assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+ assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE );
+ pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew;
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
+ pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+ pItem->done = 1;
+ }else{
+ moreToDo = 1;
+ }
}
+ pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
}
- pOut->u.i = u.bi.v;
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
-**
-** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations
-** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
-** write a NULL.
-*/
-case OP_NullRow: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bj */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */
-
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bj.pC!=0 );
- u.bj.pC->nullRow = 1;
- u.bj.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- if( u.bj.pC->pCursor ){
- sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bj.pC->pCursor);
+ for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+ if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
+ "column in the result set", i+1);
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- break;
+ return 0;
}
-/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
+** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a
+** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol
+** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
+** column.
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
-** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
+** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
+** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen.
*/
-case OP_Last: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bk */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+ const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bk.pC!=0 );
- u.bk.pCrsr = u.bk.pC->pCursor;
- if( u.bk.pCrsr==0 ){
- u.bk.res = 1;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.res);
- }
- u.bk.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bk.res;
- u.bk.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- u.bk.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- u.bk.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bk.res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+ if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
+ return 1;
}
- break;
+#endif
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+ assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){
+ if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0);
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-
-/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
-** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
+** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either
+** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
**
-** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
-** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
-** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
-** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
-** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
-** correctly optimizing out sorts.
-*/
-case OP_Sort: { /* jump */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_sort_count++;
- sqlite3_search_count--;
-#endif
- p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT-1]++;
- /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
-}
-/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
+** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
+** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
+** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
+** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If
+** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of
+** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
+** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
+** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
-** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
+** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then
+** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors
+** excepted.)
*/
-case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bl */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */
+static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
+ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
+ const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ int iCol; /* Column number */
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bl.pC!=0 );
- u.bl.res = 1;
- if( (u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.res);
- u.bl.pC->atFirst = u.bl.res==0 ?1:0;
- u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- u.bl.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- }
- u.bl.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bl.res;
- assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
- if( u.bl.res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+ nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+ pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
+ Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE);
+ if( zType[0]!='G' ){
+ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2);
+ if( iCol>0 ){
+ /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
+ ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to
+ ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
+ ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
+ pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){
+ /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column
+ ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
+ ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
+ if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){
+ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
+ pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ for(j=0; j<pSelect->pEList->nExpr; j++){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){
+ pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1;
+ }
+ }
}
- break;
+ return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
}
-/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * P5
-**
-** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
-** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-**
-** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
-** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
-**
-** See also: Prev
-*/
-/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5
-**
-** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
-** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-**
-** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
-** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+/*
+** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendants.
*/
-case OP_Prev: /* jump */
-case OP_Next: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bm */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */
+static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */
+ NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */
+ int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */
+ int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
+ Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
- u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- if( u.bm.pC==0 ){
- break; /* See ticket #2273 */
- }
- u.bm.pCrsr = u.bm.pC->pCursor;
- if( u.bm.pCrsr==0 ){
- u.bm.pC->nullRow = 1;
- break;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
- u.bm.res = 1;
- assert( u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res) :
- sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res);
- u.bm.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bm.res;
- u.bm.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- if( u.bm.res==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
+ pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+ pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ db = pParse->db;
+
+ /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
+ ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within
+ ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
+ ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let
+ ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
+ ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
+ ** this routine in the correct order.
+ */
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
+ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+ return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
}
- u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
-** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key
-** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil.
-**
-** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
-** insert is likely to be an append.
-**
-** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction
-** for tables is OP_Insert.
-*/
-case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bn */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int nKey;
- const char *zKey;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */
+ isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
+ nCompound = 0;
+ pLeftmost = p;
+ while( p ){
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bn.pC!=0 );
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
- u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor;
- if( ALWAYS(u.bn.pCrsr!=0) ){
- assert( u.bn.pC->isTable==0 );
- rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u.bn.nKey = pIn2->n;
- u.bn.zKey = pIn2->z;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bn.pCrsr, u.bn.zKey, u.bn.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3,
- ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bn.pC->seekResult : 0)
- );
- assert( u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
+ ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
+ */
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
+ sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
}
- }
- break;
-}
+
+ /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+ if( pItem->pSelect ){
+ NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */
+ int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */
+ const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
-** index opened by cursor P1.
-*/
-case OP_IdxDelete: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bo */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord r;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */
+ /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its
+ ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in
+ ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then
+ ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the
+ ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */
+ for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef;
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem+1 );
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bo.pC!=0 );
- u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor;
- if( ALWAYS(u.bo.pCrsr!=0) ){
- u.bo.r.pKeyInfo = u.bo.pC->pKeyInfo;
- u.bo.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
- u.bo.r.flags = 0;
- u.bo.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bo.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bo.r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.r, 0, 0, &u.bo.res);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bo.res==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bo.pCrsr);
+ if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
+ sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
+ pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
+
+ for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef;
+ assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 );
+ pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
+ }
}
- assert( u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }
- break;
-}
+
+ /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
+ ** resolve the result-set expression list.
+ */
+ sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+ sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
+ sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+
+ /* Resolve names in the result set. */
+ pEList = p->pEList;
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
+ ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
+ */
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
+ pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+ if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){
+ assert( NC_MinMaxAgg==SF_MinMaxAgg );
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate | (sNC.ncFlags&NC_MinMaxAgg);
+ }else{
+ sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+ }
+
+ /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
+ */
+ if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the
+ ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
+ ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
+ ** aliases in the result set.
+ **
+ ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
+ ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
+ */
+ sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
-/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
-** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be
-** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
-**
-** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
-*/
-case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bp */
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- i64 rowid;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */
+ /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
+ ** outer queries
+ */
+ sNC.pNext = 0;
+ sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bp.pC!=0 );
- u.bp.pCrsr = u.bp.pC->pCursor;
- pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
- if( ALWAYS(u.bp.pCrsr!=0) ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bp.pC);
- if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- assert( u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- assert( u.bp.pC->isTable==0 );
- if( !u.bp.pC->nullRow ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bp.pCrsr, &u.bp.rowid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
+ /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
+ ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
+ ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
+ ** the compound have been resolved.
+ */
+ if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure
+ ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
+ */
+ if( pGroupBy ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+
+ if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
+ "the GROUP BY clause");
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
}
- pOut->u.i = u.bp.rowid;
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
}
+
+ /* Advance to the next term of the compound
+ */
+ p = p->pPrior;
+ nCompound++;
}
- break;
+
+ /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
+ ** the compound have been resolved.
+ */
+ if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
-/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+/*
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error
+** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
+** are seen.
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
+** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
-** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or
+** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon
-** prior to the comparison. This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
-** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
-** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger
+** one of the special names "old" or "new".
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
+** Z: The name of a column in table Y.
**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
-** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior
-** to the comparison. This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
-*/
-case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */
-case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bq */
- VdbeCursor *pC;
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord r;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */
-
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bq.pC!=0 );
- assert( u.bq.pC->isOrdered );
- if( ALWAYS(u.bq.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
- assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- u.bq.r.pKeyInfo = u.bq.pC->pKeyInfo;
- u.bq.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
- if( pOp->p5 ){
- u.bq.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
- }else{
- u.bq.r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
- }
- u.bq.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bq.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bq.r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
- rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(u.bq.pC, &u.bq.r, &u.bq.res);
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
- u.bq.res = -u.bq.res;
- }else{
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
- u.bq.res++;
- }
- if( u.bq.res>0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
- }
- }
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN
+** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y
+** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid.
+** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
**
-** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
-** file is given by P1.
**
-** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If
-** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
+** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
+** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression
+** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
+** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
+** tree. For example, in:
**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
-** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
-** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former
-** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
-** is stored in register P2. If no page
-** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already
-** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
-** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
**
-** See also: Clear
+** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
+**
+** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
+**
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
+** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
+** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
+** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
+** property on the expression is set.
+**
+** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number
+** if errors is returned.
*/
-case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.br */
- int iMoved;
- int iCnt;
- Vdbe *pVdbe;
- int iDb;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.br */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- u.br.iCnt = 0;
- for(u.br.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.br.pVdbe; u.br.pVdbe = u.br.pVdbe->pNext){
- if( u.br.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.br.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.br.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
- u.br.iCnt++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(
+ NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
+ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+ u16 savedHasAgg;
+ Walker w;
+
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ {
+ Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
+ return 1;
}
+ pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
}
-#else
- u.br.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
#endif
- pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
- if( u.br.iCnt>1 ){
- rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
- p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
- }else{
- u.br.iDb = pOp->p3;
- assert( u.br.iCnt==1 );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.br.iDb))!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[u.br.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.br.iMoved);
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
- pOut->u.i = u.br.iMoved;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.br.iMoved!=0 ){
- sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, u.br.iDb, u.br.iMoved, pOp->p1);
- /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
- assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==u.br.iDb+1 );
- resetSchemaOnFault = u.br.iDb+1;
- }
+ savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
+ pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+ w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+ w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ w.u.pNC = pNC;
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
#endif
+ if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
}
- break;
+ if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
+ }
+ pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg;
+ return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
}
-/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
+
+/*
+** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
+** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
+** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
+** terms.
**
-** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
-** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not
-** remove the table or index from the database file.
+** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
+** transformations that occur.
**
-** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If
-** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
+){
+ Walker w;
+
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+ w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+ w.pParse = pParse;
+ w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table:
**
-** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
-** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
-** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
-** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
-** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+** * CHECK constraints
+** * WHERE clauses on partial indices
**
-** See also: Destroy
+** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression
+** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number.
+**
+** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse.
*/
-case OP_Clear: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bs */
- int nChange;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table being referenced */
+ int type, /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to resolve. May be NULL. */
+ ExprList *pList /* Expression list to resolve. May be NUL. */
+){
+ SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
+ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
- u.bs.nChange = 0;
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
- db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bs.nChange : 0)
- );
- if( pOp->p3 ){
- p->nChange += u.bs.nChange;
- if( pOp->p3>0 ){
- assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
- memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
- aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bs.nChange;
+ assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx );
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
+ sSrc.nSrc = 1;
+ sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName;
+ sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab;
+ sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
+ sNC.ncFlags = type;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return;
+ if( pList ){
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+ return;
+ }
}
}
- break;
}
-/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
+/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must
-** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index
-** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** See also: CreateIndex
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
*/
-/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
+
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
-** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2.
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
-** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expressions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
-case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */
-case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bt */
- int pgno;
- int flags;
- Db *pDb;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */
-
- u.bt.pgno = 0;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- u.bt.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.bt.pDb->pBt!=0 );
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
- /* u.bt.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
- u.bt.flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
- }else{
- u.bt.flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+ int op;
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+ if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return 0;
+ op = pExpr->op;
+ if( op==TK_SELECT ){
+ assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
+ return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bt.pDb->pBt, &u.bt.pgno, u.bt.flags);
- pOut->u.i = u.bt.pgno;
- break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+ if( op==TK_CAST ){
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER)
+ && pExpr->pTab!=0
+ ){
+ /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+ ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+ int j = pExpr->iColumn;
+ if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
+ return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+ }
+ return pExpr->affinity;
}
-/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4.
+/*
+** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
+** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to a new Expr node that
+** implements the COLLATE operator.
**
-** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
-** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db
+** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged.
*/
-case OP_ParseSchema: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bu */
- int iDb;
- const char *zMaster;
- char *zSql;
- InitData initData;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */
-
- /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
- ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking
- ** sqlite3InitCallback().
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- for(u.bu.iDb=0; u.bu.iDb<db->nDb; u.bu.iDb++){
- assert( u.bu.iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].pBt) );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */
+ const Token *pCollName /* Name of collating sequence */
+){
+ if( pCollName->n>0 ){
+ Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, 1);
+ if( pNew ){
+ pNew->pLeft = pExpr;
+ pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip;
+ pExpr = pNew;
+ }
}
-#endif
+ return pExpr;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){
+ Token s;
+ assert( zC!=0 );
+ s.z = zC;
+ s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z);
+ return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s);
+}
- u.bu.iDb = pOp->p1;
- assert( u.bu.iDb>=0 && u.bu.iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( DbHasProperty(db, u.bu.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
- /* Used to be a conditional */ {
- u.bu.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.bu.iDb);
- u.bu.initData.db = db;
- u.bu.initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
- u.bu.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
- u.bu.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
- db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].zName, u.bu.zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
- if( u.bu.zSql==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+/*
+** Skip over any TK_COLLATE or TK_AS operators and any unlikely()
+** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){
+ while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 );
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION );
+ pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
}else{
- assert( db->init.busy==0 );
- db->init.busy = 1;
- u.bu.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, u.bu.zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &u.bu.initData, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.bu.initData.rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bu.zSql);
- db->init.busy = 0;
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_AS );
+ pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
}
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- break;
+ }
+ return pExpr;
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
-/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
+/*
+** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL.
**
-** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
-** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause
-** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
+** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator
+** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence.
+** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take
+** precedence over right operands.
*/
-case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+ Expr *p = pExpr;
+ while( p ){
+ int op = p->op;
+ if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break;
+ if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){
+ p = p->pLeft;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){
+ pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
+ break;
+ }
+ if( p->pTab!=0
+ && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
+ || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)
+ ){
+ /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+ ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+ int j = p->iColumn;
+ if( j>=0 ){
+ const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
+ if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
+ p = p->pLeft;
+ }else{
+ p = p->pRight;
+ }
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+ pColl = 0;
+ }
+ return pColl;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
-/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+/*
+** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
*/
-case OP_DropTable: {
- sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+ char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+ if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+ /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
+ ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
+ return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+ /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the
+ ** results directly.
+ */
+ return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }else{
+ /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+ assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
+ return (aff1 + aff2);
+ }
}
-/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
*/
-case OP_DropIndex: {
- sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- break;
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+ char aff;
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+ pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+ pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+ assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+ aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+ if( pExpr->pRight ){
+ aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+ }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+ }else if( !aff ){
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ return aff;
}
-/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
*/
-case OP_DropTrigger: {
- sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+ char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+ switch( aff ){
+ case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+ return 1;
+ case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+ return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+ default:
+ return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
+ }
}
+/*
+** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+*/
+static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+ u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+ aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
+ return aff;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in
-** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
-** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
-**
-** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
-** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
-** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
-**
-** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
-** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables
-** total.
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
**
-** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
-** file, not the main database file.
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
**
-** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
+** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
+** it is not considered.
*/
-case OP_IntegrityCk: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bv */
- int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */
- int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
- int j; /* Loop counter */
- int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */
- char *z; /* Text of the error report */
- Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */
-
- u.bv.nRoot = pOp->p2;
- assert( u.bv.nRoot>0 );
- u.bv.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.bv.nRoot+1) );
- if( u.bv.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.bv.pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
- assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- for(u.bv.j=0; u.bv.j<u.bv.nRoot; u.bv.j++){
- u.bv.aRoot[u.bv.j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[u.bv.j]);
- }
- u.bv.aRoot[u.bv.j] = 0;
- assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
- u.bv.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.bv.aRoot, u.bv.nRoot,
- (int)u.bv.pnErr->u.i, &u.bv.nErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bv.aRoot);
- u.bv.pnErr->u.i -= u.bv.nErr;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
- if( u.bv.nErr==0 ){
- assert( u.bv.z==0 );
- }else if( u.bv.z==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ Expr *pLeft,
+ Expr *pRight
+){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ assert( pLeft );
+ if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+ }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.bv.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+ if( !pColl ){
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+ }
}
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
- break;
+ return pColl;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
-** held in register P1.
-**
-** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
+/*
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
*/
-case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
- }
- sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
- break;
+static int codeCompare(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+ Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */
+ Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */
+ int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */
+ int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
+ int dest, /* Jump here if true. */
+ int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+ int p5;
+ int addr;
+ CollSeq *p4;
+
+ p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+ p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
+ (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
+ return addr;
}
-/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
-** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
-** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+/*
+** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
+** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
+** pParse.
*/
-case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bw */
- i64 val;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
- || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &u.bw.val)==0
- ){
- /* The boolean index is empty */
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }else{
- /* A value was pulled from the index */
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], u.bw.val);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
+ if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
-**
-** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
-** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
-** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
-** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
-** next opcode.
-**
-** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
-** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
-** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
-** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or
-** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
-** bits are significant.
+/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
+** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
+** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
+** first argument.
**
-** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
-** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
-** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
-** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
-** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
-** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
-** inserted as part of some other set).
+** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
+** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
+** value.
*/
-case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bx */
- int iSet;
- int exists;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */
-
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.bx.iSet = pOp->p4.i;
- assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
-
- /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
- ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
- */
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
+ if( p ){
+ if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
+ *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
+ }
}
-
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- assert( u.bx.iSet==-1 || u.bx.iSet>=0 );
- if( u.bx.iSet ){
- u.bx.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet,
- (u8)(u.bx.iSet>=0 ? u.bx.iSet & 0xf : 0xff),
- pIn3->u.i);
- if( u.bx.exists ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
+}
+static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
+ if( p ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
+ heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
}
}
- if( u.bx.iSet>=0 ){
- sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
+}
+static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
+ if( p ){
+ heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
+ heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
+ heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
+ heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
+ heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
+ heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
+ heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
+ heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an
+** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or
+** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
+** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other
+** referenced Expr plus one.
+*/
+static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
+ int nHeight = 0;
+ heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
+ heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
+ }else{
+ heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
}
- break;
+ p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
}
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
+** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
+** leave an error in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
+ exprSetHeight(p);
+ sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/*
+** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
+** by the select statement passed as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
+ int nHeight = 0;
+ heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
+ return nHeight;
+}
+#else
+ #define exprSetHeight(y)
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
-/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+/*
+** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
**
-** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM).
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory
+** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
**
-** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory
-** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2
-** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE
-** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address
-** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the
-** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
+** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
+** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance. The deQuote
+** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
+** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
+** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
**
-** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
+** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
+** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
+** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written
+** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage
+** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
*/
-case OP_Program: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.by */
- int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
- int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
- Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */
- Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
- Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
- SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */
- void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */
-
- u.by.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
- u.by.pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- assert( memIsValid(u.by.pRt) );
- assert( u.by.pProgram->nOp>0 );
-
- /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
- ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
- ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
- ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
- **
- ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
- ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
- ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
- ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
- ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
- ** variable. */
- if( pOp->p5 ){
- u.by.t = u.by.pProgram->token;
- for(u.by.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.by.pFrame && u.by.pFrame->token!=u.by.t; u.by.pFrame=u.by.pFrame->pParent);
- if( u.by.pFrame ) break;
- }
-
- if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
- break;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+ int op, /* Expression opcode */
+ const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */
+ int dequote /* True to dequote */
+){
+ Expr *pNew;
+ int nExtra = 0;
+ int iValue = 0;
- /* Register u.by.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
- ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
- ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.by.pRt
- ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */
- if( (u.by.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
- /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
- ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
- ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
- ** variable u.by.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
- */
- u.by.nMem = u.by.pProgram->nMem + u.by.pProgram->nCsr;
- u.by.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
- + u.by.nMem * sizeof(Mem)
- + u.by.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *);
- u.by.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.by.nByte);
- if( !u.by.pFrame ){
- goto no_mem;
+ if( pToken ){
+ if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
+ || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
+ nExtra = pToken->n+1;
+ assert( iValue>=0 );
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.by.pRt);
- u.by.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
- u.by.pRt->u.pFrame = u.by.pFrame;
-
- u.by.pFrame->v = p;
- u.by.pFrame->nChildMem = u.by.nMem;
- u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.by.pProgram->nCsr;
- u.by.pFrame->pc = pc;
- u.by.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
- u.by.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
- u.by.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
- u.by.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
- u.by.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
- u.by.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
- u.by.pFrame->token = u.by.pProgram->token;
-
- u.by.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame)[u.by.pFrame->nChildMem];
- for(u.by.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame); u.by.pMem!=u.by.pEnd; u.by.pMem++){
- u.by.pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- u.by.pMem->db = db;
+ }
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
+ if( pNew ){
+ pNew->op = (u8)op;
+ pNew->iAgg = -1;
+ if( pToken ){
+ if( nExtra==0 ){
+ pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+ pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
+ }else{
+ int c;
+ pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
+ assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 );
+ if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+ pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
+ if( dequote && nExtra>=3
+ && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
+ sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
+ if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
+ }
+ }
}
- }else{
- u.by.pFrame = u.by.pRt->u.pFrame;
- assert( u.by.pProgram->nMem+u.by.pProgram->nCsr==u.by.pFrame->nChildMem );
- assert( u.by.pProgram->nCsr==u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr );
- assert( pc==u.by.pFrame->pc );
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ pNew->nHeight = 1;
+#endif
}
-
- p->nFrame++;
- u.by.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
- u.by.pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
- u.by.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
- p->nChange = 0;
- p->pFrame = u.by.pFrame;
- p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame)[-1];
- p->nMem = u.by.pFrame->nChildMem;
- p->nCursor = (u16)u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr;
- p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
- p->aOp = aOp = u.by.pProgram->aOp;
- p->nOp = u.by.pProgram->nOp;
- pc = -1;
-
- break;
+ return pNew;
}
-/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the
-** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory
-** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames
-** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.*
-** and old.* values.
-**
-** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
-** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
-** calling OP_Program instruction.
+/*
+** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
+** already been dequoted.
*/
-case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bz */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame;
- Mem *pIn;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */
- u.bz.pFrame = p->pFrame;
- u.bz.pIn = &u.bz.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.bz.pFrame->aOp[u.bz.pFrame->pc].p1];
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.bz.pIn, MEM_Ephem);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+ int op, /* Expression opcode */
+ const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */
+){
+ Token x;
+ x.z = zToken;
+ x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
+ return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
**
-** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
-** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented
-** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the
-** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
+** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
+** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
*/
-case OP_FkCounter: {
- if( pOp->p1 ){
- db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ Expr *pRoot,
+ Expr *pLeft,
+ Expr *pRight
+){
+ if( pRoot==0 ){
+ assert( db->mallocFailed );
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
}else{
- p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
+ if( pRight ){
+ pRoot->pRight = pRight;
+ pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags;
+ }
+ if( pLeft ){
+ pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
+ pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
+ }
+ exprSetHeight(pRoot);
}
- break;
}
-/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
-** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next
-** instruction.
+/*
+** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
**
-** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
-** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
-** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
-** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
+** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new
+** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
+** free the subtrees and return NULL.
*/
-case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */
- if( pOp->p1 ){
- if( db->nDeferredCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ int op, /* Expression opcode */
+ Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */
+ Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */
+ const Token *pToken /* Argument token */
+){
+ Expr *p;
+ if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight ){
+ /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */
+ p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight);
}else{
- if( p->nFkConstraint==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
}
- break;
+ if( p ) {
+ sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+ }
+ return p;
}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively),
+** then return 1. If one cannot determine the truth value of the
+** expression at compile-time return 0.
**
-** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
-** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
-** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of
-** its current value and the value in register P2.
+** This is an optimization. If is OK to return 0 here even if
+** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative).
+** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different
+** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.)
**
-** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
-** an integer.
+** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a
+** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not
+** is it true or false, so always return 0.
*/
-case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ca */
- Mem *pIn1;
- VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */
- if( p->pFrame ){
- for(u.ca.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.ca.pFrame->pParent; u.ca.pFrame=u.ca.pFrame->pParent);
- u.ca.pIn1 = &u.ca.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
- }else{
- u.ca.pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- }
- assert( memIsValid(u.ca.pIn1) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.ca.pIn1);
- pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
- if( u.ca.pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
- u.ca.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
- }
- break;
+static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){
+ int v = 0;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+ if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
+ return v!=0;
+}
+static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){
+ int v = 0;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+ if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
+ return v==0;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead
+** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with
+** a value of false.
*/
-case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+ if( pLeft==0 ){
+ return pRight;
+ }else if( pRight==0 ){
+ return pLeft;
+ }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+ return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0);
+ }else{
+ Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
+ return pNew;
}
- break;
}
-/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2.
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
*/
-case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+ Expr *pNew;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ assert( pToken );
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
+ return 0;
}
- break;
+ pNew->x.pList = pList;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
+ return pNew;
}
-/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.
**
-** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the
-** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2.
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequential variable number is
+** assigned.
*/
-case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */
- pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
- if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ const char *z;
+
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
+ z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+ assert( z!=0 );
+ assert( z[0]!=0 );
+ if( z[1]==0 ){
+ /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */
+ assert( z[0]=='?' );
+ pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+ }else{
+ ynVar x = 0;
+ u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ if( z[0]=='?' ){
+ /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+ ** use it as the variable number */
+ i64 i;
+ int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i;
+ testcase( i==0 );
+ testcase( i==1 );
+ testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
+ testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
+ if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+ db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
+ x = 0;
+ }
+ if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+ pParse->nVar = (int)i;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable
+ ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+ ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+ */
+ ynVar i;
+ for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){
+ if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){
+ pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+ }
+ if( x>0 ){
+ if( x>pParse->nzVar ){
+ char **a;
+ a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0]));
+ if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */
+ pParse->azVar = a;
+ memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0]));
+ pParse->nzVar = x;
+ }
+ if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]);
+ pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
}
- break;
}
-/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The
-** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
-** structure that specifies the function. Use register
-** P3 as the accumulator.
-**
-** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
-** successors.
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
*/
-case OP_AggStep: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cb */
- int n;
- int i;
- Mem *pMem;
- Mem *pRec;
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- sqlite3_value **apVal;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */
-
- u.cb.n = pOp->p5;
- assert( u.cb.n>=0 );
- u.cb.pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- u.cb.apVal = p->apArg;
- assert( u.cb.apVal || u.cb.n==0 );
- for(u.cb.i=0; u.cb.i<u.cb.n; u.cb.i++, u.cb.pRec++){
- assert( memIsValid(u.cb.pRec) );
- u.cb.apVal[u.cb.i] = u.cb.pRec;
- memAboutToChange(p, u.cb.pRec);
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cb.pRec);
- }
- u.cb.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.cb.ctx.pMem = u.cb.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.cb.pMem->n++;
- u.cb.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
- u.cb.ctx.s.z = 0;
- u.cb.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
- u.cb.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
- u.cb.ctx.s.db = db;
- u.cb.ctx.isError = 0;
- u.cb.ctx.pColl = 0;
- if( u.cb.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
- assert( pOp>p->aOp );
- assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
- assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
- u.cb.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+ /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
+ assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
+ }
}
- (u.cb.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.cb.ctx, u.cb.n, u.cb.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
- if( u.cb.ctx.isError ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.cb.ctx.s));
- rc = u.cb.ctx.isError;
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
+}
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.cb.ctx.s);
-
- break;
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure
+** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
+** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
+*/
+static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
+ return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
}
-/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
+/*
+** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
+** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in
+** how much of the tree is measured.
**
-** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is
-** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
+** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure
+** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token
+** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components
**
-** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
-** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2
-** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate
-** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The
-** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
-** the step function was not previously called.
+***************************************************************************
+**
+** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:
+** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and
+** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
+** The return values is always one of:
+**
+** EXPR_FULLSIZE
+** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced
+** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
+**
+** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
+** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the
+** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
+**
+** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
+** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
+** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
+** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
+** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to
+** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal
+** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation
+** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
+** to enforce this constraint.
*/
-case OP_AggFinal: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cc */
- Mem *pMem;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- u.cc.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( (u.cc.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cc.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cc.pMem));
- }
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cc.pMem, encoding);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cc.pMem);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cc.pMem) ){
- goto too_big;
+static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+ int nSize;
+ assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
+ assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff );
+ assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+ if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
+ nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+ }else{
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) );
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) );
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
+ if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){
+ nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
+ }else{
+ assert( p->pRight==0 );
+ nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
+ }
}
- break;
+ return nSize;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
-** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL
-** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
-** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the
-** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
-** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
-** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
-** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
+/*
+** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy
+** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
+** string is defined.)
*/
-case OP_Checkpoint: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cd */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int aRes[3]; /* Results */
- Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */
-
- u.cd.aRes[0] = 0;
- u.cd.aRes[1] = u.cd.aRes[2] = -1;
- assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
- || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
- || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
- );
- rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &u.cd.aRes[1], &u.cd.aRes[2]);
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u.cd.aRes[0] = 1;
- }
- for(u.cd.i=0, u.cd.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.cd.i<3; u.cd.i++, u.cd.pMem++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(u.cd.pMem, (i64)u.cd.aRes[u.cd.i]);
- }
- break;
-};
-#endif
+static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+ int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+ nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
+ }
+ return ROUND8(nByte);
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
-/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
-** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
-** operation. No IO is required.
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the
+** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
+** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
**
-** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
+** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
+** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
**
-** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes
+** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft
+** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or
+** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
*/
-case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ce */
- Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */
- Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */
- int eNew; /* New journal mode */
- int eOld; /* The old journal mode */
- const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */
-
- u.ce.eNew = pOp->p3;
- assert( u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
- || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
- || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
- );
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-
- u.ce.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
- u.ce.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(u.ce.pBt);
- u.ce.eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager);
- if( u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
- if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(u.ce.pPager) ) u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
+static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+ int nByte = 0;
+ if( p ){
+ nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+ if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
+ nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
+ }
+ }
+ return nByte;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- u.ce.zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(u.ce.pPager);
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer
+** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough
+** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
+** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
+** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the
+** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
+*/
+static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
+ Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */
+ if( p ){
+ const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ u8 *zAlloc;
+ u32 staticFlag = 0;
- /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
- ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
- */
- if( u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
- && (u.ce.zFilename[0]==0 /* Temp file */
- || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(u.ce.pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */
- ){
- u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
- }
+ assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );
- if( (u.ce.eNew!=u.ce.eOld)
- && (u.ce.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
- ){
- if( !db->autoCommit || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
- "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
- (u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
- );
- break;
+ /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
+ if( pzBuffer ){
+ zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
+ staticFlag = EP_Static;
}else{
+ zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags));
+ }
+ pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
- if( u.ce.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
- /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
- ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
- ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
- ** after a successful return.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(u.ce.pPager);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager, u.ce.eNew);
- }
- }else if( u.ce.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
- /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF
- ** as an intermediate */
- sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
- }
-
- /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
- ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
+ if( pNew ){
+ /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
+ ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
+ ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
+ ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
*/
- assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.ce.pBt)==0 );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(u.ce.pBt, (u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
+ const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags);
+ const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
+ int nToken;
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+ nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
+ }else{
+ nToken = 0;
+ }
+ if( isReduced ){
+ assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
+ memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
+ }else{
+ int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
+ memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
+ memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
}
- }
- }
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
- if( rc ){
- u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
- }
- u.ce.eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager, u.ce.eNew);
+ /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
+ pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken);
+ pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
+ pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
- pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
- pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
- pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(u.ce.eNew);
- pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
- pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
- break;
-};
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+ /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
+ if( nToken ){
+ char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
+ memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
+ }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
-**
-** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual
-** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within
-** a transaction.
-*/
-case OP_Vacuum: {
- rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
- break;
-}
-#endif
+ if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
+ /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
+ }else{
+ pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
+ }
+ }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
-** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
-** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cf */
- Btree *pBt;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */
+ /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
+ zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
+ pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+ pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+ }
+ if( pzBuffer ){
+ *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+ pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
+ pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
+ }
+ }
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- u.cf.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.cf.pBt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- break;
+ return pNew;
}
-#endif
-/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
-**
-** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
-** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed
-** (via sqlite3_step()).
-**
-** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
-** then only the currently executing statement is affected.
+/*
+** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second
+** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
+** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
*/
-case OP_Expire: {
- if( !pOp->p1 ){
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- }else{
- p->expired = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){
+ With *pRet = 0;
+ if( p ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1);
+ pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ if( pRet ){
+ int i;
+ pRet->nCte = p->nCte;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
+ pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0);
+ pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0);
+ pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName);
+ }
+ }
}
- break;
+ return pRet;
}
+#else
+# define withDup(x,y) 0
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
+/*
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
**
-** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
-** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
-** a write lock if P3==1.
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
**
-** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
**
-** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
-** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
+** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
+** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
+** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
*/
-case OP_TableLock: {
- u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
- if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
- int p1 = pOp->p1;
- assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<p1))!=0 );
- assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
- if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
- const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
+ return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
+ ExprList *pNew;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+ int i;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr;
+ if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; i<p->nExpr; i+=i){}
+ pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, i*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+ if( pItem==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ pOldItem = p->a;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+ Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
+ pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
+ pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+ pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
+ pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+ pItem->done = 0;
+ pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab;
+ pItem->u = pOldItem->u;
}
- break;
+ return pNew;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
-** xBegin method for that table.
-**
-** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
-** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
-** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
+/*
+** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
+** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
+** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
+** called with a NULL argument.
*/
-case OP_VBegin: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cg */
- VTable *pVTab;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */
- u.cg.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
- rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.cg.pVTab);
- if( u.cg.pVTab ) importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cg.pVTab->pVtab);
- break;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
+ || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
+ SrcList *pNew;
+ int i;
+ int nByte;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+ struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+ Table *pTab;
+ pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema;
+ pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
+ pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+ pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
+ pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
+ pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+ pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
+ pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
+ pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated;
+ pNewItem->viaCoroutine = pOldItem->viaCoroutine;
+ pNewItem->isRecursive = pOldItem->isRecursive;
+ pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
+ pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
+ pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
+ pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
+ if( pTab ){
+ pTab->nRef++;
+ }
+ pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
+ pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
+ pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
+ pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
+ }
+ return pNew;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
+ IdList *pNew;
+ int i;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew->nId = p->nId;
+ pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+ if( pNew->a==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not
+ ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called
+ ** on the duplicate created by this function. */
+ for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
+ struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+ struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+ pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+ pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+ }
+ return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+ Select *pNew, *pPrior;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
+ pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
+ pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
+ pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
+ pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
+ pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
+ pNew->op = p->op;
+ pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
+ if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+ pNew->pNext = 0;
+ pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
+ pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
+ pNew->iLimit = 0;
+ pNew->iOffset = 0;
+ pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
+ pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+ pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+ pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
+ pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
+ sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName);
+ return pNew;
+}
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+ assert( p==0 );
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
-** for that table.
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
+** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
+** that the new entry was successfully appended.
*/
-case OP_VCreate: {
- rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
+ Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+ if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
+ struct ExprList_item *a;
+ assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+ a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+ if( a==0 ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ pList->a = a;
+ }
+ assert( pList->a!=0 );
+ if( 1 ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+ memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+ pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+ }
+ return pList;
+
+no_mem:
+ /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+ return 0;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method
-** of that table.
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be
+** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
*/
-case OP_VDestroy: {
- p->inVtabMethod = 2;
- rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */
+ Token *pName, /* Name to be added */
+ int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
+){
+ assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+ if( pList ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+ pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+ assert( pItem->zName==0 );
+ pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
+ if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
+ }
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
-** table and stores that cursor in P1.
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be
+** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
*/
-case OP_VOpen: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ch */
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- sqlite3_module *pModule;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */
-
- u.ch.pCur = 0;
- u.ch.pVtabCursor = 0;
- u.ch.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- u.ch.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.ch.pVtab->pModule;
- assert(u.ch.pVtab && u.ch.pModule);
- rc = u.ch.pModule->xOpen(u.ch.pVtab, &u.ch.pVtabCursor);
- importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ch.pVtab);
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
- u.ch.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.ch.pVtab;
-
- /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
- u.ch.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
- if( u.ch.pCur ){
- u.ch.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.ch.pVtabCursor;
- u.ch.pCur->pModule = u.ch.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
- }else{
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- u.ch.pModule->xClose(u.ch.pVtabCursor);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */
+ ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+ if( pList ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+ assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+ assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+ pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+ (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
}
- break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if
-** the filtered result set is empty.
-**
-** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
-** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left
-** to the module implementation.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
-** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
-** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
-** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
-** additional parameters which are passed to
-** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
-**
-** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
+/*
+** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
+** leave an error message in pParse.
*/
-case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ci */
- int nArg;
- int iQuery;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- Mem *pQuery;
- Mem *pArgc;
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
- int res;
- int i;
- Mem **apArg;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */
-
- u.ci.pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.ci.pArgc = &u.ci.pQuery[1];
- u.ci.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( memIsValid(u.ci.pQuery) );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.ci.pQuery);
- assert( u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor );
- u.ci.pVtabCursor = u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor;
- u.ci.pVtab = u.ci.pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- u.ci.pModule = u.ci.pVtab->pModule;
-
- /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
- assert( (u.ci.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.ci.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
- u.ci.nArg = (int)u.ci.pArgc->u.i;
- u.ci.iQuery = (int)u.ci.pQuery->u.i;
-
- /* Invoke the xFilter method */
- {
- u.ci.res = 0;
- u.ci.apArg = p->apArg;
- for(u.ci.i = 0; u.ci.i<u.ci.nArg; u.ci.i++){
- u.ci.apArg[u.ci.i] = &u.ci.pArgc[u.ci.i+1];
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.ci.apArg[u.ci.i]);
- }
-
- p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- rc = u.ci.pModule->xFilter(u.ci.pVtabCursor, u.ci.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.ci.nArg, u.ci.apArg);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ci.pVtab);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u.ci.res = u.ci.pModule->xEof(u.ci.pVtabCursor);
- }
-
- if( u.ci.res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ ExprList *pEList,
+ const char *zObject
+){
+ int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
+ testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
+ testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
+ if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
}
- u.ci.pCur->nullRow = 0;
+}
- break;
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
+ int i;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ if( pList==0 ) return;
+ assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 );
+ for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer
+** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see
+** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.i to 0 if the expression is
+** not constant.
**
-** Store the value of the P2-th column of
-** the row of the virtual-table that the
-** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
+**
+** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() pWalker->u.i==1
+** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() pWalker->u.i==2
+** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() pWalker->u.i==3 or 4
+**
+** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating expressions
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement. The Walker.u.i value is 4 when parsing
+** an existing schema and 3 when processing a new statement. A bound
+** parameter raises an error for new statements, but is silently converted
+** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that
+** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions
+** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a
+** malformed schema error.
*/
-case OP_VColumn: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cj */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- Mem *pDest;
- sqlite3_context sContext;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */
+static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
- VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.cj.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- memAboutToChange(p, u.cj.pDest);
- if( pCur->nullRow ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.cj.pDest);
- break;
+ /* If pWalker->u.i is 2 then any term of the expression that comes from
+ ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
+ ** from being considered constant. */
+ if( pWalker->u.i==2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+ pWalker->u.i = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
}
- u.cj.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- u.cj.pModule = u.cj.pVtab->pModule;
- assert( u.cj.pModule->xColumn );
- memset(&u.cj.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.cj.sContext));
-
- /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
- ** the current contents to u.cj.sContext.s so in case the user-function
- ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a
- ** new one.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.cj.sContext.s, u.cj.pDest);
- MemSetTypeFlag(&u.cj.sContext.s, MEM_Null);
- rc = u.cj.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.cj.sContext, pOp->p2);
- importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cj.pVtab);
- if( u.cj.sContext.isError ){
- rc = u.cj.sContext.isError;
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
+ /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
+ ** and either pWalker->u.i==3 or 4 or the function as the SQLITE_FUNC_CONST
+ ** flag. */
+ case TK_FUNCTION:
+ if( pWalker->u.i>=3 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){
+ return WRC_Continue;
+ }
+ /* Fall through */
+ case TK_ID:
+ case TK_COLUMN:
+ case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+ case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+ pWalker->u.i = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ case TK_VARIABLE:
+ if( pWalker->u.i==4 ){
+ /* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE
+ ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out
+ ** of the sqlite_master table */
+ pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+ }else if( pWalker->u.i==3 ){
+ /* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from
+ ** sqlite3_prepare() causes an error */
+ pWalker->u.i = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ /* Fall through */
+ default:
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
+}
+static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ pWalker->u.i = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
+}
+static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
+ Walker w;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.u.i = initFlag;
+ w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
+ w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
+ return w.u.i;
+}
- /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
- ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
- ** dynamic allocation in u.cj.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.cj.sContext.s, encoding);
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.cj.pDest, &u.cj.sContext.s);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cj.pDest);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cj.pDest);
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+ return exprIsConst(p, 1);
+}
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cj.pDest) ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- break;
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
+** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
+** an ON or USING clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
+ return exprIsConst(p, 2);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there
+** are any variables.
**
-** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
-** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached
-** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
*/
-case OP_VNext: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ck */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- int res;
- VdbeCursor *pCur;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p, u8 isInit){
+ assert( isInit==0 || isInit==1 );
+ return exprIsConst(p, 3+isInit);
+}
- u.ck.res = 0;
- u.ck.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor );
- if( u.ck.pCur->nullRow ){
- break;
- }
- u.ck.pVtab = u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- u.ck.pModule = u.ck.pVtab->pModule;
- assert( u.ck.pModule->xNext );
+/*
+** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+ int rc = 0;
- /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
- ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
- ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
- ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
- ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
- */
- p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- rc = u.ck.pModule->xNext(u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ck.pVtab);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u.ck.res = u.ck.pModule->xEof(u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor);
- }
+ /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
+ ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
+ assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
+ || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
- if( !u.ck.res ){
- /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+ *pValue = p->u.iValue;
+ return 1;
}
- break;
+ switch( p->op ){
+ case TK_UPLUS: {
+ rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_UMINUS: {
+ int v;
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+ assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) );
+ *pValue = -v;
+ rc = 1;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default: break;
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
+/*
+** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
-** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
+** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
+** to tell return TRUE.
+**
+** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
+** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive
+** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
+** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other
+** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
+** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return
+** TRUE.
*/
-case OP_VRename: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cl */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- Mem *pName;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */
-
- u.cl.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- u.cl.pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.cl.pVtab->pModule->xRename );
- assert( memIsValid(u.cl.pName) );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.cl.pName);
- assert( u.cl.pName->flags & MEM_Str );
- rc = u.cl.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.cl.pVtab, u.cl.pName->z);
- importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cl.pVtab);
- p->expired = 0;
-
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
+ u8 op;
+ while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+ op = p->op;
+ if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+ switch( op ){
+ case TK_INTEGER:
+ case TK_STRING:
+ case TK_FLOAT:
+ case TK_BLOB:
+ return 0;
+ case TK_COLUMN:
+ assert( p->pTab!=0 );
+ return ExprHasProperty(p, EP_CanBeNull) ||
+ (p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0);
+ default:
+ return 1;
+ }
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
-** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
-**
-** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
-** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
-** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
-** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
-** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
-** the values of columns in the new row.
-**
-** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of
-** a row to delete.
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
+** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
+** argument.
**
-** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
-** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
+** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
+** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative
+** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
+** answer.
*/
-case OP_VUpdate: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cm */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- sqlite3_module *pModule;
- int nArg;
- int i;
- sqlite_int64 rowid;
- Mem **apArg;
- Mem *pX;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */
-
- assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
- || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
- );
- u.cm.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- u.cm.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cm.pVtab->pModule;
- u.cm.nArg = pOp->p2;
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
- if( ALWAYS(u.cm.pModule->xUpdate) ){
- u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
- u.cm.apArg = p->apArg;
- u.cm.pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- for(u.cm.i=0; u.cm.i<u.cm.nArg; u.cm.i++){
- assert( memIsValid(u.cm.pX) );
- memAboutToChange(p, u.cm.pX);
- sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cm.pX);
- u.cm.apArg[u.cm.i] = u.cm.pX;
- u.cm.pX++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
+ u8 op;
+ if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1;
+ while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+ op = p->op;
+ if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+ switch( op ){
+ case TK_INTEGER: {
+ return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
}
- db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
- rc = u.cm.pModule->xUpdate(u.cm.pVtab, u.cm.nArg, u.cm.apArg, &u.cm.rowid);
- db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
- importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cm.pVtab);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
- assert( u.cm.nArg>1 && u.cm.apArg[0] && (u.cm.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
- db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.cm.rowid;
+ case TK_FLOAT: {
+ return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
- if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
- }
- }else{
- p->nChange++;
+ case TK_STRING: {
+ return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+ }
+ case TK_BLOB: {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case TK_COLUMN: {
+ assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
+ return p->iColumn<0
+ && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
+ }
+ default: {
+ return 0;
}
}
- break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
*/
-case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */
- pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+ return 0;
}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a
+** query of the form
**
-** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
-** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
-** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
+** x IN (SELECT ...)
**
-** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
+** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this
+** routine.
+**
+** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no
+** errors have been found.
*/
-case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */
- unsigned int newMax;
- Btree *pBt;
-
- pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
- newMax = 0;
- if( pOp->p3 ){
- newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
- if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
+ SrcList *pSrc;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ Table *pTab;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
+ if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */
+ if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+ testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+ testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+ return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
}
- pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
- break;
+ assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
+ if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */
+ assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
+ if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */
+ pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ assert( pSrc!=0 );
+ if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */
+ if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
+ pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+ if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0;
+ assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
+ pEList = p->pEList;
+ if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */
+ if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
+ return 1;
}
-#endif
-
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
-**
-** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
-** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
+/*
+** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the
+** address of the new instruction.
*/
-case OP_Trace: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cn */
- char *zTrace;
- char *z;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cn */
-
- if( db->xTrace && (u.cn.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){
- u.cn.z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, u.cn.zTrace);
- db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cn.z);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, u.cn.z);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
- && (u.cn.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
- ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cn.zTrace);
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */
+ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
-**
-** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump
-** destination.
-*/
/*
-** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
-** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
-** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the
-** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
+** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if
+** it contains any NULL entries. Cause the register at regHasNull to be set
+** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs. Cause register regHasNull
+** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values.
*/
-default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
- break;
+static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){
+ int j1;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull);
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
+ VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur));
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
}
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
-** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
-** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
-** restored.
-*****************************************************************************/
- }
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- {
- u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start;
- pOp->cycles += elapsed;
- pOp->cnt++;
-#if 0
- fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &aOp[origPc]);
-#endif
- }
-#endif
-
- /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
- ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging.
- ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
- ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
- */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( p->trace ){
- if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
- if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){
- registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
- }
- if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
- registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
- }
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
- } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
-
- /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
- ** an error of some kind.
- */
-vdbe_error_halt:
- assert( rc );
- p->rc = rc;
- testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
- pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
- sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
- }
-
- /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to
- ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
- ** top. */
-vdbe_return:
- db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
- sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-
- /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
- ** is encountered.
- */
-too_big:
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
- rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
- /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
- */
-no_mem:
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
- /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable
- ** should hold the error number.
- */
-abort_due_to_error:
- assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
- if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
- }
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
- /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
- ** flag.
- */
-abort_due_to_interrupt:
- assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
- rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the
+** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){
+ Expr *pLHS;
+ int res;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ pLHS = pIn->pLeft;
+ pIn->pLeft = 0;
+ res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn);
+ pIn->pLeft = pLHS;
+ return res;
}
+#endif
-/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2007 May 1
+** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
+** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
+** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
+** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
+** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
+**
+** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator
+** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
+**
+** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
+**
+** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table.
+** IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
+** IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
+** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
+** populated epheremal table.
+** IN_INDEX_NOOP - No cursor was allocated. The IN operator must be
+** implemented as a sequence of comparisons.
+**
+** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
+** subquery such as:
+**
+** SELECT <column> FROM <table>
+**
+** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
+** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
+** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an
+** existing table.
+**
+** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
+** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP. If inFlags contains
+** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
+** fast membership test. When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
+** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
+** IN operator.
+**
+** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate
+** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates.
+** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
+** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
+** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
+**
+** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used
+** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must
+** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can
+** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and
+** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this
+** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership
+** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP. In that case, the
+** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence
+** of Eq or Ne comparison operations.
**
-*************************************************************************
+** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
+** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator
+** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and
+** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
+** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
+** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
+** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged.
**
-** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then
+** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more
+** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no
+** NULL values.
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, u32 inFlags, int *prRhsHasNull){
+ Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
+ int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
+ int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */
+ int mustBeUnique; /* True if RHS must be unique */
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */
+ assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+ mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
+ ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new
+ ** ephemeral table.
+ */
+ p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
+ if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table <table>. */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* Expression <column> */
+ i16 iCol; /* Index of column <column> */
+ i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */
+
+ assert( p ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+ assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+ assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+ assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+ pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+ pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+ iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn;
+
+ /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-/*
-** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
-*/
-typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
-struct Incrblob {
- int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
- int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
- int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
- int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */
- BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */
-};
+ /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
+ ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
+ ** successful here.
+ */
+ assert(v);
+ if( iCol<0 ){
+ int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+ eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
-/*
-** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
-** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
-** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
-** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
-** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
-** sqlite3DbFree().
-**
-** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
-** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
-*/
-static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
- int rc; /* Error code */
- char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+ }else{
+ Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */
- /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow.
- ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid
- ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
- */
- assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
- v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
+ /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to
+ ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
+ ** to this collation sequence. */
+ CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
- rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[p->iCol];
- if( type<12 ){
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
- type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
- );
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
- p->pStmt = 0;
- }else{
- p->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[p->iCol];
- p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
- p->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
- sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
- sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(p->pCsr);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
- }
- }
+ /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the
+ ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
+ ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
+ */
+ int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( p->pStmt ){
- rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
- p->pStmt = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
+ && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
+ && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)))
+ ){
+ int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+ assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
+ eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];
+
+ if( prRhsHasNull && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
+ *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+ }
+ }
}
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause
+ ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply
+ ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery
+ ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms,
+ ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate
+ ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP.
+ */
+ if( eType==0
+ && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK)
+ && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect)
+ && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2)
+ ){
+ eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP;
+ }
+
- *pzErr = zErr;
- return rc;
+ if( eType==0 ){
+ /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
+ ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
+ */
+ u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+ int rMayHaveNull = 0;
+ eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
+ if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
+ if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+ }
+ }else if( prRhsHasNull ){
+ *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+ }
+ sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
+ }else{
+ pX->iTable = iTab;
+ }
+ return eType;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Open a blob handle.
+** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
+** or IN operators. Examples:
+**
+** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery
+** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery
+** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
+** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right
+**
+** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
+** operator or subquery.
+**
+** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
+** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
+** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
+** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
+** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
+** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
+** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull
+** to NULL. Calling routines will take care of changing this register
+** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
+**
+** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
+** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
- sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */
- const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */
- const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */
- const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */
- sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */
- int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
- sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
+ int rHasNullFlag, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
+ int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
){
- int nAttempt = 0;
- int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
+ int jmpIfDynamic = -1; /* One-time test address */
+ int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
- ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
- ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
- ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
- ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
+ /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
+ ** if any of the following is true:
**
- ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
- ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
- ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
- ** blob_bytes() functions.
+ ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
+ ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
+ ** * We are inside a trigger
**
- ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
- ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
- ** transaction.
+ ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
+ ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
*/
- static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
- {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Start a transaction */
- {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
- {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Acquire a read or write lock */
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
+ jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
- /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */
- {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
- {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
-
- {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 5: Push the rowid to the stack */
- {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 6: Seek the cursor */
- {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 7 */
- {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 8 */
- {OP_Goto, 0, 5, 0}, /* 9 */
- {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */
- {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */
- };
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+ pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
+ pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+#endif
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char *zErr = 0;
- Table *pTab;
- Parse *pParse = 0;
- Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
+ case TK_IN: {
+ char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
+ int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */
- flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
- *ppBlob = 0;
+ affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
+ ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is
+ ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
+ ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
+ **
+ ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+ ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+ ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+ ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+ ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+ ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+ ** is used.
+ */
+ pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
+ pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1);
- pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
- if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
- pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
- if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...)
+ **
+ ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+ ** table allocated and opened above.
+ */
+ Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+ SelectDest dest;
+ ExprList *pEList;
- do {
- memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
- pParse->db = db;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- zErr = 0;
+ assert( !isRowid );
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
+ dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
+ assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+ pSelect->iLimit = 0;
+ testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct );
+ testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
+ if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+ assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
+ assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
+ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
+ pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
+ pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+ }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
+ /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist)
+ **
+ ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+ ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
+ ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
+ ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+ */
+ int i;
+ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ int r1, r2, r3;
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
- if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- pTab = 0;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
- pTab = 0;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
- }
-#endif
- if( !pTab ){
- if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
- pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
+ if( !affinity ){
+ affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ if( pKeyInfo ){
+ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
+ pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+ }
- /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
+ /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
+ for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
+ int iValToIns;
- /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
- ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key.
- ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
- ** descriptions applies for writing. */
- if( flags ){
- const char *zFault = 0;
- Index *pIdx;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
- /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
- ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
- ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this
- ** case. */
- FKey *pFKey;
- for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){
- if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
- zFault = "foreign key";
- }
+ /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
+ ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
+ ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant
+ ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
+ */
+ if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic);
+ jmpIfDynamic = -1;
}
- }
- }
-#endif
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
- zFault = "indexed";
+
+ /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+ if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
+ }else{
+ r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
+ if( isRowid ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
+ sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+ }
}
}
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
}
- if( zFault ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- goto blob_open_out;
+ if( pKeyInfo ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
}
+ break;
}
- pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
- assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
- if( pBlob->pStmt ){
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
-
-
- /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, flags);
-
- /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
-
- /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-
- /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 2, 1);
-#else
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2, pTab->tnum);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2, flags);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-#endif
+ case TK_EXISTS:
+ case TK_SELECT:
+ default: {
+ /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the
+ ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
+ ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write
+ ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
+ ** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
+ */
+ Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */
+ SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */
- /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
- ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 4 - flags, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 3 + flags, pTab->tnum);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 3 + flags, iDb);
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
- /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
- ** think that the table has one more column than it really
- ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
- ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
- ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
- ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- pParse->nVar = 1;
- pParse->nMem = 1;
- pParse->nTab = 1;
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+ assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+ dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
+ dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
+ VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
+ }else{
+ dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
+ VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
}
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
+ pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
+ &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
+ pSel->iLimit = 0;
+ if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ rReg = dest.iSDParm;
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+ break;
}
-
- pBlob->flags = flags;
- pBlob->iCol = iCol;
- pBlob->db = db;
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
- rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
- } while( (++nAttempt)<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-
-blob_open_out:
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
- *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
- }else{
- if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
}
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
-** sqlite3_blob_open().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
- Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- int rc;
- sqlite3 *db;
+ if( rHasNullFlag ){
+ sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag);
+ }
- if( p ){
- db = p->db;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic);
}
- return rc;
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+
+ return rReg;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+** Generate code for an IN expression.
+**
+** x IN (SELECT ...)
+** x IN (value, value, ...)
+**
+** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS)
+** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is
+** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
+** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
+** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
+**
+** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not
+** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
+** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained
+** within the RHS then fall through.
*/
-static int blobReadWrite(
- sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
- void *z,
- int n,
- int iOffset,
- int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */
+ int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
+ int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
){
- int rc;
- Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3 *db;
+ int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
+ char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */
+ int eType; /* Type of the RHS */
+ int r1; /* Temporary use register */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- db = p->db;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
+ /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor
+ ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
+ */
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
+ eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr,
+ IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK,
+ destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull);
- if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
- /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
- }else if( v==0 ){
- /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
- ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+ ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+ ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
+ */
+ affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+
+ /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
+ */
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);
+
+ /* If sqlite3FindInIndex() did not find or create an index that is
+ ** suitable for evaluating the IN operator, then evaluate using a
+ ** sequence of comparisons.
+ */
+ if( eType==IN_INDEX_NOOP ){
+ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+ int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int r2, regToFree;
+ int regCkNull = 0;
+ int ii;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
+ regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, r1, r1, regCkNull);
+ }
+ for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree);
+ if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull);
+ }
+ if( ii<pList->nExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, r1, labelOk, r2,
+ (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii<pList->nExpr-1);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity);
+ }else{
+ assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, r1, destIfFalse, r2,
+ (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree);
+ }
+ if( regCkNull ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull);
}else{
- /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
- ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
+
+ /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
+ ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
*/
- assert( db == v->db );
- sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
- rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
- sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
- p->pStmt = 0;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr->pLeft) ){
+ if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
+ /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
+ ** the same. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+ /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
}else{
- db->errCode = rc;
- v->rc = rc;
+ /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
+
+ /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the
+ ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
+ ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set
+ ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
+ ** expression is also NULL.
+ */
+ assert( destIfFalse!=destIfNull || rRhsHasNull==0 );
+ if( rRhsHasNull==0 ){
+ /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
+ ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
+ ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
+ **
+ ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
+ ** for this particular IN operator.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
+ ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
+ ** outcome.
+ */
+ int j1;
+
+ /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so,
+ ** then the answer is TRUE the presence of NULLs in the RHS does
+ ** not matter. If the LHS is not contained in the RHS, then the
+ ** answer is NULL if the RHS contains NULLs and the answer is
+ ** FALSE if the RHS is NULL-free.
+ */
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ }
}
}
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
/*
-** Read data from a blob handle.
+** Duplicate an 8-byte value
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
- return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
+static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
+ char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
+ if( out ){
+ memcpy(out, in, 8);
+ }
+ return out;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
-** Write data to a blob handle.
+** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
+** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the
+** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
+** like the continuation of the number.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
- return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
+static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
+ if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
+ double value;
+ char *zV;
+ sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+ assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
+ if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
+ zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
+ }
}
+#endif
+
/*
-** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
**
-** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
-** so no mutex is required for access.
+** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
- Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
+static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+ int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
+ assert( i>=0 );
+ if( negFlag ) i = -i;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
+ }else{
+ int c;
+ i64 value;
+ const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+ assert( z!=0 );
+ c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value);
+ if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
+ char *zV;
+ if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
+ zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
+ }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
+#else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+ if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s", z);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ }
}
/*
-** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
-** database table.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
-** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
-** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all
-** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close())
-** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+** Clear a cache entry.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
- int rc;
- Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- sqlite3 *db;
-
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- db = p->db;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
- if( p->pStmt==0 ){
- /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
- ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
- }else{
- char *zErr;
- rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){
+ if( p->tempReg ){
+ if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+ pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg;
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+ p->tempReg = 0;
}
-
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2007 August 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
-** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
-** is enabled.
-**
-** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
-** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
-** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
-** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
-** on disk is not created or populated until either:
-**
-** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated
-** buffer, or
-** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
+** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
+** particular table is stored in a particular register.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
+ int i;
+ int minLru;
+ int idxLru;
+ struct yColCache *p;
+ assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */
+ assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */
-/*
-** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
-** as an open file handle for journal files.
-*/
-struct JournalFile {
- sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */
- int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
- char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */
- int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
- int flags; /* xOpen flags */
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */
- sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
- const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
-};
-typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
+ /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used
+ ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
+ ** with and without the column cache.
+ */
+ if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return;
-/*
-** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file
-** for JournalFile p.
-*/
-static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !p->pReal ){
- sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->pReal = pReal;
- if( p->iSize>0 ){
- assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
- }
+ /* First replace any existing entry.
+ **
+ ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
+ ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee.
+ */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Find an empty slot and replace it */
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ if( p->iReg==0 ){
+ p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+ p->iTable = iTab;
+ p->iColumn = iCol;
+ p->iReg = iReg;
+ p->tempReg = 0;
+ p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+ return;
}
}
- return rc;
+
+ /* Replace the last recently used */
+ minLru = 0x7fffffff;
+ idxLru = -1;
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ if( p->lru<minLru ){
+ idxLru = i;
+ minLru = p->lru;
+ }
+ }
+ if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){
+ p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
+ p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+ p->iTable = iTab;
+ p->iColumn = iCol;
+ p->iReg = iReg;
+ p->tempReg = 0;
+ p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+ return;
+ }
}
/*
-** Close the file.
+** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
+** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
*/
-static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+ int i;
+ int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1;
+ struct yColCache *p;
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ int r = p->iReg;
+ if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){
+ cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+ p->iReg = 0;
+ }
}
- sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Read data from the file.
+** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added
+** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
+** corresponding pop occurs.
*/
-static int jrnlRead(
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
- void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
- int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
- sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
- }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
- }else{
- memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
+ pParse->iCacheLevel++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+ printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
}
- return rc;
+#endif
}
/*
-** Write data to the file.
+** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
+** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation. In other words, restore
+** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push.
*/
-static int jrnlWrite(
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
- const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
- int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
- sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
- rc = createFile(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){
+ int i;
+ struct yColCache *p;
+ assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 );
+ pParse->iCacheLevel--;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+ printf("POP to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
- }else{
- memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
- if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
- p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
- }
+#endif
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
+ cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+ p->iReg = 0;
}
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Truncate the file.
+** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
+** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same
+** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
+** get them all.
*/
-static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
- }else if( size<p->iSize ){
- p->iSize = size;
+static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+ int i;
+ struct yColCache *p;
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+ p->tempReg = 0;
+ }
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Sync the file.
+** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
*/
-static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
- int rc;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
+ Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */
+ int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */
+ int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */
+ int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */
+){
+ if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
}else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
+ int x = iCol;
+ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut);
+ }
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
+** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort
+** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
+** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned.
+**
+** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
+** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
*/
-static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
- }else{
- *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */
+ int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */
+ int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */
+ int iReg, /* Store results here */
+ u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int i;
+ struct yColCache *p;
+
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
+ p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+ sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
+ return p->iReg;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+ if( p5 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
}
- return rc;
+ return iReg;
}
/*
-** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
+** Clear all column cache entries.
*/
-static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- jrnlClose, /* xClose */
- jrnlRead, /* xRead */
- jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
- jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
- jrnlSync, /* xSync */
- jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
- 0, /* xLock */
- 0, /* xUnlock */
- 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
- 0, /* xFileControl */
- 0, /* xSectorSize */
- 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
- 0, /* xShmMap */
- 0, /* xShmLock */
- 0, /* xShmBarrier */
- 0 /* xShmUnmap */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
+ int i;
+ struct yColCache *p;
-/*
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
- int flags, /* Opening flags */
- int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
-){
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
- if( nBuf>0 ){
- p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
- if( !p->zBuf ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+ printf("CLEAR\n");
+ }
+#endif
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ if( p->iReg ){
+ cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+ p->iReg = 0;
}
- }else{
- return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
}
- p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
- p->nBuf = nBuf;
- p->flags = flags;
- p->zJournal = zName;
- p->pVfs = pVfs;
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
-** file has not yet been created, create it now.
+** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
+** registers starting with iStart.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
+** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
- if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
+ assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iFrom, nReg);
}
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
-** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
+** is used as part of the column cache.
+**
+** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
+** and does not appear in a normal build.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
- return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
+static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
+ int i;
+ struct yColCache *p;
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ int r = p->iReg;
+ if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
-/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
/*
-** 2008 October 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
-** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
-** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
+** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER
*/
+static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){
+ p->op2 = p->op;
+ p->op = TK_REGISTER;
+ p->iTable = iReg;
+ ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip);
+}
-/* Forward references to internal structures */
-typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
-typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
-typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
-
-/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
-** this many bytes.
+/*
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target".
+** Return the register where results are stored.
**
-** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way,
-** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
-** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two
-** memory allocators.
+** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
+** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other
+** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function
+** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
+** register.
*/
-#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */
+ int op; /* The opcode being coded */
+ int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */
+ int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+ int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+ int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ Expr tempX; /* Temporary expression node */
-/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
-*/
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+ assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+ if( v==0 ){
+ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if( pExpr==0 ){
+ op = TK_NULL;
+ }else{
+ op = pExpr->op;
+ }
+ switch( op ){
+ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+ AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+ struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
+ if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
+ assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
+ inReg = pCol->iMem;
+ break;
+ }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab,
+ pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
+ }
+ case TK_COLUMN: {
+ int iTab = pExpr->iTable;
+ if( iTab<0 ){
+ if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){
+ /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */
+ inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ /* Deleting from a partial index */
+ iTab = pParse->iPartIdxTab;
+ }
+ }
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
+ pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target,
+ pExpr->op2);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_INTEGER: {
+ codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ case TK_FLOAT: {
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case TK_STRING: {
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_NULL: {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ case TK_BLOB: {
+ int n;
+ const char *z;
+ char *zBlob;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+ z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
+ assert( z[n]=='\'' );
+ zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case TK_VARIABLE: {
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
+ if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?'
+ || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_REGISTER: {
+ inReg = pExpr->iTable;
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_AS: {
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+ case TK_CAST: {
+ /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+ if( inReg!=target ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+ inReg = target;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target,
+ sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0));
+ testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+ case TK_LT:
+ case TK_LE:
+ case TK_GT:
+ case TK_GE:
+ case TK_NE:
+ case TK_EQ: {
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+ codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+ r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+ assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+ assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+ assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+ assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+ assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+ assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_IS:
+ case TK_ISNOT: {
+ testcase( op==TK_IS );
+ testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+ op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+ codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+ r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_AND:
+ case TK_OR:
+ case TK_PLUS:
+ case TK_STAR:
+ case TK_MINUS:
+ case TK_REM:
+ case TK_BITAND:
+ case TK_BITOR:
+ case TK_SLASH:
+ case TK_LSHIFT:
+ case TK_RSHIFT:
+ case TK_CONCAT: {
+ assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND );
+ assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR );
+ assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
+ assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
+ assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); testcase( op==TK_REM );
+ assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
+ assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
+ assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
+ assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
+ assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
+ assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_UMINUS: {
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ assert( pLeft );
+ if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+ codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
#endif
+ }else{
+ tempX.op = TK_INTEGER;
+ tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly;
+ tempX.u.iValue = 0;
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ }
+ inReg = target;
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_BITNOT:
+ case TK_NOT: {
+ assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
+ assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_NOT );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ inReg = target;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_ISNULL:
+ case TK_NOTNULL: {
+ int addr;
+ assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+ assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+ AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+ if( pInfo==0 ){
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ }else{
+ inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_FUNCTION: {
+ ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */
+ int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */
+ FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */
+ int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */
+ const char *zId; /* The function name */
+ u32 constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */
+ CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */
-/*
-** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
-*/
-struct FileChunk {
- FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */
- u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */
-};
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+ pFarg = 0;
+ }else{
+ pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+ }
+ nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+ nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
+ if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFunc==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
+ break;
+ }
-/*
-** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
-** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
-*/
-struct FilePoint {
- sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
- FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
-};
+ /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
+ ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evaluation of
+ ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
+ */
+ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
+ int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ assert( nFarg>=2 );
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+ for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
+ break;
+ }
-/*
-** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal
-** is an instance of this class.
-*/
-struct MemJournal {
- sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
- FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
- FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */
- FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
-};
+ /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value
+ ** of the first argument.
+ */
+ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
+ assert( nFarg>=1 );
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+ break;
+ }
-/*
-** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation
-** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
-*/
-static int memjrnlRead(
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
- void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
- int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
- sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
- MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
- u8 *zOut = zBuf;
- int nRead = iAmt;
- int iChunkOffset;
- FileChunk *pChunk;
+ for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
+ if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
+ testcase( i==31 );
+ constMask |= MASKBIT32(i);
+ }
+ if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
+ }
+ }
+ if( pFarg ){
+ if( constMask ){
+ r1 = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += nFarg;
+ }else{
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
+ }
- /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
- assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
+ /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument,
+ ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
+ ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data
+ ** loading.
+ */
+ if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){
+ u8 exprOp;
+ assert( nFarg==1 );
+ assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 );
+ exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op;
+ if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+ assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
+ assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
+ testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
+ pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 =
+ pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
+ }
+ }
- if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
- sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
- for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
- ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
- pChunk=pChunk->pNext
- ){
- iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1,
+ SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+ }else{
+ r1 = 0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
+ ** a virtual table column.
+ **
+ ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
+ ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
+ ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because
+ ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
+ ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
+ ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to
+ ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
+ ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
+ */
+ if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
+ pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
+ }else if( nFarg>0 ){
+ pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
+ (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
+ if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
+ }
+ break;
}
- }else{
- pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_EXISTS:
+ case TK_SELECT: {
+ testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
+ testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
+ inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_IN: {
+ int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
- iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
- do {
- int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
- int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
- memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
- zOut += nCopy;
- nRead -= iSpace;
- iChunkOffset = 0;
- } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
- p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
- p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /*
+ ** x BETWEEN y AND z
+ **
+ ** This is equivalent to
+ **
+ ** x>=y AND x<=z
+ **
+ ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+ ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+ ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+ */
+ case TK_BETWEEN: {
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
+ Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
+ r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ pLItem++;
+ pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2);
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_COLLATE:
+ case TK_UPLUS: {
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TK_TRIGGER: {
+ /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+ ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+ ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+ ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+ ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+ ** read the rowid field.
+ **
+ ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
+ ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
+ ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where
+ ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
+ ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
+ ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
+ ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
+ ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
+ ** declared as:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+ **
+ ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
+ **
+ ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid
+ ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a
+ ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b
+ */
+ Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+ int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
+
+ assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
+ assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+ assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
+ assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
+ (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
+ (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
+ target
+ ));
-/*
-** Write data to the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlWrite(
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
- const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
- int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
- sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
- MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
- int nWrite = iAmt;
- u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
+ ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */
+ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0
+ && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+ ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
+ }
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
- /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
- ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
- */
- assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
- while( nWrite>0 ){
- FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
- int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
- int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
+ /*
+ ** Form A:
+ ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+ **
+ ** Form B:
+ ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+ **
+ ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
+ ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
+ ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+ **
+ ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
+ ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is
+ ** odd. The Y is also optional. If the number of elements in x.pList
+ ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL.
+ ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
+ **
+ ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
+ ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
+ ** no ELSE term, NULL.
+ */
+ default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
+ int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
+ int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
+ int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */
+ struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */
+ Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */
+ Expr *pX; /* The X expression */
+ Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
+ VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
- if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
- /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
- FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
- if( !pNew ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
+ assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
+ pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
+ aListelem = pEList->a;
+ nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+ endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+ tempX = *pX;
+ testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1));
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
+ opCompare.pLeft = &tempX;
+ pTest = &opCompare;
+ /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
+ ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
+ ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
+ ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */
+ regFree1 = 0;
}
- pNew->pNext = 0;
- if( pChunk ){
- assert( p->pFirst );
- pChunk->pNext = pNew;
+ for(i=0; i<nExpr-1; i=i+2){
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ if( pX ){
+ assert( pTest!=0 );
+ opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+ }else{
+ pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+ }
+ nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
+ }
+ if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
}else{
- assert( !p->pFirst );
- p->pFirst = pNew;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
}
- p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
+ assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0
+ || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
+ break;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ case TK_RAISE: {
+ assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback
+ || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
+ || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
+ || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
+ );
+ if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+ }
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+ v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
+ pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0);
+ }
- memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
- zWrite += iSpace;
- nWrite -= iSpace;
- p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
}
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+ return inReg;
}
/*
-** Truncate the file.
+** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
*/
-static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
- MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
- FileChunk *pChunk;
- assert(size==0);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
- pChunk = p->pFirst;
- while( pChunk ){
- FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
- pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
- sqlite3_free(pTmp);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */
+ int regDest, /* Store the value in this register */
+ u8 reusable /* True if this expression is reusable */
+){
+ ExprList *p;
+ assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) );
+ p = pParse->pConstExpr;
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
+ p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
+ if( p ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
+ pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
+ pItem->reusable = reusable;
}
- sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
- memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ pParse->pConstExpr = p;
}
-
/*
-** Sync the file.
+** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
+** into a register. Return the register number where the results
+** are stored.
**
-** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine
-** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation
-** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
-** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
-*/
-static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
+** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not
+** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
+**
+** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this
+** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the
+** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop.
*/
-static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
- MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
- *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
+ int r2;
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+ if( ConstFactorOk(pParse)
+ && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER
+ && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
+ ){
+ ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr;
+ int i;
+ *pReg = 0;
+ if( p ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){
+ if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){
+ return pItem->u.iConstExprReg;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ r2 = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1);
+ }else{
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
+ if( r2==r1 ){
+ *pReg = r1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ *pReg = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return r2;
}
/*
-** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target.
*/
-static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- memjrnlClose, /* xClose */
- memjrnlRead, /* xRead */
- memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
- memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
- memjrnlSync, /* xSync */
- memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
- 0, /* xLock */
- 0, /* xUnlock */
- 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
- 0, /* xFileControl */
- 0, /* xSectorSize */
- 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
- 0, /* xShmMap */
- 0, /* xShmLock */
- 0, /* xShmBarrier */
- 0 /* xShmUnlock */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+ int inReg;
-/*
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
- MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
- memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
- p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
+ assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+ if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
+ }else{
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+ }
+ }
}
/*
-** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is
-** an in-memory journal
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
- return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor.
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target. If the expression is constant, then this routine
+** might choose to code the expression at initialization time.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
- return sizeof(MemJournal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+ if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ }
}
-/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
-/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 August 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result
+** in register target.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
+** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
+** the result is a copy of the cache register.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
-** an SQL statement.
+** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple
+** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
+** are reused.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int iMem;
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node
-** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback
-** is invoked before visiting children.)
-**
-** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
-** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
-**
-** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree.
-**
-** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow
-** the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
-**
-** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and
-** return the top-level walk call.
-**
-** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
-** and WRC_Continue to continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
- int rc;
- if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
- testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
- testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
- rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
- if( rc==WRC_Continue
- && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
- }else{
- if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
- }
- }
- return rc & WRC_Abort;
+ assert( target>0 );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER );
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem);
+ exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem);
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
-** an abort request is seen.
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( p ){
- for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){
+ const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */
+ const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */
+ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
+ if( pExpr==0 ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil");
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ return;
}
- return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do
-** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
-** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
-** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
- if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
- return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
-** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select
-** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
-** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
-** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
- SrcList *pSrc;
- int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
+ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG{%d:%d}",
+ pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_COLUMN: {
+ if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+ /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "{%d:%d}",
+ pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_INTEGER: {
+ if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ case TK_FLOAT: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case TK_STRING: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_NULL: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL");
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ case TK_BLOB: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case TK_VARIABLE: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
+ pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_REGISTER: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_AS: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"AS %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_ID: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"ID %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+ case TK_CAST: {
+ /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"CAST %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+ case TK_LT: zBinOp = "LT"; break;
+ case TK_LE: zBinOp = "LE"; break;
+ case TK_GT: zBinOp = "GT"; break;
+ case TK_GE: zBinOp = "GE"; break;
+ case TK_NE: zBinOp = "NE"; break;
+ case TK_EQ: zBinOp = "EQ"; break;
+ case TK_IS: zBinOp = "IS"; break;
+ case TK_ISNOT: zBinOp = "ISNOT"; break;
+ case TK_AND: zBinOp = "AND"; break;
+ case TK_OR: zBinOp = "OR"; break;
+ case TK_PLUS: zBinOp = "ADD"; break;
+ case TK_STAR: zBinOp = "MUL"; break;
+ case TK_MINUS: zBinOp = "SUB"; break;
+ case TK_REM: zBinOp = "REM"; break;
+ case TK_BITAND: zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
+ case TK_BITOR: zBinOp = "BITOR"; break;
+ case TK_SLASH: zBinOp = "DIV"; break;
+ case TK_LSHIFT: zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
+ case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
+ case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
+ case TK_DOT: zBinOp = "DOT"; break;
+
+ case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
+ case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break;
+ case TK_BITNOT: zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
+ case TK_NOT: zUniOp = "NOT"; break;
+ case TK_ISNULL: zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
+ case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;
+
+ case TK_COLLATE: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLLATE %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+ break;
+ }
- pSrc = p->pSrc;
- if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
- for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
+ case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+ case TK_FUNCTION: {
+ ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+ pFarg = 0;
+ }else{
+ pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+ }
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q",
+ pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FUNCTION %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
}
+ if( pFarg ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pFarg, 0, 0);
+ }
+ break;
}
- }
- return WRC_Continue;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_EXISTS: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "EXISTS-expr");
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_SELECT: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr");
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_IN: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "IN");
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
-** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
-** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
-**
-** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if
-** there is an abort request.
-**
-** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
-** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
- int rc;
- if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
- rc = WRC_Continue;
- while( p ){
- rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
- if( rc ) break;
- if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
- if( sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
- p = p->pPrior;
+ /*
+ ** x BETWEEN y AND z
+ **
+ ** This is equivalent to
+ **
+ ** x>=y AND x<=z
+ **
+ ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+ ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+ ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+ */
+ case TK_BETWEEN: {
+ Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+ Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "BETWEEN");
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pX, 1);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pY, 1);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pZ, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_TRIGGER: {
+ /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+ ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+ ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+ ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+ ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+ ** read the rowid field.
+ */
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)",
+ pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_CASE: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "CASE");
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ case TK_RAISE: {
+ const char *zType = "unk";
+ switch( pExpr->affinity ){
+ case OE_Rollback: zType = "rollback"; break;
+ case OE_Abort: zType = "abort"; break;
+ case OE_Fail: zType = "fail"; break;
+ case OE_Ignore: zType = "ignore"; break;
+ }
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "RAISE %s(%Q)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ default: {
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "op=%d", pExpr->op);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( zBinOp ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zBinOp);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0);
+ }else if( zUniOp ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zUniOp);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(
+ TreeView *pView,
+ const ExprList *pList,
+ u8 moreToFollow,
+ const char *zLabel
+){
+ int i;
+ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
+ if( zLabel==0 || zLabel[0]==0 ) zLabel = "LIST";
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s (empty)", zLabel);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zLabel);
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pList->a[i].pExpr, i<pList->nExpr-1);
+#if 0
+ if( pList->a[i].zName ){
+ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName);
+ }
+ if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){
+ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
}
- return rc & WRC_Abort;
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2008 August 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Return the number of elements evaluated.
**
-*************************************************************************
+** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being
+** filled using OP_SCopy. OP_Copy must be used instead.
**
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
-** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
-** table and column.
+** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be
+** factored out into initialization code.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */
+ int target, /* Where to write results */
+ u8 flags /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */
+){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ int i, n;
+ u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy;
+ assert( pList!=0 );
+ assert( target>0 );
+ assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */
+ n = pList->nExpr;
+ if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR;
+ for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
+ if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0);
+ }else{
+ int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
+ if( inReg!=target+i ){
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ if( copyOp==OP_Copy
+ && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy
+ && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg
+ && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i
+ ){
+ pOp->p3++;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return n;
+}
/*
-** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
-** result set in pEList.
-**
-** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
-** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this
-** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
-** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
-** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
-**
-** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
-** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
-** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic.
-**
-** Hack: The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means
-** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence:
+** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
**
-** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
+** x BETWEEN y AND z
**
-** Is equivalent to:
+** The above is equivalent to
**
-** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
+** x>=y AND x<=z
**
-** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
-** from the result in the result-set. We might fix this someday. Or
-** then again, we might not...
+** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
+** elimination of x.
*/
-static void resolveAlias(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */
- int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
- Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
- const char *zType /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
+static void exprCodeBetween(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */
+ int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
+ int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
+ int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
){
- Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
- Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */
+ Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */
+ Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */
+ Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */
+ int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
- assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
- pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
- assert( pOrig!=0 );
- assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
- db = pParse->db;
- if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
- pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
- if( pDup==0 ) return;
- if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){
- pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
- }
- pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias;
- }else if( ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_IntValue) || pOrig->u.zToken==0 ){
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
- if( pDup==0 ) return;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
+ exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
+ exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
+ exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
+ compLeft.op = TK_GE;
+ compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
+ compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+ compRight.op = TK_LE;
+ compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
+ compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+ exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1));
+ if( jumpIfTrue ){
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
}else{
- char *zToken = pOrig->u.zToken;
- assert( zToken!=0 );
- pOrig->u.zToken = 0;
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
- pOrig->u.zToken = zToken;
- if( pDup==0 ) return;
- assert( (pDup->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
- pDup->flags2 |= EP2_MallocedToken;
- pDup->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zToken);
- }
- if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
- pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
}
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This
- ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
- ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
- */
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
- memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
+ /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
}
/*
-** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
-** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
-** are made to pExpr:
-**
-** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
-** (even if X is implied).
-** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
-** from pSrcList.
-** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
-** X and/or Y are implied.)
-** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table.
-** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN.
-** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted
-** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted.
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
**
-** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be
-** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database
-** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This
-** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it
-** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
-** can be used.
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
**
-** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success.
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
*/
-static int lookupName(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
- const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
- const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */
- NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */
- Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
-){
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */
- int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
- struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */
- NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */
- Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */
- int isTrigger = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int op = 0;
+ int regFree1 = 0;
+ int regFree2 = 0;
+ int r1, r2;
- assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
- assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
- assert( ~ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+ assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+ if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
+ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */
+ op = pExpr->op;
+ switch( op ){
+ case TK_AND: {
+ int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_OR: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_NOT: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_LT:
+ case TK_LE:
+ case TK_GT:
+ case TK_GE:
+ case TK_NE:
+ case TK_EQ: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+ codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+ r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+ assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+ assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+ assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+ assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+ assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_IS:
+ case TK_ISNOT: {
+ testcase( op==TK_IS );
+ testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+ op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+ codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+ r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_ISNULL:
+ case TK_NOTNULL: {
+ assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+ assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_BETWEEN: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_IN: {
+ int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ default: {
+ if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+ }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
+ /* No-op */
+ }else{
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+}
- /* Initialize the node to no-match */
- pExpr->iTable = -1;
- pExpr->pTab = 0;
- ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
+** is 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int op = 0;
+ int regFree1 = 0;
+ int regFree2 = 0;
+ int r1, r2;
- /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
- while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
- ExprList *pEList;
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+ assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+ if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return;
- if( pSrcList ){
- for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- Table *pTab;
- int iDb;
- Column *pCol;
-
- pTab = pItem->pTab;
- assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
- if( zTab ){
- if( pItem->zAlias ){
- char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
- }else{
- char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
- if( NEVER(zTabName==0) || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
- continue;
- }
- if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
- if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
- pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pExpr->pTab = pTab;
- pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- pMatch = pItem;
- }
- for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
- IdList *pUsing;
- cnt++;
- pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pExpr->pTab = pTab;
- pMatch = pItem;
- pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
- pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
- if( i<pSrcList->nSrc-1 ){
- if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
- /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
- ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
- pItem++;
- i++;
- }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
- /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
- ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
- ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
- int k;
- for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
- pItem++;
- i++;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
+ /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+ **
+ ** pExpr->op op
+ ** --------- ----------
+ ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull
+ ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull
+ ** TK_NE OP_Eq
+ ** TK_EQ OP_Ne
+ ** TK_GT OP_Le
+ ** TK_LE OP_Gt
+ ** TK_GE OP_Lt
+ ** TK_LT OP_Ge
+ **
+ ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+ ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+ ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+ ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+ */
+ op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
- ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
- */
- if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
- int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
- Table *pTab = 0;
- assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
- if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = 1;
- pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
- }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = 0;
- pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
- }
+ /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+ */
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
- if( pTab ){
- int iCol;
- pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- cntTab++;
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
- Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
- if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
- iCol = -1;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
- iCol = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
- }
- if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
- cnt++;
- if( iCol<0 ){
- pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
- testcase( iCol==31 );
- testcase( iCol==32 );
- pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
- }else{
- testcase( iCol==31 );
- testcase( iCol==32 );
- pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
- }
- pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
- pExpr->pTab = pTab;
- isTrigger = 1;
- }
- }
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
+ case TK_AND: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ break;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
- /*
- ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
- */
- if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
- cnt = 1;
- pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
- pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ case TK_OR: {
+ int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ break;
}
-
- /*
- ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
- ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when
- ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
- **
- ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
- **
- ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
- ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
- ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
- ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
- */
- if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
- for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
- char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
- if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
- Expr *pOrig;
- assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
- assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
- assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
- pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
- if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
- resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "");
- cnt = 1;
- pMatch = 0;
- assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
- goto lookupname_end;
- }
- }
+ case TK_NOT: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_LT:
+ case TK_LE:
+ case TK_GT:
+ case TK_GE:
+ case TK_NE:
+ case TK_EQ: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+ codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+ r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+ assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+ assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+ assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+ assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+ assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_IS:
+ case TK_ISNOT: {
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+ op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
+ codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+ r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( regFree2==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_ISNULL:
+ case TK_NOTNULL: {
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+ testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+ testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_BETWEEN: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_IN: {
+ if( jumpIfNull ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
+ }else{
+ int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+ }
+ break;
}
-
- /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either
- ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
- */
- if( cnt==0 ){
- pNC = pNC->pNext;
+#endif
+ default: {
+ if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+ }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
+ /* no-op */
+ }else{
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+ }
+ break;
}
}
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+}
- /*
- ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
- ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
- ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that
- ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
- ** pExpr.
- **
- ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
- ** fields are not changed in any context.
- */
- if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
- pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
- pExpr->pTab = 0;
- return WRC_Prune;
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two
+** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only
+** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences
+** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
+**
+** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
+** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
+**
+** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER. If that is the case and pB is
+** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0.
+**
+** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
+** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are
+** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine
+** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
+** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
+** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where
+** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
+** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning
+** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){
+ u32 combinedFlags;
+ if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){
+ return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
}
-
- /*
- ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or
- ** more matches. Either way, we have an error.
- */
- if( cnt!=1 ){
- const char *zErr;
- zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
- if( zDb ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
- }else if( zTab ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
+ combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags;
+ if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){
+ if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){
+ return 0;
}
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- pTopNC->nErr++;
+ return 2;
}
-
- /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
- ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes
- ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the
- ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
- ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
- */
- if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
- int n = pExpr->iColumn;
- testcase( n==BMS-1 );
- if( n>=BMS ){
- n = BMS-1;
+ if( pA->op!=pB->op ){
+ if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){
+ return 1;
}
- assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
- pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
+ if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 2;
}
-
- /* Clean up and return
- */
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
- pExpr->pLeft = 0;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
- pExpr->pRight = 0;
- pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
-lookupname_end:
- if( cnt==1 ){
- assert( pNC!=0 );
- sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
- /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
- ** the point where the name matched. */
- for(;;){
- assert( pTopNC!=0 );
- pTopNC->nRef++;
- if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
- pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
+ if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken ){
+ if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
+ return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2;
+ }
+ }
+ if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
+ if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){
+ if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2;
+ if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2;
+ if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) ){
+ if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
+ if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable
+ && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2;
}
- return WRC_Prune;
- } else {
- return WRC_Abort;
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
-** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
+** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and
+** non-zero if they differ in any way.
+**
+** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
+** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
+**
+** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The
+** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine
+** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
+** a malfunction will result.
+**
+** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer
+** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
- Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
- if( p ){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
- p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
- p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
- p->iColumn = -1;
- }else{
- p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
- testcase( iCol==BMS );
- testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
- pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
- }
- ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){
+ int i;
+ if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
+ if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
+ if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
+ for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
+ Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1;
}
- return p;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
+** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is
+** true. Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might
+** be false. Examples:
**
-** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
-** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down
-** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
+** pE1: x==5 pE2: x==5 Result: true
+** pE1: x>0 pE2: x==5 Result: false
+** pE1: x=21 pE2: x=21 OR y=43 Result: true
+** pE1: x!=123 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true
+** pE1: x!=?1 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true
+** pE1: x IS NULL pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: false
+** pE1: x IS ?2 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Reuslt: false
**
-** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
-** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed
-** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
+** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
+**
+** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance
+** improvement. Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but
+** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe.
*/
-static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
- NameContext *pNC;
- Parse *pParse;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if( pE2->op==TK_OR
+ && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab)
+ || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) )
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL
+ && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0
+ && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS)
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
- pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
- assert( pNC!=0 );
- pParse = pNC->pParse;
- assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
+** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an
+** aggregate function, in order to implement the
+** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
+*/
+struct SrcCount {
+ SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */
+ int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */
+ int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */
+};
- if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+/*
+** Count the number of references to columns.
+*/
+static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc()
+ ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the
+ ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. If
+ ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the
+ ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){
int i;
- for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
- assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
+ struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount;
+ SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+ if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break;
+ }
+ if( i<pSrc->nSrc ){
+ p->nThis++;
+ }else{
+ p->nOther++;
}
}
-#endif
- switch( pExpr->op ){
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
- /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
- ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
- ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
- */
- case TK_ROW: {
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
- pItem = pSrcList->a;
- pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
- pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
- pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pExpr->iColumn = -1;
- pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- break;
- }
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+/*
+** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference
+** pSrcList. Return true if they do. Also return true if the function
+** has no arguments or has only constant arguments. Return false if pExpr
+** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){
+ Walker w;
+ struct SrcCount cnt;
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount;
+ w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt;
+ cnt.pSrc = pSrcList;
+ cnt.nThis = 0;
+ cnt.nOther = 0;
+ sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList);
+ return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0;
+}
- /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
- */
- case TK_ID: {
- return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
- }
-
- /* A table name and column name: ID.ID
- ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID
- */
- case TK_DOT: {
- const char *zColumn;
- const char *zTable;
- const char *zDb;
- Expr *pRight;
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of
+** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+ int i;
+ pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+ db,
+ pInfo->aCol,
+ sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
+ &pInfo->nColumn,
+ &i
+ );
+ return i;
+}
- /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
- pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
- zDb = 0;
- zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
- zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
- }else{
- assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
- zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
- zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
- zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
- }
- return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
- }
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of
+** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+ int i;
+ pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+ db,
+ pInfo->aFunc,
+ sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
+ &pInfo->nFunc,
+ &i
+ );
+ return i;
+}
- /* Resolve function names
- */
- case TK_CONST_FUNC:
- case TK_FUNCTION: {
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */
- int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */
- int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */
- int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */
- int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */
- int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */
- int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */
- const char *zId; /* The function name. */
- FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */
- u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */
+/*
+** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to
+** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
+** for additional information.
+*/
+static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ int i;
+ NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+ Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+ AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
- nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
- if( pDef==0 ){
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
- if( pDef==0 ){
- no_such_func = 1;
- }else{
- wrong_num_args = 1;
- }
- }else{
- is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( pDef ){
- auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
- if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
- pDef->zName);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }
- pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
- return WRC_Prune;
- }
- }
-#endif
- if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- is_agg = 0;
- }else if( no_such_func ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }else if( wrong_num_args ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
- nId, zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }
- if( is_agg ){
- pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
- pNC->hasAgg = 1;
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
+ case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+ case TK_COLUMN: {
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
+ ** clause of the aggregate query */
+ if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
+ for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+ struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+ if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
+ /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
+ ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.
+ **
+ ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
+ ** is not an entry there already.
+ */
+ int k;
+ pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
+ for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
+ if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+ pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
+ && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0
+ ){
+ pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
+ pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+ pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
+ pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+ pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+ pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
+ pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
+ if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
+ int j, n;
+ ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
+ struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
+ n = pGB->nExpr;
+ for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
+ Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+ if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+ pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+ pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
+ pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
+ }
+ }
+ /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
+ ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
+ ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
+ ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
+ */
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+ pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+ pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
+ pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
+ break;
+ } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
+ } /* end loop over pSrcList */
}
- if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
- sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
- if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
- /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
- ** type of the function
- */
return WRC_Prune;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_SELECT:
- case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-#endif
- case TK_IN: {
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- int nRef = pNC->nRef;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- if( pNC->isCheck ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
+ case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+ if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
+ && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
+ ){
+ /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate
+ ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
+ */
+ struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){
+ break;
+ }
}
-#endif
- sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
- assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
- if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
+ if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
+ /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
+ */
+ u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
+ i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
+ if( i>=0 ){
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
+ pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+ pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+ pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+ pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+ if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
+ pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+ }else{
+ pItem->iDistinct = -1;
+ }
+ }
}
+ /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
+ */
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+ pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
+ pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+ return WRC_Prune;
+ }else{
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- case TK_VARIABLE: {
- if( pNC->isCheck ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
- }
- break;
}
-#endif
}
- return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
-** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
-** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
-** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
-** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is,
-** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
-** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is
-** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
-** return 0.
+** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo
+** points to. Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as
+** necessary.
**
-** pEList has been resolved. pE has not.
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
*/
-static int resolveAsName(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */
- ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */
- Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */
-){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
+ Walker w;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
+ w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
+ w.u.pNC = pNC;
+ assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+}
- if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
- char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
- if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
- return i+1;
- }
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
+** expression list. Return the number of errors.
+**
+** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ int i;
+ if( pList ){
+ for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
}
}
- return 0;
}
/*
-** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
-** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been
-** name resolved.
-**
-** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
-** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That
-** case is handled by the calling routine.
-**
-** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
-** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column,
-** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
-** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the
-** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
-** the column.
-**
-** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs.
+** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
*/
-static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */
- Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
- Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */
-){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */
- NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
- int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */
- u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
-
- assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-
- /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
- */
- memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
- nc.pParse = pParse;
- nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
- nc.pEList = pEList;
- nc.allowAgg = 1;
- nc.nErr = 0;
- db = pParse->db;
- savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
- db->suppressErr = 1;
- rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
- db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
- if( rc ) return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
+ if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
+ return ++pParse->nMem;
+ }
+ return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
+}
- /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
- ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching
- ** result-set entry.
- */
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE)<2 ){
- return i+1;
+/*
+** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
+** purpose.
+**
+** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
+** the deallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
+** the register becomes stale.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+ if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+ int i;
+ struct yColCache *p;
+ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+ if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+ p->tempReg = 1;
+ return;
+ }
}
+ pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
}
+}
- /* If no match, return 0. */
- return 0;
+/*
+** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
+ int i, n;
+ i = pParse->iRangeReg;
+ n = pParse->nRangeReg;
+ if( nReg<=n ){
+ assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
+ pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
+ pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
+ }else{
+ i = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += nReg;
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
+ if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
+ pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
+ pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
+ }
}
/*
-** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
+** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse.
*/
-static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
- Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */
- const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
- int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
- int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */
-){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
- "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){
+ pParse->nTempReg = 0;
+ pParse->nRangeReg = 0;
}
+/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
/*
-** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify
-** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
-** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
+** 2005 February 15
**
-** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
-** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
-** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions
-** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
-** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
-** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
-** the integer column number.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Return the number of errors seen.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
+** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
*/
-static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
- Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
-){
- int i;
- ExprList *pOrderBy;
- ExprList *pEList;
- sqlite3 *db;
- int moreToDo = 1;
- pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
- if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
- db = pParse->db;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
- if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
- return 1;
- }
-#endif
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
- }
- pSelect->pNext = 0;
- while( pSelect->pPrior ){
- pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
- pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
- }
- while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- moreToDo = 0;
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
- assert( pEList!=0 );
- for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- int iCol = -1;
- Expr *pE, *pDup;
- if( pItem->done ) continue;
- pE = pItem->pExpr;
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
- if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
- resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
- return 1;
- }
- }else{
- iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
- if( iCol==0 ){
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- assert(pDup);
- iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
- }
- }
- if( iCol>0 ){
- CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
- int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
- pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
- if( pE==0 ) return 1;
- pE->pColl = pColl;
- pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags;
- pE->u.iValue = iCol;
- pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
- pItem->done = 1;
- }else{
- moreToDo = 1;
- }
- }
- pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
- }
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
- "column in the result set", i+1);
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
+/*
+** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
+** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+
/*
-** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
-** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a
-** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field)
-** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
-** column.
+** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
+** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in
+** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
+** argument and the result returned. Examples:
**
-** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
-** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen.
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
+** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
+** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
- Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
- const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+static void renameTableFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- int i;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- ExprList *pEList;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
- if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
- return 1;
- }
-#endif
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
- assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
- for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- if( pItem->iCol ){
- if( pItem->iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
- resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
- return 1;
+ int token;
+ Token tname;
+ unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+ int len = 0;
+ char *zRet;
+
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+ /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE
+ ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
+ ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
+ */
+ if( zSql ){
+ do {
+ if( !*zCsr ){
+ /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
+ return;
}
- resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType);
- }
+
+ /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+ tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+ tname.n = len;
+
+ /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+ ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+ */
+ do {
+ zCsr += len;
+ len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+ } while( token==TK_SPACE );
+ assert( len>0 );
+ } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
+
+ zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
+ zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
- return 0;
}
/*
-** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
-** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either
-** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
+** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
+** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
+** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the
+** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
**
-** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
-** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
-** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
-** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If
-** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of
-** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
-** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
-** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
+** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
+** 3) The new name of the table being renamed.
**
-** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then
-** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors
-** excepted.)
+** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
+**
+** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
+** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
*/
-static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
- NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
- Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
- const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static void renameParentFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int iCol; /* Column number */
- struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
- Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
- int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ char *zOutput = 0;
+ char *zResult;
+ unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
- if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
- nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
- pParse = pNC->pParse;
- for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
- iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE);
- if( iCol>0 ){
- /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
- ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to
- ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
- ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
- pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
- continue;
- }
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
- /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column
- ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
- ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
- if( iCol<1 ){
- resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
- return 1;
- }
- pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
- continue;
- }
+ unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */
+ int n; /* Length of token z */
+ int token; /* Type of token */
- /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
- pItem->iCol = 0;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
- return 1;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return;
+ for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
+ n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+ if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
+ char *zParent;
+ do {
+ z += n;
+ n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+ }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+
+ zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
+ if( zParent==0 ) break;
+ sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
+ char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"",
+ (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew
+ );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+ zOutput = zOut;
+ zInput = &z[n];
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
}
}
- return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
+
+ zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput),
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
}
+#endif
-/*
-** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER
+** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE
+** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result
+** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
+** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
*/
-static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
- NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */
- NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */
- int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */
- int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
- Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
- Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
-
-
- assert( p!=0 );
- if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
- return WRC_Prune;
- }
- pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
- pParse = pWalker->pParse;
- db = pParse->db;
-
- /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
- ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within
- ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
- ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let
- ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
- ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
- ** this routine in the correct order.
- */
- if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
- sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
- return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
- }
-
- isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
- nCompound = 0;
- pLeftmost = p;
- while( p ){
- assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
- assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
- p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
+static void renameTriggerFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
- ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
- */
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
- sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
-
- /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
- ** resolve the result-set expression list.
- */
- sNC.allowAgg = 1;
- sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
- sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
-
- /* Resolve names in the result set. */
- pEList = p->pEList;
- assert( pEList!=0 );
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
- }
-
- /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
- */
- for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
- if( pItem->pSelect ){
- const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
- if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
- sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
- pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
- }
- }
-
- /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
- ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
- */
- assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
- pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
- if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){
- p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
- }else{
- sNC.allowAgg = 0;
- }
-
- /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
- */
- if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
-
- /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
- ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
- ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
- ** aliases in the result set.
- **
- ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
- ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
- */
- sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
- sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving)
- ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
+ int token;
+ Token tname;
+ int dist = 3;
+ unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+ int len = 0;
+ char *zRet;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
- ** outer queries
- */
- sNC.pNext = 0;
- sNC.allowAgg = 1;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
- ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
- ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
- ** the compound have been resolved.
- */
- if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
-
- /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure
- ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
- */
- if( pGroupBy ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
- if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
- return WRC_Abort;
+ /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER
+ ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediately
+ ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediately followed by one
+ ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+ */
+ if( zSql ){
+ do {
+
+ if( !*zCsr ){
+ /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
+ return;
}
- for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
- "the GROUP BY clause");
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
+
+ /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+ tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+ tname.n = len;
+
+ /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+ ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+ */
+ do {
+ zCsr += len;
+ len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+ }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+ assert( len>0 );
+
+ /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
+ ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN
+ ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
+ ** to be met.
+ **
+ ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
+ ** there is no need to worry about syntax like
+ ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
+ */
+ dist++;
+ if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
+ dist = 0;
}
- }
+ } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
- /* Advance to the next term of the compound
+ /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
+ ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
*/
- p = p->pPrior;
- nCompound++;
+ zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
+ zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
- /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
- ** the compound have been resolved.
- */
- if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
+/*
+** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
+ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
+#endif
+ };
+ int i;
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs);
- return WRC_Prune;
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+ }
}
/*
-** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
-** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error
-** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
-** are seen.
-**
-** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
-** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
-**
-** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or
-** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
-**
-** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger
-** one of the special names "old" or "new".
-**
-** Z: The name of a column in table Y.
-**
-** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
-**
-** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN
-** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y
-** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid.
-** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
-**
-**
-** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
-** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
-** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression
-** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
-** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
-** tree. For example, in:
-**
-** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
-**
-** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
+** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
**
-** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
+** name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
**
-** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
-** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
-** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is
-** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
-** property on the expression is set.
+** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text
+** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
+** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
+** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
+** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
**
-** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number
-** if errors is returned.
+** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is
+** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
+** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
+**
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(
- NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
- Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */
-){
- int savedHasAgg;
- Walker w;
+static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
+ char *zNew;
+ if( !zWhere ){
+ zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
+ }else{
+ zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+ }
+ return zNew;
+}
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
- {
- Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
- if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
- return 1;
- }
- pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
+** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
+** table.
+*/
+static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+ FKey *p;
+ char *zWhere = 0;
+ for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+ zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
}
+ return zWhere;
+}
#endif
- savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
- pNC->hasAgg = 0;
- w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
- w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
- w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
- w.u.pNC = pNC;
- sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
- pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
-#endif
- if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
+** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the
+** temporary database, NULL is returned.
+*/
+static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+ Trigger *pTrig;
+ char *zWhere = 0;
+ const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
+
+ /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is
+ ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
+ ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE
+ ** expression being built up in zWhere.
+ */
+ if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+ if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
+ zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
+ }
+ }
}
- if( pNC->hasAgg ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
- }else if( savedHasAgg ){
- pNC->hasAgg = 1;
+ if( zWhere ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
+ zWhere = zNew;
}
- return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+ return zWhere;
}
-
/*
-** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
-** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
-** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
-** terms.
-**
-** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
-** transformations that occur.
-**
-** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
-** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
+** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
+** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
+** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
+** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
+** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an
+** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
- NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
-){
- Walker w;
+static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ char *zWhere;
+ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ Trigger *pTrig;
+#endif
- assert( p!=0 );
- w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
- w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
- w.pParse = pParse;
- w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
- sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
+ for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+ int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+ assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+
+ /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
+ zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
+ if( !zWhere ) return;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp
+ ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined.
+ */
+ if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
+ }
+#endif
}
-/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
+** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
+** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
+** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
-** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
*/
+static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+ if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
/*
-** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
-**
-** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the
-** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
-** indicating no affinity for the expression.
-**
-** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
-** have an affinity:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
-** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
+** command.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
- int op = pExpr->op;
- if( op==TK_SELECT ){
- assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
- return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */
+ Token *pName /* The new table name. */
+){
+ int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */
+ char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */
+ char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
+ const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */
+ Vdbe *v;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
+#endif
+ VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
+ int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */
+
+ savedDbFlags = db->flags;
+ if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
+ assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
+ if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+
+ /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
+ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
+
+ /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
+ ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
+ goto exit_rename_table;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
- if( op==TK_CAST ){
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken);
+
+ /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
+ ** that the table is being renamed to.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+ goto exit_rename_table;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
+ exit_rename_table;
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ if( pTab->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+ goto exit_rename_table;
}
#endif
- if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER)
- && pExpr->pTab!=0
- ){
- /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
- ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
- int j = pExpr->iColumn;
- if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
- return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+ goto exit_rename_table;
}
- return pExpr->affinity;
-}
+#endif
-/*
-** Set the explicit collating sequence for an expression to the
-** collating sequence supplied in the second argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr *pExpr, CollSeq *pColl){
- if( pExpr && pColl ){
- pExpr->pColl = pColl;
- pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+ goto exit_rename_table;
}
- return pExpr;
-}
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+ if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
+ pVTab = 0;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Begin a transaction for database iDb.
+ ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
+ ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
+ ** table.
+ */
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ){
+ goto exit_rename_table;
+ }
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+ /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
+ ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
+ ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
+ ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( pVTab ){
+ int i = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
+ zTabName = pTab->zName;
+ nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE
+ ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
+ ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */
+ if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+ "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
+ "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
+#else
+ "sql = CASE "
+ "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
+ "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
+#endif
+ "tbl_name = %Q, "
+ "name = CASE "
+ "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
+ "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
+ "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
+ "ELSE name END "
+ "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
+ "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
+ zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ zName,
+#endif
+ zName, nTabName, zTabName
+ );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
+ ** it with the new table name.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
+ zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
+ }
+#endif
-/*
-** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
-** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression.
-** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
-** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
-** collating sequences.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
- char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
- CollSeq *pColl;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName);
- pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
- sqlite3ExprSetColl(pExpr, pColl);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
- return pExpr;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
+ ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
+ ** the temp database.
+ */
+ if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
+ "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
+ "tbl_name = %Q "
+ "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+ }
+#endif
-/*
-** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
-** there is no default collation type, return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- CollSeq *pColl = 0;
- Expr *p = pExpr;
- while( p ){
- int op;
- pColl = p->pColl;
- if( pColl ) break;
- op = p->op;
- if( p->pTab!=0 && (
- op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER
- )){
- /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
- ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
- const char *zColl;
- int j = p->iColumn;
- if( j>=0 ){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
- pExpr->pColl = pColl;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+ FKey *p;
+ for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+ Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
+ if( pFrom!=pTab ){
+ reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
}
- break;
- }
- if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){
- break;
}
- p = p->pLeft;
- }
- if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
- pColl = 0;
}
- return pColl;
-}
+#endif
-/*
-** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the
-** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the
-** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
- char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
- if( aff1 && aff2 ){
- /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
- ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
- */
- if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
- return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
- /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the
- ** results directly.
- */
- return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }else{
- /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
- assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
- return (aff1 + aff2);
- }
-}
+ /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
+ reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should
-** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
-*/
-static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
- char aff;
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
- pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
- pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
- assert( pExpr->pLeft );
- aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
- if( pExpr->pRight ){
- aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
- }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
- }else if( !aff ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- return aff;
+exit_rename_table:
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ db->flags = savedDbFlags;
}
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
-** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
-** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
-** the comparison in pExpr.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
- char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
- switch( aff ){
- case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
- return 1;
- case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
- return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- default:
- return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
- }
-}
/*
-** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
-** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
+** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
*/
-static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
- u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
- aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
- return aff;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called.
+ ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this
+ ** point */
+ if( ALWAYS(v) ){
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ int j1;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+ }
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
-** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
-**
-** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
-** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
-** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
-** type.
+** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
+** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
+** column definition.
**
-** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
-** it is not considered.
+** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
+** the new column during parsing.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
- Parse *pParse,
- Expr *pLeft,
- Expr *pRight
-){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- assert( pLeft );
- if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- assert( pLeft->pColl );
- pColl = pLeft->pColl;
- }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- assert( pRight->pColl );
- pColl = pRight->pColl;
- }else{
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
- if( !pColl ){
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
- }
- }
- return pColl;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
+ Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */
+ int iDb; /* Database number */
+ const char *zDb; /* Database name */
+ const char *zTab; /* Table name */
+ char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */
+ Column *pCol; /* The new column */
+ Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */
-/*
-** Generate code for a comparison operator.
-*/
-static int codeCompare(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
- Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */
- Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */
- int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */
- int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
- int dest, /* Jump here if true. */
- int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
-){
- int p5;
- int addr;
- CollSeq *p4;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
+ assert( pNew );
- p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
- p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
- (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
- return addr;
-}
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
+ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
+ pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
+ pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
+ assert( pTab );
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-/*
-** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
-** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
-** pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
- if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
+ ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
+ ** for an SQL NULL default below.
+ */
+ if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
+ pDflt = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
+ ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
+ ** column must not be NULL.
+ */
+ if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
+ return;
+ }
+ if( pNew->pIndex ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
+ return;
+ }
+ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
- );
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
+ return;
+ }
+ if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
+ return;
}
- return rc;
-}
-/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
-** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
-** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
-** first argument.
-**
-** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
-** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
-** value.
-*/
-static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
- if( p ){
- if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
- *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
+ /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+ ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
+ */
+ if( pDflt ){
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return;
}
- }
-}
-static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
- if( p ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
- heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
+ if( !pVal ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
+ return;
}
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
}
-}
-static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
- if( p ){
- heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
- heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
- heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
- heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
- heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
- heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
- heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
- heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
- }
-}
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an
-** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or
-** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
-** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other
-** referenced Expr plus one.
-*/
-static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
- int nHeight = 0;
- heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
- heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
- if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
- }else{
- heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
+ /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
+ zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
+ if( zCol ){
+ char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
+ int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
+ while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
+ *zEnd-- = '\0';
+ }
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+ "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
+ "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
+ zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
+ zTab
+ );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+ db->flags = savedDbFlags;
}
- p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
-}
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
-** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
-** leave an error in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
- exprSetHeight(p);
- sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
-}
+ /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
+ ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
+ ** the file format becomes 3.
+ */
+ sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
-/*
-** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
-** by the select statement passed as an argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
- int nHeight = 0;
- heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
- return nHeight;
+ /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
+ reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
}
-#else
- #define exprSetHeight(y)
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
/*
-** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
-**
-** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory
-** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
-** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function
-** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
+** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
+** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
**
-** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
-** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance. The deQuote
-** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
-** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
-** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
+** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
+** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
+** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
+** after parsing is finished.
**
-** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
-** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
-** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written
-** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage
-** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
+** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
+** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
- int op, /* Expression opcode */
- const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */
- int dequote /* True to dequote */
-){
- Expr *pNew;
- int nExtra = 0;
- int iValue = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+ Table *pNew;
+ Table *pTab;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ int iDb;
+ int i;
+ int nAlloc;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( pToken ){
- if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
- || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
- nExtra = pToken->n+1;
- assert( iValue>=0 );
- }
+ /* Look up the table being altered. */
+ assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
+ if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
+ goto exit_begin_add_column;
}
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
- if( pNew ){
- pNew->op = (u8)op;
- pNew->iAgg = -1;
- if( pToken ){
- if( nExtra==0 ){
- pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
- pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
- }else{
- int c;
- pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
- memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
- pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
- if( dequote && nExtra>=3
- && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
- sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
- if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
- }
- }
- }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
- pNew->nHeight = 1;
-#endif
+#endif
+
+ /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
+ if( pTab->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
+ goto exit_begin_add_column;
}
- return pNew;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+ goto exit_begin_add_column;
+ }
+
+ assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+ /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
+ ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify
+ ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this
+ ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
+ ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
+ ** prefix on their name.
+ */
+ pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+ if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+ pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
+ pNew->nRef = 1;
+ pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
+ assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
+ nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
+ assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
+ pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
+ pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
+ if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ goto exit_begin_add_column;
+ }
+ memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
+ for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
+ Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
+ pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
+ pCol->zColl = 0;
+ pCol->zType = 0;
+ pCol->pDflt = 0;
+ pCol->zDflt = 0;
+ }
+ pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+ pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
+ pNew->nRef = 1;
+
+ /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+exit_begin_add_column:
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+ return;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
+/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
-** already been dequoted.
+** 2005-07-08
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables
+** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner
+** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries.
+**
+** The following system tables are or have been supported:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat);
+** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample);
+** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
+** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
+**
+** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version
+** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only
+** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3
+** is a superset of sqlite_stat2. The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
+** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later. It is
+** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time. If they
+** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
+**
+** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required
+** for the query planner to make good choices.
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat1:
+**
+** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
+** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to
+** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be
+** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this
+** list is the number of rows in the index. (This is the same as the
+** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.) The second
+** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
+** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average
+** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
+** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in
+** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For
+** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If
+** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
+**
+** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed
+** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present,
+** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the
+** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
+** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
+** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
+** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat2:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between
+** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information
+** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by
+** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which
+** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2
+** table for each index.
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9
+** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at
+** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S
+** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index.
+** Then the sampled rows are given by:
+**
+** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2)
+**
+** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into
+** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket.
+**
+** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This
+** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor
+** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports
+** sqlite_stat3.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat3:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4. Hence, the
+** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first. Further information
+** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat4:
+**
+** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data
+** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values
+** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of
+** queries.
+**
+** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index.
+** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the
+** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is
+** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a blob which is the
+** binary encoding of a key from the index. The nEq column is a
+** list of integers. The first integer is the approximate number
+** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches
+** the left-most column of the sample. The second integer in nEq
+** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the
+** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample.
+** And so forth. nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate
+** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first
+** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the
+** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample.
+** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries
+** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the
+** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the
+** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the
+** sample.
+**
+** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index.
+** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables
+** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across
+** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with
+** large nEq values.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only
+** looks at the left-most column of the index. The sqlite_stat3.sample
+** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead
+** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in
+** sqlite_stat4.sample. The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3
+** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first
+** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
- int op, /* Expression opcode */
- const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */
-){
- Token x;
- x.z = zToken;
- x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
- return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+# define IsStat4 1
+# define IsStat3 0
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+# define IsStat4 0
+# define IsStat3 1
+#else
+# define IsStat4 0
+# define IsStat3 0
+# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
+# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1
+#endif
+#define IsStat34 (IsStat3+IsStat4) /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */
/*
-** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
+** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables.
+** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant. sqlite_stat2 is now
+** obsolete. sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when
+** appropriate compile-time options are provided.
**
-** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
-** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
+** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created.
+**
+** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
+** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
+** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted.
+** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
- sqlite3 *db,
- Expr *pRoot,
- Expr *pLeft,
- Expr *pRight
+static void openStatTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */
+ int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
+ const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */
+ const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
){
- if( pRoot==0 ){
- assert( db->mallocFailed );
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
- }else{
- if( pRight ){
- pRoot->pRight = pRight;
- if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- pRoot->pColl = pRight->pColl;
+ static const struct {
+ const char *zName;
+ const char *zCols;
+ } aTable[] = {
+ { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+ { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
+ { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+ { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
+ { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
+#else
+ { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
+ { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
+#endif
+ };
+ int i;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Db *pDb;
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)];
+ u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)];
+
+ if( v==0 ) return;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+ /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them
+ ** if they do already exist.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
+ const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
+ Table *pStat;
+ if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){
+ if( aTable[i].zCols ){
+ /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a
+ ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage
+ ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important
+ ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
+ );
+ aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
+ aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
}
- }
- if( pLeft ){
- pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
- if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- pRoot->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
+ }else{
+ /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries
+ ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
+ ** entire contents of the table. */
+ aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
+ aCreateTbl[i] = 0;
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
+ if( zWhere ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
+ pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
+ );
+ }else{
+ /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
}
}
- exprSetHeight(pRoot);
}
-}
-/*
-** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
-**
-** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new
-** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
-** free the subtrees and return NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- int op, /* Expression opcode */
- Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */
- Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */
- const Token *pToken /* Argument token */
-){
- Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
- sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
- if( p ) {
- sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+ /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
+ for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
+ assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
+ VdbeComment((v, aTable[i].zName));
}
- return p;
}
/*
-** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is
-** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
- if( pLeft==0 ){
- return pRight;
- }else if( pRight==0 ){
- return pLeft;
- }else{
- Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
- return pNew;
- }
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
+# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 24
+#endif
/*
-** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
-** arguments.
+** Three SQL functions - stat_init(), stat_push(), and stat_get() -
+** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state
+** information.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
- Expr *pNew;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- assert( pToken );
- pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
- if( pNew==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
- return 0;
- }
- pNew->x.pList = pList;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
- return pNew;
-}
+typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum;
+typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample;
+struct Stat4Sample {
+ tRowcnt *anEq; /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */
+ tRowcnt *anDLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ tRowcnt *anLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nLt */
+ union {
+ i64 iRowid; /* Rowid in main table of the key */
+ u8 *aRowid; /* Key for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+ } u;
+ u32 nRowid; /* Sizeof aRowid[] */
+ u8 isPSample; /* True if a periodic sample */
+ int iCol; /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
+ u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */
+#endif
+};
+struct Stat4Accum {
+ tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */
+ tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */
+ int nKeyCol; /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */
+ int mxSample; /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
+ Stat4Sample current; /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
+ u32 iPrn; /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
+ Stat4Sample *aBest; /* Array of nCol best samples */
+ int iMin; /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
+ int nSample; /* Current number of samples */
+ int iGet; /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
+ Stat4Sample *a; /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */
+};
-/*
-** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.
-**
-** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
-** variable number.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make
-** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
-** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
-** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first
-** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
-** assigned.
+/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- const char *z;
-
- if( pExpr==0 ) return;
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
- z = pExpr->u.zToken;
- assert( z!=0 );
- assert( z[0]!=0 );
- if( z[1]==0 ){
- /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */
- assert( z[0]=='?' );
- pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
- }else{
- ynVar x = 0;
- u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
- if( z[0]=='?' ){
- /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and
- ** use it as the variable number */
- i64 i;
- int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
- pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i;
- testcase( i==0 );
- testcase( i==1 );
- testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
- testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
- if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
- db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
- x = 0;
- }
- if( i>pParse->nVar ){
- pParse->nVar = (int)i;
- }
- }else{
- /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable
- ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
- ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
- */
- ynVar i;
- for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){
- if( pParse->azVar[i] && memcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z,n+1)==0 ){
- pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1;
- break;
- }
- }
- if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
- }
- if( x>0 ){
- if( x>pParse->nzVar ){
- char **a;
- a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0]));
- if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */
- pParse->azVar = a;
- memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0]));
- pParse->nzVar = x;
- }
- if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]);
- pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n);
- }
- }
- }
- if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ if( p->nRowid ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+ p->nRowid = 0;
}
}
+#endif
-/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
- if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
- if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) && (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)!=0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
- }
- if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
- }
- }
- if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+ p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+ if( p->u.aRowid ){
+ p->nRowid = n;
+ memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n);
+ }else{
+ p->nRowid = 0;
}
}
+#endif
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure
-** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
-** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
+/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID.
*/
-static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
- if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
- if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
- return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+ p->nRowid = 0;
+ p->u.iRowid = iRowid;
}
+#endif
+
/*
-** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
-** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in
-** how much of the tree is measured.
-**
-** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure
-** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token
-** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components
-**
-***************************************************************************
-**
-** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:
-** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and
-** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
-** The return values is always one of:
-**
-** EXPR_FULLSIZE
-** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced
-** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
-**
-** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
-** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the
-** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
-**
-** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
-** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
-** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
-** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
-** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to
-** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal
-** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation
-** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
-** to enforce this constraint.
+** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo).
*/
-static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
- int nSize;
- assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
- if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
- nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){
+ pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample;
+ pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol;
+ pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash;
+ memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+ memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+ memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+ if( pFrom->nRowid ){
+ sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid);
}else{
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) );
- assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 );
- assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 );
- if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){
- nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
- }else{
- nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
- }
+ sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid);
}
- return nSize;
}
+#endif
/*
-** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy
-** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
-** string is defined.)
+** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure.
*/
-static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
- int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
- if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
- nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
- }
- return ROUND8(nByte);
+static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){
+ Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i);
+ for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
+ sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
+#endif
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}
/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the
-** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
-** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
+** are:
+** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
+** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
+** C: The number of rows in the index (note 2)
**
-** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
-** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
+** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a
+** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
+** total number of columns in the table.
**
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes
-** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft
-** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or
-** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
-*/
-static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
- int nByte = 0;
- if( p ){
- nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
- if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
- nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
- }
- }
- return nByte;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer
-** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough
-** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
-** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
-** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
-** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
+** Note 2: C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
+**
+** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1. But for indexes on
+** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
+** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the
+** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
+**
+** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return
+** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. The datatype of the
+** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
+** object.
*/
-static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
- Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */
- if( p ){
- const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- u8 *zAlloc;
- u32 staticFlag = 0;
-
- assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );
-
- /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
- if( pzBuffer ){
- zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
- staticFlag = EP_Static;
- }else{
- zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags));
- }
- pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
-
- if( pNew ){
- /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
- ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
- ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
- ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
- */
- const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags);
- const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
- int nToken;
- if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
- nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
- }else{
- nToken = 0;
- }
- if( isReduced ){
- assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
- memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
- }else{
- int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
- memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
- memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
- }
-
- /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
- pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static);
- pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
- pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
-
- /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
- if( nToken ){
- char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
- memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
- }
+static void statInit(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ Stat4Accum *p;
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */
+ int nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns */
+ int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
+ int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
+#endif
- if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
- /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
- if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
- }else{
- pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
- }
- }
+ /* Decode the three function arguments */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+ assert( nCol>0 );
+ nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol;
+ nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+ assert( nKeyCol<=nCol );
+ assert( nKeyCol>0 );
+
+ /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
+ n = sizeof(*p)
+ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
+ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
+ + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */
+ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample)
+#endif
+ ;
+ db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n);
+ if( p==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ return;
+ }
- /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
- if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
- zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
- if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
- pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
- pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
- }
- if( pzBuffer ){
- *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
- }
- }else{
- pNew->flags2 = 0;
- if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
- pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
- pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
- }
- }
+ p->db = db;
+ p->nRow = 0;
+ p->nCol = nCol;
+ p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol;
+ p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
+ p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ {
+ u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */
+
+ p->iGet = -1;
+ p->mxSample = mxSample;
+ p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
+ p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
+ p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[2])*0xd0944565;
+
+ /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
+ p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
+ p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
+ pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
+ for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
+ p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+ p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+ p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+ }
+ assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n );
+
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
}
}
- return pNew;
-}
+#endif
+
+ /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller. Note that
+ ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters. The size of the object
+ ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive
+ ** value. */
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor);
+}
+static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
+ 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */
+ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */
+ 0, /* pUserData */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ statInit, /* xFunc */
+ 0, /* xStep */
+ 0, /* xFinalize */
+ "stat_init", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pHash */
+ 0 /* pDestructor */
+};
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
/*
-** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
-** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can
-** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
-** without effecting the originals.
-**
-** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded
-** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
-**
-** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for
+** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and
+** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this
+** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
+** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected
+** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld.
**
-** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
-** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
-** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
+** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
- return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
- ExprList *pNew;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+static int sampleIsBetterPost(
+ Stat4Accum *pAccum,
+ Stat4Sample *pNew,
+ Stat4Sample *pOld
+){
+ int nCol = pAccum->nCol;
int i;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->iECursor = 0;
- pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
- pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
- if( pItem==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
- return 0;
- }
- pOldItem = p->a;
- for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
- Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
- pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
- pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
- pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
- pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
- pItem->done = 0;
- pItem->iCol = pOldItem->iCol;
- pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias;
+ assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol );
+ for(i=pNew->iCol+1; i<nCol; i++){
+ if( pNew->anEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1;
+ if( pNew->anEq[i]<pOld->anEq[i] ) return 0;
}
- return pNew;
+ if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1;
+ return 0;
}
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
/*
-** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
-** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
-** called with a NULL argument.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
- || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
- SrcList *pNew;
- int i;
- int nByte;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
- for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
- struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
- struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
- Table *pTab;
- pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
- pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
- pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
- pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
- pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
- pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
- pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
- pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
- pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
- pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
- if( pTab ){
- pTab->nRef++;
- }
- pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
- pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
- pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
- pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
+** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
+**
+** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid.
+*/
+static int sampleIsBetter(
+ Stat4Accum *pAccum,
+ Stat4Sample *pNew,
+ Stat4Sample *pOld
+){
+ tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol];
+ tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol];
+
+ assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 );
+ assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) );
+
+ if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){
+ if( pNew->iCol<pOld->iCol ) return 1;
+ return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld));
}
- return pNew;
+ return 0;
+#else
+ return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash);
+#endif
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
- IdList *pNew;
+
+/*
+** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary,
+** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room.
+*/
+static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){
+ Stat4Sample *pSample = 0;
int i;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
- pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
- if( pNew->a==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
- return 0;
+
+ assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){
+ Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0;
+ assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 );
+
+ /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column
+ ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already
+ ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add
+ ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority
+ ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */
+ for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
+ Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i];
+ if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){
+ if( pOld->isPSample ) return;
+ assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol );
+ assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) );
+ if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){
+ pUpgrade = pOld;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( pUpgrade ){
+ pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol;
+ pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol];
+ goto find_new_min;
+ }
}
- for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
- struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
- struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
- pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
- pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+#endif
+
+ /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */
+ if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
+ Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin];
+ tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq;
+ tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt;
+ tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt;
+ sampleClear(p->db, pMin);
+ memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1));
+ pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1];
+ pSample->nRowid = 0;
+ pSample->anEq = anEq;
+ pSample->anDLt = anDLt;
+ pSample->anLt = anLt;
+ p->nSample = p->mxSample-1;
}
- return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
- Select *pNew;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
- pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
- pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
- pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
- pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
- pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
- pNew->op = p->op;
- pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
- pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
- pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
- pNew->iLimit = 0;
- pNew->iOffset = 0;
- pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
- pNew->pRightmost = 0;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
- return pNew;
-}
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
- assert( p==0 );
- return 0;
-}
+
+ /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that
+ ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would
+ ** be out of order. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ assert( p->nSample==0
+ || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] );
#endif
+ /* Insert the new sample */
+ pSample = &p->a[p->nSample];
+ sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew);
+ p->nSample++;
+
+ /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */
+ memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ find_new_min:
+#endif
+ if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
+ int iMin = -1;
+ for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++){
+ if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue;
+ if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){
+ iMin = i;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( iMin>=0 );
+ p->iMin = iMin;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
/*
-** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is
-** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
-** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
-** that the new entry was successfully appended.
+** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point
+** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the
+** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are
+** correct at this point.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
- Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( pList==0 ){
- pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
- if( pList==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
+static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ int i;
+
+ /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed
+ ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */
+ for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){
+ Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i];
+ pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i];
+ if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){
+ sampleInsert(p, pBest, i);
}
- assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
}
- if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
- struct ExprList_item *a;
- int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
- a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
- if( a==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
+
+ /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */
+ for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
+ int j;
+ for(j=iChng; j<p->nCol; j++){
+ if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j];
}
- pList->a = a;
- pList->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, a)/sizeof(a[0]);
}
- assert( pList->a!=0 );
- if( 1 ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
- memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
- pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+ if( iChng==0 ){
+ tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0];
+ tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0];
+
+ /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
+ if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){
+ p->current.isPSample = 1;
+ sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
+ p->current.isPSample = 0;
+ }else
+
+ /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */
+ if( p->nSample<p->mxSample
+ || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin])
+ ){
+ sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
+ }
}
- return pList;
+#endif
-no_mem:
- /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
- return 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( p );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng );
+#endif
}
/*
-** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
-** on the expression list.
+** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R)
+** Arguments:
**
-** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be
-** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
-** is set.
+** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
+** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
+** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for
+** WITHOUT ROWID tables.
+**
+** This SQL function always returns NULL. It's purpose it to accumulate
+** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the
+** index being analyzed. The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to
+** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables.
+**
+** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */
- Token *pName, /* Name to be added */
- int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
+static void statPush(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
- if( pList ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
- pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
- assert( pItem->zName==0 );
- pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
- if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
+ int i;
+
+ /* The three function arguments */
+ Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+ int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( context );
+ assert( p->nCol>0 );
+ assert( iChng<p->nCol );
+
+ if( p->nRow==0 ){
+ /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
+ }else{
+ /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
+ samplePushPrevious(p, iChng);
+
+ /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply
+ ** to the current row of the index. */
+ for(i=0; i<iChng; i++){
+ p->current.anEq[i]++;
+ }
+ for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){
+ p->current.anDLt[i]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i];
+#endif
+ p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ p->nRow++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]));
+ }else{
+ sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]),
+ sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]));
+ }
+ p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ {
+ tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1];
+
+ /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
+ if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){
+ p->current.isPSample = 1;
+ p->current.iCol = 0;
+ sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1);
+ p->current.isPSample = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the aBest[] array. */
+ for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
+ p->current.iCol = i;
+ if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){
+ sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current);
+ }
+ }
}
+#endif
}
+static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = {
+ 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */
+ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */
+ 0, /* pUserData */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ statPush, /* xFunc */
+ 0, /* xStep */
+ 0, /* xFinalize */
+ "stat_push", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pHash */
+ 0 /* pDestructor */
+};
+
+#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0 /* "stat" column of stat1 table */
+#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1 /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NEQ 2 /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NLT 3 /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NDLT 4 /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */
/*
-** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
-** on the expression list.
+** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is
+** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
+** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter
+** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.
+** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
+** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
-** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be
-** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
-** is set.
+** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
+** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
+** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
+** stat1 table entry information.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */
- ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */
+static void statGet(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
- if( pList ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
- assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
- assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
- pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
- (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+ Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */
+ int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+ assert( argc==2 );
+ assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ
+ || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT
+ || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT
+ );
+ if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 )
+#else
+ assert( argc==1 );
+#endif
+ {
+ /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1
+ ** table for this index.
+ **
+ ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing
+ ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of
+ ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list
+ ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of
+ ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using
+ ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words,
+ ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is
+ ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that:
+ **
+ ** * the index contains 100 rows,
+ ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and
+ ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows.
+ **
+ ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of
+ ** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
+ **
+ ** I = (K+D-1)/D
+ */
+ char *z;
+ int i;
+
+ char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 );
+ if( zRet==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
+ z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){
+ u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
+ u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal);
+ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ assert( p->current.anEq[i] );
+ }
+ assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
+
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){
+ if( p->iGet<0 ){
+ samplePushPrevious(p, 0);
+ p->iGet = 0;
+ }
+ if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){
+ Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet;
+ if( pS->nRowid==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid,
+ SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ tRowcnt *aCnt = 0;
+
+ assert( p->iGet<p->nSample );
+ switch( eCall ){
+ case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break;
+ case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break;
+ default: {
+ aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt;
+ p->iGet++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( IsStat3 ){
+ sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]);
+ }else{
+ char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
+ if( zRet==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ char *z = zRet;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]);
+ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ }
+ assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
+ z[-1] = '\0';
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+ }
+ }
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+#endif
+}
+static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = {
+ 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */
+ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */
+ 0, /* pUserData */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ statGet, /* xFunc */
+ 0, /* xStep */
+ 0, /* xFinalize */
+ "stat_get", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pHash */
+ 0 /* pDestructor */
+};
+
+static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){
+ assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1);
+#elif SQLITE_DEBUG
+ assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 );
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam );
+#endif
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4, regOut);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34);
}
/*
-** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
-** leave an error message in pParse.
+** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
+** a single table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
- Parse *pParse,
- ExprList *pEList,
- const char *zObject
+static void analyzeOneTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
+ Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
+ int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
+ int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */
+ int iTab /* Next available cursor */
){
- int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
- testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
- testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
- if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */
+ int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
+ int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */
+ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
+ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
+ u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */
+ int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */
+ int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */
+ int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */
+#endif
+ int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */
+ int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */
+ int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */
+ int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
+ int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */
+
+ pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem);
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
+ return;
+ }
+ if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
+ /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
+ return;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+ /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level.
+ ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
+ ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
+ ** this time though. */
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+ iTabCur = iTab++;
+ iIdxCur = iTab++;
+ pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */
+ int addrRewind; /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
+ int addrNextRow; /* Address of "next_row:" */
+ const char *zIdxName; /* Name of the index */
+ int nColTest; /* Number of columns to test for changes */
+
+ if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
+ if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
+ if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+ nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+ zIdxName = pTab->zName;
+ nColTest = nCol - 1;
+ }else{
+ nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+ zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
+ nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1;
+ }
+
+ /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
+ VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));
+
+ /*
+ ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
+ **
+ ** Rewind csr
+ ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
+ ** regChng = 0
+ ** goto chng_addr_0;
+ **
+ ** next_row:
+ ** regChng = 0
+ ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
+ ** regChng = 1
+ ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
+ ** ...
+ ** regChng = N
+ ** goto chng_addr_N
+ **
+ ** chng_addr_0:
+ ** regPrev(0) = idx(0)
+ ** chng_addr_1:
+ ** regPrev(1) = idx(1)
+ ** ...
+ **
+ ** endDistinctTest:
+ ** regRowid = idx(rowid)
+ ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
+ ** Next csr
+ ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
+ **
+ ** end_of_scan:
+ */
+
+ /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate
+ ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
+ ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of
+ ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */
+ pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);
+
+ /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
+ assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+
+ /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
+ **
+ ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
+ ** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
+ ** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
+ ** (3) the number of rows in the index,
+ **
+ **
+ ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
+#endif
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
+
+ /* Implementation of the following:
+ **
+ ** Rewind csr
+ ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
+ ** regChng = 0
+ ** goto next_push_0;
+ **
+ */
+ addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
+ addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+ if( nColTest>0 ){
+ int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int *aGotoChng; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
+ aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest);
+ if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;
+
+ /*
+ ** next_row:
+ ** regChng = 0
+ ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
+ ** regChng = 1
+ ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
+ ** ...
+ ** regChng = N
+ ** goto endDistinctTest
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+ addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
+ /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
+ ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip
+ ** subsequent distinctness tests. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
+ char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
+ aGotoChng[i] =
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endDistinctTest);
+
+
+ /*
+ ** chng_addr_0:
+ ** regPrev(0) = idx(0)
+ ** chng_addr_1:
+ ** regPrev(1) = idx(1)
+ ** ...
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1);
+ for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** chng_addr_N:
+ ** regRowid = idx(rowid) // STAT34 only
+ ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
+ ** Next csr
+ ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
+ }else{
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
+ int j, k, regKey;
+ regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
+ for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+ k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName));
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol);
+ }
+#endif
+ assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
+ callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
+ assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+
+ /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ {
+ int regEq = regStat1;
+ int regLt = regStat1+1;
+ int regDLt = regStat1+2;
+ int regSample = regStat1+3;
+ int regCol = regStat1+4;
+ int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol;
+ int addrNext;
+ int addrIsNull;
+ u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
+
+ pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol);
+
+ addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
+ addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
+ callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
+ callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0);
+ /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by
+ ** the previous loop. Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never
+ ** be taken */
+ VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur,
+ pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample);
+#else
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol, regSample);
+#endif
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+ /* End of analysis */
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
+ ** name and the row count as the content.
+ */
+ if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
+ jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
+ assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
}
}
+
/*
-** Delete an entire expression list.
+** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
+** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
- assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}
/*
-** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer
-** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see
-** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
-** not constant.
-**
-** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
-**
-** sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
-** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()
-** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
-**
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
*/
-static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-
- /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
- ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
- ** from being considered constant. */
- if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
- pWalker->u.i = 0;
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
+static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */
+ HashElem *k;
+ int iStatCur;
+ int iMem;
+ int iTab;
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
- ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */
- case TK_FUNCTION:
- if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0;
- /* Fall through */
- case TK_ID:
- case TK_COLUMN:
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
- pWalker->u.i = 0;
- return WRC_Abort;
- default:
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
- return WRC_Continue;
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+ pParse->nTab += 3;
+ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
+ iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
+ iTab = pParse->nTab;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+ Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+ analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab);
}
-}
-static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- pWalker->u.i = 0;
- return WRC_Abort;
-}
-static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
- Walker w;
- w.u.i = initFlag;
- w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
- w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
- sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
- return w.u.i;
+ loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}
/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
+** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
+** in pTab that should be analyzed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
- return exprIsConst(p, 1);
+static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
+ int iDb;
+ int iStatCur;
+
+ assert( pTab!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+ pParse->nTab += 3;
+ if( pOnlyIdx ){
+ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
+ }else{
+ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
+ }
+ analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab);
+ loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}
/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
-** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
-** an ON or USING clause.
+** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine
+** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
+**
+** ANALYZE -- 1
+** ANALYZE <database> -- 2
+** ANALYZE ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
+** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
+** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
- return exprIsConst(p, 3);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int iDb;
+ int i;
+ char *z, *zDb;
+ Table *pTab;
+ Index *pIdx;
+ Token *pTableName;
+ Vdbe *v;
+
+ /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+ ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ return;
+ }
+
+ assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
+ if( pName1==0 ){
+ /* Form 1: Analyze everything */
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
+ analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
+ }
+ }else if( pName2->n==0 ){
+ /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */
+ iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+ if( iDb>=0 ){
+ analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
+ if( z ){
+ if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+ }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
+ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
+ if( iDb>=0 ){
+ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
+ if( z ){
+ if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+ }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
}
/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there
-** are any variables.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
+** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
+** callback routine.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
- return exprIsConst(p, 2);
-}
+typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
+struct analysisInfo {
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ const char *zDatabase;
+};
/*
-** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
-** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
-** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
-** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a
+** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into
+** the array aOut[].
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
- int rc = 0;
-
- /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
- ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
- assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
- || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
+static void decodeIntArray(
+ char *zIntArray, /* String containing int array to decode */
+ int nOut, /* Number of slots in aOut[] */
+ tRowcnt *aOut, /* Store integers here */
+ LogEst *aLog, /* Or, if aOut==0, here */
+ Index *pIndex /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */
+){
+ char *z = zIntArray;
+ int c;
+ int i;
+ tRowcnt v;
- if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
- *pValue = p->u.iValue;
- return 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( z==0 ) z = "";
+#else
+ assert( z!=0 );
+#endif
+ for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){
+ v = 0;
+ while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
+ v = v*10 + c - '0';
+ z++;
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( aOut ) aOut[i] = v;
+ if( aLog ) aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
+#else
+ assert( aOut==0 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut);
+ assert( aLog!=0 );
+ aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
+#endif
+ if( *z==' ' ) z++;
}
- switch( p->op ){
- case TK_UPLUS: {
- rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
- break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ assert( pIndex!=0 );
+#else
+ if( pIndex )
+#endif
+ while( z[0] ){
+ if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){
+ pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
+ }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){
+ pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3));
}
- case TK_UMINUS: {
- int v;
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
- *pValue = -v;
- rc = 1;
- }
- break;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+ else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){
+ pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9));
}
- default: break;
+#endif
+ while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++;
+ while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
+** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
+** sqlite_stat1 table.
**
-** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
-** to tell return TRUE.
+** argv[0] = name of the table
+** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
+** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
**
-** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
-** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive
-** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
-** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other
-** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
-** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return
-** TRUE.
+** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
+** the table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
- u8 op;
- while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
- op = p->op;
- if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
- switch( op ){
- case TK_INTEGER:
- case TK_STRING:
- case TK_FLOAT:
- case TK_BLOB:
- return 0;
- default:
- return 1;
- }
-}
+static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+ analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
+ Index *pIndex;
+ Table *pTable;
+ const char *z;
-/*
-** Generate an OP_IsNull instruction that tests register iReg and jumps
-** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL. The value in iReg
-** was computed by pExpr. If we can look at pExpr at compile-time and
-** determine that it can never generate a NULL, then the OP_IsNull operation
-** can be omitted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(
- Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */
- const Expr *pExpr, /* Only generate OP_IsNull if this expr can be NULL */
- int iReg, /* Test the value in this register for NULL */
- int iDest /* Jump here if the value is null */
-){
- if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iDest);
+ assert( argc==3 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+
+ if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
-}
+ pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
+ if( pTable==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( argv[1]==0 ){
+ pIndex = 0;
+ }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){
+ pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
+ }else{
+ pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
+ }
+ z = argv[2];
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
-** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
-** argument.
-**
-** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
-** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative
-** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
-** answer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
- u8 op;
- if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1;
- while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
- op = p->op;
- if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
- switch( op ){
- case TK_INTEGER: {
- return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
- }
- case TK_FLOAT: {
- return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
- }
- case TK_STRING: {
- return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- }
- case TK_BLOB: {
- return 1;
- }
- case TK_COLUMN: {
- assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
- return p->iColumn<0
- && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
- }
- default: {
- return 0;
- }
+ if( pIndex ){
+ int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)sqlite3MallocZero(
+ sizeof(tRowcnt) * nCol
+ );
+ if( aiRowEst==0 ) pInfo->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+#else
+ tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = 0;
+#endif
+ pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
+ decodeIntArray((char*)z, nCol, aiRowEst, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
+ if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
+ }else{
+ Index fakeIdx;
+ fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+ fakeIdx.pTable = pTable;
+#endif
+ decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
+ pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
}
-}
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
return 0;
}
/*
-** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a
-** query of the form
-**
-** x IN (SELECT ...)
-**
-** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this
-** routine.
-**
-** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no
-** errors have been found.
+** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
+** and its contents.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
- SrcList *pSrc;
- ExprList *pEList;
- Table *pTab;
- if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
- if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */
- if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
- testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
- testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
- return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( pIdx->aSample ){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){
+ IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
}
- assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
- if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */
- assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
- if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */
- pSrc = p->pSrc;
- assert( pSrc!=0 );
- if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */
- if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
- pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
- if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0;
- assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
- pEList = p->pEList;
- if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */
- if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
- return 1;
+ if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+ pIdx->nSample = 0;
+ pIdx->aSample = 0;
+ }
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
/*
-** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
-** It's job is to find or create a b-tree structure that may be used
-** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through
-** its members, skipping duplicates.
-**
-** The index of the cursor opened on the b-tree (database table, database index
-** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns.
-** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
-**
-** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table.
-** IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index.
-** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
-** populated epheremal table.
-**
-** An existing b-tree may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple
-** form:
-**
-** SELECT <column> FROM <table>
-**
-** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate
-** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
-** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
-** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
-** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
-**
-** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used
-** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must
-** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can
-** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
-**
-** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
-** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL
-** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
-** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
-** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
-** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
-** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
-**
-** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
-** its initial value is NULL. If the (...) does not remain constant
-** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...)
-** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
-** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the
-** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
-**
-** if( register==NULL ){
-** has_null = <test if data structure contains null>
-** register = 1
-** }
-**
-** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null>
-** test more often than is necessary.
+** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
+** stored in pIdx->aSample[].
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
- Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
- int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
- int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */
- int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0); /* True if RHS must be unique */
-
- assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
-
- /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
- ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new
- ** ephemeral table.
- */
- p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
- if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- Expr *pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; /* Expression <column> */
- int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column <column> */
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */
- Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; /* Table <table>. */
- int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */
-
- /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
- /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
- ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
- ** successful here.
- */
- assert(v);
- if( iCol<0 ){
- int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
- int iAddr;
-
- iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
-
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
-
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
- }else{
- Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */
-
- /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to
- ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
- ** to this collation sequence. */
- CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
-
- /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the
- ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
- ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
- */
- char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX);
- int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
+ if( pIdx ){
+ IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+ IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1];
+ int iCol;
+ int nCol = 1;
+ if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){
+ /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all
+ ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as
+ ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are
+ ** unique. */
+ nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1;
+ pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1;
+ }
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+ int nSample = pIdx->nSample;
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through samples */
+ tRowcnt sumEq = 0; /* Sum of the nEq values */
+ tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
+ tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in index */
+ i64 nSum100 = 0; /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
+ i64 nDist100; /* Number of distinct values in index */
+
+ if( !pIdx->aiRowEst || iCol>=pIdx->nKeyCol || pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]==0 ){
+ nRow = pFinal->anLt[iCol];
+ nDist100 = (i64)100 * pFinal->anDLt[iCol];
+ nSample--;
+ }else{
+ nRow = pIdx->aiRowEst[0];
+ nDist100 = ((i64)100 * pIdx->aiRowEst[0]) / pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1];
+ }
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
- && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
- && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
+ /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
+ ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of
+ ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value
+ ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */
+ for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
+ if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1)
+ || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol]
){
- int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
- int iAddr;
- char *pKey;
-
- pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
- iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
- pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
- eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX;
-
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
- if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
- *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
- }
+ sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
+ nSum100 += 100;
}
}
- }
- }
- if( eType==0 ){
- /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
- ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
- */
- double savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
- int rMayHaveNull = 0;
- eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
- if( prNotFound ){
- *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
- }else{
- testcase( pParse->nQueryLoop>(double)1 );
- pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1;
- if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+ if( nDist100>nSum100 ){
+ avgEq = ((i64)100 * (nRow - sumEq))/(nDist100 - nSum100);
}
+ if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
+ pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;
}
- sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
- pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
- }else{
- pX->iTable = iTab;
}
- return eType;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
-** or IN operators. Examples:
-**
-** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery
-** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery
-** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
-** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right
-**
-** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
-** operator or subquery.
-**
-** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
-** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
-** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
-** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
-** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
+** Look up an index by name. Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table
+** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table.
+*/
+static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zName,
+ const char *zDb
+){
+ Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb);
+ if( pIdx==0 ){
+ Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
+ if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ }
+ return pIdx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table
+** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays.
**
-** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
-** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
-** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want
-** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate
-** all corresponding LHS elements. All this routine does is initialize
-** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL. Calling routines will take
-** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
+** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return
+** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3,
+** see the caller of this function for details):
**
-** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
-** for membership testing only. There is no need to initialize any
-** registers to indicate the presense or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
+** zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx
+** zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4
**
-** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
-** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
+** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
- int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
- int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
+static int loadStatTbl(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
+ int bStat3, /* Assume single column records only */
+ const char *zSql1, /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */
+ const char *zSql2, /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */
+ const char *zDb /* Database name (e.g. "main") */
){
- int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */
- int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-
- /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
- ** if any of the following is true:
- **
- ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
- ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
- ** * We are inside a trigger
- **
- ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
- ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
- */
- if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
- int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem);
- testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem);
- assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- }
+ int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */
+ char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */
+ Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */
+ IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
- pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr?"":"CORRELATED ",
- pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
- );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb);
+ if( !zSql ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-#endif
-
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_IN: {
- char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
- KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Keyinfo for the generated table */
- int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
-
- if( rMayHaveNull ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
- }
-
- affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
-
- /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
- ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is
- ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
- ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
- **
- ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
- ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
- ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
- ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
- ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
- ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
- ** is used.
- */
- pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
- if( rMayHaveNull==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
- memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
- keyInfo.nField = 1;
-
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...)
- **
- ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
- ** table allocated and opened above.
- */
- SelectDest dest;
- ExprList *pEList;
-
- assert( !isRowid );
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
- dest.affinity = (u8)affinity;
- assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
- pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;
- if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
- return 0;
- }
- pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
- if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){
- keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
- pEList->a[0].pExpr);
- }
- }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
- /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist)
- **
- ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
- ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
- ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
- ** a column, use numeric affinity.
- */
- int i;
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- int r1, r2, r3;
-
- if( !affinity ){
- affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-
- /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
- for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
- int iValToIns;
-
- /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
- ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
- ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant
- ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
- */
- if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2);
- testAddr = 0;
- }
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
- /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
- if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
- }else{
- r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
- if( isRowid ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
- sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
- }
- }
- }
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
- }
- if( !isRowid ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+ while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ int nIdxCol = 1; /* Number of columns in stat4 records */
+
+ char *zIndex; /* Index name */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */
+ int nSample; /* Number of samples */
+ int nByte; /* Bytes of space required */
+ int i; /* Bytes of space required */
+ tRowcnt *pSpace;
+
+ zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+ if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+ nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
+ pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
+ assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 );
+ /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been
+ ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */
+ if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue;
+ if( bStat3==0 ){
+ assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 );
+ if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+ nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+ }else{
+ nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn;
}
- break;
}
+ pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol;
+ nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample;
+ nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample;
+ nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt); /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */
- case TK_EXISTS:
- case TK_SELECT:
- default: {
- /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the
- ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
- ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write
- ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
- ** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
- */
- Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */
- SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */
+ pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
+ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample];
+ pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+ for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
+ pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+ pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+ pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+ }
+ assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) );
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb);
+ if( !zSql ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
- assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
- if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
- dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm);
- VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
- }else{
- dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm);
- VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
- pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
- &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
- pSel->iLimit = 0;
- if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
- return 0;
- }
- rReg = dest.iParm;
- ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
- break;
+ while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ char *zIndex; /* Index name */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */
+ int nCol = 1; /* Number of columns in index */
+
+ zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+ if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+ pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
+ if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
+ /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from
+ ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */
+ nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol;
+ if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue;
+ if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){
+ initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
+ pPrevIdx = pIdx;
+ }
+ pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample];
+ decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0);
+ decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0);
+ decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0);
+
+ /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer.
+ ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the
+ ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the
+ ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with
+ ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing
+ ** a buffer overread. */
+ pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+ pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2);
+ if( pSample->p==0 ){
+ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n);
+ pIdx->nSample++;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into
+** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices.
+*/
+static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result codes from subroutines */
+
+ assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){
+ rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0,
+ "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx",
+ "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4",
+ zDb
+ );
}
- if( testAddr ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){
+ rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1,
+ "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx",
+ "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3",
+ zDb
+ );
}
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- return rReg;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Generate code for an IN expression.
+** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The
+** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
+** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the
+** Index.aSample[] arrays.
**
-** x IN (SELECT ...)
-** x IN (value, value, ...)
+** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
+** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined
+** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is
+** read from it.
**
-** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS)
-** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is
-** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
-** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
-** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the
+** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
+** table (if it is present) before returning.
**
-** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not
-** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
-** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained
-** within the RHS then fall through.
+** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
+** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
+** code may be ignored.
*/
-static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */
- int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
- int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
-){
- int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
- char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */
- int eType; /* Type of the RHS */
- int r1; /* Temporary use register */
- Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */
-
- /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor
- ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
- */
- v = pParse->pVdbe;
- assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
- eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+ analysisInfo sInfo;
+ HashElem *i;
+ char *zSql;
+ int rc;
- /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
- ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
- ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
- */
- affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
- /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
- */
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);
+ /* Clear any prior statistics */
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+ sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
+ pIdx->aSample = 0;
+#endif
+ }
- /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
- ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
- */
- if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
- /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
- ** the same. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull);
- }else{
- int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
+ sInfo.db = db;
+ sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
- /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
+ /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
-
- /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the
- ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
- ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set
- ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
- ** expression is also NULL.
- */
- if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
- /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
- ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
- ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
- **
- ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
- ** for this particular IN operator.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
-
- }else{
- /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
- ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
- ** outcome.
- */
- int j1, j2, j3;
-
- /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so,
- ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump
- ** over all of the code that follows.
- */
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ }
- /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not
- ** contained within the RHS. Generate additional code that
- ** tests the RHS for NULLs. If the RHS contains a NULL then
- ** jump to destIfNull. If there are no NULLs in the RHS then
- ** jump to destIfFalse.
- */
- j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull);
- j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, rRhsHasNull);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, rRhsHasNull, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-
- /* Jump to the appropriate target depending on whether or not
- ** the RHS contains a NULL
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
- /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true,
- ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- }
+ /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+ rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;
}
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** Duplicate an 8-byte value
-*/
-static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
- char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
- if( out ){
- memcpy(out, in, 8);
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+ sqlite3_free(pIdx->aiRowEst);
+ pIdx->aiRowEst = 0;
}
- return out;
-}
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
-** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
-*/
-static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
- if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
- double value;
- char *zV;
- sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
- assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
- if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
- zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
+
+/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
-** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+** 2003 April 6
**
-** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
*/
-static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
- int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
- assert( i>=0 );
- if( negFlag ) i = -i;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
- }else{
- int c;
- i64 value;
- const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
- assert( z!=0 );
- c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
- char *zV;
- if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
- zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
- }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
-#else
- codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
-#endif
- }
- }
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
/*
-** Clear a cache entry.
+** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
+** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
+** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
+**
+** i.e. if the parser sees:
+**
+** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
+**
+** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
+** looking for columns of the same name.
+**
+** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
+**
+** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
+**
+** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
*/
-static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){
- if( p->tempReg ){
- if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
- pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg;
+static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
+{
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pExpr ){
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
+ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
+ }else{
+ pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
}
- p->tempReg = 0;
}
+ return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
-** particular table is stored in a particular register.
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
+**
+** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
+**
+** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
+**
+** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
+** third argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
+static void attachFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
int i;
- int minLru;
- int idxLru;
- struct yColCache *p;
+ int rc = 0;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ const char *zName;
+ const char *zFile;
+ char *zPath = 0;
+ char *zErr = 0;
+ unsigned int flags;
+ Db *aNew;
+ char *zErrDyn = 0;
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
- assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */
- assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used
- ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
- ** with and without the column cache.
- */
- if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ColumnCache ) return;
+ zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
+ if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
- /* First replace any existing entry.
+ /* Check for the following errors:
**
- ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
- ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee.
+ ** * Too many attached databases,
+ ** * Transaction currently open
+ ** * Specified database name already being used.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-#if 0 /* This code wold remove the entry from the cache if it existed */
- if( p->iReg && p->iTable==iTab && p->iColumn==iCol ){
- cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
- p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
- p->iReg = iReg;
- p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
- return;
+ if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d",
+ db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
+ );
+ goto attach_error;
+ }
+ if( !db->autoCommit ){
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+ goto attach_error;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+ assert( z && zName );
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
+ goto attach_error;
}
-#endif
- assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
}
-#endif
- /* Find an empty slot and replace it */
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg==0 ){
- p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
- p->iTable = iTab;
- p->iColumn = iCol;
- p->iReg = iReg;
- p->tempReg = 0;
- p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
- return;
- }
+ /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
+ ** hash tables.
+ */
+ if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+ aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+ if( aNew==0 ) return;
+ memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+ }else{
+ aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+ if( aNew==0 ) return;
}
+ db->aDb = aNew;
+ aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
+ memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
- /* Replace the last recently used */
- minLru = 0x7fffffff;
- idxLru = -1;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->lru<minLru ){
- idxLru = i;
- minLru = p->lru;
+ /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
+ ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
+ ** or may not be initialized.
+ */
+ flags = db->openFlags;
+ rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( pVfs );
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
+ sqlite3_free( zPath );
+ db->nDb++;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Pager *pPager;
+ aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
+ if( !aNew->pSchema ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
+ sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
+ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
+ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
+#endif
}
- if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){
- p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
- p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
- p->iTable = iTab;
- p->iColumn = iCol;
- p->iReg = iReg;
- p->tempReg = 0;
- p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
- return;
+ aNew->safety_level = 3;
+ aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-}
-/*
-** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
-** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
- int i;
- int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1;
- struct yColCache *p;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- int r = p->iReg;
- if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){
- cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
- p->iReg = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
+ extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+ int nKey;
+ char *zKey;
+ int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
+ switch( t ){
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+ case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
+
+ case SQLITE_TEXT:
+ case SQLITE_BLOB:
+ nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+ zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
+ rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+ break;
+
+ case SQLITE_NULL:
+ /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */
+ sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+ if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+ }
+ break;
}
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added
-** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
-** corresponding pop occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
- pParse->iCacheLevel++;
-}
+#endif
-/*
-** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
-** the previous N Push operations. In other words, restore the cache
-** to the state it was in N Pushes ago.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse, int N){
- int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
- assert( N>0 );
- assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=N );
- pParse->iCacheLevel -= N;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
- cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
- p->iReg = 0;
+ /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
+ ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
+ ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
+ ** we found it.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 newAuth = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth);
+ if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){
+ rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ if( rc ){
+ int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
+ assert( iDb>=2 );
+ if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
+ db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
+ db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+ db->nDb = iDb;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
+ }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
}
+ goto attach_error;
+ }
+
+ return;
+
+attach_error:
+ /* Return an error if we get here */
+ if( zErrDyn ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
}
+ if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
}
/*
-** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
-** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same
-** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
-** get them all.
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
+**
+** DETACH DATABASE x
+**
+** SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
*/
-static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+static void detachFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg==iReg ){
- p->tempReg = 0;
- }
+ Db *pDb = 0;
+ char zErr[128];
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+ if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+ if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
}
-}
-/*
-** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
- Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */
- Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */
- int iTabCur, /* The cursor for this table */
- int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */
- int regOut /* Extract the valud into this register */
-){
- if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
- }else{
- int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut);
+ if( i>=db->nDb ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
+ goto detach_error;
}
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
+ if( i<2 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
+ goto detach_error;
+ }
+ if( !db->autoCommit ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
+ "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+ goto detach_error;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
+ goto detach_error;
}
+
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+ pDb->pBt = 0;
+ pDb->pSchema = 0;
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+ return;
+
+detach_error:
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}
/*
-** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
-** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort
-** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
-** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned.
-**
-** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
-** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
+** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
+** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */
- int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */
- int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */
- int iReg /* Store results here */
+static void codeAttach(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
+ FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
+ Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
+ Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */
+ Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */
+ Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */
){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
+ int rc;
+ NameContext sName;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
+ int regArgs;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
- p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
- sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
- return p->iReg;
- }
- }
- assert( v!=0 );
- sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
- sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
- return iReg;
-}
+ memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+ sName.pParse = pParse;
-/*
-** Clear all column cache entries.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
- int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
+ if(
+ SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
+ SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
+ SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
+ ){
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ goto attach_end;
+ }
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg ){
- cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
- p->iReg = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ if( pAuthArg ){
+ char *zAuthArg;
+ if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
+ zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
+ }else{
+ zAuthArg = 0;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
+ if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto attach_end;
}
}
-}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-/*
-** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
-** registers starting with iStart.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
- sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
+
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
+
+ assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( v ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
+ assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+
+ /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
+ ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
+ ** statements).
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
+ }
+
+attach_end:
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
}
/*
-** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
-** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
+** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
+**
+** DETACH pDbname
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
- int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
- if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- int x = p->iReg;
- if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
- p->iReg += iTo-iFrom;
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
+ static const FuncDef detach_func = {
+ 1, /* nArg */
+ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */
+ 0, /* pUserData */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ detachFunc, /* xFunc */
+ 0, /* xStep */
+ 0, /* xFinalize */
+ "sqlite_detach", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pHash */
+ 0 /* pDestructor */
+ };
+ codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
}
/*
-** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
-** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1.
+** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
+**
+** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
- int i;
- if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return;
- for(i=0; i<nReg; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
+ static const FuncDef attach_func = {
+ 3, /* nArg */
+ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */
+ 0, /* pUserData */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ attachFunc, /* xFunc */
+ 0, /* xStep */
+ 0, /* xFinalize */
+ "sqlite_attach", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pHash */
+ 0 /* pDestructor */
+ };
+ codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
/*
-** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
-** is used as part of the column cache.
-**
-** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
-** and does not appear in a normal build.
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
*/
-static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
- int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- int r = p->iReg;
- if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/
- }
- return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(
+ DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */
+ Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */
+ int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */
+ const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+ const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ db = pParse->db;
+ assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+ pFix->pParse = pParse;
+ pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+ pFix->zType = zType;
+ pFix->pName = pName;
+ pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
/*
-** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
-** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target".
-** Return the register where results are stored.
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
**
-** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
-** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other
-** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function
-** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
-** register.
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */
- int op; /* The opcode being coded */
- int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */
- int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
- int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
- int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
-
- assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
- if( v==0 ){
- assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- return 0;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+ DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
+ SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+ int i;
+ const char *zDb;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- if( pExpr==0 ){
- op = TK_NULL;
- }else{
- op = pExpr->op;
- }
- switch( op ){
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
- AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
- struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
- if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
- assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
- inReg = pCol->iMem;
- break;
- }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx,
- pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
- break;
- }
- /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
- }
- case TK_COLUMN: {
- if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
- /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
- assert( pParse->ckBase>0 );
- inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
- }else{
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
- pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target);
+ if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
+ zDb = pFix->zDb;
+ for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+ if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){
+ if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+ "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+ pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+ return 1;
}
- break;
- }
- case TK_INTEGER: {
- codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- case TK_FLOAT: {
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
- break;
- }
-#endif
- case TK_STRING: {
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
- break;
- }
- case TK_NULL: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- case TK_BLOB: {
- int n;
- const char *z;
- char *zBlob;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
- z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
- assert( z[n]=='\'' );
- zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
- break;
+ sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase);
+ pItem->zDatabase = 0;
+ pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
#endif
- case TK_VARIABLE: {
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
- if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?'
- || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC);
- }
- break;
- }
- case TK_REGISTER: {
- inReg = pExpr->iTable;
- break;
- }
- case TK_AS: {
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
- case TK_CAST: {
- /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */
- int aff, to_op;
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken);
- to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
- assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
- testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
- testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
- testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
- testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
- testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
- if( inReg!=target ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
- inReg = target;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
- testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
- break;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
+ DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
+ Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+ while( pSelect ){
+ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+ return 1;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
- case TK_LT:
- case TK_LE:
- case TK_GT:
- case TK_GE:
- case TK_NE:
- case TK_EQ: {
- assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
- assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
- assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
- assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
- assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
- assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
- testcase( op==TK_LT );
- testcase( op==TK_LE );
- testcase( op==TK_GT );
- testcase( op==TK_GE );
- testcase( op==TK_EQ );
- testcase( op==TK_NE );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
- r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_IS:
- case TK_ISNOT: {
- testcase( op==TK_IS );
- testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
- op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
- r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_AND:
- case TK_OR:
- case TK_PLUS:
- case TK_STAR:
- case TK_MINUS:
- case TK_REM:
- case TK_BITAND:
- case TK_BITOR:
- case TK_SLASH:
- case TK_LSHIFT:
- case TK_RSHIFT:
- case TK_CONCAT: {
- assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
- assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
- assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
- assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
- assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
- assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
- assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
- assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
- assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
- assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
- assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
- testcase( op==TK_AND );
- testcase( op==TK_OR );
- testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
- testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
- testcase( op==TK_REM );
- testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
- testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
- testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
- testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
- testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
- testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_UMINUS: {
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- assert( pLeft );
- if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
- codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
-#endif
- }else{
- regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- }
- inReg = target;
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_BITNOT:
- case TK_NOT: {
- assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
- assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
- testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
- testcase( op==TK_NOT );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- inReg = target;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_ISNULL:
- case TK_NOTNULL: {
- int addr;
- assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
- assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
- testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
- testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
- AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
- if( pInfo==0 ){
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
- }else{
- inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
- }
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_CONST_FUNC:
- case TK_FUNCTION: {
- ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */
- int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */
- FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */
- int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */
- const char *zId; /* The function name */
- int constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */
- CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */
-
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
- testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION );
- if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
- pFarg = 0;
- }else{
- pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
- }
- nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
- nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
- if( pDef==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
- ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of
- ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
- */
- if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
- int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- assert( nFarg>=2 );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
- for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
- sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
- break;
- }
-
-
- if( pFarg ){
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
- sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+ pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
+ DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
+ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+ while( pExpr ){
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+ if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){
+ pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
}else{
- r1 = 0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
- ** a virtual table column.
- **
- ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
- ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
- ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because
- ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
- ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
- ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to
- ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
- ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
- */
- if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
- pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
- }else if( nFarg>0 ){
- pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
- }
-#endif
- for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
- if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
- constMask |= (1<<i);
- }
- if( (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
- }
- }
- if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
- if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
- (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
- if( nFarg ){
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType);
+ return 1;
}
- break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_EXISTS:
- case TK_SELECT: {
- testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
- testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
- inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
- break;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
+ }else{
+ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
}
- case TK_IN: {
- int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
- sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+ return 1;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-
- /*
- ** x BETWEEN y AND z
- **
- ** This is equivalent to
- **
- ** x>=y AND x<=z
- **
- ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
- ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
- ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
- */
- case TK_BETWEEN: {
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
- Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+ pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
+ DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
+ ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+ int i;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+ for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
- r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);
- pLItem++;
- pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2);
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
- break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+ DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
+ TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+ while( pStep ){
+ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+ return 1;
}
- case TK_UPLUS: {
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
- break;
+ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+ return 1;
}
+ pStep = pStep->pNext;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
- case TK_TRIGGER: {
- /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
- ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
- ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
- ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
- ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
- ** read the rowid field.
- **
- ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
- ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
- ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where
- ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
- ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
- ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
- ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
- ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
- ** declared as:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
- **
- ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
- **
- ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid
- ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a
- ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b
- */
- Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
- int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
+/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+*/
- assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
- assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
- assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
- assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
- (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
- (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
- target
- ));
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+** SQLITE_DELETE
+** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+** SQLITE_INSERT
+** SQLITE_PRAGMA
+** SQLITE_READ
+** SQLITE_SELECT
+** SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+** SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+ void *pArg
+){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth;
+ db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
- ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */
- if( pExpr->iColumn>=0
- && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
- ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
- }
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
+** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
+** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
+**
+** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
+** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
+** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ const char *zTab, /* Table name */
+ const char *zCol, /* Column name */
+ int iDb /* Index of containing database. */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
+ int rc; /* Auth callback return code */
+
+ rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ ,db->auth.zAuthUser
#endif
- break;
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+ if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
}
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
+** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */
+ Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */
+ SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */
+ const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */
+ int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+ int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
+ int iCol; /* Index of column in table */
- /*
- ** Form A:
- ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
- **
- ** Form B:
- ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
- **
- ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
- ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
- ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
- **
- ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
- ** Y is in pExpr->pRight. The Y is also optional. If there is no
- ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the
- ** exprssion is NULL.
- ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
- **
- ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
- ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
- ** no ELSE term, NULL.
- */
- default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
- int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
- int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
- int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */
- struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */
- Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */
- Expr cacheX; /* Cached expression X */
- Expr *pX; /* The X expression */
- Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
- VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
+ if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
+ if( iDb<0 ){
+ /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
+ ** temporary table. */
+ return;
+ }
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
- assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
- assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
- pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
- aListelem = pEList->a;
- nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
- endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
- cacheX = *pX;
- testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
- testcase( pX->op==TK_REGISTER );
- cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER;
- opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
- opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
- pTest = &opCompare;
- /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
- ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
- ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
- ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */
- regFree1 = 0;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- if( pX ){
- assert( pTest!=0 );
- opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
- }else{
- pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
- }
- nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN );
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
- testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
- }
- if( pExpr->pRight ){
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
+ pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+ }else{
+ assert( pTabList );
+ for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){
+ if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
+ pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+ break;
}
- assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0
- || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
- break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- case TK_RAISE: {
- assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback
- || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
- || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
- || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
- );
- if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
- return 0;
- }
- if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- }
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
- v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
- }else{
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
- }
+ }
+ iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+ if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
- break;
- }
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
+ zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+ }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+ assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+ zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+ }else{
+ zCol = "ROWID";
+ }
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
+ pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ int code,
+ const char *zArg1,
+ const char *zArg2,
+ const char *zArg3
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int rc;
+
+ /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
+ ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
+ */
+ if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext
+#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ ,db->auth.zAuthUser
#endif
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+ sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ AuthContext *pContext,
+ const char *zContext
+){
+ assert( pParse );
+ pContext->pParse = pParse;
+ pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+ pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+ if( pContext->pParse ){
+ pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+ pContext->pParse = 0;
}
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
- return inReg;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
/*
-** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
-** into a register. Return the register number where the results
-** are stored.
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
-** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not
-** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE
+** DROP TABLE
+** CREATE INDEX
+** DROP INDEX
+** creating ID lists
+** BEGIN TRANSACTION
+** COMMIT
+** ROLLBACK
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
- if( r2==r1 ){
- *pReg = r1;
- }else{
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- *pReg = 0;
- }
- return r2;
-}
/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
-** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear
-** in register target.
+** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
+** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
- int inReg;
-
- assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
- if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
- }else{
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
- assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
- }
- }
- return target;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
+ pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
+ pParse->nVar = 0;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
-** in register target.
+** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
+** codeTableLocks() functions.
+*/
+struct TableLock {
+ int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */
+ int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */
+ u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */
+ const char *zName; /* Name of the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
**
-** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
-** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
-** the result is a copy of the cache register.
+** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
+** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
**
-** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple
-** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
-** are reused.
+** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The
+** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
+** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int inReg;
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
- assert( target>0 );
- /* This routine is called for terms to INSERT or UPDATE. And the only
- ** other place where expressions can be converted into TK_REGISTER is
- ** in WHERE clause processing. So as currently implemented, there is
- ** no way for a TK_REGISTER to exist here. But it seems prudent to
- ** keep the ALWAYS() in case the conditions above change with future
- ** modifications or enhancements. */
- if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){
- int iMem;
- iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem);
- pExpr->iTable = iMem;
- pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
- pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
+ int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
+ u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */
+ const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */
+){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ int i;
+ int nBytes;
+ TableLock *p;
+ assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+ for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){
+ p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
+ if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
+ p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
+ pToplevel->aTableLock =
+ sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
+ if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
+ p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
+ p->iDb = iDb;
+ p->iTab = iTab;
+ p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
+ p->zName = zName;
+ }else{
+ pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
+ pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
- return inReg;
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate
-** for factoring out of a loop. Appropriate expressions are:
-**
-** * Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes.
-**
-** * Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null,
-** or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a
-** specific register.
-**
-** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant
-** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register.
-** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an
-** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register
-** later. We might as well just use the original instruction and
-** avoid the OP_SCopy.
+** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
+** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
*/
-static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){
- if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){
- return 0; /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */
- }
- if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){
- return 1; /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */
+static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
+ int i;
+ Vdbe *pVdbe;
+
+ pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
+
+ for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
+ TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
+ int p1 = p->iDb;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
+ p->zName, P4_STATIC);
}
- while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft;
- switch( p->op ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- case TK_BLOB:
+}
+#else
+ #define codeTableLocks(x)
#endif
- case TK_VARIABLE:
- case TK_INTEGER:
- case TK_FLOAT:
- case TK_NULL:
- case TK_STRING: {
- testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB );
- testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE );
- testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER );
- testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT );
- testcase( p->op==TK_NULL );
- testcase( p->op==TK_STRING );
- /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are
- ** better done in-line. If we factor them, they will just end
- ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination
- ** register. */
- return 0;
- }
- case TK_UMINUS: {
- if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
- return 0;
- }
- break;
- }
- default: {
- break;
- }
- }
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no
+** 1 bits. This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero()
+** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(yDbMask); i++) if( m[i] ) return 0;
return 1;
}
+#endif
/*
-** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for
-** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression
-** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER
-** expression.
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
*/
-static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
- Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_IN:
- case TK_REGISTER: {
- return WRC_Prune;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ Vdbe *v;
+
+ assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 );
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ if( pParse->nested ) return;
+ if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+
+ /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+ ** vdbe program
+ */
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
+ if( v ){
+ while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
+ sqlite3UserAuthInit(db);
+ if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
+ return;
+ }
}
- case TK_FUNCTION:
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
- case TK_CONST_FUNC: {
- /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination.
- ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy
- ** instructions.
+#endif
+
+ /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+ ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are
+ ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a
+ ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+ ** on each used database.
+ */
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0
+ && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr)
+ ){
+ int iDb, i;
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
+ for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+ if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue;
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
+ OP_Transaction, /* Opcode */
+ iDb, /* P1 */
+ DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */
+ pParse->cookieValue[iDb], /* P3 */
+ db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration /* P4 */
+ );
+ if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
+ char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
+ }
+ pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
+ ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
+ ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
*/
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- if( pList ){
- int i = pList->nExpr;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a;
- for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- if( ALWAYS(pItem->pExpr) ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest;
+ codeTableLocks(pParse);
+
+ /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
+ */
+ sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
+
+ /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */
+ if( pParse->pConstExpr ){
+ ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr;
+ pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg);
}
}
- break;
+
+ /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1);
}
}
- if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
- int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
- int r2;
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
- if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
- pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
- pExpr->iTable = r2;
- return WRC_Prune;
+
+
+ /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+ */
+ if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
+ assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */
+ /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
+ * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
+ if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
+ }else{
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- return WRC_Continue;
+ pParse->nTab = 0;
+ pParse->nMem = 0;
+ pParse->nSet = 0;
+ pParse->nVar = 0;
+ DbMaskZero(pParse->cookieMask);
}
/*
-** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the
-** results in registers. Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions
-** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values.
-**
-** This routine is a no-op if the jump to the cookie-check code has
-** already occur. Since the cookie-check jump is generated prior to
-** any other serious processing, this check ensures that there is no
-** way to accidently bypass the constant initializations.
+** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
+** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
+** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively
+** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
+** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
+** outermost parser.
**
-** This routine is also a no-op if the SQLITE_FactorOutConst optimization
-** is disabled via the sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS)
-** interface. This allows test logic to verify that the same answer is
-** obtained for queries regardless of whether or not constants are
-** precomputed into registers or if they are inserted in-line.
+** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit
+** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use
+** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- Walker w;
- if( pParse->cookieGoto ) return;
- if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_FactorOutConst)!=0 ) return;
- w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr;
- w.xSelectCallback = 0;
- w.pParse = pParse;
- sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ char *zSql;
+ char *zErrMsg = 0;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
+ char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
+
+ if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+ assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ return; /* A malloc must have failed */
+ }
+ pParse->nested++;
+ memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
+ memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
+ sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
+ pParse->nested--;
}
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+/*
+** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the
+** list of users and their access credentials.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){
+ return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0;
+}
+#endif
/*
-** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
-** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found.
**
-** Return the number of elements evaluated.
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+**
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */
- int target, /* Where to write results */
- int doHardCopy /* Make a hard copy of every element */
-){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- int i, n;
- assert( pList!=0 );
- assert( target>0 );
- assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */
- n = pList->nExpr;
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
- Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
- int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
- if( inReg!=target+i ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, doHardCopy ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy,
- inReg, target+i);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+ Table *p = 0;
+ int i;
+ assert( zName!=0 );
+ /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */
+ assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table
+ ** exists */
+ if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- return n;
+#endif
+ for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+ if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
+ if( p ) break;
+ }
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
-**
-** x BETWEEN y AND z
-**
-** The above is equivalent to
-**
-** x>=y AND x<=z
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
**
-** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
-** elementation of x.
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
*/
-static void exprCodeBetween(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */
- int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
- int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
- int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */
+ int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */
+ const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */
){
- Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */
- Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */
- Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */
- Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */
- int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
+ Table *p;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
- exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
- exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
- exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
- compLeft.op = TK_GE;
- compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
- compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
- compRight.op = TK_LE;
- compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
- compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
- exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
- exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
- if( jumpIfTrue ){
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+ ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ return 0;
}
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
- testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
- testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
- testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
- testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
- testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
- testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
- testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
- testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+ p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+ if( p==0 ){
+ const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
+ if( zDbase ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
+ }
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ }
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENICATION
+ else if( pParse->db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
+ p = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
-** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
+** Locate the table identified by *p.
**
-** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
-** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
-** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
-** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code
-** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
+** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts
+** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be
+** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See
+** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int op = 0;
- int regFree1 = 0;
- int regFree2 = 0;
- int r1, r2;
-
- assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */
- if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */
- op = pExpr->op;
- switch( op ){
- case TK_AND: {
- int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- break;
- }
- case TK_OR: {
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_NOT: {
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_LT:
- case TK_LE:
- case TK_GT:
- case TK_GE:
- case TK_NE:
- case TK_EQ: {
- assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
- assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
- assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
- assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
- assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
- assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
- testcase( op==TK_LT );
- testcase( op==TK_LE );
- testcase( op==TK_GT );
- testcase( op==TK_GE );
- testcase( op==TK_EQ );
- testcase( op==TK_NE );
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
- r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- break;
- }
- case TK_IS:
- case TK_ISNOT: {
- testcase( op==TK_IS );
- testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
- op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
- r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- break;
- }
- case TK_ISNULL:
- case TK_NOTNULL: {
- assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
- assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
- testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
- testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- break;
- }
- case TK_BETWEEN: {
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_IN: {
- int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
- sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
- break;
- }
-#endif
- default: {
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- break;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ int isView,
+ struct SrcList_item *p
+){
+ const char *zDb;
+ assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 );
+ if( p->pSchema ){
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema);
+ zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ }else{
+ zDb = p->zDatabase;
}
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+ return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb);
}
/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
-** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
-** is 0.
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int op = 0;
- int regFree1 = 0;
- int regFree2 = 0;
- int r1, r2;
-
- assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */
- if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+ Index *p = 0;
+ int i;
+ /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */
+ assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
+ assert( pSchema );
+ if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName);
+ if( p ) break;
+ }
+ return p;
+}
- /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
- **
- ** pExpr->op op
- ** --------- ----------
- ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull
- ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull
- ** TK_NE OP_Eq
- ** TK_EQ OP_Ne
- ** TK_GT OP_Le
- ** TK_LE OP_Gt
- ** TK_GE OP_Lt
- ** TK_LT OP_Ge
- **
- ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
- ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
- ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
- ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
- */
- op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+ sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
+#endif
+ if( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->pKeyInfo);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
+ if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ sqlite3_free(p->aiRowEst);
+#endif
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
- /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
- */
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+/*
+** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
+** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
+** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
+** with the index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+ Index *pIndex;
+ Hash *pHash;
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_AND: {
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_OR: {
- int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- break;
- }
- case TK_NOT: {
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_LT:
- case TK_LE:
- case TK_GT:
- case TK_GE:
- case TK_NE:
- case TK_EQ: {
- testcase( op==TK_LT );
- testcase( op==TK_LE );
- testcase( op==TK_GT );
- testcase( op==TK_GE );
- testcase( op==TK_EQ );
- testcase( op==TK_NE );
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
- r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- break;
- }
- case TK_IS:
- case TK_ISNOT: {
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
- op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
- r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( regFree2==0 );
- break;
- }
- case TK_ISNULL:
- case TK_NOTNULL: {
- testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
- testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- break;
- }
- case TK_BETWEEN: {
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_IN: {
- if( jumpIfNull ){
- sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
- }else{
- int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
+ pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0);
+ if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
+ if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+ pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+ }else{
+ Index *p;
+ /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of
+ ** indices. */
+ p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
+ while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
+ if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
+ p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
}
- break;
- }
-#endif
- default: {
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- break;
}
+ freeIndex(db, pIndex);
}
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}
/*
-** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two
-** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only
-** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences
-** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
+** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if
+** any have been closed, remove them from the list. Reallocate the
+** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible.
**
-** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
-** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are
-** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine
-** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
-** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
-** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where
-** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
-** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning
-** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
+** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database)
+** are never candidates for being collapsed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
- if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
- return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
- }
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- return 2;
- }
- if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
- if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2;
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2;
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2;
- if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2;
- if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
- if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){
- if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){
- return 2;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i, j;
+ for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+ if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
+ pDb->zName = 0;
+ continue;
}
- }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){
- if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
- return 2;
+ if( j<i ){
+ db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
}
+ j++;
+ }
+ memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
+ db->nDb = j;
+ if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+ memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
+ db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
}
- if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=(pB->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ) return 1;
- if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=0 && pA->pColl!=pB->pColl ) return 2;
- return 0;
}
/*
-** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and
-** non-zero if they differ in any way.
-**
-** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The
-** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine
-** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
-** a malfunction will result.
-**
-** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer
-** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
+** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb. Also reset the
+** TEMP schema.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB){
- int i;
- if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
- if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
- if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
- for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
- Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
- if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+ Db *pDb;
+ assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+
+ /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+
+ /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
+ ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
+ ** other database.
+ */
+ if( iDb!=1 ){
+ pDb = &db->aDb[1];
+ assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
}
- return 0;
+ return;
}
/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of
-** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including
+** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection.
*/
-static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){
int i;
- pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
- db,
- pInfo->aCol,
- sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
- 3,
- &pInfo->nColumn,
- &pInfo->nColumnAlloc,
- &i
- );
- return i;
-}
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+ if( pDb->pSchema ){
+ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+ }
+ }
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+}
/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of
-** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
*/
-static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
- int i;
- pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
- db,
- pInfo->aFunc,
- sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
- 3,
- &pInfo->nFunc,
- &pInfo->nFuncAlloc,
- &i
- );
- return i;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
/*
-** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to
-** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
-** for additional information.
+** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
+** Table.aCol[] array).
*/
-static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
int i;
- NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
- Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
- AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
-
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
- case TK_COLUMN: {
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
- /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
- ** clause of the aggregate query */
- if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
- for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
- /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
- ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.
- **
- ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
- ** is not an entry there already.
- */
- int k;
- pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
- for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
- if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
- pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
- && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0
- ){
- pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
- pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
- pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
- pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
- pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
- pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
- pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
- if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
- int j, n;
- ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
- struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
- n = pGB->nExpr;
- for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
- Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
- if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
- pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
- pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
- pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
- }
- }
- /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
- ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
- ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
- ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
- */
- ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
- pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
- pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
- pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
- break;
- } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
- } /* end loop over pSrcList */
- }
- return WRC_Prune;
- }
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
- /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries
- ** to be ignored */
- if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
- /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate
- ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
- */
- struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
- for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr)==0 ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
- /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
- */
- u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
- i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
- if( i>=0 ){
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
- pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
- pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
- pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
- pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
- if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
- pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
- }else{
- pItem->iDistinct = -1;
- }
- }
- }
- /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
- */
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
- pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
- pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
- return WRC_Prune;
- }
+ Column *pCol;
+ assert( pTable!=0 );
+ if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
+ for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
}
- return WRC_Continue;
}
-static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
- NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
- if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
- pNC->nDepth++;
- sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect);
- pNC->nDepth--;
- return WRC_Prune;
- }else{
- return WRC_Continue;
+
+/*
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+**
+** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
+** the table.
+**
+** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object
+** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use
+** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the
+** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
+** used by the Table object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+ Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+ TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */
+
+ assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 );
+
+ /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
+ if( !pTable ) return;
+ if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return;
+
+ /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables
+ ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use
+ ** lookaside, this number should not change. */
+ TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ?
+ db->lookaside.nOut : 0 );
+
+ /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
+ for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+ pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+ assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
+ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+ char *zName = pIndex->zName;
+ TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
+ &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
+ );
+ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+ assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
+ }
+ freeIndex(db, pIndex);
}
+
+ /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
+ sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
+
+ /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+ */
+ sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
+#endif
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
+
+ /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */
+ assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut );
}
/*
-** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
-** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
-** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
-**
-** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
-** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
- Walker w;
- w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
- w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
- w.u.pNC = pNC;
- assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
- sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+ Table *p;
+ Db *pDb;
+
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( zTabName );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}
/*
-** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
-** expression list. Return the number of errors.
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token. Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
**
-** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- int i;
- if( pList ){
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
- }
+** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
+** surround the body of the token are removed.
+**
+** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+ char *zName;
+ if( pName ){
+ zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
+ sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+ }else{
+ zName = 0;
}
+ return zName;
}
/*
-** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
- if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
- return ++pParse->nMem;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+ sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5);
+ if( p->nTab==0 ){
+ p->nTab = 1;
}
- return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
}
/*
-** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
-** purpose.
-**
-** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
-** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
-** the register becomes stale.
+** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
+** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
+** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
+** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
- if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
- int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg==iReg ){
- p->tempReg = 1;
- return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
+ int i = -1; /* Database number */
+ if( zName ){
+ Db *pDb;
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
+ if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) &&
+ 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
+ break;
}
}
- pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
}
+ return i;
}
/*
-** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
+** does not exist.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
- int i, n;
- i = pParse->iRangeReg;
- n = pParse->nRangeReg;
- if( nReg<=n ){
- assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
- pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
- pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
- }else{
- i = pParse->nMem+1;
- pParse->nMem += nReg;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+ int i; /* Database number */
+ char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */
+ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
return i;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
- sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
- if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
- pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
- pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
- }
-}
-/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 February 15
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
-** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+ Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+ Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+ int iDb; /* Database holding the object */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+ if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){
+ if( db->init.busy ) {
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ *pUnqual = pName2;
+ iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+ if( iDb<0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
+ iDb = db->init.iDb;
+ *pUnqual = pName1;
+ }
+ return iDb;
+}
/*
-** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
-** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+ if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0
+ && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+ && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in
-** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
-** argument and the result returned. Examples:
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
-** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
-** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
+** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table
*/
-static void renameTableFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
- int token;
- Token tname;
- unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
- int len = 0;
- char *zRet;
-
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
- /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE
- ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
- ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
- */
- if( zSql ){
- do {
- if( !*zCsr ){
- /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
- return;
- }
-
- /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
- tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
- tname.n = len;
-
- /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
- ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
- */
- do {
- zCsr += len;
- len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
- } while( token==TK_SPACE );
- assert( len>0 );
- } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){
+ Index *p;
+ for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){}
+ return p;
+}
- zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql,
- zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+/*
+** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table
+** column iCol. Return -1 if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+ if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i;
}
+ return -1;
}
/*
-** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
-** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
-** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the
-** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
-**
-** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
-** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
-** 3) The new name of the table being renamed.
-**
-** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
**
-** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
-** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-static void renameParentFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+ Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+ int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+ int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */
+ int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
+ int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */
){
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- char *zOutput = 0;
- char *zResult;
- unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-
- unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */
- int n; /* Length of token z */
- int token; /* Type of token */
+ Table *pTable;
+ char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */
+ Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
- n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
- if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
- char *zParent;
- do {
- z += n;
- n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
- }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+ /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
+ ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+ **
+ ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+ ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+ **
+ ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+ **
+ ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+ ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
+ ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
+ ** created in.
+ */
+ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+ if( iDb<0 ) return;
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
+ /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless
+ ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+ return;
+ }
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
- zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
- if( zParent==0 ) break;
- sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
- char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"",
- (zOutput?zOutput:""), z-zInput, zInput, (const char *)zNew
- );
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
- zOutput = zOut;
- zInput = &z[n];
+ pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ if( zName==0 ) return;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+ goto begin_table_error;
+ }
+ if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
+ {
+ int code;
+ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+ goto begin_table_error;
+ }
+ if( isView ){
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+ code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
+ }else{
+ code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+ code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
+ }else{
+ code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
+ }
+ if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
+ goto begin_table_error;
}
}
-
- zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput),
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
-}
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result
-** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
-** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
-*/
-static void renameTriggerFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
- int token;
- Token tname;
- int dist = 3;
- unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
- int len = 0;
- char *zRet;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+ ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if
+ ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
+ ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
+ ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
+ ** collisions.
+ */
+ if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ goto begin_table_error;
+ }
+ pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
+ if( pTable ){
+ if( !noErr ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+ }else{
+ assert( !db->init.busy );
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ }
+ goto begin_table_error;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+ goto begin_table_error;
+ }
+ }
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+ if( pTable==0 ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ goto begin_table_error;
+ }
+ pTable->zName = zName;
+ pTable->iPKey = -1;
+ pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+ pTable->nRef = 1;
+ pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+ assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+ pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
- /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER
- ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
- ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
- ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+ /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
+ ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
+ ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
*/
- if( zSql ){
- do {
-
- if( !*zCsr ){
- /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
- return;
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
+ }
+#endif
- /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
- tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
- tname.n = len;
+ /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+ ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead
+ ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any
+ ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause
+ ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the
+ ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+ ** now.
+ */
+ if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+ int j1;
+ int fileFormat;
+ int reg1, reg2, reg3;
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
- ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
- */
- do {
- zCsr += len;
- len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
- }while( token==TK_SPACE );
- assert( len>0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( isVirtual ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+ }
+#endif
- /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
- ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN
- ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
- ** to be met.
- **
- ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
- ** there is no need to worry about syntax like
- ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
- */
- dist++;
- if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
- dist = 0;
- }
- } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
+ /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set,
+ ** set them now.
+ */
+ reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+ reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
+ reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
+ 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
- ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+ /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
+ ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced
+ ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
+ **
+ ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
+ ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
+ ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
+ ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
*/
- zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql,
- zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+ if( isView || isVirtual ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
+ }
+ sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
}
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
- static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
- FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
-#endif
- };
- int i;
- FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
- FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs);
+ /* Normal (non-error) return. */
+ return;
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){
- sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
- }
+ /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
+begin_table_error:
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ return;
}
/*
-** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
-**
-** name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
-**
-** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text
-** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
-** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
-** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
-** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
+** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
+** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
+** produces larger code.
**
-** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is
-** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
-** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
-**
+** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
+** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
*/
-static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
- char *zNew;
- if( !zWhere ){
- zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
- }else{
- zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
- }
- return zNew;
-}
+#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \
+&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
-** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
-** table.
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
*/
-static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
- FKey *p;
- char *zWhere = 0;
- for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
- zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
+ Table *p;
+ int i;
+ char *z;
+ Column *pCol;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+ if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
+ return;
}
- return zWhere;
-}
#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
-** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the
-** temporary database, NULL is returned.
-*/
-static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
- Trigger *pTrig;
- char *zWhere = 0;
- const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
-
- /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is
- ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
- ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE
- ** expression being built up in zWhere.
- */
- if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
- if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
- zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
- }
+ z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ if( z==0 ) return;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+ if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ return;
}
}
- if( zWhere ){
- char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
- zWhere = zNew;
- }
- return zWhere;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
-** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
-** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
-** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an
-** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
-*/
-static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
- Vdbe *v;
- char *zWhere;
- int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- Trigger *pTrig;
-#endif
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
- for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
- int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
- assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
+ if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+ Column *aNew;
+ aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+ if( aNew==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ return;
+ }
+ p->aCol = aNew;
}
-#endif
-
- /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
- /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
- zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
- if( !zWhere ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp
- ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined.
+ pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+ memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+ pCol->zName = z;
+
+ /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+ ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
+ ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
*/
- if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
- }
-#endif
+ pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ pCol->szEst = 1;
+ p->nCol++;
}
/*
-** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
-** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
-** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
-** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
-**
-** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
*/
-static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
- if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+ Table *p;
+ p = pParse->pNewTable;
+ if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+ p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
}
/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
-** command.
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+**
+** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the
+** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
+** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
+** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of
+** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT',
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
+**
+** Substring | Affinity
+** --------------------------------
+** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+**
+** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */
- Token *pName /* The new table name. */
-){
- int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */
- char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */
- Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */
- char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
- const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */
- Vdbe *v;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
-#endif
- VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
- int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */
-
- savedDbFlags = db->flags;
- if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
- assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
-
- /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
- if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
-
- /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
- ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
- */
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
-
- /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
- ** that the table is being renamed to.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
- exit_rename_table;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){
+ u32 h = 0;
+ char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+ const char *zChar = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
+ if( zIn==0 ) return aff;
+ while( zIn[0] ){
+ h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
+ zIn++;
+ if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+ zChar = zIn;
+ }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+ }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+ }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */
+ && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */
+ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+ }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */
+ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+ }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */
+ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
- if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
- pVTab = 0;
+ }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ break;
}
}
-#endif
-
- /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb.
- ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
- ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
- ** table.
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
- /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
- ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
- ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
- ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pVTab ){
- int i = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
- zTabName = pTab->zName;
- nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
- /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE
- ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
- ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */
- if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
- "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
- "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+ /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size. The
+ ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1. */
+ if( pszEst ){
+ *pszEst = 1; /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
+ if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+ if( zChar ){
+ while( zChar[0] ){
+ if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
+ int v = 0;
+ sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
+ v = v/4 + 1;
+ if( v>255 ) v = 255;
+ *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */
+ break;
+ }
+ zChar++;
+ }
+ }else{
+ *pszEst = 5; /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5 (approx 20 bytes)*/
+ }
}
}
-#endif
+ return aff;
+}
- /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
-#else
- "sql = CASE "
- "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
- "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
-#endif
- "tbl_name = %Q, "
- "name = CASE "
- "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
- "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
- "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
- "ELSE name END "
- "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
- "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
- zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- zName,
-#endif
- zName, nTabName, zTabName
- );
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first
+** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
+** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token
+** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string
+** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
+** in zType.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
+ Table *p;
+ Column *pCol;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
- ** it with the new table name.
- */
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
- zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
- }
-#endif
+ p = pParse->pNewTable;
+ if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+ pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
+ assert( pCol->zType==0 );
+ pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
+ pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType, &pCol->szEst);
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
- ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
- ** the temp database.
- */
- if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
- "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
- "tbl_name = %Q "
- "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+/*
+** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
+** of the table currently under construction.
+**
+** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
+ Table *p;
+ Column *pCol;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ p = pParse->pNewTable;
+ if( p!=0 ){
+ pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
+ if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
+ pCol->zName);
+ }else{
+ /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
+ ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
+ ** is required by pragma table_info.
+ */
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+ pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+ pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+ (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+ }
}
-#endif
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
+}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
- FKey *p;
- for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
- Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
- if( pFrom!=pTab ){
- reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names
+** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */
+ int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
+ int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
+ int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
+){
+ Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+ char *zType = 0;
+ int iCol = -1, i;
+ int nTerm;
+ if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+ goto primary_key_exit;
+ }
+ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+ pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
+ zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+ nTerm = 1;
+ }else{
+ nTerm = pList->nExpr;
+ for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+ pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
+ zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+ break;
+ }
}
}
}
+ if( nTerm==1
+ && zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
+ && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC
+ ){
+ pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+ pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
+ assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
+ pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
+ if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder;
+ }else if( autoInc ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
+ "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
#endif
+ }else{
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ Index *p;
+ if( v ) pParse->addrSkipPK = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
+ p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0,
+ 0, sortOrder, 0);
+ if( p ){
+ p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
+ if( v ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->addrSkipPK);
+ }
+ pList = 0;
+ }
- /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
- reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-
-exit_rename_table:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
- db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+primary_key_exit:
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+ return;
}
-
/*
-** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
-** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
+** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
- Vdbe *v;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called.
- ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this
- ** point */
- if( ALWAYS(v) ){
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- int j1;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB
+ && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt)
+ ){
+ pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
+ if( pParse->constraintName.n ){
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1);
+ }
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr);
}
}
/*
-** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
-** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
-** column definition.
-**
-** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
-** the new column during parsing.
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
- Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
- Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */
- int iDb; /* Database number */
- const char *zDb; /* Database name */
- const char *zTab; /* Table name */
- char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */
- Column *pCol; /* The new column */
- Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
+ Table *p;
+ int i;
+ char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+ i = p->nCol-1;
db = pParse->db;
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
- pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
- assert( pNew );
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
- pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
- pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
- assert( pTab );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
- ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
- ** for an SQL NULL default below.
- */
- if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
- pDflt = 0;
- }
-
- /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
- ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
- ** column must not be NULL.
- */
- if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
- return;
- }
- if( pNew->pIndex ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
- return;
- }
- if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
- return;
- }
- if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
- return;
- }
+ zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+ if( !zColl ) return;
- /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
- ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
- */
- if( pDflt ){
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
- if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return;
- }
- if( !pVal ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
- return;
+ if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+ Index *pIdx;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl);
+ p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
+
+ /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
+ ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+ ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+ */
+ for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 );
+ if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
+ pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
+ }
}
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
}
+}
- /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
- zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
- if( zCol ){
- char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
- int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
- while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
- *zEnd-- = '\0';
- }
- db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
- "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
- "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
- zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
- zTab
- );
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
- db->flags = savedDbFlags;
- }
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+**
+** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine
+** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
+** and generates an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ u8 enc = ENC(db);
+ u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
+ CollSeq *pColl;
- /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
- ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
- ** the file format becomes 3.
- */
- sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
+ if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+ pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName);
+ }
- /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
- reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
+ return pColl;
}
+
/*
-** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
-** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
**
-** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
-** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
-** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
-** after parsing is finished.
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
**
-** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
-** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
- Table *pNew;
- Table *pTab;
- Vdbe *v;
- int iDb;
- int i;
- int nAlloc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
- /* Look up the table being altered. */
- assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
- goto exit_begin_add_column;
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+ int n;
+ for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+ if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
}
-#endif
+ return n + 2;
+}
- /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
- if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
- goto exit_begin_add_column;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
- goto exit_begin_add_column;
+/*
+** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second
+** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
+** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
+** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
+** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
+** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
+**
+** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
+** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
+** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
+** it is quoted using double-quotes.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+ unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+ int i, j, needQuote;
+ i = *pIdx;
+
+ for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+ if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
}
+ needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0])
+ || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID
+ || zIdent[j]!=0
+ || j==0;
- assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+ for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+ z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+ if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+ }
+ if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+ z[i] = 0;
+ *pIdx = i;
+}
- /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
- ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify
- ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this
- ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
- ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
- ** prefix on their name.
- */
- pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
- if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
- pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
- pNew->nRef = 1;
- pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
- assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
- nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
- assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
- pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
- pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
- if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- goto exit_begin_add_column;
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+ int i, k, n;
+ char *zStmt;
+ char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
+ Column *pCol;
+ n = 0;
+ for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
}
- memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
- for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
- Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
- pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
- pCol->zColl = 0;
- pCol->zType = 0;
- pCol->pDflt = 0;
- pCol->zDflt = 0;
+ n += identLength(p->zName);
+ if( n<50 ){
+ zSep = "";
+ zSep2 = ",";
+ zEnd = ")";
+ }else{
+ zSep = "\n ";
+ zSep2 = ",\n ";
+ zEnd = "\n)";
}
- pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
- pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
- pNew->nRef = 1;
+ n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+ zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
+ if( zStmt==0 ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
+ k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
+ identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+ zStmt[k++] = '(';
+ for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ static const char * const azType[] = {
+ /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE */ "",
+ /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT",
+ /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
+ /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
+ /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL"
+ };
+ int len;
+ const char *zType;
- /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
+ zSep = zSep2;
+ identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+ assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_NONE >= 0 );
+ assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_NONE < ArraySize(azType) );
+ testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
+ testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+ testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+ testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+ testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+
+ zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_NONE];
+ len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+ assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+ || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
+ memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
+ k += len;
+ assert( k<=n );
+ }
+ sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
+ return zStmt;
+}
-exit_begin_add_column:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
- return;
+/*
+** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total. Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error.
+*/
+static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){
+ char *zExtra;
+ int nByte;
+ if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pIdx->isResized==0 );
+ nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N;
+ zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn);
+ pIdx->azColl = (char**)zExtra;
+ zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N;
+ memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn);
+ pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra;
+ zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N;
+ memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn);
+ pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra;
+ pIdx->nColumn = N;
+ pIdx->isResized = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
-/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2005 July 8
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
+** Estimate the total row width for a table.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){
+ unsigned wTable = 0;
+ const Column *pTabCol;
+ int i;
+ for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){
+ wTable += pTabCol->szEst;
+ }
+ if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++;
+ pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4);
+}
/*
-** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table for
-** writing with cursor iStatCur. If the library was built with the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 macro defined, then the sqlite_stat2 table is
-** opened for writing using cursor (iStatCur+1)
-**
-** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
-** Similarly, if the sqlite_stat2 table does not exist and the library
-** is compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 defined, it is created.
-**
-** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
-** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
-** the sqlite_stat1 and (if applicable) sqlite_stat2 tables associated
-** with the named table are deleted. If zWhere==0, then code is generated
-** to delete all stat table entries.
+** Estimate the average size of a row for an index.
*/
-static void openStatTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */
- int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
- const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */
- const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
-){
- static const struct {
- const char *zName;
- const char *zCols;
- } aTable[] = {
- { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- { "sqlite_stat2", "tbl,idx,sampleno,sample" },
-#endif
- };
+static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){
+ unsigned wIndex = 0;
+ int i;
+ const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol;
+ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+ i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+ assert( x<pIdx->pTable->nCol );
+ wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst;
+ }
+ pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4);
+}
- int aRoot[] = {0, 0};
- u8 aCreateTbl[] = {0, 0};
+/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[]
+*/
+static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){
+ while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
- int i;
+/*
+** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that
+** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause. The job of this routine is to convert both
+** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they
+** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
+** Changes include:
+**
+** (1) Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex. There is
+** no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID. Instead, the canonical
+** data storage is a covering index btree.
+** (2) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
+** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
+** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
+** (3) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
+** schema to the rootpage from the main table.
+** (4) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
+** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
+** so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index. The surplus
+** columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
+** sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks.
+** (6) Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE
+** indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns.
+*/
+static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+ Index *pIdx;
+ Index *pPk;
+ int nPk;
+ int i, j;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Db *pDb;
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) return;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
- const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
- Table *pStat;
- if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){
- /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a
- ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage
- ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important
- ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
- );
- aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
- aCreateTbl[i] = 1;
- }else{
- /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries
- ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
- ** entire contents of the table. */
- aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
- if( zWhere ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
- );
- }else{
- /* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists. Delete all rows. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
+ /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
+ ** root-page for the table into an OP_CreateIndex opcode. The index
+ ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
+ */
+ if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
+ assert( v );
+ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex;
+ }
+
+ /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master
+ ** table entry.
+ */
+ if( pParse->addrSkipPK ){
+ assert( v );
+ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrSkipPK)->opcode = OP_Goto;
+ }
+
+ /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally
+ ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index.
+ */
+ if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+ ExprList *pList;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
+ if( pList==0 ) return;
+ pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,
+ pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
+ pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder;
+ assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab );
+ pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pPk==0 ) return;
+ pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
+ pTab->iPKey = -1;
+ }else{
+ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ }
+ pPk->isCovering = 1;
+ assert( pPk!=0 );
+ nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+
+ /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */
+ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+ pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1;
+ }
+ pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;
+
+ /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
+ pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum;
+
+ /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
+ ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
+ */
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ int n;
+ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
+ for(i=n=0; i<nPk; i++){
+ if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++;
+ }
+ if( n==0 ){
+ /* This index is a superset of the primary key */
+ pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return;
+ for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; i<nPk; i++){
+ if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
+ pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
+ pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i];
+ j++;
}
}
+ assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n );
+ assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j );
}
- /* Open the sqlite_stat[12] tables for writing. */
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)3, P4_INT32);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
+ /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index
+ */
+ if( nPk<pTab->nCol ){
+ if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return;
+ for(i=0, j=nPk; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){
+ assert( j<pPk->nColumn );
+ pPk->aiColumn[j] = i;
+ pPk->azColl[j] = "BINARY";
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pPk->nColumn==j );
+ assert( pTab->nCol==j );
+ }else{
+ pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol;
}
}
/*
-** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
-** a single table.
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
*/
-static void analyzeOneTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
- Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
- int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
- int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
+ Token *pEnd, /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */
+ u8 tabOpts, /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */
+ Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */
- int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
- Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */
- int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */
- int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
- int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
- int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */
- int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */
- int regSampleno = iMem++; /* Register containing next sample number */
- int regCol = iMem++; /* Content of a column analyzed table */
- int regRec = iMem++; /* Register holding completed record */
- int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */
- int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- int addr = 0; /* Instruction address */
- int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */
- int regSamplerecno = iMem++; /* Index of next sample to record */
- int regRecno = iMem++; /* Current sample index */
- int regLast = iMem++; /* Index of last sample to record */
- int regFirst = iMem++; /* Index of first sample to record */
-#endif
+ Table *p; /* The new table */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ int iDb; /* Database in which the table lives */
+ Index *pIdx; /* An implied index of the table */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
- return;
- }
- if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
- /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
+ if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){
return;
}
- if( memcmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
- /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
- return;
+ p = pParse->pNewTable;
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+
+ assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+ /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+ ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+ ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number
+ ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number
+ ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+ */
+ if( db->init.busy ){
+ p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
}
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 );
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
- db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
- return;
+
+ /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */
+ if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){
+ if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables");
+ return;
+ }
+ if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName);
+ }else{
+ p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid;
+ convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p);
+ }
}
-#endif
- /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
- iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int nCol;
- KeyInfo *pKey;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
+ */
+ if( p->pCheck ){
+ sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck);
+ }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
- if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
- nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
- pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
- if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){
- pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2);
- }
+ /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */
+ estimateTableWidth(p);
+ for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ estimateIndexWidth(pIdx);
+ }
- /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed. */
- assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
- (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+ /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+ ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
+ **
+ ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+ ** file instead of into the main database file.
+ */
+ if( !db->init.busy ){
+ int n;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */
+ char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
+ char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
- /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-
- /* If this iteration of the loop is generating code to analyze the
- ** first index in the pTab->pIndex list, then register regLast has
- ** not been populated. In this case populate it now. */
- if( pTab->pIndex==pIdx ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES, regSamplerecno);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2-1, regTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2, regTemp2);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regLast);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regFirst);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Lt, regSamplerecno, 0, regLast);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, regTemp2, regLast, regFirst);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Multiply, regLast, regTemp, regLast);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regLast, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2-2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, regTemp2, regLast, regLast);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- }
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
- /* Zero the regSampleno and regRecno registers. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regSampleno);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRecno);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFirst, regSamplerecno);
+ /*
+ ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
+ */
+ if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+ /* A regular table */
+ zType = "table";
+ zType2 = "TABLE";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ }else{
+ /* A view */
+ zType = "view";
+ zType2 = "VIEW";
#endif
+ }
- /* The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows.
- **
- ** iMem:
- ** The total number of rows in the table.
- **
- ** iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol:
- ** Number of distinct entries in index considering the
- ** left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol,
- ** inclusive.
+ /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+ ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+ ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
**
- ** iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol:
- ** Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right.
+ ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+ ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+ ** by the new table.
**
- ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are
- ** initialized to contain an SQL NULL.
+ ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
+ ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
+ ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
+ ** be redundant.
*/
- for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i);
- }
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
- }
-
- /* Start the analysis loop. This loop runs through all the entries in
- ** the index b-tree. */
- endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop);
- topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1);
-
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regCol);
- if( i==0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- /* Check if the record that cursor iIdxCur points to contains a
- ** value that should be stored in the sqlite_stat2 table. If so,
- ** store it. */
- int ne = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regRecno, 0, regSamplerecno);
- assert( regTabname+1==regIdxname
- && regTabname+2==regSampleno
- && regTabname+3==regCol
- );
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 4, regRec, "aaab", 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regRec, regRowid);
-
- /* Calculate new values for regSamplerecno and regSampleno.
- **
- ** sampleno = sampleno + 1
- ** samplerecno = samplerecno+(remaining records)/(remaining samples)
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regSampleno, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, regRecno, regLast, regTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regTemp, -1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES, regTemp2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, regSampleno, regTemp2, regTemp2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, regTemp2, regTemp, regTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, regSamplerecno, regTemp, regSamplerecno);
-
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ne);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRecno, 1);
-#endif
+ if( pSelect ){
+ SelectDest dest;
+ Table *pSelTab;
- /* Always record the very first row */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem+1);
+ assert(pParse->nTab==1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG);
+ pParse->nTab = 2;
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
+ if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+ pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
+ if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+ assert( p->aCol==0 );
+ p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+ p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+ pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+ pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
}
- assert( pIdx->azColl!=0 );
- assert( pIdx->azColl[i]!=0 );
- pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1,
- (char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- /* If a malloc failure has occurred, then the result of the expression
- ** passed as the second argument to the call to sqlite3VdbeJumpHere()
- ** below may be negative. Which causes an assert() to fail (or an
- ** out-of-bounds write if SQLITE_DEBUG is not defined). */
- return;
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- int addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - (nCol*2);
- if( i==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2-1); /* Set jump dest for the OP_IfNot */
- }
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); /* Set jump dest for the OP_Ne */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1);
+
+ /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
+ if( pSelect ){
+ zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
+ }else{
+ Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd;
+ n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z);
+ if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n;
+ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
+ );
}
- /* End of the analysis loop. */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);
+ /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
+ ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
+ ** the information we've collected.
+ */
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+ "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
+ "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+ zType,
+ p->zName,
+ p->zName,
+ pParse->regRoot,
+ zStmt,
+ pParse->regRowid
+ );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- /* Store the results in sqlite_stat1.
- **
- ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table. The first
- ** two columns are the names of the table and index. The third column
- ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the
- ** index. The first integer in the list is the total number of entries
- ** in the index. There is one additional integer in the list for each
- ** column of the table. This additional integer is a guess of how many
- ** rows of the table the index will select. If D is the count of distinct
- ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed
- ** as:
- **
- ** I = (K+D-1)/D
- **
- ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.
- ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
- ** is never possible.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
+ ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
*/
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regSampleno);
- if( jZeroRows<0 ){
- jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
+ if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
+ pDb->zName
+ );
+ }
}
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regSampleno, regSampleno);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iMem, iMem+i+1, regTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regTemp, -1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, iMem+i+1, regTemp, regTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ToInt, regTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regSampleno, regSampleno);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- }
+#endif
- /* If the table has no indices, create a single sqlite_stat1 entry
- ** containing NULL as the index name and the row count as the content.
- */
- if( pTab->pIndex==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regSampleno);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);
- jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regSampleno);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
- jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+ /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName));
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- if( pParse->nMem<regRec ) pParse->nMem = regRec;
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
-}
-/*
-** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
-** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
-*/
-static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
- }
-}
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
-*/
-static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */
- HashElem *k;
- int iStatCur;
- int iMem;
+ /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+ */
+ if( db->init.busy ){
+ Table *pOld;
+ Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p);
+ if( pOld ){
+ assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return;
+ }
+ pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
- pParse->nTab += 2;
- openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
- iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
- Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
- analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+ if( !p->pSelect ){
+ const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
+ int nName;
+ assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
+ if( pCons->z==0 ){
+ pCons = pEnd;
+ }
+ nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
+ p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
+ }
+#endif
}
- loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
-** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
-** in pTab that should be analyzed.
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
*/
-static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+ Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+ Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+ int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+ int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
+){
+ Table *p;
+ int n;
+ const char *z;
+ Token sEnd;
+ DbFixer sFix;
+ Token *pName = 0;
int iDb;
- int iStatCur;
-
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
- pParse->nTab += 2;
- if( pOnlyIdx ){
- openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
- }else{
- openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
- }
- analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
- loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine
-** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
-**
-** ANALYZE -- 1
-** ANALYZE <database> -- 2
-** ANALYZE ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
-** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
-** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
- int i;
- char *z, *zDb;
- Table *pTab;
- Index *pIdx;
- Token *pTableName;
- /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
- ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
return;
}
-
- assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
- if( pName1==0 ){
- /* Form 1: Analyze everything */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
- analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
- }
- }else if( pName2->n==0 ){
- /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */
- iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
- if( iDb>=0 ){
- analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
- }else{
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
- if( z ){
- if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
- }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- }
- }
- }else{
- /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
- if( iDb>=0 ){
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
- if( z ){
- if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
- }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
-** callback routine.
-*/
-typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
-struct analysisInfo {
- sqlite3 *db;
- const char *zDatabase;
-};
-
-/*
-** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.
-**
-** argv[0] = name of the table
-** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
-** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
-**
-** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
-** the table.
-*/
-static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
- analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
- Index *pIndex;
- Table *pTable;
- int i, c, n;
- unsigned int v;
- const char *z;
-
- assert( argc==3 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
-
- if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
- return 0;
+ sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
+ p = pParse->pNewTable;
+ if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ return;
}
- pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
- if( pTable==0 ){
- return 0;
+ sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+ sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName);
+ if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ){
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ return;
}
- if( argv[1] ){
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
- }else{
- pIndex = 0;
+
+ /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+ ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+ ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+ ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+ */
+ p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return;
}
- n = pIndex ? pIndex->nColumn : 0;
- z = argv[2];
- for(i=0; *z && i<=n; i++){
- v = 0;
- while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
- v = v*10 + c - '0';
- z++;
- }
- if( i==0 ) pTable->nRowEst = v;
- if( pIndex==0 ) break;
- pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
- if( *z==' ' ) z++;
- if( memcmp(z, "unordered", 10)==0 ){
- pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
- break;
- }
+ if( !db->init.busy ){
+ sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
}
- return 0;
-}
-/*
-** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
-** and its contents.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- if( pIdx->aSample ){
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; j++){
- IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
- if( p->eType==SQLITE_TEXT || p->eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.z);
- }
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
+ /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to
+ ** the end.
+ */
+ sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+ if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+ sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
}
-#else
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
-#endif
+ sEnd.n = 0;
+ n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
+ z = pBegin->z;
+ while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
+ sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+ sEnd.n = 1;
+
+ /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+ sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0);
+ return;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
/*
-** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables. The
-** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
-** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat2 are used to populate the
-** Index.aSample[] arrays.
-**
-** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
-** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined
-** during compilation and the sqlite_stat2 table is present, no data is
-** read from it.
-**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined during compilation and the
-** sqlite_stat2 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
-** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
-** table (if it is present) before returning.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
-** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
-** code may be ignored.
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number
+** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
- analysisInfo sInfo;
- HashElem *i;
- char *zSql;
- int rc;
-
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+ Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
+ Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
+ int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
+ int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */
+ sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Saved xAuth pointer */
- /* Clear any prior statistics */
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
- sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
- sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
- pIdx->aSample = 0;
- }
+ assert( pTable );
- /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
- sInfo.db = db;
- sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
+#endif
- /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT tbl, idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
- if( zSql==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
- }
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+ ** already known.
+ */
+ if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
- /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat2 table. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat2", sInfo.zDatabase) ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+ ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with
+ ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+ **
+ ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+ ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+ **
+ ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
+ ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
+ ** in the following:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
+ ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
+ ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
+ */
+ if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+ return 1;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT idx,sampleno,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat2", sInfo.zDatabase);
- if( !zSql ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+ ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+ ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
+ ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes
+ ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
+ ** statement that defines the view.
+ */
+ assert( pTable->pSelect );
+ pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
+ if( pSel ){
+ u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+ n = pParse->nTab;
+ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
+ pTable->nCol = -1;
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ xAuth = db->xAuth;
+ db->xAuth = 0;
+ pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+ db->xAuth = xAuth;
+#else
+ pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+#endif
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+ pParse->nTab = n;
+ if( pSelTab ){
+ assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+ pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+ pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+ pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+ pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
+ pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
- char *zIndex; /* Index name */
- Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */
-
- zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
- pIdx = zIndex ? sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, sInfo.zDatabase) : 0;
- if( pIdx ){
- int iSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
- if( iSample<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES && iSample>=0 ){
- int eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 2);
-
- if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
- static const int sz = sizeof(IndexSample)*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
- pIdx->aSample = (IndexSample *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, sz);
- if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- break;
- }
- memset(pIdx->aSample, 0, sz);
- }
-
- assert( pIdx->aSample );
- {
- IndexSample *pSample = &pIdx->aSample[iSample];
- pSample->eType = (u8)eType;
- if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
- pSample->u.r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, 2);
- }else if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- const char *z = (const char *)(
- (eType==SQLITE_BLOB) ?
- sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 2):
- sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2)
- );
- int n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 2);
- if( n>24 ){
- n = 24;
- }
- pSample->nByte = (u8)n;
- if( n < 1){
- pSample->u.z = 0;
- }else{
- pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(0, z, n);
- if( pSample->u.z==0 ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ pTable->nCol = 0;
+ nErr++;
}
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
+ } else {
+ nErr++;
}
-#endif
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }
- return rc;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+ return nErr;
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
-
-/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
/*
-** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
-** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
-** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
-**
-** i.e. if the parser sees:
-**
-** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
-**
-** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
-** looking for columns of the same name.
-**
-** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
-**
-** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
-**
-** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
*/
-static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
-{
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pExpr ){
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
- rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%s\"", pExpr->u.zToken);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- }else{
- pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+ HashElem *i;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
+ if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+ if( pTab->pSelect ){
+ sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
+ pTab->aCol = 0;
+ pTab->nCol = 0;
}
}
- return rc;
+ DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
}
+#else
+# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
-**
-** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
-**
-** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
+** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
+** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
+** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
+** to iTo.
**
-** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
-** third argument.
+** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information
+** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
+** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
+** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
+** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match
+** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
+** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
+** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
+** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
+** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
*/
-static void attachFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int i;
- int rc = 0;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- const char *zName;
- const char *zFile;
- char *zPath = 0;
- char *zErr = 0;
- unsigned int flags;
- Db *aNew;
- char *zErrDyn = 0;
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
- zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
- if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
+ HashElem *pElem;
+ Hash *pHash;
+ Db *pDb;
- /* Check for the following errors:
- **
- ** * Too many attached databases,
- ** * Transaction currently open
- ** * Specified database name already being used.
- */
- if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d",
- db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
- );
- goto attach_error;
- }
- if( !db->autoCommit ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
- goto attach_error;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
+ for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+ if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
+ pTab->tnum = iTo;
+ }
}
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
- assert( z && zName );
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
- goto attach_error;
+ pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
+ for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+ if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
+ pIdx->tnum = iTo;
}
}
+}
+#endif
- /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
- ** hash tables.
+/*
+** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
+** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
+** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
+** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/
+static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
+ ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
+ ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
+ ** reflect this.
+ **
+ ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
+ ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
+ ** token for additional information.
*/
- if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
- aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
- if( aNew==0 ) return;
- memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
- }else{
- aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
- if( aNew==0 ) return;
- }
- db->aDb = aNew;
- aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
- memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
+ pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
+#endif
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
- /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
- ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
- ** or may not be initialised.
- */
- flags = db->openFlags;
- rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
- return;
- }
- assert( pVfs );
- flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
- sqlite3_free( zPath );
- db->nDb++;
- if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- Pager *pPager;
- aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
- if( !aNew->pSchema ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
- sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
- sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
- sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
- }
- aNew->safety_level = 3;
- aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+/*
+** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
+** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
+** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
+** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/
+static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ Index *pIdx;
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
}
+#else
+ /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
+ ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
+ ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
+ ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
+ ** following were coded:
+ **
+ ** OP_Destroy 4 0
+ ** ...
+ ** OP_Destroy 5 0
+ **
+ ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
+ ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
+ ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
+ ** a free-list page.
+ */
+ int iTab = pTab->tnum;
+ int iDestroyed = 0;
+ while( 1 ){
+ Index *pIdx;
+ int iLargest = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
- extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
- int nKey;
- char *zKey;
- int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
- switch( t ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
- case SQLITE_FLOAT:
- zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
-
- case SQLITE_TEXT:
- case SQLITE_BLOB:
- nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
- zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
- rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
- break;
-
- case SQLITE_NULL:
- /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */
- sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
- if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
- rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
- }
- break;
+ if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
+ iLargest = iTab;
}
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
- ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
- ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
- ** we found it.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- }
- if( rc ){
- int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
- assert( iDb>=2 );
- if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
- db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
- db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
+ assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+ if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
+ iLargest = iIdx;
+ }
}
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
- db->nDb = iDb;
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
- }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+ if( iLargest==0 ){
+ return;
+ }else{
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+ destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
+ iDestroyed = iLargest;
}
- goto attach_error;
- }
-
- return;
-
-attach_error:
- /* Return an error if we get here */
- if( zErrDyn ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
}
- if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
+#endif
}
/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
-**
-** DETACH DATABASE x
-**
-** SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
+** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3))
+** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command.
*/
-static void detachFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static void sqlite3ClearStatTables(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ int iDb, /* The database number */
+ const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */
+ const char *zName /* Name of index or table */
){
- const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
int i;
- Db *pDb = 0;
- char zErr[128];
+ const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ for(i=1; i<=4; i++){
+ char zTab[24];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i);
+ if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
+ zDbName, zTab, zType, zName
+ );
+ }
+ }
+}
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+/*
+** Generate code to drop a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Trigger *pTrigger;
+ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
- }
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
- if( i>=db->nDb ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
- goto detach_error;
- }
- if( i<2 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
- goto detach_error;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
}
- if( !db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
- "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
- goto detach_error;
+#endif
+
+ /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+ ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+ ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+ */
+ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+ while( pTrigger ){
+ assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ||
+ pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+ sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+ pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
}
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
- goto detach_error;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
+ ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
+ ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
+ ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
+ */
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
+ pDb->zName, pTab->zName
+ );
}
+#endif
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
- pDb->pBt = 0;
- pDb->pSchema = 0;
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
- return;
+ /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+ ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+ ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+ ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be
+ ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+ ** database.
+ */
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
+ pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
+ if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
+ }
-detach_error:
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
+ ** the schema cookie.
+ */
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+ sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
}
/*
-** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
-** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
*/
-static void codeAttach(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
- FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
- Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
- Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */
- Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */
- Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */
-){
- int rc;
- NameContext sName;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
+ Table *pTab;
Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
- int regArgs;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int iDb;
- memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
- sName.pParse = pParse;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto exit_drop_table;
+ }
+ assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+ assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+ if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]);
+ if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
- if(
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
- ){
- pParse->nErr++;
- goto attach_end;
+ if( pTab==0 ){
+ if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+ goto exit_drop_table;
}
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
+ ** it is initialized.
+ */
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+ goto exit_drop_table;
+ }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( pAuthArg ){
- char *zAuthArg;
- if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
- zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
+ {
+ int code;
+ const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+ const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ const char *zArg2 = 0;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+ goto exit_drop_table;
+ }
+ if( isView ){
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+ code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+ }else{
+ code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
+ zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
+#endif
}else{
- zAuthArg = 0;
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+ code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+ }else{
+ code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+ }
}
- rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
- if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto attach_end;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
+ goto exit_drop_table;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+ goto exit_drop_table;
}
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+#endif
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
+ && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+ goto exit_drop_table;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
+ ** on a table.
+ */
+ if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+ goto exit_drop_table;
+ }
+ if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+ goto exit_drop_table;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+ ** on disk.
+ */
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
-
- assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
- assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-
- /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
- ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
- ** statements).
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+ sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
+ sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView);
}
-
-attach_end:
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
-**
-** DETACH pDbname
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
- static const FuncDef detach_func = {
- 1, /* nArg */
- SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
- 0, /* flags */
- 0, /* pUserData */
- 0, /* pNext */
- detachFunc, /* xFunc */
- 0, /* xStep */
- 0, /* xFinalize */
- "sqlite_detach", /* zName */
- 0, /* pHash */
- 0 /* pDestructor */
- };
- codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
-}
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
-**
-** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
- static const FuncDef attach_func = {
- 3, /* nArg */
- SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
- 0, /* flags */
- 0, /* pUserData */
- 0, /* pNext */
- attachFunc, /* xFunc */
- 0, /* xStep */
- 0, /* xFinalize */
- "sqlite_attach", /* zName */
- 0, /* pHash */
- 0 /* pDestructor */
- };
- codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+exit_drop_table:
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
/*
-** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior
-** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table). pToCol is a list
+** of tables in the parent pTo table. flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
**
-** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE
-** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */
- Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */
- int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */
- const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
- const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
-){
- sqlite3 *db;
-
- if( NEVER(iDb<0) || iDb==1 ) return 0;
- db = pParse->db;
- assert( db->nDb>iDb );
- pFix->pParse = pParse;
- pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- pFix->zType = zType;
- pFix->pName = pName;
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
-** a specific database to all table references where the database name
-** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure
-** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
**
-** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
-** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
-** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
-** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made
-** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
-** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything
-** checks out, these routines return 0.
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+ Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */
+ ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */
+ int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ FKey *pFKey = 0;
+ FKey *pNextTo;
+ Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+ int nByte;
int i;
- const char *zDb;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ int nCol;
+ char *z;
- if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
- zDb = pFix->zDb;
- for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
- pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb);
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
- "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
- pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
- return 1;
+ assert( pTo!=0 );
+ if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
+ if( pFromCol==0 ){
+ int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+ if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
+ if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+ " should reference only one column of table %T",
+ p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+ goto fk_end;
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
-#endif
+ nCol = 1;
+ }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+ "columns in the referenced table");
+ goto fk_end;
+ }else{
+ nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
}
- return 0;
-}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
-){
- while( pSelect ){
- if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
- return 1;
+ nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+ if( pToCol ){
+ for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
+ nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
}
- pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
}
- return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
- while( pExpr ){
- if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break;
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
- }else{
- if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
- return 1;
- }
- pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+ pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
+ if( pFKey==0 ){
+ goto fk_end;
}
- return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
- return 1;
+ pFKey->pFrom = p;
+ pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+ z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
+ pFKey->zTo = z;
+ memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+ z[pTo->n] = 0;
+ sqlite3Dequote(z);
+ z += pTo->n+1;
+ pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+ if( pFromCol==0 ){
+ pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+ }else{
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+ pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( j>=p->nCol ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition",
+ pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+ goto fk_end;
+ }
}
}
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
-){
- while( pStep ){
- if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
- return 1;
+ if( pToCol ){
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+ pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+ memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+ z[n] = 0;
+ z += n+1;
}
- pStep = pStep->pNext;
}
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 January 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
-** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded
-** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
-** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-*/
-
-/*
-** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
-** macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+ pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */
+ pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */
-/*
-** Set or clear the access authorization function.
-**
-** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
-** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
-** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function
-** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument
-** to the auth function is one of these constants:
-**
-** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
-** SQLITE_DELETE
-** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
-** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
-** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
-** SQLITE_INSERT
-** SQLITE_PRAGMA
-** SQLITE_READ
-** SQLITE_SELECT
-** SQLITE_TRANSACTION
-** SQLITE_UPDATE
-**
-** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
-** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function
-** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If
-** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY
-** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
-** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
-** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
-** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
-**
-** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default
-** setting of the auth function is NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
- void *pArg
-){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->xAuth = xAuth;
- db->pAuthArg = pArg;
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+ pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash,
+ pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
+ );
+ if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ goto fk_end;
+ }
+ if( pNextTo ){
+ assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
+ pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
+ pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
+ }
-/*
-** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
-** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
-*/
-static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+ */
+ p->pFKey = pFKey;
+ pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
}
/*
-** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
-** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
-** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
-**
-** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
-** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
-** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- const char *zTab, /* Table name */
- const char *zCol, /* Column name */
- int iDb /* Index of containing database. */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
- int rc; /* Auth callback return code */
-
- rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
- if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
- }
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
- }
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ Table *pTab;
+ FKey *pFKey;
+ if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+ assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+ pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
+#endif
}
/*
-** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
-** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is
+** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
+** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
-** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
-** then generate an error.
+** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
+** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the
+** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then
+** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
+** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */
- Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */
- SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */
- const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */
- int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
- int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
- int iCol; /* Index of column in table */
+static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
+ Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */
+ int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
+ int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
+ int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
+ int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */
+ int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
+ int tnum; /* Root page of index */
+ int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+ KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */
+ int regRecord; /* Register holding assembled index record */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
- if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
- if( iDb<0 ){
- /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
- ** temporary table. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
return;
}
+#endif
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
- if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
- pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+ /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ) return;
+ if( memRootPage>=0 ){
+ tnum = memRootPage;
}else{
- assert( pTabList );
- for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){
- if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
- pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
- break;
- }
- }
+ tnum = pIndex->tnum;
}
- iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
- if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
+ pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
- zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
- }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
- assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
- zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+ /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
+ iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*)
+ sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);
+
+ /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
+ ** records into the sorter. */
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+ sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord);
+ sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb,
+ (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
+
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
+ if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) && pKey!=0 ){
+ int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
+ addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
+ pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
}else{
- zCol = "ROWID";
+ addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
}
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
- pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns.
+**
+** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes
+** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a
+** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ i16 nCol, /* Total number of columns in the index */
+ int nExtra, /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */
+ char **ppExtra /* Pointer to the "extra" space */
+){
+ Index *p; /* Allocated index object */
+ int nByte; /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */
+
+ nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */
+ ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) + /* Index.azColl */
+ ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowLogEst */
+ sizeof(i16)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */
+ sizeof(u8)*nCol); /* Index.aSortOrder */
+ p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra);
+ if( p ){
+ char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index));
+ p->azColl = (char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol);
+ p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1);
+ p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol;
+ p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra;
+ p->nColumn = nCol;
+ p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1;
+ *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte;
}
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return
-** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY
-** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
-** modified appropriately.
+** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index
+** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.
+**
+** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index
+** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index
+** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
- Parse *pParse,
- int code,
- const char *zArg1,
- const char *zArg2,
- const char *zArg3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(
+ Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */
+ Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+ Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+ SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+ ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+ int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+ Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
+ Expr *pPIWhere, /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
+ int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
+ int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */
){
+ Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */
+ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */
+ Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */
+ char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */
+ int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */
+ int i, j;
+ DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+ int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int rc;
+ Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
+ int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */
+ Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+ struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
+ const Column *pTabCol; /* A column in the table */
+ int nExtra = 0; /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */
+ int nExtraCol; /* Number of extra columns needed */
+ char *zExtra = 0; /* Extra space after the Index object */
+ Index *pPk = 0; /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
- /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
- ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
+ assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */
+ if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found.
*/
- if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+ /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database
+ ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+ ** before looking up the table.
+ */
+ assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+ if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+ assert( pName && pName->z );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+ /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table
+ ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
+ ** if initialising a database schema.
+ */
+ if( !db->init.busy ){
+ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+ if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+ iDb = 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName);
+ if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){
+ /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
+ ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
+ assert(0);
+ }
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]);
+ assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 );
+ if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+ if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"",
+ pTab->zName);
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ }else{
+ assert( pName==0 );
+ assert( pStart==0 );
+ pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+ if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
}
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- if( db->xAuth==0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pTab!=0 );
+ assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
+ && db->init.busy==0
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0
+#endif
+ && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+ goto exit_create_index;
}
- rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
- rc = SQLITE_DENY;
- sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ if( pTab->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+ goto exit_create_index;
}
- return rc;
-}
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+#endif
-/*
-** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the
-** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
-** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
- Parse *pParse,
- AuthContext *pContext,
- const char *zContext
-){
- assert( pParse );
- pContext->pParse = pParse;
- pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
- pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
-}
+ /*
+ ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another
+ ** index or table with the same name.
+ **
+ ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+ ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+ ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+ ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+ **
+ ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+ ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our
+ ** own name.
+ */
+ if( pName ){
+ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+ assert( pName->z!=0 );
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ if( !db->init.busy ){
+ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ }
+ if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
+ if( !ifNotExist ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+ }else{
+ assert( !db->init.busy );
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ }
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ }else{
+ int n;
+ Index *pLoop;
+ for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
+ if( zName==0 ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
-** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
- if( pContext->pParse ){
- pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
- pContext->pParse = 0;
+ /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ {
+ const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
}
-}
+#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+ /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+ ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+ ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+ */
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
+ if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+ pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,
+ pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName);
+ pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
+ }
-/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
-** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the
-** following kinds of SQL syntax:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE
-** DROP TABLE
-** CREATE INDEX
-** DROP INDEX
-** creating ID lists
-** BEGIN TRANSACTION
-** COMMIT
-** ROLLBACK
-*/
+ /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
+ ** specified collation sequence names.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( pExpr ){
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+ nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken));
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
-** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
- pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
- pParse->nVar = 0;
-}
+ /*
+ ** Allocate the index structure.
+ */
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1;
+ pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol,
+ nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) );
+ pIndex->zName = zExtra;
+ zExtra += nName + 1;
+ memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
+ pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+ pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
+ pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None;
+ pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE;
+ pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+ pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr;
+ if( pPIWhere ){
+ sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0);
+ pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere;
+ pPIWhere = 0;
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
-** codeTableLocks() functions.
-*/
-struct TableLock {
- int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */
- int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */
- u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */
- const char *zName; /* Name of the table */
-};
+ /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
+ */
+ if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
+ sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */
+ }else{
+ sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */
+ }
-/*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
-**
-** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
-** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
-**
-** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The
-** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
-** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
- int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
- u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */
- const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */
-){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- int i;
- int nBytes;
- TableLock *p;
- assert( iDb>=0 );
+ /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
+ ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error
+ ** if any column is not found.
+ **
+ ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
+ ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of
+ ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the
+ ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would
+ ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
+ */
+ for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
+ const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
+ int requestedSortOrder;
+ char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */
- for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){
- p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
- if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
- p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
- return;
+ for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
+ pTab->zName, zColName);
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ assert( j<=0x7fff );
+ pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j;
+ if( pListItem->pExpr ){
+ int nColl;
+ assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+ zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken;
+ nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
+ assert( nExtra>=nColl );
+ memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
+ zColl = zExtra;
+ zExtra += nColl;
+ nExtra -= nColl;
+ }else{
+ zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+ if( !zColl ) zColl = "BINARY";
+ }
+ if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+ goto exit_create_index;
}
+ pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
+ requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
+ pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
+ if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0;
}
-
- nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
- pToplevel->aTableLock =
- sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
- if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
- p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
- p->iDb = iDb;
- p->iTab = iTab;
- p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
- p->zName = zName;
+ if( pPk ){
+ for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+ int x = pPk->aiColumn[j];
+ if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){
+ pIndex->nColumn--;
+ }else{
+ pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x;
+ pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j];
+ pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j];
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( i==pIndex->nColumn );
}else{
- pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
- pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pIndex->aiColumn[i] = -1;
+ pIndex->azColl[i] = "BINARY";
}
-}
+ sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
+ if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex);
-/*
-** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
-** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
-*/
-static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
- int i;
- Vdbe *pVdbe;
+ if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+ /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+ ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+ ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+ ** i.e. one of:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+ ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+ **
+ ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+ ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+ ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+ ** explicit indices.
+ **
+ ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
+ ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
+ ** sort orders.
+ **
+ ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
+ ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
+ ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
+ */
+ Index *pIdx;
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ int k;
+ assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) );
+ assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
+ assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) );
- pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
+ if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
+ for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
+ const char *z1;
+ const char *z2;
+ if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+ z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
+ z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
+ if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
+ }
+ if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
+ if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+ /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+ ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+ ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this
+ ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+ ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+ ** explicitly specified behavior for the index.
+ */
+ if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+ }
+ if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+ pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+ }
+ }
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
- TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
- int p1 = p->iDb;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
- p->zName, P4_STATIC);
+ /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+ ** in-memory database structures.
+ */
+ if( db->init.busy ){
+ Index *p;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+ p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
+ pIndex->zName, pIndex);
+ if( p ){
+ assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ goto exit_create_index;
+ }
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+ if( pTblName!=0 ){
+ pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+ }
}
-}
-#else
- #define codeTableLocks(x)
-#endif
-/*
-** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
-** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
-** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the
-** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
-** parse.
-**
-** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
-** no VDBE code was generated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
+ /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the
+ ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then
+ ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for
+ ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with
+ ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master
+ ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
+ ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.
+ **
+ ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY
+ ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table
+ ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+ ** step can be skipped.
+ */
+ else if( pParse->nErr==0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0) ){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ char *zStmt;
+ int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
- db = pParse->db;
- if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
- if( pParse->nested ) return;
- if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
- /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
- ** vdbe program
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite
- || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
- /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
- ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are
- ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a
- ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
- ** on each used database.
+ /* Create the rootpage for the index
*/
- if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
- yDbMask mask;
- int iDb;
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
- for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
- if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
- if( db->init.busy==0 ){
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VerifyCookie,
- iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb],
- db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration);
- }
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- {
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
- char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
- }
- pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
- }
-#endif
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
- /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
- ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
- ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
- */
- codeTableLocks(pParse);
+ /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
+ ** the zStmt variable
+ */
+ if( pStart ){
+ int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+ if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--;
+ /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
+ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
+ onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z);
+ }else{
+ /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
+ /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
+ zStmt = 0;
+ }
- /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
- */
- sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
+ /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
+ */
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+ pIndex->zName,
+ pTab->zName,
+ iMem,
+ zStmt
+ );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
- /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
+ /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
+ ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
+ */
+ if( pTblName ){
+ sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
}
}
-
- /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+ /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+ ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+ ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check
+ ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
+ ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.
*/
- if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
- sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
-#endif
- assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */
- /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
- * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
- if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
- }else{
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+ if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+ || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+ pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+ pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+ }else{
+ Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+ while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+ pOther = pOther->pNext;
+ }
+ pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+ pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+ }
+ pRet = pIndex;
+ pIndex = 0;
}
- pParse->nTab = 0;
- pParse->nMem = 0;
- pParse->nSet = 0;
- pParse->nVar = 0;
- pParse->cookieMask = 0;
- pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
-** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
-** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively
-** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
-** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
-** outermost parser.
-**
-** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit
-** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use
-** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- char *zSql;
- char *zErrMsg = 0;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
- char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
- if( pParse->nErr ) return;
- assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- if( zSql==0 ){
- return; /* A malloc must have failed */
- }
- pParse->nested++;
- memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
- memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
- sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
- memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
- pParse->nested--;
+ /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+ if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ return pRet;
}
/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found.
+** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
+** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
-** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table
-** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
-** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index.
+** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
+** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
+** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
+** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
+** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that
+*
+** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
+** aiRowEst[N]>=1
**
-** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
+** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
+** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here
+** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
- Table *p = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
+ /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */
+ LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 };
+ LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst;
+ int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol);
int i;
- int nName;
- assert( zName!=0 );
- nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */
- assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
- int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
- if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
- p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
- if( p ) break;
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an
-** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
-** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
-** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */
- int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */
- const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */
-){
- Table *p;
-
- /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
- ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- return 0;
- }
- p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
- if( p==0 ){
- const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
- if( zDbase ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
- }
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- }
- return p;
-}
+ /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated
+ ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows
+ ** in the table is less than that. */
+ a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
+ if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) );
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes
-** a particular index given the name of that index
-** and the name of the database that contains the index.
-** Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
-** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking
-** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is
-** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
-** using the ATTACH command.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
- Index *p = 0;
- int i;
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */
- assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
- int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
- Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
- assert( pSchema );
- if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
- p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
- if( p ) break;
+ /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is
+ ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */
+ memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
+ for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+ a[i] = 23; assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
}
- return p;
-}
-/*
-** Reclaim the memory used by an index
-*/
-static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
- sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
-#endif
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
+ if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
}
/*
-** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
-** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
-** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
-** with the index.
+** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
Index *pIndex;
- int len;
- Hash *pHash;
-
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
- len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
- pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
- if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
- if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
- pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
- }else{
- Index *p;
- /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of
- ** indices. */
- p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
- while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
- if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
- p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
- }
- }
- freeIndex(db, pIndex);
- }
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
-** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory
-** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback
-** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
-** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
-**
-** If iDb<0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
-** files. If iDb>=0 then reset the internal schema for only the
-** single file indicated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
- int i, j;
- assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-
- if( iDb>=0 ){
- /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
- sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+ Vdbe *v;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int iDb;
- /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
- ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
- ** other database.
- */
- if( iDb!=1 ){
- pDb = &db->aDb[1];
- assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
- sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
- }
- return;
+ assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto exit_drop_index;
}
- /* Case 2 (from here to the end): Reset all schemas for all attached
- ** databases. */
- assert( iDb<0 );
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pSchema ){
- sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
- }
+ assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ goto exit_drop_index;
}
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
- sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
- /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
- ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the
- ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
- ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
- ** to any of those tables.
- */
- for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
- struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
- pDb->zName = 0;
- continue;
- }
- if( j<i ){
- db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+ pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+ if( pIndex==0 ){
+ if( !ifExists ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
}
- j++;
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ goto exit_drop_index;
}
- memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
- db->nDb = j;
- if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
- memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
- sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
- db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+ if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+ "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+ goto exit_drop_index;
}
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
-** Table.aCol[] array).
-*/
-static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
- int i;
- Column *pCol;
- assert( pTable!=0 );
- if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
- for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ {
+ int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+ Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+ const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+ goto exit_drop_index;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
-** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine.
-**
-** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink
-** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
-** the table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
- Index *pIndex, *pNext;
-
- assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 );
-
- /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
- if( !pTable ) return;
- if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return;
-
- /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
- for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
- pNext = pIndex->pNext;
- assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
- if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
- char *zName = pIndex->zName;
- TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
- &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
- );
- assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
- assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+ goto exit_drop_index;
}
- freeIndex(db, pIndex);
}
-
- /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
- sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
-
- /* Delete the Table structure itself.
- */
- sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
#endif
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
-}
-/*
-** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
-** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
- Table *p;
- Db *pDb;
+ /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v ){
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName
+ );
+ sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+ destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+ }
- assert( db!=0 );
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( zTabName );
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
- sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+exit_drop_index:
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
}
/*
-** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
-** token. Space to hold the returned string
-** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
+** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the
+** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc()
+** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end.
**
-** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
-** surround the body of the token are removed.
+** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of
+** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes
+** in total).
**
-** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
-** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string
-** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the
+** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to
+** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation
+** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains
+** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
- char *zName;
- if( pName ){
- zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
- sqlite3Dequote(zName);
- }else{
- zName = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+ void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */
+ int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */
+ int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */
+ int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */
+){
+ char *z;
+ int n = *pnEntry;
+ if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){
+ int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n;
+ void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry);
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ *pIdx = -1;
+ return pArray;
+ }
+ pArray = pNew;
}
- return zName;
+ z = (char*)pArray;
+ memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
+ *pIdx = n;
+ ++*pnEntry;
+ return pArray;
}
/*
-** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
-** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
- sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)5, P4_INT32); /* 5 column table */
- if( p->nTab==0 ){
- p->nTab = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+ int i;
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
+ if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+ }
+ pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+ db,
+ pList->a,
+ sizeof(pList->a[0]),
+ &pList->nId,
+ &i
+ );
+ if( i<0 ){
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
+ return 0;
}
+ pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+ return pList;
}
/*
-** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
-** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
-** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
-** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
+** Delete an IdList.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
- int i = -1; /* Database number */
- if( zName ){
- Db *pDb;
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
- if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) &&
- 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
- break;
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
+ int i;
+ if( pList==0 ) return;
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
}
- return i;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}
/*
-** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
-** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
-** does not exist.
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1
+** if not found.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
- int i; /* Database number */
- char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
- i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
- return i;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+ int i;
+ if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
}
-/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
-** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+/*
+** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
+** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based.
+** New slots are zeroed.
**
-** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-**
-** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
+** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
**
-** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
**
-** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil.
+** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
+** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots,
+** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would
+** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
**
-** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the
-** database "xxx" is returned.
+** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The
+** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
- Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
- Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
+ int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
+ int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
){
- int iDb; /* Database holding the object */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int i;
- if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){
- if( db->init.busy ) {
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
- pParse->nErr++;
- return -1;
- }
- *pUnqual = pName2;
- iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
- if( iDb<0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
- pParse->nErr++;
- return -1;
+ /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
+ assert( iStart>=0 );
+ assert( nExtra>=1 );
+ assert( pSrc!=0 );
+ assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
+
+ /* Allocate additional space if needed */
+ if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
+ SrcList *pNew;
+ int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
+ int nGot;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
+ sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ assert( db->mallocFailed );
+ return pSrc;
}
- }else{
- assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
- iDb = db->init.iDb;
- *pUnqual = pName1;
+ pSrc = pNew;
+ nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
+ pSrc->nAlloc = nGot;
}
- return iDb;
-}
-/*
-** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
-** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
-** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
-** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
-** is reserved for internal use.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
- if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0
- && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
- && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
+ ** out of the way */
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
+ pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ pSrc->nSrc += nExtra;
+
+ /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
+ memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
+ for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
+ pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
+ }
+
+ /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
+ return pSrc;
}
+
/*
-** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is
-** the first of several action routines that get called in response
-** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called
-** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
-** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
-** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case
-** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
-** CREATE and TABLE.
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if
+** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
**
-** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
-** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
-** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
-** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
-** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned
+** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
+** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
+** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called
+** like this:
+**
+** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined
+** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where:
+**
+** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
+**
+** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted
+** before being added to the SrcList.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */
- Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
- int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */
- int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */
- int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
- int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+ SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
+ Token *pTable, /* Table to append */
+ Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */
){
- Table *pTable;
- char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Vdbe *v;
- int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */
- Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
-
- /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
- ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
- **
- ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
- ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
- **
- ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
- **
- ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
- ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
- ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
- ** created in.
- */
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
- if( iDb<0 ) return;
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
- /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless
- ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
- return;
- }
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
-
- pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
- if( zName==0 ) return;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
- {
- int code;
- char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- if( isView ){
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
- }
- }else{
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
- }
- }
- if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
- ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if
- ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
- ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
- ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
- ** collisions.
- */
- if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
- if( pTable ){
- if( !noErr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
- }else{
- assert( !db->init.busy );
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- }
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
+ if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+ pList->nAlloc = 1;
}
-
- pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
- if( pTable==0 ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pParse->nErr++;
- goto begin_table_error;
+ pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
+ return 0;
}
- pTable->zName = zName;
- pTable->iPKey = -1;
- pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
- pTable->nRef = 1;
- pTable->nRowEst = 1000000;
- assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
- pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
-
- /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
- ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
- ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
+ pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
+ if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+ pDatabase = 0;
}
-#endif
-
- /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
- ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead
- ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any
- ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause
- ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the
- ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
- ** now.
- */
- if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
- int j1;
- int fileFormat;
- int reg1, reg2, reg3;
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( isVirtual ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set,
- ** set them now.
- */
- reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
- reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
- reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3);
- fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
- 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ if( pDatabase ){
+ Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+ pDatabase = pTable;
+ pTable = pTemp;
+ }
+ pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
+ pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
+ return pList;
+}
- /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
- ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced
- ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
- **
- ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
- ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
- ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
- ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
- */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
- if( isView || isVirtual ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
+/*
+** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+ int i;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pList ){
+ for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+ if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
+ pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+ if( pItem->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
+ }
}
- sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
}
-
- /* Normal (non-error) return. */
- return;
-
- /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
-begin_table_error:
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
- return;
}
/*
-** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
-** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
-** produces larger code.
-**
-** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
-** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
*/
-#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \
-&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
+ int i;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ if( pList==0 ) return;
+ for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
/*
-** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
+** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of
+** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL
+** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase
+** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
+** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
+** usual case. If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the
+** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
+** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and
+** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing
+** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
**
-** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called
-** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each
-** column.
+** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
+** term added.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
- Table *p;
- int i;
- char *z;
- Column *pCol;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
+ Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
+ Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */
+ Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
+ Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
+ Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */
+ IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */
+){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
- if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
- return;
+ if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s",
+ (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
+ );
+ goto append_from_error;
}
-#endif
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
- if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- return;
- }
+ p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
+ if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
+ goto append_from_error;
}
- if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
- Column *aNew;
- aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
- if( aNew==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- return;
- }
- p->aCol = aNew;
+ pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+ assert( pAlias!=0 );
+ if( pAlias->n ){
+ pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
}
- pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
- memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
- pCol->zName = z;
-
- /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
- ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
- ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
- */
- pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- p->nCol++;
+ pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
+ pItem->pOn = pOn;
+ pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
+ return p;
+
+ append_from_error:
+ assert( p==0 );
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has
-** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on
-** the column currently under construction.
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added
+** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
- Table *p;
- p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
- p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
+ assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
+ if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+ assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 );
+ if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
+ /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y
+ ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
+ pItem->notIndexed = 1;
+ }else{
+ pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
+ }
+ }
}
/*
-** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
-** associated affinity type.
+** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
+** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator
+** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine
+** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
+** clause.
**
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the
-** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
-** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT',
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
+** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
**
-** Substring | Affinity
-** --------------------------------
-** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
-** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
-** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** A natural cross join B
**
-** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
+** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored
+** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the
+** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn){
- u32 h = 0;
- char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
+ if( p ){
+ int i;
+ assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 );
+ for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
+ p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
+ }
+ p->a[0].jointype = 0;
+ }
+}
- if( zIn ) while( zIn[0] ){
- h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
- zIn++;
- if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */
- && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */
- && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
- }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */
- && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
- }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */
- && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-#endif
- }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- break;
+/*
+** Begin a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ int i;
+
+ assert( pParse!=0 );
+ db = pParse->db;
+ assert( db!=0 );
+/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
+ return;
+ }
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( !v ) return;
+ if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
}
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+}
- return aff;
+/*
+** Commit a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+ Vdbe *v;
+
+ assert( pParse!=0 );
+ assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
+ return;
+ }
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+ }
}
/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first
-** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
-** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token
-** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string
-** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
-** in zType.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
- Table *p;
- Column *pCol;
+** Rollback a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+ Vdbe *v;
- p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
- pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
- assert( pCol->zType==0 );
- pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
- pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType);
+ assert( pParse!=0 );
+ assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
+ return;
+ }
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+ }
}
/*
-** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
-** of the table currently under construction.
-**
-** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this
-** is not the case.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
- Table *p;
- Column *pCol;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p!=0 ){
- pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
- if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
- pCol->zName);
- }else{
- /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
- ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
- ** is required by pragma table_info.
- */
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
- pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
- pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
- (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
+ char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+ if( zName ){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
+ assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
+#endif
+ if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
+ return;
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
}
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
}
/*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names
-** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the
-** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
-**
-** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has
-** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
-** error.
-**
-** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
-** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey
-** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
-** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-**
-** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
-** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return
+** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */
- int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
- int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
- int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
-){
- Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
- char *zType = 0;
- int iCol = -1, i;
- if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
- if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
- goto primary_key_exit;
- }
- pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
- if( pList==0 ){
- iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
- pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
- }else{
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
- pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+ int rc;
+ Btree *pBt;
+ static const int flags =
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+ "file for storing temporary tables");
+ pParse->rc = rc;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
+ assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+ if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return 1;
}
- if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
}
- if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){
- zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified
+** for database iDb. The code to actually verify the schema cookie
+** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
+** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
+
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+ assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){
+ DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb);
+ pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+ sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
+ }
}
- if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
- && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
- pTab->iPKey = iCol;
- pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
- assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
- pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
- }else if( autoInc ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
- "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
-#endif
- }else{
- Index *p;
- p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0);
- if( p ){
- p->autoIndex = 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each
+** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+ if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
}
- pList = 0;
}
+}
-primary_key_exit:
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
- return;
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb);
+ pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
+** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
+** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
+** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
+** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
+** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to
+** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
+** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
+**
+** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
+** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency
+** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes
+** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
+** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency
+** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in
+** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
+** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
+** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
}
/*
-** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
+** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
+** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */
+ int errCode, /* extended error code */
+ int onError, /* Constraint type */
+ char *p4, /* Error message */
+ i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */
+ u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */
){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCheckExpr);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
-** to the CollSeq given.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
- Table *p;
- int i;
- char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
- sqlite3 *db;
-
- if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
- i = p->nCol-1;
- db = pParse->db;
- zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
- if( !zColl ) return;
-
- if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
- Index *pIdx;
- p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
-
- /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
- ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
- ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
- */
- for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
- pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
- }
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+ if( onError==OE_Abort ){
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
+ if( p5Errmsg ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg);
}
/*
-** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
-** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
-**
-** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
-** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
-** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
-** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
-** returned instead.
-**
-** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
-** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
-** pParse.
-**
-** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine
-** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
-** and generates an error message.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- u8 enc = ENC(db);
- u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
- CollSeq *pColl;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ int onError, /* Constraint type */
+ Index *pIdx /* The index that triggers the constraint */
+){
+ char *zErr;
+ int j;
+ StrAccum errMsg;
+ Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
- if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
- pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, enc, pColl, zName);
- if( !pColl ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
- }
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200);
+ errMsg.db = pParse->db;
+ for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+ char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+ if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ".", 1);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, zCol);
}
-
- return pColl;
+ zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse,
+ IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY
+ : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE,
+ onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique);
}
/*
-** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
-**
-** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
-** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value
-** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the
-** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
-** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
-** since it was last read.
-**
-** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for
-** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
-** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent
-** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
-** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough.
+** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */
+ Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */
+){
+ char *zMsg;
+ int rc;
+ if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+ pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
+ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY;
+ }else{
+ zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName);
+ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID;
+ }
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC,
+ P5_ConstraintUnique);
}
/*
-** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
-** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used
-** but does not include the null terminator.
-**
-** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is
-** really needed.
+** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return
+** true if it does and false if it does not.
*/
-static int identLength(const char *z){
- int n;
- for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
- if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
+ int i;
+ assert( zColl!=0 );
+ for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
+ const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
+ assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 );
+ if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- return n + 2;
+ return 0;
}
+#endif
/*
-** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second
-** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
-** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
-** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
-** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
-** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
-**
-** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
-** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
-** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
-** it is quoted using double-quotes.
+** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
+** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
*/
-static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
- unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
- int i, j, needQuote;
- i = *pIdx;
-
- for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
- if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
- }
- needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
- if( !needQuote ){
- needQuote = zIdent[j];
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
+ Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */
- if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
- for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
- z[i++] = zIdent[j];
- if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+ for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+ if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+ }
}
- if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
- z[i] = 0;
- *pIdx = i;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
-** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
-** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
+** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute
+** all indices everywhere.
*/
-static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
- int i, k, n;
- char *zStmt;
- char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
- Column *pCol;
- n = 0;
- for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
- n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
- }
- n += identLength(p->zName);
- if( n<50 ){
- zSep = "";
- zSep2 = ",";
- zEnd = ")";
- }else{
- zSep = "\n ";
- zSep2 = ",\n ";
- zEnd = "\n)";
- }
- n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
- zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
- if( zStmt==0 ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return 0;
- }
- sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
- k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
- identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
- zStmt[k++] = '(';
- for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
- static const char * const azType[] = {
- /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT",
- /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE */ "",
- /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
- /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
- /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL"
- };
- int len;
- const char *zType;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
+ Db *pDb; /* A single database */
+ int iDb; /* The database index number */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */
+ Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
- sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
- k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
- zSep = zSep2;
- identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
- assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
- assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) );
- testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
- testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
- testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
- testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
- testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
-
- zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT];
- len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
- assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
- || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType) );
- memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
- k += len;
- assert( k<=n );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */
+ for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
+ assert( pDb!=0 );
+ for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+ pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+ reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
+ }
}
- sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
- return zStmt;
}
+#endif
/*
-** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
-** a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** The table structure that other action routines have been building
-** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
-** occurred.
+** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
**
-** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
-** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1
-** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
-** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
-** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
-** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again.
+** REINDEX -- 1
+** REINDEX <collation> -- 2
+** REINDEX ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3
+** REINDEX ?<database>.?<indexname> -- 4
**
-** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a
-** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of
-** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
+** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
+** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
+** indices associated with the named table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
- Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */
- Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
-){
- Table *p;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
+ char *z; /* Name of a table or index */
+ const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */
+ Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
+ Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */
+ int iDb; /* The database index number */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
- if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){
+ /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+ ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
return;
}
- p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p==0 ) return;
-
- assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
-
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
- */
- if( p->pCheck ){
- SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
- NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
- sSrc.nSrc = 1;
- sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName;
- sSrc.a[0].pTab = p;
- sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
- sNC.isCheck = 1;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
+ if( pName1==0 ){
+ reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
+ return;
+ }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
+ char *zColl;
+ assert( pName1->z );
+ zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
+ if( !zColl ) return;
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+ if( pColl ){
+ reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
return;
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
- /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
- ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
- ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number
- ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number
- ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
- */
- if( db->init.busy ){
- p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
+ if( iDb<0 ) return;
+ z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
+ if( z==0 ) return;
+ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
+ if( pTab ){
+ reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ return;
}
-
- /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
- ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
- **
- ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
- ** file instead of into the main database file.
- */
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- int n;
- Vdbe *v;
- char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */
- char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
- char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
-
- /*
- ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
- */
- if( p->pSelect==0 ){
- /* A regular table */
- zType = "table";
- zType2 = "TABLE";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- }else{
- /* A view */
- zType = "view";
- zType2 = "VIEW";
-#endif
- }
-
- /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
- ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
- ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
- **
- ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
- ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
- ** by the new table.
- **
- ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
- ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
- ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
- ** be redundant.
- */
- if( pSelect ){
- SelectDest dest;
- Table *pSelTab;
-
- assert(pParse->nTab==1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
- pParse->nTab = 2;
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
- if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
- if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
- assert( p->aCol==0 );
- p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
- p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
- pSelTab->nCol = 0;
- pSelTab->aCol = 0;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
- }
- }
-
- /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
- if( pSelect ){
- zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
- }else{
- n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1;
- zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
- );
- }
-
- /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
- ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
- ** the information we've collected.
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s "
- "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
- "WHERE rowid=#%d",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
- zType,
- p->zName,
- p->zName,
- pParse->regRoot,
- zStmt,
- pParse->regRowid
- );
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
- ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
- */
- if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
- pDb->zName
- );
- }
- }
+ pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ if( pIndex ){
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
+}
#endif
- /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
- sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'", p->zName));
+/*
+** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index.
+**
+** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object.
+** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer. The
+** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object.
+**
+** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
+** when it has finished using it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+ if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db!=pParse->db ){
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
+ pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
}
-
-
- /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
- */
- if( db->init.busy ){
- Table *pOld;
- Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
- sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
- if( pOld ){
- assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return;
+#endif
+ if( pIdx->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+ int i;
+ int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+ int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+ KeyInfo *pKey;
+ if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){
+ pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey);
+ }else{
+ pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0);
}
- pParse->pNewTable = 0;
- db->nTable++;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- if( !p->pSelect ){
- const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
- int nName;
- assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
- if( pCons->z==0 ){
- pCons = pEnd;
+ if( pKey ){
+ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) );
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
+ assert( zColl!=0 );
+ pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 :
+ sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+ pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+ }
+ if( pParse->nErr ){
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);
+ }else{
+ pIdx->pKeyInfo = pKey;
}
- nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
- p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
}
-#endif
}
+ return sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a
+** WITH clause.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
- Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */
- Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */
- Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
- int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
- int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ With *pWith, /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */
+ Token *pName, /* Name of the common-table */
+ ExprList *pArglist, /* Optional column name list for the table */
+ Select *pQuery /* Query used to initialize the table */
){
- Table *p;
- int n;
- const char *z;
- Token sEnd;
- DbFixer sFix;
- Token *pName;
- int iDb;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ With *pNew;
+ char *zName;
- if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- return;
- }
- sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
- p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- return;
- }
- sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
- if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
- && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
- ){
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- return;
+ /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If
+ ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */
+ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+ if( zName && pWith ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName);
+ }
+ }
}
- /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
- ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
- ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
- ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
- */
- p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- return;
- }
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
+ if( pWith ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte);
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte);
+ }else{
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith));
}
+ assert( zName!=0 || pNew==0 );
+ assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pNew==0 );
- /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to
- ** the end.
- */
- sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
- if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
- sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ pNew = pWith;
+ }else{
+ pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery;
+ pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist;
+ pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName;
+ pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zErr = 0;
+ pNew->nCte++;
}
- sEnd.n = 0;
- n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
- z = pBegin->z;
- while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
- sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
- sEnd.n = 1;
- /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0);
- return;
+ return pNew;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
/*
-** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of
-** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number
-** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
- Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
- Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
- int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
- int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */
- int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-
- assert( pTable );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){
+ if( pWith ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
+ struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i];
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith);
}
- if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
-#endif
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
- ** already known.
- */
- if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
+** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
+*/
- /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
- ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with
- ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
- **
- ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
- ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
- **
- ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
- ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
- ** in the following:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
- ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
- ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
- */
- if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
- return 1;
- }
- assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
- /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
- ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
- ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
- ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes
- ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
- ** statement that defines the view.
- */
- assert( pTable->pSelect );
- pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
- if( pSel ){
- u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
- n = pParse->nTab;
- sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
- pTable->nCol = -1;
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- xAuth = db->xAuth;
- db->xAuth = 0;
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
- db->xAuth = xAuth;
-#else
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
-#endif
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
- pParse->nTab = n;
- if( pSelTab ){
- assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
- pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
- pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
- pSelTab->nCol = 0;
- pSelTab->aCol = 0;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
- pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
- }else{
- pTable->nCol = 0;
- nErr++;
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
+ assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+ if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+ char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+ if( !zExternal ) return;
+ db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+ char const *zExternal;
+ sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+ if( zExternal ){
+ db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
}
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
- } else {
- nErr++;
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
- return nErr;
+#endif
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
/*
-** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
*/
-static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
- HashElem *i;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
- if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
- if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
- pTab->aCol = 0;
- pTab->nCol = 0;
+static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
+ CollSeq *pColl2;
+ char *z = pColl->zName;
+ int i;
+ static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+ for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+ pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
+ if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+ memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+ pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-#else
-# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
/*
-** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
-** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
-** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
-** to iTo.
+** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
+** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
+** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
+**
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
+** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
**
-** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information
-** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
-** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
-** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match
-** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
-** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
-** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
-** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
-** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
+** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
+** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
+** sequence can be found. If no collation is found, leave an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
- HashElem *pElem;
- Hash *pHash;
- Db *pDb;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
+ CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
+ const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */
+){
+ CollSeq *p;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
- if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
- pTab->tnum = iTo;
- }
+ p = pColl;
+ if( !p ){
+ p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
}
- pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
- if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
- pIdx->tnum = iTo;
- }
+ if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
+ /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+ ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+ */
+ callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
+ p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
}
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
-** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
-** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
-** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
-static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
- ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
- ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
- ** reflect this.
- **
- ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
- ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
- ** token for additional information.
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
- pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
-#endif
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
+ p = 0;
+ }
+ assert( !p || p->xCmp );
+ if( p==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+ }
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
-** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
-** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
-** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
*/
-static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- Index *pIdx;
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
- }
-#else
- /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
- ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
- ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
- ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
- ** following were coded:
- **
- ** OP_Destroy 4 0
- ** ...
- ** OP_Destroy 5 0
- **
- ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
- ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
- ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
- ** a free-list page.
- */
- int iTab = pTab->tnum;
- int iDestroyed = 0;
-
- while( 1 ){
- Index *pIdx;
- int iLargest = 0;
-
- if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
- iLargest = iTab;
- }
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
- assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
- iLargest = iIdx;
- }
- }
- if( iLargest==0 ){
- return;
- }else{
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
- iDestroyed = iLargest;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+ if( pColl ){
+ const char *zName = pColl->zName;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ assert( p==pColl );
}
-#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+
/*
-** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
-** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
- Table *pTab;
- Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
-
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
- assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
- if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView,
- pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
+static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */
+ int create /* Create a new entry if true */
+){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
- if( pTab==0 ){
- if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ if( 0==pColl && create ){
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1);
+ if( pColl ){
+ CollSeq *pDel = 0;
+ pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+ pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+ pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+ pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+ pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+ memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+ pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+ pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);
- /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
- ** it is initialized.
- */
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int code;
- const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- const char *zArg2 = 0;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- if( isView ){
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
- code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
- zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
-#endif
- }else{
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
- code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+ /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
+ ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
+ ** to the hash table).
+ */
+ assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
+ if( pDel!=0 ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+ pColl = 0;
}
}
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
}
-#endif
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_drop_table;
+ return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
+** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
+** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
+** cannot be found.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ u8 enc,
+ const char *zName,
+ int create
+){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ if( zName ){
+ pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
+ }else{
+ pColl = db->pDfltColl;
}
+ assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+ assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+ return pColl;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
- ** on a table.
- */
- if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_drop_table;
+/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
+** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
+** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
+** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
+** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
+**
+** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg
+** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that
+** takes a variable number of arguments.
+**
+** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function
+** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
+** match score for any
+**
+** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Not a match.
+** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments.
+** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args.
+** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments
+** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 6: Perfect match: encoding and argument count match exactly.
+**
+** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is
+** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is
+** a non-match.
+*/
+#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6 /* The score for a perfect match */
+static int matchQuality(
+ FuncDef *p, /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */
+ int nArg, /* Desired number of arguments. (-1)==any */
+ u8 enc /* Desired text encoding */
+){
+ int match;
+
+ /* nArg of -2 is a special case */
+ if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH;
+
+ /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */
+ if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0;
+
+ /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments
+ ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */
+ if( p->nArg==nArg ){
+ match = 4;
+ }else{
+ match = 1;
}
- if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_drop_table;
+
+ /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */
+ if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){
+ match += 2; /* Exact encoding match */
+ }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){
+ match += 1; /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */
}
-#endif
- /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
- ** on disk.
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- Trigger *pTrigger;
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+ return match;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+/*
+** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return
+** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
+*/
+static FuncDef *functionSearch(
+ FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */
+ int h, /* Hash of the name */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */
+ int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
+){
+ FuncDef *p;
+ for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
+ return p;
}
-#endif
- sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
- /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
- ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
- ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
- */
- pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
- while( pTrigger ){
- assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ||
- pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
- sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
- pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
- }
+/*
+** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
+ FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */
+ FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */
+){
+ FuncDef *pOther;
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
+ u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
+ int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
+ pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
+ if( pOther ){
+ assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef );
+ pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+ pOther->pNext = pDef;
+ }else{
+ pDef->pNext = 0;
+ pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
+ pHash->a[h] = pDef;
+ }
+}
+
+
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
- ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
- ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
- ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
- */
- if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
- pDb->zName, pTab->zName
- );
- }
-#endif
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.
+**
+** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned. A
+** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero. The nArg==(-2)
+** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number
+** of arguments. If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */
+ int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */
+ int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */
+ u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */
+ u8 createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+ FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */
+ FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+ int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */
+ int h; /* Hash value */
- /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
- ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
- ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
- ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
- ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
- ** database.
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
- pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
+ assert( nArg>=(-2) );
+ assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 );
+ h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
- /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName
- );
+ /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
+ */
+ p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
+ while( p ){
+ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+ if( score>bestScore ){
+ pBest = p;
+ bestScore = score;
}
+ p = p->pNext;
+ }
- if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
+ /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
+ **
+ ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
+ ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give
+ ** priority to built-in functions.
+ **
+ ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
+ ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
+ ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
+ ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
+ ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
+ */
+ if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ bestScore = 0;
+ p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
+ while( p ){
+ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+ if( score>bestScore ){
+ pBest = p;
+ bestScore = score;
+ }
+ p = p->pNext;
}
+ }
- /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
- ** the schema cookie.
- */
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+ /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
+ ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+ ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+ */
+ if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH &&
+ (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
+ pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
+ pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+ pBest->funcFlags = enc;
+ memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+ pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
}
- sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
-exit_drop_table:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+ if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+ return pBest;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
-** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns
-** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then
-** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of
-** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other
-** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all
-** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
-** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
-**
-** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
-** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
+** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
+** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
+** of the schema hash tables).
**
-** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call
-** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
- Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */
- ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */
- int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- FKey *pFKey = 0;
- FKey *pNextTo;
- Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
- int nByte;
- int i;
- int nCol;
- char *z;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
+ Hash temp1;
+ Hash temp2;
+ HashElem *pElem;
+ Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
- assert( pTo!=0 );
- if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
- if( pFromCol==0 ){
- int iCol = p->nCol-1;
- if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
- if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
- " should reference only one column of table %T",
- p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
- goto fk_end;
- }
- nCol = 1;
- }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
- "columns in the referenced table");
- goto fk_end;
- }else{
- nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+ temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
+ temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
+ sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
+ sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
+ for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
}
- nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
- if( pToCol ){
- for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
- nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
- }
+ sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
+ for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
}
- pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
- if( pFKey==0 ){
- goto fk_end;
+ sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+ sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
+ pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
+ if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
+ pSchema->iGeneration++;
+ pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
}
- pFKey->pFrom = p;
- pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
- z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
- pFKey->zTo = z;
- memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
- z[pTo->n] = 0;
- sqlite3Dequote(z);
- z += pTo->n+1;
- pFKey->nCol = nCol;
- if( pFromCol==0 ){
- pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create
+** a new one if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
+ Schema * p;
+ if( pBt ){
+ p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
}else{
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
- pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
- break;
- }
- }
- if( j>=p->nCol ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition",
- pFromCol->a[i].zName);
- goto fk_end;
- }
- }
+ p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
}
- if( pToCol ){
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
- pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
- memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
- z[n] = 0;
- z += n+1;
- }
+ if( !p ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
+ p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
}
- pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
- pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */
- pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */
+ return p;
+}
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
- pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash,
- pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
- );
- if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- goto fk_end;
+/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+*/
+
+/*
+** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
+** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
+** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
+** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and
+** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table
+** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
+**
+** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object
+** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+ Table *pTab;
+ assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
+ pItem->pTab = pTab;
+ if( pTab ){
+ pTab->nRef++;
}
- if( pNextTo ){
- assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
- pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
- pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
+ if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
+ pTab = 0;
}
+ return pTab;
+}
- /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+ /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
+ **
+ ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
+ ** has been provided, or
+ ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
+ ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not
+ ** been specified.
+ **
+ ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
*/
- p->pFKey = pFKey;
- pFKey = 0;
+ if( ( IsVirtual(pTab)
+ && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
+ || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
+ && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+ && pParse->nested==0 )
+ ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+ return 1;
+ }
-fk_end:
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+ return 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
/*
-** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
-** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred
-** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
-** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
-** accordingly.
+** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The
+** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
+** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- Table *pTab;
- FKey *pFKey;
- if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
- assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
- pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Table *pView, /* View definition */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
+ int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */
+){
+ SelectDest dest;
+ Select *pSel;
+ SrcList *pFrom;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
+ pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
+ pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pFrom ){
+ assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
+ pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
+ pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
+ assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
+ }
+ pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
/*
-** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is
-** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
-** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
+** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
+** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
**
-** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
-** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the
-** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then
-** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
-** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
+** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
+** \__________________________/
+** pLimitWhere (pInClause)
*/
-static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
- Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */
- int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
- int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
- int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */
- int tnum; /* Root page of index */
- Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
- KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */
- int regIdxKey; /* Registers containing the index key */
- int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */
+ Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */
+ Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */
+ char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */
+){
+ Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */
+ Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
+ Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */
+ ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
+ SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
+ Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
- db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
- return;
+ /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
+ */
+ if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
+ goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+ }
+
+ /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
+ ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
+ */
+ if( pLimit == 0 ) {
+ /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
+ assert( pOffset == 0 );
+ return pWhere;
}
-#endif
- /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+ /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
+ ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example:
+ ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+ ** becomes:
+ ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
+ ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+ ** );
+ */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) return;
- if( memRootPage>=0 ){
- tnum = memRootPage;
- }else{
- tnum = pIndex->tnum;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
- }
- pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb,
- (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- if( memRootPage>=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
- }
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
- regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);
- if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
- const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
- const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
- void * const pRegKey = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey);
-
- /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated
- ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey()
- ** call above. Just before that function was freed they were released
- ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using
- ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique
- ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since
- ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated
- ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32);
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(
- pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
+ pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
+ if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+
+ /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
+ ** and the SELECT subtree. */
+ pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
+ if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
+ goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
+
+ /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
+ pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
+ if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
+
+ /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
+ pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+ pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
+ if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+
+ pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
+ pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
+ return pInClause;
+
+ /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
+limit_where_cleanup_1:
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
+ return 0;
+
+limit_where_cleanup_2:
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
+ return 0;
}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */
+ /* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
/*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will
-** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
-** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
-** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
-** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this
-** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.
+** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
**
-** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index
-** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index
-** as the tables primary key (Index.autoIndex==2).
+** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
+** \________/ \________________/
+** pTabList pWhere
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */
- Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
- Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
- SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
- ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */
- int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
- Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
- Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
- int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
- int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */
+ Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
){
- Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */
- Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */
- Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */
- char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */
- int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */
- int i, j;
- Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
- DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */
- int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
- int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */
- Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
- struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
- int nCol;
- int nExtra = 0;
- char *zExtra;
+ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
+ Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+ const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
+ int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */
+ int iDataCur; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */
+ int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number of the first index */
+ int nIdx; /* Number of indices */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */
+ AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */
+ NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
+ int iDb; /* Database number */
+ int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */
+ int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */
+ int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
+ int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
+ u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */
+ Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */
+ int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */
+ i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */
+ int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
+ i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
+ int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
+ int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
+ int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
+ int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */
+ int addrDelete = 0; /* Jump directly to the delete logic */
+ int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */
+#endif
- assert( pStart==0 || pEnd!=0 ); /* pEnd must be non-NULL if pStart is */
- assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */
- if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
+ memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
+ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
- /*
- ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found.
+ /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be
+ ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+ ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+ ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
*/
- if( pTblName!=0 ){
-
- /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database
- ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
- ** before looking up the table.
- */
- assert( pName1 && pName2 );
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
- if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+ if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
- /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
- ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
- ** if initialising a database schema.
- */
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
- if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
- iDb = 1;
- }
- }
+ /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+ ** deleted from is a view
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+ isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
#endif
- if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
- sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
- ){
- /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
- ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
- assert(0);
- }
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName,
- pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index;
- assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- }else{
- assert( pName==0 );
- pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+ goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
- && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
- goto exit_create_index;
+ if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
+ goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
- goto exit_create_index;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
+ assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
+ if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+ goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
-#endif
+ assert(!isView || pTrigger);
- /*
- ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another
- ** index or table with the same name.
- **
- ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
- ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
- ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
- ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
- **
- ** If pName==0 it means that we are
- ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our
- ** own name.
+ /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices.
*/
- if( pName ){
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
- if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- }
- if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
- if( !ifNotExist ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
- }else{
- assert( !db->init.busy );
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- }
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- }else{
- int n;
- Index *pLoop;
- for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
- if( zName==0 ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
+ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+ iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+ for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
+ pParse->nTab++;
}
- /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+ /* Start the view context
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
+ if( isView ){
+ sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
}
-#endif
- /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
- ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
- ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+ /* Begin generating code.
*/
- if( pList==0 ){
- nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
- nullId.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
- if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &nullId, 0);
- pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ){
+ goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
+ if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
- /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
- ** specified collation sequence names.
+ /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
+ ** an ephemeral table.
*/
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
- if( pExpr ){
- CollSeq *pColl = pExpr->pColl;
- /* Either pColl!=0 or there was an OOM failure. But if an OOM
- ** failure we have quit before reaching this point. */
- if( ALWAYS(pColl) ){
- nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName));
- }
- }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ if( isView ){
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
+ iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
}
+#endif
- /*
- ** Allocate the index structure.
+ /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
*/
- nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- nCol = pList->nExpr;
- pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
- sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */
- sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */
- sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */
- sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */
- sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */
- nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */
- nExtra /* Collation sequence names */
- );
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto exit_create_index;
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+ goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
- pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]);
- pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]);
- pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]);
- pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]);
- pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]);
- zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]);
- memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
- pIndex->pTable = pTab;
- pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
- pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
- pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0);
- pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
+ /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+ ** we are counting rows.
*/
- if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
- sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */
- }else{
- sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+ memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
}
- /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
- ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error
- ** if any column is not found.
- **
- ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
- ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of
- ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the
- ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would
- ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
- */
- for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
- const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
- Column *pTabCol;
- int requestedSortOrder;
- char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */
-
- for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+ /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+ ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
+ ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by
+ ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */
+ if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab)
+ && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0)
+ ){
+ assert( !isView );
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
+ pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
}
- if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
- pTab->zName, zColName);
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- goto exit_create_index;
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
}
- pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
- /* Justification of the ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl): Because of
- ** the way the "idxlist" non-terminal is constructed by the parser,
- ** if pListItem->pExpr is not null then either pListItem->pExpr->pColl
- ** must exist or else there must have been an OOM error. But if there
- ** was an OOM error, we would never reach this point. */
- if( pListItem->pExpr && ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl) ){
- int nColl;
- zColl = pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName;
- nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
- assert( nExtra>=nColl );
- memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
- zColl = zExtra;
- zExtra += nColl;
- nExtra -= nColl;
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
+ {
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
+ pPk = 0;
+ nPk = 1;
+ iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
}else{
- zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
- if( !zColl ){
- zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
- }
+ /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to
+ ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
+ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ assert( pPk!=0 );
+ nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+ iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += nPk;
+ iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
+ addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
}
- if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
- requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
- pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
- }
- sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
-
- if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
- /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
- ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
- ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
- ** i.e. one of:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
- ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
- **
- ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
- ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
- ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
- ** explicit indices.
- **
- ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
- ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
- ** sort orders.
- **
- ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
- ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
- ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
+
+ /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row
+ ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause.
*/
- Index *pIdx;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int k;
- assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
- assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
- assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
-
- if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
- for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
- const char *z1;
- const char *z2;
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
- z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
- z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
- if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
- }
- if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
- if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
- /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
- ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
- ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this
- ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
- ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
- ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
- */
- if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
- }
- if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
- pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
- }
- }
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
- ** in-memory database structures.
- */
- if( db->init.busy ){
- Index *p;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
- p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
- pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
- pIndex);
- if( p ){
- assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- goto exit_create_index;
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0,
+ WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK,
+ iTabCur+1);
+ if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+ okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+
+ /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
}
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
- if( pTblName!=0 ){
- pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+
+ /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */
+ if( pPk ){
+ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur,
+ pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i);
+ }
+ iKey = iPk;
+ }else{
+ iKey = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0);
+ if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey;
}
- }
-
- /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This
- ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
- ** index with the current table contents.
- **
- ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX
- ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and
- ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In
- ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
- ** we don't want to recreate it.
- **
- ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
- ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table
- ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
- ** step can be skipped.
- */
- else{ /* if( db->init.busy==0 ) */
- Vdbe *v;
- char *zStmt;
- int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-
-
- /* Create the rootpage for the index
- */
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
-
- /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
- ** the zStmt variable
- */
- if( pStart ){
- assert( pEnd!=0 );
- /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
- zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
- onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
- pEnd->z - pName->z + 1,
- pName->z);
+
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only
+ ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the
+ ** delete code.
+ */
+ nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
+ aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nIdx+2);
+ if( aToOpen==0 ){
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ goto delete_from_cleanup;
+ }
+ memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+ aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
+ if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0;
+ if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0;
+ if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen);
+ addrDelete = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Jump to DELETE logic */
+ }else if( pPk ){
+ /* Construct a composite key for the row to be deleted and remember it */
+ iKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+ nKey = 0; /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey,
+ sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey);
}else{
- /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
- /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
- zStmt = 0;
+ /* Get the rowid of the row to be deleted and remember it in the RowSet */
+ nKey = 1; /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey);
}
-
- /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
- pIndex->zName,
- pTab->zName,
- iMem,
- zStmt
- );
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-
- /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
- ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
+
+ /* End of the WHERE loop */
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ /* Bypass the delete logic below if the WHERE loop found zero rows */
+ addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBypass);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrDelete);
+ }
+
+ /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are
+ ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
+ ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF
+ ** triggers.
*/
- if( pTblName ){
- sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
+ if( !isView ){
+ testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
+ &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+ assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur );
+ assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
}
- }
-
- /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
- ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
- ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check
- ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
- ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.
- */
- if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
- if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
- || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
- pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
- pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+
+ /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
+ ** where-clause loop above.
+ */
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ /* Just one row. Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
+ assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
+ assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
+ assert( pPk!=0 || pTab->pSelect!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ }else if( pPk ){
+ addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey);
+ assert( nKey==0 ); /* OP_Found will use a composite key */
}else{
- Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
- while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
- pOther = pOther->pNext;
+ addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ assert( nKey==1 );
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the row */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+ sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */
+ sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+ iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, okOnePass);
+ }
+
+ /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
+ }else if( pPk ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrLoop);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
+ }
+
+ /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */
+ if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
+ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i);
}
- pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
- pOther->pNext = pIndex;
}
- pRet = pIndex;
- pIndex = 0;
+ } /* End non-truncate path */
+
+ /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+ ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+ ** autoincrement tables.
+ */
+ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
}
- /* Clean up before exiting */
-exit_create_index:
- if( pIndex ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex->zColAff);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex);
+ /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
+ ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+ ** invoke the callback function.
+ */
+ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
- return pRet;
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+ sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
+ return;
}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
/*
-** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
-** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and
+** all indices are removed.
**
-** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
-** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
-** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
-** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
-** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns
-** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that
-*
-** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
-** aiRowEst[N]>=1
+** Preconditions:
**
-** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
-** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here
-** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
+** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data
+** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself,
+** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case
+** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.)
+**
+** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a
+** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means
+** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the
+** single memory location iPk.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
- unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
- int i;
- unsigned n;
- assert( a!=0 );
- a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowEst;
- if( a[0]<10 ) a[0] = 10;
- n = 10;
- for(i=1; i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){
- a[i] = n;
- if( n>5 ) n--;
- }
- if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
- a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
- }
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
+ int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */
+ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
+ int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */
+ i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */
+ u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
+ u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
+ u8 bNoSeek /* iDataCur is already pointing to the row to delete */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */
+ int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */
+ int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
+ u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */
-/*
-** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine
-** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
- Index *pIndex;
- Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
+ /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
+ assert( v );
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
+ iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
- assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( pIndex==0 ){
- if( !ifExists ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
- }else{
- sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
- }
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
- "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
- goto exit_drop_index;
+ /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists
+ ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
+ ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */
+ iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
+ if( !bNoSeek ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
}
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
- Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
+
+ /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
+ ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */
+ if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
+ u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
+ int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
+ int addrStart; /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */
+
+ /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
+ ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */
+ mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+ pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
+ );
+ mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
+ iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
+
+ /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be
+ ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld);
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+ testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 );
+ testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 );
+ if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
+ }
}
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
+
+ /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
+ addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
+ TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+ );
+
+ /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the
+ ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
+ ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was
+ ** pointing to.
+ */
+ if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
}
+
+ /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
+ ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables)
+ ** are not violated by deleting this row. */
+ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
}
-#endif
- /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
- pIndex->zName
- );
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName
- );
+ /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
+ ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
+ ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). */
+ if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+ sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+ if( count ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
}
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
}
-exit_drop_index:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+ /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+ ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+ ** to the row just deleted. */
+ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0);
+
+ /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
+ TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+ );
+
+ /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
+ ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a
+ ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
}
/*
-** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the
-** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new
-** object on the end of the array.
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab
**
-** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is
-** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the
-** suggested initial array size allocation.
+** Preconditions:
**
-** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx.
+** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage
+** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself
+** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID
+** tables.)
**
-** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This
-** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different
-** pointer if the array was resized.
+** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex
+** index is the 0-th index.)
+**
+** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row
+** that is to be deleted.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
- void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */
- int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */
- int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */
- int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */
- int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */
- int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+ int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */
+ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
+ int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
){
- char *z;
- if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){
- void *pNew;
- int newSize;
- newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize;
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry);
- if( pNew==0 ){
- *pIdx = -1;
- return pArray;
- }
- *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry;
- pArray = pNew;
+ int i; /* Index loop counter */
+ int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */
+ int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Current index */
+ Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */
+ Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */
+ Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */
+
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx );
+ if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+ if( pIdx==pPk ) continue;
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName));
+ r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1,
+ &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1,
+ pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn);
+ sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
+ pPrior = pIdx;
}
- z = (char*)pArray;
- memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
- *pIdx = *pnEntry;
- ++*pnEntry;
- return pArray;
}
/*
-** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if
-** need be.
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register
+** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
+** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index.
**
-** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
+** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The
+** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
+** this routine returns.
+**
+** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump
+** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped.
+** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
+** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates
+** to false or null. If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel
+** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by
+** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
+**
+** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to
+** avoid unnecessary register loads. If pPrior is not NULL, then it is
+** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been
+** computed into register regPrior. If the current pIdx index is generating
+** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
+** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
+** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
+** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK
+** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
+** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
- int i;
- if( pList==0 ){
- pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- pList->nAlloc = 0;
- }
- pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
- db,
- pList->a,
- sizeof(pList->a[0]),
- 5,
- &pList->nId,
- &pList->nAlloc,
- &i
- );
- if( i<0 ){
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
- return 0;
- }
- pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
- return pList;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */
+ int iDataCur, /* Cursor number from which to take column data */
+ int regOut, /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */
+ int prefixOnly, /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */
+ int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */
+ Index *pPrior, /* Previously generated index key */
+ int regPrior /* Register holding previous generated key */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int j;
+ Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+ int regBase;
+ int nCol;
-/*
-** Delete an IdList.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
- int i;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
+ if( piPartIdxLabel ){
+ if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+ *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ pParse->iPartIdxTab = iDataCur;
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel,
+ SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }else{
+ *piPartIdxLabel = 0;
+ }
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+ nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn;
+ regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+ if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0;
+ for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+ if( pPrior && pPrior->aiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ) continue;
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j],
+ regBase+j);
+ /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it
+ ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact
+ ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode.
+ ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where
+ ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again. So omit the OP_RealAffinity
+ ** opcode if it is present */
+ sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity);
+ }
+ if( regOut ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut);
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+ return regBase;
}
/*
-** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1
-** if not found.
+** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label
+** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to
+** resolve that label.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
- int i;
- if( pList==0 ) return -1;
- for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){
+ if( iLabel ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
}
- return -1;
}
+/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
/*
-** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
-** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based.
-** New slots are zeroed.
-**
-** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
-** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
+** 2002 February 23
**
-** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil.
-** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
-** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots,
-** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would
-** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The
-** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL
+** functions of SQLite. (Some function, and in particular the date and
+** time functions, are implemented separately.)
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
- int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
- int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
-){
- int i;
-
- /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
- assert( iStart>=0 );
- assert( nExtra>=1 );
- assert( pSrc!=0 );
- assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
-
- /* Allocate additional space if needed */
- if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
- SrcList *pNew;
- int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
- int nGot;
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
- sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- assert( db->mallocFailed );
- return pSrc;
- }
- pSrc = pNew;
- nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
- pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot;
- }
-
- /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
- ** out of the way */
- for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
- pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
- }
- pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra;
-
- /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
- memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
- for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
- pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
- }
-
- /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
- return pSrc;
-}
-
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
/*
-** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if
-** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
-**
-** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned
-** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
-** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
-** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
-**
-** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
-** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase
-** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
-** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.
-** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
-** or with NULL if no database is specified.
-**
-** In other words, if call like this:
-**
-** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
-**
-** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called
-** like this:
-**
-** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
-**
-** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined
-** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where:
-**
-** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
-**
-** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted
-** before being added to the SrcList.
+** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
- SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
- Token *pTable, /* Table to append */
- Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */
-){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */
- if( pList==0 ){
- pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- pList->nAlloc = 1;
- }
- pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
- return 0;
- }
- pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
- if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
- pDatabase = 0;
- }
- if( pDatabase ){
- Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
- pDatabase = pTable;
- pTable = pTemp;
- }
- pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
- pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
- return pList;
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+ VdbeOp *pOp = &context->pVdbe->aOp[context->iOp-1];
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+ return pOp->p4.pColl;
}
/*
-** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
+** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
+** iteration of the aggregate loop.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
- int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- if( pList ){
- for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
- pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
- if( pItem->pSelect ){
- sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
- }
- }
- }
+static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
+ context->skipFlag = 1;
}
/*
-** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
+static void minmaxFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
+ int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+ int iBest;
+ CollSeq *pColl;
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
-** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of
-** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL
-** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase
-** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
-** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
-** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
-** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
-** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and
-** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing
-** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
-**
-** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
-** term added.
+ assert( argc>1 );
+ mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+ pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+ assert( pColl );
+ assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+ iBest = 0;
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+ for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+ if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+ testcase( mask==0 );
+ iBest = i;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
- Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
- Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */
- Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
- Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
- Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */
- IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */
+static void typeofFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s",
- (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
- );
- goto append_from_error;
- }
- p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
- if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
- goto append_from_error;
- }
- pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
- assert( pAlias!=0 );
- if( pAlias->n ){
- pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
+ const char *z = 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+ case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break;
+ case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break;
+ case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break;
+ default: z = "null"; break;
}
- pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
- pItem->pOn = pOn;
- pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
- return p;
-
- append_from_error:
- assert( p==0 );
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
- return 0;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
+
/*
-** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added
-** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
+** Implementation of the length() function
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
- assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
- if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
- assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 );
- if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
- /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y
- ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
- pItem->notIndexed = 1;
- }else{
- pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
+static void lengthFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ int len;
+
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+ case SQLITE_BLOB:
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+ case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+ const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( z==0 ) return;
+ len = 0;
+ while( *z ){
+ len++;
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ sqlite3_result_null(context);
+ break;
}
}
}
/*
-** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
-** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator
-** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine
-** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
-** clause.
-**
-** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
-**
-** A natural cross join B
+** Implementation of the abs() function.
**
-** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored
-** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the
-** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B.
+** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
+** the numeric argument X.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
- if( p && p->a ){
- int i;
- for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
- p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+ i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+ if( iVal<0 ){
+ if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+ /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808
+ ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
+ ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
+ return;
+ }
+ iVal = -iVal;
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_NULL: {
+ /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
+ sqlite3_result_null(context);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
+ ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
+ ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that
+ ** cannot be converted to a numeric value.
+ */
+ double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+ if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+ break;
}
- p->a[0].jointype = 0;
}
}
/*
-** Begin a transaction
+** Implementation of the instr() function.
+**
+** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle
+** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1,
+** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack.
+**
+** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than
+** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle,
+** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
- int i;
+static void instrFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ const unsigned char *zHaystack;
+ const unsigned char *zNeedle;
+ int nHaystack;
+ int nNeedle;
+ int typeHaystack, typeNeedle;
+ int N = 1;
+ int isText;
- assert( pParse!=0 );
- db = pParse->db;
- assert( db!=0 );
-/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
- return;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+ typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]);
+ if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+ nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+ zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+ isText = 0;
+ }else{
+ zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ isText = 1;
}
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( !v ) return;
- if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
- }
+ while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){
+ N++;
+ do{
+ nHaystack--;
+ zHaystack++;
+ }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 );
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+ if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0;
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, N);
}
/*
-** Commit a transaction
+** Implementation of the printf() function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
+static void printfFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ PrintfArguments x;
+ StrAccum str;
+ const char *zFormat;
+ int n;
- assert( pParse!=0 );
- db = pParse->db;
- assert( db!=0 );
-/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
- return;
- }
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+ if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+ x.nArg = argc-1;
+ x.nUsed = 0;
+ x.apArg = argv+1;
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+ str.db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&str, SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC, zFormat, &x);
+ n = str.nChar;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n,
+ SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
}
/*
-** Rollback a transaction
+** Implementation of the substr() function.
+**
+** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
+** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
+** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
+** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
+**
+** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+**
+** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
+static void substrFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ const unsigned char *z;
+ const unsigned char *z2;
+ int len;
+ int p0type;
+ i64 p1, p2;
+ int negP2 = 0;
- assert( pParse!=0 );
- db = pParse->db;
- assert( db!=0 );
-/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
+ assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+ || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
+ ){
return;
}
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+ p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+ p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+ if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+ if( z==0 ) return;
+ assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( z==0 ) return;
+ len = 0;
+ if( p1<0 ){
+ for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( argc==3 ){
+ p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+ if( p2<0 ){
+ p2 = -p2;
+ negP2 = 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+ }
+ if( p1<0 ){
+ p1 += len;
+ if( p1<0 ){
+ p2 += p1;
+ if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+ p1 = 0;
+ }
+ }else if( p1>0 ){
+ p1--;
+ }else if( p2>0 ){
+ p2--;
+ }
+ if( negP2 ){
+ p1 -= p2;
+ if( p1<0 ){
+ p2 += p1;
+ p1 = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
+ if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ while( *z && p1 ){
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+ p1--;
+ }
+ for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+ SQLITE_UTF8);
+ }else{
+ if( p1+p2>len ){
+ p2 = len-p1;
+ if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
}
/*
-** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
-** release or rollback an SQL savepoint.
+** Implementation of the round() function
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
- char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
- if( zName ){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
- assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
-#endif
- if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ int n = 0;
+ double r;
+ char *zBuf;
+ assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+ if( argc==2 ){
+ if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+ n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+ if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+ if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+ r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+ /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
+ ** handle the rounding directly,
+ ** otherwise use printf.
+ */
+ if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+ r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
+ }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+ r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
+ }else{
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
+ if( zBuf==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
return;
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
}
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
}
+#endif
/*
-** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return
-** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
+** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
+** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
+** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
+** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
- int rc;
- Btree *pBt;
- static const int flags =
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
- "file for storing temporary tables");
- pParse->rc = rc;
- return 1;
- }
- db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
- assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return 1;
+static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
+ char *z;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ assert( nByte>0 );
+ testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+ testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+ if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+ z = 0;
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+ if( !z ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
}
}
- return 0;
+ return z;
}
/*
-** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
-** a read-transaction for all named database files.
-**
-** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
-** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
-** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other
-** code has been generated. So here is what we do:
-**
-** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
-** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we
-** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
-** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been
-** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
-** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
-** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the
-** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
-**
-** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
-** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto
-** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-
- if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel);
- if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
- pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ char *z1;
+ const char *z2;
+ int i, n;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+ assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+ if( z2 ){
+ z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+ if( z1 ){
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
+ }
}
- if( iDb>=0 ){
- sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
- yDbMask mask;
-
- assert( iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
- assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
- if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
- pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
- pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
- sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ char *z1;
+ const char *z2;
+ int i, n;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+ assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+ if( z2 ){
+ z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+ if( z1 ){
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]);
}
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
}
}
}
/*
-** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each
-** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
+** Some functions like COALESCE() and IFNULL() and UNLIKELY() are implemented
+** as VDBE code so that unused argument values do not have to be computed.
+** However, we still need some kind of function implementation for this
+** routines in the function table. The noopFunc macro provides this.
+** noopFunc will never be called so it doesn't matter what the implementation
+** is. We might as well use the "version()" function as a substitute.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
- }
+#define noopFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer.
+*/
+static void randomFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ sqlite_int64 r;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+ if( r<0 ){
+ /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000
+ ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
+ ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this
+ ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
+ ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the
+ ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can
+ ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
+ */
+ r = -(r & LARGEST_INT64);
}
+ sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
}
/*
-** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
-** might change the database.
-**
-** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
-** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
-** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should
-** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
-** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
-** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints
-** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
-** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+** Implementation of randomblob(N). Return a random blob
+** that is N bytes long.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
- pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
+static void randomBlob(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ int n;
+ unsigned char *p;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+ if( n<1 ){
+ n = 1;
+ }
+ p = contextMalloc(context, n);
+ if( p ){
+ sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
+ }
}
/*
-** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
-** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
-** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
-** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
-** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
+** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return
+** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
+static void last_insert_rowid(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
+ ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
+ ** function. */
+ sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
}
-/*
-** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
-** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to
-** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
-** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
+/*
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
**
-** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
-** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency
-** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes
-** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
-** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency
-** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in
-** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
-** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
-** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
+** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
+** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
+** rules for counting changes.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
+static void changes(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
}
/*
-** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
-** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
-** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
+** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is
+** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( onError==OE_Abort ){
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
+static void total_changes(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
+ ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
}
/*
-** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return
-** true if it does and false if it does not.
+** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
- int i;
- assert( zColl!=0 );
- for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
- const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
- assert( z!=0 );
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
+struct compareInfo {
+ u8 matchAll;
+ u8 matchOne;
+ u8 matchSet;
+ u8 noCase;
+};
+
+/*
+** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
+** character is exactly one byte in size. Also, all characters are
+** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
+** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
+# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A) (*((*A)++))
+# define GlobUpperToLower(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
+# define GlobUpperToLowerAscii(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
+#else
+# define GlobUpperToLower(A) if( A<=0x7f ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
+# define GlobUpperToLowerAscii(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
#endif
+static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
+/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
+** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 };
+/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
+** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 };
+
/*
-** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
-** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
+** potentially be a "glob" or "like" expression. Return true (1) if they
+** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+** '?' Matches exactly one character.
+**
+** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+** characters.
+**
+** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
+** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A
+** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example:
+** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make
+** it the last character in the list.
+**
+** Like matching rules:
+**
+** '%' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters
+**
+*** '_' Matches any one character
+**
+** Ec Where E is the "esc" character and c is any other
+** character, including '%', '_', and esc, match exactly c.
+**
+** The comments through this routine usually assume glob matching.
+**
+** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
- Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */
+static int patternCompare(
+ const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */
+ const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */
+ const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
+ u32 esc /* The escape character */
+){
+ u32 c, c2; /* Next pattern and input string chars */
+ u32 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; /* "?" or "_" */
+ u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */
+ u32 matchOther; /* "[" or the escape character */
+ u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */
+ const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */
+
+ /* The GLOB operator does not have an ESCAPE clause. And LIKE does not
+ ** have the matchSet operator. So we either have to look for one or
+ ** the other, never both. Hence the single variable matchOther is used
+ ** to store the one we have to look for.
+ */
+ matchOther = esc ? esc : pInfo->matchSet;
+
+ while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){
+ if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */
+ /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there
+ ** are also "?" characters, skip those as well, but consume a
+ ** single character of the input string for each "?" skipped */
+ while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll
+ || c == matchOne ){
+ if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( c==0 ){
+ return 1; /* "*" at the end of the pattern matches */
+ }else if( c==matchOther ){
+ if( esc ){
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+ if( c==0 ) return 0;
+ }else{
+ /* "[...]" immediately follows the "*". We have to do a slow
+ ** recursive search in this case, but it is an unusual case. */
+ assert( matchOther<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */
+ while( *zString
+ && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+ }
+ return *zString!=0;
+ }
+ }
- for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
- if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+ /* At this point variable c contains the first character of the
+ ** pattern string past the "*". Search in the input string for the
+ ** first matching character and recursively contine the match from
+ ** that point.
+ **
+ ** For a case-insensitive search, set variable cx to be the same as
+ ** c but in the other case and search the input string for either
+ ** c or cx.
+ */
+ if( c<=0x80 ){
+ u32 cx;
+ if( noCase ){
+ cx = sqlite3Toupper(c);
+ c = sqlite3Tolower(c);
+ }else{
+ cx = c;
+ }
+ while( (c2 = *(zString++))!=0 ){
+ if( c2!=c && c2!=cx ) continue;
+ if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString))!=0 ){
+ if( c2!=c ) continue;
+ if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( c==matchOther ){
+ if( esc ){
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+ if( c==0 ) return 0;
+ zEscaped = zPattern;
+ }else{
+ u32 prior_c = 0;
+ int seen = 0;
+ int invert = 0;
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
+ if( c==0 ) return 0;
+ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+ if( c2=='^' ){
+ invert = 1;
+ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+ }
+ if( c2==']' ){
+ if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+ }
+ while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
+ if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+ if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+ prior_c = 0;
+ }else{
+ if( c==c2 ){
+ seen = 1;
+ }
+ prior_c = c2;
+ }
+ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+ }
+ if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
+ if( c==c2 ) continue;
+ if( noCase && c<0x80 && c2<0x80 && sqlite3Tolower(c)==sqlite3Tolower(c2) ){
+ continue;
}
+ if( c==matchOne && zPattern!=zEscaped && c2!=0 ) continue;
+ return 0;
}
+ return *zString==0;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
-** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute
-** all indices everywhere.
+** The sqlite3_strglob() interface.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
- Db *pDb; /* A single database */
- int iDb; /* The database index number */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */
- Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */
- for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
- assert( pDb!=0 );
- for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
- pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
- reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
- }
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){
+ return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, 0)==0;
}
+
+/*
+** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
+** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing
+** only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
#endif
+
/*
-** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements:
**
-** REINDEX -- 1
-** REINDEX <collation> -- 2
-** REINDEX ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3
-** REINDEX ?<database>.?<indexname> -- 4
+** A LIKE B
**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
-** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
-** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
-** indices associated with the named table.
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
+** the GLOB operator.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
- char *z; /* Name of a table or index */
- const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */
- Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
- Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */
- int iDb; /* The database index number */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
+static void likeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
+ u32 escape = 0;
+ int nPat;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
- ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+ /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+ ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+ */
+ nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
+ testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
+ if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
return;
}
+ assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */
- if( pName1==0 ){
- reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
- return;
- }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
- char *zColl;
- assert( pName1->z );
- zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
- if( !zColl ) return;
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
- if( pColl ){
- reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+ if( argc==3 ){
+ /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+ ** Otherwise, return an error.
+ */
+ const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+ if( zEsc==0 ) return;
+ if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
return;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
- }
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
- if( iDb<0 ) return;
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
- if( pTab ){
- reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- return;
+ escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc);
}
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- if( pIndex ){
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
- return;
+ if( zA && zB ){
+ struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_like_count++;
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
}
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
}
-#endif
/*
-** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used
-** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx.
-**
-** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case
-** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned
-** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation
-** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect
-** the error.
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
- int i;
- int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
- int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes);
-
- if( pKey ){
- pKey->db = pParse->db;
- pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]);
- assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) );
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
- assert( zColl );
- pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
- pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
- }
- pKey->nField = (u16)nCol;
+static void nullifFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
}
+}
- if( pParse->nErr ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey);
- pKey = 0;
- }
- return pKey;
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+ ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
-/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2005 May 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
-** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
+** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
+** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
+** SQLite.
*/
+static void sourceidFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+ ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around
+** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for
+** its side-effects.
+*/
+static void errlogFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
+ sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
+}
/*
-** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
-** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
+** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
+** was used to build SQLite.
*/
-static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
- assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
- if( db->xCollNeeded ){
- char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
- if( !zExternal ) return;
- db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
- char const *zExternal;
- sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
- if( zExternal ){
- db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
- }
- sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptionusedFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ const char *zOptName;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
+ ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
+ ** function.
+ */
+ if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
}
-#endif
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
/*
-** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
-** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
-** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
-** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
-** possible.
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function.
+** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options
+** used to build SQLite.
*/
-static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
- CollSeq *pColl2;
- char *z = pColl->zName;
- int i;
- static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
- for(i=0; i<3; i++){
- pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
- if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
- memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
- pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptiongetFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ int n;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
+ ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
+ */
+ n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
+** digits. */
+static const char hexdigits[] = {
+ '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+ '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
+};
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single
+** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+ case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+ double r1, r2;
+ char zBuf[50];
+ r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1);
+ sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ if( r1!=r2 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1);
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+ char *zText = 0;
+ char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+ int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
+ zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4);
+ if( zText ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
+ zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
+ zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+ }
+ zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+ zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+ zText[0] = 'X';
+ zText[1] = '\'';
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3_free(zText);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+ int i,j;
+ u64 n;
+ const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ char *z;
+
+ if( zArg==0 ) return;
+ for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+ z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
+ if( z ){
+ z[0] = '\'';
+ for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+ z[j++] = zArg[i];
+ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+ z[j++] = '\'';
+ }
+ }
+ z[j++] = '\'';
+ z[j] = 0;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
}
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/*
-** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
-** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
-** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
-**
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
-** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
-**
-** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
-** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
-** sequence can be found.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
+** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value
+** for the first character of the input string.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
- sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */
- u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
- CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
- const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */
+static void unicodeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- CollSeq *p;
-
- p = pColl;
- if( !p ){
- p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
- }
- if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
- /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
- ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
- */
- callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
- p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
- }
- if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
- p = 0;
- }
- assert( !p || p->xCmp );
- return p;
+ const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ (void)argc;
+ if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z));
}
/*
-** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
-** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
-** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
-** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
-**
-** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
-** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
-** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is
+** an integer. It constructs a string where each character of the string
+** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
- if( pColl ){
- const char *zName = pColl->zName;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
- if( !p ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
- pParse->nErr++;
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- assert( p==pColl );
+static void charFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ unsigned char *z, *zOut;
+ int i;
+ zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc( argc*4+1 );
+ if( z==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ return;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+ sqlite3_int64 x;
+ unsigned c;
+ x = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[i]);
+ if( x<0 || x>0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd;
+ c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff);
+ if( c<0x00080 ){
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);
+ }else if( c<0x00800 ){
+ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+ }else if( c<0x10000 ){
+ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+ }else{
+ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+ } \
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, zOut-z, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8);
}
-
-
/*
-** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
-** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
-** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
-** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
-** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
-**
-** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
-** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
-** each collation sequence structure.
+** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return
+** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
*/
-static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */
- int create /* Create a new entry if true */
+static void hexFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
-
- if( 0==pColl && create ){
- pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
- if( pColl ){
- CollSeq *pDel = 0;
- pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
- pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
- pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
- pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
- pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
- memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
- pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
- pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
-
- /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
- ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
- ** to the hash table).
- */
- assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
- if( pDel!=0 ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
- pColl = 0;
- }
+ int i, n;
+ const unsigned char *pBlob;
+ char *zHex, *z;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+ n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
+ z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
+ if( zHex ){
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
+ unsigned char c = *pBlob;
+ *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
+ *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
}
+ *z = 0;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
}
- return pColl;
}
/*
-** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
-** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
-** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
-**
-** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
-** new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
-** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
-** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
-** cannot be found.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
- sqlite3 *db,
- u8 enc,
- const char *zName,
- int create
+static void zeroblobFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- if( zName ){
- pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
+ i64 n;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+ testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+ testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+ if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
}else{
- pColl = db->pDfltColl;
- }
- assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
- assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
- return pColl;
-}
-
-/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
-** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
-** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
-** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
-** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
-**
-** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
-**
-** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation.
-** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
-** encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
-** requested, or vice versa.
-** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
-** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
-** 6: An exact match.
-**
-*/
-static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){
- int match = 0;
- if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg
- || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0))
- ){
- match = 1;
- if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
- match = 4;
- }
- if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
- match += 2;
- }
- else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
- (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
- match += 1;
- }
+ sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
}
- return match;
}
/*
-** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return
-** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
+** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call
+** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
+** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C. The match
+** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used.
*/
-static FuncDef *functionSearch(
- FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */
- int h, /* Hash of the name */
- const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */
- int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
+static void replaceFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- FuncDef *p;
- for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
- return p;
+ const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */
+ const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */
+ const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */
+ unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */
+ int nStr; /* Size of zStr */
+ int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */
+ int nRep; /* Size of zRep */
+ i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */
+ int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+
+ assert( argc==3 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( zStr==0 ) return;
+ nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
+ zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ if( zPattern==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+ || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
+ return;
+ }
+ if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
+ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+ return;
+ }
+ nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */
+ zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+ if( zRep==0 ) return;
+ nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+ assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
+ nOut = nStr + 1;
+ assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+ zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
+ if( zOut==0 ){
+ return;
+ }
+ loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;
+ for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
+ if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
+ zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
+ }else{
+ u8 *zOld;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ nOut += nRep - nPattern;
+ testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+ testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+ if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
+ return;
+ }
+ zOld = zOut;
+ zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
+ if( zOut==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ sqlite3_free(zOld);
+ return;
+ }
+ memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
+ j += nRep;
+ i += nPattern-1;
}
}
- return 0;
+ assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
+ memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
+ j += nStr - i;
+ assert( j<=nOut );
+ zOut[j] = 0;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
}
/*
-** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
+** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
+** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
- FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */
- FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */
+static void trimFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- FuncDef *pOther;
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
- u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
- int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
- pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
- if( pOther ){
- assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef );
- pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
- pOther->pNext = pDef;
+ const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */
+ const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */
+ int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */
+ int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
+ unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
+ int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
+
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ return;
+ }
+ zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( zIn==0 ) return;
+ nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+ if( argc==1 ){
+ static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
+ static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
+ nChar = 1;
+ aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
+ azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
+ zCharSet = 0;
+ }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
+ return;
}else{
- pDef->pNext = 0;
- pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
- pHash->a[h] = pDef;
+ const unsigned char *z;
+ for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+ }
+ if( nChar>0 ){
+ azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
+ if( azChar==0 ){
+ return;
+ }
+ aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
+ for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+ azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+ aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( nChar>0 ){
+ flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
+ if( flags & 1 ){
+ while( nIn>0 ){
+ int len = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+ len = aLen[i];
+ if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( i>=nChar ) break;
+ zIn += len;
+ nIn -= len;
+ }
+ }
+ if( flags & 2 ){
+ while( nIn>0 ){
+ int len = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+ len = aLen[i];
+ if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( i>=nChar ) break;
+ nIn -= len;
+ }
+ }
+ if( zCharSet ){
+ sqlite3_free(azChar);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
-
-
+
+/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
+** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
+** when SQLite is built.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
/*
-** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
-** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a
-** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
-** NULL if the function does not exist.
-**
-** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
-** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
-** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true
-** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
-** any number of arguments will be returned.
-**
-** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
-** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc
-** or xStep is non-zero.
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
**
-** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
-** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
-** match that requested.
+** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
+** soundex encoding of the string X.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
- sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */
- int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */
- int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */
- u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */
- int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+static void soundexFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */
- FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
- int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */
- int h; /* Hash value */
-
-
- assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
-
- /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
- */
- p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
- while( p ){
- int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
- if( score>bestScore ){
- pBest = p;
- bestScore = score;
- }
- p = p->pNext;
- }
-
- /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
- **
- ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
- ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give
- ** priority to built-in functions.
- **
- ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
- ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
- ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
- ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
- ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
- */
- if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
- FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
- bestScore = 0;
- p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
- while( p ){
- int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
- if( score>bestScore ){
- pBest = p;
- bestScore = score;
+ char zResult[8];
+ const u8 *zIn;
+ int i, j;
+ static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+ 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+ 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ };
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
+ for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+ if( zIn[i] ){
+ u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+ zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
+ for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+ int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+ if( code>0 ){
+ if( code!=prevcode ){
+ prevcode = code;
+ zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+ }
+ }else{
+ prevcode = 0;
}
- p = p->pNext;
}
+ while( j<4 ){
+ zResult[j++] = '0';
+ }
+ zResult[j] = 0;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }else{
+ /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
+ ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
-
- /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
- ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
- ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
- */
- if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) &&
- (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
- pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
- pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
- pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
- memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
- pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
- sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
- }
-
- if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
- return pBest;
- }
- return 0;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
-** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
-** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
-** of the schema hash tables).
-**
-** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
+** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
- Hash temp1;
- Hash temp2;
- HashElem *pElem;
- Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
-
- temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
- temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
- sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
- sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
- sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
- sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
- pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
- if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
- pSchema->iGeneration++;
- pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
- }
-}
+static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ const char *zProc;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ char *zErrMsg = 0;
-/*
-** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create
-** a new one if necessary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
- Schema * p;
- if( pBt ){
- p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
+ if( argc==2 ){
+ zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
}else{
- p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
+ zProc = 0;
}
- if( !p ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
- p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
}
- return p;
}
+#endif
+
-/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+ double rSum; /* Floating point sum */
+ i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */
+ i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */
+ u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */
+ u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
+};
/*
-** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
-** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
-** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
-** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and
-** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table
-** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
-**
-** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object
-** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
+** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
**
+** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
+** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns
+** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
+** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
+** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
+** it overflows an integer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
- Table *pTab;
- assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
- pItem->pTab = pTab;
- if( pTab ){
- pTab->nRef++;
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ SumCtx *p;
+ int type;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+ type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
+ if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+ p->cnt++;
+ if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+ p->rSum += v;
+ if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
+ p->overflow = 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+ p->approx = 1;
+ }
}
- if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
- pTab = 0;
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+ SumCtx *p;
+ p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+ if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+ if( p->overflow ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
+ }else if( p->approx ){
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
+ }
}
- return pTab;
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+ SumCtx *p;
+ p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+ if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
+ }
+}
+static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+ SumCtx *p;
+ p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
}
/*
-** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not
-** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is
-** writable return 0;
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
- /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
- **
- ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
- ** has been provided, or
- ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
- ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not
- ** been specified.
- **
- ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
- */
- if( ( IsVirtual(pTab)
- && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
- || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
- && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
- && pParse->nested==0 )
- ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
- return 1;
- }
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+ i64 n;
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
- return 1;
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+ CountCtx *p;
+ p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+ if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+ p->n++;
}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make
+ ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our
+ ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
+ ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
+ assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
+ || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
#endif
- return 0;
+}
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+ CountCtx *p;
+ p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+ sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
/*
-** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The
-** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
-** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Table *pView, /* View definition */
- Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
- int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
+static void minmaxStep(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- SelectDest dest;
- Select *pDup;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0];
+ Mem *pBest;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0);
- if( pWhere ){
- SrcList *pFrom;
-
- pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
- pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
- if( pFrom ){
- assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
- pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
- pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup;
- assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
- assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
+ pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+ if( !pBest ) return;
+
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
+ }else if( pBest->flags ){
+ int max;
+ int cmp;
+ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+ /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+ ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+ ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+ ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+ ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+ ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+ ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+ */
+ max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
+ cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+ if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
+ sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
}
- pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ }else{
+ pBest->db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+ }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+ sqlite3_value *pRes;
+ pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+ if( pRes ){
+ if( pRes->flags ){
+ sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
}
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
/*
-** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
-** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
-**
-** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
-** \__________________________/
-** pLimitWhere (pInClause)
+** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
- Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */
- Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */
- Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */
- char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For error messages. */
+static void groupConcatStep(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */
- Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
- Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */
- ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
- SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
- Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */
-
- /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
- */
- if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
- pParse->parseError = 1;
- goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
- }
+ const char *zVal;
+ StrAccum *pAccum;
+ const char *zSep;
+ int nVal, nSep;
+ assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+ pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
- /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
- ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
- */
- if( pLimit == 0 ) {
- /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
- assert( pOffset == 0 );
- return pWhere;
+ if( pAccum ){
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0;
+ pAccum->useMalloc = 2;
+ pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+ if( !firstTerm ){
+ if( argc==2 ){
+ zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ }else{
+ zSep = ",";
+ nSep = 1;
+ }
+ if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
+ }
+ zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
}
-
- /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
- ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example:
- ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
- ** becomes:
- ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
- ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
- ** );
- */
-
- pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
- if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
- pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
- if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-
- /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
- ** and the SELECT subtree. */
- pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
- if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
- goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+}
+static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+ StrAccum *pAccum;
+ pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+ if( pAccum ){
+ if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+ }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1,
+ sqlite3_free);
+ }
}
-
- /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
- pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
- pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
- if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
-
- /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
- pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
- if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
- pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
- if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
-
- pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
- pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
- return pInClause;
-
- /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
-limit_where_cleanup_1:
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
- return 0;
-
-limit_where_cleanup_2:
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
- return 0;
}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
/*
-** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
-**
-** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
-** \________/ \________________/
-** pTabList pWhere
+** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most
+** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
+** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */
- Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
-){
- Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
- Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */
- const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */
- int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
- Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
- int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */
- AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */
- NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
- int iDb; /* Database number */
- int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */
- int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */
-#endif
-
- memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
- db = pParse->db;
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
- /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be
- ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
- ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
- ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
- */
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
- if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
- /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
- ** deleted from is a view
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
- isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
- /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
- */
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
-
- if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb<db->nDb );
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
- assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
- if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
- assert(!isView || pTrigger);
-
- /* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices.
- */
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
- iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- pParse->nTab++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+ int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
+}
- /* Start the view context
- */
- if( isView ){
- sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+/*
+** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
+*/
+static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
+ FuncDef *pDef;
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
+ 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+ if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
+ pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal;
}
+}
- /* Begin generating code.
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
+/*
+** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive
+** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
+** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
+ struct compareInfo *pInfo;
+ if( caseSensitive ){
+ pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
+ }else{
+ pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
}
- if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8,
+ (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+ setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
+ setLikeOptFlag(db, "like",
+ caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
+}
- /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
- ** a ephemeral table.
- */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
+/*
+** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If
+** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
+** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
+** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
+** return FALSE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
+ FuncDef *pDef;
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION
+ || !pExpr->x.pList
+ || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
+ ){
+ return 0;
}
-#endif
-
- /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
- */
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken,
+ sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+ 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+ if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
- ** we are counting rows.
+ /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
+ ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The
+ ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
*/
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
- }
+ memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
+ assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
+ assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
+ assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
+ *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
+ return 1;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
- /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
- ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
- ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by
- ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */
- if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab)
- && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0)
- ){
- assert( !isView );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
- pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
- }
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
- /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
- ** the table and pick which records to delete.
+/*
+** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
+** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as
+** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
+**
+** After this routine runs
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
+ /*
+ ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
+ ** defined in this file.
+ **
+ ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
+ ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array
+ ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
*/
- {
- int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
- int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */
- int regRowid; /* Actual register containing rowids */
-
- /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0,WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK);
- if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
- regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid);
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
- }
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-
- /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
- ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete
- ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. */
- end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
- /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are
- ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
- ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF
- ** triggers. */
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
- }
-
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid);
-
- /* Delete the row */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
- sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- }else
+ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
+ FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ),
+ AGGREGATE2(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize,
+ SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
+ FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ),
+ AGGREGATE2(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize,
+ SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
+ FUNCTION2(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
+ FUNCTION2(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
+ FUNCTION(instr, 2, 0, 0, instrFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(printf, -1, 0, 0, printfFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(unicode, 1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(char, -1, 0, 0, charFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ),
#endif
- {
- int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */
- sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default);
- }
-
- /* End of the delete loop */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
-
- /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */
- if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
- }
- }
+ FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ),
+ FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+ FUNCTION2(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+ FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ),
+ FUNCTION2(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+ FUNCTION2(unlikely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+ FUNCTION2(likelihood, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+ FUNCTION2(likely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+ VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ),
+ VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ),
+ FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ),
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_crypt, 2, 0, 0, sqlite3CryptFunc ),
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ),
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+ FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ),
+ VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
+ VFUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ),
+ VFUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ),
+ FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ),
+ #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+ FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ),
+ #endif
+ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ),
+ FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ),
+ #endif
+ AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE2(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize,
+ SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT ),
+ AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+ AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+
+ LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+ #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+ #else
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+ #endif
+ };
- /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
- ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
- ** autoincrement tables.
- */
- if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
- sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
- }
+ int i;
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
- /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
- ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
- ** invoke the callback function.
- */
- if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
}
-
-delete_from_cleanup:
- sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
- return;
-}
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
+ sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+ sqlite3AlterFunctions();
#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+ sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions();
#endif
+}
+/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/
/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
-** single table to be deleted.
**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key
+** support to compiled SQL statements.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/*
+** Deferred and Immediate FKs
+** --------------------------
+**
+** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
+** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated,
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current
+** statement transaction rolled back. If a
+** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken
+** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the
+** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
+**
+** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
+** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a
+** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed
+** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
+** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
+** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
+** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
+** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
**
-** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur.
+** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint,
+** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
+** or which row it is not satisfied for.
+**
+** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the
+** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
+**
+** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
+** than the alternatives.
+**
+** INSERT operations:
+**
+** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search
+** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
+** constraint counter.
+**
+** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table,
+** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
+** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
+** found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
+**
+** DELETE operations:
+**
+** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table,
+** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the
+** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found,
+** decrement the counter.
+**
+** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search
+** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row
+** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
+**
+** UPDATE operations:
+**
+** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
+** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually
+** modified (values must be compared at runtime).
+**
+** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
+** This simplifies the implementation a bit.
+**
+** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
+** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
+** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
+** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new
+** row is inserted.
+**
+** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference
+** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
+** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
+** constraint counter is greater than zero,
+** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
+** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT
+** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case,
+** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the
+** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
+** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
+**
+** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a
+** table be handled?
+**
+**
+** Query API Notes
+** ---------------
+**
+** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator
+** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
+** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
+** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
+** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be
+** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
+** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
+** generation code to query for this information are:
+**
+** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required.
+** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns.
**
-** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-** cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
**
-** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in
-** memory cell iRowid.
+** Externally accessible module functions
+** --------------------------------------
**
-** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all
-** index entries that point to that record.
+** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations.
+** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions.
+** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
- int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */
- int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */
- int count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
- Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
- int onconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
-){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */
- int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */
- int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
- /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
- assert( v );
+/*
+** VDBE Calling Convention
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Example:
+**
+** For the following INSERT statement:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c);
+** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1);
+**
+** Register (x): 2 (type integer)
+** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer)
+** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL)
+** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real)
+*/
- /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists
- ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
- ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */
- iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid);
-
- /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
- ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */
- if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
- u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
- int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
+/*
+** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
+** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
+** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey,
+** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns.
+**
+** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY
+** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx
+** is set to point to the unique index.
+**
+** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
+** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
+** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
+** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the
+** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK
+** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column
+** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the
+** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of
+** *ppIdx, and so on.
+**
+** If the required index cannot be found, either because:
+**
+** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or
+**
+** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a
+** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or
+**
+** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
+** PRIMARY KEY, or
+**
+** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table
+** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in
+** the child table.
+**
+** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
+** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
+** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */
+ Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
+ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */
+ Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
+ int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
+){
+ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
+ int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */
+ int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */
+ char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */
- /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
- ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */
- mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
- pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
- );
- mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
- iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
- pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
+ /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
+ assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
+ assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
+ assert( pParse );
- /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be
- ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld);
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
- if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<<iCol) ){
- sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
- }
+ /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it
+ ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx
+ ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
+ ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
+ ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
+ */
+ if( nCol==1 ){
+ /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
+ **
+ ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly
+ ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
+ ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
+ ** PRIMARY KEY.
+ */
+ if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
+ if( !zKey ) return 0;
+ if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
}
+ }else if( paiCol ){
+ assert( nCol>1 );
+ aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
+ if( !aiCol ) return 1;
+ *paiCol = aiCol;
+ }
- /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
- TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
- );
+ for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
+ /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
+ ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
+ ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */
+
+ if( zKey==0 ){
+ /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to
+ ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be
+ ** identified by the test. */
+ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+ if( aiCol ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
+ ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
+ ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
+ ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
+ int i, j;
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */
+ char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */
+ char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */
- /* Seek the cursor to the row to be deleted again. It may be that
- ** the BEFORE triggers coded above have already removed the row
- ** being deleted. Do not attempt to delete the row a second time, and
- ** do not fire AFTER triggers. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid);
+ /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
+ ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
+ ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */
+ zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
+ if( !zDfltColl ){
+ zDfltColl = "BINARY";
+ }
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
- /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
- ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables)
- ** are not violated by deleting this row. */
- sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0);
+ zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
+ for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
+ if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( j==nCol ) break;
+ }
+ if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */
+ }
+ }
}
- /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
- ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
- ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). */
- if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
- sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
- if( count ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ if( !pIdx ){
+ if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"",
+ pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
+ return 1;
}
- /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
- ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
- ** to the row just deleted. */
- sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld);
-
- /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
- TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
- );
-
- /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
- ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a
- ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
+ *ppIdx = pIdx;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
-** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
+** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the
+** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed
+** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
+** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
+** new row.
+**
+** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
+** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into
+** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no
+** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
+** found in the parent table:
**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
+** Operation | FK type | Action taken
+** --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
**
-** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
**
-** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
**
-** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
-** deleted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
- int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */
- int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
-){
- int i;
- Index *pIdx;
- int r1;
-
- for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
- r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register
-** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
-** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
-** the entry that needs indexing.
+** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
**
-** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
-** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The
-** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
-** this routine returns.
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
+** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */
- int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
- int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */
- int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */
+static void fkLookupParent(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */
+ Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
+ Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
+ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */
+ int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
+ int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */
+ int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */
+ int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int j;
- Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
- int regBase;
- int nCol;
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */
+ int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */
+ int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */
- nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
- regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol);
- for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
- int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
- if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1);
- }
+ /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
+ ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
+ ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
+ **
+ ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If
+ ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to
+ ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */
+ if( nIncr<0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+ int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- if( doMakeRec ){
- const char *zAff;
- if( pTab->pSelect || (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt)!=0 ){
- zAff = 0;
+
+ if( isIgnore==0 ){
+ if( pIdx==0 ){
+ /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
+ ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */
+ int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
+ int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+ /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e.
+ ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
+ ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
+ ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
+ ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
+ iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+ ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+ ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+ ** increment the constraint-counter. */
+ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
}else{
- zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+ int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
+ int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+ int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
+ }
+
+ /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+ ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+ ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+ ** increment the constraint-counter.
+ **
+ ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
+ ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
+ ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
+ ** none of the child key values are).
+ */
+ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+ int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
+ int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
+ assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
+ if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+ /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
+ iParent = regData;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec,
+ sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), nCol);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
}
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
- return regBase;
-}
-
-/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2002 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
-** functions of SQLite.
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return the collating function associated with a function.
-*/
-static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
- return context->pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
-*/
-static void minmaxFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int i;
- int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
- int iBest;
- CollSeq *pColl;
- assert( argc>1 );
- mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
- pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
- assert( pColl );
- assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
- iBest = 0;
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
- testcase( mask==0 );
- iBest = i;
+ if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
+ && !pParse->pToplevel
+ && !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ ){
+ /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
+ ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
+ ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
+ ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */
+ assert( nIncr==1 );
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
+ OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
+ }else{
+ if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+ sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
}
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
-}
-/*
-** Return the type of the argument.
-*/
-static void typeofFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const char *z = 0;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
- case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break;
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break;
- case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break;
- default: z = "null"; break;
- }
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
}
/*
-** Implementation of the length() function
+** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding
+** to column iCol of table pTab.
+**
+** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data
+** for pTab. regBase itself holds the rowid. regBase+1 holds the first
+** column. regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth.
*/
-static void lengthFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static Expr *exprTableRegister(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */
+ int regBase, /* Contents of table pTab */
+ i16 iCol /* Which column of pTab is desired */
){
- int len;
+ Expr *pExpr;
+ Column *pCol;
+ const char *zColl;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_BLOB:
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
- sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_TEXT: {
- const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- len = 0;
- while( *z ){
- len++;
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
- }
- sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- sqlite3_result_null(context);
- break;
+ pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+ if( pExpr ){
+ if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){
+ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+ pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1;
+ pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity;
+ zColl = pCol->zColl;
+ if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl);
+ }else{
+ pExpr->iTable = regBase;
+ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
}
}
+ return pExpr;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the abs() function.
-**
-** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
-** the numeric argument X.
+** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which
+** has cursor iCur.
*/
-static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
- i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
- if( iVal<0 ){
- if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
- /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then
- ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
- ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
- return;
- }
- iVal = -iVal;
- }
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_NULL: {
- /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
- sqlite3_result_null(context);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
- ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
- ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that
- ** cannot be converted to a numeric value.
- */
- double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
- if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
- sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
- break;
- }
+static Expr *exprTableColumn(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */
+ int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */
+ i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */
+){
+ Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
+ if( pExpr ){
+ pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+ pExpr->iTable = iCursor;
+ pExpr->iColumn = iCol;
}
+ return pExpr;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the substr() function.
+** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
+** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is
+** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
+** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
+** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
**
-** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
-** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
-** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
-** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
+** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
+** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
+** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
**
-** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+** Operation | FK type | Action taken
+** --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
+**
+** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
+**
+** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
**
-** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1.
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
+** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
*/
-static void substrFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static void fkScanChildren(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* The child table to be scanned */
+ Table *pTab, /* The parent table */
+ Index *pIdx, /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */
+ FKey *pFKey, /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */
+ int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
+ int regData, /* Parent row data starts here */
+ int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
){
- const unsigned char *z;
- const unsigned char *z2;
- int len;
- int p0type;
- i64 p1, p2;
- int negP2 = 0;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */
+ NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
+ int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
- || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
- ){
- return;
- }
- p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
- p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
- if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
- }else{
- z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- len = 0;
- if( p1<0 ){
- for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
- }
- }
- }
- if( argc==3 ){
- p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
- if( p2<0 ){
- p2 = -p2;
- negP2 = 1;
- }
- }else{
- p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
- }
- if( p1<0 ){
- p1 += len;
- if( p1<0 ){
- p2 += p1;
- if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
- p1 = 0;
- }
- }else if( p1>0 ){
- p1--;
- }else if( p2>0 ){
- p2--;
- }
- if( negP2 ){
- p1 -= p2;
- if( p1<0 ){
- p2 += p1;
- p1 = 0;
- }
- }
- assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
- if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
- while( *z && p1 ){
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
- p1--;
- }
- for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
- }
- sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else{
- if( p1+p2>len ){
- p2 = len-p1;
- if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+ assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol );
+ assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+ assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) );
+
+ if( nIncr<0 ){
+ iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
}
-}
-/*
-** Implementation of the round() function
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- int n = 0;
- double r;
- char *zBuf;
- assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
- if( argc==2 ){
- if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
- n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
- if( n>30 ) n = 30;
- if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+ /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
+ **
+ ** <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ...
+ **
+ ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
+ ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
+ ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+ Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */
+ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */
+ Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
+ i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */
+ const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */
+
+ iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1;
+ pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
+ iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+ assert( iCol>=0 );
+ zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
+ pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
+ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+ pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
}
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
- /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
- ** handle the rounding directly,
- ** otherwise use printf.
+
+ /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms
+ ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned.
+ ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this:
+ **
+ ** $current_rowid!=rowid
+ ** NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... )
+ **
+ ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used
+ ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the primary key is
+ ** (a,b,...)
*/
- if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
- r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
- }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
- r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
- }else{
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
- if( zBuf==0 ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- return;
+ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
+ Expr *pNe; /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */
+ Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */
+ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1);
+ pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1);
+ pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+ }else{
+ Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0;
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ assert( pIdx!=0 );
+ for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+ i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+ pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
+ pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol);
+ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+ pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq);
+ }
+ pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0);
}
- sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
- sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe);
+ }
+
+ /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
+ memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+ sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
+ sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
+ sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
+
+ /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
+ ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
+ ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
+ ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+ sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+ if( pWInfo ){
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ }
+
+ /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+ if( iFkIfZero ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
}
- sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
}
-#endif
/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
-** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
-** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
-** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
-** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
+** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by
+** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab. For example,
+** given the following schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
+** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
+**
+** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
+** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
+** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
+** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
+** table).
*/
-static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
- char *z;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- assert( nByte>0 );
- testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
- testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
- if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
- z = 0;
- }else{
- z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
- if( !z ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- }
- }
- return z;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
+ return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName);
}
/*
-** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the
+** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
+** and all of its sub-components.
+**
+** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
+** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
*/
-static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- char *z1;
- const char *z2;
- int i, n;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
- assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
- if( z2 ){
- z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
- if( z1 ){
- memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
- for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
- z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z1[i]);
- }
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
- }
+static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
+ if( p ){
+ TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
+ sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
}
}
-static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- u8 *z1;
- const char *z2;
- int i, n;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
- assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
- if( z2 ){
- z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
- if( z1 ){
- memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
- for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
- z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z1[i]);
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
+** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
+** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
+** table pTab.
+**
+** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
+**
+** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
+** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
+** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK
+** constraint violations in the database,
+**
+** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
+** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
+** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
+ int iSkip = 0;
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+ assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */
+ if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
+ /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
+ ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without
+ ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
+ ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
+ ** when this statement is run. */
+ FKey *p;
+ for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+ if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break;
}
- sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
+ if( !p ) return;
+ iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+
+ pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
+ pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
+
+ /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint
+ ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
+ ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
+ ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.
+ **
+ ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
+ ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
+ ** constraints are violated.
+ */
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
+ OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
+ }
+
+ if( iSkip ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
}
}
}
-#if 0 /* This function is never used. */
-/*
-** The COALESCE() and IFNULL() functions used to be implemented as shown
-** here. But now they are implemented as VDBE code so that unused arguments
-** do not have to be computed. This legacy implementation is retained as
-** comment.
-*/
/*
-** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.
-** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL
-** argument.
+** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
+** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
+** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
+** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
+** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
+** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
+**
+** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
+** child key for FK constraint *p are modified.
*/
-static void ifnullFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int fkChildIsModified(
+ Table *pTab, /* Table being updated */
+ FKey *p, /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */
+ int *aChange, /* Array indicating modified columns */
+ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is modified by this update */
){
int i;
- for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
- if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]);
- break;
- }
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+ int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
+ if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
+ if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1;
}
+ return 0;
}
-#endif /* NOT USED */
-#define ifnullFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */
/*
-** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer.
+** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
+** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
+** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
+** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
+** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
+** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
+**
+** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
+** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
*/
-static void randomFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+static int fkParentIsModified(
+ Table *pTab,
+ FKey *p,
+ int *aChange,
+ int bChngRowid
){
- sqlite_int64 r;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
- if( r<0 ){
- /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000
- ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
- ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this
- ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
- ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the
- ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can
- ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
- */
- r = -(r ^ (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<63));
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+ char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
+ int iKey;
+ for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){
+ if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){
+ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
+ if( zKey ){
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1;
+ }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Implementation of randomblob(N). Return a random blob
-** that is N bytes long.
+** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
+** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint
+** processing for the operation.
+**
+** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
+** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
+** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
+** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
+** zero in this case.
+**
+** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
+** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
+** row data.
+**
+** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
+** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
+** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
+** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention.
*/
-static void randomBlob(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */
+ int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */
+ int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */
+ int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
+ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
){
- int n;
- unsigned char *p;
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
- if( n<1 ){
- n = 1;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */
+ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
+ const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */
+ int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
+
+ /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
+ assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
+
+ /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
+ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
+
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+
+ /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
+ ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */
+ for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+ Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
+ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */
+ int *aiFree = 0;
+ int *aiCol;
+ int iCol;
+ int i;
+ int isIgnore = 0;
+
+ if( aChange
+ && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
+ && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0
+ ){
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index
+ ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these
+ ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return
+ ** early. */
+ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+ pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+ }else{
+ pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+ }
+ if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
+ assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) );
+ if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ if( pTo==0 ){
+ /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
+ ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
+ ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
+ ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
+ ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
+ ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
+ */
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1;
+ for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+ int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1);
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
+
+ if( aiFree ){
+ aiCol = aiFree;
+ }else{
+ iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+ aiCol = &iCol;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+ if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+ aiCol[i] = -1;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the
+ ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
+ ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
+ if( db->xAuth ){
+ int rcauth;
+ char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
+ rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
+ isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
+ ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
+ ** in the parent table. */
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
+ pParse->nTab++;
+
+ if( regOld!=0 ){
+ /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
+ ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
+ ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
+ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore);
+ }
+ if( regNew!=0 ){
+ /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
+ ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */
+ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
}
- p = contextMalloc(context, n);
- if( p ){
- sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
+
+ /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
+ ** (the "child" constraints) */
+ for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
+ SrcList *pSrc;
+ int *aiCol = 0;
+
+ if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
+ && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ ){
+ assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
+ /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate
+ ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
+ if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ continue;
+ }
+ assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+ /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table. We need the
+ ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pSrc ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+ pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
+ pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+ pItem->pTab->nRef++;
+ pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+
+ if( regNew!=0 ){
+ fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
+ }
+ if( regOld!=0 ){
+ /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation
+ ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception
+ ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a
+ ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking
+ ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented
+ ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */
+ fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
+ }
+ pItem->zName = 0;
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
}
}
+#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
+
/*
-** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return
-** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
+** row contained in table pTab.
*/
-static void last_insert_rowid(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab /* Table being modified */
){
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
- ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
- ** function. */
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+ u32 mask = 0;
+ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+ FKey *p;
+ int i;
+ for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
+ }
+ for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+ Index *pIdx = 0;
+ sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
+ if( pIdx ){
+ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return mask;
}
+
/*
-** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
+** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
+** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
+** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
+** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding
+** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
+** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
+** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
**
-** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
-** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
-** rules for counting changes.
+** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
+** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function
+** returns false.
*/
-static void changes(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */
+ int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
+ int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
){
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
+ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+ if( !aChange ){
+ /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the
+ ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any
+ ** foreign key constraint. */
+ return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
+ }else{
+ /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
+ ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
+ FKey *p;
+
+ /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
+ for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+ if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
+ for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+ if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is
-** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
+** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being
+** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
+** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
+** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
+** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
+**
+** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
+** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
+** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
+** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
+** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
+**
+** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in
+** the following schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
+** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
+**
+** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
+**
+** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
+** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
+** END;
+**
+** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
+** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by
+** sqlite3FkDelete().
*/
-static void total_changes(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */
+ ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
){
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
- ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
- sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
-}
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */
+ int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
-/*
-** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
-*/
-struct compareInfo {
- u8 matchAll;
- u8 matchOne;
- u8 matchSet;
- u8 noCase;
-};
+ action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
+ pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
+
+ if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
+ u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+ char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */
+ int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
+ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */
+ int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
+ TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */
+ Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
+ ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
+ Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
+
+ if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
+ assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+ for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+ Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */
+ Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */
+ Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */
+ Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */
+ int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */
+ Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
+
+ iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+ assert( iFromCol>=0 );
+ tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid";
+ tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;
-/*
-** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
-** character is exactly one byte in size. Also, all characters are
-** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
-** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
-# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,C) (*(A++))
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
-#else
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A) if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
-#endif
+ tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
+ tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);
-static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
-/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
-** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 };
-/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
-** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 };
+ /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
+ ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
+ ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
+ ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
+ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+ , 0),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol)
+ , 0);
+ pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
-/*
-** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
-** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they
-** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
-**
-** Globbing rules:
-**
-** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
-**
-** '?' Matches exactly one character.
-**
-** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of
-** characters.
-**
-** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
-**
-** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
-** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A
-** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example:
-** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make
-** it the last character in the list.
-**
-** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
-**
-** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this:
-**
-** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only
-*/
-static int patternCompare(
- const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */
- const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */
- const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
- u32 esc /* The escape character */
-){
- u32 c, c2;
- int invert;
- int seen;
- u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
- u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
- u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
- u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase;
- int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
-
- while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){
- if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
- while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll
- || c == matchOne ){
- if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- }
- if( c==0 ){
- return 1;
- }else if( c==esc ){
- c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
- if( c==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- }else if( c==matchSet ){
- assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
- assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */
- while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
- }
- return *zString!=0;
+ /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
+ ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
+ **
+ ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
+ */
+ if( pChanges ){
+ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+ 0),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+ 0),
+ 0);
+ pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
}
- while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){
- if( noCase ){
- GlogUpperToLower(c2);
- GlogUpperToLower(c);
- while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
- GlogUpperToLower(c2);
- }
- }else{
- while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+
+ if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
+ Expr *pNew;
+ if( action==OE_Cascade ){
+ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+ , 0);
+ }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
+ Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
+ if( pDflt ){
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
+ }else{
+ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
}
- }
- if( c2==0 ) return 0;
- if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
- }
- return 0;
- }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
- if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- }else if( c==matchSet ){
- u32 prior_c = 0;
- assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
- seen = 0;
- invert = 0;
- c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
- if( c==0 ) return 0;
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
- if( c2=='^' ){
- invert = 1;
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
- }
- if( c2==']' ){
- if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
- }
- while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
- if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
- if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
- prior_c = 0;
}else{
- if( c==c2 ){
- seen = 1;
- }
- prior_c = c2;
+ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
}
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
- }
- if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
- prevEscape = 1;
- }else{
- c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
- if( noCase ){
- GlogUpperToLower(c);
- GlogUpperToLower(c2);
- }
- if( c!=c2 ){
- return 0;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
}
- prevEscape = 0;
}
- }
- return *zString==0;
-}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
-/*
-** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
-** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing
-** only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
-#endif
+ zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+ nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
+ if( action==OE_Restrict ){
+ Token tFrom;
+ Expr *pRaise;
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements:
-**
-** A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B,A).
-**
-** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
-** the GLOB operator.
-*/
-static void likeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
- u32 escape = 0;
- int nPat;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ tFrom.z = zFrom;
+ tFrom.n = nFrom;
+ pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
+ if( pRaise ){
+ pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
+ }
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,
+ sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
+ sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
+ pWhere,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+ );
+ pWhere = 0;
+ }
- zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
+ enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
- /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
- ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
- */
- nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
- testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
- if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
- return;
- }
- assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */
+ pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+ sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */
+ sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */
+ nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */
+ );
+ if( pTrigger ){
+ pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
+ pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1];
+ pStep->target.n = nFrom;
+ memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom);
+
+ pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ if( pWhen ){
+ pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0);
+ pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ }
+ }
- if( argc==3 ){
- /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
- ** Otherwise, return an error.
- */
- const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
- if( zEsc==0 ) return;
- if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
- "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
- return;
+ /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
+ fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
+ return 0;
}
- escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc);
- }
- if( zA && zB ){
- struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_like_count++;
-#endif
-
- sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
+ assert( pStep!=0 );
+
+ switch( action ){
+ case OE_Restrict:
+ pStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+ break;
+ case OE_Cascade:
+ if( !pChanges ){
+ pStep->op = TK_DELETE;
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+ }
+ pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
+ pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
+ pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
}
+
+ return pTrigger;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first
-** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the
-** arguments are equal to each other.
+** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
+** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
*/
-static void nullifFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+ int regOld, /* Address of array containing old row */
+ int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
+ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
){
- CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that
+ ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK
+ ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated
+ ** trigger sub-program. */
+ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+ if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){
+ Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
+ if( pAct ){
+ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
}
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version
-** of the SQLite library that is running.
-*/
-static void versionFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
- ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
-** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
-** SQLite.
+** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
+** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
+** hash table.
*/
-static void sourceidFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
- ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */
+ FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
+
+ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
+ for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
+
+ /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
+ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+ if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
+ pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
+ }else{
+ void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
+ const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
+ sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p);
+ }
+ if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
+ pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
+ ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
+ */
+ assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
+
+ /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
+ fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
+#endif
+
+ pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+ }
}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around
-** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for
-** its side-effects.
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
*/
-static void errlogFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
- sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
-}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
-** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
-** was used to build SQLite.
+** Generate code that will
+**
+** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
+** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
+**
+** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index
+** for that table that is actually opened.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-static void compileoptionusedFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+ int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */
+ int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */
+ int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
- const char *zOptName;
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
- ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
- ** function.
- */
- if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
- sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
+ Vdbe *v;
+ assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum,
+ (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+ }else{
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ assert( pPk!=0 );
+ assert( pPk->tnum=pTab->tnum );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
}
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function.
-** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options
-** used to build SQLite.
+** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
+** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in
+** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+** Character Column affinity
+** ------------------------------
+** 'A' NONE
+** 'B' TEXT
+** 'C' NUMERIC
+** 'D' INTEGER
+** 'F' REAL
+**
+** An extra 'D' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
+** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
+**
+** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
+** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
+** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-static void compileoptiongetFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int n;
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
- ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
- */
- n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
+ if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+ /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+ ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+ ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+ **
+ ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+ ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+ ** up.
+ */
+ int n;
+ Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+ pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+ if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
+ i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n];
+ pIdx->zColAff[n] = x<0 ? SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER : pTab->aCol[x].affinity;
+ }
+ pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
+ }
+
+ return pIdx->zColAff;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
-** digits. */
-static const char hexdigits[] = {
- '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
- '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
-};
/*
-** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may
-** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends
-** on this function.
+** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been
+** computed. As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_NONE affinities.
**
-** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single
-** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
-** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
-** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
-** single-quote escapes.
+** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_NONE values) and
+** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities
+** for register iReg and following. Or if affinities exists and iReg==0,
+** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should be
+** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
+**
+** A column affinity string has one character per column:
+**
+** Character Column affinity
+** ------------------------------
+** 'A' NONE
+** 'B' TEXT
+** 'C' NUMERIC
+** 'D' INTEGER
+** 'E' REAL
*/
-static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){
+ int i;
+ char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff;
+ if( zColAff==0 ){
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+ zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
+ if( !zColAff ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return;
}
- case SQLITE_BLOB: {
- char *zText = 0;
- char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
- int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
- zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4);
- if( zText ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
- zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
- zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
- }
- zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
- zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
- zText[0] = 'X';
- zText[1] = '\'';
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3_free(zText);
- }
- break;
+
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
}
- case SQLITE_TEXT: {
- int i,j;
- u64 n;
- const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- char *z;
+ do{
+ zColAff[i--] = 0;
+ }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
+ pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+ }
+ i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff);
+ if( i ){
+ if( iReg ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i);
+ }
+ }
+}
- if( zArg==0 ) return;
- for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
- z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
- if( z ){
- z[0] = '\'';
- for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
- z[j++] = zArg[i];
- if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
- z[j++] = '\'';
- }
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
+** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if
+** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can
+** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT.
+*/
+static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+ int i;
+ int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
+#endif
+
+ for(i=1; i<iEnd; i++){
+ VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
+ assert( pOp!=0 );
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
+ Index *pIndex;
+ int tnum = pOp->p2;
+ if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+ if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
+ return 1;
}
- z[j++] = '\'';
- z[j] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
}
- break;
}
- default: {
- assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
- sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
- break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
+ assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+ return 1;
}
+#endif
}
+ return 0;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
/*
-** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return
-** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
+** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
+** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register
+** that holds the maximum rowid.
+**
+** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
+** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
+** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
+** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
+** AutoincInfo structure is used.
+**
+** Three memory locations are allocated:
+**
+** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
+** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
+** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
+**
+** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the
+** insert routine needs to know about.
*/
-static void hexFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int autoIncBegin(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */
+ Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */
){
- int i, n;
- const unsigned char *pBlob;
- char *zHex, *z;
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
- n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
- z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
- if( zHex ){
- for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
- unsigned char c = *pBlob;
- *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
- *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
+ int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ AutoincInfo *pInfo;
+
+ pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
+ while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
+ if( pInfo==0 ){
+ pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
+ if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
+ pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
+ pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
+ pInfo->pTab = pTab;
+ pInfo->iDb = iDb;
+ pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */
+ pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */
+ pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
}
- *z = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
+ memId = pInfo->regCtr;
}
+ return memId;
}
/*
-** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
+** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
+** register used by the autoincrement tracker.
*/
-static void zeroblobFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- i64 n;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
- testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
- testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
- if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
+ AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */
+ int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */
+ int addr; /* A VDBE address */
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */
+
+ /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is
+ ** only called from the top-level */
+ assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
+ assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) );
+
+ assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
+ for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+ pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+ memId = p->regCtr;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
}
}
/*
-** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call
-** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
-** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match
-** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used.
+** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
+**
+** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
+** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is
+** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
+** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged.
*/
-static void replaceFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */
- const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */
- const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */
- unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */
- int nStr; /* Size of zStr */
- int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */
- int nRep; /* Size of zRep */
- i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */
- int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
-
- assert( argc==3 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( zStr==0 ) return;
- nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
- zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- if( zPattern==0 ){
- assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
- || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
- return;
- }
- if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
- assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
- return;
- }
- nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
- assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */
- zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
- if( zRep==0 ) return;
- nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
- assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
- nOut = nStr + 1;
- assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
- zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
- if( zOut==0 ){
- return;
+static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
+ if( memId>0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
}
- loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;
- for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
- if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
- zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
- }else{
- u8 *zOld;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- nOut += nRep - nPattern;
- testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
- testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
- if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
- sqlite3_free(zOut);
- return;
- }
- zOld = zOut;
- zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
- if( zOut==0 ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- sqlite3_free(zOld);
- return;
- }
- memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
- j += nRep;
- i += nPattern-1;
- }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
+** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
+** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
+** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
+** routine just before the "exit" code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
+ AutoincInfo *p;
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+ assert( v );
+ for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+ int j1;
+ int iRec;
+ int memId = p->regCtr;
+
+ iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
}
- assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
- memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
- j += nStr - i;
- assert( j<=nOut );
- zOut[j] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
}
+#else
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
+** above are all no-ops
+*/
+# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
+# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int xferOptimization(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */
+ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */
+ int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */
+);
/*
-** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
-** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
+** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
+** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted,
+** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST
+** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**
+** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
+** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is
+** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
+** data for the insert.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple
+** insert with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this
+** the "1st template"):
+**
+** open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+** put VALUES clause expressions into registers
+** write the resulting record into <table>
+** cleanup
+**
+** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
+**
+** INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
+**
+** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
+** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
+** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
+** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
+** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
+** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
+** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
+** template. This is the 2nd template.
+**
+** open a write cursor to <table>
+** open read cursor on <table2>
+** transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
+** close cursors
+** foreach index on <table>
+** open a write cursor on the <table> index
+** open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
+** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
+** close cursors
+** end foreach
+**
+** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
+** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
+** The generated code follows this template:
+**
+** X <- A
+** goto B
+** A: setup for the SELECT
+** loop over the rows in the SELECT
+** load values into registers R..R+n
+** yield X
+** end loop
+** cleanup after the SELECT
+** end-coroutine X
+** B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+** C: yield X, at EOF goto D
+** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+** goto C
+** D: cleanup
+**
+** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form,
+** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select. The template is like this:
+**
+** X <- A
+** goto B
+** A: setup for the SELECT
+** loop over the tables in the SELECT
+** load value into register R..R+n
+** yield X
+** end loop
+** cleanup after the SELECT
+** end co-routine R
+** B: open temp table
+** L: yield X, at EOF goto M
+** insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+** goto L
+** M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+** rewind temp table
+** C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+** transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+** end loop
+** D: cleanup
*/
-static void trimFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+ IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+ int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */
){
- const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */
- const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */
- int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */
- int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
- unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
- int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */
+ Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */
+ char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+ const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */
+ int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
+ int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */
+ int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
+ int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */
+ int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */
+ int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+ int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+ int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+ int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */
+ int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
+ SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
+ int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */
+ Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */
+ u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+ u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
+ u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */
+ u8 bIdListInOrder = 1; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */
+ ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */
+
+ /* Register allocations */
+ int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
+ int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
+ int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+ int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
+ int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */
+ int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */
+ int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+ int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */
+#endif
+
+ db = pParse->db;
+ memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+
+ /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a
+ ** single row values (the common case) then keep that one row of values
+ ** and go ahead and discard the Select object
+ */
+ if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){
+ pList = pSelect->pEList;
+ pSelect->pEList = 0;
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ pSelect = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+ */
+ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+ zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+ if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
+ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+ if( pTab==0 ){
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ zDb = pDb->zName;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+ withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab);
+
+ /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+ ** inserted into is a view
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
+ isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define tmask 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+ assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
+
+ /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+ ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+
+ /* Cannot insert into a read-only table.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate a VDBE
+ */
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+ if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+ /* If the statement is of the form
+ **
+ ** INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
+ **
+ ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
+ ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
+ **
+ ** This is the 2nd template.
+ */
+ if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
+ assert( !pTrigger );
+ assert( pList==0 );
+ goto insert_end;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
- return;
+ /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
+ ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
+ */
+ regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
+
+ /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
+ ** the content of the new row, and the assembled row record.
+ */
+ regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ regRowid++;
+ pParse->nMem++;
}
- zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( zIn==0 ) return;
- nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
- if( argc==1 ){
- static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
- static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
- nChar = 1;
- aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
- azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
- zCharSet = 0;
- }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
- return;
- }else{
- const unsigned char *z;
- for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
- }
- if( nChar>0 ){
- azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
- if( azChar==0 ){
- return;
- }
- aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
- for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
- azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
- aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
- }
+ regData = regRowid+1;
+
+ /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+ ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and
+ ** remember the column indices.
+ **
+ ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+ ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable
+ ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. ipkColumn is
+ ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+ ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the INTEGER
+ ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+ */
+ if( pColumn ){
+ for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+ pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
}
- }
- if( nChar>0 ){
- flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
- if( flags & 1 ){
- while( nIn>0 ){
- int len = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
- len = aLen[i];
- if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
+ for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+ for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+ pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+ if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0;
+ if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+ ipkColumn = i; assert( !withoutRowid );
+ }
+ break;
}
- if( i>=nChar ) break;
- zIn += len;
- nIn -= len;
}
- }
- if( flags & 2 ){
- while( nIn>0 ){
- int len = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
- len = aLen[i];
- if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
+ if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+ if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){
+ ipkColumn = i;
+ bIdListInOrder = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+ pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ goto insert_cleanup;
}
- if( i>=nChar ) break;
- nIn -= len;
}
}
- if( zCharSet ){
- sqlite3_free(azChar);
- }
}
- sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
+ /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data
+ ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
+ ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The
+ ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
+ */
+ if( pSelect ){
+ /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT */
+ int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */
+ int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+
+ regYield = ++pParse->nMem;
+ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
+ dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0;
+ dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol;
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+ regFromSelect = dest.iSdst;
+ assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc );
+ if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); /* label B: */
+ assert( pSelect->pEList );
+ nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
-** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
-** when SQLite is built.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-/*
-** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
-**
-** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
-** soundex encoding of the string X.
-*/
-static void soundexFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- char zResult[8];
- const u8 *zIn;
- int i, j;
- static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
- 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
- 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- };
- assert( argc==1 );
- zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
- for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
- if( zIn[i] ){
- u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
- zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
- for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
- int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
- if( code>0 ){
- if( code!=prevcode ){
- prevcode = code;
- zResult[j++] = code + '0';
- }
- }else{
- prevcode = 0;
- }
- }
- while( j<4 ){
- zResult[j++] = '0';
+ /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+ ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to
+ ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into
+ ** the destination table (template 3).
+ **
+ ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+ ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a
+ ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+ */
+ if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){
+ useTempTable = 1;
}
- zResult[j] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else{
- /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
- ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
- sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
-*/
-static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- const char *zProc;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- char *zErrMsg = 0;
+ if( useTempTable ){
+ /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
+ ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated
+ ** here is from the 4th template:
+ **
+ ** B: open temp table
+ ** L: yield X, goto M at EOF
+ ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+ ** goto L
+ ** M: ...
+ */
+ int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */
+ int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
+ int addrL; /* Label "L" */
- if( argc==2 ){
- zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+ regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
+ addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrL);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
+ }
}else{
- zProc = 0;
- }
- if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+ /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
+ ** clause
+ */
+ NameContext sNC;
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ srcTab = -1;
+ assert( useTempTable==0 );
+ nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+ }
}
-}
-#endif
+ /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+ ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key
+ ** column index in the original table definition.
+ */
+ if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
+ ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+ }
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
-** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
-*/
-typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
-struct SumCtx {
- double rSum; /* Floating point sum */
- i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */
- i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */
- u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */
- u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
-**
-** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
-** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns
-** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
-** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
-** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
-** it overflows an integer.
-*/
-static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- SumCtx *p;
- int type;
- assert( argc==1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
- type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
- if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
- p->cnt++;
- if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
- i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
- p->rSum += v;
- if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
- p->overflow = 1;
- }
- }else{
- p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
- p->approx = 1;
+ /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+ ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+ */
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
}
}
-}
-static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- SumCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
- if( p->overflow ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
- }else if( p->approx ){
- sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
- }
+ if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+ pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
+ goto insert_cleanup;
}
-}
-static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- SumCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
- sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
+ if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+ */
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+ regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
}
-}
-static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- SumCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
-}
-/*
-** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
-** count() aggregate function.
-*/
-typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
-struct CountCtx {
- i64 n;
-};
+ /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
+ if( !isView ){
+ int nIdx;
+ nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, -1, 0,
+ &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+ aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
+ if( aRegIdx==0 ){
+ goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){
+ aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
-*/
-static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- CountCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
- if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
- p->n++;
+ /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
+ if( useTempTable ){
+ /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the
+ ** following pseudocode (template 4):
+ **
+ ** rewind temp table, if empty goto D
+ ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+ ** transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+ ** end loop
+ ** D: ...
+ */
+ addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ }else if( pSelect ){
+ /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the
+ ** following pseudocode (template 3):
+ **
+ ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D
+ ** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+ ** goto C
+ ** D: ...
+ */
+ addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
- /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make
- ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our
- ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
- ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
- assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
- || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
-#endif
-}
-static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- CountCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
-}
+ /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+ */
+ endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+ int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
-/*
-** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
-*/
-static void minmaxStep(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0];
- Mem *pBest;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER
+ ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+ ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger,
+ ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+ ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+ */
+ if( ipkColumn<0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+ }else{
+ int j1;
+ assert( !withoutRowid );
+ if( useTempTable ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols);
+ }else{
+ assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols);
+ }
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
- if( !pBest ) return;
+ /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
+ ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
+ */
+ assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
- if( pBest->flags ){
- int max;
- int cmp;
- CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
- /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
- ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
- ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
- ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
- ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
- ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
- ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+ /* Create the new column data
*/
- max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
- cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
- if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( pColumn==0 ){
+ j = i;
+ }else{
+ for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+ if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
+ }else if( useTempTable ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1);
+ }else{
+ assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+ sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
+ }
}
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
- }
-}
-static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- sqlite3_value *pRes;
- pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- if( pRes ){
- if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){
- sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+
+ /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+ ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+ ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+ ** table column affinities.
+ */
+ if( !isView ){
+ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1);
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+
+ /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE,
+ pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
+
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
}
-}
-/*
-** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
-*/
-static void groupConcatStep(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const char *zVal;
- StrAccum *pAccum;
- const char *zSep;
- int nVal, nSep;
- assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
+ /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of
+ ** registers beginning at regIns.
+ */
+ if( !isView ){
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
+ }
+ if( ipkColumn>=0 ){
+ if( useTempTable ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid);
+ }else if( pSelect ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid);
+ }else{
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
+ pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
+ if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ appendFlag = 1;
+ pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
+ pOp->p1 = iDataCur;
+ pOp->p2 = regRowid;
+ pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
+ }
+ }
+ /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
+ ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+ */
+ if( !appendFlag ){
+ int j1;
+ if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ }else{
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+ appendFlag = 1;
+ }
+ autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
- if( pAccum ){
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0;
- pAccum->useMalloc = 2;
- pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
- if( !firstTerm ){
- if( argc==2 ){
- zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+ ** with the first column.
+ */
+ nHidden = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
+ if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+ /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+ ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted
+ ** in its place. Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+ ** taking up data space with information that will never be used.
+ ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( pColumn==0 ){
+ if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
+ assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ j = -1;
+ nHidden++;
+ }else{
+ j = i - nHidden;
+ }
}else{
- zSep = ",";
- nSep = 1;
+ for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+ if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
+ }else if( useTempTable ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore);
+ }else if( pSelect ){
+ if( regFromSelect!=regData ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
}
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
}
- zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
- }
-}
-static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- StrAccum *pAccum;
- pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- if( pAccum ){
- if( pAccum->tooBig ){
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
- }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1,
- sqlite3_free);
+
+ /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+ ** do the insertion.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+ sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
+ sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+ regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
+ );
+ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+ regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0);
}
}
-}
-/*
-** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most
-** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
-** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
- int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+ */
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
}
-}
-/*
-** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
-*/
-static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
- FuncDef *pDef;
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
- 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
- pDef->flags = flagVal;
+ if( pTrigger ){
+ /* Code AFTER triggers */
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER,
+ pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
}
-}
-/*
-** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive
-** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
-** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
- struct compareInfo *pInfo;
- if( caseSensitive ){
- pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
- }else{
- pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
+ /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
+ ** is a SELECT statement.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+ if( useTempTable ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
+ }else if( pSelect ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
}
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8,
- (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
- setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
- setLikeOptFlag(db, "like",
- caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
-}
-/*
-** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If
-** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
-** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
-** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
-** return FALSE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
- FuncDef *pDef;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION
- || !pExpr->x.pList
- || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
- ){
- return 0;
- }
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken,
- sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
- 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
- return 0;
+ if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
+ /* Close all tables opened */
+ if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
+ for(idx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur);
+ }
}
- /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
- ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The
- ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
+insert_end:
+ /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+ ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+ ** autoincrement tables.
*/
- memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
- assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
- assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
- assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
- *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
- return 1;
-}
+ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+ }
-/*
-** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
-** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as
-** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
-**
-** After this routine runs
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
/*
- ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
- ** defined in this file.
- **
- ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
- ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array
- ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
+ ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is
+ ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+ ** invoke the callback function.
*/
- static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
- FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
- FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
- FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ),
- FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ),
- FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ),
- FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ),
- FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ),
- FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ),
- AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ),
- FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ),
- FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ),
- AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ),
- FUNCTION(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc ),
- FUNCTION(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc ),
- FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ),
- FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ),
- FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ),
- FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ),
-#endif
- FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ),
- FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ),
- FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ),
- FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
-/* FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */
- {-1,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"coalesce",0,0},
- FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ),
-/* FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */
- {2,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"ifnull",0,0},
- FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ),
- FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ),
- FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ),
- FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ),
- FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ),
- FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
- FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ),
- FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ),
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
- FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ),
- FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
- FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ),
- FUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ),
- FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ),
- FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ),
- #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
- FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ),
- #endif
- #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
- FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ),
- FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ),
- #endif
- AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ),
- AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ),
- AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ),
- /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */
- {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0},
- AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ),
- AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
- AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
-
- LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
- #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
- LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
- LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
- #else
- LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
- LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
- #endif
- };
-
- int i;
- FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
- FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
-
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
- sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
- sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- sqlite3AlterFunctions();
-#endif
-}
-/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/
-/*
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key
-** support to compiled SQL statements.
-*/
+insert_cleanup:
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+#ifdef tmask
+ #undef tmask
+#endif
/*
-** Deferred and Immediate FKs
-** --------------------------
-**
-** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
-** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
-** is returned and the current statement transaction rolled back. If a
-** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken
-** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the
-** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
-**
-** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
-** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a
-** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed
-** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
-** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
-** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
-** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
-** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
-**
-** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint,
-** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
-** or which row it is not satisfied for.
-**
-** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the
-** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
-**
-** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
-** than the alternatives.
-**
-** INSERT operations:
-**
-** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search
-** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
-** constraint counter.
-**
-** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table,
-** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
-** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
-** found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
-**
-** DELETE operations:
+** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE
+** on table pTab.
**
-** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table,
-** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the
-** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found,
-** decrement the counter.
+** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains
+** the data to be inserted or the data after the update. There will be
+** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range. The first register (the one
+** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the
+** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table. The second register in the range will
+** contain the content of the first table column. The third register will
+** contain the content of the second table column. And so forth.
**
-** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search
-** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row
-** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
+** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains
+** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards. regOldData is zero
+** for an INSERT. This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by
+** checking regOldData for zero.
**
-** UPDATE operations:
+** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the
+** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table)
+** might be modified by the UPDATE. If pkChng is false, then the key of
+** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE.
**
-** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
-** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually
-** modified (values must be compared at runtime).
+** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid
+** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement. If pkChng
+** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or
+** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT,
+** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer
+** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias.
**
-** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
-** This simplifies the implementation a bit.
+** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into
+** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for
+** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
+** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
+** at pTab->pIndex.
**
-** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
-** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
-** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
-** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new
-** row is inserted.
+** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main
+** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which
+** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when
+** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY
+** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor
+** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices
+** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list.
**
-** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference
-** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
-** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
-** constraint counter is greater than zero, it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
-** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT
-** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case,
-** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the
-** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
-** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
**
-** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a
-** table be handled?
+** Constraint type Action What Happens
+** --------------- ---------- ----------------------------------------
+** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and
+** sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
+** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
**
+** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command
+** only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+** cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately
+** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
**
-** Query API Notes
-** ---------------
+** any FAIL Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
+** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The
+** transaction is not rolled back and any
+** changes to prior rows are retained.
**
-** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator
-** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
-** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
-** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
-** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be
-** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
-** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
-** generation code to query for this information are:
+** any IGNORE The attempt in insert or update the current
+** row is skipped, without throwing an error.
+** Processing continues with the next row.
+** (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.)
**
-** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required.
-** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns.
+** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default
+** value for that column. If the default value
+** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
**
+** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row
+** being inserted is removed.
**
-** Externally accessible module functions
-** --------------------------------------
+** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception.
**
-** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations.
-** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions.
-** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure.
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */
+ int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */
+ int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */
+ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
+ int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */
+ int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */
+ u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */
+ u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+ int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+ int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
+){
+ Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */
+ Index *pPk = 0; /* The PRIMARY KEY index */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ int i; /* loop counter */
+ int ix; /* Index loop counter */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns */
+ int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */
+ int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */
+ int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
+ int nPkField; /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */
+ int ipkTop = 0; /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */
+ int ipkBottom = 0; /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */
+ u8 isUpdate; /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */
+ u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */
+ int regRowid = -1; /* Register holding ROWID value */
+
+ isUpdate = regOldData!=0;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
+ nCol = pTab->nCol;
+
+ /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for
+ ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the
+ ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the
+ ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ pPk = 0;
+ nPkField = 1;
+ }else{
+ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol;
+ }
+
+ /* Record that this module has started */
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)",
+ iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng));
+
+ /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+ if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
+ if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+ onError = overrideError;
+ }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+ onError = OE_Abort;
+ }
+ if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
+ onError = OE_Abort;
+ }
+ assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+ || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+ switch( onError ){
+ case OE_Abort:
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OE_Rollback:
+ case OE_Fail: {
+ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+ pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError,
+ regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OE_Ignore: {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Test all CHECK constraints
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
+ ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
+ pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
+ onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
+ for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
+ int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+ }else{
+ char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
+ if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName;
+ if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK,
+ onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT,
+ P5_ConstraintCheck);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+ /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously
+ ** exist in the table.
+ */
+ if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){
+ int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+ /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */
+ onError = pTab->keyConf;
+ if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+ onError = overrideError;
+ }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+ onError = OE_Abort;
+ }
+
+ if( isUpdate ){
+ /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that
+ ** it might have changed. Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid
+ ** is unchanged. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+
+ /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response
+ ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need
+ ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after
+ ** the UNIQUE constraints have run.
+ */
+ if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){
+ ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table. Skip
+ ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */
+ switch( onError ){
+ default: {
+ onError = OE_Abort;
+ /* Fall thru into the next case */
+ }
+ case OE_Rollback:
+ case OE_Abort:
+ case OE_Fail: {
+ sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OE_Replace: {
+ /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
+ ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
+ ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire
+ ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
+ ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call
+ ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries
+ ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry
+ ** when it is inserted.
+ **
+ ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
+ ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
+ ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
+ ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
+ ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
+ **
+ ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
+ **
+ ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
+ ** table.
+ */
+ Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+ if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+ }
+ if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+ sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+ regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1);
+ }else if( pTab->pIndex ){
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+ sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0);
+ }
+ seenReplace = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ case OE_Ignore: {
+ /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk);
+ if( ipkTop ){
+ ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+ ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+ ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go.
+ **
+ ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a
+ ** WITHOUT ROWID table.
+ */
+ for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){
+ int regIdx; /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */
+ int regR; /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */
+ int iThisCur; /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */
+ int addrUniqueOk; /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */
+
+ if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue; /* Skip indices that do not change */
+ if( bAffinityDone==0 ){
+ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1);
+ bAffinityDone = 1;
+ }
+ iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix;
+ addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+ /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */
+ if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]);
+ pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk,
+ SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ pParse->ckBase = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after
+ ** the insert or update. Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register
+ */
+ regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn);
+ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+ int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+ int x;
+ if( iField<0 || iField==pTab->iPKey ){
+ if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */
+ x = regNewData;
+ regRowid = pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i;
+ }else{
+ x = iField + regNewData + 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName));
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]);
+ VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName));
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
+
+ /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
+ ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the
+ ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection
+ ** logic below can all be skipped. */
+ if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */
+ onError = pIdx->onError;
+ if( onError==OE_None ){
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+ continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+ }
+ if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+ onError = overrideError;
+ }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+ onError = OE_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk,
+ regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ /* Generate code to handle collisions */
+ regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField);
+ if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR);
+ /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry
+ ** is different from old-rowid */
+ if( isUpdate ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ }else{
+ int x;
+ /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and
+ ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */
+ if( pIdx!=pPk ){
+ for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+ x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+ pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName));
+ }
+ }
+ if( isUpdate ){
+ /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID
+ ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually
+ ** different from the old.
+ **
+ ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values
+ ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY
+ ** KEY values of this row before the update. */
+ int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol;
+ int op = OP_Ne;
+ int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR);
+
+ for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+ char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]);
+ x = pPk->aiColumn[i];
+ if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){
+ addrJump = addrUniqueOk;
+ op = OP_Eq;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op,
+ regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+ assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+ || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+ switch( onError ){
+ case OE_Rollback:
+ case OE_Abort:
+ case OE_Fail: {
+ sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OE_Ignore: {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+ assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+ if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+ regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, pIdx==pPk);
+ seenReplace = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
+ if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField);
+ }
+ if( ipkTop ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ipkTop+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom);
+ }
+
+ *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace));
+}
/*
-** VDBE Calling Convention
-** -----------------------
-**
-** Example:
-**
-** For the following INSERT statement:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c);
-** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1);
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
+** rowid and the content to be inserted.
**
-** Register (x): 2 (type integer)
-** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer)
-** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL)
-** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real)
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */
+ int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */
+ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
+ int regNewData, /* Range of content */
+ int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */
+ int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+ int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */
+ int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
+){
+ Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */
+ Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */
+ u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
+ int regData; /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
+ int regRec; /* Register holding assembled record for the table */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */
+
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
+ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+ if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+ bAffinityDone = 1;
+ if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]);
+ pik_flags = 0;
+ if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ assert( pParse->nested==0 );
+ pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+ }
+ if( pik_flags ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+ }
+ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return;
+ regData = regNewData + 1;
+ regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
+ if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
+ if( pParse->nested ){
+ pik_flags = 0;
+ }else{
+ pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+ pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
+ }
+ if( appendBias ){
+ pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
+ }
+ if( useSeekResult ){
+ pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData);
+ if( !pParse->nested ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+}
/*
-** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
-** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
-** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey,
-** search the schema a unique index on the parent key columns.
-**
-** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY
-** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx
-** is set to point to the unique index.
-**
-** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
-** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
-** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
-** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the
-** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK
-** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column
-** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the
-** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of
-** *ppIdx, and so on.
-**
-** If the required index cannot be found, either because:
-**
-** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or
+** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate
+** code to open and initialized those cursors.
**
-** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a
-** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or
+** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally
+** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT
+** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is
+** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned.
**
-** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
-** PRIMARY KEY, or
+** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables
+** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
+** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
**
-** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table
-** consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in
-** the child table.
+** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
+** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
+** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
+** pTab->pIndex list.
**
-** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
-** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
-** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
+** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the
+** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized.
*/
-static int locateFkeyIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */
- Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
- FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */
- Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
- int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */
+ int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+ int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
+ u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
+ int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */
+ int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */
){
- Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
- int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */
- int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */
- char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */
-
- /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
- assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
- assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
- assert( pParse );
+ int i;
+ int iDb;
+ int iDataCur;
+ Index *pIdx;
+ Vdbe *v;
- /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it
- ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx
- ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early.
- **
- ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
- ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
- ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
- */
- if( nCol==1 ){
- /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
- **
- ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly
- ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
- ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
- ** PRIMARY KEY.
- */
- if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
- if( !zKey ) return 0;
- if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
+ assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output
+ ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind
+ ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */
+ return 0;
+ }
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
+ iDataCur = iBase++;
+ if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur;
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName);
+ }
+ if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase;
+ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+ int iIdxCur = iBase++;
+ assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) && piDataCur ){
+ *piDataCur = iIdxCur;
+ }
+ if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
}
- }else if( paiCol ){
- assert( nCol>1 );
- aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
- if( !aiCol ) return 1;
- *paiCol = aiCol;
}
+ if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase;
+ return i;
+}
- for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
- /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
- ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
- ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */
- if( zKey==0 ){
- /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to
- ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be
- ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2). */
- if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){
- if( aiCol ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom;
- }
- break;
- }
- }else{
- /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
- ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
- ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
- ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
- int i, j;
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */
- char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */
- char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
+** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing
+** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
+** is happening when it is supposed to.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
- /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
- ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
- ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */
- zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
- if( !zDfltColl ){
- zDfltColl = "BINARY";
- }
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
- zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
- for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
- if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
- break;
- }
- }
- if( j==nCol ) break;
- }
- if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */
- }
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+/*
+** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
+ if( z1==0 ){
+ return z2==0;
+ }
+ if( z2==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
+ return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
+}
- if( !pIdx ){
- if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch");
+
+/*
+** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
+** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules
+** for a compatible index:
+**
+** * The index is over the same set of columns
+** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
+** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
+** * The same collating sequence on each column
+** * The index has the exact same WHERE clause
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
+ int i;
+ assert( pDest && pSrc );
+ assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
+ if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){
+ return 0; /* Different number of columns */
+ }
+ if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
+ return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pSrc->nKeyCol; i++){
+ if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
+ return 0; /* Different columns indexed */
+ }
+ if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
+ return 0; /* Different sort orders */
+ }
+ if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){
+ return 0; /* Different collating sequences */
}
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
- return 1;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){
+ return 0; /* Different WHERE clauses */
}
- *ppIdx = pIdx;
- return 0;
+ /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
+ return 1;
}
/*
-** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the
-** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed
-** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
-** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
-** new row.
-**
-** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
-** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into
-** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no
-** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
-** found in the parent table:
+** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
**
-** Operation | FK type | Action taken
-** --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
**
-** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.
+** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves
+** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
**
-** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
+** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
+** embedded in the code for details.
**
-** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.
+** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table
+** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that
+** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also
+** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the
+** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine
+** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate
+** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there
+** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied.
**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
-** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
+** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster.
*/
-static void fkLookupParent(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */
- Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
- Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
- FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */
- int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
- int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */
- int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */
- int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
+static int xferOptimization(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */
+ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */
+ int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */
){
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */
- int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */
- int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */
+ Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
+ Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */
+ int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */
+ int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */
+ int emptyDestTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pDest */
+ int emptySrcTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
+ Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */
+ int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
+ int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
+ int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */
- /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
- ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
- ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
- **
- ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If
- ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to
- ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */
- if( nIncr<0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
+ if( pSelect==0 ){
+ return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
+ }
+ if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){
+ /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses
+ ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx"
+ ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx". */
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
+ return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+ return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
+ }
+#endif
+ if( onError==OE_Default ){
+ if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf;
+ if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort;
+ }
+ assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
+ if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+ return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
+ }
+ if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
+ return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
+ }
+ if( pSelect->pWhere ){
+ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
+ }
+ if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
+ return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
+ }
+ /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but
+ ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
+ if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
+ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
+ }
+ if( pSelect->pLimit ){
+ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
+ }
+ assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
+ if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+ return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
+ }
+ if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+ return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
+ }
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
+ if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
+ return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */
+ }
+ assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
+ if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
+ return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
+ }
+
+ /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
+ ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now
+ ** we have to check the semantics.
+ */
+ pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
+ pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
+ if( pSrc==0 ){
+ return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
+ }
+ if( pSrc==pDest ){
+ return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
+ }
+ if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){
+ return 0; /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+ return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pSrc->pSelect ){
+ return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */
+ }
+ if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
+ return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
+ }
+ if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
+ return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
+ Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
+ Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
+ if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){
+ return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
+ }
+ if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){
+ return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
+ }
+ if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){
+ return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
+ }
+ /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */
+ if( i>0
+ && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0)
+ || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0))
+ ){
+ return 0; /* Default values must be the same for all columns */
+ }
+ }
+ for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+ if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){
+ destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
+ }
+ for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+ if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+ }
+ if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
+ return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){
+ return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
+ ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary.
+ ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM
+ ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So
+ ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
+ ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
+ */
+ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
- int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk);
+#endif
+ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+ return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
}
- if( isIgnore==0 ){
- if( pIdx==0 ){
- /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
- ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */
- int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
- int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
- /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e.
- ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
- ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
- ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
- ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
- iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
-
- /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
- ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
- ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
- ** increment the constraint-counter. */
- if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp);
- }
-
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
+ /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
+ ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
+ ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
+#endif
+ iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
+ iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
+ iDest = pParse->nTab++;
+ regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
+ regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
+ assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx );
+ if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */
+ || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */
+ || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */
+ ){
+ /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
+ ** only if the destination table is initially empty. This code makes
+ ** that determination. Conditions under which the destination must
+ ** be empty:
+ **
+ ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
+ ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
+ ** of index entries might need to change.)
+ **
+ ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization
+ ** is unable to test uniqueness.)
+ **
+ ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
+ */
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ }
+ if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
+ emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+ addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+ autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+ }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
}else{
- int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
- int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
- int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
- }
-
- /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
- ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
- ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
- ** increment the constraint-counter.
- **
- ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
- ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
- ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
- ** none of the child key values are).
- */
- if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
- int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
- int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
- assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
- /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
- iParent = regData;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
- }
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0);
-
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+ assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName);
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName);
+ }
+ for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+ for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+ if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
}
+ assert( pSrcIdx );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
}
-
- if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){
- /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
- ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
- ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
- ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */
- assert( nIncr==1 );
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(
- pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC
- );
+ if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
+ if( emptyDestTest ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+ return 0;
}else{
- if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
- sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+ return 1;
}
-
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
/*
-** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
-** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is
-** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
-** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
-** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
-**
-** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
-** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
-** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
-**
-** Operation | FK type | Action taken
-** --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
-** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
-** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception.
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
-** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
-** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
-** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
*/
-static void fkScanChildren(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* SrcList containing the table to scan */
- Table *pTab,
- Index *pIdx, /* Foreign key index */
- FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key relationship */
- int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
- int regData, /* Referenced table data starts here */
- int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+ const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */
+ sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+ void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */
+ char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */
){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */
- NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
- WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
- int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */
+ char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */
+ int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */
- assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
- if( nIncr<0 ){
- iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
- }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
+ int nCol;
+ char **azVals = 0;
- /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
- **
- ** <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ...
- **
- ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
- ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
- ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
- */
- for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
- Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */
- Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */
- Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
- int iCol; /* Index of column in child table */
- const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */
+ pStmt = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( !pStmt ){
+ /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+ zSql = zLeftover;
+ continue;
+ }
- pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
- if( pLeft ){
- /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ
- ** expression to the parent key column defaults. */
- if( pIdx ){
- Column *pCol;
- iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
- pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1;
- pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1;
- pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity;
- pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl);
- }else{
- pLeft->iTable = regData;
- pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ callbackIsInit = 0;
+ nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+ while( 1 ){
+ int i;
+ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+ /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+ if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
+ (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
+ && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+ if( !callbackIsInit ){
+ azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
+ if( azCols==0 ){
+ goto exec_out;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+ /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
+ ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
+ assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
+ }
+ callbackIsInit = 1;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+ if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ goto exec_out;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to
+ ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will
+ ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */
+ rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+ pStmt = 0;
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT);
+ goto exec_out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+ pStmt = 0;
+ zSql = zLeftover;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+ break;
}
}
- iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
- assert( iCol>=0 );
- zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
- pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
- pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
- }
- /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan
- ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the
- ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE
- ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted. */
- if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
- Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
- Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */
- Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */
- pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
- pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
- if( pLeft && pRight ){
- pLeft->iTable = regData;
- pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
- pRight->iColumn = -1;
- }
- pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+ azCols = 0;
}
- /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
- memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
- sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
- sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
- sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
+exec_out:
+ if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
- /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
- ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
- ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
- ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0);
- if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
- sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
- if( pWInfo ){
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErrMsg ){
+ int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
+ if( *pzErrMsg ){
+ memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ }
+ }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+ *pzErrMsg = 0;
}
- /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
- if( iFkIfZero ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
- }
+ assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
+/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
/*
-** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK
-** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example,
-** given the following schema:
+** 2006 June 7
**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
-** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
-** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
-** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
-** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
-** table).
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
+** the SQLite library.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
- return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+ #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
+#endif
+/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
/*
-** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the
-** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
-** and all of its sub-components.
+** 2006 June 7
**
-** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
-** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
+** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
+** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
+** sqlite3.h.
*/
-static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
- if( p ){
- TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
- sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
- }
-}
+#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+
+/*
+** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
+** routines.
+**
+** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
+** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new
+** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
+** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared
+** libraries!
+*/
+struct sqlite3_api_routines {
+ void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
+ int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
+ int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+ int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
+ int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+ int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
+ int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
+ const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+ int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+ int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
+ int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+ int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
+ int (*changes)(sqlite3*);
+ int (*close)(sqlite3*);
+ int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+ int eTextRep,const char*));
+ int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+ int eTextRep,const void*));
+ const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+ const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
+ const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+ const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+ void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
+ int (*complete)(const char*sql);
+ int (*complete16)(const void*sql);
+ int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+ int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+ int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,
+ int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+ int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+ int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+ int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
+ int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+ sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+ int (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
+ int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
+ const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
+ const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
+ int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
+ int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+ void (*free)(void*);
+ void (*free_table)(char**result);
+ int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
+ void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+ int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
+ int (*global_recover)(void);
+ void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
+ sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
+ const char * (*libversion)(void);
+ int (*libversion_number)(void);
+ void *(*malloc)(int);
+ char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
+ int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
+ int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
+ int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+ int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+ void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
+ void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
+ void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
+ int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+ void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+ void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
+ void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
+ void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
+ void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+ void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
+ void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
+ void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+ void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+ void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+ void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+ void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
+ void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
+ int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,
+ const char*,const char*),void*);
+ void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
+ char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
+ int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+ char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
+ void (*thread_cleanup)(void);
+ int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
+ void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
+ int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+ void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,
+ sqlite_int64),void*);
+ void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
+ const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
+ int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
+ int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
+ double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
+ int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
+ sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
+ int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+ const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
+ const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
+ const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
+ const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
+ int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+ char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
+ /* Added ??? */
+ int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+ /* Added by 3.3.13 */
+ int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+ int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+ int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ /* Added by 3.4.1 */
+ int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *));
+ /* Added by 3.5.0 */
+ int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+ int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
+ int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
+ int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,
+ int,sqlite3_blob**);
+ int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
+ int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
+ int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+ int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+ void(*)(void*));
+ int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
+ sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
+ sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
+ sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
+ void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+ void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+ void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+ int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+ int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
+ int (*release_memory)(int);
+ void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
+ void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
+ int (*sleep)(int);
+ void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
+ sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
+ int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
+ int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
+ int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
+ void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+ void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+ int (*test_control)(int, ...);
+ void (*randomness)(int,void*);
+ sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
+ int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
+ int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
+ sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+ const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
+ int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
+ sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
+ int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
+ int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
+ int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
+ const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
+ int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
+ int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+ void(*xDestroy)(void*));
+ int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
+ sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
+ int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
+ int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
+ void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
+ sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
+ const char *(*sourceid)(void);
+ int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+ int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
+ int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
+ int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
+ int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+ void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
+ int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
+ int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
+ int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
+ /* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+ int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*);
+ const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+ int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+ int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*);
+ const char *(*errstr)(int);
+ int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+ int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
+ int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
+ sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
+ const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
+ char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
+ int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);
+ /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+ int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
+ int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*));
+ int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*),unsigned char);
+ int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
+ int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**);
+ void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64);
+ sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*);
+ void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64);
+ void (*reset_auto_extension)(void);
+ void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*));
+ void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*), unsigned char);
+ int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*);
+};
/*
-** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
-** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
-** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
-** table pTab.
-**
-** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
-**
-** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
-** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
-** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK
-** constraint violations in the database,
+** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
+** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure.
**
-** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
-** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
-** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
+** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
+** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
+** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
+** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine
+** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
+** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
- int iSkip = 0;
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob
+#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double
+#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int
+#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64
+#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
+#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text
+#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16
+#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value
+#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler
+#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
+#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes
+#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
+#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
+#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double
+#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int
+#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64
+#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name
+#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text
+#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16
+#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type
+#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value
+#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook
+#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete
+#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16
+#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation
+#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16
+#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function
+#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16
+#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module
+#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
+#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count
+#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle
+#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
+#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
+#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode
+#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg
+#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16
+#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize
+#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free
+#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table
+#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
+#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx
+#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
+#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion
+#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number
+#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc
+#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf
+#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open
+#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16
+#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare
+#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile
+#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler
+#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc
+#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset
+#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob
+#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double
+#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error
+#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16
+#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int
+#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64
+#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null
+#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text
+#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16
+#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be
+#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le
+#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value
+#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
+#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
+#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf
+#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step
+#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
+#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
+#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes
+#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook
+#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data
+#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double
+#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int
+#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64
+#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
+#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text
+#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16
+#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be
+#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le
+#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type
+#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf
+#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
+#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close
+#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open
+#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read
+#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write
+#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
+#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control
+#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
+#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try
+#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2
+#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory
+#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
+#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
+#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
+#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find
+#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register
+#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
+#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code
+#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control
+#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness
+#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
+#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
+#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit
+#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt
+#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql
+#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status
+#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish
+#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init
+#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
+#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
+#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
+#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config
+#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex
+#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status
+#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
+#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
+#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid
+#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status
+#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp
+#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
+#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
+#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config
+#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
+/* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename
+#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly
+#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory
+#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr
+#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy
+#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
+#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp
+#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
+#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64
+#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
+#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2
+/* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+#define sqlite3_auto_extension sqlite3_api->auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 sqlite3_api->bind_blob64
+#define sqlite3_bind_text64 sqlite3_api->bind_text64
+#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_load_extension sqlite3_api->load_extension
+#define sqlite3_malloc64 sqlite3_api->malloc64
+#define sqlite3_msize sqlite3_api->msize
+#define sqlite3_realloc64 sqlite3_api->realloc64
+#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_result_blob64 sqlite3_api->result_blob64
+#define sqlite3_result_text64 sqlite3_api->result_text64
+#define sqlite3_strglob sqlite3_api->strglob
+#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
- assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */
- if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
- /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
- ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without
- ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
- ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
- ** when this statement is run. */
- FKey *p;
- for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
- if( p->isDeferred ) break;
- }
- if( !p ) return;
- iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip);
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+ /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable
+ ** extension */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \
+ extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
+#else
+ /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the
+ ** application */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/
+#endif
- pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
- pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
+#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
- /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint
- ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
- ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
- ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(
- pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC
- );
+/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
+/* #include <string.h> */
- if( iSkip ){
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
- }
- }
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
-** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
-** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint
-** processing for the operation.
-**
-** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
-** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
-** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
-** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
-** zero in this case.
-**
-** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
-** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
-** row data.
-**
-** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
-** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
-** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
-** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention.
+** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
+** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer
+** for any missing APIs.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */
- int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */
- int regNew /* New row data is stored here */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */
- int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
- const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */
- int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
-
- /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
- assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
-
- /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
- if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
-
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
- /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
- ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */
- for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
- Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
- Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */
- int *aiFree = 0;
- int *aiCol;
- int iCol;
- int i;
- int isIgnore = 0;
-
- /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index
- ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these
- ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return
- ** early. */
- if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
- pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
- }else{
- pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
- }
- if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
- if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
- continue;
- }
- assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
-
- if( aiFree ){
- aiCol = aiFree;
- }else{
- iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
- aiCol = &iCol;
- }
- for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
- if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
- aiCol[i] = -1;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the
- ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
- ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
- if( db->xAuth ){
- int rcauth;
- char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
- rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
- isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0
#endif
- }
-
- /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
- ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
- ** in the parent table. */
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
- pParse->nTab++;
-
- if( regOld!=0 ){
- /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
- ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
- ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
- fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore);
- }
- if( regNew!=0 ){
- /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
- ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */
- fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore);
- }
-
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
- }
-
- /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */
- for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
- Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
- SrcList *pSrc;
- int *aiCol = 0;
-
- if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){
- assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
- /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate
- ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */
- continue;
- }
-
- if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
- if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
- continue;
- }
- assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
- /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table
- ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This
- ** is required for the sqlite3WhereXXX() interface. */
- pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
- if( pSrc ){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
- pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
- pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
- pItem->pTab->nRef++;
- pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-
- if( regNew!=0 ){
- fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
- }
- if( regOld!=0 ){
- /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation
- ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception
- ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a
- ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking
- ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented
- ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */
- fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
- }
- pItem->zName = 0;
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
- }
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0
+#endif
-#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0
+# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_text16 0
+# define sqlite3_complete16 0
+# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0
+# define sqlite3_create_function16 0
+# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0
+# define sqlite3_open16 0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16 0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0
+# define sqlite3_result_error16 0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16 0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16 0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0
+#endif
-/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
-** row contained in table pTab.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab /* Table being modified */
-){
- u32 mask = 0;
- if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
- FKey *p;
- int i;
- for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
- for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
- }
- for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
- Index *pIdx = 0;
- locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
- if( pIdx ){
- for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
- }
- }
- }
- return mask;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+# define sqlite3_complete 0
+# define sqlite3_complete16 0
+#endif
-/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
-** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
-** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
-** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
-** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding
-** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
-** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
-** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
-**
-** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
-** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function
-** returns false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */
- int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
- int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
-){
- if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
- if( !aChange ){
- /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the
- ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any
- ** foreign key constraint. */
- return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
- }else{
- /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
- ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
- int i;
- FKey *p;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0
+#endif
- /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
- for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
- for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
- int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
- if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
- if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1;
- }
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
+#endif
- /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
- for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
- for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
- char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
- int iKey;
- for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){
- Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
- if( (zKey ? !sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){
- if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1;
- if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# define sqlite3_create_module 0
+# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
+# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+# define sqlite3_profile 0
+# define sqlite3_trace 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+# define sqlite3_free_table 0
+# define sqlite3_get_table 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0
+#define sqlite3_blob_close 0
+#define sqlite3_blob_open 0
+#define sqlite3_blob_read 0
+#define sqlite3_blob_write 0
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0
+#endif
/*
-** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being
-** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
-** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
-** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
-** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
-**
-** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
-** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
-** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
-** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
-** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
-**
-** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in
-** the following schema:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
-** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
-**
-** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
+** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
+** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
+** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
+** library.
**
-** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
-** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
-** END;
+** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
+** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
**
-** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
-** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by
-** sqlite3FkDelete().
+** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
+** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should
+** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
+** not NULL before calling it.
*/
-static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */
- FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */
- ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */
- int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
+ sqlite3_aggregate_context,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ sqlite3_aggregate_count,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_bind_blob,
+ sqlite3_bind_double,
+ sqlite3_bind_int,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64,
+ sqlite3_bind_null,
+ sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
+ sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
+ sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
+ sqlite3_bind_text,
+ sqlite3_bind_text16,
+ sqlite3_bind_value,
+ sqlite3_busy_handler,
+ sqlite3_busy_timeout,
+ sqlite3_changes,
+ sqlite3_close,
+ sqlite3_collation_needed,
+ sqlite3_collation_needed16,
+ sqlite3_column_blob,
+ sqlite3_column_bytes,
+ sqlite3_column_bytes16,
+ sqlite3_column_count,
+ sqlite3_column_database_name,
+ sqlite3_column_database_name16,
+ sqlite3_column_decltype,
+ sqlite3_column_decltype16,
+ sqlite3_column_double,
+ sqlite3_column_int,
+ sqlite3_column_int64,
+ sqlite3_column_name,
+ sqlite3_column_name16,
+ sqlite3_column_origin_name,
+ sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
+ sqlite3_column_table_name,
+ sqlite3_column_table_name16,
+ sqlite3_column_text,
+ sqlite3_column_text16,
+ sqlite3_column_type,
+ sqlite3_column_value,
+ sqlite3_commit_hook,
+ sqlite3_complete,
+ sqlite3_complete16,
+ sqlite3_create_collation,
+ sqlite3_create_collation16,
+ sqlite3_create_function,
+ sqlite3_create_function16,
+ sqlite3_create_module,
+ sqlite3_data_count,
+ sqlite3_db_handle,
+ sqlite3_declare_vtab,
+ sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
+ sqlite3_errcode,
+ sqlite3_errmsg,
+ sqlite3_errmsg16,
+ sqlite3_exec,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ sqlite3_expired,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_finalize,
+ sqlite3_free,
+ sqlite3_free_table,
+ sqlite3_get_autocommit,
+ sqlite3_get_auxdata,
+ sqlite3_get_table,
+ 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
+ sqlite3_interrupt,
+ sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
+ sqlite3_libversion,
+ sqlite3_libversion_number,
+ sqlite3_malloc,
+ sqlite3_mprintf,
+ sqlite3_open,
+ sqlite3_open16,
+ sqlite3_prepare,
+ sqlite3_prepare16,
+ sqlite3_profile,
+ sqlite3_progress_handler,
+ sqlite3_realloc,
+ sqlite3_reset,
+ sqlite3_result_blob,
+ sqlite3_result_double,
+ sqlite3_result_error,
+ sqlite3_result_error16,
+ sqlite3_result_int,
+ sqlite3_result_int64,
+ sqlite3_result_null,
+ sqlite3_result_text,
+ sqlite3_result_text16,
+ sqlite3_result_text16be,
+ sqlite3_result_text16le,
+ sqlite3_result_value,
+ sqlite3_rollback_hook,
+ sqlite3_set_authorizer,
+ sqlite3_set_auxdata,
+ sqlite3_snprintf,
+ sqlite3_step,
+ sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_total_changes,
+ sqlite3_trace,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_update_hook,
+ sqlite3_user_data,
+ sqlite3_value_blob,
+ sqlite3_value_bytes,
+ sqlite3_value_bytes16,
+ sqlite3_value_double,
+ sqlite3_value_int,
+ sqlite3_value_int64,
+ sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
+ sqlite3_value_text,
+ sqlite3_value_text16,
+ sqlite3_value_text16be,
+ sqlite3_value_text16le,
+ sqlite3_value_type,
+ sqlite3_vmprintf,
+ /*
+ ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any
+ ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But
+ ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
+ ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
+ ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
+ *************************************************************************
+ */
+ sqlite3_overload_function,
- action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
- pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
+ /*
+ ** Added after 3.3.13
+ */
+ sqlite3_prepare_v2,
+ sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
+ sqlite3_clear_bindings,
- if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
- u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
- char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */
- int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
- Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */
- int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
- TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */
- Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
- ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
- Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
+ /*
+ ** Added for 3.4.1
+ */
+ sqlite3_create_module_v2,
- if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
- assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+ /*
+ ** Added for 3.5.0
+ */
+ sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
+ sqlite3_blob_bytes,
+ sqlite3_blob_close,
+ sqlite3_blob_open,
+ sqlite3_blob_read,
+ sqlite3_blob_write,
+ sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
+ sqlite3_file_control,
+ sqlite3_memory_highwater,
+ sqlite3_memory_used,
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+#else
+ sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter,
+ sqlite3_mutex_free,
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave,
+ sqlite3_mutex_try,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_open_v2,
+ sqlite3_release_memory,
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
+ sqlite3_sleep,
+ sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
+ sqlite3_vfs_find,
+ sqlite3_vfs_register,
+ sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
- for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
- Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */
- Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */
- Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */
- Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */
- int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */
- Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
+ /*
+ ** Added for 3.5.8
+ */
+ sqlite3_threadsafe,
+ sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
+ sqlite3_result_error_code,
+ sqlite3_test_control,
+ sqlite3_randomness,
+ sqlite3_context_db_handle,
- iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
- assert( iFromCol>=0 );
- tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid";
- tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;
+ /*
+ ** Added for 3.6.0
+ */
+ sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
+ sqlite3_limit,
+ sqlite3_next_stmt,
+ sqlite3_sql,
+ sqlite3_status,
- tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
- tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);
+ /*
+ ** Added for 3.7.4
+ */
+ sqlite3_backup_finish,
+ sqlite3_backup_init,
+ sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
+ sqlite3_backup_remaining,
+ sqlite3_backup_step,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+ sqlite3_compileoption_get,
+ sqlite3_compileoption_used,
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_create_function_v2,
+ sqlite3_db_config,
+ sqlite3_db_mutex,
+ sqlite3_db_status,
+ sqlite3_extended_errcode,
+ sqlite3_log,
+ sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
+ sqlite3_sourceid,
+ sqlite3_stmt_status,
+ sqlite3_strnicmp,
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+ sqlite3_unlock_notify,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
+ sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
+ sqlite3_wal_hook,
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_blob_reopen,
+ sqlite3_vtab_config,
+ sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict,
+ sqlite3_close_v2,
+ sqlite3_db_filename,
+ sqlite3_db_readonly,
+ sqlite3_db_release_memory,
+ sqlite3_errstr,
+ sqlite3_stmt_busy,
+ sqlite3_stmt_readonly,
+ sqlite3_stricmp,
+ sqlite3_uri_boolean,
+ sqlite3_uri_int64,
+ sqlite3_uri_parameter,
+ sqlite3_vsnprintf,
+ sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2,
+ /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+ sqlite3_auto_extension,
+ sqlite3_bind_blob64,
+ sqlite3_bind_text64,
+ sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension,
+ sqlite3_load_extension,
+ sqlite3_malloc64,
+ sqlite3_msize,
+ sqlite3_realloc64,
+ sqlite3_reset_auto_extension,
+ sqlite3_result_blob64,
+ sqlite3_result_text64,
+ sqlite3_strglob
+};
- /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
- ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
- ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
- ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
- pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
- , 0),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol)
- , 0);
- pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+/*
+** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
+** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a
+** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use
+** of the default name is recommended.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+**
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
+** error message text. The calling function should free this memory
+** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
+*/
+static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+ void *handle;
+ int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+ char *zErrmsg = 0;
+ const char *zEntry;
+ char *zAltEntry = 0;
+ void **aHandle;
+ int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
+ int ii;
- /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
- ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
- **
- ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
- */
- if( pChanges ){
- pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
- 0),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
- 0),
- 0);
- pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
- }
-
- if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
- Expr *pNew;
- if( action==OE_Cascade ){
- pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
- , 0);
- }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
- Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
- if( pDflt ){
- pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
- }else{
- pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
- }
- }else{
- pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
- }
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
- }
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+ /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */
+ static const char *azEndings[] = {
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+ "dll"
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+ "dylib"
+#else
+ "so"
+#endif
+ };
- zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
- nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
- if( action==OE_Restrict ){
- Token tFrom;
- Expr *pRaise;
+ if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
- tFrom.z = zFrom;
- tFrom.n = nFrom;
- pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed");
- if( pRaise ){
- pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
- }
- pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,
- sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
- sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
- pWhere,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
- );
- pWhere = 0;
+ /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older
+ ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
+ ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One
+ ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
+ ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error.
+ */
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
+ if( pzErrMsg ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
}
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
- /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
- enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+ zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init";
- pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
- sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */
- sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */
- nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */
- );
- if( pTrigger ){
- pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
- pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1];
- pStep->target.n = nFrom;
- memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom);
-
- pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- if( pWhen ){
- pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0);
- pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN
+ for(ii=0; ii<ArraySize(azEndings) && handle==0; ii++){
+ char *zAltFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zFile, azEndings[ii]);
+ if( zAltFile==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile);
+ sqlite3_free(zAltFile);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( handle==0 ){
+ if( pzErrMsg ){
+ *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
+ if( zErrmsg ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+ "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
+ sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
}
}
-
- /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
-
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
- fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
- return 0;
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+ sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
+
+ /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy
+ ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then
+ ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is
+ ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic
+ ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".",
+ ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".
+ ** Examples:
+ **
+ ** /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==> sqlite3_example_init
+ ** C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll ==> sqlite3_mathfuncs_init
+ */
+ if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){
+ int iFile, iEntry, c;
+ int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
+ zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc(ncFile+30);
+ if( zAltEntry==0 ){
+ sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-
- switch( action ){
- case OE_Restrict:
- pStep->op = TK_SELECT;
- break;
- case OE_Cascade:
- if( !pChanges ){
- pStep->op = TK_DELETE;
- break;
- }
- default:
- pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+ memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8);
+ for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){}
+ iFile++;
+ if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3;
+ for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){
+ if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){
+ zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c];
+ }
}
- pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
- pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
- pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
+ memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6);
+ zEntry = zAltEntry;
+ xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+ sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
+ }
+ if( xInit==0 ){
+ if( pzErrMsg ){
+ nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry);
+ *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
+ if( zErrmsg ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+ "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile);
+ sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+ sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
+ if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
+ if( pzErrMsg ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+ sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- return pTrigger;
+ /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
+ aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
+ if( aHandle==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( db->nExtension>0 ){
+ memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+ db->aExtension = aHandle;
+
+ db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
-** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
+** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
+** to clean up loaded extensions
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */
- ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
- int regOld /* Address of array containing old row */
-){
- /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that
- ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK
- ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated
- ** trigger sub-program. */
- if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
- FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */
- for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
- Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
- if( pAction ){
- sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
+ sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+/*
+** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by
+** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( onoff ){
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+ }else{
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
/*
-** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
-** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
-** hash table.
+** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
+** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
+** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that
+** dummy pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
- FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */
- FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
+#endif
- assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
- for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
- /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
- if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
- if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
- pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
+/*
+** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
+** extensions.
+**
+** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
+ int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
+ void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
+} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
+** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdAutoextInit \
+ sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
+# define wsdAutoext x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdAutoextInit
+# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
+** loaded by every new database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ int i;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+ wsdAutoextInit;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
+ if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
+ }
+ if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+ int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
+ void (**aNew)(void);
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
+ if( aNew==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
- const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
- sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
- }
- if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
- pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+ wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
+ wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
+ wsdAutoext.nExt++;
}
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
- /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
- ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
- */
- assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
+/*
+** Cancel a prior call to sqlite3_auto_extension. Remove xInit from the
+** set of routines that is invoked for each new database connection, if it
+** is currently on the list. If xInit is not on the list, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** Return 1 if xInit was found on the list and removed. Return 0 if xInit
+** was not on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+ int i;
+ int n = 0;
+ wsdAutoextInit;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ for(i=wsdAutoext.nExt-1; i>=0; i--){
+ if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){
+ wsdAutoext.nExt--;
+ wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt];
+ n++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return n;
+}
- /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
- fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
+/*
+** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
#endif
+ {
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+ wsdAutoextInit;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
+ wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
+ wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ }
+}
- pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+/*
+** Load all automatic extensions.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ int go = 1;
+ int rc;
+ int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+
+ wsdAutoextInit;
+ if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
+ /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
+ return;
+ }
+ for(i=0; go; i++){
+ char *zErrmsg;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+ xInit = 0;
+ go = 0;
+ }else{
+ xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+ wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ zErrmsg = 0;
+ if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc,
+ "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
+ go = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
}
}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
-/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
+/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
+** 2003 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -85022,2009 +100798,3277 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
*/
-/*
-** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
- Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
- int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */
- int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
- Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */
- int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
- Vdbe *v;
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
- assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
- sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+# if defined(__APPLE__)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+# else
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** The next block of code, including the PragTyp_XXXX macro definitions and
+** the aPragmaName[] object is composed of generated code. DO NOT EDIT.
+**
+** To add new pragmas, edit the code in ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl and rerun
+** that script. Then copy/paste the output in place of the following:
+*/
+#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0
+#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1
+#define PragTyp_FLAG 2
+#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3
+#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4
+#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 5
+#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 6
+#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 7
+#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 8
+#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 9
+#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 10
+#define PragTyp_ENCODING 11
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 12
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 13
+#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 14
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 15
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 16
+#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 17
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 18
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 19
+#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 20
+#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 21
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 22
+#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 23
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 24
+#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 25
+#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 26
+#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 27
+#define PragTyp_STATS 28
+#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 29
+#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 30
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 31
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 32
+#define PragTyp_THREADS 33
+#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 34
+#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 35
+#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 36
+#define PragTyp_HEXKEY 37
+#define PragTyp_KEY 38
+#define PragTyp_REKEY 39
+#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 40
+#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE 41
+#define PragFlag_NeedSchema 0x01
+static const struct sPragmaNames {
+ const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */
+ u8 ePragTyp; /* PragTyp_XXX value */
+ u8 mPragFlag; /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */
+ u32 iArg; /* Extra argument */
+} aPragmaNames[] = {
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+ { /* zName: */ "activate_extensions",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "application_id",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+ { /* zName: */ "auto_vacuum",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX)
+ { /* zName: */ "automatic_index",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_AutoIndex },
+#endif
+#endif
+ { /* zName: */ "busy_timeout",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "cache_size",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "cache_spill",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CacheSpill },
+#endif
+ { /* zName: */ "case_sensitive_like",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "checkpoint_fullfsync",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "collation_list",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS)
+ { /* zName: */ "compile_options",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "count_changes",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CountRows },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN
+ { /* zName: */ "data_store_directory",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "database_list",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+ { /* zName: */ "default_cache_size",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ { /* zName: */ "defer_foreign_keys",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_DeferFKs },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "empty_result_callbacks",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_NullCallback },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16)
+ { /* zName: */ "encoding",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ENCODING,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_check",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY)
+ { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_list",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ { /* zName: */ "foreign_keys",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "freelist_count",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "full_column_names",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullColNames },
+ { /* zName: */ "fullfsync",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullFSync },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ { /* zName: */ "hexkey",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "hexrekey",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK)
+ { /* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+ { /* zName: */ "incremental_vacuum",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "index_info",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "index_list",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
+ { /* zName: */ "integrity_check",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "journal_mode",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "journal_size_limit",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ { /* zName: */ "key",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "legacy_file_format",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ { /* zName: */ "lock_proxy_file",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ { /* zName: */ "lock_status",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "locking_mode",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "max_page_count",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "mmap_size",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "page_count",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "page_size",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ { /* zName: */ "parser_trace",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "query_only",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_QueryOnly },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
+ { /* zName: */ "quick_check",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "read_uncommitted",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
+ { /* zName: */ "recursive_triggers",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ { /* zName: */ "rekey",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_REKEY,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "schema_version",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "secure_delete",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "short_column_names",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+#endif
+ { /* zName: */ "shrink_memory",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "soft_heap_limit",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ { /* zName: */ "sql_trace",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "stats",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_STATS,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "synchronous",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "table_info",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "temp_store",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "temp_store_directory",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+ { /* zName: */ "threads",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_THREADS,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "user_version",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ { /* zName: */ "vdbe_addoptrace",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace },
+ { /* zName: */ "vdbe_debug",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
+ { /* zName: */ "vdbe_eqp",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP },
+ { /* zName: */ "vdbe_listing",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeListing },
+ { /* zName: */ "vdbe_trace",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+ { /* zName: */ "wal_autocheckpoint",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+ { /* zName: */ "wal_checkpoint",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+ { /* zName: */ "writable_schema",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+ /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+ /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
+#endif
+};
+/* Number of pragmas: 57 on by default, 70 total. */
+/* End of the automatically generated pragma table.
+***************************************************************************/
/*
-** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
-** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in
-** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
-**
-** Character Column affinity
-** ------------------------------
-** 'a' TEXT
-** 'b' NONE
-** 'c' NUMERIC
-** 'd' INTEGER
-** 'e' REAL
-**
-** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
-** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or
+** unrecognized string argument. The FULL option is disallowed
+** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
-** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
-** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
-** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
- if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
- /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
- ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
- ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
- **
- ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
- ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
- ** up.
- */
- int n;
- Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
- pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2);
- if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return 0;
- }
- for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
- pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
+static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){
+ /* 123456789 123456789 */
+ static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
+ static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
+ static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
+ static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
+ int i, n;
+ if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+ return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
+ }
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength)-omitFull; i++){
+ if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+ return iValue[i];
}
- pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
}
-
- return pIdx->zColAff;
+ return dflt;
}
/*
-** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
-** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
-** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
-** column:
-**
-** Character Column affinity
-** ------------------------------
-** 'a' TEXT
-** 'b' NONE
-** 'c' NUMERIC
-** 'd' INTEGER
-** 'e' REAL
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
- /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
- ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then
- ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
- **
- ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
- ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
- */
- if( !pTab->zColAff ){
- char *zColAff;
- int i;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
-
- zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
- if( !zColAff ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return;
- }
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, u8 dflt){
+ return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
+}
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
- }
- zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
+/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
+** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing. So omit
+** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
- pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
+*/
+static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
+ if( z ){
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
}
-
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
-** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location
-** iStartAddr throught the end of the program. This is used to see if
-** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can
-** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT.
+** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
+**
+** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are
+** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
*/
-static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
int i;
- int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
-#endif
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
+ i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
+ return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
- for(i=iStartAddr; i<iEnd; i++){
- VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
- assert( pOp!=0 );
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
- Index *pIndex;
- int tnum = pOp->p2;
- if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
- return 1;
- }
- for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
- if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
- assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
- return 1;
- }
-#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+ if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+ return z[0] - '0';
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+ return 1;
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+ return 2;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
}
- return 0;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
-** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
-** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register
-** that holds the maximum rowid.
-**
-** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
-** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
-** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
-** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
-** AutoincInfo structure is used.
-**
-** Three memory locations are allocated:
-**
-** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
-** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
-** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
-**
-** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the
-** insert routine needs to know about.
+** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
+** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
*/
-static int autoIncBegin(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */
- Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */
-){
- int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */
- if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- AutoincInfo *pInfo;
-
- pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
- while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
- if( pInfo==0 ){
- pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
- if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
- pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
- pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
- pInfo->pTab = pTab;
- pInfo->iDb = iDb;
- pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */
- pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */
- pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
+static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+ if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+ "from within a transaction");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- memId = pInfo->regCtr;
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+ db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
}
- return memId;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
-** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
-** register used by the autoincrement tracker.
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
- AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */
- int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */
- int addr; /* A VDBE address */
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */
-
- /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is
- ** only called from the top-level */
- assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
- assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) );
-
- assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
- for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
- pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
- memId = p->regCtr;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+ int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
/*
-** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
-**
-** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
-** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is
-** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
-** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged.
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
*/
-static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
- if( memId>0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+ i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value));
+ if( pI64 ){
+ memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value));
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
}
+
/*
-** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
-** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
-** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
-** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
-** routine just before the "exit" code.
+** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb. Or if iDb<0
+** set these values for all pagers.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
- AutoincInfo *p;
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
- assert( v );
- for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
- int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5;
- int iRec;
- int memId = p->regCtr;
-
- iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1);
- j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind);
- j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec);
- j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1);
- j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){
+ if( db->autoCommit ){
+ Db *pDb = db->aDb;
+ int n = db->nDb;
+ assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC );
+ assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC );
+ assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL );
+ assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL)
+ == PAGER_FLAGS_MASK );
+ assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level );
+ while( (n--) > 0 ){
+ if( pDb->pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt,
+ pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) );
+ }
+ pDb++;
+ }
}
}
#else
+# define setAllPagerFlags(X) /* no-op */
+#endif
+
+
/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
-** above are all no-ops
+** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
*/
-# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
-# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static const char *actionName(u8 action){
+ const char *zName;
+ switch( action ){
+ case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break;
+ case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break;
+ case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break;
+ case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break;
+ default: zName = "NO ACTION";
+ assert( action==OE_None ); break;
+ }
+ return zName;
+}
+#endif
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int xferOptimization(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */
- Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
- int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */
- int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */
-);
+/*
+** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
+** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
+** journal-mode name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
+ static char * const azModeName[] = {
+ "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ , "wal"
+#endif
+ };
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
+ assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
+
+ if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
+ return azModeName[eMode];
+}
/*
-** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
-**
-** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
-** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
-**
-** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted,
-** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST
-** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
-**
-** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
-** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is
-** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
-** data for the insert.
-**
-** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple
-** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
-** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this
-** the "1st template"):
-**
-** open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
-** write the resulting record into <table>
-** cleanup
-**
-** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
-**
-** INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
-**
-** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
-** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
-** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
-** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
-** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
-** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
-** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
-** template. This is the 2nd template.
-**
-** open a write cursor to <table>
-** open read cursor on <table2>
-** transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
-** close cursors
-** foreach index on <table>
-** open a write cursor on the <table> index
-** open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
-** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
-** close cursors
-** end foreach
+** Process a pragma statement.
**
-** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
-** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
-** The generated code follows this template:
+** Pragmas are of this form:
**
-** EOF <- 0
-** X <- A
-** goto B
-** A: setup for the SELECT
-** loop over the rows in the SELECT
-** load values into registers R..R+n
-** yield X
-** end loop
-** cleanup after the SELECT
-** EOF <- 1
-** yield X
-** goto A
-** B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-** C: yield X
-** if EOF goto D
-** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
-** goto C
-** D: cleanup
+** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
**
-** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
-** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
-** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form,
-** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
-** the select. The template is like this:
+** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
**
-** EOF <- 0
-** X <- A
-** goto B
-** A: setup for the SELECT
-** loop over the tables in the SELECT
-** load value into register R..R+n
-** yield X
-** end loop
-** cleanup after the SELECT
-** EOF <- 1
-** yield X
-** halt-error
-** B: open temp table
-** L: yield X
-** if EOF goto M
-** insert row from R..R+n into temp table
-** goto L
-** M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-** rewind temp table
-** C: loop over rows of intermediate table
-** transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
-** end loop
-** D: cleanup
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
- ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */
- Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
- IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
- int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */
+ Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+ Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+ int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
){
- sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */
- Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */
- char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
- const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */
- int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */
- Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
- Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
- int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */
- int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
- int baseCur = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
- int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
- int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
- int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
- int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
- int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */
- int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
- int addrSelect = 0; /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */
- SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
- int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */
- Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */
- int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
+ char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+ char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+ const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */
+ Token *pId; /* Pointer to <id> token */
+ char *aFcntl[4]; /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+ int iDb; /* Database index for <database> */
+ int lwr, upr, mid; /* Binary search bounds */
+ int rc; /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ Db *pDb; /* The specific database being pragmaed */
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Prepared statement */
- /* Register allocations */
- int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
- int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
- int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
- int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
- int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */
- int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */
- int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
- int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */
+ if( v==0 ) return;
+ sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
+ pParse->nMem = 2;
+
+ /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+ ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+ if( iDb<0 ) return;
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+ /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the
+ ** pragma, make sure it is open.
+ */
+ if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+ return;
+ }
+
+ zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
+ if( !zLeft ) return;
+ if( minusFlag ){
+ zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
+ }else{
+ zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
+ }
+
+ assert( pId2 );
+ zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS
+ ** connection. If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS
+ ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement.
+ */
+ aFcntl[0] = 0;
+ aFcntl[1] = zLeft;
+ aFcntl[2] = zRight;
+ aFcntl[3] = 0;
+ db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( aFcntl[0] ){
+ int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, mem, 0, aFcntl[0], 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "result", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+ sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+ }
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+ if( aFcntl[0] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]);
+ sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+ }
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ pParse->rc = rc;
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */
+ lwr = 0;
+ upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1;
+ while( lwr<=upr ){
+ mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
+ rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName);
+ if( rc==0 ) break;
+ if( rc<0 ){
+ upr = mid - 1;
+ }else{
+ lwr = mid + 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out;
+
+ /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */
+ if( (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){
+ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
+ switch( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp ){
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+ **
+ ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+ ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of
+ ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current
+ ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+ ** stored in the database file.
+ **
+ ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
+ ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous
+ ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
+ ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
+ ** size of historical compatibility.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: {
+ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+ static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+ { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */
+ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */
+ { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0},
+ { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0},
+ { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1},
+ { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0},
+ { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */
+ { OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0},
+ { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0},
+ };
+ int addr;
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ if( !zRight ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ pParse->nMem += 2;
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize,iLn);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+ }else{
+ int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+ sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+ **
+ ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+ ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the
+ ** database page size value. The value can only be set if
+ ** the database has not yet been created.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: {
+ Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+ assert( pBt!=0 );
+ if( !zRight ){
+ int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+ }else{
+ /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
+ ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
+ */
+ db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+ if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
+ **
+ ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+ ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete
+ ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: {
+ Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+ int b = -1;
+ assert( pBt!=0 );
+ if( zRight ){
+ b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0);
+ }
+ if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
+ }
+ }
+ b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
+ **
+ ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+ ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
+ ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both
+ ** forms return the current setting.
+ **
+ ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might
+ ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
+ ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
+ **
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count
+ **
+ ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
+ int iReg;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+ if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg,
+ sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ break;
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
- int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */
-#endif
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
+ */
+ case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: {
+ const char *zRet = "normal";
+ int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
- db = pParse->db;
- memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
+ /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
+ ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
+ ** the locking-mode of the main database).
+ */
+ eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
+ }else{
+ Pager *pPager;
+ if( pId2->n==0 ){
+ /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
+ ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
+ ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
+ **
+ ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
+ ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
+ ** locking mode.
+ */
+ int ii;
+ assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
+ for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
+ sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+ }
+ db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
+ }
+ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+ eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+ }
+
+ assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+ || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+ if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
+ zRet = "exclusive";
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ break;
}
- /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
+ ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
*/
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
- zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
- if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
- if( pTab==0 ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: {
+ int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+ if( zRight==0 ){
+ /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
+ ** current mode */
+ eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+ }else{
+ const char *zMode;
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
+ for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( !zMode ){
+ /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
+ ** then do a query */
+ eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+ }
+ }
+ if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
+ /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
+ iDb = 0;
+ pId2->n = 1;
+ }
+ for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+ if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ break;
}
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb<db->nDb );
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- zDb = pDb->zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
+
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
+ **
+ ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+ i64 iLimit = -2;
+ if( zRight ){
+ sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit);
+ if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
+ }
+ iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
+ break;
}
- /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
- ** inserted into is a view
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
+ **
+ ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+ ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
- isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define tmask 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: {
+ Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+ assert( pBt!=0 );
+ if( !zRight ){
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt));
+ }else{
+ int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
+ assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
+ db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
+ /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
+ ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
+ ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
+ ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
+ /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or
+ ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
+ ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
+ ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
+ */
+ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+ static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
+ { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */
+ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
+ { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */
+ { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */
+ { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */
+ { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */
+ };
+ int iAddr;
+ iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
#endif
- assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
- /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
- ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual
- ** module table).
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
+ **
+ ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
*/
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: {
+ int iLimit, addr;
+ if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
+ iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
+ }
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ break;
}
+#endif
- /* Ensure that:
- * (a) the table is not read-only,
- * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+ **
+ ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+ ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
+ ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the
+ ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the
+ ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
+ ** of memory.
*/
- if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: {
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ if( !zRight ){
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+ }else{
+ int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+ pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+ sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+ }
+ break;
}
- /* Allocate a VDBE
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N)
+ **
+ ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is
+ ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the
+ ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping
+ ** is not used at all. If N is negative, then the default memory map
+ ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set.
+ ** The parameter N is measured in bytes.
+ **
+ ** This value is advisory. The underlying VFS is free to memory map
+ ** as little or as much as it wants. Except, if N is set to 0 then the
+ ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS.
*/
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
- if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
+ case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: {
+ sqlite3_int64 sz;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ if( zRight ){
+ int ii;
+ sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz);
+ if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+ if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz;
+ for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+ if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+ sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ sz = -1;
+ rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
+#else
+ sz = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "mmap_size", sz);
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ pParse->rc = rc;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
- /* If the statement is of the form
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA temp_store
+ ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
**
- ** INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
+ ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing
+ ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+ ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
**
- ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
- ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
+ ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+ ** override this setting
+ */
+ case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: {
+ if( !zRight ){
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+ }else{
+ changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory
+ ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+ **
+ ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing
+ ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
+ ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
+ ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
**
- ** This is the 2nd template.
*/
- if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
- assert( !pTrigger );
- assert( pList==0 );
- goto insert_end;
+ case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
+ if( !zRight ){
+ if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME,
+ "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ }
+ }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ if( zRight[0] ){
+ int res;
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
+ || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
+ || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
+ ){
+ invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+ if( zRight[0] ){
+ sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+ }
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
- /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
- ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA data_store_directory
+ ** PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+ **
+ ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag. Changing
+ ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that
+ ** were specified with a relative pathname. Setting to a null string reverts
+ ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with
+ ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the
+ ** process. Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted
+ ** by this setting, regardless of its value.
+ **
*/
- regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
+ case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
+ if( !zRight ){
+ if( sqlite3_data_directory ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME,
+ "data_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_data_directory, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ }
+ }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ if( zRight[0] ){
+ int res;
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory);
+ if( zRight[0] ){
+ sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
- /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data
- ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
- ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The
- ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
+ **
+ ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing
+ ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
+ **
*/
- if( pSelect ){
- /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT
- ** as a co-routine. The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th
- ** templates:
- **
- ** EOF <- 0
- ** X <- A
- ** goto B
- ** A: setup for the SELECT
- ** loop over the tables in the SELECT
- ** load value into register R..R+n
- ** yield X
- ** end loop
- ** cleanup after the SELECT
- ** EOF <- 1
- ** yield X
- ** halt-error
- **
- ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the
- ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1.
- ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().) When
- ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof.
- */
- int rc, j1;
-
- regEof = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof); /* EOF <- 0 */
- VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag"));
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem);
- addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm);
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
- VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine"));
-
- /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
- assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc );
- if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: {
+ if( !zRight ){
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+ char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
+ sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ &proxy_file_path);
+
+ if( proxy_file_path ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME,
+ "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ }
+ }else{
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+ sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+ int res;
+ if( zRight[0] ){
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ zRight);
+ } else {
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+ **
+ ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing
+ ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+ ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+ ** opened.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: {
+ if( !zRight ){
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+ }else{
+ if( !db->autoCommit ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+ }else{
+ pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1;
+ setAllPagerFlags(db);
+ }
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof); /* EOF <- 1 */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); /* yield X */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort);
- VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine"));
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* label B: */
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
- regFromSelect = dest.iMem;
- assert( pSelect->pEList );
- nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
- assert( dest.nMem==nColumn );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+ case PragTyp_FLAG: {
+ if( zRight==0 ){
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, aPragmaNames[mid].zName,
+ (db->flags & aPragmaNames[mid].iArg)!=0 );
+ }else{
+ int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
+ if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
+ /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
+ ** in auto-commit mode. */
+ mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
+ }
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){
+ /* Do not allow non-admin users to modify the schema arbitrarily */
+ mask &= ~(SQLITE_WriteSchema);
+ }
+#endif
- /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
- ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to
- ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into
- ** the destination table (template 3).
- **
- ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
- ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a
- ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
- */
- if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){
- useTempTable = 1;
- }
+ if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+ db->flags |= mask;
+ }else{
+ db->flags &= ~mask;
+ if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+ }
- if( useTempTable ){
- /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
- ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated
- ** here is from the 4th template:
- **
- ** B: open temp table
- ** L: yield X
- ** if EOF goto M
- ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table
- ** goto L
- ** M: ...
+ /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL
+ ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
+ ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
*/
- int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */
- int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
- int addrTop; /* Label "L" */
- int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+ setAllPagerFlags(db);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
- srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
- regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
- addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);
- addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+ **
+ ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+ ** the returned data set are:
+ **
+ ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+ ** name: Column name
+ ** type: Column declaration type.
+ ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+ ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){
+ Table *pTab;
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+ if( pTab ){
+ int i, k;
+ int nHidden = 0;
+ Column *pCol;
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+ pParse->nMem = 6;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+ for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
+ nHidden++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+ pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4);
+ if( pCol->zDflt ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
+ }
+ if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){
+ k = 0;
+ }else if( pPk==0 ){
+ k = 1;
+ }else{
+ for(k=1; ALWAYS(k<=pTab->nCol) && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){}
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
+ }
}
- }else{
- /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
- ** clause
- */
- NameContext sNC;
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- srcTab = -1;
- assert( useTempTable==0 );
- nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
- for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PragTyp_STATS: {
+ Index *pIdx;
+ HashElem *i;
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4);
+ pParse->nMem = 4;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "index", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "width", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "height", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+ (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->szTabRow), 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+ (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->nRowLogEst), 4);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+ (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->szIdxRow), 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+ (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]), 4);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){
+ Index *pIdx;
+ Table *pTab;
+ pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+ if( pIdx ){
+ int i;
+ pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+ pParse->nMem = 3;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+ i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
+ assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
}
}
}
+ break;
- /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
- ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
- */
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
+ case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){
+ Index *pIdx;
+ Table *pTab;
+ int i;
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+ if( pTab ){
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+ pParse->nMem = 3;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+ }
}
}
- if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
- pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ break;
+
+ case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
+ int i;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+ pParse->nMem = 3;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+ assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+ sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+ }
}
- if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ break;
+
+ case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: {
+ int i = 0;
+ HashElem *p;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+ pParse->nMem = 2;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+ }
}
+ break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
- /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
- ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and
- ** remember the column indices.
- **
- ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
- ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
- ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is
- ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
- ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary
- ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
- */
- if( pColumn ){
- for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
- pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){
+ FKey *pFK;
+ Table *pTab;
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+ if( pTab ){
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+ if( pFK ){
+ int i = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8);
+ pParse->nMem = 8;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ while(pFK){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+ char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
+ char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]);
+ char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
+ pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
+ }
+ ++i;
+ pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+ }
+ }
}
- for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
- for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
- pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
- if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
- keyColumn = i;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: {
+ FKey *pFK; /* A foreign key constraint */
+ Table *pTab; /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */
+ Table *pParent; /* Parent table that child points to */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Index in the parent table */
+ int i; /* Loop counter: Foreign key number for pTab */
+ int j; /* Loop counter: Field of the foreign key */
+ HashElem *k; /* Loop counter: Next table in schema */
+ int x; /* result variable */
+ int regResult; /* 3 registers to hold a result row */
+ int regKey; /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */
+ int regRow; /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */
+ int addrTop; /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */
+ int addrOk; /* Jump here if the key is OK */
+ int *aiCols; /* child to parent column mapping */
+
+ regResult = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += 4;
+ regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "rowid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "parent", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "fkid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash);
+ while( k ){
+ if( zRight ){
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb);
+ k = 0;
+ }else{
+ pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+ k = sqliteHashNext(k);
+ }
+ if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue;
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+ if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow;
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult, 0, pTab->zName,
+ P4_TRANSIENT);
+ for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
+ pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
+ if( pParent==0 ) continue;
+ pIdx = 0;
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName);
+ x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0);
+ if( x==0 ){
+ if( pIdx==0 ){
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
}
+ }else{
+ k = 0;
break;
}
}
- if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
- if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
- keyColumn = i;
+ assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 );
+ if( pFK ) break;
+ if( pParse->nTab<i ) pParse->nTab = i;
+ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
+ pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
+ pIdx = 0;
+ aiCols = 0;
+ if( pParent ){
+ x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols);
+ assert( x==0 );
+ }
+ addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){
+ int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom;
+ assert( iKey>=0 && iKey<pTab->nCol );
+ if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow);
+ sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow,
+ sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrOk);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
}else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
- pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- goto insert_cleanup;
+ for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0,
+ aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ if( pParent ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey,
+ sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), pFK->nCol);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult+2, 0,
+ pFK->zTo, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-1, regResult+3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols);
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
}
}
+ break;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
- /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
- ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
- ** in the original table definition.
- */
- if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
- keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: {
+ if( zRight ){
+ if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+ sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+ }
+ }
}
-
- /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE
+ ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
*/
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+ case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: {
+ if( zRight ){
+ sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0));
+ }
}
+ break;
- /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
- if( !isView ){
- int nIdx;
+#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
+# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
+#endif
- baseCur = pParse->nTab;
- nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite);
- aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
- if( aRegIdx==0 ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){
- aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
- }
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+ /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of
+ ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
+ ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: {
+ int i, j, addr, mxErr;
- /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
- if( useTempTable ){
- /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the
- ** following pseudocode (template 4):
- **
- ** rewind temp table
- ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table
- ** transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
- ** end loop
- ** D: ...
- */
- addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab);
- addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the
- ** following pseudocode (template 3):
- **
- ** C: yield X
- ** if EOF goto D
- ** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
- ** goto C
- ** D: ...
+ /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error
+ ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the
+ ** error message
*/
- addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);
- addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
- }
+ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+ static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+ { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */
+ { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */
+ { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0},
+ };
- /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
- ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
- */
- regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
- pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- regRowid++;
- pParse->nMem++;
- }
- regData = regRowid+1;
+ int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');
- /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
- */
- endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
- int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
+ /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
+ ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
+ ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by
+ ** the VDBE created below.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or
+ ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb
+ ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity
+ ** of all attached databases. */
+ assert( iDb>=0 );
+ assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z );
+ if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1;
- /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER
- ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
- ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger,
- ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
- ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
- */
- if( keyColumn<0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
- }else{
- int j1;
- if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols);
- }else{
- assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols);
+ /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+ pParse->nMem = 6;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+ /* Set the maximum error count */
+ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+ if( zRight ){
+ sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
+ if( mxErr<=0 ){
+ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
}
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols);
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */
- /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
- ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
- */
- assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ HashElem *x;
+ Hash *pTbls;
+ int cnt = 0;
- /* Create the new column data
- */
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( pColumn==0 ){
- j = i;
- }else{
- for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
- if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+ if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
+ if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue;
+
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+ /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+ **
+ ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
+ ** for all tables and indices in the database.
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) );
+ pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
+ for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+ Index *pIdx;
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+ cnt++;
+ }
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+ cnt++;
}
}
- if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
- }else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1);
- }else{
- assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
- sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
- }
- }
- /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
- ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
- ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
- ** table column affinities.
- */
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol);
- sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
- }
+ /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
+ pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, cnt+8 );
- /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE,
- pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
+ /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+ P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
+ /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+ */
+ for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+ Index *pIdx, *pPk;
+ Index *pPrior = 0;
+ int loopTop;
+ int iDataCur, iIdxCur;
+ int r1 = -1;
+
+ if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+ pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead,
+ 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
+ for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */
+ }
+ pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1);
+ /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */
+ for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+ char *zErr;
+ int jmp2, jmp3;
+ if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue;
+ if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue;
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
+ jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName,
+ pTab->aCol[j].zName);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
+ jmp3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp3);
+ }
+ /* Validate index entries for the current row */
+ for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+ int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5;
+ int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
+ r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3,
+ pPrior, r1);
+ pPrior = pIdx;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1); /* increment entry count */
+ /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */
+ jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1,
+ pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
+ " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
+ jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
+ pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
+ jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+ /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the
+ ** current key. The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL
+ ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */
+ if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
+ int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int jmp6;
+ int kk;
+ for(kk=0; kk<pIdx->nKeyCol; kk++){
+ int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk];
+ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol );
+ if( pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, uniqOk);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1,
+ pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+ "non-unique entry in index ", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, jmp5);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4);
+ sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0,
+ "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
+ for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+ if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1);
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+ }
+ }
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, -mxErr);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "ok", P4_STATIC);
}
+ break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
- /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The
- ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
- ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
- ** case the record number is the same as that column.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA encoding
+ ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+ **
+ ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+ ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+ **
+ ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+ ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+ ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+ ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+ ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+ **
+ ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+ ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+ ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+ ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+ **
+ ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+ ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+ ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
*/
- if( !isView ){
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
- }
- if( keyColumn>=0 ){
- if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid);
- }else{
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
- pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
- if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- appendFlag = 1;
- pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
- pOp->p1 = baseCur;
- pOp->p2 = regRowid;
- pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
- }
- }
- /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
- ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+ case PragTyp_ENCODING: {
+ static const struct EncName {
+ char *zName;
+ u8 enc;
+ } encnames[] = {
+ { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 },
+ { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */
+ { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */
+ { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */
+ { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
+ { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
+ { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+ { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+ { 0, 0 }
+ };
+ const struct EncName *pEnc;
+ if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
+ assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+ assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+ assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+ /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+ ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+ ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+ ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
*/
- if( !appendFlag ){
- int j1;
- if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- }else{
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2);
+ if(
+ !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) ||
+ DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty)
+ ){
+ for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+ ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( !pEnc->zName ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
}
- }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
+ **
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
+ **
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = <integer>
+ **
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id = <integer>
+ **
+ ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
+ ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
+ ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
+ ** stored in the database header.
+ **
+ ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
+ ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
+ ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
+ ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
+ ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
+ ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
+ ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
+ ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
+ ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
+ **
+ ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
+ ** applications for any purpose.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: {
+ int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ switch( zLeft[0] ){
+ case 'a': case 'A':
+ iCookie = BTREE_APPLICATION_ID;
+ break;
+ case 'f': case 'F':
+ iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT;
+ break;
+ case 's': case 'S':
+ iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION;
+ break;
+ default:
+ iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){
+ /* Write the specified cookie value */
+ static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
+ { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */
+ { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */
+ { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */
+ };
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
- appendFlag = 1;
+ /* Read the specified cookie value */
+ static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
+ { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */
+ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */
+ { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}
+ };
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
- autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
- /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
- ** with the first column.
- */
- nHidden = 0;
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
- if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
- /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
- ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
- ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
- ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore);
- continue;
- }
- if( pColumn==0 ){
- if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
- assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
- j = -1;
- nHidden++;
- }else{
- j = i - nHidden;
- }
- }else{
- for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
- if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
- }
- }
- if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
- }else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA compile_options
+ **
+ ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
+ ** one option per row.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: {
+ int i = 0;
+ const char *zOpt;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ pParse->nMem = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
}
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
- /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
- ** do the insertion.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
- sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
- sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx,
- keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
- );
- sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns);
- sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
- pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0
- );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart
+ **
+ ** Checkpoint the database.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: {
+ int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
+ int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+ if( zRight ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
+ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
+ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
+ }
}
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+ pParse->nMem = 3;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
}
+ break;
- /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
+ ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
+ **
+ ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
+ ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
+ ** of N.
*/
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+ case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: {
+ if( zRight ){
+ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+ }
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint",
+ db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ?
+ SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
}
+ break;
+#endif
- if( pTrigger ){
- /* Code AFTER triggers */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER,
- pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA shrink_memory
+ **
+ ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the
+ ** current database connection.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: {
+ sqlite3_db_release_memory(db);
+ break;
}
- /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
- ** is a SELECT statement.
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA busy_timeout
+ ** PRAGMA busy_timeout = N
+ **
+ ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N). Return the current timeout value
+ ** if one is set. If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set
+ ** then 0 is returned. Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative
+ ** disables the timeout.
*/
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
- if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+ /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: {
+ assert( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT );
+ if( zRight ){
+ sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+ }
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout", db->busyTimeout);
+ break;
}
- if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
- /* Close all tables opened */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur);
- for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur);
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit
+ ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N
+ **
+ ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N). Return the result. If N is omitted,
+ ** use -1.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: {
+ sqlite3_int64 N;
+ if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
}
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit", sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1));
+ break;
}
-insert_end:
- /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
- ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
- ** autoincrement tables.
- */
- if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
- sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA threads
+ ** PRAGMA threads = N
+ **
+ ** Configure the maximum number of worker threads. Return the new
+ ** maximum, which might be less than requested.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_THREADS: {
+ sqlite3_int64 N;
+ if( zRight
+ && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK
+ && N>=0
+ ){
+ sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, (int)(N&0x7fffffff));
+ }
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "threads",
+ sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, -1));
+ break;
}
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
- ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is
- ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
- ** invoke the callback function.
+ ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
*/
- if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: {
+ static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+ "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+ };
+ int i;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+ pParse->nMem = 2;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt;
+ const char *zState = "unknown";
+ int j;
+ if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
+ pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){
+ zState = "closed";
+ }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0,
+ SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ zState = azLockName[j];
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+ }
+ break;
}
+#endif
-insert_cleanup:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
-}
-
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ case PragTyp_KEY: {
+ if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+ break;
+ }
+ case PragTyp_REKEY: {
+ if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+ break;
+ }
+ case PragTyp_HEXKEY: {
+ if( zRight ){
+ u8 iByte;
+ int i;
+ char zKey[40];
+ for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){
+ iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]);
+ if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte;
+ }
+ if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
+ sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+ case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
+ sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+ }
#endif
-#ifdef tmask
- #undef tmask
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
+ sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+ }
#endif
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ } /* End of the PRAGMA switch */
+
+pragma_out:
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
-**
-** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows:
-**
-** 1. The rowid of the row after the update.
-**
-** 2. The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
-**
-** i. Data from middle columns...
-**
-** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
-**
-** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1).
-**
-** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains
-** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes
-** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate
-** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng
-** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the
-** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that the rowid is
-** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not
-** modified by an update.
-**
-** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into
-** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for
-** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
-** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
-** attached to the table.
-**
-** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL,
-** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails,
-** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible
-** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
-**
-** Constraint type Action What Happens
-** --------------- ---------- ----------------------------------------
-** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and
-** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
-** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command
-** only (do not do a complete rollback) then
-** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
-** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
-** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The
-** transaction is not rolled back and any
-** prior changes are retained.
+** 2005 May 25
**
-** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from
-** the stack and there is an immediate jump
-** to label ignoreDest.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default
-** value for that column. If the default value
-** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row
-** being inserted is removed.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
+** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
+** from disk.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(
+ InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */
+ const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
+ const char *zExtra /* Error information */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
+ if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
+ sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db,
+ "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
+ if( zExtra ){
+ *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg,
+ "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
+ }
+ }
+ pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
**
-** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception.
+** Each callback contains the following information:
**
-** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
-** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
-** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
-** for the constraint is used.
+** argv[0] = name of thing being created
+** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
+** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
**
-** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
-** cursor number "baseCur". All indices of pTab must also have open
-** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor.
-** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
-** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */
- int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
- int regRowid, /* Index of the range of input registers */
- int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */
- int rowidChng, /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */
- int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
- int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
- int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
- int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
-){
- int i; /* loop counter */
- Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */
- int nCol; /* Number of columns */
- int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */
- int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */
- int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */
- int regData; /* Register containing first data column */
- int iCur; /* Table cursor number */
- Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */
- int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
- int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+ InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+ sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+ int iDb = pData->iDb;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 );
- assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
- nCol = pTab->nCol;
- regData = regRowid + 1;
+ assert( argc==3 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+ return 1;
+ }
- /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
- */
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
- continue;
- }
- onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
- if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
- if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
- onError = overrideError;
- }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
- if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
- assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
- || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
- switch( onError ){
- case OE_Abort:
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- case OE_Rollback:
- case OE_Fail: {
- char *zMsg;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull,
- SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i);
- zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL",
- pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Ignore: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- assert( onError==OE_Replace );
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- break;
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+ if( argv[1]==0 ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+ }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+ /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+ ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+ ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data
+ ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+ */
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
+
+ assert( db->init.busy );
+ db->init.iDb = iDb;
+ db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
+ db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
+ TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ rc = db->errCode;
+ assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
+ db->init.iDb = 0;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
+ assert( iDb==1 );
+ }else{
+ pData->rc = rc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ }
}
}
+ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
+ }else{
+ /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+ ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+ ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already
+ ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have
+ ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+ */
+ Index *pIndex;
+ pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ if( pIndex==0 ){
+ /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+ ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since
+ ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+ ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+ */
+ /* Do Nothing */;
+ }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file. The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+ int rc;
+ int i;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ int size;
+#endif
+ Table *pTab;
+ Db *pDb;
+ char const *azArg[4];
+ int meta[5];
+ InitData initData;
+ char const *zMasterSchema;
+ char const *zMasterName;
+ int openedTransaction = 0;
+
+ /*
+ ** The master database table has a structure like this
+ */
+ static const char master_schema[] =
+ "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+ " type text,\n"
+ " name text,\n"
+ " tbl_name text,\n"
+ " rootpage integer,\n"
+ " sql text\n"
+ ")"
+ ;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+ static const char temp_master_schema[] =
+ "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+ " type text,\n"
+ " name text,\n"
+ " tbl_name text,\n"
+ " rootpage integer,\n"
+ " sql text\n"
+ ")"
+ ;
+#else
+ #define temp_master_schema 0
+#endif
+
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+
+ /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+ ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+ ** initialized. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+ */
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+ zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+ }else{
+ zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+ }
+ zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+
+ /* Construct the schema tables. */
+ azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+ azArg[1] = "1";
+ azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+ azArg[3] = 0;
+ initData.db = db;
+ initData.iDb = iDb;
+ initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+ sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
+ if( initData.rc ){
+ rc = initData.rc;
+ goto error_out;
+ }
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){
+ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
}
- /* Test all CHECK constraints
+ /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
- int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- pParse->ckBase = regData;
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
- if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
- }else{
- if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0);
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
+ DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
}
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
- /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
- ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this
- ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
- */
- if( rowidChng ){
- onError = pTab->keyConf;
- if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
- onError = overrideError;
- }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
-
- if( isUpdate ){
- j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng);
- }
- j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid);
- switch( onError ){
- default: {
- onError = OE_Abort;
- /* Fall thru into the next case */
- }
- case OE_Rollback:
- case OE_Abort:
- case OE_Fail: {
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(
- pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Replace: {
- /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
- ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
- ** remove the conflicting row from the the table. This will fire
- ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
- **
- ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
- ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call
- ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries
- ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry
- ** when it is inserted.
- **
- ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
- ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
- ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
- ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
- ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
- **
- ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
- **
- ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
- ** table.
- */
- Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
- if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
- pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
- }
- if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
- sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
- sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
- pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace
- );
- }else if( pTab->pIndex ){
- sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
- sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0);
- }
- seenReplace = 1;
- break;
- }
- case OE_Ignore: {
- assert( seenReplace==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
- break;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
- if( isUpdate ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+ /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+ ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
+ ** will be closed before this function returns. */
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+ if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+ goto initone_error_out;
}
+ openedTransaction = 1;
}
- /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
- ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
- ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
+ /* Get the database meta information.
+ **
+ ** Meta values are as follows:
+ ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change.
+ ** meta[1] File format of schema layer.
+ ** meta[2] Size of the page cache.
+ ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
+ ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
+ ** meta[5] User version
+ ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode
+ ** meta[7] unused
+ ** meta[8] unused
+ ** meta[9] unused
+ **
+ ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+ ** the possible values of meta[4].
*/
- for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
- int regIdx;
- int regR;
-
- if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+ }
+ pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
- /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
- regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1);
- for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
- int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
- if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i);
+ /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+ ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+ ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+ ** as sqlite3.enc.
+ */
+ if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */
+ if( iDb==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ u8 encoding;
+ /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
+ encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
+ if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ ENC(db) = encoding;
+#else
+ ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
+ if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
+ " text encoding as main database");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto initone_error_out;
}
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+ }else{
+ DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+ }
+ pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
- /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
- onError = pIdx->onError;
- if( onError==OE_None ){
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
- continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
- }
- if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
- onError = overrideError;
- }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
- if( seenReplace ){
- if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
- else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
- }
-
- /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
- regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR);
- j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0,
- regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx),
- P4_INT32);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+ if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
+ if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
+ pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+#else
+ pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE;
+#endif
+ sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+ }
- /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
- assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
- || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
- switch( onError ){
- case OE_Rollback:
- case OE_Abort:
- case OE_Fail: {
- int j;
- StrAccum errMsg;
- const char *zSep;
- char *zErr;
-
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200);
- errMsg.db = pParse->db;
- zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ";
- for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
- char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1);
- zSep = ", ";
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1);
- }
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg,
- pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1);
- zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Ignore: {
- assert( seenReplace==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
- assert( onError==OE_Replace );
- sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
- if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
- pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
- }
- sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
- pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace
- );
- seenReplace = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR);
+ /*
+ ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0.
+ ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
+ ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
+ ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants
+ */
+ pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
+ if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
+ pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
}
-
- if( pbMayReplace ){
- *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
+ if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto initone_error_out;
}
-}
-/*
-** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
-** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the
-** rowid and the content to be inserted.
-**
-** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
-** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */
- int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
- int regRowid, /* Range of content */
- int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */
- int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
- int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */
- int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
-){
- int i;
- Vdbe *v;
- int nIdx;
- Index *pIdx;
- u8 pik_flags;
- int regData;
- int regRec;
+ /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format,
+ ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
+ ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
+ ** indices that the user might have created.
+ */
+ if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
+ }
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 );
- assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
- for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
- for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
- if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]);
- if( useSeekResult ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+ /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+ */
+ assert( db->init.busy );
+ {
+ char *zSql;
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ {
+ sqlite3_xauth xAuth;
+ xAuth = db->xAuth;
+ db->xAuth = 0;
+#endif
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ db->xAuth = xAuth;
+ }
+#endif
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
}
+#endif
}
- regData = regRowid + 1;
- regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
- sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
- if( pParse->nested ){
- pik_flags = 0;
- }else{
- pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
- pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
}
- if( appendBias ){
- pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
+ /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
+ ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the
+ ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
+ ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
+ ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
+ ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
+ ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
+ */
+ DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( useSeekResult ){
- pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+
+ /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
+ ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
+ ** before that point, jump to error_out.
+ */
+initone_error_out:
+ if( openedTransaction ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid);
- if( !pParse->nested ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+
+error_out:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
-** indices of that table. The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used
-** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
**
-** Return the number of indices on the table.
+** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
+** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
+** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */
- int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
- int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
- int i;
- int iDb;
- Index *pIdx;
- Vdbe *v;
-
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 );
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op);
- for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
- KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
- assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
- (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
- }
- if( pParse->nTab<baseCur+i ){
- pParse->nTab = baseCur+i;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+ int i, rc;
+ int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ db->init.busy = 1;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+ rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
+ }
}
- return i-1;
-}
+ /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema
+ ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+ ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+ assert( db->nDb>1 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+ rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
-** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing
-** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
-** is happening when it is suppose to.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+ db->init.busy = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
+ sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
/*
-** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
*/
-static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
- if( z1==0 ){
- return z2==0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( !db->init.busy ){
+ rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
}
- if( z2==0 ){
- return 0;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ pParse->rc = rc;
+ pParse->nErr++;
}
- return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
-** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules
-** for a compatible index:
-**
-** * The index is over the same set of columns
-** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
-** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
-** * The same collating sequence on each column
+** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out
+** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies
+** make no changes to pParse->rc.
*/
-static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
- int i;
- assert( pDest && pSrc );
- assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
- if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){
- return 0; /* Different number of columns */
- }
- if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
- return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
- }
- for(i=0; i<pSrc->nColumn; i++){
- if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
- return 0; /* Different columns indexed */
- }
- if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
- return 0; /* Different sort orders */
- }
- if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){
- return 0; /* Different collating sequences */
- }
- }
+static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int iDb;
+ int rc;
+ int cookie;
- /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
- return 1;
-}
+ assert( pParse->checkSchema );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+ int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */
+ if( pBt==0 ) continue;
-/*
-** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
-**
-** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
-**
-** This optimization is only attempted if
-**
-** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the
-** same indices and constraints
-**
-** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables
-**
-** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1
-**
-** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*"
-**
-** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY,
-** or LIMIT clause.
-**
-** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that
-** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause
-**
-** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from
-** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from
-** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing,
-** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation.
-**
-** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any
-** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not
-** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE.
-*/
-static int xferOptimization(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */
- Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
- int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */
- int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */
-){
- ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */
- Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
- Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */
- struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */
- int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */
- int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */
- int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */
- int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
- Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */
- KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */
- int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
- int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
- int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */
+ /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+ ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
+ ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
+ if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+ openedTransaction = 1;
+ }
- if( pSelect==0 ){
- return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
- }
- if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
- return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
- return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
- }
-#endif
- if( onError==OE_Default ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
- if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){
- return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */
- }
- assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
- if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
- return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
- }
- if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
- return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
- }
- if( pSelect->pWhere ){
- return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
- }
- if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
- return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
- }
- /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but
- ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
- if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
- return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
- }
- if( pSelect->pLimit ){
- return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
- }
- assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
- if( pSelect->pPrior ){
- return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
+ /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
+ ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
+ ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
+ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb);
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+ }
+
+ /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
+ if( openedTransaction ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+ }
}
- if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
- return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
+** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
+**
+** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
+** attached database is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
+ int i = -1000000;
+
+ /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in
+ ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
+ ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this
+ ** function should never be used.
+ **
+ ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
+ ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
+ ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
+ ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( pSchema ){
+ for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
+ if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
}
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
- assert( pEList!=0 );
- if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
- return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */
+ return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){
+ if( pParse ){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr);
}
- assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
- if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
- return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+ int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+ Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+
+ /* Allocate the parsing context */
+ pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+ if( pParse==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto end_prepare;
}
+ pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare;
+ assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
- ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now
- ** we have to check the semantics.
+ /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
+ ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that
+ ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
+ ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
+ ** to the schema.
+ **
+ ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
+ ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
+ ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
+ ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
+ ** the schema change. Disaster would follow.
+ **
+ ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
+ ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
+ ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
+ ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold
+ ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
+ ** holding them.
+ **
+ ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
+ ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
+ ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
*/
- pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
- pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
- if( pSrc==0 ){
- return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
- }
- if( pSrc==pDest ){
- return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
+ if( rc ){
+ const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
+ testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
+ goto end_prepare;
+ }
+ }
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
- return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
+
+ sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+ pParse->db = db;
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
+ if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
+ char *zSqlCopy;
+ int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+ testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
+ testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
+ if( nBytes>mxLen ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
+ goto end_prepare;
+ }
+ zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
+ if( zSqlCopy ){
+ sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
+ pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
+ }else{
+ pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
}
-#endif
- if( pSrc->pSelect ){
- return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */
+ assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop );
+
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
- return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
+ if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pParse->checkSchema ){
+ schemaIsValid(pParse);
}
- if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
- return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
- if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){
- return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
- }
- if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){
- return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
- }
- if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){
- return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
- }
+ if( pzTail ){
+ *pzTail = pParse->zTail;
}
- for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
- if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
- destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
- }
- for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
- if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+ rc = pParse->rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
+ static const char * const azColName[] = {
+ "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
+ "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
+ };
+ int iFirst, mx;
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4);
+ iFirst = 8;
+ mx = 12;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
+ iFirst = 0;
+ mx = 8;
}
- if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
- return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
+ for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
+ azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
- return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */
- }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
- ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary.
- ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM
- ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So
- ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
- ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
- */
- if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
- return 0;
- }
#endif
- /* If we get this far, it means either:
- **
- ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an
- ** an integer primary key
- **
- ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination
- ** table is empty.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
-#endif
- iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
- iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
- iDest = pParse->nTab++;
- regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
- if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){
- /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there
- ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty,
- ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the
- ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing.
- **
- ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty,
- ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot
- ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be
- ** unique.
- */
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0);
- emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+ Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
+ }
+ if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+ assert(!(*ppStmt));
}else{
- emptyDestTest = 0;
+ *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
}
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
- emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
- regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
- addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(
- pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
- autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
- }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
+
+ if( zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
}else{
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
- assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1);
- for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
- for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
- if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
- }
- assert( pSrcIdx );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
- pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc,
- (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
- pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest,
- (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+
+ /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
+ while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
+ TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
+ pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
}
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
- if( emptyDestTest ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
- return 0;
- }else{
- return 1;
+
+end_prepare:
+
+ sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+ sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+ return rc;
+}
+static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+ int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+ Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+ int rc;
+ assert( ppStmt!=0 );
+ *ppStmt = 0;
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+ sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
-/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
+** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
+** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
+** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
+ const char *zSql;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
+ zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
+ assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
+ db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }
+ assert( pNew==0 );
+ return rc;
+ }else{
+ assert( pNew!=0 );
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
+ sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+ sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
+ sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
-** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from
-** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
-**
-** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
-** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first
-** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback
-** is invoked, even for queries.
+** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */
- const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */
- sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
- void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */
- char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */
- char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */
- int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retry attempts */
- int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */
-
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
- int nCol;
- char **azVals = 0;
-
- pStmt = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- continue;
- }
- if( !pStmt ){
- /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
- zSql = zLeftover;
- continue;
- }
-
- callbackIsInit = 0;
- nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-
- while( 1 ){
- int i;
- rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Invoke the callback function if required */
- if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
- (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
- && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
- if( !callbackIsInit ){
- azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
- if( azCols==0 ){
- goto exec_out;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
- /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
- ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
- assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
- }
- callbackIsInit = 1;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- azVals = &azCols[nCol];
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
- if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- goto exec_out;
- }
- }
- }
- if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
- rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
- sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
- pStmt = 0;
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
- goto exec_out;
- }
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
- pStmt = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
- nRetry = 0;
- zSql = zLeftover;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare16(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+ int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+ /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+ ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+ ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+ */
+ char *zSql8;
+ const char *zTail8 = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
- azCols = 0;
+ assert( ppStmt );
+ *ppStmt = 0;
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( nBytes>=0 ){
+ int sz;
+ const char *z = (const char*)zSql;
+ for(sz=0; sz<nBytes && (z[sz]!=0 || z[sz+1]!=0); sz += 2){}
+ nBytes = sz;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+ if( zSql8 ){
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
}
-exec_out:
- if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
-
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
- int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
- if( *pzErrMsg ){
- memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
- }
- }else if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = 0;
+ if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+ /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+ ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+ ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+ ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+ */
+ int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
+ *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
}
-
- assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
-/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
-** the SQLite library.
+** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
- #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
-#endif
-/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
-/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2006 June 7
+** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -87034,29407 +104078,33224 @@ exec_out:
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
-** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
-** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
-** sqlite3.h.
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \
+ if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K)) \
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s%s.%p: ",(P)->nSelectIndent*2-2,"",(S)->zSelName,(S)),\
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
+#endif
+
/*
-** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
-** routines.
-**
-** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
-** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new
-** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
-** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
-** libraries!
+** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
+** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
+** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
*/
-struct sqlite3_api_routines {
- void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
- int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
- int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
- int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
- int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
- int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
- int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
- int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
- const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
- int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
- int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
- int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
- int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
- int (*changes)(sqlite3*);
- int (*close)(sqlite3*);
- int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*));
- int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*));
- const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
- const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
- const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
- const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
- void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
- int (*complete)(const char*sql);
- int (*complete16)(const void*sql);
- int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
- int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
- int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
- int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
- int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
- int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
- sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
- int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
- int (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
- int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
- const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
- const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
- int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
- int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
- int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
- void (*free)(void*);
- void (*free_table)(char**result);
- int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
- void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
- int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
- int (*global_recover)(void);
- void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
- sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
- const char * (*libversion)(void);
- int (*libversion_number)(void);
- void *(*malloc)(int);
- char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
- int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
- int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
- int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
- int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
- void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
- void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
- void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
- int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
- void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
- void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
- void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
- void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
- void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
- void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
- void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
- void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
- void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
- void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
- void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
- void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
- void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
- int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*);
- void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
- char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
- int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
- int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
- void (*thread_cleanup)(void);
- int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
- void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
- int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
- void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*);
- void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
- const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
- int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
- int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
- double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
- int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
- sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
- int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
- const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
- const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
- const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
- const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
- int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
- char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
- /* Added ??? */
- int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
- /* Added by 3.3.13 */
- int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
- int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
- int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
- /* Added by 3.4.1 */
- int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *));
- /* Added by 3.5.0 */
- int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
- int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
- int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
- int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**);
- int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
- int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
- int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*));
- int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
- sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
- sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
- sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
- void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
- void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
- void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
- int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
- int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
- int (*release_memory)(int);
- void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
- void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
- int (*sleep)(int);
- void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
- sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
- int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
- int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
- int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
- void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
- void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
- int (*test_control)(int, ...);
- void (*randomness)(int,void*);
- sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
- int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
- int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
- sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
- const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
- int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
- int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
- sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
- int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
- int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
- int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
- const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
- int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
- int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),void(*xDestroy)(void*));
- int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
- sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
- int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
- int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
- void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
- sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
- const char *(*sourceid)(void);
- int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
- int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
- int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
- int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
- int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
- void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
+typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx;
+struct DistinctCtx {
+ u8 isTnct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+ u8 eTnctType; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */
+ int tabTnct; /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */
+ int addrTnct; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */
};
/*
-** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
-** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
-**
-** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
-** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
-** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
-** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine
-** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
-** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
+** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob
-#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double
-#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int
-#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64
-#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
-#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text
-#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16
-#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value
-#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler
-#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
-#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes
-#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
-#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
-#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double
-#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int
-#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64
-#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name
-#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text
-#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16
-#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type
-#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value
-#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook
-#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete
-#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16
-#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation
-#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16
-#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function
-#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16
-#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module
-#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
-#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count
-#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle
-#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
-#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
-#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode
-#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg
-#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16
-#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize
-#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free
-#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table
-#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
-#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx
-#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
-#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion
-#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number
-#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc
-#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf
-#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open
-#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16
-#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare
-#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile
-#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler
-#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc
-#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset
-#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob
-#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double
-#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error
-#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16
-#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int
-#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64
-#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null
-#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text
-#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16
-#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be
-#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le
-#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value
-#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
-#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
-#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf
-#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step
-#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
-#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
-#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes
-#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook
-#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data
-#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double
-#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int
-#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64
-#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
-#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text
-#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16
-#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be
-#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le
-#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type
-#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf
-#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
-#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close
-#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open
-#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read
-#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write
-#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
-#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control
-#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
-#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try
-#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2
-#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory
-#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
-#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
-#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
-#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find
-#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register
-#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
-#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
-#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code
-#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control
-#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness
-#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
-#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
-#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit
-#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt
-#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql
-#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status
-#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish
-#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init
-#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
-#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
-#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step
-#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
-#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
-#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
-#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config
-#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex
-#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status
-#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
-#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
-#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid
-#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status
-#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp
-#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
-#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
-#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
-#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook
-#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
-
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v;
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
-
-/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx;
+struct SortCtx {
+ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */
+ int nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
+ int iECursor; /* Cursor number for the sorter */
+ int regReturn; /* Register holding block-output return address */
+ int labelBkOut; /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */
+ int addrSortIndex; /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */
+ u8 sortFlags; /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */
+};
+#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter 0x01 /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */
/*
-** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
-** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer
-** for any missing APIs.
+** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
+** the select structure itself.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0
-#endif
+static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+ sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith);
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0
-# define sqlite3_create_function16 0
-# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0
-# define sqlite3_open16 0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16 0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0
-# define sqlite3_result_error16 0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0
-#endif
+/*
+** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
+ pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
+ pDest->iSDParm = iParm;
+ pDest->affSdst = 0;
+ pDest->iSdst = 0;
+ pDest->nSdst = 0;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-# define sqlite3_complete 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0
-#endif
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */
+ ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */
+ Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */
+ u16 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */
+ Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */
+ Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */
+){
+ Select *pNew;
+ Select standin;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+ assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ assert( db->mallocFailed );
+ pNew = &standin;
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+ }
+ if( pEList==0 ){
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
+ }
+ pNew->pEList = pEList;
+ if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
+ pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+ pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+ pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+ pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+ pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+ pNew->selFlags = selFlags;
+ pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+ pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
+ pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
+ assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
+ pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+ pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) {
+ clearSelect(db, pNew);
+ if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+ pNew = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
+ }
+ assert( pNew!=&standin );
+ return pNew;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+/*
+** Set the name of a Select object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select *p, const char *zName){
+ if( p && zName ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->zSelName), p->zSelName, "%s", zName);
+ }
+}
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define sqlite3_create_module 0
-# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
-# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
-#endif
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+ if( p ){
+ clearSelect(db, p);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ }
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-# define sqlite3_profile 0
-# define sqlite3_trace 0
-#endif
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound.
+*/
+static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){
+ while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
+ return p;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-# define sqlite3_free_table 0
-# define sqlite3_get_table 0
-#endif
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+** JT_INNER
+** JT_CROSS
+** JT_OUTER
+** JT_NATURAL
+** JT_LEFT
+** JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+ int jointype = 0;
+ Token *apAll[3];
+ Token *p;
+ /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
+ static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
+ static const struct {
+ u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
+ u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */
+ u8 code; /* Join type mask */
+ } aKeyword[] = {
+ /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL },
+ /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
+ /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER },
+ /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+ /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+ /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER },
+ /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS },
+ };
+ int i, j;
+ apAll[0] = pA;
+ apAll[1] = pB;
+ apAll[2] = pC;
+ for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+ p = apAll[i];
+ for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
+ if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar
+ && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
+ jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
+ if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
+ jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if(
+ (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+ (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+ ){
+ const char *zSp = " ";
+ assert( pB!=0 );
+ if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+ "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
+ jointype = JT_INNER;
+ }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0
+ && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+ jointype = JT_INNER;
+ }
+ return jointype;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0
-#define sqlite3_blob_close 0
-#define sqlite3_blob_open 0
-#define sqlite3_blob_read 0
-#define sqlite3_blob_write 0
-#endif
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
-** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
-** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
-** library.
+** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
+** table that has a column named zCol.
**
-** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
-** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
+** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
+** of the matching column and return TRUE.
**
-** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
-** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should
-** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
-** not NULL before calling it.
+** If not found, return FALSE.
*/
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
- sqlite3_aggregate_context,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
- sqlite3_aggregate_count,
-#else
- 0,
-#endif
- sqlite3_bind_blob,
- sqlite3_bind_double,
- sqlite3_bind_int,
- sqlite3_bind_int64,
- sqlite3_bind_null,
- sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
- sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
- sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
- sqlite3_bind_text,
- sqlite3_bind_text16,
- sqlite3_bind_value,
- sqlite3_busy_handler,
- sqlite3_busy_timeout,
- sqlite3_changes,
- sqlite3_close,
- sqlite3_collation_needed,
- sqlite3_collation_needed16,
- sqlite3_column_blob,
- sqlite3_column_bytes,
- sqlite3_column_bytes16,
- sqlite3_column_count,
- sqlite3_column_database_name,
- sqlite3_column_database_name16,
- sqlite3_column_decltype,
- sqlite3_column_decltype16,
- sqlite3_column_double,
- sqlite3_column_int,
- sqlite3_column_int64,
- sqlite3_column_name,
- sqlite3_column_name16,
- sqlite3_column_origin_name,
- sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
- sqlite3_column_table_name,
- sqlite3_column_table_name16,
- sqlite3_column_text,
- sqlite3_column_text16,
- sqlite3_column_type,
- sqlite3_column_value,
- sqlite3_commit_hook,
- sqlite3_complete,
- sqlite3_complete16,
- sqlite3_create_collation,
- sqlite3_create_collation16,
- sqlite3_create_function,
- sqlite3_create_function16,
- sqlite3_create_module,
- sqlite3_data_count,
- sqlite3_db_handle,
- sqlite3_declare_vtab,
- sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
- sqlite3_errcode,
- sqlite3_errmsg,
- sqlite3_errmsg16,
- sqlite3_exec,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
- sqlite3_expired,
-#else
- 0,
-#endif
- sqlite3_finalize,
- sqlite3_free,
- sqlite3_free_table,
- sqlite3_get_autocommit,
- sqlite3_get_auxdata,
- sqlite3_get_table,
- 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
- sqlite3_interrupt,
- sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
- sqlite3_libversion,
- sqlite3_libversion_number,
- sqlite3_malloc,
- sqlite3_mprintf,
- sqlite3_open,
- sqlite3_open16,
- sqlite3_prepare,
- sqlite3_prepare16,
- sqlite3_profile,
- sqlite3_progress_handler,
- sqlite3_realloc,
- sqlite3_reset,
- sqlite3_result_blob,
- sqlite3_result_double,
- sqlite3_result_error,
- sqlite3_result_error16,
- sqlite3_result_int,
- sqlite3_result_int64,
- sqlite3_result_null,
- sqlite3_result_text,
- sqlite3_result_text16,
- sqlite3_result_text16be,
- sqlite3_result_text16le,
- sqlite3_result_value,
- sqlite3_rollback_hook,
- sqlite3_set_authorizer,
- sqlite3_set_auxdata,
- sqlite3_snprintf,
- sqlite3_step,
- sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
- sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
-#else
- 0,
-#endif
- sqlite3_total_changes,
- sqlite3_trace,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
- sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
-#else
- 0,
-#endif
- sqlite3_update_hook,
- sqlite3_user_data,
- sqlite3_value_blob,
- sqlite3_value_bytes,
- sqlite3_value_bytes16,
- sqlite3_value_double,
- sqlite3_value_int,
- sqlite3_value_int64,
- sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
- sqlite3_value_text,
- sqlite3_value_text16,
- sqlite3_value_text16be,
- sqlite3_value_text16le,
- sqlite3_value_type,
- sqlite3_vmprintf,
- /*
- ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any
- ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But
- ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
- ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
- ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
- *************************************************************************
- */
- sqlite3_overload_function,
+static int tableAndColumnIndex(
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */
+ int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
+ const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */
+ int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
+ int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
+){
+ int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
+ int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */
- /*
- ** Added after 3.3.13
- */
- sqlite3_prepare_v2,
- sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
- sqlite3_clear_bindings,
+ assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */
+ for(i=0; i<N; i++){
+ iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ if( piTab ){
+ *piTab = i;
+ *piCol = iCol;
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
- /*
- ** Added for 3.4.1
- */
- sqlite3_create_module_v2,
+/*
+** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
+** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
+** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
+**
+** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
+**
+** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the
+** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
+** column iColRight of tab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */
+ int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
+ int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */
+ int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */
+ int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */
+ int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */
+ Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Expr *pE1;
+ Expr *pE2;
+ Expr *pEq;
- /*
- ** Added for 3.5.0
- */
- sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
- sqlite3_blob_bytes,
- sqlite3_blob_close,
- sqlite3_blob_open,
- sqlite3_blob_read,
- sqlite3_blob_write,
- sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
- sqlite3_file_control,
- sqlite3_memory_highwater,
- sqlite3_memory_used,
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
-#else
- sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
- sqlite3_mutex_enter,
- sqlite3_mutex_free,
- sqlite3_mutex_leave,
- sqlite3_mutex_try,
-#endif
- sqlite3_open_v2,
- sqlite3_release_memory,
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
- sqlite3_sleep,
- sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
- sqlite3_vfs_find,
- sqlite3_vfs_register,
- sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
+ assert( iLeft<iRight );
+ assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
+ assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
+ assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
- /*
- ** Added for 3.5.8
- */
- sqlite3_threadsafe,
- sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
- sqlite3_result_error_code,
- sqlite3_test_control,
- sqlite3_randomness,
- sqlite3_context_db_handle,
+ pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
+ pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
- /*
- ** Added for 3.6.0
- */
- sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
- sqlite3_limit,
- sqlite3_next_stmt,
- sqlite3_sql,
- sqlite3_status,
+ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0);
+ if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce);
+ pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
+ }
+ *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
+}
- /*
- ** Added for 3.7.4
- */
- sqlite3_backup_finish,
- sqlite3_backup_init,
- sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
- sqlite3_backup_remaining,
- sqlite3_backup_step,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
- sqlite3_compileoption_get,
- sqlite3_compileoption_used,
-#else
- 0,
- 0,
-#endif
- sqlite3_create_function_v2,
- sqlite3_db_config,
- sqlite3_db_mutex,
- sqlite3_db_status,
- sqlite3_extended_errcode,
- sqlite3_log,
- sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
- sqlite3_sourceid,
- sqlite3_stmt_status,
- sqlite3_strnicmp,
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
- sqlite3_unlock_notify,
-#else
- 0,
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
- sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
- sqlite3_wal_hook,
-#else
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
-#endif
-};
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
+** expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+**
+** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
+** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
+** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed
+** for cases like this:
+**
+** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
+**
+** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
+** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a
+** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not
+** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
+** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
+** the output, which is incorrect.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
+ while( p ){
+ ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce);
+ p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
+ setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
+ p = p->pRight;
+ }
+}
/*
-** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a
-** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use
-** of the default name is recommended.
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most
+** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
**
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
-** error message text. The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
*/
-static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
- const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
- const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
- char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
- void *handle;
- int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
- char *zErrmsg = 0;
- void **aHandle;
- const int nMsg = 300;
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+ SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */
+ struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */
- if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+ pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+ pRight = &pLeft[1];
+ for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+ Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+ Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+ int isOuter;
- /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older
- ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
- ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One
- ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
- ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error.
- */
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
- }
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+ if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
+ isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
- if( zProc==0 ){
- zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
- }
+ /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+ ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+ */
+ if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+ if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+ "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
+ char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */
+ int iLeft; /* Matching left table */
+ int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */
- handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
- if( handle==0 ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
- if( zErrmsg ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
- "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
- sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+ zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
+ if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
+ addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
+ isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+ }
}
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
- sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc);
- if( xInit==0 ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
- if( zErrmsg ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
- "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile);
- sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
- }
- sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+
+ /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+ */
+ if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+ "clauses in the same join");
+ return 1;
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+
+ /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+ ** an AND operator.
+ */
+ if( pRight->pOn ){
+ if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
+ p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
+ pRight->pOn = 0;
}
- sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
- sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
- aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
- if( aHandle==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( db->nExtension>0 ){
- memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
- db->aExtension = aHandle;
+ /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+ ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are
+ ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+ ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+ ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+ ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+ */
+ if( pRight->pUsing ){
+ IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
+ for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
+ char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
+ int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */
+ int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */
+ int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */
- db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
- const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
- const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
- char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+ iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
+ if( iRightCol<0
+ || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
+ ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+ "not present in both tables", zName);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
+ isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
+/* Forward reference */
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
+ int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */
+ int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
+);
+
/*
-** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
-** to clean up loaded extensions
+** Generate code that will push the record in registers regData
+** through regData+nData-1 onto the sorter.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
- sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
+static void pushOntoSorter(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ SortCtx *pSort, /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */
+ int regData, /* First register holding data to be sorted */
+ int nData, /* Number of elements in the data array */
+ int nPrefixReg /* No. of reg prior to regData available for use */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Stmt under construction */
+ int bSeq = ((pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter)==0);
+ int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; /* No. of ORDER BY terms */
+ int nBase = nExpr + bSeq + nData; /* Fields in sorter record */
+ int regBase; /* Regs for sorter record */
+ int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; /* Assembled sorter record */
+ int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; /* ORDER BY terms to skip */
+ int op; /* Opcode to add sorter record to sorter */
+
+ assert( bSeq==0 || bSeq==1 );
+ if( nPrefixReg ){
+ assert( nPrefixReg==nExpr+bSeq );
+ regBase = regData - nExpr - bSeq;
+ }else{
+ regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ pParse->nMem += nBase;
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
+ if( bSeq ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
+ }
+ if( nPrefixReg==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regRecord);
+ if( nOBSat>0 ){
+ int regPrevKey; /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */
+ int addrFirst; /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */
+ int addrJmp; /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */
+ VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode that opens the sorter */
+ int nKey; /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */
+ KeyInfo *pKI; /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */
+
+ regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat;
+ nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq;
+ if( bSeq ){
+ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr);
+ }else{
+ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor);
+ }
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat);
+ pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex);
+ if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ pOp->p2 = nKey + nData;
+ pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO);
+ pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat, 1);
+ addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp);
+ }
+ if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+ op = OP_SorterInsert;
+ }else{
+ op = OP_IdxInsert;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord);
+ if( pSelect->iLimit ){
+ int addr1, addr2;
+ int iLimit;
+ if( pSelect->iOffset ){
+ iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
+ }else{
+ iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
+ }
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
+ addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
}
/*
-** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by
-** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( onoff ){
- db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
- }else{
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+static void codeOffset(
+ Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */
+ int iOffset, /* Register holding the offset counter */
+ int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+){
+ if( iOffset>0 ){
+ int addr;
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset, 0, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+ VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+/*
+** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
+** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
+** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab
+** if the current N values are new.
+**
+** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
+** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
+*/
+static void codeDistinct(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
+ int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */
+ int N, /* Number of elements */
+ int iMem /* First element */
+){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ int r1;
+
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
-** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
-** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that
-** dummy pointer.
+** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
+** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
+** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur
+** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we
+** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.)
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
+static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */
+ SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */
+ int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
+){
+ int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+ if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
+ "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
#endif
-
/*
-** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
-** extensions.
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
**
-** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
+** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is
+** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only
+** to get number columns and the datatype for each column.
*/
-typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
- int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
- void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
-} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
+static void selectInnerLoop(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */
+ int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */
+ SortCtx *pSort, /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */
+ DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */
+ SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */
+ int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+ int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int i;
+ int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+ int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */
+ int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */
+ int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
+ int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */
+ int nPrefixReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers before regResult */
-/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
-** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdAutoextInit \
- sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
-# define wsdAutoext x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdAutoextInit
-# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
-#endif
+ assert( v );
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
+ hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
+ if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0;
+ if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+ assert( iContinue!=0 );
+ codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+ }
+ /* Pull the requested columns.
+ */
+ nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
-/*
-** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
-** loaded by every new database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- int i;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
- wsdAutoextInit;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
- if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
+ if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+ if( pSort ){
+ nPrefixReg = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ if( !(pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter) ) nPrefixReg++;
+ pParse->nMem += nPrefixReg;
}
- if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
- int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
- void (**aNew)(void);
- aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
- if( aNew==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+ }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){
+ /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT
+ ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than
+ ** there are columns in the table on the left. The error will be caught
+ ** and reported later. But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated
+ ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */
+ pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+ }
+ pDest->nSdst = nResultCol;
+ regResult = pDest->iSdst;
+ if( srcTab>=0 ){
+ for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pEList->a[i].zName));
+ }
+ }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
+ /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
+ ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
+ */
+ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult,
+ (eDest==SRT_Output||eDest==SRT_Coroutine)?SQLITE_ECEL_DUP:0);
+ }
+
+ /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
+ ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
+ ** part of the result.
+ */
+ if( hasDistinct ){
+ switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){
+ case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
+ VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
+ int iJump; /* Jump destination */
+ int regPrev; /* Previous row content */
+
+ /* Allocate space for the previous row */
+ regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+
+ /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null
+ ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the
+ ** previous value. This will cause the OP_Ne below to always
+ ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first
+ ** row is all NULLs.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+ pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+ pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
+ pOp->p1 = 1;
+ pOp->p2 = regPrev;
+
+ iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol;
+ for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
+ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( i<nResultCol-1 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regResult+i, iJump, regPrev+i);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default: {
+ assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED );
+ codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, regResult);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pSort==0 ){
+ codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch( eDest ){
+ /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+ ** table iParm.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+ case SRT_Union: {
+ int r1;
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+ ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+ ** the temporary table iParm.
+ */
+ case SRT_Except: {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+ /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+ */
+ case SRT_Fifo:
+ case SRT_DistFifo:
+ case SRT_Table:
+ case SRT_EphemTab: {
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPrefixReg+1);
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1+nPrefixReg);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+ if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){
+ /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
+ ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present
+ ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the
+ ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the
+ ** output table as well. */
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1);
+ assert( pSort==0 );
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pSort ){
+ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1+nPrefixReg, 1, nPrefixReg);
}else{
- wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
- wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
- wsdAutoext.nExt++;
+ int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
}
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nPrefixReg+1);
+ break;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
- return rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+ ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this
+ ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+ */
+ case SRT_Set: {
+ assert( nResultCol==1 );
+ pDest->affSdst =
+ sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
+ if( pSort ){
+ /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
+ ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
+ ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
+ ** case the order does matter */
+ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, 1, nPrefixReg);
+ }else{
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+ */
+ case SRT_Exists: {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
+ /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+ ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+ ** of the scan loop.
+ */
+ case SRT_Mem: {
+ assert( nResultCol==1 );
+ if( pSort ){
+ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, 1, nPrefixReg);
+ }else{
+ assert( regResult==iParm );
+ /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+ case SRT_Coroutine: /* Send data to a co-routine */
+ case SRT_Output: { /* Return the results */
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+ if( pSort ){
+ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, nResultCol, nPrefixReg);
+ }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+ /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to
+ ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an
+ ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first
+ ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a
+ ** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob.
+ */
+ case SRT_DistQueue:
+ case SRT_Queue: {
+ int nKey;
+ int r1, r2, r3;
+ int addrTest = 0;
+ ExprList *pSO;
+ pSO = pDest->pOrderBy;
+ assert( pSO );
+ nKey = pSO->nExpr;
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2);
+ r3 = r2+nKey+1;
+ if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
+ /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
+ ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
+ ** added to the queue. */
+ addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0,
+ regResult, nResultCol);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3);
+ if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy,
+ regResult + pSO->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1,
+ r2+i);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+ if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
+
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside
+ ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call
+ ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care
+ ** about the actual results of the select.
+ */
+ default: {
+ assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if
+ ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
+ ** the output for us.
+ */
+ if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
}
/*
-** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
+** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and
+** X extra columns.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
-#endif
- {
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
- wsdAutoextInit;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
- wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
- wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){
+ KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0,
+ sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
+ if( p ){
+ p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X];
+ p->nField = (u16)N;
+ p->nXField = (u16)X;
+ p->enc = ENC(db);
+ p->db = db;
+ p->nRef = 1;
+ }else{
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Load all automatic extensions.
-**
-** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection.
+** Deallocate a KeyInfo object
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- int go = 1;
- int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-
- wsdAutoextInit;
- if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
- /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
- return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){
+ if( p ){
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ p->nRef--;
+ if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p);
}
- for(i=0; go; i++){
- char *zErrmsg;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
- xInit = 0;
- go = 0;
- }else{
- xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
- wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- zErrmsg = 0;
- if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR,
- "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
- go = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){
+ if( p ){
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ p->nRef++;
}
+ return p;
}
-/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change. The KeyInfo object
+** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF,
-** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or
-** unrecognized string argument.
+** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
+** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
**
-** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
-** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done
-** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean
-** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
+** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
+** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
+** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
+** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling
+** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
+** freed.
*/
-static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
- /* 123456789 123456789 */
- static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
- static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
- static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
- static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
- int i, n;
- if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
- return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
- }
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength); i++){
- if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
- return iValue[i];
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
+ int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */
+ int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
+){
+ int nExpr;
+ KeyInfo *pInfo;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int i;
+
+ nExpr = pList->nExpr;
+ pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr+nExtra-iStart, 1);
+ if( pInfo ){
+ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) );
+ for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl;
+ pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder;
}
}
- return 1;
+ return pInfo;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
/*
-** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z){
- return getSafetyLevel(z)&1;
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+ char *z;
+ switch( id ){
+ case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break;
+ case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break;
+ case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break;
+ default: z = "UNION"; break;
+ }
+ return z;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
-** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing. So omit
-** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
-** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of the form:
+**
+** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
+**
+** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
+** is determined by the zUsage argument.
*/
-static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
- if( z ){
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
+static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
}
- return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
-**
-** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are
-** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
+** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
+** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
+** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
+** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
+** code with #ifndef directives.
*/
-static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
- int i;
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
- i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
- return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
-}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainTempTable(y,z)
+# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
/*
-** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
-** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
-** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
+**
+** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
+** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
+**
+** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
+** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
+** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
+** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is
+** false, or the second form if it is true.
*/
-static int getTempStore(const char *z){
- if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
- return z[0] - '0';
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
- return 1;
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
- return 2;
- }else{
- return 0;
+static void explainComposite(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
+ int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */
+ int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */
+ int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */
+){
+ assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+ pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
+ bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
}
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
-** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
-** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
*/
-static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
- if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
- "from within a transaction");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+static void generateSortTail(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */
+ SortCtx *pSort, /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */
+ int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */
+ SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement */
+ int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */
+ int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */
+ int addr;
+ int addrOnce = 0;
+ int iTab;
+ ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy;
+ int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+ int iParm = pDest->iSDParm;
+ int regRow;
+ int regRowid;
+ int nKey;
+ int iSortTab; /* Sorter cursor to read from */
+ int nSortData; /* Trailing values to read from sorter */
+ int i;
+ int bSeq; /* True if sorter record includes seq. no. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ struct ExprList_item *aOutEx = p->pEList->a;
+#endif
+
+ if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut);
+ }
+ iTab = pSort->iECursor;
+ if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+ regRowid = 0;
+ regRow = pDest->iSdst;
+ nSortData = nColumn;
+ }else{
+ regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ nSortData = 1;
+ }
+ nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat;
+ if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+ int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem;
+ iSortTab = pParse->nTab++;
+ if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
+ addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, nKey+1+nSortData);
+ if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
+ addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut, iSortTab);
+ bSeq = 0;
+ }else{
+ addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
+ iSortTab = iTab;
+ bSeq = 1;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nSortData; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, nKey+bSeq+i, regRow+i);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName ? aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan));
+ }
+ switch( eDest ){
+ case SRT_Table:
+ case SRT_EphemTab: {
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case SRT_Set: {
+ assert( nColumn==1 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid,
+ &pDest->affSdst, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SRT_Mem: {
+ assert( nColumn==1 );
+ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
+ /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ default: {
+ assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+ if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+ }
+ break;
}
- sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
- db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
-** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
-*/
-static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
- int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( regRowid ){
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
}
- db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-/*
-** Generate code to return a single integer value.
-*/
-static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
- i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value));
- if( pI64 ){
- memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value));
+ /* The bottom of the loop
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
+ if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+ if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
/*
-** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
-** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
-** Also, implement the pragma.
-*/
-static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
- static const struct sPragmaType {
- const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */
- int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */
- } aPragma[] = {
- { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames },
- { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames },
- { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows },
- { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback },
- { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
- { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync },
- { "checkpoint_fullfsync", SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
- { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
- { "automatic_index", SQLITE_AutoIndex },
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace },
- { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing },
- { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks },
-#endif
- /* The following is VERY experimental */
- { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
- { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock },
-
- /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
- ** flag if there are any active statements. */
- { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
- { "recursive_triggers", SQLITE_RecTriggers },
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
+**
+** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that
+** result in *pEstWidth.
+**
+** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
+** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
+** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
+** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
+** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is
+** considered a column by this function.
+**
+** SELECT col FROM tbl;
+** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
+** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
+** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
+**
+** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
+**
+** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+static const char *columnTypeImpl(
+ NameContext *pNC,
+ Expr *pExpr,
+ const char **pzOrigDb,
+ const char **pzOrigTab,
+ const char **pzOrigCol,
+ u8 *pEstWidth
+){
+ char const *zOrigDb = 0;
+ char const *zOrigTab = 0;
+ char const *zOrigCol = 0;
+#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
+# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F)
+static const char *columnTypeImpl(
+ NameContext *pNC,
+ Expr *pExpr,
+ u8 *pEstWidth
+){
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
+ char const *zType = 0;
+ int j;
+ u8 estWidth = 1;
- /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support
- ** are present in the build. */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- { "foreign_keys", SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
-#endif
- };
- int i;
- const struct sPragmaType *p;
- for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<ArraySize(aPragma); i++, p++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Vdbe *v;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */
- if( ALWAYS(v) ){
- if( zRight==0 ){
- returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
+ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
+ case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+ case TK_COLUMN: {
+ /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
+ ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
+ ** database table or a subquery.
+ */
+ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */
+ Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */
+ int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ while( pNC && !pTab ){
+ SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
+ for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
+ if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
+ pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+ pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
}else{
- int mask = p->mask; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
- if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
- /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
- ** in auto-commit mode. */
- mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
- }
+ pNC = pNC->pNext;
+ }
+ }
- if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){
- db->flags |= mask;
- }else{
- db->flags &= ~mask;
- }
+ if( pTab==0 ){
+ /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
+ ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how
+ ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer
+ ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
+ ** the following:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
+ ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
+ **
+ ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the
+ ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
+ ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
+ **
+ ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
+ ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression
+ ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
+ ** branch below. */
+ break;
+ }
- /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL
- ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
- ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
+ assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
+ if( pS ){
+ /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
+ ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
+ ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
+ */
+ if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
+ /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
+ ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
+ ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
*/
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+ NameContext sNC;
+ Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+ sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+ sNC.pNext = pNC;
+ sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth);
+ }
+ }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
+ /* A real table */
+ assert( !pS );
+ if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+ assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+ if( iCol<0 ){
+ zType = "INTEGER";
+ zOrigCol = "rowid";
+ }else{
+ zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+ zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+ estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
+ }
+ zOrigTab = pTab->zName;
+ if( pNC->pParse ){
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ }
+#else
+ if( iCol<0 ){
+ zType = "INTEGER";
+ }else{
+ zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+ estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
}
+#endif
}
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_SELECT: {
+ /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
+ ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
+ ** statement.
+ */
+ NameContext sNC;
+ Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+ Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+ assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+ sNC.pNext = pNC;
+ sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+ if( pzOrigDb ){
+ assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol );
+ *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb;
+ *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab;
+ *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol;
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth;
+ return zType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
+*/
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */
+ ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int i;
+ NameContext sNC;
+ sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+ const char *zType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+ const char *zOrigDb = 0;
+ const char *zOrigTab = 0;
+ const char *zOrigCol = 0;
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0);
- return 1;
- }
+ /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other
+ ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
+ ** virtual machine is deleted.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+#else
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+#endif
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
- return 0;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
/*
-** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
+** in the result set. This information is used to provide the
+** azCol[] values in the callback.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-static const char *actionName(u8 action){
- const char *zName;
- switch( action ){
- case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break;
- case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break;
- case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break;
- case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break;
- default: zName = "NO ACTION";
- assert( action==OE_None ); break;
- }
- return zName;
-}
-#endif
-
+static void generateColumnNames(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */
+ ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int i, j;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int fullNames, shortNames;
-/*
-** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
-** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
-** journal-mode name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
- static char * const azModeName[] = {
- "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- , "wal"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+ if( pParse->explain ){
+ return;
+ }
#endif
- };
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
- assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
- if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
- return azModeName[eMode];
+ if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+ fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+ shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *p;
+ p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
+ if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+ char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
+ Table *pTab;
+ char *zCol;
+ int iCol = p->iColumn;
+ for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
+ if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
+ }
+ assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+ pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+ if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+ assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+ if( iCol<0 ){
+ zCol = "rowid";
+ }else{
+ zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+ }
+ if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME,
+ sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ }else if( fullNames ){
+ char *zName = 0;
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+ }else{
+ const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan;
+ z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+ }
+ generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
}
/*
-** Process a pragma statement.
-**
-** Pragmas are of this form:
+** Given an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
+** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
+** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
**
-** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+** All column names will be unique.
**
-** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and
-** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is
-** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl,
+** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
**
-** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
-** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
-** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs,
+** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
- Parse *pParse,
- Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */
- Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
- Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
- int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
+ i16 *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */
+ Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */
){
- char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
- char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
- const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */
- Token *pId; /* Pointer to <id> token */
- int iDb; /* Database index for <database> */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Db *pDb;
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
- if( v==0 ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
- pParse->nMem = 2;
-
- /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
- ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
- if( iDb<0 ) return;
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
- /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the
- ** pragma, make sure it is open.
- */
- if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
- return;
- }
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */
+ Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */
+ Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */
+ char *zName; /* Column name */
+ int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */
- zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
- if( !zLeft ) return;
- if( minusFlag ){
- zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
+ if( pEList ){
+ nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+ aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
+ testcase( aCol==0 );
}else{
- zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
- }
-
- assert( pId2 );
- zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
- goto pragma_out;
+ nCol = 0;
+ aCol = 0;
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
- ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
- **
- ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
- ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of
- ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current
- ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
- ** stored in the database file.
- **
- ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
- ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous
- ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
- ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
- ** size of historical compatibility.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
- static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
- { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */
- { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */
- { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0},
- { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0},
- { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1},
- { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0},
- { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */
- { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0},
- };
- int addr;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
- if( !zRight ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC);
- pParse->nMem += 2;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
- }else{
- int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
- sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
- }
- }else
+ *pnCol = nCol;
+ *paCol = aCol;
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size
- ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
- **
- ** The first form reports the current setting for the
- ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the
- ** database page size value. The value can only be set if
- ** the database has not yet been created.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
- Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
- assert( pBt!=0 );
- if( !zRight ){
- int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+ for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ /* Get an appropriate name for the column
+ */
+ p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+ /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
+ zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
}else{
- /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
- ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
- */
- db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */
+ while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
+ pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
+ assert( pColExpr!=0 );
}
- }
- }else
-
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
- ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
- **
- ** The first form reports the current setting for the
- ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete
- ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"secure_delete")==0 ){
- Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
- int b = -1;
- assert( pBt!=0 );
- if( zRight ){
- b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight);
- }
- if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
- int ii;
- for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
- sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
+ if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
+ /* For columns use the column name name */
+ int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
+ pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
+ if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
+ iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
+ }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
+ }else{
+ /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
}
}
- b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b);
- }else
-
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
- ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
- **
- ** The first form reports the current setting for the
- ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
- ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both
- ** forms return the current setting.
- **
- ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count
- **
- ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0
- || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0
- ){
- int iReg;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
- if( zLeft[0]=='p' ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ break;
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else
-
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
- ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){
- const char *zRet = "normal";
- int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
- if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
- /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
- ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
- ** the locking-mode of the main database).
- */
- eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
- }else{
- Pager *pPager;
- if( pId2->n==0 ){
- /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
- ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
- ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
- **
- ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
- ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
- ** locking mode.
- */
- int ii;
- assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
- for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
- pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
- sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
- }
- db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
+ /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique,
+ ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
+ */
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
+ char *zNewName;
+ int k;
+ for(k=nName-1; k>1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){}
+ if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k;
+ zName[nName] = 0;
+ zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ zName = zNewName;
+ j = -1;
+ if( zName==0 ) break;
}
- pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
- eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
}
-
- assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE);
- if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
- zRet = "exclusive";
+ pCol->zName = zName;
+ }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
}
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
- }else
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
+ *paCol = 0;
+ *pnCol = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
- ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
- ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){
- int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
- int ii; /* Loop counter */
+/*
+** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
+** a SELECT statement.
+**
+** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
+** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This
+** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
+**
+** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT
+** statement be resolved.
+*/
+static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */
+ Table *pTab, /* Add column type information to this table */
+ Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ NameContext sNC;
+ Column *pCol;
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ int i;
+ Expr *p;
+ struct ExprList_item *a;
+ u64 szAll = 0;
- /* Force the schema to be loaded on all databases. This cases all
- ** database files to be opened and the journal_modes set. */
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto pragma_out;
+ assert( pSelect!=0 );
+ assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
+ assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+ a = pSelect->pEList->a;
+ for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ p = a[i].pExpr;
+ pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p,0,0,0, &pCol->szEst));
+ szAll += pCol->szEst;
+ pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
+ if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+ if( pColl ){
+ pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
}
+ }
+ pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4);
+}
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+/*
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+ Table *pTab;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int savedFlags;
- if( zRight==0 ){
- /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
- ** current mode */
- eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
- }else{
- const char *zMode;
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
- for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
- }
- if( !zMode ){
- /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
- ** then do a query */
- eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
- }
- }
- if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
- /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
- iDb = 0;
- pId2->n = 1;
- }
- for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
- if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
- }else
+ savedFlags = db->flags;
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
+ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
+ if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+ while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+ db->flags = savedFlags;
+ pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
+ if( pTab==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
+ ** is disabled */
+ assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+ pTab->nRef = 1;
+ pTab->zName = 0;
+ pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+ selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+ selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect);
+ pTab->iPKey = -1;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pTab;
+}
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
- ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
- **
- ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){
- Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
- i64 iLimit = -2;
- if( zRight ){
- sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
+/*
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ if( v==0 ){
+ v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
+ if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init);
+ if( pParse->pToplevel==0
+ && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst)
+ ){
+ pParse->okConstFactor = 1;
}
- iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+ }
+ return v;
+}
+
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
- ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
- **
- ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
- ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
+/*
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset
+** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute
+** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then
+** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
+** prior to calling this routine.
+**
+** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value
+** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register
+** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET.
+**
+** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
+*/
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
+ Vdbe *v = 0;
+ int iLimit = 0;
+ int iOffset;
+ int addr1, n;
+ if( p->iLimit ) return;
+
+ /*
+ ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some
+ ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+ ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+ ** no rows.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
- Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
- assert( pBt!=0 );
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto pragma_out;
- }
- if( !zRight ){
- int auto_vacuum;
- if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){
- auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt);
- }else{
- auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
+ if( p->pLimit ){
+ p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
+ VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+ if( n==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
+ }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>(u64)n ){
+ p->nSelectRow = n;
}
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
}else{
- int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
- assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
- db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
- if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){
- /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
- ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
- ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
- ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
- */
- int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
- /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or
- ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
- ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
- ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
- */
- static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
- { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */
- { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
- { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */
- { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */
- { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */
- { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */
- };
- int iAddr;
- iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
- }
- }
- }
- }else
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
- **
- ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){
- int iLimit, addr;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto pragma_out;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
- iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
+ if( p->pOffset ){
+ p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
+ pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
+ VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
+ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
}
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- }else
-#endif
+ }
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
- ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
- **
- ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
- ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from
- ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
- ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of
- ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local
- ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent
- ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
- ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
- ** N should be a positive integer.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- if( !zRight ){
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
- }else{
- int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
- pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
- sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
- }
- }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+*/
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+ CollSeq *pRet;
+ if( p->pPrior ){
+ pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+ }else{
+ pRet = 0;
+ }
+ assert( iCol>=0 );
+ if( pRet==0 && iCol<p->pEList->nExpr ){
+ pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+ }
+ return pRet;
+}
- /*
- ** PRAGMA temp_store
- ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
- **
- ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing
- ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
- ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
- **
- ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
- ** override this setting
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
- if( !zRight ){
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
- }else{
- changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
- }
- }else
+/*
+** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT
+** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo
+** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling
+** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually
+** freed.
+*/
+static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){
+ ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+ int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1);
+ if( pRet ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pOrderBy->a[i];
+ Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr;
+ CollSeq *pColl;
- /*
- ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory
- ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
- **
- ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing
- ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
- ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
- ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
- **
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){
- if( !zRight ){
- if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME,
- "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
- }
- }else{
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
- if( zRight[0] ){
- int rc;
- int res;
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
- goto pragma_out;
- }
- }
- if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
- || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
- || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
- ){
- invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
- }
- sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
- if( zRight[0] ){
- sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+ if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm);
}else{
- sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+ pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1);
+ if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr =
+ sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) );
+ pRet->aColl[i] = pColl;
+ pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
}
- }else
+ }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-# if defined(__APPLE__)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-# else
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-# endif
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
- ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
- **
- ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing
- ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
- **
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){
- if( !zRight ){
- Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
- char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
- sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
- sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
- &proxy_file_path);
-
- if( proxy_file_path ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME,
- "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
- }
- }else{
- Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
- sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
- int res;
- if( zRight[0] ){
- res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
- zRight);
- } else {
- res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
- NULL);
- }
- if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
- goto pragma_out;
- }
- }
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
- ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
- **
- ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing
- ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
- ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
- ** opened.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- if( !zRight ){
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
- }else{
- if( !db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
- }else{
- pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
- }
- }
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+ return pRet;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
- if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
- /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
- ** there is nothing more to do here */
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE
+** query of the form:
+**
+** <recursive-table> AS (<setup-query> UNION [ALL] <recursive-query>)
+** \___________/ \_______________/
+** p->pPrior p
+**
+**
+** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause
+** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].isRecursive flag.
+**
+** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go
+** into a Queue table. Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by
+** one. Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest. Then the single
+** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the
+** recursive-table for a recursive-query run. The output of the recursive-query
+** is added back into the Queue table. Then another row is extracted from Queue
+** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty.
+**
+** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever
+** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows
+** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be
+** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed.
+**
+** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in
+** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without
+** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO.
+**
+** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows
+** have been output to pDest. A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a
+** negative LIMIT means to output all rows. If there is also an OFFSET clause
+** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather
+** than being sent to pDest. The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET
+** rows have been skipped.
+*/
+static void generateWithRecursiveQuery(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Select *p, /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */
+ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
+){
+ SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */
+ int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */
+ Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */
+ int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */
+ int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */
+ int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */
+ int regCurrent; /* Register holding Current table */
+ int iQueue; /* The Queue table */
+ int iDistinct = 0; /* To ensure unique results if UNION */
+ int eDest = SRT_Fifo; /* How to write to Queue */
+ SelectDest destQueue; /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
+ Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */
+ int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */
+
+ /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return;
+
+ /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */
+ addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak);
+ pLimit = p->pLimit;
+ pOffset = p->pOffset;
+ regLimit = p->iLimit;
+ regOffset = p->iOffset;
+ p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0;
+ p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0;
+ pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
- /*
- ** PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
- **
- ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
- ** the returned data set are:
- **
- ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
- ** name: Column name
- ** type: Column declaration type.
- ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
- ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
- Table *pTab;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
- if( pTab ){
- int i;
- int nHidden = 0;
- Column *pCol;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
- pParse->nMem = 6;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
- for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
- if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
- nHidden++;
- continue;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
- pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4);
- if( pCol->zDflt ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
- }
+ /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */
+ for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<pSrc->nSrc); i++){
+ if( pSrc->a[i].isRecursive ){
+ iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor;
+ break;
}
- }else
+ }
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
- Index *pIdx;
- Table *pTab;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
- if( pIdx ){
- int i;
- pTab = pIdx->pTable;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
- pParse->nMem = 3;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
- for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
- int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
- assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
- }
- }
- }else
+ /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for
+ ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order
+ ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */
+ iQueue = pParse->nTab++;
+ if( p->op==TK_UNION ){
+ eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo;
+ iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+ }else{
+ eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo;
+ }
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue);
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
- Index *pIdx;
- Table *pTab;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
- if( pTab ){
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
- if( pIdx ){
- int i = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
- pParse->nMem = 3;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
- while(pIdx){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
- ++i;
- pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
- }
- }
- }
- }else
+ /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */
+ regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol);
+ if( pOrderBy ){
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
+ (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+ destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol);
+ }
+ VdbeComment((v, "Queue table"));
+ if( iDistinct ){
+ p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0);
+ p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+ }
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
- int i;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
- pParse->nMem = 3;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC);
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
- assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
- sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
- }
- }else
+ /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */
+ p->pOrderBy = 0;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){
- int i = 0;
- HashElem *p;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
- pParse->nMem = 2;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
- for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
- CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
- }
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
+ /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */
+ pSetup->pNext = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue);
+ pSetup->pNext = p;
+ if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
- FKey *pFK;
- Table *pTab;
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
- if( pTab ){
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- pFK = pTab->pFKey;
- if( pFK ){
- int i = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8);
- pParse->nMem = 8;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC);
- while(pFK){
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
- char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
- char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]);
- char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
- pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
- }
- ++i;
- pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
- }
- }
- }
- }else
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+ /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */
+ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
- if( zRight ){
- if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){
- sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
- }else{
- sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
- }
- }
- }else
+ /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */
+ if( pOrderBy ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue);
+
+ /* Output the single row in Current */
+ addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont);
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent,
+ 0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak);
+ if( regLimit ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, regLimit, addrBreak, -1);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont);
+
+ /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as
+ ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue.
+ */
+ p->pPrior = 0;
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue);
+ assert( p->pPrior==0 );
+ p->pPrior = pSetup;
+
+ /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+
+end_of_recursive_query:
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy);
+ p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+ p->pLimit = pLimit;
+ p->pOffset = pOffset;
+ return;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
+
+/* Forward references */
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
+** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
+** INTERSECT
+**
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively.
+**
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
+**
+** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
+**
+** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+** SELECT c FROM t3
+** |
+** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2
+** |
+** `------> SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*/
+static int multiSelect(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */
+ Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+ SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */
+ Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iSub1 = 0; /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+ int iSub2 = 0; /* EQP id of right-hand query */
#endif
- /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE
- ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
+ /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only
+ ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
*/
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
- if( zRight ){
- sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight));
- }
- }else
+ assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION );
+ db = pParse->db;
+ pPrior = p->pPrior;
+ dest = *pDest;
+ if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+ selectOpName(p->op));
+ rc = 1;
+ goto multi_select_end;
+ }
+ if( pPrior->pLimit ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+ selectOpName(p->op));
+ rc = 1;
+ goto multi_select_end;
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
-# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
-#endif
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
- /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of
- ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
- ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
+ /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
*/
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0
- || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0
- ){
- int i, j, addr, mxErr;
+ if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+ assert( p->pEList );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+ dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
+ }
- /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error
- ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the
- ** error message
- */
- static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
- { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */
- { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */
- { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */
- { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0},
- };
+ /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+ ** in their result sets.
+ */
+ assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+ if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms");
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+ " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+ }
+ rc = 1;
+ goto multi_select_end;
+ }
- int isQuick = (zLeft[0]=='q');
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
+ generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest);
+ }else
+#endif
- /* Initialize the VDBE program */
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- pParse->nMem = 6;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
+ */
+ if( p->pOrderBy ){
+ return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
+ }else
- /* Set the maximum error count */
- mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
- if( zRight ){
- sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
- if( mxErr<=0 ){
- mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+ /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+ */
+ switch( p->op ){
+ case TK_ALL: {
+ int addr = 0;
+ int nLimit;
+ assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
+ pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit;
+ pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset;
+ pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
+ pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
+ p->pLimit = 0;
+ p->pOffset = 0;
+ if( rc ){
+ goto multi_select_end;
+ }
+ p->pPrior = 0;
+ p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+ p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+ if( p->iLimit ){
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
+ }
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ pDelete = p->pPrior;
+ p->pPrior = pPrior;
+ p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+ if( pPrior->pLimit
+ && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
+ && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > (u64)nLimit
+ ){
+ p->nSelectRow = nLimit;
}
+ if( addr ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ }
+ break;
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */
-
- /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- HashElem *x;
- Hash *pTbls;
- int cnt = 0;
-
- if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
-
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ case TK_EXCEPT:
+ case TK_UNION: {
+ int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+ u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+ int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+ Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+ int addr;
+ SelectDest uniondest;
- /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
- **
- ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
- ** for all tables and indices in the database.
- */
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
- for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
- Index *pIdx;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
- cnt++;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
- cnt++;
- }
+ testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
+ testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
+ priorOp = SRT_Union;
+ if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){
+ /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+ ** right.
+ */
+ assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+ assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+ unionTab = dest.iSDParm;
+ }else{
+ /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+ ** intermediate results.
+ */
+ unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+ assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
+ assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+ p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+ findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+ assert( p->pEList );
}
- /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
- if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){
- pParse->nMem = cnt+4;
+ /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+ */
+ assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto multi_select_end;
}
- /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
- P4_DYNAMIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
- /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+ /* Code the current SELECT statement
*/
- for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
- Index *pIdx;
- int loopTop;
-
- if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2); /* reg(2) will count entries */
- loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */
- for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
- int jmp2;
- int r1;
- static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
- { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0},
- { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */
- { OP_Rowid, 1, 4, 0},
- { OP_String8, 0, 5, 0}, /* 3 */
- { OP_String8, 0, 6, 0}, /* 4 */
- { OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3},
- { OP_Concat, 5, 3, 3},
- { OP_Concat, 6, 3, 3},
- { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0},
- { OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */
- { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},
- };
- r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0);
- jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop);
- for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
- static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
- { OP_Integer, 0, 3, 0},
- { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */
- { OP_AddImm, 3, 1, 0},
- { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */
- { OP_Eq, 2, 0, 3}, /* 4 */
- { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0},
- { OP_String8, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */
- { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 7 */
- { OP_Concat, 3, 2, 2},
- { OP_ResultRow, 2, 1, 0},
- };
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6,
- "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
- }
- }
- }
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+ if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
+ op = SRT_Except;
+ }else{
+ assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
+ op = SRT_Union;
+ }
+ p->pPrior = 0;
+ pLimit = p->pLimit;
+ p->pLimit = 0;
+ pOffset = p->pOffset;
+ p->pOffset = 0;
+ uniondest.eDest = op;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
+ ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+ pDelete = p->pPrior;
+ p->pPrior = pPrior;
+ p->pOrderBy = 0;
+ if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+ p->pLimit = pLimit;
+ p->pOffset = pOffset;
+ p->iLimit = 0;
+ p->iOffset = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- /*
- ** PRAGMA encoding
- ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
- **
- ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
- ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
- **
- ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
- ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
- ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
- ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
- ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
- **
- ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
- ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
- ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
- ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
- **
- ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
- ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
- ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
- static const struct EncName {
- char *zName;
- u8 enc;
- } encnames[] = {
- { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 },
- { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */
- { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */
- { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */
- { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
- { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
- { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
- { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
- { 0, 0 }
- };
- const struct EncName *pEnc;
- if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
- assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
- assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
- assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
- }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
- /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
- ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
- ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
- ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+ /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+ ** it is that we currently need.
*/
- if(
- !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) ||
- DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty)
- ){
- for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
- ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if( !pEnc->zName ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+ assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
+ if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
+ int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+ assert( p->pEList );
+ if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+ Select *pFirst = p;
+ while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+ generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
}
+ iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab,
+ 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
}
+ break;
}
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
- ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
- **
- ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version
- ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
- **
- ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
- ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
- ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
- ** stored in the database header.
- **
- ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
- ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
- ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
- ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
- ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
- ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
- ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
- ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
- ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
- **
- ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
- ** applications for any purpose.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0
- || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0
- || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0
- ){
- int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
- switch( zLeft[0] ){
- case 'f': case 'F':
- iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT;
- break;
- case 's': case 'S':
- iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION;
- break;
- default:
- iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION;
- break;
- }
+ default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
+ int tab1, tab2;
+ int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+ Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
+ int addr;
+ SelectDest intersectdest;
+ int r1;
- if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){
- /* Write the specified cookie value */
- static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
- { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */
- { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */
- { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */
- };
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
- }else{
- /* Read the specified cookie value */
- static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
- { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */
- { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */
- { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}
- };
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+ /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+ ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin
+ ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+ */
+ tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+ tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+ assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
- /*
- ** PRAGMA compile_options
- **
- ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
- ** one option per row.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){
- int i = 0;
- const char *zOpt;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- pParse->nMem = 1;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC);
- while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
- }
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
+ assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+ p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+ findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+ assert( p->pEList );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- /*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart
- **
- ** Checkpoint the database.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_checkpoint")==0 ){
- int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
- int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
- if( zRight ){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
- eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
- eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
+ /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+ */
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto multi_select_end;
}
- }
- if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
- pParse->nMem = 3;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
- }else
-
- /*
- ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
- ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
- **
- ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
- ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
- ** of N.
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_autocheckpoint")==0 ){
- if( zRight ){
- sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
- }
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint",
- db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ?
- SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
- }else
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
- /*
- ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
- */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
- static const char *const azLockName[] = {
- "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
- };
- int i;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
- pParse->nMem = 2;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC);
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt;
- Pager *pPager;
- const char *zState = "unknown";
- int j;
- if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
- pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
- zState = "closed";
- }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0,
- SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
- zState = azLockName[j];
+ /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
+ */
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
+ assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
+ p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
+ p->pPrior = 0;
+ pLimit = p->pLimit;
+ p->pLimit = 0;
+ pOffset = p->pOffset;
+ p->pOffset = 0;
+ intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ pDelete = p->pPrior;
+ p->pPrior = pPrior;
+ if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+ p->pLimit = pLimit;
+ p->pOffset = pOffset;
+
+ /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+ ** tables.
+ */
+ assert( p->pEList );
+ if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+ Select *pFirst = p;
+ while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+ generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+ iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1,
+ 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+ break;
}
+ }
- }else
-#endif
+ explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){
- sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
- }else
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){
- sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
- }else
- if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 ||
- sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){
- int i, h1, h2;
- char zKey[40];
- for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){
- h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6));
- h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6));
- zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4);
- }
- if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
- sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2);
- }else{
- sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2);
- }
- }else
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
- sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+ /* Compute collating sequences used by
+ ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+ ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
+ **
+ ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+ ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most
+ ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+ ** no temp tables are required.
+ */
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+ Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */
+ CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */
+
+ assert( p->pNext==0 );
+ nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+ pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1);
+ if( !pKeyInfo ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto multi_select_end;
}
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
- sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+ for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
+ *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+ if( 0==*apColl ){
+ *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ }
}
-#endif
- }else
-#endif
-
-
- {/* Empty ELSE clause */}
- /*
- ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
- ** setting changed.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
- if( db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
- (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0,
- (db->flags&SQLITE_CkptFullFSync)!=0);
+ for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
+ for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+ int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
+ if( addr<0 ){
+ /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can
+ ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
+ assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
+ break;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo),
+ P4_KEYINFO);
+ pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
}
-#endif
-pragma_out:
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+multi_select_end:
+ pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst;
+ pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst;
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2005 May 25
+** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
+** SELECT statment.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst. There are
+** pIn->nSdst columns to be output. pDest is where the output should
+** be sent.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
+** return address.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
-** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
-** from disk.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
-** that the database is corrupt.
+** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
+** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
+** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is
+** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing
+** keys.
+**
+** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
+** iBreak.
*/
-static void corruptSchema(
- InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */
- const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
- const char *zExtra /* Error information */
+static int generateOutputSubroutine(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */
+ SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */
+ SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */
+ int regReturn, /* The return address register */
+ int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */
+ int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
){
- sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
- if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
- if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
- sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db,
- "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
- if( zExtra ){
- *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg,
- "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
- }
- }
- pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-}
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int iContinue;
+ int addr;
-/*
-** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
-** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
-** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
-**
-** Each callback contains the following information:
-**
-** argv[0] = name of thing being created
-** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
-** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
- InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
- sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
- int iDb = pData->iDb;
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- assert( argc==3 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
- return 1;
+ /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT
+ */
+ if( regPrev ){
+ int j1, j2;
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst,
+ (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
}
+ if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
- if( argv[1]==0 ){
- corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
- }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
- /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
- ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
- ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data
- ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+ /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
+ */
+ codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+
+ switch( pDest->eDest ){
+ /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
*/
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
+ case SRT_Table:
+ case SRT_EphemTab: {
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table );
+ testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ break;
+ }
- assert( db->init.busy );
- db->init.iDb = iDb;
- db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
- db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
- TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
- rc = db->errCode;
- assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
- db->init.iDb = 0;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
- assert( iDb==1 );
- }else{
- pData->rc = rc;
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
- corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+ ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this
+ ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+ */
+ case SRT_Set: {
+ int r1;
+ assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
+ pDest->affSdst =
+ sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */
+ /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+ */
+ case SRT_Exists: {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iSDParm);
+ /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+ ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+ ** of the scan loop.
+ */
+ case SRT_Mem: {
+ assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
+ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1);
+ /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+ /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
+ ** starting at pDest->iSdst. Then the co-routine yields.
+ */
+ case SRT_Coroutine: {
+ if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+ pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst);
+ pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst;
}
+ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pDest->nSdst);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+ break;
}
- sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
- }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
- corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
- }else{
- /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
- ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
- ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already
- ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have
- ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+
+ /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
+ ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other
+ ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
+ **
+ ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.
+ ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
+ ** return the next row of result.
*/
- Index *pIndex;
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- if( pIndex==0 ){
- /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
- ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since
- ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
- ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
- */
- /* Do Nothing */;
- }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
- corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
+ default: {
+ assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+ break;
}
}
- return 0;
+
+ /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
+ */
+ if( p->iLimit ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+
+ /* Generate the subroutine return
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
+
+ return addr;
}
/*
-** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
-** data structures for a single database file. The index of the
-** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main
-** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for
-** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
-** indicate success or failure.
+** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
+** is an ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** We assume a query of the following form:
+**
+** <selectA> <operator> <selectB> ORDER BY <orderbylist>
+**
+** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea
+** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
+** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
+** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
+** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
+**
+** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
+** of the compound query.
+**
+** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
+** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and
+** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
+** appears only in B.)
+**
+** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
+**
+** AeqB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
+**
+** AgtB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
+**
+** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
+**
+** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
+**
+** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which
+** <operator> is used:
+**
+**
+** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT
+** ------------- ----------------- -------------- -----------------
+** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA
+**
+** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA
+**
+** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB
+**
+** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt
+**
+** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt
+**
+** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
+** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
+** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
+** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
+**
+** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
+** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously
+** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output
+** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
+**
+** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
+** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this:
+**
+** goto Init
+** coA: coroutine for left query (A)
+** coB: coroutine for right query (B)
+** outA: output one row of A
+** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
+** EofA: ...
+** EofB: ...
+** AltB: ...
+** AeqB: ...
+** AgtB: ...
+** Init: initialize coroutine registers
+** yield coA
+** if eof(A) goto EofA
+** yield coB
+** if eof(B) goto EofB
+** Cmpr: Compare A, B
+** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
+** End: ...
+**
+** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
+** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop
+** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB,
+** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
*/
-static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
- int rc;
- int i;
- int size;
- Table *pTab;
- Db *pDb;
- char const *azArg[4];
- int meta[5];
- InitData initData;
- char const *zMasterSchema;
- char const *zMasterName;
- int openedTransaction = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
+){
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+ SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */
+ SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */
+ int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
+ int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
+ int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
+ int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
+ int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
+ int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
+ int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
+ int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
+ int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
+ int addrEofA_noB; /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */
+ int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
+ int addrAltB; /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
+ int addrAeqB; /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
+ int addrAgtB; /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
+ int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */
+ int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */
+ int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
+ int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
+ int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
+ int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
+ int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
+ int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
+ int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
+ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+ int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+ int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
- /*
- ** The master database table has a structure like this
+ assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
+ assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */
+ db = pParse->db;
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
+ labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+
+ /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
*/
- static const char master_schema[] =
- "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
- " type text,\n"
- " name text,\n"
- " tbl_name text,\n"
- " rootpage integer,\n"
- " sql text\n"
- ")"
- ;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
- static const char temp_master_schema[] =
- "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
- " type text,\n"
- " name text,\n"
- " tbl_name text,\n"
- " rootpage integer,\n"
- " sql text\n"
- ")"
- ;
-#else
- #define temp_master_schema 0
-#endif
+ op = p->op;
+ pPrior = p->pPrior;
+ assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
+ pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+ assert( pOrderBy );
+ nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+ /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
+ ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add
+ ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
+ */
+ if( op!=TK_ALL ){
+ for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
+ assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 );
+ if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break;
+ }
+ if( j==nOrderBy ){
+ Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+ if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+ pNew->u.iValue = i;
+ pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
+ if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
- ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
- ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+ /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
+ ** the permutation used to determine if the next
+ ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit
+ ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
+ ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
+ ** collation.
*/
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
- zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+ aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
+ if( aPermute ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
+ assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0
+ && pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
+ aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1;
+ }
+ pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
}else{
- zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+ pKeyMerge = 0;
}
- zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
- /* Construct the schema tables. */
- azArg[0] = zMasterName;
- azArg[1] = "1";
- azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
- azArg[3] = 0;
- initData.db = db;
- initData.iDb = iDb;
- initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
- initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
- sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
- if( initData.rc ){
- rc = initData.rc;
- goto error_out;
- }
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){
- pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
- }
+ /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
+ */
+ p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+ pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
- /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+ /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
+ ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
+ ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
*/
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
- DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+ if( op==TK_ALL ){
+ regPrev = 0;
+ }else{
+ int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
+ assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+ regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += nExpr+1;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
+ pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1);
+ if( pKeyDup ){
+ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) );
+ for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
+ pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+ pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
+ }
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
+ */
+ p->pPrior = 0;
+ pPrior->pNext = 0;
+ sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+ if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
+ sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
}
- /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
- ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
- ** will be closed before this function returns. */
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
- if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
- goto initone_error_out;
- }
- openedTransaction = 1;
+ /* Compute the limit registers */
+ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
+ if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
+ regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
+ regLimitA);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
+ }else{
+ regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
}
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+ p->pLimit = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+ p->pOffset = 0;
- /* Get the database meta information.
- **
- ** Meta values are as follows:
- ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change.
- ** meta[1] File format of schema layer.
- ** meta[2] Size of the page cache.
- ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
- ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
- ** meta[5] User version
- ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode
- ** meta[7] unused
- ** meta[8] unused
- ** meta[9] unused
- **
- ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
- ** the possible values of meta[4].
+ regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
+
+ /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
+ ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
*/
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
- }
- pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
+ addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA);
+ VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT"));
+ pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrA);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
- ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
- ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
- ** as sqlite3.enc.
+ /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on
+ ** the right - the "B" select
*/
- if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */
- if( iDb==0 ){
- u8 encoding;
- /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
- encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
- if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
- ENC(db) = encoding;
- db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
- }else{
- /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
- if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
- " text encoding as main database");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto initone_error_out;
- }
- }
- }else{
- DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+ addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB);
+ VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT"));
+ savedLimit = p->iLimit;
+ savedOffset = p->iOffset;
+ p->iLimit = regLimitB;
+ p->iOffset = 0;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
+ p->iLimit = savedLimit;
+ p->iOffset = savedOffset;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrB);
+
+ /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
+ ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+ */
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
+ addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+ p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
+ regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
+
+ /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
+ ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+ */
+ if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
+ addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+ p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
+ regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
}
- pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup);
- if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
- size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
- if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
- pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
- sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+ /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
+ ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
+ */
+ if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+ addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd;
+ }else{
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
+ addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+ addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
+ p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
}
- /*
- ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0.
- ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
- ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
- ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants
+ /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
+ ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
*/
- pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
- if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
- pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
+ if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+ addrEofB = addrEofA;
+ if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+ }else{
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
+ addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB);
}
- if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto initone_error_out;
+
+ /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
+ */
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
+ addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+
+ /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
+ */
+ if( op==TK_ALL ){
+ addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+ }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+ addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+ addrAltB++;
+ }else{
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
+ addrAeqB =
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
}
- /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format,
- ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
- ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
- ** indices that the user might have created.
+ /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
*/
- if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
+ addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
- /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+ /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
*/
- assert( db->init.busy );
- {
- char *zSql;
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
- xAuth = db->xAuth;
- db->xAuth = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ /* Implement the main merge loop
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
+ (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
+
+ /* Set the number of output columns
+ */
+ if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+ Select *pFirst = pPrior;
+ while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+ generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+ }
+
+ /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
+ ** by the calling function */
+ if( p->pPrior ){
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+ }
+ p->pPrior = pPrior;
+ pPrior->pNext = p;
+
+ /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
+ **** subqueries ****/
+ explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
#endif
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- db->xAuth = xAuth;
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/* Forward Declarations */
+static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
+static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
+
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static Expr *substExpr(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
+ int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */
+ ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */
+){
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+ pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+ }else{
+ Expr *pNew;
+ assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
+ assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+ pExpr = pNew;
}
-#endif
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
+ }else{
+ pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+ pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+ }else{
+ substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
}
-#endif
}
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+ return pExpr;
+}
+static void substExprList(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */
+ ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
+ int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */
+ ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */
+){
+ int i;
+ if( pList==0 ) return;
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
- /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
- ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the
- ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
- ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
- ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
- ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
- ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
- */
- DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static void substSelect(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */
+ Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
+ int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */
+ ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */
+){
+ SrcList *pSrc;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ int i;
+ if( !p ) return;
+ substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
+ substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
+ substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
+ p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
+ p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
+ substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
+ pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */
+ if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+ }
}
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization.
+** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two
+** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
+** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300)
+**
+** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT.
+**
+** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
+** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction
+** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
+**
+** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+** DISTINCT.
+**
+** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without
+** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special
+** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a
+** single NULL.
+**
+** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+** aggregates.
+**
+** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we
+** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original
+** text: "The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
+** use LIMIT."
+**
+** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously
+** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
+**
+** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
+**
+** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET.
+**
+** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
+** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
+** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
+**
+** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
+** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter
+** until we introduced the group_concat() function.
+**
+** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL
+** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and
+** the parent query:
+**
+** * is not itself part of a compound select,
+** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
+** * is not a join
+**
+** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
+** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
+** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound
+** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound
+** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by
+** restriction (4).
+**
+** Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number
+** of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound
+** SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no
+** such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the
+** syntax error and return a detailed message.
+**
+** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
+** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to
+** columns of the sub-query.
+**
+** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
+** have a WHERE clause.
+**
+** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
+** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint
+** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
+** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we
+** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
+**
+** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
+** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
+**
+** (22) The subquery is not a recursive CTE.
+**
+** (23) The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a
+** compound query. This restriction is because transforming the
+** parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles
+** recursive queries in multiSelect().
+**
+** (24) The subquery is not an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or
+** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like:
+** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily
+** return the value X for which Y was maximal.)
+**
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+ int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+ int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+ int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+ const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+ Select *pParent;
+ Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+ Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
+ SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+ SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+ ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */
+ int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
- ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
- ** before that point, jump to error_out.
+ /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not.
*/
-initone_error_out:
- if( openedTransaction ){
- sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
+ if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0;
+ pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
+ pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+ iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+ pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+ assert( pSub!=0 );
+ if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */
+ if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */
+ pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+ assert( pSubSrc );
+ /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
+ ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
+ ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET
+ ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
+ ** and (14). */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */
+ if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (15) */
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
-
-error_out:
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */
+ if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+ return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
-** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
-** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an
-** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
-**
-** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
-** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
-** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
- int i, rc;
- int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- db->init.busy = 1;
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
- rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
- }
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (6) */
}
-
- /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
- ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
- ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1)
- && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
- rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
- }
+ if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (11) */
}
-#endif
-
- db->init.busy = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
- sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+ if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (21) */
}
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
-** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+ testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive );
+ testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_MinMaxAgg );
+ if( pSub->selFlags & (SF_Recursive|SF_MinMaxAgg) ){
+ return 0; /* Restrictions (22) and (24) */
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- pParse->rc = rc;
- pParse->nErr++;
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (23) */
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out
-** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies
-** make no changes to pParse->rc.
-*/
-static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
- int rc;
- int cookie;
- assert( pParse->checkSchema );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
- int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */
- if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+ /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
+ ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is
+ ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this
+ ** is not allowed:
+ **
+ ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
+ **
+ ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+ **
+ ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+ **
+ ** which is not at all the same thing.
+ **
+ ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
+ ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+ ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+ ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+ **
+ ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+ **
+ ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+ **
+ ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+ **
+ ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+ ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+ **
+ ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
+ ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
+ ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the
+ ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
+ */
+ if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
- /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
- ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
- ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
- if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
- openedTransaction = 1;
+ /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
+ ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
+ ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
+ ** queries.
+ */
+ if( pSub->pPrior ){
+ if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction 20 */
}
-
- /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
- ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
- ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb);
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+ if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
+ testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+ testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+ assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 );
+ if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
+ || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL)
+ || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1
+ || pSub->pEList->nExpr!=pSub1->pEList->nExpr
+ ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 );
}
- /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
- if( openedTransaction ){
- sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+ /* Restriction 18. */
+ if( p->pOrderBy ){
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
+ if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
+ }
}
}
-}
-/*
-** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
-** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
-**
-** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
-** attached database is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
- int i = -1000000;
+ /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
+ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %s.%p from term %d\n",
+ pSub->zSelName, pSub, iFrom));
- /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in
- ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
- ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this
- ** function should never be used.
+ /* Authorize the subquery */
+ pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
+ TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+ testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
+ pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+
+ /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
+ ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must
+ ** be of the form:
**
- ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
- ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
- ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
- ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+ ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause>
+ **
+ ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
+ ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
+ ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
+ ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
+ ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
+ **
+ ** Example:
+ **
+ ** SELECT a+1 FROM (
+ ** SELECT x FROM tab
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT y FROM tab
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
+ ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
+ **
+ ** Transformed into:
+ **
+ ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
+ ** ORDER BY 1
+ **
+ ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
*/
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( pSchema ){
- for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
- if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
- break;
- }
+ for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+ Select *pNew;
+ ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+ Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
+ Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
+ Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
+ p->pOrderBy = 0;
+ p->pSrc = 0;
+ p->pPrior = 0;
+ p->pLimit = 0;
+ p->pOffset = 0;
+ pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
+ sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, pSub->zSelName);
+ p->pOffset = pOffset;
+ p->pLimit = pLimit;
+ p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+ p->pSrc = pSrc;
+ p->op = TK_ALL;
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ p->pPrior = pPrior;
+ }else{
+ pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
+ if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+ pNew->pNext = p;
+ p->pPrior = pNew;
+ SELECTTRACE(2,pParse,p,
+ ("compound-subquery flattener creates %s.%p as peer\n",
+ pNew->zSelName, pNew));
}
- assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
}
- return i;
-}
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
- int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
- int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
- Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
- const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
- Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
- char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
+ /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause
+ ** in the outer query.
+ */
+ pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
- /* Allocate the parsing context */
- pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
- if( pParse==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto end_prepare;
- }
- pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare;
- assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
+ ** subquery
+ */
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
+ pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
+ pSubitem->zName = 0;
+ pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
+ pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
- /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
- ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that
- ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
- ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
- ** to the schema.
- **
- ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
- ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
- ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
- ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
- ** the schema change. Disaster would follow.
- **
- ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
- ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
- ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
- ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold
- ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
- ** holding them.
+ /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
+ ** subquery until code generation is
+ ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
+ ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346.
**
- ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
- ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
- ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
+ ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
*/
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
- if( rc ){
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
- testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
- goto end_prepare;
- }
+ if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
+ Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
+ if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
+ pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
+ }else{
+ pTabToDel->nRef--;
}
+ pSubitem->pTab = 0;
}
- sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+ /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
+ ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind
+ ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
+ ** then this loop only runs once.
+ **
+ ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+ ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember
+ ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+ ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code
+ ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+ ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+ ** elements we are now copying in.
+ */
+ for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+ int nSubSrc;
+ u8 jointype = 0;
+ pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */
+ nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
+ pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */
- pParse->db = db;
- pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1;
- if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
- char *zSqlCopy;
- int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
- testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
- testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
- if( nBytes>mxLen ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
- goto end_prepare;
- }
- zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
- if( zSqlCopy ){
- sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
- pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
+ if( pSrc ){
+ assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */
+ jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
}else{
- pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
+ assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
+ pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pSrc==0 ){
+ assert( db->mallocFailed );
+ break;
+ }
}
- }else{
- sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
- }
- assert( 1==(int)pParse->nQueryLoop );
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pParse->checkSchema ){
- schemaIsValid(pParse);
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( pzTail ){
- *pzTail = pParse->zTail;
- }
- rc = pParse->rc;
+ /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
+ ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
+ ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
+ ** of the subquery.
+ **
+ ** Example:
+ **
+ ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
+ **
+ ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the
+ ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next
+ ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle
+ ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the
+ ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
+ */
+ if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+ pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
- static const char * const azColName[] = {
- "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
- "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
- };
- int iFirst, mx;
- if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4);
- iFirst = 8;
- mx = 12;
+ /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
+ ** outer query.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing);
+ pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+ memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+ }
+ pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
+
+ /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for
+ ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+ **
+ ** Example:
+ **
+ ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+ ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ /
+ ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+ **
+ ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+ ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+ */
+ pList = pParent->pEList;
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
+ char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan);
+ sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+ pList->a[i].zName = zName;
+ }
+ }
+ substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ if( isAgg ){
+ substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ }
+ if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+ /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the
+ ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th
+ ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values
+ ** do not necessarily correspond to columns in SELECT statement pParent,
+ ** zero them before transfering the ORDER BY clause.
+ **
+ ** Not doing this may cause an error if a subsequent call to this
+ ** function attempts to flatten a compound sub-query into pParent
+ ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is
+ ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f]. */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+ for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+ pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
+ }
+ assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
+ assert( pSub->pPrior==0 );
+ pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+ pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+ }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
+ substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ }
+ if( pSub->pWhere ){
+ pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
+ }else{
+ pWhere = 0;
+ }
+ if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+ assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
+ pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
+ pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
+ pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving,
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0));
+ assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
+ pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
- iFirst = 0;
- mx = 8;
+ pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
}
- for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
- azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+ /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+ ** outer query is distinct.
+ */
+ pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
+
+ /*
+ ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
+ **
+ ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this
+ ** does not work if either limit is negative.
+ */
+ if( pSub->pLimit ){
+ pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
+ pSub->pLimit = 0;
}
}
-#endif
- assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 );
- if( db->init.busy==0 ){
- Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
- sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
- }
- if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
- sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
- assert(!(*ppStmt));
- }else{
- *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
- }
+ /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+ ** success.
+ */
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
- if( zErrMsg ){
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
- }else{
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("After flattening:\n");
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
+#endif
- /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
- while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
- TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
- pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
- }
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-end_prepare:
+/*
+** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first
+** argument, this function checks if the following are true:
+**
+** * the query contains just a single aggregate function,
+** * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and
+** * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value.
+**
+** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX
+** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the
+** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning.
+**
+** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and
+** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned.
+*/
+static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){
+ int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */
- sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
- return rc;
-}
-static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
- int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
- int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
- Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
- const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
- int rc;
- assert( ppStmt!=0 );
- *ppStmt = 0;
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
- if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
- sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
- rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+ *ppMinMax = 0;
+ if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
+ Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */
+ ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */
+
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+ if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+ const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
+ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
+ *ppMinMax = pEList;
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
+ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+ *ppMinMax = pEList;
+ }
+ }
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+
+ assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
+ return eRet;
}
/*
-** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
+** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
+** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This
+** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
**
-** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
-** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
-** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
-** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+**
+** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
+** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
+** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
- const char *zSql;
- sqlite3 *db;
+static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+ Table *pTab;
+ Expr *pExpr;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
- zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
- assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
- db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
- if( rc ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ assert( !p->pGroupBy );
+
+ if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1
+ || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
+ ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+ pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+ assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
+
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+ if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0;
+ if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
+ if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
+
+ return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
+** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate
+** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
+ if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){
+ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+ char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex;
+ Index *pIdx;
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex;
+ pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex);
+ pIdx=pIdx->pNext
+ );
+ if( !pIdx ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- assert( pNew==0 );
- return rc;
- }else{
- assert( pNew!=0 );
+ pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
}
- sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
- sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
- sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
- sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+/*
+** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with
+** an alternative collating sequence.
+**
+** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ...
+**
+** These are rewritten as a subquery:
+**
+** SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2)
+** ORDER BY ... COLLATE ...
+**
+** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine
+** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause
+** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the
+** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause. See ticket
+** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a
+**
+** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION.
+** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when
+** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY.
+*/
+static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ int i;
+ Select *pNew;
+ Select *pX;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ struct ExprList_item *a;
+ SrcList *pNewSrc;
+ Parse *pParse;
+ Token dummy;
+
+ if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){}
+ if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ a = p->pOrderBy->a;
+ for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){
+ if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break;
+ }
+ if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+
+ /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */
+ pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+ memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy));
+ pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0);
+ if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+ *pNew = *p;
+ p->pSrc = pNewSrc;
+ p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0));
+ p->op = TK_SELECT;
+ p->pWhere = 0;
+ pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
+ pNew->pHaving = 0;
+ pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
+ p->pPrior = 0;
+ p->pNext = 0;
+ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound;
+ assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
+ pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+ pNew->pLimit = 0;
+ pNew->pOffset = 0;
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/*
-** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
+** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested
+** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by
+** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE)
+** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
+** return NULL.
+**
+** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With
+** object that the returned CTE belongs to.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
- int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
- const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+static struct Cte *searchWith(
+ With *pWith, /* Current outermost WITH clause */
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* FROM clause element to resolve */
+ With **ppContext /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */
){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
- int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
- const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
- return rc;
+ const char *zName;
+ if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){
+ With *p;
+ for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+ *ppContext = p;
+ return &p->a[i];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
+/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses
+** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack.
+**
+** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument
+** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
+** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
+** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
+** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT
+** statement with which it is associated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
+ assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 );
+ if( pWith ){
+ pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith;
+ pParse->pWith = pWith;
+ pParse->bFreeWith = bFree;
+ }
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by
+** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
+** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
+** reference to the current CTE.
+**
+** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab
+** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check
+** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match
+** was found.
+**
+** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error
+** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the
+** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare16(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
- int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
- int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
- const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+static int withExpand(
+ Walker *pWalker,
+ struct SrcList_item *pFrom
){
- /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
- ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
- ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
- */
- char *zSql8;
- const char *zTail8 = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ struct Cte *pCte; /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */
+ With *pWith; /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */
- assert( ppStmt );
- *ppStmt = 0;
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
- if( zSql8 ){
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
- }
+ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
- if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
- /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
- ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
- ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
- ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
- */
- int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
- *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+ pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith);
+ if( pCte ){
+ Table *pTab;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ Select *pSel;
+ Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */
+ int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */
+ With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */
+
+ /* If pCte->zErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal
+ ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return
+ ** early. If pCte->zErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference.
+ ** In this case, proceed. */
+ if( pCte->zErr ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zErr, pCte->zName);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+ pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+ if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+ pTab->nRef = 1;
+ pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName);
+ pTab->iPKey = -1;
+ pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+ pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( pFrom->pSelect );
+
+ /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */
+ pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+ bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION );
+ if( bMayRecursive ){
+ int i;
+ SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc;
+ for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i];
+ if( pItem->zDatabase==0
+ && pItem->zName!=0
+ && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName)
+ ){
+ pItem->pTab = pTab;
+ pItem->isRecursive = 1;
+ pTab->nRef++;
+ pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */
+ if( pTab->nRef>2 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(
+ pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName
+ );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 ));
+
+ pCte->zErr = "circular reference: %s";
+ pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
+ pParse->pWith = pWith;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel);
+
+ for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
+ pEList = pLeft->pEList;
+ if( pCte->pCols ){
+ if( pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",
+ pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr
+ );
+ pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pEList = pCte->pCols;
+ }
+
+ selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+ if( bMayRecursive ){
+ if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
+ pCte->zErr = "multiple recursive references: %s";
+ }else{
+ pCte->zErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s";
+ }
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+ }
+ pCte->zErr = 0;
+ pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/*
-** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
+** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH
+** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object.
+**
+** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
+** names and other FROM clause elements.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
- int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
- const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
- int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
- const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
- return rc;
+static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith;
+ if( pWith!=0 ){
+ assert( pParse->pWith==pWith );
+ pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter;
+ }
}
+#else
+#define selectPopWith 0
+#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
+** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
+** "Expanding" means to do the following:
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
+** element of the FROM clause.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
+** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause,
+** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+** without worrying about messing up the persistent representation
+** of the view.
+**
+** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accommodate the NATURAL keyword
+** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
*/
+static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ int i, j, k;
+ SrcList *pTabList;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr;
+ u16 selFlags = p->selFlags;
+
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
+ return WRC_Prune;
+ }
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ pEList = p->pEList;
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0);
+ /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
+ ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
+ */
+ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
-/*
-** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
-** the select structure itself.
-*/
-static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
-}
+ /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If
+ ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
+ ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
+ */
+ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+ Table *pTab;
+ assert( pFrom->isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab );
+ if( pFrom->isRecursive ) continue;
+ if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
+ /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need
+ ** to go further. */
+ assert( i==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+ selectPopWith(pWalker, p);
+#endif
+ return WRC_Prune;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+ if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else
+#endif
+ if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+ /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+ assert( pSel!=0 );
+ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+ pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+ if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+ pTab->nRef = 1;
+ pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab);
+ while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
+ selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+ pTab->iPKey = -1;
+ pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+ pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom);
+ if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535",
+ pTab->zName);
+ pFrom->pTab = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ pTab->nRef++;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+ if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
+ pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
+ sqlite3SelectSetName(pFrom->pSelect, pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
+ if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+ */
+ if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+ ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+ ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression
+ ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+ ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+ ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
+ **
+ ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+ ** that need expanding.
+ */
+ for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+ pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+ if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+ assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
+ assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
+ if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+ }
+ if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+ /*
+ ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+ ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression
+ ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+ */
+ struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+ ExprList *pNew = 0;
+ int flags = pParse->db->flags;
+ int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
+ && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
+
+ /* When processing FROM-clause subqueries, it is always the case
+ ** that full_column_names=OFF and short_column_names=ON. The
+ ** sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() routine makes it so. */
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0
+ || ((flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)==0 &&
+ (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0) );
+
+ for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+ pE = a[k].pExpr;
+ pRight = pE->pRight;
+ assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );
+ if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+ /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+ */
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
+ if( pNew ){
+ pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+ pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
+ a[k].zName = 0;
+ a[k].zSpan = 0;
+ }
+ a[k].pExpr = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+ ** expanded. */
+ int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+ char *zTName = 0; /* text of name of TABLE */
+ if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
+ assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
+ zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
+ }
+ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+ Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect;
+ char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+ const char *zSchemaName = 0;
+ int iDb;
+ if( zTabName==0 ){
+ zTabName = pTab->zName;
+ }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
+ if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){
+ pSub = 0;
+ if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*";
+ }
+ for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+ char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+ char *zColname; /* The computed column name */
+ char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
+ Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */
-/*
-** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
- pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
- pDest->iParm = iParm;
- pDest->affinity = 0;
- pDest->iMem = 0;
- pDest->nMem = 0;
-}
+ assert( zName );
+ if( zTName && pSub
+ && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0
+ ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
+ ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
+ ** result-set list.
+ */
+ if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
+ assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
+ continue;
+ }
+ tableSeen = 1;
-/*
-** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
-** structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
- Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */
- ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */
- Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */
- int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
- Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */
- Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */
-){
- Select *pNew;
- Select standin;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
- assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */
- if( pNew==0 ){
- pNew = &standin;
- memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
- }
- if( pEList==0 ){
- pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
+ if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
+ if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
+ && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
+ ){
+ /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
+ ** table to the right of the join */
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+ /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+ ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
+ zColname = zName;
+ zToFree = 0;
+ if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+ Expr *pLeft;
+ pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
+ pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+ if( zSchemaName ){
+ pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName);
+ pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0);
+ }
+ if( longNames ){
+ zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
+ zToFree = zColname;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pExpr = pRight;
+ }
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
+ sColname.z = zColname;
+ sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
+ if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1];
+ if( pSub ){
+ pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan);
+ testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
+ }else{
+ pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s",
+ zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname);
+ testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
+ }
+ pX->bSpanIsTab = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
+ }
+ }
+ if( !tableSeen ){
+ if( zTName ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+ p->pEList = pNew;
}
- pNew->pEList = pEList;
- pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
- pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
- pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
- pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
- pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
- pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0;
- pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
- pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
- pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
- assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
- if( db->mallocFailed ) {
- clearSelect(db, pNew);
- if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
- pNew = 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+ if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
}
- return pNew;
+#endif
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
-** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
+**
+** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
+** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably,
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every
+** subquery in the parser tree.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
- if( p ){
- clearSelect(db, p);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
- }
+static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
-** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
-** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type
-** in terms of the following bit values:
-**
-** JT_INNER
-** JT_CROSS
-** JT_OUTER
-** JT_NATURAL
-** JT_LEFT
-** JT_RIGHT
+** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
+** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
+** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
**
-** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
+** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before
+** name resolution is performed.
**
-** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
-** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
+** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
+** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
- int jointype = 0;
- Token *apAll[3];
- Token *p;
- /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
- static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
- static const struct {
- u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
- u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */
- u8 code; /* Join type mask */
- } aKeyword[] = {
- /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL },
- /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
- /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER },
- /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
- /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
- /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER },
- /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS },
- };
- int i, j;
- apAll[0] = pA;
- apAll[1] = pB;
- apAll[2] = pC;
- for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
- p = apAll[i];
- for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
- if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar
- && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
- jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
- break;
- }
- }
- testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
- if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
- jointype |= JT_ERROR;
- break;
- }
- }
- if(
- (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
- (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
- ){
- const char *zSp = " ";
- assert( pB!=0 );
- if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
- "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
- jointype = JT_INNER;
- }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0
- && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
- jointype = JT_INNER;
+static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+ Walker w;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+ w.pParse = pParse;
+ if( pParse->hasCompound ){
+ w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
}
- return jointype;
+ w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
+ w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
}
-/*
-** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column
-** is not contained in the table.
-*/
-static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
- }
- return -1;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
-** table that has a column named zCol.
+** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
+** interface.
**
-** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
-** of the matching column and return TRUE.
+** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
+** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
+** of that subquery.
**
-** If not found, return FALSE.
+** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
+** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
+** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This
+** routine is called after identifier resolution.
*/
-static int tableAndColumnIndex(
- SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */
- int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
- const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */
- int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
- int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
-){
- int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
- int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */
+static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ Parse *pParse;
+ int i;
+ SrcList *pTabList;
+ struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
- assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */
- for(i=0; i<N; i++){
- iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- if( piTab ){
- *piTab = i;
- *piCol = iCol;
+ assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
+ p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
+ pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+ if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
+ /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+ if( pSel ){
+ while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
+ selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel);
+ }
}
- return 1;
}
}
- return 0;
}
+#endif
-/*
-** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
-** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
-** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
-**
-** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
-**
-** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the
-** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
-** column iColRight of tab2.
-*/
-static void addWhereTerm(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */
- int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
- int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */
- int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */
- int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */
- int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */
- Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Expr *pE1;
- Expr *pE2;
- Expr *pEq;
-
- assert( iLeft<iRight );
- assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
- assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
- assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
-
- pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
- pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
-
- pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0);
- if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
- ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- ExprSetIrreducible(pEq);
- pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
- }
- *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
-}
/*
-** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
-** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
-** expression.
-**
-** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
-** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
-** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
-** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the
-** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
-** originated in the ON or USING clause.
-**
-** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
-** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
-** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed
-** for cases like this:
-**
-** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
+** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
+** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
+** SELECT statement.
**
-** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
-** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a
-** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not
-** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
-** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
-** the output, which is incorrect.
+** Use this routine after name resolution.
*/
-static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
- while( p ){
- ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- ExprSetIrreducible(p);
- p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
- setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
- p = p->pRight;
- }
+static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ Walker w;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
+ w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+ w.pParse = pParse;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+#endif
}
+
/*
-** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
-** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
-** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing. The
+** following is accomplished:
**
-** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
-** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most
-** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to
-** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
-** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
-** also attached to the left entry.
+** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
+** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
+** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
+** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
+** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
**
-** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
*/
-static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
- SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */
- struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */
-
- pSrc = p->pSrc;
- pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
- pRight = &pLeft[1];
- for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
- Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
- Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
- int isOuter;
-
- if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
- isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
-
- /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
- ** every column that the two tables have in common.
- */
- if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
- if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
- "an ON or USING clause", 0);
- return 1;
- }
- for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
- char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */
- int iLeft; /* Matching left table */
- int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */
-
- zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
- if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
- addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
- isOuter, &p->pWhere);
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
- */
- if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
- "clauses in the same join");
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
- ** an AND operator.
- */
- if( pRight->pOn ){
- if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
- p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
- pRight->pOn = 0;
- }
-
- /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
- ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are
- ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
- ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
- ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
- ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
- */
- if( pRight->pUsing ){
- IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
- for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
- char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
- int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */
- int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */
- int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */
-
- zName = pList->a[j].zName;
- iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
- if( iRightCol<0
- || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
- ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
- "not present in both tables", zName);
- return 1;
- }
- addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
- isOuter, &p->pWhere);
- }
- }
- }
- return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
+ sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
}
/*
-** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
-** stack into the sorter.
+** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
+**
+** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
+** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This
+** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory
+** cells.
*/
-static void pushOntoSorter(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
- Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */
- int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */
-){
+static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
- int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2);
- int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
- sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2);
- if( pSelect->iLimit ){
- int addr1, addr2;
- int iLimit;
- if( pSelect->iOffset ){
- iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
- }else{
- iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
+ int i;
+ struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
+ int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn;
+ if( nReg==0 ) return;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by
+ ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */
+ assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 );
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
+ assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
+ && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
+ assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
+ && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
+ }
+#endif
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg);
+ for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
+ if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
+ Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
+ "argument");
+ pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
+ }else{
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
+ (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+ }
}
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
- addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
}
}
/*
-** Add code to implement the OFFSET
+** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
+** in the AggInfo structure.
*/
-static void codeOffset(
- Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */
- Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */
- int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */
-){
- if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){
- int addr;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
- VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int i;
+ struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+ for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+ ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
+ (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
}
}
/*
-** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
-** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
-** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab
-** if the current N values are new.
-**
-** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
-** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
+** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
+** the current cursor position.
*/
-static void codeDistinct(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
- int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */
- int N, /* Number of elements */
- int iMem /* First element */
-){
- Vdbe *v;
- int r1;
+static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int i;
+ int regHit = 0;
+ int addrHitTest = 0;
+ struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+ struct AggInfo_col *pC;
- v = pParse->pVdbe;
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
+ for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+ int nArg;
+ int addrNext = 0;
+ int regAgg;
+ ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ if( pList ){
+ nArg = pList->nExpr;
+ regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
+ }else{
+ nArg = 0;
+ regAgg = 0;
+ }
+ if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
+ addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ assert( nArg==1 );
+ codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
+ }
+ if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+ CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ int j;
+ assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
+ for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+ }
+ if( !pColl ){
+ pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+ }
+ if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
+ (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+ if( addrNext ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
+ ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present
+ ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
+ ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
+ ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
+ ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
+ **
+ ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
+ ** values to an OP_Copy.
+ */
+ if( regHit ){
+ addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+ }
+ pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ if( addrHitTest ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest);
+ }
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
-** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
-** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur
-** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we
-** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.)
+** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
+** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
*/
-static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */
- SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */
- int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+static void explainSimpleCount(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */
+ Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
){
- int eDest = pDest->eDest;
- if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
- "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
- return 1;
- }else{
- return 0;
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx)));
+ char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s",
+ pTab->zName,
+ bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
+ bCover ? pIdx->zName : ""
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+ pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
+ );
}
}
+#else
+# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
#endif
/*
-** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
-** of a SELECT.
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
**
-** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
-** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0
-** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
-** datatypes for each column.
+** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure.
+** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The
+** calling function needs to do that.
*/
-static void selectInnerLoop(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */
- ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */
- int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */
- int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
- int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
- SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */
- int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */
- int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */
){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i;
- int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
- int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */
- int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */
- int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
- int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */
+ int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */
+ SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */
+ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */
+ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */
+ Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */
+ int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */
+ DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */
+ SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */
+ AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */
+ int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- assert( v );
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
- assert( pEList!=0 );
- hasDistinct = distinct>=0;
- if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
- codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
+ pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
+#endif
- /* Pull the requested columns.
- */
- if( nColumn>0 ){
- nResultCol = nColumn;
- }else{
- nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
- }
- if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
- pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
- pDest->nMem = nResultCol;
- pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
- }else{
- assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol );
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
+ return 1;
}
- regResult = pDest->iMem;
- if( nColumn>0 ){
- for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
- }
- }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
- /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
- ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
- */
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Output);
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+ memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ pParse->nSelectIndent++;
+ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n"));
+ if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
- nColumn = nResultCol;
+#endif
- /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
- ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
- ** part of the result.
- */
- if( hasDistinct ){
- assert( pEList!=0 );
- assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn );
- codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult);
- if( pOrderBy==0 ){
- codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
- }
+ assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
+ assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo );
+ assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
+ assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
+ if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+ assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union ||
+ pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard ||
+ pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ||
+ pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo);
+ /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
+ ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+ p->pOrderBy = 0;
+ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
}
+ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
+ memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort));
+ sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ pEList = p->pEList;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto select_end;
+ }
+ isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
- switch( eDest ){
- /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
- ** table iParm.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
- case SRT_Union: {
- int r1;
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- break;
- }
+ /* Begin generating code.
+ */
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
- /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
- ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
- ** the temporary table iParm.
- */
- case SRT_Except: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn);
- break;
- }
+ /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+ ** only a single column may be output.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
+ goto select_end;
+ }
#endif
- /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
- */
- case SRT_Table:
- case SRT_EphemTab: {
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
- testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
- if( pOrderBy ){
- pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
- }else{
- int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
- }
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- break;
- }
+ /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+ */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+ for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
+ SelectDest dest;
+ Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
+ int isAggSub;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
- ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this
- ** item into the set table with bogus data.
- */
- case SRT_Set: {
- assert( nColumn==1 );
- p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity);
- if( pOrderBy ){
- /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
- ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
- ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
- ** case the order does matter */
- pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
- }else{
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ if( pSub==0 ) continue;
+
+ /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than
+ ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN,
+ ** for example. In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest
+ ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view. The first instance
+ ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need
+ ** to be invoked again. */
+ if( pItem->addrFillSub ){
+ if( pItem->viaCoroutine==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);
}
- break;
+ continue;
}
- /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+ /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
+ ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select
+ ** may contain expression trees of at most
+ ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
+ ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
+ ** an exact limit.
*/
- case SRT_Exists: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
- /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
- break;
- }
+ pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
- /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
- ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
- ** of the scan loop.
- */
- case SRT_Mem: {
- assert( nColumn==1 );
- if( pOrderBy ){
- pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1);
- /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+ isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+ if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
+ /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
+ if( isAggSub ){
+ isAgg = 1;
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
}
- break;
- }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
- /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the
- ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for
- ** popping the data from the stack.
- */
- case SRT_Coroutine:
- case SRT_Output: {
- testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
- testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
- if( pOrderBy ){
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
- pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
+ i = -1;
+ }else if( pTabList->nSrc==1
+ && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine)
+ ){
+ /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result
+ ** set on each invocation.
+ */
+ int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1;
+ pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+ pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop;
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn);
+ explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+ pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
+ pItem->viaCoroutine = 1;
+ pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, pItem->regReturn);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1);
+ sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
+ }else{
+ /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
+ ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point
+ ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn
+ ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
+ */
+ int topAddr;
+ int onceAddr = 0;
+ int retAddr;
+ assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 );
+ pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+ topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn);
+ pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1;
+ if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){
+ /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of
+ ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery
+ ** once. */
+ onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn);
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
}
- break;
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
+ explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+ pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
+ if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr);
+ retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn);
+ VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr);
+ sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside
- ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call
- ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care
- ** about the actual results of the select.
- */
- default: {
- assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
- break;
+ if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto select_end;
}
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if
- ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
- ** the output for us.
- */
- if( pOrderBy==0 && p->iLimit ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
-** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
-**
-** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
-** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
-** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
-** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
-** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
-**
-** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling
-** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
-** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using
-** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this.
-*/
-static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int nExpr;
- KeyInfo *pInfo;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- int i;
-
- nExpr = pList->nExpr;
- pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
- if( pInfo ){
- pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr];
- pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr;
- pInfo->enc = ENC(db);
- pInfo->db = db;
- for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
- if( !pColl ){
- pColl = db->pDfltColl;
- }
- pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl;
- pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder;
+ pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+ sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
}
}
- return pInfo;
-}
+ pEList = p->pEList;
+#endif
+ pWhere = p->pWhere;
+ pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+ pHaving = p->pHaving;
+ sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
-*/
-static const char *selectOpName(int id){
- char *z;
- switch( id ){
- case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break;
- case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break;
- case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break;
- default: z = "UNION"; break;
- }
- return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
-** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
-** where the caption is of the form:
-**
-** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
-**
-** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
-** is determined by the zUsage argument.
-*/
-static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
- if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
-** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
-** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
-** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
-** code with #ifndef directives.
-*/
-# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
-
-#else
-/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
-# define explainTempTable(y,z)
-# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
+ /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
+ */
+ if( p->pPrior ){
+ rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
+ explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n"));
+ pParse->nSelectIndent--;
#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
-/*
-** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
-** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
-** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
-**
-** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
-** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
-**
-** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
-** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
-** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
-** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is
-** false, or the second form if it is true.
-*/
-static void explainComposite(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
- int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */
- int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */
- int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */
-){
- assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
- if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
- pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
- bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
- );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
- }
-}
-#else
-/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
-# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
+ return rc;
+ }
#endif
-/*
-** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
-** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated
-** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following
-** routine generates the code needed to do that.
-*/
-static void generateSortTail(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */
- Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
- int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */
- SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
-){
- int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */
- int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */
- int addr;
- int iTab;
- int pseudoTab = 0;
- ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+ /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and
+ ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
+ ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
+ **
+ ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz
+ **
+ ** is transformed to:
+ **
+ ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz
+ **
+ ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be
+ ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally
+ ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER
+ ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
+ */
+ if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct
+ && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, p->pEList, -1)==0
+ ){
+ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+ p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
+ pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+ sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+ /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags,
+ ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set. Hence, isTnct represents the
+ ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */
+ assert( sDistinct.isTnct );
+ }
- int eDest = pDest->eDest;
- int iParm = pDest->iParm;
+ /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
+ ** index might end up being unused if the data can be
+ ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the
+ ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
+ ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex
+ ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
+ */
+ if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, 0);
+ sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
+ sSort.addrSortIndex =
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+ sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+1+pEList->nExpr, 0,
+ (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO
+ );
+ }else{
+ sSort.addrSortIndex = -1;
+ }
- int regRow;
- int regRowid;
+ /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+ */
+ if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr);
+ }
- iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;
- regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
- pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn);
- regRowid = 0;
+ /* Set the limiter.
+ */
+ iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ p->nSelectRow = LARGEST_INT64;
+ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
+ if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sSort.addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen;
+ sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter;
+ }
+
+ /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
+ */
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+ sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++;
+ sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+ sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0,
+ (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0),
+ P4_KEYINFO);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+ sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED;
}else{
- regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
}
- addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak);
- codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow);
- switch( eDest ){
- case SRT_Table:
- case SRT_EphemTab: {
- testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
- testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- break;
+
+ if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
+ /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */
+ u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0);
+
+ /* Begin the database scan. */
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy,
+ p->pEList, wctrlFlags, 0);
+ if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+ if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){
+ p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case SRT_Set: {
- assert( nColumn==1 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
- break;
+ if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){
+ sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo);
}
- case SRT_Mem: {
- assert( nColumn==1 );
- sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
- /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
- break;
+ if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+ sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo);
+ if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+ sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+ }
}
-#endif
- default: {
- int i;
- assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
- testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
- testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
- for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
- assert( regRow!=pDest->iMem+i );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i);
- if( i==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
- }
+
+ /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
+ ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
+ ** into an OP_Noop.
+ */
+ if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
+ }
+
+ /* Use the standard inner loop. */
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest,
+ sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo),
+ sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
+
+ /* End the database scan loop.
+ */
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ }else{
+ /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause
+ ** or both */
+ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
+ int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
+ int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
+ int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
+ ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
+ ** processed */
+ int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
+ int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
+ int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */
+ int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */
+ int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */
+ int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */
+
+ /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
+ ** GROUP BY clause.
+ */
+ if( pGroupBy ){
+ int k; /* Loop counter */
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */
+
+ for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+ pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
}
- if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
+ for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+ pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
}
- break;
+ if( p->nSelectRow>100 ) p->nSelectRow = 100;
+ }else{
+ p->nSelectRow = 1;
}
- }
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
- /* The bottom of the loop
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
- if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0);
- }
-}
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
-** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
-**
-** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
-** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
-** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
-** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
-** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is
-** considered a column by this function.
-**
-** SELECT col FROM tbl;
-** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
-** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
-** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
-**
-** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
-*/
-static const char *columnType(
- NameContext *pNC,
- Expr *pExpr,
- const char **pzOriginDb,
- const char **pzOriginTab,
- const char **pzOriginCol
-){
- char const *zType = 0;
- char const *zOriginDb = 0;
- char const *zOriginTab = 0;
- char const *zOriginCol = 0;
- int j;
- if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+ /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
+ ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause
+ ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out
+ ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY may use a
+ ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required
+ ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the
+ ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp
+ ** variable. */
+ if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){
+ orderByGrp = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
+ addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
- case TK_COLUMN: {
- /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
- ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
- ** database table or a subquery.
+ /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
+ ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
+ ** SELECT statement.
+ */
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+ sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
+ sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1;
+ sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0;
+ sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
+ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
+ if( pHaving ){
+ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
+ }
+ sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
+ for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
+ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList);
+ sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc;
+ }
+ sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+
+ /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
+ ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
+ */
+ if( pGroupBy ){
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */
+ int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
+ int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
+ int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */
+ int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */
+ int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */
+ int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
+ int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
+ int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
+
+ /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
+ ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out
+ ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
+ ** will be converted into a Noop.
*/
- Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */
- Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */
- int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
- while( pNC && !pTab ){
- SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
- for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
- if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
- pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
- pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
+ sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+ pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, 0);
+ addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen,
+ sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn,
+ 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+
+ /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
+ */
+ iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+ iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+ addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
+ addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+ iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
+ VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
+ VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1);
+
+ /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
+ ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
+ ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
+ ** in the right order to begin with.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0,
+ WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0
+ );
+ if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+ if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){
+ /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
+ ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
+ ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
+ */
+ groupBySort = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push
+ ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
+ ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
+ ** in sorted order
+ */
+ int regBase;
+ int regRecord;
+ int nCol;
+ int nGroupBy;
+
+ explainTempTable(pParse,
+ (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ?
+ "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY");
+
+ groupBySort = 1;
+ nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+ nCol = nGroupBy;
+ j = nGroupBy;
+ for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+ if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
+ nCol++;
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+ regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
+ j = nGroupBy;
+ for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+ struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
+ if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
+ int r1 = j + regBase;
+ int r2;
+
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse,
+ pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
+ if( r1!=r2 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
+ }
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+ regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
+ sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
+ VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+
+ }
+
+ /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort
+ ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY
+ ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier.
+ **
+ ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
+ ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to
+ ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */
+ if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder)
+ && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo))
+ ){
+ sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
+ }
+
+ /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
+ ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
+ ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
+ ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
+ */
+ addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ if( groupBySort ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut,sortPTab);
+ }
+ for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
+ if( groupBySort ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j);
}else{
- pNC = pNC->pNext;
+ sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
}
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
+ (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
- if( pTab==0 ){
- /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
- ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how
- ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer
- ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
- ** the following:
+ /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
+ ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
+ ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
+ **
+ ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
+ ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine
+ ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
+ ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
+ */
+ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+ VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+ VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
+
+ /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
+ ** the current row
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
+ VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
+
+ /* End of the loop
+ */
+ if( groupBySort ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx);
+ }
+
+ /* Output the final row of result
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+ VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
+
+ /* Jump over the subroutines
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
+
+ /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
+ ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag
+ ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If
+ ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
+ ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
+ ** order to signal the caller to abort.
+ */
+ addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
+ VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
+ addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+ finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort,
+ &sDistinct, pDest,
+ addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+ VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
+
+ /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
+ resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
+
+ } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
+ else {
+ ExprList *pDel = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+ Table *pTab;
+ if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
+ /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
+ ** the SQL statement is of the form:
**
- ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
- ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
+ ** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
**
- ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the
- ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
- ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
+ ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>.
**
- ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
- ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression
- ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
- ** branch below. */
- break;
- }
+ ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
+ ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
+ ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It
+ ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
+ ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
+ */
+ const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+ const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
+ Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */
+ int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
- assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
- if( pS ){
- /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
- ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
- ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+ /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost.
+ **
+ ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
+ **
+ ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index.
+ **
+ ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only
+ ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
*/
- if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
- /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
- ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
- ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
- */
- NameContext sNC;
- Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
- sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
- sNC.pNext = pNC;
- sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol);
+ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( pIdx->bUnordered==0
+ && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow
+ && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0
+ && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
+ ){
+ pBest = pIdx;
+ }
}
- }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){
- /* A real table */
- assert( !pS );
- if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
- assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
- if( iCol<0 ){
- zType = "INTEGER";
- zOriginCol = "rowid";
- }else{
- zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
- zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+ if( pBest ){
+ iRoot = pBest->tnum;
+ pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest);
+ }
+
+ /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1);
+ if( pKeyInfo ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
+ explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+ {
+ /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
+ **
+ ** SELECT min(x) FROM ...
+ ** SELECT max(x) FROM ...
+ **
+ ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
+ ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause.
+ ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
+ ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the
+ ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is
+ ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum
+ ** value of x, the only row required).
+ **
+ ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
+ ** modify behavior as follows:
+ **
+ ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
+ ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
+ ** for x.
+ **
+ ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
+ ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on
+ ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
+ ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
+ */
+ ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
+ u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+
+ assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
+ assert( flag==0 );
+ if( p->pHaving==0 ){
+ flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax);
+ }
+ assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) );
+
+ if( flag ){
+ pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0);
+ pDel = pMinMax;
+ if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
+ pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
+ pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The
+ ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
+ ** of output.
+ */
+ resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0);
+ if( pWInfo==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+ goto select_end;
}
- zOriginTab = pTab->zName;
- if( pNC->pParse ){
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 );
+ if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
+ (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
}
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
}
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_SELECT: {
- /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
- ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
- ** statement.
- */
- NameContext sNC;
- Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
- Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
- assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
- sNC.pNext = pNC;
- sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol);
- break;
+
+ sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0,
+ pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
}
-#endif
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
+
+ } /* endif aggregate query */
+
+ if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){
+ explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
}
-
- if( pzOriginDb ){
- assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol );
- *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb;
- *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab;
- *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol;
+
+ /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+ ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+ */
+ if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+ explainTempTable(pParse, sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY");
+ generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
}
- return zType;
-}
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
-** in the result set.
-*/
-static void generateColumnTypes(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */
- ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i;
- NameContext sNC;
- sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
- const char *zType;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
- const char *zOrigDb = 0;
- const char *zOrigTab = 0;
- const char *zOrigCol = 0;
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
+ /* Jump here to skip this query
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
- /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other
- ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
- ** virtual machine is deleted.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-#else
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0);
-#endif
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
-}
+ /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0
+ ** to indicate no errors.
+ */
+ rc = 0;
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
-** in the result set. This information is used to provide the
-** azCol[] values in the callback.
-*/
-static void generateColumnNames(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */
- ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i, j;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int fullNames, shortNames;
+ /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+ ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+ */
+select_end:
+ explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
- if( pParse->explain ){
- return;
+ /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+ generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
}
+
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end processing\n"));
+ pParse->nSelectIndent--;
#endif
+ return rc;
+}
- if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
- pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
- fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
- shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *p;
- p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
- if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
- if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
- char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
- Table *pTab;
- char *zCol;
- int iCol = p->iColumn;
- for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
- if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){
+ int n = 0;
+ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s",
+ ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
+ ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : "")
+ );
+ if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++;
+ if( p->pWhere ) n++;
+ if( p->pGroupBy ) n++;
+ if( p->pHaving ) n++;
+ if( p->pOrderBy ) n++;
+ if( p->pLimit ) n++;
+ if( p->pOffset ) n++;
+ if( p->pPrior ) n++;
+ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pEList, (n--)>0, "result-set");
+ if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){
+ int i;
+ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, (n--)>0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FROM");
+ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+ StrAccum x;
+ char zLine[100];
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0);
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, "{%d,*}", pItem->iCursor);
+ if( pItem->zDatabase ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " %s.%s", pItem->zDatabase, pItem->zName);
+ }else if( pItem->zName ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " %s", pItem->zName);
}
- assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
- pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
- if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
- assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
- if( iCol<0 ){
- zCol = "rowid";
- }else{
- zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+ if( pItem->pTab ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " tabname=%Q", pItem->pTab->zName);
}
- if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME,
- sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
- }else if( fullNames ){
- char *zName = 0;
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ if( pItem->zAlias ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias);
}
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME,
- sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " LEFT-JOIN");
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1);
+ if( pItem->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
}
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
}
- generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+ if( p->pWhere ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "WHERE", (n--)>0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pWhere, 0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ }
+ if( p->pGroupBy ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pGroupBy, (n--)>0, "GROUPBY");
+ }
+ if( p->pHaving ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "HAVING", (n--)>0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pHaving, 0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ }
+ if( p->pOrderBy ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pOrderBy, (n--)>0, "ORDERBY");
+ }
+ if( p->pLimit ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "LIMIT", (n--)>0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit, 0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ }
+ if( p->pOffset ){
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "OFFSET", (n--)>0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pOffset, 0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ }
+ if( p->pPrior ){
+ const char *zOp = "UNION";
+ switch( p->op ){
+ case TK_ALL: zOp = "UNION ALL"; break;
+ case TK_INTERSECT: zOp = "INTERSECT"; break;
+ case TK_EXCEPT: zOp = "EXCEPT"; break;
+ }
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zOp, (n--)>0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, p->pPrior, 0);
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
+ }
+ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
/*
-** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
-** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
-** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** All column names will be unique.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl,
-** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs,
-** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
*/
-static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
- int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */
- Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */
- Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */
- int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */
- Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */
- char *zName; /* Column name */
- int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */
-
- *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr;
- aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
- if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
- /* Get an appropriate name for the column
- */
- p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
- assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue)
- || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
- if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
- /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
- zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
- }else{
- Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */
- Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */
- while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ) pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
- if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
- /* For columns use the column name name */
- int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
- pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
- if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
- iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
- }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
- }else{
- /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
- }
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
- break;
- }
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
- /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique,
- ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
- */
- nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
- char *zNewName;
- zName[nName] = 0;
- zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
- zName = zNewName;
- j = -1;
- if( zName==0 ) break;
- }
- }
- pCol->zName = zName;
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- for(j=0; j<i; j++){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
- *paCol = 0;
- *pnCol = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
/*
-** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
-** a SELECT statement.
-**
-** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
-** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This
-** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
-**
-** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT
-** statement be resolved.
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
-static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */
- int nCol, /* Number of columns */
- Column *aCol, /* List of columns */
- Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- NameContext sNC;
- Column *pCol;
- CollSeq *pColl;
- int i;
- Expr *p;
- struct ExprList_item *a;
-
- assert( pSelect!=0 );
- assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
- assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
- if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
- a = pSelect->pEList->a;
- for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
- p = a[i].pExpr;
- pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
- pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
- if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
- if( pColl ){
- pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
- }
- }
-}
+typedef struct TabResult {
+ char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */
+ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
+ u32 nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
+ u32 nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */
+ u32 nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */
+ u32 nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */
+ int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
+} TabResult;
/*
-** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
-** the result set of that SELECT.
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
- Table *pTab;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int savedFlags;
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+ TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */
+ int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ char *z; /* A single column of result */
- savedFlags = db->flags;
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
- sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
- if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
- while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
- db->flags = savedFlags;
- pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
- if( pTab==0 ){
- return 0;
+ /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+ ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+ */
+ if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+ need = nCol*2;
+ }else{
+ need = nCol;
}
- /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
- ** is disabled */
- assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
- pTab->nRef = 1;
- pTab->zName = 0;
- pTab->nRowEst = 1000000;
- selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
- selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect);
- pTab->iPKey = -1;
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
- return 0;
+ if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
+ char **azNew;
+ p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
+ azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+ if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+ p->azResult = azNew;
}
- return pTab;
-}
-/*
-** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary.
-** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- if( v==0 ){
- v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace);
+ /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+ ** the names of all columns.
+ */
+ if( p->nRow==0 ){
+ p->nColumn = nCol;
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
+ if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+ p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
}
-#endif
+ }else if( (int)p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+ sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
+ );
+ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return 1;
}
- return v;
-}
+ /* Copy over the row data
+ */
+ if( argv!=0 ){
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ if( argv[i]==0 ){
+ z = 0;
+ }else{
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
+ z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
+ if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+ memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
+ }
+ p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+ }
+ p->nRow++;
+ }
+ return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return 1;
+}
/*
-** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
-** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
-** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
-** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset
-** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute
-** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then
-** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
**
-** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
-** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and
-** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
-** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
-** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
-** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
-** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
-** SELECT statements.
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly.
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
*/
-static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
- Vdbe *v = 0;
- int iLimit = 0;
- int iOffset;
- int addr1, n;
- if( p->iLimit ) return;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+ const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */
+ char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */
+ int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+ int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+ char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */
+){
+ int rc;
+ TabResult res;
- /*
- ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some
- ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
- ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
- ** no rows.
- */
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
- if( p->pLimit ){
- p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* VDBE should have already been allocated */
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
- VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
- if( n==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
- }else{
- if( p->nSelectRow > (double)n ) p->nSelectRow = (double)n;
+ *pazResult = 0;
+ if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+ if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+ if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+ res.zErrMsg = 0;
+ res.nRow = 0;
+ res.nColumn = 0;
+ res.nData = 1;
+ res.nAlloc = 20;
+ res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+ if( res.azResult==0 ){
+ db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ res.azResult[0] = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+ assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
+ res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
+ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+ if( res.zErrMsg ){
+ if( pzErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
}
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
- VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak);
- }
- if( p->pOffset ){
- p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
- pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset);
- VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
- VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
}
+ db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
+ return res.rc;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+ char **azNew;
+ azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
+ if( azNew==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+ db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ res.azResult = azNew;
}
+ *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+ if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+ if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
/*
-** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
-** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if
-** the column has no default collating sequence.
-**
-** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
-** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
*/
-static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
- CollSeq *pRet;
- if( p->pPrior ){
- pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
- }else{
- pRet = 0;
- }
- assert( iCol>=0 );
- if( pRet==0 && iCol<p->pEList->nExpr ){
- pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
+ char **azResult /* Result returned from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+ if( azResult ){
+ int i, n;
+ azResult--;
+ assert( azResult!=0 );
+ n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
+ for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
+ sqlite3_free(azResult);
}
- return pRet;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
- SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
-);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
/*
-** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
-** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
-** INTERSECT
**
-** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the
-** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query
-** in which case this routine will be called recursively.
-**
-** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
-** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
-**
-** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
-**
-** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
-**
-** This statement is parsed up as follows:
-**
-** SELECT c FROM t3
-** |
-** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2
-** |
-** `------> SELECT a FROM t1
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
-** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
-** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
-** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
*/
-static int multiSelect(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
- SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */
- Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
- Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */
- SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */
- Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */
- int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */
-#endif
- /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only
- ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
- */
- assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */
- db = pParse->db;
- pPrior = p->pPrior;
- assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior );
- assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost );
- dest = *pDest;
- if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
- selectOpName(p->op));
- rc = 1;
- goto multi_select_end;
- }
- if( pPrior->pLimit ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
- selectOpName(p->op));
- rc = 1;
- goto multi_select_end;
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+ while( pTriggerStep ){
+ TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+ pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
- /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
- */
- if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
- assert( p->pEList );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
- dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
}
+}
- /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
- ** in their result sets.
- */
- assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
- if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
- " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
- rc = 1;
- goto multi_select_end;
- }
+/*
+** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
+** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
+**
+** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
+** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional
+** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all
+** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
+** and returns the combined list.
+**
+** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers
+** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on
+** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+ Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
+ Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */
- /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
- */
- if( p->pOrderBy ){
- return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
+ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+ return 0;
}
- /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
- */
- switch( p->op ){
- case TK_ALL: {
- int addr = 0;
- int nLimit;
- assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
- pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
- pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
- explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
- p->pLimit = 0;
- p->pOffset = 0;
- if( rc ){
- goto multi_select_end;
- }
- p->pPrior = 0;
- p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
- p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
- if( p->iLimit ){
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit);
- VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
- }
- explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- pDelete = p->pPrior;
- p->pPrior = pPrior;
- p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
- if( pPrior->pLimit
- && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
- && p->nSelectRow > (double)nLimit
+ if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+ HashElem *p;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
+ if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
+ && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName)
){
- p->nSelectRow = (double)nLimit;
- }
- if( addr ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+ pList = pTrig;
}
- break;
}
- case TK_EXCEPT:
- case TK_UNION: {
- int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
- u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
- int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
- Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
- int addr;
- SelectDest uniondest;
-
- testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
- testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
- priorOp = SRT_Union;
- if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){
- /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
- ** right.
- */
- assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements
- ** of a 3-way or more compound */
- assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
- assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
- unionTab = dest.iParm;
- }else{
- /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
- ** intermediate results.
- */
- unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
- assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
- assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
- p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
- p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
- assert( p->pEList );
- }
+ }
- /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
- */
- assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
- explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
- if( rc ){
- goto multi_select_end;
- }
+ return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+}
- /* Code the current SELECT statement
- */
- if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
- op = SRT_Except;
- }else{
- assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
- op = SRT_Union;
- }
- p->pPrior = 0;
- pLimit = p->pLimit;
- p->pLimit = 0;
- pOffset = p->pOffset;
- p->pOffset = 0;
- uniondest.eDest = op;
- explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
- ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
- pDelete = p->pPrior;
- p->pPrior = pPrior;
- p->pOrderBy = 0;
- if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
- p->pLimit = pLimit;
- p->pOffset = pOffset;
- p->iLimit = 0;
- p->iOffset = 0;
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+ Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */
+ Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */
+ int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+ int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+ IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+ SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+ Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */
+ int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+ int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
+){
+ Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
+ char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */
+ Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */
+ DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */
+ int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */
- /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
- ** it is that we currently need.
- */
- assert( unionTab==dest.iParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
- if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
- int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
- assert( p->pEList );
- if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
- Select *pFirst = p;
- while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
- generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
- }
- iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
- iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
- 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
- }
- break;
+ assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
+ assert( pName2!=0 );
+ assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
+ assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+ if( isTemp ){
+ /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+ if( pName2->n>0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
}
- default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
- int tab1, tab2;
- int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
- Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
- int addr;
- SelectDest intersectdest;
- int r1;
+ iDb = 1;
+ pName = pName1;
+ }else{
+ /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */
+ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+ if( iDb<0 ){
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ }
+ if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
- /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
- ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin
- ** by allocating the tables we will need.
- */
- tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
- tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
- assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+ /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
+ ** ^^^^^^^^
+ **
+ ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
+ ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER.
+ */
+ if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
+ pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
+ }
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
- assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
- p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
- p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
- assert( p->pEList );
+ /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+ ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+ ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+ ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+ */
+ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+ if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
+ && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+ iDb = 1;
+ }
- /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+ /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+ assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+ sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName);
+ if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+ if( !pTab ){
+ /* The table does not exist. */
+ if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
+ /* Ticket #3810.
+ ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
+ ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
+ ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
+ ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
+ ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an
+ ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
*/
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
- explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
- if( rc ){
- goto multi_select_end;
- }
+ db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
+ }
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
- /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
- */
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
- assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
- p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
- p->pPrior = 0;
- pLimit = p->pLimit;
- p->pLimit = 0;
- pOffset = p->pOffset;
- p->pOffset = 0;
- intersectdest.iParm = tab2;
- explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
- testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- pDelete = p->pPrior;
- p->pPrior = pPrior;
- if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
- p->pLimit = pLimit;
- p->pOffset = pOffset;
+ /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+ ** specified name exists */
+ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){
+ if( !noErr ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+ }else{
+ assert( !db->init.busy );
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ }
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
- /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
- ** tables.
- */
- assert( p->pEList );
- if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
- Select *pFirst = p;
- while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
- generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
- }
- iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
- 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
- break;
+ /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+
+ /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+ ** of triggers.
+ */
+ if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S",
+ (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+ " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ {
+ int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+ const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
+ const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+ if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
}
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
+ goto trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+ ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every
+ ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code
+ ** elsewhere.
+ */
+ if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+ tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
}
- explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
+ /* Build the Trigger object */
+ pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
+ if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+ pTrigger->zName = zName;
+ zName = 0;
+ pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
+ pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+ pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
+ pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
+ pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
+ assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+ pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
- /* Compute collating sequences used by
- ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
- ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
- **
- ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
- ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most
- ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
- ** no temp tables are required.
- */
- if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */
- Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */
- CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
- int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */
+trigger_cleanup:
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+ if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+ }else{
+ assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
+ }
+}
- assert( p->pRightmost==p );
- nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
- pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
- sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1));
- if( !pKeyInfo ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto multi_select_end;
- }
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
+ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+ Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+ Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */
+ char *zName; /* Name of trigger */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */
+ DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */
+ int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */
+ Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */
- pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db);
- pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol;
+ pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+ if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+ zName = pTrig->zName;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+ pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
+ while( pStepList ){
+ pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
+ pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+ }
+ nameToken.z = pTrig->zName;
+ nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
+ sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken);
+ if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list)
+ || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen)
+ ){
+ goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+ }
- for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
- *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
- if( 0==*apColl ){
- *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
- }
- }
+ /* if we are not initializing,
+ ** build the sqlite_master entry
+ */
+ if( !db->init.busy ){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ char *z;
- for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
- for(i=0; i<2; i++){
- int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
- if( addr<0 ){
- /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can
- ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
- assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
- break;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
- pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
- }
+ /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
+ pTrig->table, z);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
+ }
+
+ if( db->init.busy ){
+ Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
+ Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig);
+ if( pTrig ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
+ Table *pTab;
+ pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table);
+ assert( pTab!=0 );
+ pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+ pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo);
}
-multi_select_end:
- pDest->iMem = dest.iMem;
- pDest->nMem = dest.nMem;
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
- return rc;
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
+ assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
+ sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
/*
-** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
-** SELECT statment.
-**
-** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem. There are
-** pIn->nMem columns to be output. pDest is where the output should
-** be sent.
-**
-** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
-** return address.
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
**
-** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
-** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
-** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is
-** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing
-** keys.
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
+ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
+ if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+ pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+ pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+ return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space
+** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
**
-** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
-** iBreak.
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
*/
-static int generateOutputSubroutine(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */
- SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */
- SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */
- int regReturn, /* The return address register */
- int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */
- int p4type, /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */
- int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
+static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */
+ Token *pName /* The target name */
){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int iContinue;
- int addr;
-
- addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
- /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT
- */
- if( regPrev ){
- int j1, j2;
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev);
- j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem,
- (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
+ pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n);
+ if( pTriggerStep ){
+ char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
+ memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
+ pTriggerStep->target.z = z;
+ pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n;
+ pTriggerStep->op = op;
}
- if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-
- /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
- */
- codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+ return pTriggerStep;
+}
- switch( pDest->eDest ){
- /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
- */
- case SRT_Table:
- case SRT_EphemTab: {
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table );
- testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- break;
- }
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
+ Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+ IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+ u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
- ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this
- ** item into the set table with bogus data.
- */
- case SRT_Set: {
- int r1;
- assert( pIn->nMem==1 );
- p->affinity =
- sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity);
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- break;
- }
+ assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
-#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */
- /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
- */
- case SRT_Exists: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm);
- /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
- break;
- }
-#endif
+ pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
+ if( pTriggerStep ){
+ pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+ pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+ }
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
- ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
- ** of the scan loop.
- */
- case SRT_Mem: {
- assert( pIn->nMem==1 );
- sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1);
- /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
- break;
- }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+ return pTriggerStep;
+}
- /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
- ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields.
- */
- case SRT_Coroutine: {
- if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
- pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem);
- pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem;
- }
- sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
- break;
- }
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
+ Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
+ u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
- /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
- ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other
- ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
- **
- ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.
- ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
- ** return the next row of result.
- */
- default: {
- assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
- break;
- }
+ pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
+ if( pTriggerStep ){
+ pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
}
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+ return pTriggerStep;
+}
- /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
- */
- if( p->iLimit ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1);
- }
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */
+ Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */
+){
+ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
- /* Generate the subroutine return
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
+ pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
+ if( pTriggerStep ){
+ pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+ return pTriggerStep;
+}
- return addr;
+/*
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+ if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+ sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
+ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
}
/*
-** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
-** is an ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** We assume a query of the following form:
-**
-** <selectA> <operator> <selectB> ORDER BY <orderbylist>
-**
-** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea
-** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
-** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
-** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
-** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
-**
-** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
-** of the compound query.
-**
-** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
-** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and
-** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
-** appears only in B.)
-**
-** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
-**
-** AeqB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
-**
-** AgtB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
-**
-** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
-**
-** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
-**
-** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which
-** <operator> is used:
-**
-**
-** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT
-** ------------- ----------------- -------------- -----------------
-** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA
-**
-** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA
-**
-** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB
-**
-** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt
-**
-** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt
-**
-** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
-** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
-** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
-** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
-**
-** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
-** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously
-** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output
-** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
-**
-** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
-** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this:
-**
-** goto Init
-** coA: coroutine for left query (A)
-** coB: coroutine for right query (B)
-** outA: output one row of A
-** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
-** EofA: ...
-** EofB: ...
-** AltB: ...
-** AeqB: ...
-** AgtB: ...
-** Init: initialize coroutine registers
-** yield coA
-** if eof(A) goto EofA
-** yield coB
-** if eof(B) goto EofB
-** Cmpr: Compare A, B
-** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
-** End: ...
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema.
**
-** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
-** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop
-** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB,
-** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
- SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */
-){
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
- Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */
- SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */
- SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */
- int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
- int regEofA; /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */
- int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
- int regEofB; /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */
- int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
- int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
- int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
- int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
- int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
- int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
- int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
- int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
- int addrAltB; /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
- int addrAeqB; /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
- int addrAgtB; /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
- int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */
- int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */
- int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
- int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
- int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
- int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
- int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
- int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
- int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
- KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
- KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
- ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
- int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
- int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */
- int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */
-#endif
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
+ Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+ int i;
+ const char *zDb;
+ const char *zName;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+
+ assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+ zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+ zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+ assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+ if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+ pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName);
+ if( pTrigger ) break;
+ }
+ if( !pTrigger ){
+ if( !noErr ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
+ }
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+ }
+ sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
- assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
- assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */
- db = pParse->db;
- v = pParse->pVdbe;
- assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
- labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+ return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table);
+}
- /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
- */
- op = p->op;
- pPrior = p->pPrior;
- assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
- pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
- assert( pOrderBy );
- nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
- /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
- ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add
- ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
- */
- if( op!=TK_ALL ){
- for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
- assert( pItem->iCol>0 );
- if( pItem->iCol==i ) break;
- }
- if( j==nOrderBy ){
- Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
- if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
- pNew->u.iValue = i;
- pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
- pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i;
- }
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
+ Table *pTable;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int iDb;
+
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+ assert( pTable );
+ assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ {
+ int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+ const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+ if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+ sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+ return;
}
}
+#endif
- /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
- ** the permutation used to determine if the next
- ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit
- ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
- ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
- ** collation.
+ /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
*/
- aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
- if( aPermute ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
- assert( pItem->iCol>0 && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
- aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1;
- }
- pKeyMerge =
- sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
- if( pKeyMerge ){
- pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy];
- pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy;
- pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db);
- for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
- if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- pColl = pTerm->pColl;
- }else{
- pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]);
- pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- pTerm->pColl = pColl;
- }
- pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl;
- pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
- }
+ assert( pTable!=0 );
+ if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+ int base;
+ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+ static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+ { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0},
+ { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */
+ { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2},
+ { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1},
+ { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
+ { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2},
+ { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1},
+ { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0},
+ { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */
+ };
+
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+ sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+ base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger, iLn);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
+ if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
+ pParse->nMem = 3;
}
- }else{
- pKeyMerge = 0;
}
+}
- /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
- */
- p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
- pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+ Trigger *pTrigger;
+ Hash *pHash;
- /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
- ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
- ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
- */
- if( op==TK_ALL ){
- regPrev = 0;
- }else{
- int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
- assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
- regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
- pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
- sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
- if( pKeyDup ){
- pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr];
- pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr;
- pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db);
- for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
- pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
- pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
- }
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
+ pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0);
+ if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
+ if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
+ Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+ Trigger **pp;
+ for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+ *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
}
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}
-
- /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
- */
- p->pPrior = 0;
- sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
- if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
- sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
- }
+}
- /* Compute the limit registers */
- computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
- if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
- regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
- regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
- regLimitA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
- }else{
- regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>. If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+ int e;
+ if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
+ for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
}
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
- p->pLimit = 0;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
- p->pOffset = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
- regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
- regEofA = ++pParse->nMem;
- regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
- regEofB = ++pParse->nMem;
- regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
- regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
+/*
+** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
+** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is
+** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
+** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */
+ int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+ int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+){
+ int mask = 0;
+ Trigger *pList = 0;
+ Trigger *p;
- /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main
- ** merge loop
- */
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
- addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
+ pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+ }
+ assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
+ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+ mask |= p->tr_tm;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pMask ){
+ *pMask = mask;
+ }
+ return (mask ? pList : 0);
+}
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+ int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */
+ SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */
- /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
- ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
- */
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT"));
- pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
- explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT"));
+ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
+ if( pSrc ){
+ assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
+ assert( pSrc->a!=0 );
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
+ if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+ pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ }
+ }
+ return pSrc;
+}
- /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on
- ** the right - the "B" select
- */
- addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT"));
- savedLimit = p->iLimit;
- savedOffset = p->iOffset;
- p->iLimit = regLimitB;
- p->iOffset = 0;
- explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
- p->iLimit = savedLimit;
- p->iOffset = savedOffset;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT"));
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single
+** trigger.
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+ int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
+){
+ TriggerStep *pStep;
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
- ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
- */
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
- addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
- p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
- regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd);
-
- /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
- ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
- */
- if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
- addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
- p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
- regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd);
- }
+ assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
+ assert( pStepList );
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
+ /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
+ ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
+ ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
+ ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
+ ** step statement. Example:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
+ ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
+ ** END;
+ **
+ ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
+ ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
+ */
+ pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
+ assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 );
- /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
- ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
- */
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
- if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
- addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd);
- }else{
- addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
- p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+ switch( pStep->op ){
+ case TK_UPDATE: {
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,
+ targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+ sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0),
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0),
+ pParse->eOrconf
+ );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_INSERT: {
+ sqlite3Insert(pParse,
+ targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+ sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0),
+ sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList),
+ pParse->eOrconf
+ );
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_DELETE: {
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,
+ targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
+ );
+ break;
+ }
+ default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
+ SelectDest sDest;
+ Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
+ }
}
- /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
- ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
- */
- if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
- addrEofB = addrEofA;
- if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
- }else{
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
- addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB);
- }
+ return 0;
+}
- /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
- */
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
- addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+/*
+** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
+** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
+*/
+static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
+ switch( onError ){
+ case OE_Abort: return "abort";
+ case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
+ case OE_Fail: return "fail";
+ case OE_Replace: return "replace";
+ case OE_Ignore: return "ignore";
+ case OE_Default: return "default";
+ }
+ return "n/a";
+}
+#endif
- /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
- */
- if( op==TK_ALL ){
- addrAeqB = addrAltB;
- }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
- addrAeqB = addrAltB;
- addrAltB++;
+/*
+** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
+** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
+** from pFrom to pTo.
+*/
+static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
+ assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
+ assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
+ if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
+ pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
+ pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
}else{
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
- addrAeqB =
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
}
+}
- /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
- */
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
- addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+/*
+** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program
+** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */
+ Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
+ int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
+){
+ Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */
+ Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */
+ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
+ SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
+ Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
+ int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
+
+ assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+ assert( pTop->pVdbe );
+
+ /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
+ ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg
+ ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */
+ pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
+ if( !pPrg ) return 0;
+ pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
+ pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
+ pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
+ if( !pProgram ) return 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
+ pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
+ pPrg->orconf = orconf;
+ pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
+ pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
+
+ /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the
+ ** trigger sub-program. */
+ pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
+ if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
+ pSubParse->db = db;
+ pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
+ pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
+ pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
+ pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
+ pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
+ if( v ){
+ VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)",
+ pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
+ (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
+ (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
+ (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
+ (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
+ pTab->zName
+ ));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
+ );
+#endif
+
+ /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
+ ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the
+ ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */
+ if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
+ pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen)
+ && db->mallocFailed==0
+ ){
+ iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+ }
- /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
+ /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
+ codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
- /* Implement the main merge loop
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy,
- (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB);
+ /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
+ if( iEndTrigger ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+ VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
- /* Release temporary registers
- */
- if( regPrev ){
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1);
+ transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+ pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
+ }
+ pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
+ pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
+ pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce;
+ pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
+ pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
+ pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
+ sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
}
- /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
+ assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
+ assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
+ sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse);
+ sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
- /* Set the number of output columns
- */
- if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
- Select *pFirst = pPrior;
- while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
- generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
- }
+ return pPrg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
+** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
+** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
+** being returned.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */
+ Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
+ int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
+){
+ Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ TriggerPrg *pPrg;
- /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
- ** by the calling function */
- if( p->pPrior ){
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+ assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+
+ /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
+ ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
+ ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
+ ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */
+ for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg;
+ pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf);
+ pPrg=pPrg->pNext
+ );
+
+ /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
+ if( !pPrg ){
+ pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
}
- p->pPrior = pPrior;
- /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
- **** subqueries ****/
- explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return pPrg;
}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/* Forward Declarations */
-static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
-static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
/*
-** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to
-** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
-** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column
-** unchanged.)
-**
-** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery
-** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
-** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
-** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary
-** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
-** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on
+** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
+** function are the same as those described in the header function for
+** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
*/
-static Expr *substExpr(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
- Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
- int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */
- ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */
-){
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
- if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
- if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
- pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
- }else{
- Expr *pNew;
- assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
- assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
- pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
- if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){
- pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
- pExpr = pNew;
- }
- }else{
- pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
- pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList);
- }else{
- substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
- }
- }
- return pExpr;
-}
-static void substExprList(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */
- ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
- int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */
- ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */
-){
- int i;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
- }
-}
-static void substSelect(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */
- Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
- int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */
- ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
+ int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
+ int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+ int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
){
- SrcList *pSrc;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- int i;
- if( !p ) return;
- substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
- substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
- substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
- p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
- p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
- substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
- pSrc = p->pSrc;
- assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */
- if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
- for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
- }
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
+ TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+ pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+ assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+
+ /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
+ ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */
+ if( pPrg ){
+ int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
+ VdbeComment(
+ (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+ /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
+ ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
+ ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
+ ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
+ ** is clear. */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
}
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
/*
-** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
-** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
-** occurs.
-**
-** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
-** query:
-**
-** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
-**
-** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
-** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
-** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two
-** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table
-** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
-** optimized.
-**
-** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
-** a single flat select, like this:
-**
-** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
-**
-** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
-** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might
-** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
-** avoided.
-**
-** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
-**
-** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
-**
-** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
-** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300)
-**
-** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT.
-**
-** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
-** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction
-** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
-**
-** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
-** DISTINCT.
-**
-** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause.
-**
-** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
-** aggregates.
+** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
+** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
+** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
+** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
+** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
**
-** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
-** use LIMIT.
+** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
+** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
**
-** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers
+** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
+** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
+** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
**
-** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously
-** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
+** Register Contains
+** ------------------------------------------------------
+** reg+0 OLD.rowid
+** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+** ... ...
+** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
+** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid
+** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+** ... ...
+** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
**
-** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
+** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
+** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or
+** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway).
+** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
+** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
+** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
+** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through
+** (reg+N+N+1) are.
**
-** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET.
+** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
+** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
+** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
+** raises an IGNORE exception.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+ int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+ int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
+ int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
+ int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+ int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+ Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
+
+ assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
+ assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
+ assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
+
+ for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+
+ /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are
+ ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
+ ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
+ assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
+ assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
+ assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema
+ || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+
+ /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
+ if( p->op==op
+ && p->tr_tm==tr_tm
+ && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
+ ){
+ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
+** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
+** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
+** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
+** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
**
-** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
-** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
-** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
+** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
+** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
+** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
+** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
+** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
**
-** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
-** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter
-** until we introduced the group_concat() function.
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
+** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
**
-** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL
-** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and
-** the parent query:
+** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
+** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
**
-** * is not itself part of a compound select,
-** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
-** * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause.
+** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
+** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
+** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+ int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
+ int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
+ int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+){
+ const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
+ u32 mask = 0;
+ Trigger *p;
+
+ assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
+ for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
+ && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
+ ){
+ TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+ pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+ if( pPrg ){
+ mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return mask;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
-** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
-** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
-** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to
-** columns of the sub-query.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
-** have a WHERE clause.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Forward declaration */
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */
+ Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+ Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+ int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
+** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
**
-** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
-** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint
-** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
-** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But
-** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
+** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
+** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
+** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
+** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
+** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
+** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
+** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
**
-** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
-** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
+** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
+** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
+** into the sqlite_master table.)
**
-** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
-** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query
-** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
+** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
+** sqlite3_value objects.
**
-** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
-** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
+** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is
+** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save
+** space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
+ assert( pTab!=0 );
+ if( !pTab->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3_value *pValue = 0;
+ u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
+ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
+ assert( i<pTab->nCol );
+ sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc,
+ pCol->affinity, &pValue);
+ if( pValue ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
**
-** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
-** the subquery before this routine runs.
+** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/
+* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere
*/
-static int flattenSubquery(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
- int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
- int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
- int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
+ int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */
){
- const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
- Select *pParent;
- Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */
- Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
- SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
- SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
- ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */
- int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */
+ int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
+ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */
+ Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+ int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */
+ int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */
+ int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */
+ int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */
+ int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
+ int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+ ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+ ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+ u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */
+ u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */
+ u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
+ u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */
+ Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */
+ AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */
+ NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
+ int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */
+ int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
+ int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */
+ int labelBreak; /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */
+ int labelContinue; /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */
- /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not.
- */
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_QueryFlattener ) return 0;
- pSrc = p->pSrc;
- assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
- pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
- iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
- pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
- assert( pSub!=0 );
- if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */
- if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */
- pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
- assert( pSubSrc );
- /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
- ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
- ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET
- ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
- ** and (14). */
- if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */
- if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */
- if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit ){
- return 0; /* Restriction (15) */
- }
- if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */
- if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */
- if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
- return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
- }
- if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
- return 0; /* Restriction (6) */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+ int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+#endif
+ int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
+ int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
+ int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */
+ int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
+
+ /* Register Allocations */
+ int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */
+ int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */
+ int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */
+ int regNew; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
+ int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */
+ int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
+ int regKey = 0; /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */
+
+ memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto update_cleanup;
}
- if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
- return 0; /* Restriction (11) */
+ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+ /* Locate the table which we want to update.
+ */
+ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+ if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+ /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+ ** updated is a view.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
+ isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+ assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+# define tmask 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+ goto update_cleanup;
}
- if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */
- if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */
- if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
- return 0; /* Restriction (21) */
+ if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+ goto update_cleanup;
}
- /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
- ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is
- ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this
- ** is not allowed:
- **
- ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
- **
- ** If we flatten the above, we would get
- **
- ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
- **
- ** which is not at all the same thing.
- **
- ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
- ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
- ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
- ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
- **
- ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
- **
- ** If we flatten the above, we would get
- **
- ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
- **
- ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
- ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
- **
- ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
- ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
- ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the
- ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
+ /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+ ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+ ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and
+ ** allocate enough space, just in case.
*/
- if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
- return 0;
+ pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++;
+ iIdxCur = iDataCur+1;
+ pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
+ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){
+ iDataCur = pParse->nTab;
+ pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur;
+ }
+ pParse->nTab++;
}
- /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
- ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
- ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
- ** queries.
+ /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].
+ ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
*/
- if( pSub->pPrior ){
- if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
- return 0; /* Restriction 20 */
+ aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 );
+ if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+ aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol;
+ aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx);
+ memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+ aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+ /* Initialize the name-context */
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+
+ /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+ ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index
+ ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each
+ ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+ ** that column.
+ */
+ chngRowid = chngPk = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+ goto update_cleanup;
}
- if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
- return 0;
+ for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+ if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+ chngRowid = 1;
+ pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+ }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){
+ chngPk = 1;
+ }
+ aXRef[j] = i;
+ break;
+ }
}
- for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
- testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
- testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
- if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
- || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL)
- || NEVER(pSub1->pSrc==0) || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1
- ){
- return 0;
+ if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+ if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+ j = -1;
+ chngRowid = 1;
+ pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+ goto update_cleanup;
}
}
-
- /* Restriction 18. */
- if( p->pOrderBy ){
- int ii;
- for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
- if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ {
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+ j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName,
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+ goto update_cleanup;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+ aXRef[j] = -1;
}
}
+#endif
}
+ assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 );
+ assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 );
+ assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 );
+ chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk;
- /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
+ /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
+ ** So reset the colUsed mask
+ */
+ pTabList->a[0].colUsed = 0;
- /* Authorize the subquery */
- pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
- sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
- pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+ hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey);
- /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
- ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must
- ** be of the form:
- **
- ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause>
- **
- ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
- ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
- ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
- ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
- ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
- **
- ** Example:
- **
- ** SELECT a+1 FROM (
- ** SELECT x FROM tab
- ** UNION ALL
- ** SELECT y FROM tab
- ** UNION ALL
- ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
- ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
- **
- ** Transformed into:
- **
- ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
- ** UNION ALL
- ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
- ** UNION ALL
- ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
- ** ORDER BY 1
- **
- ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
+ /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table
+ ** being updated. Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold
+ ** the key for accessing each index.
*/
- for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
- Select *pNew;
- ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
- Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
- Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
- p->pOrderBy = 0;
- p->pSrc = 0;
- p->pPrior = 0;
- p->pLimit = 0;
- pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
- p->pLimit = pLimit;
- p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
- p->pSrc = pSrc;
- p->op = TK_ALL;
- p->pRightmost = 0;
- if( pNew==0 ){
- pNew = pPrior;
+ for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+ int reg;
+ if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){
+ reg = ++pParse->nMem;
}else{
- pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
- pNew->pRightmost = 0;
+ reg = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+ if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
+ reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
- p->pPrior = pNew;
- if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
+ if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0;
+ aRegIdx[j] = reg;
}
- /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause
- ** in the outer query.
+ /* Begin generating code. */
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+ if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
+ pWhere, onError);
+ pWhere = 0;
+ pTabList = 0;
+ goto update_cleanup;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Allocate required registers. */
+ regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+ if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+ regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+ }
+ if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+ regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+ }
+ regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+
+ /* Start the view context. */
+ if( isView ){
+ sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+ }
+
+ /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
+ ** an ephemeral table.
*/
- pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+ if( isView ){
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
+ }
+#endif
- /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
- ** subquery
+ /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+ ** WHERE clause.
*/
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
- pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
- pSubitem->zName = 0;
- pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
- pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+ goto update_cleanup;
+ }
- /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
- ** subquery until code generation is
- ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
- ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346.
- **
- ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
+ /* Begin the database scan
*/
- if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
- Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
- if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
- pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
+ pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur
+ );
+ if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+ okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+
+ /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
+ if( !okOnePass ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+ }
+
+ /* End the database scan loop.
+ */
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ }else{
+ int iPk; /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
+ i16 nPk; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
+ int addrOpen; /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */
+
+ assert( pPk!=0 );
+ nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+ iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pParse->nMem += nPk;
+ regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+ iEph = pParse->nTab++;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk);
+ addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0,
+ WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur);
+ if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+ okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pPk->aiColumn[i],
+ iPk+i);
+ }
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
+ nKey = nPk;
+ regKey = iPk;
}else{
- pTabToDel->nRef--;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
+ sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey);
}
- pSubitem->pTab = 0;
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
}
- /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
- ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind
- ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
- ** then this loop only runs once.
- **
- ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
- ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember
- ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
- ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code
- ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
- ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
- ** elements we are now copying in.
+ /* Initialize the count of updated rows
*/
- for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
- int nSubSrc;
- u8 jointype = 0;
- pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */
- nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
- pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+ regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+ }
- if( pSrc ){
- assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */
- jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+ labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ if( !isView ){
+ /*
+ ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any
+ ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution
+ ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+ ** to be deleting some records.
+ */
+ if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+ memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
}else{
- assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
- pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
- if( pSrc==0 ){
- assert( db->mallocFailed );
- break;
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+ memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+ break;
+ }
}
}
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
+ if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iBaseCur, aToOpen,
+ 0, 0);
+ }
- /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
- ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
- ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
- ** of the subquery.
- **
- ** Example:
- **
- ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
- **
- ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the
- ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next
- ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle
- ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the
- ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
- */
- if( nSubSrc>1 ){
- pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- break;
+ /* Top of the update loop */
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] && !isView ){
+ assert( pPk );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
+ VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+ }
+ labelContinue = labelBreak;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0);
+ }else if( pPk ){
+ labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak,
+ regOldRowid);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+
+ /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
+ ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
+ ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
+ ** already populated. */
+ assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
+ if( chngRowid ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that
+ ** information is needed */
+ if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){
+ u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
+ oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse,
+ pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
+ );
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( oldmask==0xffffffff
+ || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0)
+ || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0
+ ){
+ testcase( oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 );
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
}
}
+ if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
+ }
+ }
- /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
- ** outer query.
+ /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
+ ** row data. This array is used to check constants, create the new
+ ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
+ ** made by triggers.
+ **
+ ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
+ ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
+ ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
+ ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from
+ ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger
+ ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
+ ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
+ */
+ newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+ pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
+ );
+ /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1);*/
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
+ }else{
+ j = aXRef[i];
+ if( j>=0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
+ }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){
+ /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed
+ ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
+ ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
+ ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
+ */
+ testcase( i==31 );
+ testcase( i==32 );
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
+ ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
+ */
+ if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew);
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
+ TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
+
+ /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
+ ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are
+ ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
+ ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
+ ** documentation.
*/
- for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing);
- pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
- memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+ if( pPk ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
-
- /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for
- ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
- **
- ** Example:
- **
- ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
- ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ /
- ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
- **
- ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
- ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+
+ /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified
+ ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for
+ ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their
+ ** registers in case this has happened.
*/
- pList = pParent->pEList;
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
- const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan;
- if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){
- pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zSpan);
- }
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
}
}
- substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
- if( isAgg ){
- substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
- pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ }
+
+ if( !isView ){
+ int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump instruction */
+ int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */
+
+ /* Do constraint checks. */
+ assert( regOldRowid>0 );
+ sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+ regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace);
+
+ /* Do FK constraint checks. */
+ if( hasFK ){
+ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey);
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */
+ if( bReplace || chngKey ){
+ if( pPk ){
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey);
+ }else{
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid);
+ }
+ VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
}
- if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
- assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
- pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
- pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
- }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
- substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+ sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx);
+
+ /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */
+ if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0);
}
- if( pSub->pWhere ){
- pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
- }else{
- pWhere = 0;
+ if( bReplace || chngKey ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
}
- if( subqueryIsAgg ){
- assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
- pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
- pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
- pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
- pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving,
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0));
- assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
- pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
- }else{
- pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
- pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
+
+ if( hasFK ){
+ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
}
- /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
- ** outer query is distinct.
- */
- pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
-
- /*
- ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
- **
- ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this
- ** does not work if either limit is negative.
- */
- if( pSub->pLimit ){
- pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
- pSub->pLimit = 0;
+ /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
+ sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+ regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
+
+ /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+ ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+ ** to the row just updated. */
+ if( hasFK ){
+ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
}
}
- /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
- ** success.
+ /* Increment the row counter
*/
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+ }
- return 1;
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
+ TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
+
+ /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+ ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+ */
+ if( okOnePass ){
+ /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */
+ }else if( pPk ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelContinue);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak);
+
+ /* Close all tables */
+ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+ assert( aRegIdx );
+ if( aToOpen[i+1] ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDataCur, 0);
+
+ /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+ ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+ ** autoincrement tables.
+ */
+ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is
+ ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+ ** invoke the callback function.
+ */
+ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ }
+
+update_cleanup:
+ sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+ return;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it
-** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if
-** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be
-** a min()/max() query if:
+** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
+**
+** The strategy is that we create an ephemeral table that contains
+** for each row to be changed:
+**
+** (A) The original rowid of that row.
+** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
+** (C) The content of every column in the row.
+**
+** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
+** the ephemeral table call VUpdate.
**
-** 1. There is a single object in the FROM clause.
+** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
**
-** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is
-** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference.
+** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
+** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
+** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
*/
-static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){
- Expr *pExpr;
- ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */
+ Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+ Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+ int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */
+ ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
+ Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */
+ int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int addr; /* Address of top of loop */
+ int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+ SelectDest dest;
- if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
- pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
- if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0;
- pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
- if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
- if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){
- return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){
- return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+ /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
+ ** all updated rows.
+ */
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_"));
+ if( pRowid ){
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
+ }
+ assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
+ }else{
+ pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+ }
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
+ }
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+ /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
+ ** be stored.
+ */
+ assert( v );
+ ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+
+ /* fill the ephemeral table
+ */
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+
+ /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
+ iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+ pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
}
- return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+ sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
+
+ /* Cleanup */
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
/*
-** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
-** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This
-** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
+** 2003 April 6
**
-** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
-** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
-** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
*/
-static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
- Table *pTab;
- Expr *pExpr;
- assert( !p->pGroupBy );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/*
+** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the
+** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
+*/
+static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1
- || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
- ){
- return 0;
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
+ if( !zSql ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
- pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
- assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+ }
+ VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) );
+ return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+}
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
- if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
- if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+*/
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc;
- return pTab;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
}
/*
-** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
-** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
-** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return
-** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate
-** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
+** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL. The VACUUM command works as follows:
+**
+** (1) Create a new transient database file
+** (2) Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into
+** the new transient database file
+** (3) Copy content from the transient database back into the
+** original database.
+**
+** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately
+** equal to the size of the original database. The copy operation of
+** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal
+** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal.
+** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the
+** original database is required. Every page of the database is written
+** approximately 3 times: Once for step (2) and twice for step (3).
+** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original
+** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to
+** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content.
+**
+** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if
+** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database
+** and renaming the transient database as the original. But that will
+** not work if other processes are attached to the original database.
+** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the
+** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted
+** following reboot.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
- if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){
- Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
- char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex;
- Index *pIdx;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex;
- pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex);
- pIdx=pIdx->pNext
- );
- if( !pIdx ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( v ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return;
}
/*
-** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
-** "Expanding" means to do the following:
-**
-** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
-** element of the FROM clause.
-**
-** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
-** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause,
-** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
-** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT
-** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
-** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
-** of the view.
-**
-** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
-** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
-**
-** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
-** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
-** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
-** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
-**
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
*/
-static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
- Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
- int i, j, k;
- SrcList *pTabList;
- ExprList *pEList;
- struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */
+ Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */
+ Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
+ char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */
+ int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */
+ int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */
+ int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
+ void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */
+ Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
+ int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
+ int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
+ int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- return WRC_Abort;
+ if( !db->autoCommit ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
- return WRC_Prune;
+ if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
- pTabList = p->pSrc;
- pEList = p->pEList;
- /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
- ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
- */
- sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
+ /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be
+ ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
+ ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */
+ saved_flags = db->flags;
+ saved_nChange = db->nChange;
+ saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
+ saved_xTrace = db->xTrace;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+ db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder);
+ db->xTrace = 0;
- /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If
- ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
- ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
+ pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+ isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
+
+ /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+ ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+ ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+ ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+ **
+ ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+ ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
+ ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling
+ ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
+ ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more
+ ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
+ ** to write the journal header file.
*/
- for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
- Table *pTab;
- if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
- /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need
- ** to go further. */
- assert( i==0 );
- return WRC_Prune;
- }
- if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
- /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
- assert( pSel!=0 );
- assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
- sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
- pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
- if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
- pTab->nRef = 1;
- pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab);
- while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
- selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
- pTab->iPKey = -1;
- pTab->nRowEst = 1000000;
- pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+ nDb = db->nDb;
+ if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+ zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;";
+ }else{
+ zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
+ }
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql);
+ if( db->nDb>nDb ){
+ pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
+ assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+
+ /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
+ ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
+ ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
+ ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */
+ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+
+ nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
+
+ /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ if( db->nextPagesize ){
+ extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+ int nKey;
+ char *zKey;
+ sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+ if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
+ }
#endif
- }else{
- /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
- assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
- pFrom->pTab = pTab =
- sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
- if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
- pTab->nRef++;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
- if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
- assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
- pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
- sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
- }
+
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+ /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
+ ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
+ ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
+ */
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;");
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+ /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
+ if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
+ ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+ db->nextPagesize = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
+ || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
+ || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto end_of_vacuum;
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
+ sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
#endif
- }
- /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
- if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
- }
+ /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+ ** in the temporary database.
+ */
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+ "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
+ " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
+ " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+ "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
+ " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+ "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
+ " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+ /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+ ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
+ ** the contents to the temporary database.
+ */
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+ "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+ "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
+ "FROM main.sqlite_master "
+ "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
+ " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+ /* Copy over the sequence table
+ */
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+ "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+ "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+ "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+ "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+ "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
- /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+ /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
+ ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any
+ ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
+ ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
*/
- if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+ "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
+ " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
+ " FROM main.sqlite_master"
+ " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
+ " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
+ );
+ if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
- ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names
- ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression
- ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
- ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
- ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
- **
- ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
- ** that need expanding.
+ /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the
+ ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
+ ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
+ ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
+ ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit().
*/
- for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
- Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
- if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
- assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
- assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
- if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
- }
- if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
- /*
- ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
- ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression
- ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
- */
- struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
- ExprList *pNew = 0;
- int flags = pParse->db->flags;
- int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
- && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
+ {
+ u32 meta;
+ int i;
- for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
- Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
- assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
- if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
- /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
- */
- pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
- if( pNew ){
- pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
- pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
- a[k].zName = 0;
- a[k].zSpan = 0;
- }
- a[k].pExpr = 0;
- }else{
- /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
- ** expanded. */
- int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
- char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */
- if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
- assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
- zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
- }else{
- zTName = 0;
- }
- for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
- Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
- char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
- if( zTabName==0 ){
- zTabName = pTab->zName;
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
- if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
- continue;
- }
- tableSeen = 1;
- for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
- Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
- char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
- char *zColname; /* The computed column name */
- char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
- Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */
+ /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
+ ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
+ ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
+ ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
+ ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
+ */
+ static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
+ BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
+ BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */
+ BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */
+ BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */
+ BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */
+ };
- /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
- ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
- ** result-set list.
- */
- if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
- assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
- continue;
- }
+ assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
+ assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
- if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
- if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
- && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
- ){
- /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
- ** table to the right of the join */
- continue;
- }
- if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
- /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
- ** using clause from the table on the right. */
- continue;
- }
- }
- pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
- zColname = zName;
- zToFree = 0;
- if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
- Expr *pLeft;
- pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
- pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- if( longNames ){
- zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
- zToFree = zColname;
- }
- }else{
- pExpr = pRight;
- }
- pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
- sColname.z = zColname;
- sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
- }
- }
- if( !tableSeen ){
- if( zTName ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
- }
- }
- }
+ /* Copy Btree meta values */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
+ /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because
+ ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
+ if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum;
}
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
- p->pEList = pNew;
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
+#endif
}
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
- if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
+
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+ /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
+ db->flags = saved_flags;
+ db->nChange = saved_nChange;
+ db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
+ db->xTrace = saved_xTrace;
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
+
+ /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+ ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+ ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+ ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+ ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+ ** is closed by the DETACH.
+ */
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+
+ if( pDb ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+ pDb->pBt = 0;
+ pDb->pSchema = 0;
}
-#endif
- return WRC_Continue;
-}
-/*
-** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
-**
-** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
-** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably,
-** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then
-** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every
-** subquery in the parser tree.
-*/
-static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- return WRC_Continue;
+ /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
+ ** array. */
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
/*
-** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
-** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
-** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
+** 2006 June 10
**
-** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
-** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before
-** name resolution is performed.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
-** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
-** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
*/
-static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
- Walker w;
- w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
- w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
- w.pParse = pParse;
- sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
+** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
+** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of
+** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
+** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
+*/
+struct VtabCtx {
+ VTable *pVTable; /* The virtual table being constructed */
+ Table *pTab; /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
-** interface.
-**
-** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
-** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
-** of that subquery.
-**
-** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
-** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
-** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This
-** routine is called after identifier resolution.
+** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
+** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
+** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
*/
-static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
- Parse *pParse;
- int i;
- SrcList *pTabList;
- struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+static int createModule(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
+ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
+ void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nName;
- assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
- if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
- p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
- pParse = pWalker->pParse;
- pTabList = p->pSrc;
- for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
- Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
- if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
- /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
- Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
- assert( pSel );
- while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
- selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ Module *pMod;
+ pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
+ if( pMod ){
+ Module *pDel;
+ char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
+ memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
+ pMod->zName = zCopy;
+ pMod->pModule = pModule;
+ pMod->pAux = pAux;
+ pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+ pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod);
+ assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
+ if( pDel ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
}
}
}
- return WRC_Continue;
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux);
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
-** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
-** SELECT statement.
-**
-** Use this routine after name resolution.
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
*/
-static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- Walker w;
- w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
- w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
- w.pParse = pParse;
- sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
+ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
+ void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+){
+ return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
}
-
/*
-** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The
-** following is accomplished:
-**
-** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
-** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
-** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
-** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
-** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
-**
-** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
- NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
+ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
+ void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */
){
- sqlite3 *db;
- if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
- db = pParse->db;
- if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
- sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
- sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
- sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
+ return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
}
/*
-** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
+** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
+** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
+** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.
**
-** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
-** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This
-** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells.
+** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
+** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
*/
-static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i;
- struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
- if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){
- return;
- }
- for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem);
- }
- for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem);
- if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
- Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
- if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
- "argument");
- pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
- }else{
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
- (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- }
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
+ pVTab->nRef++;
}
+
/*
-** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
-** in the AggInfo structure.
+** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
+** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access
+** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
*/
-static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i;
- struct AggInfo_func *pF;
- for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
- ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
- (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+ VTable *pVtab;
+ assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
+ return pVtab;
}
/*
-** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
-** the current cursor position.
+** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
+** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
*/
-static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i;
- struct AggInfo_func *pF;
- struct AggInfo_col *pC;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
+ sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
- pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
- int nArg;
- int addrNext = 0;
- int regAgg;
- ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- if( pList ){
- nArg = pList->nExpr;
- regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
- sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 1);
- }else{
- nArg = 0;
- regAgg = 0;
- }
- if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
- addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- assert( nArg==1 );
- codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
- }
- if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
- CollSeq *pColl = 0;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- int j;
- assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
- for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
- }
- if( !pColl ){
- pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
- (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
- if( addrNext ){
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ assert( db );
+ assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
+ assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE );
+
+ pVTab->nRef--;
+ if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
+ sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+ if( p ){
+ p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
}
+}
- /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
- ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present
- ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
- ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
- ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
- ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
- **
- ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
- ** values to an OP_Copy.
+/*
+** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
+** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
+** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity.
+** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
+** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
+*/
+static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+ VTable *pRet = 0;
+ VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
+ p->pVTable = 0;
+
+ /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database
+ ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments
+ ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
+ ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
+ ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
*/
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+
+ while( pVTable ){
+ sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
+ VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
+ assert( db2 );
+ if( db2==db ){
+ pRet = pVTable;
+ p->pVTable = pRet;
+ pRet->pNext = 0;
+ }else{
+ pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
+ db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
+ }
+ pVTable = pNext;
}
- pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+
+ assert( !db || pRet );
+ return pRet;
}
/*
-** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
-** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
+** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object
+** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked
+** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is
+** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable
+** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may
+** be being used by other shared-cache connections).
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-static void explainSimpleCount(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */
- Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
-){
- if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s %s%s(~%d rows)",
- pTab->zName,
- pIdx ? "USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
- pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "",
- pTab->nRowEst
- );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
- pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
- );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+ VTable **ppVTab;
+
+ assert( IsVirtual(p) );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+ for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){
+ if( (*ppVTab)->db==db ){
+ VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab;
+ *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+ break;
+ }
}
}
-#else
-# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
-#endif
+
/*
-** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
-**
-** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
-** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest
-** as follows:
-**
-** pDest->eDest Result
-** ------------ -------------------------------------------
-** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
-** opcode) for each row in the result set.
-**
-** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column.
-** Store the first column of the first result row
-** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest
-** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
-**
-** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each
-** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm.
-** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing
-** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
-**
-** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm.
-**
-** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm.
-**
-** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm.
-** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
-** is assumed to already be open.
-**
-** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store
-** the result there. The cursor is left open after
-** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that
-** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
-** the table first.
-**
-** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
-** results each time it is invoked. The entry point
-** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm.
+** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
**
-** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result
-** set is not empty.
+** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
+** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the
+** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
+** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
**
-** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT
-** statements within triggers whose only purpose is
-** the side-effects of functions.
+** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
+** associated with the database handle itself must be held.
**
-** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are
-** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
-** pParse->zErrMsg.
+** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
+** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
+** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
+** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
+** the database handle mutex is held.
**
-** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The
-** calling function needs to do that.
+** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously
+** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
- SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */
-){
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
- Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */
- int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
- ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */
- SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */
- Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */
- ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */
- ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */
- Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */
- int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
- int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */
- int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */
- int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
- AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */
- int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
+ VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
+ db->pDisconnect = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
- pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
-#endif
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- db = pParse->db;
- if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
- return 1;
+ if( p ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ do {
+ VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+ p = pNext;
+ }while( p );
}
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
- memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
+}
- if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
- assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union ||
- pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard);
- /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
- ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
- p->pOrderBy = 0;
- p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
- }
- sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
- pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
- pTabList = p->pSrc;
- pEList = p->pEList;
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto select_end;
+/*
+** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
+** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
+** record.
+**
+** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
+** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable
+** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
+** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database
+** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the
+** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
+** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated
+** database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
+ if( p->azModuleArg ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
+ if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
}
- isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
- assert( pEList!=0 );
-
- /* Begin generating code.
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+}
- /* If writing to memory or generating a set
- ** only a single column may be output.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
- goto select_end;
+/*
+** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
+** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The
+** string will be freed automatically when the table is
+** deleted.
+*/
+static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
+ int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
+ int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
+ char **azModuleArg;
+ azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
+ if( azModuleArg==0 ){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
+ pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+ }else{
+ azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
+ azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
}
-#endif
+ pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
+}
- /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
- */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
- for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
- SelectDest dest;
- Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
- int isAggSub;
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
+** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */
+ Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */
+ Token *pModuleName, /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
+ int ifNotExists /* No error if the table already exists */
+){
+ int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */
+ Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
- if( pSub==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue;
+ sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists);
+ pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
+ if( pTable==0 ) return;
+ assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
- /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
- ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
- ** may contain expression trees of at most
- ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
- ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
- ** an exact limit.
- */
- pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+ db = pParse->db;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 );
- /* Check to see if the subquery can be absorbed into the parent. */
- isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
- if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
- if( isAggSub ){
- isAgg = 1;
- p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
- }
- i = -1;
- }else{
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
- assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 );
- explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
- pItem->isPopulated = 1;
- pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow;
- }
- if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){
- goto select_end;
- }
- pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
- pTabList = p->pSrc;
- if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
- pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
- }
- }
- pEList = p->pEList;
-#endif
- pWhere = p->pWhere;
- pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
- pHaving = p->pHaving;
- isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
+ pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
+ pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+ addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
+ addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0);
+ addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
+ pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
- /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
+ ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
+ ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
+ ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
*/
- if( p->pPrior ){
- if( p->pRightmost==0 ){
- Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0;
- int cnt = 0;
- int mxSelect;
- for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
- pLoop->pRightmost = p;
- pLoop->pNext = pRight;
- pRight = pLoop;
- }
- mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
- if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
- goto select_end;
- }
- }
- rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
- explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
- return rc;
+ if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
+ sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName,
+ pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
}
#endif
+}
- /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT.
- ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does.
- */
- assert( p->pGroupBy==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 );
- if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ){
- p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
- pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
- p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
- }
-
- /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
- ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY
- ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order. This is
- ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
- ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER
- ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes.
- */
- if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0
- && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){
- pOrderBy = 0;
- }
-
- /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
- ** index might end up being unused if the data can be
- ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the
- ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
- ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex
- ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
- */
- if( pOrderBy ){
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy);
- pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
- p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex =
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
- pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
- (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- }else{
- addrSortIndex = -1;
- }
-
- /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
- */
- if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr);
+/*
+** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
+** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
+** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
+*/
+static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
+ if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
+ const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
+ int n = pParse->sArg.n;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
}
+}
- /* Set the limiter.
- */
- iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
- computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
+** has been completely parsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
+ Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
+ if( pTab==0 ) return;
+ addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+ pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+ if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
+
+ /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
+ ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
+ ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
+ ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
+ ** in the sqlite_master table.
*/
- if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- assert( isAgg || pGroupBy );
- distinct = pParse->nTab++;
- pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
- (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
- }else{
- distinct = -1;
- }
-
- /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
- if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
- /* This case is for non-aggregate queries
- ** Begin the database scan
- */
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0);
- if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
- if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut;
+ if( !db->init.busy ){
+ char *zStmt;
+ char *zWhere;
+ int iDb;
+ Vdbe *v;
- /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
- ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
- ** into an OP_Noop.
- */
- if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
- p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
+ /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
+ if( pEnd ){
+ pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
}
+ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
- /* Use the standard inner loop
- */
- assert(!isDistinct);
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest,
- pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak);
-
- /* End the database scan loop.
+ /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
+ ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
+ ** the information we've collected.
+ **
+ ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
+ ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
+ ** by sqlite3StartTable().
*/
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
- }else{
- /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
- NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
- int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
- int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
- int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
- ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
- ** processed */
- int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
- int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
- int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+ "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
+ "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+ pTab->zName,
+ pTab->zName,
+ zStmt,
+ pParse->regRowid
+ );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
- ** GROUP BY clause.
- */
- if( pGroupBy ){
- int k; /* Loop counter */
- struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+ zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0,
+ pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
+ }
- for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
- pItem->iAlias = 0;
- }
- for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
- pItem->iAlias = 0;
- }
- if( p->nSelectRow>(double)100 ) p->nSelectRow = (double)100;
- }else{
- p->nSelectRow = (double)1;
+ /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
+ ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
+ ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
+ ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
+ ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */
+ else {
+ Table *pOld;
+ Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ const char *zName = pTab->zName;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
+ pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab);
+ if( pOld ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+ return;
}
+ pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+ }
+}
-
- /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
- addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
+** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
+ addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+ pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+ pParse->sArg.n = 0;
+}
- /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
- ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
- ** SELECT statement.
- */
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
- sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
- sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
- sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
- sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
- sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy);
- if( pHaving ){
- sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
- }
- sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
- for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList);
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
+** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
+ Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
+ if( pArg->z==0 ){
+ pArg->z = p->z;
+ pArg->n = p->n;
+ }else{
+ assert(pArg->z < p->z);
+ pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
+ }
+}
- /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
- ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
- */
- if( pGroupBy ){
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */
- int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
- int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
- int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */
- int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */
- int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */
- int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
- int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
- int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
+/*
+** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
+** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
+** to this procedure.
+*/
+static int vtabCallConstructor(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ Table *pTab,
+ Module *pMod,
+ int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
+ char **pzErr
+){
+ VtabCtx sCtx, *pPriorCtx;
+ VTable *pVTable;
+ int rc;
+ const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
+ int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
+ char *zErr = 0;
+ char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
+ int iDb;
- /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
- ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out
- ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction
- ** will be converted into a Noop.
- */
- sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
- pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy);
- addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
- sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn,
- 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+ if( !zModuleName ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
- /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
- */
- iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
- iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
- regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
- addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
- addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
- pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
- iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
- pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
- VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
- VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
+ pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
+ if( !pVTable ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pVTable->db = db;
+ pVTable->pMod = pMod;
- /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
- ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
- ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
- ** in the right order to begin with.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0);
- if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
- if( pGroupBy==0 ){
- /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
- ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
- ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
- */
- pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
- groupBySort = 0;
- }else{
- /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push
- ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
- ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
- ** in sorted order
- */
- int regBase;
- int regRecord;
- int nCol;
- int nGroupBy;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- explainTempTable(pParse,
- isDistinct && !(p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)?"DISTINCT":"GROUP BY");
+ /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
+ assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
+ assert( xConstruct );
+ sCtx.pTab = pTab;
+ sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
+ pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
+ db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
+ rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
+ db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
- groupBySort = 1;
- nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
- nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
- j = nGroupBy+1;
- for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
- if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
- nCol++;
- j++;
- }
- }
- regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
- j = nGroupBy+1;
- for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
- struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
- if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
- int r1 = j + regBase;
- int r2;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ if( zErr==0 ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
+ }else {
+ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
+ }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
+ /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate
+ ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */
+ memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0]));
+ pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
+ pVTable->nRef = 1;
+ if( sCtx.pTab ){
+ const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
+ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ int iCol;
+ /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
+ ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the
+ ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
+ ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from
+ ** the type string. */
+ pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
+ pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse,
- pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1);
- if( r1!=r2 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+ char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+ int nType;
+ int i = 0;
+ if( !zType ) continue;
+ nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
+ for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
+ if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
+ && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
+ ){
+ i++;
+ break;
}
- j++;
}
}
- regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
- VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort"));
- sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- }
-
- /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
- ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
- ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
- ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
- */
- addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
- if( groupBySort ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j);
- }else{
- sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
+ if( i<nType ){
+ int j;
+ int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
+ for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
+ zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
+ }
+ if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
+ assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
+ zType[i-1] = '\0';
+ }
+ pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN;
}
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
- (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1);
+ }
+ }
- /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
- ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
- ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
- **
- ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
- ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine
- ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
- ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
- */
- sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
- VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd);
- VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
- VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
- ** the current row
- */
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
- VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
+** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned
+** and an error left in pParse.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ const char *zMod;
+ Module *pMod;
+ int rc;
- /* End of the loop
- */
- if( groupBySort ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
- }else{
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1);
- }
+ assert( pTab );
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
- /* Output the final row of result
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
- VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
+ /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+ zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+ pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
- /* Jump over the subroutines
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
+ if( !pMod ){
+ const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ char *zErr = 0;
+ rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ }
- /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
- ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag
- ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If
- ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
- ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
- ** order to signal the caller to abort.
- */
- addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
- VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
- addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
- VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
- finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
- distinct, pDest,
- addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
- VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
+ return rc;
+}
+/*
+** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
+** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+*/
+static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
+ const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
- /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
- resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
-
- } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
- else {
- ExprList *pDel = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
- Table *pTab;
- if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
- /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
- ** the SQL statement is of the form:
- **
- ** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
- **
- ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>.
- **
- ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
- ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
- ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It
- ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
- ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
- */
- const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
- Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
- Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */
- int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
+ /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
+ if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
+ VTable **aVTrans;
+ int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
+ aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
+ if( !aVTrans ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
+ db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+ }
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If
- ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table
- ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and
- ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result.
- ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree
- ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the
- ** index.
- **
- ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
- **
- ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only
- ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
- */
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 && (!pBest || pIdx->nColumn<pBest->nColumn) ){
- pBest = pIdx;
- }
- }
- if( pBest && pBest->nColumn<pTab->nCol ){
- iRoot = pBest->tnum;
- pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest);
- }
+/*
+** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
+** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
+*/
+static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+ /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
+ db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
+ sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
+}
- /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb);
- if( pKeyInfo ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
- explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
- {
- /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
- **
- ** SELECT min(x) FROM ...
- ** SELECT max(x) FROM ...
- **
- ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
- ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause.
- ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
- ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the
- ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is
- ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum
- ** value of x, the only row required).
- **
- ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
- ** modify behaviour as follows:
- **
- ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
- ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
- ** for x.
- **
- ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
- ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on
- ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
- ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
- */
- ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
- u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p);
- if( flag ){
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0);
- pDel = pMinMax;
- if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
- pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
- pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
- }
- }
-
- /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The
- ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
- ** of output.
- */
- resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag);
- if( pWInfo==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
- goto select_end;
- }
- updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- if( !pMinMax && flag ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
- (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
- }
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
- finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- }
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb.
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
+** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
+** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Table *pTab;
+ Module *pMod;
+ const char *zMod;
- pOrderBy = 0;
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1,
- pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );
+
+ /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+ zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+ pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
+
+ /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method,
+ ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an
+ ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
+ */
+ if( !pMod ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
+ }
+
+ /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to
+ ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
+ rc = growVTrans(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
}
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
-
- } /* endif aggregate query */
+ }
- if( distinct>=0 ){
- explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only
+** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
+** virtual table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
+ Parse *pParse;
+
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Table *pTab;
+ char *zErr = 0;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
+ assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
- /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
- ** and send them to the callback one by one.
- */
- if( pOrderBy ){
- explainTempTable(pParse, "ORDER BY");
- generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
+ pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+ if( pParse==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pParse->declareVtab = 1;
+ pParse->db = db;
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
+
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr)
+ && pParse->pNewTable
+ && !db->mallocFailed
+ && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
+ && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
+ ){
+ if( !pTab->aCol ){
+ pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
+ pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
+ pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
+ pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
+ }
+ db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pParse->declareVtab = 0;
+
+ if( pParse->pVdbe ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+ }
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+ sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+ sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
}
- /* Jump here to skip this query
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
+ assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
- /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0
- ** to indicate no errors.
- */
- rc = 0;
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
+** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Table *pTab;
- /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
- ** successful coding of the SELECT.
- */
-select_end:
- explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
+ VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
- /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
- generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab);
+
+ /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
+ p->pVtab = 0;
+ pTab->pVTable = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+ }
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
return rc;
}
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-*******************************************************************************
-** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code
-** that follows does not appear in normal builds.
-**
-** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a
-** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful
-** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator
-** during the execution of complex SELECT statements.
+** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
+** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
+** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
+** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
**
-** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal
-** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger
-** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging.
+** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){
- if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%s", p->u.zToken);
- }else{
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op);
- }
- if( p->pLeft ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
- sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft);
- }
- if( p->pRight ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
- sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight);
+static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
+ int i;
+ if( db->aVTrans ){
+ for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+ VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+ sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+ if( p ){
+ int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+ x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
+ if( x ) x(p);
+ }
+ pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
+ db->nVTrans = 0;
+ db->aVTrans = 0;
}
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(")");
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
+** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
+** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
+**
+** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
int i;
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr);
- if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(", ");
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
+
+ db->aVTrans = 0;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+ int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
+ if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
+ rc = x(pVtab);
+ sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
}
}
+ db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
+ callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+ callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p);
- sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
- if( p->pSrc ){
- char *zPrefix;
+
+/*
+** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
+** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
+** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
+**
+** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
+** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+ /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
+ ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
+ ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
+ ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+ }
+ if( !pVTab ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
+
+ if( pModule->xBegin ){
int i;
- zPrefix = "FROM";
- for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix);
- zPrefix = "";
- if( pItem->pSelect ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n");
- sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, "");
- }else if( pItem->zName ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName);
- }
- if( pItem->pTab ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
- }
- if( pItem->zAlias ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
+
+ /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
+ for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+ if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1 ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(",");
+ }
+
+ /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the
+ ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
+ rc = growVTrans(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
}
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
}
}
- if( p->pWhere ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, "");
- sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
- }
- if( p->pGroupBy ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, "");
- sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
- }
- if( p->pHaving ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, "");
- sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
- }
- if( p->pOrderBy ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, "");
- sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
- }
+ return rc;
}
-/* End of the structure debug printing code
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
+** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
+** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
-** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main
-** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
+** an open transaction is invoked.
**
-** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
-** if they are not used.
+** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK,
+** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
+** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
+ assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
+ if( db->aVTrans ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+ VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+ const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
+ if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
+ int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
+ xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
+ pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
+ break;
+ case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
+ xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
+ break;
+ default:
+ xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
+ rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
-** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The
+** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
+** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
+** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
+**
+** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
+** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
+**
+** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a
+** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
+** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
*/
-typedef struct TabResult {
- char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */
- char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
- int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
- int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */
- int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */
- int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */
- int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
-} TabResult;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
+ FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */
+ int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */
+ Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */
+){
+ Table *pTab;
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ sqlite3_module *pMod;
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
+ void *pArg = 0;
+ FuncDef *pNew;
+ int rc = 0;
+ char *zLowerName;
+ unsigned char *z;
-/*
-** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job
-** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
-** memory as necessary.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
- TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */
- int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- char *z; /* A single column of result */
- /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
- ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+ /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
+ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
+ pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+ if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
+ pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
+ assert( pVtab!=0 );
+ assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
+ pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+ if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
+
+ /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
+ ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function
*/
- if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
- need = nCol*2;
- }else{
- need = nCol;
+ zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
+ if( zLowerName ){
+ for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
+ *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
+ }
+ rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
}
- if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
- char **azNew;
- p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
- azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
- if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
- p->azResult = azNew;
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ return pDef;
}
- /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
- ** the names of all columns.
- */
- if( p->nRow==0 ){
- p->nColumn = nCol;
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
- if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
- p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
- }
- }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
- sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
- );
- p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- return 1;
+ /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
+ ** function */
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
+ + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ return pDef;
}
+ *pNew = *pDef;
+ pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+ memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
+ pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
+ pNew->pUserData = pArg;
+ pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
+ return pNew;
+}
- /* Copy over the row data
- */
- if( argv!=0 ){
- for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- if( argv[i]==0 ){
- z = 0;
- }else{
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
- z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
- if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
- memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
- }
- p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
- }
- p->nRow++;
- }
- return 0;
+/*
+** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
+** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the
+** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine
+** is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+ int i, n;
+ Table **apVtabLock;
-malloc_failed:
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- return 1;
+ assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){
+ if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
+ }
+ n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
+ apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
+ if( apVtabLock ){
+ pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
+ pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
+ }else{
+ pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }
}
/*
-** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
-** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
-** at the conclusion of the call.
+** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
+** table update operation currently in progress.
**
-** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
-** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly.
-** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
-** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
+** within an xUpdate method.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */
- const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */
- char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */
- int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
- int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */
- char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */
-){
- int rc;
- TabResult res;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
+ static const unsigned char aMap[] = {
+ SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE
+ };
+ assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
+ assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
+ assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
+ return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
+}
- *pazResult = 0;
- if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
- if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
- if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
- res.zErrMsg = 0;
- res.nRow = 0;
- res.nColumn = 0;
- res.nData = 1;
- res.nAlloc = 20;
- res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
- res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
- if( res.azResult==0 ){
- db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- res.azResult[0] = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
- assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
- res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
- if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
- sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
- if( res.zErrMsg ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+/*
+** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
+** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
+** of the virtual table being implemented.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
+ VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
+ if( !p ){
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
+ p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
}
- sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
- }
- db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
- return res.rc;
- }
- sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
- return rc;
- }
- if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
- char **azNew;
- azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
- if( azNew==0 ){
- sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
- db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ break;
}
- res.azResult = azNew;
+ default:
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ break;
}
- *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
- if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
- if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
/*
-** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for
+** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
+** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
+** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting
+** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
+*/
+/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of where.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2013-11-12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query
+** planner logic in "where.c". These definitions are broken out into
+** a separate source file for easier editing.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
- char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
-){
- if( azResult ){
- int i, n;
- azResult--;
- assert( azResult!=0 );
- n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
- for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
- sqlite3_free(azResult);
- }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \
+ && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE))
+# define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1
+#else
+# define WHERETRACE(K,X)
+#endif
+
+/* Forward references
+*/
+typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
+typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
+typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
+typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop;
+typedef struct WherePath WherePath;
+typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
+typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder;
+typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan;
+typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost;
+typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet;
+
+/*
+** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested
+** loop in WHERE clause.
+**
+** Contrast this object with WhereLoop. This object describes the
+** implementation of the loop. WhereLoop describes the algorithm.
+** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of
+** its elements.
+**
+** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for
+** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the
+** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines
+** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and
+** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop.
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+ int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+ int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
+ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
+ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+ int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
+ int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */
+ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+ int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+ int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */
+ u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
+ u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
+ int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
+ union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */
+ struct {
+ int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
+ struct InLoop {
+ int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
+ int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */
+ u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */
+ } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */
+ } in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
+ Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
+ } u;
+ struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */
+ Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */
+};
-/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
/*
+** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one
+** term of a join. Every term of the FROM clause will have at least
+** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints
+** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the
+** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a
+** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with
+** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
+** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop
+** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with
+** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies
+** and that minimize the overall cost.
*/
+struct WhereLoop {
+ Bitmask prereq; /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */
+ Bitmask maskSelf; /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ char cId; /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */
+#endif
+ u8 iTab; /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */
+ u8 iSortIdx; /* Sorting index number. 0==None */
+ LogEst rSetup; /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */
+ LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running each loop */
+ LogEst nOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */
+ union {
+ struct { /* Information for internal btree tables */
+ u16 nEq; /* Number of equality constraints */
+ u16 nSkip; /* Number of initial index columns to skip */
+ Index *pIndex; /* Index used, or NULL */
+ } btree;
+ struct { /* Information for virtual tables */
+ int idxNum; /* Index number */
+ u8 needFree; /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */
+ i8 isOrdered; /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */
+ u16 omitMask; /* Terms that may be omitted */
+ char *idxStr; /* Index identifier string */
+ } vtab;
+ } u;
+ u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */
+ u16 nLTerm; /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */
+ /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/
+# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot)
+ u16 nLSlot; /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */
+ WhereTerm **aLTerm; /* WhereTerms used */
+ WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */
+ WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[4]; /* Initial aLTerm[] space */
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/*
-** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a
+** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause.
+** See WhereOrSet for additional information
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
- while( pTriggerStep ){
- TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
- pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+struct WhereOrCost {
+ Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */
+ LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running this subquery */
+ LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs for this subquery */
+};
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
+/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that
+** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing. Only the
+** best N_OR_COST elements are retained.
+*/
+#define N_OR_COST 3
+struct WhereOrSet {
+ u16 n; /* Number of valid a[] entries */
+ WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST]; /* Set of best costs */
+};
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
- }
-}
+
+/* Forward declaration of methods */
+static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int);
/*
-** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
-** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
+** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects
+** that implement some or all of a query plan.
**
-** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
-** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional
-** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all
-** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
-** and returns the combined list.
+** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs
+** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes. (That is
+** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a
+** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not
+** one-to-one as are graph nodes. But it is a useful visualization aid.)
+** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some
+** or all of the WhereLoop objects once.
**
-** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers
-** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on
-** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
+** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length
+** 1. Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects
+** of length 2. And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the
+** number of nodes in the FROM clause. The best (lowest cost) WherePath
+** at the end is the chosen query plan.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
- Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
- Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */
-
- if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
- return 0;
- }
-
- if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
- HashElem *p;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
- for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
- Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
- if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
- && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName)
- ){
- pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
- pList = pTrig;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
-}
+struct WherePath {
+ Bitmask maskLoop; /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */
+ Bitmask revLoop; /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */
+ LogEst nRow; /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */
+ LogEst rCost; /* Total cost of this path */
+ LogEst rUnsorted; /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */
+ i8 isOrdered; /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */
+ WhereLoop **aLoop; /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */
+};
/*
-** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
-** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger
-** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
-** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
-** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
-** construction process.
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
+** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
+**
+** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.
+** The following identity holds:
+**
+** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
+**
+** When a term is of the form:
+**
+** X <op> <expr>
+**
+** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
+** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
+** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records
+** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The
+** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
+** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
+**
+** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
+**
+** (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
+**
+** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR
+** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
+** is collected about the OR clause.
+**
+** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
+** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
+** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
+** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
+**
+** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
+** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
+** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
+** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
+** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be
+** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor
+** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet
+** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
+** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
+** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
+** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
+**
+** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
+** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
+** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
- Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */
- Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */
- int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
- int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
- IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
- SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
- Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */
- int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
- int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
-){
- Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */
- Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
- char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */
- Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */
- DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */
- int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-
- assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
- assert( pName2!=0 );
- assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
- assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
- if( isTemp ){
- /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
- if( pName2->n>0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- iDb = 1;
- pName = pName1;
- }else{
- /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
- if( iDb<0 ){
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- }
-
- /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
- ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
- ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
- ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
- */
- if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
- if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
- && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
- iDb = 1;
- }
-
- /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
- assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
- if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) &&
- sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
- if( !pTab ){
- /* The table does not exist. */
- if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
- /* Ticket #3810.
- ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
- ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
- ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
- ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
- ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an
- ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
- */
- db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
- }
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
- ** specified name exists */
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
- if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
- zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
- if( !noErr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
- }else{
- assert( !db->init.busy );
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- }
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
- pParse->nErr++;
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
- ** of triggers.
- */
- if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S",
- (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
- " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+struct WhereTerm {
+ Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
+ int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
+ int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+ union {
+ int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */
+ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */
+ } u;
+ LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */
+ u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
+ u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */
+ u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */
+ Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
+ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
- const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
- if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
- goto trigger_cleanup;
- }
- }
+/*
+** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
+*/
+#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
+#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */
+#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */
+#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */
+#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
+#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
+#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
+#else
+# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */
#endif
- /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
- ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every
- ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code
- ** elsewhere.
- */
- if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
- tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
- }
-
- /* Build the Trigger object */
- pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
- if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
- pTrigger->zName = zName;
- zName = 0;
- pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
- pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
- pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
- pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
- pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
- assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
- pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
-
-trigger_cleanup:
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
- if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
- }else{
- assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
- }
-}
-
/*
-** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
-** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating
+** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
- Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
-){
- Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */
- char *zName; /* Name of trigger */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */
- DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */
- int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */
- Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */
-
- pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
- if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
- zName = pTrig->zName;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
- pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
- while( pStepList ){
- pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
- pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
- }
- nameToken.z = pTrig->zName;
- nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
- if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken)
- && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
- goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* if we are not initializing,
- ** build the sqlite_master entry
- */
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- Vdbe *v;
- char *z;
+struct WhereScan {
+ WhereClause *pOrigWC; /* Original, innermost WhereClause */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* WhereClause currently being scanned */
+ char *zCollName; /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */
+ char idxaff; /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */
+ unsigned char nEquiv; /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */
+ unsigned char iEquiv; /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */
+ u32 opMask; /* Acceptable operators */
+ int k; /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */
+ int aEquiv[22]; /* Cursor,Column pairs for equivalence classes */
+};
- /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
- pTrig->table, z);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
- }
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
+** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
+**
+** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form
+**
+** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f
+**
+** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for
+** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the
+** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause.
+*/
+struct WhereClause {
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */
+ WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */
+ u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */
+ int nTerm; /* Number of terms */
+ int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */
+ WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
+#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
+ WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#else
+ WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#endif
+};
- if( db->init.busy ){
- Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
- Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
- if( pTrig ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
- Table *pTab;
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table);
- pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
- pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
- }
- }
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereOrInfo {
+ WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */
+ Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
+};
-triggerfinish_cleanup:
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
- assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
- sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
-}
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereAndInfo {
+ WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */
+};
/*
-** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
-** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
**
-** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
-** body of a TRIGGER.
+** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in
+** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE
+** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
+** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum
+** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping
+** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
+** with 0.
+**
+** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
+** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
+**
+** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
+** cursors: 4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73. Then the WhereMaskSet structure
+** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
+**
+** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered. In the example
+** above, the mapping might go like this: 4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
+** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
+** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor
+** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
+** no gaps.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
- TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
- if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- return 0;
- }
- pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
- pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
- pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
- return pTriggerStep;
-}
+struct WhereMaskSet {
+ int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+ int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
/*
-** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space
-** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
+** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed
+** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query.
+*/
+struct WhereLoopBuilder {
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about this WHERE */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* WHERE clause terms */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */
+ WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop */
+ WhereOrSet *pOrSet; /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */
+ int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
**
-** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
+** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query
+** planner.
*/
-static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */
- Token *pName /* The target name */
-){
- TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+struct WhereInfo {
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */
+ ExprList *pResultSet; /* Result set. DISTINCT operates on these */
+ WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */
+ Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */
+ LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */
+ u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+ i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
+ u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */
+ u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE/DELETE */
+ u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
+ u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */
+ u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */
+ int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
+ int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+ int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+ int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
+ int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */
+ WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+ WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+ WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
+};
- pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n);
- if( pTriggerStep ){
- char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
- memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
- pTriggerStep->target.z = z;
- pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n;
- pTriggerStep->op = op;
- }
- return pTriggerStep;
-}
+/*
+** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects. These are all
+** operators that are of interest to the query planner. An
+** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
+** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause.
+*/
+#define WO_IN 0x001
+#define WO_EQ 0x002
+#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_MATCH 0x040
+#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
+#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
+#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
+#define WO_EQUIV 0x400 /* Of the form A==B, both columns */
+#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */
+
+#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
+#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
/*
-** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer
-** to the new trigger step.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
-** body of a trigger.
+** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field.
+** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to
+** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
- Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */
- IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
- ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
- Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
- u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
-){
- TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00000001 /* x=EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002 /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00000004 /* x IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00000008 /* x IS NULL */
+#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT 0x0000000f /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */
+#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00000010 /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT 0x00000020 /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00000030 /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
+#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x00000040 /* Use index only - omit table */
+#define WHERE_IPK 0x00000100 /* x is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x00000200 /* WhereLoop.u.btree.pIndex is valid */
+#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x00000400 /* WhereLoop.u.vtab is valid */
+#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x00000800 /* Able to support an IN operator */
+#define WHERE_ONEROW 0x00001000 /* Selects no more than one row */
+#define WHERE_MULTI_OR 0x00002000 /* OR using multiple indices */
+#define WHERE_AUTO_INDEX 0x00004000 /* Uses an ephemeral index */
+#define WHERE_SKIPSCAN 0x00008000 /* Uses the skip-scan algorithm */
+#define WHERE_UNQ_WANTED 0x00010000 /* WHERE_ONEROW would have been helpful*/
- assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
- assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
-
- pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
- if( pTriggerStep ){
- pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
- pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
- }else{
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
- }
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+/************** End of whereInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in where.c **********************/
- return pTriggerStep;
+/*
+** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ return sqlite3LogEstToInt(pWInfo->nRowOut);
}
/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this
+** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
- Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */
- ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
- Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
- u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
-){
- TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
- pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
- if( pTriggerStep ){
- pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
- }
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
- return pTriggerStep;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ return pWInfo->eDistinct;
}
/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order.
+** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */
- Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */
-){
- TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ return pWInfo->nOBSat;
+}
- pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
- if( pTriggerStep ){
- pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
- pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
- return pTriggerStep;
+/*
+** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue
+** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 );
+ return pWInfo->iContinue;
}
-/*
-** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+/*
+** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break
+** out of a WHERE loop.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
- if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
- sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ return pWInfo->iBreak;
}
/*
-** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema.
+** Return TRUE if an UPDATE or DELETE statement can operate directly on
+** the rowids returned by a WHERE clause. Return FALSE if doing an
+** UPDATE or DELETE might change subsequent WHERE clause results.
**
-** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
-** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
-** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
-** instead of the trigger name.
-**/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
- Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
- int i;
- const char *zDb;
- const char *zName;
- int nName;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
- }
-
- assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
- zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
- zName = pName->a[0].zName;
- nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
- int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
- if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
- pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
- if( pTrigger ) break;
- }
- if( !pTrigger ){
- if( !noErr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
- }else{
- sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
- }
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
- }
- sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-
-drop_trigger_cleanup:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
+** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
+** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data
+** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index.
+** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used.
+** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing.
+**
+** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is
+** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){
+ memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2);
+ return pWInfo->okOnePass;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
-** is set on.
+** Move the content of pSrc into pDest
*/
-static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table);
- return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
+static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){
+ pDest->n = pSrc->n;
+ memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0]));
}
-
/*
-** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.
+** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet.
+**
+** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be
+** appended, or it might be discarded. Do whatever is the right thing
+** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
- Table *pTable;
- Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
-
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
- assert( pTable );
- assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
- if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
- sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
- return;
+static int whereOrInsert(
+ WhereOrSet *pSet, /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */
+ Bitmask prereq, /* Prerequisites of the new entry */
+ LogEst rRun, /* Run-cost of the new entry */
+ LogEst nOut /* Number of outputs for the new entry */
+){
+ u16 i;
+ WhereOrCost *p;
+ for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){
+ if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){
+ goto whereOrInsert_done;
+ }
+ if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){
+ return 0;
}
}
-#endif
-
- /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
- */
- assert( pTable!=0 );
- if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
- int base;
- static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
- { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0},
- { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */
- { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2},
- { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1},
- { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
- { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2},
- { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1},
- { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0},
- { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */
- };
-
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
- base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
- if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
- pParse->nMem = 3;
+ if( pSet->n<N_OR_COST ){
+ p = &pSet->a[pSet->n++];
+ p->nOut = nOut;
+ }else{
+ p = pSet->a;
+ for(i=1; i<pSet->n; i++){
+ if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i;
}
+ if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0;
}
+whereOrInsert_done:
+ p->prereq = prereq;
+ p->rRun = rRun;
+ if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut;
+ return 1;
}
/*
-** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
- Trigger *pTrigger;
- Hash *pHash;
-
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
- pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
- if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
- if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
- Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
- Trigger **pp;
- for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
- *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
- }
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
- }
+static void whereClauseInit(
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo /* The WHERE processing context */
+){
+ pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo;
+ pWC->pOuter = 0;
+ pWC->nTerm = 0;
+ pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
+ pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
}
+/* Forward reference */
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
+
/*
-** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry
-** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>. If any of the entries
-** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
-** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
-** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then
-** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only
-** if there is no match.
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
*/
-static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
- int e;
- if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
- for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
- if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
- }
- return 0;
+static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
+ whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
/*
-** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
-** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is
-** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
-** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */
- int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
- ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
- int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-){
- int mask = 0;
- Trigger *pList = 0;
- Trigger *p;
+static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
+ whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
- if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
- pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
- }
- assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
- for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
- mask |= p->tr_tm;
+/*
+** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure
+** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
+*/
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
+ int i;
+ WhereTerm *a;
+ sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
+ for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
+ if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
+ }
+ if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
+ whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
+ }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
+ whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
}
}
- if( pMask ){
- *pMask = mask;
+ if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
}
- return (mask ? pList : 0);
}
/*
-** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
-** to that SrcList.
+** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
+** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
+** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
+** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
+** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
+** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
**
-** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
-** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from
-** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the
-** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
-** wants.
+** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
+**
+** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
+** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
+** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
+**
+** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store
+** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
+** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
+** the pWC->a[] array.
*/
-static SrcList *targetSrcList(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */
-){
- int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */
- SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */
-
- pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
- if( pSrc ){
- assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
- assert( pSrc->a!=0 );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
- if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
- pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
+ WhereTerm *pTerm;
+ int idx;
+ testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
+ WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
+ sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
+ pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
+ if( pWC->a==0 ){
+ if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
+ }
+ pWC->a = pOld;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
+ if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
}
+ pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
}
- return pSrc;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
+ if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){
+ pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 99;
+ }else{
+ pTerm->truthProb = 1;
+ }
+ pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p);
+ pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
+ pTerm->pWC = pWC;
+ pTerm->iParent = -1;
+ return idx;
}
/*
-** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single
-** trigger.
+** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
+** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
+** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure
+** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example:
+**
+** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
+** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/
+** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2]
+**
+** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine
+** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
+**
+** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
+** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
+** all terms of the WHERE clause.
*/
-static int codeTriggerProgram(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
- int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
-){
- TriggerStep *pStep;
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){
+ pWC->op = op;
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+ if( pExpr->op!=op ){
+ whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
+ }else{
+ whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
+ whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
+ }
+}
- assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
- assert( pStepList );
- assert( v!=0 );
- for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
- /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
- ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
- ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
- ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
- ** step statement. Example:
- **
- ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
- ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
- ** END;
- **
- ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
- ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
- */
- pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
+/*
+** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0
- switch( pStep->op ){
- case TK_UPDATE: {
- sqlite3Update(pParse,
- targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0),
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0),
- pParse->eOrconf
- );
- break;
- }
- case TK_INSERT: {
- sqlite3Insert(pParse,
- targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0),
- sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0),
- sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList),
- pParse->eOrconf
- );
- break;
- }
- case TK_DELETE: {
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,
- targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
- );
- break;
- }
- default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
- SelectDest sDest;
- Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
- break;
- }
- }
- if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if
+** iCursor is not in the set.
+*/
+static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+ int i;
+ assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
+ for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
+ if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
+ return MASKBIT(i);
}
}
-
return 0;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
-** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
+** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
+**
+** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of
+** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
+** array will never overflow.
*/
-static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
- switch( onError ){
- case OE_Abort: return "abort";
- case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
- case OE_Fail: return "fail";
- case OE_Replace: return "replace";
- case OE_Ignore: return "ignore";
- case OE_Default: return "default";
+static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+ assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
+ pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
+}
+
+/*
+** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+*/
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*);
+static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+ Bitmask mask = 0;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+ mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+ return mask;
}
- return "n/a";
+ mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
+ mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
+ }else{
+ mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
+ }
+ return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
+ int i;
+ Bitmask mask = 0;
+ if( pList ){
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+ }
+ }
+ return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
+ Bitmask mask = 0;
+ while( pS ){
+ SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc;
+ mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
+ mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
+ mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
+ mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
+ mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
+ if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+ mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
+ mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);
+ }
+ }
+ pS = pS->pPrior;
+ }
+ return mask;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
-** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
-** from pFrom to pTo.
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL"
*/
-static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
- assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
- assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
- if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
- pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
- pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
- }else{
- sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
- }
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+ assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
+ assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
+ assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
+ assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
+ return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
}
/*
-** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program
-** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
+** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y"
+** are converted into "Y op X".
+**
+** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the
+** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure
+** that the collating sequence does not change. For example:
+** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on
+** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence
+** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag
+** is not commuted.
*/
-static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
- Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */
- Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */
- Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
- int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
-){
- Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */
- Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
- Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */
- NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
- SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
- Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
- int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
-
- assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
- assert( pTop->pVdbe );
-
- /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
- ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg
- ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */
- pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
- if( !pPrg ) return 0;
- pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
- pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
- pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
- if( !pProgram ) return 0;
- sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
- pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
- pPrg->orconf = orconf;
- pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
- pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
-
- /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the
- ** trigger sub-program. */
- pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
- if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
- pSubParse->db = db;
- pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
- pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
- pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
- pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
- pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
- if( v ){
- VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)",
- pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
- (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
- (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
- (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
- (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
- pTab->zName
- ));
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
- );
-#endif
-
- /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
- ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the
- ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */
- if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
- pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen)
- && db->mallocFailed==0
- ){
- iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
- }
-
- /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
- codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
-
- /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
- if( iEndTrigger ){
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
- VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
-
- transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
- if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
- pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
+static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+ u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate);
+ u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate);
+ assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+ if( expRight==expLeft ){
+ /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */
+ if( expRight ){
+ /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators. Make sure X is always
+ ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */
+ pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
+ }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+ /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default
+ ** collating sequence. So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause
+ ** it to be searched first. */
+ pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate;
}
- pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
- pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
- pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
- pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
- pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
- sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
}
-
- assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
- assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
- sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
-
- return pPrg;
+ SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+ if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+ assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+ assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+ assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+ assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
+ assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+ pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+ }
}
-
+
/*
-** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
-** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
-** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
-** being returned.
+** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
*/
-static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
- Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */
- Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */
- Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
- int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
-){
- Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- TriggerPrg *pPrg;
-
- assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
-
- /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
- ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
- ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
- ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */
- for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg;
- pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf);
- pPrg=pPrg->pNext
- );
-
- /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
- if( !pPrg ){
- pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
+static u16 operatorMask(int op){
+ u16 c;
+ assert( allowedOp(op) );
+ if( op==TK_IN ){
+ c = WO_IN;
+ }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+ c = WO_ISNULL;
+ }else{
+ assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
+ c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
}
-
- return pPrg;
+ assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
+ assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
+ assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
+ assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
+ assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
+ assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
+ assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
+ return c;
}
/*
-** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on
-** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
-** function are the same as those described in the header function for
-** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
+** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria
+** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit().
+** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */
- Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
- int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
- int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */
- int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
-){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
- TriggerPrg *pPrg;
- pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
- assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-
- /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
- ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */
- if( pPrg ){
- int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
- VdbeComment(
- (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
+static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){
+ int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
+ int iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */
+ Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */
+ int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */
- /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
- ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
- ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
- ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
- ** is clear. */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
+ while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){
+ iCur = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-2];
+ iColumn = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-1];
+ while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){
+ if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
+ && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
+ && (pScan->iEquiv<=2 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+ ){
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0
+ && pScan->nEquiv<ArraySize(pScan->aEquiv)
+ ){
+ int j;
+ pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+ assert( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ for(j=0; j<pScan->nEquiv; j+=2){
+ if( pScan->aEquiv[j]==pX->iTable
+ && pScan->aEquiv[j+1]==pX->iColumn ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){
+ pScan->aEquiv[j] = pX->iTable;
+ pScan->aEquiv[j+1] = pX->iColumn;
+ pScan->nEquiv += 2;
+ }
+ }
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){
+ /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */
+ if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse;
+ pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+ if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ assert(pX->pLeft);
+ pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse,
+ pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+ if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)!=0
+ && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN
+ && pX->iTable==pScan->aEquiv[0]
+ && pX->iColumn==pScan->aEquiv[1]
+ ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ pScan->k = k+1;
+ return pTerm;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter;
+ k = 0;
+ }
+ pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC;
+ k = 0;
+ pScan->iEquiv += 2;
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
-** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
-** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
-** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
-** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
-**
-** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
-** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers
-** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
-** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
-** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
+** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object. Return a pointer to the
+** first match. Return NULL if there are no matches.
**
-** Register Contains
-** ------------------------------------------------------
-** reg+0 OLD.rowid
-** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
-** ... ...
-** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
-** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid
-** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
-** ... ...
-** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
+** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC. It will look
+** for terms of the form "X <op> <expr>" where X is column iColumn of table
+** iCur. The <op> must be one of the operators described by opMask.
**
-** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
-** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or
-** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway).
-** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
-** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
-** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
-** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through
-** (reg+N+N+1) are.
+** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the
+** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form
+** "Y <op> <expr>". The number of levels of transitivity is limited,
+** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements.
**
-** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
-** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
-** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
-** raises an IGNORE exception.
+** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with
+** index pIdx.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */
- int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
- ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
- int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
- Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
- int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
- int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */
- int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+static WhereTerm *whereScanInit(
+ WhereScan *pScan, /* The WhereScan object being initialized */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */
+ int iCur, /* Cursor to scan for */
+ int iColumn, /* Column to scan for */
+ u32 opMask, /* Operator(s) to scan for */
+ Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index */
){
- Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
-
- assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
- assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
- assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
-
- for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
-
- /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are
- ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
- ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
- assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
- assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
- assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema
- || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+ int j;
- /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
- if( p->op==op
- && p->tr_tm==tr_tm
- && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
- ){
- sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
+ /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */
+ pScan->pOrigWC = pWC;
+ pScan->pWC = pWC;
+ if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){
+ pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
+ for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
+ if( NEVER(j>pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
}
+ pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
+ }else{
+ pScan->idxaff = 0;
+ pScan->zCollName = 0;
}
+ pScan->opMask = opMask;
+ pScan->k = 0;
+ pScan->aEquiv[0] = iCur;
+ pScan->aEquiv[1] = iColumn;
+ pScan->nEquiv = 2;
+ pScan->iEquiv = 2;
+ return whereScanNext(pScan);
}
/*
-** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
-** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
-** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
-** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
-** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
-**
-** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
-** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
-** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
-** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
-** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
-**
-** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
-** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
-**
-** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
-** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
+** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
+** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
+** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
+** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found.
**
-** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
-** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
-** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
-** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
-** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
+** The term returned might by Y=<expr> if there is another constraint in
+** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y. Any such constraints will be
+** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field. The
+** aEquiv[] array holds X and all its equivalents, with each SQL variable
+** taking up two slots in aEquiv[]. The first slot is for the cursor number
+** and the second is for the column number. There are 22 slots in aEquiv[]
+** so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 other equivalent values.
+** Hence a search for X will return <expr> if X=A1 and A1=A2 and A2=A3
+** and ... and A9=A10 and A10=<expr>.
+**
+** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X <op> <expr>"
+** then try for the one with no dependencies on <expr> - in other words where
+** <expr> is a constant expression of some kind. Only return entries of
+** the form "X <op> Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of
+** the form "X <op> <const-expr>" exist. If no terms with a constant RHS
+** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */
- ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
- int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
- int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
- Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
- int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+static WhereTerm *findTerm(
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
+ int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */
+ int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
+ u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
+ Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
){
- const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
- u32 mask = 0;
- Trigger *p;
+ WhereTerm *pResult = 0;
+ WhereTerm *p;
+ WhereScan scan;
- assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
- for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
- && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
- ){
- TriggerPrg *pPrg;
- pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
- if( pPrg ){
- mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
+ p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx);
+ while( p ){
+ if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){
+ if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 ){
+ return p;
}
+ if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p;
}
+ p = whereScanNext(&scan);
}
-
- return mask;
+ return pResult;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+/* Forward reference */
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
-/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle UPDATE statements.
+** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.
*/
+static void exprAnalyzeAll(
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */
+ WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
+){
+ int i;
+ for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+ exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
+ }
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void updateVirtualTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */
- Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */
- ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
- Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
- int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
- Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
- int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
-);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
/*
-** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
-** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
-** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
-**
-** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
-** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
-** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
-** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
-** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
-** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
-** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
-** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
-**
-** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
-** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
-** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
-** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
-** into the sqlite_master table.)
-**
-** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
-** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
-** sqlite3_value objects.
+** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
+** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is
+** so and false if not.
**
-** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
-** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is
-** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save
-** space.
+** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
+** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- if( !pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3_value *pValue;
- u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
- Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
- VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
- assert( i<pTab->nCol );
- sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc,
- pCol->affinity, &pValue);
- if( pValue ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
+static int isLikeOrGlob(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */
+ Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
+ int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
+ int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
+){
+ const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
+ Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
+ ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
+ int c; /* One character in z[] */
+ int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+ char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ int op; /* Opcode of pRight */
+
+ if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+ if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
+#endif
+ pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+ pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
+ if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN
+ || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+ || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab)
+ ){
+ /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must
+ ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */
+ return 0;
+ }
+ assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */
+
+ pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr);
+ op = pRight->op;
+ if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+ Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
+ int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
+ pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+ if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+ z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol);
+ assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
+ }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
+ z = pRight->u.zToken;
+ }
+ if( z ){
+ cnt = 0;
+ while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
+ cnt++;
+ }
+ if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
+ Expr *pPrefix;
+ *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
+ pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
+ if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
+ *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
+ if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
+ if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
+ /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
+ ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
+ ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
+ ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
+ ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
+ */
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ z = 0;
}
-#endif
}
+
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ return (z!=0);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** Process an UPDATE statement.
+** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
**
-** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
-** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/
-* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere
+** column MATCH expr
+**
+** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */
- ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */
- Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
- int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */
+static int isMatchOfColumn(
+ Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */
){
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */
- int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
- WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
- Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
- Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */
- int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */
- int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */
- int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
- int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
- ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
- ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
- int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */
- Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */
- int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */
- AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */
- NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
- int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */
- int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
- int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
- int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-#endif
- int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
-
- /* Register Allocations */
- int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */
- int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */
- int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */
- int regNew;
- int regOld = 0;
- int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
+ ExprList *pList;
- memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
- db = pParse->db;
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto update_cleanup;
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
+ return 0;
}
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
- /* Locate the table which we want to update.
- */
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
- if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-
- /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
- ** updated is a view.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
- isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
- assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define isView 0
-# define tmask 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto update_cleanup;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
- goto update_cleanup;
+ pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+ if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
+ return 0;
}
- aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
- if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+ if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
- /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
- ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
- ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and
- ** allocate enough space, just in case.
- */
- pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- pParse->nTab++;
+/*
+** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
+** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
+*/
+static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
+ if( pDerived ){
+ pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
+ pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
}
+}
- /* Initialize the name-context */
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
+** subterms. So in:
+**
+** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
+** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+**
+** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
+** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
+** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence:
+**
+** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO
+** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
+**
+** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
+** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
+** Examples of terms under analysis:
+**
+** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
+** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
+** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
+** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
+** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
+**
+** CASE 1:
+**
+** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and
+** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
+** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term
+** being analyzed is:
+**
+** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3
+**
+** then create a new virtual term like this:
+**
+** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+**
+** CASE 2:
+**
+** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
+**
+** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR
+** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T
+**
+** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
+** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
+** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
+** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
+** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
+** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
+**
+** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
+** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
+** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
+** is decided elsewhere. This analysis only looks at whether subterms
+** appropriate for indexing exist.
+**
+** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2. But if a term
+** also satisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
+** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
+** satisfied.
+**
+** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example,
+** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
+**
+** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
+** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
+** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar
+** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
+**
+** OTHERWISE:
+**
+** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
+** zero. This term is not useful for search.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */
+ int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
+){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */
+ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parser context */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */
+ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */
+ int i; /* Loop counters */
+ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
+ WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
+ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
+ Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
+ Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
- /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
- ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index
- ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each
- ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
- ** that column.
+ /*
+ ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are
+ ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
+ ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
*/
- chngRowid = 0;
- for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
- goto update_cleanup;
- }
- for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
- if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
- chngRowid = 1;
- pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+ assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
+ pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
+ if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
+ pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
+ whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo);
+ whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
+ exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
+
+ /*
+ ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2.
+ */
+ indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
+ chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0;
+ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
+ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
+ assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
+ chngToIN = 0;
+ pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
+ if( pAndInfo ){
+ WhereClause *pAndWC;
+ WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
+ int j;
+ Bitmask b = 0;
+ pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
+ pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
+ pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
+ whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo);
+ whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
+ exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC);
+ pAndWC->pOuter = pWC;
+ testcase( db->mallocFailed );
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
+ assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
+ if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
+ b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
+ }
+ }
}
- aXRef[j] = i;
- break;
+ indexable &= b;
}
- }
- if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
- if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
- chngRowid = 1;
- pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- goto update_cleanup;
+ }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
+ /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the
+ ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
+ }else{
+ Bitmask b;
+ b = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
+ if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
+ WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
+ b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
}
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
- pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
- goto update_cleanup;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
- aXRef[j] = -1;
+ indexable &= b;
+ if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){
+ chngToIN = 0;
+ }else{
+ chngToIN &= b;
}
}
-#endif
}
- hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid);
+ /*
+ ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be
+ ** empty.
+ */
+ pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
+ pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
- /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[]. There is one entry in the
- ** array for each index associated with table being updated. Fill in
- ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used
- ** and with zero for unused indices.
+ /*
+ ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But
+ ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
+ ** is satisfied.
+ **
+ ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means
+ ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
+ ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
+ ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit
+ ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
+ ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set
+ ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make
+ ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when
+ ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It
+ ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
+ ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
+ ** the OR clause.
+ **
+ ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
+ ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
*/
- for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
- if( nIdx>0 ){
- aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx );
- if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
- }
- for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
- int reg;
- if( hasFK || chngRowid ){
- reg = ++pParse->nMem;
- }else{
- reg = 0;
- for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
- if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
- reg = ++pParse->nMem;
- break;
+ if( chngToIN ){
+ int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
+ int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
+ int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */
+ int j = 0; /* Loop counter */
+
+ /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
+ ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column
+ ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any
+ ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
+ ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
+ */
+ for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
+ pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
+ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+ if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
+ /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
+ ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */
+ assert( j==1 );
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
+ /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
+ ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded
+ ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term
+ ** and use its inversion. */
+ testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
+ testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
+ continue;
}
+ iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
+ break;
}
- }
- aRegIdx[j] = reg;
- }
-
- /* Begin generating code. */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
- if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
- pWhere, onError);
- pWhere = 0;
- pTabList = 0;
- goto update_cleanup;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Allocate required registers. */
- regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
- if( pTrigger || hasFK ){
- regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
- pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
- }
- if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){
- regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
- }
- regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
- pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
-
- /* Start the view context. */
- if( isView ){
- sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
- }
-
- /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
- ** a ephemeral table.
- */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
- }
-#endif
+ if( i<0 ){
+ /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur
+ ** on the second iteration */
+ assert( j==1 );
+ assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) );
+ assert( chngToIN==getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) );
+ break;
+ }
+ testcase( j==1 );
- /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
- ** WHERE clause.
- */
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
- goto update_cleanup;
- }
+ /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that
+ ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
+ okToChngToIN = 1;
+ for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+ if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+ }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
+ okToChngToIN = 0;
+ }else{
+ int affLeft, affRight;
+ /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
+ ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
+ ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249)
+ */
+ affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+ affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
+ if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
+ okToChngToIN = 0;
+ }else{
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
- /* Begin the database scan
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED);
- if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
- okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;
+ /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
+ ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
+ ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
+ */
+ if( okToChngToIN ){
+ Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */
+ ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */
+ Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */
+ Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */
- /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
- if( !okOnePass ){
- regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
+ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+ assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
+ assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup);
+ pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
+ }
+ assert( pLeft!=0 );
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
+ if( pNew ){
+ int idxNew;
+ transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ pNew->x.pList = pList;
+ idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew==0 );
+ exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+ pTerm->nChild = 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+ }
+ pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
+ }
}
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
- /* End the database scan loop.
- */
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+/*
+** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
+** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
+** structure.
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
+** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
+** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
+** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
+** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
+** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
+** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
+** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1
+** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyze(
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */
+ int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
+){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */
+ Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
+ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
+ Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
+ Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+ int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
+ int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */
+ int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */
+ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- /* Initialize the count of updated rows
- */
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
- regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return;
}
-
- if( !isView ){
- /*
- ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any
- ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution
- ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
- ** to be deleting some records.
- */
- if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite);
- if( onError==OE_Replace ){
- openAll = 1;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
+ pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE );
+ prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+ op = pExpr->op;
+ if( op==TK_IN ){
+ assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
}else{
- openAll = 0;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
- openAll = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
- if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
- KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
- (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
- }
+ pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
}
- }
-
- /* Top of the update loop */
- if( okOnePass ){
- int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
+ }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+ pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
}else{
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid);
+ pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
}
-
- /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated. If
- ** this record does not exist for some reason (deleted by a trigger,
- ** for example, then jump to the next iteration of the RowSet loop. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
-
- /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
- ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
- ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
- ** already populated. */
- assert( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
- if( chngRowid ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid);
+ prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+ Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
+ prereqAll |= x;
+ extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
+ ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */
}
-
- /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers
- ** with the required old.* column data. */
- if( hasFK || pTrigger ){
- u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
- oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse,
- pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
- );
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (i<32 && (oldmask & (1<<i))) ){
- sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, i, regOld+i);
+ pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+ pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
+ pTerm->iParent = -1;
+ pTerm->eOperator = 0;
+ if( allowedOp(op) ){
+ Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft);
+ Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight);
+ u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV;
+ if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+ pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+ pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask;
+ }
+ if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+ WhereTerm *pNew;
+ Expr *pDup;
+ u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */
+ if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
+ int idxNew;
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+ return;
+ }
+ idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ if( idxNew==0 ) return;
+ pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+ pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pTerm->nChild = 1;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_EQ
+ && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+ && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Transitive)
+ ){
+ pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV;
+ eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV;
+ }
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
+ pDup = pExpr;
+ pNew = pTerm;
}
- }
- if( chngRowid==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
+ exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
+ pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDup->pLeft);
+ pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+ pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
+ pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
+ pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+ pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask;
}
}
- /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
- ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new
- ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
- ** made by triggers.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+ /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
+ ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example:
**
- ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
- ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
- ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
- ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from
- ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger
- ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
- ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
+ ** a BETWEEN b AND c
+ **
+ ** is converted into:
+ **
+ ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
+ **
+ ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
+ ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
+ ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
+ ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
+ ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
*/
- newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
- pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
- );
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
- }else{
- j = aXRef[i];
- if( j>=0 ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
- }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<<i)) ){
- /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed
- ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
- ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
- ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
- */
- testcase( i==31 );
- testcase( i==32 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i);
- }
+ else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
+ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+ int i;
+ static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
+ assert( pList!=0 );
+ assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
+ for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+ Expr *pNewExpr;
+ int idxNew;
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i],
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0);
+ transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr);
+ idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew==0 );
+ exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
}
+ pTerm->nChild = 2;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
- /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
- ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+ /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
+ ** an OR operator.
*/
- if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol);
- sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
- TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr);
-
- /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
- ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are
- ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated
- ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
- ** documentation.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
-
- /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified
- ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for
- ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their
- ** registers in case this has happened.
- */
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i);
- }
- }
+ else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
+ assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
+ exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
- if( !isView ){
- int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */
-
- /* Do constraint checks. */
- sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
- aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+ /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
+ ** operator.
+ **
+ ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
+ **
+ ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
+ **
+ ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
+ ** termination condition "abd".
+ */
+ if( pWC->op==TK_AND
+ && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
+ ){
+ Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+ Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+ Expr *pNewExpr1;
+ Expr *pNewExpr2;
+ int idxNew1;
+ int idxNew2;
+ Token sCollSeqName; /* Name of collating sequence */
- /* Do FK constraint checks. */
- if( hasFK ){
- sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0);
+ pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+ pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */
+ pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
+ c = *pC;
+ if( noCase ){
+ /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
+ ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
+ ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the
+ ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
+ ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
+ */
+ if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;
+ c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+ }
+ *pC = c + 1;
}
-
- /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
- sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);
-
- /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */
- if( hasFK || chngRowid ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+ sCollSeqName.z = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY";
+ sCollSeqName.n = 6;
+ pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+ pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE,
+ sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr1,&sCollSeqName),
+ pStr1, 0);
+ transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr);
+ idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew1==0 );
+ exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
+ pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+ pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
+ sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr2,&sCollSeqName),
+ pStr2, 0);
+ transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr);
+ idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew2==0 );
+ exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ if( isComplete ){
+ pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
+ pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
+ pTerm->nChild = 2;
}
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
- if( hasFK ){
- sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid);
- }
-
- /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
- sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
+ ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr.
+ ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
+ ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt
+ ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
+ */
+ if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
+ int idxNew;
+ Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
+ WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+ Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
- /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
- ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
- ** to the row just updated. */
- if( hasFK ){
- sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid);
+ pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+ pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+ prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
+ prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
+ if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
+ Expr *pNewExpr;
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH,
+ 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0);
+ idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew==0 );
+ pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+ pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
+ pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+ pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
+ pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pTerm->nChild = 1;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+ pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
}
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
- /* Increment the row counter
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the
+ ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
+ ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a
+ ** virtual term of that form.
+ **
+ ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This
+ ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning
+ ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at
+ ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned.
*/
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
- }
-
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
- TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr);
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
+ && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
+ && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
+ && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3)
+ ){
+ Expr *pNewExpr;
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ int idxNew;
+ WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
- /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
- ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
- /* Close all tables */
- for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
- if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+ idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
+ TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
+ if( idxNew ){
+ pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+ pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+ pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+ pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
+ pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pTerm->nChild = 1;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+ pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
}
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-
- /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
- ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
- ** autoincrement tables.
- */
- if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
- sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
- }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
- /*
- ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is
- ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
- ** invoke the callback function.
+ /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
+ ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
*/
- if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
-
-update_cleanup:
- sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef);
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
- return;
+ pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
}
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
-#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
-**
-** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
-** for each row to be changed:
-**
-** (A) The original rowid of that row.
-** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
-** (C) The content of every column in the row.
-**
-** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
-** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
-**
-** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
+** This function searches pList for an entry that matches the iCol-th column
+** of index pIdx.
**
-** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
-** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
-** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
+** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
+** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
*/
-static void updateVirtualTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */
- Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */
- ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
- Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
- int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
- Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
- int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+static int findIndexCol(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */
+ int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */
+ Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */
+ int iCol /* Column of index to match */
){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */
- ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
- Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */
- Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */
- int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int addr; /* Address of top of loop */
- int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
- SelectDest dest;
+ int i;
+ const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];
- /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
- ** all updated rows.
- */
- pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_"));
- if( pRowid ){
- pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
- }
- assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
- pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
- }else{
- pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
+ && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
+ && p->iTable==iBase
+ ){
+ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
+ return i;
+ }
}
- pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
- }
- pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-
- /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
- ** be stored.
- */
- assert( v );
- ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
-
- /* fill the ephemeral table
- */
- sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-
- /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
- iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
- pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
}
- sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
- sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
- /* Cleanup */
- sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+ return -1;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
+** is redundant.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+** A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains some subset of
+** columns that are unique and non-null.
*/
+static int isDistinctRedundant(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* The FROM clause */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
+ ExprList *pDistinct /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */
+){
+ Table *pTab;
+ Index *pIdx;
+ int i;
+ int iBase;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/*
-** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the
-** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
-*/
-static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
+ ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT
+ ** clause is redundant. */
+ if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+ iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
+ pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+
+ /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return
+ ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
+ ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
+ ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
+ **
+ ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
+ **
+ ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
+ ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
+ ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
+ ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
+ **
+ ** 3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
+ ** contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
+ */
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
+ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+ i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+ if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){
+ int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i);
+ if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull==0 ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
+ /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- return rc;
+
+ return 0;
}
+
/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2.
*/
-static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
- if( !zSql ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
- return sqlite3_errcode(db);
- }
- VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW );
- return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){
+ return N<=10 ? 0 : sqlite3LogEst(N) - 33;
}
/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
-** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
+** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither
+** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
+** are no-ops.
*/
-static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- int rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
- return rc;
- }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
+static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+ int i;
+ if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
+ i,
+ p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
+ p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
+ p->aConstraint[i].op,
+ p->aConstraint[i].usable);
}
-
- return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
+ i,
+ p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
+ p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
+ }
+}
+static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+ int i;
+ if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
+ i,
+ p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
+ p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
+ }
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows);
}
+#else
+#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
+#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
/*
-** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
-** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command
-** in PostgreSQL.
-**
-** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
-** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning
-** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
-** become a no-op.
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
+** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
+** index existed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
- }
- return;
+static int termCanDriveIndex(
+ WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */
+ Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
+){
+ char aff;
+ if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ) return 0;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
+ if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0;
+ aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
+ if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
+ return 1;
}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
/*
-** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
+** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
+** makes use of the automatic index.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */
- Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */
- Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
- char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */
- int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */
- int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */
- int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
- void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */
- Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
- int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
- int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
- int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */
+static void constructAutomaticIndex(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */
+){
+ int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+ WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */
+ int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
+ Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */
+ int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */
+ int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */
+ int n; /* Column counter */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The Loop object */
+ char *zNotUsed; /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */
+ Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
+ Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */
+ u8 sentWarning = 0; /* True if a warnning has been issued */
- if( !db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
+ ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
+ ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
+ nKeyCol = 0;
+ pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+ pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
+ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+ idxCols = 0;
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+ int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
+ testcase( iCol==BMS );
+ testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+ if( !sentWarning ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX,
+ "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName,
+ pTable->aCol[iCol].zName);
+ sentWarning = 1;
+ }
+ if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+ if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ) return;
+ pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm;
+ idxCols |= cMask;
+ }
+ }
}
+ assert( nKeyCol>0 );
+ pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol;
+ pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED
+ | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
- /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be
- ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
- ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */
- saved_flags = db->flags;
- saved_nChange = db->nChange;
- saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
- saved_xTrace = db->xTrace;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
- db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder);
- db->xTrace = 0;
+ /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
+ ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all
+ ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the
+ ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must
+ ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
+ ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
+ ** if they go out of sync.
+ */
+ extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1));
+ mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol;
+ testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
+ for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+ if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ) nKeyCol++;
+ }
+ if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
+ nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
+ }
+ pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
- pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
- isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
+ /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
+ pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed);
+ if( pIdx==0 ) return;
+ pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
+ pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
+ pIdx->pTable = pTable;
+ n = 0;
+ idxCols = 0;
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+ int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
+ testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( iCol==BMS );
+ if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+ idxCols |= cMask;
+ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+ pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq );
- /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
- ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
- ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
- ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
- ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
- **
- ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
- ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
- ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling
- ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
- ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more
- ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
- ** to write the journal header file.
- */
- nDb = db->nDb;
- if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
- zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;";
- }else{
- zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
+ /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
+ ** a covering index */
+ for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+ if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ){
+ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+ pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+ n++;
+ }
}
- rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql);
- if( db->nDb>nDb ){
- pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
- assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+ if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
+ for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
+ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+ pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+ n++;
+ }
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+ assert( n==nKeyCol );
+ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = -1;
+ pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
- /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
- ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
- ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
- ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */
- sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+ /* Create the automatic index */
+ assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
+ pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+ VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
- nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
+ /* Fill the automatic index with content */
+ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+
+ /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
- /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( db->nextPagesize ){
- extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
- int nKey;
- char *zKey;
- sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
- if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
- }
-#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
+** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ WhereClause *pWC,
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
+ ExprList *pOrderBy
+){
+ int i, j;
+ int nTerm;
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+ struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+ WhereTerm *pTerm;
+ int nOrderBy;
+ sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
- /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
- if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
- ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
- db->nextPagesize = 0;
+ /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
+ ** to this virtual table */
+ for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+ if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+ assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue;
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+ nTerm++;
}
- if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
- || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
- || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto end_of_vacuum;
+ /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current
+ ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
+ ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
+ */
+ nOrderBy = 0;
+ if( pOrderBy ){
+ int n = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
+ }
+ if( i==n){
+ nOrderBy = n;
+ }
}
- rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+ /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
+ */
+ pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
+ + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
+ + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
+ if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
+ return 0;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
- sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
-#endif
+ /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
+ ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
+ ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to
+ ** initialize those fields.
+ */
+ pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+ pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
+ pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
+ *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
+ *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+ *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
+ *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
+ *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
+ pUsage;
- /* Begin a transaction */
- rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+ u8 op;
+ if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+ assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue;
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+ pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
+ op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL;
+ if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ;
+ pIdxCons[j].op = op;
+ /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
+ ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The
+ ** following asserts verify this fact. */
+ assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
+ assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
+ assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
+ assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
+ assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
+ assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+ assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
+ j++;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+ pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+ pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+ }
- /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
- ** in the temporary database.
- */
- rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
- " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
- " AND rootpage>0"
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
- " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
- " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ return pIdxInfo;
+}
- /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
- ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
- ** the contents to the temporary database.
- */
- rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
- "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
- "FROM main.sqlite_master "
- "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
- " AND rootpage>0"
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+/*
+** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
+** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
+** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that
+** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function.
+**
+** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
+** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
+** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
+**
+** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
+** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
+** that this is required.
+*/
+static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
+ int i;
+ int rc;
- /* Copy over the sequence table
- */
- rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
- "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
- "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' "
- "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
+ rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
+ TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+ if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
+ }
+ }
- /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
- ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any
- ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
- ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
- */
- rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg,
- "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
- " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
- " FROM main.sqlite_master"
- " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
- " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
- );
- if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+ return pParse->nErr;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
- /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
- ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
- ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
- ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
- ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
- ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
- ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
- */
- {
- u32 meta;
- int i;
- /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
- ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
- ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
- ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
- ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
- */
- static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
- BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
- BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */
- BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */
- BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */
- };
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an
+** index. Store the results in aStat as follows:
+**
+** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pVal
+** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pVal
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+*/
+static void whereKeyStats(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */
+ Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */
+ UnpackedRecord *pRec, /* Vector of values to consider */
+ int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */
+ tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */
+){
+ IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+ int iCol; /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */
+ int iMin = 0; /* Smallest sample not yet tested */
+ int i = pIdx->nSample; /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */
+ int iTest; /* Next sample to test */
+ int res; /* Result of comparison operation */
- assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
- assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse );
+#endif
+ assert( pRec!=0 );
+ iCol = pRec->nField - 1;
+ assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
+ assert( pRec->nField>0 && iCol<pIdx->nSampleCol );
+ do{
+ iTest = (iMin+i)/2;
+ res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec);
+ if( res<0 ){
+ iMin = iTest+1;
+ }else{
+ i = iTest;
+ }
+ }while( res && iMin<i );
- /* Copy Btree meta values */
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
- /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because
- ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
- if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code
+ ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other
+ ** than to invoke the asserts. */
+ if( res==0 ){
+ /* If (res==0) is true, then sample $i must be equal to pRec */
+ assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
+ assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)
+ || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ }else{
+ /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than
+ ** sample ($i-1). */
+ assert( i==pIdx->nSample
+ || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0
+ || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ assert( i==0
+ || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec)<0
+ || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ }
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+ /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than
+ ** or equal to pVal. Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less
+ ** than pVal. If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0.
+ */
+ if( res==0 ){
+ aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
+ aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
+ }else{
+ tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap;
+ if( i==0 ){
+ iLower = 0;
+ iUpper = aSample[0].anLt[iCol];
+ }else{
+ i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+ iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? nRow0 : aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
+ iLower = aSample[i-1].anEq[iCol] + aSample[i-1].anLt[iCol];
+ }
+ aStat[1] = pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol];
+ if( iLower>=iUpper ){
+ iGap = 0;
+ }else{
+ iGap = iUpper - iLower;
+ }
+ if( roundUp ){
+ iGap = (iGap*2)/3;
+ }else{
+ iGap = iGap/3;
}
+ aStat[0] = iLower + iGap;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
-#endif
+/*
+** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
+** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated
+** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
+** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
+**
+** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term,
+** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of
+** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term
+** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25.
+*/
+static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){
+ LogEst nRet = nNew;
+ if( pTerm ){
+ if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
+ nRet += pTerm->truthProb;
+ }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
+ nRet -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) );
+ }
}
+ return nRet;
+}
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a
+** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example:
+**
+** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?;
+**
+** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows
+** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate
+** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based
+** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple
+** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with
+** by the caller.
+**
+** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values
+** extracted from pLower and pUpper with the corresponding column in each
+** sample. If L and U are the number of samples found to be less than or
+** equal to the values extracted from pLower and pUpper respectively, and
+** N is the total number of samples, the pLoop->nOut value is adjusted
+** as follows:
+**
+** nOut = nOut * ( min(U - L, 1) / N )
+**
+** If pLower is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from the term, L is
+** set to zero. If pUpper is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from it,
+** U is set to N.
+**
+** Normally, this function sets *pbDone to 1 before returning. However,
+** if no value can be extracted from either pLower or pUpper (and so the
+** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone
+** is left as is.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise,
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int whereRangeSkipScanEst(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
+ WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
+ WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop, /* Update the .nOut value of this loop */
+ int *pbDone /* Set to true if at least one expr. value extracted */
+){
+ Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int nLower = -1;
+ int nUpper = p->nSample+1;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iCol = p->aiColumn[nEq];
+ u8 aff = iCol>=0 ? p->pTable->aCol[iCol].affinity : SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+
+ sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */
+ sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */
-end_of_vacuum:
- /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
- db->flags = saved_flags;
- db->nChange = saved_nChange;
- db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
- db->xTrace = saved_xTrace;
- sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
+ pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]);
+ if( pLower ){
+ rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pLower->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p1);
+ nLower = 0;
+ }
+ if( pUpper && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pUpper->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p2);
+ nUpper = p2 ? 0 : p->nSample;
+ }
- /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
- ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
- ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
- ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
- ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
- ** is closed by the DETACH.
- */
- db->autoCommit = 1;
+ if( p1 || p2 ){
+ int i;
+ int nDiff;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nSample; i++){
+ rc = sqlite3Stat4Column(db, p->aSample[i].p, p->aSample[i].n, nEq, &pVal);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1 ){
+ int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p1, pVal, pColl);
+ if( res>=0 ) nLower++;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p2 ){
+ int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p2, pVal, pColl);
+ if( res>=0 ) nUpper++;
+ }
+ }
+ nDiff = (nUpper - nLower);
+ if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1;
- if( pDb ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
- pDb->pBt = 0;
- pDb->pSchema = 0;
+ /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the
+ ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback
+ ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating
+ ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows
+ ** using the method described in the header comment for this function. */
+ if( nDiff!=1 || pUpper==0 || pLower==0 ){
+ int nAdjust = (sqlite3LogEst(p->nSample) - sqlite3LogEst(nDiff));
+ pLoop->nOut -= nAdjust;
+ *pbDone = 1;
+ WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range skip-scan regions: %u..%u adjust=%d est=%d\n",
+ nLower, nUpper, nAdjust*-1, pLoop->nOut));
+ }
+
+ }else{
+ assert( *pbDone==0 );
}
- /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
- ** array. */
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+ sqlite3ValueFree(p1);
+ sqlite3ValueFree(p2);
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
-
-/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
/*
-** 2006 June 10
+** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
+** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
+** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
+** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
+** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+** |_____| |_____|
+** | |
+** pLower pUpper
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
+** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
+** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the index of the index
+** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of
+** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example,
+** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
+**
+** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second
+** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
+**
+** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq is set to 0.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
+** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without
+** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of
+** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
+** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper.
+**
+** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
+** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4.
+** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
+** rows visited by a factor of 64.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+static int whereRangeScanEst(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+ WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
+ WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nOut = pLoop->nOut;
+ LogEst nNew;
-/*
-** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
-** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
-** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of
-** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
-** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
-*/
-struct VtabCtx {
- Table *pTab;
- VTable *pVTable;
-};
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-/*
-** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
-** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
-** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
-*/
-static int createModule(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
- const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
- const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
- void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
- void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */
-){
- int rc, nName;
- Module *pMod;
+ if( p->nSample>0
+ && nEq<p->nSampleCol
+ && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat3)
+ ){
+ if( nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid ){
+ UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
+ tRowcnt a[2];
+ u8 aff;
+
+ /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in
+ ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The
+ ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the
+ ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most
+ ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower.
+ **
+ ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it
+ ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the
+ ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even
+ ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and
+ ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values used.
+ **
+ ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows
+ ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound
+ ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values
+ ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used.
+ */
+ tRowcnt iLower;
+ tRowcnt iUpper;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
- if( pMod ){
- Module *pDel;
- char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
- memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
- pMod->zName = zCopy;
- pMod->pModule = pModule;
- pMod->pAux = pAux;
- pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
- pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod);
- if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
- pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
- if( pDel==pMod ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ if( pRec ){
+ testcase( pRec->nField!=pBuilder->nRecValid );
+ pRec->nField = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+ }
+ if( nEq==p->nKeyCol ){
+ aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ }else{
+ aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq]].affinity;
+ }
+ /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */
+ if( nEq==0 ){
+ iLower = 0;
+ iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+ }else{
+ /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must
+ ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */
+ whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+ iLower = a[0];
+ iUpper = a[0] + a[1];
+ }
+
+ assert( pLower==0 || (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 );
+ assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 );
+ assert( p->aSortOrder!=0 );
+ if( p->aSortOrder[nEq] ){
+ /* The roles of pLower and pUpper are swapped for a DESC index */
+ SWAP(WhereTerm*, pLower, pUpper);
+ }
+
+ /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */
+ if( pLower ){
+ int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
+ Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
+ rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
+ tRowcnt iNew;
+ whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+ iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_LE)) ? a[1] : 0);
+ if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew;
+ nOut--;
+ pLower = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */
+ if( pUpper ){
+ int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
+ Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
+ rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
+ tRowcnt iNew;
+ whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a);
+ iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_LE)) ? a[1] : 0);
+ if( iNew<iUpper ) iUpper = iNew;
+ nOut--;
+ pUpper = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( iUpper>iLower ){
+ nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower);
+ }else{
+ nNew = 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
+ }
+ if( nNew<nOut ){
+ nOut = nNew;
+ }
+ WHERETRACE(0x10, ("STAT4 range scan: %u..%u est=%d\n",
+ (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut));
+ }
+ }else{
+ int bDone = 0;
+ rc = whereRangeSkipScanEst(pParse, pLower, pUpper, pLoop, &bDone);
+ if( bDone ) return rc;
}
- }else if( xDestroy ){
- xDestroy(pAux);
}
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder);
+ assert( pLower || pUpper );
+#endif
+ assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+ nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut);
+ nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew);
+
+ /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit, assume the range is
+ ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
+ ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
+ ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
+ ** match 1/64 of the index. */
+ if( pLower && pUpper ) nNew -= 20;
+
+ nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0);
+ if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10;
+ if( nNew<nOut ) nOut = nNew;
+#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
+ if( pLoop->nOut>nOut ){
+ WHERETRACE(0x10,("Range scan lowers nOut from %d to %d\n",
+ pLoop->nOut, nOut));
+ }
+#endif
+ pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
return rc;
}
-
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
+** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most
+** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available
+** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
+** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
- const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
- const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
- void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+static int whereEqualScanEst(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
+ tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */
){
- return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
+ Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
+ int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+ UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
+ u8 aff; /* Column affinity */
+ int rc; /* Subfunction return code */
+ tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */
+ int bOk;
+
+ assert( nEq>=1 );
+ assert( nEq<=p->nColumn );
+ assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+ assert( p->nSample>0 );
+ assert( pBuilder->nRecValid<nEq );
+
+ /* If values are not available for all fields of the index to the left
+ ** of this one, no estimate can be made. Return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. */
+ if( pBuilder->nRecValid<(nEq-1) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+ }
+
+ /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue()
+ ** below would return the same value. */
+ if( nEq>=p->nColumn ){
+ *pnRow = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq-1]].affinity;
+ rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk);
+ pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+ pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq;
+
+ whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+ WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1]));
+ *pnRow = a[1];
+
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
+** is a list of values. Example:
+**
+** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
- const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
- const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
- void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
- void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */
-){
- return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
+static int whereInScanEst(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+ ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
+ tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+ Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
+ i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+ int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */
+ tRowcnt nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */
+ tRowcnt nRowEst = 0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+
+ assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ nEst = nRow0;
+ rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst);
+ nRowEst += nEst;
+ pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0;
+ *pnRow = nRowEst;
+ WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%d\n", nRowEst));
+ }
+ assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid );
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
/*
-** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
-** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
-** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
**
-** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
-** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
+** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied
+** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
+** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
+** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much
+** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get
+** the wrong answer. See ticket #813.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
- pVTab->nRef++;
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
+ if( pTerm
+ && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
+ && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+ && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0
+ ){
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+ if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
+ WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
+ if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
-
/*
-** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
-** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access
-** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
+** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
+** to the n registers starting at base.
+**
+** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the
+** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated.
+**
+** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
+** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
- VTable *pVtab;
- assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
- for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
- return pVtab;
+static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ if( zAff==0 ){
+ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( v!=0 );
+
+ /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning
+ ** and end of the affinity string.
+ */
+ while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ n--;
+ base++;
+ zAff++;
+ }
+ while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ n--;
+ }
+
+ /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
+ if( n>0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
+ }
}
+
/*
-** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
-** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
+** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality
+** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be
+** coded.
+**
+** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
+**
+** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
+** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...)
+** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
- sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
+static int codeEqualityTerm(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+ int iEq, /* Index of the equality term within this level */
+ int bRev, /* True for reverse-order IN operations */
+ int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
+){
+ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int iReg; /* Register holding results */
- assert( db );
- assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
- assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) );
+ assert( iTarget>0 );
+ if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
+ iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
+ }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
+ iReg = iTarget;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ }else{
+ int eType;
+ int iTab;
+ struct InLoop *pIn;
+ WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
- pVTab->nRef--;
- if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
- sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
- if( p ){
- p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0
+ && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0
+ && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq]
+ ){
+ testcase( iEq==0 );
+ testcase( bRev );
+ bRev = !bRev;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
+ assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+ iReg = iTarget;
+ eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0);
+ if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
+ testcase( bRev );
+ bRev = !bRev;
+ }
+ iTab = pX->iTable;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev);
+ assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 );
+ pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE;
+ if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
+ pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ }
+ pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
+ pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
+ sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
+ sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
+ pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
+ if( pIn ){
+ pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
+ pIn->iCur = iTab;
+ if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+ pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
+ }else{
+ pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
+ }
+ pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
+ }
+#endif
}
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+ return iReg;
}
/*
-** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
-** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
-** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity.
-** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
-** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
+** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
+** index scan.
+**
+** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
+** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
+** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
+** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two
+** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate
+** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored
+** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
+**
+** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value
+** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
+** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
+** compute the affinity string.
+**
+** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1. It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints
+** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq. nExtraReg is 1 if there is
+** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that
+** occurs after the nEq quality constraints.
+**
+** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns
+** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that
+** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for
+** start and termination conditions of the loop.
+** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then
+** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
+** use.
+**
+** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
+** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
+** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
+** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
+**
+** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
+** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity,
+** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
+** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
+** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE.
*/
-static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
- VTable *pRet = 0;
- VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
- p->pVTable = 0;
+static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
+ int bRev, /* Reverse the order of IN operators */
+ int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
+ char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
+){
+ u16 nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
+ u16 nSkip; /* Number of left-most columns to skip */
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */
+ Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object */
+ int j; /* Loop counter */
+ int regBase; /* Base register */
+ int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */
+ char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */
- /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database
- ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments
- ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
- ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
- ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
+ /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
+ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+ assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
+ nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+ nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip;
+ pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ assert( pIdx!=0 );
+
+ /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
*/
- assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+ regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg;
+ pParse->nMem += nReg;
- while( pVTable ){
- sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
- VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
- assert( db2 );
- if( db2==db ){
- pRet = pVTable;
- p->pVTable = pRet;
- pRet->pNext = 0;
- }else{
- pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
- db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
+ zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx));
+ if( !zAff ){
+ pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }
+
+ if( nSkip ){
+ int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+ VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName));
+ j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+ pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT),
+ iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j);
+ for(j=0; j<nSkip; j++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, j, regBase+j);
+ assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 );
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->pTable->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+ */
+ assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq );
+ for(j=nSkip; j<nEq; j++){
+ int r1;
+ pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+ assert( pTerm!=0 );
+ /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns.
+ ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
+ testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j);
+ if( r1!=regBase+j ){
+ if( nReg==1 ){
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
+ regBase = r1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
+ }
+ }
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
+ Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ if( zAff ){
+ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
+ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ }
}
- pVTable = pNext;
}
+ *pzAff = zAff;
+ return regBase;
+}
- assert( !db || pRet );
- return pRet;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
+**
+** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
+** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
+** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
+** terms only.
+*/
+static void explainAppendTerm(
+ StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */
+ int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */
+ const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */
+ const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */
+){
+ if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
}
-
/*
-** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
+** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This
+** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table
+** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression.
**
-** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
-** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the
-** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
-** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
+** For example, if the query:
**
-** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
-** associated with the database handle itself must be held.
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
**
-** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
-** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
-** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
-** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
-** the database handle mutex is held.
+** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
+** string similar to:
**
-** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously
-** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
+** "a=? AND b>?"
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
- VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
- db->pDisconnect = 0;
+static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop, Table *pTab){
+ Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+ u16 nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip;
+ int i, j;
+ Column *aCol = pTab->aCol;
+ i16 *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ) return;
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " (", 2);
+ for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
+ char *z = aiColumn[i] < 0 ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName;
+ if( i>=nSkip ){
+ explainAppendTerm(pStr, i, z, "=");
+ }else{
+ if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
+ sqlite3XPrintf(pStr, 0, "ANY(%s)", z);
+ }
+ }
- if( p ){
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- do {
- VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
- p = pNext;
- }while( p );
+ j = i;
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+ char *z = aiColumn[j] < 0 ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
+ explainAppendTerm(pStr, i++, z, ">");
}
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+ char *z = aiColumn[j] < 0 ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
+ explainAppendTerm(pStr, i, z, "<");
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ")", 1);
}
/*
-** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
-** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
-** record.
-**
-** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
-** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable
-** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
-** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database
-** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the
-** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
-** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated
-** database connection.
+** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single
+** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in
+** pLevel.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
- if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
- if( p->azModuleArg ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
+static void explainOneScan(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
+ int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */
+ int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */
+ u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pParse->explain==2 )
+#endif
+ {
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */
+ int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The controlling WhereLoop object */
+ u32 flags; /* Flags that describe this loop */
+ char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */
+ StrAccum str; /* EQP output string */
+ char zBuf[100]; /* Initial space for EQP output string */
+
+ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+ flags = pLoop->wsFlags;
+ if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return;
+
+ isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
+ || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0))
+ || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
+
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+ str.db = db;
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&str, isSearch ? "SEARCH" : "SCAN");
+ if( pItem->pSelect ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " SUBQUERY %d", pItem->iSelectId);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
- }
-}
-/*
-** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
-** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The
-** string will be freed automatically when the table is
-** deleted.
-*/
-static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
- int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
- int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
- char **azModuleArg;
- azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
- if( azModuleArg==0 ){
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<i; j++){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
+ if( pItem->zAlias ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
- pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
- }else{
- azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
- azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
+ if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 ){
+ const char *zFmt = 0;
+ Index *pIdx;
+
+ assert( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 );
+ pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) );
+ if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+ if( isSearch ){
+ zFmt = "PRIMARY KEY";
+ }
+ }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){
+ zFmt = "AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX";
+ }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
+ zFmt = "COVERING INDEX %s";
+ }else{
+ zFmt = "INDEX %s";
+ }
+ if( zFmt ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " USING ", 7);
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, zFmt, pIdx->zName);
+ explainIndexRange(&str, pLoop, pItem->pTab);
+ }
+ }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){
+ const char *zRange;
+ if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){
+ zRange = "(rowid=?)";
+ }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
+ zRange = "(rowid>? AND rowid<?)";
+ }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+ zRange = "(rowid>?)";
+ }else{
+ assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT);
+ zRange = "(rowid<?)";
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&str, " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY ");
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&str, zRange);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s",
+ pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS
+ if( pLoop->nOut>=10 ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " (~%llu rows)", sqlite3LogEstToInt(pLoop->nOut));
+ }else{
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " (~1 row)", 9);
+ }
+#endif
+ zMsg = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
}
- pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
}
+#else
+# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
-** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
-** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
+** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
+** implementation described by pWInfo.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */
- Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */
- Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
+static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
+ int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
+ Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */
){
- int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */
- Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
-
- sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0);
- pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( pTable==0 ) return;
- assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
+ int j, k; /* Loop counters */
+ int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
+ int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
+ int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */
+ int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
+ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */
+ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
+ int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
+ int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */
+ pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
db = pParse->db;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 );
-
- pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
- pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
- addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
- addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName));
- addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
- pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
+ pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
+ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+ pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+ iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+ pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
+ bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1;
+ omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0;
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName));
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
- ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
- ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
- ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
+ /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
+ ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
+ ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
+ ** loop.
+ **
+ ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
+ ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When
+ ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
+ ** is the same as "addrBrk".
*/
- if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
- sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName,
- pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- }
-#endif
-}
+ addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-/*
-** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
-** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
-** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
-*/
-static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
- if( pParse->sArg.z && ALWAYS(pParse->pNewTable) ){
- const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
- int n = pParse->sArg.n;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
+ /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+ ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+ ** row of the left table of the join.
+ */
+ if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+ pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+ VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
}
-}
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
-** has been completely parsed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
- Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */
+ if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine ){
+ int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub);
+ pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
+ pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
+ }else
- if( pTab==0 ) return;
- addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
- pParse->sArg.z = 0;
- if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
-
- /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
- ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
- ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
- ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
- ** in the sqlite_master table.
- */
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- char *zStmt;
- char *zWhere;
- int iDb;
- Vdbe *v;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+ /* Case 1: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext
+ ** to access the data.
+ */
+ int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
+ int addrNotFound;
+ int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm;
- /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
- if( pEnd ){
- pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
+ addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk;
+ for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
+ int iTarget = iReg+j+2;
+ pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+ if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
+ if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
+ codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget);
+ addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget);
+ }
}
- zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg,
+ pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr,
+ pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+ for(j=0; j<nConstraint && j<16; j++){
+ if( (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pLoop->aLTerm[j]);
+ }
+ }
+ pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
+ pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+ pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
- /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
- ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
- ** the information we've collected.
- **
- ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
- ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
- ** by sqlite3StartTable().
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
+ && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0
+ ){
+ /* Case 2: We can directly reference a single row using an
+ ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or
+ ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+ ** construct.
*/
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s "
- "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
- "WHERE rowid=#%d",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
- pTab->zName,
- pTab->zName,
- zStmt,
- pParse->regRowid
- );
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
- zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
- sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0,
- pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
- }
+ assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 );
+ pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
+ assert( pTerm!=0 );
+ assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
+ assert( omitTable==0 );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+ iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg);
+ if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
+ addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+ VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+ pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+ }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
+ && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0
+ ){
+ /* Case 3: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+ */
+ int testOp = OP_Noop;
+ int start;
+ int memEndValue = 0;
+ WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
- /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
- ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
- ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
- ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
- ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */
- else {
- Table *pOld;
- Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- const char *zName = pTab->zName;
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
- if( pOld ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
- return;
+ assert( omitTable==0 );
+ j = 0;
+ pStart = pEnd = 0;
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+ assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 );
+ if( bRev ){
+ pTerm = pStart;
+ pStart = pEnd;
+ pEnd = pTerm;
}
- pParse->pNewTable = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
-** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
- addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
- pParse->sArg.z = 0;
- pParse->sArg.n = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
-** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
- Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
- if( pArg->z==0 ){
- pArg->z = p->z;
- pArg->n = p->n;
- }else{
- assert(pArg->z < p->z);
- pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
-** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
-** to this procedure.
-*/
-static int vtabCallConstructor(
- sqlite3 *db,
- Table *pTab,
- Module *pMod,
- int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
- char **pzErr
-){
- VtabCtx sCtx;
- VTable *pVTable;
- int rc;
- const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
- int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
- char *zErr = 0;
- char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
+ if( pStart ){
+ Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */
+ int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
- if( !zModuleName ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+ /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding
+ ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
+ */
+ const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
+ /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGT,
+ /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLE,
+ /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLT,
+ /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGE
+ };
+ assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */
+ assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */
+ assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */
- pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
- if( !pVTable ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pVTable->db = db;
- pVTable->pMod = pMod;
+ assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+ testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ pX = pStart->pExpr;
+ assert( pX!=0 );
+ testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
+ VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+ }
+ if( pEnd ){
+ Expr *pX;
+ pX = pEnd->pExpr;
+ assert( pX!=0 );
+ assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+ testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */
+ testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
+ if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+ testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
+ }else{
+ testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
+ }
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
+ }
+ start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+ pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+ pLevel->p2 = start;
+ assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+ if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+ iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }
+ }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+ /* Case 4: A scan using an index.
+ **
+ ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
+ ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
+ ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
+ ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
+ ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
+ ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+ ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
+ ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
+ ** optimized:
+ **
+ ** x=5
+ ** x=5 AND y=10
+ ** x=5 AND y<10
+ ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
+ ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
+ **
+ ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
+ ** the x=5 term:
+ **
+ ** x=5 AND z<10
+ **
+ ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
+ ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
+ ** least one.
+ **
+ ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+ ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+ ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+ */
+ static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
+ OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
+ OP_SeekGT, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */
+ OP_SeekLT, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */
+ OP_SeekGE, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
+ OP_SeekLE /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
+ };
+ static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
+ OP_IdxGE, /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */
+ OP_IdxGT, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev && endEq) */
+ OP_IdxLE, /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev && !endEq) */
+ OP_IdxLT, /* 3: (end_constraints && bRev && endEq) */
+ };
+ u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */
+ int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */
+ WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */
+ WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */
+ int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
+ int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
+ int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */
+ int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */
+ Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */
+ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
+ int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */
+ int op; /* Instruction opcode */
+ char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
+ char cEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
+ u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */
+ u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */
- /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
- assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
- assert( xConstruct );
- sCtx.pTab = pTab;
- sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
- db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
- rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
- db->pVtabCtx = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+ assert( nEq>=pLoop->u.btree.nSkip );
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- if( zErr==0 ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
- }else {
- *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that
+ ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..."
+ ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
+ ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
+ ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
+ ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
+ ** this requires some special handling.
+ */
+ assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0
+ || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1
+ || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 );
+ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
+ && pWInfo->nOBSat>0
+ && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq)
+ ){
+ assert( pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 );
+ bSeekPastNull = 1;
+ nExtraReg = 1;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
- }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
- /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate
- ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */
- pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
- pVTable->nRef = 1;
- if( sCtx.pTab ){
- const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
- *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- int iCol;
- /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
- ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the
- ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
- ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from
- ** the type string. */
- pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
- pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
- char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
- int nType;
- int i = 0;
- if( !zType ) continue;
- nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
- for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
- if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
- && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
- ){
- i++;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if( i<nType ){
- int j;
- int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
- for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
- zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
- }
- if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
- assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
- zType[i-1] = '\0';
- }
- pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1;
- }
+ /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
+ ** of the range.
+ */
+ j = nEq;
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+ pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+ nExtraReg = 1;
+ }
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+ pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+ nExtraReg = 1;
+ if( pRangeStart==0
+ && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0
+ && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0
+ ){
+ bSeekPastNull = 1;
}
}
- }
-
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
-** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned
-** and an error left in pParse.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- const char *zMod;
- Module *pMod;
- int rc;
-
- assert( pTab );
- if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
- /* Locate the required virtual table module */
- zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
- pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
+ /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
+ ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
+ ** starting at regBase.
+ */
+ regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff);
+ assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq );
+ if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq];
+ addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
- if( !pMod ){
- const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- char *zErr = 0;
- rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
+ /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
+ ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
+ ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
+ */
+ if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
+ || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq)
+ ){
+ SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
+ SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
-** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
-*/
-static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
- const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
+ testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
+ testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
+ testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
+ testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
+ startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+ endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+ start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
- /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
- if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
- VTable **aVTrans;
- int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
- aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
- if( !aVTrans ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
+ nConstraint = nEq;
+ if( pRangeStart ){
+ Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+ if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
+ && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
+ ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ if( zStartAff ){
+ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
+ /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
+ ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to
+ ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */
+ zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){
+ zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ nConstraint++;
+ testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ }else if( bSeekPastNull ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+ nConstraint++;
+ startEq = 0;
+ start_constraints = 1;
}
- memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
- db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
- }
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
-** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
-*/
-static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
- /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
- db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
- sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb.
-**
-** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
-** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
-** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Table *pTab;
- Module *pMod;
- const char *zMod;
-
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );
-
- /* Locate the required virtual table module */
- zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
- pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
-
- /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method,
- ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an
- ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
- */
- if( !pMod ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
- }
+ codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff);
+ op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
+ assert( op!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last );
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); testcase( op==OP_SeekGT );
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE );
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE );
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); testcase( op==OP_SeekLT );
- /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to
- ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
- rc = growVTrans(db);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
+ /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
+ ** range (if any).
+ */
+ nConstraint = nEq;
+ if( pRangeEnd ){
+ Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+ if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
+ && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
+ ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+ && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff)
+ ){
+ codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff);
+ }
+ nConstraint++;
+ testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ }else if( bStopAtNull ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+ endEq = 0;
+ nConstraint++;
}
- }
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only
-** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
-** virtual table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
- Parse *pParse;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff);
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Table *pTab;
- char *zErr = 0;
+ /* Top of the loop body */
+ pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
+ /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
+ if( nConstraint ){
+ op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq];
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+ testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT );
+ testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE );
+ testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT );
+ testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE );
+ }
- pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
- if( pParse==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pParse->declareVtab = 1;
- pParse->db = db;
- pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
-
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr)
- && pParse->pNewTable
- && !db->mallocFailed
- && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
- && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
- ){
- if( !pTab->aCol ){
- pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
- pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
- pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
- pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
+ /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+ if( omitTable ){
+ /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */
+ }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
+ iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */
+ }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
+ iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
+ for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+ k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j);
}
- db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont,
+ iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+
+ /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable
+ ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
+ */
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){
+ pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+ }else if( bRev ){
+ pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
}else{
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ pLevel->op = OP_Next;
}
- pParse->declareVtab = 0;
-
- if( pParse->pVdbe ){
- sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+ pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
+ pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0;
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){
+ pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+ }else{
+ assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
}
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
- sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
- }
-
- assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
-** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Table *pTab;
-
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
- VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
-
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab);
+ }else
- /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
- p->pVtab = 0;
- pTab->pVTable = 0;
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
- }
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+ /* Case 5: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
+ **
+ ** Example:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
+ ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
+ ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
+ ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
+ **
+ ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
+ **
+ ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
+ ** The top of the loop looks like this:
+ **
+ ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+ **
+ ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
+ ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
+ ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
+ ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
+ **
+ ** sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>)
+ ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset
+ ** Gosub 2 A
+ ** sqlite3WhereEnd()
+ **
+ ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
+ ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
+ **
+ ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+ ** Goto B # The loop is finished.
+ **
+ ** A: <loop body> # Return data, whatever.
+ **
+ ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub
+ **
+ ** B: <after the loop>
+ **
+ ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
+ ** use an ephemeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary
+ ** keys of the rows we have already seen.
+ **
+ */
+ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
+ SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
+ Index *pCov = 0; /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
+ int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
- return rc;
-}
+ int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
+ int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */
+ int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */
+ int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */
+ int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */
+ int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+ u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */
+ Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
+ Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+
+ pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
+ assert( pTerm!=0 );
+ assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR );
+ assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
+ pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+ pLevel->op = OP_Return;
+ pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
-/*
-** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
-** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
-** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
-** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
-**
-** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks.
-*/
-static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
- int i;
- if( db->aVTrans ){
- for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
- VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
- sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
- if( p ){
- int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
- x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
- if( x ) x(p);
+ /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned
+ ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
+ ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
+ */
+ if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
+ int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */
+ struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */
+ nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
+ pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db,
+ sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
+ if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
+ pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1);
+ pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
+ memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
+ origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+ for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
+ memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
}
- pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+ }else{
+ pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
- db->nVTrans = 0;
- db->aVTrans = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
-** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
-** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
-**
-** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using
-** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){
- int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
- db->aVTrans = 0;
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
- int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
- if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
- rc = x(pVtab);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg);
- *pzErrmsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
- sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
+ ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index
+ ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
+ **
+ ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction
+ ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
+ ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
+ ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the
+ ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to
+ ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
+ ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
+ */
+ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
+ }else{
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ regRowset = pParse->nTab++;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+ }
+ regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
}
- }
- db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
- callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
-/*
-** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
- callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y
+ ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z
+ ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will
+ ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below.
+ **
+ ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
+ ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
+ ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as
+ ** indices.
+ **
+ ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term
+ ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN.
+ ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4
+ */
+ if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){
+ int iTerm;
+ for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pWC->nTerm; iTerm++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr;
+ if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
+ testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO );
+ testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ if( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_ORINFO|TERM_VIRTUAL) ) continue;
+ if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue;
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+ pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr);
+ }
+ if( pAndExpr ){
+ pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause. After
+ ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each
+ ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine.
+ */
+ wctrlFlags = WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE
+ | WHERE_FORCE_TABLE
+ | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
+ WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
+ if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
+ WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */
+ Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */
+ int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump operation */
+ if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+ pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
+ pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
+ }
+ /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+ WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("Subplan for OR-clause:\n"));
+ pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,
+ wctrlFlags, iCovCur);
+ assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pSubWInfo ){
+ WhereLoop *pSubLoop;
+ explainOneScan(
+ pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
+ );
+ /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body. First skip over
+ ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the
+ ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same
+ ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses.
+ */
+ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+ int r;
+ int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0);
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, r,iSet);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+ int iPk;
+
+ /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */
+ r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk);
+ for(iPk=0; iPk<nPk; iPk++){
+ int iCol = pPk->aiColumn[iPk];
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk, 0);
+ }
-/*
-** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
-** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
-** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
-**
-** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
-** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so,
+ ** the row has already been included in the result set and
+ ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise,
+ ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing
+ ** the row.
+ **
+ ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet
+ ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in
+ ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no
+ ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never
+ ** be tested for. */
+ if( iSet ){
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ if( iSet>=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0);
+ if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+ }
- /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
- ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
- ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
- ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
- */
- if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
- if( !pVTab ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
+ /* Release the array of temp registers */
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk);
+ }
+ }
- if( pModule->xBegin ){
- int i;
+ /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
- /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
- for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
- if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
+ /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the
+ ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */
+ if( j1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the
- ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
- rc = growVTrans(db);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
- }
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
+ ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The
+ ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
+ ** need to be tested later.
+ */
+ if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
-/*
-** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
-** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
-** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
-**
-** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is
-** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
-** an open transaction is invoked.
-**
-** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK,
-** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
-** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same
+ ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number
+ ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may
+ ** be possible to use that index as a covering index.
+ **
+ ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
+ ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
+ ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
+ ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set
+ ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will
+ ** be available.
+ */
+ pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop;
+ assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
+ if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+ && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov)
+ && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex))
+ ){
+ assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur );
+ pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ wctrlFlags |= WHERE_REOPEN_IDX;
+ }else{
+ pCov = 0;
+ }
- assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
- assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
- if( db->aVTrans ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
- VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
- const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
- if( pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
- int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
- switch( op ){
- case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
- xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
- pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
- break;
- case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
- xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
- break;
- default:
- xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
- break;
- }
- if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
- rc = xMethod(db->aVTrans[i]->pVtab, iSavepoint);
+ /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
}
}
}
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov;
+ if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur;
+ if( pAndExpr ){
+ pAndExpr->pLeft = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
-/*
-** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The
-** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
-** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
-** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
-**
-** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
-** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
-**
-** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a
-** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
-** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
- FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */
- int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */
- Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */
-){
- Table *pTab;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- sqlite3_module *pMod;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
- void *pArg = 0;
- FuncDef *pNew;
- int rc = 0;
- char *zLowerName;
- unsigned char *z;
+ if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab);
+ if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+ {
+ /* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete
+ ** scan of the entire table.
+ */
+ static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
+ static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
+ assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
+ if( pTabItem->isRecursive ){
+ /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in
+ ** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */
+ pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+ }else{
+ pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
+ pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+ pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+ pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+ }
+ }
- /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
- if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
- pTab = pExpr->pTab;
- if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
- if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
- pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
- assert( pVtab!=0 );
- assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
- pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
- if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
-
- /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
- ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function
+ /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+ ** computed using the current set of tables.
*/
- zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
- if( zLowerName ){
- for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
- *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+ Expr *pE;
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
+ testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 );
+ pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
+ continue;
}
- rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
+ pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+ assert( pE!=0 );
+ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
}
- if( rc==0 ){
- return pDef;
+
+ /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity
+ ** of the "==" operator.
+ **
+ ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123"
+ ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded,
+ ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code
+ ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint.
+ */
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+ Expr *pE, *pEAlt;
+ WhereTerm *pAlt;
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+ if( pTerm->eOperator!=(WO_EQUIV|WO_EQ) ) continue;
+ if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue;
+ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue;
+ pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) );
+ assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 );
+ pAlt = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
+ if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
+ if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+ testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+ testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN );
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint"));
+ pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt));
+ if( pEAlt ){
+ *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr;
+ pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft;
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt);
+ }
}
- /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
- ** function */
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
- + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
- if( pNew==0 ){
- return pDef;
+ /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+ ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
+ */
+ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+ pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+ VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
+ assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
+ continue;
+ }
+ assert( pTerm->pExpr );
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+ }
}
- *pNew = *pDef;
- pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
- memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
- pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
- pNew->pUserData = pArg;
- pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
- return pNew;
+
+ return pLevel->notReady;
}
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
/*
-** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
-** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the
-** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine
-** is a no-op.
+** Print the content of a WhereTerm object
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
- Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
- int i, n;
- Table **apVtabLock;
-
- assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
- for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){
- if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
- }
- n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
- apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
- if( apVtabLock ){
- pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
- pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
+static void whereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){
+ if( pTerm==0 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("TERM-%-3d NULL\n", iTerm);
}else{
- pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ char zType[4];
+ memcpy(zType, "...", 4);
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V';
+ if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV ) zType[1] = 'E';
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L';
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("TERM-%-3d %p %s cursor=%-3d prob=%-3d op=0x%03x\n",
+ iTerm, pTerm, zType, pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->truthProb,
+ pTerm->eOperator);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pTerm->pExpr, 0);
}
}
+#endif
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
/*
-** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
-** table update operation currently in progress.
-**
-** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
-** within an xUpdate method.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
- static const unsigned char aMap[] = {
- SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE
- };
- assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
- assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
- assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
- return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
-** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
-** of the virtual table being implemented.
+** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
- va_list ap;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
- va_start(ap, op);
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
- VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
- if( !p ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }else{
- assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
- p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
+static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
+ int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+7)/8;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
+ Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
+ p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq);
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
+ pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
+ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
+ const char *zName;
+ if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
+ if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
+ int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
+ while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
+ zName += i;
}
- break;
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s","");
+ }
+ }else{
+ char *z;
+ if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){
+ z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)",
+ p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
+ }
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
+ sqlite3_free(z);
+ }
+ if( p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x %d-%d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm,p->u.btree.nSkip);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);
+ }
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
+ if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nLTerm; i++){
+ whereTermPrint(p->aLTerm[i], i);
}
- default:
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- break;
}
- va_end(ap);
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
}
+#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
-** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for
-** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
-** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
-** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting
-** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
+** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed
+** to whereLoopClear harmlessly.
*/
-
+static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){
+ p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace;
+ p->nLTerm = 0;
+ p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace);
+ p->wsFlags = 0;
+}
/*
-** Trace output macros
+** Clear the WhereLoop.u union. Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define WHERETRACE(X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define WHERETRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/* Forward reference
-*/
-typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
-typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
-typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
-typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
-typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost;
+static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+ if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){
+ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){
+ sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr);
+ p->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+ p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0;
+ }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff);
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->u.btree.pIndex->pKeyInfo);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex);
+ p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
/*
-** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
-** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE
-** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
-** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
-**
-** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.
-** The following identity holds:
-**
-** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
-**
-** When a term is of the form:
-**
-** X <op> <expr>
-**
-** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
-** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
-** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records
-** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The
-** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
-** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
-**
-** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
-**
-** (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
-**
-** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR
-** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
-** is collected about the
-**
-** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
-** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
-** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
-** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
-**
-** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
-** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
-** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
-** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
-** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be
-** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor
-** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet
-** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
-** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
-** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
-** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
-**
-** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
-** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
-** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
+** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object
*/
-typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
-struct WhereTerm {
- Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
- int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
- int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
- union {
- int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
- WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */
- WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */
- } u;
- u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
- u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */
- u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */
- WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */
- Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
- Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
-};
+static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+ if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
+ whereLoopClearUnion(db, p);
+ whereLoopInit(p);
+}
/*
-** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
+** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n.
*/
-#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
-#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */
-#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */
-#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */
-#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
-#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
-#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
-#else
-# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat2 */
-#endif
+static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){
+ WhereTerm **paNew;
+ if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ n = (n+7)&~7;
+ paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n);
+ if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot);
+ if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
+ p->aLTerm = paNew;
+ p->nLSlot = n;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
-** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
+** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first.
*/
-struct WhereClause {
- Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */
- WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
- Bitmask vmask; /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */
- u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */
- int nTerm; /* Number of terms */
- int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */
- WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
-#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
- WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */
-#else
- WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */
-#endif
-};
+static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){
+ whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo);
+ if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){
+ memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u));
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ);
+ memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0]));
+ if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
+ pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+ }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
+ pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
-** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+** Delete a WhereLoop object
*/
-struct WhereOrInfo {
- WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */
- Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
-};
+static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+ whereLoopClear(db, p);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
/*
-** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
-** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+** Free a WhereInfo structure
*/
-struct WhereAndInfo {
- WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */
-};
+static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
+ whereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC);
+ while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
+ WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
+ pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
+ whereLoopDelete(db, p);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+ }
+}
/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
-** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
-**
-** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in
-** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE
-** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
-** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum
-** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping
-** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
-** with 0.
+** Return TRUE if both of the following are true:
**
-** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
-** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
+** (1) X has the same or lower cost that Y
+** (2) X is a proper subset of Y
**
-** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
-** cursors: 4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73. Then the WhereMaskSet structure
-** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
+** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms
+** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used
+** by Y.
**
-** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered. In the example
-** above, the mapping might go like this: 4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
-** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
-** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor
-** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
-** no gaps.
-*/
-struct WhereMaskSet {
- int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */
- int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
-};
-
-/*
-** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated
-** cost of pursuing that strategy.
-*/
-struct WhereCost {
- WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */
- double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */
- Bitmask used; /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */
-};
-
-/*
-** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An
-** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
-** terms in the where clause.
-*/
-#define WO_IN 0x001
-#define WO_EQ 0x002
-#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_MATCH 0x040
-#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
-#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
-#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
-#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */
-
-#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
-#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
-
-/*
-** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in
-** WhereLevel.wsFlags. These flags determine which search
-** strategies are appropriate.
-**
-** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
-** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
-** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags
-** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as
-** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
-** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
-** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189.
-*/
-#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x00001000 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x00002000 /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00010000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000 /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00080000 /* x IS NULL */
-#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x000f0000 /* Anything that uses an index */
-#define WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN 0x100f3000 /* Does not do a full table scan */
-#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x000f1000 /* Able to support an IN operator */
-#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT 0x00200000 /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00300000 /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
-#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x00800000 /* Use index only - omit table */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY 0x01000000 /* Output will appear in correct order */
-#define WHERE_REVERSE 0x02000000 /* Scan in reverse order */
-#define WHERE_UNIQUE 0x04000000 /* Selects no more than one row */
-#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000 /* Use virtual-table processing */
-#define WHERE_MULTI_OR 0x10000000 /* OR using multiple indices */
-#define WHERE_TEMP_INDEX 0x20000000 /* Uses an ephemeral index */
-
-/*
-** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
+** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought
+** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost
+** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted.
*/
-static void whereClauseInit(
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(
+ const WhereLoop *pX, /* First WhereLoop to compare */
+ const WhereLoop *pY /* Compare against this WhereLoop */
){
- pWC->pParse = pParse;
- pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet;
- pWC->nTerm = 0;
- pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
- pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
- pWC->vmask = 0;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
-
-/*
-** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
-*/
-static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
- whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ int i, j;
+ if( pX->nLTerm >= pY->nLTerm ) return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */
+ if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){
+ if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */
+ if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */
+ }
+ for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+ for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
+ if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break;
+ }
+ if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */
+ }
+ return 1; /* All conditions meet */
}
/*
-** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
+** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so
+** that:
+**
+** (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper
+** subset of pTemplate
+**
+** (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate
+** is a proper subset.
+**
+** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer
+** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is
+** also used by Y.
+**
+** This adjustment is omitted for SKIPSCAN loops. In a SKIPSCAN loop, the
+** WhereLoop.nLTerm field is not an accurate measure of the number of WHERE
+** clause terms covered, since some of the first nLTerm entries in aLTerm[]
+** will be NULL (because they are skipped). That makes it more difficult
+** to compare the loops. We could add extra code to do the comparison, and
+** perhaps we will someday. But SKIPSCAN is sufficiently uncommon, and this
+** adjustment is sufficient minor, that it is very difficult to construct
+** a test case where the extra code would improve the query plan. Better
+** to avoid the added complexity and just omit cost adjustments to SKIPSCAN
+** loops.
*/
-static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
- whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
+ if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return;
+ if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) return;
+ for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){
+ if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue;
+ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue;
+ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) continue;
+ if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){
+ /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its
+ ** subset p */
+ pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
+ pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1;
+ }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){
+ /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since
+ ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */
+ pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
+ pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1;
+ }
+ }
}
/*
-** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure
-** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
+** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be
+** supplanted by pTemplate.
+**
+** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant
+** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list.
+**
+** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the
+** link that points to pX.
+**
+** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs
+** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list.
*/
-static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
- int i;
- WhereTerm *a;
- sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
- for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
- if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
+static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser(
+ WhereLoop **ppPrev,
+ const WhereLoop *pTemplate
+){
+ WhereLoop *p;
+ for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){
+ if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){
+ /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different
+ ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately. Neither is
+ ** a candidate to replace the other. */
+ continue;
}
- if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
- whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
- }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
- whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
+ /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
+ ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
+ ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
+ assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0
+ || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup );
+
+ /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
+ ** case first. Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger
+ ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */
+ assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup );
+
+ /* Any loop using an appliation-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or
+ ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better
+ ** than an automatic index. */
+ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0
+ && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+ && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)!=0
+ && (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be
+ ** discarded. WhereLoop p is better if:
+ ** (1) p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and
+ ** (2) p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate
+ */
+ if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq /* (1) */
+ && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup /* (2a) */
+ && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun /* (2b) */
+ && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut /* (2c) */
+ ){
+ return 0; /* Discard pTemplate */
+ }
+
+ /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten
+ ** with pTemplate. pTemplate is better than p if:
+ ** (1) pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and
+ ** (2) pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p.
+ */
+ if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq /* (1) */
+ && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun /* (2a) */
+ && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut /* (2b) */
+ ){
+ assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */
+ break; /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */
}
}
- if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
- }
+ return ppPrev;
}
/*
-** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
-** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
-** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
-** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
-** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
-** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
+** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied.
**
-** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
+** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template
+** is better and has fewer dependencies. Or the template will be ignored
+** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has
+** fewer dependencies than the template. Otherwise a new WhereLoop is
+** added based on the template.
**
-** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
-** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
-** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
+** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the
+** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops. That
+** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object. This special
+** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing.
**
-** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store
-** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
-** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
-** the pWC->a[] array.
+** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we
+** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the
+** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following
+** conditions are met:
+**
+** (1) They have the same iTab.
+** (2) They have the same iSortIdx.
+** (3) The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop
+** (4) The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop
*/
-static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
- WhereTerm *pTerm;
- int idx;
- testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-00211-15100 */
- if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
- WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
- sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
- pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
- if( pWC->a==0 ){
- if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
+static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
+ WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p;
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+ sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
+
+ /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs
+ ** and prereqs.
+ */
+ if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+ u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n;
+ int x =
+#endif
+ whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun,
+ pTemplate->nOut);
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?" or-%d: ":" or-X: ", n);
+ whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+ }
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate
+ */
+ whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
+ ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
+
+ if( ppPrev==0 ){
+ /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better
+ ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" skip: ");
+ whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+ }
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ p = *ppPrev;
+ }
+
+ /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten
+ ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new
+ ** WhereLoop and insert it.
+ */
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+ if( p!=0 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("replace: ");
+ whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC);
+ }
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" add: ");
+ whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( p==0 ){
+ /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */
+ *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(WhereLoop));
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ whereLoopInit(p);
+ p->pNextLoop = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[]. But before we do, first
+ ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides
+ ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */
+ WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop;
+ WhereLoop *pToDel;
+ while( *ppTail ){
+ ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate);
+ if( ppTail==0 ) break;
+ pToDel = *ppTail;
+ if( pToDel==0 ) break;
+ *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop;
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" delete: ");
+ whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC);
}
- pWC->a = pOld;
- return 0;
+#endif
+ whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel);
}
- memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
- if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
+ }
+ whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate);
+ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
+ Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex;
+ if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){
+ p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
}
- pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
}
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
- pTerm->pExpr = p;
- pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
- pTerm->pWC = pWC;
- pTerm->iParent = -1;
- return idx;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
-** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
-** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure
-** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example:
-**
-** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
-** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/
-** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2]
-**
-** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine
-** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
+** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the
+** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
+** index.
**
-** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
-** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
-** all terms of the WHERE clause.
+** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces
+** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term
+** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2).
*/
-static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){
- pWC->op = (u8)op;
- if( pExpr==0 ) return;
- if( pExpr->op!=op ){
- whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
- }else{
- whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
- whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
+static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop, /* The loop to adjust downward */
+ LogEst nRow /* Number of rows in the entire table */
+){
+ WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX;
+ Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf);
+ int i, j;
+ int nEq = 0; /* Number of = constraints not within likely()/unlikely() */
+
+ for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){
+ if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue;
+ for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
+ pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+ if( pX==0 ) continue;
+ if( pX==pTerm ) break;
+ if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break;
+ }
+ if( j<0 ){
+ if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
+ pLoop->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
+ }else{
+ pLoop->nOut--;
+ if( pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ ) nEq++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* TUNING: If there is at least one equality constraint in the WHERE
+ ** clause that does not have a likelihood() explicitly assigned to it
+ ** then do not let the estimated number of output rows exceed half
+ ** the number of rows in the table. */
+ if( nEq && pLoop->nOut>nRow-10 ){
+ pLoop->nOut = nRow - 10;
}
}
/*
-** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object)
+** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T. This only occurs if
+** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
*/
-#define initMaskSet(P) memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
+# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) C += T
+#else
+# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the
+** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
+**
+** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the
+** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq
+** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this
+** function returns.
+**
+** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* The WhereLoop factory */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* FROM clause term being analyzed */
+ Index *pProbe, /* An index on pSrc */
+ LogEst nInMul /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */
+){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; /* WHERE analyse context */
+ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection malloc context */
+ WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop under construction */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WhereTerm under consideration */
+ int opMask; /* Valid operators for constraints */
+ WhereScan scan; /* Iterator for WHERE terms */
+ Bitmask saved_prereq; /* Original value of pNew->prereq */
+ u16 saved_nLTerm; /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */
+ u16 saved_nEq; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */
+ u16 saved_nSkip; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */
+ u32 saved_wsFlags; /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */
+ LogEst saved_nOut; /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
+ int iCol; /* Index of the column in the table */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ LogEst rSize; /* Number of rows in the table */
+ LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of table size */
+ WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */
+
+ pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
+ assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 );
+ if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+ opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE;
+ }else if( pProbe->tnum<=0 || (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+ opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE;
+ }else{
+ opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE;
+ }
+ if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE);
+
+ assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn );
+ iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[pNew->u.btree.nEq];
+
+ pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, iCol,
+ opMask, pProbe);
+ saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+ saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip;
+ saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm;
+ saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags;
+ saved_prereq = pNew->prereq;
+ saved_nOut = pNew->nOut;
+ pNew->rSetup = 0;
+ rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
+ rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
+
+ /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
+ ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
+ ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18.
+ **
+ ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
+ ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
+ ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
+ ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower.
+ ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
+ ** more expensive. */
+ assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
+ if( saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
+ && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
+ && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
+ && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
+ ){
+ LogEst nIter;
+ pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
+ pNew->u.btree.nSkip++;
+ pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
+ nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];
+ if( pTerm ){
+ /* TUNING: When estimating skip-scan for a term that is also indexable,
+ ** multiply the cost of the skip-scan by 2.0, to make it a little less
+ ** desirable than the regular index lookup. */
+ nIter += 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
+ }
+ pNew->nOut -= nIter;
+ /* TUNING: Because uncertainties in the estimates for skip-scan queries,
+ ** add a 1.375 fudge factor to make skip-scan slightly less likely. */
+ nIter += 5;
+ whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
+ pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+ pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+ pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip;
+ }
+ for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
+ u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator; /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
+ LogEst rCostIdx;
+ LogEst nOutUnadjusted; /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
+ int nIn = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+#endif
+ if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0)
+ && (iCol<0 || pSrc->pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull)
+ ){
+ continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */
+ }
+ if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
+
+ pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
+ pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+ pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
+ if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */
+ pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm;
+ pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf;
+
+ assert( nInMul==0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0
+ );
+
+ if( eOp & WO_IN ){
+ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */
+ nIn = 46; assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
+ }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
+ /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
+ nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr);
+ }
+ assert( nIn>0 ); /* RHS always has 2 or more terms... The parser
+ ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */
+
+ }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
+ if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){
+ if( iCol>=0 && !IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) ){
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
+ }else{
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
+ }
+ }
+ }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
+ }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
+ testcase( eOp & WO_GT );
+ testcase( eOp & WO_GE );
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
+ pBtm = pTerm;
+ pTop = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) );
+ testcase( eOp & WO_LT );
+ testcase( eOp & WO_LE );
+ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+ pTop = pTerm;
+ pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ?
+ pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0;
+ }
+
+ /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
+ ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
+ ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all
+ ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
+ ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */
+ assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
+ if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
+ /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4
+ ** data, using some other estimate. */
+ whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew);
+ }else{
+ int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+ assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN) );
+
+ assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
+ if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && iCol>=0 ){
+ assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 );
+ testcase( eOp & WO_IN );
+ pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
+ pNew->nOut -= nIn;
+ }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ tRowcnt nOut = 0;
+ if( nInMul==0
+ && pProbe->nSample
+ && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol
+ && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3)
+ && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect))
+ ){
+ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+ if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){
+ testcase( eOp & WO_EQ );
+ testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
+ rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut);
+ }else{
+ rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
+ if( nOut ){
+ pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
+ if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+ pNew->nOut -= nIn;
+ }
+ }
+ if( nOut==0 )
+#endif
+ {
+ pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]);
+ if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
+ /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a
+ ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows
+ ** as (col=?). */
+ pNew->nOut += 10;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add
+ ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index
+ ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of
+ ** visiting the rows in the main table. */
+ rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow;
+ pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx);
+ if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){
+ pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
+ }
+ ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult);
+
+ nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
+ pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
+ pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
+ whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew, rSize);
+ rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+
+ if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
+ pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+ }else{
+ pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted;
+ }
+
+ if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0
+ && pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn
+ ){
+ whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn);
+ }
+ pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
+#endif
+ }
+ pNew->prereq = saved_prereq;
+ pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+ pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip;
+ pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
+ pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+ pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if
-** iCursor is not in the set.
+** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in
+** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder.
+**
+** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or
+** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that
+** ORDER BY clause.
*/
-static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
- int i;
- assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
- for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
- if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
- return ((Bitmask)1)<<i;
+static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+ Index *pIndex,
+ int iCursor
+){
+ ExprList *pOB;
+ int ii, jj;
+
+ if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0;
+ if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){
+ Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr);
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
+ if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){
+ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
+ for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
+ if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1;
+ }
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
-** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
-**
-** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of
-** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
-** array will never overflow.
+** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of
+** the table is used by an index. Only the first 63 columns are considered.
*/
-static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
- assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
- pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
+static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){
+ Bitmask m = 0;
+ int j;
+ for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){
+ int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+ if( x>=0 ){
+ testcase( x==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( x==BMS-2 );
+ if( x<BMS-1 ) m |= MASKBIT(x);
+ }
+ }
+ return m;
+}
+
+/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
+** in the current query. Return true if it can be and false if not.
+*/
+static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){
+ int i;
+ WhereTerm *pTerm;
+ for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+ if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pTerm->pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ) return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
-** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
-** tree.
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table
+** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be
+** a b-tree table, not a virtual table.
+**
+** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function
+** are calculated as follows:
+**
+** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows:
+**
+** cost = nRow * 3.0 // full-table scan
+** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index
+** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index
+**
+** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative
+** estimated average size of the index and table records.
+**
+** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited
+** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on
+** the index b-tree:
+**
+** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index
+** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index
+**
+** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the
+** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when
+** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
**
-** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
-** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression. See
-** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
-** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and
-** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
-** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to
-** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all
-** the bitmasks together.
+** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount
+** of uncertainty. For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that
+** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate. For example, a
+** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to
+** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case
+** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance
+** of a full table scan.
*/
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*);
-static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
- Bitmask mask = 0;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
- mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
- return mask;
- }
- mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
- mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
- if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
+static int whereLoopAddBtree(
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
+ Bitmask mExtra /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */
+){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */
+ Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */
+ Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */
+ LogEst aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */
+ i16 aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
+ SrcList *pTabList; /* The FROM clause */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause btree term to add */
+ WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop object */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int iSortIdx = 1; /* Index number */
+ int b; /* A boolean value */
+ LogEst rSize; /* number of rows in the table */
+ LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */
+
+ pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+ pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+ pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+ pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
+ pTab = pSrc->pTab;
+ pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+ assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
+
+ if( pSrc->pIndex ){
+ /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
+ pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
+ }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ pProbe = pTab->pIndex;
}else{
- mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
+ /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local
+ ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this
+ ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
+ ** indices to follow */
+ Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */
+ memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
+ sPk.nKeyCol = 1;
+ sPk.nColumn = 1;
+ sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
+ sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk;
+ sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
+ sPk.pTable = pTab;
+ sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow;
+ aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst;
+ aiRowEstPk[1] = 0;
+ pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
+ if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){
+ /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
+ ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
+ sPk.pNext = pFirst;
+ }
+ pProbe = &sPk;
}
- return mask;
-}
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
- int i;
- Bitmask mask = 0;
- if( pList ){
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+ rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst;
+ rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+ /* Automatic indexes */
+ if( !pBuilder->pOrSet
+ && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0
+ && pSrc->pIndex==0
+ && !pSrc->viaCoroutine
+ && !pSrc->notIndexed
+ && HasRowid(pTab)
+ && !pSrc->isCorrelated
+ && !pSrc->isRecursive
+ ){
+ /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm;
+ WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
+ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){
+ pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1;
+ pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
+ pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+ pNew->nLTerm = 1;
+ pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+ /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
+ ** estimated to be X*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
+ ** the table being indexed and where X is 7 (LogEst=28) for normal
+ ** tables or 1.375 (LogEst=4) for views and subqueries. The value
+ ** of X is smaller for views and subqueries so that the query planner
+ ** will be more aggressive about generating automatic indexes for
+ ** those objects, since there is no opportunity to add schema
+ ** indexes on subqueries and views. */
+ pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 4;
+ if( pTab->pSelect==0 && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){
+ pNew->rSetup += 24;
+ }
+ ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult);
+ /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table. This
+ ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
+ ** of knowing how selective the index will ultimately be. It would
+ ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
+ pNew->nOut = 43; assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
+ pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
+ pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
+ pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight;
+ rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+ }
}
}
- return mask;
-}
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
- Bitmask mask = 0;
- while( pS ){
- mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
- mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
- mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
- mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
- mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
- pS = pS->pPrior;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+ /* Loop over all indices
+ */
+ for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){
+ if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+ && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pSrc->iCursor, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){
+ testcase( pNew->iTab!=pSrc->iCursor ); /* See ticket [98d973b8f5] */
+ continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */
+ }
+ rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
+ pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0;
+ pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
+ pNew->nLTerm = 0;
+ pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
+ pNew->rSetup = 0;
+ pNew->prereq = mExtra;
+ pNew->nOut = rSize;
+ pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe;
+ b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor);
+ /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */
+ assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 );
+ if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){
+ /* Integer primary key index */
+ pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;
+
+ /* Full table scan */
+ pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
+ /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
+ pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
+ ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
+ whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
+ rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+ pNew->nOut = rSize;
+ if( rc ) break;
+ }else{
+ Bitmask m;
+ if( pProbe->isCovering ){
+ pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED;
+ m = 0;
+ }else{
+ m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe);
+ pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED;
+ }
+
+ /* Full scan via index */
+ if( b
+ || !HasRowid(pTab)
+ || ( m==0
+ && pProbe->bUnordered==0
+ && (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow)
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0
+ && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis
+ && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan)
+ )
+ ){
+ pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
+
+ /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is
+ ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the
+ ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
+ ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0). */
+ pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
+ if( m!=0 ){
+ pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
+ }
+ ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
+ whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
+ rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+ pNew->nOut = rSize;
+ if( rc ) break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+ sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec);
+ pBuilder->nRecValid = 0;
+ pBuilder->pRec = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
+ ** considered. */
+ if( pSrc->pIndex ) break;
}
- return mask;
+ return rc;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
-** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are
-** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
-**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59926-26393 To be usable by an index a term must be
-** of one of the following forms: column = expression column > expression
-** column >= expression column < expression column <= expression
-** expression = column expression > column expression >= column
-** expression < column expression <= column column IN
-** (expression-list) column IN (subquery) column IS NULL
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by
+** pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table.
*/
-static int allowedOp(int op){
- assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
- assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
- assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
- assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
- return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
+static int whereLoopAddVirtual(
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
+ Bitmask mExtra
+){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */
+ Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* The WHERE clause */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause term to search */
+ Table *pTab;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+ WhereTerm *pTerm;
+ int i, j;
+ int iTerm, mxTerm;
+ int nConstraint;
+ int seenIn = 0; /* True if an IN operator is seen */
+ int seenVar = 0; /* True if a non-constant constraint is seen */
+ int iPhase; /* 0: const w/o IN, 1: const, 2: no IN, 2: IN */
+ WhereLoop *pNew;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+ pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+ pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+ pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
+ pTab = pSrc->pTab;
+ assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+ pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy);
+ if( pIdxInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pNew->prereq = 0;
+ pNew->rSetup = 0;
+ pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
+ pNew->nLTerm = 0;
+ pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+ pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
+ nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint;
+ if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, nConstraint) ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ for(iPhase=0; iPhase<=3; iPhase++){
+ if( !seenIn && (iPhase&1)!=0 ){
+ iPhase++;
+ if( iPhase>3 ) break;
+ }
+ if( !seenVar && iPhase>1 ) break;
+ pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+ for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+ j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
+ switch( iPhase ){
+ case 0: /* Constants without IN operator */
+ pIdxCons->usable = 0;
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
+ seenIn = 1;
+ }
+ if( pTerm->prereqRight!=0 ){
+ seenVar = 1;
+ }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0 ){
+ pIdxCons->usable = 1;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 1: /* Constants with IN operators */
+ assert( seenIn );
+ pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight==0);
+ break;
+ case 2: /* Variables without IN */
+ assert( seenVar );
+ pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0;
+ break;
+ default: /* Variables with IN */
+ assert( seenVar && seenIn );
+ pIdxCons->usable = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
+ if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
+ pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
+ pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
+ pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+ pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2;
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25;
+ rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo);
+ if( rc ) goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
+ pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+ pNew->prereq = mExtra;
+ mxTerm = -1;
+ assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint );
+ for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++) pNew->aLTerm[i] = 0;
+ pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+ if( (iTerm = pUsage[i].argvIndex - 1)>=0 ){
+ j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
+ if( iTerm>=nConstraint
+ || j<0
+ || j>=pWC->nTerm
+ || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s.xBestIndex() malfunction", pTab->zName);
+ goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
+ }
+ testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 );
+ testcase( j==0 );
+ testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 );
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
+ pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight;
+ assert( iTerm<pNew->nLSlot );
+ pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm;
+ if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm;
+ testcase( iTerm==15 );
+ testcase( iTerm==16 );
+ if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<<iTerm;
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
+ if( pUsage[i].omit==0 ){
+ /* Do not attempt to use an IN constraint if the virtual table
+ ** says that the equivalent EQ constraint cannot be safely omitted.
+ ** If we do attempt to use such a constraint, some rows might be
+ ** repeated in the output. */
+ break;
+ }
+ /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not
+ ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms
+ ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and
+ ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge
+ ** together. */
+ pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( i>=nConstraint ){
+ pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1;
+ assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot );
+ pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum;
+ pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr;
+ pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+ pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr;
+ pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ?
+ pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0);
+ pNew->rSetup = 0;
+ pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost);
+ pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows);
+ whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+ if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){
+ sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr);
+ pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+whereLoopAddVtab_exit:
+ if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
/*
-** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
+** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms. This works for either
+** btrees or virtual tables.
*/
-#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+static int whereLoopAddOr(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mExtra){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+ WhereClause *pWC;
+ WhereLoop *pNew;
+ WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iCur;
+ WhereClause tempWC;
+ WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild;
+ WhereOrSet sSum, sCur;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+ pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+ pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
+ pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+ memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum));
+ pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
+ iCur = pItem->iCursor;
+
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0
+ && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0
+ ){
+ WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+ WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
+ WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
+ int once = 1;
+ int i, j;
+
+ sSubBuild = *pBuilder;
+ sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0;
+ sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur;
-/*
-** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y"
-** are converted into "Y op X".
-**
-** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right
-** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after
-** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes
-** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on
-** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence
-** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag
-** is not commuted.
-*/
-static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
- u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
- assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
- pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
- pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
- pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft;
- pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight;
- SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
- if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
- assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
- assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
- assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
- assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
- assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
- pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+ WHERETRACE(0x200, ("Begin processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm));
+ for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
+ if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
+ sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
+ }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
+ tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
+ tempWC.pOuter = pWC;
+ tempWC.op = TK_AND;
+ tempWC.nTerm = 1;
+ tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
+ sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC;
+ }else{
+ continue;
+ }
+ sCur.n = 0;
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+ WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n",
+ (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm));
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){
+ for(i=0; i<sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm; i++){
+ whereTermPrint(&sSubBuild.pWC->a[i], i);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
+ rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = whereLoopAddOr(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
+ }
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 );
+ if( sCur.n==0 ){
+ sSum.n = 0;
+ break;
+ }else if( once ){
+ whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur);
+ once = 0;
+ }else{
+ WhereOrSet sPrev;
+ whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum);
+ sSum.n = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<sPrev.n; i++){
+ for(j=0; j<sCur.n; j++){
+ whereOrInsert(&sSum, sPrev.a[i].prereq | sCur.a[j].prereq,
+ sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].rRun, sCur.a[j].rRun),
+ sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].nOut, sCur.a[j].nOut));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ pNew->nLTerm = 1;
+ pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+ pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
+ pNew->rSetup = 0;
+ pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
+ memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u));
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sSum.n; i++){
+ /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs
+ ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding
+ ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its
+ ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty
+ ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that
+ ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the
+ ** following where there is an index on "y":
+ **
+ ** WHERE likelihood(x=?, 0.99) OR y=?
+ **
+ ** the planner may elect to "OR" together a full-table scan and an
+ ** index lookup. And other similarly odd results. */
+ pNew->rRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1;
+ pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut;
+ pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq;
+ rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+ }
+ WHERETRACE(0x200, ("End processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm));
+ }
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables
*/
-static u16 operatorMask(int op){
- u16 c;
- assert( allowedOp(op) );
- if( op==TK_IN ){
- c = WO_IN;
- }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
- c = WO_ISNULL;
- }else{
- assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
- c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
+static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+ Bitmask mExtra = 0;
+ Bitmask mPrior = 0;
+ int iTab;
+ SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
+ int nTabList = pWInfo->nLevel;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ u8 priorJoinType = 0;
+ WhereLoop *pNew;
+
+ /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */
+ pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+ whereLoopInit(pNew);
+ for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; iTab<nTabList; iTab++, pItem++){
+ pNew->iTab = iTab;
+ pNew->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor);
+ if( ((pItem->jointype|priorJoinType) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){
+ mExtra = mPrior;
+ }
+ priorJoinType = pItem->jointype;
+ if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
+ rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mExtra);
+ }else{
+ rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mExtra);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mExtra);
+ }
+ mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf;
+ if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break;
}
- assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
- assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
- assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
- assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
- assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
- assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
- assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
- return c;
+ whereLoopClear(db, pNew);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
-** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
-** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
-** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *findTerm(
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
- int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */
- int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */
- Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
- u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
- Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
-){
- WhereTerm *pTerm;
- int k;
- assert( iCur>=0 );
- op &= WO_ALL;
- for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){
- if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
- && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0
- && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
- && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0
- ){
- if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){
- Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
- CollSeq *pColl;
- char idxaff;
- int j;
- Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
+** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th
+** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
+** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N:
+**
+** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
+** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
+** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.
+**
+** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
+** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
+** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY
+** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
+** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
+** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the
+** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
+*/
+static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The WHERE clause */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */
+ WherePath *pPath, /* The WherePath to check */
+ u16 wctrlFlags, /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */
+ u16 nLoop, /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */
+ WhereLoop *pLast, /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */
+ Bitmask *pRevMask /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */
+){
+ u8 revSet; /* True if rev is known */
+ u8 rev; /* Composite sort order */
+ u8 revIdx; /* Index sort order */
+ u8 isOrderDistinct; /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */
+ u8 distinctColumns; /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */
+ u8 isMatch; /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */
+ u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns in pIndex */
+ u16 nColumn; /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */
+ u16 nOrderBy; /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+ int iLoop; /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ int iCur; /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */
+ int iColumn; /* A column number within table iCur */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+ Expr *pOBExpr; /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */
+ Index *pIndex; /* The index associated with pLoop */
+ sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ Bitmask obSat = 0; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */
+ Bitmask obDone; /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */
+ Bitmask orderDistinctMask; /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */
+ Bitmask ready; /* Mask of inner loops */
+
+ /*
+ ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one
+ ** row of output. A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true:
+ ** (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ.
+ ** (b) The index is unique
+ ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row.
+ ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags.
+ **
+ ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from
+ ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every
+ ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
+ ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
+ ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
+ ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that
+ ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
+ ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
+ **
+ ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the
+ ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is
+ ** automatically order-distinct.
+ */
+
+ assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
+ if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0;
+
+ nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 );
+ if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0; /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */
+ isOrderDistinct = 1;
+ obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1;
+ orderDistinctMask = 0;
+ ready = 0;
+ for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){
+ if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf;
+ pLoop = iLoop<nLoop ? pPath->aLoop[iLoop] : pLast;
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
+ if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone;
+ break;
+ }
+ iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor;
+
+ /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of
+ ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE
+ ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer
+ ** loops.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+ if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+ pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
+ if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
+ pTerm = findTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn,
+ ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL, 0);
+ if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+ const char *z1, *z2;
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ z1 = pColl->zName;
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr);
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ z2 = pColl->zName;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue;
+ }
+ obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+ }
+
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){
+ pIndex = 0;
+ nKeyCol = 0;
+ nColumn = 1;
+ }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){
+ return 0;
+ }else{
+ nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol;
+ nColumn = pIndex->nColumn;
+ assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) );
+ assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==(-1) || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable));
+ isOrderDistinct = IsUniqueIndex(pIndex);
+ }
+
+ /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones
+ ** that are not constrained by == or IN.
+ */
+ rev = revSet = 0;
+ distinctColumns = 0;
+ for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
+ u8 bOnce; /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
+
+ /* Skip over == and IS NULL terms */
+ if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq
+ && pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0
+ && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0
+ ){
+ if( i & WO_ISNULL ){
+ testcase( isOrderDistinct );
+ isOrderDistinct = 0;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
- idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
- if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
+ /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order
+ ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index.
+ */
+ if( pIndex ){
+ iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j];
+ revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j];
+ if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1;
+ }else{
+ iColumn = -1;
+ revIdx = 0;
+ }
- /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
- ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
- ** value in variable pColl.
+ /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this
+ ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered
*/
- assert(pX->pLeft);
- pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
- assert(pColl || pParse->nErr);
+ if( isOrderDistinct
+ && iColumn>=0
+ && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
+ && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0
+ ){
+ isOrderDistinct = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
+ ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off
+ */
+ bOnce = 1;
+ isMatch = 0;
+ for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){
+ if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+ pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+ testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
+ testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY );
+ if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0;
+ if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
+ if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
+ if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue;
+ if( iColumn>=0 ){
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue;
+ }
+ isMatch = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( isMatch && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){
+ /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause.
+ ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */
+ if( revSet ){
+ if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0;
+ }else{
+ rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+ if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop);
+ revSet = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if( isMatch ){
+ if( iColumn<0 ){
+ testcase( distinctColumns==0 );
+ distinctColumns = 1;
+ }
+ obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+ }else{
+ /* No match found */
+ if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){
+ testcase( isOrderDistinct!=0 );
+ isOrderDistinct = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* end Loop over all index columns */
+ if( distinctColumns ){
+ testcase( isOrderDistinct==0 );
+ isOrderDistinct = 1;
+ }
+ } /* end-if not one-row */
- for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
- if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
+ /* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */
+ if( isOrderDistinct ){
+ orderDistinctMask |= pLoop->maskSelf;
+ for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+ Expr *p;
+ Bitmask mTerm;
+ if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+ p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+ mTerm = exprTableUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p);
+ if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue;
+ if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){
+ obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
}
- if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
}
- return pTerm;
}
+ } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */
+ if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy;
+ if( !isOrderDistinct ){
+ for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){
+ Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1;
+ if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
- return 0;
+ return -1;
}
-/* Forward reference */
-static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
/*
-** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.
+** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(),
+** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP
+** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the
+** request.
**
+** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine
+** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or
+** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However,
+** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then
+** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns
+** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false
+** otherwise.
+**
+** For example, assuming:
+**
+** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y);
+**
+** then
**
+** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y; -- IsSorted()==1
+** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x; -- IsSorted()==0
*/
-static void exprAnalyzeAll(
- SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */
- WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
-){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
+ assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP );
+ return pWInfo->sorted;
+}
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/* For debugging use only: */
+static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){
+ static char zName[65];
int i;
- for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
- exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
+ for(i=0; i<nLoop; i++){ zName[i] = pPath->aLoop[i]->cId; }
+ if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId;
+ zName[i] = 0;
+ return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have
+** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in
+** order.
+*/
+static LogEst whereSortingCost(
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo,
+ LogEst nRow,
+ int nOrderBy,
+ int nSorted
+){
+ /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is
+ ** the number of rows to sort is:
+ **
+ ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
+ **
+ ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y
+ ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the
+ ** sorting cost to:
+ **
+ ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
+ **
+ ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale
+ ** below. */
+ LogEst rScale, rSortCost;
+ assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) );
+ rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66;
+ rSortCost = nRow + estLog(nRow) + rScale + 16;
+
+ /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is
+ ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality.
+ ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0. */
+ if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+ rSortCost += 16;
}
+
+ return rSortCost;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
-** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is
-** so and false if not.
+** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine
+** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop
+** once. This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields.
**
-** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
-** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.
+** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted
+** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation). Or, ignore sorting
+** costs if nRowEst==0.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation
+** error occurs.
*/
-static int isLikeOrGlob(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */
- Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
- int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
- int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
-){
- const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
- Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
- ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
- int c; /* One character in z[] */
- int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
- char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
- int op; /* Opcode of pRight */
+static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){
+ int mxChoice; /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */
+ int nLoop; /* Number of terms in the join */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ int iLoop; /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */
+ int ii, jj; /* Loop counters */
+ int mxI = 0; /* Index of next entry to replace */
+ int nOrderBy; /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */
+ LogEst mxCost = 0; /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */
+ LogEst mxUnsorted = 0; /* Maximum unsorted cost of a set of path */
+ int nTo, nFrom; /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */
+ WherePath *aFrom; /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */
+ WherePath *aTo; /* The nTo best paths at the current level */
+ WherePath *pFrom; /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */
+ WherePath *pTo; /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */
+ WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* One of the WhereLoop objects */
+ WhereLoop **pX; /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */
+ LogEst *aSortCost = 0; /* Sorting and partial sorting costs */
+ char *pSpace; /* Temporary memory used by this routine */
+ int nSpace; /* Bytes of space allocated at pSpace */
- if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
- return 0;
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
- if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
+ pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel;
+ /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked.
+ ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed.
+ ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */
+ mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10);
+ assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc );
+ WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver. (nRowEst=%d)\n", nRowEst));
+
+ /* If nRowEst is zero and there is an ORDER BY clause, ignore it. In this
+ ** case the purpose of this call is to estimate the number of rows returned
+ ** by the overall query. Once this estimate has been obtained, the caller
+ ** will invoke this function a second time, passing the estimate as the
+ ** nRowEst parameter. */
+ if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){
+ nOrderBy = 0;
+ }else{
+ nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo, aFrom and aSortCost[] */
+ nSpace = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2;
+ nSpace += sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy;
+ pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nSpace);
+ if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace;
+ aFrom = aTo+mxChoice;
+ memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0]));
+ pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice);
+ for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){
+ pFrom->aLoop = pX;
+ }
+ if( nOrderBy ){
+ /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and it is not being ignored, set up
+ ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array
+ ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the
+ ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of
+ ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array
+ ** index. */
+ aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX;
+ memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy);
+ }
+ assert( aSortCost==0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)&aSortCost[nOrderBy] );
+ assert( aSortCost!=0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)pX );
+
+ /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops.
+ **
+ ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 25. If the cost
+ ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 25
+ ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */
+ aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 46); assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
+ nFrom = 1;
+ assert( aFrom[0].isOrdered==0 );
+ if( nOrderBy ){
+ /* If nLoop is zero, then there are no FROM terms in the query. Since
+ ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results
+ ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to
+ ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to
+ ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered,
+ ** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */
+ aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy;
+ }
+
+ /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation
+ ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next. Keep track of the mxChoice
+ ** best paths at each generation */
+ for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
+ nTo = 0;
+ for(ii=0, pFrom=aFrom; ii<nFrom; ii++, pFrom++){
+ for(pWLoop=pWInfo->pLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){
+ LogEst nOut; /* Rows visited by (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+ LogEst rCost; /* Cost of path (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+ LogEst rUnsorted; /* Unsorted cost of (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+ i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered; /* isOrdered for (pFrom+pWLoop) */
+ Bitmask maskNew; /* Mask of src visited by (..) */
+ Bitmask revMask = 0; /* Mask of rev-order loops for (..) */
+
+ if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
+ if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
+ /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop.
+ ** Compute its cost */
+ rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
+ rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted);
+ nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut;
+ maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
+ if( isOrdered<0 ){
+ isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo,
+ pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags,
+ iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask);
+ }else{
+ revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
+ }
+ if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered<nOrderBy ){
+ if( aSortCost[isOrdered]==0 ){
+ aSortCost[isOrdered] = whereSortingCost(
+ pWInfo, nRowEst, nOrderBy, isOrdered
+ );
+ }
+ rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, aSortCost[isOrdered]);
+
+ WHERETRACE(0x002,
+ ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
+ aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy,
+ rUnsorted, rCost));
+ }else{
+ rCost = rUnsorted;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the set of
+ ** mxChoice best-so-far paths.
+ **
+ ** First look for an existing path among best-so-far paths
+ ** that covers the same set of loops and has the same isOrdered
+ ** setting as the current path candidate.
+ **
+ ** The term "((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0" is equivalent
+ ** to (pTo->isOrdered==(-1))==(isOrdered==(-1))" for the range
+ ** of legal values for isOrdered, -1..64.
+ */
+ for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jj<nTo; jj++, pTo++){
+ if( pTo->maskLoop==maskNew
+ && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0
+ ){
+ testcase( jj==nTo-1 );
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( jj>=nTo ){
+ /* None of the existing best-so-far paths match the candidate. */
+ if( nTo>=mxChoice
+ && (rCost>mxCost || (rCost==mxCost && rUnsorted>=mxUnsorted))
+ ){
+ /* The current candidate is no better than any of the mxChoice
+ ** paths currently in the best-so-far buffer. So discard
+ ** this candidate as not viable. */
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+ wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+ isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+ }
#endif
- pList = pExpr->x.pList;
- pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
- if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
- /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must
- ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */
- return 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* If we reach this points it means that the new candidate path
+ ** needs to be added to the set of best-so-far paths. */
+ if( nTo<mxChoice ){
+ /* Increase the size of the aTo set by one */
+ jj = nTo++;
+ }else{
+ /* New path replaces the prior worst to keep count below mxChoice */
+ jj = mxI;
+ }
+ pTo = &aTo[jj];
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("New %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+ wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+ isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+ }
+#endif
+ }else{
+ /* Control reaches here if best-so-far path pTo=aTo[jj] covers the
+ ** same set of loops and has the sam isOrdered setting as the
+ ** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace
+ ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped */
+ if( pTo->rCost<rCost || (pTo->rCost==rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) ){
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+ "Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
+ wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+ isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n",
+ wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+ pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Discard the candidate path from further consideration */
+ testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost );
+ continue;
+ }
+ testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 );
+ /* Control reaches here if the candidate path is better than the
+ ** pTo path. Replace pTo with the candidate. */
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+ "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
+ wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+ isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+ wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+ pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ /* pWLoop is a winner. Add it to the set of best so far */
+ pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
+ pTo->revLoop = revMask;
+ pTo->nRow = nOut;
+ pTo->rCost = rCost;
+ pTo->rUnsorted = rUnsorted;
+ pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered;
+ memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop);
+ pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop;
+ if( nTo>=mxChoice ){
+ mxI = 0;
+ mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;
+ mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow;
+ for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
+ if( pTo->rCost>mxCost
+ || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted)
+ ){
+ mxCost = pTo->rCost;
+ mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted;
+ mxI = jj;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* >=2 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace>=2 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop);
+ for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; ii<nTo; ii++, pTo++){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %s cost=%-3d nrow=%-3d order=%c",
+ wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+ pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?');
+ if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */
+ pFrom = aTo;
+ aTo = aFrom;
+ aFrom = pFrom;
+ nFrom = nTo;
}
- assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */
- pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
- op = pRight->op;
- if( op==TK_REGISTER ){
- op = pRight->op2;
+ if( nFrom==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution");
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
- Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
- int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
- pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
- if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
- z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+
+ /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */
+ pFrom = aFrom;
+ for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){
+ if( pFrom->rCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii];
+ }
+ assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop );
+ /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */
+ for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
+ WhereLevel *pLevel = pWInfo->a + iLoop;
+ pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop];
+ pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab;
+ pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor;
+ }
+ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0
+ && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP
+ && nRowEst
+ ){
+ Bitmask notUsed;
+ int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom,
+ WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used);
+ if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){
+ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
}
- sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */
- assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
- }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
- z = pRight->u.zToken;
}
- if( z ){
- cnt = 0;
- while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
- cnt++;
- }
- if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
- Expr *pPrefix;
- *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
- pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
- if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
- *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
- if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */
- if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
- /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
- ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
- ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
- ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
- ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
- */
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- }
+ if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
+ if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){
+ if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
}
}else{
- z = 0;
+ pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
+ if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
+ pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
+ }
+ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
+ && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr
+ ){
+ Bitmask revMask = 0;
+ int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy,
+ pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask
+ );
+ assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
+ if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+ pWInfo->sorted = 1;
+ pWInfo->revMask = revMask;
+ }
}
}
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- return (z!=0);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+ pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow;
+
+ /* Free temporary memory and return success */
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
-**
-** column MATCH expr
+** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have
+** simple == constraints against indexed fields. This routine attempts
+** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the
+** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare()
+** times for the common case.
**
-** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE.
+** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
+** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the
+** general-purpose query planner.
*/
-static int isMatchOfColumn(
- Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */
-){
- ExprList *pList;
-
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- pList = pExpr->x.pList;
- if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
- return 0;
+static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ WhereClause *pWC;
+ WhereTerm *pTerm;
+ WhereLoop *pLoop;
+ int iCur;
+ int j;
+ Table *pTab;
+ Index *pIdx;
+
+ pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+ if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0;
+ assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 );
+ pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+ pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+ if( pItem->zIndex ) return 0;
+ iCur = pItem->iCursor;
+ pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+ pLoop = pBuilder->pNew;
+ pLoop->wsFlags = 0;
+ pLoop->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
+ pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ, 0);
+ if( pTerm ){
+ pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW;
+ pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+ pLoop->nLTerm = 1;
+ pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1;
+ /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */
+ pLoop->rRun = 33; /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */
+ }else{
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm );
+ assert( ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)==4 );
+ if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)
+ || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+ || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)
+ ) continue;
+ for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+ pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], 0, WO_EQ, pIdx);
+ if( pTerm==0 ) break;
+ pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm;
+ }
+ if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue;
+ pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED;
+ if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){
+ pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+ }
+ pLoop->nLTerm = j;
+ pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j;
+ pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
+ /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */
+ pLoop->rRun = 39; /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */
+ break;
+ }
}
- if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
- return 0;
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags ){
+ pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1;
+ pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop;
+ pLoop->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
+ pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur;
+ pWInfo->nRowOut = 1;
+ if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pLoop->cId = '0';
+#endif
+ return 1;
}
- return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
-** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
-*/
-static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
- pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
- pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
+ return 0;
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
/*
-** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
-** subterms. So in:
-**
-** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
-** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-**
-** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
-** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
-** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence:
-**
-** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO
-** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
-**
-** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
-** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
-** Examples of terms under analysis:
-**
-** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
-** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
-** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
-** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
-** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
**
-** CASE 1:
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
**
-** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C
-** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
-** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term
-** being analyzed is:
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
**
-** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3
+** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
**
-** then create a new virtual term like this:
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
**
-** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated
+** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+** foreach row3 in t3 do /
+** ...
+** end \ Code generated
+** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+** end /
**
-** CASE 2:
+** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
+** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
+** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in
+** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
+** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
**
-** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
**
-** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR
-** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T
+** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
+** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code
+** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
+** data from the various tables of the loop.
**
-** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
-** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
-** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
-** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
-** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
-** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
-** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
**
-** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
-** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
-** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
-** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine. This analysis
-** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist.
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
**
-** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2. But if a term
-** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
-** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
-** satisfied.
+** OUTER JOINS
**
-** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example,
-** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
**
-** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
-** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
-** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar
-** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
+** foreach row1 in t1 do
+** flag = 0
+** foreach row2 in t2 do
+** start:
+** ...
+** flag = 1
+** end
+** if flag==0 then
+** move the row2 cursor to a null row
+** goto start
+** fi
+** end
**
-** OTHERWISE:
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
**
-** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
-** zero. This term is not useful for search.
+** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause
+** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement
+** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If
+** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
+** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this
+** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
+** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should
+** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is
+** used.
*/
-static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
- SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */
- int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */
+ ExprList *pResultSet, /* Result set of the query */
+ u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+ int iIdxCur /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */
){
- Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parser context */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */
- Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */
- WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */
- int i; /* Loop counters */
- WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
- WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
- WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
- Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
- Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
-
- /*
- ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are
- ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
- ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
- */
- assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
- pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
- if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
- pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
- pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
- whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
- whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
- exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc);
- if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
- assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
-
- /*
- ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2.
- */
- indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
- chngToIN = ~(pWC->vmask);
- for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
- if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
- WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
- assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 );
- assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
- chngToIN = 0;
- pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
- if( pAndInfo ){
- WhereClause *pAndWC;
- WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
- int j;
- Bitmask b = 0;
- pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
- pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
- pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
- pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
- whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
- whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
- exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC);
- testcase( db->mallocFailed );
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
- assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
- if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
- b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
- }
- }
- }
- indexable &= b;
- }
- }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
- /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the
- ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
- }else{
- Bitmask b;
- b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
- if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
- WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
- b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
- }
- indexable &= b;
- if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
- chngToIN = 0;
- }else{
- chngToIN &= b;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be
- ** empty.
- */
- pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
- pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
-
- /*
- ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But
- ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
- ** is satisfied.
- **
- ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means
- ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
- ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
- ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit
- ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
- ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set
- ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make
- ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when
- ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It
- ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
- ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
- ** the OR clause.
- **
- ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
- ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
- */
- if( chngToIN ){
- int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
- int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
- int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */
- int j = 0; /* Loop counter */
-
- /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
- ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column
- ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any
- ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
- ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
- */
- for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
- pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
- for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
- assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
- pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
- if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
- /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
- ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */
- assert( j==1 );
- continue;
- }
- if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
- /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
- ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded
- ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term
- ** and use its inversion. */
- testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
- testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
- assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
- continue;
- }
- iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
- iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
- break;
- }
- if( i<0 ){
- /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur
- ** on the second iteration */
- assert( j==1 );
- assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 );
- assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) );
- break;
- }
- testcase( j==1 );
-
- /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that
- ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
- okToChngToIN = 1;
- for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
- assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
- if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
- pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
- }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
- okToChngToIN = 0;
- }else{
- int affLeft, affRight;
- /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
- ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
- ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249)
- */
- affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
- affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
- if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
- okToChngToIN = 0;
- }else{
- pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
- }
- }
- }
- }
+ int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
+ int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */
+ Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
+ WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */
+ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
- ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
- ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
- **
- ** EV: R-00211-15100
- */
- if( okToChngToIN ){
- Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */
- ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */
- Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */
- Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */
- for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
- if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
- assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
- assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
- assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup);
- pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
- }
- assert( pLeft!=0 );
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
- pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
- if( pNew ){
- int idxNew;
- transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
- pNew->x.pList = pList;
- idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
- testcase( idxNew==0 );
- exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
- pTerm->nChild = 1;
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
- }
- pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
- }
+ /* Variable initialization */
+ db = pParse->db;
+ memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB));
+
+ /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */
+ testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 );
+ if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0;
+ sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+
+ /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via
+ ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */
+ if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){
+ wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT;
}
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+ /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
+ ** bits in a Bitmask
+ */
+ testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
+ if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
+ return 0;
+ }
-/*
-** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
-** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the
-** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
-** structure.
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
-** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
-** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
-** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
-** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
-** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
-** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
-** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1
-** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
-*/
-static void exprAnalyze(
- SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */
- int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
-){
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */
- WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */
- Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */
- Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
- Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
- Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
- Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
- int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
- int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */
- int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */
- Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
+ ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should
+ ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
+ ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
+ */
+ nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
+ /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+ ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
+ ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
+ ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
+ ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
+ ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
+ */
+ nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+ pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop));
if( db->mallocFailed ){
- return;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+ pWInfo = 0;
+ goto whereBeginError;
}
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
- pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
- prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
- op = pExpr->op;
- if( op==TK_IN ){
- assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
- }else{
- pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
+ pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1;
+ pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
+ pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+ pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+ pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+ pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet;
+ pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+ pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+ pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
+ sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo;
+ sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+ sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo);
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) );
+ whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ sWLB.pNew->cId = '*';
+#endif
+
+ /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+ ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
+ */
+ initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
+ whereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo);
+ whereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
+
+ /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the
+ ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+ */
+ for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){
+ if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak,
+ SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
}
- }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
- pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
- }else{
- pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
- }
- prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
- Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
- prereqAll |= x;
- extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
- ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */
}
- pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
- pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
- pTerm->iParent = -1;
- pTerm->eOperator = 0;
- if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
- pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
- pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
- pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
- }
- if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
- WhereTerm *pNew;
- Expr *pDup;
- if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
- int idxNew;
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
- return;
- }
- idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
- if( idxNew==0 ) return;
- pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
- pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- pTerm->nChild = 1;
- pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
- }else{
- pDup = pExpr;
- pNew = pTerm;
- }
- exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
- pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
- pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
- pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
- testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
- pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
- pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
- pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
+
+ /* Special case: No FROM clause
+ */
+ if( nTabList==0 ){
+ if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
}
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
- /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
- ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example:
- **
- ** a BETWEEN b AND c
- **
- ** is converted into:
+ /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
**
- ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
+ ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
+ ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
+ ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
+ ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
+ ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
+ ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
+ ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask
+ ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015.
**
- ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
- ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
- ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
- ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
- ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
+ ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
+ ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally
+ ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
+ ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set.
*/
- else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
- int i;
- static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
- assert( pList!=0 );
- assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
- for(i=0; i<2; i++){
- Expr *pNewExpr;
- int idxNew;
- pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i],
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0);
- idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
- testcase( idxNew==0 );
- exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
+ createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
+ }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ {
+ Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
+ Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
+ assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
+ toTheLeft |= m;
}
- pTerm->nChild = 2;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
+#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
- /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
- ** an OR operator.
+ /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might
+ ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not
+ ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
+ ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
*/
- else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
- assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
- exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto whereBeginError;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
- /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
- ** operator.
- **
- ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
- **
- ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
- **
- ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
- ** termination condition "abd".
- */
- if( pWC->op==TK_AND
- && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
- ){
- Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
- Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
- Expr *pNewExpr1;
- Expr *pNewExpr2;
- int idxNew1;
- int idxNew2;
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use */
- pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
- pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */
- pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
- c = *pC;
- if( noCase ){
- /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
- ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
- ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the
- ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
- ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
- */
- if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; /* EV: R-64339-08207 */
+ if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+ if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){
+ /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless. Ignore it. */
+ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+ }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+ /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */
+ pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY;
+ pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */
+ WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
+#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
+ /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; i++){
+ whereTermPrint(&sWLB.pWC->a[i], i);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
- c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+ if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){
+ rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
+ if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
+
+ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects if wheretrace is enabled */
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
+ WhereLoop *p;
+ int i;
+ static char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz"
+ "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ";
+ for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){
+ p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)];
+ whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC);
}
- *pC = c + 1;
}
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0);
- pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE,
- sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),
- pStr1, 0);
- idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
- testcase( idxNew1==0 );
- exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
- pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
- sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),
- pStr2, 0);
- idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
- testcase( idxNew2==0 );
- exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- if( isComplete ){
- pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
- pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
- pTerm->nChild = 2;
+#endif
+
+ wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+ if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
+ wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
}
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+ if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){
+ pWInfo->revMask = (Bitmask)(-1);
+ }
+ if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){
+ goto whereBeginError;
+ }
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
+ int ii;
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut);
+ if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask);
+ }
+ switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
+ case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unique");
+ break;
+ }
+ case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=ordered");
+ break;
+ }
+ case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: {
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unordered");
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+ for(ii=0; ii<pWInfo->nLevel; ii++){
+ whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */
+ if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2
+ && pResultSet!=0
+ && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin)
+ ){
+ Bitmask tabUsed = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet);
+ if( sWLB.pOrderBy ) tabUsed |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy);
+ while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){
+ WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd;
+ pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop;
+ if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break;
+ if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0
+ && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
+ if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break;
+ pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm;
+ for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0
+ && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pTerm<pEnd ) break;
+ WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("-> drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId));
+ pWInfo->nLevel--;
+ nTabList--;
+ }
+ }
+ WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
+ pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
- ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr.
- ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
- ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt
- ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
+ /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
+ ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
+ ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constrains
+ ** the statement to update a single row.
*/
- if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
- int idxNew;
- Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
- WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
- Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
-
- pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
- pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
- prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
- prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
- if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
- Expr *pNewExpr;
- pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH,
- 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0);
- idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
- testcase( idxNew==0 );
- pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
- pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
- pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
- pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
- pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
- pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- pTerm->nChild = 1;
- pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
- pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
+ if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0
+ && (pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0 ){
+ pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
+ if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ){
+ pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
}
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- /* When sqlite_stat2 histogram data is available an operator of the
- ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
- ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a
- ** virtual term of that form.
- **
- ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This
- ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning
- ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at
- ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned.
+ /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
+ ** searching those tables.
*/
- if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
- && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
- && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
- ){
- Expr *pNewExpr;
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- int idxNew;
- WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
-
- pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+ for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ii<nTabList; ii++, pLevel++){
+ Table *pTab; /* Table to open */
+ int iDb; /* Index of database containing table/index */
+ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;
- idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
- TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
- if( idxNew ){
- pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
- pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
- pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
- pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
- pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
- pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- pTerm->nChild = 1;
- pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
- pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+ pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+ pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
+ /* Do nothing */
+ }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+ int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ /* noop */
+ }else
+#endif
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+ && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){
+ int op = OP_OpenRead;
+ if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){
+ op = OP_OpenWrite;
+ pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor;
+ };
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
+ assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur );
+ testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS );
+ if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS && HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
+ int n = 0;
+ for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1,
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
+ assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+ }
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+ Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ int iIndexCur;
+ int op = OP_OpenRead;
+ /* iIdxCur is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */
+ assert( iIdxCur!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 );
+ if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx)
+ && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0
+ ){
+ /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a
+ ** WITHOUT ROWID table. No need for a separate index */
+ iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur;
+ op = 0;
+ }else if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){
+ Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex;
+ iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
+ assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED );
+ while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){
+ iIndexCur++;
+ pJ = pJ->pNext;
+ }
+ op = OP_OpenWrite;
+ pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur;
+ }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){
+ iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
+ if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_REOPEN_IDX ) op = OP_ReopenIdx;
+ }else{
+ iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++;
+ }
+ pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur;
+ assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+ assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
+ if( op ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
+ }
}
+ if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ notReady &= ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */
+ pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
- /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
- ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
+ /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for
+ ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
+ ** program.
*/
- pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain
-** a reference to any table other than the iBase table.
-*/
-static int referencesOtherTables(
- ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */
- WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
- int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */
- int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */
-){
- Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase);
- while( iFirst<pList->nExpr ){
- if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
- return 1;
+ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+ for(ii=0; ii<nTabList; ii++){
+ pLevel = &pWInfo->a[ii];
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+ if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
+ constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC,
+ &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
}
+#endif
+ explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags);
+ pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady);
+ pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
+ }
+
+ /* Done. */
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core"));
+ return pWInfo;
+
+ /* Jump here if malloc fails */
+whereBeginError:
+ if( pWInfo ){
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+ whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
}
return 0;
}
-
/*
-** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
-** clause. If it can, it returns 1. If pIdx cannot satisfy the
-** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
-**
-** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement. pTab is the
-** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
-** the table has a cursor number of "base". pIdx is an index on pTab.
-**
-** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality
-** constraints. Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY
-** clause and the match can still be a success.
-**
-** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either
-** ASC or DESC. (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE
-** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.) The *pbRev value is
-** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if
-** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
*/
-static int isSortingIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */
- Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */
- int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
- int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */
- int wsFlags, /* Index usages flags */
- int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
-){
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- int sortOrder = 0; /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
- int nTerm; /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
- struct ExprList_item *pTerm; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int i;
+ WhereLevel *pLevel;
+ WhereLoop *pLoop;
+ SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
- nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
- assert( nTerm>0 );
-
- /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure,
- ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to
- ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table. */
- assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) );
-
- /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of
- ** the index.
- **
- ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus
- ** one additional column containing the rowid. The rowid column
- ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY
- ** clause.
- */
- for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; j<nTerm && i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){
- Expr *pExpr; /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */
- CollSeq *pColl; /* The collating sequence of pExpr */
- int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */
- int iColumn; /* The i-th column of the index. -1 for rowid */
- int iSortOrder; /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */
- const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */
-
- pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){
- /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
- ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
- break;
+ /* Generate loop termination code.
+ */
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core"));
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+ for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
+ int addr;
+ pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
+ if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext);
}
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
- if( !pColl ){
- pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
+ struct InLoop *pIn;
+ int j;
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
+ for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen);
+ VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
}
- if( pIdx->zName && i<pIdx->nColumn ){
- iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
- if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
- iColumn = -1;
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
+ if( pLevel->addrSkip ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrSkip);
+ VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName));
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2);
+ }
+ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+ || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
}
- iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
- zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
- }else{
- iColumn = -1;
- iSortOrder = 0;
- zColl = pColl->zName;
- }
- if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
- /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */
- if( i<nEqCol ){
- /* If an index column that is constrained by == fails to match an
- ** ORDER BY term, that is OK. Just ignore that column of the index
- */
- continue;
- }else if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){
- /* Index column i is the rowid. All other terms match. */
- break;
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+ }
+ if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
}else{
- /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by ==
- ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint.
- */
- return 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ }
+ VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i,
+ pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName));
+ }
+
+ /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
+ ** Set it.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
+
+ assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc );
+ for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
+ int k, last;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ Index *pIdx = 0;
+ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+ Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+ assert( pTab!=0 );
+ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+
+ /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of
+ ** the co-routine into OP_SCopy of result contained in a register.
+ ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null.
+ */
+ if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){
+ last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ k = pLevel->addrBody;
+ pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
+ for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
+ if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+ pOp->opcode = OP_Copy;
+ pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + pTabItem->regResult;
+ pOp->p2 = pOp->p3;
+ pOp->p3 = 0;
+ }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+ pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
+ pOp->p1 = 0;
+ pOp->p3 = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
+ ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization
+ ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE). And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors
+ ** created for the ONEPASS optimization.
+ */
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0
+ && pTab->pSelect==0
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0
+ ){
+ int ws = pLoop->wsFlags;
+ if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
+ }
+ if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+ && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0
+ && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1]
+ ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
}
}
- assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 );
- assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 );
- assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 );
- termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder;
- if( i>nEqCol ){
- if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){
- /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the
- ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */
- return 0;
- }
- }else{
- sortOrder = termSortOrder;
+
+ /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data
+ ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases
+ ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can
+ ** yield a significant performance boost.
+ **
+ ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
+ ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
+ ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
+ ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
+ ** reference the index.
+ */
+ if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){
+ pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+ }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+ pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx;
}
- j++;
- pTerm++;
- if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
- /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches
- ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other
- ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used
- ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other
- ** columns will make any difference
- */
- j = nTerm;
+ if( pIdx && !db->mallocFailed ){
+ last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ k = pLevel->addrBody;
+ pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
+ for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
+ if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+ int x = pOp->p2;
+ assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ x = pPk->aiColumn[x];
+ }
+ x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x);
+ if( x>=0 ){
+ pOp->p2 = x;
+ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+ }
+ assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 );
+ }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+ pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
+ }
+ }
}
}
- *pbRev = sortOrder!=0;
- if( j>=nTerm ){
- /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so
- ** this index can be used for sorting. */
- return 1;
- }
- if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn
- && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)==0
- && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
- /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause
- ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
- ** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then
- ** the order by clause is superfluous. Not that if the matching
- ** condition is IS NULL then the result is not necessarily unique
- ** even on a UNIQUE index, so disallow those cases. */
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
+ /* Final cleanup
+ */
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+ whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+ return;
}
-/*
-** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value.
-** The results need not be exact. This is only used for estimating
-** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN)
-** complexity. Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if
-** logN is a little off.
+/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
+** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
+** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
+** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
+** specific grammar used by SQLite.
*/
-static double estLog(double N){
- double logN = 1;
- double x = 10;
- while( N>x ){
- logN += 1;
- x *= 10;
- }
- return logN;
-}
+/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input grammar file. */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
/*
-** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
-** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither
-** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
-** are no-ops.
+** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
+** automaton.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
- int i;
- if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
- for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
- i,
- p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
- p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
- p->aConstraint[i].op,
- p->aConstraint[i].usable);
- }
- for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
- i,
- p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
- p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
- }
-}
-static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
- int i;
- if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
- for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
- i,
- p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
- p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
- }
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
-}
-#else
-#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
-#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
-#endif
+#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
-/*
-** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex()
+/*
+** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
*/
-static void bestIndex(
- Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*,
- Bitmask, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*);
+#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
/*
-** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used
-** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause.
-**
-** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a
-** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table.
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
*/
-static void bestOrClauseIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
- Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
- WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
- const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
- const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); /* Bitmask for pSrc */
- WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; /* End of pWC->a[] */
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
-
- /* No OR-clause optimization allowed if the INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clauses
- ** are used */
- if( pSrc->notIndexed || pSrc->pIndex!=0 ){
- return;
- }
-
- /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */
- for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
- if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR
- && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0
- && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0
- ){
- WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
- WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
- WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
- int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
- double rTotal = 0;
- double nRow = 0;
- Bitmask used = 0;
-
- for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
- WhereCost sTermCost;
- WHERETRACE(("... Multi-index OR testing for term %d of %d....\n",
- (pOrTerm - pOrWC->a), (pTerm - pWC->a)
- ));
- if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
- WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
- bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost);
- }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
- WhereClause tempWC;
- tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse;
- tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
- tempWC.op = TK_AND;
- tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
- tempWC.nTerm = 1;
- bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost);
- }else{
- continue;
- }
- rTotal += sTermCost.rCost;
- nRow += sTermCost.plan.nRow;
- used |= sTermCost.used;
- if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break;
- }
-
- /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account
- ** for the cost of the sort. */
- if( pOrderBy!=0 ){
- WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost %.9g to %.9g\n",
- rTotal, rTotal+nRow*estLog(nRow)));
- rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow);
- }
+struct LimitVal {
+ Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */
+ Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */
+};
- /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is
- ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents
- ** of pCost. */
- WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow));
- if( rTotal<pCost->rCost ){
- pCost->rCost = rTotal;
- pCost->used = used;
- pCost->plan.nRow = nRow;
- pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags;
- pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-}
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+ Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
+ int bNot; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
/*
-** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
-** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
-** index existed.
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form
+**
+** UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
*/
-static int termCanDriveIndex(
- WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */
- Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
-){
- char aff;
- if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
- if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ) return 0;
- if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
- aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
- if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-#endif
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
/*
-** If the query plan for pSrc specified in pCost is a full table scan
-** and indexing is allows (if there is no NOT INDEXED clause) and it
-** possible to construct a transient index that would perform better
-** than a full table scan even when the cost of constructing the index
-** is taken into account, then alter the query plan to use the
-** transient index.
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
*/
-static void bestAutomaticIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
- WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
-){
- double nTableRow; /* Rows in the input table */
- double logN; /* log(nTableRow) */
- double costTempIdx; /* per-query cost of the transient index */
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
- WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */
- Table *pTable; /* Table tht might be indexed */
+struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; };
- if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){
- /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */
- return;
- }
- if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){
- /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */
- return;
+
+ /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
+ ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
+ ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
+ */
+ static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
+ pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
+ pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
}
- if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
- /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */
- return;
+
+ /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the
+ ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
+ ** that created the expression.
+ */
+ static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){
+ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue);
+ pOut->zStart = pValue->z;
+ pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n];
}
- assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 );
- pTable = pSrc->pTab;
- nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst;
- logN = estLog(nTableRow);
- costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1);
- if( costTempIdx>=pCost->rCost ){
- /* The cost of creating the transient table would be greater than
- ** doing the full table scan */
- return;
+ /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
+ ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
+ */
+ static void spanBinaryExpr(
+ ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */
+ int op, /* The binary operation */
+ ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */
+ ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */
+ ){
+ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0);
+ pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart;
+ pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
}
- /* Search for any equality comparison term */
- pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
- for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
- if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
- WHERETRACE(("auto-index reduces cost from %.1f to %.1f\n",
- pCost->rCost, costTempIdx));
- pCost->rCost = costTempIdx;
- pCost->plan.nRow = logN + 1;
- pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_TEMP_INDEX;
- pCost->used = pTerm->prereqRight;
- break;
+ /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
+ */
+ static void spanUnaryPostfix(
+ ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */
+ int op, /* The operator */
+ ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */
+ Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */
+ ){
+ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+ pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart;
+ pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
+ }
+
+ /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
+ ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
+ static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( pY && pA && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
+ pA->op = (u8)op;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
+ pA->pRight = 0;
}
}
-}
-#else
-# define bestAutomaticIndex(A,B,C,D,E) /* no-op */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+ /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
+ */
+ static void spanUnaryPrefix(
+ ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */
+ int op, /* The operator */
+ ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */
+ Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */
+ ){
+ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+ pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
+ pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
+ }
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/*
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands.
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal
+** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is
+** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise.
+** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This
+** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash
+** table.
+** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+** have fall-back values which should be used if the
+** original value of the token will not parse.
+** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal
+** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is
+** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+** states combined. "int" is used otherwise.
+** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given
+** directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+** This is typically a union of many types, one of
+** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union
+** for base tokens is called "yy0".
+** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If
+** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
+** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+** YYNSTATE the combined number of states.
+** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar
+** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not
+** defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 254
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define YYWILDCARD 70
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+ int yyinit;
+ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+ Select* yy3;
+ ExprList* yy14;
+ With* yy59;
+ SrcList* yy65;
+ struct LikeOp yy96;
+ Expr* yy132;
+ u8 yy186;
+ int yy328;
+ ExprSpan yy346;
+ struct TrigEvent yy378;
+ u16 yy381;
+ IdList* yy408;
+ struct {int value; int mask;} yy429;
+ TriggerStep* yy473;
+ struct LimitVal yy476;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#endif
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYNSTATE 642
+#define YYNRULE 327
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
+** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
+static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-/*
-** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
-** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
-** makes use of the automatic index.
+/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
+** otherwise.
+**
+** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
+** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production
+** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful
+** for testing.
*/
-static void constructAutomaticIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
- WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */
-){
- int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
- WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */
- int nByte; /* Byte of memory needed for pIdx */
- Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */
- Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */
- int regIsInit; /* Register set by initialization */
- int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
- Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */
- KeyInfo *pKeyinfo; /* Key information for the index */
- int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */
- int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */
- int n; /* Column counter */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */
- Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
- Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */
+#ifndef yytestcase
+# define yytestcase(X)
+#endif
- /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
- ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
- v = pParse->pVdbe;
- assert( v!=0 );
- regIsInit = ++pParse->nMem;
- addrInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regIsInit);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regIsInit);
- /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
- ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
- nColumn = 0;
- pTable = pSrc->pTab;
- pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
- idxCols = 0;
- for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
- if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
- int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
- Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol;
- testcase( iCol==BMS );
- testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
- if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
- nColumn++;
- idxCols |= cMask;
- }
- }
- }
- assert( nColumn>0 );
- pLevel->plan.nEq = nColumn;
+/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead
+** token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input.
+**
+** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused
+** slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions.
+** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions.
+** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+** shifting terminals.
+** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+** shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+** yy_default[] Default action for each state.
+*/
+#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1497)
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /* 0 */ 306, 212, 432, 955, 639, 191, 955, 295, 559, 88,
+ /* 10 */ 88, 88, 88, 81, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85,
+ /* 20 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 185, 184, 183, 635, 635,
+ /* 30 */ 292, 606, 606, 88, 88, 88, 88, 683, 86, 86,
+ /* 40 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 16,
+ /* 50 */ 436, 597, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87,
+ /* 60 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 684, 86, 86, 86, 86,
+ /* 70 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 559, 84,
+ /* 80 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 65, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85,
+ /* 90 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 635, 635, 634, 633,
+ /* 100 */ 182, 682, 550, 379, 376, 375, 17, 322, 606, 606,
+ /* 110 */ 371, 198, 479, 91, 374, 82, 79, 165, 85, 85,
+ /* 120 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 598, 635, 635, 107, 89,
+ /* 130 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88,
+ /* 140 */ 88, 88, 186, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84,
+ /* 150 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 594, 594, 142, 328, 327,
+ /* 160 */ 484, 249, 344, 238, 635, 635, 634, 633, 585, 448,
+ /* 170 */ 526, 525, 229, 388, 1, 394, 450, 584, 449, 635,
+ /* 180 */ 635, 635, 635, 319, 395, 606, 606, 199, 157, 273,
+ /* 190 */ 382, 268, 381, 187, 635, 635, 634, 633, 311, 555,
+ /* 200 */ 266, 593, 593, 266, 347, 588, 89, 90, 80, 600,
+ /* 210 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 478,
+ /* 220 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83,
+ /* 230 */ 330, 306, 272, 536, 634, 633, 146, 610, 197, 310,
+ /* 240 */ 575, 182, 482, 271, 379, 376, 375, 506, 21, 634,
+ /* 250 */ 633, 634, 633, 635, 635, 374, 611, 574, 548, 440,
+ /* 260 */ 111, 563, 606, 606, 634, 633, 324, 479, 608, 608,
+ /* 270 */ 608, 300, 435, 573, 119, 407, 210, 162, 562, 883,
+ /* 280 */ 592, 592, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601,
+ /* 290 */ 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 506, 86, 86, 86,
+ /* 300 */ 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 620, 111,
+ /* 310 */ 635, 635, 361, 606, 606, 358, 249, 349, 248, 433,
+ /* 320 */ 243, 479, 586, 634, 633, 195, 611, 93, 119, 221,
+ /* 330 */ 575, 497, 534, 534, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601,
+ /* 340 */ 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 574, 86, 86,
+ /* 350 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306,
+ /* 360 */ 77, 429, 638, 573, 589, 530, 240, 230, 242, 105,
+ /* 370 */ 249, 349, 248, 515, 588, 208, 460, 529, 564, 173,
+ /* 380 */ 634, 633, 970, 144, 430, 2, 424, 228, 380, 557,
+ /* 390 */ 606, 606, 190, 153, 159, 158, 514, 51, 632, 631,
+ /* 400 */ 630, 71, 536, 432, 954, 196, 610, 954, 614, 45,
+ /* 410 */ 18, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87,
+ /* 420 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 261, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85,
+ /* 430 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 608, 608, 608,
+ /* 440 */ 542, 424, 402, 385, 241, 506, 451, 320, 211, 543,
+ /* 450 */ 164, 436, 386, 293, 451, 587, 108, 496, 111, 334,
+ /* 460 */ 391, 591, 424, 614, 27, 452, 453, 606, 606, 72,
+ /* 470 */ 257, 70, 259, 452, 339, 342, 564, 582, 68, 415,
+ /* 480 */ 469, 328, 327, 62, 614, 45, 110, 393, 89, 90,
+ /* 490 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88,
+ /* 500 */ 88, 152, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84,
+ /* 510 */ 84, 83, 330, 306, 110, 499, 520, 538, 402, 389,
+ /* 520 */ 424, 110, 566, 500, 593, 593, 454, 82, 79, 165,
+ /* 530 */ 424, 591, 384, 564, 340, 615, 188, 162, 424, 350,
+ /* 540 */ 616, 424, 614, 44, 606, 606, 445, 582, 300, 434,
+ /* 550 */ 151, 19, 614, 9, 568, 580, 348, 615, 469, 567,
+ /* 560 */ 614, 26, 616, 614, 45, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599,
+ /* 570 */ 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 411, 86,
+ /* 580 */ 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330,
+ /* 590 */ 306, 579, 110, 578, 521, 282, 433, 398, 400, 255,
+ /* 600 */ 486, 82, 79, 165, 487, 164, 82, 79, 165, 488,
+ /* 610 */ 488, 364, 387, 424, 544, 544, 509, 350, 362, 155,
+ /* 620 */ 191, 606, 606, 559, 642, 640, 333, 82, 79, 165,
+ /* 630 */ 305, 564, 507, 312, 357, 614, 45, 329, 596, 595,
+ /* 640 */ 194, 337, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87,
+ /* 650 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86,
+ /* 660 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 20, 323,
+ /* 670 */ 150, 263, 211, 543, 421, 596, 595, 614, 22, 424,
+ /* 680 */ 193, 424, 284, 424, 391, 424, 509, 424, 577, 424,
+ /* 690 */ 186, 335, 424, 559, 424, 313, 120, 546, 606, 606,
+ /* 700 */ 67, 614, 47, 614, 50, 614, 48, 614, 100, 614,
+ /* 710 */ 99, 614, 101, 576, 614, 102, 614, 109, 326, 89,
+ /* 720 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88,
+ /* 730 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84,
+ /* 740 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 424, 311, 424, 585, 54,
+ /* 750 */ 424, 516, 517, 590, 614, 112, 424, 584, 424, 572,
+ /* 760 */ 424, 195, 424, 571, 424, 67, 424, 614, 94, 614,
+ /* 770 */ 98, 424, 614, 97, 264, 606, 606, 195, 614, 46,
+ /* 780 */ 614, 96, 614, 30, 614, 49, 614, 115, 614, 114,
+ /* 790 */ 418, 229, 388, 614, 113, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600,
+ /* 800 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424,
+ /* 810 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83,
+ /* 820 */ 330, 119, 424, 590, 110, 372, 606, 606, 195, 53,
+ /* 830 */ 250, 614, 29, 195, 472, 438, 729, 190, 302, 498,
+ /* 840 */ 14, 523, 641, 2, 614, 43, 306, 89, 90, 80,
+ /* 850 */ 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88,
+ /* 860 */ 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84,
+ /* 870 */ 83, 330, 424, 613, 964, 964, 354, 606, 606, 420,
+ /* 880 */ 312, 64, 614, 42, 391, 355, 283, 437, 301, 255,
+ /* 890 */ 414, 410, 495, 492, 614, 28, 471, 306, 89, 90,
+ /* 900 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88,
+ /* 910 */ 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84,
+ /* 920 */ 84, 83, 330, 424, 110, 110, 110, 110, 606, 606,
+ /* 930 */ 110, 254, 13, 614, 41, 532, 531, 283, 481, 531,
+ /* 940 */ 457, 284, 119, 561, 356, 614, 40, 284, 306, 89,
+ /* 950 */ 78, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88,
+ /* 960 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84,
+ /* 970 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 110, 424, 341, 220, 555, 606,
+ /* 980 */ 606, 351, 555, 318, 614, 95, 413, 255, 83, 330,
+ /* 990 */ 284, 284, 255, 640, 333, 356, 255, 614, 39, 306,
+ /* 1000 */ 356, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88,
+ /* 1010 */ 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85,
+ /* 1020 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 424, 317, 316, 141, 465,
+ /* 1030 */ 606, 606, 219, 619, 463, 614, 10, 417, 462, 255,
+ /* 1040 */ 189, 510, 553, 351, 207, 363, 161, 614, 38, 315,
+ /* 1050 */ 218, 255, 255, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87,
+ /* 1060 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85,
+ /* 1070 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 76, 419, 255, 3,
+ /* 1080 */ 878, 461, 424, 247, 331, 331, 614, 37, 217, 76,
+ /* 1090 */ 419, 390, 3, 216, 215, 422, 4, 331, 331, 424,
+ /* 1100 */ 547, 12, 424, 545, 614, 36, 424, 541, 422, 424,
+ /* 1110 */ 540, 424, 214, 424, 408, 424, 539, 403, 605, 605,
+ /* 1120 */ 237, 614, 25, 119, 614, 24, 588, 408, 614, 45,
+ /* 1130 */ 118, 614, 35, 614, 34, 614, 33, 614, 23, 588,
+ /* 1140 */ 60, 223, 603, 602, 513, 378, 73, 74, 140, 139,
+ /* 1150 */ 424, 110, 265, 75, 426, 425, 59, 424, 610, 73,
+ /* 1160 */ 74, 549, 402, 404, 424, 373, 75, 426, 425, 604,
+ /* 1170 */ 138, 610, 614, 11, 392, 76, 419, 181, 3, 614,
+ /* 1180 */ 32, 271, 369, 331, 331, 493, 614, 31, 149, 608,
+ /* 1190 */ 608, 608, 607, 15, 422, 365, 614, 8, 137, 489,
+ /* 1200 */ 136, 190, 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 485, 176, 135,
+ /* 1210 */ 7, 252, 477, 408, 174, 133, 175, 474, 57, 56,
+ /* 1220 */ 132, 130, 119, 76, 419, 588, 3, 468, 245, 464,
+ /* 1230 */ 171, 331, 331, 125, 123, 456, 447, 122, 446, 104,
+ /* 1240 */ 336, 231, 422, 166, 154, 73, 74, 332, 116, 431,
+ /* 1250 */ 121, 309, 75, 426, 425, 222, 106, 610, 308, 637,
+ /* 1260 */ 204, 408, 629, 627, 628, 6, 200, 428, 427, 290,
+ /* 1270 */ 203, 622, 201, 588, 62, 63, 289, 66, 419, 399,
+ /* 1280 */ 3, 401, 288, 92, 143, 331, 331, 287, 608, 608,
+ /* 1290 */ 608, 607, 15, 73, 74, 227, 422, 325, 69, 416,
+ /* 1300 */ 75, 426, 425, 612, 412, 610, 192, 61, 569, 209,
+ /* 1310 */ 396, 226, 278, 225, 383, 408, 527, 558, 276, 533,
+ /* 1320 */ 552, 528, 321, 523, 370, 508, 180, 588, 494, 179,
+ /* 1330 */ 366, 117, 253, 269, 522, 503, 608, 608, 608, 607,
+ /* 1340 */ 15, 551, 502, 58, 274, 524, 178, 73, 74, 304,
+ /* 1350 */ 501, 368, 303, 206, 75, 426, 425, 491, 360, 610,
+ /* 1360 */ 213, 177, 483, 131, 345, 298, 297, 296, 202, 294,
+ /* 1370 */ 480, 490, 466, 134, 172, 129, 444, 346, 470, 128,
+ /* 1380 */ 314, 459, 103, 127, 126, 148, 124, 167, 443, 235,
+ /* 1390 */ 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 442, 439, 623, 234, 299,
+ /* 1400 */ 145, 583, 291, 377, 581, 160, 119, 156, 270, 636,
+ /* 1410 */ 971, 169, 279, 626, 520, 625, 473, 624, 170, 621,
+ /* 1420 */ 618, 119, 168, 55, 409, 423, 537, 609, 286, 285,
+ /* 1430 */ 405, 570, 560, 556, 5, 52, 458, 554, 147, 267,
+ /* 1440 */ 519, 504, 518, 406, 262, 239, 260, 512, 343, 511,
+ /* 1450 */ 258, 353, 565, 256, 224, 251, 359, 277, 275, 476,
+ /* 1460 */ 475, 246, 352, 244, 467, 455, 236, 233, 232, 307,
+ /* 1470 */ 441, 281, 205, 163, 397, 280, 535, 505, 330, 617,
+ /* 1480 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 367, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971,
+ /* 1490 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 338,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /* 0 */ 19, 22, 22, 23, 1, 24, 26, 15, 27, 80,
+ /* 10 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
+ /* 20 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28,
+ /* 30 */ 23, 50, 51, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86,
+ /* 40 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 22,
+ /* 50 */ 70, 23, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
+ /* 60 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 97, 91,
+ /* 80 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 26, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 90 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 27, 28, 97, 98,
+ /* 100 */ 99, 122, 211, 102, 103, 104, 79, 19, 50, 51,
+ /* 110 */ 19, 122, 59, 55, 113, 224, 225, 226, 89, 90,
+ /* 120 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 23, 27, 28, 26, 71,
+ /* 130 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
+ /* 140 */ 82, 83, 51, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
+ /* 150 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 58, 89, 90,
+ /* 160 */ 21, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28, 97, 98, 33, 100,
+ /* 170 */ 7, 8, 119, 120, 22, 19, 107, 42, 109, 27,
+ /* 180 */ 28, 27, 28, 95, 28, 50, 51, 99, 100, 101,
+ /* 190 */ 102, 103, 104, 105, 27, 28, 97, 98, 107, 152,
+ /* 200 */ 112, 132, 133, 112, 65, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+ /* 210 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 11,
+ /* 220 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94,
+ /* 230 */ 95, 19, 101, 97, 97, 98, 24, 101, 122, 157,
+ /* 240 */ 12, 99, 103, 112, 102, 103, 104, 152, 22, 97,
+ /* 250 */ 98, 97, 98, 27, 28, 113, 27, 29, 91, 164,
+ /* 260 */ 165, 124, 50, 51, 97, 98, 219, 59, 132, 133,
+ /* 270 */ 134, 22, 23, 45, 66, 47, 212, 213, 124, 140,
+ /* 280 */ 132, 133, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77,
+ /* 290 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87,
+ /* 300 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 164, 165,
+ /* 310 */ 27, 28, 230, 50, 51, 233, 108, 109, 110, 70,
+ /* 320 */ 16, 59, 23, 97, 98, 26, 97, 22, 66, 185,
+ /* 330 */ 12, 187, 27, 28, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
+ /* 340 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 29, 85, 86,
+ /* 350 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19,
+ /* 360 */ 22, 148, 149, 45, 23, 47, 62, 154, 64, 156,
+ /* 370 */ 108, 109, 110, 37, 69, 23, 163, 59, 26, 26,
+ /* 380 */ 97, 98, 144, 145, 146, 147, 152, 200, 52, 23,
+ /* 390 */ 50, 51, 26, 22, 89, 90, 60, 210, 7, 8,
+ /* 400 */ 9, 138, 97, 22, 23, 26, 101, 26, 174, 175,
+ /* 410 */ 197, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
+ /* 420 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 16, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 430 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 134,
+ /* 440 */ 23, 152, 208, 209, 140, 152, 152, 111, 195, 196,
+ /* 450 */ 98, 70, 163, 160, 152, 23, 22, 164, 165, 246,
+ /* 460 */ 207, 27, 152, 174, 175, 171, 172, 50, 51, 137,
+ /* 470 */ 62, 139, 64, 171, 172, 222, 124, 27, 138, 24,
+ /* 480 */ 163, 89, 90, 130, 174, 175, 197, 163, 71, 72,
+ /* 490 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82,
+ /* 500 */ 83, 22, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
+ /* 510 */ 93, 94, 95, 19, 197, 181, 182, 23, 208, 209,
+ /* 520 */ 152, 197, 26, 189, 132, 133, 232, 224, 225, 226,
+ /* 530 */ 152, 97, 91, 26, 232, 116, 212, 213, 152, 222,
+ /* 540 */ 121, 152, 174, 175, 50, 51, 243, 97, 22, 23,
+ /* 550 */ 22, 234, 174, 175, 177, 23, 239, 116, 163, 177,
+ /* 560 */ 174, 175, 121, 174, 175, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75,
+ /* 570 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 24, 85,
+ /* 580 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
+ /* 590 */ 19, 23, 197, 11, 23, 227, 70, 208, 220, 152,
+ /* 600 */ 31, 224, 225, 226, 35, 98, 224, 225, 226, 108,
+ /* 610 */ 109, 110, 115, 152, 117, 118, 27, 222, 49, 123,
+ /* 620 */ 24, 50, 51, 27, 0, 1, 2, 224, 225, 226,
+ /* 630 */ 166, 124, 168, 169, 239, 174, 175, 170, 171, 172,
+ /* 640 */ 22, 194, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
+ /* 650 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 660 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 22, 208,
+ /* 670 */ 24, 23, 195, 196, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 152,
+ /* 680 */ 26, 152, 152, 152, 207, 152, 97, 152, 23, 152,
+ /* 690 */ 51, 244, 152, 97, 152, 247, 248, 23, 50, 51,
+ /* 700 */ 26, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174,
+ /* 710 */ 175, 174, 175, 23, 174, 175, 174, 175, 188, 71,
+ /* 720 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
+ /* 730 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
+ /* 740 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 152, 107, 152, 33, 24,
+ /* 750 */ 152, 100, 101, 27, 174, 175, 152, 42, 152, 23,
+ /* 760 */ 152, 26, 152, 23, 152, 26, 152, 174, 175, 174,
+ /* 770 */ 175, 152, 174, 175, 23, 50, 51, 26, 174, 175,
+ /* 780 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175,
+ /* 790 */ 163, 119, 120, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+ /* 800 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152,
+ /* 810 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94,
+ /* 820 */ 95, 66, 152, 97, 197, 23, 50, 51, 26, 53,
+ /* 830 */ 23, 174, 175, 26, 23, 23, 23, 26, 26, 26,
+ /* 840 */ 36, 106, 146, 147, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73,
+ /* 850 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83,
+ /* 860 */ 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93,
+ /* 870 */ 94, 95, 152, 196, 119, 120, 19, 50, 51, 168,
+ /* 880 */ 169, 26, 174, 175, 207, 28, 152, 249, 250, 152,
+ /* 890 */ 163, 163, 163, 163, 174, 175, 163, 19, 71, 72,
+ /* 900 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82,
+ /* 910 */ 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
+ /* 920 */ 93, 94, 95, 152, 197, 197, 197, 197, 50, 51,
+ /* 930 */ 197, 194, 36, 174, 175, 191, 192, 152, 191, 192,
+ /* 940 */ 163, 152, 66, 124, 152, 174, 175, 152, 19, 71,
+ /* 950 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
+ /* 960 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
+ /* 970 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 197, 152, 100, 188, 152, 50,
+ /* 980 */ 51, 152, 152, 188, 174, 175, 252, 152, 94, 95,
+ /* 990 */ 152, 152, 152, 1, 2, 152, 152, 174, 175, 19,
+ /* 1000 */ 152, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
+ /* 1010 */ 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
+ /* 1020 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 152, 188, 188, 22, 194,
+ /* 1030 */ 50, 51, 240, 173, 194, 174, 175, 252, 194, 152,
+ /* 1040 */ 36, 181, 28, 152, 23, 219, 122, 174, 175, 219,
+ /* 1050 */ 221, 152, 152, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
+ /* 1060 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 1070 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 20, 152, 22,
+ /* 1080 */ 23, 194, 152, 240, 27, 28, 174, 175, 240, 19,
+ /* 1090 */ 20, 26, 22, 194, 194, 38, 22, 27, 28, 152,
+ /* 1100 */ 23, 22, 152, 116, 174, 175, 152, 23, 38, 152,
+ /* 1110 */ 23, 152, 221, 152, 57, 152, 23, 163, 50, 51,
+ /* 1120 */ 194, 174, 175, 66, 174, 175, 69, 57, 174, 175,
+ /* 1130 */ 40, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 69,
+ /* 1140 */ 22, 53, 74, 75, 30, 53, 89, 90, 22, 22,
+ /* 1150 */ 152, 197, 23, 96, 97, 98, 22, 152, 101, 89,
+ /* 1160 */ 90, 91, 208, 209, 152, 53, 96, 97, 98, 101,
+ /* 1170 */ 22, 101, 174, 175, 152, 19, 20, 105, 22, 174,
+ /* 1180 */ 175, 112, 19, 27, 28, 20, 174, 175, 24, 132,
+ /* 1190 */ 133, 134, 135, 136, 38, 44, 174, 175, 107, 61,
+ /* 1200 */ 54, 26, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 54, 107, 22,
+ /* 1210 */ 5, 140, 1, 57, 36, 111, 122, 28, 79, 79,
+ /* 1220 */ 131, 123, 66, 19, 20, 69, 22, 1, 16, 20,
+ /* 1230 */ 125, 27, 28, 123, 111, 120, 23, 131, 23, 16,
+ /* 1240 */ 68, 142, 38, 15, 22, 89, 90, 3, 167, 4,
+ /* 1250 */ 248, 251, 96, 97, 98, 180, 180, 101, 251, 151,
+ /* 1260 */ 6, 57, 151, 13, 151, 26, 25, 151, 161, 202,
+ /* 1270 */ 153, 162, 153, 69, 130, 128, 203, 19, 20, 127,
+ /* 1280 */ 22, 126, 204, 129, 22, 27, 28, 205, 132, 133,
+ /* 1290 */ 134, 135, 136, 89, 90, 231, 38, 95, 137, 179,
+ /* 1300 */ 96, 97, 98, 206, 179, 101, 122, 107, 159, 159,
+ /* 1310 */ 125, 231, 216, 228, 107, 57, 184, 217, 216, 176,
+ /* 1320 */ 217, 176, 48, 106, 18, 184, 158, 69, 159, 158,
+ /* 1330 */ 46, 71, 237, 176, 176, 176, 132, 133, 134, 135,
+ /* 1340 */ 136, 217, 176, 137, 216, 178, 158, 89, 90, 179,
+ /* 1350 */ 176, 159, 179, 159, 96, 97, 98, 159, 159, 101,
+ /* 1360 */ 5, 158, 202, 22, 18, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+ /* 1370 */ 190, 238, 17, 190, 158, 193, 41, 159, 202, 193,
+ /* 1380 */ 159, 202, 245, 193, 193, 223, 190, 32, 159, 34,
+ /* 1390 */ 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 159, 39, 155, 43, 150,
+ /* 1400 */ 223, 177, 201, 178, 177, 186, 66, 199, 177, 152,
+ /* 1410 */ 253, 56, 215, 152, 182, 152, 202, 152, 63, 152,
+ /* 1420 */ 152, 66, 67, 242, 229, 152, 174, 152, 152, 152,
+ /* 1430 */ 152, 152, 152, 152, 199, 242, 202, 152, 198, 152,
+ /* 1440 */ 152, 152, 183, 192, 152, 215, 152, 183, 215, 183,
+ /* 1450 */ 152, 241, 214, 152, 211, 152, 152, 211, 211, 152,
+ /* 1460 */ 152, 241, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 114,
+ /* 1470 */ 152, 152, 235, 152, 152, 152, 174, 187, 95, 174,
+ /* 1480 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 236, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253,
+ /* 1490 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 141,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-86)
+#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (429)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-85)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1383)
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /* 0 */ 992, 1057, 1355, 1156, 1204, 1204, 1, 262, -19, 135,
+ /* 10 */ 135, 776, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 69, 69, 53, 208,
+ /* 20 */ 283, 755, 58, 725, 648, 571, 494, 417, 340, 263,
+ /* 30 */ 212, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827,
+ /* 40 */ 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 878, 827, 929, 980,
+ /* 50 */ 980, 1070, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /* 60 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /* 70 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /* 80 */ 1258, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /* 90 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, -71, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47,
+ /* 100 */ 0, 29, -12, 283, 283, 139, 91, 392, 392, 894,
+ /* 110 */ 672, 726, 1383, -86, -86, -86, 88, 318, 318, 99,
+ /* 120 */ 381, -20, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283,
+ /* 130 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283,
+ /* 140 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 624, 876, 726, 672, 1340, 1340,
+ /* 150 */ 1340, 1340, 1340, 1340, -86, -86, -86, 305, 136, 136,
+ /* 160 */ 142, 167, 226, 154, 137, 152, 283, 283, 283, 283,
+ /* 170 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283,
+ /* 180 */ 283, 283, 283, 336, 336, 336, 283, 283, 352, 283,
+ /* 190 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 228, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283,
+ /* 200 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 501, 569, 596, 596, 596,
+ /* 210 */ 507, 497, 441, 391, 353, 156, 156, 857, 353, 857,
+ /* 220 */ 735, 813, 639, 715, 156, 332, 715, 715, 496, 419,
+ /* 230 */ 646, 1357, 1184, 1184, 1335, 1335, 1184, 1341, 1260, 1144,
+ /* 240 */ 1346, 1346, 1346, 1346, 1184, 1306, 1144, 1341, 1260, 1260,
+ /* 250 */ 1144, 1184, 1306, 1206, 1284, 1184, 1184, 1306, 1184, 1306,
+ /* 260 */ 1184, 1306, 1262, 1207, 1207, 1207, 1274, 1262, 1207, 1217,
+ /* 270 */ 1207, 1274, 1207, 1207, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200,
+ /* 280 */ 1184, 1184, 1161, 1262, 1202, 1202, 1262, 1154, 1155, 1147,
+ /* 290 */ 1152, 1144, 1241, 1239, 1250, 1250, 1254, 1254, 1254, 1254,
+ /* 300 */ -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, 1068, 304, 526, 249,
+ /* 310 */ 408, -83, 434, 812, 27, 811, 807, 802, 751, 589,
+ /* 320 */ 651, 163, 131, 674, 366, 450, 299, 148, 23, 102,
+ /* 330 */ 229, -21, 1245, 1244, 1222, 1099, 1228, 1172, 1223, 1215,
+ /* 340 */ 1213, 1115, 1106, 1123, 1110, 1209, 1105, 1212, 1226, 1098,
+ /* 350 */ 1089, 1140, 1139, 1104, 1189, 1178, 1094, 1211, 1205, 1187,
+ /* 360 */ 1101, 1071, 1153, 1175, 1146, 1138, 1151, 1091, 1164, 1165,
+ /* 370 */ 1163, 1069, 1072, 1148, 1112, 1134, 1127, 1129, 1126, 1092,
+ /* 380 */ 1114, 1118, 1088, 1090, 1093, 1087, 1084, 987, 1079, 1077,
+ /* 390 */ 1074, 1065, 924, 1021, 1014, 1004, 1006, 819, 739, 896,
+ /* 400 */ 855, 804, 739, 740, 736, 690, 654, 665, 618, 582,
+ /* 410 */ 568, 528, 554, 379, 532, 479, 455, 379, 432, 371,
+ /* 420 */ 341, 28, 338, 116, -11, -57, -85, 7, -8, 3,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-110)
+#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (305)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-109)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1323)
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /* 0 */ 238, 954, 213, 289, 310, 234, 144, 317, -109, 382,
+ /* 10 */ 377, 303, 461, 389, 378, 368, 302, 294, 253, 395,
+ /* 20 */ 293, 324, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403,
+ /* 30 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403,
+ /* 40 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403,
+ /* 50 */ 403, 1022, 1012, 1005, 998, 963, 961, 959, 957, 950,
+ /* 60 */ 947, 930, 912, 873, 861, 823, 810, 771, 759, 720,
+ /* 70 */ 708, 670, 657, 619, 614, 612, 610, 608, 606, 604,
+ /* 80 */ 598, 595, 593, 580, 542, 540, 537, 535, 533, 531,
+ /* 90 */ 529, 527, 503, 386, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403,
+ /* 100 */ 403, 403, 403, 95, 447, 82, 334, 504, 467, 403,
+ /* 110 */ 477, 464, 403, 403, 403, 403, 860, 747, 744, 785,
+ /* 120 */ 638, 638, 926, 891, 900, 899, 887, 844, 840, 835,
+ /* 130 */ 848, 830, 843, 829, 792, 839, 826, 737, 838, 795,
+ /* 140 */ 789, 47, 734, 530, 696, 777, 711, 677, 733, 730,
+ /* 150 */ 729, 728, 727, 627, 448, 64, 187, 1305, 1302, 1252,
+ /* 160 */ 1290, 1273, 1323, 1322, 1321, 1319, 1318, 1316, 1315, 1314,
+ /* 170 */ 1313, 1312, 1311, 1310, 1308, 1307, 1304, 1303, 1301, 1298,
+ /* 180 */ 1294, 1292, 1289, 1266, 1264, 1259, 1288, 1287, 1238, 1285,
+ /* 190 */ 1281, 1280, 1279, 1278, 1251, 1277, 1276, 1275, 1273, 1268,
+ /* 200 */ 1267, 1265, 1263, 1261, 1257, 1248, 1237, 1247, 1246, 1243,
+ /* 210 */ 1238, 1240, 1235, 1249, 1234, 1233, 1230, 1220, 1214, 1210,
+ /* 220 */ 1225, 1219, 1232, 1231, 1197, 1195, 1227, 1224, 1201, 1208,
+ /* 230 */ 1242, 1137, 1236, 1229, 1193, 1181, 1221, 1177, 1196, 1179,
+ /* 240 */ 1191, 1190, 1186, 1182, 1218, 1216, 1176, 1162, 1183, 1180,
+ /* 250 */ 1160, 1199, 1203, 1133, 1095, 1198, 1194, 1188, 1192, 1171,
+ /* 260 */ 1169, 1168, 1173, 1174, 1166, 1159, 1141, 1170, 1158, 1167,
+ /* 270 */ 1157, 1132, 1145, 1143, 1124, 1128, 1103, 1102, 1100, 1096,
+ /* 280 */ 1150, 1149, 1085, 1125, 1080, 1064, 1120, 1097, 1082, 1078,
+ /* 290 */ 1073, 1067, 1109, 1107, 1119, 1117, 1116, 1113, 1111, 1108,
+ /* 300 */ 1007, 1000, 1002, 1076, 1075, 1081,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /* 0 */ 647, 964, 964, 964, 878, 878, 969, 964, 774, 802,
+ /* 10 */ 802, 938, 969, 969, 969, 876, 969, 969, 969, 964,
+ /* 20 */ 969, 778, 808, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 30 */ 969, 937, 939, 816, 815, 918, 789, 813, 806, 810,
+ /* 40 */ 879, 872, 873, 871, 875, 880, 969, 809, 841, 856,
+ /* 50 */ 840, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 60 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 70 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 80 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 90 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 850, 855, 862, 854, 851, 843,
+ /* 100 */ 842, 844, 845, 969, 969, 673, 739, 969, 969, 846,
+ /* 110 */ 969, 685, 847, 859, 858, 857, 680, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 120 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 130 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 140 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 647, 964, 969, 969, 964, 964,
+ /* 150 */ 964, 964, 964, 964, 956, 778, 768, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 160 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 944, 942, 969,
+ /* 170 */ 891, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 180 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 190 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 200 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 653, 969, 911, 774, 774, 774,
+ /* 210 */ 776, 754, 766, 655, 812, 791, 791, 923, 812, 923,
+ /* 220 */ 710, 733, 707, 802, 791, 874, 802, 802, 775, 766,
+ /* 230 */ 969, 949, 782, 782, 941, 941, 782, 821, 743, 812,
+ /* 240 */ 750, 750, 750, 750, 782, 670, 812, 821, 743, 743,
+ /* 250 */ 812, 782, 670, 917, 915, 782, 782, 670, 782, 670,
+ /* 260 */ 782, 670, 884, 741, 741, 741, 725, 884, 741, 710,
+ /* 270 */ 741, 725, 741, 741, 795, 790, 795, 790, 795, 790,
+ /* 280 */ 782, 782, 969, 884, 888, 888, 884, 807, 796, 805,
+ /* 290 */ 803, 812, 676, 728, 663, 663, 652, 652, 652, 652,
+ /* 300 */ 961, 961, 956, 712, 712, 695, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 310 */ 969, 969, 687, 969, 893, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 320 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 330 */ 969, 828, 969, 648, 951, 969, 969, 948, 969, 969,
+ /* 340 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 350 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 921, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 360 */ 969, 969, 969, 914, 913, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 370 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 380 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 757, 969, 969,
+ /* 390 */ 969, 761, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 804, 969,
+ /* 400 */ 797, 969, 877, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969,
+ /* 410 */ 969, 969, 969, 966, 969, 969, 969, 965, 969, 969,
+ /* 420 */ 969, 969, 969, 830, 969, 829, 833, 969, 661, 969,
+ /* 430 */ 644, 649, 960, 963, 962, 959, 958, 957, 952, 950,
+ /* 440 */ 947, 946, 945, 943, 940, 936, 897, 895, 902, 901,
+ /* 450 */ 900, 899, 898, 896, 894, 892, 818, 817, 814, 811,
+ /* 460 */ 753, 935, 890, 752, 749, 748, 669, 953, 920, 929,
+ /* 470 */ 928, 927, 822, 926, 925, 924, 922, 919, 906, 820,
+ /* 480 */ 819, 744, 882, 881, 672, 910, 909, 908, 912, 916,
+ /* 490 */ 907, 784, 751, 671, 668, 675, 679, 731, 732, 740,
+ /* 500 */ 738, 737, 736, 735, 734, 730, 681, 686, 724, 709,
+ /* 510 */ 708, 717, 716, 722, 721, 720, 719, 718, 715, 714,
+ /* 520 */ 713, 706, 705, 711, 704, 727, 726, 723, 703, 747,
+ /* 530 */ 746, 745, 742, 702, 701, 700, 833, 699, 698, 838,
+ /* 540 */ 837, 866, 826, 755, 759, 758, 762, 763, 771, 770,
+ /* 550 */ 769, 780, 781, 793, 792, 824, 823, 794, 779, 773,
+ /* 560 */ 772, 788, 787, 786, 785, 777, 767, 799, 798, 868,
+ /* 570 */ 783, 867, 865, 934, 933, 932, 931, 930, 870, 967,
+ /* 580 */ 968, 887, 889, 886, 801, 800, 885, 869, 839, 836,
+ /* 590 */ 690, 691, 905, 904, 903, 693, 692, 689, 688, 863,
+ /* 600 */ 860, 852, 864, 861, 853, 849, 848, 834, 832, 831,
+ /* 610 */ 827, 835, 760, 756, 825, 765, 764, 697, 696, 694,
+ /* 620 */ 678, 677, 674, 667, 665, 664, 666, 662, 660, 659,
+ /* 630 */ 658, 657, 656, 684, 683, 682, 654, 651, 650, 646,
+ /* 640 */ 645, 643,
+};
- /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
- ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all
- ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the
- ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must
- ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
- ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
- ** if they go out of sync.
- */
- extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)));
- mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol;
- testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
- testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
- for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
- if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ) nColumn++;
- }
- if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
- nColumn += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
- }
- pLevel->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WO_EQ;
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct
+** like the following:
+**
+** %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+ 0, /* $ => nothing */
+ 0, /* SEMI => nothing */
+ 27, /* EXPLAIN => ID */
+ 27, /* QUERY => ID */
+ 27, /* PLAN => ID */
+ 27, /* BEGIN => ID */
+ 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+ 27, /* DEFERRED => ID */
+ 27, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */
+ 27, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+ 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */
+ 27, /* END => ID */
+ 27, /* ROLLBACK => ID */
+ 27, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */
+ 27, /* RELEASE => ID */
+ 0, /* TO => nothing */
+ 0, /* TABLE => nothing */
+ 0, /* CREATE => nothing */
+ 27, /* IF => ID */
+ 0, /* NOT => nothing */
+ 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */
+ 27, /* TEMP => ID */
+ 0, /* LP => nothing */
+ 0, /* RP => nothing */
+ 0, /* AS => nothing */
+ 27, /* WITHOUT => ID */
+ 0, /* COMMA => nothing */
+ 0, /* ID => nothing */
+ 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */
+ 27, /* ABORT => ID */
+ 27, /* ACTION => ID */
+ 27, /* AFTER => ID */
+ 27, /* ANALYZE => ID */
+ 27, /* ASC => ID */
+ 27, /* ATTACH => ID */
+ 27, /* BEFORE => ID */
+ 27, /* BY => ID */
+ 27, /* CASCADE => ID */
+ 27, /* CAST => ID */
+ 27, /* COLUMNKW => ID */
+ 27, /* CONFLICT => ID */
+ 27, /* DATABASE => ID */
+ 27, /* DESC => ID */
+ 27, /* DETACH => ID */
+ 27, /* EACH => ID */
+ 27, /* FAIL => ID */
+ 27, /* FOR => ID */
+ 27, /* IGNORE => ID */
+ 27, /* INITIALLY => ID */
+ 27, /* INSTEAD => ID */
+ 27, /* LIKE_KW => ID */
+ 27, /* MATCH => ID */
+ 27, /* NO => ID */
+ 27, /* KEY => ID */
+ 27, /* OF => ID */
+ 27, /* OFFSET => ID */
+ 27, /* PRAGMA => ID */
+ 27, /* RAISE => ID */
+ 27, /* RECURSIVE => ID */
+ 27, /* REPLACE => ID */
+ 27, /* RESTRICT => ID */
+ 27, /* ROW => ID */
+ 27, /* TRIGGER => ID */
+ 27, /* VACUUM => ID */
+ 27, /* VIEW => ID */
+ 27, /* VIRTUAL => ID */
+ 27, /* WITH => ID */
+ 27, /* REINDEX => ID */
+ 27, /* RENAME => ID */
+ 27, /* CTIME_KW => ID */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
- /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
- nByte = sizeof(Index);
- nByte += nColumn*sizeof(int); /* Index.aiColumn */
- nByte += nColumn*sizeof(char*); /* Index.azColl */
- nByte += nColumn; /* Index.aSortOrder */
- pIdx = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte);
- if( pIdx==0 ) return;
- pLevel->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx;
- pIdx->azColl = (char**)&pIdx[1];
- pIdx->aiColumn = (int*)&pIdx->azColl[nColumn];
- pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pIdx->aiColumn[nColumn];
- pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
- pIdx->nColumn = nColumn;
- pIdx->pTable = pTable;
- n = 0;
- idxCols = 0;
- for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
- if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
- int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
- Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol;
- if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
- Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
- idxCols |= cMask;
- pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
- pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
- pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
- n++;
- }
- }
- }
- assert( (u32)n==pLevel->plan.nEq );
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack. Information stored includes:
+**
+** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+** (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is
+** the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+** It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+ YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */
+ YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code
+ ** number for the token at this stack level */
+ YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This
+ ** is the value of the token */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
- /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
- ** a covering index */
- for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
- if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ){
- pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
- pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
- n++;
- }
- }
- if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
- for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
- pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
- pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
- n++;
- }
- }
- assert( n==nColumn );
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+ int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+ int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */
+#endif
+ int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+ sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+ int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */
+ yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */
+#else
+ yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
- /* Create the automatic index */
- pKeyinfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
- assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nColumn+1, 0,
- (char*)pKeyinfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
- /* Fill the automatic index with content */
- addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur);
- regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-
- /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+** If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is
+** turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+ yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+ yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+ if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+ else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
-** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required. The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = {
+ "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY",
+ "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED",
+ "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END",
+ "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO",
+ "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT",
+ "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP",
+ "AS", "WITHOUT", "COMMA", "ID",
+ "INDEXED", "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER",
+ "ANALYZE", "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE",
+ "BY", "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW",
+ "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH",
+ "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE",
+ "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH",
+ "NO", "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET",
+ "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "RECURSIVE", "REPLACE",
+ "RESTRICT", "ROW", "TRIGGER", "VACUUM",
+ "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "WITH", "REINDEX",
+ "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", "OR",
+ "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", "IN",
+ "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", "EQ",
+ "GT", "LE", "LT", "GE",
+ "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", "LSHIFT",
+ "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", "STAR",
+ "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", "COLLATE",
+ "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT",
+ "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE",
+ "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON",
+ "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET",
+ "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION",
+ "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT",
+ "VALUES", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM",
+ "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP",
+ "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO",
+ "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "VARIABLE",
+ "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", "ELSE",
+ "INDEX", "ALTER", "ADD", "error",
+ "input", "cmdlist", "ecmd", "explain",
+ "cmdx", "cmd", "transtype", "trans_opt",
+ "nm", "savepoint_opt", "create_table", "create_table_args",
+ "createkw", "temp", "ifnotexists", "dbnm",
+ "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "table_options", "select",
+ "column", "columnid", "type", "carglist",
+ "typetoken", "typename", "signed", "plus_num",
+ "minus_num", "ccons", "term", "expr",
+ "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt",
+ "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact",
+ "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tconscomma", "tcons",
+ "idxlist", "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype",
+ "raisetype", "ifexists", "fullname", "selectnowith",
+ "oneselect", "with", "multiselect_op", "distinct",
+ "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt",
+ "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "values",
+ "nexprlist", "exprlist", "sclp", "as",
+ "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop", "indexed_opt",
+ "on_opt", "using_opt", "joinop2", "idlist",
+ "sortlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt",
+ "likeop", "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand",
+ "case_exprlist", "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate",
+ "nmnum", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time",
+ "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd",
+ "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt",
+ "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist",
+ "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist",
+ "wqlist",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
*/
-static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
- Parse *pParse,
- WhereClause *pWC,
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
- ExprList *pOrderBy
-){
- int i, j;
- int nTerm;
- struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
- struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
- struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
- WhereTerm *pTerm;
- int nOrderBy;
- sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /* 5 */ "explain ::=",
+ /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
+ /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /* 13 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
+ /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
+ /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
+ /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
+ /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
+ /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
+ /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE",
+ /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
+ /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
+ /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /* 31 */ "temp ::=",
+ /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options",
+ /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /* 34 */ "table_options ::=",
+ /* 35 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm",
+ /* 36 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /* 37 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /* 38 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /* 39 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /* 40 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 41 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /* 42 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 43 */ "type ::=",
+ /* 44 */ "type ::= typetoken",
+ /* 45 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
+ /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /* 48 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 49 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING",
+ /* 50 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /* 51 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /* 52 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons",
+ /* 53 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /* 54 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /* 55 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
+ /* 56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
+ /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
+ /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
+ /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 60 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /* 61 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /* 62 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
+ /* 63 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /* 64 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
+ /* 65 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /* 66 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 67 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 68 */ "autoinc ::=",
+ /* 69 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
+ /* 70 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /* 71 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /* 72 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /* 73 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /* 74 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /* 76 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /* 77 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /* 78 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /* 79 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /* 80 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
+ /* 81 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 82 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 83 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /* 84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /* 86 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /* 87 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /* 88 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons",
+ /* 89 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /* 90 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA",
+ /* 91 */ "tconscomma ::=",
+ /* 92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /* 93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /* 94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /* 95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /* 96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /* 97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 99 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /* 101 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
+ /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /* 112 */ "select ::= with selectnowith",
+ /* 113 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect",
+ /* 114 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 119 */ "oneselect ::= values",
+ /* 120 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP",
+ /* 121 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 122 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 123 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 124 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 125 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 126 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 127 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 128 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 129 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 130 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 131 */ "as ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 132 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 133 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 134 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 135 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 136 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 137 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 138 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 139 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 140 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 141 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 142 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 143 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 144 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 145 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 146 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 147 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 148 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 149 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 150 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 151 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 152 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP",
+ /* 153 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 154 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 155 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 156 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder",
+ /* 157 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder",
+ /* 158 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 159 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 160 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 161 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 162 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 163 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 164 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 167 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 168 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 169 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 170 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 171 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 172 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 173 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 174 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 175 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 176 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 178 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP",
+ /* 181 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm",
+ /* 182 */ "idlist ::= nm",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP",
+ /* 197 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 206 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 207 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
+ /* 210 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
+ /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 215 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 216 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 218 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 219 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 221 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 222 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 223 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 224 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 226 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 227 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
+ /* 228 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 229 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 230 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 231 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 232 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 233 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 234 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 235 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
+ /* 236 */ "exprlist ::=",
+ /* 237 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 238 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
+ /* 239 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt",
+ /* 240 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 241 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 242 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 243 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 244 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 245 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 246 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 247 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
+ /* 249 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 250 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
+ /* 253 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
+ /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
+ /* 256 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
+ /* 257 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
+ /* 258 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
+ /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
+ /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
+ /* 261 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 262 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 263 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 264 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 265 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 266 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 267 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 268 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 269 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 270 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
+ /* 271 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist",
+ /* 273 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 274 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 275 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 276 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 279 */ "trnm ::= nm",
+ /* 280 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 281 */ "tridxby ::=",
+ /* 282 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 283 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 286 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
+ /* 287 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 288 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 289 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 290 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 291 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 292 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 293 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
+ /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
+ /* 295 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
+ /* 296 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 297 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
+ /* 298 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 299 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 300 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
+ /* 301 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
+ /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
+ /* 303 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
+ /* 304 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
+ /* 305 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
+ /* 306 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
+ /* 307 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
+ /* 308 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
+ /* 309 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
+ /* 310 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
+ /* 311 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm",
+ /* 312 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
+ /* 313 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
+ /* 314 */ "vtabarg ::=",
+ /* 315 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
+ /* 316 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
+ /* 317 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
+ /* 318 */ "lp ::= LP",
+ /* 319 */ "anylist ::=",
+ /* 320 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
+ /* 321 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
+ /* 322 */ "with ::=",
+ /* 323 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist",
+ /* 324 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist",
+ /* 325 */ "wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+ /* 326 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
- WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName));
- /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
- ** to this virtual table */
- for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
- if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
- assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
- testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
- testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
- if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
- nTerm++;
- }
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+/*
+** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
+*/
+static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
+ int newSize;
+ yyStackEntry *pNew;
- /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current
- ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
- ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
- */
- nOrderBy = 0;
- if( pOrderBy ){
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
- }
- if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){
- nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+ newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
+ pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+ if( pNew ){
+ p->yystack = pNew;
+ p->yystksz = newSize;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
+ yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
}
+#endif
}
-
- /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
- */
- pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
- + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
- + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
- if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
- ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
- ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to
- ** initialize those fields.
- */
- pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
- pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
- pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
- *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
- *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
- *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
- *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
- *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
- pUsage;
-
- for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
- if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
- assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
- testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
- testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
- if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
- pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
- pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
- pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator;
- /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
- ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The
- ** following asserts verify this fact. */
- assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
- assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
- assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
- assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
- assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
- assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
- assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
- j++;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
- Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
- pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
- pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
- }
-
- return pIdxInfo;
}
+#endif
-/*
-** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
-** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
-** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info pointer passed
-** as the argument.
+/*
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
**
-** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
-** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
-** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
-** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
-** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
-** that this is required.
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
*/
-static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
- int i;
- int rc;
-
- WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
- TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
- rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
- TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(u64)){
+ yyParser *pParser;
+ pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (u64)sizeof(yyParser) );
+ if( pParser ){
+ pParser->yyidx = -1;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+ pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+ pParser->yystack = NULL;
+ pParser->yystksz = 0;
+ yyGrowStack(pParser);
+#endif
}
- sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ return pParser;
+}
- for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
- if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
- }
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(
+ yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */
+ YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */
+ YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */
+){
+ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+ switch( yymajor ){
+ /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+ ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen
+ ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+ ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
+ ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+ **
+ ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+ ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+ ** inside the C code.
+ */
+ case 163: /* select */
+ case 195: /* selectnowith */
+ case 196: /* oneselect */
+ case 207: /* values */
+{
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3));
+}
+ break;
+ case 174: /* term */
+ case 175: /* expr */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr);
+}
+ break;
+ case 179: /* idxlist_opt */
+ case 188: /* idxlist */
+ case 200: /* selcollist */
+ case 203: /* groupby_opt */
+ case 205: /* orderby_opt */
+ case 208: /* nexprlist */
+ case 209: /* exprlist */
+ case 210: /* sclp */
+ case 220: /* sortlist */
+ case 221: /* setlist */
+ case 228: /* case_exprlist */
+{
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14));
+}
+ break;
+ case 194: /* fullname */
+ case 201: /* from */
+ case 212: /* seltablist */
+ case 213: /* stl_prefix */
+{
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65));
+}
+ break;
+ case 197: /* with */
+ case 252: /* wqlist */
+{
+sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy59));
+}
+ break;
+ case 202: /* where_opt */
+ case 204: /* having_opt */
+ case 216: /* on_opt */
+ case 227: /* case_operand */
+ case 229: /* case_else */
+ case 238: /* when_clause */
+ case 243: /* key_opt */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132));
+}
+ break;
+ case 217: /* using_opt */
+ case 219: /* idlist */
+ case 223: /* inscollist_opt */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408));
+}
+ break;
+ case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+ case 239: /* trigger_cmd */
+{
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473));
+}
+ break;
+ case 236: /* trigger_event */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b);
+}
+ break;
+ default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
}
-
- return pParse->nErr;
}
-
/*
-** Compute the best index for a virtual table.
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
**
-** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual
-** table module. This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up
-** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with
-** xBestIndex.
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
**
-** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the
-** same virtual table. The sqlite3_index_info structure is created
-** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent
-** invocations. The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when
-** code is generated to access the virtual table. The whereInfoDelete()
-** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after
-** everybody has finished with it.
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
*/
-static void bestVirtualIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for index */
- Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not valid for any purpose */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */
- WhereCost *pCost, /* Lowest cost query plan */
- sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
-){
- Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab;
- sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
- struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
- struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
- WhereTerm *pTerm;
- int i, j;
- int nOrderBy;
- double rCost;
-
- /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the
- ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving
- ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably.
- */
- memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
- pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
-
- /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously
- ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now.
- */
- pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
- if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
- *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy);
- }
- if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
- return;
- }
-
- /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points
- ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or
- ** during some prior invocation. Now we just have to customize the
- ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to
- ** xBestIndex.
- */
-
- /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must
- ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise
- ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error.
- */
- assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] );
- assert( sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) );
-
- /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all
- ** output variables to zero.
- **
- ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand
- ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current
- ** table. In other words, if the constraint is of the form:
- **
- ** column = expr
- **
- ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is
- ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left
- ** of the table containing column.
- **
- ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints
- ** on the current table. That way we only have to compute it once
- ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times.
- ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the
- ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag
- ** each time.
- */
- pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
- pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
- for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
- j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
- pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
- pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight¬Ready) ? 0 : 1;
- }
- memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
- if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
- sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
- }
- pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
- pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
- pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
- pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
- /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2);
- nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
- if( !pOrderBy ){
- pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
- }
-
- if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){
- return;
- }
-
- pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
- for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
- if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
- pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight;
- }
- }
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+ YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+ yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
- /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, and the selected virtual table index
- ** does not satisfy it, increase the cost of the scan accordingly. This
- ** matches the processing for non-virtual tables in bestBtreeIndex().
- */
- rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
- if( pOrderBy && pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed==0 ){
- rCost += estLog(rCost)*rCost;
+ /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
+ ** empty in SQLite. */
+ if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+ yyTracePrompt,
+ yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
}
+#endif
+ yymajor = yytos->major;
+ yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+ pParser->yyidx--;
+ return yymajor;
+}
- /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
- ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the
- ** (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true.
- **
- ** Use "(double)2" instead of "2.0" in case OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- ** is defined.
- */
- if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2))<rCost ){
- pCost->rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2));
- }else{
- pCost->rCost = rCost;
- }
- pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo;
- if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){
- pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
- }
- pCost->plan.nEq = 0;
- pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+/*
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer
+** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
+** <li> A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+** from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
+ void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */
+ void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+ yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+ /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
+ ** created in the first place. */
+ if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
+ while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+ free(pParser->yystack);
+#endif
+ (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
- /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes
- ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause.
- */
- bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
+/*
+** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
+*/
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
+ yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+ return pParser->yyidxMax;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+#endif
/*
-** Argument pIdx is a pointer to an index structure that has an array of
-** SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES evenly spaced samples of the first indexed column
-** stored in Index.aSample. These samples divide the domain of values stored
-** the index into (SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1) regions.
-** Region 0 contains all values less than the first sample value. Region
-** 1 contains values between the first and second samples. Region 2 contains
-** values between samples 2 and 3. And so on. Region SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES
-** contains values larger than the last sample.
-**
-** If the index contains many duplicates of a single value, then it is
-** possible that two or more adjacent samples can hold the same value.
-** When that is the case, the smallest possible region code is returned
-** when roundUp is false and the largest possible region code is returned
-** when roundUp is true.
-**
-** If successful, this function determines which of the regions value
-** pVal lies in, sets *piRegion to the region index (a value between 0
-** and SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1, inclusive) and returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Or, if an OOM occurs while converting text values between encodings,
-** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *piRegion is undefined.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-static int whereRangeRegion(
- Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */
- Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */
- sqlite3_value *pVal, /* Value to consider */
- int roundUp, /* Return largest valid region if true */
- int *piRegion /* OUT: Region of domain in which value lies */
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+ yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */
+ YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */
){
- assert( roundUp==0 || roundUp==1 );
- if( ALWAYS(pVal) ){
- IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
- int i = 0;
- int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
-
- if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
- double r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal);
- for(i=0; i<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; i++){
- if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) continue;
- if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLITE_TEXT ) break;
- if( roundUp ){
- if( aSample[i].u.r>r ) break;
- }else{
- if( aSample[i].u.r>=r ) break;
- }
- }
- }else if( eType==SQLITE_NULL ){
- i = 0;
- if( roundUp ){
- while( i<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES && aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) i++;
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- CollSeq *pColl;
- const u8 *z;
- int n;
-
- /* pVal comes from sqlite3ValueFromExpr() so the type cannot be NULL */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
-
- if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal);
- pColl = db->pDfltColl;
- assert( pColl->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
- }else{
- pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl);
- if( pColl==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s",
- *pIdx->azColl);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- z = (const u8 *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc);
- if( !z ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ int i;
+ int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+
+ if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT
+ || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+ return yy_default[stateno];
+ }
+ assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+ i += iLookAhead;
+ if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+ if( iLookAhead>0 ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+ YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */
+ if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+ && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+ yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
}
- assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp );
+#endif
+ return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
}
- n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc);
-
- for(i=0; i<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; i++){
- int c;
- int eSampletype = aSample[i].eType;
- if( eSampletype==SQLITE_NULL || eSampletype<eType ) continue;
- if( (eSampletype!=eType) ) break;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- if( pColl->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- int nSample;
- char *zSample = sqlite3Utf8to16(
- db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample
- );
- if( !zSample ){
- assert( db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample);
- }else
#endif
- {
- c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z);
+#ifdef YYWILDCARD
+ {
+ int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
+ if(
+#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
+ j>=0 &&
+#endif
+#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
+ j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
+#endif
+ yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
+ ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
+ yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
+ }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+ return yy_action[j];
}
- if( c-roundUp>=0 ) break;
}
+#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
}
-
- assert( i>=0 && i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
- *piRegion = i;
+ return yy_default[stateno];
+ }else{
+ return yy_action[i];
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */
/*
-** If expression pExpr represents a literal value, set *pp to point to
-** an sqlite3_value structure containing the same value, with affinity
-** aff applied to it, before returning. It is the responsibility of the
-** caller to eventually release this structure by passing it to
-** sqlite3ValueFree().
-**
-** If the current parse is a recompile (sqlite3Reprepare()) and pExpr
-** is an SQL variable that currently has a non-NULL value bound to it,
-** create an sqlite3_value structure containing this value, again with
-** affinity aff applied to it, instead.
-**
-** If neither of the above apply, set *pp to NULL.
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
**
-** If an error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-static int valueFromExpr(
- Parse *pParse,
- Expr *pExpr,
- u8 aff,
- sqlite3_value **pp
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+ int stateno, /* Current state number */
+ YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */
){
- if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
- || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
- ){
- int iVar = pExpr->iColumn;
- sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */
- *pp = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ int i;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
+ return yy_default[stateno];
}
- return sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, pp);
-}
+#else
+ assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
-** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
-** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
-** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
-** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
-**
-** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
-** |_____| |_____|
-** | |
-** pLower pUpper
-**
-** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
-** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
-**
-** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the
-** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints
-** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is
-** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
-**
-** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
-**
-** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column,
-** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
-**
-** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
-**
-** then nEq should be passed 0.
-**
-** The returned value is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive. A return
-** value of 1 indicates that the proposed range scan is expected to visit
-** approximately 1/100th (1%) of the rows selected by the nEq equality
-** constraints (if any). A return value of 100 indicates that it is expected
-** that the range scan will visit every row (100%) selected by the equality
-** constraints.
-**
-** In the absence of sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, each range inequality
-** reduces the search space by 3/4ths. Hence a single constraint (x>?)
-** results in a return of 25 and a range constraint (x>? AND x<?) results
-** in a return of 6.
-*/
-static int whereRangeScanEst(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
- Index *p, /* The index containing the range-compared column; "x" */
- int nEq, /* index into p->aCol[] of the range-compared column */
- WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
- WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
- int *piEst /* OUT: Return value */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
-
- if( nEq==0 && p->aSample ){
- sqlite3_value *pLowerVal = 0;
- sqlite3_value *pUpperVal = 0;
- int iEst;
- int iLower = 0;
- int iUpper = SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
- int roundUpUpper = 0;
- int roundUpLower = 0;
- u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
-
- if( pLower ){
- Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
- rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pLowerVal);
- assert( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT || pLower->eOperator==WO_GE );
- roundUpLower = (pLower->eOperator==WO_GT) ?1:0;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){
- Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
- rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pUpperVal);
- assert( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LT || pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE );
- roundUpUpper = (pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE) ?1:0;
- }
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pLowerVal==0 && pUpperVal==0) ){
- sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal);
- sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal);
- goto range_est_fallback;
- }else if( pLowerVal==0 ){
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, roundUpUpper, &iUpper);
- if( pLower ) iLower = iUpper/2;
- }else if( pUpperVal==0 ){
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, roundUpLower, &iLower);
- if( pUpper ) iUpper = (iLower + SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES + 1)/2;
- }else{
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, roundUpUpper, &iUpper);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, roundUpLower, &iLower);
- }
- }
- WHERETRACE(("range scan regions: %d..%d\n", iLower, iUpper));
-
- iEst = iUpper - iLower;
- testcase( iEst==SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
- assert( iEst<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
- if( iEst<1 ){
- *piEst = 50/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
- }else{
- *piEst = (iEst*100)/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
- }
- sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal);
- sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal);
- return rc;
+ i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+ assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
+ assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+ i += iLookAhead;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+ return yy_default[stateno];
}
-range_est_fallback:
#else
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq);
+ assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
+ assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
#endif
- assert( pLower || pUpper );
- *piEst = 100;
- if( pLower && (pLower->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ) *piEst /= 4;
- if( pUpper ) *piEst /= 4;
- return rc;
+ return yy_action[i];
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
/*
-** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
-** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
-** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most
-** column of an index and sqlite_stat2 histogram data is available
-** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
-** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
-**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
-** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
-** non-zero.
-**
-** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
-** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
-** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored
-** in the pParse structure.
+** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
*/
-static int whereEqualScanEst(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
- Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */
- Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
- double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */
-){
- sqlite3_value *pRhs = 0; /* VALUE on right-hand side of pTerm */
- int iLower, iUpper; /* Range of histogram regions containing pRhs */
- u8 aff; /* Column affinity */
- int rc; /* Subfunction return code */
- double nRowEst; /* New estimate of the number of rows */
-
- assert( p->aSample!=0 );
- aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
- if( pExpr ){
- rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRhs);
- if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel;
- }else{
- pRhs = sqlite3ValueNew(pParse->db);
- }
- if( pRhs==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pRhs, 0, &iLower);
- if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel;
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pRhs, 1, &iUpper);
- if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel;
- WHERETRACE(("equality scan regions: %d..%d\n", iLower, iUpper));
- if( iLower>=iUpper ){
- nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0]/(SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2);
- if( nRowEst<*pnRow ) *pnRow = nRowEst;
- }else{
- nRowEst = (iUpper-iLower)*p->aiRowEst[0]/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
- *pnRow = nRowEst;
- }
+static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
+ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+ yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+ }
+#endif
+ while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+ /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+ ** stack every overflows */
-whereEqualScanEst_cancel:
- sqlite3ValueFree(pRhs);
- return rc;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
+ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2) */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
/*
-** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
-** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
-** is a list of values. Example:
-**
-** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
-**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
-** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
-** non-zero.
-**
-** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
-** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
-** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored
-** in the pParse structure.
+** Perform a shift action.
*/
-static int whereInScanEst(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
- Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */
- ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
- double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+static void yy_shift(
+ yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */
+ int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */
+ int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */
+ YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
){
- sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* One value from list */
- int iLower, iUpper; /* Range of histogram regions containing pRhs */
- u8 aff; /* Column affinity */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */
- double nRowEst; /* New estimate of the number of rows */
- int nSpan = 0; /* Number of histogram regions spanned */
- int nSingle = 0; /* Histogram regions hit by a single value */
- int nNotFound = 0; /* Count of values that are not constants */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- u8 aSpan[SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1]; /* Histogram regions that are spanned */
- u8 aSingle[SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1]; /* Histogram regions hit once */
-
- assert( p->aSample!=0 );
- aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
- memset(aSpan, 0, sizeof(aSpan));
- memset(aSingle, 0, sizeof(aSingle));
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr, aff, &pVal);
- if( rc ) break;
- if( pVal==0 || sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_NULL ){
- nNotFound++;
- continue;
- }
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pVal, 0, &iLower);
- if( rc ) break;
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pVal, 1, &iUpper);
- if( rc ) break;
- if( iLower>=iUpper ){
- aSingle[iLower] = 1;
- }else{
- assert( iLower>=0 && iUpper<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
- while( iLower<iUpper ) aSpan[iLower++] = 1;
- }
+ yyStackEntry *yytos;
+ yypParser->yyidx++;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+ if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
+ yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- for(i=nSpan=0; i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; i++){
- if( aSpan[i] ){
- nSpan++;
- }else if( aSingle[i] ){
- nSingle++;
- }
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+ if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+ yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+ return;
+ }
+#else
+ if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+ yyGrowStack(yypParser);
+ if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+ yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+ return;
}
- nRowEst = (nSpan*2+nSingle)*p->aiRowEst[0]/(2*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES)
- + nNotFound*p->aiRowEst[1];
- if( nRowEst > p->aiRowEst[0] ) nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0];
- *pnRow = nRowEst;
- WHERETRACE(("IN row estimate: nSpan=%d, nSingle=%d, nNotFound=%d, est=%g\n",
- nSpan, nSingle, nNotFound, nRowEst));
}
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- return rc;
+#endif
+ yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+ yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
+ yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
+ yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+ int i;
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+ for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+ }
+#endif
}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2) */
-
-/*
-** Find the best query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the
-** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the
-** last parameter.
-**
-** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of
-** CPU and disk I/O needed to process the requested result.
-** Factors that influence cost include:
-**
-** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The
-** fewer the better.)
-**
-** * Whether or not sorting must occur.
-**
-** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the
-** index and in the main table.
-**
-** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in
-** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the
-** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is
-** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index,
-** then the cost is calculated in the usual way.
-**
-** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table
-** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the
-** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key
-** index.
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
*/
-static void bestBtreeIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
- Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
- WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
-){
- int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
- Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */
- Index *pIdx; /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */
- int eqTermMask; /* Current mask of valid equality operators */
- int idxEqTermMask; /* Index mask of valid equality operators */
- Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */
- unsigned int aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */
- int aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
- int wsFlagMask; /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */
-
- /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */
- memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
- pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
-
- /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
- ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table. This is
- ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match -
- ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover. Ticket #2177.
- */
- if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){
- idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
- }else{
- idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL;
- }
-
- if( pSrc->pIndex ){
- /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
- pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
- wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
- eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask;
- }else{
- /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local
- ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this
- ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
- ** indices to follow */
- Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */
- memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
- sPk.nColumn = 1;
- sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
- sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk;
- sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
- sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab;
- aiRowEstPk[0] = pSrc->pTab->nRowEst;
- aiRowEstPk[1] = 1;
- pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
- if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){
- /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
- ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
- sPk.pNext = pFirst;
- }
- pProbe = &sPk;
- wsFlagMask = ~(
- WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE
- );
- eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
- pIdx = 0;
- }
-
- /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use
- */
- for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
- const unsigned int * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst;
- double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */
- double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */
- double log10N; /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */
- int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */
- int wsFlags = 0;
- Bitmask used = 0;
-
- /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of
- ** index being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected
- ** cost and number of rows returned.
- **
- ** nEq:
- ** Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index.
- ** In other words, the number of initial fields in the index that
- ** are used in == or IN or NOT NULL constraints of the WHERE clause.
- **
- ** nInMul:
- ** The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations
- ** SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the
- ** WHERE clause is:
- **
- ** WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6)
- **
- ** SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is
- ** set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE
- ** clauses:
- **
- ** WHERE a = 1
- ** WHERE a >= 2
- **
- ** nInMul is set to 1.
- **
- ** If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then
- ** the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of
- ** determining nInMul.
- **
- ** bInEst:
- ** Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used
- ** in determining the value of nInMul. Note that the RHS of the
- ** IN operator must be a SELECT, not a value list, for this variable
- ** to be true.
- **
- ** estBound:
- ** An estimate on the amount of the table that must be searched. A
- ** value of 100 means the entire table is searched. Range constraints
- ** might reduce this to a value less than 100 to indicate that only
- ** a fraction of the table needs searching. In the absence of
- ** sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, a single inequality reduces the search
- ** space to 1/4rd its original size. So an x>? constraint reduces
- ** estBound to 25. Two constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduce estBound to 6.
- **
- ** bSort:
- ** Boolean. True if there is an ORDER BY clause that will require an
- ** external sort (i.e. scanning the index being evaluated will not
- ** correctly order records).
- **
- ** bLookup:
- ** Boolean. True if a table lookup is required for each index entry
- ** visited. In other words, true if this is not a covering index.
- ** This is always false for the rowid primary key index of a table.
- ** For other indexes, it is true unless all the columns of the table
- ** used by the SELECT statement are present in the index (such an
- ** index is sometimes described as a covering index).
- ** For example, given the index on (a, b), the second of the following
- ** two queries requires table b-tree lookups in order to find the value
- ** of column c, but the first does not because columns a and b are
- ** both available in the index.
- **
- ** SELECT a, b FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
- ** SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
- */
- int nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms matching index */
- int bInEst = 0; /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */
- int nInMul = 1; /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */
- int estBound = 100; /* Estimated reduction in search space */
- int nBound = 0; /* Number of range constraints seen */
- int bSort = 0; /* True if external sort required */
- int bLookup = 0; /* True if not a covering index */
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0; /* First term matching the index */
-#endif
-
- /* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */
- for(nEq=0; nEq<pProbe->nColumn; nEq++){
- int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
- pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx);
- if( pTerm==0 ) break;
- wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ);
- if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
- Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
- wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": Assume the SELECT returns 25 rows */
- nInMul *= 25;
- bInEst = 1;
- }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
- /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
- nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr;
- }
- }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){
- wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- if( nEq==0 && pProbe->aSample ) pFirstTerm = pTerm;
-#endif
- used |= pTerm->prereqRight;
- }
-
- /* Determine the value of estBound. */
- if( nEq<pProbe->nColumn && pProbe->bUnordered==0 ){
- int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
- if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){
- WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx);
- WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx);
- whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &estBound);
- if( pTop ){
- nBound = 1;
- wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
- used |= pTop->prereqRight;
- }
- if( pBtm ){
- nBound++;
- wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
- used |= pBtm->prereqRight;
- }
- wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
- }
- }else if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){
- testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN );
- testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL );
- if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){
- wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
- }
- }
-
- /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will
- ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags
- ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index
- ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable. */
- if( pOrderBy ){
- if( (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
- && pProbe->bUnordered==0
- && isSortingIndex(pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy,
- nEq, wsFlags, &rev)
- ){
- wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY;
- wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0);
- }else{
- bSort = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK
- ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without
- ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering
- ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in
- ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true. */
- if( pIdx && wsFlags ){
- Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
- int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
- if( x<BMS-1 ){
- m &= ~(((Bitmask)1)<<x);
- }
- }
- if( m==0 ){
- wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
- }else{
- bLookup = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Estimate the number of rows of output. For an "x IN (SELECT...)"
- ** constraint, do not let the estimate exceed half the rows in the table.
- */
- nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul);
- if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){
- nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2;
- nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]);
- }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE and histogram
- ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible
- ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on
- ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram.
- */
- if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 ){
- if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){
- testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
- testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
- whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow);
- }else if( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN && bInEst==0 ){
- whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow);
- }
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */
-
- /* Adjust the number of output rows and downward to reflect rows
- ** that are excluded by range constraints.
- */
- nRow = (nRow * (double)estBound) / (double)100;
- if( nRow<1 ) nRow = 1;
-
- /* Experiments run on real SQLite databases show that the time needed
- ** to do a binary search to locate a row in a table or index is roughly
- ** log10(N) times the time to move from one row to the next row within
- ** a table or index. The actual times can vary, with the size of
- ** records being an important factor. Both moves and searches are
- ** slower with larger records, presumably because fewer records fit
- ** on one page and hence more pages have to be fetched.
- **
- ** The ANALYZE command and the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables do
- ** not give us data on the relative sizes of table and index records.
- ** So this computation assumes table records are about twice as big
- ** as index records
- */
- if( (wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
- /* The cost of a full table scan is a number of move operations equal
- ** to the number of rows in the table.
- **
- ** We add an additional 4x penalty to full table scans. This causes
- ** the cost function to err on the side of choosing an index over
- ** choosing a full scan. This 4x full-scan penalty is an arguable
- ** decision and one which we expect to revisit in the future. But
- ** it seems to be working well enough at the moment.
- */
- cost = aiRowEst[0]*4;
- }else{
- log10N = estLog(aiRowEst[0]);
- cost = nRow;
- if( pIdx ){
- if( bLookup ){
- /* For an index lookup followed by a table lookup:
- ** nInMul index searches to find the start of each index range
- ** + nRow steps through the index
- ** + nRow table searches to lookup the table entry using the rowid
- */
- cost += (nInMul + nRow)*log10N;
- }else{
- /* For a covering index:
- ** nInMul index searches to find the initial entry
- ** + nRow steps through the index
- */
- cost += nInMul*log10N;
- }
- }else{
- /* For a rowid primary key lookup:
- ** nInMult table searches to find the initial entry for each range
- ** + nRow steps through the table
- */
- cost += nInMul*log10N;
- }
- }
-
- /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result. Actual experimental
- ** measurements of sorting performance in SQLite show that sorting time
- ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be
- ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3. We will split the
- ** difference and select C of 3.0.
- */
- if( bSort ){
- cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3;
- }
-
- /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/
-
- /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot
- ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number
- ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly. This only
- ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother
- ** with this step if we already know this index will not be chosen.
- ** Also, never reduce the output row count below 2 using this step.
- **
- ** It is critical that the notValid mask be used here instead of
- ** the notReady mask. When computing an "optimal" index, the notReady
- ** mask will only have one bit set - the bit for the current table.
- ** The notValid mask, on the other hand, always has all bits set for
- ** tables that are not in outer loops. If notReady is used here instead
- ** of notValid, then a optimal index that depends on inner joins loops
- ** might be selected even when there exists an optimal index that has
- ** no such dependency.
- */
- if( nRow>2 && cost<=pCost->rCost ){
- int k; /* Loop counter */
- int nSkipEq = nEq; /* Number of == constraints to skip */
- int nSkipRange = nBound; /* Number of < constraints to skip */
- Bitmask thisTab; /* Bitmap for pSrc */
-
- thisTab = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
- for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; nRow>2 && k; k--, pTerm++){
- if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notValid)!=thisTab ) continue;
- if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ){
- if( nSkipEq ){
- /* Ignore the first nEq equality matches since the index
- ** has already accounted for these */
- nSkipEq--;
- }else{
- /* Assume each additional equality match reduces the result
- ** set size by a factor of 10 */
- nRow /= 10;
- }
- }else if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
- if( nSkipRange ){
- /* Ignore the first nSkipRange range constraints since the index
- ** has already accounted for these */
- nSkipRange--;
- }else{
- /* Assume each additional range constraint reduces the result
- ** set size by a factor of 3. Indexed range constraints reduce
- ** the search space by a larger factor: 4. We make indexed range
- ** more selective intentionally because of the subjective
- ** observation that indexed range constraints really are more
- ** selective in practice, on average. */
- nRow /= 3;
- }
- }else if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_NOOP ){
- /* Any other expression lowers the output row count by half */
- nRow /= 2;
- }
- }
- if( nRow<2 ) nRow = 2;
- }
-
-
- WHERETRACE((
- "%s(%s): nEq=%d nInMul=%d estBound=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d wsFlags=0x%x\n"
- " notReady=0x%llx log10N=%.1f nRow=%.1f cost=%.1f used=0x%llx\n",
- pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"),
- nEq, nInMul, estBound, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags,
- notReady, log10N, nRow, cost, used
- ));
-
- /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this
- ** index and its cost in the pCost structure.
- */
- if( (!pIdx || wsFlags)
- && (cost<pCost->rCost || (cost<=pCost->rCost && nRow<pCost->plan.nRow))
- ){
- pCost->rCost = cost;
- pCost->used = used;
- pCost->plan.nRow = nRow;
- pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask);
- pCost->plan.nEq = nEq;
- pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx;
- }
+static const struct {
+ YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+ unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+ { 144, 1 },
+ { 145, 2 },
+ { 145, 1 },
+ { 146, 1 },
+ { 146, 3 },
+ { 147, 0 },
+ { 147, 1 },
+ { 147, 3 },
+ { 148, 1 },
+ { 149, 3 },
+ { 151, 0 },
+ { 151, 1 },
+ { 151, 2 },
+ { 150, 0 },
+ { 150, 1 },
+ { 150, 1 },
+ { 150, 1 },
+ { 149, 2 },
+ { 149, 2 },
+ { 149, 2 },
+ { 153, 1 },
+ { 153, 0 },
+ { 149, 2 },
+ { 149, 3 },
+ { 149, 5 },
+ { 149, 2 },
+ { 154, 6 },
+ { 156, 1 },
+ { 158, 0 },
+ { 158, 3 },
+ { 157, 1 },
+ { 157, 0 },
+ { 155, 5 },
+ { 155, 2 },
+ { 162, 0 },
+ { 162, 2 },
+ { 160, 3 },
+ { 160, 1 },
+ { 164, 3 },
+ { 165, 1 },
+ { 152, 1 },
+ { 152, 1 },
+ { 152, 1 },
+ { 166, 0 },
+ { 166, 1 },
+ { 168, 1 },
+ { 168, 4 },
+ { 168, 6 },
+ { 169, 1 },
+ { 169, 2 },
+ { 170, 1 },
+ { 170, 1 },
+ { 167, 2 },
+ { 167, 0 },
+ { 173, 2 },
+ { 173, 2 },
+ { 173, 4 },
+ { 173, 3 },
+ { 173, 3 },
+ { 173, 2 },
+ { 173, 2 },
+ { 173, 3 },
+ { 173, 5 },
+ { 173, 2 },
+ { 173, 4 },
+ { 173, 4 },
+ { 173, 1 },
+ { 173, 2 },
+ { 178, 0 },
+ { 178, 1 },
+ { 180, 0 },
+ { 180, 2 },
+ { 182, 2 },
+ { 182, 3 },
+ { 182, 3 },
+ { 182, 3 },
+ { 183, 2 },
+ { 183, 2 },
+ { 183, 1 },
+ { 183, 1 },
+ { 183, 2 },
+ { 181, 3 },
+ { 181, 2 },
+ { 184, 0 },
+ { 184, 2 },
+ { 184, 2 },
+ { 161, 0 },
+ { 161, 2 },
+ { 185, 3 },
+ { 185, 1 },
+ { 186, 1 },
+ { 186, 0 },
+ { 187, 2 },
+ { 187, 7 },
+ { 187, 5 },
+ { 187, 5 },
+ { 187, 10 },
+ { 189, 0 },
+ { 189, 1 },
+ { 176, 0 },
+ { 176, 3 },
+ { 190, 0 },
+ { 190, 2 },
+ { 191, 1 },
+ { 191, 1 },
+ { 191, 1 },
+ { 149, 4 },
+ { 193, 2 },
+ { 193, 0 },
+ { 149, 8 },
+ { 149, 4 },
+ { 149, 1 },
+ { 163, 2 },
+ { 195, 1 },
+ { 195, 3 },
+ { 198, 1 },
+ { 198, 2 },
+ { 198, 1 },
+ { 196, 9 },
+ { 196, 1 },
+ { 207, 4 },
+ { 207, 5 },
+ { 199, 1 },
+ { 199, 1 },
+ { 199, 0 },
+ { 210, 2 },
+ { 210, 0 },
+ { 200, 3 },
+ { 200, 2 },
+ { 200, 4 },
+ { 211, 2 },
+ { 211, 1 },
+ { 211, 0 },
+ { 201, 0 },
+ { 201, 2 },
+ { 213, 2 },
+ { 213, 0 },
+ { 212, 7 },
+ { 212, 7 },
+ { 212, 7 },
+ { 159, 0 },
+ { 159, 2 },
+ { 194, 2 },
+ { 214, 1 },
+ { 214, 2 },
+ { 214, 3 },
+ { 214, 4 },
+ { 216, 2 },
+ { 216, 0 },
+ { 215, 0 },
+ { 215, 3 },
+ { 215, 2 },
+ { 217, 4 },
+ { 217, 0 },
+ { 205, 0 },
+ { 205, 3 },
+ { 220, 4 },
+ { 220, 2 },
+ { 177, 1 },
+ { 177, 1 },
+ { 177, 0 },
+ { 203, 0 },
+ { 203, 3 },
+ { 204, 0 },
+ { 204, 2 },
+ { 206, 0 },
+ { 206, 2 },
+ { 206, 4 },
+ { 206, 4 },
+ { 149, 6 },
+ { 202, 0 },
+ { 202, 2 },
+ { 149, 8 },
+ { 221, 5 },
+ { 221, 3 },
+ { 149, 6 },
+ { 149, 7 },
+ { 222, 2 },
+ { 222, 1 },
+ { 223, 0 },
+ { 223, 3 },
+ { 219, 3 },
+ { 219, 1 },
+ { 175, 1 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 175, 1 },
+ { 175, 1 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 5 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 175, 1 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 6 },
+ { 175, 5 },
+ { 175, 4 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 224, 1 },
+ { 224, 2 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 5 },
+ { 175, 2 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 4 },
+ { 175, 2 },
+ { 175, 2 },
+ { 175, 2 },
+ { 175, 2 },
+ { 225, 1 },
+ { 225, 2 },
+ { 175, 5 },
+ { 226, 1 },
+ { 226, 2 },
+ { 175, 5 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 5 },
+ { 175, 4 },
+ { 175, 4 },
+ { 175, 5 },
+ { 228, 5 },
+ { 228, 4 },
+ { 229, 2 },
+ { 229, 0 },
+ { 227, 1 },
+ { 227, 0 },
+ { 209, 1 },
+ { 209, 0 },
+ { 208, 3 },
+ { 208, 1 },
+ { 149, 12 },
+ { 230, 1 },
+ { 230, 0 },
+ { 179, 0 },
+ { 179, 3 },
+ { 188, 5 },
+ { 188, 3 },
+ { 231, 0 },
+ { 231, 2 },
+ { 149, 4 },
+ { 149, 1 },
+ { 149, 2 },
+ { 149, 3 },
+ { 149, 5 },
+ { 149, 6 },
+ { 149, 5 },
+ { 149, 6 },
+ { 232, 1 },
+ { 232, 1 },
+ { 232, 1 },
+ { 232, 1 },
+ { 232, 1 },
+ { 171, 2 },
+ { 171, 1 },
+ { 172, 2 },
+ { 149, 5 },
+ { 233, 11 },
+ { 235, 1 },
+ { 235, 1 },
+ { 235, 2 },
+ { 235, 0 },
+ { 236, 1 },
+ { 236, 1 },
+ { 236, 3 },
+ { 237, 0 },
+ { 237, 3 },
+ { 238, 0 },
+ { 238, 2 },
+ { 234, 3 },
+ { 234, 2 },
+ { 240, 1 },
+ { 240, 3 },
+ { 241, 0 },
+ { 241, 3 },
+ { 241, 2 },
+ { 239, 7 },
+ { 239, 5 },
+ { 239, 5 },
+ { 239, 1 },
+ { 175, 4 },
+ { 175, 6 },
+ { 192, 1 },
+ { 192, 1 },
+ { 192, 1 },
+ { 149, 4 },
+ { 149, 6 },
+ { 149, 3 },
+ { 243, 0 },
+ { 243, 2 },
+ { 242, 1 },
+ { 242, 0 },
+ { 149, 1 },
+ { 149, 3 },
+ { 149, 1 },
+ { 149, 3 },
+ { 149, 6 },
+ { 149, 6 },
+ { 244, 1 },
+ { 245, 0 },
+ { 245, 1 },
+ { 149, 1 },
+ { 149, 4 },
+ { 246, 8 },
+ { 247, 1 },
+ { 247, 3 },
+ { 248, 0 },
+ { 248, 2 },
+ { 249, 1 },
+ { 249, 3 },
+ { 250, 1 },
+ { 251, 0 },
+ { 251, 4 },
+ { 251, 2 },
+ { 197, 0 },
+ { 197, 2 },
+ { 197, 3 },
+ { 252, 6 },
+ { 252, 8 },
+};
- /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
- ** considered. */
- if( pSrc->pIndex ) break;
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */
- /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */
- wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
- eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask;
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+ yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */
+ int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+ int yygoto; /* The next state */
+ int yyact; /* The next action */
+ YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+ yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */
+ int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */
+ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+ yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0
+ && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+ yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
- /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLITE_ReverseOrder flag
- ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned
- ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases
- ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that
- ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause. */
- if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){
- pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
- }
+ /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
+ ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
+ ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
+ ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the
+ ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
+ ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code
+ ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.
+ **
+ ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
+ ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there
+ ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report
+ ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
+ ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172)
+ */
+ /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
+ yygotominor = yyzerominor;
- assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 );
- assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 );
- assert( pSrc->pIndex==0
- || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0
- || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex
- );
- WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n",
- ((pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ? "none" :
- pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk")
- ));
-
- bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
- bestAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pCost);
- pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask;
+ switch( yyruleno ){
+ /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example
+ ** follows:
+ ** case 0:
+ ** #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+ ** { ... } // User supplied code
+ ** #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+ ** break;
+ */
+ case 5: /* explain ::= */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+ break;
+ case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+ break;
+ case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
+ break;
+ case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+ break;
+ case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+ break;
+ case 13: /* transtype ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+ break;
+ case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
+ case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
+ case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
+ case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115);
+ case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;}
+ break;
+ case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
+ case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+ break;
+ case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+ break;
+ case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
+{
+ sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
-
-/*
-** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the
-** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied
-** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of
-** both real and virtual table scans.
-*/
-static void bestIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
- Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
- WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){
- sqlite3_index_info *p = 0;
- bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost,&p);
- if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){
- sqlite3_free(p->idxStr);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
+ break;
+ case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+ sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+ sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
+{
+ sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
+{
+ pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+ yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+}
+ break;
+ case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */
+ case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
+ case 68: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==68);
+ case 81: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==81);
+ case 83: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83);
+ case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
+ case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97);
+ case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
+ case 218: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218);
+ case 221: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
+ case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30);
+ case 69: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69);
+ case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
+ case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107);
+ case 219: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219);
+ case 222: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;}
+ break;
+ case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */
+{
+ sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy186,0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
+{
+ sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+}
+ break;
+ case 34: /* table_options ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 35: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */
+{
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
+ yygotominor.yy186 = TF_WithoutRowid;
+ }else{
+ yygotominor.yy186 = 0;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);
}
}
-
-/*
-** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term
-** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
-** or USING clause of that join.
-**
-** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
-**
-** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
-** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**
-** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
-** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
-** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled.
-**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-24597-58655 No tests are done for terms that are
-** completely satisfied by indices.
-**
-** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
-** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied
-** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
-** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
-** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much
-** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get
-** the wrong answer. See ticket #813.
-*/
-static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
- if( pTerm
- && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
- && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
- ){
- pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
- if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
- WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
- if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
- disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
+ break;
+ case 38: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+}
+ break;
+ case 39: /* columnid ::= nm */
+{
+ sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+ pParse->constraintName.n = 0;
+}
+ break;
+ case 40: /* nm ::= ID|INDEXED */
+ case 41: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41);
+ case 42: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
+ case 45: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==45);
+ case 48: /* typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==48);
+ case 130: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130);
+ case 131: /* as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==131);
+ case 141: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141);
+ case 150: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150);
+ case 247: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247);
+ case 256: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==256);
+ case 257: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==257);
+ case 258: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==258);
+ case 259: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==259);
+ case 260: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260);
+ case 261: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261);
+ case 262: /* plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262);
+ case 263: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263);
+ case 279: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+ break;
+ case 44: /* type ::= typetoken */
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+ break;
+ case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+ break;
+ case 49: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
+ break;
+ case 54: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+ case 92: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
+{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+ break;
+ case 55: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
+ case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57);
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+ break;
+ case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);}
+ break;
+ case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
+{
+ ExprSpan v;
+ v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
+ v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+ sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+ break;
+ case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */
+{
+ ExprSpan v;
+ spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+ break;
+ case 61: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+ break;
+ case 62: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);}
+ break;
+ case 63: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+ break;
+ case 64: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+ break;
+ case 65: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+ break;
+ case 66: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+ break;
+ case 67: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 70: /* refargs ::= */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
+ break;
+ case 71: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; }
+ break;
+ case 72: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+ case 73: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==73);
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; }
+ break;
+ case 74: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+ break;
+ case 75: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+ break;
+ case 76: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ break;
+ case 77: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ break;
+ case 78: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ break;
+ case 79: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ break;
+ case 80: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+ break;
+ case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+ case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
+ case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100);
+ case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+ break;
+ case 86: /* conslist_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
+ break;
+ case 90: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */
+{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);}
+ break;
+ case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+ break;
+ case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+ break;
+ case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+{
+ sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 99: /* onconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;}
+ break;
+ case 101: /* orconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;}
+ break;
+ case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+ break;
+ case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;}
+ break;
+ case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;}
+ break;
+ case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+{
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
+{
+ sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+{
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 111: /* cmd ::= select */
+{
+ SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+}
+ break;
+ case 112: /* select ::= with selectnowith */
+{
+ Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy3, *pNext, *pLoop;
+ if( p ){
+ int cnt = 0, mxSelect;
+ p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy59;
+ if( p->pPrior ){
+ pNext = 0;
+ for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
+ pLoop->pNext = pNext;
+ pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound;
+ }
+ mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
+ if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
}
}
+ }else{
+ sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy59);
}
+ yygotominor.yy3 = p;
}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
-** to the n registers starting at base.
-**
-** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the
-** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated.
-**
-** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
-** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
-*/
-static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- if( zAff==0 ){
- assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- return;
+ break;
+ case 113: /* selectnowith ::= oneselect */
+ case 119: /* oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
+{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;}
+ break;
+ case 114: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */
+{
+ Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;
+ if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){
+ SrcList *pFrom;
+ Token x;
+ x.n = 0;
+ pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0);
+ pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ }
+ if( pRhs ){
+ pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328;
+ pRhs->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3;
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy328!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3);
}
- assert( v!=0 );
-
- /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning
- ** and end of the affinity string.
+ yygotominor.yy3 = pRhs;
+}
+ break;
+ case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;}
+ break;
+ case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy381,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset);
+#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
+ /* Populate the Select.zSelName[] string that is used to help with
+ ** query planner debugging, to differentiate between multiple Select
+ ** objects in a complex query.
+ **
+ ** If the SELECT keyword is immediately followed by a C-style comment
+ ** then extract the first few alphanumeric characters from within that
+ ** comment to be the zSelName value. Otherwise, the label is #N where
+ ** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen.
*/
- while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- n--;
- base++;
- zAff++;
- }
- while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- n--;
- }
-
- /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
- if( n>0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
+ if( yygotominor.yy3!=0 ){
+ const char *z = yymsp[-8].minor.yy0.z+6;
+ int i;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yygotominor.yy3->zSelName), yygotominor.yy3->zSelName, "#%d",
+ ++pParse->nSelect);
+ while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
+ if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
+ z += 2;
+ while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){}
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yygotominor.yy3->zSelName), yygotominor.yy3->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
+ }
}
+#endif /* SELECTRACE_ENABLED */
}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality
-** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be
-** coded.
-**
-** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
-**
-** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
-** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...)
-** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
-*/
-static int codeEqualityTerm(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
- WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
- int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
-){
- Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int iReg; /* Register holding results */
-
- assert( iTarget>0 );
- if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
- iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
- }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
- iReg = iTarget;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ break;
+ case 120: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 121: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */
+{
+ Select *pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
+ if( pRight ){
+ pRight->op = TK_ALL;
+ pRight->pPrior = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3;
+ yygotominor.yy3 = pRight;
}else{
- int eType;
- int iTab;
- struct InLoop *pIn;
-
- assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
- iReg = iTarget;
- eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0);
- iTab = pX->iTable;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
- assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE );
- if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
- pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- }
- pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
- pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
- sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
- sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
- pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
- if( pIn ){
- pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
- pIn->iCur = iTab;
- if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
- pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
- }else{
- pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg);
- }else{
- pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
- }
-#endif
+ yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3;
}
- disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
- return iReg;
}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
-** index.
-**
-** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
-** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
-** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
-** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two
-** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate
-** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored
-** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
-**
-** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value
-** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
-** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
-** compute the affinity string.
-**
-** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns
-** the index of that memory cell. The code that
-** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination
-** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then
-** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
-** use.
-**
-** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
-** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
-** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
-** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
-** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
-**
-** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
-** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity,
-** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
-** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
-** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE.
-*/
-static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
- WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
- int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
- char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
-){
- int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */
- Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */
- int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */
- int j; /* Loop counter */
- int regBase; /* Base register */
- int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */
- char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */
-
- /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
- assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
- pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
-
- /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
- */
- regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
- nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg;
- pParse->nMem += nReg;
-
- zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx));
- if( !zAff ){
- pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ break;
+ case 122: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
+{yygotominor.yy381 = SF_Distinct;}
+ break;
+ case 123: /* distinct ::= ALL */
+ case 124: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==124);
+{yygotominor.yy381 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 125: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
+ case 243: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;}
+ break;
+ case 126: /* sclp ::= */
+ case 154: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154);
+ case 161: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
+ case 236: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236);
+ case 242: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 127: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);
+}
+ break;
+ case 128: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+{
+ Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p);
+}
+ break;
+ case 129: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+{
+ Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+ Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot);
+}
+ break;
+ case 132: /* as ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 133: /* from ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));}
+ break;
+ case 134: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65;
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65);
+}
+ break;
+ case 135: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65;
+ if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+ break;
+ case 136: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 137: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 138: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
}
-
- /* Evaluate the equality constraints
- */
- assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq );
- for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
- int r1;
- int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
- pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx);
- if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break;
- /* The following true for indices with redundant columns.
- ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
- testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
- r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j);
- if( r1!=regBase+j ){
- if( nReg==1 ){
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
- regBase = r1;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
- }
- }
- testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
- testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
- if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
- Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
- sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
- if( zAff ){
- if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
- zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- }
+ break;
+ case 139: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+ if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){
+ yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65;
+ }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->nSrc==1 ){
+ yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+ if( yygotominor.yy65 ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1];
+ struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->a;
+ pNew->zName = pOld->zName;
+ pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase;
+ pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect;
+ pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0;
+ pOld->pSelect = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
+ }else{
+ Select *pSubquery;
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
+ pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0);
+ yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
}
}
- *pzAff = zAff;
- return regBase;
+ break;
+ case 140: /* dbnm ::= */
+ case 149: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==149);
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
+ break;
+ case 142: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 143: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; }
+ break;
+ case 144: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+ break;
+ case 145: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
+ break;
+ case 146: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
+ break;
+ case 147: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+ case 164: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164);
+ case 171: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171);
+ case 231: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231);
+ case 233: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==233);
+{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+ break;
+ case 148: /* on_opt ::= */
+ case 163: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==163);
+ case 170: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170);
+ case 232: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==232);
+ case 234: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==234);
+{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 151: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
+ break;
+ case 152: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */
+ case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
+{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;}
+ break;
+ case 153: /* using_opt ::= */
+ case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179);
+{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 155: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+ case 162: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162);
+ case 235: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;}
+ break;
+ case 156: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
-**
-** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
-** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
-** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
-** terms only.
-*/
-static void explainAppendTerm(
- StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */
- int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */
- const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */
- const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */
-){
- if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zColumn, -1);
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
+ break;
+ case 157: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
}
-
-/*
-** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This
-** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description
-** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an
-** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned.
-**
-** For example, if the query:
-**
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
-**
-** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
-** string similar to:
-**
-** "a=? AND b>?"
-**
-** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().
-** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is
-** no longer required.
-*/
-static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLevel *pLevel, Table *pTab){
- WherePlan *pPlan = &pLevel->plan;
- Index *pIndex = pPlan->u.pIdx;
- int nEq = pPlan->nEq;
- int i, j;
- Column *aCol = pTab->aCol;
- int *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn;
- StrAccum txt;
-
- if( nEq==0 && (pPlan->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
- txt.db = db;
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2);
- for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
- explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName, "=");
+ break;
+ case 158: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+ case 160: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+ break;
+ case 159: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+ break;
+ case 165: /* limit_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 167: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+ break;
+ case 168: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+ break;
+ case 169: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+{
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+}
+ break;
+ case 172: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+{
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, 1);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list");
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
+}
+ break;
+ case 173: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+ break;
+ case 174: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+ break;
+ case 175: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
+{
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1);
+ sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);
+}
+ break;
+ case 176: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+{
+ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy59, 1);
+ sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
+}
+ break;
+ case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;}
+ break;
+ case 178: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;}
+ break;
+ case 181: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */
+{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 182: /* idlist ::= nm */
+{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 183: /* expr ::= term */
+{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;}
+ break;
+ case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 185: /* term ::= NULL */
+ case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190);
+ case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 186: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */
+ case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+ Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+ Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+{
+ Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+ Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+ Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 192: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+{
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>=2 && yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1]) ){
+ /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
+ ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers
+ ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */
+ if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0;
+ }else{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable);
+ }
+ }else{
+ spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
}
-
- j = i;
- if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
- explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, ">");
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 193: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+ break;
+ case 194: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 195: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */
+{
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
}
- if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
- explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, "<");
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy381 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
}
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1);
- return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt);
}
-
-/*
-** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
-** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single
-** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in
-** pLevel.
-*/
-static void explainOneScan(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */
- WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
- int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */
- int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */
- u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-){
- if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- u32 flags = pLevel->plan.wsFlags;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */
- sqlite3_int64 nRow; /* Expected number of rows visited by scan */
- int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */
- int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
-
- if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return;
-
- isSearch = (pLevel->plan.nEq>0)
- || (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
- || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
-
- zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN");
- if( pItem->pSelect ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId);
+ break;
+ case 196: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 197: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 198: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+ case 199: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199);
+ case 200: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
+ case 201: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
+ case 202: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
+ case 203: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
+ case 204: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
+ case 205: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
+{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+ break;
+ case 206: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 207: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 1;}
+ break;
+ case 208: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
+{
+ ExprList *pList;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.eOperator);
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+ break;
+ case 209: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
+{
+ ExprList *pList;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.eOperator);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+ break;
+ case 210: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 211: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 212: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
+{
+ spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
+ binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
+}
+ break;
+ case 213: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
+{
+ spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
+ binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
+}
+ break;
+ case 214: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
+ case 215: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215);
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 216: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 217: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 220: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+{
+ ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+ }
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+}
+ break;
+ case 223: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+{
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14==0 ){
+ /* Expressions of the form
+ **
+ ** expr1 IN ()
+ ** expr1 NOT IN ()
+ **
+ ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
+ ** regardless of the value of expr1.
+ */
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy328]);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr==1 ){
+ /* Expressions of the form:
+ **
+ ** expr1 IN (?1)
+ ** expr1 NOT IN (?2)
+ **
+ ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something
+ ** like this:
+ **
+ ** expr1 == ?1
+ ** expr1 <> ?2
+ **
+ ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag
+ ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison
+ ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison. Otherwise,
+ ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN.
+ */
+ Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr;
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
+ /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected
+ ** before now and control would have never reached this point */
+ if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){
+ pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
+ pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
+ }
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0);
}else{
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName);
- }
-
- if( pItem->zAlias ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
- }
- if( (flags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
- char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLevel, pItem->pTab);
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING %s%sINDEX%s%s%s", zMsg,
- ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"AUTOMATIC ":""),
- ((flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)?"COVERING ":""),
- ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"":" "),
- ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"": pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName),
- zWhere
- );
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
- }else if( flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
-
- if( flags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg);
- }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid<?)", zMsg);
- }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>?)", zMsg);
- }else if( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid<?)", zMsg);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
}
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
- sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
- pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr);
- }
-#endif
- if( wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ){
- testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN );
- nRow = 1;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ }
+ break;
+ case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+ ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
}else{
- nRow = (sqlite3_int64)pLevel->plan.nRow;
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
}
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (~%lld rows)", zMsg, nRow);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
- }
-}
-#else
-# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
-** implementation described by pWInfo.
-*/
-static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
- WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
- int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
- u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
- Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */
-){
- int j, k; /* Loop counters */
- int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
- int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
- int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */
- int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
- WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */
- WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */
- Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
- Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
- struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */
- int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
- int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
- int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
- int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */
-
- pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
- v = pParse->pVdbe;
- pWC = pWInfo->pWC;
- pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
- pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
- iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
- bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
- omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
- && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0;
-
- /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
- ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
- ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
- ** loop.
- **
- ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
- ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When
- ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
- ** is the same as "addrBrk".
- */
- addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
- /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
- ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
- ** row of the left table of the join.
- */
- if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
- pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
- VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
- /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext
- ** to access the data.
- */
- int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
- sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
- int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint;
- struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
- pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage;
- const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
- pVtabIdx->aConstraint;
-
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
- for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
- for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
- if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){
- int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1);
- break;
- }
- }
- if( k==nConstraint ) break;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr,
- pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
- pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
- for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
- if( aUsage[j].omit ){
- int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
- disableTerm(pLevel, &pWC->a[iTerm]);
- }
- }
- pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
- pLevel->p1 = iCur;
- pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
- /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an
- ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or
- ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
- ** construct.
- */
- iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
- assert( pTerm!=0 );
- assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
- assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
- assert( omitTable==0 );
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
- iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg);
- addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
- sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
- VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
- pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
- }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
- /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
- */
- int testOp = OP_Noop;
- int start;
- int memEndValue = 0;
- WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
-
- assert( omitTable==0 );
- pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
- pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
- if( bRev ){
- pTerm = pStart;
- pStart = pEnd;
- pEnd = pTerm;
- }
- if( pStart ){
- Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */
- int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
-
- /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding
- ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
- */
- const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
- /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGt,
- /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLe,
- /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLt,
- /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGe
- };
- assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */
- assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */
- assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */
-
- testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
- pX = pStart->pExpr;
- assert( pX!=0 );
- assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
- VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
- disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
+ break;
+ case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+ ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
}
- if( pEnd ){
- Expr *pX;
- pX = pEnd->pExpr;
- assert( pX!=0 );
- assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
- testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
- memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
- if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
- testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
- }else{
- testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
- }
- disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ }
+ break;
+ case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
+{
+ SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
}
- start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
- pLevel->p1 = iCur;
- pLevel->p2 = start;
- if( pStart==0 && pEnd==0 ){
- pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
+ }
+ break;
+ case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+{
+ Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( p ){
+ p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+ ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
}else{
- assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
}
- if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
- iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
- sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ }
+ break;
+ case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
+ }
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+ break;
+ case 229: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+ break;
+ case 230: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+ break;
+ case 237: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+ break;
+ case 238: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
+{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+ break;
+ case 239: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt */
+{
+ sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,
+ sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328,
+ &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 240: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+ case 291: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;}
+ break;
+ case 241: /* uniqueflag ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;}
+ break;
+ case 244: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
+{
+ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
+ if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+ break;
+ case 245: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
+{
+ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
+ if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+ break;
+ case 246: /* collate ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 248: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+ break;
+ case 249: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
+ case 250: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250);
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
+ break;
+ case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
+ break;
+ case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+ break;
+ case 253: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
+ break;
+ case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
+ break;
+ case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
+ break;
+ case 264: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+{
+ Token all;
+ all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+ all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+ sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all);
+}
+ break;
+ case 265: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+{
+ sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
+ yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 266: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
+ case 269: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269);
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; }
+ break;
+ case 267: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER; }
+ break;
+ case 268: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+ break;
+ case 270: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+ case 271: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271);
+{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 272: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */
+{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;}
+ break;
+ case 275: /* when_clause ::= */
+ case 296: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296);
+{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; }
+ break;
+ case 276: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+ case 297: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297);
+{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; }
+ break;
+ case 277: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+ assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 );
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+ yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473;
+}
+ break;
+ case 278: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+ assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 );
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+ yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+}
+ break;
+ case 280: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
+ "statements within triggers");
+}
+ break;
+ case 282: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+ "within triggers");
+}
+ break;
+ case 283: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+ "within triggers");
+}
+ break;
+ case 284: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
+{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); }
+ break;
+ case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);}
+ break;
+ case 286: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);}
+ break;
+ case 287: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); }
+ break;
+ case 288: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
+ }
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+ break;
+ case 289: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) {
+ yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328;
+ }
+ yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+ break;
+ case 290: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;}
+ break;
+ case 292: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;}
+ break;
+ case 293: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+{
+ sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 294: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+{
+ sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+}
+ break;
+ case 295: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+{
+ sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+ break;
+ case 300: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
+ break;
+ case 301: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 302: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
+ break;
+ case 303: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 304: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+{
+ sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 305: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
+{
+ sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 306: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+{
+ pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+ sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65);
+}
+ break;
+ case 309: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
+ break;
+ case 310: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 311: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
+{
+ sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
+}
+ break;
+ case 314: /* vtabarg ::= */
+{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
+ break;
+ case 316: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+ case 317: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317);
+ case 318: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318);
+{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 322: /* with ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy59 = 0;}
+ break;
+ case 323: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */
+ case 324: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
+{ yygotominor.yy59 = yymsp[0].minor.yy59; }
+ break;
+ case 325: /* wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+}
+ break;
+ case 326: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+{
+ yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+}
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0);
+ /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1);
+ /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2);
+ /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3);
+ /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4);
+ /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10);
+ /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11);
+ /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12);
+ /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20);
+ /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21);
+ /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25);
+ /* (36) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==36);
+ /* (37) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==37);
+ /* (43) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
+ /* (50) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==50);
+ /* (51) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51);
+ /* (52) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52);
+ /* (53) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53);
+ /* (60) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60);
+ /* (88) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==88);
+ /* (89) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89);
+ /* (91) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91);
+ /* (273) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273);
+ /* (274) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274);
+ /* (281) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281);
+ /* (298) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
+ /* (299) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299);
+ /* (307) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307);
+ /* (308) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308);
+ /* (312) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312);
+ /* (313) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313);
+ /* (315) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
+ /* (319) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
+ /* (320) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
+ /* (321) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321);
+ break;
+ };
+ assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) );
+ yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+ yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+ yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+ yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
+ if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+ /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
+ ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
+ ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
+ ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
+ if( yysize ){
+ yypParser->yyidx++;
+ yymsp -= yysize-1;
+ yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
+ yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
+ yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
}
- }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
- /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
- **
- ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
- ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
- ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
- ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
- ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
- ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
- ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
- ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
- ** optimized:
- **
- ** x=5
- ** x=5 AND y=10
- ** x=5 AND y<10
- ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
- ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
- **
- ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
- ** the x=5 term:
- **
- ** x=5 AND z<10
- **
- ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
- ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
- ** least one.
- **
- ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
- ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
- ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
- */
- static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
- 0,
- 0,
- OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
- OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
- OP_SeekGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */
- OP_SeekLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */
- OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
- OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
- };
- static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
- OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
- OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
- OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
- };
- int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */
- int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
- int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */
- int r1; /* Temp register */
- WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */
- WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */
- int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
- int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
- int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */
- int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */
- Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */
- int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
- int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */
- int op; /* Instruction opcode */
- char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
- char *zEndAff; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
+ }else{
+ assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
+ yy_accept(yypParser);
+ }
+}
- pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
- iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
- k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+ yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */
+){
+ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+ }
+#endif
+ while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+ /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+ ** parser fails */
+ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
- /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that
- ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..."
- ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
- ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
- ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
- ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
- ** this requires some special handling.
- */
- if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
- && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)
- && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq)
- ){
- /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */
- /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */
- isMinQuery = 1;
- nExtraReg = 1;
- }
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+ yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */
+ int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */
+ YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
- /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
- ** of the range.
- */
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
- pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx);
- nExtraReg = 1;
- }
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
- pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx);
- nExtraReg = 1;
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+ assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
- /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
- ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
- ** starting at regBase.
- */
- regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(
- pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zStartAff
- );
- zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zStartAff);
- addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+ yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */
+){
+ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+ }
+#endif
+ while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+ /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+ ** parser accepts */
+ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
- /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
- ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
- ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
- */
- if( nEq<pIdx->nColumn && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
- SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number. The third is
+** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
+ void *yyp, /* The parser */
+ int yymajor, /* The major token code number */
+ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */
+ sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+ YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+ int yyact; /* The parser action. */
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+ int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+#endif
+ yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */
+
+ /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+ yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+ if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+ if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
+ /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
+ yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
+ yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
+ return;
}
+#endif
+ yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+ yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+ yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+ }
+ yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+ yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+#endif
+ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
- testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE );
- testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE );
- testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE );
- testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE );
- startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
- endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
- start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+ }
+#endif
- /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
- nConstraint = nEq;
- if( pRangeStart ){
- Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
- if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+ do{
+ yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
+ if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+ }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+ yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+ }else{
+ assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ int yymx;
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
}
- if( zStartAff ){
- if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
- /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
- ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to
- ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */
- zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){
- zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- }
- nConstraint++;
- testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
- }else if( isMinQuery ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
- nConstraint++;
- startEq = 0;
- start_constraints = 1;
- }
- codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zStartAff);
- op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
- assert( op!=0 );
- testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
- testcase( op==OP_Last );
- testcase( op==OP_SeekGt );
- testcase( op==OP_SeekGe );
- testcase( op==OP_SeekLe );
- testcase( op==OP_SeekLt );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
-
- /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
- ** range (if any).
- */
- nConstraint = nEq;
- if( pRangeEnd ){
- Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
- sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
- if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ /* A syntax error has occurred.
+ ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+ ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
+ **
+ ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+ **
+ ** * Call the %syntax_error function.
+ **
+ ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+ ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+ ** the error symbol.
+ **
+ ** * Set the error count to three.
+ **
+ ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error
+ ** processing will occur until three tokens have been
+ ** shifted successfully.
+ **
+ */
+ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
}
- if( zEndAff ){
- if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zEndAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
- /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
- ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to
- ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */
- zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+ if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+ yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
}
- if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zEndAff[nEq]) ){
- zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+#endif
+ yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+ }else{
+ while(
+ yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+ yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+ (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
+ yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
+ YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+ ){
+ yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
}
- }
- codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zEndAff);
- nConstraint++;
- testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zStartAff);
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zEndAff);
-
- /* Top of the loop body */
- pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
- /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
- op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)];
- testcase( op==OP_Noop );
- testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
- testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
- if( op!=OP_Noop ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0);
- }
-
- /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value
- ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL.
- ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop.
- */
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
- testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont);
- }
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-
- /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
- disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
- disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
- if( !omitTable ){
- iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
- sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */
- }
-
- /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable
- ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
- */
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE ){
- pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
- }else if( bRev ){
- pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
- }else{
- pLevel->op = OP_Next;
- }
- pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
- }else
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
- /* Case 4: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
- **
- ** Example:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
- ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
- ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
- ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
- **
- ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
- **
- ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
- ** The top of the loop looks like this:
- **
- ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1
- **
- ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
- ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
- ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
- ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
- **
- ** sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>)
- ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset
- ** Gosub 2 A
- ** sqlite3WhereEnd()
- **
- ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
- ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
- **
- ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1
- ** Goto B # The loop is finished.
- **
- ** A: <loop body> # Return data, whatever.
- **
- ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub
- **
- ** B: <after the loop>
- **
- */
- WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
- SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
-
- int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
- int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */
- int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */
- int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */
- int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */
- int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */
- int ii;
-
- pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm;
- assert( pTerm!=0 );
- assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR );
- assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
- pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
- pLevel->op = OP_Return;
- pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
-
- /* Set up a new SrcList ni pOrTab containing the table being scanned
- ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
- ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
- */
- if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
- int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */
- struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */
- nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
- pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db,
- sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
- if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
- pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1);
- pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
- memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
- origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
- for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
- memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
- }
- }else{
- pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
- }
-
- /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
- ** equivalent to an empty rowset.
- **
- ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction
- ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
- ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
- ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the
- ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to
- ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
- ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
- */
- if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
- regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
- regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
- }
- iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
-
- for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
- WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
- if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
- WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */
- /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
- pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0,
- WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE |
- WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY);
- if( pSubWInfo ){
- explainOneScan(
- pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
- );
- if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
- int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
- int r;
- r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur,
- regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset,
- sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
-
- /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
- ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The
- ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
- ** need to be tested later.
- */
- if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
-
- /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
+ if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+ }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+ YYMINORTYPE u2;
+ u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
}
}
- }
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
-
- if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab);
- if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
- {
- /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete
- ** scan of the entire table.
- */
- static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
- static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
- assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
- assert( omitTable==0 );
- pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
- pLevel->p1 = iCur;
- pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
- pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
- }
- notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
-
- /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
- ** computed using the current set of tables.
- **
- ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49525-50935 Terms that cannot be satisfied through
- ** the use of indices become tests that are evaluated against each row of
- ** the relevant input tables.
- */
- for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
- Expr *pE;
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
- if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){
- testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
- && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 );
- pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
- continue;
- }
- pE = pTerm->pExpr;
- assert( pE!=0 );
- if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
- continue;
- }
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
- }
-
- /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
- ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
- */
- if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
- pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
- VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
- if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){
- assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
- continue;
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+ yyerrorhit = 1;
+#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+ /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
+ ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax
+ ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
+ **
+ ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
+ ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
+ */
+ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+
+#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+ /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+ **
+ ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+ **
+ ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+ **
+ ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+ ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+ */
+ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+ }
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ if( yyendofinput ){
+ yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
}
- assert( pTerm->pExpr );
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
}
- }
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
-
- return notReady;
+ }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+ return;
}
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
/*
-** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
-** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). Each call to WhereBegin
-** overwrites the previous. This information is used for testing and
-** analysis only.
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
*/
-SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40]; /* Text of the join */
-static int nQPlan = 0; /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/*
+** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
+** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just
+** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need
+** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores
+** need to be translated.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
+const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
+/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */
+ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */
+ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
+ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */
+ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */
+ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */
+};
+#endif
/*
-** Free a WhereInfo structure
+** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
+** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
+** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
+** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
+** the #include below.
*/
-static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
- if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
- sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
- if( pInfo ){
- /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */
- if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
- sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo);
- }
- if( pWInfo->a[i].plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ){
- Index *pIdx = pWInfo->a[i].plan.u.pIdx;
- if( pIdx ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->zColAff);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx);
- }
- }
+/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
+/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
+/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
+**
+** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
+**
+** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+**
+** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
+** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing
+** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
+** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
+** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications
+** on platforms with limited memory.
+*/
+/* Hash score: 182 */
+static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+ /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */
+ /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */
+ /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */
+ /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */
+ /* UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE */
+ /* BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH */
+ /* IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN */
+ /* WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT */
+ /* CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL */
+ /* FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING */
+ /* VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY */
+ static const char zText[553] = {
+ 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
+ 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
+ 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
+ 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
+ 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
+ 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
+ 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
+ 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
+ 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
+ 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
+ 'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
+ 'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A',
+ 'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E',
+ 'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A',
+ 'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A',
+ 'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A',
+ 'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J',
+ 'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L',
+ 'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E',
+ 'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H',
+ 'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E',
+ 'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E',
+ 'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M',
+ 'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R',
+ 'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A',
+ 'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D',
+ 'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O',
+ 'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T',
+ 'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R',
+ 'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M',
+ 'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
+ 76, 105, 117, 74, 0, 45, 0, 0, 82, 0, 77, 0, 0,
+ 42, 12, 78, 15, 0, 116, 85, 54, 112, 0, 19, 0, 0,
+ 121, 0, 119, 115, 0, 22, 93, 0, 9, 0, 0, 70, 71,
+ 0, 69, 6, 0, 48, 90, 102, 0, 118, 101, 0, 0, 44,
+ 0, 103, 24, 0, 17, 0, 122, 53, 23, 0, 5, 110, 25,
+ 96, 0, 0, 124, 106, 60, 123, 57, 28, 55, 0, 91, 0,
+ 100, 26, 0, 99, 0, 0, 0, 95, 92, 97, 88, 109, 14,
+ 39, 108, 0, 81, 0, 18, 89, 111, 32, 0, 120, 80, 113,
+ 62, 46, 84, 0, 0, 94, 40, 59, 114, 0, 36, 0, 0,
+ 29, 0, 86, 63, 64, 0, 20, 61, 0, 56,
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aNext[124] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50,
+ 0, 43, 3, 47, 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 58, 0, 38,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 66, 0, 0, 67, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 49, 65, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 52, 16, 34,
+ 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 72, 79, 0, 8,
+ 0, 104, 98, 0, 107, 0, 87, 0, 75, 51, 0, 27, 37,
+ 73, 83, 0, 35, 68, 0, 0,
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aLen[124] = {
+ 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6,
+ 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6,
+ 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10,
+ 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 7, 4, 5, 7,
+ 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, 9, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4,
+ 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4,
+ 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7,
+ 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8,
+ 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 8,
+ 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3,
+ };
+ static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = {
+ 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33,
+ 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81,
+ 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
+ 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192,
+ 199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246,
+ 250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318,
+ 320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380,
+ 387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459,
+ 460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513,
+ 521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549,
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aCode[124] = {
+ TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
+ TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
+ TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
+ TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
+ TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT,
+ TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,
+ TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP,
+ TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP,
+ TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_BETWEEN,
+ TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW,
+ TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE,
+ TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN,
+ TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA,
+ TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN,
+ TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND,
+ TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST,
+ TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW,
+ TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS,
+ TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW,
+ TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING,
+ TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL,
+ };
+ int h, i;
+ if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+ h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
+ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
+ n) % 127;
+ for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+ if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+ testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
+ testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
+ testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
+ testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
+ testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
+ testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
+ testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
+ testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
+ testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
+ testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
+ testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
+ testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
+ testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
+ testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
+ testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
+ testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
+ testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
+ testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
+ testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
+ testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
+ testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
+ testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
+ testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
+ testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
+ testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
+ testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
+ testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
+ testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
+ testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
+ testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
+ testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
+ testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
+ testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
+ testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
+ testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
+ testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
+ testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
+ testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
+ testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
+ testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
+ testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
+ testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
+ testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
+ testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */
+ testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */
+ testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
+ testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
+ testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
+ testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */
+ testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */
+ testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */
+ testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */
+ testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */
+ testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */
+ testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */
+ testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */
+ testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */
+ testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */
+ testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */
+ testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */
+ testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */
+ testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */
+ testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */
+ testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */
+ testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */
+ testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */
+ testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */
+ testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */
+ testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */
+ testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */
+ testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */
+ testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
+ testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */
+ testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
+ testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */
+ testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */
+ testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */
+ testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */
+ testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */
+ testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */
+ testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */
+ testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */
+ testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */
+ testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */
+ testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */
+ testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */
+ testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */
+ testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */
+ testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */
+ testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */
+ testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */
+ testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
+ testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */
+ testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */
+ testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */
+ testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */
+ testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */
+ testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */
+ testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */
+ testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
+ testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
+ testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */
+ testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */
+ testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */
+ testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */
+ testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */
+ testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */
+ testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */
+ testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */
+ testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */
+ testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */
+ testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */
+ testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */
+ testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */
+ testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */
+ testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */
+ testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */
+ testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */
+ testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */
+ testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */
+ testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */
+ testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */
+ testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */
+ testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */
+ return aCode[i];
}
- whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
}
+ return TK_ID;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
+ return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
}
+#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124
+
+/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
/*
-** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
-** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
-** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine
-** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
-** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
-**
-** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
-**
-** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
-** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
-** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For
-** example, if the SQL is this:
-**
-** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
-**
-** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
-**
-** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated
-** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
-** foreach row3 in t3 do /
-** ...
-** end \ Code generated
-** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
-** end /
-**
-** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
-** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
-** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in
-** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
-** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
-**
-** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor
-** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
-** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
-** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
-**
-** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
-** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code
-** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
-** data from the various tables of the loop.
-**
-** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
-** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if
-** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
-** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
-** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking
-** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
-**
-** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
-** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach",
-** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
-** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
-** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
-** most loop)
-**
-** OUTER JOINS
-**
-** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
-**
-** foreach row1 in t1 do
-** flag = 0
-** foreach row2 in t2 do
-** start:
-** ...
-** flag = 1
-** end
-** if flag==0 then
-** move the row2 cursor to a null row
-** goto start
-** fi
-** end
-**
-** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
**
-** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
-** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
-** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
+** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
-** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
-** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
-** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL. This is an optimization that prevents an
-** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
-** ORDER BY clause already exists.
+** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
+** end result.
**
-** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
-** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
+** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do.
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
- Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
- ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
- u16 wctrlFlags /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
-){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
- int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */
- WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */
- Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
- WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */
- WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
- struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */
- WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */
- int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */
- int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
-
- /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
- ** bits in a Bitmask
- */
- testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
- if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
- ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should
- ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
- ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
- */
- nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
-
- /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
- ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
- ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
- ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
- ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
- ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
- */
- db = pParse->db;
- nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
- pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
- nByteWInfo +
- sizeof(WhereClause) +
- sizeof(WhereMaskSet)
- );
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
- pWInfo = 0;
- goto whereBeginError;
- }
- pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
- pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
- pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
- pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo];
- pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
- pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
- pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
+ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */
+ 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */
+ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */
+};
+#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8 c){ return IdChar(c); }
- /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
- ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
- */
- initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
- whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet);
- sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
- whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND); /* IMP: R-15842-53296 */
-
- /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the
- ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
- */
- if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- pWhere = 0;
- }
- /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
- **
- ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
- ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
- ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
- ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
- ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
- ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
- ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask
- ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015.
- **
- ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond
- ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable
- ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful
- ** with virtual tables.
- **
- ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
- ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally
- ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
- ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set.
- */
- assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 );
- for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
- createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){
- pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i);
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0].
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+ int i, c;
+ switch( *z ){
+ case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+ testcase( z[0]==' ' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '-': {
+ if( z[1]=='-' ){
+ for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+ return i;
+ }
+ *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '(': {
+ *tokenType = TK_LP;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case ')': {
+ *tokenType = TK_RP;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case ';': {
+ *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '+': {
+ *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '*': {
+ *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '/': {
+ if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+ *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+ if( c ) i++;
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '%': {
+ *tokenType = TK_REM;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '=': {
+ *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+ return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+ }
+ case '<': {
+ if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_LE;
+ return 2;
+ }else if( c=='>' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_NE;
+ return 2;
+ }else if( c=='<' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+ return 2;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_LT;
+ return 1;
+ }
}
-#endif
- }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- {
- Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
- for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
- Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
- assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
- toTheLeft |= m;
+ case '>': {
+ if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_GE;
+ return 2;
+ }else if( c=='>' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+ return 2;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_GT;
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might
- ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not
- ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
- ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
- */
- exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto whereBeginError;
- }
-
- /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
- **
- ** This loop fills in the following fields:
- **
- ** pWInfo->a[].pIdx The index to use for this level of the loop.
- ** pWInfo->a[].wsFlags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
- ** pWInfo->a[].nEq The number of == and IN constraints
- ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom Which term of the FROM clause is being coded
- ** pWInfo->a[].iTabCur The VDBE cursor for the database table
- ** pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur The VDBE cursor for the index
- ** pWInfo->a[].pTerm When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term
- **
- ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM
- ** clause.
- */
- notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
- andFlags = ~0;
- WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
- for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){
- WhereCost bestPlan; /* Most efficient plan seen so far */
- Index *pIdx; /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
- int j; /* For looping over FROM tables */
- int bestJ = -1; /* The value of j */
- Bitmask m; /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
- int isOptimal; /* Iterator for optimal/non-optimal search */
- int nUnconstrained; /* Number tables without INDEXED BY */
- Bitmask notIndexed; /* Mask of tables that cannot use an index */
-
- memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan));
- bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
- WHERETRACE(("*** Begin search for loop %d ***\n", i));
-
- /* Loop through the remaining entries in the FROM clause to find the
- ** next nested loop. The loop tests all FROM clause entries
- ** either once or twice.
- **
- ** The first test is always performed if there are two or more entries
- ** remaining and never performed if there is only one FROM clause entry
- ** to choose from. The first test looks for an "optimal" scan. In
- ** this context an optimal scan is one that uses the same strategy
- ** for the given FROM clause entry as would be selected if the entry
- ** were used as the innermost nested loop. In other words, a table
- ** is chosen such that the cost of running that table cannot be reduced
- ** by waiting for other tables to run first. This "optimal" test works
- ** by first assuming that the FROM clause is on the inner loop and finding
- ** its query plan, then checking to see if that query plan uses any
- ** other FROM clause terms that are notReady. If no notReady terms are
- ** used then the "optimal" query plan works.
- **
- ** Note that the WhereCost.nRow parameter for an optimal scan might
- ** not be as small as it would be if the table really were the innermost
- ** join. The nRow value can be reduced by WHERE clause constraints
- ** that do not use indices. But this nRow reduction only happens if the
- ** table really is the innermost join.
- **
- ** The second loop iteration is only performed if no optimal scan
- ** strategies were found by the first iteration. This second iteration
- ** is used to search for the lowest cost scan overall.
- **
- ** Previous versions of SQLite performed only the second iteration -
- ** the next outermost loop was always that with the lowest overall
- ** cost. However, this meant that SQLite could select the wrong plan
- ** for scripts such as the following:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
- ** CREATE TABLE t2(c, d);
- ** SELECT * FROM t2, t1 WHERE t2.rowid = t1.a;
- **
- ** The best strategy is to iterate through table t1 first. However it
- ** is not possible to determine this with a simple greedy algorithm.
- ** Since the cost of a linear scan through table t2 is the same
- ** as the cost of a linear scan through table t1, a simple greedy
- ** algorithm may choose to use t2 for the outer loop, which is a much
- ** costlier approach.
- */
- nUnconstrained = 0;
- notIndexed = 0;
- for(isOptimal=(iFrom<nTabList-1); isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){
- Bitmask mask; /* Mask of tables not yet ready */
- for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<nTabList; j++, pTabItem++){
- int doNotReorder; /* True if this table should not be reordered */
- WhereCost sCost; /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */
- ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */
-
- doNotReorder = (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
- if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break;
- m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
- if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
- if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
- continue;
- }
- mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady);
- pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0);
- if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++;
-
- WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n",
- j, isOptimal));
- assert( pTabItem->pTab );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
- sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
- bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
- &sCost, pp);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
- &sCost);
- }
- assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 );
-
- /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that
- ** index if it uses any index at all */
- assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0
- || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
- || sCost.plan.u.pIdx==pTabItem->pIndex );
-
- if( isOptimal && (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
- notIndexed |= m;
- }
-
- /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far:
- **
- ** (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not
- ** yet run.
- **
- ** (2) A full-table-scan plan cannot supercede indexed plan unless
- ** the full-table-scan is an "optimal" plan as defined above.
- **
- ** (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an
- ** INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific
- ** index specified by its INDEXED BY clause. This rule ensures
- ** that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible
- ** combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given. The error
- ** will be detected and relayed back to the application later.
- ** The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents
- ** An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3).
- **
- ** (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans or else the
- ** cost must be the same and the number of rows must be lower.
- */
- if( (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 /* (1) */
- && (bestJ<0 || (notIndexed&m)!=0 /* (2) */
- || (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
- || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0)
- && (nUnconstrained==0 || pTabItem->pIndex==0 /* (3) */
- || NEVER((sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0))
- && (bestJ<0 || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost /* (4) */
- || (sCost.rCost<=bestPlan.rCost
- && sCost.plan.nRow<bestPlan.plan.nRow))
- ){
- WHERETRACE(("=== table %d is best so far"
- " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
- j, sCost.rCost, sCost.plan.nRow));
- bestPlan = sCost;
- bestJ = j;
- }
- if( doNotReorder ) break;
- }
- }
- assert( bestJ>=0 );
- assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
- WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d"
- " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
- bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow));
- if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
- *ppOrderBy = 0;
- }
- andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
- pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan;
- testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
- testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX );
- if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){
- pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
- }else{
- pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
+ case '!': {
+ if( z[1]!='=' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return 2;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_NE;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ }
+ case '|': {
+ if( z[1]!='|' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ }
+ case ',': {
+ *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+ return 1;
}
- notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
- pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ;
- if( bestPlan.plan.nRow>=(double)1 ){
- pParse->nQueryLoop *= bestPlan.plan.nRow;
+ case '&': {
+ *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+ return 1;
}
-
- /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an
- ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being
- ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed.
- ** Return an error.
- */
- pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex;
- if( pIdx ){
- if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName);
- goto whereBeginError;
+ case '~': {
+ *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '`':
+ case '\'':
+ case '"': {
+ int delim = z[0];
+ testcase( delim=='`' );
+ testcase( delim=='\'' );
+ testcase( delim=='"' );
+ for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+ if( c==delim ){
+ if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+ i++;
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( c=='\'' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+ return i+1;
+ }else if( c!=0 ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ID;
+ return i+1;
}else{
- /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is
- ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause
- ** if it find an index at all. */
- assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx );
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return i;
}
}
- }
- WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
- if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto whereBeginError;
- }
-
- /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
- ** clause is irrelevant.
- */
- if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){
- *ppOrderBy = 0;
- }
-
- /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
- ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
- ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints
- ** the statement to update a single row.
- */
- assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
- if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){
- pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
- pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
- }
-
- /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
- ** searching those tables.
- */
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
- notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
- pWInfo->nRowOut = (double)1;
- for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){
- Table *pTab; /* Table to open */
- int iDb; /* Index of database containing table/index */
-
- pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
- pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
- pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
- pWInfo->nRowOut *= pLevel->plan.nRow;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
- /* Do nothing */
- }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
- const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
- int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
- }else
+ case '.': {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
#endif
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
- && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN)==0 ){
- int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
- testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
- testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS );
- if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS ){
- Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
- int n = 0;
- for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1,
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
- assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
+ {
+ *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+ return 1;
}
- }else{
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+ /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
+ ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)!=0 ){
- constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pLevel);
- }else
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+ testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='9' );
+ *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
+ if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){
+ for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ return i;
+ }
#endif
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
- Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
- KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
- int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
- assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- assert( iIdxCur>=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb,
- (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ if( z[i]=='.' ){
+ i++;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+ *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+ }
+ if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+ ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
+ || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
+ )
+ ){
+ i += 2;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+ *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+ }
+#endif
+ while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ i++;
+ }
+ return i;
}
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
- }
- pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-
- /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for
- ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
- ** program.
- */
- notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
- for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){
- pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
- explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, i, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags);
- notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady);
- pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
- }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */
- /* Record in the query plan information about the current table
- ** and the index used to access it (if any). If the table itself
- ** is not used, its name is just '{}'. If no index is used
- ** the index is listed as "{}". If the primary key is used the
- ** index name is '*'.
- */
- for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){
- char *z;
- int n;
- pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
- pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
- z = pTabItem->zAlias;
- if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName;
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
- if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
- memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2);
- nQPlan += 2;
- }else{
- memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n);
- nQPlan += n;
- }
- sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
- }
- testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ );
- testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE );
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
- memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2);
- nQPlan += 2;
- }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName);
- if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){
- memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n);
- nQPlan += n;
- sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
+ case '[': {
+ for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+ *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '?': {
+ *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ return i;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+ case '$':
+#endif
+ case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
+ case '#':
+ case ':': {
+ int n = 0;
+ testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' );
+ testcase( z[0]==':' ); testcase( z[0]=='#' );
+ *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+ for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+ if( IdChar(c) ){
+ n++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+ }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+ do{
+ i++;
+ }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+ if( c==')' ){
+ i++;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ }
+ break;
+ }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+ i++;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
}
- }else{
- memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
- nQPlan += 3;
+ if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return i;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ case 'x': case 'X': {
+ testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
+ if( z[1]=='\'' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+ for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
+ }
+ if( z[i] ) i++;
+ return i;
+ }
+ /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+ }
+#endif
+ default: {
+ if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+ break;
+ }
+ for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+ *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
+ return i;
}
}
- while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){
- sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0;
- nQPlan = 0;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */
-
- /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure. Then
- ** clean up and return.
- */
- return pWInfo;
-
- /* Jump here if malloc fails */
-whereBeginError:
- if( pWInfo ){
- pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
- whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
- }
- return 0;
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return 1;
}
/*
-** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is
+** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
+** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
+** error message.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
- Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int i;
- WhereLevel *pLevel;
- SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+ int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
+ int tokenType; /* type of the next token */
+ int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */
+ u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */
- /* Generate loop termination code.
- */
- sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
- pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
- if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
+
+ mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
+ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ }
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ pParse->zTail = zSql;
+ i = 0;
+ assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+ pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc);
+ if( pEngine==0 ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+ assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+ assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+ assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
+ assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
+ enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+ if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+ while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+ assert( i>=0 );
+ pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+ pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
+ i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+ if( i>mxSqlLen ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ break;
}
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
- struct InLoop *pIn;
- int j;
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
- for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
+ switch( tokenType ){
+ case TK_SPACE: {
+ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ goto abort_parse;
+ }
+ break;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
- if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
- int addr;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
- assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
- || (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+ case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+ &pParse->sLastToken);
+ nErr++;
+ goto abort_parse;
}
- if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+ case TK_SEMI: {
+ pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+ /* Fall thru into the default case */
}
- if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);
+ default: {
+ sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+ lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+ if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_parse;
+ }
+ break;
}
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
}
-
- /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
- ** Set it.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
-
- /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
- */
- assert( pWInfo->nLevel==1 || pWInfo->nLevel==pTabList->nSrc );
- for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
- struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
- Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0
- && pTab->pSelect==0
- && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0
- ){
- int ws = pLevel->plan.wsFlags;
- if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
- }
- if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (ws & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
- }
+abort_parse:
+ if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+ sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+ pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
}
+ sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+ }
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
+ sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
+ );
+#endif /* YYDEBUG */
+ sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
+ }
+ assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+ if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+ *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+ sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
+ pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+ nErr++;
+ }
+ if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+ pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
+ pParse->aTableLock = 0;
+ pParse->nTableLock = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
+#endif
- /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data
- ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means
- ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost,
- ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually
- ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current
- ** position in the index.
- **
- ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
- ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
- ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
- ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
- ** reference the index.
+ if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+ /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
+ ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
+ ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
*/
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && !db->mallocFailed){
- int k, j, last;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
-
- assert( pIdx!=0 );
- pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
- last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- for(k=pWInfo->iTop; k<last; k++, pOp++){
- if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
- for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
- if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){
- pOp->p2 = j;
- pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
- break;
- }
- }
- assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
- || j<pIdx->nColumn );
- }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
- pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
- pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
- }
- }
- }
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
}
- /* Final cleanup
- */
- pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
- whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
- return;
+ if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith);
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
+ for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
+ while( pParse->pAinc ){
+ AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
+ pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ }
+ while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
+ Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
+ pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+ }
+ if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ return nErr;
}
-/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
-/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-**
-** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
-** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
-** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
-** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
-** specific grammar used by SQLite.
-*/
-/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
-** in the input grammar file. */
-
-
+/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
/*
-** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
-** automaton.
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
+** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by
+** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
+** static links that do not use it.
*/
-#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
/*
-** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
+** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition.
*/
-#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds information about the
-** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct LimitVal {
- Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */
- Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */
-};
/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
-** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
*/
-struct LikeOp {
- Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
- int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
-};
+#define tkSEMI 0
+#define tkWS 1
+#define tkOTHER 2
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+#define tkEXPLAIN 3
+#define tkCREATE 4
+#define tkTEMP 5
+#define tkTRIGGER 6
+#define tkEND 7
+#endif
/*
-** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
-** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
-** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
**
-** UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
**
-** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
-*/
-struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
+**
+** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
+**
+** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine
+** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+** in any other state.
+**
+** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+** semicolon.
+**
+** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
+** a statement.
+**
+** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+** statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+** TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+** the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+** of a trigger definition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input. The following tokens are significant:
+**
+** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon.
+** (1) tkWS Whitespace.
+** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token.
+** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword.
+** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword.
+** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword.
+** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
+**
+** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
+** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do
+** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
*/
-struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; };
-
-
- /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
- ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
- ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
- */
- static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
- pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
- pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
- }
-
- /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the
- ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
- ** that created the expression.
- */
- static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){
- pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue);
- pOut->zStart = pValue->z;
- pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n];
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+ u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+ u8 token; /* Value of the next token */
- /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
- ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
+ ** statement. This is the normal case.
*/
- static void spanBinaryExpr(
- ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */
- int op, /* The binary operation */
- ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */
- ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */
- ){
- pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0);
- pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart;
- pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
- }
-
- /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
+ static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
+ /* Token: */
+ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */
+ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, },
+ /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, },
+ /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, },
+ /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, },
+ };
+#else
+ /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
+ ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler
*/
- static void spanUnaryPostfix(
- ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */
- int op, /* The operator */
- ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */
- Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */
- ){
- pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
- pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart;
- pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
- }
+ static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
+ /* Token: */
+ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */
+ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, },
+ /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, },
+ /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, },
+ };
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
- /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
- ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
- static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
- pA->op = (u8)op;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
- pA->pRight = 0;
+ while( *zSql ){
+ switch( *zSql ){
+ case ';': { /* A semicolon */
+ token = tkSEMI;
+ break;
+ }
+ case ' ':
+ case '\r':
+ case '\t':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */
+ token = tkWS;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '/': { /* C-style comments */
+ if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ zSql += 2;
+ while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+ if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+ zSql++;
+ token = tkWS;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+ if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+ if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
+ token = tkWS;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+ zSql++;
+ while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+ if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
+ case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+ case '\'': {
+ int c = *zSql;
+ zSql++;
+ while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+ if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+ unsigned char c;
+#endif
+ if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+ /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+ int nId;
+ for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ token = tkOTHER;
+#else
+ switch( *zSql ){
+ case 'c': case 'C': {
+ if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+ token = tkCREATE;
+ }else{
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 't': case 'T': {
+ if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+ token = tkTRIGGER;
+ }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+ token = tkTEMP;
+ }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+ token = tkTEMP;
+ }else{
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'e': case 'E': {
+ if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+ token = tkEND;
+ }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+ token = tkEXPLAIN;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+ zSql += nId-1;
+ }else{
+ /* Operators and special symbols */
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
}
+ state = trans[state][token];
+ zSql++;
}
+ return state==1;
+}
- /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
- */
- static void spanUnaryPrefix(
- ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */
- int op, /* The operator */
- ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */
- Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */
- ){
- pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
- pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
- pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
- }
-/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
-** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
-*/
-/*
-** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
-** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
-** understands.
-**
-** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
-*/
-/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef INTERFACE
-# define INTERFACE 1
-#endif
-/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
-** various aspects of the generated parser.
-** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal
-** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is
-** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
-** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise.
-** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
-** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This
-** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash
-** table.
-** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
-** have fall-back values which should be used if the
-** original value of the token will not parse.
-** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal
-** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is
-** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
-** states combined. "int" is used otherwise.
-** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given
-** directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
-** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens.
-** This is typically a union of many types, one of
-** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union
-** for base tokens is called "yy0".
-** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If
-** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
-** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
-** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
-** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
-** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
-** YYNSTATE the combined number of states.
-** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar
-** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not
-** defined, then do no error processing.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
*/
-#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define YYNOCODE 253
-#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
-#define YYWILDCARD 67
-#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
-typedef union {
- int yyinit;
- sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
- int yy4;
- struct TrigEvent yy90;
- ExprSpan yy118;
- TriggerStep* yy203;
- u8 yy210;
- struct {int value; int mask;} yy215;
- SrcList* yy259;
- struct LimitVal yy292;
- Expr* yy314;
- ExprList* yy322;
- struct LikeOp yy342;
- IdList* yy384;
- Select* yy387;
-} YYMINORTYPE;
-#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
-#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
-#endif
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
-#define YYNSTATE 630
-#define YYNRULE 329
-#define YYFALLBACK 1
-#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
-#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
-#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
-
-/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
-** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
-static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+ sqlite3_value *pVal;
+ char const *zSql8;
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
-** otherwise.
-**
-** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
-** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production
-** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful
-** for testing.
-*/
-#ifndef yytestcase
-# define yytestcase(X)
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
+ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ if( zSql8 ){
+ rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
-
-/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
-** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement
-** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.
-**
-** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as
-** follows
+/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead
-** token onto the stack and goto state N.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred.
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
**
-** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused
-** slots in the yy_action[] table.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
-** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+******************************************************************************
**
-** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
**
-** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
-** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
-** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
-** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
-** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
-** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
-** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
-** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+******************************************************************************
**
-** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions.
-** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
-** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions.
-** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-** shifting terminals.
-** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-** shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
-** yy_default[] Default action for each state.
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
*/
-#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1557)
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /* 0 */ 313, 960, 186, 419, 2, 172, 627, 597, 55, 55,
- /* 10 */ 55, 55, 48, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
- /* 20 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 302, 283, 623, 622, 516, 515,
- /* 30 */ 590, 584, 55, 55, 55, 55, 282, 53, 53, 53,
- /* 40 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 6, 56,
- /* 50 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55,
- /* 60 */ 55, 55, 608, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
- /* 70 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 597, 409, 330, 579, 579,
- /* 80 */ 32, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
- /* 90 */ 50, 238, 330, 217, 620, 619, 166, 411, 624, 382,
- /* 100 */ 379, 378, 7, 491, 590, 584, 200, 199, 198, 58,
- /* 110 */ 377, 300, 414, 621, 481, 66, 623, 622, 621, 580,
- /* 120 */ 254, 601, 94, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583,
- /* 130 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 671, 53, 53, 53,
- /* 140 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 532,
- /* 150 */ 226, 506, 507, 133, 177, 139, 284, 385, 279, 384,
- /* 160 */ 169, 197, 342, 398, 251, 226, 253, 275, 388, 167,
- /* 170 */ 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, 169, 570, 236, 590, 584,
- /* 180 */ 672, 240, 275, 157, 620, 619, 554, 437, 51, 51,
- /* 190 */ 51, 50, 238, 343, 439, 553, 438, 56, 57, 47,
- /* 200 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55,
- /* 210 */ 465, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
- /* 220 */ 50, 238, 313, 390, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50,
- /* 230 */ 238, 391, 166, 491, 566, 382, 379, 378, 409, 440,
- /* 240 */ 579, 579, 252, 440, 607, 66, 377, 513, 621, 49,
- /* 250 */ 46, 147, 590, 584, 621, 16, 466, 189, 621, 441,
- /* 260 */ 442, 673, 526, 441, 340, 577, 595, 64, 194, 482,
- /* 270 */ 434, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54,
- /* 280 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 30, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52,
- /* 290 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 593, 593, 593,
- /* 300 */ 387, 578, 606, 493, 259, 351, 258, 411, 1, 623,
- /* 310 */ 622, 496, 623, 622, 65, 240, 623, 622, 597, 443,
- /* 320 */ 237, 239, 414, 341, 237, 602, 590, 584, 18, 603,
- /* 330 */ 166, 601, 87, 382, 379, 378, 67, 623, 622, 38,
- /* 340 */ 623, 622, 176, 270, 377, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581,
- /* 350 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 175, 53,
- /* 360 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238,
- /* 370 */ 313, 396, 233, 411, 531, 565, 317, 620, 619, 44,
- /* 380 */ 620, 619, 240, 206, 620, 619, 597, 266, 414, 268,
- /* 390 */ 409, 597, 579, 579, 352, 184, 505, 601, 73, 533,
- /* 400 */ 590, 584, 466, 548, 190, 620, 619, 576, 620, 619,
- /* 410 */ 547, 383, 551, 35, 332, 575, 574, 600, 504, 56,
- /* 420 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55,
- /* 430 */ 55, 55, 567, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
- /* 440 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 561, 561, 528, 364,
- /* 450 */ 259, 351, 258, 183, 361, 549, 524, 374, 411, 597,
- /* 460 */ 414, 240, 560, 560, 409, 604, 579, 579, 328, 601,
- /* 470 */ 93, 623, 622, 414, 590, 584, 237, 564, 559, 559,
- /* 480 */ 520, 402, 601, 87, 409, 210, 579, 579, 168, 421,
- /* 490 */ 950, 519, 950, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583,
- /* 500 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 192, 53, 53, 53,
- /* 510 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600,
- /* 520 */ 293, 563, 511, 234, 357, 146, 475, 475, 367, 411,
- /* 530 */ 562, 411, 358, 542, 425, 171, 411, 215, 144, 620,
- /* 540 */ 619, 544, 318, 353, 414, 203, 414, 275, 590, 584,
- /* 550 */ 549, 414, 174, 601, 94, 601, 79, 558, 471, 61,
- /* 560 */ 601, 79, 421, 949, 350, 949, 34, 56, 57, 47,
- /* 570 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55,
- /* 580 */ 535, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
- /* 590 */ 50, 238, 313, 307, 424, 394, 272, 49, 46, 147,
- /* 600 */ 349, 322, 4, 411, 491, 312, 321, 425, 568, 492,
- /* 610 */ 216, 264, 407, 575, 574, 429, 66, 549, 414, 621,
- /* 620 */ 540, 602, 590, 584, 13, 603, 621, 601, 72, 12,
- /* 630 */ 618, 617, 616, 202, 210, 621, 546, 469, 422, 319,
- /* 640 */ 148, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54,
- /* 650 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 338, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52,
- /* 660 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, 600, 411,
- /* 670 */ 39, 21, 37, 170, 237, 875, 411, 572, 572, 201,
- /* 680 */ 144, 473, 538, 331, 414, 474, 143, 146, 630, 628,
- /* 690 */ 334, 414, 353, 601, 68, 168, 590, 584, 132, 365,
- /* 700 */ 601, 96, 307, 423, 530, 336, 49, 46, 147, 568,
- /* 710 */ 406, 216, 549, 360, 529, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581,
- /* 720 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53,
- /* 730 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238,
- /* 740 */ 313, 411, 605, 414, 484, 510, 172, 422, 597, 318,
- /* 750 */ 496, 485, 601, 99, 411, 142, 414, 411, 231, 411,
- /* 760 */ 540, 411, 359, 629, 2, 601, 97, 426, 308, 414,
- /* 770 */ 590, 584, 414, 20, 414, 621, 414, 621, 601, 106,
- /* 780 */ 503, 601, 105, 601, 108, 601, 109, 204, 28, 56,
- /* 790 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55,
- /* 800 */ 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
- /* 810 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 597, 414, 411, 276,
- /* 820 */ 214, 600, 411, 366, 213, 381, 601, 134, 274, 500,
- /* 830 */ 414, 167, 130, 414, 621, 411, 354, 414, 376, 601,
- /* 840 */ 135, 129, 601, 100, 590, 584, 601, 104, 522, 521,
- /* 850 */ 414, 621, 224, 273, 600, 167, 327, 282, 600, 601,
- /* 860 */ 103, 468, 521, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583,
- /* 870 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53,
- /* 880 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411,
- /* 890 */ 27, 414, 411, 375, 276, 167, 359, 544, 50, 238,
- /* 900 */ 601, 95, 128, 223, 414, 411, 165, 414, 411, 621,
- /* 910 */ 411, 621, 612, 601, 102, 372, 601, 76, 590, 584,
- /* 920 */ 414, 570, 236, 414, 470, 414, 167, 621, 188, 601,
- /* 930 */ 98, 225, 601, 138, 601, 137, 232, 56, 45, 47,
- /* 940 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55,
- /* 950 */ 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
- /* 960 */ 50, 238, 313, 276, 276, 414, 411, 276, 544, 459,
- /* 970 */ 359, 171, 209, 479, 601, 136, 628, 334, 621, 621,
- /* 980 */ 125, 414, 621, 368, 411, 621, 257, 540, 589, 588,
- /* 990 */ 601, 75, 590, 584, 458, 446, 23, 23, 124, 414,
- /* 1000 */ 326, 325, 621, 427, 324, 309, 600, 288, 601, 92,
- /* 1010 */ 586, 585, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54,
- /* 1020 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52,
- /* 1030 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 587, 411, 414,
- /* 1040 */ 411, 207, 611, 476, 171, 472, 160, 123, 601, 91,
- /* 1050 */ 323, 261, 15, 414, 464, 414, 411, 621, 411, 354,
- /* 1060 */ 222, 411, 601, 74, 601, 90, 590, 584, 159, 264,
- /* 1070 */ 158, 414, 461, 414, 621, 600, 414, 121, 120, 25,
- /* 1080 */ 601, 89, 601, 101, 621, 601, 88, 47, 582, 581,
- /* 1090 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 544, 53,
- /* 1100 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238,
- /* 1110 */ 43, 405, 263, 3, 610, 264, 140, 415, 622, 24,
- /* 1120 */ 410, 11, 456, 594, 118, 155, 219, 452, 408, 621,
- /* 1130 */ 621, 621, 156, 43, 405, 621, 3, 286, 621, 113,
- /* 1140 */ 415, 622, 111, 445, 411, 400, 557, 403, 545, 10,
- /* 1150 */ 411, 408, 264, 110, 205, 436, 541, 566, 453, 414,
- /* 1160 */ 621, 621, 63, 621, 435, 414, 411, 621, 601, 94,
- /* 1170 */ 403, 621, 411, 337, 601, 86, 150, 40, 41, 534,
- /* 1180 */ 566, 414, 242, 264, 42, 413, 412, 414, 600, 595,
- /* 1190 */ 601, 85, 191, 333, 107, 451, 601, 84, 621, 539,
- /* 1200 */ 40, 41, 420, 230, 411, 149, 316, 42, 413, 412,
- /* 1210 */ 398, 127, 595, 315, 621, 399, 278, 625, 181, 414,
- /* 1220 */ 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 450, 411, 601, 71,
- /* 1230 */ 240, 621, 43, 405, 264, 3, 615, 180, 264, 415,
- /* 1240 */ 622, 614, 414, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 621,
- /* 1250 */ 408, 601, 70, 621, 417, 33, 405, 613, 3, 411,
- /* 1260 */ 264, 411, 415, 622, 418, 626, 178, 509, 8, 403,
- /* 1270 */ 241, 416, 126, 408, 414, 621, 414, 449, 208, 566,
- /* 1280 */ 240, 221, 621, 601, 83, 601, 82, 599, 297, 277,
- /* 1290 */ 296, 30, 403, 31, 395, 264, 295, 397, 489, 40,
- /* 1300 */ 41, 411, 566, 220, 621, 294, 42, 413, 412, 271,
- /* 1310 */ 621, 595, 600, 621, 59, 60, 414, 269, 267, 623,
- /* 1320 */ 622, 36, 40, 41, 621, 601, 81, 598, 235, 42,
- /* 1330 */ 413, 412, 621, 621, 595, 265, 344, 411, 248, 556,
- /* 1340 */ 173, 185, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 218, 29,
- /* 1350 */ 621, 543, 414, 305, 304, 303, 179, 301, 411, 566,
- /* 1360 */ 454, 601, 80, 289, 335, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591,
- /* 1370 */ 14, 411, 287, 414, 151, 392, 246, 260, 411, 196,
- /* 1380 */ 195, 523, 601, 69, 411, 245, 414, 526, 537, 285,
- /* 1390 */ 389, 595, 621, 414, 536, 601, 17, 362, 153, 414,
- /* 1400 */ 466, 463, 601, 78, 154, 414, 462, 152, 601, 77,
- /* 1410 */ 355, 255, 621, 455, 601, 9, 621, 386, 444, 517,
- /* 1420 */ 247, 621, 593, 593, 593, 621, 621, 244, 621, 243,
- /* 1430 */ 430, 518, 292, 621, 329, 621, 145, 393, 280, 513,
- /* 1440 */ 291, 131, 621, 514, 621, 621, 311, 621, 259, 346,
- /* 1450 */ 249, 621, 621, 229, 314, 621, 228, 512, 227, 240,
- /* 1460 */ 494, 488, 310, 164, 487, 486, 373, 480, 163, 262,
- /* 1470 */ 369, 371, 162, 26, 212, 478, 477, 161, 141, 363,
- /* 1480 */ 467, 122, 339, 187, 119, 348, 347, 117, 116, 115,
- /* 1490 */ 114, 112, 182, 457, 320, 22, 433, 432, 448, 19,
- /* 1500 */ 609, 431, 428, 62, 193, 596, 573, 298, 555, 552,
- /* 1510 */ 571, 404, 290, 380, 498, 510, 495, 306, 281, 499,
- /* 1520 */ 250, 5, 497, 460, 345, 447, 569, 550, 238, 299,
- /* 1530 */ 527, 525, 508, 961, 502, 501, 961, 401, 961, 211,
- /* 1540 */ 490, 356, 256, 961, 483, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961,
- /* 1550 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 370,
-};
-static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
- /* 0 */ 19, 142, 143, 144, 145, 24, 1, 26, 77, 78,
- /* 10 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 20 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 15, 98, 26, 27, 7, 8,
- /* 30 */ 49, 50, 77, 78, 79, 80, 109, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 40 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 22, 68,
- /* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
- /* 60 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 94, 112, 19, 114, 115,
- /* 80 */ 25, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 90 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 94, 95, 96, 150, 150, 99,
- /* 100 */ 100, 101, 76, 150, 49, 50, 105, 106, 107, 54,
- /* 110 */ 110, 158, 165, 165, 161, 162, 26, 27, 165, 113,
- /* 120 */ 16, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
- /* 130 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 140 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 23,
- /* 150 */ 92, 97, 98, 24, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101,
- /* 160 */ 102, 25, 97, 216, 60, 92, 62, 109, 221, 25,
- /* 170 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 86, 87, 49, 50,
- /* 180 */ 118, 116, 109, 25, 94, 95, 32, 97, 88, 89,
- /* 190 */ 90, 91, 92, 128, 104, 41, 106, 68, 69, 70,
- /* 200 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
- /* 210 */ 11, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 220 */ 91, 92, 19, 19, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
- /* 230 */ 92, 27, 96, 150, 66, 99, 100, 101, 112, 150,
- /* 240 */ 114, 115, 138, 150, 161, 162, 110, 103, 165, 222,
- /* 250 */ 223, 224, 49, 50, 165, 22, 57, 24, 165, 170,
- /* 260 */ 171, 118, 94, 170, 171, 23, 98, 25, 185, 186,
- /* 270 */ 243, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 280 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 126, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
- /* 290 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 129, 130, 131,
- /* 300 */ 88, 23, 172, 173, 105, 106, 107, 150, 22, 26,
- /* 310 */ 27, 181, 26, 27, 22, 116, 26, 27, 26, 230,
- /* 320 */ 231, 197, 165, 230, 231, 113, 49, 50, 204, 117,
- /* 330 */ 96, 174, 175, 99, 100, 101, 22, 26, 27, 136,
- /* 340 */ 26, 27, 118, 16, 110, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
- /* 350 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82,
- /* 360 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
- /* 370 */ 19, 214, 215, 150, 23, 23, 155, 94, 95, 22,
- /* 380 */ 94, 95, 116, 160, 94, 95, 94, 60, 165, 62,
- /* 390 */ 112, 26, 114, 115, 128, 23, 36, 174, 175, 88,
- /* 400 */ 49, 50, 57, 120, 22, 94, 95, 23, 94, 95,
- /* 410 */ 120, 51, 25, 136, 169, 170, 171, 194, 58, 68,
- /* 420 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
- /* 430 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 440 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 12, 12, 23, 228,
- /* 450 */ 105, 106, 107, 23, 233, 25, 165, 19, 150, 94,
- /* 460 */ 165, 116, 28, 28, 112, 174, 114, 115, 108, 174,
- /* 470 */ 175, 26, 27, 165, 49, 50, 231, 11, 44, 44,
- /* 480 */ 46, 46, 174, 175, 112, 160, 114, 115, 50, 22,
- /* 490 */ 23, 57, 25, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
- /* 500 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 119, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 510 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194,
- /* 520 */ 225, 23, 23, 215, 19, 95, 105, 106, 107, 150,
- /* 530 */ 23, 150, 27, 23, 67, 25, 150, 206, 207, 94,
- /* 540 */ 95, 166, 104, 218, 165, 22, 165, 109, 49, 50,
- /* 550 */ 120, 165, 25, 174, 175, 174, 175, 23, 21, 234,
- /* 560 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 239, 25, 25, 68, 69, 70,
- /* 570 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
- /* 580 */ 205, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 590 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 23, 216, 23, 222, 223, 224,
- /* 600 */ 63, 220, 35, 150, 150, 163, 220, 67, 166, 167,
- /* 610 */ 168, 150, 169, 170, 171, 161, 162, 25, 165, 165,
- /* 620 */ 150, 113, 49, 50, 25, 117, 165, 174, 175, 35,
- /* 630 */ 7, 8, 9, 160, 160, 165, 120, 100, 67, 247,
- /* 640 */ 248, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 650 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 193, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
- /* 660 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, 194, 150,
- /* 670 */ 135, 24, 137, 35, 231, 138, 150, 129, 130, 206,
- /* 680 */ 207, 30, 27, 213, 165, 34, 118, 95, 0, 1,
- /* 690 */ 2, 165, 218, 174, 175, 50, 49, 50, 22, 48,
- /* 700 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 23, 244, 222, 223, 224, 166,
- /* 710 */ 167, 168, 120, 239, 23, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
- /* 720 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82,
- /* 730 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
- /* 740 */ 19, 150, 173, 165, 181, 182, 24, 67, 26, 104,
- /* 750 */ 181, 188, 174, 175, 150, 39, 165, 150, 52, 150,
- /* 760 */ 150, 150, 150, 144, 145, 174, 175, 249, 250, 165,
- /* 770 */ 49, 50, 165, 52, 165, 165, 165, 165, 174, 175,
- /* 780 */ 29, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 160, 22, 68,
- /* 790 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
- /* 800 */ 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 810 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 94, 165, 150, 150,
- /* 820 */ 160, 194, 150, 213, 160, 52, 174, 175, 23, 23,
- /* 830 */ 165, 25, 22, 165, 165, 150, 150, 165, 52, 174,
- /* 840 */ 175, 22, 174, 175, 49, 50, 174, 175, 190, 191,
- /* 850 */ 165, 165, 240, 23, 194, 25, 187, 109, 194, 174,
- /* 860 */ 175, 190, 191, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
- /* 870 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 880 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150,
- /* 890 */ 22, 165, 150, 23, 150, 25, 150, 166, 91, 92,
- /* 900 */ 174, 175, 22, 217, 165, 150, 102, 165, 150, 165,
- /* 910 */ 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 19, 174, 175, 49, 50,
- /* 920 */ 165, 86, 87, 165, 23, 165, 25, 165, 24, 174,
- /* 930 */ 175, 187, 174, 175, 174, 175, 205, 68, 69, 70,
- /* 940 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
- /* 950 */ 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 960 */ 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 150, 166, 23,
- /* 970 */ 150, 25, 160, 20, 174, 175, 1, 2, 165, 165,
- /* 980 */ 104, 165, 165, 43, 150, 165, 240, 150, 49, 50,
- /* 990 */ 174, 175, 49, 50, 23, 23, 25, 25, 53, 165,
- /* 1000 */ 187, 187, 165, 23, 187, 25, 194, 205, 174, 175,
- /* 1010 */ 71, 72, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 1020 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
- /* 1030 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 98, 150, 165,
- /* 1040 */ 150, 160, 150, 59, 25, 53, 104, 22, 174, 175,
- /* 1050 */ 213, 138, 5, 165, 1, 165, 150, 165, 150, 150,
- /* 1060 */ 240, 150, 174, 175, 174, 175, 49, 50, 118, 150,
- /* 1070 */ 35, 165, 27, 165, 165, 194, 165, 108, 127, 76,
- /* 1080 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 165, 174, 175, 70, 71, 72,
- /* 1090 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 166, 82,
- /* 1100 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
- /* 1110 */ 19, 20, 193, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 76,
- /* 1120 */ 150, 22, 1, 150, 119, 121, 217, 20, 37, 165,
- /* 1130 */ 165, 165, 16, 19, 20, 165, 22, 205, 165, 119,
- /* 1140 */ 26, 27, 108, 128, 150, 150, 150, 56, 150, 22,
- /* 1150 */ 150, 37, 150, 127, 160, 23, 150, 66, 193, 165,
- /* 1160 */ 165, 165, 16, 165, 23, 165, 150, 165, 174, 175,
- /* 1170 */ 56, 165, 150, 65, 174, 175, 15, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 1180 */ 66, 165, 140, 150, 93, 94, 95, 165, 194, 98,
- /* 1190 */ 174, 175, 22, 3, 164, 193, 174, 175, 165, 150,
- /* 1200 */ 86, 87, 4, 180, 150, 248, 251, 93, 94, 95,
- /* 1210 */ 216, 180, 98, 251, 165, 221, 150, 149, 6, 165,
- /* 1220 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 193, 150, 174, 175,
- /* 1230 */ 116, 165, 19, 20, 150, 22, 149, 151, 150, 26,
- /* 1240 */ 27, 149, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 165,
- /* 1250 */ 37, 174, 175, 165, 149, 19, 20, 13, 22, 150,
- /* 1260 */ 150, 150, 26, 27, 146, 147, 151, 150, 25, 56,
- /* 1270 */ 152, 159, 154, 37, 165, 165, 165, 193, 160, 66,
- /* 1280 */ 116, 193, 165, 174, 175, 174, 175, 194, 199, 150,
- /* 1290 */ 200, 126, 56, 124, 123, 150, 201, 122, 150, 86,
- /* 1300 */ 87, 150, 66, 193, 165, 202, 93, 94, 95, 150,
- /* 1310 */ 165, 98, 194, 165, 125, 22, 165, 150, 150, 26,
- /* 1320 */ 27, 135, 86, 87, 165, 174, 175, 203, 226, 93,
- /* 1330 */ 94, 95, 165, 165, 98, 150, 218, 150, 193, 157,
- /* 1340 */ 118, 157, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 5, 104,
- /* 1350 */ 165, 211, 165, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 150, 66,
- /* 1360 */ 17, 174, 175, 210, 246, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133,
- /* 1370 */ 134, 150, 210, 165, 31, 121, 33, 150, 150, 86,
- /* 1380 */ 87, 176, 174, 175, 150, 42, 165, 94, 211, 210,
- /* 1390 */ 150, 98, 165, 165, 211, 174, 175, 150, 55, 165,
- /* 1400 */ 57, 150, 174, 175, 61, 165, 150, 64, 174, 175,
- /* 1410 */ 150, 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 165, 104, 150, 184,
- /* 1420 */ 150, 165, 129, 130, 131, 165, 165, 150, 165, 150,
- /* 1430 */ 150, 176, 150, 165, 47, 165, 150, 150, 176, 103,
- /* 1440 */ 150, 22, 165, 178, 165, 165, 179, 165, 105, 106,
- /* 1450 */ 107, 165, 165, 229, 111, 165, 92, 176, 229, 116,
- /* 1460 */ 184, 176, 179, 156, 176, 176, 18, 157, 156, 237,
- /* 1470 */ 45, 157, 156, 135, 157, 157, 238, 156, 68, 157,
- /* 1480 */ 189, 189, 139, 219, 22, 157, 18, 192, 192, 192,
- /* 1490 */ 192, 189, 219, 199, 157, 242, 40, 157, 199, 242,
- /* 1500 */ 153, 157, 38, 245, 196, 166, 232, 198, 177, 177,
- /* 1510 */ 232, 227, 209, 178, 166, 182, 166, 148, 177, 177,
- /* 1520 */ 209, 196, 177, 199, 209, 199, 166, 208, 92, 195,
- /* 1530 */ 174, 174, 183, 252, 183, 183, 252, 191, 252, 235,
- /* 1540 */ 186, 241, 241, 252, 186, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
- /* 1550 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 236,
-};
-#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-74)
-#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (418)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-73)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1468)
-static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ 975, 1114, 1343, 1114, 1213, 1213, 90, 90, 0, -19,
- /* 10 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 345, 445, 721, 1091, 1213,
- /* 20 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213,
- /* 30 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213,
- /* 40 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1236, 1213, 1213,
- /* 50 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213,
- /* 60 */ 1213, 199, 445, 445, 835, 835, 365, 1164, 55, 647,
- /* 70 */ 573, 499, 425, 351, 277, 203, 129, 795, 795, 795,
- /* 80 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795,
- /* 90 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 869, 795, 943, 1017, 1017,
- /* 100 */ -69, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -1, 58, 138, 100,
- /* 110 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
- /* 120 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 537, 438, 445, 445,
- /* 130 */ 445, 445, 445, 365, 807, 1436, -74, -74, -74, 1293,
- /* 140 */ 73, 434, 434, 311, 314, 290, 283, 286, 540, 467,
- /* 150 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
- /* 160 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
- /* 170 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
- /* 180 */ 445, 445, 65, 722, 722, 722, 688, 266, 1164, 1164,
- /* 190 */ 1164, -74, -74, -74, 136, 168, 168, 234, 360, 360,
- /* 200 */ 360, 430, 372, 435, 352, 278, 126, -36, -36, -36,
- /* 210 */ -36, 421, 651, -36, -36, 592, 292, 212, 623, 158,
- /* 220 */ 204, 204, 505, 158, 505, 144, 365, 154, 365, 154,
- /* 230 */ 645, 154, 204, 154, 154, 535, 548, 548, 365, 387,
- /* 240 */ 508, 233, 1464, 1222, 1222, 1456, 1456, 1222, 1462, 1410,
- /* 250 */ 1165, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1222, 1165, 1462, 1410, 1410,
- /* 260 */ 1222, 1448, 1338, 1425, 1222, 1222, 1448, 1222, 1448, 1222,
- /* 270 */ 1448, 1419, 1313, 1313, 1313, 1387, 1364, 1364, 1419, 1313,
- /* 280 */ 1336, 1313, 1387, 1313, 1313, 1254, 1245, 1254, 1245, 1254,
- /* 290 */ 1245, 1222, 1222, 1186, 1189, 1175, 1169, 1171, 1165, 1164,
- /* 300 */ 1243, 1244, 1244, 1212, 1212, 1212, 1212, -74, -74, -74,
- /* 310 */ -74, -74, -74, 939, 104, 680, 571, 327, 1, 980,
- /* 320 */ 26, 972, 971, 946, 901, 870, 830, 806, 54, 21,
- /* 330 */ -73, 510, 242, 1198, 1190, 1170, 1042, 1161, 1108, 1146,
- /* 340 */ 1141, 1132, 1015, 1127, 1026, 1034, 1020, 1107, 1004, 1116,
- /* 350 */ 1121, 1005, 1099, 951, 1043, 1003, 969, 1045, 1035, 950,
- /* 360 */ 1053, 1047, 1025, 942, 913, 992, 1019, 945, 984, 940,
- /* 370 */ 876, 904, 953, 896, 748, 804, 880, 786, 868, 819,
- /* 380 */ 805, 810, 773, 751, 766, 706, 716, 691, 681, 568,
- /* 390 */ 655, 638, 676, 516, 541, 594, 599, 567, 541, 534,
- /* 400 */ 507, 527, 498, 523, 466, 382, 409, 384, 357, 6,
- /* 410 */ 240, 224, 143, 62, 18, 71, 39, 9, 5,
-};
-#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142)
-#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (312)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-141)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1369)
-static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ -141, 994, 1118, 223, 157, -53, 93, 89, 83, 375,
- /* 10 */ 386, 381, 379, 308, 295, 325, -47, 27, 1240, 1234,
- /* 20 */ 1228, 1221, 1208, 1187, 1151, 1111, 1109, 1077, 1054, 1022,
- /* 30 */ 1016, 1000, 911, 908, 906, 890, 888, 874, 834, 816,
- /* 40 */ 800, 760, 758, 755, 742, 739, 726, 685, 672, 668,
- /* 50 */ 665, 652, 611, 609, 607, 604, 591, 578, 526, 519,
- /* 60 */ 453, 474, 454, 461, 443, 245, 442, 473, 484, 484,
- /* 70 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484,
- /* 80 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484,
- /* 90 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484,
- /* 100 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 130, 484, 484,
- /* 110 */ 1145, 909, 1110, 1088, 1084, 1033, 1002, 965, 820, 837,
- /* 120 */ 746, 686, 612, 817, 610, 919, 221, 563, 814, 813,
- /* 130 */ 744, 669, 470, 543, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 291,
- /* 140 */ 569, 671, 658, 970, 1290, 1287, 1286, 1282, 518, 518,
- /* 150 */ 1280, 1279, 1277, 1270, 1268, 1263, 1261, 1260, 1256, 1251,
- /* 160 */ 1247, 1227, 1185, 1168, 1167, 1159, 1148, 1139, 1117, 1066,
- /* 170 */ 1049, 1006, 998, 996, 995, 973, 970, 966, 964, 892,
- /* 180 */ 762, -52, 881, 932, 802, 731, 619, 812, 664, 660,
- /* 190 */ 627, 392, 331, 124, 1358, 1357, 1356, 1354, 1352, 1351,
- /* 200 */ 1349, 1319, 1334, 1346, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334,
- /* 210 */ 1334, 1320, 1304, 1334, 1334, 1319, 1360, 1325, 1369, 1326,
- /* 220 */ 1315, 1311, 1301, 1324, 1300, 1335, 1350, 1345, 1348, 1342,
- /* 230 */ 1333, 1341, 1303, 1332, 1331, 1284, 1278, 1274, 1339, 1309,
- /* 240 */ 1308, 1347, 1258, 1344, 1340, 1257, 1253, 1337, 1273, 1302,
- /* 250 */ 1299, 1298, 1297, 1296, 1295, 1328, 1294, 1264, 1292, 1291,
- /* 260 */ 1322, 1321, 1238, 1232, 1318, 1317, 1316, 1314, 1312, 1310,
- /* 270 */ 1307, 1283, 1289, 1288, 1285, 1276, 1229, 1224, 1267, 1281,
- /* 280 */ 1265, 1262, 1235, 1255, 1205, 1183, 1179, 1177, 1162, 1140,
- /* 290 */ 1153, 1184, 1182, 1102, 1124, 1103, 1095, 1090, 1089, 1093,
- /* 300 */ 1112, 1115, 1086, 1105, 1092, 1087, 1068, 962, 955, 957,
- /* 310 */ 1031, 1023, 1030,
-};
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /* 0 */ 635, 870, 959, 959, 959, 870, 899, 899, 959, 759,
- /* 10 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 868, 959, 959, 933, 959, 959,
- /* 20 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 30 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 40 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 50 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 60 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 899, 899, 674, 763, 794, 959,
- /* 70 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 932, 934, 809,
- /* 80 */ 808, 802, 801, 912, 774, 799, 792, 785, 796, 871,
- /* 90 */ 864, 865, 863, 867, 872, 959, 795, 831, 848, 830,
- /* 100 */ 842, 847, 854, 846, 843, 833, 832, 666, 834, 835,
- /* 110 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 120 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 661, 728, 959, 959,
- /* 130 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 836, 837, 851, 850, 849, 959,
- /* 140 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 150 */ 959, 939, 937, 959, 883, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 160 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 170 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 180 */ 959, 641, 959, 759, 759, 759, 635, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 190 */ 959, 951, 763, 753, 719, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 200 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 804, 742, 922,
- /* 210 */ 924, 959, 905, 740, 663, 761, 676, 751, 643, 798,
- /* 220 */ 776, 776, 917, 798, 917, 700, 959, 788, 959, 788,
- /* 230 */ 697, 788, 776, 788, 788, 866, 959, 959, 959, 760,
- /* 240 */ 751, 959, 944, 767, 767, 936, 936, 767, 810, 732,
- /* 250 */ 798, 739, 739, 739, 739, 767, 798, 810, 732, 732,
- /* 260 */ 767, 658, 911, 909, 767, 767, 658, 767, 658, 767,
- /* 270 */ 658, 876, 730, 730, 730, 715, 880, 880, 876, 730,
- /* 280 */ 700, 730, 715, 730, 730, 780, 775, 780, 775, 780,
- /* 290 */ 775, 767, 767, 959, 793, 781, 791, 789, 798, 959,
- /* 300 */ 718, 651, 651, 640, 640, 640, 640, 956, 956, 951,
- /* 310 */ 702, 702, 684, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 320 */ 885, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 330 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 636, 946, 959, 959, 943, 959,
- /* 340 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 350 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 915,
- /* 360 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 908, 907, 959, 959,
- /* 370 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 380 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
- /* 390 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 790, 959, 782, 959, 869, 959,
- /* 400 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 745,
- /* 410 */ 819, 959, 818, 822, 817, 668, 959, 649, 959, 632,
- /* 420 */ 637, 955, 958, 957, 954, 953, 952, 947, 945, 942,
- /* 430 */ 941, 940, 938, 935, 931, 889, 887, 894, 893, 892,
- /* 440 */ 891, 890, 888, 886, 884, 805, 803, 800, 797, 930,
- /* 450 */ 882, 741, 738, 737, 657, 948, 914, 923, 921, 811,
- /* 460 */ 920, 919, 918, 916, 913, 900, 807, 806, 733, 874,
- /* 470 */ 873, 660, 904, 903, 902, 906, 910, 901, 769, 659,
- /* 480 */ 656, 665, 722, 721, 729, 727, 726, 725, 724, 723,
- /* 490 */ 720, 667, 675, 686, 714, 699, 698, 879, 881, 878,
- /* 500 */ 877, 707, 706, 712, 711, 710, 709, 708, 705, 704,
- /* 510 */ 703, 696, 695, 701, 694, 717, 716, 713, 693, 736,
- /* 520 */ 735, 734, 731, 692, 691, 690, 822, 689, 688, 828,
- /* 530 */ 827, 815, 858, 756, 755, 754, 766, 765, 778, 777,
- /* 540 */ 813, 812, 779, 764, 758, 757, 773, 772, 771, 770,
- /* 550 */ 762, 752, 784, 787, 786, 783, 860, 768, 857, 929,
- /* 560 */ 928, 927, 926, 925, 862, 861, 829, 826, 679, 680,
- /* 570 */ 898, 896, 897, 895, 682, 681, 678, 677, 859, 747,
- /* 580 */ 746, 855, 852, 844, 840, 856, 853, 845, 841, 839,
- /* 590 */ 838, 824, 823, 821, 820, 816, 825, 670, 748, 744,
- /* 600 */ 743, 814, 750, 749, 687, 685, 683, 664, 662, 655,
- /* 610 */ 653, 652, 654, 650, 648, 647, 646, 645, 644, 673,
- /* 620 */ 672, 671, 669, 668, 642, 639, 638, 634, 633, 631,
-};
-/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct
-** like the following:
-**
-** %fallback ID X Y Z.
-**
-** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
-** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
-** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
-** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
-*/
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
- 0, /* $ => nothing */
- 0, /* SEMI => nothing */
- 26, /* EXPLAIN => ID */
- 26, /* QUERY => ID */
- 26, /* PLAN => ID */
- 26, /* BEGIN => ID */
- 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
- 26, /* DEFERRED => ID */
- 26, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */
- 26, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */
- 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */
- 26, /* END => ID */
- 26, /* ROLLBACK => ID */
- 26, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */
- 26, /* RELEASE => ID */
- 0, /* TO => nothing */
- 0, /* TABLE => nothing */
- 0, /* CREATE => nothing */
- 26, /* IF => ID */
- 0, /* NOT => nothing */
- 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */
- 26, /* TEMP => ID */
- 0, /* LP => nothing */
- 0, /* RP => nothing */
- 0, /* AS => nothing */
- 0, /* COMMA => nothing */
- 0, /* ID => nothing */
- 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */
- 26, /* ABORT => ID */
- 26, /* ACTION => ID */
- 26, /* AFTER => ID */
- 26, /* ANALYZE => ID */
- 26, /* ASC => ID */
- 26, /* ATTACH => ID */
- 26, /* BEFORE => ID */
- 26, /* BY => ID */
- 26, /* CASCADE => ID */
- 26, /* CAST => ID */
- 26, /* COLUMNKW => ID */
- 26, /* CONFLICT => ID */
- 26, /* DATABASE => ID */
- 26, /* DESC => ID */
- 26, /* DETACH => ID */
- 26, /* EACH => ID */
- 26, /* FAIL => ID */
- 26, /* FOR => ID */
- 26, /* IGNORE => ID */
- 26, /* INITIALLY => ID */
- 26, /* INSTEAD => ID */
- 26, /* LIKE_KW => ID */
- 26, /* MATCH => ID */
- 26, /* NO => ID */
- 26, /* KEY => ID */
- 26, /* OF => ID */
- 26, /* OFFSET => ID */
- 26, /* PRAGMA => ID */
- 26, /* RAISE => ID */
- 26, /* REPLACE => ID */
- 26, /* RESTRICT => ID */
- 26, /* ROW => ID */
- 26, /* TRIGGER => ID */
- 26, /* VACUUM => ID */
- 26, /* VIEW => ID */
- 26, /* VIRTUAL => ID */
- 26, /* REINDEX => ID */
- 26, /* RENAME => ID */
- 26, /* CTIME_KW => ID */
-};
-#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-/* The following structure represents a single element of the
-** parser's stack. Information stored includes:
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
**
-** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
-** (In other words, the "major" token.)
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is
-** the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
-** It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
*/
-struct yyStackEntry {
- YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */
- YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code
- ** number for the token at this stack level */
- YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This
- ** is the value of the token */
-};
-typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
-/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
-** the following structure */
-struct yyParser {
- int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
- int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
#endif
- int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */
- sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
- int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */
- yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */
-#else
- yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
+** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
#endif
-};
-typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
-static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
+** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
-** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
-** If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
-** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
-** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is
-** turned off.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
+** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
- yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
- yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
- if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
- else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
-** are required. The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const yyTokenName[] = {
- "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY",
- "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED",
- "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END",
- "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO",
- "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT",
- "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP",
- "AS", "COMMA", "ID", "INDEXED",
- "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", "ANALYZE",
- "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "BY",
- "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", "CONFLICT",
- "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", "EACH",
- "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", "INITIALLY",
- "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", "NO",
- "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA",
- "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW",
- "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL",
- "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY",
- "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN",
- "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE",
- "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT",
- "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR",
- "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS",
- "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT",
- "COLLATE", "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW",
- "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY",
- "UNIQUE", "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR",
- "ON", "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE",
- "SET", "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP",
- "UNION", "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT",
- "SELECT", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM",
- "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP",
- "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO",
- "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB",
- "REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN",
- "THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER",
- "ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist",
- "ecmd", "explain", "cmdx", "cmd",
- "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", "savepoint_opt",
- "create_table", "create_table_args", "createkw", "temp",
- "ifnotexists", "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt",
- "select", "column", "columnid", "type",
- "carglist", "id", "ids", "typetoken",
- "typename", "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num",
- "carg", "ccons", "term", "expr",
- "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt",
- "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact",
- "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist",
- "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype",
- "ifexists", "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op",
- "distinct", "selcollist", "from", "where_opt",
- "groupby_opt", "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt",
- "sclp", "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix",
- "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt",
- "joinop2", "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem",
- "nexprlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt",
- "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "between_op",
- "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else",
- "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", "plus_opt",
- "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time",
- "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd",
- "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt",
- "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist",
- "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist",
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
+** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
+** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to
+** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
*/
-static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
- /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
- /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
- /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
- /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
- /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
- /* 5 */ "explain ::=",
- /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
- /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
- /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
- /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
- /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
- /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
- /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
- /* 13 */ "transtype ::=",
- /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
- /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
- /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
- /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
- /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
- /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
- /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
- /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
- /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
- /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
- /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
- /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
- /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
- /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE",
- /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
- /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
- /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
- /* 31 */ "temp ::=",
- /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
- /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
- /* 34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
- /* 35 */ "columnlist ::= column",
- /* 36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
- /* 37 */ "columnid ::= nm",
- /* 38 */ "id ::= ID",
- /* 39 */ "id ::= INDEXED",
- /* 40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
- /* 41 */ "nm ::= id",
- /* 42 */ "nm ::= STRING",
- /* 43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 44 */ "type ::=",
- /* 45 */ "type ::= typetoken",
- /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
- /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
- /* 48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
- /* 49 */ "typename ::= ids",
- /* 50 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
- /* 51 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
- /* 52 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
- /* 53 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
- /* 54 */ "carglist ::=",
- /* 55 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
- /* 56 */ "carg ::= ccons",
- /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
- /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
- /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
- /* 60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
- /* 61 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
- /* 62 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
- /* 63 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
- /* 64 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
- /* 65 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
- /* 66 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
- /* 67 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
- /* 68 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
- /* 69 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids",
- /* 70 */ "autoinc ::=",
- /* 71 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
- /* 72 */ "refargs ::=",
- /* 73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
- /* 74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
- /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
- /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
- /* 77 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
- /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
- /* 79 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
- /* 80 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
- /* 81 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
- /* 82 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
- /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 84 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
- /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
- /* 87 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
- /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
- /* 89 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
- /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
- /* 91 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
- /* 92 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
- /* 93 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /* 94 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
- /* 95 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
- /* 96 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
- /* 97 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
- /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
- /* 99 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
- /* 100 */ "onconf ::=",
- /* 101 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
- /* 102 */ "orconf ::=",
- /* 103 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
- /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
- /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
- /* 106 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
- /* 107 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
- /* 108 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
- /* 109 */ "ifexists ::=",
- /* 110 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
- /* 111 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
- /* 112 */ "cmd ::= select",
- /* 113 */ "select ::= oneselect",
- /* 114 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
- /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
- /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
- /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
- /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
- /* 119 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
- /* 120 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
- /* 121 */ "distinct ::=",
- /* 122 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
- /* 123 */ "sclp ::=",
- /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
- /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
- /* 126 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
- /* 127 */ "as ::= AS nm",
- /* 128 */ "as ::= ids",
- /* 129 */ "as ::=",
- /* 130 */ "from ::=",
- /* 131 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
- /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
- /* 133 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
- /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
- /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 136 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 137 */ "dbnm ::=",
- /* 138 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
- /* 139 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
- /* 140 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
- /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
- /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
- /* 143 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
- /* 144 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
- /* 145 */ "on_opt ::=",
- /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
- /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
- /* 148 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 149 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
- /* 150 */ "using_opt ::=",
- /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
- /* 152 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
- /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
- /* 154 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
- /* 155 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
- /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
- /* 157 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
- /* 158 */ "sortorder ::=",
- /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
- /* 160 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
- /* 161 */ "having_opt ::=",
- /* 162 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
- /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::=",
- /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
- /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
- /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
- /* 167 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
- /* 168 */ "where_opt ::=",
- /* 169 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 170 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 171 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
- /* 172 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
- /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
- /* 175 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
- /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
- /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
- /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
- /* 179 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
- /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
- /* 181 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
- /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
- /* 183 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
- /* 184 */ "expr ::= term",
- /* 185 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
- /* 186 */ "term ::= NULL",
- /* 187 */ "expr ::= id",
- /* 188 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 190 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
- /* 191 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
- /* 192 */ "term ::= STRING",
- /* 193 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
- /* 194 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
- /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
- /* 196 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
- /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
- /* 198 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
- /* 199 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
- /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
- /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
- /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
- /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
- /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
- /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
- /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
- /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
- /* 208 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
- /* 209 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
- /* 210 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
- /* 211 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
- /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
- /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
- /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
- /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
- /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
- /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
- /* 218 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
- /* 219 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
- /* 220 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
- /* 221 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
- /* 222 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
- /* 223 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
- /* 224 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
- /* 225 */ "in_op ::= IN",
- /* 226 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
- /* 227 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
- /* 228 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
- /* 229 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
- /* 230 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
- /* 231 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
- /* 232 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
- /* 233 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 234 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 235 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
- /* 236 */ "case_else ::=",
- /* 237 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
- /* 238 */ "case_operand ::=",
- /* 239 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
- /* 240 */ "exprlist ::=",
- /* 241 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
- /* 242 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
- /* 243 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
- /* 244 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
- /* 245 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
- /* 246 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
- /* 247 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
- /* 248 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
- /* 249 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
- /* 250 */ "collate ::=",
- /* 251 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids",
- /* 252 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
- /* 253 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
- /* 254 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
- /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
- /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
- /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
- /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
- /* 259 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
- /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
- /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
- /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
- /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
- /* 264 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
- /* 265 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
- /* 266 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
- /* 267 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 268 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
- /* 269 */ "plus_opt ::=",
- /* 270 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
- /* 271 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
- /* 272 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
- /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
- /* 274 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
- /* 275 */ "trigger_time ::=",
- /* 276 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
- /* 277 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
- /* 278 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
- /* 279 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
- /* 280 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
- /* 281 */ "when_clause ::=",
- /* 282 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
- /* 283 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 285 */ "trnm ::= nm",
- /* 286 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 287 */ "tridxby ::=",
- /* 288 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
- /* 289 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 290 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 291 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 292 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select",
- /* 293 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
- /* 294 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
- /* 295 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
- /* 296 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
- /* 297 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
- /* 298 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
- /* 299 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
- /* 300 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
- /* 301 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
- /* 302 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
- /* 303 */ "key_opt ::=",
- /* 304 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
- /* 305 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
- /* 306 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
- /* 307 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
- /* 308 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
- /* 309 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
- /* 310 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
- /* 311 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
- /* 312 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
- /* 313 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
- /* 314 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
- /* 315 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
- /* 316 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
- /* 317 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
- /* 318 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm",
- /* 319 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
- /* 320 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
- /* 321 */ "vtabarg ::=",
- /* 322 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
- /* 323 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
- /* 324 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
- /* 325 */ "lp ::= LP",
- /* 326 */ "anylist ::=",
- /* 327 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
- /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
+** I/O active are written using this function. These messages
+** are intended for debugging activity only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
+#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
/*
-** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
*/
-static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
- int newSize;
- yyStackEntry *pNew;
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
- newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
- pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
- if( pNew ){
- p->yystack = pNew;
- p->yystksz = newSize;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
- yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
- }
-#endif
- }
-}
-#endif
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** all database files specified with a relative pathname.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
-/*
-** This function allocates a new parser.
-** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
-** malloc.
+/*
+** Initialize SQLite.
**
-** Inputs:
-** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
+** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
+** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
+** sqlite3_open().
**
-** Outputs:
-** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls
-** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
+** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
+**
+** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
+** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
+** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
+** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
+**
+** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive
+** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the
+** initialization process would never complete.
+**
+** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other
+** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
+** incomplete, it is required that:
+**
+** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
+** call by X completes.
+**
+** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
+** without blocking.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
- yyParser *pParser;
- pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
- if( pParser ){
- pParser->yyidx = -1;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
- pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+ int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */
#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
- pParser->yystack = NULL;
- pParser->yystksz = 0;
- yyGrowStack(pParser);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
#endif
+
+ /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
+ ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization
+ ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end
+ ** of this routine.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
+ ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
+ ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
+ ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
+ **
+ ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
+ ** initialization.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+
+ /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
+ ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that
+ ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
+ ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
+ ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
+ */
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+ rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
}
- return pParser;
-}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
+ sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
-** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
-** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
-** the value.
-*/
-static void yy_destructor(
- yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */
- YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */
- YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */
-){
- sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
- switch( yymajor ){
- /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
- ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen
- ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
- ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
- ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
- **
- ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
- ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
- ** inside the C code.
- */
- case 160: /* select */
- case 194: /* oneselect */
-{
-sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy387));
-}
- break;
- case 174: /* term */
- case 175: /* expr */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy118).pExpr);
-}
- break;
- case 179: /* idxlist_opt */
- case 187: /* idxlist */
- case 197: /* selcollist */
- case 200: /* groupby_opt */
- case 202: /* orderby_opt */
- case 204: /* sclp */
- case 214: /* sortlist */
- case 216: /* nexprlist */
- case 217: /* setlist */
- case 220: /* itemlist */
- case 221: /* exprlist */
- case 226: /* case_exprlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy322));
-}
- break;
- case 193: /* fullname */
- case 198: /* from */
- case 206: /* seltablist */
- case 207: /* stl_prefix */
-{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy259));
-}
- break;
- case 199: /* where_opt */
- case 201: /* having_opt */
- case 210: /* on_opt */
- case 215: /* sortitem */
- case 225: /* case_operand */
- case 227: /* case_else */
- case 238: /* when_clause */
- case 243: /* key_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy314));
-}
- break;
- case 211: /* using_opt */
- case 213: /* inscollist */
- case 219: /* inscollist_opt */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy384));
-}
- break;
- case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */
- case 239: /* trigger_cmd */
-{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy203));
-}
- break;
- case 236: /* trigger_event */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy90).b);
-}
- break;
- default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+ /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
+ ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
+ ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
-}
-/*
-** Pop the parser's stack once.
-**
-** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
-** is popped from the stack, then call it.
-**
-** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
-*/
-static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
- YYCODETYPE yymajor;
- yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+ /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
+ ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
+ ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through
+ ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
+ ** recursive calls might also be possible.
+ **
+ ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
+ ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
+ **
+ ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
+ ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
+ ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
+ memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
+ sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3OsInit();
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+ bRunExtraInit = 1;
+#endif
+ }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
- /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
- ** empty in SQLite. */
- if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0;
+ /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
+ ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+ /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
+ ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but
+ ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
+ ** reason. So we run it once during initialization.
+ */
#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
- yyTracePrompt,
- yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
+ if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
+ double y;
+ assert(sizeof(x)==8);
+ assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
+ memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
+ assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
}
#endif
- yymajor = yytos->major;
- yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
- pParser->yyidx--;
- return yymajor;
-}
+#endif
-/*
-** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for
-** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer
-** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
-** <li> A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
-** from malloc.
-** </ul>
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
- void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */
- void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */
-){
- yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
- /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
- ** created in the first place. */
- if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
- while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
- free(pParser->yystack);
+ /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+ ** compile-time option.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+ if( bRunExtraInit ){
+ int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*);
+ rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0);
+ }
#endif
- (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
-}
-/*
-** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
-*/
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
- yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
- return pParser->yyidxMax;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while
+** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
+** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This
+** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine
+** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down
+** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
*/
-static int yy_find_shift_action(
- yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */
- YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */
-){
- int i;
- int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
-
- if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT
- || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
- return yy_default[stateno];
- }
- assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
- i += iLookAhead;
- if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
- if( iLookAhead>0 ){
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
- YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */
- if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
- && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
- yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
- }
-#endif
- return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
- }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYWILDCARD
- {
- int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
- if(
-#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
- j>=0 &&
-#endif
-#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
- j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN
+ void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void);
+ SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN();
#endif
- yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
- ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
- yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
- }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
- return yy_action[j];
- }
- }
-#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
- }
- return yy_default[stateno];
- }else{
- return yy_action[i];
+ sqlite3_os_end();
+ sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
-*/
-static int yy_find_reduce_action(
- int stateno, /* Current state number */
- YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */
-){
- int i;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
- return yy_default[stateno];
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
+ sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
}
-#else
- assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+ sqlite3MallocEnd();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES
+ /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed
+ ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+ ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these
+ ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the
+ ** heap subsystem was shutdown. This is only done if the current call to
+ ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown.
+ */
+ sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+ sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
#endif
- i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
- assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
- assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
- i += iLookAhead;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
- return yy_default[stateno];
}
-#else
- assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
- assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
-#endif
- return yy_action[i];
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
+ sqlite3MutexEnd();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
+** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
+** the SQLite library at run-time.
+**
+** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
+** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not
+** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
+** behavior.
*/
-static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
- sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
- yypParser->yyidx--;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
- }
-#endif
- while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
- /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
- ** stack every overflows */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
- pParse->parseError = 1;
- sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
-}
+ /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
+ ** the SQLite library is in use. */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-/*
-** Perform a shift action.
-*/
-static void yy_shift(
- yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */
- int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */
- int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */
- YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
-){
- yyStackEntry *yytos;
- yypParser->yyidx++;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
- if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
- yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
- }
-#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
- if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
- yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
- return;
- }
-#else
- if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
- yyGrowStack(yypParser);
- if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
- yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
- return;
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
+
+ /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
+ ** compile.
+ */
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
+ /* Disable all mutexing */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
+ /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
+ /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
+ /* Enable all mutexing */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
+ /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
+ /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+ break;
}
- }
-#endif
- yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
- yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
- yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
- yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
- int i;
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
- for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
- }
#endif
-}
-/* The following table contains information about every rule that
-** is used during the reduce.
-*/
-static const struct {
- YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
- unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
-} yyRuleInfo[] = {
- { 142, 1 },
- { 143, 2 },
- { 143, 1 },
- { 144, 1 },
- { 144, 3 },
- { 145, 0 },
- { 145, 1 },
- { 145, 3 },
- { 146, 1 },
- { 147, 3 },
- { 149, 0 },
- { 149, 1 },
- { 149, 2 },
- { 148, 0 },
- { 148, 1 },
- { 148, 1 },
- { 148, 1 },
- { 147, 2 },
- { 147, 2 },
- { 147, 2 },
- { 151, 1 },
- { 151, 0 },
- { 147, 2 },
- { 147, 3 },
- { 147, 5 },
- { 147, 2 },
- { 152, 6 },
- { 154, 1 },
- { 156, 0 },
- { 156, 3 },
- { 155, 1 },
- { 155, 0 },
- { 153, 4 },
- { 153, 2 },
- { 158, 3 },
- { 158, 1 },
- { 161, 3 },
- { 162, 1 },
- { 165, 1 },
- { 165, 1 },
- { 166, 1 },
- { 150, 1 },
- { 150, 1 },
- { 150, 1 },
- { 163, 0 },
- { 163, 1 },
- { 167, 1 },
- { 167, 4 },
- { 167, 6 },
- { 168, 1 },
- { 168, 2 },
- { 169, 1 },
- { 169, 1 },
- { 164, 2 },
- { 164, 0 },
- { 172, 3 },
- { 172, 1 },
- { 173, 2 },
- { 173, 4 },
- { 173, 3 },
- { 173, 3 },
- { 173, 2 },
- { 173, 2 },
- { 173, 3 },
- { 173, 5 },
- { 173, 2 },
- { 173, 4 },
- { 173, 4 },
- { 173, 1 },
- { 173, 2 },
- { 178, 0 },
- { 178, 1 },
- { 180, 0 },
- { 180, 2 },
- { 182, 2 },
- { 182, 3 },
- { 182, 3 },
- { 182, 3 },
- { 183, 2 },
- { 183, 2 },
- { 183, 1 },
- { 183, 1 },
- { 183, 2 },
- { 181, 3 },
- { 181, 2 },
- { 184, 0 },
- { 184, 2 },
- { 184, 2 },
- { 159, 0 },
- { 159, 2 },
- { 185, 3 },
- { 185, 2 },
- { 185, 1 },
- { 186, 2 },
- { 186, 7 },
- { 186, 5 },
- { 186, 5 },
- { 186, 10 },
- { 188, 0 },
- { 188, 1 },
- { 176, 0 },
- { 176, 3 },
- { 189, 0 },
- { 189, 2 },
- { 190, 1 },
- { 190, 1 },
- { 190, 1 },
- { 147, 4 },
- { 192, 2 },
- { 192, 0 },
- { 147, 8 },
- { 147, 4 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 160, 1 },
- { 160, 3 },
- { 195, 1 },
- { 195, 2 },
- { 195, 1 },
- { 194, 9 },
- { 196, 1 },
- { 196, 1 },
- { 196, 0 },
- { 204, 2 },
- { 204, 0 },
- { 197, 3 },
- { 197, 2 },
- { 197, 4 },
- { 205, 2 },
- { 205, 1 },
- { 205, 0 },
- { 198, 0 },
- { 198, 2 },
- { 207, 2 },
- { 207, 0 },
- { 206, 7 },
- { 206, 7 },
- { 206, 7 },
- { 157, 0 },
- { 157, 2 },
- { 193, 2 },
- { 208, 1 },
- { 208, 2 },
- { 208, 3 },
- { 208, 4 },
- { 210, 2 },
- { 210, 0 },
- { 209, 0 },
- { 209, 3 },
- { 209, 2 },
- { 211, 4 },
- { 211, 0 },
- { 202, 0 },
- { 202, 3 },
- { 214, 4 },
- { 214, 2 },
- { 215, 1 },
- { 177, 1 },
- { 177, 1 },
- { 177, 0 },
- { 200, 0 },
- { 200, 3 },
- { 201, 0 },
- { 201, 2 },
- { 203, 0 },
- { 203, 2 },
- { 203, 4 },
- { 203, 4 },
- { 147, 5 },
- { 199, 0 },
- { 199, 2 },
- { 147, 7 },
- { 217, 5 },
- { 217, 3 },
- { 147, 8 },
- { 147, 5 },
- { 147, 6 },
- { 218, 2 },
- { 218, 1 },
- { 220, 3 },
- { 220, 1 },
- { 219, 0 },
- { 219, 3 },
- { 213, 3 },
- { 213, 1 },
- { 175, 1 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 174, 1 },
- { 175, 1 },
- { 175, 1 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 5 },
- { 174, 1 },
- { 174, 1 },
- { 175, 1 },
- { 175, 1 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 6 },
- { 175, 5 },
- { 175, 4 },
- { 174, 1 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 222, 1 },
- { 222, 2 },
- { 222, 1 },
- { 222, 2 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 5 },
- { 175, 2 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 4 },
- { 175, 2 },
- { 175, 2 },
- { 175, 2 },
- { 175, 2 },
- { 223, 1 },
- { 223, 2 },
- { 175, 5 },
- { 224, 1 },
- { 224, 2 },
- { 175, 5 },
- { 175, 3 },
- { 175, 5 },
- { 175, 4 },
- { 175, 4 },
- { 175, 5 },
- { 226, 5 },
- { 226, 4 },
- { 227, 2 },
- { 227, 0 },
- { 225, 1 },
- { 225, 0 },
- { 221, 1 },
- { 221, 0 },
- { 216, 3 },
- { 216, 1 },
- { 147, 11 },
- { 228, 1 },
- { 228, 0 },
- { 179, 0 },
- { 179, 3 },
- { 187, 5 },
- { 187, 3 },
- { 229, 0 },
- { 229, 2 },
- { 147, 4 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 147, 2 },
- { 147, 3 },
- { 147, 5 },
- { 147, 6 },
- { 147, 5 },
- { 147, 6 },
- { 230, 1 },
- { 230, 1 },
- { 230, 1 },
- { 230, 1 },
- { 230, 1 },
- { 170, 2 },
- { 171, 2 },
- { 232, 1 },
- { 231, 1 },
- { 231, 0 },
- { 147, 5 },
- { 233, 11 },
- { 235, 1 },
- { 235, 1 },
- { 235, 2 },
- { 235, 0 },
- { 236, 1 },
- { 236, 1 },
- { 236, 3 },
- { 237, 0 },
- { 237, 3 },
- { 238, 0 },
- { 238, 2 },
- { 234, 3 },
- { 234, 2 },
- { 240, 1 },
- { 240, 3 },
- { 241, 0 },
- { 241, 3 },
- { 241, 2 },
- { 239, 7 },
- { 239, 8 },
- { 239, 5 },
- { 239, 5 },
- { 239, 1 },
- { 175, 4 },
- { 175, 6 },
- { 191, 1 },
- { 191, 1 },
- { 191, 1 },
- { 147, 4 },
- { 147, 6 },
- { 147, 3 },
- { 243, 0 },
- { 243, 2 },
- { 242, 1 },
- { 242, 0 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 147, 3 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 147, 3 },
- { 147, 6 },
- { 147, 6 },
- { 244, 1 },
- { 245, 0 },
- { 245, 1 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 147, 4 },
- { 246, 7 },
- { 247, 1 },
- { 247, 3 },
- { 248, 0 },
- { 248, 2 },
- { 249, 1 },
- { 249, 3 },
- { 250, 1 },
- { 251, 0 },
- { 251, 4 },
- { 251, 2 },
-};
-static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
+ /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
+ /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
+ /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
+ /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
+ /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
+ /* no-op */
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
+ /* now an error */
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: {
+ /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: {
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+ }
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2;
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
+ /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
+ }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
+ /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
+ /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
+ ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go
+ ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
+ ** run.
+ */
+ memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
+ }else{
+ /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
+ ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. The enclosing #if guarantees at
+ ** least one of these methods is currently enabled.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument.
+ ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
+ ** NULL.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
+ /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+ ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+ ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
+ */
+ typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55548-33817 The compile-time setting for URI filenames
+ ** can be changed at start-time using the
+ ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,1) or
+ ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,0) configuration calls.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: {
+ typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: {
+ sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
+ sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
+ if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){
+ mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
+ }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap;
+ if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE;
+ if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap;
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ default: {
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ va_end(ap);
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
-** follow the reduce.
+** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
+** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the
+** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
+** the lookaside memory.
*/
-static void yy_reduce(
- yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */
- int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
-){
- int yygoto; /* The next state */
- int yyact; /* The next action */
- YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
- yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */
- int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */
- sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
- yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0
- && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
- yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
+ void *pStart;
+ if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
- /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
- ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
- ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
- ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the
- ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
- ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code
- ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.
- **
- ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
- ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there
- ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report
- ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
- ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172)
+ /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
+ ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
+ ** both at the same time.
*/
- /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
- yygotominor = yyzerominor;
-
-
- switch( yyruleno ){
- /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example
- ** follows:
- ** case 0:
- ** #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
- ** { ... } // User supplied code
- ** #line <lineno> <thisfile>
- ** break;
+ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+ }
+ /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger
+ ** than a pointer to be useful.
*/
- case 5: /* explain ::= */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
- break;
- case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
- break;
- case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
- break;
- case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
-{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
- break;
- case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
-{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);}
- break;
- case 13: /* transtype ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_DEFERRED;}
- break;
- case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
- case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
- case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
- case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115);
- case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117);
-{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major;}
- break;
- case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
- case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
-{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
- break;
- case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
-{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
- break;
- case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
-{
- sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
-{
- sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
-{
- sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
-{
- sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy4,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);
-}
- break;
- case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
-{
- pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
- yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-}
- break;
- case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */
- case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
- case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70);
- case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83);
- case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
- case 87: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==87);
- case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
- case 109: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109);
- case 120: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120);
- case 121: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121);
- case 222: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
- case 225: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225);
-{yygotominor.yy4 = 0;}
- break;
- case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
- case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30);
- case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71);
- case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86);
- case 108: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
- case 119: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
- case 223: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223);
- case 226: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226);
-{yygotominor.yy4 = 1;}
- break;
- case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
-{
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
-}
- break;
- case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
-{
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
-}
- break;
- case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
-{
- yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
-}
- break;
- case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */
-{
- sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-}
- break;
- case 38: /* id ::= ID */
- case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==39);
- case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==40);
- case 41: /* nm ::= id */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41);
- case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
- case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
- case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46);
- case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49);
- case 127: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
- case 128: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128);
- case 138: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138);
- case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147);
- case 251: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==251);
- case 260: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260);
- case 261: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261);
- case 262: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262);
- case 263: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263);
- case 264: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264);
- case 265: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265);
- case 266: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266);
- case 267: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267);
- case 285: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285);
-{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
- break;
- case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */
-{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
-}
- break;
- case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
-}
- break;
- case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
- break;
- case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
- case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59);
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);}
- break;
- case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118);}
- break;
- case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
-{
- ExprSpan v;
- v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
- v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
- sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
-}
- break;
- case 61: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */
-{
- ExprSpan v;
- spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
-}
- break;
- case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
-{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
- break;
- case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);}
- break;
- case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);}
- break;
- case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
- break;
- case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
-{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
- break;
- case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
-{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
- break;
- case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
-{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 72: /* refargs ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
- break;
- case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy215.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy215.value; }
- break;
- case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
- case 75: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75);
-{ yygotominor.yy215.value = 0; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x000000; }
- break;
- case 76: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x0000ff; }
- break;
- case 77: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4<<8; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x00ff00; }
- break;
- case 78: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
- break;
- case 79: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
- break;
- case 80: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
- break;
- case 81: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
- break;
- case 82: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
- break;
- case 84: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
- case 99: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99);
- case 101: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==101);
- case 104: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==104);
-{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].minor.yy4;}
- break;
- case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
- break;
- case 89: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
-{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
- break;
- case 94: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4,0);}
- break;
- case 95: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);}
- break;
- case 96: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
- break;
- case 97: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
-{
- sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
- sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);
-}
- break;
- case 100: /* onconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Default;}
- break;
- case 102: /* orconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Default;}
- break;
- case 103: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
-{yygotominor.yy210 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;}
- break;
- case 105: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Ignore;}
- break;
- case 106: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Replace;}
- break;
- case 107: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
-{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
-}
- break;
- case 110: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
-{
- sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-6].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy4);
-}
- break;
- case 111: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
-{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
-}
- break;
- case 112: /* cmd ::= select */
-{
- SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0};
- sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, &dest);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
-}
- break;
- case 113: /* select ::= oneselect */
-{yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;}
- break;
- case 114: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
-{
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy387 ){
- yymsp[0].minor.yy387->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy4;
- yymsp[0].minor.yy387->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy387;
+ sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
+ if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
+ if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
+ if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
+ sz = 0;
+ pStart = 0;
+ }else if( pBuf==0 ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz;
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy387);
- }
- yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;
-}
- break;
- case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_ALL;}
- break;
- case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
-{
- yygotominor.yy387 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy322,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy314,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[-7].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pOffset);
-}
- break;
- case 122: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
- case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247);
-{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;}
- break;
- case 123: /* sclp ::= */
- case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151);
- case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159);
- case 240: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==240);
- case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246);
-{yygotominor.yy322 = 0;}
- break;
- case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
-{
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
- sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118);
-}
- break;
- case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
-{
- Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, p);
-}
- break;
- case 126: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
-{
- Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
- Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322, pDot);
-}
- break;
- case 129: /* as ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
- break;
- case 130: /* from ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));}
- break;
- case 131: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
-{
- yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259;
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy259);
-}
- break;
- case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
-{
- yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259;
- if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
-}
- break;
- case 133: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy259 = 0;}
- break;
- case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
-{
- yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy259, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
-{
- yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy387,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
+ pStart = pBuf;
}
- break;
- case 136: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
-{
- if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy259==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy314==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy384==0 ){
- yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy259;
- }else{
- Select *pSubquery;
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy259);
- pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
- yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
+ db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
+ db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
+ db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
+ if( pStart ){
+ int i;
+ LookasideSlot *p;
+ assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
+ p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
+ for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
+ p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+ db->lookaside.pFree = p;
+ p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
}
+ db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+ db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
+ }else{
+ db->lookaside.pStart = db;
+ db->lookaside.pEnd = db;
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+ db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
}
- break;
- case 137: /* dbnm ::= */
- case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
- break;
- case 139: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
-{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 140: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = JT_INNER; }
- break;
- case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
- break;
- case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
- break;
- case 143: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
- break;
- case 144: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
- case 155: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155);
- case 162: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162);
- case 169: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169);
- case 235: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235);
- case 237: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237);
-{yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;}
- break;
- case 145: /* on_opt ::= */
- case 161: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
- case 168: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
- case 236: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236);
- case 238: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238);
-{yygotominor.yy314 = 0;}
- break;
- case 148: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
- break;
- case 149: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
- case 181: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181);
-{yygotominor.yy384 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy384;}
- break;
- case 150: /* using_opt ::= */
- case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
-{yygotominor.yy384 = 0;}
- break;
- case 152: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
- case 160: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
- case 239: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239);
-{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[0].minor.yy322;}
- break;
- case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
-{
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);
- if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
-}
- break;
- case 154: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
-{
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);
- if( yygotominor.yy322 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy322->a) ) yygotominor.yy322->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
-}
- break;
- case 156: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
- case 158: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158);
-{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
- break;
- case 157: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
- break;
- case 163: /* limit_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;}
- break;
- case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;}
- break;
- case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
-{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;}
- break;
- case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;}
- break;
- case 167: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
-{
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
-}
- break;
- case 170: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
-{
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,"set list");
- sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,yymsp[-5].minor.yy210);
-}
- break;
- case 171: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
-{
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
-}
- break;
- case 172: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
-{
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
- case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);}
- break;
- case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);}
- break;
- case 175: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy259, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy384, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210);}
- break;
- case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
-{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;}
- break;
- case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Replace;}
- break;
- case 178: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
- case 241: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==241);
-{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
- break;
- case 179: /* itemlist ::= expr */
- case 242: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242);
-{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
- break;
- case 182: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
-{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy384,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 183: /* inscollist ::= nm */
-{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 184: /* expr ::= term */
-{yygotominor.yy118 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118;}
- break;
- case 185: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 186: /* term ::= NULL */
- case 191: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
- case 192: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==192);
-{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 187: /* expr ::= id */
- case 188: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188);
-{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
-{
- Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
- Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+/*
+** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->mutex;
}
- break;
- case 190: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
-{
- Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
- Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
- Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+/*
+** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+ sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
- case 193: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
-{
- /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
- ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers
- ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */
- if( pParse->nested==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = 0;
- }else{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->iTable);
+
+/*
+** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int rc;
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+ void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
+ int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
+ int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
+ rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ static const struct {
+ int op; /* The opcode */
+ u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
+ } aFlagOp[] = {
+ { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
+ { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger },
+ };
+ unsigned int i;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
+ if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
+ int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
+ int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
+ int oldFlags = db->flags;
+ if( onoff>0 ){
+ db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
+ }else if( onoff==0 ){
+ db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
+ }
+ if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ }
+ if( pRes ){
+ *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
}
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 194: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
-{
- spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 195: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ va_end(ap);
+ return rc;
}
- break;
- case 196: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+*/
+static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
+ while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
+ return n==0;
}
- break;
- case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
-{
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
- }
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 && yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+**
+** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
+** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation.
+*/
+static int binCollFunc(
+ void *padFlag,
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+ int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+ int rc, n;
+ n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+ rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ if( padFlag
+ && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
+ && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
+ ){
+ /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
+ }else{
+ rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+ }
}
+ return rc;
}
- break;
- case 198: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 199: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
-{
- /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
- ** treated as functions that return constants */
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+ void *NotUsed,
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+ int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+ int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+ (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ if( 0==r ){
+ r = nKey1-nKey2;
}
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ return r;
}
- break;
- case 200: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
- case 201: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
- case 202: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
- case 203: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
- case 204: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
- case 205: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
- case 206: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206);
- case 207: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==207);
-{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);}
- break;
- case 208: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
- case 210: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210);
-{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
- break;
- case 209: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
- case 211: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211);
-{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
- break;
- case 212: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
-{
- ExprList *pList;
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.eOperator);
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->lastRowid;
}
- break;
- case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
-{
- ExprList *pList;
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.eOperator);
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->nChange;
}
- break;
- case 214: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 215: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 216: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
-{
- spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);
- binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->nTotalChange;
}
- break;
- case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
-{
- spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);
- binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
+
+/*
+** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
+** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
+** at the b-tree/pager level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
+ while( db->pSavepoint ){
+ Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+ db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+ }
+ db->nSavepoint = 0;
+ db->nStatement = 0;
+ db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
}
- break;
- case 218: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
- case 219: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219);
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 220: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 221: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 224: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
-{
- ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
- }
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
+
+/*
+** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
+** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
+** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
+** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
+*/
+static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor;
+ if( pDestructor ){
+ pDestructor->nRef--;
+ if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
+ pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
+ }
+ }
}
- break;
- case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
-{
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322==0 ){
- /* Expressions of the form
- **
- ** expr1 IN ()
- ** expr1 NOT IN ()
- **
- ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
- ** regardless of the value of expr1.
- */
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy4]);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- }else{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322);
+
+/*
+** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection
+** db. This is called when db is being closed.
+*/
+static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ int i;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+ if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){
+ HashElem *p;
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p);
+ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab);
}
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
}
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
- break;
- case 228: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387;
- ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
- }else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
- }
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.
+*/
+static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
+ int j;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( db->pVdbe ) return 1;
+ for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
+ if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1;
}
- break;
- case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387;
- ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
- }else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
- }
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
+ if( !db ){
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or
+ ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
- case 230: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
-{
- SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
- ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
- }else{
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
- }
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
- break;
- case 231: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
-{
- Expr *p = yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
- if( p ){
- p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387;
- ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
- }else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
- }
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */
+ disconnectAllVtab(db);
+
+ /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above
+ ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
+ ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
+ ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
+ ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
+ ** some prepared statements internally.
+ */
+ sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+
+ /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
+ */
+ if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
+ "statements or unfinished backups");
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
- break;
- case 232: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy322;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
+ /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2);
}
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-}
- break;
- case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
-}
- break;
- case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
-}
- break;
- case 243: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
-{
- sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,
- sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[-9].minor.yy4,
- &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy4);
+#endif
+
+ /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
+ */
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
+ sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
- case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
- case 298: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
-{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Abort;}
- break;
- case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None;}
- break;
- case 248: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
-{
- Expr *p = 0;
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
- p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+
+/*
+** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database
+** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and
+** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups. The sqlite3_close_v2()
+** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are
+** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last
+** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); }
+
+
+/*
+** Close the mutex on database connection db.
+**
+** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there
+** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and
+** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has
+** finished, then free all resources.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){
+ HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */
+ int j;
+
+ /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects
+ ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(),
+ ** then just leave the mutex and return.
+ */
+ if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return;
}
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, p);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index");
- if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
-}
- break;
- case 249: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
-{
- Expr *p = 0;
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
- p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+
+ /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has
+ ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been
+ ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie). Therefore,
+ ** go ahead and free all resources.
+ */
+
+ /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if
+ ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction
+ ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make
+ ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+
+ /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+
+ /* Close all database connections */
+ for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+ struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+ if( pDb->pBt ){
+ if( pDb->pSchema ){
+ /* Must clear the KeyInfo cache. See ticket [e4a18565a36884b00edf] */
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
+ pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+ pDb->pBt = 0;
+ if( j!=1 ){
+ pDb->pSchema = 0;
+ }
+ }
}
- yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index");
- if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
-}
- break;
- case 250: /* collate ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
- break;
- case 252: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
-{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);}
- break;
- case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
- case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==254);
-{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
- break;
- case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
- break;
- case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
- break;
- case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
- break;
- case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
- break;
- case 259: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
- break;
- case 270: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
-{
- Token all;
- all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
- sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy203, &all);
-}
- break;
- case 271: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
-{
- sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-10].minor.yy4, yymsp[-8].minor.yy4);
- yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 272: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
- case 275: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275);
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_BEFORE; }
- break;
- case 273: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_AFTER; }
- break;
- case 274: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
-{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_INSTEAD;}
- break;
- case 276: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
- case 277: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277);
-{yygotominor.yy90.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy90.b = 0;}
- break;
- case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
-{yygotominor.yy90.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy90.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy384;}
- break;
- case 281: /* when_clause ::= */
- case 303: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303);
-{ yygotominor.yy314 = 0; }
- break;
- case 282: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
- case 304: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304);
-{ yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; }
- break;
- case 283: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{
- assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy203!=0 );
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
- yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy203;
-}
- break;
- case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{
- assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy203!=0 );
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
- yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
-}
- break;
- case 286: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
-{
- yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
- "statements within triggers");
-}
- break;
- case 288: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
-{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
- "within triggers");
-}
- break;
- case 289: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
-{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
- "within triggers");
-}
- break;
- case 290: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
-{ yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); }
- break;
- case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);}
- break;
- case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */
-{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);}
- break;
- case 293: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
-{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);}
- break;
- case 294: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); }
- break;
- case 295: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
+ /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */
+ if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+ sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
}
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-}
- break;
- case 296: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
-{
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) {
- yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy4;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+ /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */
+ sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+ assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+ assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+
+ /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
+ ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
+ */
+ sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
+
+ for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
+ FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
+ for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
+ pHash = p->pHash;
+ while( p ){
+ functionDestroy(db, p);
+ pNext = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ p = pNext;
+ }
+ }
}
- yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-}
- break;
- case 297: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Rollback;}
- break;
- case 299: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
-{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Fail;}
- break;
- case 300: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
-{
- sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
-}
- break;
- case 301: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
-{
- sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
-}
- break;
- case 302: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
-{
- sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
-}
- break;
- case 307: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
- break;
- case 308: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 309: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
- break;
- case 310: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 311: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
-{
- sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 312: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
-{
- sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 313: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
-{
- pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
- sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259);
-}
- break;
- case 316: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
- break;
- case 317: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- case 318: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */
-{
- sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
- break;
- case 321: /* vtabarg ::= */
-{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
- break;
- case 323: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
- case 324: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
- case 325: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325);
-{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
- break;
- default:
- /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0);
- /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1);
- /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2);
- /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3);
- /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4);
- /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10);
- /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11);
- /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12);
- /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20);
- /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21);
- /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25);
- /* (34) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==34);
- /* (35) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==35);
- /* (44) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44);
- /* (51) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51);
- /* (52) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52);
- /* (53) carglist ::= carglist carg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53);
- /* (54) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==54);
- /* (55) carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==55);
- /* (56) carg ::= ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56);
- /* (62) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62);
- /* (90) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90);
- /* (91) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91);
- /* (92) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
- /* (93) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93);
- /* (268) plus_opt ::= PLUS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268);
- /* (269) plus_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269);
- /* (279) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
- /* (280) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280);
- /* (287) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287);
- /* (305) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305);
- /* (306) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306);
- /* (314) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314);
- /* (315) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
- /* (319) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
- /* (320) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
- /* (322) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322);
- /* (326) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326);
- /* (327) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327);
- /* (328) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328);
- break;
- };
- yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
- yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
- yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
- yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
- if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
-#ifdef NDEBUG
- /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
- ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
- ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
- ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
- if( yysize ){
- yypParser->yyidx++;
- yymsp -= yysize-1;
- yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
- yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
- yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+ /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
+ for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+ if( pColl[j].xDel ){
+ pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
+ }
}
- }else{
- assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
- yy_accept(yypParser);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
+ }
+ sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
+ if( pMod->xDestroy ){
+ pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
+ }
+ sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+ sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+ sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
+#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
+ sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser);
+ sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW);
+#endif
+
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+
+ /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
+ ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
+ ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
+ ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
+ ** structure?
+ */
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
+ assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
+ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
}
+ sqlite3_free(db);
}
/*
-** The following code executes when the parse fails
+** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
+** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
+** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
+** attempts to use that cursor. Read cursors remain open and valid
+** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around.
*/
-#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
-static void yy_parse_failed(
- yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */
-){
- sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){
+ int i;
+ int inTrans = 0;
+ int schemaChange;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+
+ /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback().
+ ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
+ ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
+ ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
+ ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false
+ ** corruption reports in some cases. */
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ schemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0;
+
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p ){
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
+ inTrans = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode, !schemaChange);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+ /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
+ db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+ db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
+
+ /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
+ if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
+ db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
}
-#endif
- while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
- /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
- ** parser fails */
- sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}
-#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
/*
-** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
-*/
-static void yy_syntax_error(
- yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */
- int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */
- YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */
-){
- sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
- assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
- pParse->parseError = 1;
- sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
+** specified in the argument.
+*/
+#if (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
+ const char *zName = 0;
+ int i, origRc = rc;
+ for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
+ switch( rc ){
+ case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break;
+ case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break;
+ case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break;
+ case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break;
+ case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break;
+ case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break;
+ case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break;
+ case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break;
+ case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break;
+ case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break;
+ case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break;
+ case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break;
+ case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break;
+ case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
+ zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break;
+ case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break;
+ case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break;
+ case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break;
+ case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break;
+ case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break;
+ case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break;
+ case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break;
+ case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY:
+ zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY:
+ zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK:
+ zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION:
+ zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION"; break;
+ case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break;
+ case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break;
+ case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break;
+ case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break;
+ case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break;
+ case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break;
+ case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break;
+ case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break;
+ case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break;
+ case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK:
+ zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break;
+ case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break;
+ case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break;
+ case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( zName==0 ){
+ static char zBuf[50];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc);
+ zName = zBuf;
+ }
+ return zName;
}
+#endif
/*
-** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
*/
-static void yy_accept(
- yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */
-){
- sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+ static const char* const aMsg[] = {
+ /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error",
+ /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
+ /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0,
+ /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied",
+ /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort",
+ /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked",
+ /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked",
+ /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory",
+ /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
+ /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted",
+ /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error",
+ /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed",
+ /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation",
+ /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full",
+ /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file",
+ /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol",
+ /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data",
+ /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed",
+ /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big",
+ /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed",
+ /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch",
+ /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence",
+ /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled",
+ /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied",
+ /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error",
+ /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range",
+ /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
+ };
+ const char *zErr = "unknown error";
+ switch( rc ){
+ case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
+ zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ rc &= 0xff;
+ if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
+ zErr = aMsg[rc];
+ }
+ break;
+ }
}
-#endif
- while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
- /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
- ** parser accepts */
- sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+ return zErr;
}
-/* The main parser program.
-** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
-** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
-** The second argument is the major token number. The third is
-** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the
-** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
-** use by the action routines.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
-** <li> The major token number.
-** <li> The minor token number.
-** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
+/*
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
- void *yyp, /* The parser */
- int yymajor, /* The major token code number */
- sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */
- sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *ptr, /* Database connection */
+ int count /* Number of times table has been busy */
){
- YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
- int yyact; /* The parser action. */
- int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
-#endif
- yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
+ static const u8 delays[] =
+ { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 };
+ static const u8 totals[] =
+ { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
+# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
+ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+ int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
+ int delay, prior;
- /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
- yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
- if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
- if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
- /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
- yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
- yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
- return;
- }
-#endif
- yypParser->yyidx = 0;
- yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
- yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
- yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+ assert( count>=0 );
+ if( count < NDELAY ){
+ delay = delays[count];
+ prior = totals[count];
+ }else{
+ delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+ prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
}
- yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
- yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
- sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+ if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+ delay = timeout - prior;
+ if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
}
+ sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
+ return 1;
+#else
+ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+ int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
+ if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
+ return 1;
#endif
-
- do{
- yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
- if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
- assert( !yyendofinput ); /* Impossible to shift the $ token */
- yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
- }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
- yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
- }else{
- assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- int yymx;
-#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
- }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- /* A syntax error has occurred.
- ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
- ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
- **
- ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
- **
- ** * Call the %syntax_error function.
- **
- ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
- ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
- ** the error symbol.
- **
- ** * Set the error count to three.
- **
- ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error
- ** processing will occur until three tokens have been
- ** shifted successfully.
- **
- */
- if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
- yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
- }
- yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
- if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
- yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
- }
-#endif
- yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
- }else{
- while(
- yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
- yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
- (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
- yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
- YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
- ){
- yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
- }
- if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
- yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
- }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
- YYMINORTYPE u2;
- u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
- yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
- }
- }
- yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
- yyerrorhit = 1;
-#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
- /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
- ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax
- ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
- **
- ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
- ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
- */
- yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
- yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-
-#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
- /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
- **
- ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
- **
- ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
- **
- ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
- ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
- */
- if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
- yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
- }
- yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
- yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- if( yyendofinput ){
- yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
- }
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-#endif
- }
- }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
- return;
}
-/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
+** Invoke the given busy handler.
**
-** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
-** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
-** parser for analysis.
+** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
+** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it
+** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
+ int rc;
+ if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
+ rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ p->nBusy = -1;
+ }else{
+ p->nBusy++;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
-** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just
-** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need
-** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores
-** need to be translated.
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
-const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
-/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
- 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */
- 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */
- 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
- 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */
- 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */
- 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */
-};
-#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+ void *pArg
+){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+ db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+ db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+ db->busyTimeout = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
/*
-** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
-** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
-**
-** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
-** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
-** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
-** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
-** the #include below.
-*/
-/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
-/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
-/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
-**
-** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
-**
-** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
-**
-** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
-** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing
-** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
-** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
-** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications
-** on platforms with limited memory.
-*/
-/* Hash score: 175 */
-static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
- /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */
- /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */
- /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */
- /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */
- /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */
- /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */
- /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */
- /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */
- /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */
- /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */
- /* INITIALLY */
- static const char zText[540] = {
- 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
- 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
- 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
- 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
- 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
- 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
- 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
- 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
- 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
- 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
- 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U',
- 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
- 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C',
- 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L',
- 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D',
- 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E',
- 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A',
- 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U',
- 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W',
- 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C',
- 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R',
- 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M',
- 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U',
- 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M',
- 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T',
- 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L',
- 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S',
- 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L',
- 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V',
- 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
- };
- static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
- 72, 101, 114, 70, 0, 45, 0, 0, 78, 0, 73, 0, 0,
- 42, 12, 74, 15, 0, 113, 81, 50, 108, 0, 19, 0, 0,
- 118, 0, 116, 111, 0, 22, 89, 0, 9, 0, 0, 66, 67,
- 0, 65, 6, 0, 48, 86, 98, 0, 115, 97, 0, 0, 44,
- 0, 99, 24, 0, 17, 0, 119, 49, 23, 0, 5, 106, 25,
- 92, 0, 0, 121, 102, 56, 120, 53, 28, 51, 0, 87, 0,
- 96, 26, 0, 95, 0, 0, 0, 91, 88, 93, 84, 105, 14,
- 39, 104, 0, 77, 0, 18, 85, 107, 32, 0, 117, 76, 109,
- 58, 46, 80, 0, 0, 90, 40, 0, 112, 0, 36, 0, 0,
- 29, 0, 82, 59, 60, 0, 20, 57, 0, 52,
- };
- static const unsigned char aNext[121] = {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 43, 3, 47,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 54, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 1,
- 62, 0, 0, 63, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 61, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 55, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 68, 75, 0, 8, 0, 100, 94, 0,
- 103, 0, 83, 0, 71, 0, 0, 110, 27, 37, 69, 79, 0,
- 35, 64, 0, 0,
- };
- static const unsigned char aLen[121] = {
- 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6,
- 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6,
- 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10,
- 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6,
- 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4,
- 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6,
- 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4,
- 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4,
- 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5,
- 6, 4, 9, 3,
- };
- static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = {
- 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33,
- 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81,
- 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
- 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197,
- 203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244,
- 248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320,
- 326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383,
- 387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458,
- 462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516,
- 521, 527, 531, 536,
- };
- static const unsigned char aCode[121] = {
- TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
- TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
- TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
- TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
- TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT,
- TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,
- TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP,
- TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING,
- TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE,
- TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL,
- TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE,
- TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE,
- TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE,
- TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT,
- TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE,
- TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN,
- TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT,
- TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER,
- TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW,
- TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY,
- TK_ALL,
- };
- int h, i;
- if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
- h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
- (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
- n) % 127;
- for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
- if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
- testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
- testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
- testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
- testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
- testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
- testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
- testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
- testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
- testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
- testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
- testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
- testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
- testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
- testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
- testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
- testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
- testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
- testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
- testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
- testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
- testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
- testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
- testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
- testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
- testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
- testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
- testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
- testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
- testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
- testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
- testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
- testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
- testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
- testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
- testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
- testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
- testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
- testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
- testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
- testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
- testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
- testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
- testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
- testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */
- testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */
- testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
- testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
- testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
- testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */
- testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */
- testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */
- testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */
- testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */
- testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */
- testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */
- testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */
- testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */
- testcase( i==57 ); /* NOT */
- testcase( i==58 ); /* NO */
- testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */
- testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */
- testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */
- testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */
- testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */
- testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */
- testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */
- testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */
- testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
- testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */
- testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
- testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */
- testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */
- testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */
- testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */
- testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */
- testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */
- testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */
- testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */
- testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */
- testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */
- testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */
- testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */
- testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */
- testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */
- testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */
- testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */
- testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */
- testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
- testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */
- testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */
- testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */
- testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */
- testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */
- testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */
- testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */
- testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
- testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
- testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */
- testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */
- testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */
- testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */
- testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */
- testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */
- testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */
- testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */
- testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */
- testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */
- testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */
- testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */
- testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */
- testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */
- testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */
- testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */
- testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */
- testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */
- testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */
- testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */
- testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */
- testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */
- testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */
- testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */
- return aCode[i];
- }
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ int nOps,
+ int (*xProgress)(void*),
+ void *pArg
+){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( nOps>0 ){
+ db->xProgress = xProgress;
+ db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps;
+ db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+ }else{
+ db->xProgress = 0;
+ db->nProgressOps = 0;
+ db->pProgressArg = 0;
}
- return TK_ID;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
- return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
-#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 121
+#endif
-/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+ if( ms>0 ){
+ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
+ db->busyTimeout = ms;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
-**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
-** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
-**
-** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
-** end result.
-**
-** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do.
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
- 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
- 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */
- 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */
- 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */
-};
-#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+ db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+}
/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0].
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
+** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
+** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
- int i, c;
- switch( *z ){
- case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
- testcase( z[0]==' ' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
- for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
- *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
- return i;
- }
- case '-': {
- if( z[1]=='-' ){
- /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */
- for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
- *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
- return i;
- }
- *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
- return 1;
- }
- case '(': {
- *tokenType = TK_LP;
- return 1;
- }
- case ')': {
- *tokenType = TK_RP;
- return 1;
- }
- case ';': {
- *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
- return 1;
- }
- case '+': {
- *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
- return 1;
- }
- case '*': {
- *tokenType = TK_STAR;
- return 1;
- }
- case '/': {
- if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
- *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
- return 1;
- }
- /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */
- for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
- if( c ) i++;
- *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
- return i;
- }
- case '%': {
- *tokenType = TK_REM;
- return 1;
- }
- case '=': {
- *tokenType = TK_EQ;
- return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
- }
- case '<': {
- if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
- *tokenType = TK_LE;
- return 2;
- }else if( c=='>' ){
- *tokenType = TK_NE;
- return 2;
- }else if( c=='<' ){
- *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
- return 2;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_LT;
- return 1;
- }
- }
- case '>': {
- if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
- *tokenType = TK_GE;
- return 2;
- }else if( c=='>' ){
- *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
- return 2;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_GT;
- return 1;
- }
- }
- case '!': {
- if( z[1]!='=' ){
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return 2;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_NE;
- return 2;
- }
- }
- case '|': {
- if( z[1]!='|' ){
- *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
- return 1;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
- return 2;
- }
- }
- case ',': {
- *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
- return 1;
- }
- case '&': {
- *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
- return 1;
- }
- case '~': {
- *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
- return 1;
- }
- case '`':
- case '\'':
- case '"': {
- int delim = z[0];
- testcase( delim=='`' );
- testcase( delim=='\'' );
- testcase( delim=='"' );
- for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
- if( c==delim ){
- if( z[i+1]==delim ){
- i++;
- }else{
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if( c=='\'' ){
- *tokenType = TK_STRING;
- return i+1;
- }else if( c!=0 ){
- *tokenType = TK_ID;
- return i+1;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return i;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zFunctionName,
+ int nArg,
+ int enc,
+ void *pUserData,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+){
+ FuncDef *p;
+ int nName;
+ int extraFlags;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+ (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) ||
+ (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+ (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+ (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
+ (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
+ extraFlags = enc & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
+ enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+ ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+ ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+ **
+ ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+ ** to the hash table.
+ */
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+ enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags,
+ pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags,
+ pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
}
- case '.': {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
-#endif
- {
- *tokenType = TK_DOT;
- return 1;
- }
- /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
- ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
- testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' );
- testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' );
- testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' );
- testcase( z[0]=='9' );
- *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
- for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( z[i]=='.' ){
- i++;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
- *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
- }
- if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
- ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
- || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
- )
- ){
- i += 2;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
- *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
- }
+ enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+ }
+#else
+ enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#endif
- while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- i++;
- }
- return i;
- }
- case '[': {
- for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
- *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
- return i;
- }
- case '?': {
- *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
- for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
- return i;
+
+ /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
+ ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
+ ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
+ ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
+ */
+ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
+ if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
+ if( db->nVdbeActive ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
}
- case '#': {
- for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
- if( i>1 ){
- /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
- ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */
- *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
- return i;
- }
- /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
- ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
+ }
+
+ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
+ assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
+ ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
+ functionDestroy(db, p);
+
+ if( pDestructor ){
+ pDestructor->nRef++;
+ }
+ p->pDestructor = pDestructor;
+ p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags;
+ testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
+ p->xFunc = xFunc;
+ p->xStep = xStep;
+ p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+ p->pUserData = pUserData;
+ p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zFunc,
+ int nArg,
+ int enc,
+ void *p,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep,
+ xFinal, 0);
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zFunc,
+ int nArg,
+ int enc,
+ void *p,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *)
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( xDestroy ){
+ pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
+ if( !pArg ){
+ xDestroy(p);
+ goto out;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
- case '$':
+ pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+ pArg->pUserData = p;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
+ if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ xDestroy(p);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
+ }
+
+ out:
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const void *zFunctionName,
+ int nArg,
+ int eTextRep,
+ void *p,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+ int rc;
+ char *zFunc8;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
#endif
- case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
- case ':': {
- int n = 0;
- testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' );
- *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
- for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
- if( IdChar(c) ){
- n++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
- }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
- do{
- i++;
- }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
- if( c==')' ){
- i++;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- }
- break;
- }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
- i++;
+
+
+/*
+** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
+**
+** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
+** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
+**
+** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
+** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
+** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
+** properly.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int nArg
+){
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+ 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** SQL statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+ void *pOld;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+ db->xTrace = xTrace;
+ db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pOld;
+}
+/*
+** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
+** profile function is returned.
+**
+** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL
+** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
+** each SQL statement that is run.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
+ void *pArg
+){
+ void *pOld;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pOld = db->pProfileArg;
+ db->xProfile = xProfile;
+ db->pProfileArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pOld;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits.
+** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
+ int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
+){
+ void *pOld;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+ db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pOld;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
+** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
+ void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
+ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
+){
+ void *pRet;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
+ db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
+** back by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
+ void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
+ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
+){
+ void *pRet;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
+ db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pRet;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
+** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
+** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
+** wal_autocheckpoint()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
+ void *pClientData, /* Argument */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */
+ const char *zDb, /* Database */
+ int nFrame /* Size of WAL */
+){
+ if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
+** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
+** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
+** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
+** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
+#else
+ if( nFrame>0 ){
+ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
+ }
#endif
- }else{
- break;
- }
- }
- if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return i;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- case 'x': case 'X': {
- testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
- if( z[1]=='\'' ){
- *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
- for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
- if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
- }
- if( z[i] ) i++;
- return i;
- }
- /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
- }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
+** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
+ int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
+ void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ void *pRet;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pRet = db->pWalArg;
+ db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pWalArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pRet;
+#else
+ return 0;
#endif
- default: {
- if( !IdChar(*z) ){
- break;
- }
- for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
- *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
- return i;
- }
- }
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return 1;
}
/*
-** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is
-** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs
-** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
-** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
-** error message.
+** Checkpoint database zDb.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
- int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
- int tokenType; /* type of the next token */
- int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */
- u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
+ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
+ /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
+ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
+ if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
- mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE );
+ assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+ assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE+2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+ if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- pParse->zTail = zSql;
- i = 0;
- assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
- pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
- if( pEngine==0 ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
+ iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
}
- assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
- assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
- assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
- assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
- assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
- enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
- if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
- while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
- assert( i>=0 );
- pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
- pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
- i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
- if( i>mxSqlLen ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- break;
- }
- switch( tokenType ){
- case TK_SPACE: {
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- goto abort_parse;
- }
- break;
- }
- case TK_ILLEGAL: {
- sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
- &pParse->sLastToken);
- nErr++;
- goto abort_parse;
- }
- case TK_SEMI: {
- pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
- /* Fall thru into the default case */
- }
- default: {
- sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
- lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
- if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_parse;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
+ if( iDb<0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc);
}
-abort_parse:
- if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
- sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
- pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
+** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are
+** checkpointed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+ return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
+** not currently open in WAL mode.
+**
+** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this
+** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If
+** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is
+** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
+** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
+** this function while the checkpoint is running.
+**
+** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
+** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
+** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
+ int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
+ assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
+
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+ if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+ pnLog = 0;
+ pnCkpt = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ bBusy = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
- }
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
- sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
- );
-#endif /* YYDEBUG */
- sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
- sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
- }
- assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
- if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
- sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
- pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
- nErr++;
- }
- if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
- pParse->pVdbe = 0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( pParse->nested==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
- pParse->aTableLock = 0;
- pParse->nTableLock = 0;
}
+
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
+** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
+** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
+** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
+** following table describes the relationship between these two values
+** and this functions return value.
+**
+** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database
+** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------
+** 0 any file (return 0)
+** 1 1 file (return 0)
+** 1 2 memory (return 1)
+** 1 0 file (return 0)
+** 2 1 file (return 0)
+** 2 2 memory (return 1)
+** 2 0 memory (return 1)
+** 3 any memory (return 1)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
+ return ( db->temp_store==2 );
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
+ return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
+ return 1;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
+ return 0;
#endif
+}
- if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
- ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
- ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
- */
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+ const char *z;
+ if( !db ){
+ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ }
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ }else{
+ testcase( db->pErr==0 );
+ z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ if( z==0 ){
+ z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return z;
+}
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
- for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
- while( pParse->pAinc ){
- AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
- pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+ static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
+ 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
+ };
+ static const u16 misuse[] = {
+ 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ',
+ 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ',
+ 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ',
+ 'o', 'u', 't', ' ',
+ 'o', 'f', ' ',
+ 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
+ };
+
+ const void *z;
+ if( !db ){
+ return (void *)outOfMem;
}
- while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
- Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
- pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return (void *)misuse;
}
- if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ z = (void *)outOfMem;
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+ if( z==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
+ z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+ }
+ /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
+ ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
+ ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
+ ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
+ */
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
}
- return nErr;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return z;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
-** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by
-** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
-** static links that do not use it.
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
+** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ return db->errCode & db->errMask;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ return db->errCode;
+}
/*
-** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition.
+** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument. For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr()
+** function.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){
+ return sqlite3ErrStr(rc);
+}
/*
-** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header
-** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+** Invalidate all cached KeyInfo objects for database connection "db"
*/
-#define tkSEMI 0
-#define tkWS 1
-#define tkOTHER 2
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-#define tkEXPLAIN 3
-#define tkCREATE 4
-#define tkTEMP 5
-#define tkTRIGGER 6
-#define tkEND 7
-#endif
+static void invalidateCachedKeyInfo(sqlite3 *db){
+ Db *pDb; /* A single database */
+ int iDb; /* The database index number */
+ HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */
+ Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Each index */
+
+ for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
+ if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+ for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+ pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db==db ){
+ sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
+ pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
-**
-** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
-** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
-** must end with ";END;".
-**
-** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
-**
-** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
-**
-** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine
-** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
-** in any other state.
-**
-** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
-** semicolon.
-**
-** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
-** a statement.
-**
-** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
-** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
-** TEMP or TEMPORARY
-**
-** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
-** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
-**
-** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
-** the end of a trigger definition.
-**
-** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
-** of a trigger difinition.
-**
-** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
-** from the input. The following tokens are significant:
-**
-** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon.
-** (1) tkWS Whitespace.
-** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token.
-** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword.
-** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword.
-** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
-** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword.
-** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword.
-**
-** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
-** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
-**
-** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
-** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do
-** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
+** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName
+** and the encoding is enc.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
- u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
- u8 token; /* Value of the next token */
+static int createCollation(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ u8 enc,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+ void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ int enc2;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
- ** statement. This is the normal case.
+ /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+ ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+ ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
*/
- static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
- /* Token: */
- /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */
- /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
- /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
- /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, },
- /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
- /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, },
- /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, },
- /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, },
- /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, },
- };
-#else
- /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
- ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
+ enc2 = enc;
+ testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
+ testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
+ if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
+ enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ }
+ if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
+ ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
+ ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
*/
- static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
- /* Token: */
- /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */
- /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, },
- /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, },
- /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, },
- };
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
+ if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
+ if( db->nVdbeActive ){
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db);
- while( *zSql ){
- switch( *zSql ){
- case ';': { /* A semicolon */
- token = tkSEMI;
- break;
- }
- case ' ':
- case '\r':
- case '\t':
- case '\n':
- case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '/': { /* C-style comments */
- if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- zSql += 2;
- while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
- if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
- zSql++;
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
- if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
- zSql++;
- while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
- case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */
- case '\'': {
- int c = *zSql;
- zSql++;
- while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- default: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
- unsigned char c;
-#endif
- if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
- /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
- int nId;
- for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- token = tkOTHER;
-#else
- switch( *zSql ){
- case 'c': case 'C': {
- if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
- token = tkCREATE;
- }else{
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 't': case 'T': {
- if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
- token = tkTRIGGER;
- }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
- token = tkTEMP;
- }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
- token = tkTEMP;
- }else{
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 'e': case 'E': {
- if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
- token = tkEND;
- }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
- token = tkEXPLAIN;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- default: {
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
+ /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
+ ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
+ ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
+ ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
+ ** to be called.
+ */
+ if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
+ CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+ CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
+ if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
+ if( p->xDel ){
+ p->xDel(p->pUser);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
- zSql += nId-1;
- }else{
- /* Operators and special symbols */
- token = tkOTHER;
+ p->xCmp = 0;
}
- break;
}
}
- state = trans[state][token];
- zSql++;
}
- return state==1;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
-** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
-** UTF-8.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
- char const *zSql8;
- int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( zSql8 ){
- rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
+ if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+ pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+ pColl->xDel = xDel;
+ pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
-/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
+
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
+** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The
+** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
+** #defines in sqlite3.h.
*/
+static const int aHardLimit[] = {
+ SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
+ SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
+ SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
+ SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
+ SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
+ SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */
+ SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS,
+};
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
+# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
+# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125
+# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS<0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>50
+# error SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS must be between 0 and 50
+#endif
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
-/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
+** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value.
+** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
+** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
+** new limit is negative.
**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
+** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
+** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
+** from forming.
*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
+ int oldLimit;
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
+ ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
+ ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
+ ** "_MAX_".)
+ */
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
+ SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]==SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS );
+ assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
-#if 0
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
+ if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
+ return -1;
+ }
+ oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
+ if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
+ if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
+ newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
+ }
+ db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
+ }
+ return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
+}
+
/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
+** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
+** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
+** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
+** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
+** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
+** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
+** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains
+** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
**
-******************************************************************************
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
+** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
+** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
+** this buffer.
**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
+** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
+** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(
+ const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
+ const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
+ unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
+ sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */
+ char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
+ char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
+ const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
+ char *zFile;
+ char c;
+ int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
+ assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+ if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri)
+ && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 /* IMP: R-57884-37496 */
+ ){
+ char *zOpt;
+ int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */
+ int iIn; /* Input character index */
+ int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */
+ int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
-#if 0
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
+ /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen
+ ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+ for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
+ zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+ iIn = 5;
+#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY
+ /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
+ if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
+ iIn = 7;
+ while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
+ if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s",
+ iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto parse_uri_out;
+ }
+ }
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
-** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-#endif
+ /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer.
+ ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way.
+ **
+ ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
+ ** on the parsing context. As follows:
+ **
+ ** 0: Parsing file-name.
+ ** 1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
+ ** 2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
+ */
+ eState = 0;
+ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
+ iIn++;
+ if( c=='%'
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn])
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1])
+ ){
+ int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
+ octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
-** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+ assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
+ if( octet==0 ){
+ /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
+ ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
+ ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
+ ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
+ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#'
+ && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
+ && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
+ && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
+ ){
+ iIn++;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ c = octet;
+ }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
+ if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
+ /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
+ while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( c=='&' ){
+ zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ }else{
+ eState = 2;
+ }
+ c = 0;
+ }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
+ c = 0;
+ eState = 1;
+ }
+ zFile[iOut++] = c;
+ }
+ if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
-** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
-** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
+ /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted
+ ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
+ ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
+ ** method. */
+ zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
+ while( zOpt[0] ){
+ int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
+ char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
+ int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
-** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
+ if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
+ zVfs = zVal;
+ }else{
+ struct OpenMode {
+ const char *z;
+ int mode;
+ } *aMode = 0;
+ char *zModeType = 0;
+ int mask = 0;
+ int limit = 0;
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-54823-41343 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
-** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to
-** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+ if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
+ static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
+ { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
+ { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
+ { 0, 0 }
+ };
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
-** I/O active are written using this function. These messages
-** are intended for debugging activity only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
-#endif
+ mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
+ aMode = aCacheMode;
+ limit = mask;
+ zModeType = "cache";
+ }
+ if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
+ static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
+ { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
+ { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
+ { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
+ { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
+ { 0, 0 }
+ };
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
-**
-** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+ mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+ | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
+ aMode = aOpenMode;
+ limit = mask & flags;
+ zModeType = "access";
+ }
-/*
-** Initialize SQLite.
-**
-** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
-** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
-** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
-** sqlite3_open().
-**
-** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
-** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
-**
-** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
-** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
-** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
-** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
-**
-** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive
-** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the
-** initialization process would never complete.
-**
-** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other
-** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
-** incomplete, it is required that:
-**
-** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
-** call by X completes.
-**
-** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
-** without blocking.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
- sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */
- int rc; /* Result code */
+ if( aMode ){
+ int i;
+ int mode = 0;
+ for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
+ const char *z = aMode[i].z;
+ if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
+ mode = aMode[i].mode;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( mode==0 ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto parse_uri_out;
+ }
+ if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
+ zModeType, zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_PERM;
+ goto parse_uri_out;
+ }
+ flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
+ }
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
- rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+ zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
+ }
+
+ }else{
+ zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2);
+ if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
+ zFile[nUri] = '\0';
+ zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
+ flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+ }
+
+ *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
+ if( *ppVfs==0 ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ parse_uri_out:
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(zFile);
+ zFile = 0;
}
-#endif
+ *pFlags = flags;
+ *pzFile = zFile;
+ return rc;
+}
- /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
- ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization
- ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end
- ** of this routine.
- */
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
- /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
- ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
- ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
- ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
- **
- ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
- ** initialization.
- */
- rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
+** is UTF-8 encoded.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+ const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+ unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */
+ const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */
+ char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
+ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
+
+ *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
- /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
- ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that
- ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
- ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
- ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
+ /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.
+ ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we
+ ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
+ ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations
+ ** are:
+ **
+ ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
+ ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+ ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
*/
- pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
- if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
- rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
- if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
- sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+ assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 );
+ assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
+ assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 );
+ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
+ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
+ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
+ if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
- /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
- ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
- ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+ isThreadsafe = 0;
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+ isThreadsafe = 0;
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
+ isThreadsafe = 1;
+ }else{
+ isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
+ }
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
+ flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+ }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
}
- /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
- ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
- ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through
- ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
- ** recursive calls might also be possible.
- **
- ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
- ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
+ /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
**
- ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
- ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
- ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
+ ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
+ ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only
+ ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
+ ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
+ ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask
+ ** off all other flags.
*/
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
- FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
- memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
- sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
- rc = sqlite3OsInit();
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
- }
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+ flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ );
- /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
- ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
- assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
- sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
+ /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+ db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+ if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+ if( isThreadsafe ){
+ db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+ if( db->mutex==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(db);
+ db = 0;
+ goto opendb_out;
+ }
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->errMask = 0xff;
+ db->nDb = 2;
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+ db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
- /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
- ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but
- ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
- ** reason. So we run it once during initialization.
- */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
- if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
- double y;
- assert(sizeof(x)==8);
- assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
- memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
- assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
- }
+ assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
+ memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
+ db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS] = SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS;
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ db->nextAutovac = -1;
+ db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+ db->nextPagesize = 0;
+ db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+ | SQLITE_AutoIndex
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
+ | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ | SQLITE_LoadExtension
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+ | SQLITE_RecTriggers
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
+ | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
+#endif
+ ;
+ sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
#endif
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while
-** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
-** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This
-** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine
-** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down
-** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
- sqlite3_os_end();
- sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
- sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
- sqlite3MallocEnd();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
- sqlite3MutexEnd();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
+ /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+ ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+ ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+ */
+ createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+ createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+ createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+ createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto opendb_out;
}
+ db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
+ assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
-** the SQLite library at run-time.
-**
-** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
-** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not
-** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
-** behavior.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
- va_list ap;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
- ** the SQLite library is in use. */
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+ createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
- va_start(ap, op);
- switch( op ){
+ /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
+ db->openFlags = flags;
+ rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+ goto opendb_out;
+ }
- /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
- ** compile.
- */
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
- /* Disable all mutexing */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
- /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
- /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
- /* Enable all mutexing */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
- /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
- /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
- break;
+ /* Open the backend database driver */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
+ flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-#endif
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc);
+ goto opendb_out;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
+ /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
+ ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.
+ */
+ db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+ db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+ db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+ db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
- /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
- /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
- /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
- /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
- /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto opendb_out;
+ }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
- /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*);
- break;
- }
+ /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+ ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+ ** is accessed.
+ */
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
+ sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
- sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
- }
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache;
- break;
+ /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
+ ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
+ rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto opendb_out;
}
+ }
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
- /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
+ }
+#endif
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
- }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
- /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
+ }
+#endif
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
- /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
- ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go
- ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
- ** run.
- */
- memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
- }else{
- /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
- ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor
- ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+ }
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+ }
#endif
- }
- break;
- }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+ rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+ }
#endif
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Record a pointer to the logger funcction and its first argument.
- ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
- ** NULL.
- */
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
- /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
- ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
- ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
- */
- typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
- break;
- }
+ /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
+ ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
+ ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+ db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
+ sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
+#endif
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
+ if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
- default: {
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
- }
+ /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
+ setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+
+ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
+
+opendb_out:
+ sqlite3_free(zOpen);
+ if( db ){
+ assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
- va_end(ap);
- return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+ assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_close(db);
+ db = 0;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
+ }
+ *ppDb = db;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
+ /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */
+ void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0);
+ }
+#endif
+ return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
/*
-** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
-** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the
-** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
-** the lookaside memory.
+** Open a new database handle.
*/
-static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
- void *pStart;
- if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
- ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
- ** both at the same time.
- */
- if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
- sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
- }
- /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer
- ** to be useful.
- */
- if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
- if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
- if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
- sz = 0;
- pStart = 0;
- }else if( pBuf==0 ){
- sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }else{
- sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
- pStart = pBuf;
- }
- db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
- db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
- db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
- if( pStart ){
- int i;
- LookasideSlot *p;
- assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
- p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
- for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
- p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
- db->lookaside.pFree = p;
- p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+ const char *zFilename,
+ sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+ return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+ const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+ int flags, /* Flags */
+ const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */
+){
+ return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+ const void *zFilename,
+ sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+ char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+ sqlite3_value *pVal;
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( zFilename );
+ assert( ppDb );
+ *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ if( zFilename8 ){
+ rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+ assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+ ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
}
- db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
- db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
}else{
- db->lookaside.pEnd = 0;
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
- db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+ return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->mutex;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
- va_list ap;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+ void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
int rc;
- va_start(ap, op);
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
- void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
- int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
- int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
- rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- static const struct {
- int op; /* The opcode */
- u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
- } aFlagOp[] = {
- { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
- { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger },
- };
- unsigned int i;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
- if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
- int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
- int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
- int oldFlags = db->flags;
- if( onoff>0 ){
- db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
- }else if( onoff==0 ){
- db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
- }
- if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- }
- if( pRes ){
- *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- break;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- va_end(ap);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const void *zName,
+ int enc,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char *zName8;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+ if( zName8 ){
+ rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
-static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
- while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
- return n==0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
+ void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+ db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+ db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
-** available.
-**
-** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
-** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation.
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
-static int binCollFunc(
- void *padFlag,
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
- int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
+ void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
){
- int rc, n;
- n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
- rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
- if( rc==0 ){
- if( padFlag
- && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
- && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
- ){
- /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
- }else{
- rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
- }
- }
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+ db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+ db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
+** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
+** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on
+** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
+** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->autoCommit;
}
/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
+** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
+** constants. They serve two purposes:
**
-** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
-** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
-** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
+** to detect when version error conditions occurs.
**
-** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
+** a low-level error is first detected.
*/
-static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
- void *NotUsed,
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
- int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
- int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
- (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- if( 0==r ){
- r = nKey1-nKey2;
- }
- return r;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+ "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]",
+ lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]",
+ lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN,
+ "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]",
+ lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
+** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+**
+** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
+** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->lastRowid;
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
}
+#endif
/*
-** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
+** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->nChange;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */
+ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */
+ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */
+ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */
+ char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+ char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+ int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+ int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+ int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+){
+ int rc;
+ char *zErrMsg = 0;
+ Table *pTab = 0;
+ Column *pCol = 0;
+ int iCol;
+
+ char const *zDataType = 0;
+ char const *zCollSeq = 0;
+ int notnull = 0;
+ int primarykey = 0;
+ int autoinc = 0;
+
+ /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ goto error_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Locate the table in question */
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
+ if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ goto error_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Find the column for which info is requested */
+ if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
+ iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+ }
+ }else{
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ goto error_out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
+ ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
+ ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
+ **
+ ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
+ ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
+ **
+ ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
+ ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
+ */
+ if( pCol ){
+ zDataType = pCol->zType;
+ zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
+ notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
+ primarykey = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0;
+ autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
+ }else{
+ zDataType = "INTEGER";
+ primarykey = 1;
+ }
+ if( !zCollSeq ){
+ zCollSeq = "BINARY";
+ }
+
+error_out:
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+ /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
+ ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
+ ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
+ */
+ if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
+ if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
+ if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
+ if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
+ if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
+
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+ zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
+ zColumnName);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->nTotalChange;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+ int rc;
+ pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+ if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+
+ /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
+ ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
+ */
+ rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
-** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
-** at the b-tree/pager level.
+** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
- while( db->pSavepoint ){
- Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
- db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
- }
- db->nSavepoint = 0;
- db->nStatement = 0;
- db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
-** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
-** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
-** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
+** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
*/
-static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
- FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor;
- if( pDestructor ){
- pDestructor->nRef--;
- if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
- pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
+ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ Btree *pBtree;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+ if( pBtree ){
+ Pager *pPager;
+ sqlite3_file *fd;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
+ assert( pPager!=0 );
+ fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+ assert( fd!=0 );
+ if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
+ *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( fd->pMethods ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Close an existing SQLite database
+** Interface to the testing logic.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
- HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */
- int j;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
+ int rc = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
- if( !db ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ /*
+ ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
+ sqlite3PrngSaveState();
+ break;
+ }
- /* Force xDestroy calls on all virtual tables */
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+ /*
+ ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
+ ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
+ ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
+ sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
+ break;
+ }
- /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above
- ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
- ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
- ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
- ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
- ** some prepared statements internally.
- */
- sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+ /*
+ ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call
+ ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
+ ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
+ sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
+ break;
+ }
- /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
- if( db->pVdbe ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) );
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
+ **
+ ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument
+ ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a
+ ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
+ ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
+ int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+ int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
+ break;
+ }
- for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
- if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation");
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback)
+ **
+ ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called,
+ ** if xCallback is not NULL.
+ **
+ ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0)
+ ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return
+ ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from
+ ** sqlite3_test_control().
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: {
+ /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+ ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+ ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int));
+ */
+ typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t);
+ rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0);
+ break;
}
- }
- /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
+ **
+ ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
+ ** are benign.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
+ typedef void (*void_function)(void);
+ void_function xBenignBegin;
+ void_function xBenignEnd;
+ xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+ xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+ sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
+ break;
+ }
- for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
- struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
- if( pDb->pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
- pDb->pBt = 0;
- if( j!=1 ){
- pDb->pSchema = 0;
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
+ **
+ ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
+ ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte
+ ** as it existing before this routine was called.
+ **
+ ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
+ ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte
+ ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
+ ** deleterious behavior.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
+ rc = PENDING_BYTE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ {
+ unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+ if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
}
+#endif
+ break;
}
- }
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
- /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
- ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
- */
- sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
+ **
+ ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
+ ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert()
+ ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and
+ ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is
+ ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
+ ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
+ ** return value is zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
+ volatile int x = 0;
+ assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
+ rc = x;
+ break;
+ }
- assert( db->nDb<=2 );
- assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
- for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
- FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
- for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
- pHash = p->pHash;
- while( p ){
- functionDestroy(db, p);
- pNext = p->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
- p = pNext;
- }
+
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
+ **
+ ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
+ ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
+ **
+ ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).
+ **
+ ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means
+ ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
+ ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
+ ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
+ ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
+ ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
+ ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
+ ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
+ **
+ ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
+ **
+ ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
+ ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
+ ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
+ ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
+ ** }else{
+ ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
+ ** }
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
+ int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+ rc = ALWAYS(x);
+ break;
}
- }
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
- /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
- for(j=0; j<3; j++){
- if( pColl[j].xDel ){
- pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
- }
+
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER);
+ **
+ ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which
+ ** SQLite is running:
+ **
+ ** 1 big-endian, determined at run-time
+ ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time
+ ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time
+ ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: {
+ rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+ break;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
- if( pMod->xDestroy ){
- pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+ **
+ ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
+ ** connection db.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
+ sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+ int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+ **
+ ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The
+ ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal
+ ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the
+ ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
+ ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
+ ** is obtained in every case.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
+ sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+ db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff);
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
+ **
+ ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
+ ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
+ **
+ ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
+ ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
+ ** is built using separate source files.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
+ const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
+ rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
+ **
+ ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree().
+ ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
+ void *pFree, **ppNew;
+ int sz;
+ sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+ ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
+ pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
+ **
+ ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
+ ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
+ ** undo this setting.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int);
+ **
+ ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well-
+ ** formed and never corrupt. This flag is clear by default, indicating that
+ ** database files might have arbitrary corruption. Setting the flag during
+ ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated
+ ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
+ **
+ ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context
+ ** pointer ptr.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+ typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, nMax); */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP: {
+ sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+ db->nMaxSorterMmap = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT);
+ **
+ ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
+ ** not.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: {
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
}
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
-#endif
+ va_end(ap);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+ return rc;
+}
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
- if( db->pErr ){
- sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+/*
+** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
+** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the
+** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam
+** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
+ if( zFilename==0 ) return 0;
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+ while( zFilename[0] ){
+ int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+ if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
}
- sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
+ return 0;
+}
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+/*
+** Return a boolean value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){
+ const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+ bDflt = bDflt!=0;
+ return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt;
+}
- /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
- ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
- ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
- ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
- ** structure?
- */
- sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
- sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
- assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
- if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
- sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+/*
+** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
+ const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
+ const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */
+ sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */
+){
+ const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+ sqlite3_int64 v;
+ if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ bDflt = v;
}
- sqlite3_free(db);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return bDflt;
}
/*
-** Rollback all database files.
+** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName. Return NULL if not found.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
int i;
- int inTrans = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
- inTrans = 1;
- }
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
- db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
+ if( db->aDb[i].pBt
+ && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0)
+ ){
+ return db->aDb[i].pBt;
}
}
- sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
- if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
- }
-
- /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
- db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
- /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
- if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
- db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
- }
+/*
+** Return the filename of the database associated with a database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+ Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+ return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0;
}
/*
-** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.
+** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write. Return -1 if
+** no such database exists.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
- static const char* const aMsg[] = {
- /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error",
- /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
- /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0,
- /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied",
- /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort",
- /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked",
- /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked",
- /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory",
- /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
- /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted",
- /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error",
- /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed",
- /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation",
- /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full",
- /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file",
- /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol",
- /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data",
- /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed",
- /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big",
- /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed",
- /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch",
- /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence",
- /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled",
- /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied",
- /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error",
- /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range",
- /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
- };
- rc &= 0xff;
- if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
- return aMsg[rc];
- }else{
- return "unknown error";
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+ Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+ return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1;
}
+/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
/*
-** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
-** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is
-** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
-** argument.
+** 2009 March 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+** API method and its associated functionality.
*/
-static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
- void *ptr, /* Database connection */
- int count /* Number of times table has been busy */
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
- static const u8 delays[] =
- { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 };
- static const u8 totals[] =
- { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
-# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
- sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
- int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
- int delay, prior;
- assert( count>=0 );
- if( count < NDELAY ){
- delay = delays[count];
- prior = totals[count];
- }else{
- delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
- prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
- }
- if( prior + delay > timeout ){
- delay = timeout - prior;
- if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+
+/*
+** Public interfaces:
+**
+** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
+** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+** sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+*/
+
+#define assertMutexHeld() \
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+
+/*
+** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
+** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
+** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
+** properties of the blocked connections list:
+**
+** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
+** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
+**
+** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
+** xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
+**
+** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
+** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
+** set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
+*/
+static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3 *p;
+ for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
+ int seen = 0;
+ sqlite3 *p2;
+
+ /* Verify property (1) */
+ assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+
+ /* Verify property (2) */
+ for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
+ if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
+ assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
+ assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
+ assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
+ }
}
- sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
- return 1;
+}
#else
- sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
- int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
- if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
- return 0;
- }
- sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
- return 1;
+# define checkListProperties(x)
#endif
-}
/*
-** Invoke the given busy handler.
-**
-** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
-** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it
-** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
+** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
+** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
- int rc;
- if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
- rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
- if( rc==0 ){
- p->nBusy = -1;
- }else{
- p->nBusy++;
+static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3 **pp;
+ assertMutexHeld();
+ for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
+ if( *pp==db ){
+ *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
+ break;
+ }
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument.
+** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
+** that it is not already a part of the list.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
- void *pArg
-){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
- db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
- db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3 **pp;
+ assertMutexHeld();
+ for(
+ pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
+ *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
+ pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
+ );
+ db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
+ *pp = db;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
/*
-** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
-** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int nOps,
- int (*xProgress)(void*),
+static void enterMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ checkListProperties(0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+*/
+static void leaveMutex(void){
+ assertMutexHeld();
+ checkListProperties(0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+
+/*
+** Register an unlock-notify callback.
+**
+** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
+** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
+** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
+** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
+**
+** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
+** before this routine returns.
+**
+** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
+** a deadlock.
+**
+** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
+** its locks.
+**
+** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
+** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
+** cancelled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
void *pArg
){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( nOps>0 ){
- db->xProgress = xProgress;
- db->nProgressOps = nOps;
- db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+ enterMutex();
+
+ if( xNotify==0 ){
+ removeFromBlockedList(db);
+ db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+ db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+ db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+ db->pUnlockArg = 0;
+ }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
+ /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
+ ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
+ ** immediately.
+ */
+ xNotify(&pArg, 1);
}else{
- db->xProgress = 0;
- db->nProgressOps = 0;
- db->pProgressArg = 0;
+ sqlite3 *p;
+
+ for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
+ if( p ){
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */
+ }else{
+ db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
+ db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
+ db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
+ removeFromBlockedList(db);
+ addToBlockedList(db);
+ }
}
+
+ leaveMutex();
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
-
/*
-** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
-** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
+** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
+** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
+** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
- if( ms>0 ){
- db->busyTimeout = ms;
- sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
- }else{
- sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
+ enterMutex();
+ if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+ addToBlockedList(db);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
+ leaveMutex();
}
/*
-** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+** This function is called when
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
+** by database connection db have been released.
+**
+** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
+** list and does the following:
+**
+** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
+** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
+**
+** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
+** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
+** set pUnlockConnection=0.
+**
+** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
+** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
+** list.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
+ void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
+ int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
+ sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */
+ void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
+ void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
+ void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */
+ aArg = aStatic;
+ enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
-/*
-** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
-** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
-** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int enc,
- void *pUserData,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
- FuncDestructor *pDestructor
-){
- FuncDef *p;
- int nName;
+ /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
+ for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
+ sqlite3 *p = *pp;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( zFunctionName==0 ||
- (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) ||
- (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
- (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
- (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
- (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
- ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
- ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
- **
- ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
- ** to the hash table.
- */
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
- enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
- }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
- pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
- pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+ /* Step 1. */
+ if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
+ p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+
+ /* Step 2. */
+ if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
+ assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
+ if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
+ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+ nArg = 0;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
+ assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
+ if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
+ || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
+ ){
+ /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
+ void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
+ if( pNew ){
+ memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
+ sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+ aDyn = aArg = pNew;
+ }else{
+ /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
+ ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
+ ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
+ ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
+ **
+ ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
+ ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
+ ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
+ ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
+ ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
+ ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
+ ** arrive.
+ **
+ ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
+ ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
+ ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
+ ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
+ ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
+ ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
+ ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
+ ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
+ ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
+ ** circumstances.
+ */
+ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+ nArg = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+ aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
+ xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
+ p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+ p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+ p->pUnlockArg = 0;
}
- enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
- }
-#else
- enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#endif
-
- /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
- ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
- ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
- ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
- */
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
- if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Step 3. */
+ if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+ /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
+ *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
+ p->pNextBlocked = 0;
}else{
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
}
}
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
- assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
- ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
- functionDestroy(db, p);
-
- if( pDestructor ){
- pDestructor->nRef++;
+ if( nArg!=0 ){
+ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
}
- p->pDestructor = pDestructor;
- p->flags = 0;
- p->xFunc = xFunc;
- p->xStep = xStep;
- p->xFinalize = xFinal;
- p->pUserData = pUserData;
- p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+ leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
}
/*
-** Create new user functions.
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
+** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zFunc,
- int nArg,
- int enc,
- void *p,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
- return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep,
- xFinal, 0);
-}
-
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zFunc,
- int nArg,
- int enc,
- void *p,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
- void (*xDestroy)(void *)
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( xDestroy ){
- pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
- if( !pArg ){
- xDestroy(p);
- goto out;
- }
- pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
- pArg->pUserData = p;
- }
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
- if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- xDestroy(p);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
- }
-
- out:
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const void *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int eTextRep,
- void *p,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
- int rc;
- char *zFunc8;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+ enterMutex();
+ removeFromBlockedList(db);
+ checkListProperties(db);
+ leaveMutex();
}
#endif
-
+/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
/*
-** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
+** 2006 Oct 10
**
-** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
-** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
-** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
-** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
-** properly.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zName,
- int nArg
-){
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- int rc;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
- 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
- }
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
/*
-** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
**
-** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL
-** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
-** SQL statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
- void *pOld;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pOld = db->pTraceArg;
- db->xTrace = xTrace;
- db->pTraceArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pOld;
-}
-/*
-** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
-** profile function is returned.
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
-** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL
-** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
-** each SQL statement that is run.
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
- void *pArg
-){
- void *pOld;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pOld = db->pProfileArg;
- db->xProfile = xProfile;
- db->pProfileArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pOld;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
+/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
+** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The
+** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
+** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees
+** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
+** bottom up.
**
-** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
-** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
-** rollback.
+**
+**** Varints ****
+** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
+** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
+** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
+** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**
+** 7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** and so on.
+**
+** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but
+** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian
+** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are
+** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory).
+**
+** Example encodings:
+**
+** 1: 0x01
+** 127: 0x7f
+** 128: 0x81 0x00
+**
+**
+**** Document lists ****
+** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
+** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
+** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
+** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first
+** word of the document has a position of 0.
+**
+** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
+** option. But that functionality is no longer supported.
+**
+** A doclist is stored like this:
+**
+** array {
+** varint docid; (delta from previous doclist)
+** array { (position list for column 0)
+** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+** }
+** array {
+** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column)
+** varint column; (index of new column)
+** array {
+** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+** }
+** }
+** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document.
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
+** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur
+** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
+** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1.
+** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
+** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus
+** 2 for the first position. Example:
+**
+** label: A B C D E F G H I J K
+** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0
+**
+** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document
+** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1
+** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the
+** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45
+** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The
+** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357). It has one position 70
+** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K.
+**
+** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for
+** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single
+** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists,
+** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
+** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
+**
+** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an
+** array of varint-encoded docids.
+**
+**** Segment leaf nodes ****
+** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf
+** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
+** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
+** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have
+** the format:
+**
+** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0)
+** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
+** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
+** array {
+** (further terms are delta-encoded)
+** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term)
+** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
+** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
+** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.
+**
+** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
+** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end
+** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
+** greater node id.
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
+** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is
+** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
+** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of
+** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
+** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The
+** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
+** likely to be query targets.
+**
+** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
+** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
+** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is
+** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
+**
+**
+**** Segment interior nodes ****
+** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
+** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior
+** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
+** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when
+** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
+** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior
+** nodes:
+**
+** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0)
+** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
+** optional {
+** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
+** array {
+** (further terms are delta-encoded)
+** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term)
+** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
+** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
+** }
+** }
+**
+** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
+** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
+**
+** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The
+** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
+** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
+** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
+** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
+** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
+** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to
+** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
+** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
+** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
+** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
+** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
+** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes
+** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
+** height+1, and so on.
+**
+**
+**** Segment directory ****
+** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
+** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
+** segment's tree.
+**
+** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
+** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
+** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top
+** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
+** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
+** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
+** height and the blockid of the previous root).
+**
+** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
+** level - segment level (see below)
+** idx - index within level
+** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
+** start_block - first leaf node
+** leaves_end_block - last leaf node
+** end_block - last block (including interior nodes)
+** root - contents of root node
+**
+** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
+** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
+**
+**
+**** Segment merging ****
+** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
+** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially
+** more documents.
+**
+** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
+** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
+** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
+** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1
+** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
+** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
+** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
+**
+** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
+** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment
+** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
+** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
+** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
+** deleted.
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be
+** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show
+** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
+** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
+** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
+** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
+**
+** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
+** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs
+** inserted:
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT segments
+** 16 25
+** 8 12
+** 4 10
+** 2 6
+**
+** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
+** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
+** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
+** even with many segments.
+**
+** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
+** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that
+** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
+** spot around.
+**
+**
+**
+**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
+** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
+** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
+** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we
+** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
+** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older
+** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
+** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The
+** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
+** older data.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pOld;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pOld = db->pCommitArg;
- db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
- db->pCommitArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pOld;
-}
+/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/
/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
-** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pRet;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
- db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
- db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pRet;
-}
+** 2009 Nov 12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTSINT_H
+#define _FTSINT_H
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
-** back by this database connection.
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pRet;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
- db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
- db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pRet;
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
-** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
-** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
-** wal_autocheckpoint()).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
- void *pClientData, /* Argument */
- sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */
- const char *zDb, /* Database */
- int nFrame /* Size of WAL */
-){
- if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
+#endif
+/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
/*
-** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
-** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
-** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
-** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
+** 2006 July 10
**
-** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
-** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
-** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
-** configured by this function.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
-#else
- if( nFrame>0 ){
- sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
- }else{
- sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
- }
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
-** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
- int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
- void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- void *pRet;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pRet = db->pWalArg;
- db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
- db->pWalArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pRet;
-#else
- return 0;
-#endif
-}
/*
-** Checkpoint database zDb.
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
- const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
- int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
- int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
- int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
- return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
- /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
- if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
- if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
- assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE );
- assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
- assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE+2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
- if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1.
+ */
+ int iVersion;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
- iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
- }
- if( iDb<0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
- }
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-#endif
-}
+ /*
+ ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+ ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+ ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+ ** the following SQL is executed:
+ **
+ ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+ **
+ ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+ ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+ **
+ ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
+ ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+ ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+ ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by
+ ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+ */
+ int (*xCreate)(
+ int argc, /* Size of argv array */
+ const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+ );
+ /*
+ ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+ ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+ */
+ int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
-/*
-** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
-** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are
-** checkpointed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
- return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0);
-}
+ /*
+ ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+ ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+ ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
+ */
+ int (*xOpen)(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
+ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+ );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ /*
+ ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
+ ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+ */
+ int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+
+ /*
+ ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+ ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+ ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+ ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+ **
+ ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
+ ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+ ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+ ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+ ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+ ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+ ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+ ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+ ** the input buffer.
+ **
+ ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+ ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+ ** to xNext() or xClose().
+ */
+ /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+ ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+ ** should be converted to zInput.
+ */
+ int (*xNext)(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */
+ const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+ int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+ );
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
+ */
+ int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */
+ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
/*
-** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
-** not currently open in WAL mode.
+** 2001 September 22
**
-** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this
-** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If
-** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is
-** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
-** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
-** this function while the checkpoint is running.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
-** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
-** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
+** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
- int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
- assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
+typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
- if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
- pnLog = 0;
- pnCkpt = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- bBusy = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- }
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Fts3Hash {
+ char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+ char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+ int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
+ Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
+ int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+ struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
+ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
+ Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+ } *ht;
+};
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct Fts3HashElem {
+ Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
+ void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
+};
/*
-** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
-** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
-** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
-** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
-** following table describes the relationship between these two values
-** and this functions return value.
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
**
-** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database
-** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------
-** 0 any file (return 0)
-** 1 1 file (return 0)
-** 1 2 memory (return 1)
-** 1 0 file (return 0)
-** 2 1 file (return 0)
-** 2 2 memory (return 1)
-** 2 0 memory (return 1)
-** 3 any memory (return 1)
+** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
+** is respected in comparisons.
+**
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
+** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
- return ( db->temp_store==2 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
- return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
- return 1;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
- return 0;
-#endif
-}
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
/*
-** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
+** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
- const char *z;
- if( !db ){
- return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
- }
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
- }else{
- z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- if( z==0 ){
- z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
- }
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return z;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
+** Shorthand for the functions above
*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
- static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
- 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
- };
- static const u16 misuse[] = {
- 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ',
- 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ',
- 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ',
- 'o', 'u', 't', ' ',
- 'o', 'f', ' ',
- 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
- };
-
- const void *z;
- if( !db ){
- return (void *)outOfMem;
- }
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return (void *)misuse;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- z = (void *)outOfMem;
- }else{
- z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
- if( z==0 ){
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
- }
- /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
- ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
- ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
- ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
- */
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
/*
-** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
-** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- return db->errCode & db->errMask;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
- if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- return db->errCode;
-}
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+** Fts3Hash h;
+** Fts3HashElem *p;
+** ...
+** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+** // do something with pData
+** }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
/*
-** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName
-** and the encoding is enc.
+** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
-static int createCollation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- u8 enc,
- u8 collType,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
- void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- int enc2;
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count)
- /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
- ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
- ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
- */
- enc2 = enc;
- testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
- testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
- if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
- enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
- }
- if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
- }
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
- /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
- ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
- ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
- */
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
- if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
- /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
- ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
- ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
- ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
- ** to be called.
- */
- if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
- CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<3; j++){
- CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
- if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
- if( p->xDel ){
- p->xDel(p->pUser);
- }
- p->xCmp = 0;
- }
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree
+** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform
+** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large
+** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts
+** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow).
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12
+#endif
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
- if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
- pColl->pUser = pCtx;
- pColl->xDel = xDel;
- pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
- pColl->type = collType;
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/*
+** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
+** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
+** segment of level N+1.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
/*
-** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The
-** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
-** #defines in sqlite3.h.
+** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
+** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
+** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
+** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
+** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
+** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
*/
-static const int aHardLimit[] = {
- SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
- SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
- SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
- SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
- SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
- SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
- SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
-};
+#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
/*
-** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
+** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
+** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
+** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
-# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62
-# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
#endif
+/*
+** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
+** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
+*/
+#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
/*
-** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value.
-** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
-** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
-** new limit is negative.
+** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
+** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
+** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
**
-** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
-** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
-** from forming.
+** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
+** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
+** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
+** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
+** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
+**
+** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
+** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
+** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
- int oldLimit;
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined,
+** make it a no-op.
+*/
+#ifndef testcase
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
- /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
- ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
- ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
- ** "_MAX_".)
- */
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
- SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
- assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
- assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
+/*
+** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
+*/
+#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */
+#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
+/*
+** This section provides definitions to allow the
+** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
+** amalgamation.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/*
+** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
+** false.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
+# define NEVER(X) (0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
+# define NEVER(x) (x)
+#endif
- if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
- return -1;
- }
- oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
- if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
- if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
- newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
- }
- db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
- }
- return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
-}
+/*
+** Internal types used by SQLite.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
+typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
+typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */
/*
-** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
-** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
-** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
-**
-** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
-** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
-** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
-** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
-** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
-** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains
-** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
-** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
-** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
-** this buffer.
-**
-** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
-** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
-** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
+** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(
- const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
- const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
- unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
- sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */
- char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
- char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
- const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
- char *zFile;
- char c;
- int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
- assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
+/*
+** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
- if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri)
- && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0
- ){
- char *zOpt;
- int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */
- int iIn; /* Input character index */
- int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */
- int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X) X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
- /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen
- ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */
- flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
- for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
- zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
- if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void);
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt()
+#else
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB
+#endif
- /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
- if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
- iIn = 7;
- while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
+typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
+typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
+typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
+typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
+typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
- if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s",
- iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto parse_uri_out;
- }
- }else{
- iIn = 5;
- }
+typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
+typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
+typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
+typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
+typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
- /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer.
- ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way.
- **
- ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
- ** on the parsing context. As follows:
- **
- ** 0: Parsing file-name.
- ** 1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
- ** 2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
- */
- eState = 0;
- while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
- iIn++;
- if( c=='%'
- && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn])
- && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1])
- ){
- int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
- octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
+/*
+** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
+** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
+** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
+** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
+** arguments.
+*/
+struct Fts3Table {
+ sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ const char *zDb; /* logical database name */
+ const char *zName; /* virtual table name */
+ int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */
+ char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */
+ u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
+ char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */
+ char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */
+ int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */
+ u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
- assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
- if( octet==0 ){
- /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
- ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
- ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
- ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
- while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#'
- && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
- && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
- && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
- ){
- iIn++;
- }
- continue;
- }
- c = octet;
- }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
- if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
- /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
- while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
- continue;
- }
- if( c=='&' ){
- zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
- }else{
- eState = 2;
- }
- c = 0;
- }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
- c = 0;
- eState = 1;
- }
- zFile[iOut++] = c;
- }
- if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
- zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
- zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
+ ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
+ */
+ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
- /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted
- ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
- ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
- ** method. */
- zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
- while( zOpt[0] ){
- int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
- char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
- int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
+ char *zReadExprlist;
+ char *zWriteExprlist;
- if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
- zVfs = zVal;
- }else{
- struct OpenMode {
- const char *z;
- int mode;
- } *aMode = 0;
- char *zModeType = 0;
- int mask = 0;
- int limit = 0;
+ int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */
+ u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+ u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */
+ u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */
+ u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
+ u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */
+ int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */
+ char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */
+ sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
+
+ /*
+ ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index
+ ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
+ ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
+ ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
+ **
+ ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
+ ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
+ ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
+ ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
+ **
+ ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the
+ ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
+ ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
+ ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most
+ ** recently inserted record.
+ */
+ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */
+ struct Fts3Index {
+ int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
+ Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */
+ } *aIndex;
+ int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
+ int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */
+ sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
+ int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+ /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
+ ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These
+ ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for
+ ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core.
+ */
+ int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
+ int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled
+ ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */
+ int bNoIncrDoclist;
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
+** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
+** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
+*/
+struct Fts3Cursor {
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */
+ u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */
+ u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */
+ int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */
+ int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
+ char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
+ char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */
+ int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
+ u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */
+ int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
+ int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */
+ i64 iMinDocid; /* Minimum docid to return */
+ i64 iMaxDocid; /* Maximum docid to return */
+ int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
+ u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Information about most recent match */
+ int nMatchinfo; /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */
+ char *zMatchinfo; /* Matchinfo specification */
+};
+
+#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0
+#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1
+#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
+
+/*
+** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
+** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
+** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
+** of the column to be searched. For example, in
+**
+** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
+** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
+**
+** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
+** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a,
+** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
+** indicating that all columns should be searched,
+** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
+*/
+#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */
+#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
+#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */
- if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
- static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
- { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
- { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
- { 0, 0 }
- };
+/*
+** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by
+** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described
+** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following
+** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches.
+*/
+#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */
+#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */
+#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */
- mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
- aMode = aCacheMode;
- limit = mask;
- zModeType = "cache";
- }
- if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
- static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
- { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
- { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
- { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
- { 0, 0 }
- };
+struct Fts3Doclist {
+ char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
+ int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */
+ char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */
- mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
- aMode = aOpenMode;
- limit = mask & flags;
- zModeType = "access";
- }
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
+ int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
+ char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
+ int nList; /* Length of position list */
+};
- if( aMode ){
- int i;
- int mode = 0;
- for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
- const char *z = aMode[i].z;
- if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
- mode = aMode[i].mode;
- break;
- }
- }
- if( mode==0 ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto parse_uri_out;
- }
- if( mode>limit ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
- zModeType, zVal);
- rc = SQLITE_PERM;
- goto parse_uri_out;
- }
- flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
- }
- }
+/*
+** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
+** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
+** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
+** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
+*/
+struct Fts3PhraseToken {
+ char *z; /* Text of the token */
+ int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
+ int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
+ int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */
- zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
- }
+ /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
+ ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
+ ** used when evaluating the expression. */
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */
+};
- }else{
- zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2);
- if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
- zFile[nUri] = '\0';
- zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
- }
+struct Fts3Phrase {
+ /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
+ Fts3Doclist doclist;
+ int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
+ int iDoclistToken;
- *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
- if( *ppVfs==0 ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- parse_uri_out:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(zFile);
- zFile = 0;
- }
- *pFlags = flags;
- *pzFile = zFile;
- return rc;
-}
+ /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
+ ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
+ */
+ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
+ int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
+ Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
+};
+
+/*
+** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
+**
+** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
+** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
+** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
+** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
+** buffer.
+**
+** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
+** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
+** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
+** is populated as follows:
+**
+** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
+** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
+** when the expression node is.
+*/
+struct Fts3Expr {
+ int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
+ int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
+ Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
+ Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
+ /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */
+ u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */
+ u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */
+ u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
+
+ u32 *aMI;
+};
/*
-** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
-** is UTF-8 encoded.
+** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
+** example, the following:
+**
+** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
+**
+** is equivalent to:
+**
+** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
*/
-static int openDatabase(
- const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
- sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */
- unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */
- const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */
-){
- sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */
- char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
- char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
+#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
+#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
+#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
+#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
+#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
- *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return rc;
+
+/* fts3_write.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64,
+ sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+ Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
+#else
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
#endif
- /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.
- ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we
- ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
- ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations
- ** are:
- **
- ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
- ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
- ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
- */
- assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 );
- assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
- assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 );
- testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
- testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
- testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
- if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *);
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
- isThreadsafe = 0;
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
- isThreadsafe = 0;
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
- isThreadsafe = 1;
- }else{
- isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
- }
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
- flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
- }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
- flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
- }
+/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2
- /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
- **
- ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
- ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only
- ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
- ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
- ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask
- ** off all other flags.
- */
- flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
- SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
- SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
- );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
- /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
- db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
- if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
- if( isThreadsafe ){
- db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
- if( db->mutex==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(db);
- db = 0;
- goto opendb_out;
- }
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->errMask = 0xff;
- db->nDb = 2;
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
- db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *,
+ int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
- assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
- memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- db->nextAutovac = -1;
- db->nextPagesize = 0;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_AutoIndex | SQLITE_EnableTrigger
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
- | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
- | SQLITE_LoadExtension
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
- | SQLITE_RecTriggers
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
- | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
-#endif
- ;
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
-#endif
+/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020
- /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
- ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
- ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
- */
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_USER, (void*)1,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto opendb_out;
- }
- db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
- assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
+/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+struct Fts3SegFilter {
+ const char *zTerm;
+ int nTerm;
+ int iCol;
+ int flags;
+};
- /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
- createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE, 0,
- nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
+struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
+ /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
+ int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */
+ int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */
+ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */
+ char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
+ int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
- /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
- db->openFlags = flags;
- rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
- sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
- goto opendb_out;
- }
+ int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */
+ int bRestart;
- /* Open the backend database driver */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
- flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
- goto opendb_out;
- }
- db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
- db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
+ /* Used by fts3.c only. */
+ int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */
+ int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
+ /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */
+ int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
+ int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
+};
- /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
- ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.
- */
- db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
- db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
- db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
- db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int);
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto opendb_out;
- }
+#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \
+ (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \
+)
- /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
- ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
- ** is accessed.
- */
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+/* fts3.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*);
- /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
- ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
- */
- sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
- rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto opendb_out;
- }
+/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
- rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
- }
-#endif
+/* fts3_snippet.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
+ const char *, const char *, int, int
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
- rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
- }
+/* fts3_expr.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int,
+ char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
- }
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **
+);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
- }
+/* fts3_aux.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+ Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+ Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
+
+/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);
+
+/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
- rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
- }
+#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
+#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
+
+/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
+# define SQLITE_CORE 1
#endif
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stddef.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
- /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
- ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
- ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
- db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
- sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif
- /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
- setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);
- sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
+** The number of bytes written is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
+ unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
+ sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
+ do{
+ *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+ vu >>= 7;
+ }while( vu!=0 );
+ q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */
+ assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX );
+ return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
-opendb_out:
- sqlite3_free(zOpen);
- if( db ){
- assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- }
- rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_close(db);
- db = 0;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
+#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
+ v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift ); \
+ if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
+#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
+ v = (*ptr++); \
+ if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
+** The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
+ const char *pStart = p;
+ u32 a;
+ u64 b;
+ int shift;
+
+ GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *v, 1);
+ GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *v, 2);
+ GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *v, 3);
+ GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4);
+ b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
+
+ for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){
+ u64 c = *p++;
+ b += (c&0x7F) << shift;
+ if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break;
}
- *ppDb = db;
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+ *v = b;
+ return (int)(p - pStart);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a
+** 32-bit integer before it is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
+ u32 a;
+
+#ifndef fts3GetVarint32
+ GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *pi, 1);
+#else
+ a = (*p++);
+ assert( a & 0x80 );
+#endif
+
+ GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *pi, 2);
+ GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *pi, 3);
+ GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4);
+ a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
+ *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28));
+ return 5;
}
/*
-** Open a new database handle.
+** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
- const char *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
- return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
- const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
- sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
- int flags, /* Flags */
- const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */
-){
- return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){
+ int i = 0;
+ do{
+ i++;
+ v >>= 7;
+ }while( v!=0 );
+ return i;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Open a new database handle.
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+** "abc" becomes abc
+** 'xyz' becomes xyz
+** [pqr] becomes pqr
+** `mno` becomes mno
+**
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
- const void *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
- char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
- int rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){
+ char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */
- assert( zFilename );
- assert( ppDb );
- *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( zFilename8 ){
- rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
- assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
- ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ quote = z[0];
+ if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
+ int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */
+ int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */
+
+ /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
+ if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
+
+ while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
+ if( z[iIn]==quote ){
+ if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
+ z[iOut++] = quote;
+ iIn += 2;
+ }else{
+ z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
+ }
}
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ z[iOut] = '\0';
}
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point
+** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint
+** to *pVal.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+ *pVal += iVal;
}
/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a
+** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list
+** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint,
+** and sets *pVal by the varint value.
+**
+** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the
+** varint is part of.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
- void(*xDel)(void*)
+static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
+ char **pp,
+ char *pStart,
+ sqlite3_int64 *pVal
){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+ char *p;
+
+ /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are
+ ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
+ ** clear on character p[-1]. */
+ for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
+ p++;
+ *pp = p;
+
+ sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal);
+ *pVal = iVal;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3* db,
- const void *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char *zName8;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
- if( zName8 ){
- rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
+static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+ int i;
+
+ assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+ /* Free any prepared statements held */
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
+ sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
}
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
+ sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
+ sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
+ sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl);
+ sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid);
+
+ /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */
+ p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer);
+
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given
+** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written
+** into *pRc.
+**
+** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
- void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+static void fts3DbExec(
+ int *pRc, /* Success code */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */
+ const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */
+ ... /* Arguments to the format string */
){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
- db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
- db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ va_list ap;
+ char *zSql;
+ if( *pRc ) return;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ }
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
- void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->xCollNeeded = 0;
- db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
- db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */
+
+ /* Drop the shadow tables */
+ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName);
+ }
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName);
+
+ /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the
+ ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK.
+ ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+ */
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+
/*
-** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
-** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
+** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table
+** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
+** and xCreate() methods.
+**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */
+ char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */
+ const char *zLanguageid;
+
+ zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid");
+ sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+ /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */
+ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]);
+ for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]);
+ }
+
+ /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)",
+ zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid
+ );
+ if( !zCols || !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ sqlite3_free(zCols);
+ *pRc = rc;
+ }
}
-#endif
/*
-** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
-** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on
-** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
-** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
-**
-******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->autoCommit;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+ fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db,
+ "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'"
+ "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1;
}
/*
-** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
-** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
-** constants. They server two purposes:
-**
-** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
-** to detect when version error conditions occurs.
+** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir)
+** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done
+** as part of the vtab xCreate() method.
**
-** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
-** a low-level error is first detected.
+** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an
+** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and
+** %_stat tables required by FTS4.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
- testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT,
- "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]",
- lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
- testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
- "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]",
- lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
- testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN,
- "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]",
- lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-}
+static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */
+ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid;
+ char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */
+
+ /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */
+ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+ for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ char *z = p->azColumn[i];
+ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z);
+ }
+ if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){
+ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid);
+ }
+ if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ /* Create the content table */
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
+ );
+ sqlite3_free(zContentCols);
+ }
+
+ /* Create other tables */
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
+ "level INTEGER,"
+ "idx INTEGER,"
+ "start_block INTEGER,"
+ "leaves_end_block INTEGER,"
+ "end_block INTEGER,"
+ "root BLOB,"
+ "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)"
+ ");",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ }
+ assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 );
+ if( p->bHasStat ){
+ sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
-** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
**
-** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
-** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility.
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
+static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
+
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){
+ p->nPgsz = 1024;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ *pRc = rc;
+ }
}
-#endif
/*
-** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
-** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
+** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form:
+**
+** <key> = <value>
+**
+** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value>
+** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */
- const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */
- const char *zTableName, /* Table name */
- const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */
- char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
- char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
- int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
- int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
- int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
+ const char *z,
+ int *pnKey,
+ char **pzValue
){
- int rc;
- char *zErrMsg = 0;
- Table *pTab = 0;
- Column *pCol = 0;
- int iCol;
+ char *zValue;
+ const char *zCsr = z;
- char const *zDataType = 0;
- char const *zCollSeq = 0;
- int notnull = 0;
- int primarykey = 0;
- int autoinc = 0;
+ while( *zCsr!='=' ){
+ if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0;
+ zCsr++;
+ }
- /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- goto error_out;
+ *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z);
+ zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]);
+ if( zValue ){
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue);
}
+ *pzValue = zValue;
+ return 1;
+}
- /* Locate the table in question */
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
- if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
- pTab = 0;
- goto error_out;
+/*
+** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string.
+*/
+static void fts3Appendf(
+ int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+ char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */
+ const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */
+ ... /* Arguments for printf format string */
+){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ va_list ap;
+ char *z;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if( z && *pz ){
+ char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z);
+ sqlite3_free(z);
+ z = z2;
+ }
+ if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3_free(*pz);
+ *pz = z;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and
+** with all double quote characters escaped. For example:
+**
+** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\""
+**
+** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this
+** memory.
+*/
+static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){
+ int nRet;
+ char *zRet;
+ nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1;
+ zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet);
+ if( zRet ){
+ int i;
+ char *z = zRet;
+ *(z++) = '"';
+ for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){
+ if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"';
+ *(z++) = zInput[i];
+ }
+ *(z++) = '"';
+ *(z++) = '\0';
}
+ return zRet;
+}
- /* Find the column for which info is requested */
- if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
- iCol = pTab->iPKey;
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+/*
+** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that
+** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following:
+**
+** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
+**
+** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order
+** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of
+** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL
+** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the
+** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following
+** string is returned:
+**
+** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+ char *zRet = 0;
+ char *zFree = 0;
+ char *zFunction;
+ int i;
+
+ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ if( !zFunc ){
+ zFunction = "";
+ }else{
+ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
}
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]);
+ }
+ if( p->zLanguageid ){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid");
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zFree);
}else{
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
- pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
- break;
- }
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]);
}
- if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
- pTab = 0;
- goto error_out;
+ if( p->zLanguageid ){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid);
}
}
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x",
+ p->zDb,
+ (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName),
+ (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content")
+ );
+ return zRet;
+}
- /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
- ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
- ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
- **
- ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
- ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
- **
- ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
- ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
- */
- if( pCol ){
- zDataType = pCol->zType;
- zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
- notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
- primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0;
- autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
+/*
+** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number
+** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each
+** user-defined text column).
+**
+** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
+** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
+** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three
+** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
+**
+** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+ char *zRet = 0;
+ char *zFree = 0;
+ char *zFunction;
+ int i;
+
+ if( !zFunc ){
+ zFunction = "";
}else{
- zDataType = "INTEGER";
- primarykey = 1;
+ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
}
- if( !zCollSeq ){
- zCollSeq = "BINARY";
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
}
-
-error_out:
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
- /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
- ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
- ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
- */
- if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
- if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
- if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
- if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
- if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
-
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
- zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
- zColumnName);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( p->zLanguageid ){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?");
}
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(zFree);
+ return zRet;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
+** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
+** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then
+** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
+** the integer value.
+**
+** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value.
+**
+** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
+** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
- int rc;
- pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
- if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
+ const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */
+ int nInt = 0; /* Output value */
- /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
- ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
- */
- rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
- return rc;
+ for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
+ nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
+ }
+ if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ *pnOut = nInt;
+ *pp = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
+** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures
+** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables
+** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or
+** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter
+** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+**
+** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was
+** specified, or NULL otherwise.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to
+** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the
+** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility
+** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+static int fts3PrefixParameter(
+ const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
+ int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
+ struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
+){
+ struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */
+ int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */
+
+ if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
+ const char *p;
+ nIndex++;
+ for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
+ if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+ *apIndex = aIndex;
+ *pnIndex = nIndex;
+ if( !aIndex ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+ if( zParam ){
+ const char *p = zParam;
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){
+ int nPrefix;
+ if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix;
+ p++;
+ }
+ }
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
+** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the
+** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns
+** of the new FTS4 table.
+**
+** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the
+** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for
+** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated
+** as follows:
+**
+** *pnCol: Set to the number of columns table xxx has,
+**
+** *pnStr: Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy
+** of each columns name, including the nul-terminator.
+**
+** *pazCol: Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is
+** the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array
+** and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation
+** by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output
+** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is
+** returned (and the output variables are undefined).
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
- int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- int iDb;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( zDbName==0 ){
- iDb = 0;
+static int fts3ContentColumns(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
+ const char *zDb, /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */
+ const char *zTbl, /* Name of content table */
+ const char ***pazCol, /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */
+ int *pnCol, /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */
+ int *pnStr /* OUT: Bytes of string content */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */
+
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
- if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break;
- }
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
}
- if( iDb<db->nDb ){
- Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
- if( pBtree ){
- Pager *pPager;
- sqlite3_file *fd;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
- assert( pPager!=0 );
- fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
- assert( fd!=0 );
- if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
- *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( fd->pMethods ){
- rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ const char **azCol; /* Output array */
+ int nStr = 0; /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */
+ int nCol; /* Number of table columns */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */
+
+ /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of
+ ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the
+ ** nul-terminator byte. */
+ nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+ nStr += (int)strlen(zCol) + 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate and populate the array to return. */
+ azCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *) * nCol + nStr);
+ if( azCol==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ char *p = (char *)&azCol[nCol];
+ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+ int n = (int)strlen(zCol)+1;
+ memcpy(p, zCol, n);
+ azCol[i] = p;
+ p += n;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}
+ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+
+ /* Set the output variables. */
+ *pnCol = nCol;
+ *pnStr = nStr;
+ *pazCol = azCol;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Interface to the testing logic.
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
+**
+** The argv[] array contains the following:
+**
+** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4")
+** argv[1] -> database name
+** argv[2] -> table name
+** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
- int rc = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
- va_list ap;
- va_start(ap, op);
- switch( op ){
+static int fts3InitVtab(
+ int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */
+ void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
+ char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */
+){
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux;
+ Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */
+ int iCol; /* Column index */
+ int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */
+ int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */
+ char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */
+ int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */
+ int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */
+ int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+ const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */
- /*
- ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
- sqlite3PrngSaveState();
- break;
- }
+ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */
+ struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */
- /*
- ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
- ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
- ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
- sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
- break;
- }
+ /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
+ int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */
+ int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */
+ char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
+ char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+ char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+ char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */
+ char *zLanguageid = 0; /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */
+ char **azNotindexed = 0; /* The set of notindexed= columns */
+ int nNotindexed = 0; /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */
- /*
- ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call
- ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
- ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
- sqlite3PrngResetState();
- break;
- }
+ assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 );
+ assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4)
+ || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4)
+ );
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
- **
- ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument
- ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a
- ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
- ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
- int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
- int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
- rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
- break;
- }
+ nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1;
+ nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1;
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
- **
- ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
- ** are benign.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
- typedef void (*void_function)(void);
- void_function xBenignBegin;
- void_function xBenignEnd;
- xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
- xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
- sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
- break;
- }
+ nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2);
+ aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( aCol ){
+ memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte);
+ azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ }
+ if( azNotindexed ){
+ memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte);
+ }
+ if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto fts3_init_out;
+ }
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
- **
- ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
- ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte
- ** as it existing before this routine was called.
- **
- ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
- ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte
- ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
- ** dileterious behavior.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
- rc = PENDING_BYTE;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
- {
- unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
- if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
- }
-#endif
- break;
- }
+ /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4
+ ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop
+ ** does the following:
+ **
+ ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and
+ ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies
+ ** of the column names.
+ **
+ ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments,
+ ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer.
+ */
+ for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
+ char const *z = argv[i];
+ int nKey;
+ char *zVal;
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
- **
- ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
- ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert()
- ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and
- ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is
- ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
- ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
- ** return value is zero.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
- volatile int x = 0;
- assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
- rc = x;
- break;
+ /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
+ if( !pTokenizer
+ && strlen(z)>8
+ && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8)
+ && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
}
+ /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */
+ else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){
+ struct Fts4Option {
+ const char *zOpt;
+ int nOpt;
+ } aFts4Opt[] = {
+ { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */
+ { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */
+ { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */
+ { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */
+ { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */
+ { "content", 7 }, /* 5 -> CONTENT */
+ { "languageid", 10 }, /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */
+ { "notindexed", 10 } /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */
+ };
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
- **
- ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
- ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
- **
- ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).
- **
- ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means
- ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
- ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
- ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
- ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
- ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
- ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
- ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
- **
- ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
- **
- ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
- ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
- ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
- ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
- ** }else{
- ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
- ** }
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
- int x = va_arg(ap,int);
- rc = ALWAYS(x);
- break;
- }
+ int iOpt;
+ if( !zVal ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){
+ struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt];
+ if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ switch( iOpt ){
+ case 0: /* MATCHINFO */
+ if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ bNoDocsize = 1;
+ break;
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
- **
- ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
- ** connection db.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
- sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
- int x = va_arg(ap,int);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- break;
- }
+ case 1: /* PREFIX */
+ sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+ zPrefix = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
- **
- ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The
- ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal
- ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the
- ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
- ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
- ** is obtained in every case.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
- sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
- int x = va_arg(ap,int);
- db->flags = (x & SQLITE_OptMask) | (db->flags & ~SQLITE_OptMask);
- break;
- }
+ case 2: /* COMPRESS */
+ sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+ zCompress = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
-#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
- **
- ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
- ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
- **
- ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
- ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
- ** is built using separate source files.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
- const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
- rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
- break;
- }
-#endif
+ case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */
+ sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+ zUncompress = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ)
- **
- ** Return the size of a pcache header in bytes.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ: {
- rc = sizeof(PgHdr);
- break;
- }
+ case 4: /* ORDER */
+ if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3))
+ && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4))
+ ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D');
+ break;
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
- **
- ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree().
- ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
- void *pFree, **ppNew;
- int sz;
- sz = va_arg(ap, int);
- ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
- pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
- if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
- sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
- break;
- }
+ case 5: /* CONTENT */
+ sqlite3_free(zContent);
+ zContent = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
- **
- ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
- ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
- ** undo this setting.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
+ case 6: /* LANGUAGEID */
+ assert( iOpt==6 );
+ sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+ zLanguageid = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case 7: /* NOTINDEXED */
+ azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zVal);
+ }
}
+ /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */
+ else {
+ nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1);
+ aCol[nCol++] = z;
+ }
}
- va_end(ap);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
-** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the
-** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam
-** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
- zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
- while( zFilename[0] ){
- int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
- zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
- if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
- zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+ /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following:
+ **
+ ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options.
+ **
+ ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+ ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){
+ sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+ zCompress = 0;
+ zUncompress = 0;
+ if( nCol==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free((void*)aCol);
+ aCol = 0;
+ rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString);
+
+ /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
+ ** column from the aCol[] array. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+ if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){
+ int k;
+ for(k=j; k<nCol; k++) aCol[k] = aCol[k+1];
+ nCol--;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
- return 0;
-}
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 March 3
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
-** API method and its associated functionality.
-*/
+ if( nCol==0 ){
+ assert( nString==0 );
+ aCol[0] = "content";
+ nString = 8;
+ nCol = 1;
+ }
-/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+ if( pTokenizer==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+ }
+ assert( pTokenizer );
-/*
-** Public interfaces:
-**
-** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
-** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
-** sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify()
-*/
+ rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+ assert( zPrefix );
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-#define assertMutexHeld() \
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+ /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */
+ nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */
+ nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */
+ nCol * sizeof(u8) + /* abNotindexed */
+ nName + /* zName */
+ nDb + /* zDb */
+ nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */
+ p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( p==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto fts3_init_out;
+ }
+ memset(p, 0, nByte);
+ p->db = db;
+ p->nColumn = nCol;
+ p->nPendingData = 0;
+ p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
+ p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
+ p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
+ p->bHasStat = isFts4;
+ p->bFts4 = isFts4;
+ p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx;
+ p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff; /* 0xff means setting unknown */
+ p->zContentTbl = zContent;
+ p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid;
+ zContent = 0;
+ zLanguageid = 0;
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );
-/*
-** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
-** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
-** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex is held.
-*/
-static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
+ p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol];
+ memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+ p->nIndex = nIndex;
+ for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){
+ fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ }
+ p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
-** properties of the blocked connections list:
-**
-** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
-** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
-**
-** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
-** xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
-**
-** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
-** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
-** set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
-*/
-static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3 *p;
- for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
- int seen = 0;
- sqlite3 *p2;
+ /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */
+ zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol];
+ p->zName = zCsr;
+ memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName);
+ zCsr += nName;
+ p->zDb = zCsr;
+ memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb);
+ zCsr += nDb;
- /* Verify property (1) */
- assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+ /* Fill in the azColumn array */
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+ char *z;
+ int n = 0;
+ z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
+ memcpy(zCsr, z, n);
+ zCsr[n] = '\0';
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr);
+ p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr;
+ zCsr += n+1;
+ assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] );
+ }
- /* Verify property (2) */
- for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
- if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
- assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
- assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
- assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
+ /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+ int n = (int)strlen(p->azColumn[iCol]);
+ for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
+ char *zNot = azNotindexed[i];
+ if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot)
+ && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n)
+ ){
+ p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1;
+ sqlite3_free(zNot);
+ azNotindexed[i] = 0;
+ }
}
}
-}
-#else
-# define checkListProperties(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
-** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3 **pp;
- assertMutexHeld();
- for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
- if( *pp==db ){
- *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
- break;
+ for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
+ if( azNotindexed[i] ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such column: %s", azNotindexed[i]);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
-** that it is not already a part of the list.
-*/
-static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3 **pp;
- assertMutexHeld();
- for(
- pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
- *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
- pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
- );
- db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
- *pp = db;
-}
-/*
-** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
-*/
-static void enterMutex(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
- checkListProperties(0);
-}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){
+ char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss);
+ }
+ p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc);
+ p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-/*
-** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
-*/
-static void leaveMutex(void){
- assertMutexHeld();
- checkListProperties(0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
+ /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the
+ ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
+ */
+ if( isCreate ){
+ rc = fts3CreateTables(p);
+ }
-/*
-** Register an unlock-notify callback.
-**
-** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
-** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
-** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
-** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
-**
-** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
-** before this routine returns.
-**
-** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
-** a deadlock.
-**
-** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
-** its locks.
-**
-** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
-** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
-** cancelled.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
- void *pArg
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the
+ ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge.
+ */
+ if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){
+ p->bHasStat = 2;
+ }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- enterMutex();
+ /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to
+ ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */
+ fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p);
+ p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;
- if( xNotify==0 ){
- removeFromBlockedList(db);
- db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
- db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
- db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
- db->pUnlockArg = 0;
- }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
- /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
- ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
- ** immediately.
- */
- xNotify(&pArg, 1);
- }else{
- sqlite3 *p;
+ /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
+ fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);
- for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
+fts3_init_out:
+ sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+ sqlite3_free(aIndex);
+ sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zContent);
+ sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+ for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++) sqlite3_free(azNotindexed[i]);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)azNotindexed);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( p ){
- rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */
- }else{
- db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
- db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
- db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
- removeFromBlockedList(db);
- addToBlockedList(db);
+ fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
+ }else if( pTokenizer ){
+ pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
}
+ }else{
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ *ppVTab = &p->base;
}
-
- leaveMutex();
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
-** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
-** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
-** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
+** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
+** work is done in function fts3InitVtab().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
- enterMutex();
- if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
- addToBlockedList(db);
- }
- db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
- leaveMutex();
+static int fts3ConnectMethod(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+ return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+static int fts3CreateMethod(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+ return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
}
/*
-** This function is called when
-** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
-** by database connection db have been released.
-**
-** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
-** list and does the following:
-**
-** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
-** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
-**
-** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
-** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
-** set pUnlockConnection=0.
-**
-** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
-** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
-** list.
+** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
+** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
+** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
- void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
- int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
- sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */
- void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
- void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
- void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */
+static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
+ if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
+ }
+#endif
+}
- aArg = aStatic;
- enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+/*
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
+** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
+**
+** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid.
+** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
+** 3. Linear scan of %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab;
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */
- /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
- for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
- sqlite3 *p = *pp;
+ int iLangidCons = -1; /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */
+ int iDocidGe = -1; /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */
+ int iDocidLe = -1; /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */
+ int iIdx;
- /* Step 1. */
- if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
- p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+ /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
+ ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient
+ ** strategy is possible.
+ */
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000;
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+ int bDocid; /* True if this constraint is on docid */
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+ if( pCons->usable==0 ){
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
+ /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if
+ ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part
+ ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use
+ ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage
+ ** this, return a very high cost here. */
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50;
+ fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ continue;
}
- /* Step 2. */
- if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
- assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
- if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
- xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
- nArg = 0;
- }
+ bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1);
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
- assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
- if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
- || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
- ){
- /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
- void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
- if( pNew ){
- memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
- sqlite3_free(aDyn);
- aDyn = aArg = pNew;
- }else{
- /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
- ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
- ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
- ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
- **
- ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
- ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
- ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
- ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
- ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
- ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
- ** arrive.
- **
- ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
- ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
- ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
- ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
- ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
- ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
- ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
- ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
- ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
- ** circumstances.
- */
- xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
- nArg = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */
+ if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+ iCons = i;
+ }
+
+ /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search.
+ **
+ ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
+ ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
+ ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even
+ ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
+ ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested
+ ** context" error.
+ */
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
+ && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
+ ){
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0;
+ iCons = i;
+ }
- aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
- xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
- p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
- p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
- p->pUnlockArg = 0;
+ /* Equality constraint on the langid column */
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2
+ ){
+ iLangidCons = i;
}
- /* Step 3. */
- if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
- /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
- *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
- p->pNextBlocked = 0;
- }else{
- pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
+ if( bDocid ){
+ switch( pCons->op ){
+ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE:
+ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT:
+ iDocidGe = i;
+ break;
+
+ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE:
+ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT:
+ iDocidLe = i;
+ break;
+ }
}
}
- if( nArg!=0 ){
- xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+ iIdx = 1;
+ if( iCons>=0 ){
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
+ }
+ if( iLangidCons>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+ }
+ if( iDocidGe>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+ }
+ if( iDocidLe>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+ }
+
+ /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
+ ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible.
+ */
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
+ struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
+ if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){
+ if( pOrder->desc ){
+ pInfo->idxStr = "DESC";
+ }else{
+ pInfo->idxStr = "ASC";
+ }
+ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+ }
}
- sqlite3_free(aDyn);
- leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
-** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
+** Implementation of xOpen method.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
- enterMutex();
- removeFromBlockedList(db);
- checkListProperties(db);
- leaveMutex();
+static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+ /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
+ ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+ ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+ */
+ *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+ if( !pCsr ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
-/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+*/
+static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+ sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then
+** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form:
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?"
**
-******************************************************************************
+** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to
+** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
**
-** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK.
*/
+static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ char *zSql;
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist);
+ if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ }
+ *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
+** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success.
*/
+static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
-** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The
-** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
-** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees
-** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
-** bottom up.
-**
-**
-**** Varints ****
-** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
-** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
-** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
-** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**
-** 7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** and so on.
-**
-** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but
-** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian
-** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are
-** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory).
-**
-** Example encodings:
-**
-** 1: 0x01
-** 127: 0x7f
-** 128: 0x81 0x00
-**
-**
-**** Document lists ****
-** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
-** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
-** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
-** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first
-** word of the document has a position of 0.
-**
-** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
-** option. But that functionality is no longer supported.
-**
-** A doclist is stored like this:
-**
-** array {
-** varint docid;
-** array { (position list for column 0)
-** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position)
-** }
-** array {
-** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column)
-** varint column; (index of new column)
-** array {
-** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position)
-** }
-** }
-** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document.
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
-** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur
-** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
-** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1.
-** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
-** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus
-** 2 for the first position. Example:
-**
-** label: A B C D E F G H I J K
-** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0
-**
-** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document
-** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1
-** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the
-** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45
-** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The
-** 234 at I is the next docid. It has one position 72 (72-2) and then
-** terminates with the 0 at K.
-**
-** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for
-** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single
-** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists,
-** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
-** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
-**
-** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an
-** array of varint-encoded docids.
-**
-**** Segment leaf nodes ****
-** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf
-** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
-** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
-** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have
-** the format:
-**
-** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0)
-** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
-** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
-** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
-** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
-** array {
-** (further terms are delta-encoded)
-** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term)
-** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
-** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
-** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
-** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.
-**
-** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
-** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end
-** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
-** greater node id.
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
-** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is
-** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
-** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of
-** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
-** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The
-** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
-** likely to be query targets.
-**
-** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
-** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
-** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is
-** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
-**
-**
-**** Segment interior nodes ****
-** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
-** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior
-** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
-** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when
-** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
-** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior
-** nodes:
-**
-** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0)
-** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
-** optional {
-** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
-** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
-** array {
-** (further terms are delta-encoded)
-** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term)
-** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
-** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
-** }
-** }
-**
-** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
-** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
-**
-** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The
-** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
-** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
-** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
-** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
-** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
-** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to
-** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
-** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
-** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
-** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
-** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
-** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes
-** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
-** height+1, and so on.
-**
-**
-**** Segment directory ****
-** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
-** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
-** segment's tree.
-**
-** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
-** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
-** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top
-** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
-** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
-** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
-** height and the blockid of the previous root).
-**
-** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
-** level - segment level (see below)
-** idx - index within level
-** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
-** start_block - first leaf node
-** leaves_end_block - last leaf node
-** end_block - last block (including interior nodes)
-** root - contents of root node
-**
-** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
-** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
-**
-**
-**** Segment merging ****
-** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
-** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially
-** more documents.
-**
-** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
-** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
-** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
-** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1
-** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
-** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
-** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
-**
-** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
-** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment
-** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
-** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
-** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
-** deleted.
-**
-** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be
-** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show
-** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
-** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
-** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
-** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
-**
-** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
-** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs
-** inserted:
-**
-** MERGE_COUNT segments
-** 16 25
-** 8 12
-** 4 10
-** 2 6
+ rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
+ pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content
+ ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index.
+ ** The data structures are corrupt. */
+ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
+** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this
+** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
+** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
**
-** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
-** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
-** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
-** even with many segments.
+** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid
+** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term.
**
-** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
-** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that
-** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
-** spot around.
+** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node
+** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is
+** a prefix.
**
+** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3ScanInteriorNode(
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */
+ const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */
+ char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */
+ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */
+ int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */
+ sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */
+
+ /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every
+ ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
+ ** node into variable iChild.
+ **
+ ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
+ ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
+ ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does
+ ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always
+ ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of
+ ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments
+ ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the
+ ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details).
+ */
+ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+ if( zCsr>zEnd ){
+ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+
+ while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
+ int cmp; /* memcmp() result */
+ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */
+ int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */
+ int nBuffer; /* Total term size */
+
+ /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
+ ** the size of zBuffer if required. */
+ if( !isFirstTerm ){
+ zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
+ }
+ isFirstTerm = 0;
+ zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
+
+ if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
+ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ goto finish_scan;
+ }
+ if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){
+ char *zNew;
+ nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2;
+ zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto finish_scan;
+ }
+ zBuffer = zNew;
+ }
+ assert( zBuffer );
+ memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix);
+ nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix;
+ zCsr += nSuffix;
+
+ /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
+ ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
+ ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree
+ ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search
+ ** iChild.
+ **
+ ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
+ ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term.
+ */
+ cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer));
+ if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){
+ *piFirst = iChild;
+ piFirst = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( piLast && cmp<0 ){
+ *piLast = iChild;
+ piLast = 0;
+ }
+
+ iChild++;
+ };
+
+ if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild;
+ if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild;
+
+ finish_scan:
+ sqlite3_free(zBuffer);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an
+** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes)
+** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode
+** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
+** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
**
+** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the
+** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
+** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
+** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
+** term is a prefix.
**
-**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
-** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
-** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
-** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we
-** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
-** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older
-** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
-** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The
-** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
-** older data.
+** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain
+** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the
+** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
+** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
+** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
**
-** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all
-** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge
-** into a single segment.
+** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3SelectLeaf(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */
+
+ assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 );
+
+ fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight);
+ rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+ assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){
+ char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */
+ int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */
+
+ if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+ piLeaf = 0;
+ zBlob = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3
+** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+ assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
+ *piPrev = iVal;
+}
-/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/
-/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/
/*
-** 2009 Nov 12
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** first byte after the position-list.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for
+** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this
+** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
+** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+ char c = 0;
+
+ /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3
+ ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
+ ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
+ ** of some other, multi-byte, value.
+ **
+ ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not
+ ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
+ ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
+ ** last byte in the position-list.
+ */
+ while( *pEnd | c ){
+ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+ testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 );
+ }
+ pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */
+
+ if( pp ){
+ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+ char *p = *pp;
+ memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+ p += n;
+ *pp = p;
+ }
+ *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
**
-******************************************************************************
+** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column
+** within a single document within a doclist.
+**
+** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or
+** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to
+** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list.
**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator
+** is not copied into *pp.
*/
-#ifndef _FTSINT_H
-#define _FTSINT_H
+static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+ char c = 0;
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
+ /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is
+ ** not part of a multi-byte varint.
+ */
+ while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+ testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 );
+ }
+ if( pp ){
+ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+ char *p = *pp;
+ memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+ p += n;
+ *pp = p;
+ }
+ *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
/*
-** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all
-** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because
+** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-#endif
+#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
/*
-** 2006 July 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There
-** are three basic components:
+** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is
+** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list
+** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list
+** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
+** (1)).
**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
-** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for
-** tokenizers.
+** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to
+** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
+** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
+** point to the next value before returning.
**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
-** including customization information defined at creation time.
+** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of
+** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position
+** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value
+** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of
+** the next position.
+*/
+static void fts3ReadNextPos(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */
+ sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
+){
+ if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
+ *pi -= 2;
+ }else{
+ *pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by
+** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new
+** column list.
**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
-** tokens from a particular input.
+** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before
+** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
+** written (0 if iCol==0).
*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){
+ int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */
+ if( iCol ){
+ char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */
+ n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol);
+ *p = 0x01;
+ *pp = &p[n];
+ }
+ return n;
+}
-/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
-** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
-** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+/*
+** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written
+** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted
+** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are
+** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring
+** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output.
*/
+static void fts3PoslistMerge(
+ char **pp, /* Output buffer */
+ char **pp1, /* Left input list */
+ char **pp2 /* Right input list */
+){
+ char *p = *pp;
+ char *p1 = *pp1;
+ char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+ while( *p1 || *p2 ){
+ int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */
+ int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */
+
+ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
+ else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+ else iCol1 = 0;
+
+ if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2);
+ else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+ else iCol2 = 0;
+
+ if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */
+ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+ p1 += n;
+ p2 += n;
+
+ /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
+ ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
+ ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each
+ ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
+ ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
+ ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
+ ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is
+ ** written to the output.
+ */
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
+ do {
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2);
+ iPrev -= 2;
+ if( i1==i2 ){
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+ }else if( i1<i2 ){
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+ }else{
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+ }
+ }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END );
+ }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+ p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1);
+ }else{
+ p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2);
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *p++ = POS_END;
+ *pp = p;
+ *pp1 = p1 + 1;
+ *pp2 = p2 + 1;
+}
/*
-** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
-** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
-** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
-** functions that make up an implementation.
+** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
+** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
+** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
+** contains:
**
-** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
-** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
-** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
-** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
-** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+** 'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
**
-** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
-** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
-** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
-** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
-** object.
+** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of:
+**
+** 0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00
+**
+** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
+** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
+**
+** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for
+** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
+** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
+** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
+** slots before it.
+**
+** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
-
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
+ int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+ int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */
+ int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
+ char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+ char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+ char *p = *pp;
+ char *p1 = *pp1;
+ char *p2 = *pp2;
+ int iCol1 = 0;
+ int iCol2 = 0;
- /*
- ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
- */
- int iVersion;
+ /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
+ assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
- /*
- ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
- ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
- ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
- ** the following SQL is executed:
- **
- ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
- **
- ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
- ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
- **
- ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
- ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
- ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
- ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
- ** this callback. The caller will do so.
- */
- int (*xCreate)(
- int argc, /* Size of argv array */
- const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */
- sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
- );
+ assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
+ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
+ p1++;
+ p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+ }
+ if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){
+ p2++;
+ p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+ }
- /*
- ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
- ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
- */
- int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+ while( 1 ){
+ if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+ char *pSave = p;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0;
- /*
- ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
- ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
- ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
- */
- int (*xOpen)(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
- const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
- );
+ if( iCol1 ){
+ *p++ = POS_COLUMN;
+ p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1);
+ }
- /*
- ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
- ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
- */
- int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+ assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN );
+ assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN );
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
- /*
- ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
- ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
- ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
- ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
- **
- ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
- ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
- ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
- ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
- ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
- ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
- ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
- ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
- ** the input buffer.
- **
- ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
- ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
- ** to xNext() or xClose().
- */
- /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
- ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
- ** should be converted to zInput.
- */
- int (*xNext)(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */
- const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
- int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
- int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
- int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
- );
-};
+ while( 1 ){
+ if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken
+ || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken)
+ ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iSave;
+ iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2;
+ pSave = 0;
+ assert( p );
+ }
+ if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){
+ if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+ }else{
+ if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+ }
+ }
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */
- /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
+ if( pSave ){
+ assert( pp && p );
+ p = pSave;
+ }
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
- /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+ assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 );
+ if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break;
-int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
-int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+ p1++;
+ p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+ p2++;
+ p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+ }
+ /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
+ ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
+ ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next
+ ** column-number in the position list.
+ */
+ else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+ if( 0==*p1 ) break;
+ p1++;
+ p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+ }else{
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+ if( 0==*p2 ) break;
+ p2++;
+ p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+ }
+ }
-#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+ *pp1 = p1;
+ *pp2 = p2;
+ if( *pp==p ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ *p++ = 0x00;
+ *pp = p;
+ return 1;
+}
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
-/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
+** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression
+** like:
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
-** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR
+** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position
+** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2"
+** in the example above).
**
+** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
+** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed.
*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
-#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+static int fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+ char **pp, /* Output buffer */
+ char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */
+ int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+ int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+ char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+ char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+ char *p1 = *pp1;
+ char *p2 = *pp2;
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
-typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
+ char *pTmp1 = aTmp;
+ char *pTmp2;
+ char *aTmp2;
+ int res = 1;
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
+ fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2);
+ aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1;
+ *pp1 = p1;
+ *pp2 = p2;
+ fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1);
+ if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+ fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2);
+ }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){
+ fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp);
+ }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+ fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2);
+ }else{
+ res = 0;
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
+** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
+** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
*/
-struct Fts3Hash {
- char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
- char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
- int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
- Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
- int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
- struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
- int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
- Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
- } *ht;
+typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
+struct TermSelect {
+ char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffers */
+ int anOutput[16]; /* Size each output buffer in bytes */
};
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
-** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+/*
+** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter
+** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is
+** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer
+** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns.
**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read
+** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
+**
+** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
+** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this
+** function returns.
*/
-struct Fts3HashElem {
- Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
- void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
- void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
-};
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */
+ char *pEnd, /* End of buffer */
+ int bDescIdx, /* True if docids are descending */
+ sqlite3_int64 *pVal /* IN/OUT: Integer value */
+){
+ if( *pp>=pEnd ){
+ *pp = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+ if( bDescIdx ){
+ *pVal -= iVal;
+ }else{
+ *pVal += iVal;
+ }
+ }
+}
/*
-** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint
+** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the
+** end of the value written.
**
-** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
-** is respected in comparisons.
+** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
+** the buffer is that of parameter iVal.
**
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
-** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value
+** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
+** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
**
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
+** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev
+** to the value of parameter iVal.
*/
-#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
-#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+ int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+ int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 iWrite;
+ if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){
+ iWrite = iVal - *piPrev;
+ }else{
+ iWrite = *piPrev - iVal;
+ }
+ assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
+ assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
+ *piPrev = iVal;
+ *pbFirst = 1;
+}
-/*
-** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
/*
-** Shorthand for the functions above
+** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
+** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
+** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2).
+** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
+**
+** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
+** sorted in either ascending or descending order.
*/
-#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
-#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
-#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
-#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
-#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
+#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
-** like this:
+** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
+** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the
+** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
+** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
+** passed a non-zero value.
**
-** Fts3Hash h;
-** Fts3HashElem *p;
-** ...
-** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
-** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
-** // do something with pData
-** }
+** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer
+** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case
+** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values
+** are undefined in this case.
*/
-#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
-#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next)
-#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data)
-#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
-#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
+ int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */
+ char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */
+ char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */
+ char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1];
+ char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2];
+ char *p1 = a1;
+ char *p2 = a2;
+ char *p;
+ char *aOut;
+ int bFirstOut = 0;
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
-*/
-#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count)
+ *paOut = 0;
+ *pnOut = 0;
-#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+ /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists
+ ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0),
+ ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For
+ ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the
+ ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in
+ ** ascending order).
+ **
+ ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the
+ ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is
+ ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list
+ ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since
+ ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must
+ ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from
+ ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid
+ ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists
+ ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output.
+ **
+ ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number,
+ ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may
+ ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value
+ ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid).
+ **
+ ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the
+ ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input
+ ** docids to grow.
+ **
+ ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending
+ ** order.
+ */
+ aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1);
+ if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+ p = aOut;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+ while( p1 || p2 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
-/*
-** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
-** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
-** segment of level N+1.
-*/
-#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
+ if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+ fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+ }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+ fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+ }else{
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
+ fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *paOut = aOut;
+ *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut);
+ assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
-** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
-** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
-** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
-** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
-** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
+** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge,
+** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input
+** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist
+** exactly nDist tokens before it.
+**
+** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
+** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending
+** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
+**
+** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
*/
-#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
+static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
+ int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */
+ int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
+ char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */
+ char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft];
+ char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight];
+ char *p1 = aLeft;
+ char *p2 = aRight;
+ char *p;
+ int bFirstOut = 0;
+ char *aOut = aRight;
+
+ assert( nDist>0 );
+
+ p = aOut;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+
+ while( p1 && p2 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
+ if( iDiff==0 ){
+ char *pSave = p;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
+ int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;
+
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+ if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+ p = pSave;
+ iPrev = iPrevSave;
+ bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
+ }
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+ }else if( iDiff<0 ){
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+ }else{
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut);
+}
/*
-** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
-** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
-** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
+** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This
+** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for
+** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta
+** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only
+** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte.
+** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any).
*/
-#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */
+ char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */
+ int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */
+ char *pOut /* Write output here */
+){
+ int nOut = 0;
+ int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */
+ char *p = pList;
+ char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+ if( *p!=0x01 ){
+ if( *p==0x02 ){
+ nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+ pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+ bWritten = 1;
+ }
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+ }
+
+ while( p<pEnd && *p==0x01 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iCol;
+ p++;
+ p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iCol);
+ if( *p==0x02 ){
+ if( bWritten==0 ){
+ nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+ bWritten = 1;
+ }
+ pOut[nOut++] = 0x01;
+ nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iCol);
+ pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+ }
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+ }
+ if( bWritten ){
+ pOut[nOut++] = 0x00;
+ }
+
+ return nOut;
+}
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
-#endif
/*
-** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
-** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
+** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single
+** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
+** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
+** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
+** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
*/
-#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
+static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
+ char *aOut = 0;
+ int nOut = 0;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
+ ** into a single doclist.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){
+ if( !aOut ){
+ aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i];
+ nOut = pTS->anOutput[i];
+ pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+ }else{
+ int nNew;
+ char *aNew;
+
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx,
+ pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(aOut);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]);
+ sqlite3_free(aOut);
+ pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+ aOut = aNew;
+ nOut = nNew;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
+ pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
-** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
-** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
+** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed
+** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function
+** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details).
**
-** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
-** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
-** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
-** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
-** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
+** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches
+** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist
+** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of
+** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect
+** object.
**
-** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
-** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
-** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an
+** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
*/
-#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024
-#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
+static int fts3TermSelectMerge(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */
+ TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */
+ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */
+ int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
+){
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
+ /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
+ ** buffer using memcpy(). */
+ pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
+ pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
+ memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }else{
+ char *aMerge = aDoclist;
+ int nMerge = nDoclist;
+ int iOut;
-/*
-** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined,
-** make it a no-op.
-*/
-#ifndef testcase
-# define testcase(X)
-#endif
+ for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){
+ assert( iOut>0 );
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+ pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ char *aNew;
+ int nNew;
+
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge,
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+ sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
+
+ aMerge = aNew;
+ nMerge = nNew;
+ if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+ pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
+** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
*/
-#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */
-#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,
+ Fts3SegReader *pNew
+){
+ if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
+ Fts3SegReader **apNew;
+ int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*);
+ apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte);
+ if( !apNew ){
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
+ }
+ pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** This section provides definitions to allow the
-** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
-** amalgamation.
+** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the
+** 8th argument.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
+** otherwise.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id */
+ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */
+ int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */
+
+ /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader
+ ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
+ ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
+ ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by
+ ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
+ ** calls out here. */
+ if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt);
+ }
+
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+
+ /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
+ int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+ char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4);
+
+ /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its
+ ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */
+ if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){
+ sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0);
+ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
+ }
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1,
+ (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0),
+ iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock,
+ iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ finished:
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
/*
-** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
-** false.
+** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
+** single level therein.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
-# define NEVER(X) (0)
-#else
-# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
-# define NEVER(X) (x)
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */
+ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+ || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+ || iLevel>=0
+ );
+ assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+ assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 );
+ assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 );
-/*
-** Internal types used by SQLite.
-*/
-typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
-typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
-typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+ return fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
+ );
+}
/*
-** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
+** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader
+** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS virtual table handle */
+ int iLangid,
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to scan doclist of */
+ int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
+){
+ return fts3SegReaderCursor(p,
+ iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr
+ );
+}
/*
-** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
+** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
+** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which
+** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
+** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
+** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree()
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
+){
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */
-/*
-** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
-** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
-** within testcase() and assert() macros.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define TESTONLY(X) X
-#else
-# define TESTONLY(X)
-#endif
+ pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+ if( pSegcsr ){
+ int i;
+ int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+ if( isPrefix ){
+ for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
+ bFound = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr
+ );
+ pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
+ }
+ }
-typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
-typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
-typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
-typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
-typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
+ for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
+ bFound = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+ p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
-typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
-typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
-typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
-typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
-typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
+ if( bFound==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
+ );
+ pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
-** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
-** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
-** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
-** arguments.
+** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor().
*/
-struct Fts3Table {
- sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- const char *zDb; /* logical database name */
- const char *zName; /* virtual table name */
- int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */
- char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
-
- /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
- ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
- */
- sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[27];
-
- char *zReadExprlist;
- char *zWriteExprlist;
+static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
+ sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
+}
- int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */
- u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists */
- u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */
- u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
- int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */
- char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */
- sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
+/*
+** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term
+** prefix) from the database.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelect(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */
+ int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
+ int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
+ char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
+ TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */
+ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */
- /* TODO: Fix the first paragraph of this comment.
- **
- ** The following hash table is used to buffer pending index updates during
- ** transactions. Variable nPendingData estimates the memory size of the
- ** pending data, including hash table overhead, but not malloc overhead.
- ** When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, the buffer is flushed
- ** automatically. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most recently
- ** inserted record.
- **
- ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
- ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
- ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
- ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
- */
- int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */
- struct Fts3Index {
- int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
- Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */
- } *aIndex;
- int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
- int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */
- sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
+ pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
+ memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
- /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
- ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These
- ** values do not contribution to the FTS computation; they are used for
- ** verifying the SQLite core.
- */
- int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
- int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
-#endif
-};
+ filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS
+ | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
+ | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0)
+ | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
+ filter.iCol = iColumn;
+ filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
+ filter.nTerm = pTok->n;
-/*
-** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
-** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
-** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
-*/
-struct Fts3Cursor {
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
- i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */
- u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */
- u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
- Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */
- int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
- Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
- sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
- char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
- char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */
- int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
- u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */
- int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
- int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
- sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
+ while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr))
+ ){
+ rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);
+ }
- int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
- u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Information about most recent match */
- int nMatchinfo; /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */
- char *zMatchinfo; /* Matchinfo specification */
-};
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
+ *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
+ sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]);
+ }
+ }
-#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0
-#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1
-#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
+ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr);
+ pTok->pSegcsr = 0;
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
-** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
-** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
-** of the column to be searched. For example, in
+** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored
+** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
**
-** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
-** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
-**
-** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
-** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a,
-** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
-** indicating that all columns should be searched,
-** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
+** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
+** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
+** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded
+** varints.
*/
-#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */
-#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
-#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */
-
-
-struct Fts3Doclist {
- char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
- int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */
- char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */
+static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
+ int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */
+ if( aList ){
+ char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
+ char *p = aList; /* Cursor */
+ while( p<aEnd ){
+ nDoc++;
+ while( (*p++)&0x80 ); /* Skip docid varint */
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); /* Skip over position list */
+ }
+ }
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
- int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
- char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
- int nList; /* Length of position list */
-} doclist;
+ return nDoc;
+}
/*
-** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
-** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
-** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
-** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
+** matches the search criteria. For a MATCH search, this will be
+** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
+** simply the next row in the %_content table. For a docid lookup,
+** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts3EofMethod() will be called
+** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
*/
-struct Fts3PhraseToken {
- char *z; /* Text of the token */
- int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
- int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
-
- /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
- ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
- ** used when evaluating the expression. */
- Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */
-};
-
-struct Fts3Phrase {
- /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
- Fts3Doclist doclist;
- int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
- int iDoclistToken;
-
- /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
- ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
- */
- int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
- int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
- Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
-};
+static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+ if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+ }else{
+ pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
+ }
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
-**
-** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
-** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
-** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
-** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
-** buffer.
-**
-** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
-** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
-** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
-** is populated as follows:
-**
-** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
-** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
-** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h.
**
-** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
-** when the expression node is.
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
*/
-struct Fts3Expr {
- int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
- int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
- Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
- Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
- Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
-
- /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */
- u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */
- u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */
- u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+#endif
- u32 *aMI;
-};
+/*
+** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it
+** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of
+** the second parameter, iDefault.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){
+ if( pVal ){
+ int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal);
+ if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
+ }
+ }
+ return iDefault;
+}
/*
-** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
-** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
-** example, the following:
+** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See
+** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
+** information.
**
-** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
+** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against
+** the %_content table.
**
-** is equivalent to:
+** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
+** in the %_content table.
**
-** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
+** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The
+** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
+** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand
+** side of the MATCH operator.
*/
-#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
-#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
-#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
-#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
-#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
-
-
-/* fts3_write.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, sqlite3_int64,
- sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
- Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
-
-/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
-#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1
-#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
- Fts3Table *, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-
-/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010
-
-/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
-struct Fts3SegFilter {
- const char *zTerm;
- int nTerm;
- int iCol;
- int flags;
-};
-
-struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
- /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
- Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
- int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */
- int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */
- Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */
- char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
- int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
-
- int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */
- int bRestart;
-
- /* Used by fts3.c only. */
- int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */
- int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
-
- /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
- char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */
- int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
- char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
- int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
-};
-
-/* fts3.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
+static int fts3FilterMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
+ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
+ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
+ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+ int rc;
+ char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
+ int eSearch;
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
-/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
- sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
+ sqlite3_value *pCons = 0; /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */
+ sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0; /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */
+ sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0; /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */
+ sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0; /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */
+ int iIdx;
-/* fts3_snippet.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
- const char *, const char *, int, int
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-/* fts3_expr.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *,
- char **, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
-#endif
+ eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF);
+ assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) );
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-/* fts3_aux.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
+ /* Collect arguments into local variables */
+ iIdx = 0;
+ if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++];
+ if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++];
+ if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
+ if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
+ assert( iIdx==nVal );
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
- int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
- int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
- Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
-);
+ /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
+ sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+ memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
+ /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
+ pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
+ pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+ if( idxStr ){
+ pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
+ }else{
+ pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
+ }
+ pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
- Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
- Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
+ if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+ int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH;
+ const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
+ if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
-#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
+ pCsr->iLangid = 0;
+ if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid);
-/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+ assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+ p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr,
+ &p->base.zErrMsg
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
-# define SQLITE_CORE 1
-#endif
+ rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
+ }
+ /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
+ ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
+ ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
+ ** row by docid.
+ */
+ if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
+ p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
+ );
+ if( zSql ){
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
+ rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
- SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
+ return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
+}
/*
-** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
-** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
-** The number of bytes written is returned.
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
- unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
- sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
- do{
- *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
- vu >>= 7;
- }while( vu!=0 );
- q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */
- assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX );
- return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof;
}
/*
-** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
-** The value is stored in *v.
+** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
+** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
- const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
- sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
- while( (*q&0x80)==0x80 && q-(unsigned char *)p<FTS3_VARINT_MAX ){
- x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
- y <<= 7;
- }
- x += y * (*q++);
- *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
- return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+ *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a
-** 32-bit integer before it is returned.
+/*
+** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
+** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
+**
+** If:
+**
+** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column.
+** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table.
+** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column
+** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
- sqlite_int64 i;
- int ret = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &i);
- *pi = (int) i;
- return ret;
+static int fts3ColumnMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+
+ /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
+ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 );
+
+ if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){
+ /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an
+ ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value.
+ */
+ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId);
+ }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){
+ /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
+ ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. */
+ sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){
+ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid);
+ }else{
+ /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains
+ ** indexed data), or the language-id column. */
+ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){
+ int iLangid = 0;
+ if( p->zLanguageid ){
+ iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1);
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid);
+ }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){
+ sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
+** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
+** inserted, updated or deleted.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){
- int i = 0;
- do{
- i++;
- v >>= 7;
- }while( v!=0 );
- return i;
+static int fts3UpdateMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int nArg, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */
+ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+ return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid);
}
/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Examples:
-**
-** "abc" becomes abc
-** 'xyz' becomes xyz
-** [pqr] becomes pqr
-** `mno` becomes mno
-**
+** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table to the database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){
- char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */
+static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- quote = z[0];
- if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
- int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */
- int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */
+ /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input
+ ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated
+ ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This
+ ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged
+ ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So
+ ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments
+ ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end
+ ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually
+ ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental
+ ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead
+ ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge
+ ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence
+ ** nMinMerge.
+ **
+ ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch
+ ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead
+ ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input
+ ** segments.
+ */
+ const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */
- /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
- if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
- while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
- if( z[iIn]==quote ){
- if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
- z[iOut++] = quote;
- iIn += 2;
- }else{
- z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
- }
- }
- z[iOut] = '\0';
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16)
+ && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff
+ ){
+ int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */
+ int A; /* Incr-merge parameter A */
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 );
+ A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel;
+ A += (A/2);
+ if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge);
}
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point
-** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint
-** to *pVal.
+** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat
+** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat
+** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
+** if an error occurs.
*/
-static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){
- sqlite3_int64 iVal;
- *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
- *pVal += iVal;
+static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->bHasStat==2 ){
+ const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'";
+ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName);
+ if( zSql ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW);
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a
-** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list
-** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint,
-** and sets *pVal by the varint value.
-**
-** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the
-** varint is part of.
+** Implementation of xBegin() method.
*/
-static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
- char **pp,
- char *pStart,
- sqlite3_int64 *pVal
-){
- sqlite3_int64 iVal;
- char *p = *pp;
-
- /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are
- ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
- ** clear on character p[-1]. */
- for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
- p++;
- *pp = p;
-
- sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal);
- *pVal = iVal;
+static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+ assert( p->inTransaction!=1 );
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+ p->nLeafAdd = 0;
+ return fts3SetHasStat(p);
}
/*
-** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
+** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
+** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
+** by fts3SyncMethod().
*/
-static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
- int i;
-
+static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+ assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Free any prepared statements held */
- for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
- sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
- }
- sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
- sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
- sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
+/*
+** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+ assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */
- p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer);
+/*
+** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the
+** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function
+** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the
+** same position list.
+*/
+static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){
+ char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2];
+ char c = 0;
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
+ while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){
+ c = *p--;
+ }
+ if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; }
+ while( *p++&0x80 );
+ *ppPoslist = p;
}
/*
-** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given
-** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written
-** into *pRc.
+** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(),
+** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
**
-** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op.
+** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
+** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
+** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
+** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
+** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
*/
-static void fts3DbExec(
- int *pRc, /* Success code */
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */
- const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */
- ... /* Arguments to the format string */
+static int fts3FunctionArg(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Function name */
+ sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */
+ Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
){
- va_list ap;
- char *zSql;
- if( *pRc ) return;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- if( zSql==0 ){
- *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ Fts3Cursor *pRet;
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB
+ || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)
+ ){
+ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
+ sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *));
+ *ppCsr = pRet;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
+** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
*/
-static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
- /* Drop the shadow tables */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", p->zDb, p->zName);
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", p->zDb,p->zName);
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", p->zDb, p->zName);
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", p->zDb, p->zName);
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", p->zDb, p->zName);
+static void fts3SnippetFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+ const char *zStart = "<b>";
+ const char *zEnd = "</b>";
+ const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
+ int iCol = -1;
+ int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */
- /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the
- ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK.
- ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+ /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise
+ ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one).
*/
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc);
-}
+ assert( nVal>=1 );
+
+ if( nVal>6 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(pContext,
+ "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
+ return;
+ }
+ if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+ switch( nVal ){
+ case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
+ case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
+ case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+ case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+ case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+ }
+ if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+ sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table
-** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
-** and xCreate() methods.
-**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
-** before returning.
+** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
*/
-static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */
- char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */
-
- sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
-
- /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */
- zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]);
- for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
- zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]);
- }
+static void fts3OffsetsFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
- /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName
- );
- if( !zCols || !zSql ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql);
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
- sqlite3_free(zCols);
- *pRc = rc;
+ assert( nVal==1 );
+ if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+ assert( pCsr );
+ if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+ sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr);
}
}
-/*
-** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir)
-** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done
-** as part of the vtab xCreate() method.
+/*
+** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This
+** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
+** Example usage is:
**
-** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an
-** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and
-** %_stat tables required by FTS4.
+** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1;
+**
+** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table.
*/
-static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */
- sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */
+static void fts3OptimizeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
- /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */
- zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
- for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
- char *z = p->azColumn[i];
- zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z);
- }
- if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
- /* Create the content table */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
- p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
- );
- sqlite3_free(zContentCols);
- /* Create other tables */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
- p->zDb, p->zName
- );
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
- "level INTEGER,"
- "idx INTEGER,"
- "start_block INTEGER,"
- "leaves_end_block INTEGER,"
- "end_block INTEGER,"
- "root BLOB,"
- "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)"
- ");",
- p->zDb, p->zName
- );
- if( p->bHasDocsize ){
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
- p->zDb, p->zName
- );
- }
- if( p->bHasStat ){
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
- p->zDb, p->zName
- );
+ assert( nVal==1 );
+ if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return;
+ p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab;
+ assert( p );
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p);
+
+ switch( rc ){
+ case SQLITE_OK:
+ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_DONE:
+ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ default:
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+ break;
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
-**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
-** before returning.
+** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3
*/
-static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
-
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
- if( !zSql ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
- rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){
- p->nPgsz = 1024;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
+static void fts3MatchinfoFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+ assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
+ if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){
+ const char *zArg = 0;
+ if( nVal>1 ){
+ zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
}
- assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
- *pRc = rc;
+ sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg);
}
}
/*
-** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form:
-**
-** <key> = <value>
-**
-** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value>
-** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
*/
-static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
- const char *z,
- int *pnKey,
- char **pzValue
+static int fts3FindFunctionMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */
+ void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
+ void **ppArg /* Unused */
){
- char *zValue;
- const char *zCsr = z;
+ struct Overloaded {
+ const char *zName;
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+ } aOverload[] = {
+ { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc },
+ { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc },
+ { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc },
+ { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc },
+ };
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
- while( *zCsr!='=' ){
- if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0;
- zCsr++;
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg);
- *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z);
- zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]);
- if( zValue ){
- sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue);
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){
+ *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc;
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- *pzValue = zValue;
- return 1;
+
+ /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string.
+** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table.
*/
-static void fts3Appendf(
- int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */
- char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */
- const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */
- ... /* Arguments for printf format string */
+static int fts3RenameMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
+ const char *zName /* New name of table */
){
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- va_list ap;
- char *z;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
- if( z && *pz ){
- char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z);
- sqlite3_free(z);
- z = z2;
- }
- if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- sqlite3_free(*pz);
- *pz = z;
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+
+ /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
+ ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */
+ rc = fts3SetHasStat(p);
+
+ /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is
+ ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction
+ ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method
+ ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to
+ ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes.
+ */
+ assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+ }
+
+ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ }
+
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ }
+ if( p->bHasStat ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
}
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and
-** with all double quote characters escaped. For example:
+** The xSavepoint() method.
**
-** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\""
-**
-** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It
-** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this
-** memory.
+** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk.
*/
-static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){
- int nRet;
- char *zRet;
- nRet = 2 + strlen(zInput)*2 + 1;
- zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet);
- if( zRet ){
- int i;
- char *z = zRet;
- *(z++) = '"';
- for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){
- if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"';
- *(z++) = zInput[i];
- }
- *(z++) = '"';
- *(z++) = '\0';
+static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
+ TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+ if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){
+ rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
}
- return zRet;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions that could be used
-** in a SELECT statement such as the following:
-**
-** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
-**
-** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order
-** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of
-** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL
-** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the
-** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following
-** string is returned:
-**
-** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c')"
-**
-** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
-** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+** The xRelease() method.
**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
-** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
-** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
-** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+** This is a no-op.
*/
-static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
- char *zRet = 0;
- char *zFree = 0;
- char *zFunction;
- int i;
-
- if( !zFunc ){
- zFunction = "";
- }else{
- zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
- }
- fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid");
- for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
- fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]);
- }
- sqlite3_free(zFree);
- return zRet;
+static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+ assert( p->inTransaction );
+ assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number
-** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each
-** user-defined text column).
-**
-** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
-** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
-** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three
-** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
-**
-** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
-**
-** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
-** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+** The xRollbackTo() method.
**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
-** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
-** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
-** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+** Discard the contents of the pending terms table.
*/
-static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
- char *zRet = 0;
- char *zFree = 0;
- char *zFunction;
- int i;
-
- if( !zFunc ){
- zFunction = "";
- }else{
- zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
- }
- fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?");
- for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
- fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
- }
- sqlite3_free(zFree);
- return zRet;
-}
-
-static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
- const char *p = *pp;
- int nInt = 0;
- for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
- nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
- }
- if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- *pnOut = nInt;
- *pp = p;
+static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+ assert( p->inTransaction );
+ assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
+ /* iVersion */ 2,
+ /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod,
+ /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod,
+ /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod,
+ /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod,
+ /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod,
+ /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod,
+ /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod,
+ /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod,
+ /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod,
+ /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod,
+ /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod,
+ /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod,
+ /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod,
+ /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod,
+ /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod,
+ /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod,
+ /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod,
+ /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod,
+ /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod,
+ /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod,
+ /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod,
+ /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod,
+};
-static int fts3PrefixParameter(
- const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
- int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
- struct Fts3Index **apIndex, /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
- struct Fts3Index **apFree /* OUT: Free this with sqlite3_free() */
-){
- struct Fts3Index *aIndex;
- int nIndex = 1;
-
- if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
- const char *p;
- nIndex++;
- for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
- if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
- }
- }
-
- aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
- *apIndex = *apFree = aIndex;
- *pnIndex = nIndex;
- if( !aIndex ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
- if( zParam ){
- const char *p = zParam;
- int i;
- for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){
- int nPrefix;
- if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix;
- p++;
- }
- }
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an
+** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory
+** allocated for the tokenizer hash table.
+*/
+static void hashDestroy(void *p){
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p;
+ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pHash);
}
/*
-** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
-** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
-**
-** The argv[] array contains the following:
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are
+** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
+** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
+** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
**
-** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4")
-** argv[1] -> database name
-** argv[2] -> table name
-** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
+** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
+** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
+** And so on.
*/
-static int fts3InitVtab(
- int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
- sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */
- void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
- int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
- const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
- sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
- char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */
-){
- Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux;
- Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */
- int iCol; /* Column index */
- int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */
- int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */
- char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */
- int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */
- int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */
- int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
- const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
- int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */
- struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Array of indexes for this table */
- struct Fts3Index *aFree = 0; /* Free this before returning */
+/*
+** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
+** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
+** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
+** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
+#endif
- /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
- int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */
- int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */
- char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
- char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
- char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+ sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
+#endif
- assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 );
- assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4)
- || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4)
- );
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+ sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
+#endif
- nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1;
- nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#endif
- aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2) );
- if( !aCol ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset((void *)aCol, 0, sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2));
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4
- ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop
- ** does the following:
- **
- ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and
- ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies
- ** of the column names.
- **
- ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments,
- ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer.
- */
- for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
- char const *z = argv[i];
- int nKey;
- char *zVal;
+ sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
+ sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
- /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
- if( !pTokenizer
- && strlen(z)>8
- && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8)
- && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
+ /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
+ pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash));
+ if( !pHash ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
+#endif
){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ }
- /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */
- else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){
- struct Fts4Option {
- const char *zOpt;
- int nOpt;
- char **pzVar;
- } aFts4Opt[] = {
- { "matchinfo", 9, 0 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */
- { "prefix", 6, 0 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */
- { "compress", 8, 0 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */
- { "uncompress", 10, 0 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */
- { "order", 5, 0 } /* 4 -> ORDER */
- };
-
- int iOpt;
- if( !zVal ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){
- struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt];
- if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- switch( iOpt ){
- case 0: /* MATCHINFO */
- if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- bNoDocsize = 1;
- break;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
+ }
+#endif
- case 1: /* PREFIX */
- sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
- zPrefix = zVal;
- zVal = 0;
- break;
+ /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
+ ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
+ ** module with sqlite.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1))
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+ db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+ db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash);
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
- case 2: /* COMPRESS */
- sqlite3_free(zCompress);
- zCompress = zVal;
- zVal = 0;
- break;
- case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */
- sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
- zUncompress = zVal;
- zVal = 0;
- break;
+ /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( pHash ){
+ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pHash);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- case 4: /* ORDER */
- if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3))
- && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 3))
- ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D');
- break;
- }
+/*
+** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
+** by pExpr.
+**
+** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
+** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
+** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
+** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
+**
+** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
+** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
+** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
+** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
+** doclist and then traversed.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */
+ int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
+ int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
+ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ int i;
+ int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+ *pnToken += nToken;
+ for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
+ int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr,
+ pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRc = rc;
+ return;
}
- sqlite3_free(zVal);
}
+ assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 );
+ pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1;
+ }else{
+ *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
+ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
}
-
- /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */
- else {
- nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1);
- aCol[nCol++] = z;
- }
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-
- if( nCol==0 ){
- assert( nString==0 );
- aCol[0] = "content";
- nString = 8;
- nCol = 1;
}
+}
- if( pTokenizer==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
- }
- assert( pTokenizer );
+/*
+** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p.
+** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll.
+**
+** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using
+** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually
+** freeing the buffer.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */
+ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */
+ int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */
+ char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */
+ int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */
+){
+ assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );
- rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex, &aFree);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
- assert( zPrefix );
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
+ p->doclist.aAll = 0;
+ p->doclist.nAll = 0;
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
- /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
- nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */
- nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */
- nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */
- nName + /* zName */
- nDb + /* zDb */
- nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */
- p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
- if( p==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto fts3_init_out;
+ else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){
+ p->doclist.aAll = pList;
+ p->doclist.nAll = nList;
}
- memset(p, 0, nByte);
- p->db = db;
- p->nColumn = nCol;
- p->nPendingData = 0;
- p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
- p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
- p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
- p->bHasStat = isFts4;
- p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx;
- TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
- TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );
- p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol];
- memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
- p->nIndex = nIndex;
- for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){
- fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(pList);
}
- /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */
- zCsr = (char *)&p->aIndex[nIndex];
- p->zName = zCsr;
- memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName);
- zCsr += nName;
- p->zDb = zCsr;
- memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb);
- zCsr += nDb;
+ else {
+ char *pLeft;
+ char *pRight;
+ int nLeft;
+ int nRight;
+ int nDiff;
- /* Fill in the azColumn array */
- for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
- char *z;
- int n = 0;
- z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
- memcpy(zCsr, z, n);
- zCsr[n] = '\0';
- sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr);
- p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr;
- zCsr += n+1;
- assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] );
- }
+ if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){
+ pLeft = p->doclist.aAll;
+ nLeft = p->doclist.nAll;
+ pRight = pList;
+ nRight = nList;
+ nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken;
+ }else{
+ pRight = p->doclist.aAll;
+ nRight = p->doclist.nAll;
+ pLeft = pList;
+ nLeft = nList;
+ nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken;
+ }
- if( (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){
- char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss);
+ fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight);
+ sqlite3_free(pLeft);
+ p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
+ p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
}
- p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc);
- p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
- /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the
- ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
- */
- if( isCreate ){
- rc = fts3CreateTables(p);
- }
+ if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
+}
- /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to
- ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */
- fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p);
- p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;
+/*
+** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist
+** does not take deferred tokens into account.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */
+ Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */
+){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int iToken;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
- fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);
+ for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
+ assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
-fts3_init_out:
- sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
- sqlite3_free(aFree);
- sqlite3_free(zCompress);
- sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
- sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( p ){
- fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
- }else if( pTokenizer ){
- pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+ if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+ int nThis = 0;
+ char *pThis = 0;
+ rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
+ }
}
- }else{
- assert( p->pSegments==0 );
- *ppVTab = &p->base;
+ assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
}
+
return rc;
}
/*
-** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
-** work is done in function fts3InitVtab().
-*/
-static int fts3ConnectMethod(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
- int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
- const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
- sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
- char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
-){
- return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
-}
-static int fts3CreateMethod(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
- int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
- const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
- sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
- char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
-){
- return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
-** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
+** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for
+** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases
+** current position list to include only those positions that are really
+** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this
+** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList
+** and doclist.nList are both zeroed.
**
-** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid.
-** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
-** 3. Linear scan of %_content table.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab;
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */
+static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+ int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */
+ char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */
+ int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */
+ int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */
- /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
- ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient
- ** strategy is possible.
- */
- pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
- pInfo->estimatedCost = 500000;
- for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
- struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
- if( pCons->usable==0 ) continue;
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
- /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */
- if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
- && (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 )
- ){
- pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH;
- pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
- iCons = i;
- }
+ for(iToken=0; iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;
- /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search.
- **
- ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
- ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
- ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even
- ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
- ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested
- ** context" error.
- */
- if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
- && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
- ){
- pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
- pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0;
- iCons = i;
- break;
- }
- }
+ if( pDeferred ){
+ char *pList;
+ int nList;
+ int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- if( iCons>=0 ){
- pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = 1;
- pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
- }
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ }else if( aPoslist==0 ){
+ aPoslist = pList;
+ nPoslist = nList;
- /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
- ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible.
- */
- if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
- struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
- if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){
- if( pOrder->desc ){
- pInfo->idxStr = "DESC";
}else{
- pInfo->idxStr = "ASC";
+ char *aOut = pList;
+ char *p1 = aPoslist;
+ char *p2 = aOut;
+
+ assert( iPrev>=0 );
+ fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2);
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ aPoslist = pList;
+ nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist);
+ if( nPoslist==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+ iPrev = iToken;
}
}
- assert( p->pSegments==0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of xOpen method.
-*/
-static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */
+ if( iPrev>=0 ){
+ int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
+ if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
+ pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+ }else{
+ int nDistance;
+ char *p1;
+ char *p2;
+ char *aOut;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+ if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){
+ p1 = aPoslist;
+ p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev;
+ }else{
+ p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ p2 = aPoslist;
+ nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred;
+ }
- /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
- ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
- ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
- */
- *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
- if( !pCsr ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8);
+ if( !aOut ){
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
+ if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(aOut);
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ }
}
- memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation
-** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the
+** incremental doclists strategy.
*/
-static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
- assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
- sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
- sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
- assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
- sqlite3_free(pCsr);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4
/*
-** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
-** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return
-** SQLITE_OK on success.
+** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query
+** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
+** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
+** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
+**
+** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the
+** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into
+** memory within this call.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
- if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
- pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- int rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If no row was found and no error has occured, then the %_content
- ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index.
- ** The data structures are corrupt.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
- }
- pCsr->isEof = 1;
- if( pContext ){
- sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */
+ int i;
+
+ /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is
+ ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be
+ ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of
+ ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first"
+ ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */
+ int bHaveIncr = 0;
+ int bIncrOk = (bOptOk
+ && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx
+ && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
+ && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0
+#endif
+ );
+ for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && i<p->nToken; i++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
+ if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){
+ bIncrOk = 0;
+ }
+ if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1;
+ }
+
+ if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){
+ /* Use the incremental approach. */
+ int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn);
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken; i++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr;
+ if( pSegcsr ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n);
}
- return rc;
}
+ p->bIncr = 1;
}else{
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */
+ rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p);
+ p->bIncr = 0;
}
+
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
-** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this
-** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
-** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
-**
-** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid
-** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term.
-**
-** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node
-** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is
-** a prefix.
+** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start)
+** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
+** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
+** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
**
-** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or
+** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
+** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
*/
-static int fts3ScanInteriorNode(
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
- int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
- const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
- int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */
- sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */
- sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+ int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */
+ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+ int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+ char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+ int *pnList, /* OUT: List length pointer */
+ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */
- const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */
- char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */
- int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */
- int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */
- sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */
+ char *p = *ppIter;
- /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every
- ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
- ** node into variable iChild.
- **
- ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
- ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
- ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does
- ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always
- ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of
- ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments
- ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the
- ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details).
- */
- zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
- zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
- if( zCsr>zEnd ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
- }
-
- while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
- int cmp; /* memcmp() result */
- int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */
- int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */
- int nBuffer; /* Total term size */
-
- /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
- ** the size of zBuffer if required. */
- if( !isFirstTerm ){
- zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
- }
- isFirstTerm = 0;
- zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
-
- if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
- goto finish_scan;
+ assert( nDoclist>0 );
+ assert( *pbEof==0 );
+ assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+ assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+ if( p==0 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0;
+ char *pNext = 0;
+ char *pDocid = aDoclist;
+ char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist];
+ int iMul = 1;
+
+ while( pDocid<pEnd ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta);
+ iDocid += (iMul * iDelta);
+ pNext = pDocid;
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid);
+ while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++;
+ iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
}
- if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){
- char *zNew;
- nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2;
- zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc);
- if( !zNew ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto finish_scan;
- }
- zBuffer = zNew;
+
+ *pnList = (int)(pEnd - pNext);
+ *ppIter = pNext;
+ *piDocid = iDocid;
+ }else{
+ int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta);
+ *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta);
+
+ if( p==aDoclist ){
+ *pbEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ char *pSave = p;
+ fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p);
+ *pnList = (int)(pSave - p);
}
- memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix);
- nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix;
- zCsr += nSuffix;
+ *ppIter = p;
+ }
+}
- /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
- ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
- ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree
- ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search
- ** iChild.
- **
- ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
- ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term.
- */
- cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer));
- if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){
- *piFirst = iChild;
- piFirst = 0;
+/*
+** Iterate forwards through a doclist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+ int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */
+ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+ int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+ char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+ char *p = *ppIter;
+
+ assert( nDoclist>0 );
+ assert( *pbEof==0 );
+ assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+ assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+ if( p==0 ){
+ p = aDoclist;
+ p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid);
+ }else{
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);
+ if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){
+ *pbEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_int64 iVar;
+ p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar);
+ *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar);
}
+ }
- if( piLast && cmp<0 ){
- *piLast = iChild;
- piLast = 0;
+ *ppIter = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof
+** to true if EOF is reached.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
+ Fts3Doclist *pDL,
+ u8 *pbEof
+){
+ char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */
+ char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
+
+ if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
+ pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
+ }else{
+ pIter = pDL->aAll;
+ }
+
+ if( pIter>=pEnd ){
+ /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */
+ *pbEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta);
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){
+ pDL->iDocid += iDelta;
+ }else{
+ pDL->iDocid -= iDelta;
}
+ pDL->pList = pIter;
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
+ pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList);
- iChild++;
- };
+ /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
+ ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
+ ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually
+ ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
+ ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
+ ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */
+ while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;
- if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild;
- if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild;
+ pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
+ assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
+ *pbEof = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext().
+*/
+typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist;
+struct TokenDoclist {
+ int bIgnore;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+ char *pList;
+ int nList;
+};
+
+/*
+** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a
+** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the
+** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new
+** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int incrPhraseTokenNext(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to advance token of */
+ int iToken, /* Specific token to advance */
+ TokenDoclist *p, /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */
+ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){
+ assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
+ assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 );
+ fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof);
+ p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+ p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+ }else{
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+ assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+ assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 );
+ if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+ assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+ pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList
+ );
+ if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ p->bIgnore = 1;
+ }
+ }
- finish_scan:
- sqlite3_free(zBuffer);
return rc;
}
/*
-** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an
-** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes)
-** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode
-** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
-** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
+** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument:
**
-** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the
-** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
-** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
-** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
-** term is a prefix.
+** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and
**
-** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain
-** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the
-** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
-** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
-** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
+** * does not contain any deferred tokens.
**
-** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3SelectLeaf(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
- int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
- const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
- int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */
- sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */
- sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */
+** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate
+** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields.
+**
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */
+ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
+ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */
-
- assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 );
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ u8 bEof = 0;
- sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight);
- rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
- assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) );
+ /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least
+ ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */
+ assert( p->bIncr==1 );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){
- char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */
- int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */
+ if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr,
+ &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
+ );
+ if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;
+ struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS];
+
+ memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
+ assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
+ assert( p->iDoclistToken<MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
+
+ while( bEof==0 ){
+ int bMaxSet = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iMax = 0; /* Largest docid for all iterators */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through tokens */
+
+ /* Advance the iterator for each token in the phrase once. */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken && bEof==0; i++){
+ rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
+ if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){
+ iMax = a[i].iDocid;
+ bMaxSet = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (p->nToken>=1 && a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0) );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet );
- if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0);
+ /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
+ for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0
+ && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0
+ ){
+ rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
+ if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){
+ iMax = a[i].iDocid;
+ i = 0;
+ }
+ }
}
- sqlite3_free(zBlob);
- piLeaf = 0;
- zBlob = 0;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+ /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */
+ if( bEof==0 ){
+ int nList = 0;
+ int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList;
+ char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
+ if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1);
+
+ for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){
+ if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){
+ char *pL = a[i].pList;
+ char *pR = aDoclist;
+ char *pOut = aDoclist;
+ int nDist = p->nToken-1-i;
+ int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR);
+ if( res==0 ) break;
+ nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist);
+ }
+ }
+ if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){
+ pDL->iDocid = iMax;
+ pDL->pList = aDoclist;
+ pDL->nList = nList;
+ pDL->bFreeList = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aDoclist);
+ }
}
- sqlite3_free(zBlob);
}
+ *pbEof = bEof;
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3
-** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
-*/
-static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
- char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
- sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
- sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */
-){
- assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
- *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
- *piPrev = iVal;
-}
-
-/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
-** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
-** first byte after the position-list.
-**
-** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for
-** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this
-** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
-** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
+** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid.
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_OK.
**
-** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied
-** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
-** before this function returns.
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
*/
-static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
- char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
- char c = 0;
+static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */
+ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
+ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3
- ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
- ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
- ** of some other, multi-byte, value.
- **
- ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not
- ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
- ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
- ** last byte in the position-list.
- */
- while( *pEnd | c ){
- c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
- testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 );
+ if( p->bIncr ){
+ rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof);
+ }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll,
+ &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
+ );
+ pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
+ }else{
+ fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof);
}
- pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */
- if( pp ){
- int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
- char *p = *pp;
- memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
- p += n;
- *pp = p;
- }
- *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
-** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
-** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
**
-** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column
-** within a single document within a doclist.
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the
+** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any
+** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred.
**
-** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or
-** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to
-** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list.
+** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the
+** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for
+** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing).
+** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression
+** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available.
**
-** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied
-** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
-** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator
-** is not copied into *pp.
+** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error
+** code before returning.
*/
-static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
- char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
- char c = 0;
-
- /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is
- ** not part of a multi-byte varint.
- */
- while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
- c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
- testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 );
- }
- if( pp ){
- int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
- char *p = *pp;
- memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
- p += n;
- *pp = p;
+static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */
+ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ int i;
+ int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+ for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+ if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
+ }
+ pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken);
+ *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase);
+ }else{
+ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+ pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
+ }
}
- *ppPoslist = pEnd;
}
/*
-** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because
-** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms.
+** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process
+** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part
+** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each
+** token in the FTS expression.
+**
+** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
+** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
+** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
+** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in
+** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
*/
-#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff
+typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
+struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */
+ int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */
+ int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */
+ int iCol; /* The column the token must match */
+};
/*
-** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is
-** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list
-** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list
-** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
-** (1)).
-**
-** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to
-** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
-** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
-** point to the next value before returning.
+** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array.
**
-** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of
-** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position
-** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value
-** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of
-** the next position.
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code.
*/
-static void fts3ReadNextPos(
- char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */
- sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
+static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */
+ Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */
+ Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */
+ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
- if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
- *pi -= 2;
- }else{
- *pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
+ pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase;
+ pTC->iToken = i;
+ pTC->pRoot = pRoot;
+ pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+ pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
+ *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl);
+ }
+ }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+ assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR
+ || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND
+ || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ );
+ assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+ pRoot = pExpr->pLeft;
+ **ppOr = pRoot;
+ (*ppOr)++;
+ }
+ fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+ pRoot = pExpr->pRight;
+ **ppOr = pRoot;
+ (*ppOr)++;
+ }
+ fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+ }
}
}
/*
-** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by
-** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new
-** column list.
+** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful,
+** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
**
-** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before
-** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
-** written (0 if iCol==0).
+** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating
+** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
+** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
+** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
+** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size.
*/
-static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){
- int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */
- if( iCol ){
- char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */
- n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol);
- *p = 0x01;
- *pp = &p[n];
+static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
+ if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
+ /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
+ ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required
+ ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
+ **
+ ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3
+ ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
+ ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
+ ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
+ ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
+ ** to right.
+ */
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
+ const char *pEnd;
+ const char *a;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+ assert( a );
+
+ pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)];
+ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+ while( a<pEnd ){
+ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte);
+ }
+ if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+
+ pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
+ pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
+ assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 );
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- return n;
+
+ *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written
-** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted
-** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are
-** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring
-** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output.
+** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be
+** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
+** called.
+**
+** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the
+** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
+** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
+** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken()
+** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** returned.
*/
-static void fts3PoslistMerge(
- char **pp, /* Output buffer */
- char **pp1, /* Left input list */
- char **pp2 /* Right input list */
+static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */
+ int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */
){
- char *p = *pp;
- char *p1 = *pp1;
- char *p2 = *pp2;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */
+ int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */
+ int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */
+
+ int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */
+ int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */
+
+ /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx
+ ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content
+ ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from
+ ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely
+ ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */
+ if( pTab->zContentTbl ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
- while( *p1 || *p2 ){
- int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */
- int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */
+ /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists
+ ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is
+ ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */
+ for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
+ if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
+ nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
+ nToken++;
+ }
+ }
+ if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
- else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END;
- else iCol1 = 0;
+ /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */
+ rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );
- if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2);
- else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END;
- else iCol2 = 0;
- if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
- sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */
- sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */
- sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
- int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
- p1 += n;
- p2 += n;
+ /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order
+ ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer
+ ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
+ ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
+ **
+ ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the
+ ** first iteration of this loop), or
+ **
+ ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase.
+ **
+ ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
+ ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
+ ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in
+ ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
+ ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
+ ** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
+ **
+ ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in
+ ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as:
+ **
+ ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther)
+ */
+ for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+ int iTC; /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0; /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */
- /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
- ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
- ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each
- ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
- ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
- ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
- ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is
- ** written to the output.
+ /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
+ for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
+ if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot
+ && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl)
+ ){
+ pTC = &aTC[iTC];
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pTC );
+
+ if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
+ /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
+ ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages
+ ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
*/
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
- do {
- fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2);
- iPrev -= 2;
- if( i1==i2 ){
- fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
- fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
- }else if( i1<i2 ){
- fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
- }else{
- fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
+ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
+ pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the
+ ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from
+ ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */
+ if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
+
+ if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){
+ /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is
+ ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will
+ ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+ int nList = 0;
+ char *pList = 0;
+ rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nCount;
+ fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);
+ nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids(
+ pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll
+ );
+ if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ pTC->pToken = 0;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes
+** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through
+** the results of a query, the caller does:
+**
+** fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+** while( 1 ){
+** fts3EvalNext(pCsr);
+** if( pCsr->bEof ) break;
+** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ...
+** }
+*/
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nToken = 0;
+ int nOr = 0;
+
+ /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
+ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);
+
+ /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
+ Fts3Expr **apOr;
+ aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
+ sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
+ + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
+ );
+ apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
+
+ if( !aTC ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ int ii;
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
+ Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;
+
+ fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
+ nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC);
+ nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
+ rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
}
- }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END );
- }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
- p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
- fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1);
- }else{
- p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2);
- fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(aTC);
}
}
+#endif
- *p++ = POS_END;
- *pp = p;
- *pp1 = p1 + 1;
- *pp2 = p2 + 1;
+ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
-**
-** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
-** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
-** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
-** contains:
-**
-** 'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
+** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+ if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
+ sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+ }
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to edit the position list associated with
+** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR
+** condition. For example:
**
-** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of:
+** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi"
**
-** 0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00
+** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in
+** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to
+** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the
+** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example,
+** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to
+** the position list associated with phrase "abc".
**
-** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
-** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
+** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently
+** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
+** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
**
-** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for
-** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
-** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
-** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
-** slots before it.
+** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit
+** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
+** pPhrase.
*/
-static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
- char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
- int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
- int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */
- int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
- char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
- char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+static int fts3EvalNearTrim(
+ int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */
+ char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */
+ char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */
+ int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
){
- char *p = (pp ? *pp : 0);
- char *p1 = *pp1;
- char *p2 = *pp2;
- int iCol1 = 0;
- int iCol2 = 0;
+ int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
+ int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
+ int nNew;
+ char *p2;
+ char *pOut;
+ int res;
- /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
- assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
- assert( *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
- if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
- p1++;
- p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
- }
- if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){
- p2++;
- p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+ p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ res = fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+ &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2
+ );
+ if( res ){
+ nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
+ assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
+ memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
+ *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
}
- while( 1 ){
- if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
- char *pSave = p;
- sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0;
+ return res;
+}
- if( pp && iCol1 ){
- *p++ = POS_COLUMN;
- p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1);
- }
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called.
+** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to
+** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through
+** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero,
+** or descending if it is non-zero.
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if
+** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set:
+**
+** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row)
+** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row)
+**
+** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not
+** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list
+** for the phrase for the visited row:
+**
+** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes)
+** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list)
+**
+** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next
+** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions:
+**
+** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
+** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
+** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all.
+**
+** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
+** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the
+** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
+** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
+** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C",
+** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
+** is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
+**
+** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is
+** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
+**
+** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is
+** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalNextRow(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */
+ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */
+ assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
+ pExpr->bStart = 1;
- assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN );
- assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN );
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+ case FTSQUERY_AND: {
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+ assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
- while( 1 ){
- if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken
- || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken)
- ){
- sqlite3_int64 iSave;
- if( !pp ){
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
- *pp1 = p1;
- *pp2 = p2;
- return 1;
+ if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
+ /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+ ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
+ }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
+ /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+ ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+ }else{
+ /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+ if( iDiff==0 ) break;
+ if( iDiff<0 ){
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ }else{
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ }
}
- iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
- fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2;
- pSave = 0;
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
}
- if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){
- if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break;
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+ sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+
+ assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+ assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+
+ if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
}else{
- if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break;
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
}
- }
- if( pSave ){
- assert( pp && p );
- p = pSave;
+ pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
+ iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+ if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ }else{
+ pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+ }
+
+ break;
}
- fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
- fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
- assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 );
- if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break;
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- p1++;
- p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
- p2++;
- p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
- }
+ if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
+ }
- /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
- ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
- ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next
- ** column-number in the position list.
- */
- else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
- fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
- if( 0==*p1 ) break;
- p1++;
- p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
- }else{
- fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
- if( 0==*p2 ) break;
- p2++;
- p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
- }
- }
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
+ while( !*pRc
+ && !pRight->bEof
+ && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0
+ ){
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ }
+ }
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+ break;
+ }
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
- *pp1 = p1;
- *pp2 = p2;
- if( !pp || *pp==p ){
- return 0;
+ default: {
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+ *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
- *p++ = 0x00;
- *pp = p;
- return 1;
}
/*
-** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
-** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression
-** like:
-**
-** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
+** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
**
-** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR
-** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position
-** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2"
-** in the example above).
+** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR
+** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists
+** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression.
**
-** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
-** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed.
+** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
+** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
+** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
+** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not
+** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
+** be edited if 0 is returned.
*/
-static int fts3PoslistNearMerge(
- char **pp, /* Output buffer */
- char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */
- int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
- int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
- char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
- char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
-){
- char *p1 = *pp1;
- char *p2 = *pp2;
-
- char *pTmp1 = aTmp;
- char *pTmp2;
- char *aTmp2;
+static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
int res = 1;
- fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2);
- aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1;
- *pp1 = p1;
- *pp2 = p2;
- fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1);
- if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
- fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2);
- }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){
- fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp);
- }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
- fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2);
- }else{
- res = 0;
- }
+ /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
+ ** For example, the query:
+ **
+ ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
+ **
+ ** which is represented in tree form as:
+ **
+ ** |
+ ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query
+ ** | |
+ ** +--NEAR--+ "z"
+ ** | |
+ ** +--NEAR--+ "y"
+ ** | |
+ ** "w" "x"
+ **
+ ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The
+ ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
+ ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
+ */
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && pExpr->bEof==0
+ && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+ ){
+ Fts3Expr *p;
+ int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */
+ char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
- return res;
-}
+ /* Allocate temporary working space. */
+ for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
+ nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+ }
+ nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+ if( nTmp==0 ){
+ res = 0;
+ }else{
+ aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
+ if( !aTmp ){
+ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ res = 0;
+ }else{
+ char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;
-/*
-** A pointer to an instance of this structure is used as the context
-** argument to sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
-*/
-typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
-struct TermSelect {
- int isReqPos;
- char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffer */
- int anOutput[16]; /* Size of output in bytes */
-};
+ for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
+ int nNear = p->nNear;
+ res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+ }
+ aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+ for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
+ int nNear;
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;
+ assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p );
+ nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
+ pPhrase = (
+ p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
+ );
+ res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+ }
+ }
-static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
- char **pp,
- char *pEnd,
- int bDescIdx,
- sqlite3_int64 *pVal
-){
- if( *pp>=pEnd ){
- *pp = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3_int64 iVal;
- *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
- if( bDescIdx ){
- *pVal -= iVal;
- }else{
- *pVal += iVal;
+ sqlite3_free(aTmp);
}
}
+
+ return res;
}
-static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
- char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
- int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */
- sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
- int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
- sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */
+/*
+** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear().
+** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
+** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr
+** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to
+** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is
+** undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */
+ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
- sqlite3_int64 iWrite;
- if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){
- iWrite = iVal - *piPrev;
- }else{
- iWrite = *piPrev - iVal;
- }
- assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
- assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
- *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
- *piPrev = iVal;
- *pbFirst = 1;
-}
+ int bHit = 1; /* Return value */
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+ case FTSQUERY_AND:
+ bHit = (
+ fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+ && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+ && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
+ );
-#define COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2) ((bDescIdx?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
+ /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for
+ ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
+ ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize
+ ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries.
+ ** For example if this expression:
+ **
+ ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
+ **
+ ** is matched against a row containing:
+ **
+ ** 'a b d e'
+ **
+ ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
+ ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
+ */
+ if( bHit==0
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+ ){
+ Fts3Expr *p;
+ for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
+ if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
+ }
+ }
+ if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase);
+ }
+ }
-static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
- int bDescIdx, /* True if arguments are desc */
- char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */
- char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */
- char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
-){
- sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
- char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1];
- char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2];
- char *p1 = a1;
- char *p2 = a2;
- char *p;
- char *aOut;
- int bFirstOut = 0;
+ break;
- *paOut = 0;
- *pnOut = 0;
- aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2);
- if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+ int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+ int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+ bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
+ break;
+ }
- p = aOut;
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
- while( p1 || p2 ){
- sqlite3_int64 iDiff = COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2);
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+ bHit = (
+ fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+ && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+ );
+ break;
- if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
- fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
- fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
- }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
- fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
- fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
- }else{
- fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
- fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
+ default: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred
+ && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
+ ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+ if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
+ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+ }
+ *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
+ bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
}
}
-
- *paOut = aOut;
- *pnOut = (p-aOut);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return bHit;
}
-static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
- int bDescIdx, /* True if arguments are desc */
- int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
- char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */
- char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
-){
- sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
- char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft];
- char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight];
- char *p1 = aLeft;
- char *p2 = aRight;
- char *p;
- int bFirstOut = 0;
- char *aOut = aRight;
-
- assert( nDist>0 );
+/*
+** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when
+** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the
+** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the
+** following caveats:
+**
+** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been
+** treated as "AND".
+**
+** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately
+** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR
+** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the
+** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true:
+**
+** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
+**
+** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
+** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query.
+**
+** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
+** query, return 0.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
+ int rc = *pRc;
+ int bMiss = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p = aOut;
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+ /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into
+ ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
+ ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
+ ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
+ ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()).
+ */
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+ }
+ }
+ bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));
- while( p1 && p2 ){
- sqlite3_int64 iDiff = COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2);
- if( iDiff==0 ){
- char *pSave = p;
- sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
- int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;
+ /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */
+ sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+ *pRc = rc;
+ }
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
+}
- fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
- if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
- p = pSave;
- iPrev = iPrevSave;
- bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
+/*
+** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
+** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+ assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
+ if( pExpr==0 ){
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ do {
+ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
}
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
- }else if( iDiff<0 ){
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
- }else{
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
- fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
- }
+ assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+ pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
+ pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+ pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
+ }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) );
}
- *pnRight = p - aOut;
-}
+ /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified
+ ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (
+ (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid)
+ || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevId<pCsr->iMinDocid)
+ )){
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single
-** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
-** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
+** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental
+** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
**
-** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
-** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
-** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
+** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
+** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code before returning.
*/
-static int fts3TermSelectMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
- char *aOut = 0;
- int nOut = 0;
- int i;
-
- /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
- ** into a single doclist.
- */
- for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){
- if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){
- if( !aOut ){
- aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i];
- nOut = pTS->anOutput[i];
- pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
- }else{
- int nNew;
- char *aNew;
+static void fts3EvalRestart(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+ int *pRc
+){
+ if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx,
- pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(aOut);
- return rc;
+ if( pPhrase ){
+ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+ if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+ assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+ if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+ sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr);
+ }
}
-
- sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]);
- sqlite3_free(aOut);
- pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
- aOut = aNew;
- nOut = nNew;
+ *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
}
+ pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0;
}
- }
- pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
- pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ pExpr->iDocid = 0;
+ pExpr->bEof = 0;
+ pExpr->bStart = 0;
+
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+ }
}
/*
-** This function is used as the sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() callback when
-** querying the full-text index for a doclist associated with a term or
-** term-prefix.
+** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
+** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
+** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
+** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
+** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
+** expression nodes.
*/
-static int fts3TermSelectCb(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table object */
- void *pContext, /* Pointer to TermSelect structure */
- char *zTerm,
- int nTerm,
- char *aDoclist,
- int nDoclist
-){
- TermSelect *pTS = (TermSelect *)pContext;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(zTerm);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nTerm);
-
- if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
- /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
- ** buffer using memcpy(). */
- pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
- pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
- if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
- memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }else{
- char *aMerge = aDoclist;
- int nMerge = nDoclist;
- int iOut;
-
- for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){
- if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){
- assert( iOut>0 );
- pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
- pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
- break;
- }else{
- char *aNew;
- int nNew;
+static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+ if( pExpr ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
+ int iCol = 0;
+ char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge,
- pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
- return rc;
+ assert( *p );
+ while( 1 ){
+ u8 c = 0;
+ int iCnt = 0;
+ while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){
+ if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++;
+ c = *p++ & 0x80;
}
- if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
- sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
- pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
-
- aMerge = aNew;
- nMerge = nNew;
- if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
- pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
- pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
- }
+ /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+ ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+ */
+ pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt;
+ pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0);
+ if( *p==0x00 ) break;
+ p++;
+ p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol);
}
}
+
+ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft);
+ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
+** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+**
+** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and
+** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part
+** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array
+** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and
+** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,
- Fts3SegReader *pNew
+static int fts3EvalGatherStats(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */
){
- if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
- Fts3SegReader **apNew;
- int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*);
- apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte);
- if( !apNew ){
- sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
- }
- pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
- Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
- int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
- int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
- int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
- int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
- int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int rc2;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */
+ Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */
- /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader
- ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
- ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
- ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by
- ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
- ** calls out here. */
- if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
- Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){
- rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+ u8 bEof;
+
+ /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */
+ pRoot = pExpr;
+ while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
}
- }
+ iDocid = pRoot->iDocid;
+ bEof = pRoot->bEof;
+ assert( pRoot->bStart );
- if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt);
+ /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */
+ for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){
+ Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight);
+ assert( pE->aMI==0 );
+ pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+ if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
}
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
- Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
- /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */
- sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
- sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
- sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
- int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
- char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4);
+ while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its
- ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */
- if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){
- sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0);
- rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
- if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
- }
-
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1,
- iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
+ do {
+ /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
+ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+ assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+
+ /* Advance to the next document */
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+ pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
+ pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+ pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
+ }while( pCsr->isEof==0
+ && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc)
);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
- rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
+ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
+ }
}
- }
- finished:
- rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
+ pCsr->isEof = 0;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId;
+ if( bEof ){
+ pRoot->bEof = bEof;
+ }else{
+ /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
+ ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the
+ ** do loop can not be written:
+ **
+ ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ */
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+ do {
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+ assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
+ }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc);
+ }
+ }
return rc;
}
/*
-** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
-** single level therein.
+** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase
+** expression node for the following information:
+**
+** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of
+** the FTS table (considering all rows), and
+**
+** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
+** column contains at least one instance of the phrase.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column
+** written into the array aiOut as follows:
+**
+** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** Caveats:
+**
+** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output
+** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
+** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each
+** column of each row of the table.
+**
+** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
+** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
+** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
+**
+** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
+** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
- Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
- int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
- int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
- int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
- int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
- int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
-){
- assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
- assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
- || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
- || iLevel>=0
- );
- assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
- assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 );
- assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 );
-
- /* "isScan" is only set to true by the ft4aux module, an ordinary
- ** full-text tables. */
- assert( isScan==0 || p->aIndex==0 );
-
- memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
-
- return fts3SegReaderCursor(
- p, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
- );
-}
-
-static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
- Fts3Table *p,
- const char *zTerm,
- int nTerm,
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr
-){
- return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr);
-}
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
- int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
- int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
- Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */
+ u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */
){
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */
- int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */
-
- pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
- if( pSegcsr ){
- int i;
- int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-
- if( isPrefix ){
- for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
- if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
- bFound = 1;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
- p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr);
- pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
- }
- }
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iCol;
- for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
- if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
- bFound = 1;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
- p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(p, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr);
- }
- }
- }
+ if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
}
-
- if( bFound==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
- p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
- );
- pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pExpr->aMI );
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1];
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2];
+ }
}
}
- *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
return rc;
}
-static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
- sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
- sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
-}
-
/*
-** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term
-** prefix) from the database.
+** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
+** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
**
-** The returned doclist may be in one of two formats, depending on the
-** value of parameter isReqPos. If isReqPos is zero, then the doclist is
-** a sorted list of delta-compressed docids (a bare doclist). If isReqPos
-** is non-zero, then the returned list is in the same format as is stored
-** in the database without the found length specifier at the start of on-disk
-** doclists.
+** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
+** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
+** of the current row.
+**
+** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each
+** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2)
+** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
+** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
+** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
+**
+** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
+**
+** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
+** incremental, or neither.
*/
-static int fts3TermSelect(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */
- int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
- int isReqPos, /* True to include position lists in output */
- int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
- char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */
+ int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */
+ char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
- TermSelect tsc; /* Context object for fts3TermSelectCb() */
- Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ char *pIter;
+ int iThis;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
- pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
- memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
- tsc.isReqPos = isReqPos;
+ /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than
+ ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */
+ *ppOut = 0;
+ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
+ if( (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
- filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY
- | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
- | (isReqPos ? FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS : 0)
- | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
- filter.iCol = iColumn;
- filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
- filter.nTerm = pTok->n;
+ iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
+ pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){
+ int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx; /* For DOCID_CMP macro */
+ int iMul; /* +1 if csr dir matches index dir, else -1 */
+ int bOr = 0;
+ u8 bEof = 0;
+ u8 bTreeEof = 0;
+ Fts3Expr *p; /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */
+ Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */
+
+ /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not,
+ ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid
+ ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the
+ ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node
+ ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */
+ pNear = pExpr;
+ for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){
+ if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1;
+ if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p;
+ if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1;
+ }
+ if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use
+ ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase
+ ** into memory in this case. */
+ if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int bEofSave = pExpr->bEof;
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pExpr->bEof ){
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+ if( bEofSave==0 && pExpr->iDocid==iDocid ) break;
+ }
+ pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+
+ iMul = ((pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist) ? 1 : -1);
+ while( bTreeEof==1
+ && pNear->bEof==0
+ && (DOCID_CMP(pNear->iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId) * iMul)<0
+ ){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
+ pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ }
+
+ bEof = (pPhrase->doclist.nAll==0);
+ assert( bDescDoclist==0 || bDescDoclist==1 );
+ assert( pCsr->bDesc==0 || pCsr->bDesc==1 );
+
+ if( bEof==0 ){
+ if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){
+ int dummy;
+ if( pNear->bEof ){
+ /* This expression is already at EOF. So position it to point to the
+ ** last entry in the doclist at pPhrase->doclist.aAll[]. Variable
+ ** iDocid is already set for this entry, so all that is required is
+ ** to set pIter to point to the first byte of the last position-list
+ ** in the doclist.
+ **
+ ** It would also be correct to set pIter and iDocid to zero. In
+ ** this case, the first call to sqltie3Fts4DoclistPrev() below
+ ** would also move the iterator to point to the last entry in the
+ ** doclist. However, this is expensive, as to do so it has to
+ ** iterate through the entire doclist from start to finish (since
+ ** it does not know the docid for the last entry). */
+ pIter = &pPhrase->doclist.aAll[pPhrase->doclist.nAll-1];
+ fts3ReversePoslist(pPhrase->doclist.aAll, &pIter);
+ }
+ while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+ bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll,
+ &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof
+ );
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( pNear->bEof ){
+ pIter = 0;
+ iDocid = 0;
+ }
+ while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+ bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll,
+ &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ }
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
- while( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr))
- ){
- rc = fts3TermSelectCb(p, (void *)&tsc,
- pSegcsr->zTerm, pSegcsr->nTerm, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist
- );
+ if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) pIter = 0;
}
+ if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
- *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
+ if( *pIter==0x01 ){
+ pIter++;
+ pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
}else{
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
- sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]);
- }
+ iThis = 0;
+ }
+ while( iThis<iCol ){
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter);
+ if( *pIter==0x00 ) return 0;
+ pIter++;
+ pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
}
- fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr);
- pTok->pSegcsr = 0;
- return rc;
+ *ppOut = ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored
-** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
+** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by
+** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free:
**
-** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
-** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
-** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded
-** varints.
-*/
-static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(int isPoslist, char *aList, int nList){
- int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */
- if( aList ){
- char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
- char *p = aList; /* Cursor */
- if( !isPoslist ){
- /* The number of docids in the list is the same as the number of
- ** varints. In FTS3 a varint consists of a single byte with the 0x80
- ** bit cleared and zero or more bytes with the 0x80 bit set. So to
- ** count the varints in the buffer, just count the number of bytes
- ** with the 0x80 bit clear. */
- while( p<aEnd ) nDoc += (((*p++)&0x80)==0);
- }else{
- while( p<aEnd ){
- nDoc++;
- while( (*p++)&0x80 ); /* Skip docid varint */
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); /* Skip over position list */
- }
+** * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
+** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+ if( pPhrase ){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
+ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+ memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
+ for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
+ pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
}
}
+}
- return nDoc;
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
-** matches the search criteria. For a MATCH search, this will be
-** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
-** simply the next row in the %_content table. For a docid lookup,
-** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts3EofMethod() will be called
-** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
+** Initialize API pointer table, if required.
*/
-static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- int rc;
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
- if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
- if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
- pCsr->isEof = 1;
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
- }else{
- pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
- }
- assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
- return rc;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char **pzErrMsg,
+ const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+ return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/
/*
-** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See
-** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
-** information.
+** 2011 Jan 27
**
-** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against
-** the %_content table.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
-** in the %_content table.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
**
-** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The
-** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
-** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand
-** side of the MATCH operator.
*/
-static int fts3FilterMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
- int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
- const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
- int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
-){
- int rc;
- char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-
- assert( idxNum>=0 && idxNum<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) );
- assert( nVal==0 || nVal==1 );
- assert( (nVal==0)==(idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH) );
- assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
- sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
- memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
- if( idxStr ){
- pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
- }else{
- pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
- }
- pCsr->eSearch = (i16)idxNum;
+typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
+typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
- if( idxNum!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && idxNum!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
- int iCol = idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH;
- const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+struct Fts3auxTable {
+ sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
+};
- if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+struct Fts3auxCursor {
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */
+ Fts3SegFilter filter;
+ char *zStop;
+ int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */
+ int iLangid; /* Language id to query */
+ int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */
+ sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, p->azColumn, p->nColumn,
- iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
- static const char *zErr = "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]";
- p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(zErr, zQuery);
- }
- return rc;
- }
+ int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */
+ int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */
+ struct Fts3auxColstats {
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
+ sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
+ } *aStat;
+};
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** Schema of the terms table.
+*/
+#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \
+ "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)"
- rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, 1);
+/*
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ void *pUnused, /* Unused */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+ char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
+ char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */
+ int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
+ int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
+ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
+ int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
+ Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */
- sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
- pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
- /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
- ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
- ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
- ** row by docid.
+ /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms:
+ **
+ ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table);
+ ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table);
*/
- if( idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
- const char *zSort = (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC");
- const char *zTmpl = "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x ORDER BY docid %s";
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zTmpl, p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName, zSort);
+ if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
+
+ zDb = argv[1];
+ nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
+ if( argc==5 ){
+ if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){
+ zDb = argv[3];
+ nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
+ zFts3 = argv[4];
+ }else{
+ goto bad_args;
+ }
}else{
- const char *zTmpl = "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x WHERE docid = ?";
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zTmpl, p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName);
+ zFts3 = argv[3];
}
- if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3);
+
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- if( idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
+ p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(p, 0, nByte);
- return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
-}
+ p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
+ p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
+ p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
+ p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
+ p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
-/*
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
-** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
-*/
-static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof;
+ memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
+ memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
+
+ *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ bad_args:
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-/*
-** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
-** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
-** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
-** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
*/
-static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
- *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Free any prepared statements held */
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
+ sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
-** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
+#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
+#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
+#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
+
+/*
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
*/
-static int fts3ColumnMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
- sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
- int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
+static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+ int i;
+ int iEq = -1;
+ int iGe = -1;
+ int iLe = -1;
+ int iLangid = -1;
+ int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */
- /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
- assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
- if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){
- /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an
- ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value.
- */
- sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, pCsr->iPrevId);
- }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){
- /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
- ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor.
- */
- sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else{
- rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_result_value(pContext, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
- }
+ /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+ ){
+ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
}
- assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
- return rc;
-}
+ /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column.
+ ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){
+ int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
+ int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn;
-/*
-** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
-** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
-** inserted, updated or deleted.
-*/
-static int fts3UpdateMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
- int nArg, /* Size of argument array */
- sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */
- sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
-){
- return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid);
-}
+ if( iCol==0 ){
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
+ }
+ if( iCol==4 ){
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i;
+ }
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms
-** hash-table to the database.
-*/
-static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush((Fts3Table *)pVtab);
- sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose((Fts3Table *)pVtab);
- return rc;
-}
+ if( iEq>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
+ if( iGe>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+ }
+ if( iLe>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iLangid>=0 ){
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost--;
+ }
-/*
-** Implementation of xBegin() method. This is a no-op.
-*/
-static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
- assert( p->pSegments==0 );
- assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
- assert( p->inTransaction!=1 );
- TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 );
- TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
-** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
-** by fts3SyncMethod().
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
*/
-static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
- assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
- assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
- assert( p->pSegments==0 );
- TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
- TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
-/*
-** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
-** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
-*/
-static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
- sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
- assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
- TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
- TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+ pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+ if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+
+ *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the
-** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function
-** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the
-** same position list.
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
*/
-static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){
- char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2];
- char c;
+static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
- while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
- while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){
- c = *p--;
- }
- if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; }
- while( *p++&0x80 );
- *ppPoslist = p;
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(),
-** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
-**
-** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
-** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
-** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
-** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
-** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
-*/
-static int fts3FunctionArg(
- sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */
- const char *zFunc, /* Function name */
- sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */
- Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
-){
- Fts3Cursor *pRet;
- if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB
- || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)
- ){
- char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
+ if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
+ struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
+ aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat,
+ sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
+ );
+ if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
+ sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
+ );
+ pCsr->aStat = aNew;
+ pCsr->nStat = nSize;
}
- memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *));
- *ppCsr = pRet;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
*/
-static void fts3SnippetFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
- int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
-){
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
- const char *zStart = "<b>";
- const char *zEnd = "</b>";
- const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
- int iCol = -1;
- int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */
+static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+ int rc;
- /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise
- ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one).
- */
- assert( nVal>=1 );
+ /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
+ pCsr->iRowid++;
- if( nVal>6 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext,
- "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
- return;
+ for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
+ if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
- switch( nVal ){
- case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
- case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
- case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
- case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
- case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
- }
- if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
- }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
- sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ int i = 0;
+ int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
+ char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
+ int iCol;
+
+ int eState = 0;
+
+ if( pCsr->zStop ){
+ int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
+ int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
+ if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
+ iCol = 0;
+
+ while( i<nDoclist ){
+ sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
+
+ i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
+ switch( eState ){
+ /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
+ case 0:
+ pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
+ eState = 1;
+ iCol = 0;
+ break;
+
+ /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
+ ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
+ ** start of a position list for column 0.
+ **
+ ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
+ ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
+ ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
+ */
+ case 1:
+ assert( iCol==0 );
+ if( v>1 ){
+ pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
+ }
+ eState = 2;
+ /* fall through */
+
+ case 2:
+ if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
+ eState = 0;
+ }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
+ eState = 3;
+ }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */
+ pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
+ pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
+ default: assert( eState==3 );
+ iCol = (int)v;
+ if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
+ eState = 2;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pCsr->iCol = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
*/
-static void fts3OffsetsFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
- int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
+ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
+ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
+ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
){
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-
- assert( nVal==1 );
- if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
- assert( pCsr );
- if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
- sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr);
- }
-}
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+ int rc;
+ int isScan = 0;
+ int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */
-/*
-** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This
-** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
-** Example usage is:
-**
-** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1;
-**
-** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table.
-*/
-static void fts3OptimizeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
- int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
-){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */
- Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+ int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */
+ int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */
+ int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */
+ int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */
+ int iNext = 0;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
- assert( nVal==1 );
- if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return;
- p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab;
- assert( p );
-
- rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p);
-
- switch( rc ){
- case SQLITE_OK:
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- break;
- case SQLITE_DONE:
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- break;
- default:
- sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
- break;
- }
-}
+ assert( idxStr==0 );
+ assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
+ || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
+ || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
+ );
-/*
-** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3
-*/
-static void fts3MatchinfoFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
- int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
-){
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
- assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
- if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){
- const char *zArg = 0;
- if( nVal>1 ){
- zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+ if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){
+ iEq = iNext++;
+ }else{
+ isScan = 1;
+ if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){
+ iGe = iNext++;
+ }
+ if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
+ iLe = iNext++;
}
- sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg);
}
-}
+ if( iNext<nVal ){
+ iLangid = iNext++;
+ }
-/*
-** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
-** virtual table.
-*/
-static int fts3FindFunctionMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
- int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */
- const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */
- void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
- void **ppArg /* Unused */
-){
- struct Overloaded {
- const char *zName;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
- } aOverload[] = {
- { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc },
- { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc },
- { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc },
- { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc },
- };
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
+ testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+ memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg);
+ pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+ if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
- for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){
- if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){
- *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc;
- return 1;
+ if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){
+ const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+ assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) );
+ if( zStr ){
+ pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
+ pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+ if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
- /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table.
-*/
-static int fts3RenameMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
- const char *zName /* New name of table */
-){
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */
- int rc; /* Return Code */
+ if( iLe>=0 ){
+ pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe]));
+ pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]);
+ if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ if( iLangid>=0 ){
+ iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]);
- rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero
+ ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also
+ ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since
+ ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and
+ ** so the overall query will return zero rows. */
+ if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0;
}
+ pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal;
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';",
- p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
+ pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
);
- if( p->bHasDocsize ){
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';",
- p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- );
- }
- if( p->bHasStat ){
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';",
- p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
}
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';",
- p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- );
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
- p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- );
- return rc;
-}
-static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
- assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
- assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
- TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
- return fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
-}
-static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
- TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
- assert( p->inTransaction );
- assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
- TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
- assert( p->inTransaction );
- assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
- TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
- sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
+ return rc;
}
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
- /* iVersion */ 2,
- /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod,
- /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod,
- /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod,
- /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod,
- /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod,
- /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod,
- /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod,
- /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod,
- /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod,
- /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod,
- /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod,
- /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod,
- /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod,
- /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod,
- /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod,
- /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod,
- /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod,
- /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod,
- /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod,
- /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod,
- /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod,
- /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod,
-};
-
/*
-** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an
-** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory
-** allocated for the tokenizer hash table.
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
*/
-static void hashDestroy(void *p){
- Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p;
- sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
- sqlite3_free(pHash);
+static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ return pCsr->isEof;
}
/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are
-** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
-** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
-** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
-** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
-** And so on.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
-** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
-** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
-** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
+static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+ Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
- sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
-#endif
+ assert( p->isEof==0 );
+ switch( iCol ){
+ case 0: /* term */
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ break;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-#endif
+ case 1: /* col */
+ if( p->iCol ){
+ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ }
+ break;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ case 2: /* documents */
+ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
+ break;
- sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
- sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
+ case 3: /* occurrences */
+ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
+ break;
- /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
- pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash));
- if( !pHash ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ default: /* languageid */
+ assert( iCol==4 );
+ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid);
+ break;
}
- /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
- || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
- || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
-#endif
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
- }
-#endif
+/*
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
- ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
- ** module with sqlite.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1))
- ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
- db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
- db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0
- );
- }
- return rc;
- }
+/*
+** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
+ static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
+ 0, /* iVersion */
+ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */
+ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */
+ fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */
+ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */
+ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */
+ fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */
+ fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */
+ fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */
+ fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */
+ fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */
+ fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */
+ fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */
+ 0, /* xUpdate */
+ 0, /* xBegin */
+ 0, /* xSync */
+ 0, /* xCommit */
+ 0, /* xRollback */
+ 0, /* xFindFunction */
+ 0, /* xRename */
+ 0, /* xSavepoint */
+ 0, /* xRelease */
+ 0 /* xRollbackTo */
+ };
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- if( pHash ){
- sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
- sqlite3_free(pHash);
- }
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
return rc;
}
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char **pzErrMsg,
- const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
- SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
- return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
-}
-#endif
-
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
/*
-** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
-** by pExpr.
+** 2008 Nov 28
**
-** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
-** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
-** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
-** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
-** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
-** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
-** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
-** doclist and then traversed.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
+** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
+** hand-coded.
*/
-static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Expr *pExpr,
- int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
- int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
- int *pRc
-){
- if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
- if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
- int i;
- int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
- *pnToken += nToken;
- for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
- int rc = sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr,
- pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRc = rc;
- return;
- }
- }
- assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 );
- pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1;
- }else{
- *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
- fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
- fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
- Fts3Table *pTab,
- Fts3Phrase *p,
- int iToken,
- char *pList,
- int nList
-){
- assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- if( pList==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
- p->doclist.aAll = 0;
- p->doclist.nAll = 0;
- }
+/*
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
+** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
+** the new and the old syntaxes are:
+**
+** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
+**
+** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+**
+** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
+** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+**
+** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
+** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
+** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
+** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
+** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
+** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
+**
+** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
+** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
+** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
+** custom parser.
+**
+** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
+**
+** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+**
+** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
+** notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+**
+** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+**
+** distance_opt ::= .
+** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
+**
+** phrase ::= TOKEN.
+** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
+** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
+*/
- else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){
- p->doclist.aAll = pList;
- p->doclist.nAll = nList;
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
+# else
+# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
+# endif
+#endif
- else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(pList);
- }
+/*
+** Default span for NEAR operators.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
- else {
- char *pLeft;
- char *pRight;
- int nLeft;
- int nRight;
- int nDiff;
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
- if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){
- pLeft = p->doclist.aAll;
- nLeft = p->doclist.nAll;
- pRight = pList;
- nRight = nList;
- nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken;
- }else{
- pRight = p->doclist.aAll;
- nRight = p->doclist.nAll;
- pLeft = pList;
- nLeft = nList;
- nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken;
- }
+/*
+** isNot:
+** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
+** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a
+** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
+** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
+** zero.
+*/
+typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
+struct ParseContext {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */
+ int iLangid; /* Language id used with tokenizer */
+ const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+ int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+ int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+ int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */
+ int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */
+ int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */
+};
- fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight);
- sqlite3_free(pLeft);
- p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
- p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
- }
+/*
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
+**
+** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
+** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed
+** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
+** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
+** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
+** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
+** negative values).
+*/
+static int fts3isspace(char c){
+ return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
+}
- if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
+** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful,
+** return NULL.
+*/
+static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
+ void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+ return pRet;
}
-static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Phrase *p
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+ int iLangid,
+ const char *z,
+ int n,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr
){
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- int iToken;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
- assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+ int rc;
- if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
- int nThis = 0;
- char *pThis = 0;
- rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, 1, &nThis, &pThis);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){
+ rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+ pCsr = 0;
}
}
- assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
}
-
+ *ppCsr = pCsr;
return rc;
}
-static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
- int iToken;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
- char *aPoslist = 0;
- int nPoslist = 0;
- int iPrev = -1;
-
- assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
-
- for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
- Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;
+/*
+** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
+** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
- if( pDeferred ){
- char *pList;
- int nList;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
+** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
+** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
+** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
+** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
+** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
+** fails.
+*/
+static int getNextToken(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+ int i = 0;
- if( pList==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
- pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break;
+ if( z[i]=='"' ) break;
+ }
- }else if( aPoslist==0 ){
- aPoslist = pList;
- nPoslist = nList;
+ *pnConsumed = i;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ const char *zToken;
+ int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0;
+ int nByte; /* total space to allocate */
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
+ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- char *aOut = pList;
- char *p1 = aPoslist;
- char *p2 = aOut;
+ pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+ pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
+ pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
+ pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
+ memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
- assert( iPrev>=0 );
- fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2);
- sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
- aPoslist = pList;
- nPoslist = aOut - aPoslist;
- if( nPoslist==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
- pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
+ iEnd++;
}
- }
- iPrev = iToken;
- }
- }
-
- if( iPrev>=0 ){
- if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
- pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
- pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
- pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
- }else{
- int nDistance;
- char *p1;
- char *p2;
- char *aOut;
- if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){
- p1 = aPoslist;
- p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev;
- }else{
- p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- p2 = aPoslist;
- nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred;
- }
+ while( 1 ){
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-'
+ ){
+ pParse->isNot = 1;
+ iStart--;
+ }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1;
+ iStart--;
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }
- aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8);
- if( !aOut ){
- sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
- if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
- pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = (aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList);
- }else{
- sqlite3_free(aOut);
- pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
}
- sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ *pnConsumed = iEnd;
+ }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- }
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query
-** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
-** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
-** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
- int rc;
- Fts3PhraseToken *pFirst = &p->aToken[0];
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-
- if( pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx
- && bOptOk==1
- && p->nToken==1
- && pFirst->pSegcsr
- && pFirst->pSegcsr->bLookup
- ){
- /* Use the incremental approach. */
- int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn);
- rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
- pTab, pFirst->pSegcsr, iCol, pFirst->z, pFirst->n);
- p->bIncr = 1;
- }else{
- /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */
- rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p);
- p->bIncr = 0;
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
}
-
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
+
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
return rc;
}
+
/*
-** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start)
-** through doclists.
+** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
+** then free the old allocation.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
- int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */
- char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */
- int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
- char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
- sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
- int *pnList, /* IN/OUT: List length pointer */
- u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
-){
- char *p = *ppIter;
-
- assert( nDoclist>0 );
- assert( *pbEof==0 );
- assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
- assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
-
- if( p==0 ){
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0;
- char *pNext = 0;
- char *pDocid = aDoclist;
- char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist];
- int iMul = 1;
-
- while( pDocid<pEnd ){
- sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
- pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta);
- iDocid += (iMul * iDelta);
- pNext = pDocid;
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid);
- while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++;
- iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
- }
-
- *pnList = pEnd - pNext;
- *ppIter = pNext;
- *piDocid = iDocid;
- }else{
- int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
- sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
- fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta);
- *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta);
-
- if( p==aDoclist ){
- *pbEof = 1;
- }else{
- char *pSave = p;
- fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p);
- *pnList = (pSave - p);
- }
- *ppIter = p;
+static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
+ void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ sqlite3_free(pOrig);
}
+ return pRet;
}
/*
-** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid.
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
-** SQLITE_OK.
+** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
+** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
+** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
+** containing the results.
**
-** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
-** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
-** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
+** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
+** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
+** to 0.
*/
-static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Phrase *p,
- u8 *pbEof
+static int getNextString(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */
){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
+ char *zTemp = 0;
+ int nTemp = 0;
- if( p->bIncr ){
- assert( p->nToken==1 );
- assert( pDL->pNextDocid==0 );
- rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr,
- &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pDL->pList ){
- *pbEof = 1;
- }
- }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
- sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll,
- &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
- );
- pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
- }else{
- char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */
- char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
- if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
- pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
- }else{
- pIter = pDL->aAll;
- }
+ const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+ int nToken = 0;
- if( pIter>=pEnd ){
- /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */
- *pbEof = 1;
- }else{
- sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
- pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta);
- if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){
- pDL->iDocid += iDelta;
- }else{
- pDL->iDocid -= iDelta;
- }
- pDL->pList = pIter;
- fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
- pDL->nList = (pIter - pDL->pList);
-
- /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
- ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
- ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim2(), then pIter may not actually
- ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
- ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
- ** fts3EvalNearTrim2(). */
- while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;
-
- pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
- assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
- *pbEof = 0;
- }
- }
+ /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
+ ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
+ ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
+ ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
+ **
+ ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
+ ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
+ ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
+ **
+ ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
+ ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
+ ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
+ **
+ ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
+ **
+ ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
+ ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase
+ ** structures.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+ pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+ const char *zByte;
+ int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;
- return rc;
-}
+ p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+ if( !p ) goto no_mem;
-static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Expr *pExpr,
- int bOptOk,
- int *pRc
-){
- if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
- if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
- int i;
- int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
- for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
- if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
- }
- pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken);
- *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, bOptOk, pExpr->pPhrase);
- }else{
- fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, bOptOk, pRc);
- fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, bOptOk, pRc);
- pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
- }
- }
-}
+ zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte);
+ if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem;
-typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
-struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */
- int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */
- Fts3Expr *pRoot;
- int nOvfl;
- int iCol; /* The column the token must match */
-};
+ assert( nToken==ii );
+ pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii];
+ memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
-static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Expr *pRoot,
- Fts3Expr *pExpr,
- Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,
- Fts3Expr ***ppOr,
- int *pRc
-){
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pExpr ){
- if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- int i;
- for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
- Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
- pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase;
- pTC->iToken = i;
- pTC->pRoot = pRoot;
- pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
- pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
- *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl);
- }
- }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
- if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
- pRoot = pExpr->pLeft;
- **ppOr = pRoot;
- (*ppOr)++;
- }
- fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
- if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
- pRoot = pExpr->pRight;
- **ppOr = pRoot;
- (*ppOr)++;
+ memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte);
+ nTemp += nByte;
+
+ pToken->n = nByte;
+ pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*');
+ pToken->bFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^');
+ nToken = ii+1;
}
- fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
}
+
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ pCursor = 0;
}
-}
-static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
- if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
- /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
- ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required
- ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
- **
- ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3
- ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
- ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
- ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
- ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
- ** to right.
- */
- int rc;
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
- const char *pEnd;
- const char *a;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ int jj;
+ char *zBuf = 0;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
- assert( a );
+ p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp);
+ if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+ memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p);
+ p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+ p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+ p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+ p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken;
- pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)];
- a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
- while( a<pEnd ){
- a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte);
- }
- if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){
- sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken];
+ if( zTemp ){
+ memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp);
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ }else{
+ assert( nTemp==0 );
}
- pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
- pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
- assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 );
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
+ p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf;
+ zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ *ppExpr = p;
+ return rc;
+no_mem:
+
+ if( pCursor ){
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Expr *pRoot,
- Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,
- int nTC
+/*
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
+** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
+**
+** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
+** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
+** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
+*/
+static int getNextNode(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
- int nDocSize = 0;
- int nDocEst = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ static const struct Fts3Keyword {
+ char *z; /* Keyword text */
+ unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */
+ unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */
+ unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */
+ } aKeyword[] = {
+ { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR },
+ { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND },
+ { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT },
+ { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
+ };
int ii;
+ int iCol;
+ int iColLen;
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
- int nOvfl = 0;
- int nTerm = 0;
+ const char *zInput = z;
+ int nInput = n;
- for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
- if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
- nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
- nTerm++;
- }
- }
- if( nOvfl==0 || nTerm<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pParse->isNot = 0;
- rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
+ /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
+ ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
+ */
+ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
+ nInput--;
+ zInput++;
+ }
+ if( nInput==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
- for(ii=0; ii<nTerm && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
- int jj;
- Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;
+ /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
+ for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
+ const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
- for(jj=0; jj<nTC; jj++){
- if( aTC[jj].pToken && aTC[jj].pRoot==pRoot
- && (!pTC || aTC[jj].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl)
- ){
- pTC = &aTC[jj];
- }
+ if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
+ continue;
}
- assert( pTC );
- /* At this point pTC points to the cheapest remaining token. */
- if( ii==0 ){
- if( pTC->nOvfl ){
- nDocEst = (pTC->nOvfl * pTab->nPgsz + pTab->nPgsz) / 10;
- }else{
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
- int nList = 0;
- char *pList = 0;
- rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, 1, &nList, &pList);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );
+ if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
+ int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
+ int nKey = pKey->n;
+ char cNext;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- nDocEst = fts3DoclistCountDocids(1, pList, nList);
- fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);
+ /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
+ if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ assert( nKey==4 );
+ if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
+ nNear = 0;
+ for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
+ nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
+ }
}
}
- }else{
- if( pTC->nOvfl>=(nDocEst*nDocSize) ){
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
- fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
- pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
+
+ /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
+ ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
+ ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
+ */
+ cNext = zInput[nKey];
+ if( fts3isspace(cNext)
+ || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
+ ){
+ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pRet ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
+ pRet->nNear = nNear;
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
+ *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- nDocEst = 1 + (nDocEst/4);
+
+ /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
+ ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
+ */
}
- pTC->pToken = 0;
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int bOptOk){
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int nToken = 0;
- int nOr = 0;
+ /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
+ ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
+ ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
+ ** a quote character embedded in a string.
+ */
+ if( *zInput=='"' ){
+ for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
+ *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1);
+ if( ii==nInput ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
+ }
- /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
- fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);
+ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+ if( *zInput=='(' ){
+ int nConsumed = 0;
+ pParse->nNest++;
+ rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }
+ *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
+ return rc;
+ }else if( *zInput==')' ){
+ pParse->nNest--;
+ *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1);
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
- /* Call fts3EvalPhraseStart() on all phrases in the expression. TODO:
- ** This call will eventually also be responsible for determining which
- ** tokens are 'deferred' until the document text is loaded into memory.
- **
- ** Each token in each phrase is dealt with using one of the following
- ** three strategies:
- **
- ** 1. Entire doclist loaded into memory as part of the
- ** fts3EvalStartReaders() call.
- **
- ** 2. Doclist loaded into memory incrementally, as part of each
- ** sqlite3Fts3EvalNext() call.
+ /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
+ ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
+ ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
+ ** column specifier for the token.
**
- ** 3. Token doclist is never loaded. Instead, documents are loaded into
- ** memory and scanned for the token as part of the sqlite3Fts3EvalNext()
- ** call. This is known as a "deferred" token.
- */
-
- /* If bOptOk is true, check if there are any tokens that should be deferred.
+ ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
+ ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
+ ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
+ ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
+ ** limitation.
*/
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOptOk && nToken>1 && pTab->bHasStat ){
- Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
- Fts3Expr **apOr;
- aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
- sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
- + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
- );
- apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
-
- if( !aTC ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- int ii;
- Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
- Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;
-
- fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
- nToken = pTC-aTC;
- nOr = ppOr-apOr;
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
- for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
- rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
- }
- }
-
- sqlite3_free(aTC);
+ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+ iColLen = 0;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
+ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
+ int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
+ if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
+ && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
+ ){
+ iCol = ii;
+ iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
+ break;
}
}
-
- fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr, bOptOk, &rc);
+ rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
+ *pnConsumed += iColLen;
return rc;
}
-static void fts3EvalZeroPoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
- if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
- sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+/*
+** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
+** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
+** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
+** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
+** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+**
+** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
+** lowest is:
+**
+** NEAR
+** NOT
+** AND (including implicit ANDs)
+** OR
+**
+** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
+** precedence than the AND operator.
+*/
+static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
+ assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+ return p->eType;
+ }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ return 1;
+ }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+ return 2;
}
- pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
- pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
+ assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
+ return 3;
}
-static int fts3EvalNearTrim2(
- int nNear,
- char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */
- char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */
- int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
+/*
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
+** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
+** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
+** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
+** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
+** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
+*/
+static void insertBinaryOperator(
+ Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
+ Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
+ Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
){
- int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
- int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
- int nNew;
- char *p2;
- char *pOut;
- int res;
-
- assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
-
- p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- res = fts3PoslistNearMerge(
- &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2
- );
- if( res ){
- nNew = (pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
- assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
- assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
- memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
- *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
+ Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
+ while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
+ pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
}
- return res;
-}
-
-static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
- int res = 1;
-
- /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
- ** For example, the query:
- **
- ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
- **
- ** which is represented in tree form as:
- **
- ** |
- ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query
- ** | |
- ** +--NEAR--+ "z"
- ** | |
- ** +--NEAR--+ "y"
- ** | |
- ** "w" "x"
- **
- ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The
- ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
- ** no exceptions to this.
- */
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK
- && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
- && pExpr->bEof==0
- && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
- ){
- Fts3Expr *p;
- int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */
- char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
-
- /* Allocate temporary working space. */
- for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
- nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
- }
- nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
- aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
- if( !aTmp ){
- *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- res = 0;
- }else{
- char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;
-
- for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
- int nNear = p->nNear;
- res = fts3EvalNearTrim2(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
- }
-
- aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
- for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
- int nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = (
- p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
- );
- res = fts3EvalNearTrim2(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
- }
- }
-
- sqlite3_free(aTmp);
+ if( pSplit->pParent ){
+ assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
+ pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
+ pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
+ }else{
+ *ppHead = pNew;
}
-
- return res;
+ pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
+ pSplit->pParent = pNew;
}
/*
-** This macro is used by the fts3EvalNext() function. The two arguments are
-** 64-bit docid values. If the current query is "ORDER BY docid ASC", then
-** the macro returns (i1 - i2). Or if it is "ORDER BY docid DESC", then
-** it returns (i2 - i1). This allows the same code to be used for merging
-** doclists in ascending or descending order.
+** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
+** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
+** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
+** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
*/
-#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((pCsr->bDesc?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
-
-static void fts3EvalNext(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Expr *pExpr,
- int *pRc
+static int fts3ExprParse(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
- pExpr->bStart = 1;
-
- switch( pExpr->eType ){
- case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
- case FTSQUERY_AND: {
- Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
- if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
- pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
- pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
- }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
- pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
- pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
- }else{
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-
- while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
- if( iDiff==0 ) break;
- if( iDiff<0 ){
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
- }else{
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
- }
- }
-
- pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
- pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- case FTSQUERY_OR: {
- Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+ Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
+ Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
+ int nIn = n;
+ const char *zIn = z;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int isRequirePhrase = 1;
- assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
- assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+ int nByte = 0;
- if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
- }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
- }else{
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
- }
+ rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
+ assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p ){
+ int isPhrase;
- pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
- iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
- if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
- pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot
+ ){
+ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
+ Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pNot ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+ pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
+ pNot->pRight = p;
+ p->pParent = pNot;
+ if( pNotBranch ){
+ pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
+ pNotBranch->pParent = pNot;
+ }
+ pNotBranch = pNot;
+ p = pPrev;
}else{
- pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
- Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-
- if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
- assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
- }
+ int eType = p->eType;
+ isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
- if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
- while( !*pRc
- && !pRight->bEof
- && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0
- ){
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
+ ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
+ ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
+ ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
+ */
+ if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto exprparse_out;
}
- }
- pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
- pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
- break;
- }
-
- default: {
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
- *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
- pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-static int fts3EvalDeferredTest(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
- int bHit = 1;
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- switch( pExpr->eType ){
- case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
- case FTSQUERY_AND:
- bHit = (
- fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
- && fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
- && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
- );
- /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for
- ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
- ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize
- ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries.
- ** For example if this expression:
- **
- ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
- **
- ** is matched against a row containing:
- **
- ** 'a b d e'
- **
- ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
- ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
- */
- if( bHit==0
- && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
- && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
- ){
- Fts3Expr *p;
- for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
- if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
- fts3EvalZeroPoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
+ if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
+ /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
+ Fts3Expr *pAnd;
+ assert( pRet && pPrev );
+ pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pAnd ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto exprparse_out;
}
+ pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
+ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
+ pPrev = pAnd;
}
- if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
- fts3EvalZeroPoslist(p->pPhrase);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case FTSQUERY_OR: {
- int bHit1 = fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
- int bHit2 = fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
- bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
- break;
- }
-
- case FTSQUERY_NOT:
- bHit = (
- fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
- && !fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
- );
- break;
+ /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
+ ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
+ ** the following:
+ **
+ ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
+ ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
+ **
+ ** Return an error in either case.
+ */
+ if( pPrev && (
+ (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
+ || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+ )){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
- default: {
- if( pCsr->pDeferred
- && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
- ){
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
- if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
- fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
+ if( isPhrase ){
+ if( pRet ){
+ assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
+ pPrev->pRight = p;
+ p->pParent = pPrev;
+ }else{
+ pRet = p;
+ }
+ }else{
+ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
}
- *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
- bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
- pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
- }else{
- bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
+ isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
}
- break;
+ pPrev = p;
}
+ assert( nByte>0 );
}
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
+ nIn -= nByte;
+ zIn += nByte;
}
- return bHit;
-}
-/*
-** Return 1 if both of the following are true:
-**
-** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
-**
-** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
-** it is determined that the row does not match the query.
-**
-** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
-** query, return 0.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalLoadDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
- int rc = *pRc;
- int bMiss = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
- rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
+ if( !pRet ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
+ while( pIter->pLeft ){
+ pIter = pIter->pLeft;
+ }
+ pIter->pLeft = pRet;
+ pRet->pParent = pIter;
+ pRet = pNotBranch;
}
}
- bMiss = (0==fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));
- sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
- *pRc = rc;
}
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
+ *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
+
+exprparse_out:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
+ pRet = 0;
+ }
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
-** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed
+** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
- Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
- assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
- if( pExpr==0 ){
- pCsr->isEof = 1;
- }else{
- do {
- if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
- sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p ){
+ if( nMaxDepth<0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1);
}
- assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
- pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
- pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
- pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
- pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
- }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc) );
+ }
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
-** sqlite3Fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental
-** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
+** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to
+** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the
+** new root expression node.
**
-** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
-** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
-** SQLite error code before returning.
+** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree.
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and
+** expression (*pp) freed.
*/
-static void fts3EvalRestart(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3Expr *pExpr,
- int *pRc
-){
- if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp; /* Initial root node */
+ Fts3Expr *pFree = 0; /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */
+ int eType = pRoot->eType; /* Type of node in this tree */
- if( pPhrase ){
- fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
- if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
- assert( pPhrase->nToken==1 );
- assert( pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr );
- sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr);
- *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
- }
+ if( nMaxDepth==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
- pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0;
- pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){
+ Fts3Expr **apLeaf;
+ apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
+ if( 0==apLeaf ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
}
- pExpr->iDocid = 0;
- pExpr->bEof = 0;
- pExpr->bStart = 0;
-
- fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
- fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
- }
-}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i;
+ Fts3Expr *p;
-/*
-** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
-** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
-** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
-** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
-** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
-** expression nodes.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
- if( pExpr ){
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
- int iCol = 0;
- char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
+ for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){
+ assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p );
+ assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight );
+ }
- assert( *p );
+ /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
while( 1 ){
- u8 c = 0;
- int iCnt = 0;
- while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){
- if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++;
- c = *p++ & 0x80;
+ int iLvl;
+ Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; /* Current parent of p */
+
+ assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p );
+ p->pParent = 0;
+ if( pParent ){
+ pParent->pLeft = 0;
+ }else{
+ pRoot = 0;
}
+ rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
- ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
- */
- pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt;
- pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0);
- if( *p==0x00 ) break;
- p++;
- p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol);
+ for(iLvl=0; p && iLvl<nMaxDepth; iLvl++){
+ if( apLeaf[iLvl]==0 ){
+ apLeaf[iLvl] = p;
+ p = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pFree );
+ pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[iLvl];
+ pFree->pRight = p;
+ pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
+ pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
+
+ p = pFree;
+ pFree = pFree->pParent;
+ p->pParent = 0;
+ apLeaf[iLvl] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( p ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */
+ if( pParent==0 ) break;
+
+ /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */
+ for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft);
+
+ /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */
+ assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent );
+ pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent;
+ if( pParent->pParent ){
+ pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight;
+ }else{
+ assert( pParent==pRoot );
+ pRoot = pParent->pRight;
+ }
+
+ /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an
+ ** internal node of the new tree. */
+ pParent->pParent = pFree;
+ pFree = pParent;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
+ if( apLeaf[i] ){
+ if( p==0 ){
+ p = apLeaf[i];
+ p->pParent = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pFree!=0 );
+ pFree->pRight = p;
+ pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i];
+ pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
+ pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
+
+ p = pFree;
+ pFree = pFree->pParent;
+ p->pParent = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ pRoot = p;
+ }else{
+ /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array
+ ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to
+ ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */
+ Fts3Expr *pDel;
+ for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(apLeaf[i]);
+ }
+ while( (pDel=pFree)!=0 ){
+ pFree = pDel->pParent;
+ sqlite3_free(pDel);
+ }
}
+
+ assert( pFree==0 );
+ sqlite3_free( apLeaf );
}
+ }
- fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft);
- fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot);
+ pRoot = 0;
}
+ *pp = pRoot;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following
+** differences:
**
-** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and
-** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part
-** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array
-** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and
-** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing.
+** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the
+** maximum allowable depth.
+** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an
+** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree()
+** in this case.
*/
-static int fts3EvalGatherStats(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
- Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */
+static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */
+ char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+ int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+ int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+ int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int nParsed;
+ int rc;
+ ParseContext sParse;
- assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */
- Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */
+ memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext));
+ sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ sParse.iLangid = iLangid;
+ sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
+ sParse.nCol = nCol;
+ sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
+ sParse.bFts4 = bFts4;
+ if( z==0 ){
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( n<0 ){
+ n = (int)strlen(z);
+ }
+ rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 );
- sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId;
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
- u8 bEof;
+ /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */
- pRoot = pExpr;
- while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
+/*
+** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
+** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
+** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
+** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
+** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
+** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
+** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+**
+** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
+** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+**
+** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
+** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
+** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
+** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+**
+** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
+** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
+** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
+** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
+** match any table column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */
+ char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+ int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+ int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+ int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */
+){
+ int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+ pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr
+ );
+
+ /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed
+ ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){
+ rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
}
- iDocid = pRoot->iDocid;
- bEof = pRoot->bEof;
- assert( pRoot->bStart );
+ }
- /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */
- for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){
- Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight);
- assert( pE->aMI==0 );
- pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
- if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)",
+ SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z);
}
+ }
- fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
-
- while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
- do {
- /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
- if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
- assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Advance to the next document */
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
- pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
- pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
- pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
- pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
- }while( pCsr->isEof==0
- && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
- && fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc)
- );
+/*
+** Free a single node of an expression tree.
+*/
+static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){
+ assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 );
+ sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase);
+ sqlite3_free(p->aMI);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
- fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
+/*
+** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
+**
+** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But
+** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse()
+** could cause a stack overflow.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){
+ Fts3Expr *p;
+ assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 );
+ for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){
+ assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
+ }
+ while( p ){
+ Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent;
+ fts3FreeExprNode(p);
+ if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){
+ p = pParent->pRight;
+ while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){
+ assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
+ p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight);
}
- }
-
- pCsr->isEof = 0;
- pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId;
-
- if( bEof ){
- pRoot->bEof = bEof;
}else{
- /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
- ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the
- ** do loop can not be written:
- **
- ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
- */
- fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
- do {
- fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
- assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
- }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
- fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc);
+ p = pParent;
}
}
- return rc;
}
+/****************************************************************************
+*****************************************************************************
+** Everything after this point is just test code.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
/*
-** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase
-** expression node for the following information:
-**
-** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of
-** the FTS table (considering all rows), and
-**
-** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
-** column contains at least one instance of the phrase.
-**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column
-** written into the array aiOut as follows:
-**
-** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
-** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
-**
-** Caveats:
-**
-** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output
-** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
-** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each
-** column of each row of the table.
-**
-** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
-** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
-** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
-**
-** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
-** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
+** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
- Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */
- u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */
+static int queryTestTokenizer(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zName,
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
){
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int iCol;
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
- if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
- aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
- aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+ *pp = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
}
- }else{
- rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pExpr->aMI );
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
- aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1];
- aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2];
+ }
+
+ return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
+** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use
+** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
+** NULL is returned.
+**
+** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to
+** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
+ if( pExpr==0 ){
+ return sqlite3_mprintf("");
+ }
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ int i;
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
+ for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf,
+ pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
+ (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
+ );
}
+ return zBuf;
}
+
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear);
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf);
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_AND:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf);
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_OR:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf);
+ break;
}
- return rc;
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf);
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf);
+
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf);
+
+ return zBuf;
}
/*
-** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
-** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
-**
-** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
-** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
-** of the current row.
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
+** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
**
-** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each
-** occurence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2)
-** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
-** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
-** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
+** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
**
-** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
+** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
+** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
+** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
+** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
+** For example:
**
-** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
-** incremental, or neither.
+** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */
- Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */
- int iCol /* Column to return position list for */
+static void fts3ExprTest(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- int iThis;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+ int rc;
+ char **azCol = 0;
+ const char *zExpr;
+ int nExpr;
+ int nCol;
+ int ii;
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+ char *zBuf = 0;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+ if( argc<3 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+ );
+ return;
+ }
+
+ rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
+ (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }else if( !pModule ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }
- assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
- if( !pIter
- || pExpr->bEof
- || pExpr->iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId
- || (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol)
- ){
- return 0;
+ rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
}
+ pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
- assert( pPhrase->doclist.nList>0 );
- if( *pIter==0x01 ){
- pIter++;
- pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+ zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ nCol = argc-2;
+ azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
+ if( !azCol ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }
+ for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
+ azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3_user_data(context) ){
+ char *zDummy = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+ pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr, &zDummy
+ );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pExpr==0 );
+ sqlite3_free(zDummy);
}else{
- iThis = 0;
+ rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+ pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
+ );
}
- while( iThis<iCol ){
- fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter);
- if( *pIter==0x00 ) return 0;
- pIter++;
- pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
}
- return ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+
+exprtest_out:
+ if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
+ rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(azCol);
}
/*
-** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by
-** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free:
-**
-** * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
-** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
+** with database connection db.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
- if( pPhrase ){
- int i;
- sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
- fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
- memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
- for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
- fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
- pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
+ int rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+ db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance",
+ -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+ );
}
+ return rc;
}
#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/
+/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
/*
-** 2011 Jan 27
+** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -116443,1257 +137304,1392 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-******************************************************************************
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
-typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
-typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
-struct Fts3auxTable {
- sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
- Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
-};
+/*
+** Malloc and Free functions
+*/
+static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
+ void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+ if( p ){
+ memset(p, 0, n);
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+}
-struct Fts3auxCursor {
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
- Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */
- Fts3SegFilter filter;
- char *zStop;
- int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */
- int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */
- sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
+ assert( pNew!=0 );
+ assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+ pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+ pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+ pNew->first = 0;
+ pNew->count = 0;
+ pNew->htsize = 0;
+ pNew->ht = 0;
+}
- int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */
- int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */
- struct Fts3auxColstats {
- sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
- sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
- } *aStat;
-};
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
+ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+ assert( pH!=0 );
+ elem = pH->first;
+ pH->first = 0;
+ fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+ pH->ht = 0;
+ pH->htsize = 0;
+ while( elem ){
+ Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+ if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+ }
+ fts3HashFree(elem);
+ elem = next_elem;
+ }
+ pH->count = 0;
+}
/*
-** Schema of the terms table.
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
*/
-#define FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences)"
+static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+ const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+ unsigned h = 0;
+ if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+ while( nKey > 0 ){
+ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+ nKey--;
+ }
+ return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff);
+}
+static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+ return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
/*
-** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
-** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
-** and xCreate are identical operations.
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
*/
-static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- void *pUnused, /* Unused */
- int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
- const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
- sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
- char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
-){
- char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
- char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */
- int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
- int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
- int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
- int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
- Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */
+static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+ int h = 0;
+ const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+ while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+ }
+ return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+ return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value
+** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+ return &fts3StrHash;
+ }else{
+ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+ return &fts3BinHash;
+ }
+}
- /* The user should specify a single argument - the name of an fts3 table. */
- if( argc!=4 ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "wrong number of arguments to fts4aux constructor"
- );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+ return &fts3StrCompare;
+ }else{
+ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+ return &fts3BinCompare;
}
+}
- zDb = argv[1];
- nDb = strlen(zDb);
- zFts3 = argv[3];
- nFts3 = strlen(zFts3);
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void fts3HashInsertElement(
+ Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
+ struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+ Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+ Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
+ pHead = pEntry->chain;
+ if( pHead ){
+ pNew->next = pHead;
+ pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+ if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+ else { pH->first = pNew; }
+ pHead->prev = pNew;
+ }else{
+ pNew->next = pH->first;
+ if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+ pNew->prev = 0;
+ pH->first = pNew;
+ }
+ pEntry->count++;
+ pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
- rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
- p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
- if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(p, 0, nByte);
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+**
+** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
+ struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
+ Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
+ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
- p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
- p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
- p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
- p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
- p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
+ assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+ new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
+ if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
+ fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+ pH->ht = new_ht;
+ pH->htsize = new_size;
+ xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+ int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+ next_elem = elem->next;
+ fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
- memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
- memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
- sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
+ const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+ const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
+ int nKey,
+ int h /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+ int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
+ int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
- *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pH->ht ){
+ struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+ elem = pEntry->chain;
+ count = pEntry->count;
+ xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ while( count-- && elem ){
+ if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
+ return elem;
+ }
+ elem = elem->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-/*
-** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
-** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
-** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
-static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
- Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
- int i;
-
- /* Free any prepared statements held */
- for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
- sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
+static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
+ Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
+ Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+ int h /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+ struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
+ if( elem->prev ){
+ elem->prev->next = elem->next;
+ }else{
+ pH->first = elem->next;
+ }
+ if( elem->next ){
+ elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+ }
+ pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+ if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+ pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+ }
+ pEntry->count--;
+ if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+ pEntry->chain = 0;
+ }
+ if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+ }
+ fts3HashFree( elem );
+ pH->count--;
+ if( pH->count<=0 ){
+ assert( pH->first==0 );
+ assert( pH->count==0 );
+ fts3HashClear(pH);
}
- sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
-#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
-#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
+ const Fts3Hash *pH,
+ const void *pKey,
+ int nKey
+){
+ int h; /* A hash on key */
+ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
-/*
-** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
+ if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+ xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ assert( xHash!=0 );
+ h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+ assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+ return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
-static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
- sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
-){
- int i;
- int iEq = -1;
- int iGe = -1;
- int iLe = -1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+ Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+ pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
+ return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
+}
- /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
- if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
- && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
- && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
- ){
- pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
- }
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set. NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
+ Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */
+ const void *pKey, /* The key */
+ int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */
+ void *data /* The data */
+){
+ int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
+ int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+ Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
+ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
- /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. */
- for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
- if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 ){
- int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
- if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
- if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
- if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
- if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
- if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
+ assert( pH!=0 );
+ xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ assert( xHash!=0 );
+ hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+ assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+ h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+ elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+ if( elem ){
+ void *old_data = elem->data;
+ if( data==0 ){
+ fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
+ }else{
+ elem->data = data;
}
+ return old_data;
}
-
- if( iEq>=0 ){
- pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
- pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = 1;
- pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
- }else{
- pInfo->idxNum = 0;
- pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
- if( iGe>=0 ){
- pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
- pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = 1;
- pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
- }
- if( iLe>=0 ){
- pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
- pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = 1 + (iGe>=0);
- pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
- }
+ if( data==0 ) return 0;
+ if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
+ || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
+ ){
+ pH->count = 0;
+ return data;
}
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+ new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
+ if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+ if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+ new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
+ if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+ fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+ return data;
+ }
+ memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+ }else{
+ new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+ }
+ new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+ pH->count++;
+ assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+ assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+ h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+ fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+ new_elem->data = data;
+ return 0;
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
/*
-** xOpen - Open a cursor.
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
*/
-static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
- Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
-
- pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
- if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
-
- *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
/*
-** xClose - Close a cursor.
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
-static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
- Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
- sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
- sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
-static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
- if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
- struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
- aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat,
- sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
- );
- if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
- sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
- );
- pCsr->aStat = aNew;
- pCsr->nStat = nSize;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
/*
-** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
*/
-static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
- Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
- int rc;
-
- /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
- pCsr->iRowid++;
-
- for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
- if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- int i = 0;
- int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
- char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
- int iCol;
-
- int eState = 0;
-
- if( pCsr->zStop ){
- int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
- int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
- if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
- pCsr->isEof = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
-
- if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
- iCol = 0;
-
- while( i<nDoclist ){
- sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
-
- i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
- switch( eState ){
- /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
- case 0:
- pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
- eState = 1;
- iCol = 0;
- break;
-
- /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
- ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
- ** start of a position list for column 0.
- **
- ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
- ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
- ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
- */
- case 1:
- assert( iCol==0 );
- if( v>1 ){
- pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
- }
- eState = 2;
- /* fall through */
-
- case 2:
- if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
- eState = 0;
- }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
- eState = 3;
- }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */
- pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
- pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
- }
- break;
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
- /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
- default: assert( eState==3 );
- iCol = (int)v;
- if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
- eState = 2;
- break;
- }
- }
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+ const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
+ int nInput; /* size of the input */
+ int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */
+ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
+ char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
+ int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
- pCsr->iCol = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- pCsr->isEof = 1;
- }
- return rc;
-}
/*
-** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
*/
-static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
- int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
- const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
- int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+static int porterCreate(
+ int argc, const char * const *argv,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
){
- Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
- Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
- int rc;
- int isScan;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
-
- assert( idxStr==0 );
- assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
- || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
- || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
- );
- isScan = (idxNum!=FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT);
-
- /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
- testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
- sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
- sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
- memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
-
- pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
- if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
-
- if( idxNum&(FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ){
- const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
- if( zStr ){
- pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
- pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
- if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- if( idxNum&FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
- int iIdx = (idxNum&FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ? 1 : 0;
- pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iIdx]));
- pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iIdx]);
- if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+ porter_tokenizer *t;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
- pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
- return rc;
+ t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+ if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+ *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
+** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
-static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
- return pCsr->isEof;
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** xColumn - Return a column value.
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** *ppCursor.
*/
-static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
- sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
- int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
+static int porterOpen(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
+ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
- Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
- assert( p->isEof==0 );
- if( iCol==0 ){ /* Column "term" */
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else if( iCol==1 ){ /* Column "col" */
- if( p->iCol ){
- sqlite3_result_int(pContext, p->iCol-1);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
- }else if( iCol==2 ){ /* Column "documents" */
- sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
- }else{ /* Column "occurrences" */
- sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+ c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+ if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ c->zInput = zInput;
+ if( zInput==0 ){
+ c->nInput = 0;
+ }else if( nInput<0 ){
+ c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+ }else{
+ c->nInput = nInput;
}
+ c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+ c->iToken = 0;
+ c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
+ c->nAllocated = 0;
+ *ppCursor = &c->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
*/
-static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
- sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
-){
- Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
- *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+ sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
/*
-** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+** Vowel or consonant
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
- static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
- 0, /* iVersion */
- fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */
- fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */
- fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */
- fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */
- fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */
- fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */
- fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */
- fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */
- fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */
- fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */
- fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */
- fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */
- 0, /* xUpdate */
- 0, /* xBegin */
- 0, /* xSync */
- 0, /* xCommit */
- 0, /* xRollback */
- 0, /* xFindFunction */
- 0, /* xRename */
- 0, /* xSavepoint */
- 0, /* xRelease */
- 0 /* xRollbackTo */
- };
- int rc; /* Return code */
-
- rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
- return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+static const char cType[] = {
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+ 1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
-/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
/*
-** 2008 Nov 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.
**
-******************************************************************************
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
**
-** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
-** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
-** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
-** hand-coded.
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+ int j;
+ char x = *z;
+ if( x==0 ) return 0;
+ assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+ j = cType[x-'a'];
+ if( j<2 ) return j;
+ return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+ int j;
+ char x = *z;
+ if( x==0 ) return 0;
+ assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+ j = cType[x-'a'];
+ if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+ return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
/*
-** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
-** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
-** the new and the old syntaxes are:
-**
-** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
-**
-** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
-**
-** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
-** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
-**
-** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
-** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
-** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
-**
-** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
-** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
-** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
-** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
-** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
-**
-** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
-** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
-** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
-** custom parser.
-**
-** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
-**
-** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be
+** represented as:
**
-** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
-** notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+** [C] (VC){m} [V]
**
-** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
**
-** distance_opt ::= .
-** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
**
-** phrase ::= TOKEN.
-** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
-** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z!=0;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
-#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
-# else
-# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default span for NEAR operators.
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
*/
-#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z==0;
+}
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z!=0;
+}
/*
-** isNot:
-** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
-** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a
-** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
-** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
-** zero.
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
*/
-typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
-struct ParseContext {
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */
- const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
- int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
- int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */
- int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */
- sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */
- int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */
-};
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z!=0;
+}
/*
-** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
**
-** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
-** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed
-** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
-** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
-** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
-** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
-** negative values).
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
*/
-static int fts3isspace(char c){
- return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+ return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
}
/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
-** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful,
-** return NULL.
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
*/
-static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
- void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
- if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
- return pRet;
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+ return
+ isConsonant(z) &&
+ z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+ isVowel(z+1) &&
+ isConsonant(z+2);
}
-
/*
-** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
-** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
-** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
-** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
-** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
-** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
+** ending to zTo.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
-** fails.
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo
+** is in normal order.
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
*/
-static int getNextToken(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
- const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
- int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+static int stem(
+ char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+ const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+ const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+ int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */
){
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
- int rc;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
- Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
- int nConsumed = 0;
-
- rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- const char *zToken;
- int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
- int nByte; /* total space to allocate */
-
- pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
- pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
- if( !pRet ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
- pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
- pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
- pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
- pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
- pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
- memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
-
- if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
- pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
- iEnd++;
- }
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){
- pParse->isNot = 1;
- }
- }
- nConsumed = iEnd;
- }
-
- pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ char *z = *pz;
+ while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+ if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+ if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+ while( *zTo ){
+ *(--z) = *(zTo++);
}
-
- *pnConsumed = nConsumed;
- *ppExpr = pRet;
- return rc;
+ *pz = z;
+ return 1;
}
-
/*
-** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
-** then free the old allocation.
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
*/
-static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
- void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
- if( !pRet ){
- sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+ int i, mx, j;
+ int hasDigit = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+ char c = zIn[i];
+ if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+ zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+ }else{
+ if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+ zOut[i] = c;
+ }
}
- return pRet;
+ mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+ if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+ for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+ zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+ }
+ i = j;
+ }
+ zOut[i] = 0;
+ *pnOut = i;
}
+
/*
-** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
-** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
-** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
-** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
-** containing the results.
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1]. Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes. Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
-** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
-** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
-** to 0.
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case. Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word. If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+**
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
*/
-static int getNextString(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */
-){
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
- int rc;
- Fts3Expr *p = 0;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
- char *zTemp = 0;
- int nTemp = 0;
-
- const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
- int nToken = 0;
-
- /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
- ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
- ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
- ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
- **
- ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
- ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
- ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
- **
- ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
- ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
- ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
- **
- ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
- **
- ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
- ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase
- ** structures.
- */
- rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int ii;
- pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
- const char *zByte;
- int nByte, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
- rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;
-
- p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
- if( !p ) goto no_mem;
-
- zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte);
- if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem;
-
- assert( nToken==ii );
- pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii];
- memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+ int i, j;
+ char zReverse[28];
+ char *z, *z2;
+ if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+ /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+ ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+ return;
+ }
+ for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+ char c = zIn[i];
+ if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+ zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+ }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+ zReverse[j] = c;
+ }else{
+ /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+ ** to the copy stemmer */
+ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+ z = &zReverse[j+1];
- memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte);
- nTemp += nByte;
- pToken->n = nByte;
- pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*');
- nToken = ii+1;
- }
+ /* Step 1a */
+ if( z[0]=='s' ){
+ if(
+ !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+ !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) &&
+ !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+ ){
+ z++;
}
+ }
- pModule->xClose(pCursor);
- pCursor = 0;
+ /* Step 1b */
+ z2 = z;
+ if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
+ }else if(
+ (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+ && z!=z2
+ ){
+ if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+ stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+ stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
+ }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+ z++;
+ }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+ *(--z) = 'e';
+ }
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- int jj;
- char *zBuf = 0;
+ /* Step 1c */
+ if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+ z[0] = 'i';
+ }
- p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp);
- if( !p ) goto no_mem;
- memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p);
- p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
- p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
- p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
- p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken;
+ /* Step 2 */
+ switch( z[1] ){
+ case 'a':
+ if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){
+ stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){
+ stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'g':
+ stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0)
+ ){
+ stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'o':
+ if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0)
+ ){
+ stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0)
+ ){
+ stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0)
+ ){
+ stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
- zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken];
- memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp);
- sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ /* Step 3 */
+ switch( z[0] ){
+ case 'e':
+ if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0)
+ && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)
+ ){
+ stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){
+ stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ }
- for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
- p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf;
- zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+ /* Step 4 */
+ switch( z[1] ){
+ case 'a':
+ if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+ z += 4;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+ z += 4;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ if( z[0]=='t' ){
+ if( z[2]=='a' ){
+ if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+ if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1)
+ && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1)
+ ){
+ stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'o':
+ if( z[0]=='u' ){
+ if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+ stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){
+ stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'u':
+ if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ case 'z':
+ if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Step 5a */
+ if( z[0]=='e' ){
+ if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+ z++;
+ }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+ z++;
}
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- *ppExpr = p;
- return rc;
-no_mem:
+ /* Step 5b */
+ if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+ z++;
+ }
- if( pCursor ){
- pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back
+ ** around into forward order and return.
+ */
+ *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
+ zOut[i] = 0;
+ while( *z ){
+ zOut[--i] = *(z++);
}
- sqlite3_free(zTemp);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- *ppExpr = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
/*
-** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
-** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
*/
-static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
/*
-** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
-** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
-**
-** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
-** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
-** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
*/
-static int getNextNode(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
- int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
-){
- static const struct Fts3Keyword {
- char *z; /* Keyword text */
- unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */
- unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */
- unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */
- } aKeyword[] = {
- { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR },
- { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND },
- { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT },
- { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
- };
- int ii;
- int iCol;
- int iColLen;
- int rc;
- Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
-
- const char *zInput = z;
- int nInput = n;
-
- pParse->isNot = 0;
-
- /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
- ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
- */
- while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
- nInput--;
- zInput++;
- }
- if( nInput==0 ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
-
- /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
- for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
- const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
-
- if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
- continue;
- }
-
- if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
- int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
- int nKey = pKey->n;
- char cNext;
-
- /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
- if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- assert( nKey==4 );
- if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
- nNear = 0;
- for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
- nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
- }
- }
- }
+static int porterNext(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+ const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ const char *z = c->zInput;
- /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
- ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
- ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
- */
- cNext = zInput[nKey];
- if( fts3isspace(cNext)
- || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
- ){
- pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- if( !pRet ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
- pRet->nNear = nNear;
- *ppExpr = pRet;
- *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+ int iStartOffset, ch;
- /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
- ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
- */
+ /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
}
- }
- /* Check for an open bracket. */
- if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
- if( *zInput=='(' ){
- int nConsumed;
- pParse->nNest++;
- rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }
- *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Check for a close bracket. */
- if( *zInput==')' ){
- pParse->nNest--;
- *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1);
- return SQLITE_DONE;
+ /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+ iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
}
- }
- /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
- ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
- ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
- ** a quote character embedded in a string.
- */
- if( *zInput=='"' ){
- for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
- *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1);
- if( ii==nInput ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+ int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+ if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+ char *pNew;
+ c->nAllocated = n+20;
+ pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+ if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ c->zToken = pNew;
+ }
+ porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+ *pzToken = c->zToken;
+ *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+ *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+ *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
}
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+ 0,
+ porterCreate,
+ porterDestroy,
+ porterOpen,
+ porterClose,
+ porterNext,
+ 0
+};
- /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
- ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
- ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
- ** column specifier for the token.
- **
- ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
- ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
- ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
- ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
- ** limitation.
- */
- iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
- iColLen = 0;
- for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
- const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
- int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
- if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
- && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
- ){
- iCol = ii;
- iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
- break;
- }
- }
- rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
- *pnConsumed += iColLen;
- return rc;
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+ *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
/*
-** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
-** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
-** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
-** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
-** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+** 2007 June 22
**
-** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
-** lowest is:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** NEAR
-** NOT
-** AND (including implicit ANDs)
-** OR
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
-** precedence than the AND operator.
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
*/
-static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
- assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
- return p->eType;
- }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- return 1;
- }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
- return 2;
- }
- assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
- return 3;
-}
/*
-** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
-** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
-** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
-** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
-** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
-** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
-static void insertBinaryOperator(
- Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
- Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
- Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
-){
- Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
- while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
- pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
- }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- if( pSplit->pParent ){
- assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
- pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
- pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
- }else{
- *ppHead = pNew;
- }
- pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
- pSplit->pParent = pNew;
-}
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
/*
-** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
-** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
-** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
-** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
-** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
+** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
+** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
+** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
*/
-static int fts3ExprParse(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
- int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+static void scalarFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
- Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
- Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
- int nIn = n;
- const char *zIn = z;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int isRequirePhrase = 1;
+ Fts3Hash *pHash;
+ void *pPtr = 0;
+ const unsigned char *zName;
+ int nName;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- Fts3Expr *p = 0;
- int nByte = 0;
- rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int isPhrase;
+ assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
- && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot
- ){
- /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
- Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- if( !pNot ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
- pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
- pNot->pRight = p;
- if( pNotBranch ){
- pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
- }
- pNotBranch = pNot;
- p = pPrev;
- }else{
- int eType = p->eType;
- isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
+ pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
- ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
- ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
- ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
- */
- if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
-
- if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
- /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
- Fts3Expr *pAnd;
- assert( pRet && pPrev );
- pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- if( !pAnd ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
- pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
- insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
- pPrev = pAnd;
- }
+ zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
- /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
- ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
- ** the following:
- **
- ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
- ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
- **
- ** Return an error in either case.
- */
- if( pPrev && (
- (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
- || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
- )){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
-
- if( isPhrase ){
- if( pRet ){
- assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
- pPrev->pRight = p;
- p->pParent = pPrev;
- }else{
- pRet = p;
- }
+ if( argc==2 ){
+ void *pOld;
+ int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+ return;
+ }
+ pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+ pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+ if( pOld==pPtr ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+ return;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+ if( !pPtr ){
+ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){
+ static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+ };
+ return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){
+ const char *z1;
+ const char *z2 = 0;
+
+ /* Find the start of the next token. */
+ z1 = zStr;
+ while( z2==0 ){
+ char c = *z1;
+ switch( c ){
+ case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */
+ case '\'':
+ case '"':
+ case '`': {
+ z2 = z1;
+ while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) );
+ break;
+ }
+ case '[':
+ z2 = &z1[1];
+ while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++;
+ if( *z2 ) z2++;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){
+ z2 = &z1[1];
+ while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++;
}else{
- insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
+ z1++;
}
- isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
- }
- assert( nByte>0 );
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
- nIn -= nByte;
- zIn += nByte;
- pPrev = p;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+ *pn = (int)(z2-z1);
+ return z1;
+}
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
- if( !pRet ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
- while( pIter->pLeft ){
- pIter = pIter->pLeft;
- }
- pIter->pLeft = pRet;
- pRet = pNotBranch;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(
+ Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */
+ const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */
+){
+ int rc;
+ char *z = (char *)zArg;
+ int n = 0;
+ char *zCopy;
+ char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m;
+
+ zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg);
+ if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)];
+
+ z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n);
+ z[n] = '\0';
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+
+ m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1);
+ if( !m ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ char const **aArg = 0;
+ int iArg = 0;
+ z = &z[n+1];
+ while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){
+ int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1);
+ char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew);
+ if( !aNew ){
+ sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ aArg = aNew;
+ aArg[iArg++] = z;
+ z[n] = '\0';
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+ z = &z[n+1];
+ }
+ rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer");
+ }else{
+ (*ppTok)->pModule = m;
}
+ sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
}
- *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
-exprparse_out:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
- pRet = 0;
- }
- *ppExpr = pRet;
+ sqlite3_free(zCopy);
return rc;
}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
/*
-** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
-** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
-** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
-** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
-** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
-** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
-** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two or more arguments:
**
-** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
-** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, ..., <input-string>);
**
-** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
-** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
-** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
-** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
-** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
**
-** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
-** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
-** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
-** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
-** match any table column.
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */
- char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
- int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
- int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */
- const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+static void testFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- int nParsed;
- int rc;
- ParseContext sParse;
- sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
- sParse.nCol = nCol;
- sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
- sParse.nNest = 0;
- if( z==0 ){
- *ppExpr = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Hash *pHash;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+
+ const char *zErr = 0;
+
+ const char *zName;
+ int nName;
+ const char *zInput;
+ int nInput;
+
+ const char *azArg[64];
+
+ const char *zToken;
+ int nToken = 0;
+ int iStart = 0;
+ int iEnd = 0;
+ int iPos = 0;
+ int i;
+
+ Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+
+ if( argc<2 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1);
+ return;
}
- if( n<0 ){
- n = (int)strlen(z);
+
+ nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+ zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+
+ pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+ p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+
+ if( !p ){
+ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return;
}
- rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
- /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
- *ppExpr = 0;
+ pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+ Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+
+ for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
+ azArg[i-1] = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
}
- return rc;
-}
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+ zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
+ pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+ if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+ zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
-/*
-** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){
- if( p ){
- assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 );
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight);
- sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase);
- sqlite3_free(p->aMI);
- sqlite3_free(p);
+ while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+ zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+ nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+ }
+
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+ zErr = "error in xClose()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+ zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
+
+finish:
+ if( zErr ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
+ Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
}
-/****************************************************************************
-*****************************************************************************
-** Everything after this point is just test code.
-*/
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char *zName,
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-/*
-** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
-*/
-static int queryTestTokenizer(
+ return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zName,
+ char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
){
int rc;
@@ -117716,162 +138712,362 @@ static int queryTestTokenizer(
return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
-** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use
-** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
-** NULL is returned.
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
**
-** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to
-** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
*/
-static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
- switch( pExpr->eType ){
- case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- int i;
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
- for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf,
- pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
- (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
- );
- }
- return zBuf;
- }
+static void intTestFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ int rc;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear);
- break;
- case FTSQUERY_NOT:
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf);
- break;
- case FTSQUERY_AND:
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf);
- break;
- case FTSQUERY_OR:
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf);
- break;
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
- if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf);
- if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
- if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf);
+ /* Test the query function */
+ sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
+ rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( p1==p2 );
+ rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+ assert( p2==0 );
+ assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
- if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
- if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf);
+ /* Test the storage function */
+ rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( p2==p1 );
- return zBuf;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
+#endif
+
/*
-** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
-** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
+** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
+** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
+** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy
+** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
**
-** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
+** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
**
-** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
-** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
-** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
-** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
-** For example:
+** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
+** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
+** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
**
-** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
+** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
+** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
*/
-static void fts3ExprTest(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ Fts3Hash *pHash,
+ const char *zName
){
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
- int rc;
- char **azCol = 0;
- const char *zExpr;
- int nExpr;
- int nCol;
- int ii;
- Fts3Expr *pExpr;
- char *zBuf = 0;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ void *p = (void *)pHash;
+ const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
- if( argc<3 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
- "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
- );
- return;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ char *zTest = 0;
+ char *zTest2 = 0;
+ void *pdb = (void *)db;
+ zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
+ zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
+ if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+#endif
- rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
- (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- goto exprtest_out;
- }else if( !pModule ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
- goto exprtest_out;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
}
-
- rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- goto exprtest_out;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
}
- pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
-
- zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
- nCol = argc-2;
- azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
- if( !azCol ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- goto exprtest_out;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
}
- for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
- azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0);
}
+#endif
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
- pTokenizer, azCol, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_free(zTest);
+ sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+#endif
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+ char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+ const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
+ int nBytes; /* size of the input */
+ int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */
+ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
+ char *pToken; /* storage for current token */
+ int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+ return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
+ return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+ int argc, const char * const *argv,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+ simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+ t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+ if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+
+ /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+ ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to
+ ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+ ** information on the initial create.
+ */
+ if( argc>1 ){
+ int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+ /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+ if( ch>=0x80 ){
+ sqlite3_free(t);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ t->delim[ch] = 1;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+ t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
+ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+ c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+ if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ c->pInput = pInput;
+ if( pInput==0 ){
+ c->nBytes = 0;
+ }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+ c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
}else{
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ c->nBytes = nBytes;
}
+ c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+ c->iToken = 0;
+ c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
+ c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+ *ppCursor = &c->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-exprtest_out:
- if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
- rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
+ sqlite3_free(c);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+ const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+ unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+ int iStartOffset;
+
+ /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
+ }
+
+ /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+ iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
+ }
+
+ if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+ int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+ if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+ char *pNew;
+ c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+ pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+ if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ c->pToken = pNew;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+ ** case-insensitivity.
+ */
+ unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+ c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch);
+ }
+ *ppToken = c->pToken;
+ *pnBytes = n;
+ *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+ *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+ *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- sqlite3_free(azCol);
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
}
/*
-** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
-** with database connection db.
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
- return sqlite3_create_function(
- db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
- );
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+ 0,
+ simpleCreate,
+ simpleDestroy,
+ simpleOpen,
+ simpleClose,
+ simpleNext,
+ 0,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+ *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
}
-#endif
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 22
+** 2013 Apr 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -117880,379 +139076,454 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
-** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
-** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+******************************************************************************
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module.
+** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows:
+**
+** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <tbl> USING fts3tokenize(
+** <tokenizer-name>, <arg-1>, ...
+** );
+**
+** The table created has the following schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE <tbl>(input, token, start, end, position)
+**
+** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type:
+**
+** input = <string>
+**
+** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3
+** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With
+** fields set as follows:
+**
+** input: Always set to a copy of <string>
+** token: A token from the input.
+** start: Byte offset of the token within the input <string>.
+** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the
+** token within the input string.
+** pos: Token offset of token within input.
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable;
+typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor;
/*
-** Malloc and Free functions
+** Virtual table structure.
*/
-static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
- void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
- if( p ){
- memset(p, 0, n);
+struct Fts3tokTable {
+ sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok;
+};
+
+/*
+** Virtual table cursor structure.
+*/
+struct Fts3tokCursor {
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ char *zInput; /* Input string */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */
+ int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */
+ const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */
+ int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */
+ int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */
+ int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */
+ int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */
+};
+
+/*
+** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName.
+*/
+static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer(
+ Fts3Hash *pHash,
+ const char *zName,
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp,
+ char **pzErr
+){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+ int nName = (int)strlen(zName);
+
+ p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+ if( !p ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- return p;
-}
-static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
- sqlite3_free(p);
+
+ *pp = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
+/*
+** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated
+** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a
+** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear
+** to be quoted.
**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the
+** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is
+** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array
+** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
- assert( pNew!=0 );
- assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
- pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
- pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
- pNew->first = 0;
- pNew->count = 0;
- pNew->htsize = 0;
- pNew->ht = 0;
-}
+static int fts3tokDequoteArray(
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */
+ const char * const *argv, /* Input array */
+ char ***pazDequote /* Output array */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ if( argc==0 ){
+ *pazDequote = 0;
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ int nByte = 0;
+ char **azDequote;
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
- Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+ for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+ nByte += (int)(strlen(argv[i]) + 1);
+ }
- assert( pH!=0 );
- elem = pH->first;
- pH->first = 0;
- fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
- pH->ht = 0;
- pH->htsize = 0;
- while( elem ){
- Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
- if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
- fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+ *pazDequote = azDequote = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *)*argc + nByte);
+ if( azDequote==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ char *pSpace = (char *)&azDequote[argc];
+ for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+ int n = (int)strlen(argv[i]);
+ azDequote[i] = pSpace;
+ memcpy(pSpace, argv[i], n+1);
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(pSpace);
+ pSpace += (n+1);
+ }
}
- fts3HashFree(elem);
- elem = next_elem;
}
- pH->count = 0;
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+** Schema of the tokenizer table.
*/
-static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
- int h = 0;
- if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
- while( nKey > 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
- nKey--;
- }
- return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
- return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
-}
+#define FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position)"
/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+**
+** argv[0]: module name
+** argv[1]: database name
+** argv[2]: table name
+** argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name)
*/
-static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- int h = 0;
- const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
- while( nKey-- > 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+static int fts3tokConnectMethod(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ void *pHash, /* Hash table of tokenizers */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+ Fts3tokTable *pTab;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok = 0;
+ int rc;
+ char **azDequote = 0;
+ int nDequote;
+
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ nDequote = argc-3;
+ rc = fts3tokDequoteArray(nDequote, &argv[3], &azDequote);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ const char *zModule;
+ if( nDequote<1 ){
+ zModule = "simple";
+ }else{
+ zModule = azDequote[0];
+ }
+ rc = fts3tokQueryTokenizer((Fts3Hash*)pHash, zModule, &pMod, pzErr);
}
- return h & 0x7fffffff;
+
+ assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1];
+ rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
+ if( pTab==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
+ pTab->pMod = pMod;
+ pTab->pTok = pTok;
+ *ppVtab = &pTab->base;
+ }else{
+ if( pTok ){
+ pMod->xDestroy(pTok);
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(azDequote);
+ return rc;
}
-static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
- return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab;
+
+ pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok);
+ sqlite3_free(pTab);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value
-** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
*/
-static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
- if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
- return &fts3StrHash;
- }else{
- assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
- return &fts3BinHash;
+static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+ int i;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable
+ && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0
+ && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ ){
+ pInfo->idxNum = 1;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
+
+ pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+ assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 );
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
*/
-static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
- if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
- return &fts3StrCompare;
- }else{
- assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
- return &fts3BinCompare;
+static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+ pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
+ if( pCsr==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
+
+ *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Link an element into the hash table
+/*
+** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had
+** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod().
*/
-static void fts3HashInsertElement(
- Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
- struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
- Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
-){
- Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
- pHead = pEntry->chain;
- if( pHead ){
- pNew->next = pHead;
- pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
- if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
- else { pH->first = pNew; }
- pHead->prev = pNew;
- }else{
- pNew->next = pH->first;
- if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
- pNew->prev = 0;
- pH->first = pNew;
+static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){
+ if( pCsr->pCsr ){
+ Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+ pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr);
+ pCsr->pCsr = 0;
}
- pEntry->count++;
- pEntry->chain = pNew;
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput);
+ pCsr->zInput = 0;
+ pCsr->zToken = 0;
+ pCsr->nToken = 0;
+ pCsr->iStart = 0;
+ pCsr->iEnd = 0;
+ pCsr->iPos = 0;
+ pCsr->iRowid = 0;
}
+/*
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
-** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
-**
-** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
+ fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
*/
-static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
- struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
- Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+ Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
- new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
- if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
- fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
- pH->ht = new_ht;
- pH->htsize = new_size;
- xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
- int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
- next_elem = elem->next;
- fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+ pCsr->iRowid++;
+ rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr,
+ &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken,
+ &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos
+ );
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- return 0;
+
+ return rc;
}
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+/*
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
*/
-static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
- const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
- const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
- int nKey,
- int h /* The hash for this key. */
+static int fts3tokFilterMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
+ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
+ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
+ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
){
- Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
- int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
- int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
+ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+ Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
- if( pH->ht ){
- struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
- elem = pEntry->chain;
- count = pEntry->count;
- xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
- while( count-- && elem ){
- if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
- return elem;
+ fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+ if( idxNum==1 ){
+ const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+ int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+ pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
+ if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte);
+ pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0;
+ rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok;
}
- elem = elem->next;
}
}
- return 0;
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor);
}
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
+/*
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
*/
-static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
- Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
- Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
- int h /* Hash value for the element */
-){
- struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
- if( elem->prev ){
- elem->prev->next = elem->next;
- }else{
- pH->first = elem->next;
- }
- if( elem->next ){
- elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
- }
- pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
- if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
- pEntry->chain = elem->next;
- }
- pEntry->count--;
- if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
- pEntry->chain = 0;
- }
- if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
- fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
- }
- fts3HashFree( elem );
- pH->count--;
- if( pH->count<=0 ){
- assert( pH->first==0 );
- assert( pH->count==0 );
- fts3HashClear(pH);
- }
+static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+ return (pCsr->zToken==0);
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
- const Fts3Hash *pH,
- const void *pKey,
- int nKey
+/*
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
+*/
+static int fts3tokColumnMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
){
- int h; /* A hash on key */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
- if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
- xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+ /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */
+ switch( iCol ){
+ case 0:
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart);
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd);
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert( iCol==4 );
+ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos);
+ break;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+/*
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
- Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */
-
- pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
- return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
+static int fts3tokRowidMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+ *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
-** flag is set. NULL is returned.
-**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
-**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+/*
+** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
- Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */
- const void *pKey, /* The key */
- int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */
- void *data /* The data */
-){
- int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
- int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
- Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
- Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){
+ static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = {
+ 0, /* iVersion */
+ fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */
+ fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */
+ fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */
+ fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */
+ fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */
+ fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */
+ fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */
+ fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */
+ fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */
+ fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */
+ fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */
+ fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */
+ 0, /* xUpdate */
+ 0, /* xBegin */
+ 0, /* xSync */
+ 0, /* xCommit */
+ 0, /* xRollback */
+ 0, /* xFindFunction */
+ 0, /* xRename */
+ 0, /* xSavepoint */
+ 0, /* xRelease */
+ 0 /* xRollbackTo */
+ };
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- assert( pH!=0 );
- xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
- elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
- if( elem ){
- void *old_data = elem->data;
- if( data==0 ){
- fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
- }else{
- elem->data = data;
- }
- return old_data;
- }
- if( data==0 ) return 0;
- if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
- || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
- ){
- pH->count = 0;
- return data;
- }
- assert( pH->htsize>0 );
- new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
- if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
- if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
- new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
- if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
- fts3HashFree(new_elem);
- return data;
- }
- memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
- }else{
- new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
- }
- new_elem->nKey = nKey;
- pH->count++;
- assert( pH->htsize>0 );
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
- fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
- new_elem->data = data;
- return 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash);
+ return rc;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
+/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/
/*
-** 2006 September 30
+** 2009 Oct 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -118261,3351 +139532,3950 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
-** a Porter stemmer.
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
+** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
+** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
+** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query
+** code in fts3.c.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+
+
+#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16
+
+/*
+** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
+** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end
+** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
+** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
+**
+** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data,
+** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an
+** overread, even if the node data is corrupted.
*/
+#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2)
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into
+** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance
+** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext()
+** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
+** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD
+** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
+** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values
+** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful
+** for testing purposes.
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
+** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains
+** a Tcl interface to read and write the values.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024);
+int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4;
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
+#else
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024)
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
+#endif
/*
-** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in
+** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT.
*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
- sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */
-} porter_tokenizer;
+#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL 0
+#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1
+#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2
/*
-** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic
+** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for
+** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production
+** systems.
*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
- const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
- int nInput; /* size of the input */
- int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */
- int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
- char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
- int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES
+static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel);
+}
+#else
+#define fts3LogMerge(x, y)
+#endif
+typedef struct PendingList PendingList;
+typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode;
+typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter;
+
/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists
+** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details.
*/
-static int porterCreate(
- int argc, const char * const *argv,
- sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
-){
- porter_tokenizer *t;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+struct PendingList {
+ int nData;
+ char *aData;
+ int nSpace;
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
+};
- t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
- if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
- *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
+** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
*/
-static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
- sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+struct Fts3DeferredToken {
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
+ int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
+ PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */
+};
/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
-** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
-** *ppCursor.
+** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
+** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of
+** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles
+** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through
+** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions:
+**
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew()
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree()
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
+**
+** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures:
+**
+** fts3SegReaderNext()
+** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid()
+** fts3SegReaderNextDocid()
*/
-static int porterOpen(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
- const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
-){
- porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+struct Fts3SegReader {
+ int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */
+ u8 bLookup; /* True for a lookup only */
+ u8 rootOnly; /* True for a root-only reader */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */
+ sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */
- c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
- if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */
+ int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */
+ int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */
+ sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */
- c->zInput = zInput;
- if( zInput==0 ){
- c->nInput = 0;
- }else if( nInput<0 ){
- c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
- }else{
- c->nInput = nInput;
- }
- c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
- c->iToken = 0;
- c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
- c->nAllocated = 0;
+ Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem;
- *ppCursor = &c->base;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly
+ ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns
+ ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK
+ ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE).
+ */
+ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */
+ int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */
+ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
+ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */
+
+ /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate
+ ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
+ */
+ char *pOffsetList;
+ int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+};
+
+#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0)
+#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0)
/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** porterOpen() above.
-*/
-static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
- porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
- sqlite3_free(c);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Vowel or consonant
+** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the
+** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the
+** following functions:
+**
+** fts3SegWriterAdd()
+** fts3SegWriterFlush()
+** fts3SegWriterFree()
*/
-static const char cType[] = {
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
- 1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+struct SegmentWriter {
+ SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */
+ sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */
+ sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+ int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */
+ int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */
+ char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */
+ i64 nLeafData; /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */
};
/*
-** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
-** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
-** to Porter ruls.
+** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create
+** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except
+** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code
+** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above.
**
-** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
-** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
-** in which case it is a vowel.
+** fts3NodeAddTerm()
+** fts3NodeWrite()
+** fts3NodeFree()
**
-** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule
-** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
-** consonent.
+** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
+** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the
+** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
+** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
+** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
+** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively
+** little memory.
*/
-static int isVowel(const char*);
-static int isConsonant(const char *z){
- int j;
- char x = *z;
- if( x==0 ) return 0;
- assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
- j = cType[x-'a'];
- if( j<2 ) return j;
- return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
-}
-static int isVowel(const char *z){
- int j;
- char x = *z;
- if( x==0 ) return 0;
- assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
- j = cType[x-'a'];
- if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
- return isConsonant(z + 1);
-}
+struct SegmentNode {
+ SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */
+ SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */
+ SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */
+ int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+ int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */
+ char *aData; /* Node data */
+};
/*
-** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
-** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be
-** represented as:
-**
-** [C] (VC){m} [V]
-**
-** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
-** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the
-** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value
-** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
-**
-** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words,
-** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
-** by a consonant.
+** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt().
+*/
+#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0
+#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6
+#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17
+#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18
+#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19
+#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20
+#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21
+#define SQL_SELECT_STAT 22
+#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT 23
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID 27
+#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL 28
+#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE 29
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY 30
+#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY 31
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR 32
+#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR 33
+#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE 34
+#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES 35
+#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL 36
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2 37
+#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX 38
+#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL 39
+
+/*
+** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle
+** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful,
+** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
**
-** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking
-** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
+** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound
+** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
+** returning.
*/
-static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z!=0;
+static int fts3SqlStmt(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */
+ sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */
+){
+ const char *azSql[] = {
+/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?",
+/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)",
+/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'",
+/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'",
+/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'",
+/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'",
+/* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?",
+/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1",
+/* 9 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)",
+/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
+/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
+
+ /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
+/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+ "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
+/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+ "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?"
+ "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+
+/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",
+/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?",
+/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?",
+/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?",
+/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 24 */ "",
+/* 25 */ "",
+
+/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 27 */ "SELECT DISTINCT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+
+/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from
+** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number
+** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or,
+** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement
+** returns zero rows. */
+/* 28 */ "SELECT level FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' GROUP BY level HAVING count(*)>=?"
+ " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1",
+
+/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment
+** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See
+** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */
+/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) "
+ " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?",
+
+/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */
+/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+** Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2
+** to :1. */
+/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR
+** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute
+** level :1 with index value :2. */
+/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+ "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR
+** Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir
+** entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4. */
+/* 33 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?"
+ "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE
+** Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or
+** no rows otherwise. */
+/* 34 */ "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES
+** Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ? */
+/* 35 */ "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL
+** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */
+/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+
+ /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
+/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block "
+ "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? "
+ "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+ /* Update statements used while promoting segments */
+/* 38 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? "
+ "WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
+/* 39 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1"
+
+ };
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+ assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
+ assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
+
+ pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
+ if( !pStmt ){
+ char *zSql;
+ if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist);
+ }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist);
+ }else{
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName);
+ }
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+ p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
+ }
+ }
+ if( apVal ){
+ int i;
+ int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ *pp = pStmt;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
-** exactly 1
-*/
-static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 1;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z==0;
+
+static int fts3SelectDocsize(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid);
+ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ pStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppStmt = pStmt;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
-** or m>0
-*/
-static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z!=0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ int rc;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+ if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW
+ || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ pStmt = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ *ppStmt = pStmt;
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
-*/
-static int hasVowel(const char *z){
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z!=0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+ return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt);
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in
+** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement
+** is executed.
**
-** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
-** the first two characters of z[].
+** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
- return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
+static void fts3SqlExec(
+ int *pRC, /* Result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */
+ int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc;
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ *pRC = rc;
}
+
/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
-** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
-** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive
+** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before
+** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
+** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing
+** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or
+** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command.
**
-** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the
-** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when
+** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back.
+** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE.
+** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly
+** instead of accessing them via FTS.
*/
-static int star_oh(const char *z){
- return
- isConsonant(z) &&
- z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
- isVowel(z+1) &&
- isConsonant(z+2);
+static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( p->nPendingData==0 ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
-** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
-** ending to zTo.
+** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer).
+** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the
+** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS
+** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative
+** levels").
**
-** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo
-** is in normal order.
+** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the
+** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored
+** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three
+** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that
+** can be used to query the %_segdir table.
**
-** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not
-** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
-** no substitution occurs.
+** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024
+** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index
+** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index
+** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on.
+** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0.
+**
+** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of
+** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index
+** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024).
*/
-static int stem(
- char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
- const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
- const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
- int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */
+static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id */
+ int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] */
+ int iLevel /* Level of segments */
){
- char *z = *pz;
- while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
- if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
- if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
- while( *zTo ){
- *(--z) = *(zTo++);
- }
- *pz = z;
- return 1;
+ sqlite3_int64 iBase; /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */
+ assert( iLangid>=0 );
+ assert( p->nIndex>0 );
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+ iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL;
+ return iBase + iLevel;
}
/*
-** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
-** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with
-** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more
-** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
-** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
-** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
+** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement,
+** return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
+** each FTS3 table.
+**
+** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table:
+**
+** 0: idx
+** 1: start_block
+** 2: leaves_end_block
+** 3: end_block
+** 4: root
*/
-static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
- int i, mx, j;
- int hasDigit = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
- char c = zIn[i];
- if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
- zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
- }else{
- if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
- zOut[i] = c;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */
+ int iLangid, /* Language being queried */
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */
+ int iLevel, /* Level to select (relative level) */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 );
+ assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+ if( iLevel<0 ){
+ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+ );
}
- }
- mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
- if( nIn>mx*2 ){
- for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
- zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+ }else{
+ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel));
}
- i = j;
}
- zOut[i] = 0;
- *pnOut = i;
+ *ppStmt = pStmt;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1]. Store the output in zOut.
-** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes. Write the actual
-** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
-**
-** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
-** are converted to lower case. Upper-case UTF characters are
-** unchanged.
+** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
**
-** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
-** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word. If the
-** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
-** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes
-** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies.
-**
-** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
-** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
-** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
-** case folding.
+** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself.
+** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two
+** varints:
**
-** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is
-** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+** PendingList *p = 0;
+** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1);
+** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2);
*/
-static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
- int i, j;
- char zReverse[28];
- char *z, *z2;
- if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
- /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
- ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
- copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
- return;
- }
- for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
- char c = zIn[i];
- if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
- zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
- }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
- zReverse[j] = c;
- }else{
- /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
- ** to the copy stemmer */
- copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
- return;
- }
- }
- memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
- z = &zReverse[j+1];
-
+static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint(
+ PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */
+ sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */
+){
+ PendingList *p = *pp;
- /* Step 1a */
- if( z[0]=='s' ){
- if(
- !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
- !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) &&
- !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
- ){
- z++;
+ /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */
+ if( !p ){
+ p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ p->nSpace = 100;
+ p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+ p->nData = 0;
}
-
- /* Step 1b */
- z2 = z;
- if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
- /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
- }else if(
- (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
- && z!=z2
- ){
- if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
- stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
- stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
- /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
- }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
- z++;
- }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
- *(--z) = 'e';
- }
+ else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){
+ int nNew = p->nSpace * 2;
+ p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew);
+ if( !p ){
+ sqlite3_free(*pp);
+ *pp = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->nSpace = nNew;
+ p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
}
- /* Step 1c */
- if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
- z[0] = 'i';
- }
+ /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */
+ p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i);
+ p->aData[p->nData] = '\0';
+ *pp = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Step 2 */
- switch( z[1] ){
- case 'a':
- stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'c':
- stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'e':
- stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'g':
- stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'l':
- stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'o':
- stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 's':
- stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 't':
- stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
- break;
- }
+/*
+** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero
+** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding
+** the entry. Otherwise, zero.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning.
+** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs,
+** it is set to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingListAppend(
+ PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */
+ sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */
+ int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */
+){
+ PendingList *p = *pp;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* Step 3 */
- switch( z[0] ){
- case 'e':
- stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'i':
- stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'l':
- stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 's':
- stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
- break;
- }
+ assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid );
- /* Step 4 */
- switch( z[1] ){
- case 'a':
- if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- break;
- case 'c':
- if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
- z += 4;
- }
- break;
- case 'e':
- if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- break;
- case 'i':
- if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- break;
- case 'l':
- if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
- z += 4;
- }
- break;
- case 'n':
- if( z[0]=='t' ){
- if( z[2]=='a' ){
- if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
- stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
- stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
- stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
- }
- }
- break;
- case 'o':
- if( z[0]=='u' ){
- if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
- stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
- }
- break;
- case 's':
- if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- break;
- case 't':
- stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
- stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
- break;
- case 'u':
- if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- break;
- case 'v':
- case 'z':
- if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- break;
+ if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0);
+ if( p ){
+ assert( p->nData<p->nSpace );
+ assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 );
+ p->nData++;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){
+ goto pendinglistappend_out;
+ }
+ p->iLastCol = -1;
+ p->iLastPos = 0;
+ p->iLastDocid = iDocid;
}
-
- /* Step 5a */
- if( z[0]=='e' ){
- if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
- z++;
- }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
- z++;
+ if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol))
+ ){
+ goto pendinglistappend_out;
}
+ p->iLastCol = iCol;
+ p->iLastPos = 0;
}
-
- /* Step 5b */
- if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
- z++;
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) );
+ rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->iLastPos = iPos;
+ }
}
- /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back
- ** around into forward order and return.
- */
- *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
- zOut[i] = 0;
- while( *z ){
- zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+ pendinglistappend_out:
+ *pRc = rc;
+ if( p!=*pp ){
+ *pp = p;
+ return 1;
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character
-** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
-** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have
-** values of 0x7f or lower.
+** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend().
*/
-static const char porterIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
-};
-#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){
+ sqlite3_free(pList);
+}
/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables.
*/
-static int porterNext(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
- const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
- int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
- int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
- int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
- int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iCol,
+ int iPos,
+ Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */
+ const char *zToken,
+ int nToken
){
- porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- const char *z = c->zInput;
-
- while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
- int iStartOffset, ch;
-
- /* Scan past delimiter characters */
- while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
- }
-
- /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
- iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
- while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
- }
+ PendingList *pList;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
- int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
- if( n>c->nAllocated ){
- char *pNew;
- c->nAllocated = n+20;
- pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
- if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- c->zToken = pNew;
- }
- porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
- *pzToken = c->zToken;
- *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
- *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
- *piPosition = c->iToken++;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken);
+ if( pList ){
+ p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+ }
+ if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
+ if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
+ /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only
+ ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
+ */
+ assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
+ sqlite3_free(pList);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
- return SQLITE_DONE;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the
+** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in
+** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
- 0,
- porterCreate,
- porterDestroy,
- porterOpen,
- porterClose,
- porterNext,
-};
+static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id to use */
+ const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */
+ int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */
+ u32 *pnWord /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */
+){
+ int rc;
+ int iStart = 0;
+ int iEnd = 0;
+ int iPos = 0;
+ int nWord = 0;
+
+ char const *zToken;
+ int nToken = 0;
+
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
+ int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+ const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
+
+ assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
+
+ /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
+ ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
+ ** return early. */
+ if( zText==0 ){
+ *pnWord = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ xNext = pModule->xNext;
+ while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos))
+ ){
+ int i;
+ if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1;
+
+ /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally.
+ ** Tokens must have a non-zero length.
+ */
+ if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the term to the terms index */
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+ p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
+ );
+
+ /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too
+ ** short for. */
+ for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
+ if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue;
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+ p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
+ );
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
+ pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+ *pnWord += nWord;
+ return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to
+** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
+** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table handle */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id of row being written */
+ sqlite_int64 iDocid /* Docid of row being written */
){
- *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
-}
+ assert( iLangid>=0 );
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+ /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
+ ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if
+ ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
+ ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
+ ** generate longer doclists.
+ */
+ if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid
+ || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid
+ || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData
+ ){
+ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ p->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+ p->iPrevLangid = iLangid;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
/*
-** 2007 June 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ Fts3HashElem *pElem;
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending;
+ for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){
+ PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+ fts3PendingListDelete(pList);
+ }
+ fts3HashClear(pHash);
+ }
+ p->nPendingData = 0;
+}
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT
+** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the
+** pendingTerms hash table.
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to
+** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
- SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
+static int fts3InsertTerms(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iLangid,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ u32 *aSz
+){
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){
+ int iCol = i-2;
+ if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]);
+ int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
-** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
-**
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
-**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
-**
-** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
-** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
-** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
-** an error is returned.
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation.
+** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by
+** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e:
**
-** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
-** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT.
+** apVal[1] rowid
+** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column
+** ...
+** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column
+** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table
+** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid)
+** apVal[p->nColumn+4] Hidden languageid column
*/
-static void scalarFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int fts3InsertData(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */
){
- Fts3Hash *pHash;
- void *pPtr = 0;
- const unsigned char *zName;
- int nName;
-
- assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-
- pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
- zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */
- if( argc==2 ){
- void *pOld;
- int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
- if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
- return;
+ if( p->zContentTbl ){
+ sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3];
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ pRowid = apVal[1];
}
- pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
- pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
- if( pOld==pPtr ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
- return;
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
}
- }else{
- pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
- if( !pPtr ){
- char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
- return;
+ *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content
+ ** table. The SQL for this statement is:
+ **
+ ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...)
+ **
+ ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user
+ ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field.
+ */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_int(
+ pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2,
+ sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4])
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified
+ ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both.
+ ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the
+ ** same value. For example:
+ **
+ ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2);
+ **
+ ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values
+ ** for both docid and some other rowid alias.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){
+ if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])
+ && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])
+ ){
+ /* A rowid/docid conflict. */
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
+ /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the
+ ** new docid value.
+ */
+ sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){
- static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
- };
- return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]);
+ *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
+ return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){
- const char *z1;
- const char *z2 = 0;
- /* Find the start of the next token. */
- z1 = zStr;
- while( z2==0 ){
- char c = *z1;
- switch( c ){
- case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */
- case '\'':
- case '"':
- case '`': {
- z2 = z1;
- while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) );
- break;
- }
- case '[':
- z2 = &z1[1];
- while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++;
- if( *z2 ) z2++;
- break;
- default:
- if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){
- z2 = &z1[1];
- while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++;
- }else{
- z1++;
- }
- }
+/*
+** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing
+** pending terms.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+ /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as
+ ** is if bContent is false. */
+ assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 );
+ if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0);
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0);
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0);
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0);
}
+ if( p->bHasStat ){
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- *pn = (int)(z2-z1);
- return z1;
+/*
+**
+*/
+static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){
+ int iLangid = 0;
+ if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1);
+ return iLangid;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(
- Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */
- const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */
- sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */
- char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */
+/*
+** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid
+** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
+** full-text index.
+*/
+static void fts3DeleteTerms(
+ int *pRC, /* Result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */
+ sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */
+ u32 *aSz, /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
+ int *pbFound /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */
){
int rc;
- char *z = (char *)zArg;
- int n = 0;
- char *zCopy;
- char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m;
-
- zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg);
- if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)];
-
- z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n);
- z[n] = '\0';
- sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
- m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1);
- if( !m ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- char const **aArg = 0;
- int iArg = 0;
- z = &z[n+1];
- while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){
- int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1);
- char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew);
- if( !aNew ){
- sqlite3_free(zCopy);
- sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( *pbFound==0 );
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+ int i;
+ int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect);
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0));
+ for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){
+ int iCol = i-1;
+ if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i);
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]);
+ aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
+ }
}
- aArg = aNew;
- aArg[iArg++] = z;
- z[n] = '\0';
- sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
- z = &z[n+1];
- }
- rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer");
- }else{
- (*ppTok)->pModule = m;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ *pbFound = 1;
}
- sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
}
-
- sqlite3_free(zCopy);
- return rc;
+ *pRC = rc;
}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-
/*
-** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
-** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
-** function must be called with two arguments:
-**
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
-**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
-** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
-**
-** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
-** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
-** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
-** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
-** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
-** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between
+** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx().
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int);
+
+/*
+** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
+** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
+** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
+** by:
**
-** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
**
-** will return the string:
+** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
+** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the
+** allocated index is 0.
**
-** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
-**
+** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-static void testFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iLangid, /* Language id */
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
+ int iLevel,
+ int *piIdx
){
- Fts3Hash *pHash;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
-
- const char *zErr = 0;
-
- const char *zName;
- int nName;
- const char *zInput;
- int nInput;
-
- const char *zArg = 0;
-
- const char *zToken;
- int nToken;
- int iStart;
- int iEnd;
- int iPos;
-
- Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
- assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
-
- nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
- zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
-
- if( argc==3 ){
- zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- }
-
- pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
-
- if( !p ){
- char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
- return;
- }
-
- pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */
+ int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
- zErr = "error in xCreate()";
- goto finish;
- }
- pTokenizer->pModule = p;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
- zErr = "error in xOpen()";
- goto finish;
- }
- pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ assert( iLangid>=0 );
+ assert( p->nIndex>=1 );
- while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
- zToken = &zInput[iStart];
- nToken = iEnd-iStart;
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+ /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(
+ pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
+ );
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){
+ iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx);
}
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
- zErr = "error in xClose()";
- goto finish;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
- zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
- goto finish;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already
+ ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1
+ ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise,
+ ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext.
+ */
+ if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+ fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel));
+ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel);
+ *piIdx = 0;
+ }else{
+ *piIdx = iNext;
+ }
}
-finish:
- if( zErr ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+ return rc;
}
-static
-int registerTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+/*
+** The %_segments table is declared as follows:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB)
+**
+** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
+** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
+** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
+** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the
+** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
+** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row,
+** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If
+** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to
+** eventually free the returned buffer.
+**
+** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the
+** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls
+** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the
+** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy
+** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed
+** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held
+** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table
+** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function
+** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */
+ char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */
+ int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */
+ int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */
){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */
+ assert( pnBlob );
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( p->pSegments ){
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid);
+ }else{
+ if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){
+ p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName);
+ if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_open(
+ p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments
+ );
}
- sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments);
+ *pnBlob = nByte;
+ if( paBlob ){
+ char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+ if( !aByte ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){
+ nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE;
+ *pnLoad = nByte;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0);
+ memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(aByte);
+ aByte = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ *paBlob = aByte;
+ }
+ }
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ return rc;
}
-static
-int queryTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+/*
+** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above
+** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){
+ sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
+ p->pSegments = 0;
+}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+ int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- *pp = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
+ pReader->pBlob,
+ &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
+ nRead,
+ pReader->nPopulate
+ );
- sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pReader->nPopulate += nRead;
+ memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+ if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){
+ sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+ pReader->pBlob = 0;
+ pReader->nPopulate = 0;
}
}
+ return rc;
+}
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( !pReader->pBlob
+ || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
+ );
+ while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
+ ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+/*
+** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF.
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){
+ sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode);
+ sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob);
+ pSeg->pBlob = 0;
+ }
+ pSeg->aNode = 0;
+}
/*
-** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
-** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
-** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
-** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
-** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
-** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
-** test them.
-**
-** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
-** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
-** detected. i.e.:
-**
-** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
-**
+** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the
+** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term,
+** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-static void intTestFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int fts3SegReaderNext(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader,
+ int bIncr
){
- int rc;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
- sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+ int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */
+ char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */
+ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */
+ int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */
- /* Test the query function */
- sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
- rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( p1==p2 );
- rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
- assert( p2==0 );
- assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+ if( !pReader->aDoclist ){
+ pNext = pReader->aNode;
+ }else{
+ pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+ }
- /* Test the storage function */
- rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( p2==p1 );
+ if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){
- sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
+ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem);
+ if( pElem==0 ){
+ pReader->aNode = 0;
+ }else{
+ PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+ pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem);
+ pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem);
+ pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1;
+ pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData;
+ pReader->ppNextElem++;
+ assert( pReader->aNode );
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
-#endif
+ fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader);
-/*
-** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
-** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
-** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy
-** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
-**
-** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-**
-** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
-** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
-** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
-** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
-** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
-**
-** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
-** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
- sqlite3 *db,
- Fts3Hash *pHash,
- const char *zName
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- void *p = (void *)pHash;
- const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
+ /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf
+ ** blocks have already been traversed. */
+ assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
+ if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- char *zTest = 0;
- char *zTest2 = 0;
- void *pdb = (void *)db;
- zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
- zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
- if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+ p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode,
+ (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( pReader->pBlob==0 );
+ if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){
+ pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments;
+ p->pSegments = 0;
+ }
+ pNext = pReader->aNode;
}
-#endif
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
+ assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) );
+
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is
+ ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
+ pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
+ pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
+ if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0
+ || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
+ ){
+ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0);
+
+ if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){
+ int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2;
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pReader->zTerm = zNew;
+ pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew;
}
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_free(zTest);
- sqlite3_free(zTest2);
-#endif
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- return rc;
-}
+ memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix);
+ pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+ pNext += nSuffix;
+ pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist);
+ pReader->aDoclist = pNext;
+ pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+ /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
+ ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either
+ ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
+ */
+ if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
+ || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
+ ){
+ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated
+** with the current term.
*/
+static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pReader->aDoclist );
+ assert( !pReader->pOffsetList );
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ u8 bEof = 0;
+ pReader->iDocid = 0;
+ pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+ pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList,
+ &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+ );
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid);
+ pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n];
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
+** associated with the current term.
+**
+** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then
+** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
+** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
+** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
+** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example:
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
+static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid(
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */
+ char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */
+ int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char *p = pReader->pOffsetList;
+ char c = 0;
+ assert( p );
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
- sqlite3_tokenizer base;
- char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */
-} simple_tokenizer;
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc.
+ ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so
+ ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */
+ u8 bEof = 0;
+ if( ppOffsetList ){
+ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+ *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+ pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid,
+ &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+ );
+ if( bEof ){
+ pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+ }else{
+ pReader->pOffsetList = p;
+ }
+ }else{
+ char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
- const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
- int nBytes; /* size of the input */
- int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */
- int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
- char *pToken; /* storage for current token */
- int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+ /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The
+ ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
+ ** the same offset list. */
+ while( 1 ){
+
+ /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
+ ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired
+ ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
+ ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past
+ ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
+ */
+ while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+ assert( *p==0 );
+
+ if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
+ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ p++;
+
+ /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
+ ** size of the previous offset-list.
+ */
+ if( ppOffsetList ){
+ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+ *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1);
+ }
+ /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */
+ while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
+
+ /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
+ ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
+ ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
+ ** returning.
+ */
+ if( p>=pEnd ){
+ pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta);
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx ){
+ pReader->iDocid -= iDelta;
+ }else{
+ pReader->iDocid += iDelta;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
-static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
- return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
-}
-static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
- return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int simpleCreate(
- int argc, const char * const *argv,
- sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
+ int *pnOvfl
){
- simple_tokenizer *t;
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int nOvfl = 0;
+ int ii;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int pgsz = p->nPgsz;
- t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
- if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+ assert( p->bFts4 );
+ assert( pgsz>0 );
- /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
- ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to
- ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
- ** information on the initial create.
- */
- if( argc>1 ){
- int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
- /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
- if( ch>=0x80 ){
- sqlite3_free(t);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader)
+ && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader)
+ ){
+ sqlite3_int64 jj;
+ for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
+ int nBlob;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){
+ nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz;
+ }
}
- t->delim[ch] = 1;
- }
- } else {
- /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
- int i;
- for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
- t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0;
}
}
-
- *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ *pnOvfl = nOvfl;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
+** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the
+** second argument.
*/
-static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
- sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+ if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm);
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
+ sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
+ sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pReader);
}
/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
-** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
-** *ppCursor.
+** Allocate a new SegReader object.
*/
-static int simpleOpen(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
- const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(
+ int iAge, /* Segment "age". */
+ int bLookup, /* True for a lookup only */
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */
+ const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */
+ int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */
+ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */
){
- simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */
+ int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+ assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
+ if( iStartLeaf==0 ){
+ nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING;
+ }
- c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
- if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra);
+ if( !pReader ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader));
+ pReader->iIdx = iAge;
+ pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0;
+ pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf;
+ pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf;
+ pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock;
- c->pInput = pInput;
- if( pInput==0 ){
- c->nBytes = 0;
- }else if( nBytes<0 ){
- c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+ if( nExtra ){
+ /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */
+ pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1];
+ pReader->rootOnly = 1;
+ pReader->nNode = nRoot;
+ memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot);
+ memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
}else{
- c->nBytes = nBytes;
+ pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1;
}
- c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
- c->iToken = 0;
- c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
- c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
-
- *ppCursor = &c->base;
+ *ppReader = pReader;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** simpleOpen() above.
+** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting
+** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing
+** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database.
*/
-static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
- simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
- sqlite3_free(c);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){
+ char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+ char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+ int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+ int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+
+ int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+ int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n);
+ if( c==0 ){
+ c = n1 - n2;
+ }
+ return c;
}
/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through
+** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array.
+**
+** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates
+** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is
+** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if
+** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and
+** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order
+** shown):
+**
+** f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird
+** m my mys mysq mysql
+** s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite
+**
+** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are:
+**
+** firebird mysql sqlite
*/
-static int simpleNext(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
- const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
- int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
- int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
- int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
- int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */
+ int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */
+ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */
){
- simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
- unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */
+ Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */
+ Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */
+ int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ Fts3Hash *pHash;
- while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
- int iStartOffset;
+ pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending;
+ if( bPrefix ){
+ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */
- /* Scan past delimiter characters */
- while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
- }
+ for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){
+ char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE);
+ int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE);
+ if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){
+ if( nElem==nAlloc ){
+ Fts3HashElem **aElem2;
+ nAlloc += 16;
+ aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc(
+ aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)
+ );
+ if( !aElem2 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ nElem = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ aElem = aElem2;
+ }
- /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
- iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
- while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
+ aElem[nElem++] = pE;
+ }
}
- if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
- int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
- if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
- char *pNew;
- c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
- pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
- if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- c->pToken = pNew;
- }
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
- ** case-insensitivity.
- */
- unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
- c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch);
- }
- *ppToken = c->pToken;
- *pnBytes = n;
- *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
- *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
- *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+ /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem
+ ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison
+ ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk.
+ */
+ if( nElem>1 ){
+ qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm);
+ }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
+ ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup.
+ **
+ ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer
+ ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid
+ ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block.
+ */
+ pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm);
+ if( pE ){
+ aElem = &pE;
+ nElem = 1;
}
}
- return SQLITE_DONE;
-}
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
- 0,
- simpleCreate,
- simpleDestroy,
- simpleOpen,
- simpleClose,
- simpleNext,
-};
+ if( nElem>0 ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *);
+ pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !pReader ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memset(pReader, 0, nByte);
+ pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+ pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1];
+ memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *));
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
-){
- *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+ if( bPrefix ){
+ sqlite3_free(aElem);
+ }
+ *ppReader = pReader;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/
/*
-** 2009 Oct 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures.
+** Comparison is as follows:
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
**
-******************************************************************************
+** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one
+** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the
+** larger.
**
-** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
-** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
-** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
-** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query
-** code in fts3.c.
+** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
+static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+ int rc;
+ if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){
+ int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm;
+ if( rc2<0 ){
+ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm);
+ }else{
+ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm);
+ }
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ rc = rc2;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0);
+ }
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+ }
+ assert( rc!=0 );
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
-** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end
-** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
-** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
+** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this
+** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in
+** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows:
**
-** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data,
-** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an
-** overread, even if the node data is corrupted.
-*/
-#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2)
-
-/*
-** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into
-** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance
-** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext()
-** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
-** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
+** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF.
**
-** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD
-** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
-** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values
-** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful
-** for testing purposes.
+** 2) By current docid.
**
-** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
-** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains
-** a Tcl interface to read and write the values.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024);
-int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4;
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
-#else
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024)
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
-#endif
-
-typedef struct PendingList PendingList;
-typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode;
-typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter;
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists
-** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details.
+** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
*/
-struct PendingList {
- int nData;
- char *aData;
- int nSpace;
- sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
- sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
- sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
-};
-
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+ }else{
+ rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+ return rc;
+}
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+ }else{
+ rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
+** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
+** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm.
+**
+** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
+** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
+** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm.
*/
-struct Fts3DeferredToken {
- Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
- int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */
- Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
- PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */
-};
+static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp(
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */
+ int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+){
+ int res = 0;
+ if( pSeg->aNode ){
+ if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){
+ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ }else{
+ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm);
+ }
+ if( res==0 ){
+ res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm;
+ }
+ }
+ return res;
+}
/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
-** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of
-** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles
-** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through
-** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions:
-**
-** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew()
-** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree()
-** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
-**
-** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures:
-**
-** fts3SegReaderNext()
-** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid()
-** fts3SegReaderNextDocid()
+** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that
+** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order
+** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles
+** the array around until all entries are in sorted order.
*/
-struct Fts3SegReader {
- int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */
-
- sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */
- sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */
- sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */
- sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */
-
- char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */
- int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */
- int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */
- sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */
-
- Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem;
-
- /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly
- ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns
- ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK
- ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE).
- */
- int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */
- char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */
- int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */
- char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
- int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */
-
- /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate
- ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
- */
- char *pOffsetList;
- int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
-};
+static void fts3SegReaderSort(
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */
+ int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */
+ int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */
+){
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
-#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0)
-#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->aNode==(char *)&(p)[1])
+ assert( nSuspect<=nSegment );
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the
-** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the
-** following functions:
-**
-** fts3SegWriterAdd()
-** fts3SegWriterFlush()
-** fts3SegWriterFree()
-*/
-struct SegmentWriter {
- SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */
- sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */
- sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */
- char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
- int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
- int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
- char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
- int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */
- int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */
- char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */
-};
+ if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--;
+ for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){
+ int j;
+ for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pTmp;
+ if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break;
+ pTmp = apSegment[j+1];
+ apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j];
+ apSegment[j] = pTmp;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create
-** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except
-** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code
-** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above.
-**
-** fts3NodeAddTerm()
-** fts3NodeWrite()
-** fts3NodeFree()
-**
-** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
-** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the
-** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
-** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
-** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
-** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively
-** little memory.
-*/
-struct SegmentNode {
- SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */
- SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */
- SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */
- int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */
- char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
- int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
- int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
- char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
- int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */
- char *aData; /* Node data */
-};
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */
+ for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){
+ assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 );
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegment(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */
+ char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */
+ int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt().
+** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set
+** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs,
+** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code.
*/
-#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0
-#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6
-#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7
-#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8
-#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9
-#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10
-#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11
-#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12
-#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13
-#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14
-#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15
-#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16
-#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17
-#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18
-#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19
-#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20
-#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21
-#define SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL 22
-#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL 23
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){
+ int rc;
+ int mxLevel = 0;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ *pnMax = mxLevel;
+ return rc;
+}
-#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26
+/*
+** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegdir(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */
+ int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */
+ sqlite3_int64 nLeafData, /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */
+ char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */
+ int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock);
+ if( nLeafData==0 ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock);
+ }else{
+ char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData);
+ if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free);
+ }
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle
-** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful,
-** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned.
-** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
+** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
+** zNext, in bytes. For example,
**
-** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
-** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound
-** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
-** returning.
+** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3
+** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2
+** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0
*/
-static int fts3SqlStmt(
+static int fts3PrefixCompress(
+ const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */
+ int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */
+ const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */
+ int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */
+){
+ int n;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext);
+ for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++);
+ return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger
+** (according to memcmp) than the previous term.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */
- sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */
+ SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */
+ int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+ int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */
){
- const char *azSql[] = {
-/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?",
-/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)",
-/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'",
-/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'",
-/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
-/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'",
-/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'",
-/* 7 */ "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x WHERE rowid=?",
-/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1",
-/* 9 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)",
-/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
-/* 11 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
+ SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree;
+ int rc;
+ SegmentNode *pNew;
- /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
-/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
- "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
-/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
- "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?"
- "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+ /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if
+ ** this is possible.
+ */
+ if( pTree ){
+ int nData = pTree->nData; /* Current size of node in bytes */
+ int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */
+ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */
+ int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */
-/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
-/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
-/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
-/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?",
-/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",
-/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?",
-/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",
-/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?",
-/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=0",
-/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(0,?)",
-/* 24 */ "",
-/* 25 */ "",
+ nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix;
+ if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){
-/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+ if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+ /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node
+ ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
+ ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
+ ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
+ ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB,
+ ** this is not expected to be a serious problem.
+ */
+ assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
+ pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
+ if( !pTree->aData ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
- };
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ if( pTree->zTerm ){
+ /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+ }
- assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
- assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
-
- pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
- if( !pStmt ){
- char *zSql;
- if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist);
- }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName);
- }else{
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName);
- }
- if( !zSql ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL);
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
- p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+ memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+ pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix;
+ pTree->nEntry++;
+
+ if( isCopyTerm ){
+ if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+ pTree->zMalloc = zNew;
+ }
+ pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc;
+ memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+ }else{
+ pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+ pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- if( apVal ){
- int i;
- int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]);
+
+ /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the
+ ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node).
+ ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
+ ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree
+ ** has no parent, one is created here.
+ */
+ pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
+ if( !pNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode));
+ pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX;
+ pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1];
+
+ if( pTree ){
+ SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent;
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ if( pTree->pParent==0 ){
+ pTree->pParent = pParent;
}
+ pTree->pRight = pNew;
+ pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost;
+ pNew->pParent = pParent;
+ pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc;
+ pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc;
+ pTree->zMalloc = 0;
+ }else{
+ pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
}
- *pp = pStmt;
+
+ *ppTree = pNew;
return rc;
}
-static int fts3SelectDocsize(
- Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table handle */
- int eStmt, /* Either SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE or DOCTOTAL */
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
+*/
+static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
+ SegmentNode *pTree,
+ int iHeight,
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */
- int rc; /* Return code */
+ int nStart;
+ assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 );
+ nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild);
+ pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight;
+ sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild);
+ return nStart;
+}
- assert( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE || eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL );
+/*
+** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
+** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of
+** pTree and its peers to the database.
+**
+** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
+** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
+** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
+** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeWrite(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */
+ int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */
+ sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */
+ char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */
+ int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, eStmt, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE ){
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid);
+ if( !pTree->pParent ){
+ /* Root node of the tree. */
+ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf);
+ *piLast = iFree-1;
+ *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart;
+ *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart];
+ }else{
+ SegmentNode *pIter;
+ sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree;
+ sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf;
+ for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
+ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
+ int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
+
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
+ iNextFree++;
+ iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
}
- rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
- pStmt = 0;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( iNextLeaf==iFree );
+ rc = fts3NodeWrite(
+ p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot
+ );
}
}
- *ppStmt = pStmt;
return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(
- Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
-){
- return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, 0, ppStmt);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(
- Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
-){
- return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, iDocid, ppStmt);
+/*
+** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree.
+*/
+static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){
+ if( pTree ){
+ SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost;
+ fts3NodeFree(p->pParent);
+ while( p ){
+ SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight;
+ if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){
+ sqlite3_free(p->aData);
+ }
+ assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 );
+ sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ p = pRight;
+ }
+ }
}
/*
-** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in
-** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement
-** is executed.
+** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object
+** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should
+** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object
+** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case.
**
-** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an
-** SQLite error code otherwise.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-static void fts3SqlExec(
- int *pRC, /* Result code */
- Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */
- int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */
- sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */
+static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */
+ int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */
+ const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */
+ int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */
){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- int rc;
- if( *pRC ) return;
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+ int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */
+ int nData;
+ SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter;
+
+ if( !pWriter ){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+ /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */
+ pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+ if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+ *ppWriter = pWriter;
+
+ /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */
+ pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize);
+ if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize;
+
+ /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+ pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree;
+ }
rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ nData = pWriter->nData;
+
+ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+ /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */
+ nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */
+ nSuffix + /* Term suffix */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */
+ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */
+
+ if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+ int rc;
+
+ /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ p->nLeafAdd++;
+
+ /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to
+ ** the interior tree must:
+ **
+ ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+ ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and
+ **
+ ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+ ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+ **
+ ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+ ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+ */
+ assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ nData = 0;
+ pWriter->nTerm = 0;
+
+ nPrefix = 0;
+ nSuffix = nTerm;
+ nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */
+ nTerm + /* Term suffix */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */
+ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */
+ }
+
+ /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */
+ pWriter->nLeafData += nReq;
+
+ /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc
+ ** the buffer to make it large enough.
+ */
+ if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){
+ char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq);
+ if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pWriter->aData = aNew;
+ pWriter->nSize = nReq;
+ }
+ assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize );
+
+ /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+ memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+ nData += nSuffix;
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist);
+ memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+ pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist;
+
+ /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next.
+ ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by
+ ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just
+ ** store a copy of the pointer.
+ */
+ if( isCopyTerm ){
+ if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+ pWriter->zMalloc = zNew;
+ pWriter->zTerm = zNew;
+ }
+ assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc );
+ memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ }else{
+ pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
}
- *pRC = rc;
-}
+ pWriter->nTerm = nTerm;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** This function ensures that the caller has obtained a shared-cache
-** table-lock on the %_content table. This is required before reading
-** data from the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
-** the caller may end up holding read-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir
-** tables, but no read-lock on the %_content table. If this happens
-** a second connection will be able to write to the fts3 table, but
-** attempting to commit those writes might return SQLITE_LOCKED or
-** SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (because the commit attempts to obtain
-** write-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables).
-**
-** We try to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when committing
-** a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. And this is
-** not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. It can
-** still happen if the user reads data directly from the %_segments or
-** %_segdir tables instead of going through FTS3 though.
+** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the
+** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added
+** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *p){
+static int fts3SegWriterFlush(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */
+ int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */
+){
int rc; /* Return code */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to obtain lock */
+ if( pWriter->pTree ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */
+ char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */
+ int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1);
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree;
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1,
+ pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
+ pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
+ 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
}
+ p->nLeafAdd++;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
-** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement,
-** return an SQLite error code.
-**
-** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
-** each FTS3 table.
-**
-** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table:
+** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the
+** first argument.
+*/
+static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
+ if( pWriter ){
+ sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData);
+ sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc);
+ fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree);
+ sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer.
+** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that
+** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid
+** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty.
**
-** 0: idx
-** 1: start_block
-** 2: leaves_end_block
-** 3: end_block
-** 4: root
+** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for
+** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(
- Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */
- int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */
- int iLevel, /* Level to select */
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */
-){
+static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-
- assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 );
- assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
- assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
-
- if( iLevel<0 ){
- /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
- sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1);
- }
+ if( p->zContentTbl ){
+ /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */
+ *pisEmpty = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel+iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
}
- *ppStmt = pStmt;
return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index
+** iIndex.
**
-** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself.
-** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two
-** varints:
+** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table.
**
-** PendingList *p = 0;
-** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1);
-** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2);
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
*/
-static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint(
- PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */
- sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */
+static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iLangid,
+ int iIndex,
+ sqlite3_int64 *pnMax
){
- PendingList *p = *pp;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc;
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
- /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */
- if( !p ){
- p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100);
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- p->nSpace = 100;
- p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
- p->nData = 0;
- }
- else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){
- int nNew = p->nSpace * 2;
- p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew);
- if( !p ){
- sqlite3_free(*pp);
- *pp = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- p->nSpace = nNew;
- p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+ /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+ **
+ ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+ **
+ ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+ */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+ );
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
}
-
- /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */
- p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i);
- p->aData[p->nData] = '\0';
- *pp = p;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
/*
-** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero
-** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding
-** the entry. Otherwise, zero.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning.
-** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs,
-** it is set to SQLITE_OK.
+** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within
+** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number
+** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if
+** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the
+** final value of *pbMax is undefined.
*/
-static int fts3PendingListAppend(
- PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */
- sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */
- sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */
- int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */
-){
- PendingList *p = *pp;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid );
+static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){
- if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){
- sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0);
- if( p ){
- assert( p->nData<p->nSpace );
- assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 );
- p->nData++;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){
- goto pendinglistappend_out;
- }
- p->iLastCol = -1;
- p->iLastPos = 0;
- p->iLastDocid = iDocid;
- }
- if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1))
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol))
- ){
- goto pendinglistappend_out;
- }
- p->iLastCol = iCol;
- p->iLastPos = 0;
- }
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) );
- rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->iLastPos = iPos;
- }
- }
+ /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+ **
+ ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+ **
+ ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+ */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL
+ );
- pendinglistappend_out:
- *pRc = rc;
- if( p!=*pp ){
- *pp = p;
- return 1;
+ *pbMax = 0;
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL;
}
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend().
-*/
-static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){
- sqlite3_free(pList);
+ return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
/*
-** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables.
+** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment
+** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents
+** of the %_segdir table.
*/
-static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
- Fts3Table *p,
- int iCol,
- int iPos,
- Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */
- const char *zToken,
- int nToken
+static int fts3DeleteSegment(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg /* Segment to delete */
){
- PendingList *pList;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken);
- if( pList ){
- p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
- }
- if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
- if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
- /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only
- ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
- */
- assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
- sqlite3_free(pList);
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock);
+ sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
}
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
- }
return rc;
}
/*
-** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the
-** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in
-** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol.
+** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
+** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
+** it:
+**
+** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with
+** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third
+** argument, and
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
+** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */
- const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */
- int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */
- u32 *pnWord /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */
+static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id */
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
+ int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */
+ int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */
){
- int rc;
- int iStart;
- int iEnd;
- int iPos;
- int nWord = 0;
-
- char const *zToken;
- int nToken;
-
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
- int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
- const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
-
- assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* SQL statement to delete rows */
- /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
- ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
- ** return early. */
- if( zText==0 ){
- *pnWord = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){
+ rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, apSegment[i]);
}
-
- rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCsr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
- pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-
- xNext = pModule->xNext;
- while( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos))
- ){
- int i;
- if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1;
- /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally.
- ** Tokens must have a non-zero length.
- */
- if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
+ assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL );
+ if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2,
+ getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+ );
}
-
- /* Add the term to the terms index */
- rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
- p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
- );
-
- /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too
- ** short for. */
- for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
- struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
- if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue;
- rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
- p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(
+ pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
);
}
}
- pModule->xClose(pCsr);
- *pnWord = nWord;
- return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to
-** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
-** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
-*/
-static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(Fts3Table *p, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
- ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if
- ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
- ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
- ** generate longer doclists.
- */
- if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData ){
- int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
}
- p->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
- Fts3HashElem *pElem;
- Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending;
- for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){
- PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
- fts3PendingListDelete(pList);
- }
- fts3HashClear(pHash);
- }
- p->nPendingData = 0;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT
-** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the
-** pendingTerms hash table.
+** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains
+** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
+** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
+** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
**
-** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to
-** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
+** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then
+** *pnList is set to zero before returning.
+**
+** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following
+** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning.
*/
-static int fts3InsertTerms(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz){
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
- for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){
- const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]);
- int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, i-2, &aSz[i-2]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+static void fts3ColumnFilter(
+ int iCol, /* Column to filter on */
+ int bZero, /* Zero out anything following *ppList */
+ char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */
+ int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */
+){
+ char *pList = *ppList;
+ int nList = *pnList;
+ char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+ int iCurrent = 0;
+ char *p = pList;
+
+ assert( iCol>=0 );
+ while( 1 ){
+ char c = 0;
+ while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+
+ if( iCol==iCurrent ){
+ nList = (int)(p - pList);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ nList -= (int)(p - pList);
+ pList = p;
+ if( nList==0 ){
+ break;
}
- aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]);
+ p = &pList[1];
+ p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( bZero && &pList[nList]!=pEnd ){
+ memset(&pList[nList], 0, pEnd - &pList[nList]);
+ }
+ *ppList = pList;
+ *pnList = nList;
}
/*
-** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation.
-** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by
-** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e:
+** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any
+** existing data). Grow the buffer if required.
**
-** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT.
-** apVal[1] rowid
-** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column
-** ...
-** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column
-** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table
-** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid)
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
-static int fts3InsertData(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */
- sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */
- sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */
+static int fts3MsrBufferData(
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+ char *pList,
+ int nList
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */
-
- /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content
- ** table. The SQL for this statement is:
- **
- ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...)
- **
- ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user
- ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field.
- */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified
- ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both.
- ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the
- ** same value. For example:
- **
- ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2);
- **
- ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values
- ** for both docid and some other rowid alias.
- */
- if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){
- if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])
- && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])
- ){
- /* A rowid/docid conflict. */
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){
+ char *pNew;
+ pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2;
+ pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer);
+ if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pMsr->aBuffer = pNew;
}
- /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the
- ** new docid value.
- */
- sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
-
- *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
- return rc;
+ memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */
+ char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+ int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */
+){
+ int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance;
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment;
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+ p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+ );
+
+ if( nMerge==0 ){
+ *paPoslist = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ while( 1 ){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg;
+ pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0];
-/*
-** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing
-** pending terms.
-*/
-static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){
+ *paPoslist = 0;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ int rc;
+ char *pList;
+ int nList;
+ int j;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
- /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */
- sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+ rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+ j = 1;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && j<nMerge
+ && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+ && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+ ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+ j++;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
- /* Delete everything from the %_content, %_segments and %_segdir tables. */
- fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0);
- fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0);
- fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0);
- if( p->bHasDocsize ){
- fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0);
- }
- if( p->bHasStat ){
- fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 );
+ pList = pMsr->aBuffer;
+ }
-/*
-** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid
-** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
-** full-text index.
-*/
-static void fts3DeleteTerms(
- int *pRC, /* Result code */
- Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */
- sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */
- u32 *aSz /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+ if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){
+ fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList);
+ }
- if( *pRC ) return;
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
- int i;
- for(i=1; i<=p->nColumn; i++){
- const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i);
- rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, -1, &aSz[i-1]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
+ if( nList>0 ){
+ *paPoslist = pList;
+ *piDocid = iDocid;
+ *pnPoslist = nList;
+ break;
}
}
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
- }else{
- sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
}
- *pRC = rc;
-}
-/*
-** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between
-** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx().
-*/
-static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-/*
-** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
-** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
-** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
-** by:
-**
-** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
-**
-** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
-** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the
-** allocated index is 0.
-**
-** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
-** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
- Fts3Table *p,
- int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
- int iLevel,
- int *piIdx
+static int fts3SegReaderStart(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */
+ int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */
){
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */
- int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */
+ int i;
+ int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
- /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int(pNextIdx, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel);
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){
- iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0);
- }
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx);
- }
+ /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search
+ ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
+ ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
+ ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
+ ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term.
+ */
+ for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+ int res = 0;
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+ do {
+ int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already
- ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1
- ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise,
- ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext.
- */
- if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
- rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iIndex, iLevel);
- *piIdx = 0;
- }else{
- *piIdx = iNext;
+ if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){
+ fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
}
}
+ fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp);
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** The %_segments table is declared as follows:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB)
-**
-** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
-** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
-** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
-** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the
-** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
-** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row,
-** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If
-** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to
-** eventually free the returned buffer.
-**
-** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the
-** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls
-** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the
-** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy
-** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed
-** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held
-** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table
-** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function
-** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
- Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
- sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */
- char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */
- int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */
- int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
+ pCsr->pFilter = pFilter;
+ return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm);
+}
- /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */
- assert( pnBlob);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ int iCol, /* Column to match on. */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */
+ int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+){
+ int i;
+ int rc;
+ int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+ p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+ );
- if( p->pSegments ){
- rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid);
- }else{
- if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){
- p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName);
- if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 );
+ assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 );
+
+ /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */
+ rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */
+ for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+ if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){
+ break;
}
- rc = sqlite3_blob_open(
- p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments
- );
}
+ pCsr->nAdvance = i;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments);
- *pnBlob = nByte;
- if( paBlob ){
- char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
- if( !aByte ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){
- nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE;
- *pnLoad = nByte;
- }
- rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0);
- memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(aByte);
- aByte = 0;
- }
- }
- *paBlob = aByte;
- }
+ /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
+ fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp);
- return rc;
+ assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn );
+ pCsr->iColFilter = iCol;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above
-** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details.
+** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using
+** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also
+** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such
+** a state that if the next two calls are:
+**
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
+**
+** then the entire doclist for the term is available in
+** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){
- sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
- p->pSegments = 0;
-}
-
-static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
- int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */
- int rc; /* Return code */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */
- nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
- rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
- pReader->pBlob,
- &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
- nRead,
- pReader->nPopulate
- );
+ assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 );
+ assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 );
+ assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 );
+ assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pReader->nPopulate += nRead;
- memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
- if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){
- sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
- pReader->pBlob = 0;
- pReader->nPopulate = 0;
- }
+ pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+ pCsr->bRestart = 1;
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+ pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0;
+ pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0;
+ pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0;
}
- return rc;
-}
-static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( !pReader->pBlob
- || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
- );
- while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
- && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
- ){
- rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
- }
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the
-** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term,
-** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderNext(
- Fts3Table *p,
- Fts3SegReader *pReader,
- int bIncr
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */
){
- int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */
- char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */
- int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */
- int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !pReader->aDoclist ){
- pNext = pReader->aNode;
- }else{
- pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
- }
+ int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY);
+ int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS);
+ int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER);
+ int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX);
+ int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN);
+ int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST);
- if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment;
+ int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter;
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+ p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+ );
- if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
- Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem);
- if( pElem==0 ){
- pReader->aNode = 0;
+ if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ do {
+ int nMerge;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
+ ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i];
+ if( pSeg->bLookup ){
+ fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
}else{
- PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
- pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem);
- pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem);
- pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1;
- pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData;
- pReader->ppNextElem++;
- assert( pReader->aNode );
+ rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
+ fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+ pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
- if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
- sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
- sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
- pReader->pBlob = 0;
- }
- pReader->aNode = 0;
+ /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break;
- /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf
- ** blocks have already been traversed. */
- assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
- if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm;
+ pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
+
+ /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
+ ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all
+ ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
+ **
+ ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
+ ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
+ */
+ if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
+ if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm
+ || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
+ || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm)
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
}
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
- p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode,
- (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- assert( pReader->pBlob==0 );
- if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){
- pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments;
- p->pSegments = 0;
+ nMerge = 1;
+ while( nMerge<nSegment
+ && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
+ && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm
+ && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
+ ){
+ nMerge++;
}
- pNext = pReader->aNode;
- }
- assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) );
+ assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
+ if( nMerge==1
+ && !isIgnoreEmpty
+ && !isFirst
+ && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
+ ){
+ pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
+ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist);
+ pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+ }else{
+ pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ }else{
+ int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */
- rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is
- ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
- pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
- pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
- if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0
- || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
- ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
- }
+ /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array
+ ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged
+ ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){
+ fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]);
+ }
+ fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp);
+ while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){
+ int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */
+ char *pList = 0;
+ int nList = 0;
+ int nByte;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+ fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+ j = 1;
+ while( j<nMerge
+ && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+ && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+ ){
+ fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+ j++;
+ }
- if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){
- int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2;
- char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew);
- if( !zNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( isColFilter ){
+ fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList);
+ }
+
+ if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
+
+ /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged
+ ** doclist. */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
+ iDelta = iPrev - iDocid;
+ }else{
+ iDelta = iDocid - iPrev;
+ }
+ assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) );
+ assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid );
+
+ nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
+ if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
+ char *aNew;
+ pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
+ if( !aNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
+ }
+
+ if( isFirst ){
+ char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist];
+ int nWrite;
+
+ nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a);
+ if( nWrite ){
+ iPrev = iDocid;
+ nDoclist += nWrite;
+ }
+ }else{
+ nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta);
+ iPrev = iDocid;
+ if( isRequirePos ){
+ memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList);
+ nDoclist += nList;
+ pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+ }
+ if( nDoclist>0 ){
+ pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+ pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ }
}
- pReader->zTerm = zNew;
- pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew;
- }
+ pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge;
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ return rc;
+}
- memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix);
- pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix;
- pNext += nSuffix;
- pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist);
- pReader->aDoclist = pNext;
- pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
- /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
- ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either
- ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
- */
- if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
- || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
- ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */
+){
+ if( pCsr ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
+
+ pCsr->nSegment = 0;
+ pCsr->apSegment = 0;
+ pCsr->aBuffer = 0;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated
-** with the current term.
+** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT
+** statement passed as the first argument.
+**
+** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field
+** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated
+** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock
+** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second,
+** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second.
*/
-static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pReader->aDoclist );
- assert( !pReader->pOffsetList );
- if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
- u8 bEof = 0;
- pReader->iDocid = 0;
- pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
- sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
- pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList,
- &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
- );
- }else{
- rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid);
- pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n];
+static void fts3ReadEndBlockField(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int iCol,
+ i64 *piEndBlock,
+ i64 *pnByte
+){
+ const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol);
+ if( zText ){
+ int i;
+ int iMul = 1;
+ i64 iVal = 0;
+ for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
+ iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
+ }
+ *piEndBlock = iVal;
+ while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++;
+ iVal = 0;
+ if( zText[i]=='-' ){
+ i++;
+ iMul = -1;
+ }
+ for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
+ iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
}
+ *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul);
}
- return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
-** associated with the current term.
-**
-** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then
-** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
-** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
-** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
-** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example:
+** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level
+** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result.
*/
-static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid(
- Fts3Table *pTab,
- Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */
- char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */
- int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */
+static int fts3PromoteSegments(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level just updated */
+ sqlite3_int64 nByte /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char *p = pReader->pOffsetList;
- char c = 0;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pRange;
- assert( p );
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0);
- if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
- /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc.
- ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so
- ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */
- u8 bEof = 0;
- if( ppOffsetList ){
- *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
- *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1;
- }
- sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
- pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid,
- &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
- );
- if( bEof ){
- pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
- }else{
- pReader->pOffsetList = p;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int bOk = 0;
+ i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1;
+ i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2;
+
+ /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to
+ ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is
+ ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all
+ ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be
+ ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast);
+ while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
+ i64 nSize = 0, dummy;
+ fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize);
+ if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){
+ /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not
+ ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an
+ ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine
+ ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not
+ ** take place. */
+ bOk = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ bOk = 1;
}
- }else{
- char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
- /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The
- ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
- ** the same offset list. */
- while( 1 ){
-
- /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
- ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired
- ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
- ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte passed
- ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
- */
- while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
- assert( *p==0 );
-
- if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
- rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- p++;
-
- /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
- ** size of the previous offset-list.
- */
- if( ppOffsetList ){
- *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
- *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1);
- }
+ if( bOk ){
+ int iIdx = 0;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2;
- while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
-
- /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
- ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
- ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
- ** returning.
- */
- if( p>=pEnd ){
- pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
- }else{
- rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
- pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta);
- if( pTab->bDescIdx ){
- pReader->iDocid -= iDelta;
- }else{
- pReader->iDocid += iDelta;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+ /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with
+ ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited,
+ ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the
+ ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on.
+ **
+ ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1,
+ ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same
+ ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except
+ ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below. */
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel);
+ while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0));
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1));
+ sqlite3_step(pUpdate1);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+ break;
+ }
}
}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+ }
+
+ /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel);
+ sqlite3_step(pUpdate2);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2);
+ }
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ return rc;
+}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
- int *pnOvfl
+/*
+** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single
+** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
+** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level
+** currently present in the database.
+**
+** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
+** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs,
+** an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */
+ int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */
+ int iLevel /* Level to merge */
){
- Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
- int nOvfl = 0;
- int ii;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int pgsz = p->nPgsz;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */
+ sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */
+ SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */
+ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */
+ int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */
+ i64 iMaxLevel = 0; /* Max level number for this index/langid */
- assert( p->bHasStat );
- assert( pgsz>0 );
+ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+ || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+ || iLevel>=0
+ );
+ assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
- for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
- Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
- if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader)
- && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader)
- ){
- sqlite3_int64 jj;
- for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
- int nBlob;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){
- nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz;
- }
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished;
+
+ if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+ rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ }
+
+ if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+ /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single
+ ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically
+ ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this
+ ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */
+ if( csr.nSegment==1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ goto finished;
+ }
+ iNewLevel = iMaxLevel;
+ bIgnoreEmpty = 1;
+
+ }else{
+ /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
+ ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
+ ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to
+ ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */
+ assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 );
+ iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1);
+ rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx);
+ bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+
+ assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
+ assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) );
+ assert( iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
+
+ memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
+ filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+ filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0);
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+ while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
+ rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1,
+ csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ assert( pWriter || bIgnoreEmpty );
+
+ if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+ rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(
+ p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ }
+ if( pWriter ){
+ rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iNewLevel<iMaxLevel ){
+ rc = fts3PromoteSegments(p, iNewLevel, pWriter->nLeafData);
}
}
}
- *pnOvfl = nOvfl;
+
+ finished:
+ fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the
-** second argument.
+
+/*
+** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
- if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
- sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm);
- if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
- sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
- sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int i;
+
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+ /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown. If enabled,
+ ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat
+ && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0
+ ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ p->nAutoincrmerge = 0;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
}
- sqlite3_free(pReader);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Allocate a new SegReader object.
+** Encode N integers as varints into a blob.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(
- int iAge, /* Segment "age". */
- sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */
- sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */
- sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */
- const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */
- int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */
- Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */
+static void fts3EncodeIntArray(
+ int N, /* The number of integers to encode */
+ u32 *a, /* The integer values */
+ char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */
+ int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */
){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */
- int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */
-
- assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
- if( iStartLeaf==0 ){
- nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING;
- }
-
- pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra);
- if( !pReader ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader));
- pReader->iIdx = iAge;
- pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf;
- pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf;
- pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock;
-
- if( nExtra ){
- /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */
- pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1];
- pReader->nNode = nRoot;
- memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot);
- memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
- }else{
- pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1;
+ int i, j;
+ for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+ j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]);
}
+ *pNBuf = j;
+}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *ppReader = pReader;
- }else{
- sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pReader);
+/*
+** Decode a blob of varints into N integers
+*/
+static void fts3DecodeIntArray(
+ int N, /* The number of integers to decode */
+ u32 *a, /* Write the integer values */
+ const char *zBuf, /* The BLOB containing the varints */
+ int nBuf /* size of the BLOB */
+){
+ int i, j;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf);
+ for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+ sqlite3_int64 x;
+ j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x);
+ assert(j<=nBuf);
+ a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff);
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting
-** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing
-** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database.
+** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document
+** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as
+** a blob of varints.
*/
-static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){
- char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
- char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
- int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
- int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+static void fts3InsertDocsize(
+ int *pRC, /* Result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */
+ u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */
+){
+ char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */
+ int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */
+ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
- int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
- int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n);
- if( c==0 ){
- c = n1 - n2;
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn );
+ if( pBlob==0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return;
}
- return c;
+ fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(pBlob);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
/*
-** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through
-** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array.
+** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
+** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
+** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the
+** varints are set as follows:
**
-** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates
-** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is
-** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if
-** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and
-** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order
-** shown):
+** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table.
**
-** f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird
-** m my mys mysq mysql
-** s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite
+** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in
+** the column for all rows of the table.
**
-** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are:
+** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all
+** columns of all rows of the table.
**
-** firebird mysql sqlite
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */
- int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */
- int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */
- Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */
+static void fts3UpdateDocTotals(
+ int *pRC, /* The result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */
+ u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */
+ u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */
+ int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */
){
- Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */
- Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */
- int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
- Fts3Hash *pHash;
-
- pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending;
- if( bPrefix ){
- int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */
- Fts3HashElem *pE = 0; /* Iterator variable */
-
- for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){
- char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE);
- int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE);
- if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){
- if( nElem==nAlloc ){
- Fts3HashElem **aElem2;
- nAlloc += 16;
- aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc(
- aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)
- );
- if( !aElem2 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- nElem = 0;
- break;
- }
- aElem = aElem2;
- }
-
- aElem[nElem++] = pE;
- }
- }
+ char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */
+ int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */
+ u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
- /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem
- ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison
- ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk.
- */
- if( nElem>1 ){
- qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm);
- }
+ const int nStat = p->nColumn+2;
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat );
+ if( a==0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return;
+ }
+ pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat];
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(a);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+ if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a,
+ sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0),
+ sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0));
}else{
- /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
- ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. */
- Fts3HashElem *pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm);
- if( pE ){
- aElem = &pE;
- nElem = 1;
- }
+ memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) );
}
-
- if( nElem>0 ){
- int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *);
- pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
- if( !pReader ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(a);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){
+ a[0] = 0;
+ }else{
+ a[0] += nChng;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){
+ u32 x = a[i+1];
+ if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){
+ x = 0;
}else{
- memset(pReader, 0, nByte);
- pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF;
- pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1];
- memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *));
+ x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i];
}
+ a[i+1] = x;
}
-
- if( bPrefix ){
- sqlite3_free(aElem);
+ fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(a);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
}
- *ppReader = pReader;
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ sqlite3_free(a);
}
/*
-** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures.
-** Comparison is as follows:
-**
-** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
-**
-** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one
-** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the
-** larger.
-**
-** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each
+** iIndex/iLangid combination.
*/
-static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
+ int bSeenDone = 0;
int rc;
- if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){
- int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm;
- if( rc2<0 ){
- rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm);
- }else{
- rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm);
- }
- if( rc==0 ){
- rc = rc2;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;
+
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc2;
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
+ while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ int i;
+ int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ bSeenDone = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
}
- }else{
- rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0);
- }
- if( rc==0 ){
- rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
- assert( rc!=0 );
- return rc;
+
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc;
}
/*
-** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this
-** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in
-** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows:
-**
-** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF.
+** This function is called when the user executes the following statement:
**
-** 2) By current docid.
+** INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild');
**
-** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one
+** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on
+** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based
+** on the contents of the %_content table.
*/
-static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
- int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
- if( rc==0 ){
- if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
- rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+
+ rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u32 *aSz = 0;
+ u32 *aSzIns = 0;
+ u32 *aSzDel = 0;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ int nEntry = 0;
+
+ /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */
+ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
- }
- assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
- return rc;
-}
-static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
- int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
- if( rc==0 ){
- if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
- rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
- }else{
- rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3;
+ aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( aSz==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memset(aSz, 0, nByte);
+ aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1];
+ aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
+ }
}
- }
- assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
-** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm.
-**
-** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
-** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
-** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp(
- Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */
- int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
-){
- int res = 0;
- if( pSeg->aNode ){
- if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){
- res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
- }else{
- res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ int iCol;
+ int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0));
+ memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1));
+ for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+ if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+ const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
+ aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+ }
+ }
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ pStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ nEntry++;
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){
+ aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol];
+ }
+ }
}
- if( res==0 ){
- res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm;
+ if( p->bFts4 ){
+ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aSz);
+
+ if( pStmt ){
+ int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
+ }
}
}
- return res;
+
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that
-** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order
-** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles
-** the array around until all entries are in sorted order.
+** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an
+** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
+** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute
+** level iAbsLevel.
*/
-static void fts3SegReaderSort(
- Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */
- int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */
- int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */
- int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */
+static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */
+ int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
){
- int i; /* Iterator variable */
-
- assert( nSuspect<=nSegment );
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */
+ int nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */
- if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--;
- for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){
- int j;
- for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){
- Fts3SegReader *pTmp;
- if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break;
- pTmp = apSegment[j+1];
- apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j];
- apSegment[j] = pTmp;
- }
- }
+ /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr));
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg;
+ pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */
- for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){
- assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 );
+ if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
}
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
-*/
-static int fts3WriteSegment(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */
- char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */
- int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */
-){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
- sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ int i;
+ int rc2;
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel);
+ assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 );
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && i<nSeg; i++){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(i, 0,
+ sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1), /* segdir.start_block */
+ sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2), /* segdir.leaves_end_block */
+ sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3), /* segdir.end_block */
+ sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), /* segdir.root */
+ sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4), /* segdir.root */
+ &pCsr->apSegment[i]
+ );
+ pCsr->nSegment++;
+ }
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
-*/
-static int fts3WriteSegdir(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- int iLevel, /* Value for "level" field */
- int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */
- sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */
- sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */
- sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */
- char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */
- int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */
-){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel);
- sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx);
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock);
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock);
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock);
- sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- }
return rc;
}
+typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter;
+typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter;
+typedef struct Blob Blob;
+typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader;
+
/*
-** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
-** zNext, in bytes. For example,
+** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer
+** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in.
**
-** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3
-** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2
-** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0
+** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation.
*/
-static int fts3PrefixCompress(
- const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */
- int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */
- const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */
- int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */
-){
- int n;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext);
- for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++);
- return n;
-}
+struct Blob {
+ char *a; /* Pointer to allocation */
+ int n; /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */
+ int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */
+};
/*
-** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger
-** (according to memcmp) than the previous term.
+** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree
+** nodes (blocks).
*/
-static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */
- int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
- const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
- int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */
-){
- SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree;
- int rc;
- SegmentNode *pNew;
+struct NodeWriter {
+ sqlite3_int64 iBlock; /* Current block id */
+ Blob key; /* Last key written to the current block */
+ Blob block; /* Current block image */
+};
- /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if
- ** this is possible.
- */
- if( pTree ){
- int nData = pTree->nData; /* Current size of node in bytes */
- int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */
- int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */
- int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */
+/*
+** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append
+** to an appendable b-tree segment.
+*/
+struct IncrmergeWriter {
+ int nLeafEst; /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */
+ int nWork; /* Number of leaf pages flushed */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel; /* Absolute level of input segments */
+ int iIdx; /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */
+ sqlite3_int64 iStart; /* Block number of first allocated block */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEnd; /* Block number of last allocated block */
+ sqlite3_int64 nLeafData; /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */
+ u8 bNoLeafData; /* If true, store 0 for segment size */
+ NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT];
+};
- nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
- nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+/*
+** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single
+** FTS segment node. See the following functions:
+**
+** nodeReaderInit()
+** nodeReaderNext()
+** nodeReaderRelease()
+*/
+struct NodeReader {
+ const char *aNode;
+ int nNode;
+ int iOff; /* Current offset within aNode[] */
- nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix;
- if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){
+ /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */
+ sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Pointer to child node */
+ Blob term; /* Current term */
+ const char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist */
+ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+};
- if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
- /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node
- ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
- ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
- ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
- ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB,
- ** this is not expected to be a serious problem.
- */
- assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
- pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
- if( !pTree->aData ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin
+** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a
+** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc
+** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer.
+*/
+static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){
+ int nAlloc = nMin;
+ char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc);
+ if( a ){
+ pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc;
+ pBlob->a = a;
+ }else{
+ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+}
- if( pTree->zTerm ){
- /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */
- nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix);
- }
+/*
+** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to
+** the next entry on the node.
+**
+** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible).
+** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node
+** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to
+** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output
+** variables for the new entry.
+*/
+static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){
+ int bFirst = (p->term.n==0); /* True for first term on the node */
+ int nPrefix = 0; /* Bytes to copy from previous term */
+ int nSuffix = 0; /* Bytes to append to the prefix */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix);
- memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
- pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix;
- pTree->nEntry++;
+ assert( p->aNode );
+ if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++;
+ if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){
+ /* EOF */
+ p->aNode = 0;
+ }else{
+ if( bFirst==0 ){
+ p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix);
+ }
+ p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix);
- if( isCopyTerm ){
- if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){
- char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
- if( !zNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
- pTree->zMalloc = zNew;
- }
- pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc;
- memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
- pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
- }else{
- pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
- pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+ blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix);
+ p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+ p->iOff += nSuffix;
+ if( p->iChild==0 ){
+ p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist);
+ p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff];
+ p->iOff += p->nDoclist;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the
- ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node).
- ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
- **
- ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
- ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree
- ** has no parent, one is created here.
- */
- pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
- if( !pNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode));
- pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX;
- pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1];
-
- if( pTree ){
- SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent;
- rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
- if( pTree->pParent==0 ){
- pTree->pParent = pParent;
- }
- pTree->pRight = pNew;
- pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost;
- pNew->pParent = pParent;
- pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc;
- pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc;
- pTree->zMalloc = 0;
- }else{
- pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
- rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
- }
+ assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode );
- *ppTree = pNew;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
+** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p.
*/
-static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
- SegmentNode *pTree,
- int iHeight,
- sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
-){
- int nStart;
- assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 );
- nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild);
- pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight;
- sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild);
- return nStart;
+static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){
+ sqlite3_free(p->term.a);
}
/*
-** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
-** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of
-** pTree and its peers to the database.
-**
-** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
-** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
+** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode.
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
-** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
-** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
-** returned.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to
+** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
*/
-static int fts3NodeWrite(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */
- int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */
- sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */
- sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */
- sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */
- char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */
- int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader));
+ p->aNode = aNode;
+ p->nNode = nNode;
- if( !pTree->pParent ){
- /* Root node of the tree. */
- int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf);
- *piLast = iFree-1;
- *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart;
- *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart];
+ /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */
+ if( p->aNode[0] ){
+ /* An internal node. */
+ p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild);
}else{
- SegmentNode *pIter;
- sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree;
- sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf;
- for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
- int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
- int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
-
- rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
- iNextFree++;
- iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( iNextLeaf==iFree );
- rc = fts3NodeWrite(
- p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot
- );
- }
+ p->iOff = 1;
}
- return rc;
+ return nodeReaderNext(p);
}
/*
-** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree.
+** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o
+** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed
+** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller
+** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf
+** node.
+**
+** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in
+** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called.
*/
-static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){
- if( pTree ){
- SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost;
- fts3NodeFree(p->pParent);
- while( p ){
- SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight;
- if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){
- sqlite3_free(p->aData);
+static int fts3IncrmergePush(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to write to internal node */
+ int nTerm /* Bytes at zTerm */
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock;
+ int iLayer;
+
+ assert( nTerm>0 );
+ for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayer<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT); iLayer++){
+ sqlite3_int64 iNextPtr = 0;
+ NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iLayer];
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nPrefix;
+ int nSuffix;
+ int nSpace;
+
+ /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to
+ ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression,
+ ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to
+ ** be added to. */
+ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+ nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+ nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+
+ if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){
+ /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding
+ ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize
+ ** bytes in size, write the key here. */
+
+ Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block;
+ if( pBlk->n==0 ){
+ blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+ pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr);
+ }
}
- assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 );
- sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- p = pRight;
+ blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc);
+ blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pNode->key.n ){
+ pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix);
+ }
+ pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix);
+ memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+ pBlk->n += nSuffix;
+
+ memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm);
+ pNode->key.n = nTerm;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk.
+ ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written
+ ** into the parent of this node. */
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+
+ assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize );
+ pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+ pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1);
+
+ iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock;
+ pNode->iBlock++;
+ pNode->key.n = 0;
}
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc;
+ iPtr = iNextPtr;
}
+
+ assert( 0 );
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object
-** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should
-** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object
-** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case.
+** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently
+** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the
+** header must be written before this function is called.
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint
+** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node.
+**
+** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a
+** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal
+** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0.
+**
+** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first
+** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the
+** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a
+** copy of zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large
+** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev
+** is extended by this function if requrired.
+**
+** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */
- int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
- const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
- int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */
- const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */
- int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+static int fts3AppendToNode(
+ Blob *pNode, /* Current node image to append to */
+ Blob *pPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term written */
+ const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */
+ int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */
int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
- int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */
- int nData;
- SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter;
- if( !pWriter ){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a
+ ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node. */
+ assert( pNode->n>0 );
+ assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) );
- /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */
- pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter));
- if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter));
- *ppWriter = pWriter;
+ blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */
- pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize);
- if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize;
+ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+ memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm);
+ pPrev->n = nTerm;
- /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
- pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree;
- }
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( bFirst==0 ){
+ pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix);
}
- nData = pWriter->nData;
-
- nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
- nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
-
- /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */
- nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */
- sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */
- nSuffix + /* Term suffix */
- sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */
- nDoclist; /* Doclist data */
+ pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix);
+ memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+ pNode->n += nSuffix;
- if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
- int rc;
+ if( aDoclist ){
+ pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist);
+ memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+ pNode->n += nDoclist;
+ }
- /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */
- rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc );
- /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to
- ** the interior tree must:
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the
+** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeAppend(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */
+){
+ const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm;
+ int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm;
+ const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist;
+ int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int nSpace; /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */
+ int nPrefix; /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */
+ int nSuffix; /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */
+ NodeWriter *pLeaf; /* Object used to write leaf nodes */
+
+ pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0];
+ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+
+ nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+ nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+ nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
+
+ /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist
+ ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize
+ ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */
+ if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n);
+ pWriter->nWork++;
+
+ /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the
+ ** parent must:
**
** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
- ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and
+ ** to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and
**
** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
@@ -121613,223 +143483,450 @@ static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
*/
- assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
- rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+ }
- nData = 0;
- pWriter->nTerm = 0;
+ /* Advance to the next output block */
+ pLeaf->iBlock++;
+ pLeaf->key.n = 0;
+ pLeaf->block.n = 0;
- nPrefix = 0;
nSuffix = nTerm;
- nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */
- sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */
- nTerm + /* Term suffix */
- sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */
- nDoclist; /* Doclist data */
+ nSpace = 1;
+ nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+ nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
}
- /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc
- ** the buffer to make it large enough.
- */
- if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){
- char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq);
- if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pWriter->aData = aNew;
- pWriter->nSize = nReq;
+ pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace;
+ blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){
+ pLeaf->block.n = 1;
+ pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+ &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist
+ );
}
- assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize );
- /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */
- nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix);
- nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix);
- memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
- nData += nSuffix;
- nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist);
- memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist);
- pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist;
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next.
- ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by
- ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just
- ** store a copy of the pointer.
+/*
+** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the
+** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush
+** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt
+** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only
+** to release outstanding resources.
+**
+** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while
+** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeRelease(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Merge-writer object */
+ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */
+ int iRoot; /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */
+ NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */
+ int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */
+
+ /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment
+ ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot
+ ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot
+ ** will be 1. And so on. */
+ for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){
+ NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
+ if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break;
+ assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 );
+ assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 );
+ sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+ sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+ }
+
+ /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */
+ if( iRoot<0 ) return;
+
+ /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means
+ ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir
+ ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that
+ ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the
+ ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated.
+ ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle
+ ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0.
+ **
+ ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a
+ ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a
+ ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node.
+ **
+ ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments
+ ** table until we are sure it is needed.
*/
- if( isCopyTerm ){
- if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){
- char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
- if( !zNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
- pWriter->zMalloc = zNew;
- pWriter->zTerm = zNew;
+ if( iRoot==0 ){
+ Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block;
+ blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pBlock->a[0] = 0x01;
+ pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(
+ &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock
+ );
}
- assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc );
- memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
- }else{
- pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+ iRoot = 1;
}
- pWriter->nTerm = nTerm;
+ pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */
+ for(i=0; i<iRoot; i++){
+ NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+ if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+ sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the %_segdir record. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p,
+ pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */
+ pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */
+ pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */
+ pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock, /* leaves_end_block */
+ pWriter->iEnd, /* end_block */
+ (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0), /* end_block */
+ pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n /* root */
+ );
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a);
+ sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a);
+
+ *pRc = rc;
}
/*
-** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the
-** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added
-** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is
-** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in
+** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of
+** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other.
+**
+** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve
+** if it is greater.
*/
-static int fts3SegWriterFlush(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */
- int iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */
- int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */
+static int fts3TermCmp(
+ const char *zLhs, int nLhs, /* LHS of comparison */
+ const char *zRhs, int nRhs /* RHS of comparison */
){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- if( pWriter->pTree ){
- sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */
- sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */
- char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */
- int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */
+ int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs);
+ int res;
- iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree;
- rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1,
- pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(
- p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, zRoot, nRoot);
- }
- }else{
- /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(
- p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
- }
- return rc;
+ res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp);
+ if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs;
+
+ return res;
}
+
/*
-** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the
-** first argument.
+** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is
+** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before
+** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0.
+**
+** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite
+** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case.
+**
+** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it
+** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table
+** with blockid %_segdir.end_block.
*/
-static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
- if( pWriter ){
- sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData);
- sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc);
- fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree);
- sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){
+ int bRes = 0; /* Result to set *pbRes to */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0; /* Statement to query database with */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck);
}
+
+ *pbRes = bRes;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer.
-** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that
-** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid
-** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty.
+** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation.
+** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level
+** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the
+** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it.
**
-** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for
-** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
-** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if:
+**
+** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required
+** space pre-allocated), and
+**
+** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is
+** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential
+** output segment.
*/
-static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- int rc;
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid);
+static int fts3IncrmergeLoad(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */
+ int iIdx, /* Index of candidate output segment */
+ const char *zKey, /* First key to write */
+ int nKey, /* Number of bytes in nKey */
+ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */
+
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */
+ const char *aRoot = 0; /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */
+ int nRoot = 0; /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */
+ int rc2; /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */
+ int bAppendable = 0; /* Set to true if segment is appendable */
+
+ /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx);
+ if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1);
+ iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2);
+ fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData);
+ if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){
+ pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
+ }
+ pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0);
+ nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4);
+ aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4);
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
}
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+
+ /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */
+ rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable);
+
+ /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+ char *aLeaf = 0;
+ int nLeaf = 0;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ NodeReader reader;
+ for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf);
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
+ rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+ ){
+ assert( reader.aNode );
+ }
+ if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){
+ bAppendable = 0;
+ }
+ nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aLeaf);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+ /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter
+ ** object to do so. */
+ int i;
+ int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0];
+ NodeWriter *pNode;
+
+ pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
+ pWriter->iStart = iStart;
+ pWriter->iEnd = iEnd;
+ pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+ pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+ for(i=nHeight+1; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+ pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
+ }
+
+ pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight];
+ pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight;
+ blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot);
+ pNode->block.n = nRoot;
+ }
+
+ for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+ NodeReader reader;
+ pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+
+ rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+ while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader);
+ blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n);
+ pNode->key.n = reader.term.n;
+ if( i>0 ){
+ char *aBlock = 0;
+ int nBlock = 0;
+ pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1];
+ pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+ blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock);
+ pNode->block.n = nBlock;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+ }
+ }
+ nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+ }
+ }
+
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
+
return rc;
}
/*
-** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index
-** iIndex.
+** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute
+** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus
+** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all
+** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero.
**
-** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
+** *piIdx is undefined in this case.
*/
-static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int *pnMax){
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */
+ int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */
+){
int rc;
- assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+ sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0; /* SQL used to find output index */
- /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
- **
- ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
- **
- ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
- */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
- sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1);
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+ sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx);
+ *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx);
}
- return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
-** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
-** it:
-**
-** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with
-** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third
-** argument, and
-**
-** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
-** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0).
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
- int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */
- Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */
- int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */
+/*
+** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1
+** with idx value iIdx.
+**
+** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three
+** columns:
+**
+** start_block
+** leaves_end_block
+** end_block
+**
+** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the
+** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the
+** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number
+** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack
+** variable nLeafEst.
+**
+** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment
+** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous
+** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array
+** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block
+** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on.
+**
+** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the
+** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeWriter(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */
+ int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor that data will be read from */
+ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */
){
int rc; /* Return Code */
int i; /* Iterator variable */
- sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+ int nLeafEst = 0; /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0; /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0; /* SQL used to determine first block */
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){
- Fts3SegReader *pSegment = apSegment[i];
- if( pSegment->iStartBlock ){
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSegment->iStartBlock);
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSegment->iEndBlock);
- sqlite3_step(pDelete);
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+ /* Calculate nLeafEst. */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){
+ nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0);
}
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst);
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL );
- if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
- sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, (iIndex+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1);
- }
- }else{
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel);
+ /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){
+ pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0);
+ pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1;
+ pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
}
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries
+ ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify
+ ** appendable segments. */
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+ pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst;
+ pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+ /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */
+ for(i=0; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+ pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the
+** following two statements:
+**
+** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx
+** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx
+**
+** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE
+** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated
+** idx values.
+*/
+static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to delete from */
+ int iIdx /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* DELETE statement */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx);
sqlite3_step(pDelete);
rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
}
@@ -121838,689 +143935,847 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
}
/*
-** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains
-** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
-** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
-** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
-**
-** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then
-** *pnList is set to zero before returning.
+** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel.
+** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that
+** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0.
*/
-static void fts3ColumnFilter(
- int iCol, /* Column to filter on */
- char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */
- int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */
+static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel /* Absolute level to repack */
){
- char *pList = *ppList;
- int nList = *pnList;
- char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
- int iCurrent = 0;
- char *p = pList;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int *aIdx = 0; /* Array of remaining idx values */
+ int nIdx = 0; /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */
+ int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* Select statement to read idx values */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; /* Update statement to modify idx values */
- assert( iCol>=0 );
- while( 1 ){
- char c = 0;
- while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
-
- if( iCol==iCurrent ){
- nList = (int)(p - pList);
- break;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc2;
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel);
+ while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+ if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){
+ int *aNew;
+ nAlloc += 16;
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
+ if( !aNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ break;
+ }
+ aIdx = aNew;
+ }
+ aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0);
}
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+ }
- nList -= (int)(p - pList);
- pList = p;
- if( nList==0 ){
- break;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel);
+ }
+
+ assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 );
+ p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nIdx; i++){
+ if( aIdx[i]!=i ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 3, aIdx[i]);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 1, i);
+ sqlite3_step(pUpdate);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate);
}
- p = &pList[1];
- p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent);
}
+ p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 0;
- *ppList = pList;
- *pnList = nList;
+ sqlite3_free(aIdx);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){
+ pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight;
+ if( iChild ){
+ assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) );
+ pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild);
+ }else{
+ assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 );
+ pNode->n = 1;
+ }
}
/*
-** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any
-** existing data). Grow the buffer if required.
+** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree
+** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node.
**
-** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
-** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying
+** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes)
+** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode.
*/
-static int fts3MsrBufferData(
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
- char *pList,
- int nList
+static int fts3TruncateNode(
+ const char *aNode, /* Current node image */
+ int nNode, /* Size of aNode in bytes */
+ Blob *pNew, /* OUT: Write new node image here */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Omit all terms smaller than this */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piBlock /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */
){
- if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){
- char *pNew;
- pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2;
- pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer);
- if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pMsr->aBuffer = pNew;
+ NodeReader reader; /* Reader object */
+ Blob prev = {0, 0, 0}; /* Previous term written to new node */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0'; /* True for a leaf node */
+
+ /* Allocate required output space */
+ blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ pNew->n = 0;
+
+ /* Populate new node buffer */
+ for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode);
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
+ rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+ ){
+ if( pNew->n==0 ){
+ int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+ if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue;
+ fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+ *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+ }
+ rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+ pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n,
+ reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
}
+ if( pNew->n==0 ){
+ fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+ *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+ }
+ assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc );
- memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+ sqlite3_free(prev.a);
+ return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
- sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */
- char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
- int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */
+/*
+** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute
+** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments
+** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir
+** tables.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3TruncateSegment(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of segment to modify */
+ int iIdx, /* Index within level of segment to modify */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Remove terms smaller than this */
+ int nTerm /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */
){
- int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance;
- Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment;
- int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
- p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
- );
-
- if( nMerge==0 ){
- *paPoslist = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Blob root = {0,0,0}; /* New root page image */
+ Blob block = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used for any other block */
+ sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0; /* Block id */
+ sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0; /* New value for iStartBlock */
+ sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0; /* Old value for iStartBlock */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0; /* Statement used to fetch segdir */
+
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){
+ const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4);
+ int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4);
+ iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1);
+ rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+ }
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
- while( 1 ){
- Fts3SegReader *pSeg;
- pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0];
-
- if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){
- *paPoslist = 0;
- break;
- }else{
- int rc;
- char *pList;
- int nList;
- int j;
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){
+ char *aBlock = 0;
+ int nBlock = 0;
+ iNewStart = iBlock;
- rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
- j = 1;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && j<nMerge
- && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
- && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
- ){
- rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
- j++;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+ }
- if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){
- fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, &pList, &nList);
- }
+ /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1);
+ sqlite3_step(pDel);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel);
+ }
+ }
- if( nList>0 ){
- if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
- rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- *paPoslist = pMsr->aBuffer;
- assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 );
- }else{
- *paPoslist = pList;
- }
- *piDocid = iDocid;
- *pnPoslist = nList;
- break;
- }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx);
+ sqlite3_step(pChomp);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp);
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_free(root.a);
+ sqlite3_free(block.a);
+ return rc;
}
-static int fts3SegReaderStart(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */
- int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */
+/*
+** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to
+** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level
+** iAbsLevel.
+**
+** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of
+** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation)
+** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that
+** have been duplicated in the output segment.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeChomp(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level containing segments */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */
+ int *pnRem /* Number of segments not deleted */
){
int i;
- int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
+ int nRem = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search
- ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
- ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
- ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
- ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term.
- */
- for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
- Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
- do {
- int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }while( zTerm && fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm)<0 );
+ for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+ int j;
+
+ /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding
+ ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */
+ for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pCsr->nSegment); j++){
+ pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j];
+ if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break;
+ }
+ assert( j<pCsr->nSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i );
+
+ if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){
+ /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */
+ rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx);
+ }
+ *pnRem = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this
+ ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place
+ ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */
+ const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm;
+ int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm;
+ rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nRem++;
+ }
}
- fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){
+ rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel);
+ }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
- Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */
-){
- pCsr->pFilter = pFilter;
- return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm);
+ *pnRem = nRem;
+ return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
- int iCol, /* Column to match on. */
- const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */
- int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
-){
- int i;
- int rc;
- int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
- int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
- p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
- );
+/*
+** Store an incr-merge hint in the database.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 );
- assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 );
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pReplace);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
+ }
- /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */
- rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */
- for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){
- Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
- if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){
- break;
- }
- }
- pCsr->nAdvance = i;
+/*
+** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one
+** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table.
+**
+** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat
+** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an
+** SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+ int rc;
- /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */
- for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
- rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ pHint->n = 0;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc2;
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+ const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0);
+ int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0);
+ if( aHint ){
+ blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint);
+ pHint->n = nHint;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
- fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp);
-
- assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn );
- pCsr->iColFilter = iCol;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using
-** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also
-** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such
-** a state that if the next two calls are:
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry
+** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments
+** and the number of input segments.
**
-** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
-** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
+** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs,
+** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush(
+ Blob *pHint, /* Hint blob to append to */
+ i64 iAbsLevel, /* First varint to store in hint */
+ int nInput, /* Second varint to store in hint */
+ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+ blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc);
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel);
+ pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint
+** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and
+** *pnInput before returning.
**
-** then the entire doclist for the term is available in
-** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
+** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does
+** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
- int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){
+ const int nHint = pHint->n;
+ int i;
- assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 );
- assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 );
- assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 );
- assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 );
+ i = pHint->n-2;
+ while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
+ while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
- pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
- pCsr->bRestart = 1;
- for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
- pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0;
- pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0;
- pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0;
- }
+ pHint->n = i;
+ i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel);
+ i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput);
+ if( i!=nHint ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
- Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY);
- int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS);
- int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER);
- int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX);
- int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN);
-
- Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment;
- int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
- Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter;
- int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
- p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
- );
-
- if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks.
+**
+** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments
+** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest
+** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains
+** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to
+** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */
+ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */
+ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */
+ int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */
+ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */
+ Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */
+ int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */
+
+ /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */
+ const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter);
+ pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
+ if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1];
+ pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1];
+
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){
+ const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */
+ int bUseHint = 0; /* True if attempting to append */
+ int iIdx = 0; /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+
+ /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest
+ ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any.
+ ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and
+ ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found,
+ ** set nSeg to -1.
+ */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, nMin);
+ if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0);
+ nSeg = nMin;
+ }else{
+ nSeg = -1;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel);
- do {
- int nMerge;
- int i;
-
- /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
- ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.
+ /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the
+ ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal
+ ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this
+ ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level.
*/
- for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
- rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, apSegment[i], 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){
+ int nHint = hint.n;
+ sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0; /* Hint level */
+ int nHintSeg = 0; /* Hint number of segments */
+
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg);
+ if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){
+ iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel;
+ nSeg = nHintSeg;
+ bUseHint = 1;
+ bDirtyHint = 1;
+ }else{
+ /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry
+ ** is removed from the hint blob. */
+ hint.n = nHint;
+ }
}
- fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp);
- pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
- /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break;
+ /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least
+ ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do.
+ ** Exit early in this case. */
+ if( nSeg<0 ) break;
- pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm;
- pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
+ /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg
+ ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using
+ ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
+ ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
+ ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop
+ ** to start work on some other level. */
+ memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
+ pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
- /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
- ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all
- ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
- **
- ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
- ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
- */
- if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
- if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm
- || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
- || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm)
- ){
- break;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx);
+ assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 );
+ if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){
+ int bIgnore = 0;
+ rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore);
+ if( bIgnore ){
+ pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+ }
}
}
- nMerge = 1;
- while( nMerge<nSegment
- && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
- && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm
- && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
- ){
- nMerge++;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr);
}
-
- assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
- if( nMerge==1
- && !isIgnoreEmpty
- && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter))
+ && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr))
){
- pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
- if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
- rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist);
- pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+ if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){
+ const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm;
+ int nKey = pCsr->nTerm;
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter);
}else{
- pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW;
- }else{
- int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */
- sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */
-
- /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array
- ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged
- ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist.
- */
- for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){
- fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]);
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter);
}
- fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp);
- while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){
- int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */
- char *pList;
- int nList;
- int nByte;
- sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
- fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
- j = 1;
- while( j<nMerge
- && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
- && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
- ){
- fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
- j++;
- }
-
- if( isColFilter ){
- fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, &pList, &nList);
- }
-
- if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
- /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged
- ** doclist. */
- sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
- if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
- iDelta = iPrev - iDocid;
- }else{
- iDelta = iDocid - iPrev;
- }
- assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) );
- assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){
+ fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel);
+ do {
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr);
+ if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW );
- nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
- if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
- char *aNew;
- pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
- aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
- if( !aNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
- }
- nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta);
- iPrev = iDocid;
- if( isRequirePos ){
- memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList);
- nDoclist += nList;
- pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0';
+ /* Update or delete the input segments */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork);
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg);
+ if( nSeg!=0 ){
+ bDirtyHint = 1;
+ fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc);
}
}
+ }
- fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+ if( nSeg!=0 ){
+ pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
}
- if( nDoclist>0 ){
- pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
- pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc);
+ if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){
+ fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData);
}
}
- pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge;
- }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- return rc;
-}
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr);
+ }
+ /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */
+ if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint);
+ }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */
-){
- if( pCsr ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
- sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]);
- }
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
+ sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+ sqlite3_free(hint.a);
+ return rc;
+}
- pCsr->nSegment = 0;
- pCsr->apSegment = 0;
- pCsr->aBuffer = 0;
- }
+/*
+** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return
+** its value. Advance *pz to point to the first character past
+** the integer.
+*/
+static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){
+ const char *z = *pz;
+ int i = 0;
+ while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0';
+ *pz = z;
+ return i;
}
/*
-** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single
-** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
-** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level
-** currently present in the database.
+** Process statements of the form:
**
-** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
-** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately.
-** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs,
-** an SQLite error code is returned.
+** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B');
+**
+** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages
+** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level
+** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively.
*/
-static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int iLevel){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */
- int iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */
- SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */
- Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */
- Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */
- int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */
-
- assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
- || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
- || iLevel>=0
- );
- assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
- assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
-
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished;
-
- if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
- /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single
- ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the the numerically
- ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this
- ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */
- if( csr.nSegment==1 ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- goto finished;
- }
- rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iIndex, &iNewLevel);
- bIgnoreEmpty = 1;
-
- }else if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
- iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL;
- rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, 0, &iIdx);
- }else{
- /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
- ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
- ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to
- ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */
- rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx);
- iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel+1;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
- assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
- assert( iNewLevel>=(iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
- assert( iNewLevel<((iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
+static int fts3DoIncrmerge(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */
+){
+ int rc;
+ int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2);
+ int nMerge = 0;
+ const char *z = zParam;
- memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
- filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
- filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0);
+ /* Read the first integer value */
+ nMerge = fts3Getint(&z);
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
- while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
- rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1,
- csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
+ /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',', read the second
+ ** integer value. */
+ if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){
+ z++;
+ nMin = fts3Getint(&z);
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
- assert( pWriter );
- if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
- rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(p, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !p->bHasStat ){
+ assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+ sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin);
+ }
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
}
- rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx);
-
- finished:
- fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter);
- sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
return rc;
}
-
-/*
-** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
+/*
+** Process statements of the form:
+**
+** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X');
+**
+** where X is an integer. X==0 means to turn automerge off. X!=0 means
+** turn it on. The setting is persistent.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
+static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */
+){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int i;
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
- rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam);
+ if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+ p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
}
- sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+ if( !p->bHasStat ){
+ assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+ sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Encode N integers as varints into a blob.
+** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the
+** arguments to this function.
*/
-static void fts3EncodeIntArray(
- int N, /* The number of integers to encode */
- u32 *a, /* The integer values */
- char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */
- int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */
+static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry(
+ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id for current row */
+ int iIndex, /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */
+ i64 iDocid, /* Docid for current row. */
+ int iCol, /* Column number */
+ int iPos /* Position */
){
- int i, j;
- for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
- j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]);
- }
- *pNBuf = j;
-}
+ int i;
+ u64 ret = (u64)iDocid;
-/*
-** Decode a blob of varints into N integers
-*/
-static void fts3DecodeIntArray(
- int N, /* The number of integers to decode */
- u32 *a, /* Write the integer values */
- const char *zBuf, /* The BLOB containing the varints */
- int nBuf /* size of the BLOB */
-){
- int i, j;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf);
- for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
- sqlite3_int64 x;
- j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x);
- assert(j<=nBuf);
- a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff);
- }
+ ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid;
+ ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex;
+ ret += (ret<<3) + iCol;
+ ret += (ret<<3) + iPos;
+ for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + zTerm[i];
+
+ return ret;
}
/*
-** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document
-** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as
-** a blob of varints.
+** Return a checksum of all entries in the FTS index that correspond to
+** language id iLangid. The checksum is calculated by XORing the checksums
+** of each individual entry (see fts3ChecksumEntry()) together.
+**
+** If successful, the checksum value is returned and *pRc set to SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. The
+** return value is undefined in this case.
*/
-static void fts3InsertDocsize(
- int *pRC, /* Result code */
- Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */
- u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column */
+static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id to return cksum for */
+ int iIndex, /* Index to cksum (0..p->nIndex-1) */
+ int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */
){
- char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */
- int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */
- int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
+ Fts3SegFilter filter;
+ Fts3MultiSegReader csr;
+ int rc;
+ u64 cksum = 0;
- if( *pRC ) return;
- pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn );
- if( pBlob==0 ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- return;
+ assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+ memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter));
+ memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr));
+ filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+ filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
}
- fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob);
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3_free(pBlob);
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){
+ char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist;
+ char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist];
+
+ i64 iDocid = 0;
+ i64 iCol = 0;
+ i64 iPos = 0;
+
+ pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid);
+ while( pCsr<pEnd ){
+ i64 iVal = 0;
+ pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+ if( pCsr<pEnd ){
+ if( iVal==0 || iVal==1 ){
+ iCol = 0;
+ iPos = 0;
+ if( iVal ){
+ pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol);
+ }else{
+ pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+ iDocid += iVal;
+ }
+ }else{
+ iPos += (iVal - 2);
+ cksum = cksum ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+ csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, iLangid, iIndex, iDocid,
+ (int)iCol, (int)iPos
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid);
- sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+
+ *pRc = rc;
+ return cksum;
}
/*
-** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
-** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
-** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the
-** varints are set as follows:
-**
-** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table.
-**
-** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in
-** the column for all rows of the table.
-**
-** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all
-** columns of all rows of the table.
+** Check if the contents of the FTS index match the current contents of the
+** content table. If no error occurs and the contents do match, set *pbOk
+** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk
+** to false before returning.
**
+** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error
+** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case.
*/
-static void fts3UpdateDocTotals(
- int *pRC, /* The result code */
- Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */
- u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */
- u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */
- int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */
-){
- char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */
- int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */
- u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
-
- const int nStat = p->nColumn+2;
+static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ u64 cksum1 = 0; /* Checksum based on FTS index contents */
+ u64 cksum2 = 0; /* Checksum based on %_content contents */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; /* Statement to return all language-ids */
- if( *pRC ) return;
- a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat );
- if( a==0 ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- return;
- }
- pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat];
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3_free(a);
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
- fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a,
- sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0),
- sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0));
- }else{
- memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) );
- }
- sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){
- a[0] = 0;
- }else{
- a[0] += nChng;
+ /* This block calculates the checksum according to the FTS index. */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc2;
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc);
+ }
+ }
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}
- for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){
- u32 x = a[i+1];
- if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){
- x = 0;
+
+ /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ char *zSql;
+
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i];
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
- a[i+1] = x;
- }
- fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob);
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3_free(a);
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- sqlite3_free(a);
-}
-static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
- int i;
- int bSeenDone = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
- rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- bSeenDone = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+ int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+ int iCol;
+
+ for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+ if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+ int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText,&pT);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */
+ int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */
+ int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
+ int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */
+
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i;
+ cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+ zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+ );
+ for(i=1; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){
+ cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+ zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
}
+
+ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
- sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
- sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc;
+ *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of
+** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the
+** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+**
+** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite
+** error code.
+**
+** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token
+** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code
+** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following:
+**
+** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix
+** index etc.),
+** + The token (or token prefix) text itself,
+** + The language-id of the row it appears in,
+** + The docid of the row it appears in,
+** + The column it appears in, and
+** + The tokens position within that column.
+**
+** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create
+** a single checksum for the entire index.
+**
+** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways:
+**
+** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and
+** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table.
+**
+** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have
+** passed.
+*/
+static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck(
+ Fts3Table *p /* FTS3 table handle */
+){
+ int rc;
+ int bOk = 0;
+ rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ return rc;
}
/*
@@ -122540,6 +144795,14 @@ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){
rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0);
+ }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){
+ rc = fts3DoRebuild(p);
+ }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){
+ rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p);
+ }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){
+ rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]);
+ }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){
+ rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
}else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){
p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]);
@@ -122547,6 +144810,9 @@ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
}else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){
p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]);
rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){
+ p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
#endif
}else{
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -122555,6 +144821,7 @@ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
return rc;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
/*
** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached
** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function.
@@ -122605,32 +144872,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
- const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
-
- rc = pModule->xOpen(pT, zText, -1, &pTC);
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */
- int nToken; /* Number of bytes in token */
- int iDum1, iDum2; /* Dummy variables */
- int iPos; /* Position of token in zText */
-
- pTC->pTokenizer = pT;
- rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
- for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
- Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
- if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
- && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
- && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n))
- ){
- fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc);
+ if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){
+ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */
+ int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */
+ int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
+ int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */
+
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+ for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
+ if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
+ && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0)
+ && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
+ && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n))
+ ){
+ fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc);
+ }
}
}
+ if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
if( pDef->pList ){
rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0);
@@ -122692,6 +144961,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif
/*
** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
@@ -122701,26 +144971,32 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
Fts3Table *p,
sqlite3_value *pRowid,
- int *pnDoc,
+ int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */
u32 *aSzDel
){
- int isEmpty = 0;
- int rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( isEmpty ){
- /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
- ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
- ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */
- rc = fts3DeleteAll(p);
- *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
- }else{
- sqlite3_int64 iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid);
- rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iRemove);
- fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel);
- fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
- if( sqlite3_changes(p->db) ) *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
- if( p->bHasDocsize ){
- fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int bFound = 0; /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */
+
+ fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound);
+ if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int isEmpty = 0; /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */
+ rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( isEmpty ){
+ /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
+ ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
+ ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */
+ rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1);
+ *pnChng = 0;
+ memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2);
+ }else{
+ *pnChng = *pnChng - 1;
+ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
+ }
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
+ }
}
}
}
@@ -122730,7 +145006,16 @@ static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
/*
** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
-** tables.
+** tables. The schema of the virtual table being:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE <table name>(
+** <user columns>,
+** <table name> HIDDEN,
+** docid HIDDEN,
+** <langid> HIDDEN
+** );
+**
+**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */
@@ -122741,13 +145026,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
- sqlite3_int64 iRemove = 0; /* Rowid removed by UPDATE or DELETE */
u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */
- u32 *aSzDel; /* Sizes of deleted documents */
+ u32 *aSzDel = 0; /* Sizes of deleted documents */
int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */
int bInsertDone = 0;
+ /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
+ ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */
+ assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 );
+
assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ assert(
+ nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */
+ || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
+ );
/* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form:
**
@@ -122761,14 +145053,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
goto update_out;
}
+ if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ goto update_out;
+ }
+
/* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
- aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
- if( aSzIns==0 ){
+ aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
+ if( aSzDel==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto update_out;
}
- aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
- memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);
+ aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1];
+ memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);
+
+ rc = fts3Writelock(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out;
/* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
@@ -122779,7 +145079,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to
** modify the database file.
*/
- if( nArg>1 ){
+ if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
/* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */
sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn];
if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
@@ -122824,20 +145124,23 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
isRemove = 1;
- iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]);
}
/* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
if( bInsertDone==0 ){
rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
- if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=iRemove) ){
- rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, *pRowid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, *pRowid);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, apVal, aSzIns);
+ assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid );
+ rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns);
}
if( p->bHasDocsize ){
fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns);
@@ -122845,12 +145148,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
nChng++;
}
- if( p->bHasStat ){
+ if( p->bFts4 ){
fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
}
update_out:
- sqlite3_free(aSzIns);
+ sqlite3_free(aSzDel);
sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
return rc;
}
@@ -122896,6 +145199,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
/*
** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
@@ -123008,7 +145313,7 @@ struct StrBuffer {
*/
static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){
int iVal;
- *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal);
+ *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal);
*piPos += (iVal-2);
}
@@ -123240,23 +145545,27 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx;
SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase];
char *pCsr;
+ int rc;
pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
-
- pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
if( pCsr ){
int iFirst = 0;
pPhrase->pList = pCsr;
fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst);
+ assert( iFirst>=0 );
pPhrase->pHead = pCsr;
pPhrase->pTail = pCsr;
pPhrase->iHead = iFirst;
pPhrase->iTail = iFirst;
}else{
- assert( pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (
+ pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0
+ ));
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/*
@@ -123265,9 +145574,9 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
** by adding:
**
-** (a) +1 point for each occurence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
+** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
**
-** (b) +1000 points for the first occurence of each matchable phrase in
+** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in
** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
**
** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
@@ -123380,6 +145689,7 @@ static int fts3StringAppend(
pStr->z = zNew;
pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc;
}
+ assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) );
/* Append the data to the string buffer. */
memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend);
@@ -123411,6 +145721,7 @@ static int fts3StringAppend(
*/
static int fts3SnippetShift(
Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
+ int iLangid, /* Language id to use in tokenizing */
int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */
const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */
int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */
@@ -123446,13 +145757,12 @@ static int fts3SnippetShift(
/* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired)
** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
*/
- rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
- pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer;
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
- const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1, DUMMY2, DUMMY3;
+ const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0;
rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
}
pMod->xClose(pC);
@@ -123496,8 +145806,6 @@ static int fts3SnippetText(
int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
- const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
- int DUMMY1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
if( zDoc==0 ){
@@ -123510,17 +145818,29 @@ static int fts3SnippetText(
/* Open a token cursor on the document. */
pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
- rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
- pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer;
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int iBegin; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
- int iFin; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
- int isHighlight; /* True for highlighted terms */
-
+ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+ int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+ int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
+ int iFin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
+ int isHighlight = 0; /* True for highlighted terms */
+
+ /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere
+ ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to
+ ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily
+ ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application
+ ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for
+ ** snippet generation or for some other purpose.
+ **
+ ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this
+ ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface.
+ ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this
+ ** convention might not be respected. */
rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
@@ -123536,7 +145856,9 @@ static int fts3SnippetText(
if( !isShiftDone ){
int n = nDoc - iBegin;
- rc = fts3SnippetShift(pTab, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask);
+ rc = fts3SnippetShift(
+ pTab, pCsr->iLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask
+ );
isShiftDone = 1;
/* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
@@ -123648,13 +145970,14 @@ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */
void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3;
int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
char *pCsr;
- pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr);
if( pCsr ){
p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr);
}else{
@@ -123662,7 +145985,7 @@ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
@@ -123672,8 +145995,8 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
){
if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE)
|| (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL)
- || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bHasStat)
- || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bHasStat)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4)
|| (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize)
|| (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS)
|| (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS)
@@ -123728,7 +146051,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(
a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
- if( nDoc==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
*pnDoc = (u32)nDoc;
if( paLen ) *paLen = a;
@@ -123823,8 +146146,10 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+ int rc;
LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i];
- pIt->pRead = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
if( pIt->pRead ){
pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset;
fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]);
@@ -124176,9 +146501,10 @@ static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
int iTerm; /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */
char *pList; /* Pointer to position list for phrase */
int iPos = 0; /* First position in position-list */
+ int rc;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
- pList = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList);
nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
if( pList ){
fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos);
@@ -124192,7 +146518,7 @@ static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
pT->iPos = iPos;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/*
@@ -124204,8 +146530,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
){
Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
- const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
- int NDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
int rc; /* Return Code */
int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */
int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */
@@ -124238,9 +146562,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
*/
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
- int iStart;
- int iEnd;
- int iCurrent;
+ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+ int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+ int iStart = 0;
+ int iEnd = 0;
+ int iCurrent = 0;
const char *zDoc;
int nDoc;
@@ -124269,9 +146595,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
}
/* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */
- rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+ zDoc, nDoc, &pC
+ );
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
- pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer;
rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -124289,7 +146616,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
if( !pTerm ){
/* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */
- break;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}else{
assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos );
if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){
@@ -124306,8 +146633,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
"%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
);
rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){
+ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
}
}
@@ -124379,6 +146706,768 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
#endif
/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 24
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied
+** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part
+** of the amalgamation, they are not required.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+ 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+ 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+ 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+ 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \
+ c = *(zIn++); \
+ if( c>=0xc0 ){ \
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \
+ while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \
+ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \
+ } \
+ if( c<0x80 \
+ || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \
+ || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \
+ }
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \
+ if( c<0x00080 ){ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \
+ } \
+ else if( c<0x00800 ){ \
+ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
+ } \
+ else if( c<0x10000 ){ \
+ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
+ }else{ \
+ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
+ } \
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer;
+typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor;
+
+struct unicode_tokenizer {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+ int bRemoveDiacritic;
+ int nException;
+ int *aiException;
+};
+
+struct unicode_cursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+ const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */
+ int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */
+ int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */
+ int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */
+ char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
+ int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate().
+*/
+static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+ if( pTokenizer ){
+ unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_free(p->aiException);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider
+** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or
+** token characters (if bAlnum==1).
+**
+** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the
+** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result.
+** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the
+** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization,
+** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all
+** codepoints in the aiException[] array.
+**
+** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic()
+** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored.
+** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect
+** to these codepoints.
+*/
+static int unicodeAddExceptions(
+ unicode_tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */
+ int bAlnum, /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */
+ const char *zIn, /* Array of characters to make exceptions */
+ int nIn /* Length of z in bytes */
+){
+ const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+ const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn];
+ int iCode;
+ int nEntry = 0;
+
+ assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 );
+
+ while( z<zTerm ){
+ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+ assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+ if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum
+ && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0
+ ){
+ nEntry++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( nEntry ){
+ int *aNew; /* New aiException[] array */
+ int nNew; /* Number of valid entries in array aNew[] */
+
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int));
+ if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ nNew = p->nException;
+
+ z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+ while( z<zTerm ){
+ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+ if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum
+ && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0
+ ){
+ int i, j;
+ for(i=0; i<nNew && aNew[i]<iCode; i++);
+ for(j=nNew; j>i; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1];
+ aNew[i] = iCode;
+ nNew++;
+ }
+ }
+ p->aiException = aNew;
+ p->nException = nNew;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode.
+*/
+static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+ if( p->nException>0 ){
+ int *a = p->aiException;
+ int iLo = 0;
+ int iHi = p->nException-1;
+
+ while( iHi>=iLo ){
+ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+ if( iCode==a[iTest] ){
+ return 1;
+ }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){
+ iLo = iTest+1;
+ }else{
+ iHi = iTest-1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is
+** considered a token character (not a separator).
+*/
+static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+ assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+ return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int unicodeCreate(
+ int nArg, /* Size of array argv[] */
+ const char * const *azArg, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **pp /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */
+){
+ unicode_tokenizer *pNew; /* New tokenizer object */
+ int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+ if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+ pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
+ const char *z = azArg[i];
+ int n = (int)strlen(z);
+
+ if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
+ pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+ }
+ else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
+ pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
+ }
+ else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){
+ rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11);
+ }
+ else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){
+ rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11);
+ }
+ else{
+ /* Unrecognized argument */
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew);
+ pNew = 0;
+ }
+ *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int unicodeOpen(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */
+ const char *aInput, /* Input string */
+ int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */
+){
+ unicode_cursor *pCsr;
+
+ pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+ if( pCsr==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+
+ pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput;
+ if( aInput==0 ){
+ pCsr->nInput = 0;
+ }else if( nInput<0 ){
+ pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput);
+ }else{
+ pCsr->nInput = nInput;
+ }
+
+ *pp = &pCsr->base;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+ unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor;
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int unicodeNext(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+ const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */
+ int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
+ int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+ int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+ int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+ unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
+ unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
+ int iCode = 0;
+ char *zOut;
+ const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
+ const unsigned char *zStart = z;
+ const unsigned char *zEnd;
+ const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
+
+ /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
+ ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of
+ ** the input. */
+ while( z<zTerm ){
+ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+ if( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) ) break;
+ zStart = z;
+ }
+ if( zStart>=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE;
+
+ zOut = pCsr->zToken;
+ do {
+ int iOut;
+
+ /* Grow the output buffer if required. */
+ if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64);
+ if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken];
+ pCsr->zToken = zNew;
+ pCsr->nAlloc += 64;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */
+ zEnd = z;
+ iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic);
+ if( iOut ){
+ WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut);
+ }
+
+ /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
+ if( z>=zTerm ) break;
+ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+ }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode)
+ || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
+ );
+
+ /* Set the output variables and return. */
+ pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput);
+ *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
+ *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken);
+ *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput);
+ *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
+ *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module
+** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){
+ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = {
+ 0,
+ unicodeCreate,
+ unicodeDestroy,
+ unicodeOpen,
+ unicodeClose,
+ unicodeNext,
+ 0,
+ };
+ *ppModule = &module;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/*
+** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
+** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){
+ /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous
+ ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
+ ** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
+ **
+ ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first
+ ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
+ ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value
+ ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint
+ ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints
+ ** using this format.
+ */
+ static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
+ 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
+ 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
+ 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
+ 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
+ 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
+ 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
+ 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
+ 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401,
+ 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804,
+ 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403,
+ 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812,
+ 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001,
+ 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802,
+ 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805,
+ 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401,
+ 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03,
+ 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807,
+ 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001,
+ 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01,
+ 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804,
+ 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001,
+ 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802,
+ 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01,
+ 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06,
+ 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007,
+ 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006,
+ 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417,
+ 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14,
+ 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07,
+ 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01,
+ 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001,
+ 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802,
+ 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F,
+ 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002,
+ 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802,
+ 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006,
+ 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D,
+ 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802,
+ 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027,
+ 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403,
+ 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805,
+ 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04,
+ 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401,
+ 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005,
+ 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B,
+ 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A,
+ 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001,
+ 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59,
+ 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807,
+ 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01,
+ 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E,
+ 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100,
+ 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10,
+ 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402,
+ 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804,
+ 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012,
+ 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004,
+ 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002,
+ 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803,
+ 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07,
+ 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02,
+ 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802,
+ 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013,
+ 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06,
+ 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003,
+ 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01,
+ 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403,
+ 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009,
+ 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003,
+ 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003,
+ 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E,
+ 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046,
+ 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401,
+ 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401,
+ 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F,
+ 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C,
+ 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002,
+ 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025,
+ 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6,
+ 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46,
+ 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060,
+ 0x380400F0,
+ };
+ static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = {
+ 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
+ };
+
+ if( c<128 ){
+ return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
+ }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
+ unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
+ int iRes = 0;
+ int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+ int iLo = 0;
+ while( iHi>=iLo ){
+ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+ if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
+ iRes = iTest;
+ iLo = iTest+1;
+ }else{
+ iHi = iTest-1;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( aEntry[0]<key );
+ assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] );
+ return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF)));
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter
+** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint
+** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN
+** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER
+** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an
+** uppercase letter are undefined.
+*/
+static int remove_diacritic(int c){
+ unsigned short aDia[] = {
+ 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
+ 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
+ 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
+ 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
+ 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928,
+ 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234,
+ 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504,
+ 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529,
+ 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726,
+ 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122,
+ 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536,
+ 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730,
+ 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390,
+ };
+ char aChar[] = {
+ '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
+ 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
+ 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
+ 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r',
+ 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
+ '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h',
+ 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't',
+ 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a',
+ 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y',
+ };
+
+ unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
+ int iRes = 0;
+ int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1;
+ int iLo = 0;
+ while( iHi>=iLo ){
+ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+ if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
+ iRes = iTest;
+ iLo = iTest+1;
+ }else{
+ iHi = iTest-1;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
+ return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
+** is a diacritical modifier character.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
+ unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF;
+ unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8;
+ if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0;
+ return (c < 768+32) ?
+ (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) :
+ (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32)));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint
+** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent,
+** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version.
+** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){
+ /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range
+ ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange
+ ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode.
+ **
+ ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies
+ ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and
+ ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to
+ ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C.
+ **
+ ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[]
+ ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower
+ ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF).
+ **
+ ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt
+ ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See
+ ** http://www.unicode.org for details.
+ */
+ static const struct TableEntry {
+ unsigned short iCode;
+ unsigned char flags;
+ unsigned char nRange;
+ } aEntry[] = {
+ {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23},
+ {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6},
+ {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1},
+ {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1},
+ {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1},
+ {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1},
+ {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1},
+ {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1},
+ {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1},
+ {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6},
+ {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1},
+ {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1},
+ {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1},
+ {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1},
+ {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1},
+ {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18},
+ {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1},
+ {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1},
+ {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1},
+ {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1},
+ {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1},
+ {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4},
+ {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3},
+ {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17},
+ {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1},
+ {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1},
+ {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1},
+ {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1},
+ {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1},
+ {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32},
+ {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1},
+ {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38},
+ {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1},
+ {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1},
+ {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6},
+ {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6},
+ {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8},
+ {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2},
+ {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1},
+ {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2},
+ {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2},
+ {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2},
+ {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1},
+ {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16},
+ {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47},
+ {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1},
+ {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1},
+ {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1},
+ {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2},
+ {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1},
+ {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14},
+ {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1},
+ {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1},
+ {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1},
+ {65313, 14, 26},
+ };
+ static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
+ 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
+ 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
+ 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
+ 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
+ 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
+ 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
+ 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
+ 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
+ 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
+ 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
+ };
+
+ int ret = c;
+
+ assert( c>=0 );
+ assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );
+
+ if( c<128 ){
+ if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
+ }else if( c<65536 ){
+ int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+ int iLo = 0;
+ int iRes = -1;
+
+ while( iHi>=iLo ){
+ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+ int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);
+ if( cmp>=0 ){
+ iRes = iTest;
+ iLo = iTest+1;
+ }else{
+ iHi = iTest-1;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode );
+
+ if( iRes>=0 ){
+ const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes];
+ if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){
+ ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF;
+ assert( ret>0 );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret);
+ }
+
+ else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
+ ret = c + 40;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/
/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
@@ -124436,58 +147525,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
-/*
-** This file contains an implementation of a couple of different variants
-** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The
-** same data-structure is used for all, but the algorithms for insert and
-** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time
-** by defining the following symbols:
-*/
-
-/* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate
-** r*tree variant algorithms.
-*/
-#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE 0
-#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT 1
-
-/*
-** Exactly one of the following must be set to 1.
-*/
-#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT 0
-#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT 0
-#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT 1
-
-#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT \
- (VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT||VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT)
-
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
- #define PickNext QuadraticPickNext
- #define PickSeeds QuadraticPickSeeds
- #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
-#endif
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
- #define PickNext LinearPickNext
- #define PickSeeds LinearPickSeeds
- #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
-#endif
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
- #define AssignCells splitNodeStartree
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
-
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#else
#endif
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef unsigned short u16;
typedef unsigned int u32;
#endif
@@ -124505,6 +147556,7 @@ typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg;
typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback;
typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
+typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint;
/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
@@ -124513,22 +147565,33 @@ typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is
** used.
*/
-#define HASHSIZE 128
+#define HASHSIZE 97
+
+/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of
+** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of
+** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the
+** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum).
+** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use
+** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
+*/
+#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576
+#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100
/*
** An rtree virtual-table object.
*/
struct Rtree {
- sqlite3_vtab base;
+ sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */
sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */
int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
- int nDim; /* Number of dimensions */
- int nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */
+ u8 nDim; /* Number of dimensions */
+ u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */
+ u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */
int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */
- RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */
int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */
+ i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
/* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
@@ -124553,13 +147616,45 @@ struct Rtree {
sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
- int eCoordType;
+ RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */
};
-/* Possible values for eCoordType: */
+/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */
#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0
#define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1
+/*
+** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will
+** only deal with integer coordinates. No floating point operations
+** will be done.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */
+ typedef int RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+# define RTREE_ZERO 0
+#else
+ typedef double RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */
+ typedef float RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure
+** record intermediate results from the tree walk.
+**
+** The id is always a node-id. For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of
+** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents. When iLevel==0, however,
+** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint
+** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node.
+*/
+struct RtreeSearchPoint {
+ RtreeDValue rScore; /* The score for this node. Smallest goes first. */
+ sqlite3_int64 id; /* Node ID */
+ u8 iLevel; /* 0=entries. 1=leaf node. 2+ for higher */
+ u8 eWithin; /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */
+ u8 iCell; /* Cell index within the node */
+};
+
/*
** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the
** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
@@ -124582,33 +147677,61 @@ struct Rtree {
*/
#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is
+** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining
+** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue.
+*/
+#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5
+
/*
** An rtree cursor object.
*/
struct RtreeCursor {
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
- RtreeNode *pNode; /* Node cursor is currently pointing at */
- int iCell; /* Index of current cell in pNode */
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */
+ u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */
+ u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */
int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */
+ int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */
+ int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */
+ int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */
+ RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */
+ RtreeSearchPoint sPoint; /* Cached next search point */
+ RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */
+ u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1]; /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */
};
+/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */
+#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X) ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab))
+
+/*
+** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer. All
+** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time.
+*/
union RtreeCoord {
- float f;
- int i;
+ RtreeValue f; /* Floating point value */
+ int i; /* Integer value */
+ u32 u; /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */
};
/*
** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord
-** formatted as a double. This macro assumes that local variable pRtree points
-** to the Rtree structure associated with the RtreeCoord.
+** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local
+** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the
+** RtreeCoord.
*/
-#define DCOORD(coord) ( \
- (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \
- ((double)coord.f) : \
- ((double)coord.i) \
-)
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i)
+#else
+# define DCOORD(coord) ( \
+ (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \
+ ((double)coord.f) : \
+ ((double)coord.i) \
+ )
+#endif
/*
** A search constraint.
@@ -124616,38 +147739,67 @@ union RtreeCoord {
struct RtreeConstraint {
int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */
int op; /* Constraining operation */
- double rValue; /* Constraint value. */
- int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *);
- sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; /* Constraint callback argument for a MATCH */
+ union {
+ RtreeDValue rValue; /* Constraint value. */
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*);
+ int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
+ } u;
+ sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */
};
/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
-#define RTREE_EQ 0x41
-#define RTREE_LE 0x42
-#define RTREE_LT 0x43
-#define RTREE_GE 0x44
-#define RTREE_GT 0x45
-#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46
+#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 /* A */
+#define RTREE_LE 0x42 /* B */
+#define RTREE_LT 0x43 /* C */
+#define RTREE_GE 0x44 /* D */
+#define RTREE_GT 0x45 /* E */
+#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */
+#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */
+
/*
** An rtree structure node.
*/
struct RtreeNode {
- RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */
- i64 iNode;
- int nRef;
- int isDirty;
- u8 *zData;
- RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash chain */
+ RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */
+ i64 iNode; /* The node number */
+ int nRef; /* Number of references to this node */
+ int isDirty; /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */
+ u8 *zData; /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */
+ RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash collision chain */
};
+
+/* Return the number of cells in a node */
#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
/*
-** Structure to store a deserialized rtree record.
+** A single cell from a node, deserialized
*/
struct RtreeCell {
- i64 iRowid;
- RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
+ i64 iRowid; /* Node or entry ID */
+ RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Bounding box coordinates */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions
+** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH
+** operators in order to constrain a search.
+**
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the
+** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+**
+** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+*/
+struct RtreeGeomCallback {
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*);
+ int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
+ void (*xDestructor)(void*);
+ void *pContext;
};
@@ -124659,29 +147811,16 @@ struct RtreeCell {
#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB
/*
-** An instance of this structure must be supplied as a blob argument to
-** the right-hand-side of an SQL MATCH operator used to constrain an
-** r-tree query.
+** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by
+** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand
+** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree.
*/
struct RtreeMatchArg {
- u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */
- int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *);
- void *pContext;
- int nParam;
- double aParam[1];
-};
-
-/*
-** When a geometry callback is created (see sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback),
-** a single instance of the following structure is allocated. It is used
-** as the context for the user-function created by by s_r_g_c(). The object
-** is eventually deleted by the destructor mechanism provided by
-** sqlite3_create_function_v2() (which is called by s_r_g_c() to create
-** the geometry callback function).
-*/
-struct RtreeGeomCallback {
- int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *);
- void *pContext;
+ u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */
+ RtreeGeomCallback cb; /* Info about the callback functions */
+ int nParam; /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */
+ RtreeDValue aParam[1]; /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */
};
#ifndef MAX
@@ -124775,10 +147914,7 @@ static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){
** in the Rtree.aHash table.
*/
static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){
- return (
- (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^
- (iNode>>24) ^ (iNode>>16) ^ (iNode>> 8) ^ (iNode>> 0)
- ) % HASHSIZE;
+ return iNode % HASHSIZE;
}
/*
@@ -124838,8 +147974,7 @@ static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){
/*
** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
*/
-static int
-nodeAcquire(
+static int nodeAcquire(
Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */
i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */
RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */
@@ -124928,10 +148063,10 @@ nodeAcquire(
** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
*/
static void nodeOverwriteCell(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
- RtreeCell *pCell,
- int iCell
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */
+ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node into which the cell is to be written */
+ RtreeCell *pCell, /* The cell to write */
+ int iCell /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */
){
int ii;
u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
@@ -124943,7 +148078,7 @@ static void nodeOverwriteCell(
}
/*
-** Remove cell the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
+** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
*/
static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
@@ -124960,11 +148095,10 @@ static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
**
** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
*/
-static int
-nodeInsertCell(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
- RtreeCell *pCell
+static int nodeInsertCell(
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */
+ RtreeNode *pNode, /* Write new cell into this node */
+ RtreeCell *pCell /* The cell to be inserted */
){
int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */
int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
@@ -124985,8 +148119,7 @@ nodeInsertCell(
/*
** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database.
*/
-static int
-nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pNode->isDirty ){
sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode;
@@ -125011,8 +148144,7 @@ nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference
** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database.
*/
-static int
-nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pNode ){
assert( pNode->nRef>0 );
@@ -125040,9 +148172,9 @@ nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
*/
static i64 nodeGetRowid(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
- int iCell
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */
+ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract the ID */
+ int iCell /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */
){
assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) );
return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]);
@@ -125052,11 +148184,11 @@ static i64 nodeGetRowid(
** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
*/
static void nodeGetCoord(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
- int iCell,
- int iCoord,
- RtreeCoord *pCoord /* Space to write result to */
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */
+ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */
+ int iCell, /* The index of the cell within the node */
+ int iCoord, /* Which coordinate to extract */
+ RtreeCoord *pCoord /* OUT: Space to write result to */
){
readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord);
}
@@ -125066,15 +148198,20 @@ static void nodeGetCoord(
** to by pCell with the results.
*/
static void nodeGetCell(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
- int iCell,
- RtreeCell *pCell
-){
- int ii;
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */
+ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node containing the cell to be read */
+ int iCell, /* Index of the cell within the node */
+ RtreeCell *pCell /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */
+){
+ u8 *pData;
+ u8 *pEnd;
+ RtreeCoord *pCoord;
pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
- for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim*2; ii++){
- nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, iCell, ii, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
+ pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell);
+ pEnd = pData + pRtree->nDim*8;
+ pCoord = pCell->aCoord;
+ for(; pData<pEnd; pData+=4, pCoord++){
+ readCoord(pData, pCoord);
}
}
@@ -125200,10 +148337,10 @@ static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
if( pCsr->aConstraint ){
int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */
for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){
- sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pGeom;
- if( pGeom ){
- if( pGeom->xDelUser ) pGeom->xDelUser(pGeom->pUser);
- sqlite3_free(pGeom);
+ sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo;
+ if( pInfo ){
+ if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser);
+ sqlite3_free(pInfo);
}
}
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
@@ -125216,12 +148353,13 @@ static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
*/
static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
- int rc;
+ int ii;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
- rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
+ for(ii=0; ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ; ii++) nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->aNode[ii]);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
@@ -125232,194 +148370,164 @@ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
*/
static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
- return (pCsr->pNode==0);
+ return pCsr->atEOF;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value.
+** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little-
+** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if
+** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is
+** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded.
+** Store the results in "r".
+**
+** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and
+** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation. The endian-
+** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the
+** processor endianness is known at compile-time. The SQLITE_BYTEORDER
+** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific
+** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part
+** of the amalgamation.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \
+ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \
+ memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \
+ c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)| \
+ ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8); \
+ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \
+ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \
+ memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \
+ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#else
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \
+ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \
+ c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16) \
+ +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3]; \
+ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
}
+#endif
/*
-** The r-tree constraint passed as the second argument to this function is
-** guaranteed to be a MATCH constraint.
+** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH
+** constraint pConstraint.
*/
-static int testRtreeGeom(
- Rtree *pRtree, /* R-Tree object */
- RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* MATCH constraint to test */
- RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to test */
- int *pbRes /* OUT: Test result */
+static int rtreeCallbackConstraint(
+ RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */
+ int eInt, /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */
+ u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content */
+ RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch, /* Container of this cell */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore, /* OUT: score for the cell */
+ int *peWithin /* OUT: visibility of the cell */
){
- int i;
- double aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
- int nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2;
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */
+ int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord; /* No. of coordinates */
+ int rc; /* Callback return code */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Decoded coordinates */
- assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH );
- assert( pConstraint->pGeom );
+ assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY );
+ assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 );
- for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++){
- aCoord[i] = DCOORD(pCell->aCoord[i]);
+ if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){
+ pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData);
}
- return pConstraint->xGeom(pConstraint->pGeom, nCoord, aCoord, pbRes);
-}
-
-/*
-** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page.
-** Set *pbEof to true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered
-** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[]
-** array, or false otherwise.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error
-** occurs within a geometry callback.
-*/
-static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){
- RtreeCell cell;
- int ii;
- int bRes = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
- for(ii=0; bRes==0 && ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
- RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
- double cell_min = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2]);
- double cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]);
-
- assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
- || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH
- );
-
- switch( p->op ){
- case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT:
- bRes = p->rValue<cell_min;
- break;
-
- case RTREE_GE: case RTREE_GT:
- bRes = p->rValue>cell_max;
- break;
-
- case RTREE_EQ:
- bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValue<cell_min);
- break;
-
- default: {
- assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH );
- rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &bRes);
- bRes = !bRes;
- break;
- }
+ pCellData += 8;
+ for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++, pCellData += 4){
+ RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, aCoord[i]);
+ }
+ if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
+ rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo,
+ nCoord, aCoord, &i);
+ if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
+ *prScore = RTREE_ZERO;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->aCoord = aCoord;
+ pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1;
+ pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore;
+ pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin;
+ rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo);
+ if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin;
+ if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScore<RTREE_ZERO ){
+ *prScore = pInfo->rScore;
}
}
-
- *pbEof = bRes;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Test if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to
-** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the
-** pCursor->aConstraint[] array. If so, set *pbEof to true before
-** returning. If the cell is not filtered (excluded) by the constraints,
-** set pbEof to zero.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error
-** occurs within a geometry callback.
-**
-** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node.
+** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p.
+** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node,
+** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
*/
-static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){
- RtreeCell cell;
- int ii;
- *pbEof = 0;
+static void rtreeNonleafConstraint(
+ RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */
+ int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
+ u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
+ int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
+){
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl val; /* Coordinate value convert to a double */
- nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
- for(ii=0; ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
- RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
- double coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]);
- int res;
- assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
- || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH
- );
- switch( p->op ){
- case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break;
- case RTREE_LT: res = (coord<p->rValue); break;
- case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break;
- case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue); break;
- case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break;
- default: {
- int rc;
- assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH );
- rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
+ /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate
+ ** in a coordinate pair. But make pCellData point to the lower bound.
+ */
+ pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe);
- if( !res ){
- *pbEof = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
+ assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
+ || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
+ switch( p->op ){
+ case RTREE_LE:
+ case RTREE_LT:
+ case RTREE_EQ:
+ RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
+ /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */
+ if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return;
+ if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break; /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */
+ /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE, or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */
+ pCellData += 4;
+ RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
+ /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */
+ if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return;
+ }
+ *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
}
/*
-** Cursor pCursor currently points at a node that heads a sub-tree of
-** height iHeight (if iHeight==0, then the node is a leaf). Descend
-** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the
-** configured constraints.
+** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p.
+** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
+** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged.
+**
+** The constraint is of the form: xN op $val
+**
+** The op is given by p->op. The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in
+** pCellData. $val is given by p->u.rValue.
*/
-static int descendToCell(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCursor *pCursor,
- int iHeight,
- int *pEof /* OUT: Set to true if cannot descend */
+static void rtreeLeafConstraint(
+ RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */
+ int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
+ u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
+ int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
){
- int isEof;
- int rc;
- int ii;
- RtreeNode *pChild;
- sqlite3_int64 iRowid;
-
- RtreeNode *pSavedNode = pCursor->pNode;
- int iSavedCell = pCursor->iCell;
-
- assert( iHeight>=0 );
-
- if( iHeight==0 ){
- rc = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof);
- }else{
- rc = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isEof || iHeight==0 ){
- goto descend_to_cell_out;
- }
+ RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */
- iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell);
- rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto descend_to_cell_out;
- }
-
- nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode);
- pCursor->pNode = pChild;
- isEof = 1;
- for(ii=0; isEof && ii<NCELL(pChild); ii++){
- pCursor->iCell = ii;
- rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto descend_to_cell_out;
- }
- }
-
- if( isEof ){
- assert( pCursor->pNode==pChild );
- nodeReference(pSavedNode);
- nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
- pCursor->pNode = pSavedNode;
- pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell;
+ assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
+ || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
+ pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4;
+ RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN);
+ switch( p->op ){
+ case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return; break;
+ case RTREE_LT: if( xN < p->u.rValue ) return; break;
+ case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return; break;
+ case RTREE_GT: if( xN > p->u.rValue ) return; break;
+ default: if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return; break;
}
-
-descend_to_cell_out:
- *pEof = isEof;
- return rc;
+ *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
}
/*
@@ -125434,6 +148542,7 @@ static int nodeRowidIndex(
){
int ii;
int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+ assert( nCell<200 );
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){
*piIndex = ii;
@@ -125456,48 +148565,302 @@ static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
+/*
+** Compare two search points. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
+** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
+**
+** The rScore is the primary key. Smaller rScore values come first.
+** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller
+** iLevel values coming first. In this way, if rScore is the same for all
+** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result
+** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior.
*/
-static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
- Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
- RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int rtreeSearchPointCompare(
+ const RtreeSearchPoint *pA,
+ const RtreeSearchPoint *pB
+){
+ if( pA->rScore<pB->rScore ) return -1;
+ if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1;
+ if( pA->iLevel<pB->iLevel ) return -1;
+ if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1;
+ return 0;
+}
- /* RtreeCursor.pNode must not be NULL. If is is NULL, then this cursor is
- ** already at EOF. It is against the rules to call the xNext() method of
- ** a cursor that has already reached EOF.
- */
- assert( pCsr->pNode );
-
- if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){
- /* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */
- nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
- pCsr->pNode = 0;
- }else{
- /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
- int iHeight = 0;
- while( pCsr->pNode ){
- RtreeNode *pNode = pCsr->pNode;
- int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
- for(pCsr->iCell++; pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){
- int isEof;
- rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, iHeight, &isEof);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !isEof ){
- return rc;
+/*
+** Interchange to search points in a cursor.
+*/
+static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){
+ RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i];
+ assert( i<j );
+ p->aPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j];
+ p->aPoint[j] = t;
+ i++; j++;
+ if( i<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+ if( j>=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+ nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
+ p->aNode[i] = 0;
+ }else{
+ RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i];
+ p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j];
+ p->aNode[j] = pTemp;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the search point with the lowest current score.
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){
+ return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){
+ sqlite3_int64 id;
+ int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint;
+ assert( ii==0 || ii==1 );
+ assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint );
+ if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){
+ assert( pRC!=0 );
+ id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id;
+ *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]);
+ }
+ return pCur->aNode[ii];
+}
+
+/*
+** Push a new element onto the priority queue
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue(
+ RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */
+ RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */
+ u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */
+){
+ int i, j;
+ RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
+ if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){
+ int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8;
+ pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0]));
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ pCur->aPoint = pNew;
+ pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew;
+ }
+ i = pCur->nPoint++;
+ pNew = pCur->aPoint + i;
+ pNew->rScore = rScore;
+ pNew->iLevel = iLevel;
+ assert( iLevel>=0 && iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH );
+ while( i>0 ){
+ RtreeSearchPoint *pParent;
+ j = (i-1)/2;
+ pParent = pCur->aPoint + j;
+ if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break;
+ rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i);
+ i = j;
+ pNew = pParent;
+ }
+ return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return
+** NULL if malloc fails.
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew(
+ RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */
+ RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */
+ u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */
+){
+ RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst;
+ pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur);
+ pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++;
+ if( pFirst==0
+ || pFirst->rScore>rScore
+ || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel)
+ ){
+ if( pCur->bPoint ){
+ int ii;
+ pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1;
+ if( ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+ assert( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 );
+ pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0];
+ }else{
+ nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]);
+ }
+ pCur->aNode[0] = 0;
+ *pNew = pCur->sPoint;
+ }
+ pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore;
+ pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel;
+ pCur->bPoint = 1;
+ return &pCur->sPoint;
+ }else{
+ return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
+ }
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */
+static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){
+ if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); }
+ printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d",
+ p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin
+ );
+ idx++;
+ if( idx<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+ printf(" %p\n", pCur->aNode[idx]);
+ }else{
+ printf("\n");
+ }
+}
+static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){
+ int ii;
+ printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix);
+ if( pCur->bPoint ){
+ tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur);
+ }
+ for(ii=0; ii<pCur->nPoint; ii++){
+ if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf(" ");
+ tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur);
+ }
+}
+# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B)
+#else
+# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) /* no-op */
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score.
+*/
+static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){
+ int i, j, k, n;
+ i = 1 - p->bPoint;
+ assert( i==0 || i==1 );
+ if( p->aNode[i] ){
+ nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
+ p->aNode[i] = 0;
+ }
+ if( p->bPoint ){
+ p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--;
+ p->bPoint = 0;
+ }else if( p->nPoint ){
+ p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--;
+ n = --p->nPoint;
+ p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n];
+ if( n<RTREE_CACHE_SZ-1 ){
+ p->aNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1];
+ p->aNode[n+1] = 0;
+ }
+ i = 0;
+ while( (j = i*2+1)<n ){
+ k = j+1;
+ if( k<n && rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){
+ if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
+ rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k);
+ i = k;
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
+ rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j);
+ i = j;
+ }else{
+ break;
}
}
- pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent;
- rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &pCsr->iCell);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- nodeReference(pCsr->pNode);
- nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
- iHeight++;
}
}
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue
+** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row,
+** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the
+** query has completed.
+*/
+static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){
+ RtreeSearchPoint *p;
+ Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur);
+ RtreeNode *pNode;
+ int eWithin;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nCell;
+ int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint;
+ int ii;
+ int eInt;
+ RtreeSearchPoint x;
+ eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+ while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){
+ pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+ assert( nCell<200 );
+ while( p->iCell<nCell ){
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore = (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)-1;
+ u8 *pCellData = pNode->zData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell);
+ eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN;
+ for(ii=0; ii<nConstraint; ii++){
+ RtreeConstraint *pConstraint = pCur->aConstraint + ii;
+ if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
+ rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p,
+ &rScore, &eWithin);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){
+ rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
+ }else{
+ rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
+ }
+ if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break;
+ }
+ p->iCell++;
+ if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue;
+ x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1;
+ if( x.iLevel ){
+ x.id = readInt64(pCellData);
+ x.iCell = 0;
+ }else{
+ x.id = p->id;
+ x.iCell = p->iCell - 1;
+ }
+ if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
+ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:");
+ rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
+ }
+ if( rScore<RTREE_ZERO ) rScore = RTREE_ZERO;
+ p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCur, rScore, x.iLevel);
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ p->eWithin = eWithin;
+ p->id = x.id;
+ p->iCell = x.iCell;
+ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:");
+ break;
+ }
+ if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
+ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:");
+ rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
+ }
+ }
+ pCur->atEOF = p==0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
+*/
+static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
+ RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
+ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:");
+ rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr);
+ rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
return rc;
}
@@ -125505,13 +148868,14 @@ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
*/
static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
- Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-
- assert(pCsr->pNode);
- *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){
+ *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
@@ -125520,21 +148884,28 @@ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+ RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
+ RtreeCoord c;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
if( i==0 ){
- i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
- sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, iRowid);
+ sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell));
}else{
- RtreeCoord c;
- nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell, i-1, &c);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c);
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
- }else{
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 );
sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i);
}
}
-
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -125545,12 +148916,18 @@ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
** to zero and return an SQLite error code.
*/
-static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){
+static int findLeafNode(
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* RTree to search */
+ i64 iRowid, /* The rowid searching for */
+ RtreeNode **ppLeaf, /* Write the node here */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piNode /* Write the node-id here */
+){
int rc;
*ppLeaf = 0;
sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid);
if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0);
+ if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode;
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf);
sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
}else{
@@ -125566,42 +148943,45 @@ static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){
** operator.
*/
static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){
- RtreeMatchArg *p;
- sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom;
- int nBlob;
+ RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; /* BLOB returned by geometry function */
+ sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* Callback information */
+ int nBlob; /* Size of the geometry function blob */
+ int nExpected; /* Expected size of the BLOB */
/* Check that value is actually a blob. */
- if( !sqlite3_value_type(pValue)==SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
/* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */
nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg)
- || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(double))!=0
+ || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(RtreeDValue))!=0
){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- pGeom = (sqlite3_rtree_geometry *)sqlite3_malloc(
- sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry) + nBlob
- );
- if( !pGeom ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(pGeom, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry));
- p = (RtreeMatchArg *)&pGeom[1];
+ pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob );
+ if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo));
+ pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1];
- memcpy(p, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob);
- if( p->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC
- || nBlob!=(int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (p->nParam-1)*sizeof(double))
- ){
- sqlite3_free(pGeom);
+ memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob);
+ nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) +
+ (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue));
+ if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){
+ sqlite3_free(pInfo);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext;
+ pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam;
+ pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam;
- pGeom->pContext = p->pContext;
- pGeom->nParam = p->nParam;
- pGeom->aParam = p->aParam;
-
- pCons->xGeom = p->xGeom;
- pCons->pGeom = pGeom;
+ if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){
+ pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom;
+ }else{
+ pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY;
+ pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc;
+ }
+ pCons->pInfo = pInfo;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -125615,43 +148995,59 @@ static int rtreeFilter(
){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-
RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
int ii;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iCell = 0;
rtreeReference(pRtree);
+ /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */
freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
- pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+ pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree;
+ pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
if( idxNum==1 ){
/* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
+ RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the the leaf */
i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
- rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf);
- pCsr->pNode = pLeaf;
- if( pLeaf ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &pCsr->iCell);
+ i64 iNode = 0;
+ rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){
+ p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0);
+ assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */
+ pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf;
+ p->id = iNode;
+ p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
+ rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell);
+ p->iCell = iCell;
+ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:");
+ }else{
+ pCsr->atEOF = 1;
}
}else{
/* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
** with the configured constraints.
*/
- if( argc>0 ){
+ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){
pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
pCsr->nConstraint = argc;
if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
- assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 );
+ memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1));
+ assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0)
+ || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) );
for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){
RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii];
p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
- p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a';
- if( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
+ p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0';
+ if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
/* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that
** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using
** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function.
@@ -125660,41 +149056,52 @@ static int rtreeFilter(
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
break;
}
+ p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2;
+ p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue;
+ p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1;
}else{
- p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]);
+#else
+ p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+#endif
}
}
}
}
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCsr->pNode = 0;
- rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
- }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int isEof = 1;
- int nCell = NCELL(pRoot);
- pCsr->pNode = pRoot;
- for(pCsr->iCell=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){
- assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
- rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, pRtree->iDepth, &isEof);
- if( !isEof ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isEof ){
- assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
- nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
- pCsr->pNode = 0;
- }
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pCsr->pNode || pCsr->iCell<NCELL(pCsr->pNode) );
+ RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
+ pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1);
+ if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pNew->id = 1;
+ pNew->iCell = 0;
+ pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
+ assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 );
+ pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot;
+ pRoot = 0;
+ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:");
+ rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
}
}
+ nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
rtreeRelease(pRtree);
return rc;
}
+/*
+** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
+** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
+** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
+ if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to
@@ -125730,13 +149137,14 @@ static int rtreeFilter(
** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc.
*/
static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int ii;
+ i64 nRow; /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */
int iIdx = 0;
char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(tab);
assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
@@ -125756,9 +149164,11 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
/* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be
** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which
- ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0).
+ ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return
+ ** a single row.
*/
- pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0;
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0;
+ setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -125776,7 +149186,7 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
break;
}
zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
- zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a';
+ zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0';
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
}
@@ -125787,19 +149197,22 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- assert( iIdx>=0 );
- pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (2000000.0 / (double)(iIdx + 1));
+
+ nRow = pRtree->nRowEst / (iIdx + 1);
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow;
+ setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow);
+
return rc;
}
/*
** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
*/
-static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
- float area = 1.0;
+static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+ RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1;
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
- area = (float)(area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])));
+ area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])));
}
return area;
}
@@ -125808,11 +149221,11 @@ static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
** of the objects size in each dimension.
*/
-static float cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
- float margin = 0.0;
+static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+ RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0;
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
- margin += (float)(DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
+ margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
}
return margin;
}
@@ -125857,8 +149270,8 @@ static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
/*
** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
*/
-static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
- float area;
+static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
+ RtreeDValue area;
RtreeCell cell;
memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell));
area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
@@ -125866,64 +149279,32 @@ static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area);
}
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE || VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
-static float cellOverlap(
+static RtreeDValue cellOverlap(
Rtree *pRtree,
RtreeCell *p,
RtreeCell *aCell,
- int nCell,
- int iExclude
+ int nCell
){
int ii;
- float overlap = 0.0;
+ RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO;
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
- if( ii!=iExclude )
-#else
- assert( iExclude==-1 );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(iExclude);
-#endif
- {
- int jj;
- float o = 1.0;
- for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
- double x1;
- double x2;
-
- x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
- x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
-
- if( x2<x1 ){
- o = 0.0;
- break;
- }else{
- o = o * (float)(x2-x1);
- }
+ int jj;
+ RtreeDValue o = (RtreeDValue)1;
+ for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
+ RtreeDValue x1, x2;
+ x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
+ x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
+ if( x2<x1 ){
+ o = (RtreeDValue)0;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ o = o * (x2-x1);
}
- overlap += o;
}
+ overlap += o;
}
return overlap;
}
-#endif
-
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
-static float cellOverlapEnlargement(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *p,
- RtreeCell *pInsert,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
- int nCell,
- int iExclude
-){
- double before;
- double after;
- before = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
- cellUnion(pRtree, p, pInsert);
- after = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
- return (float)(after-before);
-}
-#endif
/*
@@ -125945,9 +149326,8 @@ static int ChooseLeaf(
int iCell;
sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0;
- float fMinGrowth = 0.0;
- float fMinArea = 0.0;
- float fMinOverlap = 0.0;
+ RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO;
+ RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO;
int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
RtreeCell cell;
@@ -125955,53 +149335,21 @@ static int ChooseLeaf(
RtreeCell *aCell = 0;
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
- if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
- int jj;
- aCell = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCell)*nCell);
- if( !aCell ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
- pNode = 0;
- continue;
- }
- for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
- nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, jj, &aCell[jj]);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
/* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell
** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with
** the smallest area.
*/
for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){
int bBest = 0;
- float growth;
- float area;
- float overlap = 0.0;
+ RtreeDValue growth;
+ RtreeDValue area;
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell);
growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
-
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
- if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
- overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell);
- }
- if( (iCell==0)
- || (overlap<fMinOverlap)
- || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth<fMinGrowth)
- || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea)
- ){
- bBest = 1;
- }
-#else
if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){
bBest = 1;
}
-#endif
if( bBest ){
- fMinOverlap = overlap;
fMinGrowth = growth;
fMinArea = area;
iBest = cell.iRowid;
@@ -126071,155 +149419,6 @@ static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){
static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int);
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
-/*
-** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickNext() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static RtreeCell *LinearPickNext(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
- int nCell,
- RtreeCell *pLeftBox,
- RtreeCell *pRightBox,
- int *aiUsed
-){
- int ii;
- for(ii=0; aiUsed[ii]; ii++);
- aiUsed[ii] = 1;
- return &aCell[ii];
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickSeeds() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static void LinearPickSeeds(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
- int nCell,
- int *piLeftSeed,
- int *piRightSeed
-){
- int i;
- int iLeftSeed = 0;
- int iRightSeed = 1;
- float maxNormalInnerWidth = 0.0;
-
- /* Pick two "seed" cells from the array of cells. The algorithm used
- ** here is the LinearPickSeeds algorithm from Gutman[1984]. The
- ** indices of the two seed cells in the array are stored in local
- ** variables iLeftSeek and iRightSeed.
- */
- for(i=0; i<pRtree->nDim; i++){
- float x1 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2]);
- float x2 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2+1]);
- float x3 = x1;
- float x4 = x2;
- int jj;
-
- int iCellLeft = 0;
- int iCellRight = 0;
-
- for(jj=1; jj<nCell; jj++){
- float left = DCOORD(aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2]);
- float right = DCOORD(aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2+1]);
-
- if( left<x1 ) x1 = left;
- if( right>x4 ) x4 = right;
- if( left>x3 ){
- x3 = left;
- iCellRight = jj;
- }
- if( right<x2 ){
- x2 = right;
- iCellLeft = jj;
- }
- }
-
- if( x4!=x1 ){
- float normalwidth = (x3 - x2) / (x4 - x1);
- if( normalwidth>maxNormalInnerWidth ){
- iLeftSeed = iCellLeft;
- iRightSeed = iCellRight;
- }
- }
- }
-
- *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
- *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
-}
-#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT */
-
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
-/*
-** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickNext() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
- int nCell,
- RtreeCell *pLeftBox,
- RtreeCell *pRightBox,
- int *aiUsed
-){
- #define FABS(a) ((a)<0.0?-1.0*(a):(a))
-
- int iSelect = -1;
- float fDiff;
- int ii;
- for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
- if( aiUsed[ii]==0 ){
- float left = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]);
- float right = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]);
- float diff = FABS(right-left);
- if( iSelect<0 || diff>fDiff ){
- fDiff = diff;
- iSelect = ii;
- }
- }
- }
- aiUsed[iSelect] = 1;
- return &aCell[iSelect];
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickSeeds() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static void QuadraticPickSeeds(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
- int nCell,
- int *piLeftSeed,
- int *piRightSeed
-){
- int ii;
- int jj;
-
- int iLeftSeed = 0;
- int iRightSeed = 1;
- float fWaste = 0.0;
-
- for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
- for(jj=ii+1; jj<nCell; jj++){
- float right = cellArea(pRtree, &aCell[jj]);
- float growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &aCell[ii], &aCell[jj]);
- float waste = growth - right;
-
- if( waste>fWaste ){
- iLeftSeed = ii;
- iRightSeed = jj;
- fWaste = waste;
- }
- }
- }
-
- *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
- *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
-}
-#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT */
/*
** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
@@ -126241,7 +149440,7 @@ static void QuadraticPickSeeds(
static void SortByDistance(
int *aIdx,
int nIdx,
- float *aDistance,
+ RtreeDValue *aDistance,
int *aSpare
){
if( nIdx>1 ){
@@ -126267,8 +149466,8 @@ static void SortByDistance(
aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
iLeft++;
}else{
- float fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]];
- float fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]];
+ RtreeDValue fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]];
+ RtreeDValue fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]];
if( fLeft<fRight ){
aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
iLeft++;
@@ -126284,8 +149483,8 @@ static void SortByDistance(
{
int jj;
for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
- float left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]];
- float right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]];
+ RtreeDValue left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]];
+ RtreeDValue right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]];
assert( left<=right );
}
}
@@ -126328,10 +149527,10 @@ static void SortByDimension(
memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
aLeft = aSpare;
while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
- double xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
- double xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
- double xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
- double xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+ RtreeDValue xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+ RtreeDValue xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+ RtreeDValue xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+ RtreeDValue xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight)
|| (xleft1<xright1)
|| (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2)
@@ -126349,10 +149548,10 @@ static void SortByDimension(
{
int jj;
for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
- float xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2];
- float xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
- float xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2];
- float xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+ RtreeDValue xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+ RtreeDValue xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+ RtreeDValue xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+ RtreeDValue xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) );
}
}
@@ -126360,7 +149559,6 @@ static void SortByDimension(
}
}
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
/*
** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990].
*/
@@ -126379,7 +149577,7 @@ static int splitNodeStartree(
int iBestDim = 0;
int iBestSplit = 0;
- float fBestMargin = 0.0;
+ RtreeDValue fBestMargin = RTREE_ZERO;
int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
@@ -126400,9 +149598,9 @@ static int splitNodeStartree(
}
for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
- float margin = 0.0;
- float fBestOverlap = 0.0;
- float fBestArea = 0.0;
+ RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO;
+ RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO;
+ RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO;
int iBestLeft = 0;
int nLeft;
@@ -126414,8 +149612,8 @@ static int splitNodeStartree(
RtreeCell left;
RtreeCell right;
int kk;
- float overlap;
- float area;
+ RtreeDValue overlap;
+ RtreeDValue area;
memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
@@ -126428,7 +149626,7 @@ static int splitNodeStartree(
}
margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left);
margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right);
- overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1, -1);
+ overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1);
area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right);
if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
|| (overlap<fBestOverlap)
@@ -126460,63 +149658,7 @@ static int splitNodeStartree(
sqlite3_free(aaSorted);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
-
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT
-/*
-** Implementation of the regular R-tree SplitNode from Guttman[1984].
-*/
-static int splitNodeGuttman(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
- int nCell,
- RtreeNode *pLeft,
- RtreeNode *pRight,
- RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
- RtreeCell *pBboxRight
-){
- int iLeftSeed = 0;
- int iRightSeed = 1;
- int *aiUsed;
- int i;
-
- aiUsed = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(int)*nCell);
- if( !aiUsed ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*nCell);
-
- PickSeeds(pRtree, aCell, nCell, &iLeftSeed, &iRightSeed);
-
- memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
- memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[iRightSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
- nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed]);
- nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, &aCell[iRightSeed]);
- aiUsed[iLeftSeed] = 1;
- aiUsed[iRightSeed] = 1;
-
- for(i=nCell-2; i>0; i--){
- RtreeCell *pNext;
- pNext = PickNext(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pBboxLeft, pBboxRight, aiUsed);
- float diff =
- cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) -
- cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext)
- ;
- if( (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pRight)==i)
- || (diff>0.0 && (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pLeft)!=i))
- ){
- nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, pNext);
- cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext);
- }else{
- nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, pNext);
- cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext);
- }
- }
- sqlite3_free(aiUsed);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
static int updateMapping(
Rtree *pRtree,
@@ -126594,7 +149736,8 @@ static int SplitNode(
memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
- rc = AssignCells(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
+ rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight,
+ &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto splitnode_out;
}
@@ -126831,32 +149974,34 @@ static int Reinsert(
int *aOrder;
int *aSpare;
RtreeCell *aCell;
- float *aDistance;
+ RtreeDValue *aDistance;
int nCell;
- float aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
+ RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
int iDim;
int ii;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int n;
- memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(float)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS);
+ memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS);
nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1;
+ n = (nCell+1)&(~1);
/* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is
** relinquished before this function returns.
*/
- aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(nCell * (
- sizeof(RtreeCell) + /* aCell array */
- sizeof(int) + /* aOrder array */
- sizeof(int) + /* aSpare array */
- sizeof(float) /* aDistance array */
+ aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(n * (
+ sizeof(RtreeCell) + /* aCell array */
+ sizeof(int) + /* aOrder array */
+ sizeof(int) + /* aSpare array */
+ sizeof(RtreeDValue) /* aDistance array */
));
if( !aCell ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- aOrder = (int *)&aCell[nCell];
- aSpare = (int *)&aOrder[nCell];
- aDistance = (float *)&aSpare[nCell];
+ aOrder = (int *)&aCell[n];
+ aSpare = (int *)&aOrder[n];
+ aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n];
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
if( ii==(nCell-1) ){
@@ -126866,19 +150011,19 @@ static int Reinsert(
}
aOrder[ii] = ii;
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
- aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+ aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+ aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
}
}
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- aCenterCoord[iDim] = (float)(aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0));
+ aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2));
}
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
- aDistance[ii] = 0.0;
+ aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO;
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- float coord = (float)(DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
- DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
+ RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
+ DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
}
}
@@ -126941,16 +150086,12 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell(
}
}
if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT
if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){
rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
}else{
pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight;
rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
}
-#else
- rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
-#endif
}else{
rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -127008,19 +150149,19 @@ static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){
*/
static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){
int rc; /* Return code */
- RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
+ RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */
- /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */
+ /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
/* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry
** about to be deleted.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf);
+ rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0);
}
/* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
@@ -127087,6 +150228,36 @@ static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){
return rc;
}
+/*
+** Rounding constants for float->double conversion.
+*/
+#define RNDTOWARDS (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round towards zero */
+#define RNDAWAY (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round away from zero */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY)
+/*
+** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float)
+** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively.
+*/
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){
+ double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+ float f = (float)d;
+ if( f>d ){
+ f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS));
+ }
+ return f;
+}
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){
+ double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+ float f = (float)d;
+ if( f<d ){
+ f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDTOWARDS : RNDAWAY));
+ }
+ return f;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */
+
+
/*
** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
*/
@@ -127120,16 +150291,19 @@ static int rtreeUpdate(
/* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */
assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
- cell.aCoord[ii].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+3]);
- cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+4]);
+ cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]);
+ cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]);
if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){
rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
goto constraint;
}
}
- }else{
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]);
cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]);
@@ -127178,7 +150352,7 @@ static int rtreeUpdate(
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
/* Insert the new record into the r-tree */
- RtreeNode *pLeaf;
+ RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0;
/* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
if( bHaveRowid==0 ){
@@ -127226,6 +150400,43 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
return rc;
}
+/*
+** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate
+** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based
+** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
+*/
+static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){
+ const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'";
+ char *zSql;
+ sqlite3_stmt *p;
+ int rc;
+ i64 nRow = 0;
+
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(p);
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( nRow==0 ){
+ pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST;
+ }else{
+ pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
0, /* iVersion */
rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */
@@ -127287,7 +150498,8 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit(
char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);"
"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);"
-"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+ " parentnode INTEGER);"
"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))",
zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize
);
@@ -127311,6 +150523,7 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit(
appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
+ rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree);
for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
if( zSql ){
@@ -127364,7 +150577,8 @@ static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){
static int getNodeSize(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */
- int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+ int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message, if any */
){
int rc;
char *zSql;
@@ -127377,6 +150591,8 @@ static int getNodeSize(
if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
}
+ }else{
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
}
}else{
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
@@ -127384,6 +150600,9 @@ static int getNodeSize(
pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
);
rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ }
}
sqlite3_free(zSql);
@@ -127429,8 +150648,8 @@ static int rtreeInit(
sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
/* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
- nDb = strlen(argv[1]);
- nName = strlen(argv[2]);
+ nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+ nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]);
pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
if( !pRtree ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
@@ -127447,7 +150666,7 @@ static int rtreeInit(
memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
/* Figure out the node size to use. */
- rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate);
+ rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr);
/* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
@@ -127482,6 +150701,8 @@ static int rtreeInit(
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
*ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree;
}else{
+ assert( *ppVtab==0 );
+ assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 );
rtreeRelease(pRtree);
}
return rc;
@@ -127492,10 +150713,10 @@ static int rtreeInit(
** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to
** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis.
**
-** The scalar function takes two arguments, a blob of data containing
-** an r-tree node, and the number of dimensions the r-tree indexes.
-** For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to deserialize
-** all nodes, a statement like:
+** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions
+** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing
+** an r-tree node. For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to
+** deserialize all nodes, a statement like:
**
** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node;
**
@@ -127525,10 +150746,16 @@ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid);
- nCell = strlen(zCell);
+ nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){
- sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell]," %f",(double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
- nCell = strlen(zCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %g",
+ (double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
+#else
+ sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %d",
+ cell.aCoord[jj].i);
+#endif
+ nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
}
if( zText ){
@@ -127543,6 +150770,15 @@ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free);
}
+/* This routine implements an SQL function that returns the "depth" parameter
+** from the front of a blob that is an r-tree node. For example:
+**
+** SELECT rtreedepth(data) FROM rt_node WHERE nodeno=1;
+**
+** The depth value is 0 for all nodes other than the root node, and the root
+** node always has nodeno=1, so the example above is the primary use for this
+** routine. This routine is intended for testing and analysis only.
+*/
static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB
@@ -127569,7 +150805,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+#else
void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32;
+#endif
rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -127581,42 +150821,54 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
}
/*
-** A version of sqlite3_free() that can be used as a callback. This is used
-** in two places - as the destructor for the blob value returned by the
-** invocation of a geometry function, and as the destructor for the geometry
-** functions themselves.
+** This routine deletes the RtreeGeomCallback object that was attached
+** one of the SQL functions create by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback()
+** or sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). In other words, this routine is the
+** destructor for an RtreeGeomCallback objecct. This routine is called when
+** the corresponding SQL function is deleted.
*/
-static void doSqlite3Free(void *p){
+static void rtreeFreeCallback(void *p){
+ RtreeGeomCallback *pInfo = (RtreeGeomCallback*)p;
+ if( pInfo->xDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
/*
-** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite
-** scalar user function. This C function is the callback used for all such
-** registered SQL functions.
+** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite
+** scalar function that is implemented by this routine.
+**
+** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that
+** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of
+** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object
+** as a BLOB.
**
-** The scalar user functions return a blob that is interpreted by r-tree
-** table MATCH operators.
+** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize
+** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure
+** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query.
*/
static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx);
RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;
int nBlob;
- nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(double);
+ nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue);
pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob);
if( !pBlob ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
}else{
int i;
pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC;
- pBlob->xGeom = pGeomCtx->xGeom;
- pBlob->pContext = pGeomCtx->pContext;
+ pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0];
pBlob->nParam = nArg;
for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]);
+#else
pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]);
+#endif
}
- sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, doSqlite3Free);
+ sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
}
}
@@ -127624,10 +150876,10 @@ static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zGeom,
- int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *),
- void *pContext
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */
+ const char *zGeom, /* Name of the new SQL function */
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */
+ void *pContext /* Extra data associated with the callback */
){
RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */
@@ -127635,17 +150887,44 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom;
+ pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0;
+ pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0;
pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
-
- /* Create the new user-function. Register a destructor function to delete
- ** the context object when it is no longer required. */
return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
- (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, doSqlite3Free
+ (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
+ );
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the
+** r-tree MATCH operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */
+ const char *zQueryFunc, /* Name of new SQL function */
+ int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */
+ void *pContext, /* Extra data passed into the callback */
+ void (*xDestructor)(void*) /* Destructor for the extra data */
+){
+ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */
+
+ /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
+ pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
+ if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0;
+ pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc;
+ pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor;
+ pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
+ (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
);
}
#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init(
sqlite3 *db,
char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
@@ -127683,7 +150962,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
** for case mapping.
**
-** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences.
+** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences.
**
** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to
** provide case-independent matching.
@@ -127697,6 +150976,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
#include <unicode/ustring.h>
#include <unicode/ucol.h>
+/* #include <assert.h> */
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
@@ -128146,7 +151426,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
}
#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init(
sqlite3 *db,
char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
@@ -128176,8 +151459,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
+/* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */
+/* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */
#include <unicode/utf16.h>
typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
@@ -128266,13 +151553,16 @@ static int icuOpen(
*ppCursor = 0;
- if( nInput<0 ){
+ if( zInput==0 ){
+ nInput = 0;
+ zInput = "";
+ }else if( nInput<0 ){
nInput = strlen(zInput);
}
nChar = nInput+1;
pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */
- nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+ ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
(nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
);
if( !pCsr ){
@@ -128280,7 +151570,7 @@ static int icuOpen(
}
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
- pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
+ pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
@@ -128352,7 +151642,7 @@ static int icuNext(
while( iStart<iEnd ){
int iWhite = iStart;
- U8_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+ U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
if( u_isspace(c) ){
iStart = iWhite;
}else{
diff --git a/src/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/src/sqlite/sqlite3.h
index ed9edbd20..c31f126db 100644
--- a/src/sqlite/sqlite3.h
+++ b/src/sqlite/sqlite3.h
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ extern "C" {
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.7.1"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007007
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2011-06-28 17:39:05 af0d91adf497f5f36ec3813f04235a6e195a605f"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.7.4"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008007
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-12-09 01:34:36 f66f7a17b78ba617acde90fc810107f34f1a1f2e"
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
**
** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
-** SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to the
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
**
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When
@@ -219,7 +219,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3
** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
** sqlite3 object.
@@ -266,28 +267,46 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
**
-** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is
-** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated.
-**
-** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
-** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with
-** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
-** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns
-** SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
+** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
**
-** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a
-** harmless no-op.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
/*
** The type for a callback function.
@@ -351,7 +370,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
** <ul>
** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
** is a valid and open [database connection].
-** <li> The application must not close [database connection] specified by
+** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
@@ -367,16 +386,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
**
** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicates success or failure.
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
**
** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
**
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
+** See also: [extended result code definitions]
*/
#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
@@ -406,32 +423,27 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */
#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
/* end-of-error-codes */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
+** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of
** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as
** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to
** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
-**
-** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
-** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
-** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect
-** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always
-** be exactly zero.
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for
+** the most recent error can be obtained using
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
@@ -455,12 +467,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))
/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
@@ -476,6 +513,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */
@@ -495,7 +533,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
**
** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** refers to.
@@ -509,7 +547,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
+** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The
+** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
+** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
+** elevated privileges.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002
@@ -523,6 +569,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000
/*
** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
@@ -629,7 +677,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file {
** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite
** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should
** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
@@ -694,11 +742,15 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
/* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+ int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
+ int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
+ /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
/* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
};
/*
** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
**
** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
@@ -711,7 +763,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
** is defined.
-**
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
@@ -719,6 +772,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
** file run faster.
**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
@@ -727,30 +781,195 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
** improve performance on some systems.
**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
** additional information.
**
-** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by
-** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method
-** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
-** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
-** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most
-** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
-** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
-** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
-** that do require it.
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** No longer in use.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
+** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
+** because the user has configured SQLite with
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
+** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
+** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
+** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
+** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
+** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
+** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
+** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
+** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
+** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
+** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
+** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
+** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
+** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
+** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
+** current operation.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
+** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
+** to have SQLite generate a
+** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
+** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The
+** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
+** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should
+** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
+** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
+** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
+** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The
+** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
+** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This
+** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
+** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
+** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
+** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the
+** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
+** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
+** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
+** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
+** was first opened.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
+** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing
+** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** </ul>
*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1
-#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2
-#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3
-#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8
-
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23
/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
@@ -805,7 +1024,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
-** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
** ^SQLite further guarantees that
** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
** called. Because of the previous sentence,
@@ -1178,16 +1397,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
-** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the
-** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
-** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library
-** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero,
-** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or
-** deallocation. ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
-** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number,
-** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and
-** still be in compliance with this specification.
**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size
@@ -1201,7 +1414,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example,
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example,
** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
@@ -1342,7 +1555,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.
** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
-** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option.
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
@@ -1373,8 +1586,8 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
-** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2^12. Reasonable values
-** for the minimum allocation size are 2^5 through 2^8.</dd>
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
@@ -1411,19 +1624,21 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
-** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface
** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the
** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current
** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
+** global [error log].
+** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the
@@ -1441,17 +1656,73 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
-** <dd> This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
+** <dd>^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
-** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
+** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
-** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
-** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
+** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+** <dd>^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
+** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
+** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined
+** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
+** if that compile-time option is omitted.
+** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
+** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
+** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to
+** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
+** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
+** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
+** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
+** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
+** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
+** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
+** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
+** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
+** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
+** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
+** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
+** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this
+** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
+** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
+** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
+** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
+** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
+** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
+** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
+** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
+** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
+** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
+** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
+** changed to its compile-time default.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
+** <dd>^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows
+** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined.
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
+** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */
@@ -1467,10 +1738,16 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
@@ -1547,19 +1824,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
**
-** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
+** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
+** has a unique 64-bit signed
** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
** is another alias for the rowid.
**
-** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
-** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
-** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines
-** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables].
-** ^If no successful [INSERT]s
-** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
+** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the
+** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
+** on database connection D.
+** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
+** have ever occurred on the database connection D,
+** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
**
** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
@@ -1751,27 +2030,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
**
-** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
-** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
-** or process has locked.
+** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
+** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
+** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
+** [database connection] D when another thread
+** or process has the table locked.
+** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
**
-** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback
** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to
** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the
+** been invoked for the same locking event. ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
+** to the application.
** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** to the application instead of invoking the
+** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
@@ -1785,28 +2070,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
**
** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
**
-** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
-** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will
-** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
-** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
-** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
-** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
-** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion
-** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the
-** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
-** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
-** this is important.
-**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any
** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
+** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words,
+** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
**
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
@@ -1822,15 +2094,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].
**
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler
+** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler
** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+**
+** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
@@ -1955,7 +2229,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
**
-** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
@@ -2030,6 +2304,10 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
** a NULL pointer.
**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
+** of a signed 32-bit integer.
+**
** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
@@ -2041,24 +2319,38 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
**
-** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
+** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** sqlite3_malloc(N).
+** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** sqlite3_free(X).
+** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
-**
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
+** prior allocation is not freed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
+** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
+** of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
+** of bytes requested when X was allocated. ^If X is a NULL pointer then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero. If X points to something that is not
+** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
+** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
+** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
** option is used.
@@ -2068,12 +2360,12 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability
** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
**
-** The Windows OS interface layer calls
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but
-** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
**
** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
@@ -2086,8 +2378,11 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
@@ -2125,11 +2420,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
**
** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer.
**
-** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
-** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
-** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness
+** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then
+** the pseudo-randomness is generated
** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
** method.
*/
@@ -2230,8 +2527,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
** information.
**
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
-** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
+** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
@@ -2289,6 +2586,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */
#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */
#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
@@ -2304,6 +2602,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers
** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
**
+** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
+** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
+**
** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains
** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
@@ -2329,9 +2630,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
-** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of
+** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
-** invocations of the callback X.
+** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress
+** handler is disabled.
**
** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
@@ -2367,9 +2669,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
**
-** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ^The default encoding for databases
+** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
**
** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
@@ -2457,13 +2759,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
-** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
**
** [[core URI query parameters]]
** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
+** following query parameters:
**
** <ul>
** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
@@ -2474,18 +2777,20 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
**
-** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or
-** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^.
+** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+** an error)^.
** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
-** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
-** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is
-** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is
-** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third
-** parameter.
+** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is
+** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
**
** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
@@ -2493,8 +2798,30 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
-** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting
+** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+** <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
+** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+** storage media on which the database file resides.
+**
+** <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This
+** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two
+** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+** processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+** <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable
+** property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**
** </ul>
**
** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
@@ -2524,8 +2851,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
** default, use a private cache.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td>
-** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
+** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
** </table>
@@ -2544,6 +2872,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international
** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
@@ -2563,21 +2897,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
**
-** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
-** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the
-** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam
-** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** If the zFilename argument to this function is not a pointer that SQLite
-** passed into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine
-** is undefined and probably undesirable.
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
+** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+**
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
/*
@@ -2599,6 +2957,11 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *
** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
**
+** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
+** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
+** and must not be freed by the application)^.
+**
** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
@@ -2617,6 +2980,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
@@ -2735,6 +3099,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
+** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0
@@ -2748,6 +3116,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11
/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
@@ -2773,7 +3142,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator bytes.
+** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
+** make a copy of the input string.
**
** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only
@@ -2803,7 +3173,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
** <li>
** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again.
+** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
+** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
** </li>
**
** <li>
@@ -2824,8 +3195,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
-** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2] compile-time option is enabled.
-** the
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** </li>
** </ol>
*/
@@ -2898,6 +3268,25 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
+** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
@@ -2988,18 +3377,31 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
**
** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
+** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
**
** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the
** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
-** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
-** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
+** that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces
+** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called
-** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
-** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails.
** ^If the fifth argument is
** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
@@ -3007,6 +3409,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
**
+** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
+** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
+** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If
+** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the
+** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
+** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
+** is undefined.
+**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
@@ -3027,6 +3437,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
+** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
+** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
**
@@ -3034,12 +3447,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
@@ -3327,6 +3744,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
*/
@@ -3426,7 +3849,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
**
** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return
** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
@@ -3449,19 +3872,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
**
** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0
** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is a NULL pointer
** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float
** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> Convert from float to integer
+** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
-** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> Use atoi()
-** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> Use atof()
+** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> [CAST] to BLOB
+** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL
** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change
-** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
-** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL
** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
** </table>
** </blockquote>)^
@@ -3517,7 +3940,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings
** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
-** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
** [sqlite3_free()].
**
** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
@@ -3626,15 +4049,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
**
** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work
-** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be
-** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may
-** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
-** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
+** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
+** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
+** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
+** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
+** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
+** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
+** each encoding.
** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
-** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
+** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
+** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are
+** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
+** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to
+** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
+** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
**
** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the
** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
@@ -3720,9 +4152,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2
#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3
#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */
#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
+**
+** These constants may be ORed together with the
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
** DEPRECATED
@@ -3739,7 +4181,8 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
+ void*,sqlite3_int64);
#endif
/*
@@ -3762,7 +4205,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6
** object results in undefined behavior.
**
** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
@@ -3819,14 +4262,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
** first time from within xFinal().)^
**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is
-** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs.
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
+** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
+** allocate error occurs.
**
** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the
** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
-** allocation.)^
+** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
+** pointless memory allocations occur.
**
** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
@@ -3869,41 +4315,49 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
**
-** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
+** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
-** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
-** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
-** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
-** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example
+** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.
+** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
+** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function.
**
** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever
-** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
-** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
-** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
-** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
-** not been destroyed.
-** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
-** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
-** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
-** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
-**
-** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
-** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that
-** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
+** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
+** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
+** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
+** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
+** once, when the metadata is discarded.
+** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
+** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
+** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
+** SQL statement, or
+** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
+** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
+** allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
+**
+** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
+** function implementation should not make any use of P after
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
**
** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
-** values and [parameters].)^
+** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
+** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
**
** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
** the SQL function is running.
@@ -3924,7 +4378,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(voi
** the content before returning.
**
** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191.
+** C++ compilers.
*/
typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
@@ -3977,11 +4431,11 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
@@ -3998,6 +4452,10 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an
+** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding
+** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one
+** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE].
** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
@@ -4006,7 +4464,12 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.
+** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
@@ -4036,6 +4499,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
@@ -4046,6 +4510,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+ void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
@@ -4203,6 +4669,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
+ const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
+ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
+);
/*
** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not
@@ -4216,6 +4687,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
+ const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
+ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
+);
/*
** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless
@@ -4265,6 +4741,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.
**
+** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable.
+** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT).
+** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications
+** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic
+** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should
+** be avoided in new projects.
+**
** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable
** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
@@ -4283,9 +4766,66 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite
+** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If
+** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do
+** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection]
+** objects have been destroyed.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
@@ -4321,6 +4861,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file
+** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
**
@@ -4356,13 +4921,15 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
** the first call for each function on D.
**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions
** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
@@ -4388,12 +4955,13 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
**
** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
+** a rowid table.
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
** for the same database connection is overridden.
**
** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
** to sqlite3_update_hook().
** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
@@ -4406,6 +4974,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
**
** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
**
** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
@@ -4437,7 +5006,6 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
-** KEYWORDS: {shared cache}
**
** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
@@ -4460,6 +5028,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
+** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
+** 32-bit integer is atomic.
+**
** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
@@ -4475,9 +5046,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
+** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
**
@@ -4492,7 +5078,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
** is advisory only.
**
** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
-** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error. ^If the argument N is negative
** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current
** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
@@ -4508,7 +5095,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
-** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE],...).
+** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
** from the heap.
@@ -4621,11 +5208,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
**
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
+** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If
+** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
+** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
+** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
+** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
+** be tried also.
**
** ^The entry point is zProc.
-** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
-** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
+** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
+** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
+** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
+** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
@@ -4651,11 +5247,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
**
** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
-** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
+** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
**
-** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
+** ^Extension loading is off by default.
** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
** it back off again.
@@ -4667,7 +5263,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
**
** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that
-** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
**
** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
@@ -4695,10 +5291,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
**
-** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()].
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
+** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
+** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
+** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
**
@@ -4823,10 +5432,22 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
-** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have
-** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
-** cost of approximately log(N).
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
+** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002.
*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
/* Inputs */
@@ -4851,7 +5472,9 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */
- double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+ double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+ /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+ sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */
};
/*
@@ -5055,6 +5678,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
** blob.
**
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID]
+** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables.
+**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
@@ -5249,17 +5875,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
-** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
+** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
**
** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
@@ -5280,10 +5905,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
@@ -5448,7 +6075,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
**
-** ^The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
+** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
@@ -5487,6 +6114,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
@@ -5576,10 +6206,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 19
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 24
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
@@ -5770,12 +6405,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
@@ -5784,11 +6419,40 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
** the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
+** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
+** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0.
+** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0
@@ -5798,7 +6462,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 6 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
/*
@@ -5853,11 +6521,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
+** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
+** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
+** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
+** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
+** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
+** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4
/*
** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
@@ -5868,17 +6545,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
** to the object.
**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information.
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+ void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */
+ void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
**
-** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
-** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
** SQLite is used for the page cache.
** By implementing a
@@ -5892,7 +6585,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
**
-** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence
** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
@@ -5901,7 +6594,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
-** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
** required by the custom page cache implementation.
** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
@@ -5928,17 +6621,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
-** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage
-** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an
-** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the
-** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
-** database page on disk. The value of R depends
+** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
+** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends
** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
-** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two
-** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary
-** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to
-** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
-** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
@@ -5962,11 +6653,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
**
** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
-** the page, or a NULL pointer.
-** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
-** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The
-** minimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page
-** is considered to be "pinned".
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
+** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
**
** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
@@ -5975,7 +6671,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
**
** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
-** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL.
** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
** Otherwise return NULL.
@@ -6019,8 +6715,37 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
-** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+ int iVersion;
+ void *pArg;
+ int (*xInit)(void*);
+ void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+ sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+ void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+ int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+ void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+ void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
+ unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+ void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+ void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+ void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
@@ -6037,6 +6762,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
};
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
**
@@ -6366,17 +7092,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
/*
** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to
-** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
-** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence
-** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
+** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
+** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
+** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
+** sensitive.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
@@ -6456,6 +7198,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.
**
+** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE].
+**
** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
** pages. The use of this interface
@@ -6472,6 +7217,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in
** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface initiates a
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE] checkpoint.
+** Use the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface to get a FULL
+** or RESET checkpoint.
**
** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
@@ -6494,10 +7243,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling
-** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
+** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]
+** is never invoked.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
-** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
+** This mode blocks (it invokes the
+** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no
** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
@@ -6505,7 +7256,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after
-** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
+** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
+** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback])
** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures
** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file
** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
@@ -6643,6 +7395,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
**
** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
@@ -6671,7 +7424,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
-#endif
+#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
/*
** 2010 August 30
@@ -6695,6 +7448,16 @@ extern "C" {
#endif
typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
+
+/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
+** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+ typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#else
+ typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#endif
/*
** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
@@ -6705,7 +7468,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
sqlite3 *db,
const char *zGeom,
- int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes),
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
void *pContext
);
@@ -6717,11 +7480,60 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */
- double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */
void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
};
+/*
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
+** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zQueryFunc,
+ int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
+ void *pContext,
+ void (*xDestructor)(void*)
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
+** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+**
+** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
+ void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */
+ int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */
+ void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */
+ void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
+ unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
+ int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */
+ int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */
+ int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
+ sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */
+ int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */
+ int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */
+ sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
+*/
+#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */
+#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */
+#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */
+
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
--
GitLab